TBESG - Translators Brief lexicon of Extended Strongs for Greek - STEPBible.org CC BY See also: TFLSJ - Translators Formatted full LSJ Bible lexicon 0-5624 - STEPBible.org CC BY TFLSJ - Translators Formatted full LSJ Bible lexicon extra - STEPBible.org CC BY ======================================================= Lexicons for the tagged texts used by STEPBible, based on BHS for OT and LSJ for NT, backwardly compatible for any tagging based on Strong numbers. Extended Strongs for Greek is backwardly compatible with original Strong and NASB, and extended to include all NT variants and LXX + variants. The Brief lexicon is based on the Abbott-Smith definitions, and is edited to conform with the extended Strongs. For a few words where Abbott-Smith lacks a definition, one is supplied from MiddleLiddel (MD) or STEPBible scholars The Full lexicon is edited from the Full LSJ by Tyndale House scholars, formatted to make it easy to read, with expansion of abbreviations and revealing examples from Greek literature on hover over dates of the earliest source (added by Tyndale House) ============================================================== Data created by www.STEPBible.org based on work at Tyndale House Cambridge (CC BY 4.0) ============================================================== This licence allows you to: * Include any part of this data in software or publications without requesting permission * Download the data and reformat it for your application, without changing the data * Send any proposed corrections to STEPBibleATGmail.com. to be verified (You MAY make changes yourself, but you should include a note of changes that can be viewed by those who use your new data) * Refer others to github.com/STEPBible as the source of the data. Please do not redistribute it yourself. (Updates or corrections are easier to implement when the data is distributed from a single source) * We'd love to hear about your project when you make it available. Email us at STEPBibleATGmail.com. ============================================================== Fields: ===== * EStrong# = Extended Strong's Numbers: - G0001 - G5624 Strongs numbers from original set made by Strong for Greek behind the KJV (G3203-G3302 which aren't used for some reason) - G5627 - G5799 = Greek morphology codes (these numbers aren't used in this lexicon) - G5800 - G5893 = Greek Synonyms - see http://studybible.info/strongs/G5800 (these numbers aren't used in this lexicon) - G6000 - G6090 = Extra Strongs Numbers in NASB mainly for variants not known to Strong. (they remain the same so it is backward-compatible with NASB) - G6100 - G9979 = Extra Greek from Apostolic Bible Project mainly for LXX words not found in NT (including Greek names that don't occur in the Hebrew) - G6091 - G6099, G9980 - G9999 = Extra Greek for variants which are not included in NASB or Apostolic Bible - G10000 - 19999 = Greek equivalent of Strongs Hebrew numbers for names and transliterated words eg Abagtha (H0005) = G10005. When there is a NT equivalent, this is the STEP_LexicalTag - G20000 - G20199 = Words where the Full LSJ entry refers to the LXX, but they are not referred to in the AB tagging because they only occur in non-Protestant canons or in MSS other than Vaticanus (used by AB) Strong numbers Three sets of numbers are included: eStrong, dStrong & uStrong. A lexicon or tagging system will normally use only one set, depending on its purpose, though it may be useful to keep both dStrong & uStrong. Any record can be deleted if it does not have a number for the system that is to be used. Each system has different advantages: eStrong# This is the standard Extended Strongs which conforms with the subdivisions of words in BDB (Brown Driver Brigg's lexicon, largely followed by later lexicons). This was done by OS (OpenScriptures.org) dStrong This is STEPBible's Disambiguated Strongs which has separate numbers when a name is used for different people or places, and when a word has significantly different sub-meanings. See TinyURL.com/DisambiguatedStrongs. uStrong This is STEPBible's Unified Strongs which has a single number for an individual's various names, and a single number for a word that has different forms or spellings or that has a Hebrew and Aramaic versions. For example: Strong used G2264 for all three people in the NT named Herod (the Great, Anitipas and Agrippa I), and a different number for "Herodian" which describes Herod Anitipas. eStrong doesn't divide up any names in the NT (like it does in the OT) because eStrong was created to map Strongs to the Hebrew lexicon BDB. dStrong has a unique number for each person: G2264G, G2264H, G2264I. As in the OT, letters start at G when there is no "a" or "b" etc in eStrongs (which never happens in Greek) uStrong has only one unique number for each individual, so a search for that number finds all the places where that person is mentioned however their name is spelled. ... see more at: TinyURL.com/STEP-Disambiguated $========== PERSON(s) Herod@Mat.2.1=G2264G King Herod the Great living at the time of the New Testament =+ Archelaus@Mat.2.22, Herod@Mat.14.1, Philip@Mat.14.3, Philip@Luk.3.1 > #A man living at the time of the New Testament, first mentioned at Mat.2.1;
father of: Ethnarch Herod Archelaus (G0745), Herod Antipas I (G2264H), Herod Philip I (G5376H), Herod Philip II (G5376I) - Named Herod@Mat.2.1 G2264G«G2264=Ἡρώδης Herod https://www.stepbible.org/?q=version=ESV|version=KJV|text=Herod*|reference=Mat.2.1;Mat.2.3;Mat.2.7;Mat.2.12;Mat.2.13;Mat.2.15;Mat.2.16;Mat.2.19;Mat.2.22;Luk.1.5;Act.23.35 Mat.2.1; Mat.2.3; Mat.2.7; Mat.2.12; Mat.2.13; Mat.2.15; Mat.2.16; Mat.2.19; Mat.2.22; Luk.1.5; Act.23.35; $========== PERSON(s) Herod@Mat.14.1=G2264H Tetrarch Herod Antipas living at the time of the New Testament Herod@Mat.2.1 + Archelaus@Mat.2.22, Philip@Mat.14.3, Philip@Luk.3.1 Herodias@Mat.14.3 > #Tetrarch Herod Antipas I living at the time of the New Testament, first mentioned at Mat.14.1;
son of: Herod 'the Great' (G2264G);
brother of: Ethnarch Herod Archelaus (G0745), Herod Philip I (G5376H) and Herod Philip II (G5376I); married to Herodias (G2266G) - Named Herod@Mat.14.1 G2264H«G2264=Ἡρώδης Herod https://www.stepbible.org/?q=version=ESV|version=KJV|text=Herod*|reference=Mat.14.1;Mat.14.3;Mat.14.6;Mat.14.6;Mar.6.14;Mar.6.16;Mar.6.17;Mar.6.18;Mar.6.20;Mar.6.21;Mar.6.22;Mar.8.15;Luk.3.1;Luk.3.19;Luk.3.19;Luk.8.3;Luk.9.7;Luk.9.9;Luk.13.31;Luk.23.7;Luk.23.7;Luk.23.8;Luk.23.11;Luk.23.12;Luk.23.15;Act.4.27;Act.13.1 Mat.14.1; Mat.14.3; Mat.14.6a; Mat.14.6b; Mrk.6.14; Mrk.6.16; Mrk.6.17; Mrk.6.18; Mrk.6.20; Mrk.6.21; Mrk.6.22; Mrk.8.15; Luk.3.1; Luk.3.19a; Luk.3.19b; Luk.8.3; Luk.9.7; Luk.9.9; Luk.13.31; Luk.23.7a; Luk.23.7b; Luk.23.8; Luk.23.11; Luk.23.12; Luk.23.15; Act.4.27; Act.13.1; - Group Herod@Mat.14.1 G2265«G2265=Ἡρωδιανοί Herodian https://www.stepbible.org/?q=version=ESV|version=KJV|text=Herodian*|reference=Mat.22.16;Mar.3.6;Mar.12.13 Mat.22.16; Mrk.3.6; Mrk.12.13; $========== PERSON(s) Herod@Act.12.1=G2264I Tetrarch & King Herod Agrippa I living at the time of the New Testament =+ Herodias@Mat.14.3 Agrippa@Act.25.13 > #Tetrarch & King Herod Agrippa I living at the time of the New Testament, first mentioned at Act.12.1;
brother of: Herodias (G2266G); father of: Tetrarch Agrippa II (G0067) - Named Herod@Act.12.1 G2264I«G2264=Ἡρώδης Herod https://www.stepbible.org/?q=version=ESV|version=KJV|text=Herod*|reference=Act.12.1;Act.12.6;Act.12.11;Act.12.19;Act.12.20;Act.12.21 Act.12.1; Act.12.6; Act.12.11; Act.12.19; Act.12.20; Act.12.21; * Gloss = a meaning in one word or as few as possible (by Tyndale scholars) * Greek = unicode lexical form. Based on LSJ but conforming to BADG when the difference may be confusing. * Morph = simple gramatical value of the main word represented as Language:Type-Gender-Extra. Language:Type-Gender-Extra. Language is A=Aramaic, H=Hebrew, G=Greek and N=Name (which is not language specific). Type is A=Adjective, Adv=Adverb, Art=Article, Cond=Conditional, Conj=Conjunction, Cor=Correlative, DemP=Demonstrative Pn, ImpP=Impersonal Pn, Intg=Interogative, Intj=Interjection, N=Noun, Neg=Negative, Part=Particle, Prep=Preposition, PerP=Personal Pn, PosP=Possessive Pn, RefP=Reflexive Pn, RelP=Relative Pn, V=Verb. Gender is F=Female, M=Male, N=Neuter, C=Common and P or S is optionally added for Plural Singular Extra for Names is L=Location, P=Person, LG/PG=Gentilic, T=Title (i.e. any other capitalised nouns such as titles, months, gods, planets etc) * Meaning = lexical entry. The Brief lexicon uses Abbot-Smith or MiddleLiddel. The LJS lexicon uses the Full LSJ formatted by Tyndale House, Cambridge. Those without attribution have been added by STEPBible. (AS) = Abbott Smith - from https://github.com/translatable-exegetical-tools/Abbott-Smith, with corrections and adapted by Tyndale Scholars. (ML) = Middle Liddell - from Perseus - used for Meaning in the Brief lexicon when there is no entry by (AS) Full LSJ - Liddell-Scott-Jones - from Perseus, with additional features and corrections by Tyndale House, Cambridge: - most abbreviations have been expanded, usually in accordance with the introductions to the lexicons but occasionally made clearer. - dates have been added to authors by Tyndale House, using standard reference works. - coding is added to hide bibliographic data under a link stating the earliest date included in that data. (Note, not all devices work well with tooltips, so consider implementing a clickable option such as http://jsfiddle.net/xaAN3/) eStrong dStrong uStrong Greek Transliteration Morph Gloss Abbott-Smith lexicon (AS), with gaps occationally filled from edited versions of Middle LSJ =============================================================================================================================== G0001 G0001G = G0001G α, Ἀλφα Alpha G:N-LI Alpha Α, α, ἄλφα (which see), τό, indecl.,
alpha, the first letter of the Greek alphabet. As a numeral, ά = 1, α = 1000. As a prefix, it appears to have at least two and perhaps three distinct senses:
__1. ἀ- (before a vowel, ἀν-) negative, as in ἄ-γνωστος, ἄ-δικος.
__2. ἀ-, ἁ- copulative, indicating community and fellowship, as in ἁ-πλοῦς, ἀ-κολουθέω, ἀ-δελφός.
__3. An intensive force (LS, s. α), as in ἀ-τενίζω is sometimes assumed (but see Boisacq, see word).
(AS) G0001 G0001H = G0001H ἆ a G:INJ ah! ἔα,
interj.,
expressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in poët.), ah! ha!: Luk.4:34.†
(AS) G0002 G0002 = the Greek of H0175 Ἀαρών Aarōn N:N-M-P Aaron Ἀαρών (Heb. אַהֲרוֹן), indecl. (in FlJ, -ῶνος),
Aaron (Exo.4:14, al.): Luk.1:5, Act.7:40, Heb.5:4, 7:11, 9:4.†
(AS) G0003 G0003 = G0003 Ἀβαδδών Abaddōn N:N--T Abaddon Ἀβαδδών (Heb. אֲבַדּוֹן, destruction; LXX, ἀπώλεια, only in Wisdom Lit., of the place of the ruined dead: Job.26:6, 28:22, 31:12, Psa.88:12, Pro.15:11*), indecl.;
in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss: Rev.9:11.†
(AS) G0004 G0004 = G0004 ἀβαρής abarēs G:A not burdensome αβαρής, -ές
(βαρός),
without weight; metaphorically (MM, VGT, see word) not burdensome: 2Co.11:9.†
(AS) G0005 G0005 = a Name of H3068G ἀββά abba G:N-M Abba Ἀββά (T, -ᾶ), indecl. (Aram, אַבָּא, emphatic form of אַב = Heb. אָב, father),
used in the phrase Ἀ. ὁ παήρ, Abba, Father (see Swete on Mk, I.with): Mrk.14:36, Rom.8:15, Gal.4:6.†
(AS) G0006 G0006 = the Greek of H1893 Ἄβελ Abel N:N-M-P Abel Ἄβελ, (WH, Ἅ-), ὁ, indecl.
(הֶבֶל),
Abel (Gen.4:2-10): Heb.11:4, 12:24; αἵμα Ἄ., Mat.23:35, Luk.11:51.†
(AS) G0007 G0007G = the Greek of H0029I Ἀβιά Abia N:N-M-P Abijah Ἀβιά (Heb. אֲבִיָּה, אֲבִיָּהוּ), ὁ, indecl. (in FlJ, Ἀβίας, -α),
Abia, Abijah.
__1. Son of Rehoboam (3Ki.14:1): Mat.1:7.
__2. A priest of the line of Eleazar (1Ch.24:3, 10): Luk.1:5.
† (AS) G0007 G0007H = the Greek of H0029L Ἀβιά Abia N:N-M-P Abijah Ἀβιά (Heb. אֲבִיָּה, אֲבִיָּהוּ), ὁ, indecl. (in FlJ, Ἀβίας, -α),
Abia, Abijah.
__1. Son of Rehoboam (3Ki.14:1): Mat.1:7.
__2. A priest of the line of Eleazar (1Ch.24:3, 10): Luk.1:5.
† (AS) G0008 G0008 = the Greek of H0054 Ἀβιαθάρ Abiathar N:N-M-P Abiathar Ἀβιάθαρ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. אֶבְיָתָר),
Abiathar (1Ki.21:1): Mrk.2:26.†
(AS) G0009 G0009 = G0009 Ἀβιληνή Abilēnē N:N-F-L Abilene Ἀβειληνή (T, Rec. Ἀβι-), -ῆς, ἡ, (sc. χώρα),
Abilene, a district in the Anti-Lebanon: Luk.3:1.†
(AS) G0010 G0010 = G0010 Ἀβιούδ Abioud N:N-M-P Abiud Ἀβιούδ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. אֲבִיָּהוּד),
Abiud, Abihud: Mat.1:13.†
(AS) G0011 G0011 = the Greek of H0085 Ἀβραάμ Abraam N:N-M-P Abraham Ἀβραάμ (Heb. אַבְרָהָם), ὁ, indecl. (in FlJ, Ἄβραμος, -ου; MM, VGT, see word),
Abraham (Gen.17:5 al.): Mat.1:1, 2 al.
(AS) G0012 G0012 = G0012 ἄβυσσος abussos G:N-F abyss ἄ-βυσσος, -ον (Ion. βυσσός = βυθός),
__1. in cl., boundless, bottomless (e.g. ἄ. πέλαγος, ἄ. πλοῦτος Æsch.).
__2. [In LXX (for תְּהוֹם, Gen.1:2, al.; exc. Isa.44:27, Job.41:22 for צוּלָה, מְצוּלָה, Job.36:16 for רַחַב) and] NT, as subst. (MM, VGT, see word), ἡ ἄ. (sc. χώρα), the abyss;
__(a) of the sea (Gen.1:2);
__(b) of the underworld, as the abode of the dead: Rom.10:7 (a paraphrase of Deu.30:13 LXX); as the abode of demons, Luk.8:31, Rev.9:1, 2, 11, 11:7, 17:8, 20:1, 3 (Cremer, 2).
† (AS) G0013 G0013 = G0013 Ἄγαβος Agabos N:N-M-P Agabus Ἄγαβος, -ου, ὁ
Agabus: Act.11:28, 21:10.†
(AS) G0014 G0014 = G0014 ἀγαθοεργέω agathoergeō G:V to do good ἀγαθοεργέω, -ῶ,
to do good, show kindness: 1 Ti 6:18 (Cremer, 8).†
ἀγαθουργέω, -ῶ, contracted form (rare, see WH, App., 145) of ἀγαθοερ- (which see),
to do good: Act.14:17.†
(AS) G0015 G0015 = G0015 ἀγαθοποιέω agathopoieō G:V to do good ἀγαθὀ-ποιέω, -ῶ (= cl. ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν, εὐεργετεῖν),
[in LXX: Num.10:32, Jdg.17:13 A, Zep.1:12 (יטב hi.), Tob.12:13 B, 1Ma.11:33, 2Ma.1:2 * ;]
to do good;
__(a) univ.: 1Pe.2:15, 20, 3:6, 17, 3Jo.11;
__(b) for another's benefit: Mrk.3:4 (T, ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι), Luk.6:9;
__(with) accusative of person(s), Luk.6:33, 35 (Cremer, 8).
† (AS) G0016 G0016 = G0016 ἀγαθοποιΐα agathopoiia G:N-F doing good ἀγαθοποιία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀγαθοποιός),
well-doing: 1Pe.4:19.†
(AS) G0017 G0017 = G0017 ἀγαθοποιός agathopoios G:N-M doing good ἀγαθοποιός, -όν = cl. ἀγαθουργός,
[in LXX, of a woman who deals pleasantly in order to corrupt, Sir.42:14 * ;]
doing well, acting rightly (Plut.): 1Pe.2:14 (Cremer, 8; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0018 G0018 = G0018 ἀγαθός agathos G:A / G:ADV good ἀγαθός, -ή, -όν,
[in LXX chiefly for טוֹב ;]
in general, good, in physical and in moral sense, used of persons, things, acts, conditions, etc., applied to that which is regarded as "perfect in its kind, so as to produce pleasure and satisfaction, . . . that which, in itself good, is also at once for the good and the advantage of him who comes in contact with it" (Cremer, 3): γῆ, Luk.8:8; δένδρον, Mat.7:18; καρδία, Luk.8:15; δόσις, Jas.1:17; μέρις, Luk.10:42; ἔργον (frequently in Pl.), Php.1:6; ἐλπίς, 2Th.2:16; θησαυρός, Mat.12:35; μνεία, 1Th.3:6 (cf. 2Ma.7:20); as subst., τὸ ἀ, that which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Rom.12:2; ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ ἀ, Rom.2:10, Eph.4:28; πράσσειν, Rom.9:11, 2Co.5:10; διώκειν, 1Th.5:15; μιμεῖσθαι, III Jo 11; κολλᾶσθαι τῷ ἀ, Rom.12:9; ερωτᾶν περὶ τοῦ ἀ., Mat.19:17; διάκονος εἰς τὸ ἀ., Rom.13:4; τὸ ἀ. σου, thy favour, benefit, Phm 14; pl., τὰ ἀ., of goods, possessions, Luk.12:18; of spiritual benefits, Rom.10:15, Heb.9:11, 10:1. ἀ is opposite to πονηρός, Mat.5:45, 20:5; κακός, Rom.7:19; φαῦλος, Rom.9:11, 2Co.5:10 (cf. MM, VGT, see word).
SYN.: καλός, δίκαιος. κ. properly refers to goodliness as manifested in form: ἀ. to inner excellence (cf. the cl. καλὸς κἀγαθός and ἐν καρδία κ. καὶ ἀ., Luk.8:15). In Rom.5:7, where it is contrasted with δ., ἀ. implies a kindliness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the δίκαιος, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude (cf. ἀγαθωσύνη). (AS) G0019 G0019 = G0019 ἀγαθωσύνη agathōsunē G:N-F goodness ἀγαθωσύνη (on the termination, see: ἁγιότης, and cf . WH, App., 152; MM, VGT, see word), -ης, ἡ
(ἀγαθός), [in LXX for טוֹבָה, טוֹב, טוּב, only in Heb. bks. ;]
goodness (representing "the kindlier, as δικαιοσύνη, the sterner element in the ideal character," AE, Eph., 5:9; on its relation to χρηστότης, see Tr., Syn., §lxiii): Rom.15:14, Gal.5:22, 2Th.1:11.†
(AS) G0020 G0020 = G0020 ἀγαλλίασις agalliasis G:N-F joy ἀγαλλίασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀγαλλιάω), [in LXX (most frequently in Pss. and often coupled with εὐφροσύνη, as Ps 44(45):15) chiefly for גִּיל ;]
exultation, exuberant joy: Luk.1:44, Act.2:46, Heb.1:9, Ju 24; χαρὰ καὶ ἀ., Luk.1:14 (Cremer, 592).†
(AS) G0021 G0021 = G0021 ἀγαλλιάω agalliaō G:V to rejoice ἀγαλλιάω, -ῶ, Hellenistic form of cl. ἀγάλλω, to glorify, mid. -ομαι, to exult in;
[in LXX (most frequently in Pss.) chiefly for גיל, רנן pi. ;]
to exult, rejoice greatly: before ἐπί, with dative, Luk.1:47; with dative mod., 1Pe.1:8, Rev.19:7. Mid., with same sense: Mat.5:12, Luk.10:21, Act.2:26, 16:34, 1Pe.4:13; before ἵνα, Jhn.8:56; ἐν, Jhn.5:35 (1 aor. pass. perh. as mid.; but see Mozley, Psalter, 5), 1Pe.1:6 (Cremer, 590).†
(AS) G0022 G0022 = G0022 ἄγαμος agamos G:N-M/F unmarried ἄ-γαμος, -ον
[in LXX: 4Ma.16:9 * ;]
unmarried: 1Co.7:8, 32; fem. (= cl. ἄνανδρος), ib. 11, 34.†
(AS) G0023 G0023 = G0023 ἀγανακτέω aganakteō G:V be indignant ἀγανακτέω, -ῶ (ἄγαν, much, ἄχομαι, to grieve),
[in LXX: Wis.5:22, 12:27, Da TH Bel 28, 4Ma.4:21 * ;]
to be indignant: Mat.21:15, 26:8, Mrk.10:14, 14:4; before περί, Mat.20:24, Mrk.10:41; before ὅτι, Luk.13:14 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0024 G0024 = G0024 ἀγανάκτησις aganaktēsis G:N-F indignation ἀγανάκτησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀγανακτέω), [in LXX: Est.18:3 א 1 * ;]
indignation: 2Co.7:11 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0025 G0025 = G0025 ἀγαπάω agapaō G:V to love ἀγαπάω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for אהב ;]
to love, to feel and exhibit esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.
__1. Of human affection, to men: τ. πλησίον, Mat.5:43; τ. ἐχθρούς, ib. 44; to Christ, Jhn.8:42; to God, Mat.22:37; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.11:43, Jhn.12:43, Eph.5:25, II Tim 4:8, 10, Heb.1:9, 1Pe.2:17, 3:10, 2Pe.2:15, 1Jn.2:15, Rev.12:11.
__2. Of divine love;
__(a) God's love: to men, Rom.8:37; to Christ, Jhn.3:35;
__(b) Christ's love: to men, Mrk.10:21; to God, Jhn.14:31; with cogn. accusative, Jhn.17:26, Eph.2:4.
SYN.: φιλέω. From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS; but see also Boisacq) ἀ. is commonly understood properly to denote love based on esteem (diligo), as distinct from that expressed by φιλέω (amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, ἀ. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. ἀγάπη, and v. Tr., Syn. §xii; Cremer, 9, 592; and esp. MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0026 G0026 = G0026 ἀγάπη agapē G:N-F love ἀγάπη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for אַהֲבָה, which is also rendered by ἀγάπησις and φιλία ;]
love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl. books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., LAE, 18:4, 70:2, cf. the same writer in Constr. Quar., ii, 4; and with MM, VGT, see word, cf. Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like ἀγαπάω, -ῶ,
__1. Of men's love:
__(a) to one another, Jhn.13:35;
__(b) to God, 1Jn.2:5.
__2. Of divine love;
__(a) God's love: to men, Rom.5:8; to Christ, Jhn.17:26;
__(b) Christ's love to men: Rom.8:35.
__3. In pl., love feasts: Ju 12 (DB, iii, 157).
SYN.: φιλία. ἀ., signifying properly (see: ἀγαπάω) love which chooses its object, is taken over from LXX, where its connotation is more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thusdistinct from φιλία, friendship (Jas.4:4 only), στοργή, natural affection (in NT only in compounds, see: ἄστοργος) and ἔρως, sexual love, which is not used in NT, its place being taken by ἐπιθυμία. (Cf. ἀγαπάω; and see Abbott, Essays, 70f.; DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; MM, VGT, see word). (AS) G0027 G0027 = G0027 ἀγαπητός agapētos G:A beloved ἀγαπητός, -ή, -όν
(ἀγαπάω), [in LXX chiefly for יָתִיד, יָדִיד ;]
beloved (see M, Pr., 221);
__(a) by God: of Christ, Mat.3:17; of men, Rom.1:7;
__(b) by Christians, of one another: 1Co.4:14; frequently as form of address, ib. 10:14; opposite to ἐχθρός, Rom.11:28 (see AR, Eph., 229; Cremer, 17; MM, VGT, see word).
(AS) G0028 G0028 = the Greek of H1904 Ἄγαρ Agar N:N-F-P Hagar Ἅγαρ (Rec. Ἄ-), ἡ, indecl. (in FlJ, Ἀγάρα, -ης, Heb. הָגָר),
Hagar (Gen.16): Gal.4:24,25.†
(AS) G0029 G0029 = G0029 ἀγγαρεύω angareuō G:V to force ἀγγαρεύω (from the Persian; cf. Vg. angiare, and the Heb. אִגֶרֶת; on the orthogr., see Bl., §6, 1; M, Pr., 46),
to impress into public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a service (prob. common in the vernac.; cf. Deiss., BS, 86f., MM, Exp., iv; VGT, see word): Mat.5:41, 27:32, Mrk.15:21.†
(AS) G0030 G0030 = G0030 ἀγγεῖον angeion G:N-N jar ἀγγεῖον, -ου, τό
(ἄγγος), [in LXX chiefly for כְּלִי ;]
a vessel (see MM, VGT, see word): Mat.25:4.†
(AS) G0031 G0031 = G0031 ἀγγελία angelia G:N-F message ἀγγελία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄγγελος), [in LXX chiefly for שְׁמוּעָה ;]
a message: 1Jo.1:5, 3:11 (Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0032 G0032G = G0032G ἄγγελος angelos G:N-M angel ἄγγελος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for מַלְאָךְ ;]
__1. a messenger, one sent: Mat.11:10, Jas.22:25.
__2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Luk.1:11, or to execute them, as Mat.4:6. The ἄ. in Rev.1:20-2:1, al., is variously understood as
__(1) a messenger or delegate,
__(2) a bishop or ruler,
__(3) a guardian angel,
__(4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the Church itself. (Cf. Swete, Ap)., in l.; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, see word; Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0032 G0032H = a Meaning of G0032G ἄγγελος angelos G:N-M angel: messenger ἄγγελος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for מַלְאָךְ ;]
__1. a messenger, one sent: Mat.11:10, Jas.22:25.
__2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Luk.1:11, or to execute them, as Mat.4:6. The ἄ. in Rev.1:20-2:1, al., is variously understood as
__(1) a messenger or delegate,
__(2) a bishop or ruler,
__(3) a guardian angel,
__(4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the Church itself. (Cf. Swete, Ap)., in l.; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, see word; Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0033 G0033 = a Form of G0071 ἄγε age G:V to lead ἄγε, prop. imperat. of ἄγω,
come! used as adv. and addressed, like φέρε, to one or more persons: Jas.4:13, 5:1.†
(AS) G0034 G0034 = G0034 ἀγέλη agelē G:N-F herd ἀγέλη, -ης, ἡ
(ἄγω), [in LXX chiefly for עֵ֫דֶר ;]
a herd: Mat.8:30-32, Mrk.5:11, 13, Luk.8:32,33.†
(AS) G0035 G0035 = G0035 ἀγενεαλόγητος agenealogētos G:A without genealogy ἀγενεαλόγητος, -ον
(γενεαλογέω),
without genealogy, i.e. without recorded pedigree (cf. Neh.7:64): Heb.7:3 (Cremer, 152; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0036 G0036 = G0036 ἀγενής agenēs G:A lowly ἀγενής, -ές
(γένος),
__1. unborn (Plat.);
__2. of no family, ignoble, base (opposite to ἀγαθός, Soph., Fr., 105): opposite to εὐγενής, 1Co.1:28 (for exx. from π., see MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0037 G0037 = G0037 ἁγιάζω hagiazō G:V to sanctify ἁγιάζω, Hellenistic form of ἁγίζω
(ἅγιος),
to make holy, consecrate, sanctify; [in LXX chiefly for קדשׁ pi., hi. ;]
__1. to dedicate, separate, set apart for God; of things: Mat.23:17,19, 2Ti.2:21; of persons: Christ, Jhn.10:36, 17:19.
__2. to purify, make conformable in character to such dedication: forensically, to free from guilt, 1Co.6:11, Eph.5:26, Heb.2:11, 10:10, 14, 29, 13:12; internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jhn.17:17, 19, Act.20:32, 26:18, Rom.15:16, 1Co.1:2, 7:14, 1Th.5:23, Rev.22:11; of a nonbeliever influenced by marriage with a Christian, 1Co.7:14.
__3. In the intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification:
__(a) of things, 2Ti.2:21;
__(b) of persons, Heb.9:13.
__4. to treat as holy: Mat.6:9, Luk.11:2, 1Pe.3:16 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0038 G0038 = G0038 ἁγιασμός hagiasmos G:N-M holiness ἁγιασμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἁγιάζω), [in LXX: Eze.45:4 (מִקְדָּשׁ), Sir.7:31, etc. ;]
as an active verbal noun in -μός, it signifies properly the process τὸ ἁγιάζειν, rather than the resultant state, ἁγιωσύνη, hence,
__1. consecration;
__2. sanctification: so strictly in Rom.6:19,22 (but see Meyer), 1Co.1:30, 1Th.4:3,7, 2Th.2:13, Heb.12:14, 1Pe.1:2. Elsewhere it perhaps (Ellic.; but see Milligan, Th., 48) inclines to the resultant state: 1Th.4:4, 1Ti.2:15 (Cremer, 55, 602).
† (AS) G0039 G0039G = the Greek of H6944J ἅγιον hagion G:A Holy Place ἅγιος, -α, ον
(τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ ;]
primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration.
__1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Luk.1:49, Jhn.17:11, Rev.4:8. Hence
__(a) of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mat.24:15, Heb.9:1;
__(b) of persons employed by him, as angels: 1Th.3:13; prophets, Luk.1:70; apostles, Eph.3:5.
__2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service:
__(a) of Christ, Mrk.1:24, Jhn.6:69, Act.4:30;
__(b) of Christians, Act.9:13, Rom.1:7, Heb.6:10, Rev.5:8.
__3. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mrk.6:20, Jhn.17:11, Act.3:14, Rev.3:7.
__4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: 1Co.7:14, Eph.1:4.
SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος (sanctus as opposite to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0039 G0039H = the Greek of H6944H ἅγιον hagion G:A Most Holy Place ἅγιος, -α, ον
(τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ ;]
primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration.
__1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Luk.1:49, Jhn.17:11, Rev.4:8. Hence
__(a) of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mat.24:15, Heb.9:1;
__(b) of persons employed by him, as angels: 1Th.3:13; prophets, Luk.1:70; apostles, Eph.3:5.
__2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service:
__(a) of Christ, Mrk.1:24, Jhn.6:69, Act.4:30;
__(b) of Christians, Act.9:13, Rom.1:7, Heb.6:10, Rev.5:8.
__3. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mrk.6:20, Jhn.17:11, Act.3:14, Rev.3:7.
__4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: 1Co.7:14, Eph.1:4.
SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος (sanctus as opposite to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0040 G0040G = G0040G ἅγιος hagios G:A holy ἅγιος, -α, ον
(τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ ;]
primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration.
__1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Luk.1:49, Jhn.17:11, Rev.4:8. Hence
__(a) of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mat.24:15, Heb.9:1;
__(b) of persons employed by him, as angels: 1Th.3:13; prophets, Luk.1:70; apostles, Eph.3:5.
__2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service:
__(a) of Christ, Mrk.1:24, Jhn.6:69, Act.4:30;
__(b) of Christians, Act.9:13, Rom.1:7, Heb.6:10, Rev.5:8.
__3. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mrk.6:20, Jhn.17:11, Act.3:14, Rev.3:7.
__4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: 1Co.7:14, Eph.1:4.
SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος (sanctus as opposite to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0040 G0040H = a Meaning of G0040G ἅγιος hagios G:A holy: saint ἅγιος, -α, ον
(τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ ;]
primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration.
__1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Luk.1:49, Jhn.17:11, Rev.4:8. Hence
__(a) of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mat.24:15, Heb.9:1;
__(b) of persons employed by him, as angels: 1Th.3:13; prophets, Luk.1:70; apostles, Eph.3:5.
__2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service:
__(a) of Christ, Mrk.1:24, Jhn.6:69, Act.4:30;
__(b) of Christians, Act.9:13, Rom.1:7, Heb.6:10, Rev.5:8.
__3. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mrk.6:20, Jhn.17:11, Act.3:14, Rev.3:7.
__4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: 1Co.7:14, Eph.1:4.
SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος (sanctus as opposite to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0041 G0041 = G0041 ἁγιότης hagiotēs G:N-F holiness ἁγιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ἅγιος), [in LXX: 2Ma.15:2 * ;]
sanctity, holiness, regarded, properly, as an abstract quality (see next word, and cf. Lft. Notes, 49; MM, VGT, see word): 2Co.1:12, Heb.12:10.†
(AS) G0042 G0042 = G0042 ἁγιωσύνη hagiōsunē G:N-F holiness ἁγιωσύνη (cf. ἀγαθωσύνη), -ης, ἡ
(ἅγιος), [in LXX: Psa.29 (30):4 96(97):12 (קֹדֶשׁ), 95(96):6 (עֹז), 144(145):5 (הוֹד), 2Ma.3:12 * ;]
holiness, the state in man resulting from ἁγιασμός, which see: Rom.1:4, 2Co.7:1, 1Th.3:13 (Cremer, 52; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0043 G0043 = G0043 ἀγκάλη agkalē G:N-F arm ἀγκάλη,-ης, ἡ
(ἄγκος, a bend), [in LXX for אַצִּיל, חֵיק ;]
the bent arm: Luk.2:28 (cf. ἐναγκαλίζομαι).†
(AS) G0044 G0044 = G0044 ἄγκιστρον agkistron G:N-N fishhook ἄγκιστρον, -ου, τό
(ἄγκος, a bend), [in LXX חַכָּה, etc. ;]
a fish-hook: Mat.17:27.†
(AS) G0045 G0045 = G0045 ἄγκυρα agkura G:N-F anchor ἄγκυρα, -ας, ἡ (ἄγκος, a bend), [in Sm.: Jer.52:18 * ;]
an anchor: Act.27:29, 30 40 ; figuratively (MM, VGT, see word), Heb.6:19.†
(AS) G0046 G0046 = G0046 ἄγναφος agnaphos G:A unshrunk ἄγναφος, -ον (= ἄγναπτος, γνάπτω, late form of κνάπτω, to card wool),
uncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT, see word): Mat.92:6, Mrk.2:21.†
(AS) G0047 G0047 = G0047 ἁγνεία hagneia G:N-F purity ἁγνεία (WH, ἁγνία),
[in LXX for טָהֳרָה, נָזִיר, נֶזֶר, etc. ;]
purity: 1Ti.4:12, 5:2 (Cremer, 58. For exx. of ceremonial use in π., see MM, Exp., iv).†
(AS) G0048 G0048 = G0048 ἁγνίζω hagnizō G:V to purify ἁγνίζω (> ἁγνός),
[in LXX always ceremonially, chiefly for קָדַשׁ ;]
to purify, cleanse from defilement;
__(a) ceremonially: Jhn.11:55, Act.21:24, 26 24:18;
__(b) morally: Jas.4:8, 1Pe.1:22, 1Jn.3:3.
† SYN.: καθαρίζω, which see (and see: ἁγνός). (AS) G0049 G0049 = G0049 ἁγνισμός hagnismos G:N-M purification ἁγνισμός, -οῦ, ὁ (> ἁγνίζω),
[in LXX: Num.6:5 (נֵזֶר) 8:7 19:17 (חַטָּאָה), etc. ;]
purification: in ceremonial sense, Act.21:26 (LXX).†
(AS) G0050 G0050 = G0050 ἀγνοέω agnoeō G:V be ignorant ἀγνοέω, -ῶ (> ἁγνίζω),
[in LXX for שָׁגָה, שָׁגַג, אָשַׁם, etc. ;]
__1. to be ignorant, not to know: absol., Ι Ti 1:13, Heb.5:2; with accusative, Act.13:27 17:23, Rom.10:3, 2Co.2:11; ἐν οἷς, 2Pe.2:12; before ὅτι, Rom.2:4 6:3 7:1, 1Co.14:38; οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, a Pauline phrase: with accusative, Rom.11:25; before ὑπέρ, 2Co.1:8; περί, 1Co.12:1, 1Th.4:13. ὅτι, Rom.1:13, 1Co.10:1 (for similar usage in π., V. MM, VGT, see word). Pass.: 1Co.14:38, 2Co.6:9, Gal.1:22.
__2. not to understand: with accusative, Mrk.9:32, Luk.9:45.
† (AS) G0051 G0051 = G0051 ἀγνόημα agnoēma G:N-N error ἀγνόημα, -τός, τό
(ἀγνοέω), [in LXX: Gen.43:12 (מִשְׁגֶּה), Tob.3:3, Jdth.5:20, Sir.23:2 51:19, 1Ma.13:39 * ;]
a sin of ignorance (so in π.; see MM, VGT, see word): Heb.9:7.†
(AS) G0052 G0052 = G0052 ἄγνοια agnoia G:N-F ignorance ἄγνοια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀγνοέω), [in LXX chiefly for אָשָׁם, שְׁגָגָה ;]
ignorance : Act.3:17 17:30, Eph.4:18 (with sense of wilful blindness; cf. MM, VGT, see word), 1Pe.1:14.†
(AS) G0053 G0053 = G0053 ἁγνός hagnos G:A pure ἁγνός, -ή, -όν
(ἅγος, see: ἅγιος), [in LXX chiefly for טָהוֹר (Pss, and Pr. only), also 2Ma.13:8, 4Ma.18:7, al. ;]
__1. free from ceremonial defilement, in a condition prepared for worship (for exx. of pagan usage, V. MM, VGT, see word).
__2. holy, sacred, venerable (II Mac, l.with).
__3. As in OT (cl.), pure, chaste, undefiled, guiltless;
__(a) of persons: 2Co.7:11 11:12, 1Ti.5:22, Tit.2:5, 1Jn.3:3;
__(b) of things: Php.4:8, Jas.3:17, 1Pe.3:2.
† SYN.: εἰλικρινής (which see), pure, primarily as winnowed, purged, first found in ethical sense in NT (sincere). On the equivalence of ἁ. and καθαρός (which see), see DCG, ii, 459a though Westc. (Epp. Jo., 101) notes a distinction between them. (AS) G0054 G0054 = G0054 ἁγνότης hagnotēs G:N-F purity ἁγνότης, -τητος, ἡ
(ἁγνός),
purity, chastity (cf. ἁγιότης): 2Co.6:6 11:3.†
(AS) G0055 G0055 = G0055 ἁγνῶς hagnōs G:ADV purely ἁγνῶς
(ἁγνός),
adv.,
purely, with pure motives: Php.1:17.†
(AS) G0056 G0056 = G0056 ἀγνωσία agnōsia G:N-F ignorance ἀγνωσία, -ας, ἡ
(γινώσκω), [in LXX: Job.35:16 (בִּבְלִי־דַּעַת), Wis.13:1, 3Ma.5:27 * ;]
ignorance (opposite to γνῶσις): 1Co.15:34, 1Pe.2:15 (see Hort in l.; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0057 G0057 = G0057 ἄγνωστος agnōstos G:A unknown ἄγνωστος, -ον
(γινώσκω), [in LXX: Wis.11:18 18:3, 2Ma.1:19 2:7 (Cremer, 157) * ;]
unknown: Act.17:23 (cf. MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0058 G0058 = G0058 ἀγορά agora G:N-F marketplace ἀγορά, -ας, ἡ (ἀγείρω, to bring together)
[in LXX for עִזָּבוֹן, שׁוּק ;]
__1. an assembly (Hom., Xen., al.).
__2. a place of assembly, a public place or forum, a market-place (Hom., Thuc, al.; LXX): Mat.11:16 20:2 23:7, Mrk.6:56 (cf . MM, VGT, see word, ἀγυιά) 7:4 (Bl., §46, 7) 12:38, Luk.7:32 (Bl., l.with) 11:43 20:46, Act.16:19 17:7 (Cremer, 59; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0059 G0059 = G0059 ἀγοράζω agorazō G:V to buy ἀγοράζω
(ἀγορά), [in LXX chiefly for שׁבר, קנה ;]
__1. to frequent the ἀγορά (Hdt., al.).
__2. to buy in the market, purchase (Xen., al.; LXX; in π. very common in deeds of sale, see MM, VGT, see word): absol., Mat.21:12, Mrk.11:15; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:44, 46, al.; before παρά, with genitive of person(s), Rev.3:18 (LXX, Polyb.); ἐκ, Mat.27:7; with genitive pret., Mrk.6:37, al.; metaphorically, 1Co.6:20 7:23, 2Pe.2:1, Rev.5:9 14:3, 4.
(AS) G0060 G0060 = G0060 ἀγοραῖος agoraios G:A of the marketplace ἀγοραῖος, -ον
(ἀγορά),
__1. frequenting the ἀγορά , a lounger in the ἀγορά (Xen., al.): Act.17:5.
__2. In late writers (Strab., al.), proper to the ἀγορά : ἀγοραῖοι (sc. ἥμεραι) ἀγονται (cf. Lat. conventus agere), court-days are kept, Act.19:38 (for exx. of both usages, see MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0061 G0061 = G0061 ἄγρα agra G:N-F catch ἄγρα, -ας, ἡ
(ἄγω),
__1. the chase, a hunting or catching: Luk.5:4.
__2. that which is taken, a catch: of fish, Luk.5:9.
† (AS) G0062 G0062 = G0062 ἀγράμματος agrammatos G:A unschooled ἀγραυλέω, -ῶ
(ἀγραυλος, dwelling in the field; ἀγρός, αὐλή),
to live in the fields: Luk.2:8.†
(AS) G0063 G0063 = G0063 ἀγραυλέω agrauleō G:V to live outside to dwell in the field , (New Testament) (ML) G0064 G0064 = G0064 ἀγρεύω agreuō G:V to catch ἀγρεύω (ἄγρα),
[in LXX: Job.10:16, Pro.5:22 6:25,26, Hos.5:2 (לקח ni., שׁחט, etc.)* ;]
to catch or take by hunting or fishing; metaphorically, Mrk.12:13.†
(AS) G0065 G0065 = G0065 ἀγριέλαιος agrielaios G:N-F wild olive tree ἀγρι-έλαιος, -ον
__1. of the wild olive (Anth.).
__2. As subst., the wild olive: Rom.11:17, 24 (CGT, in 1.; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0066 G0066 = G0066 ἄγριος agrios G:A wild ἄγριος, -α, -ον
(ἀγρός), [in LXX for שָׂדֶה, etc. ;]
__1. living in fields, wild: μέλι. Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6.
__2. savage, fierce: Ju 13. (Cf. usage in π. of a malignant wound; MM, VGT, see word)
† (AS) G0067 G0067 = G0067 Ἀγρίππας Agrippas N:N-M-P Agrippa Ἀγρίππας, -α (Bl., §7, 2), ὁ
Agrippa (II): Act.25:13, 22, 23, 24, 26 26:1, 2, 19, 27, 28, 32. (For Agrippa I, see: Ἡρῴδης, 3.) †
(AS) G0068 G0068 = G0068 ἀγρός agros G:N-M Field of ἀγρός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂדֶה ];
__1. a field: Mat.6:28, al.
__2. the country: Mrk.15:21, al.; pl., country places, farms: Mrk.5:14 6:36 56, Luk.8:34 9:12.
__3. = χωρίον a piece of ground: Mrk.10:29, Act.4:27, al. (On the occurrence of this word as compared with χώρα, χωρίον see MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0068 G0068G = G0068G ἀγρός agros G:N-M field ἀγρός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂדֶה ];
__1. a field: Mat.6:28, al.
__2. the country: Mrk.15:21, al.; pl., country places, farms: Mrk.5:14 6:36 56, Luk.8:34 9:12.
__3. = χωρίον a piece of ground: Mrk.10:29, Act.4:27, al. (On the occurrence of this word as compared with χώρα, χωρίον see MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0068 G0068H = a Part of G0184 ἀγρός agros G:N-M Field (of blood) ἀγρός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂדֶה ];
__1. a field: Mat.6:28, al.
__2. the country: Mrk.15:21, al.; pl., country places, farms: Mrk.5:14 6:36 56, Luk.8:34 9:12.
__3. = χωρίον a piece of ground: Mrk.10:29, Act.4:27, al. (On the occurrence of this word as compared with χώρα, χωρίον see MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0069 G0069 = G0069 ἀγρυπνέω agrupneō G:V be watchful ἀγρυπνέω, -ῶ (ἄγρυπνος, seeking sleep ; ἀγρεύω, ὕπνος),
[in LXX chiefly for שׁקד ;]
to be sleepless, wakeful (Theogn., Xen., al.); metaphorically (LXX) = cl. ἐγρήγορα, to be watchful, vigilant: Mrk.13:33, Luk.21:36, Eph.6:18, Heb.13:17.†
SYN.: γρηγορέω, which see; νήφω, associated with γ. in 1Pe.5:8, expressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of moral, not merely mental alertness (see M, Th., I, 5:6). (AS) G0070 G0070 = G0070 ἀγρυπνία agrupnia G:N-F sleeplessness ἀγρυπνία, -ας, ἡ (see supr.),
[in LXX: Si .9, 2Ma.2:26 * ;]
sleeplessness, watching: 2Co.6:5 11:27. (Plat., Hdt.; for exx. in π., see MM, VGT, see word) †
(AS) G0071 G0071 = G0071 ἄγω agō G:V to bring ἄγω,
[in LXX for בּוא hi., לקח, נהג, etc. ;]
__1. to lead, bring, carry: with ace, before ἐπί, εἰς, ἕως, πρός and simple dative; metaphorically, to lead, guide, impel: Jhn.10:16 Rom.2:4, Heb.2:10, 2Ti.3:6, al.
__2. to spend or keep a day: Luk.24:21, Act.19:38
__3. Intrans., to go: subjunc., ἄγωμεν, Mat.2:46, al. (Cramer, 61; MM, VGT, see word).
(AS) G0072 G0072 = G0072 ἀγωγή agōgē G:N-F self-conduct ἀγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἄγω), [in LXX: Est.2:20 10:3, 2Ma.4:16 6:8 11:24, 3Ma.4:10 * ;]
__1. a carrying away.
__2. a leading, guiding; metaphorically, training; hence, from the expression ἀ. τοῦ βίου, absol., conduct, way of life: 2Ti.3:10 (Cremer, 61; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0073 G0073 = G0073 ἀγών agōn G:N-M fight ἀγών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(ἄγω), [in LXX: Isa.7:13 (לאה), Est.4:17, Wis.4:2 10:12, II Mac.6, 4Mac .5 * ;]
__1. a gathering, esp. for games.
__2. a place of assembly.
__3. a contest, struggle, trial; metaphorically (MM, VGT, see word),
__(a) of the Christian life as a contest and struggle: Php.1:30, 1Th.2:2, 1Ti.6:12, 2Ti.4:7 Heb.12:1;
__(b) solicitude, anxiety: Col.2:1.
† (AS) G0074 G0074 = G0074 ἀγωνία agōnia G:N-F a struggle ἀγωνία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀγών), [in LXX: 2Ma.3:14,16 15:19 * ;]
__1. a contest, wrestling (Eur., Xen.).
__2. Of the mind, great fear, agony, anguish (Dem., Arist.): Luk.22:44 (cf . Field, Notes, 77 f. ; Abbott, Essays, 101 f. ; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0075 G0075 = G0075 ἀγωνίζομαι agōnizomai G:V to struggle ἀγωνίζομαι
(ἀγών), [in LXX: Da TH 6:14 (שׂוּם בָּל), Sir.4:28, I, II, 4Mac .5 * ;]
__1. to contend for a prize: 1Co.9:25,
__2. to fight, struggle, strive: Jhn.18:36; metaphorically (MM, VGT, see word). Col.1:29 4:12, 1Ti.4:10 6:12, 2Ti.4:7; with inf. (Field, Notes, 66), Luk.13:24 (Cremer, 609)
† (AS) G0076 G0076 = the Greek of H0121G Ἀδάμ Adam N:N-M-P Adam Ἀδάμ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָדָם),
Adam: Luk.3:38, Rom.5:14, 1Co.15:22,45, 1Ti.2:13,14 Ju 14. Christ ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀ., 1Co.15:45.†
(AS) G0077 G0077 = G0077 ἀδάπανος adapanos G:A free ἀδάπανος, -ον
(δαπάνη),
without expense, free of charge: 1Co.9:18.†
(AS) G0078 G0078 = G0078 Ἀδδί Addi N:N-M-P Addi Ἀδδεί (Rec. Ἀδδί), ὁ,
Addei: Luk.3:28.†
(AS) G0079 G0079 = G0079 ἀδελφή adelphē G:N-F sister ἀδελφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀδελφός), [in LXX for אָהוֹת ;]
a sister: Mat.19:29, al.; metaphorically (MM, VGT, see word), of a member of the Christian community: Rom.16:1, 1Co.7:15 Jas.21:15, al.
(AS) G0080 G0080 = G0080 ἀδελφός adelphos G:N-M brother ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb),
in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102f.), for אָח ;]
__1. lit. of a brother (Gen.4:2, al.).
__2. Of a neighbour (Lev.19:17).
__3. Of a member of the same nation (Exo.2:14, Deu.15:3). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mat.1:2, al.; 2. Mat.7:3; 3. Rom.9:3) and also,
__4. of a fellow-Christian: 1Co.1:1, Act.9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, see word). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου (Mat.12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mrk.3:31-34, Luk.8:19-21, Jhn.2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Act.1:14, 1Co.9:5) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)
(AS) G0081 G0081 = G0081 ἀδελφότης adelphotēs G:N-F brotherhood ἀδελφότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ἀδελφός), [in LXX: 1Ma.12:10,17, 4Mac .5 * ;]
__1. abstract, brotherhood, brotherly affection (LXX).
__2. Concrete, the brotherhood, the Christian community: 1Pe.2:17 5:9 (MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0082 G0082 = G0082 ἄδηλος adēlos G:A unclear ἄ-δηλος, -ον
(δῆλος), [in LXX: Ps 50 (51):6 (בַּטֻחוֹת) ;]
__1. unseen, unobserved, not manifest (Ps, l.with): Luk.11:44.
__2. uncertain, indistinct: 1Co.14:8.
† (AS) G0083 G0083 = G0083 ἀδηλότης adēlotēs G:N-F uncertainty ἀδηλότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ἄδηλος),
uncertainty: 1Ti.6:17.†
(AS) G0084 G0084 = G0084 ἀδήλως adēlōs G:ADV uncertainly ἀδήλως
(ἄδηλος),
adv. uncertainly: of direction, 1Co.9:26.†
(AS) G0085 G0085 = G0085 ἀδημονέω adēmoneō G:V be distressed ἀδημονέω, -ῶ (on the derivation, see MM, VGT, see word), [in Aq.: Job.18:20; Sm.: Psa.60 (61):3 115:2 (116:11), Ecc.7:17(16), Eze.3:15 * ;]
to be troubled, distressed (MM, l.with): Mat.26:37, Mrk.14:33, Php.2:26.†
(AS) G0086 G0086 = G0086 ᾍδης Hadēs G:N-M hell: Hades ᾅδης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX ehiefly for שְׁאוֹל, also for דּוּמָה, מָוֶת, etc. ;]
__1. in Hom., Hades (Pluto), the god of the underworld.
__2. the abode of Hades, the underivorld; in NT, the abode of departed spirits, Hades: ἐν τ. ᾅ., Luk.16:23; εἰς ᾅ., Act.2:27,31; πύλαι ᾅδου, Mat.16:18; κλεῖς τοῦ ᾅ., Rev.1:18; metaphorically, ἕως ᾅ., Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15; personified, Rev.6:8 20:13,14 (Cremer, 67, 610; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0087 G0087 = G0087 ἀδιάκριτος adiakritos G:A impartial ἀ-διά-κριτος, -ον
(διακρίνω), [in LXX: Pro.25:1 * ;]
__1. not to be parted, mixed, undistinguishable (cf. Pr, l.with, and see Lft., Ignat. Eph., §3).
__2. without uncertainty (Hort, in l., but see MM, VGT, see word): Jas.3:17.
† (AS) G0088 G0088 = G0088 ἀδιάλειπτος adialeiptos G:A continuous ἀδιάλειπτος, -ον
(διαλείπω),
unremitting, incessant: Rom.9:2, 2Ti.1:3. (For exx., see MM, VGT, see word) †
(AS) G0089 G0089 = G0089 ἀδιαλείπτως adialeiptōs G:ADV unceasingly ἀδιαλείπτως (see supr.), adv.,
[in LXX: 1Ma.12:11, II Mac .4, 3Ma.6:33 * ;]
unremittingly, incessantly: Rom.1:9, 1Th.1:3 2:13 5:17.†
(AS) G0090 G0090 = G0090 ἀδιαφθορία adiaphthoria G:N-F unspoilable incorruption, uprightness , (New Testament) (ML) G0091 G0091 = G0091 ἀδικέω adikeō G:V to harm ἀδικέω, -ῶ
(ἄδικος), [in LXX for עשׁק, עוה, etc. ;]
__1. intrans., to be ἄδικος, do wrong, act wickedly or criminally: Act.25:11, 1Co.6:8, 2Co.7:12, Col.3:25, Rev.22:11; to do hurt, Rev.9:19.
__2. Trans.
__(a) to do some wrong: ὃ ἠδίκησεν, Col.3:25; to wrong some one, Mat.20:13, Act.7:26, 27 25:10, 2Co.7:2, Gal.4:12, Phm 18, 2Pe.2:13; pass., Act.7:24, 2Co.7:12; mid., 1Co.6:7 (suffer . . . to be wronged; WM, §38, 3; but see Bl., §54, 5; and cf. ἀποστερέω);
__(b) to injure, hurt: Luk.10:19 Rev.2:11 6:6 7:2, 3 9:4,10 11:5.
† (AS) G0092 G0092 = G0092 ἀδίκημα adikēma G:N-N crime ἀδίκημα, -τος, τό
(ἀδικέω), [in LXX for עָוֹן, פֶּשַׁע, etc. ;]
a wrong, injury, misdeed (MM, VGT, see word): Act.18:14 24:20, Rev.18:5.†
(AS) G0093 G0093 = G0093 ἀδικία adikia G:N-F unrighteousness ἀδικία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄδικος), [in LXX for עָוֹן, פֶּשַׁע, עָוֶל, etc. ;]
__1. injustice: Luk.18:6, Rom.9:14.
__2. unrighteousness, iniquity: Jhn.7:18, Act.8:23, Rom.1:18, 29 2:8 6:13, 2Ti.2:19, 1Jn.1:9 5:17; opposite to ἀλήθεια, 1Co.13:6, 2Th.2:12; to δικαιοσύνη ], Rom.3:5; ἀπάτη τῆς ἀ., 2Th.2:10; μισθὸς ἀδικίας, Act.1:18, 2Pe.2:13,15; ἐγράται τῆς ἀ., Luk.13:27; μαμωνᾶς τῆς ἀ., Luk.16:9; κόσμος τῆς ἀ., Jas.3:6; οἰκονόμος τῆς ἀ., Luk.16:8.
__3. = ἀδίκημα, an unrighteous act: ironically, a favour, 2Co.12:13; pl., Heb.8:12 (Cremer, 261; MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0094 G0094 = G0094 ἄδικος adikos G:A unjust ἄδικος, -ον
(δίκη), [in LXX for שׁקר, עול, etc. ;]
__1. unjust: Rom.3:5, Heb.6:10.
__2. unrighteous, wicked: Luk.16:11 18:11, Act.24:15, 1Co.6:1,9 1Pe.3:18; opposite to δίκαιος, Mat.5:45; to εὐσεβής, 2Pe.2:9; to πιστός, Luk.16:10 (Cremer, 200).
† (AS) G0095 G0095 = G0095 ἀδίκως adikōs G:ADV unjustly ἀδίκως, adv.
(ἄδικος), [in LXX for שׁקר, עול, etc. ;]
unjustly, undeservedly: 1Pe.2:19.†
(AS) G0096 G0096 = G0096 ἀδόκιμος adokimos G:A failing ἀ-δόκιμος, -ον,
[in LXX: Pro.25:4, Isa.1:22 (סִיג) * ;]
__1. of things (prop. of metals: LXX, ll. with), not standing the test, rejected: γῆ, Heb.6:8.
__2. Of persons, rejected after testing, reprobate: Rom.1:28, 1Co.9:27, 2Co.13:5-7, 2Ti.3:8, Tit.1:16 (Cremer, 212).
† (AS) G0097 G0097 = G0097 ἄδολος adolos G:A pure ἄδολος, -ον,
__1. guileless (Pind., Thuc).
__2. Of liquids (Æsch., Eur., and late prose writers), genuine, pure (in π. and in MGr. of wine, also of corn: MM, VGT, see word; Milligan, NTD, 77): of milk, metaphorically, 1Pe.2:2.
† SYN.: ἀκέραιος (which see), ἄκακος, ἁπλοῦς. (AS) G0098 G0098 = G0098 Ἀδραμυττηνός Adramuttēnos N:A--LG Adramyttium Ἁδραμυντηνός (T, Rec. Ἀδραμυττηνός), -ή,-όν,
of Adramyttium, a seaport of Mysia: Act.27:2.†
(AS) G0099 G0099 = G0099 Ἀδρίας Adrias N:N-M-L Adriatic Sea Ἁδρίας (T, Rec. Ἀδρίας), -ου, ὁ,
the Adriatic sea, in later Greek usage extended to take in all the waters between Greece and Italy: Act.27:27.†
(AS) G0100 G0100 = G0100 ἁδρότης hadrotēs G:N-F abundance ἁδρότης, -τος, ἡ
(ἁδρός, thick, well-grown),
__1. thickness, vigour.
__2. abundance, bounty: 2Co.8:20.
† (AS) G0101 G0101 = G0101 ἀδυνατέω adunateō G:V be impossible ἀδυνατέω, -ῶ
(ἀδύνατος), [in LXX: Deu.17:8, Zec.8:6 (פּלא ni.), Job.42:2 (בּצר ni.), al. ;]
__1. Abbott-Smith omits this number to be unable (cl., Philo; π., see MM, VGT, see word).
__2. In LXX and NT (Kennedy, Sources, 124; Hatch, Essays, 4; Field, Notes, 46 f.), to be impossible: Mat.17:20, Luk.1:37.
† (AS) G0102 G0102 = G0102 ἀδύνατος adunatos G:A unable ἀ-δύνατος, -ον,
[in LXX for אֶבְיוֹן, דַּל, etc. ;]
__1. of persons, unable, powerless: Act.14:8; figuratively Rom.15:1 (MM, VGT, see word).
__2. Of things, impossible: Mat.19:26, Mrk.10:27, Luk.18:27, Rom.8:3, Heb.6:4,18 10:4 11:6.
† (AS) G0103 G0103 = G0103 ᾄδω adō G:V to sing ᾄδω (Attic form of Ion. and poët. ἀείδω),
[in LXX chiefly for שִׁיר ;]
to sing,
__(a) intrans., with dative (MM, VGT, see word), of praise to God: Eph.5:19, Col.3:16 ;
__(b) trans., with cogn. accusative: ᾠδὴν, Rev.5:9 14:3 15:3.
† (AS) G0104 G0104 = G0104 ἀεί aei G:ADV always ἀεί, adv.,
[in LXX: Isa.42:14 (מֵעוֹלָם) 51:13 (תָּמִיד), Ps 94(95):10, al. ;]
ever;
__1. of continuous time, unceasingly, perpetually: Act.7:51, 2 Co.4.11; 6:10, Tit.1:12, Heb.3:10.
__2. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion (MM, VGT, see word): 1Pe.3:15, 2Pe.1:12.
† (AS) G0105 G0105 = G0105 ἀετός aetos G:N-M eagle ἀετός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX for נֶשֶׁר ;]
an eagle: Rev.4:7 8:13 (Rec. ἀγγέλου) 12:14. Where carrion is referred to, ἀ. is probably a vulture (cf. Job.39:30, Pro.30:17): Mat.24:28, Luk.17:37 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0106 G0106 = G0106 ἄζυμος azumos G:A unleavened ἄζυμος, -ον
(ζύμη), [in LXX for מָצָּה; τὰ ἄ. (sc. λάγανα, cakes) = הַמָצָּה ;]
unleavened: ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν ἄ. (הַג הַמָצָּה), the paschal feast (also called τὰ ἄ., Mrk.14:1), Luk.22:1; ἡμέρα τῶν ἄ., Mat.26:17, Mrk.14:12, Luk.22:7; ἡμέραι, Act.12:3 20:6. Fig., of Christians, free from corruption: 1Co.5:7; exhorted to keep festival, ἐν ἀζύμοις (sc. ἄρτοις, λάγανοις, or, indefinitely, "unleavened elements"), ib. 8 (Cremer, 724).†
(AS) G0107 G0107 = G0107 Ἀζώρ Azōr N:N-M-P Azor Ἀζώρ, ὁ, indecl.,
Azor: Mat.1:13,14.†
(AS) G0108 G0108 = the Greek of H0795 Ἄζωτος Azōtos N:N-F-L Azotus Ἄζωτος, -ου, ἡ (Heb., אַשְׁדּוֹד),
Azotus, a Philistine city: Act.8:40.†
(AS) G0109 G0109 = G0109 ἀήρ aēr G:N-M air ἀήρ, ἀέρος, ὁ,
[in LXX: 2Ki.22:12 (= Psa.17(18):11 שׁחק), Wi .8 ;]
in Hom., Hes., the lower air which surrounds the earth, as opposite to the purer αἰθήρ of the higher regions; generally, air (MM, VGT, see word): Act.22:23, 1Th.4:17, Rev.9:2 16:17; of the air as the realm of demons, Eph.2:2; ἀ. δέρειν, of striving to no purpose, 1Co.9:26; εἰς ἀ. λαλεῖν, of speaking without effect, not being understood, 1Co.14:9.†
(AS) G0110 G0110 = G0110 ἀθανασία athanasia G:N-F immortality ἀθανασία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀ-θάνατος, undying; V. MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX: Wis.3:4 4:1 8:13,17 15:3, 4Ma.14:5 16:13 * ;]
immortality: 1Co.15:53,54 1Ti.6:16 (cf. Cremer, 285 f.).†
(AS) G0111 G0111 = G0111 ἀθέμιτος athemitos G:A unlawful ἀ-θέμιτος (late form of ἀθέμιστος, LS, MM, VGT, see word), -ον
(θέμις, custom, right), [in LXX: 2Ma.6:5 7:1 10:34, 3Ma.5:20 * ;]
__(a) of persons, lawless (III Mac, l.with);
__(b) of things, lawless, unlawful: Act.10:28, 1Pe.4:3.†
SYN.: see: ἄθεσμος. (AS) G0112 G0112 = G0112 ἄθεος atheos G:A without God ἄ-θεος, -ον,
__1. in cl.
__(a) slighting or denyiyig the gods (Plat.; cf. MM, VGT, see word);
__(b) godless, ungodly (Pind.);
__(with) abandoned by the gods (Soph.)
__2. In the NT (cf. Lft. on Ign. ad Trail, §3), of the heathen, without God, not knowing God (Cremer, 281): Eph.2:12.
† (AS) G0113 G0113 = G0113 ἄθεσμος athesmos G:A lawless ἄθεσμος, -ον
(θεσμός, law, custom), [in LXX: 3Ma.5:12 6:26 * ;]
lawless, esp. of those who violate the law of nature and conscience (cf. MM, VGT, see word): 2Pe.2:7 3:17.†
SYN.: ἀθέμιτος, ἄνομος, κακός, πονηρός, φαῦλος (see Tr., Syn., §lxxiv; DCG, ii, 821b). (AS) G0114 G0114 = G0114 ἀθετέω atheteō G:V to reject ἀθετέω, -ῶ (τίθημι), [in LXX for seventeen different words, פּשׁע, מרד, בּגד, מעל, etc., often meaning, as 1Ki.13:3 (Heb., al.), to revolt; properly, to make ἄθετον , or do away with what has been laid down (see DCG, i, 453 f.)].
__1. to set aside, disregard (in Gramm., to reject as spurious): διαθήκην , Gal.3:16; ἐντολήν , Mrk.7:9; νόμον . Heb.10:28; πίστιν , 1Ti.5:12.
__2. to nullify, make void: Luk.7:30 (see Field, Notes, 59), 1Co.1:19, Gal.2:21.
__3. to reject: Mrk.6:26 (Field, op. cit., 30), Lk 10:16, Jhn.12:48, I Th 48, Ju 8 (for exx. in π., see MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0115 G0115 = G0115 ἀθέτησις athetēsis G:N-F nullification ἀθέτησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀθετέω), [in LXX, usually of unfaithful, rebellious action: 1Ki.24:12 (פֶּשַׁע), Jer.12:1 (בֶּגֶד), Da TH 9:7 (מַעַל), 2Ma.14:28 * ;]
a disannulling, setting aside: Heb.7:18 9:26 (for similar usage in π., see Deiss., BS, 228 f.; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0116 G0116 = G0116 Ἀθῆναι Athēnai N:N-F-L Athens Ἀθῆναι, -ῶν, αἱ (plural because consisting of several parts),
Athens: Act.17:15,16 18:1, 1Th.3:1.†
(AS) G0117 G0117 = a Group member of G0116 Ἀθηναῖος Athēnaios G:A Athenian Athenian, of or from Athens , (Iliad by Homer), etc (ML) G0118 G0118 = G0118 ἀθλέω athleō G:V to compete ἀθλέω, -ῶ (in cl. also ἀθλεύω, ἆθλος, a contest, in war or in sport),
to contend in games, wrestle, combat: 2Ti.2:5.†
(AS) G0119 G0119 = G0119 ἄθλησις athlēsis G:N-F struggle ἄθλησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀθλέω),
a contest, combat, esp. of athletes; figuratively, a struggle: Heb.10:32 (for exx., see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0120 G0120 = G0120 ἀθυμέω athumeō G:V be discouraged ἀθυμέω, -ῶ (ἄ-θυμος, without heart),
[in LXX for חרה, etc. ;]
to be disheartened: Col.3:21.†
(AS) G0121 G0121 = G0121 ἀθῷος athōos G:A innocent ἀθῷος (Rec. wrongly, -ῶος; LS, see word; Mayser, 131), -ον
(θωή, a penalty), [in LXX chiefly for נקה ni., pi., נָקִי ;]
__1. unpunished (MM, VGT, see word).
__2. innocent: Mat.27:4 (WH, R, mg., δίκαιον) 27:24.
(AS) G0122 G0122 = G0122 αἴγειος aigeios G:A goat's αἴγειος (WH, -γιος), -α, -ον (αἶξ, a goat),
[in LXX for עֵז ;]
of a goat: Heb.11:37 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0123 G0123 = G0123 αἰγιαλός aigialos G:N-M shore αἰγιαλός, -οῦ, ὁ (on the derivation, see Boisacq, see word),
[in LXX: Jdg.5:17 (חוֹף), Sir.24:14 * ;]
the sea-shore, beach (cf. Field, Notes, 146; DCG, i, 175 f.; MM, VGT, see word): Mat.13:2,48 Jhn.21:4, Act.21:5 27:39,40.†
(AS) G0124 G0124 = a Group member of H4714G Αἰγύπτιος Aiguptios G:A Egyptian Αἰγύπτιος, -α, ον,
Egyptian: Act.7:22,24,28 21:38, Heb.11:29.†
(AS) G0125 G0125 = the Greek of H4714G Αἴγυπτος Aiguptos N:N-F-L Egypt Αἴγυπτος, ου, ἡ,
Egypt: Mat.2:13-15,19, Act.2:10 7:9-39, Heb.3:16 11:26,27; γῆ Αἴ., Act.7:40 13:17, Heb.8:9, Ju 5 (cf. Exo.5:12, al.); ἡ Αἴ., Act.7:11; figuratively, of Jerusalem as hostile to God, Rev.11:8.†
(AS) G0126 G0126 = G0126 ἀΐδιος aidios G:A eternal ἀΐδιος, -ον
(ἀεί), [in LXX: Wis.7:26, 4Ma.10:15 * ;]
everlasting (frequently in Inscr.; MM, VGT, see word): Rom.1:20, Ju 6.†
SYN.: αἰώνιος, also frequently in Inscr. (Deiss., BS, 363 J. The etymological distinction between the meanings of the two words seems not to be retained in late Greek (see Thayer, see word, αἰώνιος; cf. Cremer, 79, 611). (AS) G0127 G0127 = G0127 αἰδώς aidōs G:N-F modesty αἰδώς (-όος), -οῦς, ἡ,
[in LXX: 3Ma.1:19 4:5 * ;]
a sense of shame, modesty: 1Ti.2:9 (for exx., see MM, VGT, see word).†
SYN.: αἰσχύνη (see Thayer, 14; Tr., Syn., §xix; Cremer, 611 f.; CGT on I Ti, l.with). (AS) G0128 G0128 = the Greek of H3568H Αἰθίοψ Aithiops N:N--LG Ethiopian .*Αἰθίοψ, -οπος, ὁ
(αἴθω, to burn, ὤψ, face; i.e. swarthy), [in LXX for כּוּשׁ ;]
Ethiopian: Act.8:27.†
(AS) G0129 G0129G = G0129G αἷμα ahima G:N-N blood αἷμα, ατος, τό,
[in LXX for דָּם ;]
blood.
__1. In the ordinary sense: Mrk.5:25, Luk.8:43,44 22:44, Jhn.19:34, Act.15:20,29 21:25, Rev.8:7,8 11:6 16:3,4,6 19:13.
__2. In special senses:
__(a) of generation, origin, kinship (cl.): Jhn.1:13 (see MM, VGT, see word);
__(b) as in OT (AR on Eph, l.with), in the phrase σάρξ καὶ αἷ. (αἷ. κ. σ.), to indicate human nature as opposite to God and created spirits: Mat.16:17, 1Co.15:50, Gal.1:16, Eph.6:12, Heb.2:14;
__(with) of things in colour resembling blood: Act.2:19,20, Rev.6:12 14:18-20.
__(d) of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.): Mat.23:30,35 27:4,6,8,24,25, Luk.11:50,51 13:1, Act.1:19 5:28 18:6 20:26 22:20, Heb.12:4, Rev.6:10 17:6 18:24 19:2 ; αἷ. ἐκχέειν (Deiss., LAE, 428; MM, VGT, see word, αἷ.), Rom.3:15, Rev.16:6;
__(e) of sacrificial blood, as an expiation: Heb.9:7,12,13,18-22,25 10:4 11:28 13:11; of the blood of Christ, Mat.26:28, Mrk.14:24, Luk.22:20, Jhn.6:53,54,56, Act.20:28, Rom.3:25 5:9, 1Co.10:16 11:25,27, Eph.1:7 2:13, Col.1:20, Heb.9:12,14 10:19,29 12:24 13:20, 1Pe.1:2,19, 1Jn.1:7 (cf. 5:6,8), Rev.1:5 5:9 7:14 12:11. (Cremer, 69 f., 612 f.)
† (AS) G0129 G0129H = G0129H αἷμα ahima G:N-N (Field of) Blood αἷμα, ατος, τό,
[in LXX for דָּם ;]
blood.
__1. In the ordinary sense: Mrk.5:25, Luk.8:43,44 22:44, Jhn.19:34, Act.15:20,29 21:25, Rev.8:7,8 11:6 16:3,4,6 19:13.
__2. In special senses:
__(a) of generation, origin, kinship (cl.): Jhn.1:13 (see MM, VGT, see word);
__(b) as in OT (AR on Eph, l.with), in the phrase σάρξ καὶ αἷ. (αἷ. κ. σ.), to indicate human nature as opposite to God and created spirits: Mat.16:17, 1Co.15:50, Gal.1:16, Eph.6:12, Heb.2:14;
__(with) of things in colour resembling blood: Act.2:19,20, Rev.6:12 14:18-20.
__(d) of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.): Mat.23:30,35 27:4,6,8,24,25, Luk.11:50,51 13:1, Act.1:19 5:28 18:6 20:26 22:20, Heb.12:4, Rev.6:10 17:6 18:24 19:2 ; αἷ. ἐκχέειν (Deiss., LAE, 428; MM, VGT, see word, αἷ.), Rom.3:15, Rev.16:6;
__(e) of sacrificial blood, as an expiation: Heb.9:7,12,13,18-22,25 10:4 11:28 13:11; of the blood of Christ, Mat.26:28, Mrk.14:24, Luk.22:20, Jhn.6:53,54,56, Act.20:28, Rom.3:25 5:9, 1Co.10:16 11:25,27, Eph.1:7 2:13, Col.1:20, Heb.9:12,14 10:19,29 12:24 13:20, 1Pe.1:2,19, 1Jn.1:7 (cf. 5:6,8), Rev.1:5 5:9 7:14 12:11. (Cremer, 69 f., 612 f.)
† (AS) G0130 G0130 = G0130 αἱματεκχυσία ahimatekchusia G:N-F bloodshed αἱματεκχυσία, -ας, ἡ
(αἷμα, ἐκ, χέω),
shedding of blood (Eccl.; Cremer, 71): Heb.9:22.†
(AS) G0131 G0131 = G0131 αἱμορροέω ahimorroeō G:V to bleed αἱμορροέω,
(αἷμα, ῥέω), [in LXX: Lev.15:33 (דָּוֶה) * ;]
to lose blood, suffer from a flow of blood (Hipp.): Mat.9:20.†
(AS) G0132 G0132 = G0132 Αἰνέας Aineas N:N-M-P Aeneas Αἰνέας, -οῦ, ὁ,
Æneas: Act.9:33,34.†
(AS) G0133 G0133 = G0133 αἴνεσις ainesis G:N-F praise αἴνεσις, -εως, ἡ
(αἰνέω), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹדָה, תְּהִלָּה ;]
praise (Eccl.): θυσία αἰνέσεως (Lev.7:12, זֶבַח תּוֹדָה), Heb.13:15.†
(AS) G0134 G0134 = G0134 αἰνέω aineō G:V to praise αἰνέω, -ῶ (αἶνος), poët., Ion. and late prose (MM, VGT, see word) for cl. ἐπαινέω,
[in LXX chiefly for הלל, ידה ;]
to praise: with accusative, τ. θεόν, Luk.2:13,20 19:37 24:53, Act.2:47 3:8,9, Rom.15:11; with dative, τ. Θεῷ (Jer.20:13, al. for הִלֵּל לְ; see Field, Notes, 245), Rev.19:5.†
SYN.: ἐξομολογέω, εὐλογέω, εὐχαριστέω, μακαρίζω (see DCG, i, 211). (AS) G0135 G0135 = G0135 αἴνιγμα ainigma G:N-N obscure thing αἴνιγμα, -ατος, τό
(αἰνίσσομαι, to speak in riddles; αἰνός = δεινός, dread, strange), [in LXX for חִידָה, Num.12:8 and always exc. Deu.28:37 (שַׁמָּה) ;]
a dark saying, riddle: 1Co.13:12 (cf. Nu, l.with).†
(AS) G0136 G0136 = G0136 αἶνος ainos G:N-M praise αἶνος, ου, ὁ,
[in LXX for הלל pi, עֹז ;]
poët, and Ion.,
__1. = μῦθος, a tale (Horn., al.).
__2. = Att. ἔπαινος, praise (Horn., al.): Mat.21:16 (LXX), Luk.18:43.
__3. In π., a decree (MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0137 G0137 = G0137 Αἰνών Ainōn N:N--L Aenon Αἰνών, ἡ, indecl. (cf. Heb.עַיִן, a spring),
Aenon: Jhn.3:23.†
(AS) G0138 G0138 = G0138 αἱρέω ahireō G:V to choose αἱρέω,
[in LXX for אמר hi., בּחר, etc. ;]
to take; Mid., -ομαι (M, Pr., 158 f.; MM, VGT, see word), to choose: Php.1:22, 2Th.2:13, Heb.11:25. (Cf. ἀν-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, καθ-, περι-, προ-αιρέω.) †
(AS) G0139 G0139 = G0139 αἵρεσις ahiresis G:N-F sect αἵρεσις, -εως, ἡ
(αἱρέω, -ομαι), [in LXX for נְדָבָה,]
__1. capture.
__2. choosing, choice (see MM, VGT, see word).
__3. that which is chosen, hence, opinion; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: 1Co.11:19, Gal.5:20, 2Pe.2:1 R, txt.
__4. In late writers (MM, VGT), of a set of persons professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, faction: Act.5:17 15:5 24:5,14 26:5 28:22, I Co, Ga, II Pe, l.with, R, mg. (Cremer, 614).
† (AS) G0140 G0140 = G0140 αἱρετίζω ahiretizō G:V to choose αἱρετίζω,
[in LXX chiefly for בּחר (see Cremer, 615) ;] = αἱρέομαι (Hipp., Inscr.),
to choose: Mat.12:18 (LXX, ἀντιλήμψομαι).†
(AS) G0141 G0141 = G0141 αἱρετικός ahiretikos G:A schismatic αἱρετικός, -ή, όν
(αἱρέομαι),
__1. capable of choosing (Plat.).
__2. causing division, heretical, factious (Cremer, 614): as subst., Tit.3:10.
† (AS) G0142 G0142 = G0142 αἴρω airō G:V to take up αἴρω,
[in LXX chiefly for נשׂא, also for לקח, etc. ;]
__1. to raise, take up, lift or draw up: Jhn.8:59 11:41, Act.27:17, al.
__2. to bear, carry: Mat.4:6 16:24, al.
__3. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mat.21:21, Jhn.19:31, 1Co.5:12 6:15 (see Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin by Christ, Jhn.1:29, 1Jn.3:5. (Cf. ἀπ᾽, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, συν-, ὑπερ-αίρω). For exx. from π., see MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0143 G0143 = G0143 αἰσθάνομαι aisthanomai G:V to perceive αἰσθάνομαι,
[in LXX for בּין, חפז, ידע ;]
to perceive: withaccusative of thing(s) (Bl., §36, 5; MM, VGT, see word), Luk.9:45 (Cremer, 619 f.).†
(AS) G0144 G0144 = G0144 αἴσθησις aisthēsis G:N-F insight αἴσθησις, -εως, ἡ
(αἰσθάνομαι), [in LXX chiefly for דַּעַת ;]
perception (MM, VGT, see word): Php.1:9.†
SYN.: ἐπίγνωσις, which see (cf. Cremer, 620). (AS) G0145 G0145 = G0145 αἰσθητήριον aisthētērion G:N-N sense αἰσθητήριον, -ου, τό
(αἰσθάνομαι), [in LXX: Jer.4:19 (קִיר), 4Ma.2:22 * ;]
sense, organ of perception: Heb.5:14 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0146 G0146 = G0146 αἰσχροκερδής aischrokerdēs G:A greedy αἰσχροκερδής, -ες
(αἰσχρός, κέρδος),
greedy of base gains: 1Ti.3:3,8 Abbot-Smith omits 1Ti.3:3, Tit.1:7.†
(AS) G0147 G0147 = G0147 αἰσχροκερδῶς aischrokerdōs G:ADV greedily αἰσχροκερδῶς, adv.,
from eagerness for base gain: 1Pe.5:2 (here only).†
(AS) G0148 G0148 = G0148 αἰσχρολογία aischrologia G:N-F obscenity αἰσχρολογία, -ας, ἡ
(αἰσχρός, λέγω),
abusive language, abuse (Lft., ICC, in l.; MM, VGT, see word): Col.3:8.†
(AS) G0149 G0149 = a Form of G0150 αἰσχρόν aischron G:A shameful αἰσχρός, -ά, όν
(αἶσχος, shame, disgrace), [in LXX: Gen.41:3 ff. (רַע, רֹעַ), Jdth.12:12, al. ;]
base, shameful: 1Co.11:6 14:35, Eph.5:12, Tit.1:11 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0150 G0150 = G0150 αἰσχρός aischros G:A shameful αἰσχρός, -ά, όν
(αἶσχος, shame, disgrace), [in LXX: Gen.41:3 ff. (רַע, רֹעַ), Jdth.12:12, al. ;]
base, shameful: 1Co.11:6 14:35, Eph.5:12, Tit.1:11 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0151 G0151 = G0151 αἰσχρότης aischrotēs G:N-F obscenity αἰσχρότης, -τητος, ἡ
(αἰσχρός),
baseness: Eph.5:4.†
(AS) G0152 G0152 = G0152 αἰσχύνη aischunē G:N-F shame αἰσχύνη, -ης, ἡ
(αἶσχος, shame, disgrace), [in LXX chiefly for בּשֶׁת ;]
shame (MM, VGT, see word): subjectively, Luk.14:19, 2Co.4:2; objectively, Php.3:19, Heb.12:2; as something to be ashamed of, Rev.3:18; pl. (Bl., §32, 6), shameful deeds, Ju 13.†
SYN.: αἰδώς, which see (AS) G0153 G0153 = G0153 αἰσχύνω aischunō G:V be ashamed αἰσχύνω
(αἶσχος, shame), [in LXX chiefly for בּוּשׁ ;]
__1. to disfigure (Hom.).
__2. to dishonour (Pro.29:15).
__3. to make ashamed (Sir.13:7). Pass., to be put to shame, be ashamed: 2Co.10:8; Php.1:20, 1Pe.4:16, 1Jn.2:28; with inf. (M, Pr., 205), Luk.16:3 (cf. ἐπ- (-ομαι), κατ- αἰσχύνω).
† (AS) G0154 G0154 = G0154 αἰτέω aiteō G:V to ask αἰτέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for שׁאל ;]
to ask, request: absol., Mat.7:7, Jas.1:6; with accusative of person(s), Mat.5:42, Luk.6:30; with accusative of thing(s), before ἀπό, Mat.20:20, 1Jn.5:15; id. before παρά, Act.3:2, Jas.1:5; with dupl. accusative Mat.7:9, Mrk.6:22, Jhn.16:23. Mid. (on the distinction bet. mid. and act., see M, Pr., 160): absol., Mrk.15:8, Jhn.16:26, Jas.4:3; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.14:7, Mrk.6:24, al.; with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:20, Luk.23:25; with accusative of thing(s), before παρά, Act.9:2; with accusative and inf., Luk.23:23. with inf. Act.7:46, Eph.3:13 (cf. ἀπ-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, παρ-, προσ- αιτέω).
SYN.: ἐρωτάω, which see, πυνθάνομαι. On the proper distinction between these words, see Tr., Syn., § xl, Thayer, see word αἰ. In late Gk., however, αἰ. and ἐ. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Act.3:2,3; see Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Th., I, 4:1; M, Pr., 66.n; MM, VGT, see word). (AS) G0155 G0155 = G0155 αἴτημα aitēma G:N-N request αἴτημα, -ατος, τό
(αἰτέω), [in LXX chiefly for שְׁאֵלָה ;]
that which has been asked for, a petition, request: Luk.23:24, Php.4:6, Jhn.5:15.†
SYN.: see: δέησις. (AS) G0156 G0156 = G0156 αἰτία aitia G:N-F cause/charge αἰτία, -ας, ἡ,
[in LXX: Gen.4:13 (עָוֹן), Pro.28:17 (עָשַׁק), and frequently in Wi, II, III Mac ;]
__1. cause, reason, occasion, case: Mat.19:3, Luk.8:47, Act.10:21 22:24 28:20, 2Ti.1:6,12, Tit.1:13, Heb.2:11 ; εἰ οὕτως ἐστιν ἡ αἰ. (cf. Lat. si ita res se habet, and see MM. VGT, see word), Mat.19:10.
__2. In forensic sense,
__(a) accusation: Act.25:18,27;
__(b) cause for punishment, crime: Mat.27:37, Mrk.15:26, Jhn.18:38 19:4,6, Act.13:28 23:28 28:18.
† SYN.: ἔλεγχος, a charge, whether moral or judicial, which has been proven, αἰ. is an accusation simply, false or true. (AS) G0157 G0157 = G0157 αἰτίαμα aitiama G:N-N charge αἰτίωμα (Rec. αἰτίαμα, the usual form; see MM, VGT, see word), -τος, τό
(αἰτιάομαι, αἰτία),
a charge, accusation: Act.25:7.†
(AS) G0158 G0158 = G0158 αἴτιον aition G:N-N reason for charge αἴτιον, -ου, τό, see: αἴτιος.
αἴτιος, -α, ὁ
(αἰτία), [in LXX: 1Ki.22:22 (סבב) Dan LXX Bel 41, TH ib. 42, Su 53, 2Ma.4:47 13:4, 4Ma.1:11 * ;]
__1. causative of, responsible for; as subst., ὁ αἰ., the cause, author: Heb.5:9; τὸ αἰ., the cause, Act.19:40.
__2. blameworthy, culpable; as subst., ὁ αἰ., the culprit, the accused (Lat. reus); τὸ αἰ. (= αἰτία, 3), the crime, Luk.23:4,14,22.
† (AS) G0159 G0159 = a Form of G0158 αἴτιος aitios G:A causer αἴτιος, -α, ὁ
(αἰτία), [in LXX: 1Ki.22:22 (סבב) Dan LXX Bel 41, TH ib. 42, Su 53, 2Ma.4:47 13:4, 4Ma.1:11 * ;]
__1. causative of, responsible for; as subst., ὁ αἰ., the cause, author: Heb.5:9; τὸ αἰ., the cause, Act.19:40.
__2. blameworthy, culpable; as subst., ὁ αἰ., the culprit, the accused (Lat. reus); τὸ αἰ. (= αἰτία, 3), the crime, Luk.23:4,14,22.
† (AS) G0160 G0160 = G0160 αἰφνίδιος aiphnidios G:A sudden αἰφνίδιος (in Lk, l.with, ἐφν- WH; see M, Pr., 35), -ον
(αἴφνης = ἄφνως, suddenly), [in LXX: Wis.17:15, 2Ma.14:17, 3Ma.3:24 * ;]
sudden, unexpected: Luk.21:34, 1Th.5:3.†
(AS) G0161 G0161 = G0161 αἰχμαλωσία aichmalōsia G:N-F captivity αἰχμαλωσία -ας, ἡ
(αἰχμάλωτος), [in LXX chiefly for שְׁבִי, גּוֹלָה ;]
captivity (Diod., al.): Rev.13:10; pl., abstr. for concr., = αἰχμάλωτοι, Eph.4:8 (LXX).†
(AS) G0162 G0162 = G0162 αἰχμαλωτεύω aichmalōteuō G:V to take captive αἰχμαλωτεύω
(αἰχμάλωτος), [in LXX chiefly for שׁבה ;] = αἰχμαλωτίζω, which see,
to lead captive: Eph.4:8 (LXX).†
(AS) G0163 G0163 = G0163 αἰχμαλωτίζω aichmalōtizō G:V to capture αἰχμαλωτίζω
(αἰχμάλωτος), [in LXX chiefly for שׁבה ;] in late writers = cl. αἰχμάλωτον ποιῶ (ἄγω),
to take or lead captive: before εἰς, Luk.21:24 (cf. Tob.1:10); metaphorically, Rom.7:23, 2Co.10:5, 2Ti.3:6.†
(AS) G0164 G0164 = G0164 αἰχμάλωτος aichmalōtos G:N-M captive αἰχμάλωτος, -ον
(αἰχμή, a spear, ἁλίσκομαι, to be taken), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁבָה, גּוֹלָה ;]
captive: Luk.4:18 (LXX).†
(AS) G0165 G0165G = G0165G αἰών aiōn G:N-M an age: age αἰών, -ῶνος, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for עַד ,עוֹלָם ;]
__1. in cl., like Lat. aevum (LS, MM, VGT, see word), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation, period of history, an indefinitely long period; in NT of an indefinitely long period, an age, eternity, usually with prep. (MM, VGT);
__(a) of the past: ἀπ᾽ αἰ. (cf. Heb. מֵעוֹלָם), Luk.1:70;
__(b) of the future: εἰς τ. αἰ. (cf. לְעוֹלָם), forever, Mat.21:19; id., with neg., never, Jhn.4:14; more strongly, εἰς τὸν αἰ. τοῦ αἰ., Heb.1:8 (LXX); εἰς τοὺς αἰ., Mat.6:13; εἰς τοὺς αἰ. τῶν αἰ. (cf. Isa.45:17, עַד־עוֹלְמֵי עַד), Rom.16:27, LT; cf. also Eph.3:21, 2Pe.3:18, Ju 25, Rev.14:11.
__2. οἱ αἰ., the worlds, the universe, "the sum of the periods of time, including all that is manifested in them": He :12 11:3 (cf. 1Ti.1:17, where τῶν αἰ. are prob. "the ages or world-periods which when summed up make eternity".
__3. the present age (Heb. הָעוֹלָם הַזֶּה): ὁ αἰ., Mat.13:22; ὁ αἰ. οὗτος, Mat.12:32; ὁ νῦν αἰ., 1Ti.6:17; ὁ ἐνεστὼς αἰ., Gal.1:4; similarly, of the time after Christ's second coming (הָעוֹלָם הַבָּא), ὁ αἰ. ἐκεῖνος, Luk.20:35; ὁ αἰ. μέλλων, Mat.12:32; ὁ αἰ. ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mrk.10:30.
SYN.: κόσμος, the ordered universe, the scheme of material things; οἰκουμένη, the inhabited earth; in contrast with both of which αἰ. is the world under aspects of time (cf. Westc. on Heb.1:2; Tr., Syn., §lix; Thayer, see word, αἰ.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VGT). (AS) G0165 G0165H = a Meaning of G0165G αἰών aiōn G:N-M an age: eternity αἰών, -ῶνος, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for עַד ,עוֹלָם ;]
__1. in cl., like Lat. aevum (LS, MM, VGT, see word), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation, period of history, an indefinitely long period; in NT of an indefinitely long period, an age, eternity, usually with prep. (MM, VGT);
__(a) of the past: ἀπ᾽ αἰ. (cf. Heb. מֵעוֹלָם), Luk.1:70;
__(b) of the future: εἰς τ. αἰ. (cf. לְעוֹלָם), forever, Mat.21:19; id., with neg., never, Jhn.4:14; more strongly, εἰς τὸν αἰ. τοῦ αἰ., Heb.1:8 (LXX); εἰς τοὺς αἰ., Mat.6:13; εἰς τοὺς αἰ. τῶν αἰ. (cf. Isa.45:17, עַד־עוֹלְמֵי עַד), Rom.16:27, LT; cf. also Eph.3:21, 2Pe.3:18, Ju 25, Rev.14:11.
__2. οἱ αἰ., the worlds, the universe, "the sum of the periods of time, including all that is manifested in them": He :12 11:3 (cf. 1Ti.1:17, where τῶν αἰ. are prob. "the ages or world-periods which when summed up make eternity".
__3. the present age (Heb. הָעוֹלָם הַזֶּה): ὁ αἰ., Mat.13:22; ὁ αἰ. οὗτος, Mat.12:32; ὁ νῦν αἰ., 1Ti.6:17; ὁ ἐνεστὼς αἰ., Gal.1:4; similarly, of the time after Christ's second coming (הָעוֹלָם הַבָּא), ὁ αἰ. ἐκεῖνος, Luk.20:35; ὁ αἰ. μέλλων, Mat.12:32; ὁ αἰ. ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mrk.10:30.
SYN.: κόσμος, the ordered universe, the scheme of material things; οἰκουμένη, the inhabited earth; in contrast with both of which αἰ. is the world under aspects of time (cf. Westc. on Heb.1:2; Tr., Syn., §lix; Thayer, see word, αἰ.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VGT). (AS) G0166 G0166 = G0166 αἰώνιος aiōnios G:A eternal αἰώνιος, -ον (as usual in Attic), also -α, -ον. 2Th.2:16, Heb.9:12;
(αἰών), [in LXX chiefly for עוֹלָם ;]
age-long, eternal,
__(a) of that which is without either beginning or end: Rom.16:26, Heb.9:14;
__(b) of that which is without beginning: Rom.16:25, 2Ti.1:9, Tit.1:2;
__(with) of that which is without end (MM, VGT, see word): σκηναί, Luk.16:9 οἰκία, 2Co.5:1; διαθήκη, Heb.13:20; εὐαγγέλιον, Rev.14:6; παράκλησις, 2Th.2:16; λύτρωσις, Heb.9:12; κληρονομία, ib. 15; κόλασις, Mat.25:46; κρίμα, Heb.6:2; κρίσις, Mrk.3:29; ὄλεθρον, 2Th.1:9; πῦρ, Mat.18:8; frequently with ζωή, which see
SYN.: ἀΐδιος, which see (AS) G0167 G0167 = G0167 ἀκαθαρσία akatharsia G:N-F impurity ἀκαθαρσία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀκάθαρτος), [in LXX chiefly for טֻמְאָה, טָמֵא ;]
uncleanness, impurity,
__(a) physical (MM, VGT, see word): Mat.23:27;
__(b) moral: Rom.1:24 6:19, 2Co.12:21, Gal.5:19, Eph.4:19 5:3, Col.3:5, 1Th.2:3 4:7.
† (AS) G0168 G0168 = G0168 ἀκαθάρτης akathartēs G:N-F uncleanness ἀκαθάρτης, -τος, ἡ,
uncleanness: Rev.17:4, Rec. (for τ. ἀκάθαρτα).†
(AS) G0169 G0169 = G0169 ἀκάθαρτος akathartos G:A unclean ἀκάθαρτος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., καθαίρω), [in LXX chiefly for טָמֵא ;]
unclean, impure;
__(a) physically (LS, MM, VGT, see word);
__(b) ceremonially: Act.10:14,28 11:8, 1Co.7:14, 2Co.6:17, Rev.18:2;
__(with) morally: Eph.5:5, Rev.17:4; with πνεῦμα, as always in Gosp., Mat.10:1 12:43, Mrk.1:23,26,27 3:11,30 5:2,8,13 6:7 7:25 9:25, Luk.4:33,36 6:18 8:29 9:42 11:24, Act.5:16 8:7, Rev.16:13 (cf. Cremer, 320).
† (AS) G0170 G0170 = G0170 ἀκαιρέω akaireō G:V to lack opportunity ἀκαιρέομαι, -οῦμαι
(ἄκαιρος, unseasonable),
to have no opportunity (opposite to εὐκαιρέω): Php.4:10.†
(AS) G0171 G0171 = G0171 ἀκαίρως akairōs G:ADV unseasonably ἀκαίρως, adv.
(ἄκαιρος, unseasonable), [in LXX: Si 35 (32):4 * ;]
out of season, unseasonably: opposite to εὐκαίρως (which see), 2Ti.4:2 (cf. Cremer, 740; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0172 G0172 = G0172 ἄκακος akakos G:A innocent ἄκακος, -ον,
[in LXX for פְּתִי, תָּם, etc. ;]
__(a) as in cl. (Æsch., Plat., al.), of persons, simple, guileless: Rom.16:18, Heb.7:26 (cf. Cremer, 327);
__(b) of things, undamaged (? MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0173 G0173 = G0173 ἄκανθα akantha G:N-F a thorn ἄκανθα, -ης, ἡ
(ἀκή, a point), [in LXX chiefly for קוֹץ, also for סִיר, שַׁיִת, etc. ;]
a prickly plant, thorn, brier; in NT always pl.: Mat.7:16 13:7,22 27:29, Mrk.4:7,18, Luk.6:44 8:7,14, Jhn.19:2, Heb.6:8 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0174 G0174 = G0174 ἀκάνθινος akanthinos G:A thorny ἀκάνθινος, -ον
(ἄκανθα), [in LXX: Isa.34:13 (סיר) * ;]
__1. of thorns: Mrk.15:17, Jhn.19:5.
__2. of acantha-wood (Hdt.; π. ap. MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0175 G0175 = G0175 ἄκαρπος akarpos G:A unfruitful ἄ-καρπος, -ον,
[in LXX: Jer.2:6 (צַלְמָוֶת), Wis.15:4, 4Ma.16:7 ;]
unfruitful, barren: figuratively, Mat.13:22, Mrk.4:19, 1Co.14:14, Eph.5:11, Tit.3:14, 2Pe.1:8, Ju 12.†
(AS) G0176 G0176 = G0176 ἀκατάγνωστος akatagnōstos G:A beyond reproach ἀ-κατά-γνωστος, -ον
(καταγινώσκω), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:47 ;]
not open to just rebuke, irreprehensible: Tit.2:8 (see Cremer, 676; and for other exx., MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0177 G0177 = G0177 ἀκατακάλυπτος akatakaluptos G:A uncovered ἀ-κατα-κάλυπτος, -ον
(κατακαλύπτω), [in LXX: Lev.13:45 A (פָּרוּע) * ;]
uncovered, unveiled: 1Co.11:5, 13.†
(AS) G0178 G0178 = G0178 ἀκατάκριτος akatakritos G:A uncondemned ἀ-κατά-κριτος, -ον
(κατακρίνω),
__1. uncondemned (EV): Act.16:37, 22:25.
__2. = cl. ἄκριτος, without trial, not yet tried (MM, VGT, see word) Ac, ll. cc.
† (AS) G0179 G0179 = G0179 ἀκατάλυτος akatalutos G:A indestructible ἀ-κατά-λυτος, -ον
(καταλύω), [in LXX: 4Ma.10:11 * ;]
indissoluble: Heb.7:16.†
(AS) G0180 G0180 = G0180 ἀκατάπαυστος akatapaustos G:A unceasing ἀκατάπαυστος, -ον
(καταπαύω),
that cannot cease, not to be restrained: with genitive of thing(s), 2Pe.2:14, T, Tr. txt.†
(AS) G0181 G0181 = G0181 ἀκαταστασία akatastasia G:N-F disorder ἀκαταστασία, -ας, ἡ (ἀκατάστατος),
[in LXX: Pro.26:28 (מִדְחֶה), Tob.4:13 * ;]
instability (MM, VGT, see word); hence, confusion, tumult: 1Co.14:33, Jas.3:16; pl. (Bl., §32, 6), Luk.21:9, 2Co.6:5, 12:20 (Polyb., al.; see Cremer, 739).†
(AS) G0182 G0182 = G0182 ἀκατάστατος akatastatos G:A restless ἀ-κατά-στατος, -ον (καθίστημι),
[in LXX: Isa.54:11 (סֹעֲרָה) ;]
unsettled, unstable: Jas.1:8, 3:8.†
(AS) G0183 G0183 = G0183 ἀκατάσχετος akataschetos G:A uncontrollable ἀκατάσχετος, -ον
(κατέχω), [in LXX: Job.31:11, 3Ma.6:17 * ;]
that cannot be restrained: Jas.3:8 Rec. (for -στατος, which see).†
(AS) G0184 G0184 = G0184 Ἀκελδαμά Akeldama N:N--L Akeldama
§ Akeldama dama (Proper name) (traditionally located south of the valley of Hinnom), "field of blood" G0185 G0185 = G0185 ἀκέραιος akeraios G:A innocent ἀκέραιος, -ον
(κεράννυμι), [in LXX: Est.8:13 * ;]
unmixed, pure, hence, metaphorically (cf. MM, VGT, see word), guileless, simple: Mat.10:16, Rom.16:19, Php.2:15.†
SYN.: ἄδολος, ἄκακος, ἁπλοῦς (cf. Ellic. on Phl., l.with; Tr., Syn., §lvi). (AS) G0186 G0186 = G0186 ἀκλινής aklinēs G:A unwavering ἀκλινής, -ές (κλίνω),
[in LXX: 4Ma.6:7 17:3 * ;]
unbending, firm: metaphorically (MM, VGT, see word). Heb.10:23.†
(AS) G0187 G0187 = G0187 ἀκμάζω akmazō G:V to ripen ἀκμάζω
(ἀκμήν), [in LXX: 4Ma.2:3 * ;]
to be at the prime; of produce of the ground, to be ripe (Thuc.): Rev.14:18 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0188 G0188 = G0188 ἀκμήν akmēn G:ADV still ἀκμήν, accusative of ἀκμή,
a point, used as adv., at the present point of time, even now, even yet: Mat.15:16.†
(AS) G0189 G0189 = G0189 ἀκοή akoē G:N-F hearing ἀκοή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀκούω), [in LXX: Exo.15:26, al. for שׁמע, its parts and derivatives, exc. Deu.11:22 (שׁמר) ;]
__1. hearing, the sense of hearing: 1Co.12:17, 2Pe.2:8; "Hebraic dative," ἀκοῇ ακούειν (frequently in LXX; V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mat.13:14, Act.28:26.
__2. organ of hearing, the ear (Arist., al.; MM, VGT, see word): 2Ti.4:3-4; pl., Mrk.7:35, Luk.7:1, Act.17:20, Heb.5:11.
__3. a thing heard, i.e.,
__(a) a message, teaching: Jhn.12:38 and Rom.16:16,17" (LXX), Gal.3:2,5 R, mg.; λόγος ἀκοῆς, 1Th.2:13, Heb.4:2;
__(b) a report, rumour: with genitive, of person(s), Mat.4:24, 14:1, 24:6; Mrk.1:28 13:7 (Cremer, 82, 623; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0190 G0190 = G0190 ἀκολουθέω akoloutheō G:V to follow ἀκολουθέω, -ῶ
(ἀκόλουθος, following; ἀ- cop., κέλευθος, poët., away), [in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ ;]
to accompany, follow: Mat.4:25, al. Metaphorical, of discipleship: Mat.9:9, Mrk.9:38, Jhn.12:26, al. Absol.: Mat.18:10; more freq., with dative (cl.), Mat.8:1, al.; before μετά, with genitive, (cl.; Eutherford, N.Phr., 458 f.), Luk.9:49; ὀπίσω, with genitive (Heb. הָלַךְ אָהֲרֵי), Mat.10:38 (cf. ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, συν-ἀκολουθέω).
SYN.: (cl.) ἕπομαι, not in NT (see Cremer, 80; MM, VGT, see word). (AS) G0191 G0191 = G0191 ἀκούω akouō G:V to hear ἀκούω,
[in LXX chiefly for שׁמע ]
to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing.
__1. Intrans.: Mrk.4:3 7:37, Jas.2:5, Rev.2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mat.13:15 (LXX); with cogn. dative, ακοῇ ἀ. (see: ἀκοή), Mat.13:14, Act.28:26" (LXX) ; ὁ ἔχων ὦτα (οὖς) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mat.11:15, Mrk.4:23, Rev.2:7, al.
__2. Trans., prop. with accusative of thing(s), of thing heard, genitive of person(s), from whom heard (LS, see word): Act.1:4; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.12:19, Jhn.3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Act.22:9, al.; with dupl. accusative, Jhn.12:18, 1Co.11:18; with genitive of thing(s), Jhn.7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקוֹל, Exo.18:19), Jhn.5:25, 28 Act.9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, see M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jhn.9:31, 1Jn.5:14, 15; with accusative of thing(s), before παρά, Jhn.8:26, 40 Act.10:22, 2Ti.2:2; id. before ἀπό, 1Jn.1:5; with genitive pars. before ptcp., Mrk.14:58, Luk.18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, see Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)
(AS) G0192 G0192 = G0192 ἀκρασία akrasia G:N-F self-indulgence ἀκρασία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀκρατής, which see), [in LXX: 1Ma.6:26 * ;]
in Arist. and later writers = ἀκράτεια (Lft., Notes, 222 f.), want of power, hence want of self-control, incontinence: Mat.23:25, 1Co.7:5.†
(AS) G0193 G0193 = G0193 ἀκρατής akratēs G:A intemperate ἀκρατής, -ές
(κράτος), [in LXX: Pro.27:20 * ;]
__(a) powerless, impotent;
__(b) in moral sense, lacking self-control, incontinent: 2Ti.3:3.†
(AS) G0194 G0194 = G0194 ἄκρατος akratos G:A undiluted ἄκρατος, -ον
(κεράννυμι), [in LXX: Psa.75:8 (חֲמַר), Jer.25:15 (חֵמָה), 3Ma.5:2 * ;]
unmixed, pure: οἶνος, Rev.14:10.†
(AS) G0195 G0195 = G0195 ἀκρίβεια akribeia G:N-F strictness ἀκρίβεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀκριβής), [in LXX: Dan LXX TH 7:16 (יַצִּיב), Wis.12:21, Sir.16:25 42:4 * ;]
exactness, precision (for exx., see MM, VGT, see word): Act.22:3.†
(AS) G0196 G0196 = G0196 ἀκριβέστατος akribestatos G:A strictest ἀκριβής, -ές
[in LXX: Dan LXX 2:45 6:12 (יַצִּיב) Dan.4:25, Est.4:5, Sir.18:29 19:25 31:24 32:3 * ;]
exact, precise, careful, of things and persons: superl., Act.26:5.†
(AS) G0197 G0197 = a Form of G0196 ἀκριβέστερον akribesteron G:ADV-C stricter ἀκριβῶς
adv. (ἀκριβής), [in LXX: Deu.19:18 (יָטַב), Da TH 7:19 (יְצֵב), Eze.39:14, Wis.19:18, Sir.18:29 ;]
with exactness, carefully: Mat.2:8, Luk.1:3, Act.18:25, Eph.5:15, 1Th.5:2 (M, Th., in l). Compar., ἀκριβέστερον (Milligan, NTD, 111; MM, VGT, see word), Act.18:26 23:15, 20 24:22.†
(AS) G0198 G0198 = G0198 ἀκριβόω akriboō G:V be exactly ἀκριβόω, -ῶ
(ἀκριβής), [in Aq.: Isa.30:8 49:16 * ;]
to enquire with exactness, learn carefully: Mat.2:7, 16 (for similar ex., see MM, VGT, sv.).†
(AS) G0199 G0199 = G0199 ἀκριβῶς akribōs G:ADV exactly ἀκριβῶς
adv. (ἀκριβής), [in LXX: Deu.19:18 (יָטַב), Da TH 7:19 (יְצֵב), Eze.39:14, Wis.19:18, Sir.18:29 ;]
with exactness, carefully: Mat.2:8, Luk.1:3, Act.18:25, Eph.5:15, 1Th.5:2 (M, Th., in l). Compar., ἀκριβέστερον (Milligan, NTD, 111; MM, VGT, see word), Act.18:26 23:15, 20 24:22.†
(AS) G0200 G0200 = G0200 ἀκρίς akris G:N-F locust ἀκρίς, -ίδος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אַרְבֶּה, also for חָגָב, etc. ;]
a locust: Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6, Rev.9:3, 7.†
(AS) G0201 G0201 = G0201 ἀκροατήριον akroatērion G:N-N hall ἀκροατήριον, -ου, τό
(ἀκροάομαι, to listen)
a place of audience: Act.25:23 (Plut.).†
(AS) G0202 G0202 = G0202 ἀκροατής akroatēs G:N-M hearer ἀκροατής, οῦ, ὁ (see supr.)
[in LXX: Isa.3:3 (לַחַשׁ), Sir.3:29 ;]
a hearer: Rom.2:13, Jas.1:22, 23, 25.†
(AS) G0203 G0203 = G0203 ἀκροβυστία akrobustia G:N-F uncircumcision ἀκροβυστία, -ας, ή
(perh. an Alexandrian form of cl. ἀκροποσθία; cf. MM, VGT, see word) [in LXX for עׇרְלָה ;]
the prepuce, foreskin (LXX), hence abstr., uncircumcision: Act.11:3, Rom.2:25-27 3:30 4:10-12, 1Co.7:18-19, Gal.5:6 6:15, Col.2:13 3:11 By meton., the uncircumcised: Rom.4:9, Gal.2:7, Eph.2:11.†
(AS) G0204 G0204 = G0204 ἀκρογωνιαῖος akrogōniaios G:A cornerstone ἀκρο-γωνιαῖος, -αία, -αῖον
(ἄκροι, γωνία, an angle) [in LXX: Isa.28:16 (פִּנָּה) * ;] = Attic γωνιαῖος (frequently in Inscr.; MM, VGT, see word ἀ.),
at the extreme angle: ὁ ἀ., the corner foundation stone, Eph.2:20, 1Pe.2:6.†
(AS) G0205 G0205 = G0205 ἀκροθίνιον akrothinion G:N-N fine spoils ἀκροθίνιον, -ου, τό
(ἄκρος, θίς, a heap),
prop., the top of a heap, hence, in pl.,
__1. first-fruits (Xen.; MM, VGT, see word).
__2. In war, the choicest spoils (cf. Hdt., viii, 121 f.): Heb.7:4.
† (AS) G0206 G0206 = G0206 ἄκρον akron G:N-N end ἄκρος, -α, -ον
[in LXX for קֶצַח, בֹּהֶן, etc. ;]
highest, extreme; as subst., τὸ ἄ., the top, extremity: Mrk.13:27, Luk.16:24, Heb.11:21; pl. (cf. MM, VGT, see word), Mat.24:31.†
(AS) G0207 G0207 = G0207 Ἀκύλας Akulas N:N-M-P Aquila Ἀκύλας, -ου (and -α; MM, VGT, see word), ὁ (Lat.),
Aquila: Act.18:2, 18 18:26, Rom.16:3, 1Co.16:19, 2Ti.4:19.†
(AS) G0208 G0208 = G0208 ἀκυρόω akuroō G:V to nullify ἀκυρόω, -ῶ
(κῦρος, authority), [in LXX: 1Es.6:32 Est.6:1-34, 2Ma.6:1-31 * ;]
to revoke, invalidate (MM, VGT, see word): Mat.15:6, Mrk.7:13, Gal.3:17 (Plut.).†
(AS) G0209 G0209 = G0209 ἀκωλύτως akōlutōs G:ADV freely ἀκωλύτως
adv. (κωλύω), [in Sm.: Job.34:31 * ;]
without hindrance (so frequently in legal documents; MM, VGT, see word): Act.28:31.†
(AS) G0210 G0210 = G0210 ἄκων akōn G:A unwilling ἀκων (Attic contr. for ἀέκων), -ουα, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ἅκων, willing), [in LXX: Job.14:17, 2Ma.11:12 * ;]
unwilling: 1Co.9:17.†
(AS) G0211 G0211 = G0211 ἀλάβαστρον alabastron G:N-N jar ἀλάβαστρον, -ου, τό (also -ος, ὁ, ἡ; colloq. and κοινή for ἀλάβαστος),
[in LXX: 4Ki.21:13 (צַלַּחַת)* ;]
a box of alabaster (ἀλαβαστίτης) for ointment: Mat.26:7, Mrk.14:3, Luk.7:37 (see DCG, i, 41b; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0212 G0212 = G0212 ἀλαζονεία alazoneia G:N-F boasting ἀλαζονία(Rec. -εία, the earlier form), -ας, ἡ
(ἀλαζών), [in LXX: Wis.5:8 17:7, 2; 4Ma.5:1-38 * ;]
the character of an ἀλαζών, boastfulness, vainglory, vaunting: Jas.4:16 (Mayor, in l), 1Jn.2:16.†
(AS) G0213 G0213 = G0213 ἀλαζών alazōn G:N-M braggart ἀλαζών, -όνος, ὁ, ἡ
(ἄλη, wandering) [in LXX: Job.28:8 (שַׁחַץ) Hab.2:5 (יָהִיר), Pro.21:24 (לוּץ)* ;]
prop, a vagabond, hence, an impostor, a boaster: Rom.1:30, 2Ti.3:2.†
SYN.: ὐβριστής, ὑπερήφανος (see Tr., Syn., § xxix; Lft., Notes, 256) (AS) G0214 G0214 = G0214 ἀλαλάζω alalazō G:V to wail ἀλαλάζω
(onomat. from the battle-cry ἀλαλά), [in LXX chiefly for רוּעַ hi., יָלַל ;]
prop, to raise a war-cry, shout with triumph or joy; rarely of grief, to wail: Mrk.5:38 (cf. Jer.4:8); of a cymbal, ἀλαλάζον (RV. clanging), 1Co.13:1 (cf. ὀλολύζω).†
(AS) G0215 G0215 = G0215 ἀλάλητος alalētos G:A inexpressible ἀ-λάλητος, -ον
(λαλέω),
inexpressible, not to be uttered: Rom.8:26.†
(AS) G0216 G0216 = G0216 ἄλαλος alalos G:A mute ἄ-λαλος, -ον
(λάλος, talkative), [in LXX: Psa.31:18 (אָלַם ni.) Psa.38:13 (אִלֵּם)* ;]
dumb, speechless: Mrk.7:37 9:17, 25.†
(AS) G0217 G0217 = G0217 ἅλας halas G:N-N salt ἅλας (T, ἅλα), -ατος, τό, late form of cl. ἅλς, -ος, ὁ (MM, VGT, see word),
[in LXX chiefly for מְלַח ;]
salt, lit, and figuratively: Mat.5:13, Mrk.9:50 Luk.14:34; like cl. ἅλες, wit, of wisdom and grace in speech: Col.4:6.†
(AS) G0218 G0218 = G0218 ἀλείφω aleiphō G:V to anoint ἀλείφω
(cf. λίπος, oil), [in LXX: Gen.31:13, Exo.40:15, Num.3:3 (מָשַׁח), Eze.13:10 ff. (טוּחַ), Rut.3:3, 2Ki.12:20 14:2, 4Ki.4:2, 2Ch.28:15, Mic.6:15, Dan LXX TH Dan.10:3 (סוּךְ), Est.2:12, Jdth.16:8 * ;]
to anoint, festally or in homage: with accusative of thing(s) or of person(s), Mat.6:17, Jhn.12:3, Mrk.16:1; before dative, ἐλαίῳ, Mrk.6:13, Jas.5:14; μύρῳ, Luk.7:38, 46, Jhn.11:2.†
SYN.: χρίω, μυρίζω (against the distinction made bet. ἀ. and χ. in Tr., Syn., § 38, see MM, VGT, see word, ἀ.) (AS) G0219 G0219 = G0219 ἀλεκτοροφωνία alektorophōnia G:N-F crowing ἀλεκτοροφωνία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀλέκτωρ, φωνή),
cock-crowing, i.e. the third watch in the night: Mrk.13:35.†
(AS) G0220 G0220 = G0220 ἀλέκτωρ alektōr G:N-M rooster ἀλέκτωρ, -ορος, ὁ
(poët. form of ἀλεκτρυών; see MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX: Pro.30:31) (זַרְזִיר; BDB, Lex., 267)* ;]
a cock: Mat.26:34, Mrk.14:30, 68 14:72 Luk.22:34, 60-61, Jhn.13:38 18:27.†
(AS) G0221 G0221 = a Group member of G0222 Ἀλεξανδρεύς Alexandreus N:N--LG Alexandrian Ἀλεξανδρεύς, -έως, ὁ
an Alexandrian: Act.6:9 18:24.†
(AS) G0222 G0222 = G0222 Ἀλεξανδρῖνος Alexandrinos N:A--LG Alexandria Ἀλεξανδρινός (Rec. -δρῖνο; see Kühner3, II, 296), -ή, -όν,
Alexan­drian: Act.27:6 28:11.†
(AS) G0223 G0223G = G0223G Ἀλέξανδρος Alexandros N:N-M-P Alexander Ἀλέξανδρος, -ου, ὁ,
Alexander
__1. Son of Simon of Cyrene: Mrk.15:21
__2. A kinsman of the High Priest: Act.4:6.
__3. A certain Jew: Act.19:33.
__4. A coppersmith: 1Ti.1:20.
__5. Perh. = 4 (see Ellic. on I Ti, l.with): 2Ti.4:14.
† (AS) G0223 G0223H = G0223H Ἀλέξανδρος Alexandros N:N-M-P Alexander Ἀλέξανδρος, -ου, ὁ,
Alexander
__1. Son of Simon of Cyrene: Mrk.15:21
__2. A kinsman of the High Priest: Act.4:6.
__3. A certain Jew: Act.19:33.
__4. A coppersmith: 1Ti.1:20.
__5. Perh. = 4 (see Ellic. on I Ti, l.with): 2Ti.4:14.
† (AS) G0223 G0223I = G0223I Ἀλέξανδρος Alexandros N:N-M-P Alexander Ἀλέξανδρος, -ου, ὁ,
Alexander
__1. Son of Simon of Cyrene: Mrk.15:21
__2. A kinsman of the High Priest: Act.4:6.
__3. A certain Jew: Act.19:33.
__4. A coppersmith: 1Ti.1:20.
__5. Perh. = 4 (see Ellic. on I Ti, l.with): 2Ti.4:14.
† (AS) G0223 G0223J = G0223J Ἀλέξανδρος Alexandros N:N-M-P Alexander Ἀλέξανδρος, -ου, ὁ,
Alexander
__1. Son of Simon of Cyrene: Mrk.15:21
__2. A kinsman of the High Priest: Act.4:6.
__3. A certain Jew: Act.19:33.
__4. A coppersmith: 1Ti.1:20.
__5. Perh. = 4 (see Ellic. on I Ti, l.with): 2Ti.4:14.
† (AS) G0224 G0224 = G0224 ἄλευρον aleuron G:N-N flour ἄλευρον, -ου, τό
(ἀλεύω, to grind), [in LXX for קֶמַח, Num.5:15, al. ;]
real: Mat.13:33, Luk.13:21.†
(AS) G0225 G0225 = G0225 ἀλήθεια alētheia G:N-F truth ἀλήθεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀληθής), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמֶת (on which, see Cremer, 627f.), אֱמוּנָה ;]
truth (see DB, iv, 818f.).
__1. Objectively, "the reality lying at the basis of an appearance; the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86): Rom.9:1, al.; of religious truth, Rom.1:25, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine, Gal.2:5, al.; ἀ. θεοῦ, Rom.15:8.
__2. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jhn.8:44, 3Jo.3.
__3. In phrases (MM, VGT, see word): ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας, Mrk.12:14, al.; ἀ. λέγειν (εἰπεῖν, λαλεῖν), Rom.9:1, 2Co.12:6, Eph.4:25, al.; ἀ. ποιεῖν, Jhn.3:21, 1Jn.1:6 (cf. DB, iv, 818b, ff.).
(AS) G0226 G0226 = G0226 ἀληθεύω alētheuō G:V be truthful ἀληθεύω
(ἀληθής), [in LXX: Gen.20:16 (יָכַח) Gen.42:16 (אֶמֶת), Pro.21:3 (מִשְׁפָּט), Isa.44:26 (שָׁלַם), Sir.34:4 * ;]
to speak the truth (R, mg., deal truly; Field, Notes, 192): Gal.4:16, Eph.4:15.†
(AS) G0227 G0227 = G0227 ἀληθής alēthēs G:A true ἀληθής, -ές
(λήθω = λανθάνω, hence primarily, unconcealed, manifest; hence, actual, real), [in LXX for אֶמֶת, etc. ;]
__(a) of things, true, conforming to reality: Jhn.4:18 5:31-32 6:55 (= ἀληθινός, which see) Jhn.8:13-14, 17 10:41 19:35 21:24, Act.12:9, Php.4:8, Tit.1:13, 1Pe.5:12, 2Pe.2:22, 1Jn.2:6, 3Jn.12;
__(b) of persons, truthful: Mat.22:16, Mrk.12:14, Jhn.3:33 7:18 8:26, Rom.3:4, 2Co.6:8.†
SYN.: ἀληθινός, real, genuine, ideal, as opposite to spurious or imperfect ἀληθής, true to fact, as opposite to false, lying, denotes the actuality of a thing: ἀληθινός, its relation to the corresponding con­ception. (Cf. Tr., Syn., § viii; Cremer, 84 f., 631 Abbott, JV, 234 f.; DB, iv, 818 f.; MM, VGT, s.vv.) (AS) G0228 G0228 = G0228 ἀληθινός alēthinos G:A/ G:ADV true ἀληθινός, -ή, -όν
(ἀληθής), [in LXX for אֶמֶת ;]
true, in the sense of real, ideal, genuine: Luk.16:11 Jhn.1:9 4:23, 37 6:32 7:28 8:16 15:1 17:3 19:35, 1Th.1:9, Heb.8:2 9:24 10:22, 1Jn.2:8 Jn 5:20, Rev.3:7, 14 6:10 15:3 16:7 19:2; = ἀληθής, Rev.19:9 21:5 22:6 (MM, VGT, see word).†
SYN.: ἀληθής, q.v (AS) G0229 G0229 = G0229 ἀλήθω alēthō G:V to grind ἀλήθω
(κοινή form of the Attic ἀλέω), [in LXX for טָחַן ;]
to grind: Mat.24:41, Luk.17:35.†
(AS) G0230 G0230 = G0230 ἀληθῶς alēthōs G:ADV truly ἀληθῶς
adv. (ἀληθής). [in LXX (Jer.28:6, Psa.58:1, al.) chiefly for אָמֵן and cogn. forms ;]
truly, surely: Mat.14:33 26:73 Mrk.14:70 15:39, Luk.9:27 12:44 21:3, Jhn.1:48 4:42 6:14 7:26, 40 8:31 17:8 Act.12:11, 1Th.2:13, 1Jn.2:5.†
(AS) G0231 G0231 = G0231 ἁλιεύς halieus G:N-M fisherman ἁλεεύς (Rec. ἁλιεύς, the older form; WH, App., 151, -έως, ὁ
(ἅλς, the sea) [in LXX for דָּג, דַּוָּג ;]
a fisherman: Mat.4:18, 19, Mrk.1:16, 17, Luk.5:2
(AS) G0232 G0232 = G0232 ἁλιεύω halieuō G:V to fish ἁλιεύω
(ἁλιεύς), [in LXX: Jer.16:16 (דִּיג)* ;]
to fish: Jhn.21:3 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0233 G0233 = G0233 ἁλίζω halizō G:V to salt ἁλίζω
(ἅλς), [in LXX for מָלַח ;]
to salt, season with salt: Mat.5:13, Mrk.9:49.†
(AS) G0234 G0234 = G0234 ἀλίσγημα alisgēma G:N-N defilement ἀλίσγημα, -τος, τό
(late ἀλισγέω, to pollute)
pollution: Act.15:20.†
(AS) G0235 G0235 = G0235 ἀλλά alla G:CONJ but ἀλλά (ἀλλ᾽ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146),
adversative particle,
stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Rom.3:31);
__1. opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ) . . . ἀ., Mat.5:15, 17 Mrk.5:39, Jhn.7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ . . . ἀ., not so much . . . as, Mrk.9:37, Mat.10:20, Jhn.12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mat.11:7-9, Act.19:2, 1Co.3:6 6:11 7:7, 2Co.7:1, Gal.2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mat.24:6, 1Co.10:23; οὐ μόνον . . . ἀ. καί, Jhn.5:18, Rom.1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mrk.14:49, Jhn.1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mat.20:23, Mrk.4:22.
__2. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jhn.16:20 12:27, Gal.2:14; before commands or requests, Act.10:20 26:16, Mat.9:18, Mrk.9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, 2Co.7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mrk.14:29, 1Co.9:2, 2Co.4:16, Col.2:5, al.; after μέν, Act.4:17, Rom.14:20, 1Co.14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jhn.16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Luk.23:15.
__3. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Luk.24:21, 1Co.9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Luk.12:51, 2Co.1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Php.3:8 (on this usage, see MM, VGT, see word).
(AS) G0236 G0236 = G0236 ἀλλάσσω allassō G:V to change ἀλλάσσω
(ἄλλος), [in LXX chiefly for חָלַף, מוּר hi., etc. ;]
__1. to change: Act.6:14, Gal.4:20.
__2. to transform: 1Co.15:51-52, Heb.1:12.
__3. to exchange: with accusative, before ἐν (= בְּ, Psa.106:20) instead of simple genitive (Bl., § 36, 8), Rom.1:23
(cf. ἀπ-, δι-, κατ-, ἀπο-κατ-, μετ-, συν-αλλάσσω; see MM, VGT, see word).† (AS) G0237 G0237 = G0237 ἀλλαχόθεν allachothen G:ADV from elsewhere ἀλλαχόθεν
adv. (ἀλλος), [in LXX: 4Ma.1:7 * ;] = ἀλλοθεν (seeMM, VGT, see word)
from another place: Jhn.10:1.†
(AS) G0238 G0238 = G0238 ἀλληγορέω allēgoreō G:V to use an analogy ἀλληγορέω, -ῶ
(ἄλλος, ἀγορεύω)
to speak allegorically (Cremer, 96 ff.): Gal.4:24.†
(AS) G0239 G0239 = G0239 ἀλληλουϊα allēlouia H:INJ hallelujah ἁλληλουιά
(Rec. ἀλληλούϊα; Heb. הָלַל יָהּ, praise the Lord), [in LXX in the titles of certain Psa (104 (105), al.), and at the end of Psa.150:1-6; also Tob.13:18, 3Ma.7:13 ;]
hallelujah, alleluia: Rev.19:1, 3-4 19:6.†
(AS) G0240 G0240 = G0240 ἀλλήλων allēlōn G:C- one another ἀλλήλων (genitive pl.), dative -οις, -αις, accusative -ους, -ας, -α (no nom.), recipr. pron.
(ἄλλος),
of one another, mutually: Mat.25:32, Mrk.4:41, Jhn.13:22, al.
(AS) G0241 G0241 = G0241 ἀλλογενής allogenēs G:A foreign ἀλλογενής, -ές
(ἄλλος, γένος), [in LXX chiefly for זוּר, נֵכָר ;]
of another race, a foreigner ( = ἀλλόφυλος; Cremer, 150; MM, VGT, see word): Luk.17:18.†
(AS) G0242 G0242 = G0242 ἅλλομαι hallomai G:V to spring ἅλλομαι
[in LXX for צָלַח, דָּלַג pi., etc. ;]
to leap: Act.3:8 14:10; of water, to spring up, Jhn.4:14 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0243 G0243 = G0243 ἄλλος allos G:A another ἄλλος, -η, -ο, (cf. Lat. alius, Eng. else),
[in LXX for אַחֵר ,אֶחָד, etc. ;]
other, another: absol., Mat.20:3, al.; ἄ. δέ, 1Co.3:10 12:8; pl., Mrk.6:15; attached to a noun, Mat.2:12 4:21, al.; with art., ὁ ἄ., the other, Mat.5:39, Jhn.19:32 (Bl., §47, 8); οἱ ἄ., the others, the rest, Jhn.20:25, 1Co.14:29; ἄ. πρὸς ἄλλον = πρὸς ἀλλήλους (BL, §48, 10), Act.2:12; ἄλλ᾽ (i.e. ἄλλο) ἤ (Bl., §77, 13), Luk.12:51; before πλήν, Mrk.12:32; εἰ μή, Jhn.6:22; παρά with accusative, 1Co.3:11.
SYN.: ἕτερος, which see ἄ. denotes numerical, ἕ. qualitative difference (Cremer, 89). ἄ. generally "denotes simply distinction of individuals, ἕ. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind" (see Lft., Meyer, Ramsay, on Gal.1:6, 7; Tr., Syn., §xcv; BL, §51, 6; M, Pr., 79f., 246; MM, VGT, s.vv.). As to whether the distinction can be maintained in 1Co.12:8, 10 see ICC, in l., and on Heb.11:35f., see Westc, in l. (AS) G0244 G0244 = G0244 ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος allotriepiskopos G:N-M meddler ἀλλοτρι-επίσκοπος (Rec. ἀλλοτριοεπ-), -ου, ὁ
one who meddles in things alien to his calling: 1Pe.4:15 (see ICC, in l; Deiss., BS, 224-4; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0245 G0245 = G0245 ἀλλότριος allotrios G:A another’s ἀλλότριος, -α, -ον
(ἄλλος), [in LXX for זוּר, נֵכָר, אַחֵר ;]
__1. be-longing to another, not one's own (opposite to ἴδιος): Luk.16:12, Rom.14:4 15:20 (Field, Notes, 165 f.), 2Co.10:15-16, 1Ti.5:22, Heb.9:25.
__2. foreign, strange, alien (opposite to οἰκεῖος; see MM, VGT, see word): Mat.17:25-26, Jhn.10:5, Act.7:6, Heb.11:9, 34.†
(AS) G0246 G0246 = G0246 ἀλλόφυλος allophulos G:A foreign ἀλλόφυλος, -ον
(ἄλλος, φῦλον, a tribe), [in LXX chiefly for פְּלֶשֶׁת ;]
foreign, of another race (MM, VGT, see word); as opposite to a Jew, a Gentile: Act.10:28.†
(AS) G0247 G0247 = G0247 ἄλλως allōs G:ADV otherwise ἄλλως
adv. (ἄλλος),
otherwise: 1Ti.5:25.†
(AS) G0248 G0248 = G0248 ἀλοάω aloaō G:V to thresh ἀλοάω, -ῶ
(ἅλως, see: ἅλων; and cf. MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX chiefly for דּוּשׁ ;]
to thresh: 1Co.9:9 9:13; 1Ti.5:18.†
(AS) G0249 G0249 = G0249 ἄλογος alogos G:A unreasonable ἄ-λογος, -ον
[in LXX: Exo.6:12 (שָׂפָה עָרֵל), Num.6:12 (נָפַל), Job.11:12, Wis.11:15-16, 4Ma.3:1-21 * ;]
__1. without reason, irrational: ζῷα, 2Pe.2:12, Ju 10.
__2. contrary to reason: Act.25:27 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0250 G0250 = G0250 ἀλόη aloē G:N-F aloes ἀλόη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Sng.4:14 א (אֲהָלִים)* ;]
the aloe, aloes (the powder of a fragrant wood): Jhn.19:39.†
(AS) G0251 G0251 = G0251 ἅλς hals G:N-M salt ἅλς, ἁλός, ὁ
variant for ἅλας (which see): Mrk.9:49, Rec. WH, mg., R, mg.†
(AS) G0252 G0252 = G0252 ἁλυκός halukos G:A salty ἁλυκός, -ή, -όν
(ἅλς), [in LXX for מְלַח, שִׂדִּים ;]
salt: Jas.3:12.†
(AS) G0253 G0253 = G0253 ἄλυπος alupos G:A without anxiety ἄλυπος, -ον
(λύπη),
free from grief: Php.2:28.†
(AS) G0254 G0254 = G0254 ἅλυσις halusis G:N-F chain ἅλυσις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX: Wis.17:17 * ;]
a chain, bond: Mrk.5:3-4, Luk.8:29, Act.12:6-7 21:33 28:20, Eph.6:20, 2Ti.1:16, Rev.20:1.†
(AS) G0255 G0255 = G0255 ἀλυσιτελής alusitelēs G:A unprofitable ἀ-λυσιτελής, -ές
(cf. λυσιτελέω), unprofitable: Heb.13:17.†
(AS) G0256 G0256G = G0256G Ἀλφαῖος Alphaios N:N-M-P Alphaeus Ἀλφαῖος (WH, Ἀλ-), -ου, ὁ (Aram. חַלְפַּי)
Alphæus.
__1. Father of Levi: Mrk.2:14.
__2. Father of James: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:13, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G0256 G0256H = G0256H Ἀλφαῖος Alphaios N:N-M-P Alphaeus Ἀλφαῖος (WH, Ἀλ-), -ου, ὁ (Aram. חַלְפַּי)
Alphæus.
__1. Father of Levi: Mrk.2:14.
__2. Father of James: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:13, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G0257 G0257 = G0257 ἅλων halōn G:N-F threshing-floor ἅλων, -ωνος
(for Attic ἅλως, -ω, see MM, VGT, see word), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for גֹּרֶן ;]
a threshing floor: Mat.3:12, Luk.3:17 (here prob. by meton. = the grain on the threshing floor).†
(AS) G0258 G0258 = G0258 ἀλώπηξ alōpēx G:N-F fox ἀλώπηξ, -εκος, ἡ
[in LXX for שׁוּעָל ;]
a fox: Mat.8:20, Luk.9:58; metaphorically, of Herod, Luk.13:32.†
(AS) G0259 G0259 = G0259 ἅλωσις halōsis G:N-F capture ἅλωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἁλίσκομαι), [in LXX: Jer.50:46 (תָּפַשׂ ni.)* ;]
a taking, capture: 2Pe.2:12.†
(AS) G0260 G0260 = G0260 ἅμα hama G:ADV together ἅμα
adv.,
at once (Lat. simul): Act.24:26 27:40, Rom.3:12 (one and all = יַחַד, Psa.14:3), Col.4:3, 1Ti.5:13, Phm 22; before σύν, 1Th.4:17 5:10; as prep. with dative, together with: Mat.13:29 (see MM, VGT, see word); also, with adv., ἅ. πρωΐ (cl., ἅ. ἕω, etc.), early in the morning: Mat.20:1.†
(AS) G0261 G0261 = G0261 ἀμαθής amathēs G:A ignorant ἀμαθής, -ές
(μανθάνω), [in Sm.: Psa.49:11 * ;]
unlearned, ignorant: 2Pe.3:16 (on the rareness of this word, see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0262 G0262 = G0262 ἀμαράντινος amarantinos G:A unfading ἀμαράντινος, -ον
(ἀμάραντος),
of amaranth (Inscr.); hence un­fading: 1Pe.5:4.†
(AS) G0263 G0263 = G0263 ἀμάραντος amarantos G:A unfading ἀμάραντος, -ον
(μαραίνομαι), [in LXX: Wis.6:12 (σοφία)* ;]
un­fading (whence ὁ ἀ., the amaranth, an unfading flower): 1Pe.1:4 (cf. MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0264 G0264 = G0264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartanō G:V to sin ἁμαρτάνω
(present formed from aor. ἁμαρτεῖν), [in LXX for חָטָא, also for אָשַׁם, רָשַׁע, etc. ;]
__1. to miss the mark (Hom., Æsch., al.), hence metaphorically (Hom., al.), to err, do wrong
__2. In LXX and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., see MM, VGT, see word): absol., Mat.18:25 27:4, Luk.17:3, Jhn.5:14 8:11 9:2-3 Rom.2:12 3:23 5:12, 14 5:16 6:15, 1Co.7:28 7:36 15:34, Eph.4:26, 1Ti.5:20, Tit.3:11, Heb.3:17 10:26, 1Pe.2:20, 2Pe.2:4 2:4 1Jn.1:10 Jn 2:1 Jn 3:6-9 Jn 5:18; with cogn. accusative, ἁ. ἁμαρτίαν (cf. Exo.32:30, חֲטָאָה חָטָא), 1Jn.5:16; before εἰς, Mat.18:21, Luk.15:18, 21 17:4, Act.25:8 (καίσαρα). 1Co.6:18 8:12 (Field, Notes, 173); ἐνώπιον, Luk.15:18, 21; πρὸς θάνατον (cf. Num.18:22, מוּת חֵטְא), 1Jn.5:16 (Cremer, 98, 633).†
(AS) G0265 G0265 = G0265 ἁμάρτημα hamartēma G:N-N sin ἁμάρτημα, -τος, τό
(ἁμαρτεῖν, see supr.), [in LXX for חַטָּאָה, עָוֺן etc. ;]
an act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful deed, a sin: Mrk.3:28-29, Rom.3:25, 1Co.6:18, 2Pe.1:9, WH, mg.; αἰώνιωv ἀ. (DCG, i, 788a), Mrk.3:29 (for exx. from π., see MM, VGT, see word).†
SYN.: ἀγνόημα, ἁμαρτία, ἀνομία, ἀσέβεια, ἥττημα, παράβασις, παρακοή, παρανομία, παράπτωμα (ν. Cremer, 100; Tr., Syn., § lxvi; DB, iv, 532; DCG, l.with; Westc, Eph., 165 f.) (AS) G0266 G0266 = G0266 ἁμαρτία hamartia G:N-F sin ἁμαρτία, -ας, ἡ
(ἁμαρτάνω, which see), [in LXX chiefly for חַטָּאת and cogn. forms, also for פֶּשַׁע ,עָוֹן, etc. ;]
prop. a missing the mark; in cl. (see reff. to CR in MM, VGT, see word);
__(a) guilt, sin (Plat., Arist., al.);
__(b) more freq., from Æsch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as LXX) always in ethical sense;
__1. as a principle and quality of action, = τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, a sinning, sin: Rom.5:12, 13 20; ὑφ᾽ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, Rom.3:9; ἐπιμένειν, Rom.6:1; ἀποθνήσκειν, νεκρὸν εἶναι τῇ ἁ., Rom.6:2, 11; τὴν ἀ. γινώσκειν, Rom.7:7; σῶμα τῆς ἁ., Rom.6:6; ἀπάτη τῆς ἁ., Heb.3:13; personified as a ruling principle, ἁ. βασιλεύει, κυριεύει, etc., Rom.5:21 6:12, 14 7:17, 20; δουλεύειν, Rom.6:6; δοῦλος τῆς ἁ., ib. 17; νόμος τῆς ἁ., Rom.7:23 8:2; δύναμις τῆς ἁ., 1Co.15:56 (cf. Gen.4:7).
__2. As a generic term (disting. fr. the specific terms ἁμάρτημα, which see, etc.) for concrete wrongdoing, violation of the divine law, sin: Jhn.8:46, Jas.1:15, al.; ποιεῖν (τὴν) ἁ., Jhn.8:34, 2Co.11:7, 1Jn.3:8; εἴχειν ἁ., Jhn.9:41 15:22, 24 19:11, 1Jn.1:8; in pl. ἁμαρτίαι, sin in the aggregate, 1Th.2:16 (see Milligan, in l.); ποιεῖν ἁμαρτίας, Jas.5:15; πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν, Jas.5:20, 1Pe.4:8; ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν, Mat.26:28, Mrk.1:4, al.; ἐν ἁμαρτίαις εἶναι, 1Co.15:17; collectively, αἴρειν τὴν ἁ. τ. κόσμου, Jhn.1:29; ἀποθνήσκειν ἐν τῇ ἁ., Jhn.8:21.
__3. = ἁμάρτημα, a sinful deed, a sin: Mat.12:31, Act.7:60, 1Jn.5:16.
SYN.: see: ἁμάρτημα. (AS) G0267 G0267 = G0267 ἀμάρτυρος amarturos G:A without witness ἀμάρτυρος, -ον
(μάρτυς),
without witness: Act.14:17.†
(AS) G0268 G0268 = G0268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlos G:A sinful ἁμαρτωλός, -όν
(ἁμαρτάνω), [in LXX chiefly for רָשָׁע ;]
sinful, a sinner: of all men, 1Ti.1:15; of those especially wicked, 1Ti.1:9, 1Pe.4:18; p1., Mat.9:10-13 11:19 26:45, al. (see MM, VGT, see word; Cremer, 102, 634)
(AS) G0269 G0269 = G0269 ἄμαχος amachos G:A peacable ἄμαχος, -ον
(μάχη);
__1. invincible (frequently in cl.).
__2. abstaining from fighting, non-combatant (Xen.). Metaphorical (cf. MM, VGT, see word), not contentious: 1Ti.3:3, Tit.3:2.†
(AS) G0270 G0270 = G0270 ἀμάω amaō G:V to mow ἀμάω, -ῶ
(in cl. chiefly poët.),
to reap: Jas.5:4.†
(AS) G0271 G0271 = G0271 ἀμέθυστος amethustos G:N-F amethyst ἀμέθυστος, -ου, ἡ
(accusative to Plut., ἀ- μεθύω, being regarded as an antidote against drunkenness) [in LXX: Exo.28:19 36:19 39:12 Eze.28:13 * ;]
amethyst, a purple quartz: Rev.21:20.†
(AS) G0272 G0272 = G0272 ἀμελέω ameleō G:V to neglect ἀμελέω, -ῶ
(μέλει), [in LXX: Jer.4:17 (מָרָה) Jer.31:32 (בַּעַל), Wis.3:10, 2Ma.4:14 * ;]
__(a) absol., to be careless, not to care: Mat.22:5;
__(b) with genitive, to be careless of, to neglect: 1Ti.4:14, Heb.2:3 8:9 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0273 G0273 = G0273 ἄμεμπτος amemptos G:A blameless ἄ-μεμπτος, -ον
(μέμφομσι), [in LXX chiefly for תָּם ;]
blameless, free from fault (in π. of a marriage-contract; M, Th., I, 3:13; cf. MM, VGT, see word): Luk.1:6, Php.2:15 3:6, 1Th.3:13 (WH, mg., -ως) Heb.8:7.†
SYN.: ἄμωμος, ἀνέγκλητος, ἀνεπίλημπτος, which see (Tr., Syn., § ciii) (AS) G0274 G0274 = G0274 ἀμέμπτως amemptōs G:ADV blamelessly ἀ-μέμπτως,
adv. (ἄμεμπτος), [in LXX: Est.3:13 * ;]
blamelessly (Lft., Notes, 28, 89; MM, VGT, see word -ος): 1Th.2:10 3:13 WH mg., 5:23.†
(AS) G0275 G0275 = G0275 ἀμέριμνος amerimnos G:A untroubled ἀμέριμνος, -ον
(μέριμνα), [in LXX: Wis.6:15 7:23 * ;]
free from anxiety or care: Mat.28:14, 1Co.7:32 (for exx., see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0276 G0276 = G0276 ἀμετάθετος ametathetos G:A unchangeable ἀ-μετάθετος, -ον
(μετατίθημι), [in LXX: 3Ma.5:1 3Mac 5:12 * ;]
immutable: Heb.6:18; as subat., τὸ ἀ., immutability, Heb.6:17 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0277 G0277 = G0277 ἀμετακίνητος ametakinētos G:A immovable ἀ-μετα-κίνητος, -ον
(μετακινέω),
immovable, firm: 1Co.15:58.†
(AS) G0278 G0278 = G0278 ἀμεταμέλητος ametamelētos G:A irrevocable ἀ-μεταμέλητος, -ον
(μεταμέλομαι),
not repented of, unregretted: Rom.11:29, 2Co.7:10.†
(AS) G0279 G0279 = G0279 ἀμετανόητος ametanoētos G:A unrepentant ἀμετανόητος, -ον
(μετανοέω)
__1. impenitent: Rom.2:5
__2. = ἀμεταμέλητος (π., Philo, al.; see Deiss., BS, 257; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0280 G0280 = G0280 ἄμετρος ametros G:A immoderate ἄμετρος, -ον
(μέτρον),
without measure: adverbially, εἰς τὰ ἄ., excessively, 2Co.10:13 10:15†
(AS) G0281 G0281 = G0281 ἀμήν amēn H:INJ amen ἀμήν, indecl. (Heb. אָמֵן, verbal adj. fr. אמן, to prop. ni., be firm),
[in LXX: 1Ch.16:36, I Est.9:46, Neh.5:13 8:6, Tob.8:8 14:15, 3Ma.7:23, 4Ma.18:24 (elsewhere ''א is rendered ἀληθινός, Isa.65:16; ἀληθῶς, Je 35 (28):6; γένοιτο, Num.5:22, Deu.27:15ff., 3Ki.1:36, Psa.40 (41):13 71 (72):19 105 (106):48, Jer.11:5)*.]
__1. As adj. (cf. Is, l.with), ὁ ἀ., Rev.3:14.
__2. As adv.,
__(a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne, etc., ll. with): ὁ ἀ., 1Co.14:16;
__(b) similarly, at the end of one's own prayer or ascription of praise: Rom.1:25 15:33, Gal.1:5, 1Ti.1:17;
__(with) in the Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, truly, verily: Mat.5:18, 26 Mrk.3:28 (see Swete, in l.), Luk.4:24, al.; ἀ. ἀ., always in Jhn.1:52 3:3 5:19, al.; τὸ ναί, καὶ . . . τὸ ἀ., 2Co.1:20 (on usage in π., see MM, VGT, see word).
(AS) G0282 G0282 = G0282 ἀμήτωρ amētōr G:A motherless ἀμήτωρ, -ορος, ὁ, ἡ
(μήτηρ), without a mother (frequently in Gk. writers of the gods): ἀπάτωρ ἀ.
of one without recorded genealogy, Heb.7:3 (cf. MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0283 G0283 = G0283 ἀμίαντος amiantos G:A pure ἀ-μίαντος, -ον
(μιαίνω), [in LXX: Wis.3:13 4:2 8:20, 2Ma.14:36 2Mac 15:34 * ;]
undefiled, free from contamination (in π., of αἰθήρ; MM, VGT, see word): Heb.7:26 13:4, 1Pe.1:4, Jas.1:27.†
SYN.: ἄμωμος, ἄσπιλος (Cremer, 784) (AS) G0284 G0284 = the Greek of H5992G Ἀμιναδάβ Aminadab N:N-M-P Amminadab Ἀμιναδάβ, ὁ indecl. (Heb עַמִּינָדָב),
Amminadab: Mat.1:4, Luk.3:33 (WH om.).†
(AS) G0285 G0285 = G0285 ἄμμος ammos G:N-F sand ἄμμος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for חוֹל ;]
sand, sandy ground: Mat.7:26, Rom.9:27, Heb.11:12, Rev.18:1, Rev.20:8.†
(AS) G0286 G0286 = G0286 ἀμνός amnos G:N-M lamb ἀμνός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for כֶּבֶשׂ ;]
a lamb: figuratively, of Christ (DCG, ii, 620b), Jhn.1:29, 36, Act.8:32" (LXX), 1Pe.1:19 (cf. ἀρνίον; Cremer, 102, 635).†
(AS) G0287 G0287 = G0287 ἀμοιβή amoibē G:N-F repayment ἀμοιβή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀμείβομαι, to repay); [in Aq., Sm.: Pro.12:14, al. ;]
requital, recompense: 1Ti.5:4 (for illustration from τ.. see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0288 G0288 = G0288 ἄμπελος ampelos G:N-F vine ἄμπελος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX for גֶּפֶן ;]
vine: Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Luk.22:18 Jas.3:12; figuratively, of Christ, Jhn.15:1, 4-5; of his enemies (on the usage here, see MM, VGT, see word): Rev.14:18-19.†
(AS) G0289 G0289 = G0289 ἀμπελουργός ampelourgos G:N-M a vine-worker ἀμπελουργός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX for כֹּרֵם ;]
a vine dresser: Luk.13:7.†
(AS) G0290 G0290 = G0290 ἀμπελών ampelōn G:N-M vineyard ἀμπελών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(ἄμπελος), [in LXX for כֶּרֶם ;]
a vineyard: Mat.20:1 ff. Mat.21:28 ff, Luk.13:6 20:9 ff., 1Co.9:7. Æschin., 49, 13; Diod., al.; see MM, VGT, see word; LS, see word ἀμπελουργεῖον.)
(AS) G0291 G0291 = G0291 Ἀμπλίας Amplias N:N-M-P Ampliatus Ἀμπλιᾶτος (T, -ίατος; Rec. Ἀμπλιᾶς; see MM, VGT, 5.see), -ου, ὁ
Ampliatus: Rom.1:6 8:8.†
(AS) G0292 G0292 = G0292 ἀμύνω amunō G:V to defend ἀμύνω
[in LXX (mid.): Jos.10:13 (נָקַם), נָקַם), Psa.118:10-12 מוּל hi.), Isa.59:16 (יָשַׁע hi.), Wis.11:3, al. ;]
to ward off, etc. Mid.
__(a) to defend oneself against;
__(b) to requite;
__(with) = act., to defend, assist (Isa, l.with): with accusative of person(s), Act.7:24 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0293 G0293 = G0293 ἀμφίβληστρον amphiblēstron G:N-N net ἀμφίβληστρον, -ου, τό
(ἀμφιβάλλω), [in LXX chiefly for חֵרֶם ;]
something thrown around, as a garment; spec., a casting-net: Mat.4:18.†
(AS) G0294 G0294 = G0294 ἀμφιέννυμι amphiennumi G:V to clothe ἀμφιέννυμι
(ἕννυμι, to clothe),
to clothe: Mat.6:30 11:8, Luk.7:25 (cf. ἀμφιάζω).†
(AS) G0295 G0295 = G0295 Ἀμφίπολις Amphipolis N:N--L Amphipolis Ἀμφίπολις, -εως, ἡ
Amphipolis, in Macedonia, so called because the river Strymon flowed around it: Act.17:1.†
(AS) G0296 G0296 = G0296 ἄμφοδον amphodon G:N-N street ἄμφοδον, -ου, το
(ἀμφί ὁδός), [in LXX for אַרְמוֹן (Jer.17:27 30:10 49:27)* ;]
prop., a road around anything (RV, the open street): Mrk.11:4, Act.19:28, WH, mg.†
(AS) G0297 G0297 = G0297 ἀμφότερος amphoteros G:A both ἀμφότεροι, -αι, -α
(replaces ἄμφω in κοινή, V. M, Pr., 57; used of more than two, Pr., 80; MM, VGT, see word), both of two: Mat.9:17, al.
(AS) G0298 G0298 = G0298 ἀμώμητος amōmētos G:A blameless ἀ-μώμητος, -ου
(μωμάομαι),
blameless: 2Pe.3:14.†
SYN.: ἄμεμπτος (which see), ἀνέγκλητος, ἀνεπίλημπτος (AS) G0299 G0299 = G0299 ἄμωμος amōmos G:A blameless ἄ-μωμος, -ον
(μῶμος, which see), [in LXX chiefly for תָּמִים ];
of sacrificial victims, without blemish: of Christ, Heb.9:14, 1Pe.1:19; etbically, unblemished, faultless: Eph.1:4 5:27, Php.2:15, Col.1:22, Ju 24, Rev.14:5 (Cremer, 425, 788; MM, VGT, see word).†
SYN.: ἀμίαντος, ἄσπιλος (AS) G0300 G0300 = the Greek of H0526H Ἀμών Amōn N:N-M-P Amos Ἀμών, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָמוֹן),
Amon, King of Judah: Mat.1:10 (Rec.).†
(AS) G0301 G0301G = G0301G Ἀμώς Amōs N:N-M-P Amos Ἀμώς, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָמוֹץ, Isa.1:1; עָמוֹס, Amo.1:1; אָמוֹן, 4Ki.21:18 ff. B)
__1. as in 2Ki, Lc. B (Α. Ἀμμών; Jos., Ἀμμών, "Αμωσσς), Amon: Mat.1:10.
__2. Amos: Luk.3:25.†
(AS) G0301 G0301H = the Greek of H0526H Ἀμώς Amōs N:N-M-P Amos Ἀμώς, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָמוֹץ, Isa.1:1; עָמוֹס, Amo.1:1; אָמוֹן, 4Ki.21:18 ff. B)
__1. as in 2Ki, Lc. B (Α. Ἀμμών; Jos., Ἀμμών, "Αμωσσς), Amon: Mat.1:10.
__2. Amos: Luk.3:25.†
(AS) G0302 G0302 = G0302 ἄν an G:COND if ἄν,
conditional particle,
which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, see word; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff.; MM, VGT, see word).
__1. In apodosis,
__(i) with indic, imperfect or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if (εἰ with impf., aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Luk.7:39 17:6, Jhn.5:46, Gal.1:10, Mat.12:7 24:43, 1Co.2:8, Act.18:14, 1Jn.2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mat.25:27, Luk.19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jhn.8:39 15:24 19:11, Rom.7:7, Gal.4:15;
__(ii) with opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.; see LS, see word; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4).
__2. In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words;
__(i) as in cl., with subj.,
__(a) in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, which see;
__(b) in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc.; see: ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever;
__(α) with pres., ἡνίκα, 2Co.3:15; ὃς ἄν, Rom.9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al.; ὅσοι ἄν, Luk.9:5; ὡς ἄν, Rom.15:24 (M, Pr., 167);
__(β) with aor., ὃς ἄν, Mat.5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mat.2:13, Mrk.6:10, al.; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), 1Co.11:34, Php.2:23. On the frequently use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, see: ἐάν;
__(ii) in late Gk., when some actual fact is spoken of, with indic.: ὅταν (which see); ὅπου ἄν, Mrk.6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Act.2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, 1Co.12:2.
__3. in iterative construction, with imperfect and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Act.2:45 4:35, 1Co.12:2.
__4. with optative, giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Act.8:31 26:29.
__5. Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), 1Co.7:5; ὡς ἄν, with inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), 2Co.10:9.
(AS) G0303 G0303 = G0303 ἀνά ana G:PREP each ἀνά
prep. (the rarest in NT; M, Pr., 98; MM, VGT, see word), prop.,
upwards, up, always with accusative
__1. In phrases: ἀ. μέσον, among, between, with genitive, Mat.13:1-58 25:1-46, Mrk.7:31, 1Co.6:5 (M, Pr., 99), Rev.7:17 [so in LXX for בְּתוׄך׃]; ἀ. μέρος, in turn, 1Co.14:27 (both found in Polyb.; cf. MGr. ἀνάμεσα).
__2. Distrib., apiece, by: Mat.20:9-10, Luk.9:3 (WH om.), Luk.9:14 Luk.10:1, Jhn.2:6, Rev.4:8.
__3. Adverbially ("a vulgarism," B1., § 51, 5; cf. Deiss., BS, 139 f.), ἀ. εἷς ἕκαστος, Rev.21:21.
As prefix, ἀ. signifies
__(a) up: ἀναβαίνειν;
__(b) to: ἀναγγέλλειν;
__(with) anew: ἀναγεννᾶν;
__(d) back: ἀνακάμπτειν.†
(AS) G0304 G0304 = G0304 ἀναβαθμός anabathmos G:N-M stairs ἀνα-βαθμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀναβαίνω), [in LXX for מַעֲלָה: מַעֲלָה: 3Ki.10:19-20, 4Ki.9:13 20:9 ff, 2Ch.9:18-19, Isa.38:8, Eze.40:6, 49; ᾠδὴ τῶν ἀ., tit. Psa.120:1-7 121:1-8 122:1-9 123:1-4 124:1-8 125:1-5 126:1-6 127:1-5 128:1-6 129:1-8 130:1-8 131:1-3 132:1-18 133:1-3 134:1-3)* ;]
__1. a going up, an ascent (Pss, ll. with ?).
__2. a step (LXX); p1., a flight of stairs: Act.21:35, 40. (On the formation -θμός, see MM, VGT, see word)†
(AS) G0305 G0305 = G0305 ἀναβαίνω anabainō G:V to ascend ἀναβαίνω
[in LXX chiefly for עָלָה ;]
to go up, ascend,
__(a) of persons: ἐπί συκομωρέαν, Luk.19:4; εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mrk.6:51; εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, Mat.20:17; εἰς τ. ἱερόν, with inf. (M, Pr., 205), Luk.18:10; with mention of place of departure, Mat.3:16 (ἀπό), Act.8:39 (ἐκ);
__(b) of things, to rise, spring up, come up: a fish, Mat.17:27; smoke, Rev.8:4; plants growing, Mat.13:7; metaphorically, of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. לֵב אֵל עָלָה; 4Ki.12:4, al.), Luk.24:38, 1Co.2:9; of prayers, Act.10:4; messages, Act.21:31 (for late exx., see MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0306 G0306 = G0306 ἀναβάλλω anaballō G:V to defer ἀνα-βάλλω
[in LXX: Psa.78:21 89:38 (עָבַר), 1Ki.28:14, Psa.104:2 (עָטָה) ;]
to defer, put off (MM, VGT, see word): mid., Act.24:22.†
(AS) G0307 G0307 = G0307 ἀναβιβάζω anabibazō G:V to pull up ἀνα-βιβάζω
(causal of ἀναβαίνω), [in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi., also for רָכַב hi., etc. ;]
to make go up, draw up, as a ship (Xen.): σαγήνην, Mat.13:48 (metaphorically, MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0308 G0308 = G0308 ἀναβλέπω anablepō G:V to look up/again ἀνα-βλέπω
[in LXX chiefly for נָשָׂא ;]
__1. to look up: Mrk.8:24, al.; before εἰς, Mat.14:19, al. (Xen., Plat.).
__2. to recover sight (Plat., Aristoph.; cf. MM, VGT, see word): Mat.11:5, Jhn.9:11, al
(AS) G0309 G0309 = G0309 ἀνάβλεψις anablepsis G:N-F recovery of sight ἀνά-βλεψις, -εως, ή
(ἀναβλέπω), [in LXX: Isa.61:1 (פְּקַח־קוֹחַ)* ;]
recovery of sight: Luk.4:18 (Lxx).†
(AS) G0310 G0310 = G0310 ἀναβοάω anaboaō G:V to cry out ἀνα-βοάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for צָעַק, זָעַק, קָרָא, etc. ;]
to cry out: Mat.27:46 (WH, ἐβόησεν; see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0311 G0311 = G0311 ἀναβολή anabolē G:N-F delay ἀναβολή, - ῆς, ἡ
(ά αβάλλω), [in LXX for בּנף, etc. ;]
delay: Act.25:17 (for exx. of other meanings, see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0312 G0312 = G0312 ἀναγγέλλω anangellō G:V to report ἀν-αγγέλλω
[in LXX chiefly for נָגַד hi ;]
__1. to bring back word, report (Æsch., Thuc., al.): Jhn.5:15 (WH, εἶπεν), Act.14:27 15:4, 2Co.7:7
__2. Later, = ἀπαγγέλλω (MM, VGT, see word), to announce, declare (LXX; Cremer, 24): Mat.28:11 (WH, ἀπ-), Jhn.4:25 16:13-15, Act.19:18 20:20, 27 Rom.15:21, 1Pe.1:12, 1Jn.1:5.†
(AS) G0313 G0313 = G0313 ἀναγεννάω anagennaō G:V to beget ἀνα-γεννάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Sir prol.17 א* (ΑΒאc παρα-)* ;]
to beget again: metaphorically, of spiritual birth, 1Pe.1:3 1:23 (cf. Cremer, 147; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0314 G0314 = G0314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginōskō G:V to read ἀνα-γινώσκω
(Attic ἀναγιγν-), [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
__1. to know certainly, know again, recognize.
__2. Of written characters, to read: Mat.24:15, Mrk.13:14, Act.15:31 23:34, Eph.3:4; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.22:31, Mrk.12:10 Luk.6:3, Jhn.19:20, Act.8:30, 32, 2Co.1:13, Rev.1:3; with accusative of person(s), Ἠσαίαν τ. προφήτην, Act.8:28, 30; before ἐν, Mat.12:5 21:42, Mrk.12:26 (so. ἐν τ. νόμῳ), Luk.10:26; before ὅτι, Mat.19:4 21:16; τί ἐποίησε, Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25; pass. 2Co.3:2; of reading aloud (MM, VGT, see word), Luk.4:16, Act.13:27 15:21, 2Co.3:15, Col.4:16, 1Th.5:27 (M, Th., in l).†
(AS) G0315 G0315 = G0315 ἀναγκάζω anagkazō G:V to compel ἀναγκάζω
(ἀνάγκη), [in LXX: Pro.6:7 (שֹׁטֵר), I Est.3:24, 1Ma.2:25, al. ;]
to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain: with accusative, 2Co.12:11; id. with inf., Mat.14:22, Mrk.6:45, Luk.14:23, Act.26:11 (on the imperfect here, see Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Gal.2:14 6:12; pass., C. inf., Act.28:19, Gal.2:3 (for exx., see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0316 G0316 = G0316 ἀναγκαῖος anagkaios G:A necessary ἀναγκαῖος, -αῖα, -αῖον
(ἀνάγκη), [in LXX: Est.8:13, Wis.16:3, Sir prol.22, 2Ma.4:23 2Mac 9:21, 4Ma.1:2 * ;]
__1. necessary: Act.13:46, 1Co.12:22, 2Co.9:5, Php.2:25, Tit.3:14, Heb.8:3; comp. -αιότερον, Php.1:24.
__2. Of persons connected by bonds of nature or friendship, near, intimate (Field, Notes, 118; ΜΜ, VGT, see word): ἀ. φίλοι, Act.10:24.†
(AS) G0317 G0317 = G0317 ἀναγκαστῶς anagkastōs G:ADV necessarily ἀναγκαστῶς
adv.,
necessarily or by constraint: opposite to ἑκουσίως, 1Pe.5:2 (rare).†
(AS) G0318 G0318 = G0318 ἀνάγκη anagkē G:N-F necessity ἀνάγκη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for מָצוֹק, צַר ;]
__1. necessity: ἔχειν ἀ-, with inf., to be compelled, Luk.14:18 23:17 (Rec., R, mg.), 1Co.7:37, Ju 3, Heb.7:27; ἐξ ἀ., κατ᾽ ἀ., of necessity, 2Co.9:7, Heb.7:12, Phm 14; ἀ. μοι ἐπίκειται, n. is laid on me, 1Co.9:16; with inf. (= ἀναγκαῖον ἐστι), Mat.18:7, Rom.13:5, Heb.9:16, 23
__2. force, violence, hence pain, distress (Diod., al.; LXX; see M, Th., 41; MM, VGT, see word; cf. θλίψις): Luk.21:23, 1Co.7:26, 1Th.3:7; pl. (see B1., § 32, 6; Swete, Mk., 153), ἐν ἀ., 2Co.6:4 12:10.†
(AS) G0319 G0319 = G0319 ἀναγνωρίζω anagnōrizō G:V to recognize ἀνα-γνωρίζω
[in LXX: Gen.45:1 (יָדַע hith.)* ;]
to recognize: Act.7:13 (WH, txt., ἐγνωρίσθη).†
(AS) G0320 G0320 = G0320 ἀνάγνωσις anagnōsis G:N-F reading ἀνά-γνωσις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX: Neh.8:8 (מִקְרָא), I Est.9:48, Sir prol. 9, 13 * ;]
__1. recognition (Hdt.).
__2. reading (Plat., al.): of the public reading of Scripture (Milligan, NTD, 173, 210 f.): Act.13:15, 2Co.3:14, 1Ti.4:13 (Cremer, 158; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0321 G0321 = G0321 ἀνάγω anagō G:V to lead ἀν-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi. ;]
to lead or bring up: before είς, with accusative loc., Mat.4:1, Luk.2:22 4:5 (WH om. είς, κ.τ.λ.), Act.9:39 16:34; of raising the dead (cl.), ἐκ νεκρῶν, Rom.10:7, Heb.13:20; to produce and set before, τ. λαῷ, Act.12:4 (MM, VGT, see word); in sacrificial sense (MM, 1 with), to offer, θυσίαν, Act.7:41. Mid., in nautical sense (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.), to put to sea: Luk.8:22, Act.13:13 16:11 18:21 20:3, 13 21:1-2 27:2, 4 27:12, 21 28:10-11 (cf.ἐπ-ανάγω).†
(AS) G0322 G0322 = G0322 ἀναδείκνυμι anadeiknumi G:V to appoint ἀνα-δείκνυμι
[in LXX: Hab.3:2 (יָדַע), Dan LXX 1:11 (מָנָה), Dan.1:20 (מָצָא), 1Esdra.6.2, 3Mac.9 * ;]
__1. to lift up and show, show forth, declare (cf. 2Ma.2:8, see MM, VGT, see word): Act.1:24.
__2. to consecrate, set apart, (Strab., Plut., Anth.): Luk.10:1.†
(AS) G0323 G0323 = G0323 ἀνάδειξις anadeixis G:N-F public appearance ἀνά-δειξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀναδείκνυμι), [in LXX: Sir.43:6 * ;]
a sheaving forth, announcement: Luk.1:80.†
(AS) G0324 G0324 = G0324 ἀναδέχομαι anadechomai G:V to receive ἀνα-δέχομαι
[in LXX: 2Ma.6:19 2Mac 8:36 * ;]
__1. to assume, undertake (in π. frequently as legal term: MM, VGT, see word): ἐπαγγελίας, Heb.11:17.
__2. = cl. ὑποδέχομαι, to receive: of guests, Act.28:7.†
(AS) G0325 G0325 = G0325 ἀναδίδωμι anadidōmi G:V to deliver ἀνα-δίδωμι
[in LXX: Sir.1:22, 2Ma.13:15 * ;]
__1. to give forth, send up, as of plants (Hdt., al.).
__2. to give up, yield, hand over (MM, VGT, see word): Act.23:33.†
(AS) G0326 G0326 = G0326 ἀναζάω anazaō G:V to revive ἀνα-ζάω, -ῶ
[in Al.: Gen.45:27 * ;]
to live again, regain life (cf. cl. ἀναβιόω; Cremer, 722; and for other exx., v MM, VGT, see word): metaphorically of moral revival, Luk.15:24 (WH, mg., ἔζησεν); of sin, Rom.7:9.†
(AS) G0327 G0327 = G0327 ἀναζητέω anazēteō G:V to search ἀνα-ζητέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Job.3:4 (דָּרַשׁ), Job.10:6 (בָּקַשׁ pi.), 2Ma.13:21 * ;]
to look for or seek carefully ("specially of searching for human beings, with an implication of difficulty": MM, VGT, see word): Luk.2:44-45 Act.11:25.†
(AS) G0328 G0328 = G0328 ἀναζώννυμι anazōnnumi G:V to gird ἀνα-ζώννυμι
[in LXX: Jdg.18:16, Pro.31:17 (חָגַר)* ;]
to gird up: figuratively, τ. ὀσφύας τ. διανοίας, 1Pe.1:13.†
(AS) G0329 G0329 = G0329 ἀναζωπυρέω anazōpureō G:V to rekindle ἀνα-ζωπυργέω, -ῶ
(ζωός, πῦρ), [in LXX: 1Ma.13:7 * ;]
to kindle afresh: metaphorically, 2Ti.1:6 (for vernac. exx., see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0330 G0330 = G0330 ἀναθάλλω anathallō G:V to renew ἀνα-θάλλω
(θάλλω, to flourish), [in LXX: Psa.28:7 (עָלַז), Eze.17:24 (פָּרַח hi.), Hos.8:9, Wis.4:4, Sir.5:1-15 * ;]
to revive: Php.4:10 (of MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0331 G0331 = G0331 ἀνάθεμα anathema G:N-N devoted ἀνάθεμα, -τος, τό
(ἀνατίθημι),
Hellenistic for Attic ἀνάθημα (Bl., § 27, 2);
__1. prop. = τὸ ἀνατιθέμένον, that which is laid by to be kept, a votive offering (as ἀνάθημα in 2Ma.2:13, Luk.21:5—where LT read -θεμα, see M, Pr., 46).
__2. [As equiv. in LXX for חֵרֶם,] devoted, a thing devoted to God (see Driver, De., 98 f., and cf. Lev.27:28-29), hence;
__(a) of the sentence pronounced (Deu.13:15), a curse: Act.23:14;
__(b) of the object on which the curse is laid, accursed (Deu.7:26): Rom.9:3, 1Co.12:3 16:22, Gal.1:8-9 (see ICC on Ro.; Lft., Ga., ll. with; Cremer, 547; Tr., Syn., § v; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0332 G0332 = G0332 ἀναθεματίζω anathematizō G:V to take an oath ἀνα-θεματίζω
(ἀνίθεμα), [in LXX chiefly for חָרַם hi. (Num.21:2, 1Ki.15:3, al.), 1Ma.5:5 ;]
to devote to destruction, declare or invoke ana­thema: absol., Mrk.14:71; ἐαντόν, to bind oneself under a curse: Act.23:12, 14 23:21 (cf. καταναθεματίζω, and on the occurrence of the word in π., see Deiss., LAE, 92 f.; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0333 G0333 = G0333 ἀναθεωρέω anatheōreō G:V to contemplate ἀνα-θεωρέω, -ῶ
to observe carefully, consider well: Act.17:23, Heb.13:7 (Diod., al.).†
(AS) G0334 G0334 = G0334 ἀνάθημα anathēma G:N-N a vow offering ἀνάθημα, -τος, τό
(cf. ἀνάθημα, and see MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX often as seel. for ἀνάθεμα (חָרַם), and in Num.21:3, Jdg.1:17 for חׇרְמָה, but prop. in 3Ma.3:17, al. ;]
a gift set up in a temple, a votive offering: Luk.21:5 (LT, -θεμα).†
(AS) G0335 G0335 = G0335 ἀναίδεια anaideia G:N-F shamelessnes ἀναιδία (Rec. -εία, as in cl.), -ας, ἡ
(αἰδώς), [in LXX: Sir.25:22 * ;]
shamelessness, importunity: Luk.11:8 (for exx. from π., see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0336 G0336 = G0336 ἀναίρεσις anairesis G:N-F murder ἀν-αίρεσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀναιρέω), [in LXX: Num.11:15 (הָרַג), Jdg.15:17 (רָמָה), Jdth.15:4, 2Ma.5:13 * ;]
__1. a taking up or away (Thuc.).
__2. a destroying, slaying, murder (Field, Notes, 116; MM, VGT, see word): Act.8:1.†
(AS) G0337 G0337 = G0337 ἀναιρέω anaireō G:V to kill ἀν-αιρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for הָרַג hi., מוּת hi., נָכָה hi., etc. ;]
__1. to take up: mid., Act.7:21.
__2. to take away, make an end of, destroy (for late exx. of various senses, see MM, VGT, see word);
__(a) of things (as frequently in cl. of laws, etc.): Heb.10:9;
__(b) of persons, to kill: Mat.2:16, Luk.22:2 23:32, Act.2:23 5:33, 36 7:28 9:23-24, 29 10:39 12:2 13:28 16:27 22:20 23:15, 21 23:27 25:3 26:10, 2Th.2:8, WH, txt., R, txt.†
(AS) G0338 G0338 = G0338 ἀναίτιος anaitios G:A innocent ἀν-αίτιος, -ον
(αἰτία), [in LXX: Deu.19:10, 13 21:8-9 (נָקִי), Dan LXX TH Sus1:62, always of αἷμα (of. MM, VGT, see word)* ;]
guiltless, innocent: Mat.12:5, 7.†
(AS) G0339 G0339 = G0339 ἀνακαθίζω anakathizō G:V to sit up ἀνα-καθ-ίζω
(see: καθίζω);
__1. trans., to set up.
__2. Intrans., to sit up: Luk.7:15 (WH, mg., ἐκάθισεν), Act.9:40 (frequently in medical writings: MM, VGT, see word).
† (AS) G0340 G0340 = G0340 ἀνακαινίζω anakainizō G:V to restore ἀνα-καινίζω
(καινός), [in LXX: 2Ch.15:8, Psa.103:5 104:30, La 5:21 (חָדַשׁ pi., hith)., Psa.39:2 (עָכַר ni.), 1Ma.6:9 * ;]
to renew: Heb.6:6 (Isocr., Plut.).†
(AS) G0341 G0341 = G0341 ἀνακαινόω anakainoō G:V to renew ἀνα-καινόω, -ῶ
= ἀνακαινίζω (cf. MM, VGT, see word),
to make new: 2Co.4:16, Col.3:10 (see Cremer, 323).†
(AS) G0342 G0342 = G0342 ἀνακαίνωσις anakainōsis G:N-F renewal ἀνακαίνωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀνακαινόω),
renewal: Rom.12:2, Tit.3:5 (Cremer, 324; MM, VGT, see word).†
SYN.: παλινγενεσία, in NT, new birth, of which ἀ. is the conse­quent renewal or renovation, in which man as well as God takes part (see Tr., Syn., § xviii) (AS) G0343 G0343 = G0343 ἀνακαλύπτω anakaluptō G:V to unveil ἀνα-καλύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for גָּלָה ni., pi. ;]
to unveil: metaphorically of removing hindrance to perception of spiritual things, 2Co.3:14 3:18.†
(AS) G0344 G0344 = G0344 ἀνακάμπτω anakamptō G:V to return ἀνα-κάμπτω
[in LXX: 1Ch.19:5, Jer.3:1, al. (שׁוּב), Jer.15:5 (סוּר) ;]
__1. trans., to bend or turn back.
__2. Intrans., to return: Mat.2:12, Act.18:21, Heb.11:15; metaphorically (cf. MM, VGT, see word), Luk.10:6.†
(AS) G0345 G0345 = G0345 ἀνάκειμαι anakeimai G:V to recline ἀνά-κειμαι
[in LXX: I Est.4:10, Tob.9:6 א * ;]
__1. in cl., as pass. of ἀνατίθημ, to be laid up, laid: Mrk.5:40 Rec.
__2. In late writers (cf. MM, VGT, see word) = κεῖσθαι, κατακεῖσθαι, to recline at table: Mat.26:20; part. ἀνακείμενος, Mat.9:10 22:10-11 26:7, Mrk.6:26 14:18 16:14, Luk.22:27, Jhn.6:11 12:2 13:23, 28.†
SYN.: ἀνακλίνω, ἀναπίπτω, the latter denoting an act rather than a state and thus in Jhn.13:25 differing from ἀνάκειμαι (see. Jhn.13:23) by indicating a change of position. (AS) G0346 G0346 = G0346 ἀνακεφαλαιόομαι anakephalaioomai G:V to summarise ἀνα-κεφαλαιόω, ῶ
(see: κεφαλαιόω) [in Th., Al.: Psa.72:20 * ;]
to sum up, gather up, present as a whole: mid., Rom.13:9, Eph.1:10 (on WH. see Lft., Notes, 321 L; AR, in l; Cremer, 354, 748).†
(AS) G0347 G0347 = G0347 ἀνακλίνω anaklinō G:V to recline ἀνα-κλίνω
[in LXX: 3Ma.5:16 * ;]
to lay upon, lean against, hence,
__(a) to lay down: Luk.2:7;
__(b) to make to recline: Mrk.6:39, WH, mg., Luk.12:37. Pass., to lie back, recline: Mat.8:11 14:19, Luk.13:29.†
SYN.: ἀνάκειμαι (which see), ἀναπίπτω (AS) G0348 G0348 = G0348 ἀνακόπτω anakoptō G:V to restrain 1. to drive back , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to beat back an assailant, (Thucydides)
3. to stop:—; Pass. to be stopped, stop short , τινός from a thing, (Lucian) (ML) G0349 G0349 = G0349 ἀνακράζω anakrazō G:V to yell ἀνα-κράζω
[in LXX for קָרָא, etc. ;]
to cry out, shout: Mrk.1:23 6:49, Luk.4:33 8:28 23:18.†
(AS) G0350 G0350 = G0350 ἀνακρίνω anakrinō G:V to investigate ἀνα-κρίνω
[in LXX: 1Ki.20:12 (חָקַר), Dan LXX Su 1:13, LXX, TH Su 1:48, 51 * ;]
to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, 181 f.): Act.17:11, 1Co.2:14-15 4:3-4 9:3 10:25 10:27 14:24; in forensic sense (MM, VGT, see word; esp. of examination by torture; see Field, Notes, 120 f.), Luk.23:14, Act.4:9 12:19 24:8 28:18.†
SYN.: see: ἐξετάζω (AS) G0351 G0351 = G0351 ἀνάκρισις anakrisis G:N-F investigation ἀνά-κρισις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX: 3Ma.7:5 * ;]
an examination: spec. of legal preliminary investigation, Act.25:26 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0352 G0352 = G0352 ἀνακύπτω anakuptō G:V to straighten up άνα-κύπτω
[in LXX: Job.10:15 (נָשָׂא רֹאשׁ), Dan LXX, Su 1:35 * ;]
to lift oneself up;
__(a) bodily; Luk.13:11, Jhn.8:7, 10;
__(b) mentally, to be elated: Luk.21:28 (cf. MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0353 G0353 = G0353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambanō G:V to take up ἀνα-λαμβάνω
[in LXX chiefly for נָשָׂא, also for לָקַח, etc. ;]
__1. to take up, raise: Mrk.16:19, Act.1:2, 11 1:22 10:16, 1Ti.3:16.
__2. to take up, take to oneself: Act.7:43 20:13-14 23:31, Eph.6:13, 16, 2Ti.4:11 (for late exx., v MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0354 G0354 = G0354 ἀνάληψις analēpsis G:N-F ascension ἀνά-λημψις, -εως, ἡ
(κοινή form of ἀνάληψις; see Th., Gr., 108 f.),
a taking up: Luk.9:51 (MM, VGT, see word).†
ἀνά-ληψις, -εως, ἡ, Rec. for ἀνάλημψις, which see
(AS) G0355 G0355 = G0355 ἀναλίσκω analiskō G:V to consume ἀν-αλίσκω
(on the etymology, see MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX chiefly for אָכַל also for כָּלָה, etc. ;]
__1. to expend.
__2. to consume, destroy: Luk.9:54, Gal.5:15, 2Th.2:8, Rec. WH, mg.†
(AS) G0356 G0356 = G0356 ἀναλογία analogia G:N-F proportion ἀναλογία, -ας, ἡ
(λόγος), [in Al.: Lev.27:1-34"18 * ;]
proportion (MM, VGT, see word): Rom.12:6 (cf. Cremer, 397).†
(AS) G0357 G0357 = G0357 ἀναλογίζομαι analogizomai G:V to consider ἀνα-λογίζομαι
[in LXX: Wis.17:13 א, 2Ma.12:43 A, 3Ma.7:7 * ;]
to consider: Heb.12:3 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0358 G0358 = G0358 ἄναλος analos G:A unsalty ἄναλος, -ον
(ἅλς), [in Aq.: Eze.13:10-11, 15 22:28 * ;]
saltless, insipid: Mrk.9:50.†
(AS) G0359 G0359 = G0359 ἀνάλυσις analusis G:N-F departure ἀνά-λυσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀναλύω),
a loosing, e.g. of a vessel from its moorings, hence, departure: from life, 2Ti.4:6.†
(AS) G0360 G0360 = G0360 ἀναλύω analuō G:V to depart ἀνα-λύω
[in LXX: I Est.3:3, Tob.2:9, Jdth.13:1, Sir.3:15, Wis.3:1-19 2:1-24,3 Mac.10 * ;]
__1. to unloose.
__2. to unloose for departure, depart (MM, VGT, see word): from life, Php.1:23
__3. to return, Luk.12:36.†
(AS) G0361 G0361 = G0361 ἀναμάρτητος anamartētos G:A sinless ἀναμάρτητος, -ον
(ἁμαρτεῖν), [in LXX: Deu.29:19 (18) 2Ma.8:4 2Mac 12:42 * ;]
__1. without missing, unerring (Xen.).
__2. In moral sense, faultless (Plat.), without sin: Jhn.8:7 (see Cremer, 102, 634; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0362 G0362 = G0362 ἀναμένω anamenō G:V to await ἀνα-μένω
[in LXX for קָוָה pi. ;]
to await "one whose coming is expected, perhaps with the added idea of patience and confidence" with accusative, 1Th.1:10 (see M, Th., in l; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0363 G0363 = G0363 ἀναμιμνήσκω anamimnēskō G:V to remind ἀνα-μιμνήσκω
[in LXX for זָכַר hi. ;]
to remind, call to one's remembrance: with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.4:17; with inf., 2Ti.1:6. Pass., to remember, call to mind: Mrk.11:21 14:72, 2Co.7:15, Heb.10:32.†
(AS) G0364 G0364 = G0364 ἀνάμνησις anamnēsis G:N-F remembrance ἀνάμνησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀναμιμνήσκω), [in LXX: Psa.38:1-22 70:1-5 title. (זָכַר hi.), Lev.24:7 (אַזְכָּרָה), Num.10:10 (זִכְרוֹן), Wis.16:6 * ;]
remembrance: εἰς τ. ἐμὴν ἀ., Luk.22:19 (WH om.), 1Co.11:24-25; ἀ. ἁμαρτιῶν, Heb.10:3 (see Abbott, Essays, 122 ff.; DCG, ii, 74a).†
SYN.: ὑπόμνησις (see Tr., Syn., § cvii). (AS) G0365 G0365 = G0365 ἀνανεόομαι ananeoomai G:V to renew ἀνα-νεόω, -ῶ
(νέος), [in LXX: Job.33:24, Est.3:13, 1; Ezr.3.1-13, 4Ma.8:1-29 * ;]
to renew: pass., Eph.4:23 (see Cremer, 428; MM, VGT, see word)†
(AS) G0366 G0366 = G0366 ἀνανήφω ananēphō G:V to regain senses ἀνα-νήφω
to return to soberness: metaphorically, 2Ti.2:26 (of. ἐκνήφω).†
(AS) G0367 G0367G = G0367G Ἀνανίας Ananias N:N-M-P Ananias Ἀνανίας (WH, Ἁναν-), -α, ὁ (Heb. חֲנַנְיָה),
Ananias;
__1. of Jerusalem: Act.5:1, 3 5:5.
__2. Of Damascus: Act.9:10-13, 17 22:12.
__3. High Priest: Act.23:2 24:1.†
(AS) G0367 G0367H = G0367H Ἀνανίας Ananias N:N-M-P Ananias Ἀνανίας (WH, Ἁναν-), -α, ὁ (Heb. חֲנַנְיָה),
Ananias;
__1. of Jerusalem: Act.5:1, 3 5:5.
__2. Of Damascus: Act.9:10-13, 17 22:12.
__3. High Priest: Act.23:2 24:1.†
(AS) G0367 G0367I = G0367I Ἀνανίας Ananias N:N-M-P Ananias Ἀνανίας (WH, Ἁναν-), -α, ὁ (Heb. חֲנַנְיָה),
Ananias;
__1. of Jerusalem: Act.5:1, 3 5:5.
__2. Of Damascus: Act.9:10-13, 17 22:12.
__3. High Priest: Act.23:2 24:1.†
(AS) G0368 G0368 = G0368 ἀναντίρρητος anantirrētos G:A indisputable ἀν-αντί-ρητος
(Τ, -ρρητος, -ον (ῥητός, spoken), [in Sm.: Job.11:2 33:13 * ;]
not to be contradicted, undeniable: Act.19:36 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0369 G0369 = G0369 ἀναντιρρήτως anantirrētōs G:ADV without objection ἀν-αντι-ρήτως (T, -ρρήτως),
adv.,
without contradiction: Act.10:29.†
(AS) G0370 G0370 = G0370 ἀνάξιος anaxios G:A unworthy ἀν-άξιος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ἄξιος), [in LXX: Jer.15:19 א2 (זָלַל), Est.8:13, Sir.25:8 * ;]
unworthy: with genitive, 1Co.6:2 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0371 G0371 = G0371 ἀναξίως anaxiōs G:ADV unworthily ἀναξίως
(see supr.), adv., [in LXX: 2Ma.14:42 * ;]
in an unworthy manner: 1Co.11:27.†
(AS) G0372 G0372 = G0372 ἀνάπαυσις anapausis G:N-F rest ἀνά-παυσις, -εως, ή
(ἀνάπαύω) [in LXX chiefly for נוּחַ and its derivatives, שַׁבָּת and its cognates (Ex, Le) ;]
cessation, rest, refreshment: Mat.11:26 12:43, Luk.11:24, Rev.4:8 14:11.†
SYN.: ἄνεσις (lit, the relaxation of the strings of a lyre), prop. signifies the rest or ease which comes from the relaxation of unfavour­able conditions, as, e.g. affliction: ἀνάπ., the rest which comes from the temporary cessation of labour (see Tr., Stn., § xl; Cremer, 827; MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0373 G0373 = G0373 ἀναπαύω anapauō G:V to give rest ἀνα-παύω,
[in LXX for fourteen different words, chiefly נוּחַ, also רָבַץ, שָׁאַן, etc. ;]
to give intermission from labour, to give rest, refresh: Mat.11:28, 1Co.16:18, Phm 20; pass., Phm 7, 2Co.7:13. Mid., to take rest, enjoy rest: Mat.26:45, Mrk.6:31 14:41, Luk.12:19, Rev.6:11 14:13; as in Heb. ofIs 11:2 (עַל נוּחַ), τὸ πνεῦμα ἐφ᾽ ὑᾶμς ἀ., 1Pe.4:14. (In π. this word is used as a technical agricultural term; see MM, VGT, see word; and cf. Le 2634 f.; Cremer, 826.)†
(AS) G0374 G0374 = G0374 ἀναπείθω anapeithō G:V to persuade ἀνα-πείθω
[in LXX: Jer.29:8 (נָשָׁא hi.), 1Ma.1:11 * ;]
to per­suade, incite: Act.18:13 (cf. MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0375 G0375 = G0375 ἀναπέμπω anapempō G:V to send back ἀνα-πέμπω
__1. to send up,
__(a) to a higher place (Æsch., Plat., al.);
__(b) to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, see word; cf. also Field, Notes, 140): Luk.23:7, 15, Act.25:21.
__2. to send back (Pind.): Luk.23:11, Phm 11.†
(AS) G0376 G0376 = G0376 ἀνάπηρος anapēros G:A crippled ἀνά-πηρος (WH, -ειρος; see Field, Notes, 67), -ον (πηρός, maimed)
[in LXX: Tob.14:2 א, 2Ma.8:24 * ;]
maimed, crippled: Luk.14:13, 21.†
(AS) G0377 G0377 = G0377 ἀναπίπτω anapiptō G:V to recline ἀνα-πίπτω
[in LXX: Gen.49:9 (כָּרַע) Tob.2:1 7:8, Jdth.12:10, Sir.25:18 32:2, Da TH Sus 1:37 * ;]
__1. (cl.) to fall back.
__2. In late writers = ἀνα-κλίνομαι, to recline for a repast (MM, VGT, see word): at table, Luk.11:37 14:10 17:7 22:14, Jhn.13:12 21:20; on the ground, Mat.15:35 Mrk.6:40 8:6 Jhn.6:10; to lean back, Jhn.13:25 (T, ἐπιπεσών; see: ἀνάκειμαι, ad fin.).†
SYN.: ἀνάκειμαι (which see), ἀνακλίνομαι (AS) G0378 G0378 = G0378 ἀναπληρόω anaplēroō G:V to fulfil ἀνα-πληρόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא, Lev.12:6, al.; also שָׁלַם (Gen.15:16, 3Ki.7:51, Isa.60:20), etc. ;]
__1. to fill up, make full (in π. of com­pleting contracts and making up rent; cf. MM, VGT, see word): τόπον, take one's place (cf. Heb. מָקוֹם שָׁלַם), 1Co.14:16; άμαρτίας, complete the number, 1Th.2:16; τ. νόμον, observe perfectly, Gal.6:2; pass., προφητεία, fulfilled, Mat.13:14.
__2. to supply: τό ὑστέρημα, 1Co.16:17, Php.2:30 (Cremer, 838).†
(AS) G0379 G0379 = G0379 ἀναπολόγητος anapologētos G:A inexcusable ἀναπολόγητος, -ον
(ἀπολογεόμαι),
without excuse, inexcusable (in Polyb., al., as a forensic term; see Lft., Notes, 252): Rom.1:20 2:1.†
(AS) G0380 G0380 = G0380 ἀναπτύσσω anaptussō G:V to unroll ἀνα-πτύσσω
[in LXX for פָּרַשׂ,etc. ;]
to unroll: τ. βιβλίον, Luk.4:17 (WH, R, ἀνοίξας).†
(AS) G0381 G0381 = G0381 ἀνάπτω anaptō G:V to set fire ἀν-άπτω
[in LXX chiefly for יָצָא ;]
to kindle: Luk.12:49, Jas.3:5 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0382 G0382 = G0382 ἀναρίθμητος anarithmētos G:A countless ἀν-αρίθμητος, -ον
(ἀριθμέω), [Job.31:25, al.],
innumerable: Heb.11:12.†
(AS) G0383 G0383 = G0383 ἀνασείω anaseiō G:V to incite ἀνα-σείω
[in Aq.: 1Ki.26:19, Job.2:3; Aq., Sm.: Isa.36:18 * ;]
__1. to shake out, shake back, move to and fro (Thuc., a1.).
__2. In late writers (Diod., al.; see MM, VGT, see word), to stir up; metaphorically, to excite: τ. ὄχλον, Mrk.15:11; τ. λαόν, Luk.23:5.†
(AS) G0384 G0384 = G0384 ἀνασκευάζω anaskeuazō G:V to upset ἀνα-σκευάζω
(σκεῦος, a vessel),
prop, to pack up baggage, hence, to dismantle, ravage, destroy; metaphorically, to unsettle, subvert (MM, VGT, see word): ψυχάς, Act.15:24.†
(AS) G0385 G0385 = G0385 ἀνασπάω anaspaō G:V to pull up ἀνα-σπάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for לָקַח, עָלָה hi. ;]
to draw up: Luk.14:5, Act.11:10 (in π. of pulling up barley; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0386 G0386 = G0386 ἀνάστασις anastasis G:N-F resurrection ἀνά-στασις, -εως, ή
(ἀνίστημι), [in LXX: Zep.3:8 (קוּם), La 3:63 (קִימָה), קִימָה), Psa.66:1-20 title., Dan LXX 11:20, 2Ma.7:14 2Mac 12:43 * ;]
__1. a raising up, awakening, rising (in Inscr. of the erection of a monument, see MM, VGT, see word): Luk.2:34.
__2. a rising from the dead (see DCG, ii, 605b);
__(a) of Christ: Act.1:22 2:31 4:33 Rom.6:5, Php.3:10, 1Pe.3:21; ἐξ ἀ. νεκρῶν, Rom.1:4 (ICC, in l); ἐκ νεκρῶν, 1Pe.1:3;
__(b) of persons in OT hist. (e.g. 3Ki.17:17 ff.): Heb.11:35;
__(with) of the general resurrection: Mat.22:23, 28 22:30 Mrk.12:18, 23 Luk.20:27, 33 20:36, Jhn.11:24, Act.17:18 23:8 24:15, 2Ti.2:18; ἀ. ἐκ νεκρῶν, Luk.20:35, Act.4:2; τῶν νεκρῶν, Mat.22:31, Act.17:32 23:6 24:21 26:23, 1Co.15:12-13 15:21 15:42, Heb.6:2; ἀ. ζωῆς, resurrection to life (cf. 2Ma.7:14, ἀ. εἰς ζωήν) and ἀ. τ. κρίσεως, τ. to judgment, Jhn.5:29; ἀ. τ. δικαίων, Luk.14:14; κρείττων ἀ., Heb.11:35; on ἡ ἀ. ἡ πρώτη, Rev.20:5-8, see Swete, in l, Weste. on Jhn.5:1-47, but see also Thayer, see word; by meton. of Christ as Author of ἀ., Jhn.11:25 (see DB, iv, 231; Cremer, 307).†
(AS) G0387 G0387 = G0387 ἀναστατόω anastatoō G:V to cause trouble ἀνα-στατόω, ῶ
(ἀνάστατος, driven from home; ἀνίστημι), [in LXX: Dan.7:23 (דּוּשׁ;* also in Aq., and in π. (see Deiss., LAE, 80 f.; MM, VGT, see word),]
to stir up, excite, unsettle: with accusative;
__(a) to tumult and sedition: Act.17:6 21:38;
__(b) by false teaching: Gal.5:12 (see Milligan, NTD, 73 f.).†
(AS) G0388 G0388 = G0388 ἀνασταυρόω anastauroō G:V to recrucify ἀνα-σταυρόω
__1. to impale (Hdt.).
__2. to raise on a cross, crucify (Polyb., al.).
__3. to crucify again: Heb.6:6 (see Westc., in l).†
(AS) G0389 G0389 = G0389 ἀναστενάζω anastenazō G:V to sigh deeply ἀνα-στενάζω
[in LXX: La 1:4 (אָנַח ni.), Sir.25:17), Da TH Sus 1:22, 2Ma.6:30 * ;]
to sigh deeply: Mrk.8:12.†
(AS) G0390 G0390 = G0390 ἀναστρέφω anastrephō G:V to live/return ἀνα-στρέφω
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ;]
__1. to overturn: Jhn.2:15.
__2. to turn back, return: Act.5:22 15:16.
__3. to turn hither and thither; pass., to turn oneself about, sojourn, dwell: Mat.17:22 Rec.; metaphorically (like Heb. הָלַךְ, in κοινή writers and in π.; see Deiss., LAE, 315; BS, 88, 194; MM, VGT, see word), to conduct oneself, behave, live: 2Co.1:12, Eph.2:3, 1Ti.3:15, Heb.10:33 13:18, 1Pe.1:17, 2Pe.2:18.
† SYN.: περιπατέω (Hellenistic), πολιτεύω (AS) G0391 G0391 = G0391 ἀναστροφή anastrophē G:N-F behaviour ἀνα-στροφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀναστρέφομαι) [in LXX: Tob.4:14, 2Ma.5:8 2Mac 6:23 * ;]
__1. a turning down or back, a wheeling about (Soph., Thuc., al.).
__2. In late writers (Polyb., al.; see: ἀναστρέφω, and cf. Hort on Jas.3:13; MM, VGT, see word), manner of life, behaviour, conduct: Gal.1:13, Eph.4:22, 1Ti.4:12, Heb.13:7, Jas.3:13, 1Pe.1:15 1:18 2:12 3:1-2 3:16, 2Pe.2:7 3:11.†
(AS) G0392 G0392 = G0392 ἀνατάσσω anatassō G:V to compile ἀνα-τάσσομαι
[in LXX only as seel. (Ald.) in Ecc.2:20 ;]
to arrange in order, bring together from memory (Blass., Phil. Gosp., 14 ff.; MM, VGT, see word): Luk.1:1.†
(AS) G0393 G0393 = G0393 ἀνατέλλω anatellō G:V to rise ἀνα-τέλλω
[in LXX for צָמַח, פָּרַח, זָרַח, etc. ;]
__1. trans., to cause to rise: Mat.5:45.
__2. Intrans., to rise: φῶς, Mat.4:16 (= Isa.9:1); ὁ ἥλιος, Mat.13:6, Mrk.4:6 16:2, Jas.1:11; νεφέλη, Luk.12:54; φωσφόρος, 2Pe.1:19; ὁ Κύριος, prob. with ref. to metaphorically of sun or star, Heb.7:14 (cf. ἐξ-ανατέλλω).†
(AS) G0394 G0394 = G0394 ἀνατίθημι anatithēmi G:V to set before ἀνα-τίθημι
[in LXX chiefly for חָרַם (Cremer, 546) ;]
to lay upon, set up, etc. Mid. -εμαι, in late writers (Plut., al.; see also MM, VGT, see word), to set forth, declare: Act.25:14, Gal.2:2.†
(AS) G0395 G0395 = G0395 ἀνατολή anatolē G:N-F east ἀνατολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀνατέλλω), [in LXX chiefly for מִזְרָח קָדִים ;]
__1. a rising: of light, Luk.1:78.
__2. the sun-rising, the east (MM, VGT, see word): Mat.2:2, 9, Rev.21:13; ἀ. ἡλίου, Rev.7:2 16:12 (WΗ, p1.); pl., Mat.2:1 8:11 24:27, Luk.13:29.†
(AS) G0396 G0396 = G0396 ἀνατρέπω anatrepō G:V to overturn ἀνα-τρέπω
[in LXX for דָּחָה, הָדַף, etc. ;]
to overturn, destroy: Jhn.2:15 WH, txt.; metaphorically, to subvert (MM, VGT, see word): 2Ti.2:18, Tit.1:11.†
(AS) G0397 G0397 = G0397 ἀνατρέφω anatrephō G:V to bring up ἀνα-τρέφω
[in LXX: Wis.7:4 B, 4Ma.10:2 4Mac 11:15 א* ;]
to nurse up, nourish, educate, bring up: Luk.4:16, WΗ, mg., Act.7:20-21 22:3.†
(AS) G0398 G0398 = G0398 ἀναφαίνω anaphainō G:V to appear ἀνα-φαίνομαι
[in LXX for צָדַק hi., גָּלַשׁ ;]
to bring to light, make to appear: ἀναφάναντες τ. Κύπρον, i.e. having sighted C.: Act.21:3 WH; pass., to appear, be made manifest: Luk.19:11
(AS) G0399 G0399 = G0399 ἀναφέρω anapherō G:V to carry up ἀνα-φέρω
[in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi., also for קָטַר hi., etc. ;]
__1. to carry or lead up: with accusative of person(s), Mat.17:1, Mrk.9:2; pass., Luk.24:51 (WH, rejects, R, mg. omits); ἀ. τ. ἁμαρτίας ἐπί τ. ξύλον (see Deiss., 135, 88 f.; ICC, in l; MM, VGT, see word): 1Pe.2:24.
__2. In LXX and NT, to bring to the altar, to offer (see Hort on 1Pe, l.with): θυσίας, etc., Heb.7:27 13:15, 1Pe.2:5; ἐπί τ. θυσιαστήριον, Jas.2:21 (see Mayor, in l).
__3. to bear, sustain (cf. Num.14:33, Isa.53:12): Heb.9:28.†
(AS) G0400 G0400 = G0400 ἀναφωνέω anaphōneō G:V to exclaim ἀνα-φωνέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for שָׁמַע hi., זָכַר hi. ;]
to cry out, exclaim: Luk.1:42 (Arist., al.).†
(AS) G0401 G0401 = G0401 ἀνάχυσις anachusis G:N-F outpouring ἀνά-χυσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀναχέω, to pour out),
a pouring out, overflowing, excess: metaphorically, 1Pe.4:4 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0402 G0402 = G0402 ἀναχωρέω anachōreō G:V to leave ἀνα-χωρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for בָּרַח, נוּם, etc. ;]
__1. to go back.
__2. to withdraw: Mat.9:24; frequently in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VGT, see word), Mat.2:12 (but see Thayer), Mat.2:13-14, 22 4:12 12:15 14:13 15:21 27:5, Mrk.3:7, Jhn.6:15, Act.23:19 26:31.†
(AS) G0403 G0403 = G0403 ἀνάψυξις anapsuxis G:N-F refreshment ἀνά-ψυξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀναψύχω), [in LXX: Exo.8:15 (רְוָחָה)* ;]
a refreshing: Act.3:19.†
(AS) G0404 G0404 = G0404 ἀναψύχω anapsuchō G:V to refresh ἀνα-ψύχω
[in LXX for נָפַשׁ ni., חָיָה, etc. (frequently in sense of revive, refresh oneself) ;]
to refresh: with accusative of person(s), 2Ti.1:16 (MM, VGT, see word; Cremer, 588).†
(AS) G0405 G0405 = G0405 ἀνδραποδιστής andrapodistēs G:N-M slave-trader ἀνδραποδιστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀνδράποδον, a slave, captured in war)
a slave-dealer, kidnapper: 1Ti.1:10 (see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0406 G0406 = G0406 Ἀνδρέας Andreas N:N-M-P Andrew Ἀνδρέας, -ου, ὁ
Andrew, the Apostle: Mat.4:18 10:2, Mrk.1:16, 29 3:18 13:3, Luk.6:14, Jhn.1:41, 45 6:8 12:22, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G0407 G0407 = G0407 ἀνδρίζω andrizō G:V to act like a man ἀνδρίζω
[in LXX for חָזַק אָמַץ (Jos.1:6 ff., 1Ch.22:19, al.; in 2Ki.10:12, Psa.27:14 31:24 combined with κρατιοῦσθαι, as in 1Co, l.with) ;]
to make a man of. Mid., to play the man (cf. MM, VGT, see word): 1Co.16:13.†
(AS) G0408 G0408 = G0408 Ἀνδρόνικος Andronikos N:N-M-P Andronicus Ἀνδρόνικος, -ου, ὁ
Andronicus: Rom.16:7.†
(AS) G0409 G0409 = G0409 ἀνδροφόνος androphonos G:N-M murderer ἀνδρο-φόνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: 2Ma.9:28 * ;]
a man-slayer: 1Ti.1:9 (cf. φονεύς, and see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0410 G0410 = G0410 ἀνέγκλητος anegklētos G:A irreproachable ἀν-έγκλητος, -ον
(ἀ-, ἐγκαλέω), [in LXX: 3Ma.5:31 * ;]
not to be called to account, unreprovable: 1Co.1:8, Col.1:22, 1Ti.3:10, Tit.1:6-7.†
SYN.: ἄμεμπτος, ἀνεπίλημπτος (see Tr., Syn., § ciii; Cremer, 742; MM, VGT, see word) (AS) G0411 G0411 = G0411 ἀνεκδιήγητος anekdiēgētos G:A indescribable ἀν-εκδιήγητος, -ον
(ἀ-, ἐκδιηγέομαι)
inexpressible: 2Co.9:15 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0412 G0412 = G0412 ἀνεκλάλητος aneklalētos G:A inexpressible ἀν-εκ-λάλητος, -ον
(ἀ-, ἐκλαλέω),
unspeakable: 1Pe.1:8.†
(AS) G0413 G0413 = G0413 ἀνέκλειπτος anekleiptos G:A inexhaustible ἀνέκλειπτος, -ον
(ἀ-, ἐκλείπω),
unfailing: Luk.12:33 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0414 G0414 = G0414 ἀνεκτός anektos G:A bearable αν-εκτός, -όν
(also in late Gk. -ή, -όν; ἀνέχομαι),
tolerable: compar., -ότερος, Mat.10:15 11:22, 24, Luk.10:12, 14 †
(AS) G0415 G0415 = G0415 ἀνελεήμων aneleēmōn G:A merciless ἀν-ελεήμων, -ον
(-ἀ, ἐλεήμων), [in LXX for אַכְזָר ;]
without mercy: Rom.1:13.†
(AS) G0416 G0416 = G0416 ἀνεμίζομαι anemizomai G:V be wind-blown ἀνεμίζω = Attic ἀνεμόω
(ἄνεμος);
pass.,
to be driven by the wind: Jas.1:6.†
(AS) G0417 G0417 = G0417 ἄνεμος anemos G:N-M wind ἄνεμος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for רוּחַ ;]
wind: Mat.11:7 14:24, 30 14:32, Mrk.4:37, 39 4:41 6:48, 51, Luk.7:24 8:23-24, Jhn.6:13, Act.27:7, 14-15, Jas.3:4, Rev.6:13 7:1; pl., Mat.7:25, 27 8:26-27, Luk.8:25, Act.27:4, Ju 12; οἱ τέσσαρες ἄ. τῆς γῆς, Rev.7:1; hence the four quarters of the heavens (see Deiss., BS, 248; MM, VGT, see word), Mat.24:31, Mrk.13:27; metaphorically, of variable teaching, Eph 414.†
SYN.: πνεῦμα, πνοή (and cf. θύελλα, λαῖλαψ). (AS) G0418 G0418 = G0418 ἀνένδεκτος anendektos G:A impossible ἀν-ένδεκτος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ἔνδεκτος; ἐνδέχομαι),
impossible, inadmissible: Luk.17:1.†
(AS) G0419 G0419 = G0419 ἀνεξερεύνητος anexereunētos G:A unsearchable ἀνεξεραύνητος
(Rec. -εύνητος, as in Attic; M, Pr., 46), -ον (ερευνάω), [in Sm. (-ευ-): Pr., 25:3 * ;]
unsearchable: Rom.11:33.†
(AS) G0420 G0420 = G0420 ἀνεξίκακος anexikakos G:A not resentful ἀνεξί-κακος, -ον
(fut., ἀνέξομαι, κακός)
patiently forbearing (cf. ἀνεξικακία, Wis.2:19; and see MM, VGT, see word): 2Ti.2:24.†
(AS) G0421 G0421 = G0421 ἀνεξιχνίαστος anexichniastos G:A unsearchable ἀνεξιχνίαστος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ἐξιχνιάζω, to track out; ἴχνος) [in LXX: Job.5:9 9:10 34:24 (חֵקֶר אַיִן)* ;]
that cannot be traced out: Rom.11:33, Eph.3:8 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0422 G0422 = G0422 ἀνεπαίσχυντος anepaischuntos G:A unashamed ἀν-επ-αίσχυντος, -ον
(ἐπαισχύνομαι)
not to be put to shame: 2Ti.2:15.†
(AS) G0423 G0423 = G0423 ἀνεπίληπτος anepilēptos G:A irreproachable ἀν-επί-λημπτος (Rec. -λμπτος; Bl., § 6, 8), -ον
(ἀ- ἐπιλαμβάνω)
without reproach: 1Ti.3:2 5:7 6:14.†
SYN.: ἀμεμπτος, ἀνέγκλητος. It is stronger than these, for it implies not only that the man is of good report, but that he is deservedly so (cf. MM, VGT, see word). (AS) G0424 G0424 = G0424 ἀνέρχομαι anerchomai G:V to go up ἀν-έρχομαι
[in LXX: 3Ki.13:12 (הָלַךְ)* ;]
to go up: Jhn.6:3, Gal.1:17-18 (cf. ἐπανέρχ-; and on its use of "going up " to the capital, MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0425 G0425 = G0425 ἄνεσις anesis G:N-F rest ἄνεσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀνίημι), [in LXX: 2Es.4.22 (שָׁלוּ), 2Ch.23:15, I Est.4:62, Wis.13:13, Sir.15:20 26:10 * ;]
a loosening, relaxation: Act.24:23 (RV, indulgence; cf. MM, VGT, see word); by St. Paul, opposite to θλίψις, expressed or understood, relief: 2Co.2:12 7:5 8:13, 2Th.1:7.†
SYN.: ἀνάπαυσις (which see).† (AS) G0426 G0426 = G0426 ἀνετάζω anetazō G:V to question ἀν-ετάζω
(ἀνά, ἐτάζω, to examine; see MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX: Jdg.6:29 (דָּרַשׁ), Est.2:23 (בָּקַשׁ), Da TH Su 1:14 * ;]
to examine judicially: Act.22:24, 29..†
(AS) G0427 G0427 = G0427 ἄνευ aneu G:PREP without ἄνευ
prep. with genitive (rarer than χωρίς, which see; cf. Ellic. on Eph.2:12; MM, VGT, 42),
without: Mat.10:29, 1Pe.3:1 4:9.†
(AS) G0428 G0428 = G0428 ἀνεύθετος aneuthetos G:A unsuitable ἀν-εύ-θετος, -ον
(see MM, VGT, see word)
not well placed, not fit: Act.27:12.†
(AS) G0429 G0429 = G0429 ἀνευρίσκω aneuriskō G:V to find ἀν-ευρίσκω
(ἀνά, εὑρίσκω), [in LXX: 4Ma.3:14 * ;]
to find out by search, discover (see Field, Notes, 47 f.): Luk.2:16, Act.21:4.†
(AS) G0430 G0430 = G0430 ἀνέχω anechō G:V to endure ἀν-έχω
[in LXX chiefly for אָפַק hithp. ;]
to hold up; in NT always mid., to bear with, endure: in cl. most frequently with accusative, but in NT with genitive of person(s), Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Luk.9:41, 2Co.11:1 11:19, Eph.4:2, Col.3:13; before μικρόν τι, with genitive of person(s) and with genitive of thing(s), 2Co.11:1; with dative of thing(s), 2Th.1:4 (v M, Th., in l); before εἴ τις, 2Co.11:20; absol., 1Co.4:12, 2Co.11:4; to bear with = to listen to, with genitive of person(s), Act.18:14; with genitive of thing(s), 2Ti.4:3, Heb.13:22 (cf. προσανέχω and MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0431 G0431 = G0431 ἀνεψιός anepsios G:N-M cousin ἀνεψιός, -οῦ, ὁ
(cf. Lat. nepos), [in LXX: Num.36:11 ( בֵּן דּוֹד), Tob.7:2 9:6 א * ;]
a cousin: Col.4:10 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0432 G0432 = G0432 ἄνηθον anēthon G:N-N dill anise, dill , (Aristophanes Comicus); ionic ἄννησον or ἄνησον (Herdotus Historicus); aeolic ἄννητον, or ἄνητον, (Sapho). (ML) G0433 G0433 = G0433 ἀνήκω anēkō G:V be fitting ἀν-ήκω
(ἀνά, ἥκω), [in LXX: Jos.23:14 (בּוֹא), 1Ki.27:8, Sir. prol.10, 1, 2 Mac6* ;]
prop., to have come up to; in later writers, impers. it is due, it is befitting: in ethical sense (MM, VGT, see word), Eph.5:4, Col.3:18; τὸ ἀνῆκον, Phm 8.†
(AS) G0434 G0434 = G0434 ἀνήμερος anēmeros G:A brutal ἀν-ήμερος, -ον
(ἀ-, ἥμερο ),
not tame, savage (MM, VGT, see word): 2Ti.3:3.†
(AS) G0435 G0435G = G0435G ἀνήρ anēr G:N-M man ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, frequently אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc. ;]
a man, Lat. vir.
__1. As opposite to a woman, Act.8:12, 1Ti.2:12; as a husband, Mat.1:16, Jhn.4:16, Rom.7:2, Tit.1:6.
__2. As opposite to a boy or infant, 1Co.13:11, Eph.4:13, Jas.3:2.
__3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Luk.5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; frequently in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Act.1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Act.22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35.
__4. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Luk.8:41, Act.6:11.
SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, which see (cf. MM, VGT, see word). (AS) G0435 G0435H = a Meaning of G0435G ἀνήρ anēr G:N-M man: husband ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, frequently אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc. ;]
a man, Lat. vir.
__1. As opposite to a woman, Act.8:12, 1Ti.2:12; as a husband, Mat.1:16, Jhn.4:16, Rom.7:2, Tit.1:6.
__2. As opposite to a boy or infant, 1Co.13:11, Eph.4:13, Jas.3:2.
__3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Luk.5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; frequently in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Act.1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Act.22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35.
__4. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Luk.8:41, Act.6:11.
SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, which see (cf. MM, VGT, see word). (AS) G0436 G0436 = G0436 ἀνθίστημι anthistēmi G:V to oppose ἀνθ-ίοτημι
(ἀντί, ἵστημι), [in LXX for עָמַד, יָצַב, etc. ;]
__1. in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act., causal, to set against.
__2. In mid, and pass., also pf. and 2 aor. act., to withstand, resist, oppose: with dative, Mat.5:39, Luk.21:15, Act.6:10 13:8, Rom.9:19 13:2, Gal.2:11, Eph.6:13, 2Ti.3:8 4:15, Jas.4:7, 1Pe.5:9.†
(AS) G0437 G0437 = G0437 ἀνθομολογέομαι anthomologeomai G:V to praise ἀνθ-ομολογέομαι, -οῦμαι
(ἀντί, ὁμολογέομαι) [in LXX: Psa.79:13 (יָדָה), Dan LXX 4:34 (שְׁבַח), I Est.8:91, Sir.20:2, 3Ma.6:33 * ;]
__1. to make a mutual agreement (Dem., Polyb.).
__2. to acknowledge fully, confess (Diod., Polyb., cf. 1Esdras, l.with).
__3. C. dative of person(s), to declare one's praises, speak fully in prayer or thanksgiving, give thanks to (cf. Ps, l.with): Luk.2:38 (Cremer, 771; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0438 G0438 = G0438 ἄνθος anthos G:N-N flower ἄνθος, -εος, τό
[in LXX for צִיץ, etc. ;]
a flower: Jas.1:10-11. 1Pe.1:24" (LXX) .†
(AS) G0439 G0439 = G0439 ἀνθρακιά anthrakia G:N-F charcoal fire ἀνθρακιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(ἄνθραξ), [in LXX: Sir.11:32, 4Ma.9:20 * ;]
a heap of burning coals: Jhn.18:18 21:9.†
(AS) G0440 G0440 = G0440 ἄνθραξ anthrax G:N-M charcoal ἄνθραξ, -ακος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for גֶּחֶל ;]
coal, charcoal: . ἄ. πυρός, a burning coal, Rom.12:20.†
(AS) G0441 G0441 = G0441 ἀνθρωπάρεσκος anthrōpareskos G:N people-pleaser ἀνθρωπ-άρεσκος, -ον
(ἄνθρωπος, ἄρεσκος, pleasing), [in LXX: Psa.53:5 * ;]
studying to please men: Eph.6:6, Col.3:22 (Cremer, 642; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0442 G0442 = G0442 ἀνθρώπινος anthrōpinos G:A human ἀνθρώπινος, -η, ον
(ἄνθρωπος), [in LXX for אָדָם, אֱנוֹשׁ ;]
human, belonging to man: χεῖρες, Act.17:25; σοφία, 1Co.2:13; φύσις, Jas.3:7; κτίσις, 1Pe.2:13 (MM, VGT, see word); ἀ. ἡμέρα, opposite to ἡ ἡμ. (1Co.3:13, God's Judgment-Day), human judgment, 1Co.4:3 (see Lft., Notes, 198); πειρασμὸς ἀ., temptation such as man can bear (AV, such as is common to man, see Field, Notes, 175), 1Co.10:13; ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, I speak in human fashion, with words not properly weighed, Rom.6:19 (see Field, Notes, 156).†
(AS) G0443 G0443 = G0443 ἀνθρωποκτόνος anthrōpoktonos G:N-M murderer ἀνθρωποκτόνος, -ον
(κτείνω, to kill)
a murderer, manslayer (Eur.; see MM, VGT, see word): Jhn.8:44, 1Jn.3:16.†
SYN.: φονεύς, ἀνδροφόνος (see Tr., Syn, § 83) (AS) G0444 G0444 = G0444 ἄνθρωπος anthrōpos G:N-M a human ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ ,אָדָם, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc. ;]
man:
__1. generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo): Jhn.16:21; with art., Mat.4:4 12:35, Mrk.2:27, Jhn.2:25, Rom.7:1, al; disting. from God, Mat.19:6, Jhn.10:33, Col.3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mat.4:19, Luk.5:10, Rev.9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, 1Co.3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, 1Co.2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, 1Pe.4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, 1Co.3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν (λαλεῖν), Rom.3:5, 1Co.9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Gal.3:15 (cf. 1Co.15:32, Gal.1:11); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω (ἔξω) ἄ., Rom.7:22, Eph.3:16, 2Co.4:16 (cf. 1Pe.3:4); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Rom.6:6, Eph.2:15 4:22, 24 Col.3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mat.13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ.); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mat.13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mat.27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Act.21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Act.16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mat.5:13, 16 Mrk.8:24, Jhn.4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mrk.11:2, 1Ti.6:16.
__2. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mat.17:14, Mrk.12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mat.18:12, Jhn.5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on), Rom.3:28, Gal.2:16, al.; opposite to women, servants, etc., Mat.10:36 19:10, Jhn.7:22, 23.
__3. Definitely, with art., of some particular person; Mat.12:13, Mrk.3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Luk.14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mrk.14:71, Mat.12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, 2Th.2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אִישׁ אֱלֹהִים), 1Ti.6:11, 2Ti.3:17, 2Pe.1:21; ὁ υἰὸς τοῦ ἀ., see: υἱός.
SYN.: ἀνήρ, which see (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635). (AS) G0445 G0445 = G0445 ἀνθυπατεύω anthupateuō G:V to be proconsul ἀνθ-υπατεύω
(see next word),
to be proconsul: Act.18:12 Rec. (see: ἀνθύπατος).†
(AS) G0446 G0446 = G0446 ἀνθύπατος anthupatos G:N-M proconsul ἀνθύπατος -ου, ὁ
(ἀντί, ὕπατος, altern. for ὑπέρτατος),
supreme, a consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator of a senatorial province (cf. ἡγεμών, and see MM, VGT, 44): Act.13:7-8, 12 18:12 19:38.†
(AS) G0447 G0447 = G0447 ἀνίημι aniēmi G:V to loosen/leave ἀν-ίημι
(ἀνά, ἵημι), [in LXX for רָפָה, נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
__1. to send up, produce, to send back.
__2. to let go, leave without support: Heb.13:5 (cf. Deu.31:6; Hom., Iliad., ii, 71).
__3. to relax, loosen (see Field, Notes, 124 f.): Act.16:26 27:40; hence, metaphorically, to give up, desist from: Eph.6:9.†
(AS) G0448 G0448 = G0448 ἀνίλεως anileōs G:A merciless ἀν-έλεος, -ον (Attic ἀνηλεής, ἀνελεήμων; MM, VGT, see word),
merciless: Jas.2:13.†
(AS) G0449 G0449 = G0449 ἄνιπτος aniptos G:A unwashed ἄνιπτος, -ον
(ἀ. neg., νίπτω),
unwashed: Mat.15:20, Mrk.7:5 (5 Rec).†
(AS) G0450 G0450 = G0450 ἀνίστημι anistēmi G:V to arise ἀνίστημι (ἀνά, ἵστημι),
[in LXX chiefly for קוּם ;]
__1. causal, in fut. and 1 aor. act., with accusative, to raise up: Act.9:41; from death, Jhn.6:39, Act.2:32; to raise up, cause to be born or appear: Mat.22:24, Act.3:22, 26.
__2. Intrans., in mid. and 2 aor act.;
__(a) to rise: from lying, Mrk.1:35; from sitting, Luk.4:16; to leave a place, Mat.9:9; pleonastically, as Heb. קוּם, before verbs of going, Mrk.10:1, al. (see Dalman, Words, 23; M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mat.17:23, Mrk.8:31; before ἐκ νεκρῶν, Mat.17:9, Mrk.9:9;
__(b) to arise, appear: Act.5:36, Rom.15:12 (cf. ἐπ-, ἐξ- ἀνίστημι, and see Cremer, 306, 738; MM, VGT, see word).
SYN.: ἐγείρω.
(AS) G0451 G0451 = G0451 Ἄννα Anna N:N-F-P Anna Ἄννα, -ας, ἡ (Heb. חָנָה),
Anna, a prophetess: Luk.2:36.†
(AS) G0452 G0452 = G0452 Ἄννας Annas N:N-M-P Annas Ἄννας, -α (FlJ, Ἄνανος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. חָנַן),
Annas, the high priest: Luk.3:2, Jhn.18:13-24, Act.4:6.†
(AS) G0453 G0453 = G0453 ἀνόητος anoētos G:A foolish ἀ-νόητος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., νοητός; νοέω), [in LXX: Pro.17:28 (אֱוִיל), Sir.42:8, al. ;]
__1. not thought on, not understood (Hom., Plat.).
__2. not understanding, foolish (Hdt., al., LXX): Luk.24:25, Rom.1:14, Gal.3:1, 3, 1Ti.6:9, Tit.3:3 (Cremer, 438, 790; MM, VGT, see word).†
SYN.: ἀσύνετος (see Tr., Syn., § LXXv) (AS) G0454 G0454 = G0454 ἄνοια anoia G:N-F folly ἀνοια, -ας, ἡ
(ἄ-νοος, without understanding), [in LXX: Pro.14:8, 2215 (אִוֶּלֶת), Wis.15:18, al. ;]
folly, foolishness: 2Ti.3:9; expressed in violent rage (cf. Plat., Tim., 86B): Luk.6:11.†
(AS) G0455 G0455 = G0455 ἀνοίγω anoigō G:V to open ἀν-οίγω
(ἀνά, οἴγω = οἴγνυμι) [in LXX chiefly for פָּתַח ;]
to open;
__1. trans., with accusative; a door or gate, Act.5:19 12:14, Rev.4:1; pass., Act.12:10 16:26-27; metaphorically of opportunity or welcome, Act.14:27, Col.4:3, Rev.3:20; pass., 1Co.16:9, 2Co.2:12, Rev.3:8; absol. (sc. θύραν), Act.5:23 12:16; with dative of person(s), Luk.12:36, Jhn.10:3; metaphorically, Mat.7:7-8 25:11, Luk.11:9-10 13:25, Rev.3:7; θησαυρούς (Sir.43:14), Mat.2:11; τ. μνημεῖα, Mat.27:52; τάφος, Rom.3:13; τ. φρέαρ, Rev.9:2; of heaven, Mat.3:16, Luk.3:21, Act.10:11, Rev.11:19 15:5 19:11; σφραγῖδα, Rev.5:9 6:1 ff. Rev.8:1; βιβλίον, βιβλαρίδιον, Luk.4:17, Rev.5:2-5 10:2, 8 20:12; τ. στόμα, Mat.17:27; id. Hebraistically (Num.22:28, Job.3:1, Isa.50:5, al.), of beginning to speak, Mat.5:2, Act.8:32, 35 10:34 18:14; before εἰς βλαιφημίας, Rev.13:6; ἐν παραβολαῖς (Psa.78:2), Mat.13:35; of recovering speech, Luk.1:64; of the earth opening, Rev.12:16; τ. ὀφθαλμoύς, Act.9:8, 40; id. with genitive of person(s), of restoring sight, Mat.9:30 20:33, Jhn.9:1ff; 10.21, 11:37ff ; metaphorically, Act.26:18; ἀκοάς, with genitive of person(s), of restoring hearing, Mrk.7:35.
__2. Intrans. in 2 pf., ἀνέῳγα (M, Pr., 154); heaven, Jhn.1:51; τ. στόμα, before πρός, of speaking freely, 2Co.6:11 (cf. δι-ανοίγω and see MM, VGT, 45).†
(AS) G0456 G0456 = G0456 ἀνοικοδομέω anoikodomeō G:V to rebuild ἀν-οικο-δομέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for בָּנָה, גָּדַר ;]
to build. again, rebuild (MM, VGT, see word): Act.15:16.†
(AS) G0457 G0457 = G0457 ἄνοιξις anoixis G:N-F opening ἄνοιξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀνοίγω),
an opening (in MGr., springtime): ἐν ἀ., as often as I open, Eph.6:19.†
(AS) G0458 G0458 = G0458 ἀνομία anomia G:N-F lawlessness ἀνομία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄνομος), [in LXX for עָוֺן, פָּשַׁע, פֶּשַׁע, תּוֹעֵבַה, רֶשַׁע, etc. ;]
lawlessness, iniquity: Mat.7:23 13:41 23:28 24:12, Rom.6:19, 2Co.6:14, 2Th.2:3 2:7, Tit.2:14, Heb.1:9, 1Jn.3:4; in pl. (as LXX, Psa.31:1, al.; see 131., § 32, 6; Swete, Mk., 153), of acts or manifestations of lawlessness: Rom.4:7 (LXX), Heb.10:17.†
SYN.: see: ἁμάρτημα, ἄνομος (AS) G0459 G0459 = G0459 ἄνομος anomos G:A lawless ἄ-νομος, -ον
(ἀ. neg., νόμος), [in LXX for עָוֺן, פָּשַׁע, רֶשַׁע, etc. ;]
__1. lawless, wicked: Mrk.15:28, Luk.22:37, Act.2:23, 1Ti.1:9, 2Pe.2:8; ὁ ἄ., 2Th.2:8 (= ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας, 2Th.2:3).
__2. without law (= οἱ μὴ ὑπὸ νόμον, Rom.2:14): 1Co.9:21 (MM, VGT, see word).
† SYN.: see: ἄθεσμος (AS) G0460 G0460 = G0460 ἀνόμως anomōs G:ADV without law ἀνόμως,
adv. [in LXX: 2Mac 817* ;]
__1. lawlessly (2Mac, l.with).
__2. = χωρὶς νόμου, without law: Rom.2:12.†
(AS) G0461 G0461 = G0461 ἀνορθόω anorthoō G:V to restore ἀν-ορθόω, -ῶ
(ἀνά, ὀρθόω, to set straight, set up), [in LXX chiefly for כּוּן hi. ;]
to set upright or straight again, restore: of persons, Luk.13:13, Heb.12:12; of things, σκηνήν, Act.15:16 (MM, VGT, see word; Cremer, 807).†
(AS) G0462 G0462 = G0462 ἀνόσιος anosios G:A unholy ἀν-όσιος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ὅσιος), [in LXX: Eze.22:9 (זִמָּה, Wis.12:4, 2Ma.7:34 2Mac 8:32, 3Ma.2:2 3Mac 5:7, 4Ma.12:11 * ;]
unholy, profane (Cremer, 464): 1Ti.1:9, 2Ti.3:2 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0463 G0463 = G0463 ἀνοχή anochē G:N-F tolerance ἀνοχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀνέχω, -ομαι), [in LXX: 1Ma.12:25 (RV, respite)* ;]
__1. in cl., a holding back, delaying (MM, VGT, see word).
__2. forbearance, delay of punishment: Rom.2:4 3:26.†
SYN.: μακροθυμία, ὑπομονή. ἀ., forbearance, is the result and expression of μ., which involves the idea of tolerance, long-suffering, as God with sinners. ὑ. expresses patience with respect to things, as μ. with persons; it is active as well as passive, denotes not merely endurance but perseverance (see Tr., Syn., § liii; Lft., Notes, 259, 273; DB, ii, 47). (AS) G0464 G0464 = G0464 ἀνταγωνίζομαι antagōnizomai G:V to struggle ἀντ-αγωνίζομαι depon.,
[in LXX: 4Ma.17:14 * ;]
to struggle against: before πρός, with accusative, Heb.12:4.†
(AS) G0465 G0465 = G0465 ἀντάλλαγμα antallagma G:N-N in exchange ἀντ-άλλαγμα, -τος, τό
(ἀντί, ἄλλαγμα; ἀλλάσσω) [in LXX chiefly for מְחִיר ;]
an exchange, the price received as an equivalent for an article of commerce: Mat.16:26, Mrk.8:37 (cf. Sir.26:14; and see Swete, Mk., l.with; Cremer, 90).†
(AS) G0466 G0466 = G0466 ἀνταναπληρόω antanaplēroō G:V to fill again ἀντ-ανα-πληρόω, -ῶ
(ἀντί, ἀναπληρόω),
to fill up in turn: Col.1:24 (see Lft., in l; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0467 G0467 = G0467 ἀνταποδίδωμι antapodidōmi G:V to repay ἀντ-απο-δίδωμι
(ἀντί ἀποδίδωμι), [in LXX for שָׁלַם pi., גָּמַל, שׁוּב hi., etc. ;]
to give back as an equivalent, recompense, requital (the ἀντί ex­pressing the idea of full, complete return; see Lft., Notes, 46);
__(a) in favourable sense: Luk.14:14, Rom.11:35, 1Th.3:9;
__(b) in unfavourable sense: Rom.12:19, 2Th.1:6, Heb.10:30.†
(AS) G0468 G0468 = G0468 ἀνταπόδομα antapodoma G:N-N repayment ἀντ-από-δομα, -τος, τό
(ἀνταποδίδωμι) [in LXX chiefly for גְּמוּל ;] ( = cl. -δοσις, which see)
requital;
__(a) in favourable sense: Luk.14:12;
__(b) in unfavourable sense: Rom.11:9.†
(AS) G0469 G0469 = G0469 ἀνταπόδοσις antapodosis G:N-F reward ἀντ-από-δοσις, -εως, ἡ
(see supr.), [in LXX chiefly for גְּמוּל, שִׁלּוּם ;]
recompense: Col.3:24 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0470 G0470 = G0470 ἀνταποκρίνομαι antapokrinomai G:V to contradict ἀντ-απο-κρίνομαι
(ἀντί, ἀποκρίνω), [in LXX: Jdg.5:29, Job.16:9 (8) Job.32:12 (עָנָה)* ;]
to answer again, reply against: before πρός, with accusative of thing(s), Luk.14:6; with dative of person(s), Rom.9:20.†
(AS) G0471 G0471 = G0471 ἀντεῖπον anteipon G:V to contradict ἀντ-εῖπον
(άντί, εἶτον), [in LXX for H7725 hi., דָבַר pi., עָנָה, etc. ;]
__2 2 aor., without present in use, to speak against, gainsay: Luk.21:15, Act.4:14.†
(AS) G0472 G0472 = G0472 ἀντέχω antechō G:V to cling to ἀντ-ὲχω
(ἀντί, ἔχω), [in LXX for חָזַק hi., etc. ;]
__1. trans., to hold against.
__2. Intrans., to withstand. Mid. 1. in cl., to hold out against.
__3. (cf. MM, VGT, see word), to hold firmly to, cleave to: with genitive (see Bl., § 36, 2), Mat.6:24, Luk.16:13, 1Th.5:14 (see M, Th., in l), Tit.1:9.†
(AS) G0473 G0473 = G0473 ἀντί anti G:PREP for ἀντί
(the ι is elided only in ἀνθ᾽ ὧν), prep. with genitive (cf. MM, VGT, see word);
__1. prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence
__2. instead of, in place of, for (Hom., etc.): Mat.5:38 17:27, Luk.11:11, 1Co.11:15, Heb.12:2; with artic. inf. (cl.), Jas.4:15; of succession, Mat.2:22; χάριν ἀ. χάριτος, Jhn.1:16 (M, Pr., 100); of price in exchange, Heb.12:16; λύτρον ἀ. πολλῶν, Mat.20:28, Mrk.10:45 (M, Pr., 105); of requital, Rom.12:17, 1Th.5:16, 1Pe.3:9 (cf. Wis.11:15); ἀνθ᾽ ὧν, because, Luk.1:20 19:44, Act.12:23, 2Th.2:10 (cl., LXX for אֲשֶׁר תַּחַת); id. therefore (cl., LXX), Luk.12:3; ἀ. τούτου (LXX for כֵּן נַעֲרָה)Eph.5:31. As a prefix, ἀντι- (before vowels ἀντ-, ἀνθ᾽-), denotes
__(a) over against, ἀντιπέραν;
__(b) co-operation, ἀντιβάλλειν;
__(with) requital, ἀντιμισθία;
__(d) opposition, ἀντίχριστος;
__(e) substitution, ἀνθύπατος.
Compounds of ἀ. usually govern dative (B1., § 37, 7).†
(AS) G0474 G0474 = G0474 ἀντιβάλλω antiballō G:V to discuss ἀντι-βάλλω
[in LXX: 2Ma.11:13 * ;]
to throw in turn, exchange: metaphorically, λόγους (cf. Lat. conferre sermons; see Field, Notes, 81), Luk.24:17.†
(AS) G0475 G0475 = G0475 ἀντιδιατίθημι antidiatithēmi G:V to oppose ἀντι-δια-τίθημι
in mid, to place oneself in opposition, oppose: 2Ti.2:25 (EV; but see Field, Notes, 215 f.; cf. MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0476 G0476 = G0476 ἀντίδικος antidikos G:N-M opponent ἀντίδικος, -ον
(δίκη), [in LXX for רִיב ;]
as subst., an opponent in a lawsuit, adversary: Mat.5:25, Luk.12:58 18:3, 1Pe.5:8 (Cremer, 696; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0477 G0477 = G0477 ἀντίθεσις antithesis G:N-F opposition ἀντί-θεσις, -εως, ή
(τίθημι),
opposition: 1Ti.6:20.†
(AS) G0478 G0478 = G0478 ἀντικαθίστημι antikathistēmi G:V to resist ἀντι-καθ-ίστημι
[in LXX: Deu.31:21 (עָנָה), Jos.5:7, Mic.2:8 (קוּם) * ;]
__1. causal in Pres. imperfect fut. and 1 aor.; to replace, oppose.
__2. Intrans. in pass. and 2 aor. act.;
__(a) to supersede;
__(b) to resist: Heb.12:4.†
(AS) G0479 G0479 = G0479 ἀντικαλέω antikaleō G:V to invite in return to invite in turn , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G0480 G0480 = G0480 ἀντίκειμαι antikeimai G:V be an opponent ἀντί-κειμαι
[in LXX for אָיַב, צוּר, שָׂטַן, etc. ;]
__1. to lie opposite to.
__2. to oppose, withstand, resist: with dative, Luk.13:17 21:15, Gal.5:17, 1Ti.1:10; as participial subst. (ὁ) ἀντικείμενος, 1Co.16:9, Php.1:28, 2Th.2:4, 1Ti.5:14 (Cremer, 746).†
(AS) G0481 G0481 = G0481 ἀντικρύ antikru G:ADV opposite ἄντικρυς
(Tr. -ύς, Rec. ἀντικρύ), adv. (ἀντί) [in LXX: Neh.12:8 (נֶגֶד), 3Ma.5:16 * ;]
in cl., outright; in κοινή (= cl. καταντικρύ), over against: Act.20:15 (see Bl., § 5, 4; 40, 7; Rutherford, NPhr., 500 f.; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0482 G0482 = G0482 ἀντιλαμβάνω antilambanō G:V to help ἀντι-λαμβάνω
[frequently in LXX for חָזַק hi., סָמַךְ, etc ;]
to take instead of or in turn. Mid., with genitive, to take hold of;
__(a) of persons, to help (see MM, VGT, see word): Luk.1:54, Act.20:35;
__(b) of things, to partake of: 1Ti.6:2 (see Field, Notes, 210; Cremer, 386; and cf. συν-αντιλαμβάνω).†
(AS) G0483 G0483 = G0483 ἀντιλέγω antilegō G:V to dispute ἀντι-λέγω
[in LXX: Hos.4:4 (רִיב hi.), Isa.50:5 (סוּג ni.) Isa.22:22 65:2, Sir.4:25, 3Ma.2:28, 4Ma.4:7 4Mac 8:2 * ;]
cοntradict, oppose, resist (see Field, Notes, 106; MM, VGT, see word); absol.: Act.28:19, Rom.10:21, Tit.1:9 2:9; with dative, Jhn.19:12, Act.13:45; with accusative and inf., Luk.20:27 T; pass., Luk.2:34, Act.28:22.†
(AS) G0484 G0484 = G0484 ἀντίληψις antilēpsis G:N-F help ἀντί-λημψις (Rec. -ληψις; see MM, VGT see word; M, Pr., 56), -εως, ἡ
(ἀντιλαμβάνομαι) [in LXX for עֹז, זְרוֹעַ, etc., frequently in Psa.2:1-12,3Mac.; frequently also in π. in petitions to the Ptolemies in sense of βοήθεια (see Deiss., LAE, 107; BS, 92, 223) ;]
__1. cl. a laying hold of, an exchange.
__2. Hellenistic (LXX, π.) help: pl. of ministrations of deacons; 1Co.12:28 (DB, ii, 347 f.; Cremer, 386).†
(AS) G0485 G0485 = G0485 ἀντιλογία antilogia G:N-F dispute ἀντιλογία, -ας ἡ
(ἀντιλέγω), [in LXX chiefly for רִיב ;]
gain-saying, strife (the latter sense being found in π.; see MM, VGT, see word; cf. Field, Notes, 106): Heb.6:16 7:7 12:3, Ju 11.†
(AS) G0486 G0486 = G0486 ἀντιλοιδορέω antiloidoreō G:V to retaliate to rail at or abuse in turn , (New Testament); Mid., with accusative rei, (Lucian) (ML) G0487 G0487 = G0487 ἀντίλυτρον antilutron G:N-N ransom ἀντί-λυτρον, -ου, τό
[in Al.: Psa.49:9 * ;]
a ransom: 1Ti.2:6 (see CGT, in l; and cf. λύτρον).†
(AS) G0488 G0488 = G0488 ἀντιμετρέω antimetreō G:V to return ἀντι-μετρέω, -ῶ
to measure in return: Luk.6:38 (WH, mg., μετρέω).†
(AS) G0489 G0489 = G0489 ἀντιμισθία antimisthia G:N-F recompense ἀντιμισθία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀντίμισθος, for a reward)
a reward, requital: in good sense, 2Co.6:13; in bad sense, Rom.1:27 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0490 G0490G = G0490G Ἀντιόχεια Antiocheia N:N-F-L Antioch Ἀντιόχεια, -ας, ἡ
Antioch;
__1. in Syria: Act.11:19-22, 26-27 13:1 14:26 15:22-23, 30 15:35 18:22, Gal.2:11
__2. In Pisidia: Act.13:14 14:19, 21, 2Ti.3:11.†
(AS) G0490 G0490H = G0490H Ἀντιόχεια Antiocheia N:N-F-L Antioch Ἀντιόχεια, -ας, ἡ
Antioch;
__1. in Syria: Act.11:19-22, 26-27 13:1 14:26 15:22-23, 30 15:35 18:22, Gal.2:11
__2. In Pisidia: Act.13:14 14:19, 21, 2Ti.3:11.†
(AS) G0491 G0491 = a Group member of G0490G Ἀντιοχεύς Antiocheus N:N--LG Antiochian Ἀντιοχεύς, -έως, ὁ
a citizen of Antioch, an Antiochian: Act.6:5.†
(AS) G0492 G0492 = G0492 ἀντιπαρέρχομαι antiparerchomai G:V to pass ἀντι-παρ-έρχομαι
[in LXX: Wis.16:10 * ;]
to pass by opposite to: Luk.10:31-32 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0493 G0493 = G0493 Ἀντίπας Antipas N:N-M-P Antipas Ἀντίπας (T, Ἀντείπας), -α (in some MSS. it appears to be indecl.; but see M, Pro.12:1-28; it is abbrev. from Ἀντίπατρος), ὁ,
Antipas: Rev.2:13.†
(AS) G0494 G0494 = G0494 Ἀντιπατρίς Antipatris N:N--L Antipatris Ἀντιπατρίς, -ίδος, ἡ
Antipatris, bet. Joppa and Caesarea: Act.23:31.†
(AS) G0495 G0495 = G0495 ἀντιπέραν antiperan G:PREP opposite ἀντί-περα (Rec. ἀντιπέραν, LTr. ἀντιπέρα) adv., = cl. ἀντιπέρας (MM, VGT, 49),
on the opposite side: with genitive, Luk.8:26.†
(AS) G0496 G0496 = G0496 ἀντιπίπτω antipiptō G:V to resist ἀντι-πίπτω
[in LXX: Exo.26:5 (קָבַל), Exo.26:17 (שׁוּב), Num.27:14 (מְרִיבָה) Job.23:13 (שָׁלַב hi.) * ;]
__1. to fall against or upon (Arist., Polyb.).
__2. to strive against, resist (Arist.): with dative, Act.7:51
(AS) G0497 G0497 = G0497 ἀντιστρατεύομαι antistrateuomai G:V to wage war against ἀντι-στρατεύομαι
to make war against: with dative, Rom.7:23.†
(AS) G0498 G0498 = G0498 ἀντιτάσσω antitassō G:V to resist ἀντι-τάσσω (Att..., -ττω)
[in LXX for לוּץ hi., נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
to range on battle against; mid., to set oneself against, resist: absol., Act.18:6; with dative, Rom.13:2, Jas.4:6 5:6, 1Pe.5:5 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0499 G0499 = G0499 ἀντίτυπος antitupos G:A representation ἀντί-τυπος, -ον
(see: τύπος), [in LXX: Est.3:13 A * ;]
__1. active striking back; metaphorically, resisting, adverse.
__2. Pass. struck back; metaphorically, corres­ponding to (MM, VGT, see word);
__(a) as impression of a seal or copy of an archetype (τύπος) (RV, Like in pattern), Heb.9:24;
__(b) as the reality (of which τύπος is the copy or adumbration) (RV, after a true likeness), 1Pe.3:21 (Cramer, 357).†
(AS) G0500 G0500 = G0500 ἀντίχριστος antichristos G:N-M antichrist άντι-χριατος, -ον, ό
Antichrist, "one who assuming the guise of Christ opposes Christ" (Westc., Epp. Jo., 70): 1Jn.2:18 Jn 2:22 Jn 4:3, 1Jn.1:7 pl. 1Jn.2:18 (cf. ψευδόχριστος, and see MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0501 G0501 = G0501 ἀντλέω antleō G:V to draw ἀντλέω, -ῶ
(ἄντλος, bilge-water in a hold), [in LXX for שָׁאַב, etc. ;]
__1. prop., to bale out.
__2. Generally, to draw water: absol., Jhn.2:8 4:15; ὕδωρ, Jhn.2:9 4:7 (on its use of the water made wine, see DCG, ii, 815a; MM, VGT, see word; Field, Notes, 84 f.).†
(AS) G0502 G0502 = G0502 ἄντλημα antlēma G:N-N bucket ἄντλημα, -τος, τό
(ἀντλέω),
__(a) prop., what is drawn (Diosc.);
__(b) a vessel to draw with, a bucket (Plut.; see Abbott, Essays, 88): Jhn.4:11.†
(AS) G0503 G0503 = G0503 ἀντοφθαλμέω antophthalmeō G:V to face ἀντοφθαλμέω, -ῶ
(ἀντί, ὀφθαλμός), [in LXX: Wis.12:14 * ;]
to look in the face, look straight at (Polyb.). Metaphorical, to face, withstand (Wis, l.with, Polyb.): with dative, ἀ. τ. ἀνέμῳ, as nautical term, to beat up against the wind (see DB, ext., 366 f.; MM, VGT, see word): Act.27:15.†
(AS) G0504 G0504 = G0504 ἄνυδρος anudros G:A waterless ἄνυδρος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ὕδωρ) [in LXX for צִיָּה, יְשִׁימוֹן (γῆ ἄ), etc. ;]
waterless: τόποι, Mat.12:43, Luk.11:24; πηγαί, 2Pe.2:17; νεφέλαι, Ju 12 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0505 G0505 = G0505 ἀνυπόκριτος anupokritos G:A genuine ἀν-υπόκριτος, -ον
(ά- neg., ὑποκρίνομαι) [in LXX: Wis.5:18 18:16 * ;]
unfeigned: Rom.12:9, 2Co.6:6, 1Ti.1:5, 2Ti.1:5, Jas.3:17, 1Pe.1:22 (Cremer, 380; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0506 G0506 = G0506 ἀνυπότακτος anupotaktos G:A insubordinate ἀνυπότακτος, -ον
(ά- neg., ὑποτάσσω) [in Sm.: 1Ki.2:12 10:27 (for LXX, λοιμός, בֵּן בְּלִיַּעַל)* ;]
of things, not subject to rule: Heb.2:8; of persons, unruly: 1Ti.1:9, Tit.1:6, 10 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0507 G0507 = G0507 ἄνω anō G:ADV above ἄνω
adv (ἀνά),
__(a) up, upwards: Jhn.11:41, Heb.12:15;
__(b) above (opposite to κάτω): Act_2:19; with art. ἡ, Gal.4:26, Php.3:14; τά, Jhn.8:23, Col.3:1-2; ἕως ἄ. (up to the brim), Jhn.2:7 (Cremer, 106; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0508 G0508 = G0508 ἀνώγεον anōgeon G:N-N an upper room ἀνάγαιον (Rec. ἀνώγεον; on the form, see Rutherford, NPhr., 357 f.; MM, VGT, see word), -ου, τό
(ἀνά, γῆ),
an upper room: Mrk.14:15, Luk.22:12.†
SYN.: ὑπερῷον (AS) G0509 G0509 = G0509 ἄνωθεν anōthen G:ADV from above/again ἄνωθεν
adv (ἄνω),
__(a) from above: ἀπὸ ἄ., Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38; ἐκ τῶν ἄ., Jhn.19:28; meaning, from heaven: Jhn.3:31 19:11, Jas.1:17 3:15, 17 .
__(b) from the first, from the beginning: Luk.1:3, Act.26:5; whence
__(with) anew, again: Jhn.3:3, 7, (so most, but see Meyer, in l; cf. Field, Notes, 86 f.); πάλιν ἄ., Gal.4:9 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0510 G0510 = G0510 ἀνωτερικός anōterikos G:A interior ἀνωτερικός, -ή όν
(ἀνώτερος)
upper: Act.19:1.†
(AS) G0511 G0511 = G0511 ἀνώτερος anōteros G:A--C higher ἀνώτερος, α, -ον
[in LXX: Neh.3:25 (עֶלְיוֹן), Eze.41:7 (מַעַל), Tob.8:3 * ;]
only in neut., as adv. (cf. ἐξώτερος),
__(a) of motion, higher: Luk.14:10;
__(b) of rest, above, before: Heb.10:8.†
(AS) G0512 G0512 = G0512 ἀνωφελής anōphelēs G:A useless ἀν-ωφελής, -ές
(ἀ- neg., ὄφελος), [in LXX: Isa.44:10 (יָעַל בִּלְתִּי) Jer.2:8 (יָעַל לֹא), Pro.28:3, Wis.1:11 * ;]
unprofitable: Tit.3:9; neut. as subst., unprofitableness: Heb.7:18.†
(AS) G0513 G0513 = G0513 ἀξίνη axinē G:N-F axe αξίνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for גַּרְזֶן, קַרְדֹּם ;]
an axe: Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9.†
(AS) G0514 G0514 = G0514 ἄξιος axios G:A worthy ἄξιος, -α, -ον
(ἄγω, in sense, to weigh), [in LXX for בֵּן (Deu.25:2), מָלֵא, שָׁוָה; frequently in Wis, 2Mac ;]
__1. Part One
__(a) of weight, worth (often with genitive, cf. Pr 315, 811), before πρός: Rom.8:18 (see Field, Notes, 157);
__(b) befitting, meet: with genitive, Mat.3:8, Luk.3:8 23:41, Act.26:20, 1Co.16:4 (see M, Pr., 216); absol., 2Th.1:3;
__(with) of persons, worthy;
__2. Part Two
__α in good sense: with genitive of thing(s), Mat.10:10, Luk.7:4 10:7, Act.13:46, 1Ti.1:15 4:9 5:18 6:1; with aor. inf. (see M, Pr., 203): Luk.15:19, 21, Act_13:25, Rev.4:11 5:2, 4 5:9, 12; before ἵνα: Jhn.1:27; ἅς, Luk.7:4; absol., but of what understood: Mat.10:11, 13 22:8, Rev.3:4; with genitive of person(s), Mat.10:37-38, Heb.11:38;
__β in bad sense; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.12:48 23:15, Act.23:29 25:11, 25 26:31, Rom.1:32; absol., Rev.16:6 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0515 G0515 = G0515 ἀξιόω axioō G:V to deem worthy ἀξιόω, -ῶ
(ἄξιος), [in LXX chiefly for בְּעָא, בָּקַשׁ; frequently in Wis.1:1-16, 2 Mac ;]
__(a) to deem worthy: with accusative and inf. (see MM, VGT, see word, and cf. κατ-αξιόω), Luk.7:7; id. and genitive of thing(s), 2Th.1:11; pass. with genitive of thing(s), 1Ti.5:17, Heb.3:3 10:29
__(b) to think fit: with inf. (see M, Pr., 205), Act.15:38 28:22.†
(AS) G0516 G0516 = G0516 ἀξίως axiōs G:ADV appropriately ἀξίως,
adv. [in LXX: Wis.7:15 16:1, Sir.14:11 * ;]
worthily: Rom.16:2, Eph.4:1, Php.1:27; with genitive (frequently in Inscr.; Deiss., BS, 248; MM, VGT, 51), ἀ. τ. Κυρίου, Col.1:10; τ. θεοῦ 1Th.2:12, 3Jn.6.†
(AS) G0517 G0517 = G0517 ἀόρατος aoratos G:A invisible ἀόρατος, -ον
(ὁράω), [in LXX: Gen.1:2 (תֹּהוּ), Isa.45:3 (מִסְתָּר), 2Ma.9:5 * ;]
unseen, invisible: Rom.1:20, Col.1:15-16, 1Ti.1:17, Heb.11:27.†
(AS) G0518 G0518 = G0518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangellō G:V to announce ἀπ-αγγέλλω
[in LXX chiefly for נָגַד hi. ;]
of a messenger, speaker, or writer, to report, announce, declare: with accusative of thing(s), Act.4:23, al.; with dative of person(s), Mat.2:8, al.; before ὃτι, Luk.18:37; πῶς, Luk.8:36; περί, Luk.7:18 13:1, Act.28:21, 1Th.1:9; λέγων, Act.22:26; with accusative and inf., Act.12:14; before εἰς, Mrk.5:14, Luk.8:34 (MM, VGT, see word; Cremer, 25)
(AS) G0519 G0519 = G0519 ἀπάγχω apagchō G:V to strangle ἀπ-άγχω
(ἄγχω, to press, strangle), [in LXX: 2Ki.17:23 (חָנַק), Tob.3:10 * ;]
to strangle; mid., to hang oneself (or, to choke; see M, Pr., 155): Mat.27:5.†
(AS) G0520 G0520 = G0520 ἀπάγω apagō G:V to lead away ἀπ-άγω
[in LXX for נָהַג, הָלַךְ hi., etc. ;]
to lead away: Luk.13:15, Act.23:17 24:7 (R, mg.), 1Co.12:2; esp. of leading to trial (so as law term in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, see word): Mat.26:57 27:2, 31, Mrk.14:44, 53 15:16, Luk.21:12 22:66 23:26, Act.12:19; of the direction of a way: Mat.7:13-14 (cf. συν-απ-άγω).†
(AS) G0521 G0521 = G0521 ἀπαίδευτος apaideutos G:A uninstructed ἀ-παίδευτος, -ον
(παιδεύω), [in LXX for כְּסִיל, etc., chiefly in Wis. lit. ;]
uninstructed, ignorant: 2Ti.2:23.†
(AS) G0522 G0522 = G0522 ἀπαίρω apairō G:V to take away ἀπ-αίρω
[in LXX chiefly for נָסַע ;]
to lift off, hence, to take away; pass.: Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, Luk.5:35.†
(AS) G0523 G0523 = G0523 ἀπαιτέω apaiteō G:V to demand ἀπ-αιτέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.15:2-3, al. (נָגַשׂ), Sir.20:15, Wis.15:8, al. ;]
to ask back, demand back: Luk.6:30 12:20 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0524 G0524 = G0524 ἀπαλγέω apalgeō G:V to become callous ἀπ-αλγέω, -ῶ
__1. prop., to cease to feel pain for (Thuc., ii, 61).
__2. In late Gk.
__(a) to despair (Polyb., i, 35, 5);
__(b) to become callous, reckless (Polyb., xvi, 12, 7; MM, VGT, see word): Eph.4:19.†
(AS) G0525 G0525 = G0525 ἀπαλλάσσω apallassō G:V to release ἀπ-αλλάσσω
[in LXX for סוּר hi., etc. ;]
to remove, release: Heb.2:15; pass., to depart: Act.19:12; in legal sense (MM, VGT, see word), before ἀπό, with genitive of person(s), to be quit of: Luk.12:58 (Cremer, 90, 632).†
(AS) G0526 G0526 = G0526 ἀπαλλοτριόω apallotrioō G:V to alienate ἀπ-αλλοτριόω, -ῶ
[in LXX for זוּר, H5110 etc. ;]
to alienate, estrange; pass.: Eph.2:12 4:18, Col.1:21 (MM, VGT, see word; Cremer, 95, 633).†
(AS) G0527 G0527 = G0527 ἁπαλός hapalos G:A tender ἀπαλός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for רַךְ ;]
tender: Mat.24:32, Mrk.13:28.†
(AS) G0528 G0528 = G0528 ἀπαντάω apantaō G:V to meet ἀπαντάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for פָּגַע ;]
__1. to go to meet.
__2. to meet; with dative: Mrk.14:13, Luk.17:12 (WH, mg., ὑπ-; in Rec. frequently as see1. for ὑπ-, which see).†
(AS) G0529 G0529 = G0529 ἀπάντησις apantēsis G:N-F meeting ἀπάντησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀπαντάω), [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
usually with seel., ὑπ-; a meeting; εἰς ἀ., with genitive or dative, to meet: Mat.25:6 27:32 (WH, txt., omits), Act.28:15, 1Th.4:17 (see M, Th., in l; M, Pr., 14, 242; MM, VGT, see word; Lft., Notes, 69).†
(AS) G0530 G0530 = G0530 ἅπαξ hapax G:ADV once ἅπαξ
adv., [in LXX for אֶחָד, פַּעַם ;]
__(a) once: 2Co.11:25, Heb_9:26-27; ἔτι ἅ., Heb.12:26-27; ἅ. τ. ἐνιαυτοῦ, Heb.9:7; καί ἅ. κ. δίς, twice: Php.4:16, 1Th.2:18;
__(b) once for all: Heb.6:4 9:28 10:2, 1Pe.3:18, Ju 3 5 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0531 G0531 = G0531 ἀπαράβατος aparabatos G:A permanent ἀ-παρά-βατος, -ον
(παραβαίνω),
inviolable, and so unchangeable: Heb.7:24 (see Westc., in l; Cremer, 653; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0532 G0532 = G0532 ἀπαρασκεύαστος aparaskeuastos G:A unprepared ἀ-παρα-σκεύαστος, -ον
(παρασκευάζω)
unprepared: 2Co.9:4.†
(AS) G0533 G0533 = G0533 ἀπαρνέομαι aparneomai G:V to deny ἀπ-αρνέομαι (-οῦμαι) depon.,
[in LXX: Isa.31:7 (מָאַס) * ;]
to deny, i.e. to refuse to recognize, to ignore: with accusative, of oneself (DCG, ii, 598 f.), Mat.16:24, Mrk.8:34 (MM, VGT, see word), Luk.9:23 (WH, mg., txt., ἀρν-) of Peter's denials of Christ, Mat.26:34-35, 75, Mrk.14:30-31, 72, Luk.22:34, 61; pass., Luk.12:9 (Cremer, 111).†
(AS) G0534 G0534 = a Combination of G0737 (G0575+G0737) ἀπαρτί aparti G:ADV henceforth ἀπάρτι
(WH, ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι; cl., ἀπαρτί, ν. MM, VGT, see word); adv., [not in LXX, where עַתָּה is rendered by ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ;]
from now, henceforth: Jhn.13:19 14:7, Rev.14:13.†
(AS) G0535 G0535 = G0535 ἀπαρτισμός apartismos G:N-M completion ἀπαρτισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀπαρτίζω, to finish),
completion: Luk.14:28 (cf. MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0536 G0536 = G0536 ἀπαρχή aparchē G:N-F firstfruits ἀπ-αρχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀπάρχομαι, to make a beginning in sacrifice, offer first fruits) [in LXX chiefly for תְּרוּמָה, רֵאשִׁית ;]
__1. the beginning of a sacrifice.
__2. first fruits: τοῦ φυράματος (cf. Num.15:20), Rom.11:16. Metaphorical, ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματος: Rom.8:23; of Christians: Rom.16:5, 1, 1Co.16:15, 2Th.2:13 (WH, mg., R, mg., txt., ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς; see Lft., Notes, 119 f.), Jas.1:18, Rev.14:4; of Christ: 1Co.15:20 15:23 (Cremer, 117; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0537 G0537 = G0537 ἅπας hapas G:A all ἅπας, -ασα, -αν
(strengthened form of πᾶς, see: ἅ-),
all, the whole, altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Luk.3:21; or after, as Mrk.16:15]; absol., in masc., as Luk.5:26; in neut., as Act.2:44; ἅ. οὗτοι, Act.2:7 (LT); ἅ. ὑμεῖς, Gal.3:28 (TTr.). Most frequently in Lk, Ac (see MM, VGT, see word)
(AS) G0538 G0538 = G0538 ἀπατάω apataō G:V to trick ἀπατάω, -ῶ
(ἀπάτη), [in LXX for פָּתָה, נָשָׁא hi., etc. ;]
to deceive: with accusative, Jas.1:26; with accusative of person(s), dative of thing(s), Eph.5:6; pass., 1Ti.2:14 (on its infrequency in late writers, see MM, VGT, see word; cf. ἐξαπατάω).†
(AS) G0539 G0539 = G0539 ἀπάτη apatē G:N-F deceit ἀπάτη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Ecc.9:6 א (no Heb. equiv.), Jdth.9:3, 10 9:13 16:8, 4Ma.18:8 * ;]
deceit, deceitfulness: Col.2:8; τοῦ πλούτου, Mat.13:22, Mrk.4:19 (MM, VGT, see word); τῆς ἀδικίας, 2Th.2:10; τῆς ἁμαρτίας, Heb.3:13; αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι τῆς ἀ., Eph.4:22. pl., ἀπά ται (see M, Th., i.e.; NTD, 75; MM, l.with): 2Pe.2:13 (WH, mg., R., txt., ἐν ἀγάπαις).†
(AS) G0540 G0540 = G0540 ἀπάτωρ apatōr G:A fatherless ἀπάτωρ, -ορος, ὁ, ὴ
(ἀ- neg., πατήρ)
__1. fatherless.
__2. without father (MM, VGT, see word), i.e., with no recorded genealogy: Heb.7:3.†
(AS) G0541 G0541 = G0541 ἀπαύγασμα apaugasma G:N-N radiance ἀπ-αύγασμα, -τος, τό
(αὐγή, brightness, whence ἀπαυγάζω, to radiate or reflect) [in LXX: Wis.7:26 * ;]
of light beaming from a luminous body, radiance, effulgence: Heb.1:3.†
(AS) G0542 G0542 = G0542 ἀπεῖδον apeidon G:V to fix one's eyes ἀπ-εῖδον (WH, ἀφ-, ν. Bl., § 4, 3), 2 aor. without present in use (cf. εἶδον), serving as aor. to ἀφοράω, q.v
(AS) G0543 G0543 = G0543 ἀπείθεια apeitheia G:N-F disobedience ἀπείθεια
(WH, -θία, exc. Heb.11:1-40. with), -ας, ἡ (ἀπειθής), [in LXX 4Ma.8:9 4Mac 8:18 4Mac 12:4 * ;]
disobedience (MM, VGT, see word): Rom.11:30, 32, Heb.4:6, 11; υἱοὶ τῆς ἀ. (genitive of definition, see M, Pr., 73 f.), Eph.2:2 5:6, Col.3:6 (T, WH R, mg., omit).†
(AS) G0544 G0544 = G0544 ἀπειθέω apeitheō G:V to disobey ἀπειθέω, -ῶ
(ἀπειθής), [in LXX for מָרָה, סָרַר, etc. ;]
as in cl. (MM, VGT, see word); to disobey, be disobedient: absol., Act.14:2 19:9, Rom.10:21 11:31 15:31, Heb.3:18 11:31, 1Pe.3:20; with dative, Jhn.3:36, Rom.2:8 11:30, 1Pe.2:8 3:1 4:17 (Cremer, 475).†
(AS) G0545 G0545 = G0545 ἀπειθής apeithēs G:A disobedient ἀπειθής, -ές
(πείθομαι), [in LXX for מַרְאָה, מְרִיא, סָרַר ;]
disobedient: absol., Luk.1:17, Tit.1:16 3:3; with dative, Act.26:19, Rom.1:30, 2Ti.3:2.†
(AS) G0546 G0546 = G0546 ἀπειλέω apeileō G:V to threaten ἀπειλέω, -ῶ (ἀπειλή)
[in LXX: Nam.1:4 (גָּעַר), Isa.66:14 (זָעַם), Sir.19:17, al. ;]
to threaten: 1Pe.2:23; mid., Act.4:17 (see MM, VGT, see word, and cf. προσαπειλέω).†
(AS) G0547 G0547 = G0547 ἀπειλή apeilē G:N-F threat ἀπειλή, -ῆ, ἡ
[in LXX for גְּעָרָה, etc. ;]
threatening, threat: Act.4:29 9:1, Eph.6:9.†
(AS) G0548 G0548 = G0548 ἄπειμι apeimi G:V be away ἄπ-ειμι
(εἰμί, sum) [in LXX for כָּחַד ni., נָדַח ni. ;]
to be absent: 1Co.5:3, 2Co.10:1 10:11 13:2 13:10 Php.1:27, Col.2:5.†
(AS) G0549 G0549 = G0549 ἄπειμι apeimi G:V to go ἄπ-ειμι
(εἶμι, ibo)
to depart: Act.17:10.†
(AS) G0550 G0550 = G0550 ἀπεῖπον apeipon G:V to renounce ἀπ-εῖπον, 2 aor. without present in use
[in LXX for מָאַס, אָמַר, etc. ;]
__1. to tell out.
__2. to forbid (3Ki.11:2).
__3. to renounce: 1 aor. mid. (WH, App., 164; MM, VGT, see word), 2Co.4:2.†
(AS) G0551 G0551 = G0551 ἀπείραστος apeirastos G:A untempted απείραστος, -ον
(πειράζω for cl. ἀπείρητος, πειράω),
untempted, untried, without experience: Jas.1:13 (see Hort, in l; MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0552 G0552 = G0552 ἄπειρος apeiros G:A unacquainted ἄπειρος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., πεῖρα, trial), [in LXX: Num.14:23, Zec.11:15 (אֱוִלִי) Jer.2:6 (עֲרָבָה) * ;]
without experience of: with genitive of thing(s), Heb.5:13 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0553 G0553 = G0553 ἀπεκδέχομαι apekdechomai G:V to expect ἀπ-εκ-δέχομαι depon.,
to await or expect eagerly (Lft., Notes, 149; MM, VGT, see word): absol., 1Pe.3:20; C. accusative of thing(s), Rom.8:19, 23 8:25, 1Co.1:7, Gal.5:5; with accusative of person(s), Php.3:20, Heb.9:28.†
(AS) G0554 G0554 = G0554 ἀπεκδύομαι apekduomai G:V to take off ἀπ-εκ-δύω
to strip off clothes or arms; mid., to strip off from oneself: Col.3:9; to strip, despoil (mid, for act., ICC, in l; but cf. Lft., Ellic.), Col.2:15.†
(AS) G0555 G0555 = G0555 ἀπέκδυσις apekdusis G:N-F removal ἀπ-έκ-δυσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀπεκδύω)
a putting or stripping off: Col.2:11 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G0556 G0556 = G0556 ἀπελαύνω apelaunō G:V to eject ἀπ-ελαύνω
[in LXX for נָצַל, שָׁלַח ;]
to drive away: Act.18:16 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0557 G0557 = G0557 ἀπελεγμός apelegmos G:N-M discredit ἀπ-ελεγμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀπελέγχω, to convict, refute),
refutation, disrepute: ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἀ., Act.19:27 (not elsewhere; see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0558 G0558 = G0558 ἀπελεύθερος apeleutheros G:A-M freed ἀπ-ελεύθερος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ
a freedman: τ. κυρίου (MM, see word), 1Co.7:22.†
(AS) G0559 G0559 = G0559 Ἀπελλῆς Apellēs N:N-M-P Apelles Ἀπελλῆς, -οῦ, accusative -ῆν (MM, see word), ὁ
Apelles: Rom.16:10.†
(AS) G0560 G0560 = G0560 ἀπελπίζω apelpizō G:V to despair ἀπ-ελπίζω
[in LXX: Isa.29:19 (אֶבְיוֹן), Jdth.9:11, Est.4:17, Sir.22:21 27:21, 2Ma.9:18 * ;]
__1. to give up in despair, despair of (Polyb., Diod., LXX).
__2. to hope to receive from or in return (Field, Notes, 59; Cremer, 712; Soph., Lex., see word): with accusative (M; Pr., 65; MM, see word), Luk.6:35.†
(AS) G0561 G0561 = G0561 ἀπέναντι apenanti G:PREP opposite ἀπ-έναντι
adv. with genitive (Hellenistic, common in LXX);
__1. over against (MM, see word): Mat.27:61, Mrk.12:41, WH, mg.
__2. before, in the presence of: Mat.27:24 (WH, mg.), Act.3:16, Rom.3:18.
__3. against: Act.17:7.†
(AS) G0562 G0562 = G0562 ἀπέραντος aperantos G:A endless ἀπέραντος, -ον
(περαίνω, to complete, finish) [in LXX: Job.36:26 (חֵקֶר אַיִן) 3Mac.20 * ;]
endless, interminable: 1Ti.1:4.†
(AS) G0563 G0563 = G0563 ἀπερισπάστως aperispastōs G:ADV undistracted ἀπεριστπάστως
adv. (περισπάω the adj. occurs in Wis.16:11 Sir.41:1);
without distraction: 1Co.7:35.†
(AS) G0564 G0564 = G0564 ἀπερίτμητος aperitmētos G:A uncircumcised ἀ-περί-τμητος, -ον
(περιτέμνω), [in LXX chiefly for עָרֵל ;]
uncir­cumcised; metaphorically (τ.) καρδίαις (cf. Jer.9:26, al.): Act.7:51 (ἄσημος, found in π., appears to have been the word used by Greek-speaking Egyptians: see Deiss., BS, 153; cf. also Cremer, 885; MM, see word)†
(AS) G0565 G0565 = G0565 ἀπέρχομαι aperchomai G:V to go away ἀπέρχομαι,
[in LXX chiefly for הלךְ ;]
__1. to go away, depart (also, in late writers, with "perfective" force, to arrive at a destination, the thought being carried on to the goal; M, Pr., 111f., 247; MM, see word);
__(a) absol.: Mat.13:25, al.; ptcp., ἀπελθών, used pleonastically with other verbs as in Heb. (Dalman, Words, 21), Mat.13:28, al.;
__(b) with mention of place or person: εἰς, Mat.14:15; ἐπί, Luk.24:24; πρός, Rev.10:9; ἀπό, Luk.1:38; ἐξω, Act.4:15; ἐκεῖ, Mat.2:22.
__2. As in LXX, before ὀπίσω, with genitive (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי), to go after, follow: Mrk.1:20, Jhn.12:19; metaphorically, Mrk.1:42, Rev.21:1.
(AS) G0566 G0566 = a Form of G0568 ἀπέχει apechei G:V to receive/avoid to receive (in full); to be distant; (middle) to abstain, avoid
trans. to have in full what is due or is sought, Mt. 6:2, 5, 16; Lk. 6:24; Phil. 4:18; to have altogether, Phlm. 15; hence, it is enough, Mk. 14:41; intransitive to be distant, Lk. 7:6; to be estranged, Mt. 15:8; Mk. 7:6, middle to abstain from, Acts 14:20 G0567 G0567 = a Form of G0568 ἀπέχομαι apechomai G:V to refrain/ refrain, receive/be far, keep away from G0568 G0568 = G0568 ἀπέχω apechō G:V to have in full ἀπ-έχω
[in LXX chiefly for רָחַק ;]
__1. trans.,
__(a) to hold back, keep off;
__(b) to have in full, to have received (on the " punctiliar " force of the compound, see M, Pr., 109, 247): with accusative, Mat.6:2, 5 6:16, Luk.6:24, Php.4:18, Phm 15 (for illustr. from π., where it is used in receipts, see Deiss., BS, 229; LAE, 110 f.; MM, see word); impers., ἀπέχει (Field, Notes, 39), it is enough: Mrk.14:41.
__2. Intrans., to be away, distant: absol., Luk.15:20; before ἀπό, Mat.14:24 15:8, Mrk.7:6, Luk.7:6 15:20 24:13. Mid., to abstain: with genitive, Act.15:29, 1Ti.4:3, 1Pe.2:11; before ἀπό, Act.15:20, 1Th.4:3 5:22.†
(AS) G0569 G0569 = G0569 ἀπιστέω apisteō G:V to disbelieve ἀπιστέω, -ῶ
(ἄπιστος), [in LXX: Wis.1:2 10:7 12:17 18:13, Sir.1:27, 2Ma.8:13 * ;]
__1. to disbelieve, be faithless: Mrk.16:11, 16, Luk.24:11, 41, Act.28:24, 1Pe.2:7; so prob. also Rom.3:3, 2Ti.2:13 (ICC, CGT, in ll; MM, see word).
__2. = ἀπειθέω (Hdt.; on this sense in Ro, 2Ti, ll. with, see Vaughan on Ro, l.with; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, see word).†
(AS) G0570 G0570 = G0570 ἀπιστία apistia G:N-F unbelief ἀπιστία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄπιστος), [in LXX: Wis.14:25, 4Ma.12:4 * ;]
want of faith, unbelief: Mat.13:58, Mrk.6:6 9:24 16:14, Rom.3:3 (but see: ἀπιστέω) Rom.4:20 11:20, 23, 1Ti.1:13, Heb.3:12, 19 (DCG, ii, 775a; Cremer, 492).†
(AS) G0571 G0571 = G0571 ἄπιστος apistos G:A unbelieving ἄ-πιστος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., πιστός) [in LXX: Pro.17:6 28:25, Isa.17:10 * ;]
__(a) of things, incredible: Act.26:8;
__(b) of persons, without faith or trust, unbelieving: Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Luk.9:41 12:46, Jhn.20:27, Tit.1:15, Rev.21:8; specif., of unbelievers as opposite to Christians: 1Co.6:6 7:12-15 10:27 14:22-24, 2Co.4:4 6:14-15, 1Ti.5:8 (cf. Lft., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).†
(AS) G0572 G0572 = G0572 ἁπλότης haplotēs G:N-F openness ἀπλότης, -ητος, ή
(ἁπλοῦς), [in LXX: 4Ki.15:11 (תֹּם), 1Ch.29:17 (לֵבָב יֹשֶׁר, ἁ. τῆς καρδίας, cf. Col.3:22, where see Lft.), Wis.1:1, al. ;]
simplicity, sincerity: Rom.12:8, 2Co.11:3, Eph.6:5, Col.3:22; as manifested in generous, unselfish giving, liberality, graciousness: 2Co.8:2 9:11 9:13 (see ICC, Rom.12:8; Hort, Jas.1:5, and see: ἁπλῶς).†
(AS) G0573 G0573 = G0573 ἁπλοῦς haplous G:A sound ἁπλοῦς, -ῆ, -οῦν
(contr. fr. -όος; ἁ.- cop., πλόος), [in LXX: Pro.11:25 * ;]
simple, single: in a moral sense (DCG, ii, 628 f.), ἀφθαλμός, Mat.6:22, Luk.11:34. (In π. of a marriage dowry, see MM, see word).†
ἁπλόος, see: ἁπλοῦς
SYN.: ἄδολος, ἄκακος, ἀκέραιος (Tr., Syn., § lvi; Cremer, 107, 639) (AS) G0574 G0574 = G0574 ἁπλῶς haplōs G:ADV without reserve ἁπλῶς
adv. (ἁπλοῦς), [in LXX: Pro.10:9 (תֹּם), Wis.16:27, 2Ma.6:6 * ;]
simply, sincerely, graciously: Jas.1:5. ("Later writers comprehend under the one word the whole magnanimous and honour­able type of character in which ... singleness of mind is the central feature "-Hort, Ja., l.with)†
(AS) G0575 G0575 = G0575 ἀπό apo G:PREP away from ἀπό (on the frequently neglect of elision bef. vowels, see Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146),
prep. with genitive (WM, 462ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, ib. 456f.), [in LXX for לְ ,בְּ ,מִן ;]
from (i.e. from the exterior).
__1. Of separation and cessation;
__(1) of motion from a place: Mat.5:29, 30 7:23, Luk.5:2 22:41, al.;
__(2) in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, see word; Bl., §40, 2), Mat.9:16 27:21, Jhn.21:10, Act.5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.;
__(3) of alienation (cl. genitive of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Rom.9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col.2:20; σαλευθῆναι, 2Th.2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Act.20:26, 2Co.7:1, Heb.9:14;
__(4) of position, Mat.23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mat.8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jhn.10:18 21:8, Rev.14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227);
__(5) of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mat.9:22, Jhn.19:27, Act.20:18, Php.1:5, al.; ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος, Luk.1:70, al.; ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mat.19:4, Rom.1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, 2Ti.3:15; ἀφ᾽ ἧς, since, Luk.7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Luk.1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mat.4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, 2Co.8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Act.28:23;
__(6) of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mat.2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mat.1:17; ἐβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Act.8:10, Heb.8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mat.20:8, Jhn.8:9, Act.8:35, al.
__2. Of origin;
__(1) of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers,
__(a) of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227ff.), Mat.21:11, Mrk.15:43, Jhn.1:45, Act.10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, §66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), Heb.13:24;
__(b) of membership in a community or society (BL, §40, 2), Act.12:1, al.;
__(with) of material (= cl. genitive; Bl. l.with; M, Pr., 102), Mat.3:4 27:21;
__(d) after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Luk.11:50, 51 1Th.2:6 (Milligan, in l.);
__(2) of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (frequently = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., §40, 3), Mat.7:16 11:29, Luk.22:45, Act.2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, 1Co.11:23, Gal.3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Luk.19:3 (cf. Jhn.21:6, Act.22:11); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mat.14:26, al. (cf. Mat.10:26 13:44).
__3. Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 11. with; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִגֶּנֶב), Rev.21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου (מִפְּנֵי), 2Th.1:9 (Bl., §40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν (בְּלֵב), Mat.18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, §10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Rev.1:4.
__4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. (ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, which see
(AS) G0576 G0576 = G0576 ἀποβαίνω apobainō G:V to get out ἀπο-βαίνω
[in LXX for הָיָה, etc. ;]
to step off, disembark: Luk.5:2, Jhn.21:9; metaphorically, of events, to issue, turn out (Field, Notes, 74): Luk.21:13, Php.1:19 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0577 G0577 = G0577 ἀποβάλλω apoballō G:V to throw away ἀπο-βάλλω
[in LXX: Isa.1:30 (נָבֵל) and elsew. without Heb. equiv. ;]
to throw off: Mrk.10:50; metaphorically, to lose, let go (Field, Notes, 231 f.; MM, see word): Heb.10:35.†
(AS) G0578 G0578 = G0578 ἀποβλέπω apoblepō G:V to look ahead ἀπο-βλέπω
[in LXX for פָּנָה, etc. ;]
to look away from all else at one object; hence, to look steadfastly: Heb.11:26 (cf. ἀφοράω).†
(AS) G0579 G0579 = G0579 ἀπόβλητος apoblētos G:A rejected ἀπό-βλητος, -ον
(ἀποβάλλω), [in Aq.: Lev.7:18, al.; Sm.: Hos.9:3 (טָמֵא) ;]
to be thrown away, rejected: 1Ti.4:4 (Hom., Plut.).†
(AS) G0580 G0580 = G0580 ἀποβολή apobolē G:N-F deprivation ἀπο-βολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀποβάλλω);
__1. a throwing away, rejection: opposite to πρόσλημψις, Rom.11:15.
__2. a losing, loss: Act.27:22.†
(AS) G0581 G0581 = G0581 ἀπογενόμενος apogenomenos G:V to cease to be ἀπο-γίνομαι (cl. -γίγν-)
[in LXX: Da TH Dan.2:1 * ;]
__1. to be away, removed from.
__2. to depart life, to die (MM, see word): τ. ἀμαρτίαις, i.e. with ref. to sins, 1Pe.2:24 (Cremer, 149, 668).†
(AS) G0582 G0582 = G0582 ἀπογραφή apographē G:N-F census ἀπο-γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ (ἀπογράφω)
[in LXX: Dan.10:21 (כָּתָב), I Est.8:30, AB, 2Ma.2:1, 3Ma.2:32 3Mac 4:15 3Mac 4:17 3Mac 7:22 * ;]
__1. a written copy.
__2. As law term, a deposition (Demos.).
__3. In late writers, a register, enrolment, census (MM, see word; Deiss., LAE, 160, 268 f.): Luk.2:2, Act.5:37.†
(AS) G0583 G0583 = G0583 ἀπογράφω apographō G:V to register ἀπο-γράφω
[in LXX: Jdg.8:14, Pro.22:20 (כָּתַב), I Est.8:30, 3Ma.2:29 3Mac 4:14 3Mac 6:34 3Mac 6:38 * ;]
__1. to write out, copy.
__2. to enrol; mid., to enrol oneself: Luk.2:1 (M, Pr., 162; but. see ICC, in l), Luk.2:3, 5; pass., Heb.12:23 (see reff, see word ἀπογραφή ).†
(AS) G0584 G0584 = G0584 ἀποδείκνυμι apodeiknumi G:V to display ἀπο-δείκνυμι
[in LXX: Est.2:9 (רָאָה), al. ;]
__1. to bring out, show forth, exhibit (Lft., Notes, 200; ICC, in l): 1Co.4:9.
__2. to declare, show: Act.2:22
__3. to prove: Act.25:7.
__4. As frequently in late Gk., to proclaim to an office: before ὅτι, 2Th.2:4 (Milligan, in l; MM, see word; Lft., Notes. 113.)†
(AS) G0585 G0585 = G0585 ἀπόδειξις apodeixis G:N-F demonstration ἀπό-δειξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀποδείκνυμι) [in LXX: 3Ma.4:20, 4Ma.3:19 4Mac 13:10 * ;]
__1. a showing off.
__2. As used by Gk. philosophers, demonstration, certain proof: 1Co.2:4 (see ICC, in l; MM, see word; Lft., Notes, 173).†
(AS) G0586 G0586 = G0586 ἀποδεκατόω apodekatoō G:V to tithe ἀπο-δεκατοω,
[in LXX for עָשַׂר in both senses foll., e.g. (1) Gen.28:22 (2) 1Ki.8:15 ;]
__1. with accusative of thing(s), to tithe, pay a tenth of: Mat.23:23, Luk.11:42.
__2. C. accusative of person(s), to exact tithes from: Heb.7:5.
__3. to decimate (Socr., HE, 573 A; see Kennedy, Sources, 117).†
(AS) G0587 G0587 = G0587 ἀπόδεκτος apodektos G:A pleasing ἀπό-δεκτος, -ον
(άποδέχομαι),
acceptable: 1Ti.2:3 5:4.†
(AS) G0588 G0588 = G0588 ἀποδέχομαι apodechomai G:V to receive ἀπο-δέχομαι
[in LXX: Tob.7:17, Jdth.13:13; Jdt.13.1, 4Mac.10:1-21 * ;]
to accept gladly, welcome, receive: Luk.8:40 9:11, Act.18:27 21:17 28:30; metaphorically, with accusative of thing(s), Act.2:41 24:3 (MM, see word; Cremer, 688).†
(AS) G0589 G0589 = G0589 ἀποδημέω apodēmeō G:V to go abroad ἀπο-δημέω, -ῶ
(ἀπόδημος), [in LXX: Eze.19:3 A * ;]
to be or go abroad (M, Pr., 130, 2): Mat.21:33 25:14-15, Mrk.12:1, Luk.15:13 20:9.†
(AS) G0590 G0590 = G0590 ἀπόδημος apodēmos G:A absent ἀπό-δημος, -ον
gone abroad (RV, sojourning in another country): Mrk.13:34.†
(AS) G0591 G0591 = G0591 ἀποδίδωμι apodidōmi G:V to pay ἀπο-δίδωμι
[in LXX for מָכַר, שׁוּב hi., נָתַן, שָׁלֵם pi., etc. ;]
to give up or back, restore, return: Mat.27:58, Luk.4:20 9:42 19:8; esp. of wages, debts, oaths, etc. (MM, see word), to render what is due, to pay (Deiss., LAE, 334 f.): absol., Mat.18:25, 28, Luk.7:42. with accusative, Mat.5:26 18:29-30, 34 20:8 21:41 22:21, Mrk.12:17, Luk.10:35 12:59 20:25, Rom.13:7, Heb.12:11, Rev.22:2; ὅρκους, Mat.5:33 (cf. Num.30:3, Deu.23:21 al.); of conjugal duty, τ. ὀφειλήν, 1Co.7:3; ἀμοιβάς, 1Ti.5:4; μαρτύριον, to give (as in duty bound) testimony, Act.4:33; λόγον, to render account, Mat.12:36, Luk.16:2, Act.19:40, Heb.13:17, 1Pe.4:5; hence of requital, recompense, both in good and bad sense, Mat.6:4, 6 6:18 16:27, Rom.2:6, 2Ti.4:8 4:14 Rev.18:6 22:12; κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, Rom.12:17, 1Th.5:15, 1Pe.3:9. Mid., to give up of one's own, hence to sell (fr. Hdt. on): with accusative of thing(s), Act.5:8, Heb.12:16; with accusative of person(s), Act.7:9 (cf. ἀνταποδίδωμι) .†
(AS) G0592 G0592 = G0592 ἀποδιορίζω apodiorizō G:V to divide ἀπο-δι-ορίζω
(διορίζω, ἅρος, a limit),
to mark off, hence metaphorically to make separations: Ju 19 (Cremer, 806).†
(AS) G0593 G0593 = G0593 ἀποδοκιμάζω apodokimazō G:V to reject ἀπο-δοκιμάζω
[in LXX: Psa.118:22, al. (מָאַס) ;]
to reject: Mat.21:42 (LXX), Mrk.8:31 12:10" (LXX) Luk.9:22 17:25 20:17" (LXX), Heb.12:17, 1Pe.2:4 2:7" (LXX) (Cremer, 701; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0594 G0594 = G0594 ἀποδοχή apodochē G:N-F acceptance ἀπο-δοχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀποδέχομαι),
acceptance, approbation (Field, Notes, 203): 1Ti.1:15 4:9 (Cremer, 686; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0595 G0595 = G0595 ἀπόθεσις apothesis G:N-F removal ἀπό-θεσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀποτίθημι),
a putting away: 1Pe.3:21, 2Pe.1:14.†
(AS) G0596 G0596 = G0596 ἀποθήκη apothēkē G:N-F storehouse ἀπο-θήκη, -ης, ἡ
(ἀποτίθημι), [in LXX for אוֹצָר, טֶנֶא, etc. ;]
a storehouse, granary: Mat.3:12 6:26 13:30, Luk.3:17 12:18, 24.†
(AS) G0597 G0597 = G0597 ἀποθησαυρίζω apothēsaurizō G:V to store up ἀπο-θησαυρίζω
[in LXX: Sir.3:4 * ;]
to treasure up, store away: 1Ti.6:19.†
(AS) G0598 G0598 = G0598 ἀποθλίβω apothlibō G:V to crowd up to ἀπο-θλίβω
[in LXX for לָחַץ, Num.22:25 * ;]
to press hard: Luk.8:45.†
(AS) G0599 G0599 = G0599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnēskō G:V to die ἀπο-θνῄσκω,
[in LXX chiefly for מוּת ;]
to die: of natural death, Mrk.5:35, al.; of violent death (pass. of ἀποκτείνω), esp. of Christ, Mat.26:35, Jhn.12:33, Heb.10:28, al.; of spiritual death, Jhn.6:50, Rom.8:13, al.; with dative ref., Rom.6:2, 10 14:7, 8, Gal.2:19; accusative, ὅ, Rom.6:10; before ἐν, Mat.8:32, Jhn.8:21, 24 1Co.15:22, Heb.11:37, Rev.14:13; before ὑπέρ, περί, Jhn.11:50, 51 18:14, Rom.5:6-8 14:15, 1Co.15:3, 2Co.5:15, 1Th.5:10, 1Pe.3:18; ἀπό, Col.2:20; ἐκ, Rev.8:11; figuratively, 1Co.15:31 (cf. συν-αποθνήσκω, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258f.; DCG, i, 791b; Cremer, 286; MM, see word; on the perfective force of this verb, M, Pr., 112, 114; and on the distinction bet. present and aor., ib. 113 f.).
(AS) G0600 G0600 = G0600 ἀποκαθίστημι apokathistēmi G:V to restore ἀπο-καθ-ίστημι (ἀποκαθιστάω, Mrk.9:12, Rec., -ιστάνω, LTTr.; cf. Act.1:6; -κατιστάνω, WH),
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ;]
__1. to restore, i.e. to a former condition: of health, Mat.12:13, Mrk.3:5 8:25, Luk.6:10; of social or political affairs, Mat.17:11, Mrk.9:12, Act.1:6.
__2. to give back, bring back: Heb.13:19 (so in π., MM, see word; cf. also Cremer, 312).†
(AS) G0601 G0601 = G0601 ἀποκαλύπτω apokaluptō G:V to reveal ἀπο-καλύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for גָּלָה ]
__1. in general sense (cl.), to reveal, uncover, disclose,
__(a) of things: Mat.10:26, Luk.2:35 12:2, 1Co.3:13;
__(b) of persons: pass., Christ, Luk.17:30; Antichrist, 2Th.2:3 2:6 2:8
__2. In LXX and NT, in special sense of divine revelation: Mat.11:25 (on the tense, see M, Pr., 136), ib. Mat.11:27 16:17, Luk.10:21-22, Jhn.12:38, Rom.1:17-18 8:18, 1Co.2:10 14:30, Gal.1:16 3:23, Eph.3:5, Php.3:15, 1Pe.1:5-12 5:1 (Westc., Eph., 178 f.; M, Th., 149 f.).†
SYN.: φανερόω (see Thayer, 62; Cremer, 342).† (AS) G0602 G0602 = G0602 ἀποκάλυψις apokalupsis G:N-F revelation ἀπο-κάλυψις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀποκαλύπτω), [in LXX: 1Ki.20:30 (עֶרְוָה), Sir.11:27 22:22 42:1 * ;]
an uncovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaphorical, a reveal­ing, revelation: a disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God: Luk.2:32 Rom.2:5 8:19 16:25, 1Co.1:7 14:6 14:26, 2Co.12:1 12:7, Gal.1:12 2:2, Eph.1:17 3:3 2Th.1:7 1Pe.1:7 1:13 4:13, Rev.1:1.†
SYN.: ἐπιφάνεια, παρουσία, φανέρωσις (see Tr., Syn., xciv; Lft., Notes, 102, 178; Westc, Eph., 178 f.; M, Th., 145 ff.; Cremer, 343) (AS) G0603 G0603 = G0603 ἀποκαραδοκία apokaradokia G:N-F eager expectation ἀπο-καραδοκία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀποκαραδοκέω, used by Aq. in Psa.37:7 for חוּל; ἀπό, κάρα the head, δοκέω, in Ion., to watch),
to watch with outstretched head, watch anxiously (Polyb., π.; see Deiss., LAE, 374.5, 377 f.), Rom.8:19, Php.1:20 (Lft., in l; Cremer, 177).†
(AS) G0604 G0604 = G0604 ἀποκαταλλάσσω apokatallassō G:V to reconcile ἀπο-κατ-αλλάσσω
(cf. καταλλάσσω: ἀπό here signifies completely, see Lft., Col., l.with; Ellic., Eph., l.with; but also Mey., Eph., l.with),
to reconcile completely: Eph.2:16, Col.1:20-21.†
(AS) G0605 G0605 = G0605 ἀποκατάστασις apokatastasis G:N-F restoration ἀπο-κατά-στασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀποκαθίστημι),
restoration: Act.3:21 (in τ. of repairs and restorations of temples, see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0606 G0606 = G0606 ἀπόκειμαι apokeimai G:V to lay up ἀπό-κειμαι
[in LXX: Gen.49:10 (שִׁילֹה), Job.38:23 (חָשַׂךְ), 2Ma.12:45, 4Ma.8:11 * ;]
to be laid up, in store, laid away: Luk.19:20. Metaphorical, C. dative of person(s), to be reserved (Dem., Plat.; and see MM, see word): Col.1:5, 2Ti.4:8, Heb.9:27.†
(AS) G0607 G0607 = G0607 ἀποκεφαλίζω apokephalizō G:V to behead ἀπο-κεφαλίζω
(ἀπό, κεφαλή), [in LXX: Psa.151:7 * ;]
to behead: Mat.14:10, Mrk.6:16, 28 Luk.9:9.†
(AS) G0608 G0608 = G0608 ἀποκλείω apokleiō G:V to shut ἀπο-κλείω
[in LXX chiefly for סָגַר ;]
to shut fast: Luk.13:25.†
(AS) G0609 G0609 = G0609 ἀποκόπτω apokoptō G:V to cut off ἀπο-κόπτω
[in LXX for קָצַץ, כָּרַת, etc. ;]
to cut off: Mrk.9:43, 45, Jhn.18:10, 26 Act.27:32. Mid., to mutilate oneself, have oneself mutilated: Gal.5:12 (cf. Deu.23:1 LXX; and see Cremer, 751; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0610 G0610 = G0610 ἀπόκριμα apokrima G:N-N verdict ἀπό-κριμα, -τος, τό
(ἀποκρίνω);
__1. prop., a judicial sentence: 2Co.1:9, R, mg.
__2. an answer (see Thayer, see word): 2Co.1:9, R, txt. (In FlJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 6, of a rescript of the Senate; in Inscr. of an official decision, Deiss., BS, 257; a reply to a deputation, MM, see word: cf. also Cremer, 3'75).†
(AS) G0611 G0611 = G0611 ἀποκρίνω apokrinō G:V to answer ἀποκρίνω, ἀποκρίνομαι,
[in LXX chiefly for ענה ;]
in cl.,
__1. to separate, distinguish.
__2. to choose.
Mid., to answer: Mat.27:12, Mrk.14:61, Luk.3:16 23:9, Jhn.5:17, 19 Act.3:12. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and pass. forms are the more frequently in NT (M, Pr., 39, 161; MM, see word);
__(a) in general sense: absol., Mrk.12:34; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.22:46; with dative of person(s), Mat.12:38; before πρός, Act.25:16;
__(b) Hebraistically
__(i) like ענה, to begin to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124f.): Mat.11:25, al.,
__(ii) redundant, as in the Heb. phrase וַיַּעַן וַיּאֹמֶר (Dalman, Words, 24f., 38; M, Pr., 14; Bl., §58, 4; 74, 2; Cremer, 374): ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε, Mat.4:4; ἔφη, 8:8; λέγει, Mrk.3:33; in Jo most frequently (ἀπεκ. κ. εἶπε, 1:49. )
(AS) G0612 G0612 = G0612 ἀπόκρισις apokrisis G:N-F answer ἀπό-κρισις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀποκρίνομαι), [in LXX for דָּבָר, etc. ;]
an answering, an answer: Luk.2:47 20:26, Jhn.1:22 19:9.†
(AS) G0613 G0613 = G0613 ἀποκρύπτω apokruptō G:V to conceal ἀπο-κρύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for סָתַר ;]
to hide, conceal, keep secret: with accusative, Luk.10:21; pass., 1Co.2:7, Eph.3:9, Col.1:26 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0614 G0614 = G0614 ἀπόκρυφος apokruphos G:A concealed ἀπόκρυφος, -ον
(ἀποκρύπτω), [in LXX Chiefly for סֵתֶר ;]
hidden: Mrk.4:22, Luk.8:17, Col.2:3 (see Lft., in l; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0615 G0615 = G0615 ἀποκτείνω apokteinō G:V to kill ἀπο-κτείνω
(also in late forms -κτέννω, Mat.10:28, a1., LTTr., -κτεννύω, Mrk.12:5, WH), [in LXX for הָרַג, מוּת ;]
to kill: Mat.14:5, al.; before instr. ἐν (which see), Eph.2:16, Rev.2:23, al. Metaphorical: Rom.7:11; τ. ἔχθραν, Eph.2:16; τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτείνει 2Co.3:6 (on the perfective force of this verb, see M, Pr., 114)
(AS) G0616 G0616 = G0616 ἀποκυέω apokueō G:V to generate ἀπο-κυέω
(Rec. -κύω), -ῶ (ἀπό, κυέω or κύω, to be pregnant), [in LXX: 4Ma.15:17 * ;]
prop., "the medical word for birth as the close of pregnancy" (Hort, Ja., 26 f.). In κοιν, "an ordinary syn. of τίκτω, but definitely 'perfectivised' (M, Pr., 111 ff.; MM, see word) by the
ἀπό, and so implying safe delivery," to bring forth, give birth to: Jas.1:15, 18.†
(AS) G0617 G0617 = G0617 ἀποκυλίω apokuliō G:V to roll away ἀπο-κυλίω
(see: κυλίω), [in LXX: Gen.29:3, 8 29:10 (גָּלַל) Jdth.13:9 * ;]
to roll away: Mat.28:2, Mrk.16:3, Luk.24:2.†
(AS) G0618 G0618 = G0618 ἀπολαμβάνω apolambanō G:V to get back ἀπο-λαμβάνω
[in LXX: Num.34:14 (לָקַח (Deu.25:5 A, Isa.5:17, 2Ma.4:46 2Mac 6:21 2Mac 8:6, 4Ma.18:23 * ;]
__1. to receive from another; absol., to receive as one's due: Luk.16:25 18:30 (seel. λάβῃ) Luk.23:41, Rom.1:27, Gal.4:5, Col.3:24, 2Jn.8.
__2. to receive back: Luk.6:34 15:27.
__3. to take apart or aside: Mrk.7:33 (cf. use in π. of the recluses of the Serapeum; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0619 G0619 = G0619 ἀπόλαυσις apolausis G:N-F enjoyment ἀπόλαυσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀπολαύω, to take of, enjoy a thing) [in LXX: 3Ma.7:16 * ;]
enjoyment: 1Ti.6:17, Heb.11:26 (for late exx., see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0620 G0620 = G0620 ἀπολείπω apoleipō G:V to leave ἀπο-λείπω
[in LXX for H2308 יָתַר, etc. ;]
__1. to leave, leave behind (in π. a term. techn. in wills; see MM, see word): 2Ti.4:13 4:20, Tit.1:5; pass., to be reserved, remain: Heb.4:6, 9 10:26.
__2. to desert, abandon: Ju 6.†
(AS) G0621 G0621 = G0621 ἀπολείχω apoleichō G:V to lick ἀπο-λείχω
(for ἐπιλ-, which see),
to lick up: Luk.16:21, Rec.†
(AS) G0622 G0622 = G0622 ἀπολλύω apolluō G:V to destroy ἀπ-όλλυμι and ἀπολλύω
[in LXX for אָבַד, etc. (38 words in all)].
__1. Act.,
__1 to destroy utterly, destroy, kill: Mk 124, 922, al.; τ. ψνχήν, Mat.10:28, al.;
__2 to lose utterly: Mat.10:42, al.; metaphorically, of failing to save, Jhn.6:39 18:9.
__2. Mid.,
__1 to perish;
__(a) of things: Mat.5:29, Jhn.6:12, Heb.1:11 (LXX, al.;
__(b) of persons: Mat.8:26, al. Metaphorical, of loss of eternal life, Jhn.3:15-16 10:28 17:12, Rom.2:12, 1Co.8:11 15:18, 2Pe.3:9. In οἱ ἀπολλὺμενοι, the perishing, contrasted in 1Co.1:18, al., with οἱ σωζόμενοι, the "perfective" force of the verb, WH. " implies the completion of the process of destruction," is illustrated (see M, Pr., 114 f.; M, Th., ii, 2:10);
__2 to be lost: Luk.15:4 21:18. Metaphorical, on the basis of the relation between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation from God: Mat.10:6 15:24, Luk.19:10 (MM, see word; DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554; Cremer, 451)
(AS) G0623 G0623 = a Name of G0003 Ἀπολλύων Apolluōn N:N--T Apollyon Ἀπολλύων, -οντος, ὁ
(present ptcp. of ἀπολλύω),
Apollyon, i.e. the Destroyer: Rev.9:11 (cf. Ἀβάδδων). (Cremer, 453; DB, i, 125, 172.) †
(AS) G0624 G0624 = G0624 Ἀπολλωνία Apollōnia N:N-F-L Apollonia Ἀπολλωνία, -ας, ἡ
Apollonia, a city of Macedonia: Act.17:1.†
(AS) G0625 G0625 = G0625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs N:N-M-P Apollos Ἀπολλώς, -ώ, ὁ
(perh. contr. from Ἀπολλώνιος, Act.18:24 D)
Apollos: Act.18:24 19:1, 1Co.1:12 3:4-6 3:22 4:6 16:12, Tit.3:13.†
(AS) G0626 G0626 = G0626 ἀπολογέομαι apologeomai G:V to defend oneself ἀπολογέομαι, -οῦμαι
(ἀπό, λόγος), [in LXX: Jer.12:1 (רִיב) Jer.31:6, 2Ma.13:26 * ;]
__1. to defend: with accusative, Rom.2:15.
__2. to defend one's self: absol., Luk.21:14, Act.26:1; before ὅτι, Act.25:8; τί, to adduce something in one's defence, Luk.12:11, Act.26:24 (ταῦτα) Act.24:10 (τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ); περί, with genitive of thing(s), and ἐπί, with genitive of person(s), Act.26:2; with dative of person(s), Act.19:33, 2Co.12:19.†
(AS) G0627 G0627 = G0627 ἀπολογία apologia G:N-F defence ἀπολογία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀπολογέομαι), [in LXX: Wis.6:10 * ;]
a speech in defence: Act.25:16, 2Co.7:11, Php.1:7, 16, 2Ti.4:16; with dative of person(s), 1Co.9:3, 1Pe.3:15; before πρός, Act.22:1.†
(AS) G0628 G0628 = G0628 ἀπολούω apolouō G:V to wash off ἀπο-λούω
[in LXX: Job.9:30 (רָחַץ)* ;]
to wash off, wash away; mid., metaphorically, with accusative of thing(s), to wash off oneself: ἀμαρτίας, Act.22:16; absol., ἀπελούσασθε, ye washed yourselves clean (cf. Cremer, 406), 1Co.6:11.†
(AS) G0629 G0629 = G0629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolutrōsis G:N-F redemption ἀπο-λύτρωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀπολυτρόω, to release on payment of ransom, cf. λύτρον), [in LXX: Da (LXX) Dan.4:30 with * ;]
release effected by pay­ment of ransom, redemption, deliverance; metaphorically, Heb.11:35; of deliverance thr. Christ from evil and the consequences of sin: Luk.21:28, Rom.3:24 (Vau., in l) 8:23, 1Co.1:30, Eph.1:7, 14 4:30, Col.1:14, Heb.9:15. (On the extent to WH. the word retains the sense of ransom, see ICC, Rom.3:24, Westc., He., 297 ff.; see also ICC, Eph., 11; DCG, ii, 605; Cremer, 410; Deiss., LAE, 331; Lft., Notes, 271, 316; Tr., Syn., § 77.)†
(AS) G0630 G0630G = G0630G ἀπολύω apoluō G:V to release: release ἀπο-λύω
[in LXX for שׁוּב, etc., frequently in 1-4 Mac ;]
__1. to set free, release: Luk.13:12, Jhn.19:10, al.; a debtor, Mat.18:27; metaphorically, of forgive­ness, Luk.6:37.
__2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.): Mat.15:23, Luk.2:29 9:12, Act.19:41, al.; of divorce, τ. γυναῖκα: Mat.1:19 5:31-32 19:3, 8 19:10 Mrk.10:2, 4 10:11, Luk.16:18; with ref. to Gk. and Rom. (net Jewish) custom, τ. ἄνδρα: Mrk.10:12. Mid., to depart: Act.28:25 (MM, see word)
(AS) G0630 G0630H = a Meaning of G0630G ἀπολύω apoluō G:V to release: divorce ἀπο-λύω
[in LXX for שׁוּב, etc., frequently in 1-4 Mac ;]
__1. to set free, release: Luk.13:12, Jhn.19:10, al.; a debtor, Mat.18:27; metaphorically, of forgive­ness, Luk.6:37.
__2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.): Mat.15:23, Luk.2:29 9:12, Act.19:41, al.; of divorce, τ. γυναῖκα: Mat.1:19 5:31-32 19:3, 8 19:10 Mrk.10:2, 4 10:11, Luk.16:18; with ref. to Gk. and Rom. (net Jewish) custom, τ. ἄνδρα: Mrk.10:12. Mid., to depart: Act.28:25 (MM, see word)
(AS) G0631 G0631 = G0631 ἀπομάσσω apomassō G:V to wipe off απο-μάσσω
(μάσσω, Att... -ττω, to touch, handle), [in LXX: Tob.7:17 * ;]
to wipe off, wire clean: mid., Luk.10:11.†
(AS) G0632 G0632 = G0632 ἀπονέμω aponemō G:V to render as due ἀπο-νέμω
(νέμω, to distribute), [in LXX: Deu.4:19 (חָלַק), 3Ma.1:7 3Mac 3:16 * ;]
to assign, apportion: 1Pe.3:7. (In π. of a Prefect who renders to all their dues; see MM, see word)†
(AS) G0633 G0633 = G0633 ἀπονίπτω aponiptō G:V to wash off ἀπο-νίπτω
[in LXX for שָׁטַף, רָחַץ, מָחָה ;]
to wash off: mid. (reflex.), τ. χεῖρας, Mat.27:24.†
(AS) G0634 G0634 = G0634 ἀποπίπτω apopiptō G:V to fall from ἀπο-πίπτω
[in LXX for מָלַל, נָפַל, etc. ;]
to fall off: Act.9:18.†
(AS) G0635 G0635 = G0635 ἀποπλανάω apoplanaō G:V to mislead ἀπο-πλανάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נָדַח hi., נָטָה hi., שׁוּב pi. ;]
to cause to go astray; metaphorically, of leading into error: Mrk.13:22; pass., to be led astray: 1Ti.6:10.†
(AS) G0636 G0636 = G0636 ἀποπλέω apopleō G:V to set sail ἀπο-πλέω, -ῶ
to sail away: Act.13:4 14:26 20:15 27:1 (Burton, 159).†
(AS) G0637 G0637 = G0637 ἀποπλύνω apoplunō G:V to wash off ἀπο-πλύνω
[in LXX chiefly for כָּבַס pi. ;]
to wash off: seel. for πλύνω, Luk.5:2, Rec.†
(AS) G0638 G0638 = G0638 ἀποπνίγω apopnigō G:V to choke ἀπο-πνίγω
[in LXX: Nam.2:13 (חָנַק pi.), Tob.3:8 * ;]
to choke: Mat.13:7, Luk.8:7; pass., of drowning (= καταποντίζομαι), Luk.8:33.†
(AS) G0639 G0639 = G0639 ἀπορέω aporeō G:V be perplexed ἀπορέω, -ῶ
(ἄπορος, ἀ- neg., πόρος, a way, resource), [in LXX for צָרַר, מוּךְ, etc. ;]
to be at a loss, be perplexed: absol., Mrk.6:20 (ἐποίει, R, mg.); mid., be in doubt: absol., 2Co.4:8; with accusative, Act.25:20; before περί, Luk.24:4; ἐν, Gal.4:20; περὶ τίνος λέγει, Jhn.13:22.†
SYN.: διαπορέω, διακρίνομαι, διστάζω, μετεωρίζομαι (see DCG, i, 491) (AS) G0640 G0640 = G0640 ἀπορία aporia G:N-F perplexity ἀπορία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀπορέω), [in LXX for בֶּהָלָה, etc. ;]
perplexity: Luk.21:25 (MM, see word; on the construction, see Field, Notes, 74 f.).†
(AS) G0641 G0641 = G0641 ἀπορρίπτω aporriptō G:V to throw off ἀπο-ρίπτω
(Rec. -ρρίπτω, c1.), [in LXX for שָׁלַךְ hi., etc. ;]
to throw away, cast forth: reflexively, Act.27:43 (BV, cast themselves overboard; see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0642 G0642 = G0642 ἀπορφανίζω aporphanizō G:V to orphan ἀπ-ορφανίζω
(ἀπό, ὀρφανός),
to be bereaved (prop., of a parent, Lft., Notes, 36); metaphorically, 1Th.2:17 (where Field thinks it = χωρισθέντες, Notes, 199).†
(AS) G0643 G0643 = G0643 ἀποσκευάζω aposkeuazō G:V to pack up ἀπο-σκευάζω
[in LXX: Lev.14:36 (פָּנָה pi.) * ;]
to pack and carry off; mid., to pack and remove one's goods: Act.21:15, Rec. (see ἐπισ-).†
ἐπι-σκευάζω,
[in LXX for pm pi., etc. ;]
to equip, make ready; mid., to make one's preparations: Act.21:15.†
(AS) G0644 G0644 = G0644 ἀποσκίασμα aposkiasma G:N-N shadow ἀπο-σκίασμα, -τος, τό
(ἀποσκιάζω, to cast a shadow; v,s. σκία)
a shadow: Jas.1:17 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0645 G0645 = G0645 ἀποσπάω apospaō G:V to draw away ἀπο-σπάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נָתַק: ni., hi., etc. ;]
to draw off or away, tear away (MM, see word): Act.20:30; μάχαιραν, draw a sword, Mat.26:51; pass., to be parted or withdrawn (Field, Notes, 134; but see Thayer, see word), Luk.22:41, Act.21:1.†
(AS) G0646 G0646 = G0646 ἀποστασία apostasia G:N-F apostasy άποστασία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀφίστημι), [in LXX for מַעַל, etc. ;]
defection, apostasy, revolt; in late Gk. (MM, Exp., viii; Lft., Notes, 111; Cremer, 308) for cl. ἀπόστασις, frequently in sense of political revolt, in LXX (e.g. Jos.22:22, 2Ch.29:19, Jer.2:19) and NT always of religious apostasy: Act.21:21, 2Th.2:3.†
(AS) G0647 G0647 = G0647 ἀποστάσιον apostasion G:N-N divorce ἀποστάσιον, -ου, τό
(ἀφίστημι), [in LXX; Deu.24:1, 3, Jer.3:8, Isa.50:1 (כְּרִיתוּת) * ;]
__1. in cl., only in phrase ἀποστασίου δίκη, an action against a freedman for forsaking his προστάτης (Dem.).
__2. In LXX, βιβλίον ἀποστασίου, a bill of divorce: Mat.19:7, Mrk.10:4; in same sense ἀ. alone (MM, see word), Mat.5:31 (for other late exx., see MM, l.with; Kennedy, Sources, 121).†
(AS) G0648 G0648 = G0648 ἀποστεγάζω apostegazō G:V to unroof ἀπο-στεγάζω
(στέγη), [in Sm.: Jer.29:11 * ;]
to unroof: Mrk.2:4.†
(AS) G0649 G0649 = G0649 ἀποστέλλω apostellō G:V to send ἀπο-στέλλω,
[in LXX very freq., almost always for שׁלח ;]
prop., to send away, to dispatch on service;
__1. to send with a commission, or on service;
__(a) of persons: Christ, Mat.10:40; the apostles, 10:16; servants, Mrk.12:2; angels, 13:27;
__(b) of things: ὄνος, Mat.21:3; τὸ δρέπανον, Mrk.4:29; τ. λόγον, Act.10:36; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Luk.24:49, Rec.; before εἰς, Mat.20:2, Luk.11:49, Jhn.3:17; ὀπίσω, Luk.19:14; ἔμπροσθεν, Jhn.3:28; πρὸ προσώπου, Mat.11:10; πρός, Mat.21:34; with ref. to sender or place of departure: ἀπό, Luk.1:26 (Rec. ὑπό); παρά, Jhn.1:6; ἐκ, ib. 1:19; ὑπό, Act.10:17 (Rec. ἀπό); before inf., Mrk.3:14, al.; ἵνα, Mrk.12:2, al.; εἰς (of purpose), Heb.1:14; without direct obj.: before πρός, Jhn.5:33; λέγων, Jhn.11:3; ἀποστείλας, with indic., Mat.2:16, Act.7:14, Rev.1:1.
__2. to send away, dismiss: Luk.4:18, Mrk.5:10 8:26 12:3 (cf. ἐξ-, συν-αποστέλλω).
SYN.: πέμπω, the general term. ἀ. "suggests official or authoritative sending" (see Thayer, see word πέμπω; Westc., Jo., 298; Epp. Jo., 125; Cremer, 529; MM, see word). (AS) G0650 G0650 = G0650 ἀποστερέω apostereō G:V to defraud ἀπο-στερέω, -ῶ
(στερέω, to rob), [in LXX: Exo.21:10 (גָּרַע), Deu.24:14 (עָשַׁק), Mal.3:5, Sir.4:1 29:6-7 31:21-22 * ;]
to defraud, deprive of, despoil (in cl. chiefly of the misappropriation of trust funds, Field, Notes, 33; cf. MM, see word): absol., Mrk.10:19, 1Co.6:8; with accusative of person(s), 1Co.7:5. Mid., endure deprivation: 1Co.6:7 (WM, § 38, 3; but see Bl., § 54, 5; M, Pr., 162); pass., ἀπεστερημένοι, bereft of: 1Ti.6:5.†
(AS) G0651 G0651 = G0651 ἀποστολή apostolē G:N-F apostleship ἀπο-στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἀποστέλλω), [in LXX: Deu.22:7, 3Ki.4:34 9:16 Psa.78:49, Ecc.8:8, Sng.4:13 (for שָׁלַח and its cognates), 1Es.9:51 Est.9:54, Jer.32:36, Bar.2:25, 1Ma.2:18, 2Ma.3:2 *.]
__1. In cl., a sending away (MM, see word), as, an expedition (Hdt.).
__2. In LXX
__(a) discharge, dis­missal (Ecc.8:8);
__(b) a gift (3Ki.9:16, 1Ma.2:13).
__3. In NT, the office of an Apostle of Christ, apostleship: Act.1:25, Rom.1:5, 1Co.9:2, Gal.2:8 (Cremer, 530).†
(AS) G0652 G0652 = G0652 ἀπόστολος apostolos G:N-M apostle ἀπόστολος, -ου, ὁ
(ἀοστέλλω), [in LXX; 3Ki.14:6 A (שָׁלַח) * ;]
__1. a fleet, an expedition (Dem.).
__2. a messenger, one sent on a mission (Hdt., LXX, l.with, and π.; see M, Pr., 37 f.; MM, see word; M, Th., i, 2:7 and reff.): Jhn.13:16, 2Co.8:23 Php.2:25.
__3. In NT, an Apostle of Christ
__(a) with special ref. to the Twelve: Mat.10:2, Mrk.3:14, Luk.11:49, Eph.3:5, Rev.18:20, al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Gal.1:1, 11 ff, 1Ti.2:7, a1.;
__(b) in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Act.14:14, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, 1Th.2:6, and perhaps Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Rom.16:7 (see ICC, in l); of false teachers, claiming apostleship: 2Co.11:5 11:13, Rev.2:2. (On the different uses of the term in NT, see Lit., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126; DCG, i, 105; Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.)
(AS) G0653 G0653 = G0653 ἀποστοματίζω apostomatizō G:V to interrogate ἀποστοματίζω
(στόμα),
__1. In cl., to speak from memory, to dic­tate to a pupil (Plat.).
__2. In late Gk., to catechize, question: Luk.11:53 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0654 G0654 = G0654 ἀποστρέφω apostrephō G:V to turn away ἀπο-στρέφω
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ;]
trans., with accusative,
__(a) to turn away, remove: Rom.11:26, 2Ti.4:4; metaphorically, to turn away from allegiance, pervert: Luk.23:14;
__(b) to turn back, return: μάχαιραν, Mat.26:52. Pass., reflex., to turn oneself away from: with accusative, Mat.5:42, 2Ti.1:15, Tit.1:14, Heb.12:25; so act., absol., Act.3:26 (cf. Sir.8:5; Bl., § 53, 1; Cremer, 880).†
(AS) G0655 G0655 = G0655 ἀποστυγέω apostugeō G:V to abhor ἀπο-στυγέω, -ῶ
(στυγέω, to hate),
to abhor: Rom.12:9.†
(AS) G0656 G0656 = G0656 ἀποσυνάγωγος aposunagōgos G:A excommunicated ἀποσυνάγωγος, -ον
(συναγωγή),
expelled from the congregation (Field, Notes, 96), excommunicated: Jhn.9:22 12:42 16:2 (Cremer, 64, 607).†
(AS) G0657 G0657 = G0657 ἀποτάσσω apotassō G:V to leave ἀπο-τάσσω
[in LXX: Ecc.2:20 (יָאַשׁ pi.), I Est.6:27, Jer.20:2, 1-18; 1Ma.4:1-61 * ;]
to set apart. Mid., in late Gk. (El., § 37, 1; Swete, Mk., 136 f.; MM, e. dative,
__(a) to take leave of: Mrk.6:46, Luk.9:61, Act.18:18, 21, 2Co.2:13;
__(b) to forsake: Luk.14:33.†
(AS) G0658 G0658 = G0658 ἀποτελέω apoteleō G:V to complete ἀπο-τελέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: I Est.5:73, 1Ma.15:39 * ;]
to bring to an end, complete, accomplish (cf. MM, see word): Luk.13:32, Jas.1:15.†
(AS) G0659 G0659 = G0659 ἀποτίθημι apotithēmi G:V to put aside ἀπο-τίθημι
[in LXX chiefly for נוּחַ hi. ;]
to put off or aside; in NT always mid.,
__(a) to put of from oneself as a garment: τ. ἱμάτια, Act.7:58; metaphorically, in ethical sense, to put of, lay aside: Rom.13:12, Eph.4:22, 25, Col.3:8, Heb.12:1, Jas.1:21, 1Pe.2:1;
__(b) to stow away, put: ἐν τ. φυλακῇ (MM, see word), Mat.14:3.†
(AS) G0660 G0660 = G0660 ἀποτινάσσω apotinassō G:V to shake off ἀπο-τινάσσω
[in LXX: Jdg.16:20 A (נָעַר ni.), 1Ki.10:2 (נָטַשׁ), La 2:7 (נָאַר pi.) * ;]
to shake of: Luk.9:5, Act.28:5.†
(AS) G0661 G0661 = G0661 ἀποτίνω apotinō G:V to repay ἀπο-τίνω (or -τίω)
[in LXX chiefly for שׂוּם pi. ;]
to pay off, repay: Phm 19 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0662 G0662 = G0662 ἀποτολμάω apotolmaō G:V be bold ἀπο-τολμάω, -ῶ
to be quite bold, make a bold venture: Rom.10:20.†
(AS) G0663 G0663 = G0663 ἀποτομία apotomia G:N-F severity ἀποτομία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀποτέμνω, to cut of), [in Sm.: Jer.51:35, Nam.3:1 * ;]
steepness, sharpness; metaphorically, severity (MM, see word): Rom.11:22.†
(AS) G0664 G0664 = G0664 ἀποτόμως apotomōs G:ADV severely ἀποτόμως
adv., [in LXX: Wis.5:22 * ;]
abruptly, curtly, hence sharply, severely: 2Co.13:10, Tit.1:13 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0665 G0665 = G0665 ἀποτρέπω apotrepō G:V to avoid ἀπο-τρέπω
[in LXX: Sir.20:29 48:18, 3Ma.1:23, 4Ma.1:33 4Mac 16:12 * ;]
to turn away; mid., to turn oneself away from: with accusative, 2Ti.3:5.†
(AS) G0666 G0666 = G0666 ἀπουσία apousia G:N-F absence ἀπουσία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄπειμι);
__1. absence (Æsch., Thuc.): Php.2:12,
__2. deficiency, waste (MM, s.v).†
(AS) G0667 G0667 = G0667 ἀποφέρω apopherō G:V to carry off ἀπο-φέρω
[in LXX for הָלַךְ, etc. ;]
to carry off, bear, or lead away: with accusative, Mrk.15:1, 1Co.16:3, Rev.17:3 21:10. Pass., Luk.16:22, Act.19:12.†
(AS) G0668 G0668 = G0668 ἀποφεύγω apopheugō G:V to escape ἀπο-φεύγω
[in LXX: Sir.22:22 * ;]
to flee from, escape: with accusative, 2Pe.2:18 2:20; with genitive, 2Pe.1:4.†
(AS) G0669 G0669 = G0669 ἀποφθέγγομαι apophthengomai G:V to declare ἀπο-φθέγγομαι
[in LXX for נָבָא, etc. ;]
to speak forth, give utterance: Act.2:4, 14 26:25 (MM, s. see).†
(AS) G0670 G0670 = G0670 ἀποφορτίζομαι apophortizomai G:V to unload ἀπο-φορτίζομαι
(φορτίζω, to load),
to discharge a cargo (Field, Notes, 134), to unlade: with accusative, τ. γόμον, Act.21:3.†
(AS) G0671 G0671 = G0671 ἀπόχρησις apochrēsis G:N-F using up ἀπό-χρησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀποχράομαι, to use to the full, abuse)
abuse, misuse: Col.2:22 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0672 G0672 = G0672 ἀποχωρέω apochōreō G:V to leave ἀπο-χωρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jer.46:5 (סוּג), 2Ma.4:33, 3Ma.2:33 * ;]
to go away, depart, withdraw: before ἀπό, Mat.7:23, Luk.9:39, Act.13:13 (absol., Luk.20:20, Tr., mg.).†
(AS) G0673 G0673 = G0673 ἀποχωρίζω apochōrizō G:V to separate from ἀπο-χωρίζω
[in LXX: Eze.43:21 (מִפְקָד)* ;]
to separate, part asunder: pass., Rev.6:14; reflexively, to separate oneself: Act.15:39.†
(AS) G0674 G0674 = G0674 ἀποψύχω apopsuchō G:V to faint ἀπο-ψύχω
[in LXX: 4Ma.15:18 * ;]
__1. to breathe out life, expire (Thue.; LXX, l.with).
__2. to leave off breathing, faint (Hom., Od., xxiv, 348): before ἀπό, Luk.21:26.†
(AS) G0675 G0675 = G0675 Ἄππιος Appios N:N-M-L of Appius Ἀππιος, -ου, ὁ
Appius; Ἀππίου Φόρον, Appii Forum (Market of Appius), a town in Italy: Act.28:15.†
(AS) G0676 G0676 = G0676 ἀπρόσιτος aprositos G:A unapproachable ἀ-πρόσ-ιτος, -ον
(πρόσειμι, to go to),
unapproachable: φῶς, 1Ti.6:16.†
(AS) G0677 G0677 = G0677 ἀπρόσκοπος aproskopos G:A not giving offence ἀπρόσκοπος, -ον
(προσκόπτω), [in LXX: Sir.32:21, 3Ma.3:8 * ;]
__1. act., not causing to stumble: metaphorically, of not leading others into sin, 1Co.10:32.
__2. Pass., not stumbling, without offence, blameless: Act.24:16, Php.1:10 (for exx., see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0678 G0678 = G0678 ἀπροσωπολήπτως aprosōpolēptōs G:ADV impartially ἀπροσωπολήμπτως (Rec. -λήπτως, cl.), adv.
(α- neg., προσωπολήμπτης),
without respect of persons, impartially: 1Pe.1:17.†
(AS) G0679 G0679 = G0679 ἄπταιστος aptaistos G:A without falling ἄ-πταιστος, -ον
(πταίω), [in LXX: 3Ma.6:39 * ;]
without stumbling, sure-footed: metaphorically (MM, see word), Ju 24.†
(AS) G0680 G0680 = a Form of G0681 ἅπτω haptō G:V to touch to touch, hold, handle; (act.) to start a fire; "to touch a woman" means "to get married"
primarily to bring in contact, fit, fasten; to light, kindle, Mk. 4:21; Lk. 8:16; to touch, Mt. 8:3; to meddle, venture to partake, Col. 2:21; to have intercourse with, to know carnally, 1Cor. 7:1; by implication to harm, 1Jn. 5:18 G0681 G0681 = G0681 ἅπτω haptō G:V to touch ἅπτω
[in LXX chiefly for נָגַע ;]
prop., to fasten to; hence, of fire, to kindle, light: Luk.8:16 11:33 15:8, Act.28:2. Mid., with genitive, to fasten oneself to, cling to, lay hold of (so in π.; MM, see word): Mat.8:3, 15, Jhn.20:17, al.; of carnal intercourse, 1Co.7:1; with reference to levitical and ceremonial prohibitions, 2Co.6:17, Col.2:21; of hostile action, 1Jn.5:18 (cf. ἀν-, καθ-, περι- άπτω)
SYN.: θιγγάνω, ψηλαφάω. ἅ. is the stronger, θ., to touch, the lighter term. ψ. is to feel, as in search of something (Tr., Syn., § xvii; Lft., Col., 201 f.) (AS) G0682 G0682 = G0682 Ἀπφία Apphia N:N-F-P Apphia Ἀπφία, -ας, ἡ
Apphia: Phm 2 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0683 G0683 = G0683 ἀπωθέω apōtheō G:V to reject ἀπ-ωθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for זָנַח, מָאַס, etc. ;]
to thrust away. Mid., to thrust away from oneself, refuse, reject: with accusative of person(s) (MM, see word), Act.7:27, 39 13:46, Rom.11:1-2, 1Ti.1:19.†
(AS) G0684 G0684 = G0684 ἀπώλεια apōleia G:N-F destruction ἀπώλεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀπόλλυμι), [in LXX (Cremer, 797) for אָבַד, אֵיד, etc. ;]
destruction, waste, loss, perishing (in π., of money, see MM, see word): Mat.26:8, Mrk.14:4, Act.8:20, Rom.9:22, 1Ti.6:9, 2Pe.2:1; in special sense of the loss of eternal life, perdition, the antithesis of σωτηρία: Mat.7:13, Jhn.17:12, Php.1:28 3:19, 2Th.2:3, Heb.10:39, 2Pe.2:3 3:7 3:16, Rev.17:8, 11 (DB, iii, 744).†
(AS) G0685 G0685 = G0685 ἀρά ara G:N-F curse ἀρά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אָלָה ];
__1. a prayer (MM, see word).
__2. (as in Homer) a curse, malediction: Rom.3:14 (LXX),†
(AS) G0686 G0686 = G0686 ἄρα ara G:CONJ therefore ἄρα,
illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal inference than οὖν,
then: prop. (as in cl.), the second word in the sentence, Rom.7:21 8:1, Gal.3:7; ἐπεὶ ἄρα, 1Co.7:14 (with another word between) 5:10; as the first word, Luk.11:48, Act.11:18, Rom.10:17, 1Co.15:18, 2Co.5:15 7:12, Heb.4:9; so prop. in apodosis after protasis with εἰ, Mat.12:28, Luk.11:20, Gal.2:21 3:29 5:11, Heb.12:8 (κενὸν ἄρα), 1Co.15:14; often in interrogations, direct and indirect, τίς (τί) ἄρα, Mat.18:1 19:25, 27 24:45, Mrk.4:41, Luk.1:66 8:25 12:42 22:23, Act.12:18; εἰ ἄρα, Mrk.11:13, Act.8:22; εἴπερ ἄρα, 1Co.15:15; οὐκ ἄρα, Act.21:38; μήτι ἄρα, 2Co.1:17; in strengthened forms, ἄρα γε, ἄραγε, Mat.7:20 17:26, Act.17:27, and more frequently ἄρα οὖν (Epp. Paul.), so then, Rom.5:18 7:3, 25 8:12 9:16, 18 14:19, Gal.6:10, Eph.2:19, 1Th.5:6, 2Th.2:15 (Bl., §77, 2; 78, 5; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0687 G0687 = G0687 ἆρα ara G:PRT-N no? ἆρα,
interrog. particle,
implying anxiety or impatience, "quite rare and only in Luke and Paul, therefore a literary word" (Bl., §77, 2).
__1. (num igitur) expecting a neg. reply, Luk.18:8; ἆρά γε, Act.8:30.
__2. (ergone) in apodosis, expecting an affirm. reply, Gal.2:17 (Bl., l.with; Lft., Ga., in l.; MM, see word).
† (AS) G0688 G0688 = the Greek of H6152B Ἀραβία Arabia N:N-F-L Arabia Arabia , (Herdotus Historicus), poetry Ἀρραβία, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G0689 G0689 = the Greek of H7410G Ἀράμ Aram N:N-M-P Ram Ἀράμ indec. (Heb. רָם),
Aram: Mat.1:3-4, Luk.3:33 (R, txt., WH, Ἀρνεί).†
(AS) G0690 G0690 = a Group member of H6152B Ἄραψ Araps N:N--LG Arabian Ἄραψ, -αβος, ὁ
an Arabian: Act.2:11.†
(AS) G0691 G0691 = G0691 ἀργέω argeō G:V be idle ἀργέω, -ῶ
(ἀργός), [in LXX: Est.4:24, Ecc.12:3 (בָּטֵל), I Est.2:30, Sir.33:27), 2Ma.5:25 * ;]
to be idle; τὸ κρίμα . . . ἀ., lingers (cf. MGr. ἀργά, late: MM, see word): 2Pe.2:3.†
(AS) G0692 G0692 = G0692 ἀργός argos G:A idle ἀργός, -όν
(in late Gk., incl. NT, -ή, -όν; ἀ- neg., ἔργον) [in LXX: 3Ki.6:7 (מַסָּע), Wis.14:5 15:15, Sir.37:11 38:28 * ;]
inactive, idle: Mat.20:3, 6, 1Ti.5:13, Tit.1:12, 2Pe.1:8. Metaphorical, of things, inactive, ineffective, worthless: ῥῆμα, Mat.12:36; πίστις, Jas.2:20 (see Cremer, 259 f.).†
SYN.: βραδύς, slow; νωθρός, sluggish (Tr., Syn., § civ) (AS) G0693 G0693 = G0693 ἀργύρεος argureos G:A silver ἀργύρεος (see MM, see word), -οῦς, -ᾶ, -οῦν
(ἄργυρος), [in LXX for כֶּסֶף ;]
of silver: Act.19:24 (WH, br.), 2Ti.2:20, Rev.9:20.†
(AS) G0694 G0694 = G0694 ἀργύριον argurion G:N-N money ἀργύριον, -ου, τό
(ἄργυρος), [in LXX for כֶּסֶף (Gen.13:2, al.), exc. La 4:1 (כֶּתֶם) ;]
prop., a piece of silver (Lft., Notes, 191); in NT,
__(a) silver: Act.3:6 7:16 19:19 20:33, 1Co.3:12, 1Pe.1:18;
__(b) money: Mat.25:18, 27, Mrk.14:11, Luk.9:3 19:15, 23 22:5, Act.8:20;
__(with) a silver coin: p1., Mat.26:15 27:3-6, 9 28:12, 15, where the value is that of a shekel or tetradrachm; ἀργυρίου μυριάδες πέντε (prob. drachmas; MM, see word), Act.19:19.†
(AS) G0695 G0695 = G0695 ἀργυροκόπος argurokopos G:N-M silversmith ἀργυροκόπος, -ου, ὁ
(ἄργυρος, κόπτω, to beat) [in LXX: Jdg.17:4, Jer.6:29 (צָרַף) * ;]
a silversmith: Act.19:24 (Plut.; 77., see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0696 G0696 = G0696 ἄργυρος arguros G:N-M silver ἄργυρος, -ου, ὁ
(ἀργός, shining), [in LXX for כֶּסֶף ;]
silver (on its relation to ἀργύριον, see MM, see word): Mat.10:9, Act.17:29, Jas.5:5, Rev.18:12.†
(AS) G0697 G0697 = G0697 Ἄρειος Πάγος Areios Pagos N:N-M-L Areopagus Ἄρειος Πάυος (T, Ἄριος Π.), -ου, ὁ
Hill of Pres or Mars, Areopagus; also, the Court of Areopagus, the highest tribunal of Athens: Act.17:19, 22.†
(AS) G0698 G0698 = a Group member of G0697 Ἀρεοπαγίτης Areopagitēs N:N-M-LG Areopagite Ἀρεοπαγίτης (T, -είτης), -ου, ὁ (see supr.),
a judge of the Court of Areopagus: Act.17:34.†
(AS) G0699 G0699 = G0699 ἀρεσκεία areskeia G:N-F pleasing ἀρεσκία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ
(ἀρέσκω), [in LXX (-εία): Pro.31:30 (חֵן) * ;]
pleasing, desire to please: Col.1:19 In Gk. writers (Arist., Polyb.), most frequently in bad sense, but in π., Inscr., and in Philo, as above (see Deiss., BS, 224; MM, see word; Cremer, 642).†
(AS) G0700 G0700 = G0700 ἀρέσκω areskō G:V to please ἀρέσκω
[in LXX chiefly for טוֹב ;]
__1. to please (Hom., Hdt., al.): with dative of person(s), Mat.14:6, Mrk.6:22, Rom.8:8 15:2, 1Th.2:15 4:1, 1Co.7:32-34 Gal.1:10, 2Ti.2:4; before ἐνώπισν (= Heb. בּעֵנֵי, Bl., § 37, 1; 40, 7), Ac 65.
__2. In late Gk., esp. in Inscr., to render service to (see M, Th., ICC, 1 Co., ll with; Cremer, 640 f.); Rom.15:1, 3, 1Co.10:33, 1Th.2:4.†
(AS) G0701 G0701 = G0701 ἀρεστός arestos G:A pleasing ἀρεστός, -ή, -όν
(ἀρέσκω), [in LXX for יָשָׁר, etc. ;]
pleasing, agreeable (Hdt., Xen., and later writers; see Cremer, 641 f; MM, see word): with dative of person(s), Jhn.8:29, Act.12:3; before ἐνώπιον, with genitive (Bl., § 37, 1; 40, 7), 1Jn.3:22; ἀρεστόν ἐστιν, with accusative and inf (El., § 69, 5; 72, 5), Act.6:2.†
(AS) G0702 G0702 = G0702 Ἀρέτας Aretas N:N-M-P Aretas Ἀρέτας (WH, Ἀρ.; Intr., 313), -α, ὁ,
Aretas, an Arabian king: 2Co.11:32 (Deiss., BS, 183 f., thinks the proper spelling Ἀρέθας was changed, as Schürer suggests, "by desire to Hellenise a barbaric name by assimilation to ἀρετή").†
(AS) G0703 G0703 = G0703 ἀρετή aretē G:N-F virtue ἀρετή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX, in sing.: Hab.3:3, Zec.6:13 (הוֹד), in pl.: Isa.42:8, 12 43:21 63:7 (תְּהִלָּה), Wis.4:1 5:13 8:7 2:1-24; 4Mac.2.2 * ;]
prop., whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos. writers to intrinsic eminence-moral goodness, virtue;
__(a) of God: 2Pe.1:3;
__(b) of men: Php.4:8, 2Pe.1:5; pl. (Isa, Es, ll. with), excellencies: 1Pe.2:9 (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown; see Hort, 1 Pe., 129. Deiss., BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in current Gk. speech; cf. also MM, see word)†
(AS) G0704 G0704 = G0704 ἀρήν arēn G:N-M lamb ἀρήν, ἀρνός, ὁ
(nom, not in use, exc. in early times: see MM, see word), [in LXX for מְרִיא, כֶּבֶשׂ, etc. ;]
a lamb: Luk.10:3.†
(AS) G0705 G0705 = G0705 ἀριθμέω arithmeō G:V to number ἀριθμέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for סָפַר pi., פָּקַד pi., etc. ;]
to number (esp. for payment, MM, see word): Mat.10:30, Luk.12:7, Rev.7:9.†
(AS) G0706 G0706 = G0706 ἀριθμός arithmos G:N-M number ἀριθμός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for מִסְפָּר ;]
number, a number: Luk.22:3, Jhn.6:10, Act.4:4 5:36 6:7 11:21 16:5, Rom.9:27, Rev.5:11 7:4 9:16 13:17-18 15:2 20:8 (for exx. of mystical use in π., see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0707 G0707 = the Greek of H4709G Ἀριμαθαία Arimathaia N:N-F-L Arimathea Ἁριμαθεία
(WH, Ἁρ.), -ας, ἡ [in LXX: Ἁριμαθάιμ, 1Ki.1:1, al. (רָמָה) ;]
Arimathæa: Mat.27:57, Mrk.15:43, Luk.23:51, Jhn.19:38.†
(AS) G0708 G0708 = G0708 Ἀρίσταρχος Aristarchos N:N-M-P Aristarchus Ἀρίσταρχος, -ου, ὁ
(ἄριστος, ἀρχός; i.e. best-ruling)
Aristarchus: Act.19:29 20:4 27:2, Col.4:10, Phm 24
(AS) G0709 G0709 = G0709 ἀριστάω aristaō G:V to eat early meal ἀριστάω, -ῶ
(ἄριστον), [in LXX: Gen.43:25 (לֶחֶם אָכַל), 1Ki.14:24 (לֶחֶם), 3Ki.13:7 (סָעַד), Tob.2:1 * ;]
__1. prop., to breakfast: Jhn.21:12, 15
__2. In late Gk., to take a meal, dine: Luk.11:37.†
(AS) G0710 G0710 = G0710 ἀριστερός aristeros G:A left ἀριστερός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX for שְׂמֹאול ;]
left, on the left: ὅπλα, 2Co.6:7; ἡ ἀ.. (sc. χείρ), Mat.6:3; ἐξ ἀριστερῶν, on the left (MM, see word ): Mrk.10:37, Luk.23:33.†
(AS) G0711 G0711 = G0711 Ἀριστόβουλος Aristoboulos N:N-M-P Aristobulus Ἀριστόβουλος, -ου, ὁ
(ἄριστος, βουλή, i.e. best-counselling)
Aristobulus, a Christian: Rom.16:10.†
(AS) G0712 G0712 = G0712 ἄριστον ariston G:N-N early meal ἄριστον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: 3Ki.3:1 (לֶחֶם), Tob.2:1, 4, al. ;]
__1 1, prop., breakfast.
__2. In late Gk. = cl. δεῖτνον, dinner: Mat.22:4, Luk.11:38 14:12.†
(AS) G0713 G0713 = G0713 ἀρκετός arketos G:A sufficient ἀρκετός, -ή, -όν
(ἀρκέω), [in Aq.: Deu.25:2 * ;]
sufficient: Mat.6:34 (on the neut., see B1., § 31, 2); before ἵνα (M, Pr., 210), Mat.10:25; with inf., 1Pe.4:3 (for exx., see Deiss., BS, 257; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0714 G0714 = G0714 ἀρκέω arkeō G:V be sufficient ἀρκέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for הוֹן, etc. ;]
__1. to keep off; with dative, to assist.
__2. to suffice: with dative of person(s), Jo 67, 2Co.12:9; impers., Mat.25:9, Jhn.14:8 (MM, see word). Pass., to be satisfied: with dative of thing(s), Luk.3:14, 1Ti.6:8, Heb.13:5; before ἐπί, III Jn 10.†
(AS) G0715 G0715 = G0715 ἄρκτος arktos G:N-F bear ἅρκος
(Rec. (cl.) ἅρκιος), [in LXX for דֹּב ;] -ου, ὁ, ἡ,
a bear: Rev.13:2. (This form is also found in late Inscr.; MM, see word)†
(AS) G0716 G0716 = G0716 ἅρμα harma G:N-N chariot ἅρμα, -τος, τό
(ἀραρίσκω, to join), [in LXX רָכַב ;]
a chariot: Act.8:28-29, 38, Rev.9:9.†
(AS) G0717 G0717 = the Greek of H4023 Ἀρμαγεδδών Armageddōn N:N--L Armageddon Ἁρμαγεδών (WH, Ἃρ Μαγεδών; Rec. Ἀρμαγεδδών, prop. = הַר מְגִדּוֹן), cf. LXX, Μαγεδών, 2Ch.35:22, Μαγεδώ, Jdg.1:27; Har-Magedon (AV, Armageddon): Rev.16:16 (see Swete, in l, but also Thayer, see word).†
Ἅρ,
indecl., Rev.16:16, see, Ἁρμαγεδών
Μαγεδών,
Magedon: Rev.16:16 (WH, Ἅρ M. for Ἁρμαγεδών, which see).†
(AS) G0718 G0718 = G0718 ἁρμόζω harmozō G:V to betroth ἁρμόζω
(ἁρμός), [in LXX for אמן, etc. ;]
__1. to fit, join.
__2. of marriage, to betroth. Mid.,
__(a) to join to oneself, marry, take to wife; (b) to give in marriage: 2Co.11:2 (for this there is no direct parallel. But see M, Pr., 160; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0719 G0719 = G0719 ἁρμός harmos G:N-M joint ἁρμός, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Sir.27:2, 4Ma.10:5 * ;]
a joining, joint: Heb.4:12.†
(AS) G0720 G0720 = G0720 ἀρνέομαι arneomai G:V to deny ἀρνέομαι -οῦμαι, depon.,
[in LXX: Gen.18:15 (כָּחַשׁ pi.), Wis.12:27 16:16 17:10, 4Ma.8:7 4Mac 10:15 * ;]
__1. to deny, say no, opposite to είπεῖν: absol., Mat.26:70, Luk.8:45; before ἅτι, 1Jn.2:22; with inf., Heb.11:24
__2. In late Gk. (MM, see word), with accusative of person(s), to deny, refuse to acknowledge, disown: Act.3:14 7:35; Ἰησοῦν, Mat.10:33, 2Ti.2:12, 1Jn.2:22, Ju 4; ἑαυτόν, Luk.9:23, 2Ti.2:13 (prove false to)
__3. C. accusative of thing(s) (in cl. to refuse), to deny, abjure: 1Ti.5:8, Tit.2:12, 2Ti.3:5 (cf. ἀπαρνέομαι)
(AS) G0721 G0721 = G0721 ἀρνίον arnion G:N-N lamb ἀρνίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of ἀρήν; see MM, see word), [in LXX: Psa.114:4, 6 (pl., צֹאן בֵּן), Jer.11:19 (כֶּבֶשׂ), Jer.50:45 (צָעִיר)* ;]
a little lamb, a lamb: Jhn.21:15, Rev.2:7.†
(AS) G0722 G0722 = G0722 ἀροτριάω arotriaō G:V to plow ἀροτριάω, -ῶ
(ἄροτρον), [in LXX: Deu.22:10, al. (חָרַשׁ), Isa.7:25 (עֲדַר) ;]
later form of ἀρόω, to plough (MM, see word): Luk.17:7, 1Co.9:10.†
(AS) G0723 G0723 = G0723 ἄροτρον arotron G:N-N plow ἄροτρον, -ου, τό
(ἀρόω, to plough), [in LXX chiefly for אֵת ;]
a plough: Luk.9:62.†
(AS) G0724 G0724 = G0724 ἁρπαγή harpagē G:N-F plunder ἁρπαγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἁρπάζω), [in LXX (as also ἅρπαγμα) for גָּזֵל, etc. ;]
pillage, plundering, robbery: Mat.23:25, Luk.11:39, Heb.10:34.†
(AS) G0725 G0725 = G0725 ἁρπαγμός harpagmos G:N-M something to grasp ἁρπαγμός, οῦ, ὁ
(ἁρπάζω);
__1. prop., accusative, to the rule of its formation (Bl., § 27, 2), actively, the act of seizing, robbery (Plut., Deu Puer. Educ., p. 12A), Php.2:6, AV (Waterland, Works, II, 108; Cremer, 649 f.; Meyer, in l; cf. also JThS, July, 1909, April, 1911; MM, see word).
__2. Passively = ἅρπαγμα (Eze.22:25, of a lion's prey, ), a thing seized, hence, a prize: Phi, l.with, RV (Lft., Ellic., ICC, in l; Donaldson, NCrat., 450 ff.; and esp. Gifford, The Incarnation, 59-71, and reff. in DB, ii, 835 B). The lexical data favour the active meaning, but as they also admit the possibility of the alternative, most modern expositors have accepted the latter as seeming to suit the logic of the passage better. The lexical difficulty, however, remains (MM, see word, esp. the last ref.). As to the usage of St. Paul, he seems inclined to adopt the -μα form where it is appropriate (e.g. Rom.11:9, where cf. LXX; 1Co.13:9, 2 Co 19), and there is certainly a presumption in favour of the active meaning here from the fact that he does not use the LXX ἅρπαγμα. Suggestions looking to a fresh exegesis are given in JThS, ll with†
(AS) G0726 G0726 = G0726 ἁρπάζω harpazō G:V to seize ἁρπάζω
[in LXX chiefly for גָּזַל, טָרַף ;]
to seize, catch up, snatch away, carry off by force: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.12:29 13:19, Jhn.10:12, 28-29; τ. βασιλείαν τ. θεοῦ, Mat.11:12; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.6:15, Act.8:39 23:10, Ju 23; pass., before ἕως, 2Co.12:2; εἰς, 2Co.12:4, 1Th.4:17; πρός, Rev.12:5 (cf. δι-, συν-αρπάζω, and see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0727 G0727 = G0727 ἅρπαξ harpax G:A rapacious ἅρπαξ, -αγος, ὁ, ἡ
(ἁρπάζω), [in LXX: Gen.49:27 (טָרַף) * ;]
rapacious: Mat.7:15, Luk.18:11; as subst., a swindler, an extortioner (MM, see word), 1Co.5:10-11 6:10.†
(AS) G0728 G0728 = G0728 ἀρραβών arrabōn G:N-M guarantee ἀρραβών
(T, ἀραβ-: 2Co, ll. with), -ώνος, ὁ, [in LXX: Gen.38:17-20 (עֲרָבוֹן)* ;]
an earnest, part payment in advance for security, a first instalment: 2Co.1:22 5:5, Eph.1:14. (The word is found in cl. and was prob. brought to Greece by the Phænicians (AR, Eph., l.with). It is found in π. with both spellings (see Milligan, NTD, 73). In MGr. ἀρραβῶνα is an engagement ring; see MM, see word)†
(AS) G0729 G0729 = G0729 ἄρραφος arraphos G:A seamless ἄραφος, -ον (Rec. ἄρραφο),
(ῥάπτω, to sew)
without seam: Jhn.19:23.†
(AS) G0730 G0730 = G0730 ἄρρην, ἄρσην arrēn, arsēn G:A male ἄρσην (ἄρρην, T, in Rom.1:27; Rec. in Rev.12:5, 13) -ενος, ὁ, ἡ, ἄρσεν, τό
(old Attic for ἄρρην, see supr.; both forms are found in π.; MM, see word), [in LXX chiefly for זָכָר ;]
male: Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.2:23, Rom.1:27, Gal.3:28, Rev.12:5, 13.†
(AS) G0731 G0731 = G0731 ἄρρητος arrētos G:A inexpressible ἄρρητος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ῥητός, ῥέω), [in Sm.: Lev.18:23 * ;]
__1. unspoken (Hom., al.).
__2. unspeakable (Hat., al.; frequently in Inscr.; MM, see word): 2Co.12:4.†
(AS) G0732 G0732 = G0732 ἄρρωστος arrōstos G:A ill ἄρρωστος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., ῥώννυμι), [in LXX: 3Ki.14:5Α, Mal.1:8 (חָלָה), Sir.7:35 * ;]
feeble, sickly: Mat.14:14, Mrk.6:5, 13 16:18, 1Co.11:30.†
(AS) G0733 G0733 = G0733 ἀρσενοκοίτης arsenokoitēs G:N-M sodomite ἀρσενοκοίτης, -ου, ὁ
(ἄρσην, κοιτή),
a sodomite: 1Co.6:9, 1Ti.1:10.†
(AS) G0734 G0734 = G0734 Ἀρτεμάς Artemas N:N-M-P Artemas Ἀρτεμᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ
Artemas: Tit.3:12.†
(AS) G0735 G0735 = G0735 Ἄρτεμις Artemis N:N--T Artemis Ἄρτεμις, -ιδος, ἡ
Artemis, an Asiatic goddess, to be disting. from the Gk. goddess of the same name: Act.19:24, 27-28
(AS) G0736 G0736 = G0736 ἀρτέμων artemōn G:N-M foresail ἀρτέμων, -ωνος (Rec. -ονος), ὁ
(ἀρτάω, to fasten to),
a fore-sail or top-sail: Act.27:40 (see DB, ext., 366b, 399a; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0737 G0737 = G0737 ἄρτι arti G:ADV now ἄρτι
adv., [in LXX: Dan LXX 9:22 10:11 (עַתָּה), al. ;]
adv.,
of coincidence, denoting strictly present time, as contrasted with past or future, just, just now, this moment: Mat.3:15 9:18 26:53, Jhn.13:7, Gal.4:20, 1Th.3:6 (see Lft., Notes, 44; Milligan, in l), Rev.12:10; opposite to past time, Jhn.9:19, 25 13:33, 1Co.16:7, Gal.1:9-10; to future, Jhn.13:37 16:12, 31, 1Co.13:12, 2Th.2:7, 1Pe.1:6 1:8; ἄχρι τῆς ἅ. ὥρας, 1Co.4:11; ἕως ἄ., Mat.11:12, Jhn.2:10 5:17 16:24, 1Co.4:13 8:7 15:6, 1Jn.2:9; ἀπ᾽ ἄ., see: ἀπάρτι (see Rutherford, NPhr., 70 f; MM, see word).†
SYN.: νῦν, now, "the objective, immediate present; ἤδη, now, already, " the subjective present, with a suggested reference to some other time or to some expectation". (Thayer, 75.) (AS) G0738 G0738 = G0738 ἀρτιγέννητος artigennētos G:A newborn ἀρτι-γέννητος, -ον
(ἄρτι, γεννάω),
new-born: 1Pe.2:2 (Luc.).†
(AS) G0739 G0739 = G0739 ἄρτιος artios G:A competent ἄρτιος, -α, -ον
fitted, complete: 2Ti.3:17 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0740 G0740 = G0740 ἄρτος artos G:N-M bread ἄρτος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for לֶחֶם ;]
bread, a loaf: Mat.4:3, 4 Mrk.3:20, al.; ἄρτοι τ. προθέσεως, bread of the setting forth, i.e. the shewbread. Metaphorical, ὁ ἄ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. ζωῆς, ref. to Christ, Jhn.6:33, 35; in general, food: Mat.6:11, al.; ἄ. φαγεῖν (Heb. אֲכֹל לֶחֶם), to eat (MM, see word), Lu 14:1, al.
(AS) G0741 G0741 = G0741 ἀρτύω artuō G:V to season ἀρτύω
[in Sm.: Sng.8:2 * ;]
__1. to arrange, make ready (Hom.).
__2. Of food (as in comic writers), to season (MM, see word): Mrk.9:50, Luk.14:34, Col.4:6.†
(AS) G0742 G0742 = the Greek of H0775 Ἀρφαξάδ Arphaxad N:N-M-P Arphaxad Ἀρφαξάδ, ὁ(Heb. אַרְפַּכְשַׁד),
Arphaxad: Luk.3:36.†
(AS) G0743 G0743 = G0743 ἀρχάγγελος archangelos G:N-M archangel ἀρχ-άγγελος, -ου, ὁ
(ἄρχι-, ἄγγελος),
archangel, a chief angel: 1Th.4:16, Ju 9 (Cremer, 24; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0744 G0744 = G0744 ἀρχαῖος archaios G:A ancient ἀρχαῖος, -αία, -αῖον
(ἀρχή), [in LXX chiefly for קֶדֶם ;]
original, ancient: Mat.5:21, 33, Luk.9:8, 19, Act.15:7, 21 21:16, 2Co.5:17, 2Pe.2:5, Rev.12:9 20:2.†
SYN.: παλαιός, old, without the reference to beginning and origin contained in ἀ. The distinction is observed in π. (MM, see word). ἀ. is the antithesis to καινός: παλ. to vέος (see Westc., He., 223; Cremer, 116) (AS) G0745 G0745 = G0745 Ἀρχέλαος Archelaos N:N-M-P Archelaus Ἀρχέλαος, -ου, ὁ
Archelaus, son of Herod the Great, King of Judma, Samaria and Idumæa: Mat.2:22.†
(AS) G0746 G0746 = G0746 ἀρχή archē G:N-F beginning ἀρχή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for קֶדֶם, רֹאשׁ, רֹאשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. beginning, origin;
__(a) absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Rev.21:6 (cf. 18); similarly, of Christ, Rev.22:13; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Rev.3:14; in his relation to the Church, Col.1:18; ἐν ἀ., Jhn.1:1-2; ἀπ᾽ ἀ. (and ἀπ᾽ ἀ. κτισεως), Mat.19:4, 8 24:21, Mrk.10:6 13:19, Jhn.8:44, 2Th.2:13, 2Pe.3:4, 1Jn.1:1 Jn 2:13-14 Jn 2:24; κατ ἀρχἀς, Heb.1:10;
__(b) relatively: Heb.7:3; ἀ. ὠδίνων, Mat.24:8, Mrk.13:9; τ. σημείων, Jhn.2:11; τ. ὑποστάσεως, Heb.3:14; τ. λογίων, Heb.5:12; ὁ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγος, the account of the beginning, the elementary view of Christ, Heb.6:1; ἀρχὴν λαμβάνειν, to begin, Heb.2:3; ἐξ ἀ., Jhn.6:64 16:4; ἀπ᾽ ἀ., Luk.1:2, Jhn.15:27, 1Jn.2:7 Jn 2:24 Jn 3:11, 2Jn.5-6; ἐν ἀ., Act.11:15 26:4, Php.4:15; τὴν ἀρχήν, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al.; v MM, see word): Jhn.8:25.
__2. an extremity, a corner: Act.10:11 11:5.
__3. sovereignty, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.): Luk.12:11 20:20, Rom.8:38, 1Co.15:24, Eph.1:21 3:10 6:12, Col.1:16 2:10, 15 Tit.3:1, Ju 6 (Cremer, 113).†
(AS) G0747 G0747 = G0747 ἀρχηγός archēgos G:N-M founder ἀρχηγός, -όν
[in LXX for רֹאשׁ, נָשִׂיא etc. ;]
beginning, originating: more freq., as subst.;
__1. founder, author (Lat. auchor; so some­times in π., see MM, see word; Milligan, NTD, 75): Act.3:15 (R, mg.), Heb.2:10 (R, txt.; but see Westc., in l, and Page, Ac., l.with).
__2. prince, leader (so in MGr., see Kennedy, Sources, 153): Act.3:15 (R, txt.) Act.5:31, Heb.2:10 (cf. R, mg.) 122 (Cremer, 117).†
(AS) G0748 G0748 = G0748 ἀρχιερατικός archieratikos G:A high-priestly ἀρχ-ιερατικός, -ή, -όν
(ἀρχιερύς),
high-priestly: Act.4:6
(AS) G0749 G0749 = G0749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereus G:N-M high-priest ἀρχιερεύς, -έως, ὁ,
[in LXX for כּ'' הָרֹאשׁ,כּ'' הַגָּדוֹל ,כּהֵן ;]
__1. high-priest: Mrk.2:26 14:47, al.; of Christ: Heb.2:17 3:1, al.
__2. In pl., chief priests, including ex-high-priests and members of high-priestly families: Mat.2:4, Mrk.8:31, al. (Cremer, 294; DCG, i, 297f.; MM, see word).
(AS) G0750 G0750 = G0750 ἀρχιποίμην archipoimēn G:N-M chief shepherd ἀρχι-ποίμην, -ενος, ὁ
[in Sm.: 4Ki.3:4 * ;]
found on an Egyptian mummy label (Deiss., LAE, 97 ff.; cf. MM, see word); used by modem Greeks of tribal chiefs; chief shepherd. of Christ, 1Pe.5:4.†
(AS) G0751 G0751 = G0751 Ἄρχιππος Archippos N:N-M-P Archippus Ἄρχιππος, -ου, ὁ
Archippus: Col.4:17, Phm 2.†
(AS) G0752 G0752 = G0752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagōgos G:N-M synagogue leader ἀρχισυνάγωγος, -ου, ὁ
(συναγωγή),
ruler of a synagogue, an administrative officer, supervising the worship (הַכְּנֵםֶת רֹאשׁ): Mrk.5:22, 35-36 5:38 Luk.8:49 13:14, Act.13:15 18:8, 17 (Inscr., see MM, see word; cf. also DB, ext., 101).†
(AS) G0753 G0753 = G0753 ἀρχιτέκτων architektōn G:N-M master-builder ἀρχι-τέκτων, -ονος, ὁ
(τέκτων), [in LXX: Isa.3:3 (חָרָשׁ) Sir.38:27. 2Ma.2:29 * ;]
a master-builder, architect: 1Co.3:10 (in π. of building contractors, MM, see word).†
(AS) G0754 G0754 = G0754 ἀρχιτελώνης architelōnēs G:N-M chief tax collector ἀρχι-τελώνης, -ου, ὁ
a chief tax-collector, chief publican: Luk.19:2.†
(AS) G0755 G0755 = G0755 ἀρχιτρίκλινος architriklinos G:N-M head waiter ἀρχι-τρίκλινος, -ου, ὁ
(τρί-κλινος or -ον, a room with three couches)
the superintendent of a banquet, whose duty it was to arrange the tables and food (DB, ii, 253): Jhn.2:8-9.†
(AS) G0756 G0756 = a Form of G0757 ἄρχομαι archomai G:V to rule/begin ἄρχω
[in LXX for חָלַל, מָשַׁל, etc. ;]
__1. to begin.
__2. to rule (see DCG, ii, 538b.): with genitive, Mrk.10:42, Rom.15:12. Mid., to begin: before ἀπό, Mat.16:21 20:8, Luk.14:18 23:5 24:27, 47, Jhn.8:9, Act.1:22 8:35 10:37, 1Pe.4:17; with inf., an Aramaic pleonasm, Mrk.1:45 2:23 5:17, Luk.3:8, al. (see M, Pro.14:1-35 f.; Dalman, Words, 27; MM, see word)
(AS) G0757 G0757 = G0757 ἄρχω archō G:V be first ἄρχω
[in LXX for חָלַל, מָשַׁל, etc. ;]
__1. to begin.
__2. to rule (see DCG, ii, 538b.): with genitive, Mrk.10:42, Rom.15:12. Mid., to begin: before ἀπό, Mat.16:21 20:8, Luk.14:18 23:5 24:27, 47, Jhn.8:9, Act.1:22 8:35 10:37, 1Pe.4:17; with inf., an Aramaic pleonasm, Mrk.1:45 2:23 5:17, Luk.3:8, al. (see M, Pro.14:1-35 f.; Dalman, Words, 27; MM, see word)
(AS) G0758 G0758 = G0758 ἄρχων archōn G:N-M ruler ἄρχων, -οντος, ὁ
(present ptcp. of ἄρχω), [in LXX for נָשִׂיא., רֹאשׁ, שַׂר, etc. ;]
a ruler, chief: Jesus, Rev.1:5; rulers of nations, Mat.20:25, Act.4:26 7:35; magistrates, Act.23:5, Rom.13:3; judges, Luk.12:58, Act.7:27, 35 16:19; members of the Sanhedrin, Luk.14:1 23:13, 35 24:20, Jhn.3:1 7:26, 48 12:42, Act.3:17 4:5, 8 13:27 14:5; rulers of synagogues, Mat.9:18, 23, Luk.8:41 18:18; οἱ ἄ. τ. αἰῶνος τούτου, 1Co.2:6-8; of the devil: ἄ. τῶν δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34 12:24, Mrk.3:22, Luk.11:15; ὁ ἄ. τοῦ κόσμου, Jhn.12:31 14:30 16:11; ἄ. τ. ἐξουσίας τ. ἀέρος, Eph.2:2 (MM, see word; DB, iii, 838; Ext., 99 f; DCG, ii, 419; DCG, see word Archon).†
(AS) G0759 G0759 = G0759 ἄρωμα arōma G:N-N spices ἄρωμα, -τος, τό
[in LXX for בֶּשֶׂם ;]
spice: Mrk.16:1, Luk.23:56 24:1, Jhn.19:40.†
(AS) G0760 G0760 = the Greek of H0609G Ἀσά Asa N:N-M-P Asaph Ἀσάφ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָסַף), [H609]
Asaph, an obvious error for Ἀσά, found in the best texts, and adopted by LTTr. and WH, R, mg.: Mat.1:7-8.†
(AS) G0761 G0761 = G0761 ἀσάλευτος asaleutos G:A unshakable ἀ-σάλευτος, -ον
(σαλεύω), [in LXX: Exo.13:16, Deu.6:8 11:18 (טוֹפָפָה)* ;]
unmoved, immovable: Act.27:41; metaphorically, Heb.12:28.†
(AS) G0762 G0762 = G0762 ἄσβεστος asbestos G:A unquenchable ἄ-σβεστος, -ον
(σβέννυμι), [in LXX for נָפַח לֹא, Job.20:26 א3 A (ἄκαυστον, א2 B)* ;]
unquenched, unquenchable: πῦρ, Mat.3:12, Mrk.9:43, Luk.3:17.†
(AS) G0763 G0763 = G0763 ἀσέβεια asebeia G:N-F ungodlinessness ἀσέβεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀσεβής), [in LXX for פֶּשַׁע, רֶשַׁע, etc. ;]
ungodliness, impiety: Rom.1:18 11:26, 2Ti.2:16, Tit.2:12; ἔργα ἀσεβείας, ungodly deeds, Ju 15; ἐπιθυηίαι τ. ἀσεβειῶν, desires for ungodly things or deeds, Ju 18 (DB, iv, 532; Cremer, 523; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0764 G0764 = G0764 ἀσεβέω asebeō G:V be ungodly ἀσεβέω, -ῶ
(ἀσεβής), [in LXX for פָּשַׁע, רָשַׁע ;]
to be ungodly, act profanely: 2Pe.2:6; with cogn. accusative (MM, see word), Ju 15.†
(AS) G0765 G0765 = G0765 ἀσεβής asebēs G:A ungodly ἀσεβής, -ές
(σέβω, to reverence), [in LXX chiefly for רָשַׁע ;]
un­godly, impious: Rom.4:5 5:6, 1Ti.1:9, 1Pe.4:18, 2Pe.2:5-6 3:7, Ju 4 15.†
(AS) G0766 G0766 = G0766 ἀσέλγεια aselgeia G:N-F debauchery ἀσέλγεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀσελγής, licentious; see MM, see word), [in LXX: Wis.14:26, 3Ma.2:26 * ;]
licentiousness, wantonness, excess: Mrk.7:22, Rom.13:13, 2Co.12:21, Gal.5:19 (Lft., in l), Eph.4:19, 1Pe.4:3, 2Pe.2:2 2:7 2:18, Ju 4.†
SYN.: ἀσωτία, profligacy, prodigality (see Tr., Syn., § xvi; DB, iii, 46). (AS) G0767 G0767 = G0767 ἄσημος asēmos G:A insignificant ἄσημος, -ον
(σῆμα, a mark), [in LXX: Gen.30:42 (עָטַף), Job.42:11, 3Ma.1:3 * ;]
without mark (in π. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss., BS, 153; MM, see word). Metaphorical (MM, see word), unknown, obscure: litotes, οὐκ ἄ (Eur., al.), πόλις, Act.21:39.†
(AS) G0768 G0768 = the Greek of H0836 Ἀσήρ Asēr N:N-M-P Asher Ἀσήρ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָשֵׁר),
Asher: Luk.2:36, Rev.7:6.†
(AS) G0769 G0769G = G0769G ἀσθένεια astheneia G:N-F weakness: weak ἀσθένεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀσθενής), [in LXX for כָּשַׁל, etc. ;]
weakness, frailty, sickness: Luk.13:11-12, Jhn.11:4, Act.28:9, Rom.6:19 8:26, 2Co.11:30 13:4, Gal.4:13 (MM, see word), Heb.5:2 7:28 11:34; ἐν ἀ., Jhn.5:5, 1Co.2:3 15:43, 2Co.12:9; pl., Mat.8:17, Luk.5:15 8:2, 2Co.12:5 12:9-10, 1Ti.5:23, Heb.4:15.†
SYN.: μαλακία, νόσος (see DB, iii, 323a) (AS) G0769 G0769H = a Meaning of G0769G ἀσθένεια astheneia G:N-F weakness: ill ἀσθένεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀσθενής), [in LXX for כָּשַׁל, etc. ;]
weakness, frailty, sickness: Luk.13:11-12, Jhn.11:4, Act.28:9, Rom.6:19 8:26, 2Co.11:30 13:4, Gal.4:13 (MM, see word), Heb.5:2 7:28 11:34; ἐν ἀ., Jhn.5:5, 1Co.2:3 15:43, 2Co.12:9; pl., Mat.8:17, Luk.5:15 8:2, 2Co.12:5 12:9-10, 1Ti.5:23, Heb.4:15.†
SYN.: μαλακία, νόσος (see DB, iii, 323a) (AS) G0770 G0770G = G0770G ἀσθενέω astheneō G:V be weak: weak ἀσθενέω, -ῶ
( ἀσθενής) [in LXX chiefly for כָּשַׁל ;]
to be weak, feeble: Act.20:35, Rom.8:3, 2Co.11:21 12:10 13:4 13:9; with dative, πίστει (Cremer, 527), Rom.4:19 14:1; same implied, Rom.14:2, 21, 1Co.8:11-12, 2Co.11:29; εἰς, 2Co.13:3. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick: Mat.25:36, 39, Luk.4:40, Jhn.4:46 5:3, 7 5:13 11:1-3, 6 Act.9:37, Php.2:26-27, 2Ti.4:20, Jas.5:14; οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες, the sick: Mat.10:8 (MM, see word), Mrk.6:56, Luk.9:2, Act.19:12.†
(AS) G0770 G0770H = a Meaning of G0770G ἀσθενέω astheneō G:V be weak: ill ἀσθενέω, -ῶ
( ἀσθενής) [in LXX chiefly for כָּשַׁל ;]
to be weak, feeble: Act.20:35, Rom.8:3, 2Co.11:21 12:10 13:4 13:9; with dative, πίστει (Cremer, 527), Rom.4:19 14:1; same implied, Rom.14:2, 21, 1Co.8:11-12, 2Co.11:29; εἰς, 2Co.13:3. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick: Mat.25:36, 39, Luk.4:40, Jhn.4:46 5:3, 7 5:13 11:1-3, 6 Act.9:37, Php.2:26-27, 2Ti.4:20, Jas.5:14; οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες, the sick: Mat.10:8 (MM, see word), Mrk.6:56, Luk.9:2, Act.19:12.†
(AS) G0771 G0771 = G0771 ἀσθένημα asthenēma G:N-N weakness ἀσθένημα, -τος, τό
(ἀσθενής),
an infirmity (MM, see word): Rom.15:1.†
(AS) G0772 G0772G = G0772G ἀσθενής asthenēs G:A weak ἀσθενής -ές
(ἀ- neg., σθένος, strength), [in LXX for עָנִי, etc. ;]
without strength, weak, feeble: 1Co.1:27 4:10 12:22, 2Co.10:10, Gal.4:9, 1Th.5:14, Heb.7:18, 1Pe.3:7. Rhetorically, τό ἀ. τ. θεοῦ, God's action of apparent weakness: 1Co.1:25; of bodily debility, sick, sickly: Mat.25:39 (Rec.) Mat.25:43-44, Luk.9:2 (Rec.) Luk.10:9, Act.4:9 5:15-16 In moral and spiritual sense (MM, see word; Cremer, 526), Mat.26:41, Mrk.14:38, Rom.5:6, 1Co.8:7 8:9-10 9:22 11:30.†
(AS) G0772 G0772H = a Meaning of G0772G ἀσθενής asthenēs G:A weak: ill ἀσθενής -ές
(ἀ- neg., σθένος, strength), [in LXX for עָנִי, etc. ;]
without strength, weak, feeble: 1Co.1:27 4:10 12:22, 2Co.10:10, Gal.4:9, 1Th.5:14, Heb.7:18, 1Pe.3:7. Rhetorically, τό ἀ. τ. θεοῦ, God's action of apparent weakness: 1Co.1:25; of bodily debility, sick, sickly: Mat.25:39 (Rec.) Mat.25:43-44, Luk.9:2 (Rec.) Luk.10:9, Act.4:9 5:15-16 In moral and spiritual sense (MM, see word; Cremer, 526), Mat.26:41, Mrk.14:38, Rom.5:6, 1Co.8:7 8:9-10 9:22 11:30.†
(AS) G0773 G0773 = G0773 Ἀσία Asia N:N-F-L Asia Ἀσία, -ας, ἡ
Asia, the Roman province: Act.2:9 6:9 16:6 19:1, 10 19:22, 26 (M, Pr., 73), Act.19:27 Act.20:4, 16 20:18 21:27 24:18 27:2, Rom.16:5, 1Co.16:19, 2Co.1:8, 2Ti.1:15, 1Pe.1:1, Rev.1:4.†
(AS) G0774 G0774 = a Group member of G0773 Ἀσιανός Asianos N:N--LG Asian Ἀσιαός, -ή, -όν
Asian, of Asia, Asiatic; as subst., ὁ (οἱ) Ἀ.: Act.20:4.†
(AS) G0775 G0775 = G0775 Ἀσιάρχης Asiarchēs N:N--T Asiarch Ἀσιάρχης, -ου, ὁ
an Asiarch, one of ten officers elected by the various cities in the province of Asia whose duty it was to celebrate at their own charges the public games and festivals: Act.19:31 (Strab., Inscr.; DB, see word).†
(AS) G0776 G0776 = G0776 ἀσιτία asitia G:N-F fasting ἀσιτία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄσιτος),
fasting, abstinence from food: Act.27:21.†
SYN.: νηστεία (MM, ut infr.) (AS) G0777 G0777 = G0777 ἄσιτος asitos G:A fasting ἄσιτος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., σῖτος)
fasting, without eating (cf. MM, see word): Act.27:33.†
(AS) G0778 G0778 = G0778 ἀσκέω askeō G:V to strive ἀσκέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ma.15:4 * ;]
__1. to adorn (poët.).
__2. to practise, exercise (Hdt., Xen.).
__3. to endeavour (Xen., al.): with inf., Act.24:16.†
(AS) G0779 G0779 = G0779 ἀσκός askos G:N-M wineskin ἀσκός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for חֵמֶת, נֹאד, נֶבֶל ;]
a leather bottle, wine-skin: Mat.9:17, Mrk.2:22, Luk.5:37-38.†
(AS) G0780 G0780 = G0780 ἀσμένως asmenōs G:ADV gladly ἀσμένως
adv. (ἥδομαι, to be glad), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:12 2Mac 10:33, 3Ma.3:15 3Mac 5:21 * ;]
gladly: Act.21:17.†
(AS) G0781 G0781 = G0781 ἄσοφος asophos G:A unwise ἄ-σοθος, -ον
[in LXX: Pro.9:8 א2 Α * ;]
unwise, foolish: Eph.5:15.†
(AS) G0782 G0782 = G0782 ἀσπάζομαι aspazomai G:V to pay respects to ἀσπάζομαι depon.,
[in LXX: Eze.18:7, Jdg.18:15 (שָׁלוֹם שָׁאַל), Est.5:2, 1Ma.7:29, al. ;]
to welcome, greet, salute: with accusative of person(s), Mat.5:47, Mrk.9:15, Act.21:7, al.; id. before ἐν φιλήματι, Rom.16:16, 1Co.16:20, 2Co.13:12, 1Th.5:26, 1Pe.5:14; τ. ἐκκλησίαν (Deiss., BS, 257), Act.18:22; as term. tech. for conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, see word), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Rom.16:22 (on the aoristic Pres., here and elsewhere, see M, Pr., 119; Bl., § 56, 4); κατήντησαν . . . ἀσπασάμενοι (on this constr., see El., § 58, 4; M, Pr., 132, 238), Act.25:13 (cf. ἀπ-ἀπ-ασπάζομαι).†
(AS) G0783 G0783 = G0783 ἀσπασμός aspasmos G:N-M salutation ἀσπασμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀσπάζομαι),
a salutation (so always in RV), greeting: oral, Mat.23:7, Mrk.12:38, Luk.1:29, 41 1:44 11:43 20:46; written, 1Co.16:21, Col.4:18, 2Th.3:17.†
(AS) G0784 G0784 = G0784 ἄσπιλος aspilos G:A spotless ἄ-σπιλος, -ον
(ἀ- neg., σπῖλος) [in Sm.: Job.15:15 (LXX, καθαρός)* ;]
spotless, unstained: 1Pe.1:19; metaphorically, 1Ti.6:14, Jas.1:27, 2Pe.3:14 (for exx., see MM, see word).†
SYN.: ἀμίαντος, ἄμωμος (AS) G0785 G0785 = G0785 ἀσπίς aspis G:N-F asp ἀσπίς, -ίδος, ἡ
[in LXX for פֶּתֶן, etc. ;]
an asp: Rom.3:13.†
(AS) G0786 G0786 = G0786 ἄσπονδος aspondos G:A irreconcilable ἄσπονδος, -ον
(σπονδή, a libation);
__1. without truce (Thuc.).
__2. admitting of no truce, implacable (Dem., al.): 2Ti.3:3.†
(AS) G0787 G0787 = G0787 ἀσσάριον assarion G:N-N assarion ἀσσάριον, -ον, τό
(diminutive of Lat. as),
an assarion, a farthing, one-tenth of a drachma: Mat.10:29, Luk.12:6 (MM, see word; DB, iii, 428; DCG, ii, 200).†
(AS) G0788 G0788 = G0788 ἆσσον asson G:ADV-C nearer ἆσσον (Rec., after Vg., Ἄσσον),
adv. (compar. of ἄγχι, near),
nearer: Act.27:13 (RV, close in shore; see B1., § 11, 3; 44, 3; poets, Ion, and late prose).†
(AS) G0789 G0789 = G0789 Ἄσσος Assos N:N-F-L Assos Ἄσσος, -ου
(also Ἀσσός, -οῦ), ή
Assos, a city on the E. coast of Asia Minor: Act.20:13-14 (see: ἆσσον).†
(AS) G0790 G0790 = G0790 ἀστατέω astateō G:V be unsettled ἀστατέω, -ῶ
(ἄστατος, unstable), [in Aq.: Isa.58:7 (LXX, ἄστεγος)* ;]
to be unsettled, be homeless, lead a vagabond life (Cremer, 738 MM, see word): 1Co.4:11 †
(AS) G0791 G0791 = G0791 ἀστεῖος asteios G:A beautiful ἀστεῖος, -ον
(ἄστυ, a city), [in LXX: Exo.2:2 (טוֹב), Num.22:32 (οὐκ ἀ. יָרַט), Jdg.3:17 (בָּרִיא), Jdth.11:23, Dan LXX, Sus 1:7, 2Ma.6:23 * ;]
__1. of the town.
__2. (Like Lat. urbanus),
__(a) courteous,
__(b) elegant (in π., of clothing, MM, see word), comely, fair (as in Ex, l.with), Heb.11:23, Act.7:20.†
(AS) G0792 G0792 = G0792 ἀστήρ astēr G:N-M star ἀστήρ, -έρος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for כּוֹכָב ;]
a star: Mat.2:2, 7-10 :, Mrk.13:25, 1Co.15:41, Rev.6:13 8:10-12 9:1 12:1, 4; metaphorically, ὁ ἀ. ὁ πρωϊνός Rev.2:28 22:16; ἀ. πλαῆται, Ju 13; ἀ. ἑπτά, symbolizing the angels of the seven churches, Rev.1:16, 20 2:1 3:1 (cf. ἄστρον, and see DCG, ii, 674 f.; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0793 G0793 = G0793 ἀστήρικτος astēriktos G:A unstable ἀ-στήρικτος, -ον
(στηρίζω),
unstable, unsettled: 2Pe.2:14 3:16.†
(AS) G0794 G0794 = G0794 ἄστοργος astorgos G:A unfeeling ἄστοργος, -ον
(στοργή, family affection, love of kindred, see: ἀγάπη)
without natural affection: Rom.1:31, 2Ti.3:3 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0795 G0795 = G0795 ἀστοχέω astocheō G:V to deviate ἀστοχέω, -ῶ
(στόχος, a mark), [in LXX: Sir.7:19 8:9 * ;]
to miss the mark, fail: with genitive, 1Ti.1:6 (so in π., MM, see word); before περί, 1Ti.6:21, 2Ti.2:18.†
(AS) G0796 G0796 = G0796 ἀστραπή astrapē G:N-F lightning ἀστραπή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for בָּרָק ;]
lightning: Mat.24:27 28:3, Luk.10:18 17:24; pl., Rev.4:5 8:5 11:19 16:18; of a lamp, shining brightness, Luk.11:36.†
(AS) G0797 G0797 = G0797 ἀστράπτω astraptō G:V to flash ἀστράπτω
[in LXX for בָּרָק ;]
to lighten, flash forth: Luk.17:24 24:4 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0798 G0798 = G0798 ἄστρον astron G:N-N star ἄστρον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for כּוֹכָב ;]
__(a) mostly in pl. (as in cl.), the stars: Luk.21:25, Act.27:20, Heb.11:12;
__(b) in sing. (Xen., al.), only of some noted star; the symbol or image of a star, Act.7:43 (cf. ἀστήρ, and see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0799 G0799 = G0799 Ἀσύγκριτος Asugkritos N:N-M-P Asyncritus Ἀσύνκριτος (Rec. Ἀσύγκρ.), -ου, ὁ
Asyncritus: Rom.16:14.†
(AS) G0800 G0800 = G0800 ἀσύμφωνος asumphōnos G:A discordant ἀ-σύμφωνος, -ον
[in LXX: Wis.18:10, Da, LXX, Bel 1:15 * ;]
dissonant, discordant; metaphorically, at variance: πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Act.28:25.†
(AS) G0801 G0801 = G0801 ἀσύνετος asunetos G:A senseless ἀ-σύνετος, -ον
[in LXX: Deu.32:21 (נָבָל). Job.13:2 (נָפַל), Psa.92:6 (כְּסִיל), Psa.76:5, Wis.2:1-24, Sir.6:1-37 * ;]
without understanding or discernment: Mat.15:16, Mrk.7:18 (Swete, in l), Rom.1:21, 31 10:19 (for an ex. of its use in the moral sense, see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0802 G0802 = G0802 ἀσύνθετος asunthetos G:A untrustworthy ἀ-σύν-θετος, -ον
(συντίθεμαι ν. M, Pr., 222; MM, see word), [in LXX: Jer.3:7-11 (בָּגַד)* ;]
false to engagements, not keeping covenant, faithless (MM, see word): Rom.1:31.†
(AS) G0803 G0803 = G0803 ἀσφάλεια asphaleia G:N-F security ἀσφάλεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἀσφαλής), [in LXX for בָּטַח, etc. ;]
__1. firmness.
__2. certainty: Luk.1:4.
__3. security: Act.5:23, 1Th.5:3.
(In π. it is used as a law-term, proof, security; see MM, see word; M, Th., l.with)†
(AS) G0804 G0804 = G0804 ἀσφαλής asphalēs G:A secure ἀσφαλής, -ές
(ἀ- neg., σφάλλω, to trip up), [in LXX for אָשַׁר pu., etc. ;]
certain, secure, safe: Act.21:34 22:30 25:26, Php.3:1, Heb.6:19 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0805 G0805 = G0805 ἀσφαλίζω asphalizō G:V to secure ἀσφαλίζω
(ἀσφαλής), [in LXX: Neh.3:15 (חָזַק hi.), Isa.41:10 (תָּמַךְ), Wis.4:17 10:12 13:15 * ;]
to make firm, secure: mid., Mat.27:65-66, Act.16:24; pass., Mat.27:64 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0806 G0806 = G0806 ἀσφαλῶς asphalōs G:ADV securely ἀσφαλῶς
adv., [in LXX: Gen.34:25 (בֶּטַח), Tob.6:4, Wis.18:6, Bar.5:7, 1Ma.6:40, 3Ma.7:6 * ;]
__(a) safely: Mrk.14:44, Act.16:23;
__(b) assuredly: Act.2:36.†
(AS) G0807 G0807 = G0807 ἀσχημονέω aschēmoneō G:V to act improperly ἀσχημονέω, -ῶ
(ἀσχήμαων), [in LXX: Eze.16:7, 22 16:39 23:29 (עֶרְיָה); Deu.25:3 (קָלָה ni.)* ;]
to act unbecomingly, behave dishonourably: 1Co.13:5; before ἐπί, ib. 1Co.7:36 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0808 G0808 = G0808 ἀσχημοσύνη aschēmosunē G:N-F indecency ἀσχημοσύνη, -ης, ή
(ἀσχήμων), [in LXX chiefly for עֶרְוָה ;]
unseemliness: Rom.1:27 (MM, see word); euphemism for ἡ αἰσχύνη, as frequently in LXX, shame, nakedness: Rev.16:15.†
(AS) G0809 G0809 = G0809 ἀσχήμων aschēmōn G:A indecent ἀσχήμων, -ον
(ἀ- neg., σχῆμα) [in LXX: Gen.34:7 (נְבָלָה), Deu.24:1 (עֶרְוָה), Wis.2:20, Da TH Sus 1:63, 2Ma.9:2 * ;]
__1. shapeless.
__2. uncomely, unseemly: 1Co.12:23.†
(AS) G0810 G0810 = G0810 ἀσωτία asōtia G:N-F debauchery ἀσωτία, -ας, ή
(ἀ- neg., σώζω), [in LXX: Pro.28:7 (זָלַל), 2Ma.6:4 * ;]
prodigality, wastefulness, profligacy: Eph.5:18, Tit.1:6, 1Pe.4:4 (MM, see word).†
SYN.: ἀσέλγεια, q.v (AS) G0811 G0811 = G0811 ἀσώτως asōtōs G:ADV wildly ἀσώτως
adv. (ἄσωτος, prodigal, wasteful), [in LXX for סָרַר, Pro.7:11 * ;]
wastefully: Luk.15:13
(EV, in riotous living; but not necessarily dissolute; cf. MM, ut supr.; Milligan, NTD, 79).† (AS) G0812 G0812 = G0812 ἀτακτέω atakteō G:V be idle ἀτακτέω -ῶ
(ἄτακτος),
primarily, of soldiers marching, to be out of order, to quit the ranks; hence, metaphorically, to be remiss, fail in the performance of duty (in π., of truancy on the part of an apprentice): 2Th.3:7 (on ἀ. and its cognates, see M, Th., 152 ff.; MM, s.vv.).†
(AS) G0813 G0813 = G0813 ἄτακτος ataktos G:A disorderly ἀ-τακτος, -ον
(τάσσω), [in LXX: 3Ma.1:19 * ;]
out of order, out of place (Lat. inordinatus), frequently of soldiers not keeping the ranks, or an army in disarray (cf. 3Ma.1:19); hence, metaphorically, irregular, disorderly (see previous word): 1Th.5:14.†
(AS) G0814 G0814 = G0814 ἀτάκτως ataktōs G:ADV idly ἀ-τάκτως
adv., [in Sm.: 4Ki.9:20 * ;]
disorderly, irregularly: 2Th.3:6 3:11.†
(AS) G0815 G0815 = G0815 ἄτεκνος ateknos G:A childless ἄτεκνος, -ον
(τέκνον), [in LXX: Gen.15:2, Lev.20:20-21 (עֲרִירִי), Isa.49:21, Jer.18:21 (שָׁכֹל), Sir.16:3 * ;]
childless: Luk.20:28-29.†
(AS) G0816 G0816 = G0816 ἀτενίζω atenizō G:V to gaze ἀτενίζω
(ἀτενής, strained, intent; τείνω), [in LXX: I Est.6:28, 3Ma.2:26 * ;]
to look fixedly, gaze (MM, see word): with dative of person(s), gaze upon: Luk.4:20 22:56, Act.3:12 10:4 14:9 23:1; before εἰς, with accusative of person(s), Act.3:4 6:15 13:9; metaphorically, Act.1:10 7:55 11:6, 2Co.3:7 3:13.†
(AS) G0817 G0817 = G0817 ἄτερ ater G:PREP without ἄτερ
prep., [in LXX: 2Ma.12:15 * ;]
in cl. most frequently in poets; without, apart from: with genitive, Luk.22:6, 35 (for exx. from π., see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0818 G0818 = G0818 ἀτιμάζω atimazō G:V to dishonor ἀτιμάζω
(ἄτιμος), [in LXX for בּוּז, קָלָה, etc. ;]
to dishonour, insult: Mrk.12:4, TTr., mg., WH, Luk.20:11, Jhn.8:49, Rom.2:23, Jas.2:6; pass.: Act.5:41, Rom.1:24 (cf ἀτιμάω).†
(AS) G0819 G0819 = G0819 ἀτιμία atimia G:N-F dishonour ἀτιμία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄτιμος) [in LXX for כְּלִמָּה, קָלוֹן, etc. ;]
dishonour, disgrace: 1Co.11:14, 2Co.6:8; εἰς ἀ., Rom.9:21, 2Ti.2:20; ἐν ἀ., 1Co.15:43; κατ᾽ ἀ., 2Co.11:21; πάθη ἀτιμίας, base passions, Rom.1:26.†
(AS) G0820 G0820 = G0820 ἄτιμος atimos G:A dishonored ἄτιμος, -ον
(τιμή), [in LXX: Isa.3:5 (קָלָה ni.), Isa.53:3 (בָּזָה), Job.30:4, 8 (שֵׁם בְּלִי), שֵׁם בְּלִי), Wis.5:1-23, Sir.1:1-30 * ;]
without honour, dishonoured, despised: Mat.13:57, Mrk.6:4, 1Co.4:10; comp., 1Co.12:23.†
(AS) G0821 G0821 = G0821 ἀτιμόω atimoō G:V to disgrace ἀτιμόω, -ῶ
(ἄτιμος), [in LXX chiefly for בָּזָה ;]
= ἀτιμάζω, to dishonour, treat with indignity: Mrk.12:4, Rec.†
(AS) G0822 G0822 = G0822 ἀτμίς atmis G:N-F vapor ἀτμίς, -ίδος, ἡ
[in LXX for עָנַן, תִּמֹּר, etc. ;]
vapour: Jas.4:14; ἀ. καπνοῦ, Act.2:19 (LXX).†
(AS) G0823 G0823 = G0823 ἄτομος atomos G:A instant ἄ-τομος, -ον
(τέμνω), [in Sm.: Isa.54:8 (MM, see word) * ;]
indivisible; of time, ἄτομον, a moment: ἐν ἄ., 1Co.15:52.†
(AS) G0824 G0824 = G0824 ἄτοπος atopos G:A wrong ἄ-τοπος, -ον
(τόπος), [in LXX: Job.4:8 11:11, Pro.30:20, al., for אָוֶן, etc. ;]
__1. out of place, not befitting.
__2. marvellous, strange (of symptoms, Hipp.): Act.28:6; hence, in late Greek, with ethical sense,
__3. improper, unrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from π., see M, Th., l.with; MM, see word): Luk.23:41, Act.25:5, 2Th.3:2.†
(AS) G0825 G0825 = G0825 Ἀττάλεια Attaleia N:N-F-L Attalia Ἀτταλία (Rec. -άλεια), -υς, ἡ
Attalia, a city of Pamphylia: Act.14:25.†
(AS) G0826 G0826 = G0826 αὐγάζω augazō G:V to see αὐγάζω
(αὐγή), [in LXX: Lev.13:24-28, 38 14:56 (בֹּהֶרֶת) Lev.13:39 (כֵּהֶה)* ;]
__1. Trans. (cl.), to irradiate.
__2. Intrans.
__(a) (poët.), to see clearly (so perh. 2 Co, l.with; MM, see word)
__(b) as in LXX, to shine forth: 2Co.4:4 (cf. δι-, κατ-αυγάζω).†
(AS) G0827 G0827 = G0827 αὐγή augē G:N-F daybreak αὐγή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Isa.59:9 (נְגֹהָה), 2Ma.12:9 * ;]
__1. brightness
__2. Later (as in MGr.; MM, see word), daylight, dawn: Act.20:11 (Cremer, 118).†
SYN.: φέγγος (see Thayer, s. φ.; DB, iii, 44a; Tr., Syn., § xlvi). (AS) G0828 G0828 = G0828 Αὔγουστος Augoustos N:N-M-P Augustus Αὔγουστος, -ου, ὁ
(Lat.), Augustus, the Roman Emperor: Luk.2:1 (cf. Σεβαστός; and see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0829 G0829 = G0829 αὐθάδης authadēs G:A self-willed αὐθάδης, -ες
(αὐτος, ἥδομαι), [in LXX: Gen.49:3, 7 (עַז), Pro.21:24 (יָהִיר)* ;]
self-pleasing, arrogant: Tit.1:7, 2Pe.2:10 (Cremer, 654).†
SYN.: φίλαυτος (see Tr., Syn., § xciii) (AS) G0830 G0830 = G0830 αὐθαίρετος authairetos G:A self-chosen αὐθαίρετος, -ον
(αὐτός, αἱρέομαι), [in Sm.: Exo.35:5, 22 * ;]
__1. self-chosen.
__2. of one's own accord: 2Co.8:3 8:17.†
(AS) G0831 G0831 = G0831 αὐθεντέω authenteō G:V to domineer αὐθεντέω, -ῶ
(αὐθέντης, i.e. αὐτο- ἕντης, one who acts on his own authority, in π., an autocrat; cf. Wis.12:6; cf. -ία, 3Ma.2:29; -ικος is frequently in vernacular, MM, see word)
to govern, exercise authority over: 1Ti.2:12.†
(AS) G0832 G0832 = G0832 αὐλέω auleō G:V to play the flute αὐλέω, -ῶ
(αὐλός), [in Al.: 3Ki.1:40 * ;]
to play on a flute, to pipe: mid., Mat.11:17, Luk.7:32, 1Co.14:7.†
(AS) G0833 G0833 = G0833 αὐλή aulē G:N-F palace/courtyard αὐλή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for חָצֵר ;]
__1. in Hom., an open courtyard before a house, hence, an enclosure in the open, a sheepfold: Jhn.10:1, 16
__2. the court, courtyard, round which a house is built: Mat.26:3, 58 26:69, Mrk.14:54, 66 15:16 Luk.11:21 22:55, Jhn.18:15; τ. ναοῦ, Rev.11:2. a dwelling, a palace (so, accusative to Grimm-Th., see word): Mat.26:3, 58, Mrk.14:54 15:16, Luk.11:21, Jhn.18:15 (but see MM, see word; cf. also DB, ii, 25, 287).†
(AS) G0834 G0834 = G0834 αὐλητής aulētēs G:N-M flute player αὐλητής, -οῦ, ὁ
(αὐλέω),
a flute-player: Mat.9:23, Rev.18:22 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0835 G0835 = G0835 αὐλίζομαι aulizomai G:V to spend the night αὐλίζομαι
(αὐλή), [in LXX chiefly for לוּן ;]
__1. prop., to lodge in a courtyard.
__2. to lodge in the open.
__3. to pass the night, lodge (LXX; MM, see word): Mat.21:17, Luk.21:37.†
(AS) G0836 G0836 = G0836 αὐλός aulos G:N-M flute αὐλός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἄω, to blow), [in LXX chiefly for חָלִיל ;]
a pipe: 1Co.14:7.†
(AS) G0837 G0837 = G0837 αὐξάνω auxanō G:V to grow αὐξάνω
(and the earlier form αὔξω, Eph.2:21, Col.2:19; MM, see word), [in LXX chiefly for פָּרָה ;]
__1. trans., to make to grow: 1Co.3:6-7, 2Co.9:10. Pass., to grow, increase, become greater: Mat.13:32, Mrk.4:8, 2Co.10:15, Col.1:6; τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τ. θεοῦ, Col.1:10; εἰς σωτηρίαν, 1Pe.2:2.
__2. In later Gk. (but nowhere in LXX), intrans., to grow, increase: of plants, Mat.6:28, Luk.12:27 13:19; of infants, Luk.1:80 2:40; of a multitude, Act.7:17; of the increase of the Gospel: ὁ λόγος ηὔξανε, Act.6:7 12:24 19:20; of Christ as a leader, Jhn.3:30; of Christian character: εἰς Χριοτόν, Eph.4:15; εἰς ναόν, Eph.2:21; ἐν χάριτι, 2Pe.3:18; τὴν αὔξησιν τ. θεσῦ, Col.2:19 (cf. συν, ὑπερ-αυξάνω).†
(AS) G0838 G0838 = G0838 αὔξησις auxēsis G:N-F growth αὔξησις, -εως, ἡ
(αὔξω), [in LXX: 2Ma.5:16 * ;]
increase, growth: Eph.4:16, Col.2:19.†
(AS) G0839 G0839 = G0839 αὔριον aurion G:ADV tomorrow αὔριον
adv., [in LXX for מָחָר ;]
to-morrow: Mat.6:30, Luk.12:28, Act.23:20 25:22, 1Co.15:32, Luk.13:32-33, Jas.4:13; ἡ αὔ. (sc. ἡμέρα, MM, see word), Mat.6:34, Act.4:3; ἐπὶ τὴν αὔ., Luk.10:35, Act.4:5; τὸ (WH om.) τῆς Jas.4:14.†
(AS) G0840 G0840 = G0840 αὐστηρός austēros G:A severe αὐστηρός, -ά, -όν
(αἄω, to dry up) [in LXX: 2Ma.14:30 * ;]
prop., stringent, harsh to the taste. Metaphorical, in Inscr., of a rough country; of disposition and manners, strict, severe (as in π., of an inspector; MM, s v): Luk.19:21-22.†
SYN.: σκληρός (Tr., § xiv) (AS) G0841 G0841 = G0841 αὐτάρκεια autarkeia G:N-F self-sufficiency αὐτάρκεια, -ας, ἡ
(αὐτάρκης, which see),
__(a) sufficiency (MM, see word): in subjective sense (see Milligan, NTD, 57), 2Co.9:8;
__(b) contentment: 1Ti.6:6.†
(AS) G0842 G0842 = G0842 αὐτάρκης autarkēs G:A self-sufficient αὐτάρκης, -ες
(αὐτός, ἀρκέω), [in LXX: Pro.30:8 (חֹק), Sir.5:1 11:24 31:28 40:18, 4Ma.9:9 * ;]
as in cl., in philosophical sense, self-­sufficient, independent; subjectively, contented: Php.4:11 (in non-lit. π., the word means simply enough, sufficient; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0843 G0843 = G0843 αὐτοκατάκριτος autokatakritos G:A self-condemned αὐτο-κατά-κριτος, -ον
(αὐτός, κατακρίνω),
self-condemned: Tit.3:11 (Eccl., Cremer, 377; MM, see word).†
(AS) G0844 G0844 = G0844 αὐτόματος automatos G:A by itself αὐτόματος -ον, and -η, -ον
(etym. doubtful; see Boisacq, Prellwitz, see word), [in LXX, Lev.25:5, 11, 4Ki.19:29 (סָפִיחַ), Jos.6:5, Job.24:24, Wis.17:6 * ;]
__1. of persons, acting of one's own will.
__2. Of inanimate things and natural agencies, of itself, of its own accord: γῆ Mrk.4:28 (MM, see word); πύλη, Act.12:10.†
(AS) G0845 G0845 = G0845 αὐτόπτης autoptēs G:N-M eyewitness seeing oneself, an eyewitness , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G0846 G0846 = G0846 αὐτός autos G:P it/s/he αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G0847 G0847 = G0847 αὐτοῦ autou G:ADV there αὐτοῦ
adv., prop. neut. genitive of αὐτός, [in LXX for פֹּה, בָּזֶה ;]
there: Mat.26:36, Mrk.6:33, WH, mg., Luk.9:27, Act.15:34, WH, mg., R, mg., Act.18:19 21:4 .†
(AS) G0848 G0848 = a Form of G1438 αὑτοῦ ahutou G:F-3 /him/herself αὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ
= ἑαυτοῦ (which see), Mat.6:34, Luk.12:17, al. (MM, see word)
(AS) G0849 G0849 = G0849 αὐτόχειρ autocheir G:A with one’s own hand αὐτό-χειρ, -ρος, ὁ, ἡ
(αὐτός, χείρ),
with one's own hand: Act.27:19.†
(AS) G0850 G0850 = G0850 αὐχμηρός auchmēros G:A dingy αὐχμηρός, -ά, -όν
(αὐχμός, drought);
__1. dry
__2. squalid, dismal: 2Pe.1:19 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0851 G0851 = G0851 ἀφαιρέω aphaireō G:V to remove ἀφ-αιρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX (Cremer, 615 f.) for סוּר, עָבַר, H7311 כָּרַת, etc. (35 words in all) ;]
to take from, take away, take off: with accusative, τὸ ὠτίον, Mat.26:51, Mrk.14:47 (ὠτάριον, WH), Luk.22:50 (οὖς); ὄνειδος, Luk.1:25; before ἀπό, Rev.22:19, Luk.16:3 (mid.); pass., C. genitive, Luk.10:42; ἀ. ἁμαρτίος, Heb.10:4, Rom.11:27 (mid.) (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0852 G0852 = G0852 ἀφανής aphanēs G:A hidden ἀφανής, -ές
(φαίνω), [in LXX: Neh.4:8(2), Job.24:20, Sir.20:30 41:14, 2Ma.3:34 * ;]
unseen, hidden: Heb.4:13.†
(AS) G0853 G0853 = G0853 ἀφανίζω aphanizō G:V to destroy ἀφανίζω
(ἀφανής), [in LXX for שָׁמֵם ni., שָׁמַד hi., etc. ;]
__1. to make unseen, hide from sight (Xen., a1.).
__2. Later (MM, see word)
__(a) to destroy: Mat.6:19-20;
__(b) to disfigure: Mat.6:16. Pass., to vanish: Jas.4:14; to perish: Act.13:41(LXX).†
(AS) G0854 G0854 = G0854 ἀφανισμός aphanismos G:N-M disappearance ἀφανισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἀφανίζω), [in LXX chiefly for שַׁמָּה, שְׁמָמָה ;]
vanishing: Heb.8:13.†
(AS) G0855 G0855 = G0855 ἄφαντος aphantos G:A disappearing ἄφαντος, -ον
(φαίνομαι), poët. and late prose (MM, see word)
invisible, hidden: Luk.24:31.†
(AS) G0856 G0856 = G0856 ἀφεδρών aphedrōn G:N-M latrine ἀφεδρών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(cf. ἄφεδρος, Lev.12:5) = cl. ἄφοδος (MM, see word),
a privy, drain: Mat.15:17, Mrk.7:19 (ὀχετόν, WH, mg.).†
**ὀχετός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὀχέω, to carry) [in Sm.: Job.22:24, Psa.65:10 al. ;]
__1. a water-pipe, channel.
__2. the intestinal canal: Mrk.7:19, WH, mg. (for ἀφεδρών).†
(AS) G0857 G0857 = G0857 ἀφειδία apheidia G:N-F unsparing ἀφειδία (L, -εία), -ας, ἡ
(ἀφειδής, unsparing);
__1. extravagance.
__2. unsparing treatment, severity: Col.2:23.†
(AS) G0858 G0858 = G0858 ἀφελότης aphelotēs G:N-F sincerity ἀφελότης, -ητος, ἡ
= cl. ἀφέλεια (see MM, see word),
simplicity: Act.2:46†
(AS) G0859 G0859 = G0859 ἄφεσις aphesis G:N-F forgiveness ἄφεσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀφίημι), [in LXX for יוֹבֵל, דְּרוֹר, etc. (see Deiss., BS, 98 ff.; MM, see word) ;]
__1. dismissal, release: Luk.4:18.
__2. Metaphorical, of sins (never in LXX), pardon, remission of penalty: ἁμαρτιῶν, Mat.26:28, Mrk.1:4, Luk.1:77 3:3 24:47, Act.2:38 5:31 10:43 13:38 26:18, Col.1:14; παραπτωμάτων, Eph.1:7; absol., Mrk.3:29, Heb.9:22 10:18 (cf. DB, ii, 56; DCG, i, 437, ii, 605; Cremer, 297 f.).†
SYN.: πάρεσις, which see (and cf. Tr., § xxxiii) (AS) G0860 G0860 = G0860 ἁφή haphē G:N-F joint ἁφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἅπτω, to fasten, fit), [in LXX for נֶגַע, frequently in Le ;]
a joint (MM, see word): Eph.4:16, Col.2:19 (Lft., in l).†
(AS) G0861 G0861 = G0861 ἀφθαρσία aphtharsia G:N-F incorruptibility ἀφθαρσία, -ας, ἡ
(ἄφθαρτος), [in LXX: Wis.2:23 6:19, 4Ma.9:22 4Mac 17:12 * ;]
incorruptibility, immortality: Rom.2:7, 1Co.15:42 15:50 15:53-54, 2Ti.1:10; ἀγαπώντων . . . ἐν ἀ., Eph.6:24 (see AR, in l).†
ἀ-φθορία, -ας, ἡ
(φθείρω), [in LXX: Hag.2:17 (שְׁדֵפָה)* ;]
uncorruptness: Tit.2:7 (Rec. ἀφθορία).†
(AS) G0862 G0862 = G0862 ἄφθαρτος aphthartos G:A incorruptible ἄ-φθαρτος, -ον
(φθείρω), [in LXX: Wis.12:1 18:4 * ;]
imperishable, immortal;
__(a) of things: 1Co.9:25, 1Pe.1:4 1:23 3:4;
__(b) of persons: of men, 1Co.15:52; of God, Rom.1:23, 1Ti.1:17 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0863 G0863G = G0863G ἀφίημι aphiēmi G:V to release: leave ἀφ-ίημι,
[in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc. ;]
__1. to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce (DB, iii, 274a), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), 1Co.7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα (Gen.35:18, Hdt., al.), Mat.27:50; (φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mrk.15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mat.18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mat.18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mat.9:2, Rom.4:7" (LXX), 1Jn.1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative present (M, Pr., 119), Mrk.2:5, Luk.11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Luk.5:23.
__2. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mat.4:11 5:24 15:14, Mrk.1:20, 31 Jhn.4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mrk.7:8; τον̀ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, Heb.6:1; τ. ἀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Rev.2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21f.), Mat.13:36 22:22, Mrk.8:13, al.
__3. to let, suffer, permit: Mat.3:15; with accusative, Mat.3:15, 19:14, al.; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.5:40; with inf. pres., Mat.23:14, al.; aor., Mrk.5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175f.), before ἵνα, Mrk.11:16, Jhn.12:7; with subjunct. (M, Pr., l.with; Bl., §64, 2), Mat.7:4 27:49, Mrk.15:36, Luk.6:42 (see further MM, see word).
(AS) G0863 G0863H = a Meaning of G0863G ἀφίημι aphiēmi G:V to release: forgive ἀφ-ίημι,
[in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc. ;]
__1. to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce (DB, iii, 274a), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), 1Co.7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα (Gen.35:18, Hdt., al.), Mat.27:50; (φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mrk.15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mat.18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mat.18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mat.9:2, Rom.4:7" (LXX), 1Jn.1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative present (M, Pr., 119), Mrk.2:5, Luk.11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Luk.5:23.
__2. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mat.4:11 5:24 15:14, Mrk.1:20, 31 Jhn.4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mrk.7:8; τον̀ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, Heb.6:1; τ. ἀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Rev.2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21f.), Mat.13:36 22:22, Mrk.8:13, al.
__3. to let, suffer, permit: Mat.3:15; with accusative, Mat.3:15, 19:14, al.; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.5:40; with inf. pres., Mat.23:14, al.; aor., Mrk.5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175f.), before ἵνα, Mrk.11:16, Jhn.12:7; with subjunct. (M, Pr., l.with; Bl., §64, 2), Mat.7:4 27:49, Mrk.15:36, Luk.6:42 (see further MM, see word).
(AS) G0863 G0863I = a Meaning of G0863G ἀφίημι aphiēmi G:V to release: permit ἀφ-ίημι,
[in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc. ;]
__1. to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce (DB, iii, 274a), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), 1Co.7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα (Gen.35:18, Hdt., al.), Mat.27:50; (φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mrk.15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mat.18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mat.18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mat.9:2, Rom.4:7" (LXX), 1Jn.1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative present (M, Pr., 119), Mrk.2:5, Luk.11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Luk.5:23.
__2. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mat.4:11 5:24 15:14, Mrk.1:20, 31 Jhn.4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mrk.7:8; τον̀ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, Heb.6:1; τ. ἀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Rev.2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21f.), Mat.13:36 22:22, Mrk.8:13, al.
__3. to let, suffer, permit: Mat.3:15; with accusative, Mat.3:15, 19:14, al.; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.5:40; with inf. pres., Mat.23:14, al.; aor., Mrk.5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175f.), before ἵνα, Mrk.11:16, Jhn.12:7; with subjunct. (M, Pr., l.with; Bl., §64, 2), Mat.7:4 27:49, Mrk.15:36, Luk.6:42 (see further MM, see word).
(AS) G0864 G0864 = G0864 ἀφικνέομαι aphikneomai G:V to reach ἀφ-ικνέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX for בּוֹא, etc. ;]
perfective of ἱκνέομαι, to come (M, Pr., 247), to arrive at, come to, reach: metaphorically (MM, see word), Rom.16:19.†
(AS) G0865 G0865 = G0865 ἀφιλάγαθος aphilagathos G:A hating good ἀ-φιλ-άγαθος, -ον
without love of good: 2Ti.3:3 (not elsewhere in Gk. lit., but see MM, see word).†
(AS) G0866 G0866 = G0866 ἀφιλάργυρος aphilarguros G:A not greedy ἀ-φιλ-άργυρος, -ον
without love of money, not avaricious; 1Ti.3:3, Heb.13:5. (For other instances, see MM, see word)†
(AS) G0867 G0867 = G0867 ἄφιξις aphixis G:N-F departure ἄφ-ιξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἀφικνέομαι), [in LXX: 3Ma.7:18 * ;]
in cl. usually, arrival; rarely, departure: Act.20:29 (so in π., cf. MM, see word; M, Pro.26:1-28, n.).†
(AS) G0868 G0868 = G0868 ἀφίστημι aphistēmi G:V to leave ἀφ-ίστημι
[in LXX for סוּר, מָעַל, etc. (41 words in all) ;]
__1. trans. in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put away, lead away; metaphorically, to move to revolt: Act.5:37.
__2. Intrans. in pf., plpf., 2 aor., to stand off, depart from, withdraw from: with genitive, Luk.2:37; before ἀπό, Luk.4:13 13:27, Act.5:38 12:10 15:38 19:9 22:29, 2Co.12:8; metaphorically, ἀπὸ ἀδικίας, 2Ti.2:19; ἀπὸ θεοῦ, (fall away, apostatize), Heb.3:12 Mid. (exc. 1 aor., WH. is trans.), to withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from: Luk.2:37; metaphorically, fall away, apostatize: absol., Luk.8:13; with genitive, 1Ti.4:1 (MM, see word; Cremer, 308).†
(AS) G0869 G0869 = G0869 ἄφνω aphnō G:ADV suddenly ἄφνω
adv., [in LXX for פִּתְאוֹם ;]
suddenly: Act.2:2 16:26 28:6.†
(AS) G0870 G0870 = G0870 ἀφόβως aphobōs G:ADV fearlessly ἀφόβως
adv. (φόβος), [in LXX: Pro.1:33 (פַּחַד), Wis.17:4 * ;]
without fear: Luk.1:74, Php.1:14, 1Co.16:10, Ju 12.†
(AS) G0871 G0871 = G0871 ἀφομοιόω aphomoioō G:V to make like ἀφ-ομοιόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Wis.13:14, Ep. Jer 1:5, 63, 71* ;]
to make like: pass., Heb.7:3.†
(AS) G0872 G0872 = G0872 ἀφοράω aphoraō G:V to consider ἀφ-οράω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 4Ma.17:10 (είς θεόν)* ;]
__(a) to look away from all else at, fix one's gaze upon: metaphorically (MM, see word), Heb.12:2;
__(b) simply, to see: ἀφίδω (see: ἀπεῖδον, and Lft., Phi., in l; MM, see word), Php.2:23 (see Ellic., in l).†
(AS) G0873 G0873 = G0873 ἀφορίζω aphorizō G:V to separate ἀφ-ορίζω
[in LXX (Cremer, 805 f.) for בָּדַל hi., סָגַר hi., נוּף hi., רוּם hi etc. ;]
__(a) to mark off by boundaries from, separate from: with accusative, Act.19:9, Gal.2:12; id. before ἐκ (ἀπό), Mat.13:49 25:32 (MM, see word); of excom­munication, Luk.6:22. Pass., absol., 2Co.6:17;
__(b) to set apart, devote to a special purpose (before εἰς): with accusative, Gal.1:15. Mid., Act.13:2, Rom.1:1 (DB, iii 588).†
(AS) G0874 G0874 = G0874 ἀφορμή aphormē G:N-F opportunity ἀφ-ορμή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Eze.5:7 (הָמוֹן), Pro.9:9, 3Ma.3:2 * ;]
prop., a starting point; in war, a base of operations; metaphorically, an occasion, incentive, opportunity (MM, see word): 2Co.11:12, Gal.5:13; ἀφ. λαμβάνειν, Luk.11:24, WH, mg., Rom.7:8, 11; ἀφ. διδόναι, 2Co.5:12, 1Ti.5:14.*
(AS) G0875 G0875 = G0875 ἀφρίζω aphrizō G:V to foam ἀφρίζω
(ἀφρός),
to foam at the mouth: Mrk.9:18, 20.†
(AS) G0876 G0876 = G0876 ἀφρός aphros G:N-M foam foam , of the sea, (Iliad by Homer): of an angry lion, foam, froth , (Iliad by Homer); ἀπ᾽ ἀνθρώπων ἀφρόν frothy blood , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G0877 G0877 = G0877 ἀφροσύνη aphrosunē G:N-F foolishness ἀφροσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(ἄφρων), [in LXX for אִוֶּלֶת, נְבָלָה, etc. ;]
foolishness: Mrk.7:22, 2Co.11:1 11:17 11:21.†
(AS) G0878 G0878 = G0878 ἄφρων aphrōn G:A foolish ἄφρων, -ον genitive -ονος
(φρήν), [in LXX for כְּסִיל, נָבָל, etc. ;]
without reason, senseless, foolish, expressing "want of mental sanity and sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind" (Hort; cf. MM, see word): Luk.11:40 12:20, Rom.2:20, 1Co.15:36, 2Co.11:16 12:6 12:11, 1Pe.2:15; opposite to φρόνιμος, 2Co.11:19; to συνιέντες, Eph.2:17.†
(AS) G0879 G0879 = G0879 ἀφυπνόω aphupnoō G:V to fall sleep ἀφ-υπιόω, -ῶ
(ὑπνόω, to put to sleep), [in Al.: Gen.28:11 * ;]
__1. to awake from sleep (Anth.).
__2. = cl. καθυπνόω (MM, see word), to fall asleep: Luk.8:23.†
(AS) G0880 G0880 = G0880 ἄφωνος aphōnos G:A mute ἀφωνος, -ον
(φωνή) [in LXX: Isa.53:7 (עָלַם ni.), Wis.4:19, 2Ma.3:29 * ;]
dumb, speechless: Act.8:32 (LXX); of idols (MM, see word), 1Co.12:2; of beasts, 2Pe.2:19; τοσαῦτα γένη φωνῶν καὶ οὐδὲν ἄ.—so many kinds of voices and none voiceless, i.e. without signification, unintelligible: 1Co.14:10.†
(AS) G0881 G0881 = the Greek of H0271G Ἀχάζ Achaz N:N-M-P Ahaz Ἄχαζ (WH, Ἄχας), ὁ (Heb. אָחָז),
Ahaz: Mat.1:9.†
(AS) G0882 G0882 = G0882 Ἀχαΐα Achaia N:N-F-L Achaia Ἀχαία (T, Ἀχαΐα), -ας, ἡ (Bl., § 46, 11)
Achaia, the Roman province: Act.18:12, 27 19:21 Rom.15:26, 1Co.16:15, 2Co.1:1 9:2 11:10, 1Th.1:7-8.†
(AS) G0883 G0883 = G0883 Ἀχαϊκός Achaikos N:N-M-P Achaicus Ἀχαϊκός, -οῦ, ὁ
Achaicus: 1Co.16:17.†
(AS) G0884 G0884 = G0884 ἀχάριστος acharistos G:A ungrateful ἀχάριστος, -ον
(χαρίζομαι), [in LXX: Wis.16:29, Sir.29:17, 25, 4Ma.9:10 * ;]
__(a) ungracious, unpleasing;
__(b) ungrateful, thankless: Luk.6:35, 2Ti.3:2.†
(AS) G0885 G0885 = G0885 Ἀχείμ Acheim N:N-M-P Achim Ἀχείμ, ὁ
Achim: Mat.1:14.†
(AS) G0886 G0886 = G0886 ἀχειροποίητος acheiropoiētos G:A not man-made ἀ-χειρο-ποίητος, -ον
(χειροποίητος)
not made by hands: Mrk.14:58, 2Co.5:1; metaphorically, περιτομή ἀ. (i.e. spiritual ), Col.2:11 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0887 G0887 = G0887 ἀχλύς achlus G:N-F mist ἀχλύς, -ύος, ἡ
[in Aq.: Eze.12:7; Sm.: Job.3:5 * ;]
a mist, esp. a dimness of the eyes: Act.13:11 (see Tr., Syn., § with).†
(AS) G0888 G0888 = G0888 ἀχρεῖος achreios G:A worthless ἀ-χρεῖος, -ον
(χρεῖος, useful), [in LXX: 2Ki.6:22 (שָׁפָל), Ep. Jer.17:1-27 * ;]
useless, unprofitable: Mat.25:30, Luk.17:10 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G0889 G0889 = G0889 ἀχρειόω achreioō G:V to make worthless ἀχρεόω (Rec. -ειόω, Polyb., LXX), -ῶ
(ἄχρεος = ἀχρεῖος) [in LXX (-ειόω) for אָלַח ni., etc. ;]
to make useless, unprofitable: pass., Rom.3:12 (LXX).†
(AS) G0890 G0890 = G0890 ἄχρηστος achrēstos G:A useless ά-χρηατος, -ον
[in LXX: Hos.8:8 (חֵפֶץ אַיִן), Wis.2:11, Sir.16:1, al. ;]
useless; unserviceable: opposite to εὔχρηστος, Phm 11.†
(AS) G0891 G0891 = G0891 ἄχρι achri G:PREP until ἄχρι
(and Epic ἄχρις, bef. vowel (see MM, see word), Rom.11:25 T, Gal.3:19 T, WH, mg., Heb.3:13);
__1. adv., utterly (Hom.).
__2. Prep. with genitive, until, unto, as far as;
__(a) of time Act.3:21 22:22, Rom.1:13 5:13, 1Co.4:11, 2Co.3:14, Gal.4:2, Php.1:6; ἄ. καιροῦ, Luk.4:13, Act.13:11; ἄ. ἧς ἡμέρας, Mat.24:38, Luk.1:20 17:27, Act.1:2 (τῆς ἡ. ἧς), Act.1:22; ἄ. ταύτης τ. ἡμέρας (τ. ἡ. ταύτης), Act.2:29 23:1 26:22; ἄ. ἡμερων πέντε, Act.20:6; ἄ. αὐγῆς, Act.20:11; ἄ. τοῦ νῦν, Rom.8:22, Php.1:5; ἄ. τέλους, Heb.6:11, Rev.2:26;
__(b) of space: Act.11:5 13:6 20:4 (R, txt., WH, mg.) Act.28:15, 2Co.10:13-14, Heb.4:12, Rev.14:20 18:5;
__(with) of measure or degree: ἄ. θανάτου, Act.22:4, Rev.2:10 12:11.
__3. As conj., until;
__(a) ἄχρι alone: with subj. aor., Gal.3:19 (ἄ. οὗ T, WH, mg.); id. without ἄν (Bl., § 65, 10), Rev.7:3 15:8 20:3, 5; with indic. fut., Rev.17:17;
__(b) ἄ. οὗ (i.e. ἄ.. τούτου ᾧ): with indic. aor., Act.7:18; impf., Act.27:33; with subj. aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Luk.21:24, Rom.11:25, 1Co.11:26 15:25, Gal.3:19, T, WH, mg.; id. with ἄν, Rev.2:25; with indic. pres., while, Heb.3:13 (cf. μέχρι).†
(AS) G0892 G0892 = G0892 ἄχυρον achuron G:N-N chaff ἄχυρον, -ον, τό
[in LXX chiefly for תֶּבֶן ;]
chaff: Mat.3:12, Luk.3:17.†
(AS) G0893 G0893 = G0893 ἀψευδής apseudēs G:A not a liar ἀ-ψευδής, -ές
(ψεῦδος), [in LXX: Wis.7:17 * ;]
free from false-hood, truthful: Tit.1:2.†
(AS) G0894 G0894 = G0894 ἄψινθος apsinthos G:N-F wormwood ἄψινθος, -ου, ἡ
(also ἀψίνθιον, τό; ἀψινθία, ἡ),
wormwood: as a proper name, Rev.8:11.†
(AS) G0895 G0895 = G0895 ἄψυχος apsuchos G:A lifeless ἄψυχος, -ον
(ψυχή), [in LXX: Wis.13:17 14:29 * ;]
inanimate, lifeless: 1Co.14:7.†
(AS) G0896 G0896 = the Greek of H1168A Βάαλ Baal N:N--T Baal Βάαλ (Rec. βαάλ), ὁ, ἡ, indecl. (Heb. בַּעַל, lord),
Baal: Rom.11:4 (LXX). The fem. art. here agrees with the usage of LXX, where, following a similar Hebrew practice (בֹּשֶׁת for בַּעַל), αἰσχύνη appears to have been substituted in reading for the written Βάαλ (cf. 3Ki.18:19), and to account for the frequently use of the fem. art. bef. Β. The usage, however, is not general, and in the passage cited in Ro (3Ki.19:18), LXX reads τῷ Β. †
(AS) G0897 G0897 = the Greek of H0894 Βαβυλών Babulōn N:N-F-L Babylon Βαβυλών, -ῶνος, ἡ (בָּבֶל, Heb. form of Assyr. Bab-ili, Gate of God),
Babylon: Mat.1:11, 12 17, Act.7:43" (LXX) ; symbolically, of Rome: Rev.14:8 16:19 17:5 18:2, 10, 21, and prob. also 1Pe.5:13.†
(AS) G0898 G0898 = G0898 βαθμός bathmos G:N-M standing βαθμός, -οῦ, ὁ, Ion. form of βασμός
(βαίνω, to step), [in LXX 1Ki.5:5 (מִפְתָּן), 4Ki.20:9, 10 11 (מַעֲלָה), Sir.6:36 * ;]
a step (4Ki, l.with, of degrees of a dial); metaphorically, a degree, standing: 1Ti.3:13.†
(AS) G0899 G0899 = G0899 βάθος bathos G:N-N depth βάθος, -εος (-ους), τό,
[in LXX for מְצוּלָה ,תַּחְתִּי, etc. ;]
depth: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Rom.8:39, Eph.3:18; τὸ β., the deep sea: Luk.5:4; metaphorically, β. πλούτου . . . Θεοῦ, Rom.11:33; τὰ β. τ. Θεοῦ (the Divine counsels), 1Co.2:10; ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία, deep poverty, 2Co.8:2.†
(AS) G0900 G0900 = G0900 βαθύνω bathunō G:V to dig deep βαθύνω
(βαθύς), [in LXX for עמד: Psa.91 (92):5, Jer.29 (49):8 30(49)30 * ;]
to deepen: Luk.6:48.†
(AS) G0901 G0901 = G0901 βαθύς bathus G:A deep βαθύς (genitive -έως, vernac., Lk, l.with; Bl., §8, 5), -εῖα, -ύ,
[in LXX chiefly for עמק ;]
deep; Jhn.4:11; metaphorically, ὄρθρου βαθέως (see supr.), early dawn, Luk.24:1; ὕπνος, Act.20:9; τὰ β. τοῦ Σατανᾶ, Rev.2:24.†
(AS) G0902 G0902 = G0902 βαΐον baion G:N-N palm branch βαΐον, ου, τό
(also βὰϊον, another form of βὰϊς, from the Egyptian), [in LXX: 1Ma.13:51 * ;] (frequently in Egyptian π., see MM, Exp., x)
a palm-branch: Jhn.12:13 (DB, i, 314).†
(AS) G0903 G0903 = the Greek of H1109A Βαλαάμ Balaam N:N-M-P Balaam Βαλαάμ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בִּלְעָם), as in LXX (FlJ has ὁ βάλαμος);
Balaam (Num.22-24): 2Pe.2:15, Ju 11, Rev.2:14.†
(AS) G0904 G0904 = the Greek of H1111 Βαλάκ Balak N:N-M-P Balak Βαλάκ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בָּלָק),
Balak; (Num.22:2): Rev.2:14.†
(AS) G0905 G0905 = G0905 βαλλάντιον ballantion G:N-N purse βαλλάντιον (Rec. βαλά-), -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX: Job.14:17 (צְרוֹר), Pro.1:14 (כִּיס), Tob.1:14 8:2, Sir.18:33 א 2 * ;]
a purse: Luk.10:4 12:33 22:35, 36.†
(AS) G0906 G0906G = G0906G βάλλω ballō G:V to throw: throw βάλλω,
[in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc. ;]
prop., of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaphorically, to throw, cast, put, place: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.4:18, and frequently ἐπί, Mat.10:34; κάτω, Mat.4:6; ἔξω, Mat.5:13; ἀπό, Mat.5:29; ἐκ, Mrk.12:44; δρέπανον, Rev.14:19; μάχαιραν, Mat.10:34; κλῆρον, Mat.27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mat.9:17, Jhn.13:5; pass., to be laid, to lie ill: Mat.9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), Jhn.15:6; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Act.27:14. Metaphorical, β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.13:2 (cf. usage in π., without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; see also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι-, ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, παρ-εμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, συμ-, ὑπερ-, ὑπο-βάλλω).
(AS) G0906 G0906H = a Meaning of G0906G βάλλω ballō G:V to throw: put βάλλω,
[in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc. ;]
prop., of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaphorically, to throw, cast, put, place: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.4:18, and frequently ἐπί, Mat.10:34; κάτω, Mat.4:6; ἔξω, Mat.5:13; ἀπό, Mat.5:29; ἐκ, Mrk.12:44; δρέπανον, Rev.14:19; μάχαιραν, Mat.10:34; κλῆρον, Mat.27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mat.9:17, Jhn.13:5; pass., to be laid, to lie ill: Mat.9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), Jhn.15:6; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Act.27:14. Metaphorical, β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.13:2 (cf. usage in π., without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; see also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι-, ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, παρ-εμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, συμ-, ὑπερ-, ὑπο-βάλλω).
(AS) G0906 G0906I = a Meaning of G0906G βάλλω ballō G:V to throw: sow βάλλω,
[in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc. ;]
prop., of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaphorically, to throw, cast, put, place: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.4:18, and frequently ἐπί, Mat.10:34; κάτω, Mat.4:6; ἔξω, Mat.5:13; ἀπό, Mat.5:29; ἐκ, Mrk.12:44; δρέπανον, Rev.14:19; μάχαιραν, Mat.10:34; κλῆρον, Mat.27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mat.9:17, Jhn.13:5; pass., to be laid, to lie ill: Mat.9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), Jhn.15:6; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Act.27:14. Metaphorical, β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.13:2 (cf. usage in π., without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; see also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι-, ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, παρ-εμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, συμ-, ὑπερ-, ὑπο-βάλλω).
(AS) G0906 G0906J = a Meaning of G0906G βάλλω ballō G:V to throw: pour βάλλω,
[in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc. ;]
prop., of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaphorically, to throw, cast, put, place: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.4:18, and frequently ἐπί, Mat.10:34; κάτω, Mat.4:6; ἔξω, Mat.5:13; ἀπό, Mat.5:29; ἐκ, Mrk.12:44; δρέπανον, Rev.14:19; μάχαιραν, Mat.10:34; κλῆρον, Mat.27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mat.9:17, Jhn.13:5; pass., to be laid, to lie ill: Mat.9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), Jhn.15:6; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Act.27:14. Metaphorical, β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.13:2 (cf. usage in π., without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; see also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι-, ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, παρ-εμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, συμ-, ὑπερ-, ὑπο-βάλλω).
(AS) G0906 G0906K = a Meaning of G0906G βάλλω ballō G:V to throw: hit βάλλω,
[in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc. ;]
prop., of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaphorically, to throw, cast, put, place: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.4:18, and frequently ἐπί, Mat.10:34; κάτω, Mat.4:6; ἔξω, Mat.5:13; ἀπό, Mat.5:29; ἐκ, Mrk.12:44; δρέπανον, Rev.14:19; μάχαιραν, Mat.10:34; κλῆρον, Mat.27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mat.9:17, Jhn.13:5; pass., to be laid, to lie ill: Mat.9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), Jhn.15:6; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Act.27:14. Metaphorical, β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.13:2 (cf. usage in π., without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; see also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι-, ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, παρ-εμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, συμ-, ὑπερ-, ὑπο-βάλλω).
(AS) G0907 G0907 = G0907 βαπτίζω baptizō G:V to baptize βαπτίζω
(βάπτω), [in LXX: 4Ki.5:14 (טבל), Isa.21:4, Jdth.12:7, Sir.31 (34)30 * ;]
to dip, immerse, sink;
__1. generally (in Polyb., iii, 72, of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of the sinking of ships); metaphorically, to overwhelm (Is, l.with; cf. MM, Exp., x); with cogn. accusative, βάπτισμα β., Mrk.10:38, 39 Luk.12:50. Mid.,
__2. to perform ablutions, wash oneself, bathe (Ki, Jth, Si, ll. with): Mrk.7:4; aor. pass, in same sense, Luk.11:38.
__3 Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize;
__(a) (a) absol.; Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:25, 26 28 3:22, 23, 26 4:2 10:40, 1Co.1:17; ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ βαπτιστής, M, Pr., 127), Mrk.6:14, 24; with accusative, Jhn.4:1, Act.8:38, I Co.1.14, 16; with cogn. accusative, τὸ βάπτισμα, Act.19:4 (cf. Mrk.10:38, supr.); pass., to be baptized, receive baptism: Mat.3:13, 14, 16, Mrk.16:16, Luk.3:7, 12 21 7:29 (τ. βάπτισμα) ib. 30, Act.2:41 8:12, 13 36 9:18 10:47 16:15, 33 18:8; mid., 22:16 (M, Pr., 163);
__(b) with prepositions: ἐν, of the element, Mat.3:6, 11 Mrk.1:4, 5 8, Luk.3:16, Jhn.1:26, 31 33 3:23, Act.1:5 2:38 10:48 11:16, 1Co.10:2; εἰς, of the element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mat.3:1 28:19, Mrk.1:9, Act.8:16 19:3, 5 Rom.6:3, 1Co.1:13, 15 10:2 12:13, Gal.3:27; with dative, ὕδατι, Luk.3:16, Act.1:5 11:16; ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν, perh. to fulfil the wish of a dead friend, 1Co.15:29 (see ICC, in l.; cf. DB, i, 238ff.; DCG, i, 169a; ii, 605b; Cremer, 126).
† (AS) G0908 G0908 = G0908 βάπτισμα baptisma G:N-N baptism βάπτισμα, -τος, τό (βαπτίζω), prop., the result of the act, τὸ βαπτίζειν, as distinct from βαπτισμός, the act itself,
immersion, baptism;
__1. metaphorically, of affliction: Mrk.10:38, 39 Luk.12:50.
__2. Of the religious rite of baptism;
__(a) of John's baptism: Mat.3:7 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Luk.7:29 20:4, Act.1:22 10:37 18:25 19:3; β. μετανοίας, Mrk.1:4, Luk.3:3, Act.13:24 19:4;
__(b) of Christian baptism; Rom.6:4, Eph.4:5, Col.2:12 (Tr., -μῷ, which see), 1Pe.3:21 (cf. Cremer, 130; Tr., Syn. §xcix).
† (AS) G0909 G0909 = G0909 βαπτισμός baptismos G:N-M baptism βαπτισμός, -οῦ, ὁ (βαπτίζω), prop., the act of which βάπτισμα is the result;
__1. a dipping, washing, lustration: Mrk.7:4; of Jewish ceremonial. Heb.9:10; in Heb.6:2, βαπτισμῶν διδαχήν (-ῆς), "the pl. and the peculiar form seem to be used to include Christian baptism with other lustral rites" (Westc, in l.).
__2. baptism: FlJ, Ant., 18, 5, 2 (of John's baptism), and some Fathers (see Soph., see word). Not so in NT, unless ἐν τ. βαπτισμῷ, in the act of baptism, Col.2:12, be read with Tr. (Rec., WH, R, -ματι).
† (AS) G0910 G0910 = G0910 Βαπτιστής Baptistēs G:N-M one who baptizes βαπτιστής, -ου, ὁ (βαπτίζω),
a baptizer: of John the Baptist, Mat.3:1 11:11, 12 14:2, 8 16:14 17:13, Mrk.6:25 8:28, Luk.7:20, 33 9:19.†
(AS) G0911 G0911 = G0911 βάπτω baptō G:V to dip βάπτω,
[in LXX chiefly for טבל ;]
__(a) to dip: Luk.16:24, Jhn.13:26 (ἐμβ-, L);
__(b) to dip in dye, to dye: Rev.19:13 (Rec.; ῥεραντισμένον, WH; περιρεραμμένον, T; ῥεραμμένον, Swete, in l., which see).
† (AS) G0912 G0912 = G0912 Βαραββᾶς Barabbas N:N-M-P Barabbas Βαραββᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Aram. בַּר־אַבָּא, lit., son of a father, i.e. accusative to Jerome, filius magistri),
Barabbas: Mat.27:16, 17 20, 21, 26, Mrk.15:7, 11 15, Luk.23:18, Jhn.18:40. (In Mat.27:16, some MSS. read Ἰησοῦν Β.; see WH, App., 19f.).†
(AS) G0913 G0913 = the Greek of H1301 Βαράκ Barak N:N-M-P Barak Βαράκ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בָּרָק),
Barak (Jdg.4:6): Heb.11:32.†
(AS) G0914 G0914 = the Greek of H3077H Βαραχίας Barachias N:N-M-P Barachiah Βαραχίας, -ου, ὁ (Heb. בֶּרֶכְיָה),
Barachiah: Mat.23:35, see: Ζαχαρίας.†
(AS) G0915 G0915 = G0915 βάρβαρος barbaros G:A barbarian βάρβαρος, -ον (prob. onomatop., descriptive of unintelligible sounds),
[in LXX: Ps 113 (114):1 (לעז), Eze.21:31 (36) (בּער), 2Ma.2:21 4:25 10:4, 3Ma.3:24 * ;]
barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of brutal, rude): Act.28:2, 4 Rom.1:14, 1Co.14:11, Col.3:11 (see Lft., in l., and Notes, 249).†
(AS) G0916 G0916 = G0916 βαρέω bareō G:V to burden βαρέω, -ῶ (later form of βαρύνω, which see),
[in LXX: Exo.7:14 (כָּבֵד), 2Ma.13:9 * ;]
to depress, weigh down. In NT, in pass. only: Mat.26:43, Luk.9:32 21:34, 2Co.1:8 5:4, 1Ti.5:16.†
(AS) G0917 G0917 = G0917 βαρέως bareōs G:ADV difficultly βαρέως, adv.
(βαρύς), [in LXX: β. φέρειν, Gen.31:35 (חרה בעיני); β. ἀκούειν, Isa.6:10 (כּבד hi.)* ;]
heavily, with difficulty: Mat.13:15, Act.28:27" (LXX) .†
(AS) G0918 G0918 = G0918 Βαρθολομαῖος Bartholomaios N:N-M-P Bartholomew Βαρθολομαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Aram. בַּר־תָּלְמַי, son of Tolmai),
Bartholomew, the Apostle (see: Ναθαναήλ): Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:14, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G0919 G0919 = G0919 Βαριησοῦς Bariēsous N:N-M-P Bar-Jesus Βαρι-ησοῦς, -οῦ, ὁ (Aram. בַּר־יֵשׁוּעַ, son of Joshua),
Bar-Jesus: Act.13:6 (see: Ἐλύμας).†
(AS) G0920 G0920 = a Name of G4074G Βαριωνᾶς Bariōnas N:N-M-P Bar-Jonah Βαριωνᾶς, Βαριωνᾶ, -ᾶ, ὁ (Aram. בַּר־יוֹנָה, son of Jonah),
Bar-Jonah, a surname of Peter: Mat.16:17.†
(AS) G0921 G0921G = G0921G Βαρνάβας Barnabas N:N-M-P Barnabas Βαρναβᾶς, -α, ὁ (Aram. בַּר, son, as prefix to another word interpreted in Act.4:36, τῆς παρακλήσεως, perh. נְבוּאָה, wh., however, should be rendered by προφητεία as in II Est.6:14, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309f., thinks Β. may be a variant of the name Βαρνεβοῦς, son of Nebo, found in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin; see also Milligan, NTD, iii; Dalman, Gr., 142),
Barnabas: Act.4:36 9:27 11:22, 30 12:25 13-15, 1Co.9:6, Gal.2:1, 9 13, Col.4:10.†
(AS) G0921 G0921H = G0921H [unnamed] Barnabas N:N-M-P [father of Barnabus] Βαρναβᾶς, -α, ὁ (Aram. בַּר, son, as prefix to another word interpreted in Act.4:36, τῆς παρακλήσεως, perh. נְבוּאָה, wh., however, should be rendered by προφητεία as in II Est.6:14, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309f., thinks Β. may be a variant of the name Βαρνεβοῦς, son of Nebo, found in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin; see also Milligan, NTD, iii; Dalman, Gr., 142),
Barnabas: Act.4:36 9:27 11:22, 30 12:25 13-15, 1Co.9:6, Gal.2:1, 9 13, Col.4:10.†
(AS) G0922 G0922 = G0922 βάρος baros G:N-N burden βάρος, -εος, τό,
[in LXX: Jdg.18:21 (כּבד), Jdth.7:4, Sir.13:2, 2Ma.9:10, 3Ma.5:47 * ;]
weight;
__(a) a weight, burden, lit. and metaphorically: Mat.20:12, Act.15:28, 2Co.4:17, Rev.2:24; ἀλλήλων τὰ β., one another's faults, Gal.6:2; ἐν β., burdensome: 1Th.2:6, R, txt., but see infr.;
__(b) in late Gk. (Soph., Lex., see word), dignity, authority: ἐν βάρει, 1Th.2:6 (R, mg.; see Milligan, ICG, in l.).†
SYN.: ὄγκος, an encumbrance; φορτίον, a burden, that which is borne. (AS) G0923 G0923G = a Name of G2501M Βαρσαβᾶς Barsabas N:N-M-P Barsabbas Βαρσαββᾶς (Rec. -αβᾶς), -ᾶ (Aram., son of Sabba),
Barsabbas:
__1. the surname of one Joseph: Act.1:23.
__2. The surname of one Judas: Act.15:22.
† (AS) G0923 G0923H = a Name of G2455M Βαρσαβᾶς Barsabas N:N-M-P Barsabbas Βαρσαββᾶς (Rec. -αβᾶς), -ᾶ (Aram., son of Sabba),
Barsabbas:
__1. the surname of one Joseph: Act.1:23.
__2. The surname of one Judas: Act.15:22.
† (AS) G0924 G0924 = G0924 Βαρτιμαῖος Bartimaios N:N-M-P Bartimaeus Βαρτίμαιος, -ου, ὁ (-μαῖος, T; perh. Aram. בַּר־טִמְאַי, see DB, iv, p. 762),
Bartimæus: Mrk.10:46.†
(AS) G0925 G0925 = G0925 βαρύνω barunō G:V to weigh down βαρύνω,
to weigh down = βαρέω (which see): Luk.21:34, Rec.†
(AS) G0926 G0926 = G0926 βαρύς barus G:A weighty βαρύς, -εῖα, ύ,
[in LXX chiefly for כָּבֵד ;]
heavy: Mat.23:4. Metaphorical, burdensome: ἐντολή, 1Jn.5:3; severe (perh. impressive): ἐπιστολή, 2Co.10:10; weighty: τὰ βαρύτερα τ. νόμου, Mat.23:23; αἰτιώματα, Act.25:7; violent, cruel (EV, grievous): λύκος, Act.20:29.†
(AS) G0927 G0927 = G0927 βαρύτιμος barutimos G:A expensive βαρύτιμος, -ον
(βαρύς, τιμή),
of great value, very costly: Mat.26:7 (T, πολυτίμου) .†
(AS) G0928 G0928G = G0928G βασανίζω basanizō G:V to torture: torture βασανίζω
(βάσανος), [in LXX: 1Ki.5:3, Sir.4:17, and frequently in Wi, II, 4Mac ;]
__1. prop., to rub on the touchstone, put to the test.
__2. to examine by torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress: Mat.8:6, 29 14:24, Mrk.5:7 6:48, Luk.8:28, 2Pe.2:8, Rev.9:5 11:10 12:2 14:10 20:10.
† (AS) G0928 G0928H = a Meaning of G0928G βασανίζω basanizō G:V to torture: anguish βασανίζω
(βάσανος), [in LXX: 1Ki.5:3, Sir.4:17, and frequently in Wi, II, 4Mac ;]
__1. prop., to rub on the touchstone, put to the test.
__2. to examine by torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress: Mat.8:6, 29 14:24, Mrk.5:7 6:48, Luk.8:28, 2Pe.2:8, Rev.9:5 11:10 12:2 14:10 20:10.
† (AS) G0929 G0929 = G0929 βασανισμός basanismos G:N-M torment βασανισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(βασανίζω), [in LXX: 4Ma.9:6 11:2 * ;]
torture, torment: Rev.9:5 14:11 18:7, 10, 15.†
(AS) G0930 G0930 = G0930 βασανιστής basanistēs G:N-M torturer βασανιστής, -οῦ, ὁ (βασανίζω),
prop., a torturer; used of a gaoler, Mat.18:34.†
(AS) G0931 G0931 = G0931 βάσανος basanos G:N-F torment βάσανος, -ου, ὁ (of Oriental origin),
[in LXX chiefly for כְּלִמָּה ,אָשָׁם, and frequently in 4Mac ;]
__1. prop., touchstone, a dark stone used in testing metals.
__2. examination by torture.
__3. torment, torture: Mat.4:24, Luk.15:23, 28.
† (AS) G0932 G0932 = G0932 βασιλεία basileia G:N-F kingdom βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ
(βασιλεύω), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה ,מַלְכוּת ;]
__1. prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Luk.1:33 22:29, Jhn.18:36, Act.1:6, Heb.1:8, 1Co.15:24; λαβεῖν β., Luk.19:12, 15 Rev.17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, ib. 17; ἔχειν β., ib. 18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. (εἰς τὴν) β., Mat.16:28, Luk.23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.12:10.
__2. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x),
__(a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules (Est.5:3, al.): Mat.4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mrk.3:24 6:23, Luk.4:5, Heb.11:33, al.;
__(b) the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (τ. σπέρμα τῆς β., 4Ki.11:1).
__3. In LXX (Wis.6:5, Tob.13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; see Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, see Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mat.6:33 12:28, al.; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.3:2 4:17, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ (מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Isa.53:10), Eph.5:5; τ. κυρίου, 2Pe.1:11, Rev.11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mrk.11:10; absol., ἡ β., Mat.4:23, Jas.2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mat.11:12, Luk.17:21, Rom.14:17, al.; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mat.6:10, Mrk.9:1, Jhn.3:5, 2Pe.1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β., Mat.6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mrk.10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mat.25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, Heb.12:28; αὐτῶν (τοιούτων) εστὶν ἡ β., Mat.5:3, 10 19:14, Mrk.10:14, Luk.18:16; διὰ τὴν β., Mat.19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β., Luk.18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β., Luk.4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β., Mat.3:2, Mrk.1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β., Mat.16:10; κλείειν τὴν β., Mat.23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β., Mat.8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).
(AS) G0933 G0933 = G0933 βασίλειον basileion G:N palace βασίλειον, -ου, τό
(βασίλειος, which see), [in LXX for הֵיכָל ( Nam.2:6, Dan.6:18*), מַמְלָכָה ( 3Ki.3:1 14:8, 4Ki.15:19*), etc. ;]
__1. a capital city.
__2. Freq. in pl., τὰ β., a palace: Luk.7:25.
† (AS) G0934 G0934 = G0934 βασίλειος basileios G:A kingly βασίλειος, -ον (also -α, -ον; βασιλεύς),
[in LXX; Exo.19:6, Deu.3:10 (מַמְלָכָה), Exo.23:22, Wis.18:15, 3Ma.3:28, 4Ma.3:8 * ;]
royal: 1Pe.2:9 (LXX) (see Hort, in l.).†

royal, regal, kingly;, metaphorically possessed of high prerogatives and distinction, 1Pet. 2:9; (AS) G0935 G0935 = G0935 βασιλεύς basileus G:N-M king βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for מֶלֶךְ ;]
a king: Mat.1:6 2:1; used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mat.14:9; of the Roman Emperor, as frequently in κοινή (Deiss., LAE, p. 367), 1Pe.2:13, 17; of the Christ, in the phrase ὁ β. τ. Ἰουδαίων, Mat.2:2, al.; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Mrk.15:32, Jhn.1:50 12:13; of God, Mat.5:35, 1Ti.1:17, Rev.15:3; β. βασιλέων, Rev.17:14 19:16; β. τ. βασιλευόντων, 1Ti.6:15 (on the associations of the word to Jewish Hellenists, see Cl. Rev., i, 7).†
(AS) G0936 G0936 = G0936 βασιλεύω basileuō G:V to reign βασιλεύω, (βασιλεύς),
[in LXX for מלךְ, its parts and derivatives, exc. 4Ki.15:5 (ישׁב) ;]
to be king, to reign, rule: 1Ti.6:15; with genitive (cl.), Mat.2:22; before ἐπί, with accusative (= Heb. מלךְ על; Bl., §36, 8), Luk.1:33 19:14, 27 Rom.5:14; ἐπὶ τ. γῆς, on earth, Rev.5:10; of God, Rev.11:15, 17 19:6; of Christ, Luk.1:33, 1Co.15:25, Rev.11:15; of Christians, Rev.5:10 20:4 (constative aor., M, Pr., 130), ib. 6 22:5. Metaphorical, Christians, Rom.5:17, 1Co.4:8; θάνατος, Rom.5:14, 17; ἁμαρτία, Rom.5:21 6:12. Ingressive aor. (M, Pr., 109), to begin to reign: 1Co.4:8, Rev.11:17 19:6 (Cremer, 137).†
(AS) G0937 G0937 = G0937 βασιλικός basilikos G:A royal βασιλικός, -ή, -όν (βασιλεύς),
[in LXX for מֶלֶךְ and its cognates ;]
royal, belonging to a king: χώρα, Act 12:20; ἐσθής, Act.12:21; νόμος β., a supreme law, "a law which governs other laws and so has a specially regal character" (Hort), or because made by a king (LAE, p. 3673), Jas.2:8; τις, one in the service of a king, a courtier, Jhn.4:46, 49 (WH, mg., βασιλίσκος).†
(AS) G0938 G0938G = G0938G βασίλισσα basilissa G:N-F queen βασίλισσα, -ης, ἡ (in Attic, βασιλεία, βασιλίς),
[in LXX chiefly for מַלְכָּה ;]
a queen: Mat.12:42, Luk.11:31, Act.8:27, Rev.18:7.†
(AS) G0938 G0938H = a Part of H4436G βασίλισσα basilissa G:N-F queen βασίλισσα, -ης, ἡ (in Attic, βασιλεία, βασιλίς),
[in LXX chiefly for מַלְכָּה ;]
a queen: Mat.12:42, Luk.11:31, Act.8:27, Rev.18:7.†
(AS) G0939 G0939 = G0939 βάσις basis G:N-F foot βάσις, ־εως, ἡ
(βαίνω), [in LXX chiefly for אֶדֶן ;]
__1. a step (Æsch., al.).
__2. Hence, a foot (Plat.; Wis.13:18): Act.3:7.
† (AS) G0940 G0940 = G0940 βασκαίνω baskainō G:V to bewitch βασκαίνω,
[in LXX: Deu.28:54, 56 (רעע), Sir.14:6, 8*.]
__1. to slander (Dem.).
__2. to blight by the evil eye, to fascinate, bewitch: Gal.3:1.
† (AS) G0941 G0941 = G0941 βαστάζω bastazō G:V to carry βαστάζω,
[in LXX: Jdg.16:30 (נטה), Rut.2:16, 2Ki.23:5, 4Ki.18:14 and Job.21:3 (נשׂא), Sir.6:25, Da TH Bel 36 * ;]
__1. to take up with the hands, to lift: λίθους, Jhn.10:31.
__2. to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaphorically, to endure; Mat.3:11 20:12, Mrk.14:13, Luk.7:14 10:7 11:27 14:27 22:10, Jhn.16:12 19:17, Act.3:2 9:15 15:1 21:35, Rom.11:18 15:1, Gal.5:10 6:2, 5 17, Rev.2:2, 3 17:7.
__3. In late writers (MM, Exp., ii, iii, x),
__(a) to take away; Mat.8:17 (Isa.53:4, Heb.);
__(b) to carry off, steal: Jhn.12:6 20:15.
† (AS) G0942 G0942 = G0942 βάτος batos G:N-F thorn bush βάτος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ,
[in LXX (always masc, as in Attic): Exo.3:2-4, Deu.33:16 (סְנֶה), Job.31:40 (בָּאְשָׁה)* ;]
a bramble-bush: Luk.6:44, Act.7:30, 35; ἐπὶ τοῦ (τῆς) β., in the place concerning the bush: Mrk.12:26, Luk.20:37.†
(AS) G0943 G0943 = G0943 βάτος batos G:N-M bath βάτος, -ου, ὁ (Heb. בַּת),
[in LXX (also βαίθ, βάδος): II Est.7:22 * ;]
bath, a Jewish liquid measure, = μετρητής (which see), or about 8 3/4 gals.: Luk.16:6.†
(AS) G0944 G0944 = G0944 βάτραχος batrachos G:N-M frog βάτραχος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX: Ex 8, Psa.77 (78):45 104 (105):30 (צְכַרִדֵּעַ), Wis.19:10 * ;]
a frog: Rev.16:13.†
(AS) G0945 G0945 = G0945 βαττολογέω battologeō G:V to babble βατταλογέω, -ῶ (Rec. βαττολ-, D, βλαττ- = βατταρίζω, prob. onomatop.; see MM, see word; DCG, ii, 499b, 790a);
to stammer, repeat idly: Mat.6:7 (Cremer, 765).†
(AS) G0946 G0946 = G0946 βδέλυγμα bdelugma G:N-N abomination βδέλυγμα, -τος, τό
(βδελύσσω), [in LXX chiefly for שֶׁקֶץ ,תּוֹעֵבָה ;]
an abomination, a detestable thing: Luk.16:15, Rev.17:4, 5 21:27; τὸ β. τ. ἐρημώσεως (Dan LXX 12:11, cf . 1Ma.1:54; DB, i, 12f.; DCG, i, 6f.), Mrk.13:14, Mat.24:15 (Cremer, 138).†
(AS) G0947 G0947 = G0947 βδελυκτός bdeluktos G:A abominable βδελυκτός, ή, -όν
(βδελύσσω), [in LXX: Pro.17:15 (תּוֹעֵבָה), Sir.41:5, 2Ma.1:27 * ;]
abominable, detestable: Tit.1:16 (Cremer, 137).†
(AS) G0948 G0948 = G0948 βδελύσσομαι bdelussomai G:V to abhor βδελύσσω, βδελύσσομαι
(βδέω, to stink), [in LXX chiefly for שׁקץ ,תּעב ;]
in cl., mid. only (Attic, -ττομαι); to make foul; pass., Rev.21:8; mid., to turn away in disgust from, to detest: Rom.2:22 (Cremer, 137).†
(AS) G0949 G0949 = G0949 βέβαιος bebaios G:A firm βέβαιος, -ον (also -α, -ον; βαίνω),
[in LXX: Est.3:13, Wis.7:23, 3Ma.5:31 7:7, 4Ma.17:4 * ;]
firm, secure: ἄγκυρα, Heb.6:19; metaphorically, sure (esp. "in the sense of legally guaranteed security," Deiss., BS, 109; cf . two foll. words): ἐπαγγελία, Rom.4:16; ἐλπίς, 2Co.1:6; λόγος, Heb.2:2; παρρησία, Heb.3:6; ἀρχή (τ. ὑποστάσεως), Heb.3:14; διαθήκη, Heb.9:17; κλῆσις κ. ἐκλογή, 2Pe.1:10; comp. (-ότερος), προφητικὸς λόγος, 2Pe.1:19.†
(AS) G0950 G0950 = G0950 βεβαιόω bebaioō G:V to confirm βεβαιόω, -ῶ
(βέβαιος), [in LXX: Ps 40 (41)12 (נצב hi.), 118 (119)28 (קוּם pi.), 3Ma.5:42 * ;]
to confirm, establish, secure, of things (cl.): λόγον, Mk 16:[20]; ἐπαγγελίας, Rom.15:8; of persons (DCG, ii, 605): 1Co.1:8, 2Co.1:21. Pass., 1Co.1:6, Col.2:7, Heb.2:3 13:9 (as an Attic legal term, to guarantee the validity of a purchase, establish or confirm a title; see next word, Cremer, 139; cf. δια-β.).†
(AS) G0951 G0951 = G0951 βεβαίωσις bebaiōsis G:N-F confirmation βεβαίωσις, -εως, ἡ
(βεβαιόω, which see), [in LXX: Lev.25:23 (צְמִיתֻת), Wis.6:19 * ;]
confirmation: τ. εὐαγγελίου, Php.1:7; εἰς β., Heb.6:16, a phrase frequently in π. of guarantee in a business transaction (Deiss., BS, 104ff.; Cremer, 140).†
(AS) G0952 G0952 = G0952 βέβηλος bebēlos G:A profane βέβηλος, -ον
(βαίνω, whence βηλός, a threshold), [in LXX chiefly for חֹל ;]
__1. permitted to be trodden, accessible (see DCG, ii, 422b); hence,
__2. (opposite to ἱερός) unhallowed, profane: of things, 1Ti.4:7 6:20, 2Ti.2:16; of men, 1Ti.1:9, Heb.12:16 (cf. κοινός; Cremer, 140).
† (AS) G0953 G0953 = G0953 βεβηλόω bebēloō G:V to profane βεβηλόω, -ῶ
(βέβηλος), [in LXX chiefly for חלל ;]
to profane: τ. σάββατον, Mat.12:5; τ. ἱερόν, Act.24:6 (Cremer, 141).†
SYN.: κοινόω, which see (AS) G0954 G0954 = the Greek of H7854 Βεελζεβούλ Beelzeboul N:N--T Beelzebul Βεελζεβούλ (WH, App., 159, Rec., βεελζεβούλ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בַּעַל, lord, and the Talmudic זִבּוּל, from זֶבֶל, dung (Dalman, Gr., 137.n), or perh. זִבֻל, habitation, but, see DB, iv, 409f.; DCG, i, 181). The AV, RV, Beelzebub, comes through Vg. from 4Ki.1:2, בַּעַל זִבוּב, lord of flies (LXX, βάαλ μυῖα, Sm., βεελζεβούβ),
Beelzebul, Beelzebub, a name of Satan: Mat.10:25 12:24, 27 Mrk.3:22, Luk.11:15, 18 19.†
(AS) G0955 G0955 = a Name of H7854 Βελίαλ Belial N:N--T Belial Βελίαλ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בְּלִיַּעַל, worthlessness, but see DB, i, 268),
Belial, a name of Satan: 2Co.6:15, Rec. See next word.†
Βελιάρ, ὁ, indecl. (another form of previous word, "due to harsh Syriac pronunciation," or else Heb. בֵּל יַעַר, lord of the forest),
Beliar, a name of Satan: 2Co.6:15 (see DB, i, 269).†
(AS) G0956 G0956 = G0956 βέλος belos G:N-N arrow βέλος, -εος, τό
(βάλλω), [in LXX chiefly for חֵץ ;]
a missile, a dart: Eph.6:16.†
(AS) G0957 G0957 = G0957 βελτίων beltiōn G:A better βελτίων, -ον (genitive -ονος), comp. of ἀγαθός,
[in LXX chiefly for טוֹב ;]
neut. as adv., better, very well: 2Ti.1:18 (also Act.10:28 D). On elative use in these passages, see M, Pr., 78, 236.†
(AS) G0958 G0958 = the Greek of H1144G Βενιαμίν Beniamin N:N-M-P Benjamin Βενιαμίν, (Rec. -μίν), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בֶּנְיָמִין),
Benjamin: Act.13:21, Rom.11:1, Php.3:5, Rev.7:8.†
(AS) G0959 G0959 = G0959 Βερνίκη Bernikē N:N-F-P Bernice Βερνίκη (elsewhere Βερενίκη), Macedonian form of Φερενίκη, cf. Veronica, Victoria), -ης, ἡ,
Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I: Act.25:13, 23 26:3o.†
(AS) G0960 G0960 = G0960 Βέροια Beroia N:N--L Berea Βέροια, -ας, ἡ,
Berœa, a city of Macedonia: Act.17:10, 13.†
(AS) G0961 G0961 = a Group member of G0960 Βεροιαῖος Beroiaios G:A Berean Βεροιαῖος, -α, -ον,
Berœan: Act.20:4.†
(AS) G0962 G0962 = the Greek of H1012 Βηθαβαρά,Βηθανία Bēthabara G:N-F Bethany Βηθαβαρά, -ας (Rec. -ρᾶ, indecl.; Heb. בֵּית עֲבָרָה, place of crossing; -αραβᾷ, R, mg.),
Bethabara: Jhn.1:28, Rec. (WH, R, βηθανία).†
(AS) G0963 G0963 = G0963 Βηθανία Bēthania N:N-F-L Bethany Βηθανία, -ας (also -ιά, indecl., Luk.19:29 and in B*, Mrk.11:1), ἡ, (Heb. בֵּית עֲנִיָּה, house of affliction, accusative to Jerome, or perh., house of dates, cf. Bethphage),
Bethany;
__1. a village fifteen furlongs from Jerusalem, the modern El Azerîyeh: Mat.21:17 26:6, Mrk.8:22 (WH, mg.) 11:1, 11, 12 14:3 Luk.19:29 24:50, Jhn.11:1, 18 12:1.
__2. A place on E. bank of Jordan: Jhn.1:28 (R, mg., Βηθαβαρά, which see).
† (AS) G0964 G0964 = G0964 Βηθζαθά Bēthesda N:N--L Bethesda Βηθεσδά, ἡ, indecl. (deriv. uncertain, see Westc. on Jhn.5:2, and DB, i, 279),
Bethesda, a pool in Jerusalem: Jhn.5:2, Rec. (Βηθζαθά, WH, Βηθσαϊδά, WH, mg.).†
(AS) G0965 G0965 = the Greek of H1035G Βηθλεέμ Bēthleem N:N--L Bethlehem Βηθλέεμ, ἡ, indecl. (Heb. בֵּית לֶחֶם, house of bread),
Bethlehem, a town 6 m. S. of Jerusalem: Mat.2:1, 5 6, 8, 16, Luk.2:4, 15 Jhn.7:42.†
(AS) G0966 G0966 = G0966 Βηθσαϊδά Bēthsaida N:N--L Bethsaida Βηθσαιδά (Rec. -σαϊδά), and -δάν (Mt, Mk, ll. with), ἡ, indecl. (Syr., house of fish),
Bethsaida, a town on NE. shore of the Sea of Galilee: Luk.9:10. It is generally supposed that a second B. on the W. shore is referred to in Mat.11:21, Mrk.6:45 8:22, Luk.10:13, Jhn.1:45 12:21 (DB, i, 282f.; but see Swete on Mrk.6:45).
__2. 2. Βηθζαθά, ἡ, indecl. (perh. Aram. בֵּית זַיְתָה, house of olives) Jhn.5:2..†
(AS) G0967 G0967 = G0967 Βηθφαγή Bēthphagē N:N--L Bethphage Βηθφαγή (L, -γῆ), ἡ, indecl. (Aram. בֵּית־פַּגֵּי, house of unripe figs; Dalman, Gr., 191),
Bethphage: Mat.21:1, Mrk.11:1, Luk.19:29.†
(AS) G0968 G0968 = G0968 βῆμα bēma G:N-N judgement seat βῆμα, -τος, τό
(βαίνω), [in LXX: Deu.2:5 (מִדְרָךְ), Neh.8:4 (מִגְדָּל), I Est.9:42, Sir.19:30 45:9, 2Ma.13:26 * ;]
__1. a step, stride, pace: Act.7:5.
__2. a raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made; frequently of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mat.27:19, Jhn.19:13, Act.12:21, 18:12, 16, 17 25:6, 10, 17; β. τοῦ θεοῦ, Rom.14:10; τ. Χριστοῦ, 2Co.5:10.
† (AS) G0969 G0969 = G0969 βήρυλλος bērullos G:N-M beryl βήρυλλος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ,
[in LXX: Tob.13:17 (-ύλλιον in Exo.28:20, שֹׁהַם * ;])
beryl, a jewel of sea-green colour: Rev.21:20.†
(AS) G0970 G0970 = G0970 βία bia G:N-F force βία, -ας, ἡ,
[in LXX for פֶּרֶךְ, etc. ;]
strength, force, violence: Act.5:26 21:35 24:7 27:41.†
(AS) G0971 G0971 = G0971 βιάζω biazō G:V to force βιάζω (βία), and depon. -ομαι,
[in LXX for פּרץ, פּצר, etc. ;]
to force, constrain, rare in active (poet, and late prose), but found in cl. in pass., and so perh. βιάζεται, suffereth violence, Mat.11:12, EV (but see infr.), whether
__(a) in good sense, of disciples (Thayer, al.), or
__(b) in bad sense, of the enemies of the kingdom (Meyer, in l.; Dalman, Words, 139ff.; Cremer, 141ff.). Mid., advanceth violently, Mt, l.with (Deiss., BS., 258; Banks, see ref. in DCG, ii, 803f.); before εἰς, to press violently, or force one's way into, Luk.16:16 (see ICC, in l., and in Mt, l.with; cf. παραβιάζομαι and see MM, see word).
† (AS) G0972 G0972 = G0972 βίαιος biaios G:A strong βίαιος, -α, -ον
(βία), [in LXX for אָנַשׁ, עַז, צַר, etc. ;]
violent: Act.2:2.†
(AS) G0973 G0973 = G0973 βιαστής biastēs G:N-M forceful person βιαστής, -οῦ, ὁ (βιάζω), late form of βιατάς;
__1. strong, forceful.
__2. violent (Philo): Mat.11:12 (see: βιάζω).
† (AS) G0974 G0974 = G0974 βιβλαρίδιον biblaridion G:N-N little scroll βιβλαρίδιον, -ου, τό (diminutive of βιβλάριον, diminutive of βίβλος),
a little book: Rev.10:2, 8 (WH, βιβλιόν, T2, 7 βιβλιδάριον) 9, 10. Not hitherto found elsewhere.†
(AS) G0975 G0975 = G0975 βιβλίον biblion G:N-N scroll βιβλίον, -ου, τό (diminutive of βίβλος, which see),
[in LXX also in the alternat. form βυβ-, chiefly for סֶפֶר and the most frequently of the cognate forms ;]
__1. a paper, letter, written document: β. ἀποστασίου, bill of divorce, Mat.19:7, Mrk.10:4.
__2. a book, a roll: Luk.4:17, 20 Jhn.20:30 21:25, Gal.3:10, 2Ti.4:13, Heb.9:19 10:7, Rev.1:11 5:1-9 6:14 10:8 20:12 22:7-19; β. τ. ζωῆς, Rev.13:8 17:8 20:12 21:27.
† (AS) G0976 G0976 = G0976 βίβλος biblos G:N-F book βίβλος, -ου, ἡ (variant form of βύβλος, the Egyptian papyrus, paper made from its fibrous coat),
[in LXX for סֶפֶר, the form βύβ- being sometimes used ;]
a book, a roll, used much less frequently than βιβλίον, and with a "connotation of sacredness and veneration" (MM, Exp., x), Mat.1:1 Mrk.12:26, Luk.3:4 20:42 Act.1:20 7:42 19:19; β. τ. ζωῆς, Php.4:3, Rev.3:5 20:15.†
(AS) G0977 G0977 = G0977 βιβρώσκω bibrōskō G:V to eat βιβρώσκω, poët, and late prose,
[in LXX for אכל ;]
to eat: Jhn.6:13.†
(AS) G0978 G0978 = G0978 Βιθυνία Bithunia N:N-F-L Bithynia Βιθυνία, -ַας,
Bithynia, a province in Asia Minor: Act.16:7, 1Pe.1:1.†
(AS) G0979 G0979 = G0979 βίος bios G:N-M life βίος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for יָמִים ;]
__1. period or course of life, life: Luk.8:14, 1Ti.2:2, 2Ti.2:4, 1Jn.2:16.
__2. living, livelihood, means (in Pro.31:14 for לֶחֶם; see DCG, ii, 39a): Mrk.12:44, Luk.8:43 15:12, 30 21:4, 1Jn.3:17.†
SYN.: ζωή, is life intensive, "vita quâ, vivimus," the vital principle; βίος, life extensive, "vita quam vivimus," (1) the period of life, (2) the means by which it is sustained. Hence, in cl., ζ., being confined to the physical life common to men and animals, is the inferior word (cf. zoology, biography). In NT, ζωή is elevated into the ethical and spiritual sphere (cf. Tr., Syn., §xxvii). (AS) G0980 G0980 = G0980 βιόω bioō G:V to live βιόω, -ῶ
(βίος), [in LXX: Pro.7:2 9:6 (חיה), Job.29:18, Wis.4:4 א 1, 12:23, Sir.40:28, 4Ma.5:22 17:18 * ;]
to spend life, to live: τ. χρόνον βιῶσαι (cl., more frequently 2 aor., -ναι), 1Pe.4:2 (cf. Jb, l.with).†
SYN.: ζάω (which see). (AS) G0981 G0981 = G0981 βίωσις biōsis G:N-F lifestyle βίωσις, -εως, ἡ
(βιόω), [in LXX: Si prol. 12 * ;]
manner of life: Act.26:4.†
(AS) G0982 G0982 = G0982 βιωτικός biōtikos G:A of this life βιωτικός, -ή, -όν
(βιός),
pertaining to life, hence, worldly (Field, Notes, 171): Luk.21:34, 1Co.6:3, 4.†
(AS) G0983 G0983 = G0983 βλαβερός blaberos G:A harmful βλαβερός, -ά, -όν
(βλάπτω), [in LXX: Pro.10:26 * ;]
hurtful: 1Ti.6:9.†
(AS) G0984 G0984 = G0984 βλάπτω blaptō G:V to hurt βλάπτω,
[in LXX: Pro.25:20, Tob.12:2, Wis.10:8 18:2, 2Ma.12:22, 4Ma.9:7 * ;]
to hurt, injure: with accusative, Mrk.16:[18], Luk.4:35.†
(AS) G0985 G0985 = G0985 βλαστάνω blastanō G:V to sprout βλαστάνω,
[in LXX for צמח, etc. ;]
__1. to sprout: Mat.13:26, Mrk.4:27, Heb.9:4.
__2. In late Gk., causal, to make to grow, produce: with accusative, Jas.5:18.
† (AS) G0986 G0986 = G0986 Βλάστος Blastos N:N-M-P Blastus Βλάστος, -ου, ὁ,
Blastus, chamberlain of Agrippa: Act.12:20.†
(AS) G0987 G0987 = G0987 βλασφημέω blasphēmeō G:V to blaspheme βλασφημέω, -ῶ
(βλάσφημος), [in LXX: 4Ki.19:4 (יכח hi.) ib. 6, 22 (גּדף pi.), Isa.52:5 (נאץ hith.), Dan LXX 3:29 (96) (אמר שׁלח), Tob.1:18, Da TH Bel 9, 2Ma.2 * ;]
__1. to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things (in cl., opp. of εὐφημέω), esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, speak blasphemously: absol., Mat.9:3 26:65, Mrk.2:7, Jhn.10:36, Act.26:11, 1Ti.1:20, 2Pe.2:12; τ. θεόν, Act.19:37, Rev.16:11, 21; τὸ ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ, Rev.13:6 16:9; δόξας, Ju 3, 2Pe.2:10; εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Mrk.3:29, Luk.12:10.
__2. to revile, rail at, slander: absol., Luk.22:65, Act.13:45 18:6, 1Pe.4:4; with accusative, Mat.27:39, Mrk.3:28 15:29, Luk.23:39, Tit.3:2, Jas.2:7, Ju 10. Pass.: Rom.2:24 3:8 14:16, 1Co.10:30, 1Ti.6:1, Tit.2:5, 2Pe.2:2 (Cremer, 570).
† (AS) G0988 G0988 = G0988 βλασφημία blasphēmia G:N-F blasphemy βλασφημία, -ας, ἡ
(βλάσφημος), [in LXX: Eze.35:12 (נֶאָצָה), Da TH 3:29 (96) (שׁלה), Tob.1:18, 1Ma.2:6, 2Ma.8:4 10:35 15:24 * ;]
__(a) railing slander: Mat.12:31 15:19, Mrk.3:28 7:22, Eph.4:31, Col.3:8, 1Ti.6:4, Ju 9, Rev.2:9
__(b) spec., impious speech against God, blasphemy: Mat.26:65, Mrk.14:64, Luk.5:21, Jhn.10:33, Rev.13:5; ὄνομα βλασφημίας, Rev.13:1 17:3; with genitive obj. Mat.12:31; πρὸς τ. θεόν, Rev.13:6 (Cremer, 570; DB, i, 305; DCG ii, 423).†
(AS) G0989 G0989 = G0989 βλάσφημος blasphēmos G:A blasphemous βλάσφημος, -ον
(βλασ-, of uncertain deriv., see Thayer, Boisacq; + φήμη, speech), [in LXX: Isa.66:3 (מְבָרֵךְ אָוֶן), Wis.1:6, Sir.3:16, 2Ma.9:28 10:4, 36 * ;]
__(a) evil-speaking, slanderous, blasphemous: Act.6:11, 2Ti.3:2, 2Pe.2:11 (cf. Ju 9);
__(b) as subst. a blasphemer: 1Ti.1:13 (Cremer, 570).
† (AS) G0990 G0990 = G0990 βλέμμα blemma G:N-N a look βλέμμα, -τος, τό
(βλέπω),
a look, a glance: βλέμματι καὶ ἀκοῇ, 2Pe.2:8, sight and hearing, a sense not found for β. in Gk. lit., but perh. recognized in the vernacular (ICC, in l.)†
(AS) G0991 G0991 = G0991 βλέπω blepō G:V to see βλέπω,
[in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc. ;]
__1. of bodily sight;
__(a) to see, have sight (opposite to τυφλὸς): Mat.12:22, Jhn.9:7, Act.9:9, Rom.11:8, Rev.3:18, al.;
__(b) to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Act.1:9; with accusative, Mat.7:3, Mrk.5:31, Luk.6:41, Jhn.1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Act.12:9; γυναῖκα, Mat.5:28; βιβλίον, Rev.5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, 2Co.4:18.
__2. Metaphorical, of mental vision;
__(a) to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mat.13:13, Luk.8:10; δι ̓ ἐσόπτρου, 1Co.13:12; with accusative, Heb.2:9 10:25; before ὅτι, Heb.3:19, Jas.2:22;
__(b) to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mrk.13:23, 33; with accusative, 1Co.1:26, al.; before πῶς, with indic., Luk.8:18, 1Co.3:10, Eph.5:15; before τί, with indic., Mrk.4:24; before εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mat.22:16, Mrk.12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mrk.13:9; before ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mrk.8:15 12:38; before μή (cl. ὁρᾶν), with fut. indic., Col.2:8, Heb.3:12; id. with aor. subj., Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5.
__3. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (before πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Eze.40:23, 24): before κατά, with accusative, Act.27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω), see DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.
(AS) G0992 G0992 = G0992 βλητέον blēteon G:A must be put βλητέος, -α, -ον (gerundive of βάλλω),
(that which) one must put: Luk.5:38.†
(AS) G0993 G0993 = a Name of G2491H Βοανεργές Boanerges N:N-M-P Boanerges Βοανηργές, indecl. (on the derivation, see Dalman, Gr., 144; Words, 42; Swete, Mk., l.with; DCG, i, 216),
Boanerges: Mrk.3:17.†
(AS) G0994 G0994 = G0994 βοάω boaō G:V to cry out βοάω, -ῶ
(βοή), [in LXX chiefly for זעק, צעק, קרא ;]
__1. absol., to cry, call out: Mat.3:3, 27:46, Mrk.1:3 15:34, Luk.3:4 9:38 18:38, Jhn.1:23, Act.8:7 17:6 25:24, Gal.4:27.
__2. C. dative, to call on for help (Heb. זעק על, Hos.7:14, al.), Luk.18:7.†
SYN.: καλέω, to call, invite, summon; κράζω, to cry, harshly or inarticulately, as animals; κραυγάζω, intensive of κράζω. βοάω expresses emotion, whether joy, fear, etc. (AS) G0995 G0995 = G0995 βοή boē G:N-F outcry βοή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX for זְעָקָה, etc. ;]
a cry: Jas.5:4.†
(AS) G0996 G0996 = G0996 βοήθεια boētheia G:N-F help βοήθεια, -ας, ἡ (see: βοηθέω),
[in LXX for עֵזֶר, etc. ;]
help: Heb.4:16; pl., helps, "frapping," a technical nautical term (MM, Exp., x; DB, ext., 367): Act.27:17.†
(AS) G0997 G0997 = G0997 βοηθέω boētheō G:V to help βοηθέω, -ῶ
(βοή + θέω, to run), [in LXX chiefly for עזר ;]
to come to aid, to help, succour: absol., Act.21:28; with dative, Mat.15:25, Mrk.9:22, 24 Act.16:9, 2Co.6:2" (LXX), Heb.2:18, Rev.12:16.†
(AS) G0998 G0998 = G0998 βοηθός boēthos G:N-M a helper βοηθός, -ον (see: βοηθέω),
[in LXX chiefly for עזר ;]
__1. (poët. -όος), hasting to the war-cry (Hom.).
__2. helping, auxiliary; as subst. (Hdt.), a helper: Heb.13:6 (LXX).
† (AS) G0999 G0999 = G0999 βόθυνος bothunos G:N-M pit βόθυνος, -ου, ὁ (= βόθρος, more frequently in cl.),
[in LXX chiefly for פַּחַת ;]
a pit: Mat.12:11 15:14, Luk.6:39 (cf. DB, iii, 885; DCG, ii, 367).†
(AS) G1000 G1000 = G1000 βολή bolē G:N-F throwing βολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(βάλλω), [in LXX: Gen.21:16 (טחה), 2Ma.5:3, 3Ma.5:26 * ;]
a throw; λίθου β. (Thuc., v, 65, 2), a stone's throw: Luk.22:41.†
(AS) G1001 G1001 = G1001 βολίζω bolizō G:V to sound βολίζω
(βολίς, in sense of sounding-lead),
to heave the lead, take soundings: Act.27:28.†
(AS) G1002 G1002 = G1002 βολίς bolis G:N-F arrow βολίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(βάλλω), [in LXX for חֵץ, יָרָה, etc. ;]
a dart, javelin: Heb.12:20, Rec. (LXX).†
(AS) G1003 G1003 = the Greek of H1162G Βοόζ Booz N:N-M-P Boaz Βοός and Βοές (RV, Βοάζ, Rec. Βοόζ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בֹּעַז),
Boaz (Rut.2:1): Mat.1:5, Luk.3:32.†
(AS) G1004 G1004 = G1004 βόρβορος borboros G:N-M mire βόρβορος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX: Je 45(38):6 (טִיט)* ;]
mud, filth: 2Pe.2:22.†
(AS) G1005 G1005 = G1005 βορρᾶς borras G:N-M the north βορρᾶς, -ᾶ (Attic contr. of Βορέας, the North wind personified),
[in LXX for צָפוֹן ;]
__1. Boreas, the North wind.
__2. the north: Luk.13:29, Rev.21:13.
† (AS) G1006 G1006 = G1006 βόσκω boskō G:V to feed βόσκω,
[in LXX for רעה ;]
prop., of a herdsman, to feed: Mat.8:33, Mrk.5:14, Luk.8:34 15:15; metaphorically, of Christian pastoral care, Jhn.21:15, 17. Pass., of cattle, to feed, graze: Mat.8:30, Mrk.5:11, Luk.8:32.†
SYN.: ποιμαίνειν, to tend, shepherd, a wider term, including oversight as well as feeding (see Tr., Syn., §xxv). (AS) G1007 G1007 = the Greek of H1160H Βοσόρ, Βεώρ Bosor, Beōr N:N-M-P Beor Βοσόρ see Βεώρ - ὁ, indecl. (Heb. בְּעוֹר),
Beor, father of Balaam: 2Pe.2:15 (Rec. Βοσόρ).†
(AS) G1008 G1008 = G1008 βοτάνη botanē G:N-F crop βοτάνη, -ῆς, ἡ
(βόσκω), [in LXX for עֵשֶׂב, דֶשֶׁא, חָצִיר ;]
__1. grass, fodder.
__2. green herb: Heb.6:7.†
SYN.: λάχανον, a garden herb, a vegetable. (AS) G1009 G1009 = G1009 βότρυς botrus G:N-M bunch of grapes βότρυς, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX for אֶשְׁכֹּל ;]
a cluster of grapes: Rev.14:18 (cf. στραφυλή) .†
(AS) G1010 G1010 = G1010 βουλευτής bouleutēs G:N-M member of a council βουλευτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(βουλεύω), [in LXX: Job.3:14 12:17 (יעץ)* ;]
a councillor, a senator; of a member of the Sanhedrin: Mrk.15:34, Luk.23:50.†
(AS) G1011 G1011 = G1011 βουλεύω bouleuō G:V to plan βουλεύω
(βουλή), [in LXX chiefly for יעץ ;]
to take counsel, deliberate, resolve. In mid.,
__1. to take counsel with oneself, consider: before εἰ, Luk.14:31.
__2. to determine with oneself, resolve: with inf., Act.5:33 27:39; with accusative, 2Co.1:17; before ἵνα, Jhn.11:53 12:10 (cf. παρα-, συμ-).
† (AS) G1012 G1012 = G1012 βουλή boulē G:N-F plan βουλή, -ῆς, ἡ
(βούλομαι), [in LXX frequently for עֵצָה ;]
counsel, purpose (in cl., esp. of the gods): Luk.23:51, Act.4:28 5:38 19:1 27:12, 42; pl., 1Co.4:5; of the Divine purpose, Heb.6:17; τ. βουλὴν τ. θελήματος αὐτοῦ, Eph.1:11; β. τ. Θεοῦ, Luk.7:30, Act.2:23 13:36 20:27.†
(AS) G1013 G1013 = G1013 βούλημα boulēma G:N-N plan βούλημα, -τος, τό
(βούλομαι), [in LXX: Pro.9:10 (דַּעַת), 2Ma.15:5, 4Ma.8:18 * ;]
purpose, will: Act.27:43, Rom.9:19, 1Pe.4:3.†
SYN.: θέλημα. (AS) G1014 G1014 = G1014 βούλομαι boulomai G:V to plan βούλομαι,
[in LXX for חפץ, אבה, יעץ, etc. ;]
to will, wish, desire, purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than θέλω (which see), the deliberate exercise of volition (see Hort on Jas.1:18): with inf. (M, Pr., 205; Bl., §69, 4), Mrk.15:15, Act.5:28, 33 12:4 15:37 17:20 18:15, 27 19:30 22:30 23:28 27:43 28:18, 2Co.1:15, 1Ti.6:9, Heb.6:17, II Jhn.12, 3Jo.10, Ju 5; with accusative, 2Co.1:17; with accusative and inf., Php.1:12, 1Ti.2:8 5:14, Tit.3:8, 2Pe.3:9; of the will making choice between alternatives, Mat.1:19 11:27, Luk.10:22, Act.25:20, 1Co.12:11, Jas.3:4 4:4; εἰ βούλει (cl., a courteous phrase = θέλεις, colloq.; Bl., §21, 8; LS, see word), Luk.22:42; with subjc., adding force to a question of deliberation (Bl., §64, 6), Jhn.18:39; βουληθείς, of set purpose (see Hort, in l.), Jas.1:18; impf., ἐβουλόμην (= cl. βουλοίμην ἄν; Bl., §63, 5; Lft., Phm. 13), Act.25:22, Phm 13 (see also Cremer, 143).†
(AS) G1015 G1015 = G1015 βουνός bounos G:N-M hill βουνός, -οῦ, ὁ (a Cyrenaїc word, Hdt., iv, 199),
[in LXX chiefly for גִּבְעָה ;]
a hill: Luk.3:5 (LXX) 23:30.†
(AS) G1016 G1016 = G1016 βοῦς bous G:N-M ox βοῦς, βοός, ὁ, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for בָּקָר ;]
an ox, a cow: Luk.13:15 14:5, 19 Jhn.2:14, 15 1Co.9:9" (LXX), 1Ti.5:18.†
(AS) G1017 G1017 = G1017 βραβεῖον brabeion G:N-N prize βραβεῖον, -ου, τό
(βραβεύς, an umpire),
a prize in the games: 1Co.9:24; metaphorically, of the Christian's reward, Php.3:14.†
(AS) G1018 G1018 = G1018 βραβεύω brabeuō G:V to rule βραβεύω
(βραβεύς, an umpire), [in LXX: Wis.10:12 * ;]
__(a) prop., to act as umpire; hence,
__(b) generally, to arbitrate, decide (Isocr., Dem.; Lft., Col., l.with; MM, see word): Col.3:15;
__(with) in some late writers, to direct, rule, control (so in Col., l.with, accusative to Thayer, see word, Meyer, in l.), (cf. κατα-βραβεύω).
† (AS) G1019 G1019 = G1019 βραδύνω bradunō G:V to delay βραδύνω
(βραδύς), [in LXX: Gen.43:10 (מההּ hith.), Deu.7:10, Isa.46:13 (אחר pi.), Si 32 (35):18 * ;]
__1. trans., to retard (Soph., Is, l.with).
__2. More frequently intrans., to be slow, to tarry: 1Ti.3:15, 2Pe.3:9.
† (AS) G1020 G1020 = G1020 βραδυπλοέω braduploeō G:V to sail slowly βραδυπλοέω, -ῶ
(βραδύς, πλοῦς),
to sail slowly: Act.27:7.†
(AS) G1021 G1021 = G1021 βραδύς bradus G:A slow βραδύς, -εῖα, -ύ,
slow: εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, Jas.1:19; metaphorically, of the understanding: β. τ. καρδίᾳ, assoc. with ἀνόητος, Luk.24:25.†
(AS) G1022 G1022 = G1022 βραδύτης bradutēs G:N-F slowness 1. slowness , (Iliad by Homer), attic
2. of the mind, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G1023 G1023 = G1023 βραχίων brachiōn G:N-M arm βραχίων, -ὀνος, ὁ,
[in LXX, β. Κυρίου, frequently for זְרוֹעַ יהוָֹה ;]
the arm; as in OT, β. Κυρίου, metaphorically, for the Divine power: Luk.1:51, Jhn.12:38" (LXX), Act.13:17.†
(AS) G1024 G1024 = G1024 βραχύς brachus G:A little βραχύς, -εῖα, -ύ,
[in LXX chiefly for מְעַט ;]
short;
__(a) of time; short, little: βραχύ, Act.5:34; μετὰ β., Luk.22:58; β. τι, a short time, Heb.2:7, 9 RV, mg.;
__(b) of distance: Act.27:28;
__(with) of quantity or value, little, few: Jhn.6:7, Heb.2:7, 9 RV, txt.; pl., διὰ βραχέων, in few words, Heb.13:22.
† (AS) G1025 G1025 = G1025 βρέφος brephos G:N-N infant βρέφος, -ους, τό,
[in LXX: Sir.19:11, 1Ma.1:61, 2Ma.6:10, 3Ma.5:49, 4Ma.4:25 * ;]
__1. an unborn child: Luk.1:41, 44.
__2. a newborn child, a babe: Luk.2:12, 16 18:15, Act.7:19, 1Pe.2:2; ἀπὸ βρέφους, from infancy, 2Ti.3:15.
† (AS) G1026 G1026 = G1026 βρέχω brechō G:V to rain down βρέχω,
[in LXX chiefly for מטר ;]
__1. to wet: Luk.7:38, 44.
__2. In late Gk. writers and vernac. = ὕειν, to send rain, to rain (Kennedy, Sources, 39, 155): Mat.5:45; trop., β. πῦρ κ. θεῖον, Luk.17:29; impers., βρέχει, it rains: Jas.5:17; with ὐετός as subj., Rev.11:6.
† (AS) G1027 G1027 = G1027 βροντή brontē G:N-F thunder βροντή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX for רַעַם ;]
thunder: Mrk.3:17, Jhn.12:29, Rev.4:5 6:1 8:5 10:3, 4 11:19 14:2 16:18 19:6.†
(AS) G1028 G1028 = G1028 βροχή brochē G:N-F rain βροχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(βρέχω), [in LXX: Psa.67 (68):9, 104 (105):32 (גֶּשֶׁם)* ;]
__1. = βροχετός, a wetting (in π., of irrigation in Egypt; Deiss., LAE, 77).
__2. As in MGr. (Kennedy, Sources, 153), = ὑετός, rain: Mat.7:25, 27.
† (AS) G1029 G1029 = G1029 βρόχος brochos G:N-M restraint βρόχος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX: Pro.6:5 (יָד) 7:21 (חֵלֶק) 22:25 (מוֹקֵשׁ), 3Ma.4:8 * ;]
a noose, a slip-knot, a halter: metaphorically, a restraint (not, as AV, R, txt., a snare): 1Co.7:35.†
(AS) G1030 G1030 = G1030 βρυγμός brugmos G:N-M gnashing βρυγμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(βρύχω), [in LXX: Pro.19:12 (נַהַם), Sir.51:3 * ;]
a biting, a gnashing of teeth: Mat.8:12 13:42, 50 22:13 24:51 25:30, Luk.13:28.†
(AS) G1031 G1031 = G1031 βρύχω bruchō G:V to gnash βρύχω (Attic, βρύκω),
[in LXX: Job.16:10(9), Psa.34 (35):16 36 (37):12 111 (112):10, La 2:16 (חרק)* ;]
__1. to bite or eat greedily.
__2. to gnash, grind, with the teeth: Act.7:54.
† (AS) G1032 G1032 = G1032 βρύω bruō G:V to pour βρύω, poët., late prose and vernac.,
to be full to bursting;
__1. of the earth producing vegetation.
__2. Of plants putting forth buds.
__3. Of springs, to gush with water: Jas.3:11.
† (AS) G1033 G1033 = G1033 βρῶμα brōma G:N-N food βρῶμα, -τος, τό (cf. βιβρώσκω),
[in LXX chiefly for אֹכֶל ;]
food: Rom.14:15, 20 1Co.8:8, 13 10:3; pl., Mat.14:15, Mrk.7:19, Luk.3:11 9:13, 1Co.6:13, 1Ti.4:3, Heb.9:10 13:9; trop., of spiritual food, Jhn.4:34, 1Co.3:2 (cf. βρῶσις).†
(AS) G1034 G1034 = G1034 βρώσιμος brōsimos G:A edible βρώσιμος, -ον
(βρῶσις), [in LXX: Lev.19:23, Neh.9:25, Eze.47:12 (מַאֲכָל)* ;]
eatable: Luk.24:41.†
(AS) G1035 G1035 = G1035 βρῶσις brōsis G:N-F eating βρῶσις, -εως, ἡ (cf. βιβρώσκω),
[in LXX chiefly for parts and derivatives of אכל ;]
__1. eating: β. καὶ πόσις, Rom.14:17, Col.2:16 (see Lft., ICC, in l.); with genitive obj., 1Co.8:4; metaphorically, corrosion, rust: Mat.6:19, 20.
__2. As also in cl. (Hom., al.) = βρῶμα, food: Jhn.6:27a, 2Co.9:10, Col.2:16 (EV, but see supr.). Heb.12:16; metaphorically, of spiritual nourishment, Jhn.4:32 6:27b, 55.†
(AS) G1036 G1036 = G1036 βυθίζω buthizō G:V to sink βυθίζω
(βυθός), [in LXX: 2Ma.12:4 * ;]
trans., to cause to sink, to sink: metaphorically, εἰς ὄλεθρον, 1Ti.6:9; pass., to sink, intrans.: Luk.5:7.†
(AS) G1037 G1037 = G1037 βυθός buthos G:N-M the deep βυθός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX: Exo.15:5, Neh.9:11 (מְצוֹלָה), Psa.67 (68):22 68 (69):2, 15 106 (107):24 (מְצוּלָה)* ;]
__1. the bottom.
__2. the depth of the sea, the deep sea: 2Co.11:25.
† (AS) G1038 G1038 = G1038 βυρσεύς burseus G:N-M tanner βυρσεύς, -έως, ὁ (βύρσα, a hide), late form for βυρσοδέψης,
a tanner: Act.9:43 10:6, 32.†
(AS) G1039 G1039 = G1039 βύσσινος bussinos G:A fine linen βύσσινος, -η, -ον
(βύσσος), [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁשׁ, בּוּץ, etc. ;]
made of βύσσος, fine linen: Rev.18:12, 16 19:8, 14.†
(AS) G1040 G1040 = G1040 βύσσος bussos G:N-F fine linen βύσσος, -οῦ, ἡ (cf. Heb. בּוּץ),
[in LXX chiefly for שֵׁשׁ, בּוּץ ;]
byssus, a fine species of flax, also the linen made from it: Luk.16:19.†
(AS) G1041 G1041 = G1041 βωμός bōmos G:N-M altar βωμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(βαίνω), [in LXX (Hex.) for מִזְבֵּחַ, in Proph., chiefly for בָּמָה ;]
__1. any raised place, a platform.
__2. an altar: Act.17:23 (cf. θυσιαστήριον and see DB, i, 75).
† (AS) G1042 G1042 = G1042 γαββαθά gabbatha N:N--L Gabbatha Γαββαθα (Rec. -θᾶ), ἡ, indecl.,
Gabbatha, the Greek transliteration of an uncertain Aramaic word (DB, see word; Dalman, Words, 7), used as the equivalent of λιθόστρωτον, stone pavement: Jhn.19:13.†
(AS) G1043 G1043 = the Greek of H1403 Γαβριήλ Gabriēl N:N--T Gabriel Γαβριήλ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. גַּבְרִיאֵל, hero of God),
the archangel Gabriel: Luk.1:19, 26.†
(AS) G1044 G1044 = G1044 γάγγραινα gangraina G:N-F gangrene γάγγραινα, -ης, ἡ,
a gangrene, an eating sore, which leads to mortification: 2Ti.2:17.†
(AS) G1045 G1045 = the Greek of H1410G Γάδ Gad N:N-M-P Gad Γάδ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. גָּד),
Gad (Gen.30:11 49:13, al.): Rev.7:5.†
(AS) G1046 G1046 = a Name of G1086G Γαδαρηνός Gadarēnos N:N--LG Gadara Γαδαρηνός, -ή, -όν
(Γαδαρά, Gadara, the capital of Peræa),
Gadarene, of Gadara: Mat.8:28 (Rec. Γεργεσηνῶν), Mrk.5:1, Rec. (Edd., Γερασηνῶν), Luk.8:26, 37 Rec. (Edd., Γερασηνῶν).†
(AS) G1047 G1047 = G1047 γάζα gaza G:N-F treasury γάζα, -ης, ἡ (a Persian word),
[in LXX for גִּנְזִין, II Est.5:17 6:1 7:20, 21, Est.4:7; גִּזְבָּר, II Est.7:21; Isa.39:2 * ;]
treasure: Act.8:27.†
(AS) G1048 G1048 = the Greek of H5804 Γάζα Gaza N:N-F-L Gaza Γάζα -ης, ἡ (Heb. עַזָּה),
Gaza, in OT, one of the five chief cities of the Philistines: Act.8:26.†
(AS) G1049 G1049 = G1049 γαζοφυλάκιον gazophulakion G:N-N treasury γαζο-φυλάκιον, -ου, τό
(γάζα, φυλακή), [in LXX chiefly for לִשְׁכָּה, נִשְׁכָּה (4Ki.23:11, al.), once for גְּנָזִים (Est.3:9); το͂ γ., τᾶ γ., of a temple treasury, Neh.10:37, 2Ma.3:6, al. ;]
treasury: also, apparently, the trumpet-shaped chests into which the peoples' temple-offerings were thrown (DB, iv, 96; DCG, ii, 748): Mrk.12:41, 43 Luk.21:1, Jhn.8:20.†
(AS) G1050 G1050G = G1050G Γάϊος Gaios N:N-M-P Gaius Γαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Γάϊος, Rec.),
Gaius, the name of a Christian;
__1. of Macedonia: Act.19:29.
__2. Of Derbe: Act.20:4.
__3. Of Corinth: Rom.16:23, 1Co.1:14.
__4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed: III Jo 1.
† (AS) G1050 G1050H = G1050H Γάϊος Gaios N:N-M-P Gaius Γαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Γάϊος, Rec.),
Gaius, the name of a Christian;
__1. of Macedonia: Act.19:29.
__2. Of Derbe: Act.20:4.
__3. Of Corinth: Rom.16:23, 1Co.1:14.
__4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed: III Jo 1.
† (AS) G1050 G1050I = G1050I Γάϊος Gaios N:N-M-P Gaius Γαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Γάϊος, Rec.),
Gaius, the name of a Christian;
__1. of Macedonia: Act.19:29.
__2. Of Derbe: Act.20:4.
__3. Of Corinth: Rom.16:23, 1Co.1:14.
__4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed: III Jo 1.
† (AS) G1050 G1050J = G1050J Γάϊος Gaios N:N-M-P Gaius Γαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Γάϊος, Rec.),
Gaius, the name of a Christian;
__1. of Macedonia: Act.19:29.
__2. Of Derbe: Act.20:4.
__3. Of Corinth: Rom.16:23, 1Co.1:14.
__4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed: III Jo 1.
† (AS) G1051 G1051 = G1051 γάλα gala G:N-N milk γάλα, -ακτος, τό
[in LXX for חלב ;]
milk: 1Co.9:7. Metaphorical, of elementary Christian teaching: 1Co.3:2, Heb.5:12, 13; τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γ., the rational (spiritual) genuine milk (see Hort, in l.), 1Pe.2:2 (in support of AV, milk of the word, see ICC, in l.).†
(AS) G1052 G1052 = a Group member of G1053 Γαλάτης Galatēs N:N--LG Galatian Γαλάτης, -ου, ὁ (originally syn. with cl. Κέλτης; cf. 1Ma.8:2, and see next word),
a Galatian: Gal.3:1.†
(AS) G1053 G1053 = G1053 Γαλατία Galatia N:N-F-L Galatia Γαλατία, -ας, ἡ,
Galatia;
__1. a gentilic region in Asia Minor, settled by Gauls (iii/B.C).
__2. A Roman Province which included this region (DB, ii, 85ff.): 1Co.16:1, Gal.1:2, 2Ti.4:10 (T, Tr., mg., Γαλλίαν), 1Pe.1:1.
† (AS) G1054 G1054 = a Spelling of G1053 Γαλατικός Galatikos N:A--LG Galatia Γαλατικός, -ή, -όν (see previous word),
Galatian, belonging to Galatia: Act.16:6 18:23.†
(AS) G1055 G1055 = G1055 γαλήνη galēnē G:N-F calm γαλήνη, -ης, ἡ,
a calm: Mat.8:26, Mrk.4:39, Luk.8:24.†
(AS) G1056 G1056G = the Greek of H1551 Γαλιλαία Galilaia N:N-F-L Galilee Γαλιλαία, -ας, ἡ (Heb. הַגָּלִיל, the circle, district),
Galilee, the name of the northern region of Palestine in NT times: Γ. τῶν ἐθνῶν, Mat.4:15 (LXX); θάλασσα τῆς Γ., Mat.15:29 (cf. Jhn.6:1).
(AS) G1056 G1056H = the Greek of H3672G Γαλιλαία Galilaia N:N-F-L (Sea of) Galilee Γαλιλαία, -ας, ἡ (Heb. הַגָּלִיל, the circle, district),
Galilee, the name of the northern region of Palestine in NT times: Γ. τῶν ἐθνῶν, Mat.4:15 (LXX); θάλασσα τῆς Γ., Mat.15:29 (cf. Jhn.6:1).
(AS) G1057 G1057 = a Group member of H1551 Γαλιλαῖος Galilaios N:N--LG Galilean Γαλιλαῖος, -αία, -αῖον,
Galilæan: Mat.26:69, Mrk.14:70, Luk.13:1, 2 22:59, 23:6, Jhn.4:45, Act.1:11 2:7 5:37.†
(AS) G1058 G1058 = G1058 Γαλλίων Galliōn N:N-M-P Gallio Γαλλίων, -ωνος, ὁ,
Gallio, proconsul of Achaia: Act.18:12, 14 17.†
(AS) G1059 G1059 = G1059 Γαμαλιήλ Gamaliēl N:N-M-P Gamaliel Γαμαλιήλ, ὁ (Heb. גַּמְלִיאֵל),
Gamaliel the elder, a Pharisee and Doctor of the Law: Act.5:34 22:3.†
(AS) G1060 G1060 = G1060 γαμέω gameō G:V to marry γαμέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX: Est.10:3, 2Ma.14:25, 4Ma.16:9 * ;]
to marry;
__1. of the man, to marry, take to wife (ducere): absol., Mat.19:10 22:25, 30 24:38, Mrk.12:25, Luk.17:27, 20:34, 35, 1Co.7:28, 33; with accusative: Mat.5:32 19:9, Mrk.6:17 10:11, Luk.14:20 16:18.
__2. Of the woman,
__(a) mid. (and in late writers, pass.), to give oneself in marriage, marry (nubere): 1Co.7:39;
__(b) in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 159), act. (as of the man), to marry: absol., 1Co.7:28, 34 1Ti.5:11, 14. with accusative, Mrk.10:12.
__3. Of both sexes: absol., 1Ti.4:3, 1Co.7:9, 10 36.
† (AS) G1061 G1061 = G1061 γαμίσκω, γαμίζω gamiskō, gamizō G:V to give in marriage γαμίζω
(γάμος),
to give in marriage, a daughter: 1Co.7:38. Pass., Mat.22:30 24:38, Mrk.12:25, Luk.17:27 20:35 (WH, mg., γαμίσκονται; cf. γαμίζω).†
(AS) G1062 G1062 = G1062 γάμος gamos G:N-M wedding γάμος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX for מִשְׁתֶּה ;]
__1. a wedding, esp. a wedding-feast: Mat.22:8, 10 11, 12, Jhn.2:1-3, Rev.19:7, 9; pl. (Field, Notes, 16), Mat.22:2-4, 9 25:10, Luk.12:36 14:8.
__2. marriage: Heb.13:4 (Cremer, 666).
† (AS) G1063 G1063 = G1063 γάρ gar G:CONJ for γάρ,
co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα,
verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.;
__1. explicative and epexegetic: Mat.4:18 19:12, Mrk.1:16 5:42 16:4, Luk.11:3o, Rom.7:1, 1Co.16:5, al.
__2. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mat.9:5 27:23, Luk.9:25 22:27, Jhn.9:30, Act.8:31 16:37 19:35, Rom.15:26, 1Co.9:10, Php.1:18 (Ellic., in l.), 1Th.2:20, al.
__3. Causal: Mat.1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mrk.1:22, 9:6, Luk.1:15, 18, Jhn.2:25, Act.2:25, Rom.1:9, 11, 1Co.11:5, Rev.1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mat.2:20 3:9, Rom.13:11, Col.3:3, 1Th.4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Luk.22:27, Rom.3:3 4:3, 1Co.10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mrk.10:45, Luk.6:32, 1Co.5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mrk.14:70, Luk.1:66 22:37, 2Co.13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: 2Co.1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (see Thayer, see word).
(AS) G1064 G1064 = G1064 γαστήρ gastēr G:N-F belly γαστήρͅ, -τρός, ἡ,
[in LXX for בֶּטֶן, ἐν γ. ἔχειν for הרה, ἐν γ. λαμβάνειν for חרה ;]
__1. the belly: metaphorically, a glutton, Tit.1:12.
__2. the womb: ἐν γ. ἔχειν, to be with child, Mat.1:18, 23" (LXX) 24:19, Mrk.13:17, Luk.21:23, 1Th.5:3, Rev.12:2; εν γ. συλλαμβ., to conceive, Luk.1:31.
† (AS) G1065 G1065 = G1065 γέ ge G:PRT indeed γε, enclitic postpositive particle, rarer in κοινή than in cl., giving special prominence to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing it as the least or the most important (Thayer, see word),
indeed, at least, even (but not always translatable into English);
__1. used alone: Luk.11:8 18:5 Rom.8:32.
__2. More frequently with other particles: αλλά γε, Luk.24:21, 1Co.9:2; ἄρα γε, Mat.7:20 17:26, Act.17:27; ἆρά γε, Act.8:30; εἴ γε (Rec. εἴγε), 2Co.5:3, Gal.3:4, Eph.3:2 4:21, Col.1:23 (see Meyer, Ellic., on Ga, Eph, ll. with; Lft., on Ga, Col, ll. with); εἰ δὲ μήγε, following an affirmation, Mat.6:1, Luk.10:6 13:9; a negation, Mat.9:17, Luk.5:36, 37 14:32, 2Co.11:16; καί γε (Rec. καίγε, cl. καὶ . . . γε), Luk.19:42 (WH om.), Act.2:18 17:27; καίτοιγε (L καίτοι γε, Tr. καί τοι γε), Jhn.4:2; μενοῦνγε (see see word); μήτι γε, see: μήτι; ὄφελόν, 1Co.4:8.
† (AS) G1066 G1066 = the Greek of H1439 Γεδεών Gedeōn N:N-M-P Gideon Γεδεών, ὁ, indecl. in LXX and NT, in FlJ, Ant., see 6, 3 and 4 -ῶνος (Heb. גִּדְעוֹן),
Gideon (Jdg.6-8): Heb.11:32.†
(AS) G1067 G1067 = G1067 γέεννα geenna N:N--T hell: Gehenna γέεννα (γέενα, Mrk.9:45, Rec.), -ης, ἡ (perh. through Aram. גֵּיהִנָּם, from Heb. גֵּי הִנֹּם, Neh.11:30; גֵּי בֶּן־הִנֹּם, Jhn.18:16; גֵּי בּנֵי־הִנֹּם, 4Ki.23:10; valley of (the son, sons of) lamentation);
[in LXX the nearest approach to γ. is γαίεννα, Jos.18:16 (Γαὶ Ὀννόμ, A), elsewhere φάραγξ Ὀνόμ (Jos.15:8, al.), V. Swete on Mrk.9:43 ;]
Gehenna, a valley W. and S. of Jerusalem, which as the site of fire-worship from the time of Ahaz, was desecrated by Josiah and became a dumping-place for the offal of the city. Later, the name was used as a symbol of the place of future punishment, as in NT: Mat.5:29, ; 10:28, Mrk.9:43, 45 47, Luk.12:5, Jas.3:6; γ. τ. πυρός, Mat.5:22 18:19, prob. with ref. to fires of Moloch (DB, ii, 119b); υἱὸς γεέννης, Mat.23:15; κρίσις γεέννης, 23:33.†
(AS) G1068 G1068 = G1068 Γεθσημανῆ Gethsēmanē N:N--L Gethsemane Γεθσημασεί (Rec. -νῆ, LTr. -νεῖ) indecl. (Heb. גֵּת שְׁמָנִי, oil-press),
Gethsemane: called in Jhn.18:1 a κῆπος, but named only in Mat.26:36, Mrk.14:32.†
(AS) G1069 G1069 = G1069 γείτων geitōn G:N-M/F neighbour γείτων, -ονος, ὁ, ἡ
(γῆ), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁכֵן ;]
a neighbour: Luk.14:12 15:6, 9 Jhn.9:8.†
(AS) G1070 G1070 = G1070 γελάω gelaō G:V to laugh γελάω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for צחק, שׂחק ;]
to laugh: Luk.6:25; fut., γελάσω) (M, Pr., 154), ib. 21 (cf. κατα-γελάω).†
(AS) G1071 G1071 = G1071 γέλως gelōs G:N-M laughter γέλως, -ωτος, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for שְׂחוֹק ;]
laughter: Jas.4:9.†
(AS) G1072 G1072 = G1072 γεμίζω gemizō G:V to fill γεμίζω
(γέμω), [in LXX: Gen.45:17 (טען), 3Ma.5:47, 4Ma.3:14 * ;]
to fill;
__1. properly, of a ship (Thuc, al.): Mrk.4:37 (pass.).
__2. In late writers, generally (MGr., see Kennedy, Sources, 155), with accusative, before genitive, Mrk.15:36, Jhn.2:7 6:13, Rev.15:8; ἀπό, Luk.15:16, Rec. WH, mg.; ἐκ, Luk.15:16, WH, Rev.8:5. Pass., absol.: Luk.14:23.
† (AS) G1073 G1073 = G1073 γέμω gemō G:V be full γέμω (used only in present and impf.),
[in LXX for מלא, נשׂא ;]
to be full;
__1. properly, of a ship (Xen.).
__2. Generally (Plat., al.),
__(a) with genitive of thing(s): Mat.23:27, Luk.11:39, Rom.3:14" (LXX), Rev.4:6, 8 5:8 15:7 17:3 (Rec.) 4 21:9
__(b) before ἐκ: Mat.23:25;
__(with) with accusative of thing(s) (called a solecism in WM, 251; Bl., §36, 4), as in later Gk. from Byz. to Mod. times (Jannaris, Gr., 1319): Rev.17:3.
† (AS) G1074 G1074 = G1074 γενεά genea G:N-F generation γενεά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX chiefly for דּוֹר, דֹּר (Cremer, 148) ;]
__1. race, stock, family (in NT, γέννημα, which see).
__2. generation;
__(a) of the contemporary members of a family: pl., Mat.1:17 (cf. Gen.31:3, מוֹלֶדֶת); metaphorically, of those alike in character, in bad sense, Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Luk.9:41 16:8, Act.2:40;
__(b) of all the people of a given period: Mat.24:34, Mrk.13:30, Luk.21:32, Php.2:15; pl., Luk.1:48; esp. of the Jewish people, Mat.11:16 12:39, 41 42, 45 16:4 23:36, Mrk.8:12, 38 Luk.7:31 11:29, 30-32, 50, 51 17:25, Act.13:36, Heb.3:10" (LXX) ; τὴν γ. αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται, Act.8:33 (LXX);
__(with) the period covered by the life-time of a generation, used loosely in pl. of successive ages: Act.14:16 15:21, Eph.3:5, Col.1:26; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ. (= לִדוֹר וָדוֹר, al.), Luk.34:17, al), Luk.1:50; εἰς πάσας τὰς γ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων, Eph.3:21 (Ellic, in l.; DCG, i, 639f.).
† (AS) G1075 G1075 = G1075 γενεαλογέω genealogeō G:V to trace genealogy γενεαλογέω, -ῶ
(γενεά, λέγω), [in LXX: 1Ch.5:1 (יחשׁ)* ;]
to trace ancestry, reckon genealogy; pass., before ἐκ: Heb.7:6.†
(AS) G1076 G1076 = G1076 γενεαλογία genealogia G:N-F genealogy γενεαλογία, -ας, ἡ (see previous word);
__1. the making of a pedigree.
__2. a genealogy: pl., 1Ti.1:4, Tit.3:9 (see CGT, in l., and ib. Intr., xlix ff.; DB, ii, p. 141).
† (AS) G1077 G1077 = G1077 γενέσια, γενέθλιος genesia, genethlios G:N-N birthday γενέσια, -ων, τά, neut. pl. of adj. -ιος, -ον, relating to birth (γένεσις);
__1. in Attic Gk., a commemoration of the dead.
__2. In late Gk., a birthday feast (= cl. γενέθλια; so in π., see MM, Exp., x; cf. also Ῥutherford, NPhr., 184): Mat.14:6, Mrk.6:21.
† (AS) G1078 G1078 = G1078 γένεσις genesis G:N-F origin γένεσις, -εως, ἡ
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹלֵדֹת ;]
__1. origin, lineage: βίβλος γενέσεως (as in Gen.2:4a 5:1), Mat.1:1.
__2. birth: Mat.1:18, Luk.1:14 (Rec. γέννησις); πρόσωπον τῆς γ., face of his birth ("what God made him to be," Hort., in l.), Jas.1:23; ὁ τροχὸς τῆς γ., the wheel (course) of birth or creation ("the wheel of man's nature according to its original Divine purpose," Hort), Jas.3:6.
† (AS) G1079 G1079 = G1079 γενετή genetē G:N-F birth γενετή, -ῆς, ἡ = γενεή, Ion. for γενεά,
[in LXX: Lev.25:47 (עֵקֶר מִשְׁפָּחָו), Est.4:17 * ;]
birth: ἐκ γ., Jhn.9:1.†
(AS) G1080 G1080 = G1080 γεννάω gennaō G:V to beget γεννάω, -ῶ
(γέννα, poët. for γένος), [in LXX chiefly for ילד ;]
__1. of the father, to beget: with accusative, Mat.1:1-16, Act.7:8, 29; before ἐκ, Mat.1:3, 5, 6.
__2. Of the mother, to bring forth, bear: Luk.1:13, 57 23:29, Jhn.16:21; εἰς δουλείαν, Gal.4:24. Pass.
__(1) to be begotten: Mat.1:20;
__(2) to be born: Mat.2:1, 4 19:12 26:24, Mrk.14:21, Luk.1:35, Jhn.3:4, Act.7:20, Rom.9:11, Heb.11:23; before εἰς, Jhn.16:21 18:37, 2Pe.2:12; ἐν, Act.2:8 22:3, (ἁμαρτίαις), Jhn.9:34; ἀπό, Heb.11:12 (WH, mg., ἐγεν-); ἐκ, Jhn.1:13 3:6 8:41; with adj., τυφλὸς γ., Jhn.9:2; [Ῥωμαῖος ], Act.22:28; κατὰ σάρκα: κ. πνεῦμα: Gal.4:29. Metaphorical; μάχας, 2Ti.2:23; ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα, 1Co.4:15, (ὅν), Phm 10; in quotation, Psa.2:7 (LXX), Act.13:33, Heb.1:5 5:5; of Christians as begotten of God, born again: Jhn.1:13 3:3, 5-8, 1Jn.2:29 3:9 4:7 5:1, 4, 18 (cf. ἀνα-γεννάω); (Cremer, 146).
(AS) G1081 G1081G = G1081G γέννημα gennēma G:N-N offspring γέννημα, -τος, τό
(γεννάω), [in LXX chiefly for תְּבוּאָה ;]
offspring of men or animals: ἐχιδνῶν, Mat.3:7 12:34 23:33, Luk.3:7 (and elsewhere in Rec. for γένημα, which see).†
(AS) G1081 G1081H = a Meaning of G1081G γέννημα gennēma G:N-N offspring: fruit γέννημα, -τος, τό
(γεννάω), [in LXX chiefly for תְּבוּאָה ;]
offspring of men or animals: ἐχιδνῶν, Mat.3:7 12:34 23:33, Luk.3:7 (and elsewhere in Rec. for γένημα, which see).†
(AS) G1082 G1082 = G1082 Γεννησαρέτ Gennēsaret N:N--L Gennesaret Γεννησαρέτ (Rec. Γενησ-, Mk, l.with; Targ. גְּנֵיסַר),
[in LXX: Γεννησάρ (as in some MSS. Mt, Mk), 1Ma.11:67 * ;]
Gennesaret, a fertile plain on W. shore of the Sea of Galilee; ἡ γῆ, Mat.14:34, Mrk.6:53; ἡ λίμνη (יָם כִּנֶּרֶת, Num.34:11, elsewhere ἡ θάλασσα τ. Γαλιλαίας, Mrk.1:16; ἡ θ. τ. Τιβεριάδος, Jhn.6:1), Luk.5:1.†
(AS) G1083 G1083 = G1083 γέννησις gennēsis G:N-F birth γέννησις, -εως, ἡ,
[in LXX: 1Ch.4:8 (מִשְׁפָּחָה), Ecc.7:2 (ילד ni.; γένεσις, Aא), Wis.3:13 א 1 (γένεσις, ABא 2), Sir.22:3 * ;]
__1. begetting.
__2. birth: Mat.1:18, Luk.1:14, Rec.
† (AS) G1084 G1084 = G1084 γεννητός gennētos G:A born γεννητός, -ή -όν
(γεννάω), [in LXX: Job.11:2, 12 14:1 15:14 25:4 (ילד)* ;]
begotten, born: pl., γ. γυναικῶν (cf. יְלוּד אִשָּׁה, Job.14:1), periphrasis for mankind, Mat.11:11, Luk.7:28 (Cremer, 147).
(AS) G1085 G1085G = G1085G γένος genos G:N-N family: descendant γένος, -ους, τό
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX for עַם, מִין, זֶרַע, etc. ;]
__1. family: Act.4:6 7:13 13:26.
__2. offspring: Act.17:28, 29 Rev.22:16.
__3. race, nation; Mrk.7:28, Act.4:36 7:19 18:2, 24, 2Co.11:26, Php.3:5, Gal.1:14, 1Pe.2:9.
__4. kind, sort, class: Mat.13:47 17:21, Rec., Mrk.9:29, 1Co.12:10, 28 14:10.
† (AS) G1085 G1085H = a Meaning of G1085G γένος genos G:N-N family: kind γένος, -ους, τό
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX for עַם, מִין, זֶרַע, etc. ;]
__1. family: Act.4:6 7:13 13:26.
__2. offspring: Act.17:28, 29 Rev.22:16.
__3. race, nation; Mrk.7:28, Act.4:36 7:19 18:2, 24, 2Co.11:26, Php.3:5, Gal.1:14, 1Pe.2:9.
__4. kind, sort, class: Mat.13:47 17:21, Rec., Mrk.9:29, 1Co.12:10, 28 14:10.
† (AS) G1086 G1086G = G1086G Γερασηνός Gerasēnos N:N--LG Gerasene Γεργασηνός, -ή, -όν,
Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis, 30 m. S.E. of the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod. Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pl. οἱ Γ., Mrk.5:1, Luk.8:26, 37 (Γεργεσηνῶν, RV, mg. 1; Γαδαρηνῶν, RV, mg. 2).†
(AS) G1086 G1086H = a Spelling of G1086G Γεργεσηνός Gergesēnos N:N--LG Gergasene Γεργασηνός, -ή, -όν,
Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis, 30 m. S.E. of the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod. Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pl. οἱ Γ., Mrk.5:1, Luk.8:26, 37 (Γεργεσηνῶν, RV, mg. 1; Γαδαρηνῶν, RV, mg. 2).†
(AS) G1087 G1087 = G1087 γερουσία gerousia G:N-F council of elders γερουσία, -ας, ἡ
(γέρων), [in LXX (Hex. only in OT) for זָקֵן ;]
a council of elders, senate; in NT, of the Sanhedrin (Cl. Rev., i, 43f.; DB, ext., 99): Act.5:21.†
(AS) G1088 G1088 = G1088 γέρων gerōn G:N-M an old man γέρων, -οντος, ὁ,
[in LXX for זָקֵן ;]
an old man: Jhn.3:4.†
(AS) G1089 G1089 = G1089 γεύω geuō G:V to taste γεύω, γεύομαι,
[in LXX chiefly for טעם ;]
to make to taste. Mid., to taste eat: absol., Act.10:10 20:11, Col.2:21; with genitive, Mat.27:34, Luk.14:24, Act.23:14; with accusative (not cl., but see Westc, Heb., l.with; M, Pr., 66, 245), Jhn.2:9. Metaphorical, Heb.6:4; ῥῆμα θεοῦ, Heb.6:5 (on case, see supr., and cf. Milligan, NTD, 68) θανάτου (cf. Talmudic טַעַם מִיתָה), Mat.16:28, Mrk.9:1, Luk.9:27, Jhn.8:52, Heb.2:9; before ὅτι, 1Pe.2:3 (Cremer, 148).†
(AS) G1090 G1090 = G1090 γεωργέω geōrgeō G:V to farm γεωργέω, -ῶ
(γεωργός), [in LXX: 1Ch.27:26 (עָשָׂה מְלֶאכֶת הַשָּׂדֶה), I Est.4:6, 1Ma.14:8 * ;]
to till the ground: pass., Heb.6:7.
(AS) G1091 G1091 = G1091 γεώργιον geōrgion G:N-N farm field γεώργιον, -ου, τό
(γεωργός), [in LXX, frequently in Pr., for שָׂדֶה, etc. ;]
__1. a field (Pro.24:5, 30, Strabo).
__2. cultivation, husbandry, tillage (Pro.6:7 9:12, Jer.28:23, Sir.27:6): 1Co.3:9.
† (AS) G1092 G1092 = G1092 γεωργός geōrgos G:N-M farmer γεωργός, -οῦ, ὁ
(γῆ, ἔργω = ἔρδω, to do), [in LXX for אִכָּר, etc. ;]
__1. a husbandman: 2Ti.2:6, Jas.5:7.
__2. a vine-dresser (cf. ἀμπελουργός, Luk.13:7): Mat.21:33-35, 38, 40, 41, Mrk.12:1, 2 7, 9, Luk.20:9, 10 14, 16, Jhn.15:1.
† (AS) G1093 G1093G = a Meaning of G1093I γῆ gē G:N-F earth: planet γῆ, γῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX for אֲדָמָה ,אֶרֶץ, etc. ;]
__1. the earth, world: Luk.21:35, Act.1:8, Heb.11:13, Rev.3:10, al.; opposite to οὐρανός, Mat.5:18 11:25, Mrk.13:27, al.
__2. land;
__(a) opposite to sea or water: Mrk.4:1, Luk.5:3, Jhn.6:21, al.;
__(b) as subject to cultivation: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:8, Luk.13:7, Heb.6:7, al.;
__(with) the ground: Mat.10:29, Mrk.8:6, Luk.24:5, Jhn.8:6, al.;
__(d) a region, country: Luk.4:25, Rom.9:28, Jas.5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mat.2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jhn.3:22; with genitive of person(s), Act.7:3.
(AS) G1093 G1093H = a Meaning of G1093I γῆ gē G:N-F earth: country γῆ, γῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX for אֲדָמָה ,אֶרֶץ, etc. ;]
__1. the earth, world: Luk.21:35, Act.1:8, Heb.11:13, Rev.3:10, al.; opposite to οὐρανός, Mat.5:18 11:25, Mrk.13:27, al.
__2. land;
__(a) opposite to sea or water: Mrk.4:1, Luk.5:3, Jhn.6:21, al.;
__(b) as subject to cultivation: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:8, Luk.13:7, Heb.6:7, al.;
__(with) the ground: Mat.10:29, Mrk.8:6, Luk.24:5, Jhn.8:6, al.;
__(d) a region, country: Luk.4:25, Rom.9:28, Jas.5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mat.2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jhn.3:22; with genitive of person(s), Act.7:3.
(AS) G1093 G1093I = G1093I γῆ gē G:N-F earth: soil γῆ, γῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX for אֲדָמָה ,אֶרֶץ, etc. ;]
__1. the earth, world: Luk.21:35, Act.1:8, Heb.11:13, Rev.3:10, al.; opposite to οὐρανός, Mat.5:18 11:25, Mrk.13:27, al.
__2. land;
__(a) opposite to sea or water: Mrk.4:1, Luk.5:3, Jhn.6:21, al.;
__(b) as subject to cultivation: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:8, Luk.13:7, Heb.6:7, al.;
__(with) the ground: Mat.10:29, Mrk.8:6, Luk.24:5, Jhn.8:6, al.;
__(d) a region, country: Luk.4:25, Rom.9:28, Jas.5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mat.2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jhn.3:22; with genitive of person(s), Act.7:3.
(AS) G1094 G1094 = G1094 γῆρας gēras G:N-N old age γῆρας, Attic, genitive (-αος) -ως, dative ᾳ; Ion. and κοινή, -εος (-ους), dative -ει, τό,
[in LXX for שֵׂיבָה, etc. ;]
old age: ἐν γήρει, Luk.1:36.†
(AS) G1095 G1095 = G1095 γηράσκω gēraskō G:V to grow old γηράσκω (also γηράω; γῆρας),
[in LXX chiefly for זקן ;]
to grow old: Jhn.21:18, Heb.8:13.†
SYN.: παλαιοῦμαι. (AS) G1096 G1096 = G1096 γίνομαι ginomai G:V to be γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl., §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.),
[in LXX chiefly for היה ;]
__1. of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al.; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx.; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al.; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27.
__2. Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al.; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl.; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי ;] see Burton, 142 f.; M, Pr., 16f.; Dalman, Words, 32 f.; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al.; before καί and indic., Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al.; with accusative and inf., Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al.; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf., Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf., Act.20:16; with accusative and inf., Act.22:6; with adv., εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6.
__3. to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc.: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al.; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2.
__4. to become, be made, come to be: with pred., Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al.; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1o, al.; with genitive Rev.11:15; id., of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al. ;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al.; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib., 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al.; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f.; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f.; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο-, δια-, επι-, παρα-, συμ-, παρα-, προ-.)
(AS) G1097 G1097 = G1097 γινώσκω ginōskō G:V to know γινώσκω (= γιγν-: see previous word. So also vulgar Attic, in Inscr., see Thumb, MGV, 207),
[in LXX chiefly for ידע ;]
to be taking in knowledge, come to know, recognize, perceive, understand; in past tenses to know, realize; pass., to become known: with accusative, Mat.22:18, Mrk.5:43, Col.4:8, 1Th.3:5, al. Pass., Mat.10:26, Php.4:5, al.; before ὅτι, Mat.21:45, Jhn.4:1, al.; τί, Mat.6:3; ἀπό, Mrk.15:45; ὅ, Rom.7:15; τ. λεγόμενα, Luk.18:34; τ. θέλημα, Luk.12:47; τ. καρδίας, Luk.16:15; with accusative of person(s), of recognition by God, 1Co.8:3, Gal.4:9; by Christ, neg., Mat.7:23; frequently of the knowledge of divine things, of God and Christ; τ. θεόν, Rom.1:21 Gal.4:9; τ. πατέρα, Jhn.8:55; τ. κύριον, Heb.8:1 (LXX); νοῦν κυρίου, Rom.11:34; Χριστόν, Jhn.17:3, 1Jn.3:6; τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, 1Co.2:14; τ. πνεύμα, 1Jn.4:6; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.8:32; of Christ's knowledge of the Father (ἐπιγ.), Mat.11:27 (Dalman, Words, 282ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. ידע, Gal.4:1, al.], of sexual intercourse, to know carnally: Mat.1:25, Luk.1:34 (Cremer, 153).
SYN.: γ., to know by observation and experience is thus prop. disting. from οἶδα, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on intuition or information); cf. also ἐφίστημι, συνίημι. (Cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ-γινώσκω.) (AS) G1098 G1098 = G1098 γλεῦκος gleukos G:N-N sweet wine γλεῦκος (-εος), -ους, τό,
[in LXX for יַיִן, Job.32:19 * ;]
must, sweet new wine (Arist.): Act.2:13.†
(AS) G1099 G1099 = G1099 γλυκύς glukus G:A sweet γλυκύς, -εῖα, -ύ,
[in LXX chiefly for מָתוֹק ;]
Jas.3:11, 12; opposite to πικρόν, ἁλυκόν, Rev.10:9, 10.†
(AS) G1100 G1100 = G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa G:N-F tongue γλῶσσα, -ης, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for לָשׁוֹן ;]
__1. the tongue, as the organ of speech: Mrk.7:33, 35 Luk.1:64 16:24, Act.2:26" (LXX), Rom.3:13 (LXX) 14:11 (LXX), 1Co.14:9, Php.2:11, Jas.1:26 3:5, 6 8, 1Pe.3:10" (LXX), 1Jo.3:18, Rev.16:10; of a tongue-like object, Act.2:3.
__2. a tongue, language: Act.2:11; joined with φυλή, λαός, ἔθνος, frequently in pl., Rev.5:9 7:9 10:11 11:9 13:7 14:6 17:15; λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γ., Act.2:4; γ. λαλεῖν καιναῖς, WH, txt. (RV, mg., omit καιναῖς), Mrk.16:17; λαλεῖν γλώσσαις, γλώσσῃ (see ICC, ll. with; DB, iv, 793ff.), Mrk.16:17, WH, txt., R, mg., Act.10:46 19:6, 1Co.12:30 13:1 14:2, 4-6, 13, 18, 23, 27, 39; γλῶσσαι (= λόγοι ἐν γλώσσῃ, 1Co.14:19), 1Co.13:8 14:22; γένη γλωσσῶν, 1Co.12:10, 28; προσεύχεσθαι γλώσσῃ, 1Co.14:14; γλῶσσαν ἔχειν, 1Co.14:26 (Cremer, 163, 679).
† (AS) G1101 G1101 = G1101 γλωσσόκομον glōssokomon G:N-N moneybag γλωσσόκομον, -ου, τό, vernac. form of cl. γλωσσοκομεῖον
(γλῶσσα, κομέω), [in LXX for אָרוֹן, 2Ki.6:11, 2Ch.24:8, 10 11 * ;]
__1. = cl. -εῖον (see supr.), a case for holding the reeds or tongues of musical instruments.
__2. As in LXX, π. (MM, see word), a box, chest: Jhn.12:6 13:29.
† (AS) G1102 G1102 = G1102 γναφεύς gnapheus G:N-M one who bleaches γναφεύς, -έως, ὁ, Ion. and κοινή form of Att. κναφεύς
(κνάπτω, to card wool), [in LXX for כָּבַס, 4Ki.18:17, Isa.7:3 36:2 * ;]
a fuller, cloth-dresser: Mrk.9:3.†
(AS) G1103 G1103 = G1103 γνήσιος gnēsios G:A genuine γνήσιος, -α, -ον
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX: Sir.7:18, 3Ma.3:19 * ;]
__1. prop., lawfully begotten, born in wedlock (in π., γυνὴ γ., a lawful wife; MM, see word).
__2. true, genuine, sincere: Php.4:3, 1Ti.1:2, Tit.1:4; as subst., τὸ γ. = ἡ γνησιότης, sincerity, 2Co.8:8.
† (AS) G1104 G1104 = G1104 γνησίως gnēsiōs G:ADV genuinely γνησίως, adv.,
[in LXX: 2Ma.14:8, 3Ma.3:23 * ;]
sincerely, honourably: Phi 2:20 (for a parallel in π., see MM, see word).†
(AS) G1105 G1105 = G1105 γνόφος gnophos G:N-M darkness γνόφος (later form of δν-),
[in LXX for אָפֵל, עֲרָפֶל, etc. ;]
darkness, gloom (including "an element of tempest," Tr., Syn., §with): Heb.12:18.†
SYN.: ἀχλύς, ζόφος, σκότος (Tr., l.with; DB, i, 457a). (AS) G1106 G1106 = G1106 γνώμη gnōmē G:N-F resolution γνώμη, -ης, ἡ
(γιγνώσκω), [in LXX: Da TH 2:15 (דָּת), Ps 82(83):3 (סוֹד), elsewhere, chiefly II Es, for טְעֵם ;]
__1. a means of knowing, a token (Theogn.).
__2. In Attic writers, the mind, its operations and results (see Edwards, Lex., App., A);
__(a) mind, understanding;
__(b) purpose, intention: Act.20:3;
__(with) judgment, opinion: 1Co.1:10, Rev.17:13;
__(d) counsel, advice: 1Co.7:25, 40 2Co.8:10, Phm 14;
__(e) royal purpose, decree (as in Da, I and II Es): Rev.17:17 (Cremer, 671).
† (AS) G1107 G1107 = G1107 γνωρίζω gnōrizō G:V to make known γνωρίζω
(γιγνώσκω), [in LXX chiefly for ידע hi. ;]
__1. as most commonly in cl., to come to know, discover, know: Php.1:22 (but cf. R, mg.).
__2. to make known: with accusative, Rom.9:22, 23; with accusative of thing(s) da.t. of person(s), Luk.2:15, Jhn.15:15 17:26, Act.2:28" (LXX), 1Co.15:1, 2Co.8:1, Gal.1:11, Eph.1:9 6:19, 21 Col.4:7, 9 2Pe.1:16; with dative, before ὅτι, 1Co.12:3; before τί, Col.1:27; περί, Luk.2:17. Pass., Act.7:13, Rom.16:26, Eph.3:3, 6 10, Php.4:6 (Cremer, 677; cf. ἀνα-, δια-γνωρίζω).
† (AS) G1108 G1108 = G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis G:N-F knowledge γνῶσις, -εως, ἡ
(γιγνώσκω), [in LXX chiefly for דַּעַת ;]
__1. a seeking to know, inquiry, investigation.
__2. knowledge, in NT, specially of the kn. of spiritual truth: absol., Luk.11:52, Rom.2:20 15:14, 1Co.1:5 (Lft., Notes, 147) 8:1, 7, 10, 11, 13:2, 8 14:6, 2Co.6:6 8:7 11:6, Eph.3:19, Col.2:3, 1Pe.3:7, 2Pe.1:5, 6; with genitive obj., σωτηρίας, Luk.1:77; τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ, 2Co.4:6; τ. θεοῦ, 2Co.2:14 10:5; Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, Php.3:8 (see Deiss., LAE, 383.8), 2Pe.3:18; with genitive subjc., θεοῦ, Rom.11:33; λόγος γνώσεως, 1Co.12:8; ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, 1Ti.6:20.
† SYN.: σοφία, φρόνησις (cf. ἐπί-γνωσις and see Lft. on Col.2:3; Cremer, 156). (AS) G1109 G1109 = G1109 γνώστης gnōstēs G:N-M expert in γνώστης, -ου, ὁ
(γιγνώσκω), [in LXX chiefly for יִדְּעֹנִי ;]
one who knows, an expert: Act.26:3.†
(AS) G1110 G1110 = G1110 γνωστός, γνώριμος gnōstos, gnōrimos G:A acquainted with γνωστός, -ή, -όν, later form of γνωστός
(γιγνώσκω), [in LXX for various parts of ידע ;]
known: Act.9:42; with dative, Jhn.18:15, 16 (Rec.), Act.1:19 2:14 4:10 13:38 15:18 19:17 28:22, 28; γ. σημεῖον, a notable (EV) sign, one that is matter of knowledge, Act.4:16; γνωστὸν, Act.15:17, 18; τὸ γνωστὸν θεοῦ, Rom.1:19; in pl., as subst., γνωστοί, acquaintances, Luk.2:44 23:49; so in sing., Jhn.18:16 (WH).†
(AS) G1111 G1111 = G1111 γογγύζω gonguzō G:V to murmur γογγύζω,
[in LXX chiefly for לוּן ;]
to mutter, murmur: 1Co.10:10; before κατά, Mat.20:11; πρός, Luk.5:30; περί, Jhn.6:41, 61; μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων, Jhn.6:43; with accusative, before περί, Jhn.7:32 (cf. δια-γογγύζω).†
(AS) G1112 G1112 = G1112 γογγυσμός gongusmos G:N-M murmuring γογγυσμός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX: Isa.58:9 (אָוֶן), Exo.16:7-9, Num.17:5, 10 (תְּלוּנָה), Wis.1:10, 11 Sir.46:7 * ;]
a murmuring, muttering: Jhn.7:12, Act.6:1; ἄνευ γ., 1Pe.4:9; pl., χωρὶς γ., Php.2:14.†
(AS) G1113 G1113 = G1113 γογγυστής gongustēs G:N-M a murmurer γογγυστής, -οῦ, ὁ (γογγύζω); [in Sm.: Pro.26:22, Isa.29:24; Th.: Pro.26:20 * ;]
a murmurer: Ju 16.†
(AS) G1114 G1114 = G1114 γόης goēs G:N-M imposter γόης, -ητος, ὁ (γοάω, to wail),
__1. a wailer.
__2. a wizard.
__3. an impostor (cf. γοητεία, trickery, 2Ma.12:24): 2Ti.3:13.
† (AS) G1115 G1115 = G1115 Γολγοθᾶ Golgotha N:N--L Golgotha Γολγοθά (Rec. -θᾶ; WH, mg., Γολγόθ, Jo, l.with, Aram. גָּלְגָּלְתָּא = Heb. גֻּלְגֹּלֶת, LXX, κρανίον, Jdg.9:53, 2Ki.9:35); indecl. (exc. Mrk.15:22, -άν),
Golgotha, the place of the crucifixion: Mat.27:33, Mrk.15:22, Jhn.19:17.†
(AS) G1116 G1116 = the Greek of H6017 Γόμορρα Gomorra N:N--L Gomorrah Γόμορρα, -ας, ἡ, and -ων, τά (Heb. עֲמֹרָה),
Gomorrah, one of the cities of the plain (Gen.19): Mat.10:15, Rom.9:29" (LXX), 2Pe.2:6, Ju 7.†
(AS) G1117 G1117 = G1117 γόμος gomos G:N-M cargo γόμος, -ου, ὁ
(γέμω), [in LXX: Exo.23:5, 4Ki.5:17 (מַשָּׂא) * ;]
a ship's freight, cargo: Act.21:3, Rev.18:11, 12.†
(AS) G1118 G1118 = G1118 γονεύς goneus G:N-M parent γονεύς, -έως, ὁ
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX for אָב, אֵם ;]
a begetter, a father; mostly in pl., οἱ γ., parents: Luk.2:41, 43 8:56 21:16, Jhn.9:2, 3 20, 22, 23 Rom.1:30, 2Co.12:14, Eph.6:1, Col.3:20, 2Ti.3:2; accusative pl. (Hellenistic, see Thackeray, Gr., i, 148), γονεῖς, Mat.10:21, Mrk.13:22, Luk.2:27 18:29, Jhn.9:18.†
(AS) G1119 G1119 = G1119 γόνυ gonu G:N-N a knee γόνυ, -ατος, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for בֶּרֶךְ ;]
the knee: Heb.12:12; of a suppliant, προσπίπτειν τοῖς γ., Luk.5:8; so also τιθέναι τὰ γ., to kneel: Luk.22:41, Act.7:60 9:40 20:36 21:5; in mockery, Mrk.15:19; κάμπτειν τὰ γ., to bend the knee: Rom.11:4 (LXX) 14:11 (LXX), Eph.3:14, Php.2:10.†
(AS) G1120 G1120 = G1120 γονυπετέω gonupeteō G:V to kneel γονυπετέω, -ῶ) (γόνυ, πίπτω);
__1. to fall on the knees: before ἔμπροσθεν, Mat.27:29.
__2. to fall down before one: with accusative, Mat.17:14, Mrk.1:40, R, txt., 10:17.
† (AS) G1121 G1121 = G1121 γράμμα gramma G:N-N something written γράμμα, -τος, τό
(γράφω), [in LXX for סֵפֶר, etc. ;]
__1. that which is traced or drawn, a picture.
__2. that which is written;
__(1) a character, letter: Gal.6:11;
__(2) a writing, a written document;
__(a) a bill or account: Luk.16:6, 7;
__(b) a letter: Act.28:21;
__(with) τὰ ἱερὰ γ., the sacred writings, i.e. the OT: 2Ti.3:15 (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39) ;
__(d) τὸ γ., the letter, the written word as an external authority in contrast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new Covenant: Rom.2:27, 29 7:6, 2Co.3:6, 7;
__(3) τὰ γ., letters, i.e. learning: Jhn.7:15, Act.26:24. (In π. an illiterate person is very frequently referred to as γράμματα μ᾽̀ εἰδότης, and this "never means anything else than inability to write": MM, Exp., x; but see also Cremer, 166; DCG, i, 202; ii, 584.)
† (AS) G1122 G1122 = G1122 γραμματεύς grammateus G:N-M scribe γραμματεύς, -έως (accusative pl., -εῖς, see Bl., §8, 2), ὁ
(γράμμα), [in LXX always for שׁטר in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for ספר ;]
__1. a secretary; γ. τ. πόλεως, a state-clerk: Act.19:35.
__2. In π., of a military officer (Deiss., BS, 110f.). So Jdg.5:14, 4Ki.25:19 (ספר), al.
__3. a scribe, a biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in I Est.8:3, II Est.7:6; in Luk.5:17, νομοδιδάσκαλος; in Luk.10:25, νομικός): Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, and frequently in Gosp. γ. καὶ ἀρχιερεῖς, Mat.2:4, and al.; γ. κ. Φαρισαῖοι, Mat.5:20, and al.; γ. μαθητευθεὶς τῇ βασιλείᾳ τ. οὐρ., Mat.13:52; ποῦ σοφός; ποῦ γ., 1Co.1:20 (Cremer, 167; DB, iv, 420, 800).
(AS) G1123 G1123 = G1123 γραπτός graptos G:A written γραπτός, -ή, -όν
(γράφω), [in LXX for מִכְתָּב ;]
__1. painted.
__2. written: Rom.2:15.
† (AS) G1124 G1124 = G1124 γραφή graphē G:N-F a writing γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(γράφω), [in LXX chiefly for כְּתָב ;]
__1. a drawing, painting.
__2.
__(a) writing;
__(b) that which is written, a writing: πᾶσα γ., 2Ti.3:16; γ. ἅγιαι, Rom.1:2; προφητικαί, Rom.16:26; al αἱ γ. τ. προφητῶν, Mat.26:56; ἡ γ., αἱ γ., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; see Milligan, NTD, 205); in pl., when the sacred writings as a whole are meant, e.g. Mat.21:42 26:54, Jhn.5:39, Rom.15:4; in sing., when a particular passage is referred to, as in Luk.4:21, Jhn.19:24, Rom.4:3 9:17 10:11 11:2, Jas.2:23 (Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).
(AS) G1125 G1125 = G1125 γράφω graphō G:V to write γράφω, [in LXX chiefly for כּתב ];
__1. to scrape, graze (Hom.), and later (Hdt.) to sketch, draw.
__2. to write;
__(a) of forming or tracing letters on writing material: Jhn.8:[6], Gal.6:11, 2Th.3:17;
__(b) to express in writing, commit to writing, record: Luk.1:63, Jhn.19:21, 22 Rev.1:11, 19 al.; of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112ff.), γέγραπται, it stands written (Luther), Mat.4:4, Mrk.7:6, Luk.4:8, Rom.1:17, 1Co.1:31, al.; id. before ἐν, Mrk.1:2, Act.1:20, al.; with accusative, to write of: Jhn.1:46, Rom.10:5; before περί, Mat.26:24, Mrk.14:21, Jhn.5:46; al.; with dative (WM, §31, 4), Luk.18:31; id. before ἵνα (M, Pr., 207f.), Mrk.12:19, Luk.20:28; κατὰ τ. γεγραμμένον, 2Co.4:13; γεγραμμένον ἐστί, Jhn.2:17; ἐγράφη, Rom.4:24; ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα, Jhn.12:16;
__(with) of writing directions or information, with dative of person(s): Rom.15:15, 2Co.7:12, al.;
__(d) of that which contains the record or message: βιβλίον, Mrk.10:4, Jhn.21:25, Rev.5:1; τίτλον, Jhn.19:19; ἐπιστολήν, Act.23:25; ἐντολήν, Mrk.10:5 (cf. ἀπο-, ἐγ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ-).
(AS) G1126 G1126 = G1126 γραώδης graōdēs G:A old wives’ tale γραώδης, -ες (γραῦς, an old woman, εἶδος),
anile, old-womanish: 1Ti.4:7.†
(AS) G1127 G1127 = G1127 γρηγορέω grēgoreō G:V to keep watch γρηγορέω, -ῶ, = Attic ἐργήγορα, pf. of ἐγείρω, which see,
[in LXX (later bks. only) chiefly for שׁקד ;]
__1. to be awake; metaphorically, of being alive, 1Th.5:10.
__2. to watch: Mat.24:43 26:38, 40 Mrk.13:34 14:34, 37 Luk.12:37, 39; metaphorically, Mat.24:42 25:13 26:41, Mrk.13:35, 37 14:38, Act.20:31, 1Co.16:13, 1Th.5:6, 1Pe.5:8, Rev.3:2, 3 16:15; before ἐν, Col.4:2. (Cf. δια-γρηγορέω).†
SYN.: see: ἀγρθπνέω. (AS) G1128 G1128 = G1128 γυμνάζω gumnazō G:V to train γυμνάζω
(γυμνός), [in LXX: 2Ma.10:15 * ;]
__1. properly, to exercise naked.
__2. Generally, to exercise, train the body or mind: 1Ti.4:7, Heb.5:14 12:11, 2Pe.2:14.
† (AS) G1129 G1129 = G1129 γυμνασία gumnasia G:N-F training γυμνασία, -ας, ἡ
(γυμνάζω), [in LXX: 4Ma.11:20 * ;]
exercise: 1Ti.4:8.†
(AS) G1130 G1130 = G1130 γυμνητεύω, γυμνιτεύω gumnēteuō, gumniteuō G:V be naked γυμνιτεύω (Rec. γυμνητ-, V. Tdf ., Pr., 81),
to be naked or scantily clad: 1Co.4:11 (cf. ἐν ψύχει κ. γυμνότητι), 2Co.11:27; γυμνοί, Jas.2:15. In κοινή writers, γ. also means to go light-armed.†
(AS) G1131 G1131 = G1131 γυμνός gumnos G:A naked γυμνός, -ή, -όν,
[in LXX chiefly for עָרוֹם ;]
naked, without clothing, and sometimes (as frequently in cl.) scantily or poorly clad (Isa.20:2ff., Tob.1:16, 2Ma.11:12): Mat.25:36, 38 43, 44, Mrk.14:52, Jhn.21:7, Act.19:16, Jas.2:15, Rev.3:17 16:15, 17:16; as subst., to γ., the naked body, Mrk.14:51. Metaphorical, of things exposed, Heb.4:13; of the soul without a body (Plat., Crat., with, 20, and cf. Deiss., LAE, 293), 2Co.5:3; of seed, bare, 1Co.15:37 (Cremer, 168).†
(AS) G1132 G1132 = G1132 γυμνότης gumnotēs G:N-F nakedness γυμνότης, -ητος, ἡ
(γυμνός), [in LXX for עֵירֹם, Deu.28:48 * ;]
nakedness: Rom.8:35, 2Co.11:27, Rev.3:18.†
(AS) G1133 G1133 = G1133 γυναικάριον gunaikarion G:N-N weak-willed woman γυναικάριον, -ου, τό (diminutive of γυνή),
a little woman; contemptuously, a silly woman (EV): 2Ti.3:6.†
(AS) G1134 G1134 = G1134 γυναικεῖος gunaikeios G:A feminine γυναικεῖος, -α, -ον
(γυνή), [in LXX chiefly for אִשָּׁה ;]
female: 1Pe.3:7.†
(AS) G1135 G1135G = G1135G γυνή gunē G:N-F woman γυνή, -αικός, ἡ,
[in LXX for אִשָּׁה ;]
__1. a woman, married or unmarried: Mat.11:11 14:21, al.; ὕπανδρος γ., Rom.7:2; γ. χήρα, Luk.4:26; in vocat., γύναι implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used frequently as a term of respect and endearment, Mat.15:28, Jhn.2:4, 4:21 19:26.
__2. a wife: Mat.1:20, 1Co.7:3, 4 al.; γ. ἀπολύειν, Mrk.10:2, al.; γ. ἔχειν Mrk.6:18; γ. λαβεῖν, Mrk.12:19; γ. γαμεῖν, Luk.14:20.
__3. a deaconess, 1Ti.3:11 (CGT, in l.).
(AS) G1135 G1135H = a Meaning of G1135G γυνή gunē G:N-F woman: wife γυνή, -αικός, ἡ,
[in LXX for אִשָּׁה ;]
__1. a woman, married or unmarried: Mat.11:11 14:21, al.; ὕπανδρος γ., Rom.7:2; γ. χήρα, Luk.4:26; in vocat., γύναι implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used frequently as a term of respect and endearment, Mat.15:28, Jhn.2:4, 4:21 19:26.
__2. a wife: Mat.1:20, 1Co.7:3, 4 al.; γ. ἀπολύειν, Mrk.10:2, al.; γ. ἔχειν Mrk.6:18; γ. λαβεῖν, Mrk.12:19; γ. γαμεῖν, Luk.14:20.
__3. a deaconess, 1Ti.3:11 (CGT, in l.).
(AS) G1136 G1136 = the Greek of H1463H Γώγ Gōg N:N--L Gog Γώγ, ὁ (Heb. גּוֹג), indecl.,
Gog, assoc. with Magog (q.v): Rev.20:8.†
(AS) G1137 G1137 = G1137 γωνία gōnia G:N-F corner γωνία, -ας, ἡ
(γόνυ), [in LXX chiefly for פִּנָּה ;]
an angle, a corner: Mat.6:5, Act.26:26; τ. τέσσαρας γ. τ. γῆς, Rev.7:1, 20:8; κεφαλὴ γνωνίας (רֹאשׁ פִּנָּה, Ps 117(118):22, LXX), Mat.21:42, Mrk.12:10, Luk.20:17, Act.4:11, 1Pe.2:7.†
(AS) G1138 G1138 = the Greek of H1732 Δαυείδ, Δαυίδ, Δαβίδ Daueid, Dauid, Dabid N:N-M-P David Δαυείδ (Rec. Δαβίδ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. דָּוִד),
David, King of Israel: Mat.1:6; 12:3, and al.; σκηνὴ Δ., Act.15:16; κλεὶς Δ., Rev.3:7; θρόνος Δ., Luk.1:32; ῥίζα Δ., Rev.5:5; βασιλεία Δ., Mrk.11:10; υἱὸς Δ., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., 17:23; for other reff. in Jewish lit., see Dalman, Words, 317), Mat.1:1 9:27, and al.; ἐν Δ., i.e. the Psalter, Heb.4:7
(AS) G1139 G1139 = G1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonizomai G:V be demonised δαιμονίζομαι
(in cl. also δαιμονάω; δαίμων), [in Aq.: Ps 90(91):6 * ;]
to be under the power of a δαίμων (δαιμόνιον, which see), to be possessed: Mat.15:22; elsewhere always ptcp., -ιζόμενος, -ισθείς: Mat.4:24; 8:16, 28, 33 9:32 12:22, Mrk.1:32 15 16 18, Luk.8:36, Jhn.10:21 (Cremer, 171).†
(AS) G1140 G1140 = G1140 δαιμόνιον daimonion G:N-N demon δαιμόνιον, -ου, τό
(neut. of δαιμόνιος, -α, -ον, divine), [in LXX (so also in π; see MM, Exp., x) for שֵׁד, אֱלִיל, (frequently in To) ;]
__1. as in cl.;
__(a) the Divine power, Deity (Hdt., Plat., al.);
__(b) an inferior divinity, deity or demon (as in magical π, Deiss., BS, 281; MM, Exp., x): ξένα δ., Act.17:18.
__2. (a) in OT, heathen deities, false gods (e.g. Deu.32:17, Psa.95 (96):5);
__(b) in NT, evil spirits, demons: θύουσιν δαιμονίοις, 1Co.10:20; διδασκαλίαι δαιμονίων, 1Ti.4:1; προσκυνεῖν τὰ δ., Rev.9:20; ἄρχων τῶν δ., Mat.9:34; especially (syn. with πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον) as operating upon and "possessing" (of. δαιμονίζομαι) men: Mat.11:18, and al.; εἰσέρχεσθαι δ. εἰς. . ., Luk.8:30; δ. ἔχειν, Luk.4:33; δ. ἐκβάλλειν, Mat.7:22 In the phrase πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Luk.4:33, the wider cl. usage (1. b) is recognised, ἀκ. being elsewhere in NT, the epithet of πν., and δ. = πν. ἀκ. (see ICC, in l; Cremer, 168)
(AS) G1141 G1141 = G1141 δαιμονιώδης daimoniōdēs G:A demonic δαιμονιώδης, -ες
(δαιμόνιον, εἶδος), [in Sm.: Ps 90(91):6 * ;]
demon-like: Jas.3:15 (Cremer, 171).†
(AS) G1142 G1142 = G1142 δαίμων daimōn G:N-M demon δαίμων, -ονος, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX for גַּד, Isa.65:11 (א; δαιμονίῳ, AB) * ;]
in cl. and NT = δαιμόνιον; a demon: Mat.8:31.†
(AS) G1143 G1143 = G1143 δάκνω daknō G:V to bite δάκνω
[in LXX for נשׁךְ, Gen.49:17, al., exc. Deu.8:15 (שׂרף) ;]
to bite: metaphorically, Gal.5:15.†
(AS) G1144 G1144 = G1144 δάκρυ, δάκρυον dakru, dakruon G:N-N teardrop δάκρυον (poët. form δάκρυ), -ου, τό,
[in LXX for דִּמְעָה ;]
a tear: Mrk.9:24 (WH, txt., R, txt. omit), Act.20:19, 31, 2Co.2:4, 2Ti.1:4, Heb.5:7 12:17, Rev.7:17 21:4; metaphorically, dative pl., δάκρυσι (La 2:11, Thuc., vii, 75; Bl., § 9, 3), Luk.7:38, 44.†
(AS) G1145 G1145 = G1145 δακρύω dakruō G:V to weep δακρύω
[in LXX for בָּכָה, etc. ;]
to weep, shed tears: Jhn.11:35.†
SYN.: κλαίω, of audible weeping, to cry; ὀδύρομαι, of grief expressed verbally, to lament; θρηνέω, of formal lamentation, to sing a dirge; ἀλαλάζω, to wail in Oriental fashion; στενάζω, of grief expressed by inarticulate sounds, to groan. (AS) G1146 G1146 = G1146 δακτύλιος daktulios G:N-M ring δακτύλιος, -ου, ὁ
(δάκτυλος), [in LXX chiefly for טַבַּעַת ;]
a ring: Luk.15:22.†
(AS) G1147 G1147 = G1147 δάκτυλος daktulos G:N-M finger δάκτυλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for אֶצְבַּע ;]
a finger: Mat.23:4, Mrk.7:33, Luk.11:46 16:24, Jhn.8:6, 8 20:25, 27; metaphorically, δ. θεοῦ (cf. Exo.8:19), Luk.11:20.†
(AS) G1148 G1148 = a Name of G3093 Δαλμανουθά Dalmanoutha N:N--L Dalmanutha Δαλμανουθά, ἡ
indecl.,
Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near the Sea of Galilee: Mrk.8:10 (cf. Μαγαδάν).†
(AS) G1149 G1149 = G1149 Δαλματία Dalmatia N:N-F-L Dalmatia Δαλματία (L, Δελ-), -ας, ἡ
Dalmatia, a part of Illyria on E. coast of the Adriatic: 2Ti.4:10.†
(AS) G1150 G1150 = G1150 δαμάζω damazō G:V to tame δαμάζω
[in LXX: Dan.2:40 (חֲשַׁל) * ;]
to tame, subdue: Mrk.5:4, Jas.3:7; metaphorically, τ. γλῶσσαν, Jas.3:8 (Field, Notes, 237f.).†
(AS) G1151 G1151 = G1151 δάμαλις damalis G:N-F heifer δάμαλις, -εως, ἡ
(fem. of δαμάλης, a bullock), [in LXX chiefly for פָּרָה, עֶגְלָה ;]
a heifer, Heb.9:13.†
(AS) G1152 G1152 = G1152 Δάμαρις Damaris N:N-F-P Damaris Δάμαρις, -ιδος, ἡ
(δάμαρ, poët., a wife),
Damaris: Act.17:34.†
(AS) G1153 G1153 = the Greek of H1834 Δαμασκηνός Damaskēnos G:A Damascus Δαμασκηνός, -ή, -όν
of Damascus, Damascene: 2Co.11:32.†
(AS) G1154 G1154 = a Spelling of H1834 Δαμασκός Damaskos N:N-F-L Damascus Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק),
Damascus: Act.9.2ff. 22:5ff.26.12,20, 2Co.11:32, Gal.1:17.†
(AS) G1155 G1155 = G1155 δανείζω daneizō G:V to lend/borrow δανίζω
(late form of cl. -είζω, Rec., Bl., § 3; Thackeray, Gr., 85f.) [in LXX chiefly for לוה (Pro.19:17) ;]
to lend money on interest: Luk.6:34, 35; mid., to borrow: Mat.5:42.†
SYN.: κίχρημι (see: χράω), to lend in a friendly way. (AS) G1156 G1156 = G1156 δάνειον daneion G:N-N debt δάνιον, -ου, τό
(late form of δάνειον, Rec.; see: δανίζω), [in LXX: Deu.24:11 (נָשָׁה) 15:8, 10 (עָבַט hi.), 4Ma.2:8 * ;]
a loan: Mat.18:27.†
(AS) G1157 G1157 = G1157 δανειστής daneistēs G:N-M moneylender δανιστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(late form of -ειστής, Rec.; see: δανείζω), [in LXX: 4Ki.4:1, Psa.108(109):11 (נשׁה), Pro.29:13 (רָשׁ), Sir.29:28 * ;]
a money-lender: Luk.7:41.†
(AS) G1158 G1158 = the Greek of H1840G Δανιήλ Daniēl N:N-M-P Daniel Δανιήλ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. דָּנִיֵּאל, God is my Judge),
Daniel, the prophet: Mat.24:15.†
(AS) G1159 G1159 = G1159 δαπανάω dapanaō G:V to spend δαπανάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Tob.1:7, 1Ma.14:32, al. ;]
__1. to spend, expend: with accusative, Mrk.5:26; before ἐπί, with dative of person(s), Act.21:24; ὑπέρ, 2Co.12:15.
__2. to consume, squander: Luk.15:14; ἐν τ. ἡδσναῖς (on the constr. with ἐν, see Hort, Mayor, in l.), Jas.4:3 (cf. ἐκ-, προσ- δ.).†
(AS) G1160 G1160 = G1160 δαπάνη dapanē G:N-F cost δαπάνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Est.6:4, 8 (נִפְקָא), Dan LXX Bel 1:21, al. ;]
expense, cost: Luk.14:28.†
(AS) G1161 G1161 = G1161 δέ de G:CONJ then δέ (before vowels δ᾽; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, see WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96),
post-positive conjunctive particle;
__1. copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mat.1:2ff., 2Co.6:15, 16, 2Pe.1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Rom.3:21, 22, 9:30, 1Co.2:6, Gal.2:2, Php.2:8; in transition to something new, Mat.1:18, 2:19, Luk.13:1, Jhn.7:14, Act.6:1, Rom.8:28, 1Co.7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jhn.3:19, Rom.5:8, 1Co.1:12, Eph.2:4, 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jhn.2:9; καὶ . . . δέ, but also, Mat.10:18, Luk.1:76, Jhn.6:51, Rom.11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jhn.8:16.
__2. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (which see), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most frequently without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mat.6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ (σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mat.5:22, 6:6, Mrk.8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:40, al.; after a negation, Mat.6:19, 20, Rom.3:4, 1Th.5:21, al.
(AS) G1162 G1162 = G1162 δέησις deēsis G:N-F petition δέησις, -εως, ἡ
(δέομαι), [in LXX for תְּחִנָּה, רִנָּה, תְּפִלָּה, etc. ;]
__1. a wanting, need (so Ps 21(22):25).
__2. an asking, entreaty, supplica­tion; in NT always addressed to God: Luk.1:13, 2Co.1:11, Php.1:19, 2Ti.1:3, Jas.5:16, 1Pe.3:12" (LXX) ; with νηστεῖαι, Luk.2:37; προσυνχή, -αί, Eph.6:18, Php.4:6, 1Ti.2:1 5:5; ἱκετηρίαι, Heb.5:7; προσκαρτέρησις, Eph.6:18; ἐντεύξεις, 1Ti.2:1; δ. ποιεῖσθαι (Deiss., BS, 250), Luk.5:33, Php.1:4 (pl.), 1Ti.2:1; before ὑπέρ, 2Co.9:14, Php.1:4; περί, Eph.6:18; πρός, Rom.10:1.†
SYN.: προσευχή, used of prayer in general, while δ. gives prominence to the sense of need; on the other hand, δ. is used as well of requests from man to man, while π. is limited to prayer to God. ἔντευξις, in the π., is the regular word for petition to a superior (Deiss., BS, 250; cf. the Pauline ἐντυγχάνειν, to entreat). Cf. also εὐχή. (Jas.5:15), αἴτημα, ἱκετηρία (Tr., Syn., § li; Cremer, 73, 174, 684). (AS) G1163 G1163 = G1163 δεῖ dei G:V be necessary δεῖ impersonal (δέω),
[in LXX chiefly for infin. with לְ ;]
one must, it is necessary: with inf., Mat.26:54, Mrk.13:7, Act.5:29, al.; with accusative and inf., Mat.16:21, Mrk.8:31, Jhn.3:7, Act.25:10, al.; with ellipse of accusative, Mat.23:23; of accusative, and inf., Mrk.13:14, Rom.1:27 8:26; οὐ (μὴ) δεῖ (non licet), ought not, must not: Act.25:24, 2Ti.2:24; impf., ἔδει, of necessity or obligation in past time regarding a past event (Bl., § 63, 4), Mat.18:33, Luk.15:32, Jhn.4:4, Act.27:21, al.; periphr., δέον ἐστίν (as in Attic, χρεών ἐστι = χρή, see: δέον), Act.19:36; id., with ellipse of ἐστίν, 1Pe.1:6 τὰ μὴ δέοντα (= ἃ οὐ δεῖ 1Ti.5:13.
SYN.: ὀφείλει, expressing moral obligation, as distinct from δεῖ, denoting logical necessity and χρή, a need which results from the fitness of things (see Tr., Syn., § cvii, 10; Westc. on Heb.2:1, 1Jn.2:6; Hort on Jas.3:10). (AS) G1164 G1164 = G1164 δεῖγμα deigma G:N-N example δεῖγμα, -τος, τό
(δείκνυμι);
__1. (cl.) a thing shown, a specimen.
__2. = cl. παράδ- (cf. ὑπόδ-, 2Pe.2:6), an example (a warning): Ju 7.†
(AS) G1165 G1165 = G1165 δειγματίζω deigmatizō G:V to disgrace δειγματίζω
(δεῖγμα),
a rare word (ICC, ll. with), to make a show of, to expose: Mat.1:19 (Rec. παραδ-, which see), Col.2:15.†
(AS) G1166 G1166 = G1166 δεικνύω deiknuō G:V to show δείκνυμι, δεικνύω (see Bl., § 23, 1; Veitch, see word),
[in LXX chiefly for רָאָה hi. ;]
to show, with accusative of thing(s) (of person(s)), dative of person(s);
__(a) to show, exhibit: Mat.4:8 8:4, Mrk.1:44 14:15, Luk.4:5 5:14 20:24 22:12 24:40, Jhn.2:18 5:20 10:32; 20:20 Act.7:3" (LXX), 1Ti.6:15, Rev.17:1 21:9, 10 22:1, 8, pass., Heb.8:5 (LXX);
__(b) to make known: Mat.16:21, Jhn.14:8, 9, Act.10:28, 1Co.12:31, Rev.1:1 4:1 22:6;
__(with) to prove: Jas.2:18 3:13.†
(AS) G1167 G1167 = G1167 δειλία deilia G:N-F timidity δειλία, -ας, ἡ
(δειλός), [in LXX for אֵימָה, מְחִתָּה, etc. ;]
cowardice, timidity (never in good sense): 2Ti.1:7.†
SYN.: φόβος, fear, in general, good or bad; εὐλάβεια (which see), apprehension generally, but chiefly pious fear, "that careful and watchful reverence which pays regard to every circumstance in that with which it has to deal" (cf. Tr., Syn., § x).† (AS) G1168 G1168 = G1168 δειλιάω deiliaō G:V be timid δειλιάω, -ῶ
(δειλία), [in LXX for חתת ni., פּחד, etc. ;]
= the more frequently ἀποδ-, to be cowardly, timid, fearful: Jhn.14:27.†
(AS) G1169 G1169 = G1169 δειλός deilos G:A timid δειλός, -ή, όν
(δέος), [in LXX for רַךְ, etc. ;]
cowardly, fearful: Mat.8:26, Mrk.4:40, Rev.21:8.†
(AS) G1170 G1170 = G1170 δεῖνα deina G:N-M a certain one δεῖνα, ὁ, ἡ, τό (genitive -νος, dative -νι, accusative -να),
[in Aq.: Rut.4:1, 1Ki.21:2 (3) (Sm. also), 4Ki.6:8 * ;]
such an one, a certain one, whom one cannot or will not name: Mat.26:18.†
(AS) G1171 G1171 = G1171 δεινῶς deinōs G:ADV terribly δεινῶς ,
adv. (δέος), [in LXX: Job.10:16, Wis.17:3, al. ;]
__1. terribly: Mat.8:6.
__2. vehemently: Luk.11:53.†
(AS) G1172 G1172 = G1172 δειπνέω deipneō G:V to dine δειπνέω, -ῶ
(δεῖπνον, which see), [in LXX: Pro.23:1 (לחם), Tob.7:8 8:1, Dan LXX 11:27 * ;]
to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup: Luk.17:8 22:20 (WH, br., R, mg. omits), 1Co.11:25; metaphorically, Rev.3:20.†
(AS) G1173 G1173 = G1173 δεῖπνον deipnon G:N-N dinner δεῖπνον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for פַּת־בַּג (Da) ;]
the chief meal of the day, dinner, supper: Mat.23:6, Mrk.12:39, Luk.14:17, 24 20:46, Jhn.13:2, 4 21:20, 1Co.11:21; δ. ποιεῖν, Mrk.6:21, Luk.14:12, 16, Jhn.12:2; κυριακὸν (which see) δ., 1Co.11:20; metaphorically (Dalman, Words, 118), δ. τ. γάμου τ. ἀρνίου, Rev.19:9; δ. τ. μέγα τ. Θεοῦ, Rev.19:17.†
(AS) G1174 G1174 = G1174 δεισιδαίμων deisidaimōn G:A religious δεισι-δαίμων, -ον
(δείδω, to fear; δαίμων, deity)
reverent to the deity, religious; compar. -μονεστέρους (AV, too superstitious, R, txt., somewhat superstitious, a sense in wh. the word is sometimes used; cf. Field, Notes, 125), more religious, God fearing, than others, quite religious (Abbott, Essays, 105 ff.; Deiss., LAE, 285): Act.17:22.†
SYN.: εὐσεβής (which see), θεοσεβής, θρῆσκος (Cremer, 681; DB, ext., 142 a). (AS) G1175 G1175 = G1175 δεισιδαιμονία deisidaimonia G:N-F religion δεισιδαιμονία, -ας, ἡ
(δεισιδαίμων, which see);
__1. fear of the gods;
__(a) piety, religion;
__(b) superstition.
__2. Objectively, a religion: Act.25:19 (Cremer, 72, 682).†
(AS) G1176 G1176 = G1176 δέκα deka G:A-NUI ten δέκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά,
ten: Mat.20:24, al.; θλίψις ἡμερῶν δ., i.e. of brief duration: Rev.2:10.†
δεκα-οκτώ, T for δέκα ὀκτώ,
eighteen: Luk.13:4.†
(AS) G1177 G1177 = G1177 δεκαδύο dekaduo G:A-NUI twelve δεκα-δύω, Rec. for δώδεκα Act.19:7 24:11.†
(AS) G1178 G1178 = G1178 δεκαπέντε dekapente G:A-NUI fifteen δεκα-πέντε
[in LXX: Exo.27:15, 1Ma.10:40, al. ;]
late form of πεντεκαίδεκα, fifteen: Jhn.11:18, Act.27:5, WH, mg., ib. 28, Gal.1:18.†
(AS) G1179 G1179 = G1179 Δεκάπολις Dekapolis N:N-F-L Decapolis Δεκά-πολις, -εως, ὴ
Decapolis, a region east of the Jordan con­taining ten cities: Mat.4:25, Mrk.5:20 7:31.†
(AS) G1180 G1180 = G1180 δεκατέσσαρες dekatessares G:A fourteen δεκατέσσαρες, -ων, oἱ, αἱ, -α, τά
[in LXX: Gen.31:41, Tob.8:19, al. ;]
= cl. τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα, more frequently in later Gk. than the older form and in MGr. (for thirteen and upwards) universal, fourteen: Mat.1:17, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:1 (cf. τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος).†
(AS) G1181 G1181 = a Form of G1182 δεκάτη dekatē G:A tenth δεκάτη, -ης, ἡ prop. fem. (sc. μέρος) of δέκατος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX for מַעֲשֵׂר: Gen.14:20, Neh.12:44, and al. ;]
a tenth part, a tithe: Heb.7:2, 4; 8, 9 (for a curious inversion of the Biblical use, see MM, see word).†
(AS) G1182 G1182 = G1182 δέκατος dekatos G:A tenth δέκατος, -η, -ον
(δέκα), [in LXX for מַעֲשֵׂר and cognate forms ;]
tenth: Jhn.1:40, Act.19:9 (WH, txt., RV omit), Rev.11:13; 21:20.†
(AS) G1183 G1183 = G1183 δεκατόω dekatoō G:V to tithe δεκατόω, -ῶ,
= cl. -τεύω (δεκάτη), [in LXX: Neh.10:37 (38) (עשׂר pi.) * ;]
to take tithe of: with accusative of person(s), Heb.7:6; pass. to pay tithe: Heb.7:9.†
(AS) G1184 G1184 = G1184 δεκτός dektos G:A acceptable δεκτός, -ή, -όν
verbal adj. of δέχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for רָצוֹן: Pro.11:1, al. ;]
acceptable: Luk.4:19 (LXX) 24, Act.10:35, 2Co.6:2" (LXX), Php.4:18 (cf. εὐπροσδ-).†
(AS) G1185 G1185 = G1185 δελεάζω deleazō G:V to entice δελεάζω
(δέλεαρ, a bait),
to allure by a bait: metaphorically, to allure, entice: with accusative, 2Pe.2:14, 18; pass., Jas.1:14.†
(AS) G1186 G1186 = G1186 δένδρον dendron G:N-N tree δένδρον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for עֵץ, etc. ;]
a tree: Mat.3:10, al.; δ. ἀγαθόν, Mat.7:17, 18; δ. καλόν, Mat.12:33, Luk.6:43; δ. σαπρόν, Mat.7:17, 18 12:33, Luk.6:43; γίνεσθαι δ., Mat.13:32; γ. εἰς δ., Luk.13:19.
(AS) G1187 G1187 = G1187 δεξιολάβος dexiolabos G:N-M slinger δεξιολάβος, -ου, ὁ
(δεξιός, λαμβάνω),
a kind of soldier, prob. a spearman (Vg., lancearius) or slinger: Act.23:23.†
δεξιο-βόλος, -ου, ὁ
(δεξιός, βάλλω),
one who throws with the right hand: L for δεξιολάβος, Act.23:23.†
(AS) G1188 G1188 = G1188 δεξιός dexios G:A right δεξιός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for יָמִין ;]
the right: Mat.5:29, Jhn.18:10, al.; ὅπλα δ., weapons carried in the right hand, i.e. for offence, 2Co.6:7 ; ἡ δ. χείρ, Mat.5:30, Luk.6:6, al.; ἡ δ. (sc. χείρ), Mat.6:3, al.; ἐπὶ τὴν δ., in the right hand (R, txt., on R, mg.), Rev.5:1; διδόναι τὴν δ., in friend­ship (Deiss., BS, 251), Gal.2:9; metaphorically of power, τῇ δ. αὐτοῦ, Act.2:33 5:31; τὰ δ., the right side, Mrk.16:5; ἐκ δεξιῶν, on the right hand, with genitive, Mat.25:33, 34, Mrk.15:27, Luk.1:11, al.; of a place of honour in the Messianic Kingdom (cf. 3Ki.2:19, Psa.44(45):10), καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mat.20:21, Mrk.10:37; of the heavenly session of Christ, Mat.26:64, Mrk.14:62, Heb.1:13 (Cremer, 172)
(AS) G1189 G1189 = G1189 δέομαι deomai G:V to pray δέομαι
(mid. of δέω, II, which see, as depon.) [in LXX for חנן, etc. ;]
to want for oneself;
__1. to want, need:
__(a) absol.;
__(b) with genitive
__2. to beg, request, beseech, pray;
__(i) in general: absol., Act.26:3, WH; with genitive of person(s), Luk.5:12; 8:28; 38 (ἐδεῖτο; T, ἐδέετο, cf. Veitch, see word δέω) 9:38, Act.8:34; 21:39, 2Co.5:20, Gal.4:12; before ἵνα, Luk.9:40; before τό, with inf., 2Co.10:2; with genitive of person(s) and of thing(s), 2Co.8:4;
__(ii) of prayer to God: absol., Act.4:31; before εἴ πως, Rom.1:10; ἵνα, Luk.21:36; 22:32; εἰς τό, 1Th.3:10; ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τ. κύριον, ὅπως, Act.8:24; with genitive, τοῦ κυρίου, ὅπως, Mat.9:38, Luk.10:2; τοῦ Θεοῦ, Act.10:2; before εἰ ἄρα, Act.8:22.†
SYN.: αἰτέω, and cf. δέησις. (AS) G1190 G1190 = G1190 Δερβαῖος Derbaios G:A Derbe Δερβαῖος, -α, -ον
of Derbe: Act.20:4.†
(AS) G1191 G1191 = a Spelling of G1190 Δέρβη Derbē N:N-F-L Derbe Δέρβη, -ης, ἡ,
Derbe, a city of Lycaonia: Act.14:6, 20 16:1.†
(AS) G1192 G1192 = G1192 δέρμα derma G:N-N leather δέρμα, -τος, τό
(δέρω), [in LXX for עוֹר ;]
the skin, hide of beasts: ἐν αἰγίοις δ., Heb.11:37.†
(AS) G1193 G1193 = G1193 δερμάτινος dermatinos G:A made of leather δερμάτινος, -η, -ον
(δέρμα), [in LXX for עוֹר ;]
of skin, leathern: Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6 (cf. 4Ki.1:8).†
(AS) G1194 G1194 = G1194 δέρω derō G:V to beat up δέρω
[in LXX: Lev.1:6, 2Ch.29:34; 35:11 (פָּשַׁט hi.)* ;]
__1. to skin, flay.
__2. (of. Eng. slang, hide) to beat, thrash: with accusative, Mat.21:35, Mrk.12:3, 5, Luk.20:10, 11 22:63, Jhn.18:23, Act.5:40 16:37 22:19; ὡς ἀέρα δέρων, 1Co.9:26; εἰς πρόσωπου δ., 2Co.11:20. Pass., Mrk.13:9, Luk.12:47, 48 (δαρήσεται πολλάς, ὀλίγας, Sc. πληγάς).†
(AS) G1195 G1195 = G1195 δεσμεύω desmeuō G:V to bind δεσμεύω
(δεσμός), [in LXX for אָסַר (Jdg.16:11, al.), אָלַם pi. (Gen.37:7, al.), etc. ;]
__1. to put in chains: Luk.8:29, Act.22:4.
__2. to bind, tie together: φορτία, Mat.23:4.†
(AS) G1196 G1196 = G1196 δεσμέω desmeō G:V to shackle δεσμέω, -ῶ
Rec. for δεσμεύω, which see: Luk.8:29.†
δεσμεύω
(δεσμός), [in LXX for אָסַר (Jdg.16:11, al.), אָלַם pi. (Gen.37:7, al.), etc. ;]
__1. to put in chains: Luk.8:29, Act.22:4.
__2. to bind, tie together: φορτία, Mat.23:4.†
(AS) G1197 G1197 = G1197 δέσμη desmē G:N-F bundle δέσμη (Rec. δεσμή), -ης, ἡ
(δέω), [in LXX for אֲגֻדָּה, Exo.12:22 * ;]
a bundle: δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας (D, Orig., omit εἰς, and Blass thinks original reading, δέσμας δέσμας; see Deiss., LAE, 125.4), Mat.13:30.†
(AS) G1198 G1198 = G1198 δέσμιος desmios G:N-M prisoner δέσμιος, -ον (also -α, -ον;
δεσμός), [in LXX for אסר;]
__1. binding.
__2. bound, captive; ὁ δ., as subst., a prisoner: Mat.27:15, 16, Mrk.15:6, Act.16:25, 27 23:18 25:14, 27 28:16 (Rec.) 17, Heb.10:34 13:3; ὁ δ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Eph.3:1, 2Ti.1:8, Phm 1, 9; ὁ δ. ἐν κυρίῳ, Eph.4:1.†
(AS) G1199 G1199 = G1199 δεσμός desmos G:N-M chain δεσμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(δέω), [in LXX chiefly for אסר ;]
a band, bond: metaphorically, Luk.13:16; ὁ δεσμὸς τ. γλώσσης, Mrk.7:35 (for this expression in π., see Deiss., LAE, 306 ff.; of actual bonds, see Ruth., Gr., 9). Pl., δεσμοί, Php.1:13; δεσμά (as also in cl.), Luk.8:29, Act.16:26 20:23; genitive, dative, Act.23:29 26:29, 31, Php.1:7, 14, 17, Col.4:18, 2Ti.2:9, Phm 10, Heb.11:36, Ju 6; ἐν τοῖς δ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phm 13.†
(AS) G1200 G1200 = G1200 δεσμοφύλαξ desmophulax G:N-M jailer δεσμο-φύλαξ, -κος, ὁ
(δεσμός, φύλαξ),
a prison-keeper, gaoler: Act.16:23, 27, 36 (cf. ἀρχιδ-, Gen.39:21).†
(AS) G1201 G1201 = G1201 δεσμωτήριον desmōtērion G:N-N prison δεσμωτήριον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for בֵּית סֹהַר (Ge), אָסִיר ;]
a prison: Mat.11:2, Act.5:21, 23 16:26.†
(AS) G1202 G1202 = G1202 δεσμώτης desmōtēs G:N-M prisoner δεσμώτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for אסר, מַסְגֵּר ;]
a prisoner: Act.27:1, 42.†
(AS) G1203 G1203 = G1203 δεσπότης despotēs G:N-M master δεσπότης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for אָדוֹן, אֲדֹנָי; in Jdth.9:17, δ. τ. οὐρανῶν κ. τ. γῆς];
a master, lord, correlative of δοῦλος, οἰκέτης: 1Ti.6:1, 2, 2Ti.2:21, Tit.2:9, 1Pe.2:18; as title of God, voc., δέσποτα (so usually in LXX), Luk.2:29, Act.4:24; ὁ δ. = voc. δέσποτα (cf. B1., § 33, 4), Rev.6:10; of Christ, 2Pe.2:1, Ju 4, R, txt. (but cf. mg.).†
SYN.: κύριος (which see), implying limitation of authority and a more general relation than δ., which "denoted absolute ownership and uncontrolled power" (Thayer). (AS) G1204 G1204 = G1204 δεῦρο deuro G:INJ come δεῦρο
adv., [in LXX chiefly for לֵךְ, לֵכָה ;]
__1. of place;
__(a) hither, with verbs of motion;
__(b) (in cl. chiefly poët.) as an imperat., here! come!: Mat.19:21, Mrk.10:21, Luk.18:22, Jhn.11:43, Act.7:3" (LXX) , 34 (LXX), Rev.17:1 21:9.
__2. Of time, hitherto, now: Rev.1:13.†
(AS) G1205 G1205 = G1205 δεῦτε deute G:INJ come δεῦτε
adv., as pl. of δεῦρο, 1. (b), which see, [in LXX chiefly for לְכוּ ;]
come on! come here! come!: with imperat., Mat.25:34 28:6, Jhn.4:29 21:12, Rev.19:17; with subjc., Mat.21:38, Mrk.12:7; before ὀπίσω, Mat.4:19, Mrk.1:17; πρός, Mat.11:28; εἰς, Mat.22:4, Mrk.6:31.†
(AS) G1206 G1206 = G1206 δευτεραῖος deuteraios G:A the next day δευτεραῖος, -α, -ον
(δεύτερος),
adj. with adverbial sense;
on the second day: δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν, Act.28:13.†
(AS) G1207 G1207 = G1207 δευτερόπρωτος deuteroprōtos G:A second-first δευτερό-πρωτος, -ον
second first (in what sense, there is no satisfactory explanation. The reading is prob. not original, see ICC, in l.; DCG, i, 411; ii, 541, 724): Luk.6:1, WH, mg., R, mg.†
(AS) G1208 G1208 = G1208 δεύτερος deuteros G:A secondly δεῦτερος, -α, -ον,
second in order, with or without idea of time: Mat.22:26, 39, al.; θάνατος, Rev.2:11 20:14 21:8; χάρις, 2Co.1:15. In neut. as adv., secondly, a second time; opposite to πρῶτον: Jhn.3:4 21:16, 1Co.12:28, Rev.19:3; τὸ δ., 2Co.13:2, Ju 5; ἐν τ. δ., at the second time: Act.7:13; in later usage (as 1Ma.9:1), ἐκ δ., Mrk.14:72, Jhn.9:24, Act.11:9, Heb.9:28.
(AS) G1209 G1209 = G1209 δέχομαι dechomai G:V to receive δέχομαι, depon. mid.,
[in LXX chiefly for לקח ;]
to receive, accept;
__1. with accusative of thing(s), of taking or accepting what is offered: γράμματα, Luk.16:6, 7; id. in different sense, Act.28:21; ποτήριον, Luk.22:17; παιδίον (εἰς τ. ἀγκάλας), Luk.2:28; περικεφαλαίαν, μάχαιραν, Eph.6:17; ἐπιστολάς, Act.22:5; τ. βασιλείαν τ. Θεοῦ, Mrk.10:15, Luk.18:17; λογία ζῶντα, Act.7:38; εὐαγγέλιον, 2Co.11:4; τ. χάριν τ. Θεοῦ, 2Co.6:1; metaphorically, of mental acceptance, Mat.11:14; τ. λόγον, Luk.8:13, Act.8:14 11:1 17:11, 1Th.1:6 2:13, Jas.1:21; τὰ τ. πνεύματος, 1Co.2:14; τ. παράκλησιν, 2Co.8:17; τ. ἀγάπην τ. ἀληθείας, 2Th.2:10.
__2. with accusative of person(s), of receiving kindly or hospitably, Mat.10:14 40, 41, Mrk.6:11, Luk.9:5 53 10:8, 10, Jhn.4:45, 2Co.7:15 11:16, Gal.4:14, Col.4:10, Heb.11:31; παιδίον, Mat.18:5, Mrk.9:37, Luk.9:48; εἰς οἴκους, σκηνάς, Luk.16:4, 9; δέξαι τ. πνεῦμά μου, Act.7:59; ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν δέασθαι, Act.3:21 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο, δια-, εἰσ-, ἐκ-, ἀπ-εκ-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, παρα-, προσ-, ὑπο-δέχομαι; Cremer, 174).†
(AS) G1210 G1210 = G1210 δέω deō G:V to bind δέω (I),
[in LXX chiefly for אסר ;]
to tie, bind, fasten;
__(1) with accusative of thing(s), before εἰς δεσμάς, Mat.13:30; of an ass, Mat.21:2, Mrk.11:2, 4 Luk.19:30.
__(2) with accusative of person(s), of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jhn.19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας . . . κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jhn.11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Rev.9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mrk.5:3, 4; captives, Mat.12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mrk.3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jhn.18:12, 24, Act.9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col.4:3, Rev.20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Act.12:6 21:33. Metaphorical, ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, 2Ti.2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, see word), Luk.13:16; of constraint or obligation, Act.20:22; of the marriage bond, 1Co.7:39; id. with dative of person(s), ἀνδρί, Rom.7:2; γυναικί, 1Co.7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mat.16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).
† (AS) G1211 G1211 = G1211 δή dē G:PRT so δή
consecutive co-ordinating particle with no exact equiv. in Eng., giving greater exactness and emphasis to the word or words to which it is attached; sometimes translatable as now therefore, then, verily, certainly.
__1. With verbs: imperat., Act.6:3 (WH, mg.) 13:2, 1Co.6:20; hort. subjc., Luk.2:15, Act.15:36; indic., δή που (Τ, δήπου, which see), Heb.2:16.
__2. With pronouns: ὃ δή, now this is he who, Mat.13:23.†
(AS) G1212 G1212 = the Greek of H0224 δῆλος dēlos G:A Urim δῆλος, -η, -ον
[in LXX for אוּר, etc. ;]
__1. visible.
__2. clear to the mind, evident: Mat.26:73; δ. (sc. ἐστίν), before ὅτι, 1Co.15:27, Gal.3:11.†
SYN.: φανερός, with ref. to outward appearance, manifest as opposite to concealed; δ. with ref. to inner perception, evident, known, under­stood. (AS) G1213 G1213 = G1213 δηλόω dēloō G:V to make clear δηλόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for ידע ;]
to make plain, declare: with accusative, 1Co.3:13, Col.1:8, Heb.9:8 12:27; with dative of person(s), 2Pe.1:14; with dative of person(s), before περί (pass.), 1Co.1:11; before εἰς, 1Pe.1:11.†
SYN.: ἐμφανίζω, to make manifest, render visible to the sight; δ. to render evident to the mind. (AS) G1214 G1214 = G1214 Δημᾶς Dēmas N:N-M-P Demas Δημᾶς, ὁ
(perh. contracted from Δημήτριος),
Demas, a companion of St. Paul: Col.4:14, Phm 24, 2Ti.4:10.†
(AS) G1215 G1215 = G1215 δημηγορέω dēmēgoreō G:V to give a speech δημηγορέω, -ῶ
(δῆμος, ἀγορεύω, to speak in the assembly), [in LXX: Pro.24:66 (30:31), 4Ma.5:15 * ;]
to deliver an oration: Act.12:21.†
(AS) G1216 G1216 = G1216 Δημήτριος Dēmētrios N:N-M-P Demetrius Δημήτριος, -ου, ὁ
Demetrius;
__1. a silversmith, Act.19:24 38.
__2. A Christian disciple, III Jn 12.†
(AS) G1217 G1217 = G1217 δημιουργός dēmiourgos G:N-M builder δημιουργός, -οῦ, ὑ
(δῆμος, ἔργον), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:1 * ;]
__1. one who works for the people.
__2. Univ., an author, builder, maker; the maker of the world (Xen., Mem., I, 4, 9, al.), Heb.11:10.†
SYN.: κτίστης, creator, τεχνίτης, craftsman, designer. In He, l.with, τ. has reference to the plan, δ. to its execution. (AS) G1218 G1218 = G1218 δῆμος dēmos G:N-M people δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁפָּחָה ;]
__1. a district, country.
__2. the common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled: Act.12:22 17:5 19:30 33.
† SYN.: λαός, the people at large: δ., the people as a body politic; opposite to δ. is ὄχλος, the unorganized multitude. ἔθνος, in sing., means in NT as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pl. denotes the rest of mankind apart from the Jews: Gentiles. λ. also, rare in cl. (Att... λεώς), is frequently in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen people, Israel (cf. Cl. Rev., i, 42 f.; Cremer, 689). (AS) G1219 G1219 = G1219 δημόσιος dēmosios G:A public δημόσιος, -α, -ον
(δῆμος), [in LXX: 2Ma.6:10, 3Ma.2:27 4:7 * ;]
belonging to the people, public: Act.5:18; dative fem. used adverbially (cl.);
__(a) at the public expense, by public consent;
__(b) publicly: Act.16:37 18:28 20:20.†
(AS) G1220 G1220 = G1220 δηνάριον dēnarion G:N-N denarius δηνάριον, -ου, τό
the Lat. denarius, a Roman coin, nearly equal to the δραχμή, which see: Mat.18:28 20:2, 9, 13 22:19, Mrk.6:37 12:15 14:5, Luk.7:41 10:35 20:24, Jhn.6:7 12:5, Rev.6:6; τὸ ἀνὰ δ., Mat.20:10.†
(AS) G1221 G1221 = G1221 δήποτε dēpote G:PRT whatever δή-ποτε
indef. adv. (also written δή ποτε), with generalizing force;
__1. absol., sometime.
__2. With adv. or relat., -soever: ᾦ δ., Jhn.5:4 (L, οἱῳδηποτοῦν).†
(AS) G1222 G1222 = a Combination of G4225 (G1211+G4225#;) δήπου dēpou G:PRT surely δή-που (WH, δή που),
indef. adv.,
mostly in sense of surely, of course, we know: Heb.2:16 T (WH, δή που).†
(AS) G1223 G1223 = G1223 διά dia G:PREP through/because of διά (before a vowel δ᾽, exc. Rom.8:10, 2Co.5:7, and in (Proper name)s; Tdf., Pr., 94),
prep. with genitive, accusative, as in cl.;
__1. with genitive, through;
__(i) of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mat.2:12 12:43, Mrk.2:23, Luk.4:30, Jhn.4:4, 2Co.11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, 1Co.3:15, 1Pe.3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, 1Co.13:12; metaphorically, of a state or condition: Rom.14:20, 2Co.2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Rom.2:27 4:11; δι ̓ὑπομενῆς, Rom.8:25.
__(ii) Of Time;
__(a) during which: Mat.26:61, Mrk.14:58, Luk.5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, Heb.2:15; δ. παντός (διαπαντός in Mrk.5:5, Luk.24:53), always, continually, Mat.18:10, Act.2:25" (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Rom.11:10" (LXX), 2Th.3:16, Heb.9:6 13:15.
__(b) within which: Act.1:3; δ. νυκτός, Act.5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31;
__(with) after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255f.): Mrk.2:1, Act.24:17, Gal.2:1.
__(iii) Of the Means or Instrument;
__(1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Rom.11:36, 1Co.1:9, Gal.4:7, Heb.2:10 7:21; of Christ, Rom.1:8 5:1, 17, 1Co.15:21, 1Pe.4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Rom.1:12, 2Co.1:4, Gal.4:23, al.;
__(2) of the agent, instrument or means;
__(a) with genitive of person(s), Mat.11:2, Luk.1:70, Jhn.1:17, Act.1:16, Rom.2:16, 1Co.1:21, Eph.1:5, Heb.2:14, Rev.1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου (δ. τ. κυρίου, 1Th.4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121f.), Mat.1:22 2:15, Rom.1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), 2Th.2:2; δ. Σ. (NTD, 22), 1Pe.5:12;
__(b) with genitive of thing(s) (where often the simple dative is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jhn.11:4, Act.5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Rom.3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, 1Pe.1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Luk.8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Gal.5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Gal.3:18,
__2. C. accusative;
__(i) rarely, as with genitive, through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας (ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Luk.17:11.
__(ii) by reason of, because of, for the sake of;
__(a) with accusative of person(s) (M, Pr., 105), Mrk.2:27, Jhn.6:57 11:42, Rom.8:20;
__(b) with accusative of thing(s), δ. φθόνον, Mat.27:18, Mrk.15:10; δ. φόβον, Jhn.7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph.2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mat.6:25, Mrk.6:14, Luk.11:49, Jhn.6:65, al.; id. before ὅτι, Jhn.5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mat.9:11, 14 Mrk.2:18, Jhn.7:45, al.; δ. τό, with inf., Mrk.5:4, Luk.9:7, Jas.4:2.
__3. In composition,
__(1) through, as in διαβαίνω;
__(2) of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω;
__(3) of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω;
__(4) of transition, as διαλλάσσω;
__(5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112f., 115f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.
(AS) G1224 G1224 = G1224 διαβαίνω diabainō G:V to cross δια-βαίνω
[in LXX chiefly for עבר ;]
__1. to make a stride.
__2. to step across, cross over;
__(a) trans.: τ. θάλασσαι, Heb.11:29;
__(b) intrans.: before εἰς, Act.16:9; πρός, Luk.16:26.†
(AS) G1225 G1225 = G1225 διαβάλλω diaballō G:V to accuse δια-βάλλω
[in LXX: Dan LXX 3:8, Da TH 3:8; 6:24 (25) (אֲכַל קְרַץ), 2Ma.3:11, 4Ma.4:1 * ;]
__1. to throw across.
__2. To slander, defame, accuse falsely or maliciously: Luk.16:1 (Cremer, 120).†
(AS) G1226 G1226 = G1226 διαβεβαιόω diabebaioō G:V to insist δια-βεβαιόομαι, -οῦμαι
to affirm confidently: Tit.3:8; before περί, 1Ti.1:7 (Cremer, 140).†
(AS) G1227 G1227 = G1227 διαβλέπω diablepō G:V to see clearly δια-βλέπω
__1. to took straight before one.
__2. to see clearly: Mat.7:5, Mrk.8:25, Luk.6:42 (cf. διάβλεψις, Aq., Isa.61:1, for LXX ἀνάβ-).†
(AS) G1228 G1228 = G1228 διάβολος diabolos G:A devilish/the Devil διάβολος, -ον
(διαβάλλω, which see) [in LXX for שָׂטָן (as Job.1:6), exc. Est.7:4 8:1 (צַר, צָרַר) ;]
slanderous, accusing falsely. As subst., ὁ, ἡ, δ.;
__(a) generally (of. Es, ll. with), a slanderer, false accuser: 1Ti.3:6, 7 (CGT, in l., but see infr.) 3:11, 2Ti.3:3, Tit.2:3;
__(b) as chiefly in LXX, of Satan, the Accuser, the Devil: Mat.4:1, 5, 8, 11 13:39 25:41, Luk.4:2, 3, 6, 13 8:12, Jhn.13:2, Act.10:38, Eph.4:27 6:11, 1Ti.3:6, 7 (but see supr.), 2Ti.2:26, Heb.2:14, Jas.4:7, 1Pe.5:8, Ju 9, Rev.2:10 12:9, 12 20:2, 10; εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ δ., Jhn.8:44, 1Jn.3:8; τέκνα τοῦ δ., 1Jn.3:10; υἱὸς, Act.13:10; metaphorically, of Judas, Jhn.6:70 (Cremer, 121; DCG, ii, 605).†
(AS) G1229 G1229 = G1229 διαγγέλλω diangellō G:V to proclaim δι-αγγέλω
[in LXX for ספר pi., etc. ;]
to publish abroad, proclaim: with accusative, Luk.9:60, Act.21:26, Rom.9:17" (LXX) .†
(AS) G1230 G1230 = G1230 διαγίνομαι diaginomai G:V to pass δια-γίνομαι
(Ion. and late Gk. for διαγίγν-), [in LXX, 2Ma.11:26 * ;]
__1. to go through, to pass, e.g. τ. νύκτα; absol., to live.
__2. Of time, to intervene, elapse: ptcp., with ἡμερῶν τινῶν, Act.25:13; ἱκανοῦ χρόνου, ib. 27:9; τ. σαβάτου, Mrk.16:1.†
(AS) G1231 G1231 = G1231 διαγινώσκω diaginōskō G:V to decide δια-γινώσκω
(see previous word), [in LXX chiefly for ידע, and cf. 2Ma.9:15 ;]
__1. to distinguish, ascertain exactly: Act.23:15
__2. As Athen. law-term, to determine: τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, your case, Act.24:22 (Cremer, 673).†
(AS) G1232 G1232 = G1232 διαγνωρίζω diagnōrizō G:V to report δια-γνωρίζω
to publish abroad:
Luk.2:17, Rec. (ἐγνώρισεν, Edd.).†
(AS) G1233 G1233 = G1233 διάγνωσις diagnōsis G:N-F decision διά-γνωσις, -εως, ἡ
(διαγιγνώσκω), [in LXX: Wis.3:18 * ;]
__1. a distinguishing, also as medical term.
__2. As law-term (Lat. cognitio), determination, decision: Act.25:21 (Cremer, 674).†
(AS) G1234 G1234 = G1234 διαγογγύζω diagonguzō G:V to murmur δια-γογγύζω
[in LXX chiefly for לין, לון, as Exo.16:2, and cf. Si 34(31):24 ;]
of a number, to murmur or mutter among themselves: Luk.15:2 19:7.†
(AS) G1235 G1235 = G1235 διαγρηγορέω diagrēgoreō G:V to wake δια-γρηγορέω, -ῶ
__(a) prop., to remain awake (R, mg.);
__(b) to be fully awake (R, txt.): Luk.9:32.†
(AS) G1236 G1236 = G1236 διάγω diagō G:V to live δι-άγω
[in LXX for עבר hi., etc. ;]
__1. to carry over.
__2. Of time, to pass: βίον, 1Ti.2:2; absol., to live, before ἐν, Tit.3:3.†
(AS) G1237 G1237 = G1237 διαδέχομαι diadechomai G:V to receive in turn δια-δέχομαι
[in LXX for מִשְׁנֶה (Deiss., BS, 115), פַּרְבָּר ;]
to receive through another, receive in turn: Act.7:45 (RV, in their turn; see Field, Notes, 116).†
(AS) G1238 G1238 = G1238 διάδημα diadēma G:N-N diadem διάδημα, -τος, τό
(διαδέω, to bind round), [in LXX for כֶּתֶר (as Est.1:11), etc. ;]
the band round the τιάρα of a Persian king; a diadem, the badge of royalty: Rev.12:3 13:1 19:12.†
SYN.: στέφανος, the badge of "victory, of valour, of nuptial joy, of festal gladness " (but see M, Th., i, 219; cf. DB, i, 530, 604). (AS) G1239 G1239 = G1239 διαδίδωμι diadidōmi G:V to distribute δια-διδωμι
[in LXX for חלק pi., etc. ;]
__1. to hand over, deliver: Rev.17:13, Rec.
__2. to distribute: Luk.11:22 18:22, Jhn.6:11, Act.4:35†
(AS) G1240 G1240 = G1240 διάδοχος diadochos G:N-M successor διά-δοχος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ
(διαδέχομαι), [in LXX: 1Ch.18:17 (לְיַד), 2Ch.26:11 (שַׂר) 28:7 (מִשְׁנֶה), Sir.46:1 48:8, 2Ma.4:29 14:26 * ;]
a successor: Act.24:27 (for usage in LXX and π. in sense of court official, see Deiss., BS, 115).†
(AS) G1241 G1241 = G1241 διαζώννυμι diazōnnumi G:V to tie around δια-ζώννυμι, (also -ννύω)
[in LXX for חֲגוֹר, Eze.23:15 A * ;]
to gird round: ἑαυτόν, Jhn.13:4; pass., ib. 13:5; mid., to gird oneself with: with accusative, Jhn.21:7.†
(AS) G1242 G1242 = G1242 διαθήκη diathēkē G:N-F covenant διαθήκη, -ης, ἡ
(διατίθημι), [frequently in LXX, and nearly always for בְּרִית ;]
__1. as usually in cl., a disposition, testament, will (Plat., al.): Gal.3:15 (R, mg., but see Lft., in l.), Heb.9:16, 17 (R, txt.; MM, Exp., xi; Milligan, NTD, 75; Abbott, Essays, 107; Deiss., LAE, 341; but see infr.).
__2. As in LXX (for בְּרִית) = cl. συνθήκη, a convention, arrangement, covenant (exc. in the disputed cases mentioned above, always between God and man, "perhaps with the feeling that the δια- compound was more suitable than the συν- for a covenant with God---συνθ. might suggest equal terms," MM, Exp., l.with): Gal.3:15 (R, txt., but see supr., and cf. Thayer, see word), Heb.9:16, 17 (R, mg., Westc., in l.; Hatch, Essays, 47; but see supr.), Mat.26:28, Mrk.14:24, Luk.1:72, Act.3:25 7:8, Rom.11:27" (LXX), 2Co.3:14, Gal.3:17, Heb.7:22 8:6, ib. 9, 10" (LXX) 9:4, 15-17 20" (LXX) 10:16 (LXX), 29 12:24 13:20, Rev.11:19; καινὴ δ., Mat.26:28, and Mrk.14:24 (R, mg.), Luk.22:20, 1Co.11:25, 2Co.3:6, Heb.8:8" (LXX) 9:15; pl. Rom.9:4, Gal.4:24, Eph.2:12.†
(AS) G1243 G1243 = G1243 διαίρεσις diairesis G:N-F variety δι-αίρεσις, -εως, ἡ
(διαιρέω), [in LXX chiefly for מַחֲלֹקֶת ;]
__1. a distinction, diference.
__2. a division, distribution: 1Co.12:4-6 (cf. διαιρέω; Cremer, 616).†
(AS) G1244 G1244 = G1244 διαιρέω diaireō G:V to distribute δι-αιρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for בּתר (as Gen.15:10), חלק (as Jos.18:5), etc. ;]
__1. to divide into parts, cut asunder.
__2. to distribute: with accusative of thing(s), dative of person(s), Luk.15:12, 1Co.12:11.†
(AS) G1245 G1245 = G1245 διακαθαρίζω diakatharizō G:V to clear out δια-καθαρίζω
= θαίρω: Mat.3:12.†
δια-καθαίρω,
to cleanse thoroughly: Luk.3:17.†
(AS) G1246 G1246 = G1246 διακατελέγχομαι diakatelegchomai G:V to refute δια-κατ-ελέγχομαι
to confute completely: Act.18:28.†
(AS) G1247 G1247 = G1247 διακονέω diakoneō G:V to serve διακονέω, ῶ
(δίακονος);
__1. generally, to minister, serre, wait upon, especially at table, to do one a service, cure for one's needs: absol., Mat.20:28, Mrk.10:45, Luk.10:40 22:26, 27, Jhn.12:2, 1Pe.4:11; ὅσα διηκόνησεν, 2Ti.1:18; with dative of person(s), Mat.4:11 8:15 25:44 27:55, Mrk.1:13, 31 15:41, Luk.4:39 8:3 12:37 17:8, Jhn.12:26, Act.6:2 19:22, Rom.15:25, Phm 13, Heb.6:10.
__2. to serve as deacon: 1Ti.3:10, 3:13.
__3. C. accusative of thing(s), to minister, supply, supply by ministration: 1Pe.1:12 4:10; pass., 2Co.3:3 8:19, 20.†
SYN.: λειτουργέω, which see (Cremer, 179). (AS) G1248 G1248 = G1248 διακονία diakonia G:N-F service διακονία, -ας, ἡ
(διάκονος), [in LXX for נַעַר, שָׁרַת pi.: Est.6:3, Est.6:5 A; 1Ma.11:58 * ;]
the office and work of a διάκονος, service, ministry;
__(a) of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63): Luk.10:40
__(b) spec. of religious ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church: Act.1:17, 25 6:1, 4 11:29 12:25 20:24; 21:19, Rom.11:13 12:7 15:31, 1Co.16:15, 2Co.4:1 6:3 8:4 9:1, 13, Eph.4:12, Col.4:17, 1Ti.1:12, 2Ti.4:5, 11, Heb.1:14, Rev.2:19; δ. τ. θανάτου, 2Co.3:7; τ. πνεύματος, 2Co. 3:8; τ. κατακρίσεως, τ, δικαιοσύνης, 2Co. 3:9; τ. καταλλαγῆς, 2Co. 5:18; τ. λειτουργίας, 2Co. 9:12; with obj. genitive, τὴν ὑμῶν δ., ib. 11:8; pl., 1Co.12:5.†
(AS) G1249 G1249 = G1249 διάκονος diakonos G:N-M/F servant διάκονος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ
(derivation unknown), [in LXX for נַעַר, שָׁרַת pi.: Est.6:3, 5, א B Est.1:10 2:2, Pro.10:4, 4Ma.9:17 * ;]
__1. in general, a servant, attendant, minister: Mat.20:26 22:13 23:11, Mrk.9:35 10:43, Jhn.2:5, 9, 1Co.3:5, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7; δ. θεοῦ, Rom.13:4, 2Co.6:4, 1Th.3:2; δ. Χριστοῦ, 2Co.11:23, Col.1:7, 1Ti.4:6; cf. ὁ δ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.12:26; δ. περιτομῆς, Rom.15:8; δ. καινῆς διαθήκης, 2Co.3:6; δ. δικαιοσύνης, 2Co.11:15; δ. [εὐαγγελίου], Eph.3:7, Col.1:23; δ. [ἐκκλησίας], Col.1:25.
__2. As technical term for Church officer (so in pre-Christian times, see M, Th., I, 32), a deacon: Php.1:1, 1Ti.3:8, 12; fem. (cf. Eccl. διακονίσσα), Rom.16:1 (cf. 1Ti.3:11, and CGT, in l., also M, Th., l.with).†
SYN.: δοῦλος, bondman; θεράπων, servant acting voluntarily; ὑπηρέτης, servant, attendant, by etymol. suggesting subordination. All these imply relation to a person, in distinction from which δ. represents rather the servant in relation to his work. Cf. also λειτουργός, a public servant, in which the idea of service to the community is prominent; οἰκέτης, a house servant. (AS) G1250 G1250 = G1250 διακόσιοι diakosioi G:A two hundred διακόσιοι, -αι, -α
two hundred: Mrk.6:37, and al.
(AS) G1251 G1251 = G1251 διακούω diakouō G:V to give a hearing δι-ακούω
[in LXX: Deu.1:16 (שׁמע), Job.9:33 (יָד שִׁית hi.)* ;]
to hear through, hear fully; technically, to hear judicially (as De, l.with; of. Deiss., BS, 230): Act.23:35.†
(AS) G1252 G1252 = G1252 διακρίνω diakrinō G:V to judge/doubt δια-κρίνω
[in LXX for שׁפט, דִּין, etc. ;]
__1. to separate, hence, to distinguish, discriminate, discern: μηδὲν δ., Act.11:12; οὐδὲν δ. μεταξύ, Act.15:9; σε, 1Co.4:7; τὸ σῶμα, 1Co.11:29.
__2. to settle, decide, judge, arbitrate: Mat.16:3, 1Co.6:5 11:29 (ICC, in l.), ib. 31 14:29. Mid, and pass.;
__1. to get a decision, contend, dispute: before πρός, Act.11:2; with dative (but see ICC, in l.), Ju 9; absol., Ju 22 (R,mg.).
__2. Hellenistic (NT and Eccl., but not LXX), to be divided in one's mind, to hesitate, doubt: Mat.21:21 Rom.14:23, Jas.1:6; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Jas.2:4; ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ, Mrk.11:23; μηδὲν δ., Act.10:20; δ. τ. ἀπιστίᾳ, Rom.4:20, Ju 22 (R, txt.).†
(AS) G1253 G1253 = G1253 διάκρισις diakrisis G:N-F discernment διά-κρισις, -εως, ἡ
(διακρίνω) [in LXX for מִפְלָשׂ, Job.37:16 * ;]
the act of judgment, discernment: Rom.14:1, 1Co.12:10, Heb.5:14.†
(AS) G1254 G1254 = G1254 διακωλύω diakōluō G:V to hinder δια-κωλεύω
[in LXX: Jdth.4:7 12:7 * ;]
to hinder, prevent: with accusative, Mat.3:14.†
(AS) G1255 G1255 = G1255 διαλαλέω dialaleō G:V to discuss δια-λαλέω, -ῶ
[in Sm.: Ps 50(51):16, and al. ;]
__1. to talk with: πρός, Luk.6:11.
__2. to talk over: pass., Luk.1:65.†
(AS) G1256 G1256 = G1256 διαλέγω dialegō G:V to dispute δια-λέγομαι
(mid. of διαλέγω, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.), [in LXX: Exo.6:27, Isa.63:1 (דּבר pi.), Jdg.8:1 (ריב), 1Es.8:46, Est.5:2, Sir.14:20, 2Ma.11:20 * ;]
to converse with, discourse (see Cl. Rev., i, 45), discuss, argue: Act.18:4 19:8,9 20:9; with dative of person(s), Act.17:17 18:19 20:7, Heb.12:5; before πρός, Mrk.9:34, Act.17:17 24:12; περί Act.24:25, Ju 9; ἀπὸ τ. γραφῶν, Act.17:2.†
(AS) G1257 G1257 = G1257 διαλείπω dialeipō G:V to stop δια-λείπω
[in LXX for יחל (as 1Ki.10:8), etc. ;]
to intermit, leave off for a time: Luk.7:45.†
(AS) G1258 G1258 = G1258 διάλεκτος dialektos G:N-F language διά-λεκτος, -ου, ἡ
(διαλέγομαι), [in LXX: Dan LXX 1:4 (לָשׁוֹן), Est.9:26 * ;]
__1. conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.).
__2. As in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular country or district: Act.1:19 2:6, 8 21:40 22:2 26:14.†
(AS) G1259 G1259 = G1259 διαλλάσσω diallassō G:V be reconciled δι-αλλάσσω
[in LXX: 1Ki.29:4 (רָצָה hithp.), I Est.4:31, al. ;]
__1. to change, exchange.
__2. to change enmity for friendship, to reconcile: pass., with dative of person(s), Mat.5:24. "The word denotes mutual concession after mutual hostility, an idea absent from καταλλ-," which see (Lft., Notes, 288; cf. Deiss., LAE, 178.15; Cremer, 91, 632).†
(AS) G1260 G1260 = G1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogizomai G:V to discuss δια-λογίζομαι, depon.
[in LXX chiefly for חשׁב, frequently in Pss. ;]
__1. to balance accounts (Dem.).
__2. to consider, reason (Isocr.): Luk.1:29 5:21; ἐν τ. καρδία, Mrk.2:6, 8, Luk.5:22; περί Luk.3:15; ἐν ἑαυτῷ (-οῖς), Mat.16:7-8, Mrk.2:8, Luk.12:17; πρὸς ἑ., Mrk.9:33 11:31, Luk.20:14; παρ᾽ ἑ., Mat.21:25 (ἐν ἑ., T, WH, mg.); πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Mrk.8:16; ὅτι, Mrk.8:17, Jhn.11:50, Rec. (DB, i, 611; Cremer, 400).†
(AS) G1261 G1261 = G1261 διαλογισμός dialogismos G:N-M reasoning δια-λογισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(διαλογίζομαι) [in LXX chiefly for מַחֲשָׁבָה ;]
a thought, reasoning, inward questioning: Mat.15:19, Mrk.7:21, Luk.2:35 5:22 6:8 9:46, 47 24:38, Rom.1:21 14:1, 1Co.3:20" (LXX), Php.2:14; κριταὶ δ. πονηρῶν, genitive of qual. (cf. Pro.12:5), Jas.2:4; χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ δ. (where perh. δ., like מְזִמָּה, in Ps 138(139):20, al., implies evil intention), 1Ti.2:8 (see Hort, in l.; cf. Cremer, 400).†
(AS) G1262 G1262 = G1262 διαλύω dialuō G:V to disperse δια-λύω
[in LXX for אבה, חבל, etc. ;]
to part asunder, dissolve; of an assembly, pass., to disperse: Act.5:36.†
(AS) G1263 G1263 = G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamarturomai G:V to testify solemnly δια-μαρτύρομαι, depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple μαρτύρομαι, which see,
[in LXX chiefly for עוּד hi., usually with dative of person(s), Deu.4:26 8:19, 1Ki.8:9, al. ;]
solemnly to protest: Luk.16:28, Act.2:40 8:25 10:42 18:5 20:21, 23, 24 23:11 28:23, 1Th.4:6, Heb.2:6; in adjuration, before ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, 1Ti.5:21, 2Ti.2:14 4:1 (Cremer, 415).†
(AS) G1264 G1264 = G1264 διαμάχομαι diamachomai G:V to contend sharply δια-μάχομαι
[in LXX for לחם ni., Dan LXX 10:20; Sir.8:1, 3 38:28 51:19 * ;]
__1. to struggle against.
__2. In argument, to contend: Act.23:9.†
(AS) G1265 G1265 = G1265 διαμένω diamenō G:V to remain δια-μένω
[in LXX for עמד, etc.;]
to remain, continue: Luk.1:22 22:28, Gal.2:5, Heb.1:11" (LXX), 2Pe.3:4.†
(AS) G1266 G1266 = G1266 διαμερίζω diamerizō G:V to divide δια-μερίζω
[in LXX chiefly for חלק pi. ;]
__1. to distribute: with dative of person(s), Act.2:45; before εἰς, Luk.22:17, pass., Act.2:3. Mid. to distribute among themselves: Mat.27:35, Mrk.15:24, Luk.23:34; with redundant ἑαυτοῖς, Jhn.19:24 (LXX) (see M, Pr., 157).
__2. to divide, separate: pass., before ἐπί, with accusative, Luk.11:17-18; ἐπί, with dative, Luk.12:52-53.†
(AS) G1267 G1267 = G1267 διαμερισμός diamerismos G:N-M division δια-μερισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(διαμερίζω), [in LXX: Eze.48:29 (מַחֲלֹקֶת), Mic.7:12 * ;]
a division: opposite to εἰρήνη, Luk.12:51.†
(AS) G1268 G1268 = G1268 διανέμω dianemō G:V to spread δια-νέμω
[in LXX for חלק, Deu.29:25 * ;]
to distribute, divide: pass., to be spread about, Act.4:17.†
(AS) G1269 G1269 = G1269 διανεύω dianeuō G:V to signify δια-νεύω
[in LXX: Ps 34(35):19 (קרץ), Sir.27:22 * ;]
to wink at, nod to, beckon to: Luk.1:22.†
(AS) G1270 G1270 = G1270 διανόημα dianoēma G:N-N thought δια-νόημα, -τος, τό
(διανοέομαι, to think), [in LXX for מַחֲשָׁבָה, etc., Isa.55:9, al., frequently in Sir ;]
a thought: Luk.11:17.†
(AS) G1271 G1271 = G1271 διάνοια dianoia G:N-F mind διάνοια, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב ;]
the understanding, mind: Luk.1:51, Eph.4:18, Col.1:21, 1Pe.1:13, 2Pe.3:1, 1Jn.5:20; pl., Eph.2:3; in quotations from LXX, Mat.22:37, Mrk.12:30, Luk.10:27, Heb.8:10 10:16 (Cremer, 79, 438).†
(AS) G1272 G1272 = G1272 διανοίγω dianoigō G:V to open up δι-αν-οίγω
[in LXX for פֶּטֶר (Ex, Nu), פָּקַח, פָּתַח, etc. ;]
to open up completely, to open: Luk.2:23 (LXX); pass., Mrk.7:34, Act.7:56. Metaphorical, δ. τ. νοῦν, Luk.24:45, τ. καρδίαν, Act.16:14, pass., οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, Luk.24:31; of explaining, τ. γραφάς, Luk.24:32, Act.17:3.†
(AS) G1273 G1273 = G1273 διανυκτερεύω dianuktereuō G:V to spend the night δια-νυκτερεύω
(cf. διημερεύω, to pass the day) [in LXX: Job.2:9 * ;]
to pass the night: before ἐν τ. προσευχῆ, Luk.6:12.†
(AS) G1274 G1274 = G1274 διανύω dianuō G:V to continue δι-ανύω
[in LXX: 2Ma.12:17 * ;]
__1. to accomplish fully, finish, complete: Act.21:7 (EV).
__2. In late writers (Xen., al., Clem., I ad Cor., xxv, 3), to continue: Ac, l.with (Field, Notes, 134f.).†
(AS) G1275 G1275 = G1275 διαπαντός diapantos G:ADV always δια-παντός, see διά, with genitive
διά (before a vowel δ᾽, exc. Rom.8:10, 2Co.5:7, and in (Proper name)s; Tdf., Pr., 94),
prep. with genitive, accusative, as in cl.;
__1. with genitive, through;
__(i) of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mat.2:12 12:43, Mrk.2:23, Luk.4:30, Jhn.4:4, 2Co.11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, 1Co.3:15, 1Pe.3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, 1Co.13:12; metaphorically, of a state or condition: Rom.14:20, 2Co.2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Rom.2:27 4:11; δι ̓ὑπομενῆς, Rom.8:25.
__(ii) Of Time;
__(a) during which: Mat.26:61, Mrk.14:58, Luk.5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, Heb.2:15; δ. παντός (διαπαντός in Mrk.5:5, Luk.24:53), always, continually, Mat.18:10, Act.2:25" (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Rom.11:10" (LXX), 2Th.3:16, Heb.9:6 13:15.
__(b) within which: Act.1:3; δ. νυκτός, Act.5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31;
__(with) after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255f.): Mrk.2:1, Act.24:17, Gal.2:1.
__(iii) Of the Means or Instrument;
__(1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Rom.11:36, 1Co.1:9, Gal.4:7, Heb.2:10 7:21; of Christ, Rom.1:8 5:1, 17, 1Co.15:21, 1Pe.4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Rom.1:12, 2Co.1:4, Gal.4:23, al.;
__(2) of the agent, instrument or means;
__(a) with genitive of person(s), Mat.11:2, Luk.1:70, Jhn.1:17, Act.1:16, Rom.2:16, 1Co.1:21, Eph.1:5, Heb.2:14, Rev.1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου (δ. τ. κυρίου, 1Th.4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121f.), Mat.1:22 2:15, Rom.1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), 2Th.2:2; δ. Σ. (NTD, 22), 1Pe.5:12;
__(b) with genitive of thing(s) (where often the simple dative is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jhn.11:4, Act.5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Rom.3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, 1Pe.1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Luk.8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Gal.5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Gal.3:18,
__2. C. accusative;
__(i) rarely, as with genitive, through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας (ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Luk.17:11.
__(ii) by reason of, because of, for the sake of;
__(a) with accusative of person(s) (M, Pr., 105), Mrk.2:27, Jhn.6:57 11:42, Rom.8:20;
__(b) with accusative of thing(s), δ. φθόνον, Mat.27:18, Mrk.15:10; δ. φόβον, Jhn.7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph.2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mat.6:25, Mrk.6:14, Luk.11:49, Jhn.6:65, al.; id. before ὅτι, Jhn.5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mat.9:11, 14 Mrk.2:18, Jhn.7:45, al.; δ. τό, with inf., Mrk.5:4, Luk.9:7, Jas.4:2.
__3. In composition,
__(1) through, as in διαβαίνω;
__(2) of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω;
__(3) of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω;
__(4) of transition, as διαλλάσσω;
__(5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112f., 115f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.
(AS) G1276 G1276 = G1276 διαπεράω diaperaō G:V to cross δια-περάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.30:13, Isa.23:2 (עבר), עבר), 1Ma.6:1-63 * ;]
to pass over, cross over: Mat.9:1; before ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Mat.14:34, Mrk.6:53; εἰς, Mrk.5:21, Act.21:2; πρὸς ἡμᾶς, Luk.16:28.†
(AS) G1277 G1277 = G1277 διαπλέω diapleō G:V to sail across to sail across , Thuc.; εἰς Αἴγιναν (Aristophanes Comicus): metaphorically, δ. βίον to make life's voyage , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G1278 G1278 = G1278 διαπονέω diaponeō G:V be vexed δια-πονέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Ecc.10:9 (עָצַב ni.), 2Ma.2:28; in Aq.: Gen.6:6, 1Ki.20:3 * ;]
to work out with labour. Pass., to be worn out, sore troubled: Mrk.14:4 (WH, mg.), Act.4:2 16:18.†
(AS) G1279 G1279 = G1279 διαπορεύω diaporeuō G:V to go through δια-πορεύω
[in LXX for עָבַר, הָלַךְ, etc. ;]
to carry over. Pass., to pass across, journey through: absol., Luk.18:36, Rom.15:24; before κατὰ πόλεις κ. κώμας, Luk.13:22; διά, with genitive, Mrk.2:23, Luk.6:1 (cf. Pro.9:12 with, Wis.3:1); with accusative, Act.16:4.†
(AS) G1280 G1280 = G1280 διαπορέω diaporeō G:V be perplexed δι-απορέω, -ῶ
[in Sm.: Psa.77:5, Dan.2:1 * ;]
to be quite at a loss, be in great perplexity: absol., Act.2:12; before διὰ τό, with inf., Luk.9:7; περί, Act.5:24; ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Act.10:17.†
(AS) G1281 G1281 = G1281 διαπραγματεύομαι diapragmateuomai G:V to gain in trade δια-πραγματεύομαι , "perfective compound" (see M, Pr., 118);
__1. to examine thoroughly (Plat.).
__2. In late writers (Dion. Hal.), to gain by trading: Luk.19:15.†
(AS) G1282 G1282 = G1282 διαπρίω diapriō G:V be furious δια-πρίω
[in LXX: 1Ch.20:3 (סוּר) * ;]
to saw asunder. Pass., metaphorically (vernacular?), EV, cut to the heart: Act.5:33; before τ. καρδίαις αὐτῶν, Act.7:54.†
(AS) G1283 G1283 = G1283 διαρπάζω diarpazō G:V to rob δι-αρπάζω
[in LXX for בָּזַז, גָּזַל, שָׁסַס, etc. ;]
to plunder: Mat.12:29, Mrk.3:27.†
(AS) G1284 G1284 = G1284 διαρρήγνυμι diarrēgnumi G:V to tear δια-ρήσσω (so WH, exc. Ac, l.with), δια-ρρήσσω
(poetic and late form of διαρρήγνυμι), [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
to break asunder, burst, rend: δεσμά, Luk.8:29; pass., δίκτυα, Luk.5:6; ἱμάτια, χιτῶνας, in grief or anger (as Gen.37:29, al.), Mat.26:65, Act.14:14, Mrk.14:63.†
(AS) G1285 G1285 = G1285 διασαφέω diasapheō G:V to explain δια-σαφέω, -ῶ
(σαφής, clear), [in LXX: Deu.1:5 (בָּאַר pi.), Dan LXX 2:6 (חָוָה aphel.), I-III Ma 9 * ;]
to make clear, explain fully: with accusative of thing(s), dative of person(s), Mat.13:26 18:31.†
(AS) G1286 G1286 = G1286 διασείω diaseiō G:V to extort δια-σείω
[in LXX: Job.4:14 (פָּחַד hi.), 3Ma.7:21 * ;]
to shake violently; metaphorically, to intimidate: Luk.3:14.†
(AS) G1287 G1287 = G1287 διασκορπίζω diaskorpizō G:V to scatter δια-σκορπίζω
[in LXX for פּוּץ, זָרָה, etc. ;]
to scatter abroad, disperse: of sheep, Mat.26:31 = Mrk.14:27" (LXX) ; of persons, Luk.1:51, Act.5:37, opposite to συνάγω, Jhn.11:52; of winnowing grain, Mat.25:24, 26; metaphorically, of property, to squander, waste: Luk.15:13 16:1.†
(AS) G1288 G1288 = G1288 διασπάω diaspaō G:V to tear apart δια-σπάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for נָתַק, as Jdg.16:9 ;]
to break or tear asunder: pass., ἁλύσεις, Mrk.5:4; Παῦλος, Act.23:10.†
(AS) G1289 G1289 = G1289 διασπείρω diaspeirō G:V to scatter δια-σπείρω
[frequently in LXX for פּוּץ, etc. ;]
to scatter abroad, disperse: Act.8:1, 4 11:19.†
(AS) G1290 G1290 = G1290 διασπορά diaspora G:N-F dispersion δια-σπορά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(διασπείρω), [in LXX of Israelites dispersed and exiled in foreign lands, as Deu.28:25 (זַעֲוָה) Deu.30:4 (נָדַח ni.), Isa.49:6 (נער); by meton., of the exiles themselves (as Psa.147:2, 2Ma.1:27) ;]
a dispersion: δ. τῶν Ἑλλήνων, Jhn.7:35; metaphorically, of Christians (DB, iii, 782 f.), Jas.1:1, 1Pe.1:1 (see Hort, in ll).†
(AS) G1291 G1291 = G1291 διαστέλλω diastellō G:V to give orders δια-στελλω
[in LXX for בָּדַל hi. (Deu.10:8, al.), זְהַר hi. (Eze.3:18-19, al.), and 19 other words]
__1. to divide, distinguish, define.
__2. to command, charge expressly: pass., τὸ διαστελλόμενον, Heb.12:20. Mid., in late Gk. with same sense (so Ez, l.with; and al. in LXX; MM, see word); a. dative of person(s), Mrk.8:15, Act.15:24; before ἵνα, Mat.16:20, Mrk.5:43 7:36 9:9.†
(AS) G1292 G1292 = G1292 διάστημα diastēma G:N-N interval διάστημα, -τος, τό
(διίστημι), [in LXX for רֶוַח, etc. ;]
an interval, space: of time (Sir, prol. 24), Act.5:7.†
(AS) G1293 G1293 = G1293 διαστολή diastolē G:N-F distinction δια-στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(διαστέλλω), [in LXX for פְּדוּת: Exo.8:23, etc. ;]
__1. a separation.
__2. a distinction, difference: Rom.3:22 10:12, 1Co.14:7.†
(AS) G1294 G1294 = G1294 διαστρέφω diastrephō G:V to pervert δια-στρέφω
[in LXX for הָפַךְ, עָקַשׁ, etc. ;]
to distort, twist; metaphorically, to distort, pervert: Luk.23:2, Act.13:8, 10; διεστραμμένος, perverse: Mat.17:17, Luk.9:41, Act.20:30, Php.2:15.†
(AS) G1295 G1295 = G1295 διασῴζω diasōzō G:V to save δια-σώζω
[in LXX for מָלַט, יָשַׁע, etc. ;]
to bring safely through a danger: Luk.7:3, Act.27:43; before πρός, Act.23:24. Pass., to come safe through: Act.28:1; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Act.27:44; ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης, Act.28:4; δι᾽ ὕδατος, 1Pe.3:20; of sickness, to recover: Mat.14:36.†
(AS) G1296 G1296 = G1296 διαταγή diatagē G:N-F ordinance δια-ταγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(διατάσσω), [in LXX: Est.4:11 (פַּרְשֶׁגֶן)* ;]
in late writers (Deiss., LAE, 86 ff.) for cl. διάταξις (WH., however, is found in LXX, Psa.119:91, al.);
__(a) disposition (cf. διάταξις for צָבָא; Sm., 4Ki.23:4, Jer.8:2 19:13); εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, AV, by the disposition of angels (Alf., in l, Field, Notes, 116; but see infr.): Act.7:53;
__(b) ordinance (C. I. 3465): Rom.13:2, Act.7:53, R, txt. (and see mg.; Page and EGT, in l; but also see supr.).†
(AS) G1297 G1297 = G1297 διάταγμα diatagma G:N-N edict διά-ταγμα, -τος, τό
(διατάσσω), [in LXX: Est.7:11 (נִשְׁתְּוָן), Est.3:13, Wis.11:7 * ;]
an edict, mandate: Heb.11:23.†
(AS) G1298 G1298 = G1298 διαταράσσω diatarassō G:V to trouble δια-ταράσσω
[in Sm.: 3Ki.20:43 * ;]
to agitate greatly (Lat. perturbare): Luk.1:29,†
(AS) G1299 G1299 = G1299 διατάσσω diatassō G:V to direct δια-τάσσω
[in LXX for שׂוּם, שָׁמַר, etc. ;]
to charge, give orders to, appoint, arrange, ordain: with dative, Mat.11:1, 1Co.9:14 16:1; before inf., Luk.8:55, Act.18:2. Mid., 1Co.7:17, Act.20:13; with accusative, 1Co.11:34; with dative, Tit.1:5; before inf., Act.7:44 24:23. Pass., τὸ διατεταγμένον, Luk.3:13, Act.23:31; τὰ διαταχθέντα, Luk.17:9-10; διαταγείς, Gal.3:19.†
(AS) G1300 G1300 = G1300 διατελέω diateleō G:V to continue δια-τελέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.9:7 (הָיָה), Jer.20:7, 18 (כָּלָה), Est.8:13, 2Ma.5:27 * ;]
prop. trans., to accomplish; used with ellipse of obj. as intrans. (Bl., § 81, 1), and joined to participles (in Ac, Lc., to adj.; see Bl., § 73, 4) with adverbial sense (= continuously), to continue: Act.27:33.†
(AS) G1301 G1301 = G1301 διατηρέω diatēreō G:V to keep δια-τηρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for שָׁמַר, נָצַר, etc.; before ἀπό (for מִן), as in Psa.12:7 (8) ;]
to keep carefully: Luk.2:51; before ἐκ, Act.15:29.†
(AS) G1302 G1302 = a Combination of G5101 (G1223+G5101) διατί diati G:PRT-I why? δια-τί , why, Mat.9:11, 14 Mrk.2:18, Jhn.7:45, al.; δ. τό, with inf., Mrk.5:4, Luk.9:7, Jas.4:2.
__3. In composition,
__(1) through, as in διαβαίνω;
__(2) of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω;
__(3) of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω;
__(4) of transition, as διαλλάσσω;
__(5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112f., 115f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.
(AS) G1303 G1303 = G1303 διατίθημι diatithēmi G:V to make a covenant δια-τίθημι
[in LXX chiefly for כָּרַת, frequently δ. διαθήκην (כָּרַת) ;]
to place separately, arrange, dispose. Mid, only in NT;
__1. (a) in general, to dispose of; with dative of person(s), to assign to one, Luk.22:29;
__(b) to dispose of by a will, make a testament (in cl., δ. διαθήκην also in this sense): Heb.9:16-17 (but cf. R, mg., and see: διαθήκη).
__2. δ. διαθήκην, to make a covenant (Aristoph.): with dative of person(s), Heb.8:10 (LXX); before πρ, with accusative of person(s), Act.3:25, Heb.10:16" (LXX) (cf. ἀντι-διατίθημι).†
(AS) G1304 G1304 = G1304 διατρίβω diatribō G:V to remain δια-τρίβω
[in LXX Lev.14:8 (יָשַׁב), Jer.35:7 (גּוּר), Tob.11:8, 12, Jdth.10:2, 2Ma.14:23 * ;]
to rub hard, rub away, consume; δ. χρόνον, ἡμέρας, to spend time: Act.14:3, 28 16:12 20:6 25:6, 14. Intransitively with ellipse of object (El., § 81, 1), to spend time, stay: Jhn.3:22 11:54, Act.15:35, Act.12:19.†
(AS) G1305 G1305 = G1305 διατροφή diatrophē G:N-F food δια-τροφή, ῆς, ἡ
(διατρέφω, to support, sustain), [in LXX: 1Ma.6:49 * ;]
food, nourishment: 1Ti.6:8.†
(AS) G1306 G1306 = a Combination of G0826 (G1223+G0826) διαυγάζω diaugazō G:V to shine through δι-αυγάζω
[in Aq.: Job.25:5 * ;]
to shine through, to dawn: 2Pe.1:19 (cf. ἕως οὗ διαπνεύσῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, Gal.2:17).†
(AS) G1307 G1307 = G1307 διαφανής diaphanēs G:A transparent διαφανής, -ές
(διαφαίνω to show through, shine through) [in LXX: Exo.30:34 (זַךְ), Isa.3:22 (גִּלָּיוֹן), Est.1:6 * ;]
transparent: Rev.21:21 (Rec.; see διαγής).†
(AS) G1308 G1308 = G1308 διαφέρω diapherō G:V to spread/surpass δια-φέρω
[in LXX for שְׁנָא (שְׁנָא (Dan.7:1-28 only); 1Ki.17:39, Est.3:13, al. ;]
__1. trans.,
__(a) to carry through: before διά, Mrk.11:16;
__(b) to carry about, spread abroad: pass., Act.13:49 27:27.
__2. Intrans.,
__(a) to differ: τὰ διαφέροντα, Rom.2:18, Php.1:10 (R, mg., but see infr.); impers., διαφέρει, it makes a difference, it matters: Gal.2:6;
__(b) to excel: with genitive Mat.6:26 10:31 12:12, Luk.12:7, 24, 1Co.15:41, Gal.4:1; τὰ διαφέροντα, Rom.2:18, Php.1:10 (R, txt.; for discussion and reff. see ICC on Ro, Phi, ll. with).†
(AS) G1309 G1309 = G1309 διαφεύγω diapheugō G:V to escape δια-φεύγω
[in LXX: Jos.8:22 (פָּלִיט), Jos.10:28 (שָׂרִיד), etc. ;]
to flee through, escape: Act.27:42.†
(AS) G1310 G1310 = G1310 διαφημίζω diaphēmizō G:V to publish abroad δια-φημίζω
in late writers only, to spread abroad: τ. λόγον (= דָּבָר, the matter), Mrk.1:45, Mat.28:15; with accusative of person(s), to spread abroad one's fame: Mat.9:31.†
(AS) G1311 G1311 = G1311 διαφθείρω diaphtheirō G:V to destroy δια-φθείρω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁחַת hi. ;]
__1. to destroy utterly: Luk.12:33, Rev.11:18; pass., to be destroyed, disabled: Rev.8:9, 2Co.4:16.
__2. In moral sense, to corrupt, deprave: τ. γῆν, Rev.11:18; pass., διεφθαρμένοι τ. νοῦν, 1Ti.6:5.†
(AS) G1312 G1312 = G1312 διαφθορά diaphthora G:N-F decay δια-φθορὰ, -ᾶς, ἡ
(διαφθείρω), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁחַת, and cogn. forms ;]
__1. destruction.
__2. corruption (physical or moral): of the grave, Act.2:27 (LXX), Act.2:31 13:34-37.†
(AS) G1313 G1313 = G1313 διάφορος diaphoros G:A different διά-φορος, -ον
(διαφέρω), [in LXX for שְׁנָא (Dan.7:7, 19); also as in Polyb., iv, 188, al., Τὸ δ., τὰ δ., money: Sir.27:1 42:5, 2Ma.3:6 ;]
__1. different: Rom.12:6, Heb.9:10.
__2. excellent: compar., -ώτερος, Heb.1:4 8:6.†
(AS) G1314 G1314 = G1314 διαφυλάσσω diaphulassō G:V to protect δια-φυλάσσω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַר (as Psa.91:11) ;]
to guard carefully (M, Pr., 116), defend: with accusative, Luk.4:10 (LXX).†
(AS) G1315 G1315 = G1315 διαχειρίζω diacheirizō G:V to kill δια-χειρίζω
(χείρ),
to have in hand, conduct, manage. Mid.
__(a) = act.;
__(b) in late writers (Polyb., FlJ, al.), to lay hands on, kill: with accusative, Act.5:30 26:21.†
(AS) G1316 G1316 = G1316 διαχωρίζω diachōrizō G:V be separated δια-χωρίζω
[in LXX: Gen.1:4 ff (בָּדַל hi.), Gen.13:9 ff. (פָּרַד ni.), etc. ;]
to separate entirely. Mid., to separate oneself, depart: before ἀπό Luk.9:33.†
(AS) G1317 G1317 = G1317 διδακτικός didaktikos G:A able to teach διδακτικός, -ή, -όν
(= cl. διδασκαλικός)
apt at teaching: 1Ti.3:2, 2Ti.2:24.†
(AS) G1318 G1318 = G1318 διδακτός didaktos G:A taught διδακτός, -ή, -όν
(διδάσκω), [in LXX: Isa.54:13 (לִמּוּד), 1Ma.4:7 * ;]
__1. that can be taught.
__2. taught; with genitive, of source of teaching (in cl., poët. only);
__(a) of persons: δ. θεοῦ, Jhn.6:45 (LXX);
__(b) of things, λόγοις δ. πνεύματος, 1Co.2:13.†
(AS) G1319 G1319 = G1319 διδασκαλία didaskalia G:N-F teaching διδασκαλία, -ας, ἡ
(διδάσκω), [in LXX: Pro.2:17 (אַלּוּף), Isa.29:13 (לָמַד), Sir.24:33 39:8 * ;]
teaching, instruction, in both active and objective senses, most frequently the latter: Rom.12:7 15:4, Eph.4:14, 1Ti.4:6, 13, 16 5:17 6:1, 3, 2Ti.3:10 3:16, Tit.2:7, 10; ὑγιαινοῦσα δ., 1Ti.1:10, 2Ti.4:3, Tit.1:9 2:1; pl., δ. τ. ἀνθρώπων, Col.2:22; δ. δαιμονίων, 1Ti.4:1, δ. διδάσκειν, Mat.15:9, Mrk.7:7" (LXX) (Cremer, 182).†
SYN.: διδαχή (AS) G1320 G1320 = G1320 διδάσκαλος didaskalos G:N-M teacher διδάσκαλος, -ου, ὁ
(διδάσκω), [in LXX: Est.6:1, 2Ma.1:10 * ;]
given as rendering of Heb. רַבִּי ,רַבּוֺן (NT, Ῥαββεί, Ῥαββουνεί which see);
a teacher: Jhn.1:39 20:16; of Jewish teachers, Luk.2:46, Jhn.3:10, cf. Rom.2:20-21; of John Baptist, Luk.3:12; of Jesus, Jhn.3:2, 10 8:4 11:28 13:13-14, and often in Syn., most frequently in voc., as title of address, as Mat.8:19, Mrk.4:38; of Jesus by himself, Mat.23:8; of an apostle, 1Ti.2:7, 2Ti.1:11; of Christians, 1Co.12:28-29, Eph.4:11, Act.13:1, Jas.3:1; of false teachers, 2Ti.4:3 (Cremer, 181; DB, i, 609, iii, 294, iv, 691)
SYN.: παιδευτής, q.v (AS) G1321 G1321 = G1321 διδάσκω didaskō G:V to teach διδάσκω
[in LXX chiefly for למד pl., also for ידע hi., ירה hi., etc. ;]
to teach (i.e. instruct) a person, teach a thing;
__1. trans.: with accusative of person(s), Mat.5:2, Mrk.1:22, al.; before ὅτι, Mrk.8:31; περί, 1Jn.2:27; with inf., Luk.11:1; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.6:30 12:14; with cogn. accusative, Mat.15:9 (LXX); with dupl. accusative, Mrk.4:2, Jhn.14:26; pass., Gal.1:12, 2Th.2:15; with dative of person(s) (like Heb., cf. Job.21:23, but prob. a vernac. usage, see Swete, in l.), Rev.2:14.
__2. Absol., to teach, give instruction: Mat.4:23, Mrk.1:21, and often in Gosp., Rom.12:7, 1Co.4:17, 1Ti.2:12, al.
SYN.: παιδεύω (cf. Westc., Heb., 402; Cremer, 180). (AS) G1322 G1322 = G1322 διδαχή didachē G:N-F teaching διδαχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(διδάσκω), [in LXX: Psa.60:1-12 title. (לָמַד pi.); Sm.: Deu.33:8 * ;]
__1. objectively, teaching, doctrine, that which is taught: Mrk.1:27, Jhn.7:16, Act.17:19, Rom.6:7 16:17, 2Jn.10, Rev.2:24; with genitive poss., Mat.7:28 16:12 22:33, Mrk.1:22 11:18, Luk.4:32, Jhn.18:19, Act.5:28, Rev.2:14-15; ἡ δ., of Christ, Jhn.7:17, Act.13:12, 2Jn.9; of. τὴν δ., Tit.1:9; with genitive obj., βαπτισμῶν δ., Heb.6:2; pl., Heb.13:9.
__2. Actively, teaching: Act.2:42, 2Ti.4:2; ἐν τ. δ., in the course of his teaching: Mrk.4:2 12:38; λαλεῖν ἐν δ., 1Co.14:6; ἔχειν δ., 1Co.14:26 (DCG, i, 485; Cremer, 181).†
SYN.: διδασκαλία (AS) G1323 G1323 = G1323 δίδραχμος didrachmos G:N-N two-drachma δίδραχμος, -ον
(δίς, δραχμή),
worth two drachmae; τὸ δ. (sc. νόμισμα, coin),
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁקֶל (Gen.23:15, a1.), also for כֶּסֶף: Gen.20:16, Deu.22:29 ;]
a double drachma, nearly equal to the Jewish half-shekel, the amount of the Temple tax: Mat.17:24 (DB, iii, 428).†
(AS) G1324 G1324 = a Name of G2381 Δίδυμος Didumos N:N-M-P Twin Δίδυμος, -ου, ὁ
(prop. name from δίδυμος, -η, -ον, double, sc. παῖς, twin)
Didymus, surname of the apostle Thomas: Jhn.11:16 20:24 21:2.†
(AS) G1325 G1325 = G1325 δίδωμι didōmi G:V to give δίδωμι,
[in LXX chiefly for נָתַן (53 words in all) ;]
to give—in various senses, accusative to context—bestow, grant, supply, deliver, commit, yield: absol., Act.20:35; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.4:9 5:31, Jhn.1:12, al. mult.; with dative of person(s), before ἐκ, Mat.25:8; id. with genitive part.. Rev.2:17; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.3:16, Rev.20:13, al.; δεξιάς, Gal.2:9; φίλημα, Luk.7:45; γνῶσιν, Luk.1:77; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:22; of seed yielding fruit, Mrk.4:7, 8; ἐργασίαν (Deiss., LAE, 117f.), Luk.12:58; with inf. fin., Mat.27:34, Mrk.5:43, Luk.8:55, Jhn.6:52, al.; with dative of person(s) and inf., Luk.1:74, al.; with accusative and inf., Act.2:27, Rev.3:9; with dupl. accusative, Mat.20:28, Mrk.10:45, Eph.1:22 4:11, 2Th.3:9, 1Ti.2:6, al.; ἑαυτὸν δ. εἰς (Polyb., al.), Act.19:31; with dative of person(s), before κατά (MM, Exp., xi), Rev.2:28 (LXX); δ. ἵνα, Rev.3:9; δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην, Rev.3:8.
SYN.: δωρέομαι. (AS) G1326 G1326 = G1326 διεγείρω diegeirō G:V to arouse δι-εγείρω
[in LXX: Jdth.1:4, Est.1:1, 2Ma.7:21 2Mac 15:10, 3Ma.5:15 * ;]
to arouse completely, arouse as from rest or sleep: Luk.8:24; pass., Mrk.4:39, Luk.8:24; of the sea, Jhn.6:18. Metaphorical, of the mind: ἐν ὑπομνήσει, 2Pe.1:13 3:1.†
(AS) G1327 G1327 = G1327 διέξοδος diexodos G:N-F thoroughfare δι-έ-οδος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for תּוֹצָאָה, as Num.34:4ff, and frequently in Jos;]
in π. of the conclusion of a trial (MM, Exp., xi); a way out through, an outlet; pl., δ. τῶν ὁδῶν, RV, the partings of the highways: Mat.22:9.†
(AS) G1328 G1328 = G1328 διερμηνευτής diermēneutēs G:N-M interpreter δι-ερμηνευτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(διερμηνεύω),
an interpreter: 1Co.14:28.†
(AS) G1329 G1329 = G1329 διερμηνεύω diermēneuō G:V to interpret δι-ερμηνεύω
[in LXX: 2Ma.1:36 * ;]
intensive of ἐρμηνεύω, to interpret;
__(a) to explain, expound: with accusative, Luk.24:27; absol., 1Co.12:30 14:5 14:13 14:27;
__(b) to translate: Act.9:36.†
(AS) G1330 G1330 = G1330 διέρχομαι dierchomai G:V to pass through δι-έρχομαι
[in LXX for אֵבֶר, הָלַךְ, בּוֹא, etc. ;]
__1. to go through, pass through;
__(a) of things: Mat.19:24, Mrk.10:25, Luk.2:35, al.;
__(b) of persons: Luk.19:4; with accusative loc., Luk.19:1, Heb.4:14, Act.12:10; before διά, with genitive loc., Mat.12:43, 1Co.10:1; before εἰς, Mrk.4:35; ἕως, Luk.2:15.
__2. to go about: Luk.9:6, Act.20:25; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc.), Luk.5:15
(AS) G1331 G1331 = G1331 διερωτάω dierōtaō G:V to ascertain δι-ερωτάω, -ῶ
to find by inquiry: with accusative, Act.10:17.†
(AS) G1332 G1332 = G1332 διετής dietēs G:A two years old διετής, -ές
(δίς, ἔτος), [in LXX: 2Ma.10:3 * ;]
__1. lasting two years.
__2. two years old: ἀπὸ δ. (sc. παιδός, or neuter; cf. 1Ch.27:23, ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς), Mat.2:16.†
(AS) G1333 G1333 = G1333 διετία dietia G:N-F two years διετία, -ας, ἡ
(διετής), [in LXX (Græc. Ven.): Gen.41:1 45:5 * ;]
the space of two years: Act.24:27 28:30.†
(AS) G1334 G1334 = G1334 διηγέομαι diēgeomai G:V to relate fully δι-ηγέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX chiefly for סָפַר pi. ;]
to set out in detail, recount, describe: absol., Heb.11:32; with accusative of thing(s), Act.8:33; with dative of person(s), before πῶς, Mrk.5:16, Act.9:27 12:17; ἅ εἶδον, Mrk.9:9; ὅσα ἐποίησε, -αν, Luk.8:39 9:10.†
(AS) G1335 G1335 = G1335 διήγησις diēgēsis G:N-F narrative δι-ήγησις, -εως, ἡ
(διηγέομαι), [in LXX: Jdg.7:15 מִסְפָּר Hab.2:6 חִידָה), frequently in (Sir.6:35, al.), 2Ma.2:32 2Mac 6:17 ;]
a narrative: Luk.1:1 (cf. Milligan, NTD, 130).†
(AS) G1336 G1336 = G1336 διηνεκής diēnekēs G:A perpetual δι-ηνεκής, -ές
(διήνεγκα, aorist of διαφέρω) [in Sm.: Psa.48:15, 89:30 ;]
unbroken, continuous: adverbially, εἰς τὸ δ., continually (for exx., see Deiss., BS, 251), Heb.7:3 10:1, 12 10:14†
(AS) G1337 G1337 = G1337 διθάλασσος dithalassos G:A sandbar διθάλασσος, -ον
(δις, θύλασσα);
__1. divided into two seas (as the Euxine, Strab., ii, 522).
__2. dividing the sea: τόπον δ., a tongue of land, or reef, running out into the sea: Act.27:41.†
(AS) G1338 G1338 = G1338 διϊκνέομαι diikneomai G:V to penetrate δι-ικνέομαι (Rec. διϊκ-), -οῦμαι,
[in LXX for בָּרַח hi., Exo.26:28 * ;]
to go through, penetrate: Heb.4:12.†
(AS) G1339 G1339 = G1339 διΐστημι diistēmi G:V to pass δι-ίσπημι
(Rec. διΐσ), [in LXX: Eze.5:1 (חָלַק pi.), Pro.17:9 (פָּרַד hi.), etc. ;]
to set apart, separate; of time (or space), to make an interval, intervene: διαστάσης ὥρας μιᾶς, Luk.22:59; βραχὺ διαστήσαντες, Act.27:28. In pass., mid. and 2 aor., pf. and plpf. act., to part, withdraw: Luk.24:51.†
(AS) G1340 G1340 = G1340 διϊσχυρίζομαι diischurizomai G:V to insist δι-ισχυρίζομαι (T, Rec. διϊσ-), depon.;
__1. to lean upon.
__2. to affirm confidently: with ptcp., Luk.22:59; with accusative and inf. (Bl., § 70, 3), Act.12:15.†
(AS) G1341 G1341 = G1341 δικαιοκρισία dikaiokrisia G:N-F justice δικαιοκρισία, -ας, ἡ
righteous judgment: Rom.2:5 (cf. τ. δικαίας κρίσεως, 2Th.1:5; τὴν δ. κ., Jhn.7:24. For use in π., see Deiss., LAE, 89 f.).†
(AS) G1342 G1342 = G1342 δίκαιος dikaios G:A just δίκαιος, -α, -ον
(δίκη), [in LXX chiefly for צַדִּיק (for rendering of צַדִּיק in sense of correct, see Deiss., BS, 115 f.); sometimes for נָקִי as Pro.1:11, al. ;]
in early Gk. writers
__(a) of persons, observant of δίκη, custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and men ;
__(b) of things, righteous, in accordance with right.
In NT
__1. righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing corresponding to the Divine standard of right
__(a) of persons: of God, Rom.3:26, 1Jn.2:29 Jn 3:7; of Christ, Act.3:14 7:52 22:14, 1Pe.3:18, 1Jn.2:1; of men, Mat.1:19 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f.) Mat.10:41 13:17, 43 13:49, Luk.1:6, 17, Rom.5:7, 1Ti.1:9, Jas.5:6, 1Pe.3:12, 1Jn.3:7, Rev.22:11, al.; δ. καὶ εὐλαβής, Luk.2:25; ἅγιος, Mrk.6:20; ἀγαθός, Luk.23:50; φοβούμενος τ. θεόν, Act.10:22; opposite to ἀμαρτωλοὶ καὶ ἀσεβεῖς, 1Pe.4:18; ἄδικοι, Mat.5:45, Act.24:15; δ. ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.1:17, Gal.3:11, Heb.10:38" (LXX) ; δ. παρὰ τ. θεῷ, Rom.2:13
__(b) of things: ἔργα δ., opposite to πονηρὰ, 1Jn.3:12; ἐντολή, Rom.7:12; metaphorically, αἷμα, Mat.23:35; τὸ δ., Luk.12:57; δ. ἐστιν, Act.4:19, Eph.6:1, Php.1:7; ὅ, Mat.20:4; ὅσα, Php.4:8
__2. In narrower sense
__(a) of persons, as in later cl. writers, just, rendering to each his due: Tit.1:8, 1Jn.1:9; δ. κριτής, 2Ti.4:8
__(b) of things: τὸ δ., Col.4:1; δ., sc. ἐστιν, 2Th.1:6; κρίσις δ., Jhn.5:30; ὁδοί, Rev.15:3
SYN.: ἀγαθός (which see), καλός, χρηστός (Cremer, 183, 690). (AS) G1343 G1343 = G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosunē G:N-F righteousness δικαιοσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(δίκαιος), [in LXX chiefly for צֶדֶק, and cognates, Gen.15:6, al., rarely for חֶסֶד, Gen.19:19 ;]
the character of ὁ δίκαιος (which see)
__1. in broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the Divine will in purpose, thought and action: Mat.5:6, Jhn.16:8, Act.13:10, Rom.4:3; λόγος δικαιοσύνης, teaching of r., Heb.5:13; βασιλεὺς δ. (cf. FlJ, BJ, vi, 10, β. δίκαιος), Heb.7:2; ὅπλα δ., Rom.6:13; ὁδὸς δ., Mat.21:32; θώραξ τῆς δ., Eph.6:14; διὰκονοι δ., 2Co.11:15; ὁσιότης καὶ δ., Luk.1:75, cf. Eph.4:24; ἀγαθωσύνῃ καὶ δ., Eph.5:9; δ. κ. εἰρήνη κ. χαρά, Rom.14:17; δ. κ. ἁγιασμός, 1Co.1:30; opposite to ἁμαρτία, Rom.8:10; ἀνομία, 2Co.6:14; άδικία, Rom.3:5; ποιεῖν τὴν δ., 1Jn.2:29 Jn 3:7; id. as an inclusive term for the active duties of the religious life (ICC, in l; Abbott, Essays, 73 ff), Mat.6:1; ἐργάζεσθαι δ., Act.10:35; διώκειν δ., 1Ti.6:11; πληροῦν πᾶσαν δ., Mat.3:15; ζῆν τῇ δ., 1Pe.2:24; δ. θεοῦ, a righteousness divine in its character and origin, Mat.6:33, Jas.1:20, (where it also includes the idea of God's personal r.; see ICC, on Rom.1:17) Rom.1:17 3:5, 21-26 10:3, 2Co.5:21, Php.3:9; ἡ δ. τ. πίσιεως, Rom.4:11; ἡ ἐκ π. δ., Rom.9:30; ἡ κατὰ π. δ., Heb.11:7; opposite to this is ἡ ἐκ νόμου δ., Rom.10:5; ἡ δ. ἐν ν., Php.3:6; ἡ ἰδία δ., Rom.10:3, cf. Php.3:9
__2. In narrower sense (cf. δίκαιος), justice: Act.17:31, 2Pe.1:1, Rev.19:11 (DCG, ii, 529 ff.; Cremer, 190, 690).
(AS) G1344 G1344 = G1344 δικαιόω dikaioō G:V to justify δικαιόω, -ῶ
(δίκαιος), [in LXX chiefly for צָדַק pi., hi., (1) as Eze.16:51, Jer.3:11 (cf. NT usage); (2) as Deu.25:1; Exo.23:7, Isa.50:8 ;]
__1. in cl.,
__(a) with accusative of thing(s), to deem right;
__(b) with accusative of person(s), to do one justice; pass., δικαιοῦσθαι, to be treated rightly, opposite to ἀδικεῖσθαι.
__2. In NT, as in LXX, and as usual with verbs in -όω from adjectives of moral meaning;
__(1) to show to be righteous: Mat.11:19, Luk.7:35, Rom.3:4" (LXX), 1Ti.3:16;
__(2) to declare, pronounce righteous: Luk.7:29 10:29 16:15 18:14, Rom.2:13 3:24, 26 3:28 4:5 8:30, 33, Tit.3:7; before ἀπό, Mat.11:19, Luk.7:35, Act.13:39, Rom.6:7; ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.3:30 5:1, Gal.2:16 3:8, 24; ἐξ ἔργων, Rom.3:20 (LXX) Rom.4:2, Gal.2:16, Jas.2:21, 24-25; ἐκ τ. λόγων, Mat.12:37; διὰ τ. πίστεως, Rom.3:30; with dative, Rom.3:24, 28, Tit.3:7; before ἐν, Act.13:39, Rom.3:4 5:9, 1Co.4:4 6:11, Gal.2:17 3:11 5:4, 1Ti.3:16 (see Cremer, 193, 693; DB, ii, 826 ff.).†
(AS) G1345 G1345 = G1345 δικαίωμα dikaiōma G:N-N righteous act δικαίωμα, -τος, τ
(δικαιόω), [in LXX most frequently for חֹק, in Ez, chiefly for מִשְׁפָּט, in Pss, τὰ δ., frequently for פִּקּוּד ;]
a concrete expression of righteousness, the expression and result of the act of δικαίωσις, "a declaration that a thing is δίκαιον, or that a person is δίκαιος," hence,
__(a) an ordinance: δ. τ. θεοῦ, Rom.1:32; τ. κυρίου, Luk.1:6; τ. νόμου, Rom.2:26 8:4; λατρείας, Heb.9:1; σαρκός, Heb.9:10;
__(b) a sentence: of acquittal, Rom.5:16 (also Rom.5:18; ICC, in l), or of condemnation;
__(with) a righteous act: Rom.5:18 (RV), Rev.15:4 19:8 (on the usage of π., see MM, Exp., iii, xi).
† (AS) G1346 G1346 = G1346 δικαίως dikaiōs G:ADV rightly δικαίως
adv. (δίκαιος, which see), [in LXX for צֶדֶק, etc. ;]
__1. righteously: 1Co.15:34, 1Th.2:10, Tit.2:12.
__2. justly: Luk.23:41, 1Pe.2:23.†
(AS) G1347 G1347 = G1347 δικαίωσις dikaiōsis G:N-F justification δικαίωσις, -εως, ἡ
(δικαιόω), [in LXX for מִשְׁפָּט, Lev.24:22 * ;]
the act of pronouncing righteous, justification, acquittal: Rom.4:25 5:18 (Cremer, 199).†
(AS) G1348 G1348 = G1348 δικαστής dikastēs G:N-M magistrate δικαστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(δικάζω), [in LXX for שָׁפַט ;]
a judge: Act.7:27, 35" (LXX) .†
SYN.: κριτής, WH. "gives prominence to the mental process" (Thayer). δ. is the forensic term. In Attic law, the δικασταί were jurors, with a κριτής as presiding officer (LS, see word; Enc. Brit. 11, xii, 504 f.) (AS) G1349 G1349 = G1349 δίκη dikē G:N-F condemnation δίκη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for נָקָם, רִיב, etc. ;]
__1. custom.
__2. right.
__3. a judicial hearing; hence its result, the execution of a sentence, punishment: δ. τίνειν, 2Th.1:9; δ. υπεχειν, Ju 7.
__4. Personified (cf. Lat. Justitia), justice, vengeance: Act.28:4.†
(AS) G1350 G1350 = G1350 δίκτυον diktuon G:N-N net δίκτυον, -ον, τό
[in LXX chiefly for רֶשֶׁת, שְׂבָכָה ;]
general term for a net: Mat.4:20-21, Mrk.1:18-19, Luk.5:2, 4-6, Jhn.21:6, 8 21:11 †
SYN.: ἀμφίβληστρον (which see), σαγήνη. (AS) G1351 G1351 = G1351 δίλογος dilogos G:A insincere διλογος, -ον
(δίς, λέγω),
__1. in sense of διλογεῖν, -ία (Xen.), given to repetition.
__2. In NT, prob. (cf. δίγλωσσος, Pro.11:13, Sir.5:9) double-tongued: 1Ti.3:8.†
(AS) G1352 G1352 = G1352 διό dio G:CONJ therefore διό
conjunct. for δι᾽ ὅ,
wherefore, on which account: Mat.27:8, Luk.7:7, Act.15:19, Rom.1:24, al.; δ. καί, Luk.1:35, Act.10:29 24:26, Rom.4:22 15:22, 2Co.1:20 4:13 5:9, Php.2:9, Heb.11:12 13:12 (see Ellic. on Gal.4:31).
(AS) G1353 G1353 = G1353 διοδεύω diodeuō G:V to go through δι-οδεύω,
[in LXX chiefly for עבר ;]
__1. to travel through: with accusative, Act.17:1
__2. to travel along (Bar.4:2, 1Ma.12:32-33): Luk.8:1.†
(AS) G1354 G1354 = G1354 Διονύσιος Dionusios N:N-M-P Dionysius Διονύσιος, -ου, ὁ
Dionysius, an Athenian: Act.17:34.†
(AS) G1355 G1355 = G1355 διόπερ dioper G:CONJ for διό-περ conjunct. (διό, which see, strengthened by πέρ),
[in LXX: Jdth.8:17; Jdt.8.1-36; 2Ma.5:1-27 * ;]
for which very reason: 1Co.8:13 10:14.†
(AS) G1356 G1356 = G1356 διοπετής diopetēs G:A fallen from heaven διοπετής (written also διϊπ-), -ές
(δῖος, πίπτω, see Page on Ac, l.with; DB, i, 605, n., ext., 112a; Field, Notes, 130 f.),
fallen from heaven (R, mg.): τὸ δ. (sc. ἄγαλμα, statue, image), Act.19:35.†
(AS) G1357 G1357 = G1357 διόρθωσις diorthōsis G:N-F reformation διόρθωσις, -εως, ἡ (see supr.),
__1. a making straight.
__2. a reforming, reformation (used in late writers of laws, etc.): Heb.9:10 (Cremer, 807).†
διόρθωμα, -τος, τό
(διορθόω, to make straight, set right),
a correction, reform: Act.24:3.†
διόρθωσις, -εως, ἡ (see supr.),
__1. a making straight.
__2. a reforming, reformation (used in late writers of laws, etc.): Heb.9:10 (Cremer, 807).†
(AS) G1358 G1358 = G1358 διορύσσω diorussō G:V to break in δι-ορύσσω
[in LXX: Job.24:16, Exo.12:5, 7 12:12, (חָתַר) * ;]
to dig through: with accusative, of house-breaking (as in π.; MM, Exp., xi), Mat.24:43, Luk.12:39; absol., Mat.6:19-20.†
(AS) G1359 G1359 = G1359 Διόσκουροι Dioskouroi N:N--T the twin gods Διόσ-κουροι, -ων, οἱ
(Ion. and κοινή form of Att..., Διόσκοροι; Διός, genitive of Ζεύς + κόρος, a son),
the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux), twin sons of Zeus and Leda (RV, The Twin Brothers): Act.28:11.†
(AS) G1360 G1360 = G1360 διότι dioti G:CONJ because δι-ότι , conjunct., for διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι (Lat. propterea quod),
because: Luk.1:13 2:7 21:28, Act.13:35 18:10 20:26 22:18, Rom.1:19, 21 3:20 8:7, 21, 1Co.15:9, Php.2:26, 1Th.2:8, 18 (Lft., Notes, 37) 1Th.4:6, Heb.11:5, 23, Jas.4:3, 1Pe.1:16 1:24 2:6. It is usually stronger than ὅτι, but sometimes, as in Luk.1:13, Rom.1:19, 1Th.2:18, approximates to MGr. sense, for; cf. Milligan, Th., l.with†
(AS) G1361 G1361 = G1361 Διοτρεφής Diotrephēs N:N-M-P Diotrephes Διοτρέφης (Rec. -τρεψής), -ες
(Διός, genitive of Ζεύς + τρέφω: cherished by Zeus),
as proper name, Diotrephes: III Jn 9.†
(AS) G1362 G1362 = G1362 διπλοῦς diplous G:A double διπλόος
(poët., διπλός, whence corp. -ότερον), -όη, -όον (-οῦ, -ῆ, -οῦν) [in LXX for כָּפַל, מִשְׁנֶה, and cognates ;]
twofold, double: 1Ti.5:17, Rev.18:6; διπλότιρον, in twofold measure: Mat.23:15.†
(AS) G1363 G1363 = G1363 διπλόω diploō G:V to double διπλόω, -ῶ
(δυτλόος),
to double: δ. τὰ διπλᾶ, Rev.18:6.†
(AS) G1364 G1364 = G1364 δίς dis G:ADV twice δίς
adv.,
twice: Mrk.14:30, 72; δ. τ. σαββάτου, Luk.18:12; καὶ ἅπαξ κ. δ., Php.4:16, 1Th.2:18; δ. ἀποθανόντα, Ju 12 (see Mayor, ICC, in l); δ. μυριάδες, Rev.9:16.†
(AS) G1365 G1365 = G1365 διστάζω distazō G:V to doubt διστάζω
(δίς),
to doubt, hesitate: Mat.14:31 28:17.†
SYN.: ἀπορέω, διαπορέω, διακρίνομαι, μετεωρίζομαι (see DCG, i, 491) (AS) G1366 G1366 = G1366 δίστομος distomos G:A double-edged δίστομος, -ον
(δίς, στόμα), [in LXX: Jdg.3:16, Psa.149:6, Pro.5:4 (פֶּה), Sir.21:3 * ;]
__1. of rivers and roads, double-mouthed, double branching.
__2. Of swords (Eur.; LXX, ll with), two-edged: Heb.4:12, Rev.1:16 2:12.†
(AS) G1367 G1367 = G1367 δισχίλιοι dischilioi G:A two thousand two thousand , (Herdotus Historicus):—;singular with collective nouns, δισχιλίη ἵππος 2000 horse, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G1368 G1368 = G1368 διϋλίζω diulizō G:V to strain out δι-υλίζω
(δια, ὑλίζω, to strain) [in LXX: Amo.6:6 * ;]
__1. to strain thoroughly (Archytas; Am., l.with).
__2. Later, to strain out: figuratively, Mat.23:24.†
(AS) G1369 G1369 = G1369 διχάζω dichazō G:V to disunite διχάζω
(δίχα, apart), [in Aq.: Lev.1:17, Deu.14:6 * ;]
to cut apart, divide in two; metaphorically, to set at variance: Mat.10:35.†
(AS) G1370 G1370 = G1370 διχοστασία dichostasia G:N-F dissension διχοστασία, -ας, ἡ
(διχοστατέω, to stand apart), [in LXX: 1Ma.3:29 * ;]
standing apart, dissension: Rom.16:17, Gal.5:20.†
(AS) G1371 G1371 = G1371 διχοτομέω dichotomeō G:V to cut in two διχοτομέω, -ῶ
(διχοτόμος, δίχα, τέμνω), [in LXX: Exo.29:17 (נָתַח pi.) ;]
to cut in two, cut asunder: perh. metaphorically of severe scourging (but see Meyer on Mt, l.with, and cf. 1Ki.15:33, 2Ki.12:31, Heb.11:37), Mat.24:51, Luk.12:46.†
(AS) G1372 G1372 = G1372 διψάω dipsaō G:V to thirst διψάω,-ῶ
(δίψα, thirst), [in LXX chiefly for צָמֵא ;]
to thirst: absol., Mat.25:35, 37 25:42, 44, Jhn.4:13, 15 19:28, Rom.12:20" (LXX), 1Co.4:11; figuratively, Jhn.4:14 6:35 7:37, Rev.7:16 21:6 22:17; with accusative (= cl. with genitive), τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.5:6.†
(AS) G1373 G1373 = G1373 δίψος dipsos G:N-N thirst δίψος, -εος (-ους), τό
(late form of δίψα), [in LXX chiefly for and cognates ;]
thirst: 2Co.11:27.†
(AS) G1374 G1374 = G1374 δίψυχος dipsuchos G:A double-minded δίψυχος, -ον
(δίς, ψυχή),
of two minds, wavering: Jas.1:8 4:8 (Cremer, 588; DB, iv, 528).†
(AS) G1375 G1375 = G1375 διωγμός diōgmos G:N-M persecution διωγμός, -oῦ, ὁ
(διώκω), [in LXX: Pro.11:19 (רָדַף pi.), La 3:19 (מָרוּד), 2Ma.12:23 * ;]
persecution: Mat.13:21, Mrk.4:17 10:30 Act.8:1 13:50, Rom.8:35, 2Co.12:10, 2Th.1:4, 2Ti.3:11.†
(AS) G1376 G1376 = G1376 διώκτης diōktēs G:N-M persecutor διώκτης, -ου, ὁ
(διώκω),
a persecutor: 1Ti.1:13.†
(AS) G1377 G1377 = G1377 διώκω diōkō G:V to pursue διώκω
[in LXX chiefly for רָדַף ;]
__1. to put to flight, drive away: Mat.23:34.
__2. to pursue;
__(a) of persons; with accusative, without hostility, to follow after: Luk.17:23; with hostile purpose: Act.26:11, Rev.12:13. Hence, to persecute: Mat.5:10-12, 44 10:23, Luk.11:49 21:12, Jhn.5:16 15:20, Act.7:52 9:4-5 22:4, 7-8 26:14-15 Rom.12:14, 1Co.4:12 15:9, 2Co.4:9, Gal.1:13, 23 4:29 5:11 6:12, Php.3:6, 2Ti.3:12;
__(b) metaphorically, with accusative of thing(s), of seeking eagerly after: Rom.9:30, 1Ti.6:11, 2Ti.2:22; νόμον δικαιοσύνης, Rom.9:31; τ. φιλοξενίαν, Rom.12:13; εἰρήνην, Heb.12:14, 1Pe.3:11; τὰ τῆς εἰ., Rom.14:19; τ. ἀγάπην, 1Co.14:1; τὸ ἀγαθόν, 1Th.5:15; absol., to follow on, drive, or speed on (Æsch.), Php.3:12, 14.†
(AS) G1378 G1378 = G1378 δόγμα dogma G:N-N decree δόγμα, -τος, τό
(δοκέω), [in LXX chiefly for דָּת, טְעֵם ;]
__1. an opinion.
__2. A public decree, ordinance: of Roman rulers, Luk.2:1, Act.17:7; of the Jewish law, Eph.2:15, Col.2:14; of the Apostles, Act.16:4 (Cremer, 205).†
(AS) G1379 G1379 = G1379 δογματίζω dogmatizō G:V to decree δογματίζω
[in LXX: Est.3:9 (כָּתַב ni.), Dan LXX 2:13, 15 (דָּת), I Est.6:34, 2Ma.10:3 2Mac 15:36, 3Ma.4:11 * ;]
to decree. Mid., to subject oneself to an ordinance: Col.2:20.†
(AS) G1380 G1380 = G1380 δοκέω dokeō G:V to think δοκέω, -ῶ
(δόκος, opinion, δέκομαι, Ion, form of δέχ-), [in LXX for טוֹב, נָדַב, etc. ;]
__1. to be of opinion, suppose: Mat.24:44, Luk.12:40, Heb.10:29; with inf., Mat.3:9, Luk.8:18 24:37, Jhn.5:39 16:2, Act.12:9 27:13, 1Co.3:18 7:40 8:2 10:12 14:37, Gal.6:3, Php.3:4, Jas.1:26; with accusative and inf., 1Co.12:23, 2Co.11:16; before ὅτι, Mat.6:7 26:53, Mrk.6:49, Luk.12:51 13:2, 4 19:11, Jhn.5:45 11:13, 31 13:29 20:15, 1Co.4:9, 2Co.12:19, Jas.4:5.
__2. to seem, be reputed: Act.25:27; with inf., Mrk.10:42, Luk.10:36 22:24, Act.17:13 26:9, 1Co.11:16 12:22, 2Co.10:9, Gal.2:6, 9, Heb.4:1 12:11; οἱ δοκοῦντες, those of repute, Gal.2:2. Impers., it seems, with dative of person(s);
__(a) to think: Mat.17:25 18:12 21:28 22:17, 42 26:66, Jhn.11:56, Heb.12:10;
__(b) to please, seem good to: with inf., Luk.1:3, Act.15:22, 25 15:23, 34.†
SYN. (δοκέω 1): ἡγέομαι 2, νομίζω2, οἴομαι; ἡ. and ν. properly express belief resting on external proof, ἡ. denoting the more careful judgment; δ. and οἴ. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of οἴ. is based on feeling, in δ. on thought (see Schmidt, with 17) (δοκέω2): φαίνομαι; φ., from the standpoint of the object, "expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself"; δ., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's subjective judgment about a matter (see Tr., Syn., LXXx; Cremer, 204). (AS) G1381 G1381 = G1381 δοκιμάζω dokimazō G:V to test δοκιμάζω
(δόκιμος), [in LXX chiefly for בָּחַן ;]
__1. primarily of metals (Pro.8:10 17:3, Sir.2:5, Wis.3:6), to test, try, prove (in the hope and expectation that the test will prove successful, see reff. s. Syn.): χρυσίον, 1Pe.1:7; other things, Luk.12:56 14:19, 2Co.8:8, Gal.6:4, 1Th.2:4 5:21; τὰ διαφέροντα, Rom.2:18, Php.1:10 (R, mg., but see infr.); πνεύματα, 1Jn.4:1; of men, 1Ti.3:10 (pass.); ἑαυτόν, 1Co.11:28, 2Co.13:5; before subst. clause, Rom.12:2, 1Co.3:13, Eph.5:10
__2. As the result of trial, to approve, think fit: Rom.1:28 14:22, 1Co.16:3, 2Co.8:22, 1Th.2:4 (δεδοκιμάσμεθα); τὰ διαφέροντα, Rom.2:18, Php.1:10, R, txt. (but see supr.; cf. διαφέρω).†
(AS) G1382 G1382 = G1382 δοκιμή dokimē G:N-F test δοκιμή, -ῆς, ἡ
(δόκιμος), [in Sm.: Psa.68:31 * ;]
__1. the process of trial, proving, test: 2Co.8:2 9:13
__2. The result of trial, approval, approvedness, proof: Rom.5:4, 2Co.2:9 13:3, Php.2:22 (Cremer, 212, 701).†
(AS) G1383 G1383 = G1383 δοκίμιον dokimion G:N-N testing δοκίμιον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Pro.17:3 27:21 (מִצְרֵף) * ;]
usually regarded as a variant form of δοκιμεῖον, a test, and so perh. Jas.1:3 (see Mayor, in l), but see next word (cf. Cremer, 212, 702).†
(AS) G1384 G1384 = G1384 δόκιμος dokimos G:A tested δοκίμιος, -α, -ον
(δοκιμή), [in LXX: ἀργύριον δ. (עֲלִיל), Psa.12:6; and as seel. for δόκιμος (B), ἀργυρίου δ. (זָקַק pual.), 1Ch.29:4 (Bab); εἰ δ .ίστιν (יְקָר), Zec.11:13 א with a vid, Q *)* ;]
= δόκιμος,
tested, approved: τὸ δ. ὑμῶν τ. πίστεως, that which is approved in your faith, 1Pe.1:7 (where Hort suggests the seel. δόκιμος, found in some cursives), Jas.1:3 (but see Mayor, in l For full discussion of this word, not hitherto found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in π., see Deiss. (to whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259 ff.; MM, Exp., xi; cf. also Milligan, NTD, 76).†
δόκιμος, -ον
(δέκομαι = δέχομαι) [in LXX for זָקַק pual., etc. ;]
primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved: of persons, Rom.14:18 16:10, 1Co.11:19, 2Co.10:18 13:7, 2Ti.2:15, Jas.1:12 (Cremer, 212, 697).†
(AS) G1385 G1385 = G1385 δοκός dokos G:N-F plank δοκός, -οῦ, ἡ
(δέχομαι) [in LXX for קוֹרָה, etc. ;]
a beam of timber: Mat.7:3-5, Luk.6:41-42 (DCG, i, 176).†
(AS) G1386 G1386 = G1386 δόλιος dolios G:A deceitful δόλιος, -α, -ον
(δόλος), [in LXX—chiefly in Pss, Pr, Sir—for etc. ;]
deceitful: 2Co.11:13.†
(AS) G1387 G1387 = G1387 δολιόω dolioō G:V to deceive δολιόω
(δόλιος), [in LXX: Num.25:18, Psa.105:25 (נָכַל), Psa.5:6 (חָלַק hi.) * ;]
to deceive: ἐδολιοῦσαν (-σαν, frequently in κοινή Gk. for imperfect 3rd of person(s) pl.), Rom.3:13 (LXX).†
(AS) G1388 G1388 = G1388 δόλος dolos G:N-M deceit δόλος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for מִרְמָה;]
__1. in Hom., a bait.
__2. a snare.
__3. In the abstract, craft, deceit: Mat.26:4, Mrk.7:22 14:1, Jhn.1:47, Act.13:10, Rom.1:29, 2Co.12:16, 1Th.2:3, 1Pe.2:1 2:22 3:10" (LXX) (λαλῆσαι δ.).†
(AS) G1389 G1389 = G1389 δολόω doloō G:V to distort δολόω, -ῶ
(δόλος) [in LXX: Psa.15:3 (רָגַל), Psa.36:2 (חָלַק hi.) * ;]
__1. to ensnare.
__2. As of wine, to adulterate, corrupt: τ. λόγον τ. θεοῦ, 2Co.4:2.†
SYN.: καπηλεύω which see (AS) G1390 G1390 = G1390 δόμα doma G:N-N gift δόμα, -τος, τό
(δίδωμι), [in LXX for מַתָּנָה, etc. ;]
a gift: Mat.7:11, Luk.11:13, Eph.4:8" (LXX), Php.4:17.†
SYN.: δόσις, δῶρον, δωρεά, δώρημα (AS) G1391 G1391 = G1391 δόξα doxa G:N-F glory δόξα, -ης, ἡ
(δοκέω), [in LXX very frequently for כָּבוֹד, also for הוֹד ,פִּפְאֶרֶת, etc., 25 words in all ;]
in cl.,
__1. expectation, judgment, opinion (4Ma.5:18).
__2. opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute; in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory: Luk.14:10, Jhn.12:43, Heb.3:3; opposite to αἰσχύνη, Php.3:19; to ἀτιμία, 2Co.6:8; δ. κ. τιμή, Rom.2:7, 10 1Pe.1:7, 2Pe.1:17; ζητεῖν, Jhn.5:44 7:18 8:50, 1Th.2:6; λαμβάνειν, Jhn.5:41, 2Pe.1:17, Rev.5:12; διδόναι δ. τ. θεῷ (cf. נָתַן כָּבוֹד לַיהוָֹה, Jer.13:16, al.), Luk.17:18, Jhn.9:24, Act.12:23, Rom.4:20, Rev.4:9; εἰς (τ.) δ. θεοῦ, Rom.3:7 15:7, Php.1:11, al.; in doxologies, τ. θεῷ (ᾧ) ἡ δ., Luk.2:14, Rom.11:36 16:27, Gal.1:5, Eph.3:21, al.
__3. Later also (not cl.) as in LXX (= הוֹד, Job.39:20, 1Ch.29:25; כָּבוֹד, Job.19:9, Est.5:11, al.), visible brightness, splendour, glory: of light, Act.22:11; of heavenly bodies, 1Co.15:40ff.; esp. that wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud and in the Holy of Holies (= כָּבוֹד, Exo.16:10 25:22 40:34, al.; and new Heb. שְׁכִינָה, 2Ma.2:8; see DB, iv, 489b), Rom.9:4, Jas.2:1 (see Hort, Mayor, in l.); hence of the manifested glory of God, Rom.1:23, Col.1:11 Eph.1:6, 12 17 3:16; of the same as communicated to man through Christ, 2Co.3:18 4:6; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall enter hereafter, Rom.8:18, 21 9:23, 2Ti.2:10, al.
SYN.: ἔπαινος τιμή (see Hort on 1Pe.1:7). (AS) G1392 G1392 = G1392 δοξάζω doxazō G:V to glorify δοξάζω
(δόξα), [in LXX chiefly for כָּבַד ni., pi., also for פָּאַר, etc. ;]
__1. to think, suppose, hold an opinion (Æsch., Plat., al.).
__2. To bestow δόξα (which see) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc., iii, 45; Plut., al.): with accusative, Mat.5:16, Mrk.2:12, Jhn.8:54, Rom.15:6, 1Pe.2:12, al.; id. before ἐπί Luk.2:20; ἐν, Gal.1:24, 1Pe.4:16.
__3. In LXX and NT (see: δόξα, 3), to clothe with splendour, glorify (Exo.34:29-30, Psa.37:20, Isa.44:23, Est.3:1, al): Rom.8:30, 2Co.3:10, 2Th.3:1, 1Pe.1:8, al.; of Christ, Jhn.7:39 8:54, al. (on the Johannine use, see Cremer, 211; Westc., Jo., Intr.); of the Father, Jhn.13:31-32, 1Pe.4:11, al. (cf. ἐν-, συν-δοξάζω).
(AS) G1393 G1393 = a Name of G5000 Δορκάς Dorkas N:N-F-P Dorcas Δορκάς, -άδος, ἡ
(δορκάς, a gazelle),
Dorcas, also called Ταβειθά, which see: Act.9:36, 39.†
(AS) G1394 G1394 = G1394 δόσις dosis G:N-F gift δόσις, -εως, ἡ
(δίδωμι) [in LXX for חֹק (Gen.47:22), (Pro.21:14 25:14), frequently in Sir. ;]
__1. properly, the act of giving: Php.4:15.
__2. Objectively, a gift: Jas.1:17.†
SYN.: see: δόμα (AS) G1395 G1395 = G1395 δότης dotēs G:N-M giver δότης, -ου, ὁ
(δίδωμι), [in LXX: Pro.22:8 * ;]
= δοτήρ,
a giver: 2Co.9:7 (LXX) (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G1396 G1396 = G1396 δουλαγωγέω doulagōgeō G:V to enslave δουλαγωγέω, -ῶ
(δοῦλος, ἄγω),
to make a slave, bring into bondage: 1Co.9:27 (Cremer, 703).†
(AS) G1397 G1397 = G1397 δουλεία douleia G:N-F slavery δουλεία (T, -λία), -ας, ἡ
(δουλεύω), [in LXX, as Exo.13:3, for עֶבֶד and cognates ;]
slavery, bondage: Rom.8:15, 21 Gal.4:24 5:1, Heb.2:15.†
(AS) G1398 G1398 = G1398 δουλεύω douleuō G:V be a slave δουλεύω
(δοῦλος), [in LXX for עָבַד, as Gen.14:4, exc. Da TH Dan.7:14, 27 (פְּלַח), Isa.56:6 (שָׁרַת pi.)* ;]
to be a slave, be subject to, serve: absol., Rom.7:6, Gal.4:25, 1Ti.6:2; with dative of person(s), Mat.6:24, Luk.15:29 16:13, Rom.9:12" (LXX) ; of nations, Jhn.8:33, Act.7:7" (LXX) ; θεῷ, τ. κυρίῳ, Mat.6:24, Luk.16:13, Act.20:19, Rom.12:11 (R, mg., καιρῷ) Rom.16:18, Eph.6:7, Col.3:24, 1Th.1:9; τ. Χριστῷ, Rom.14:18, Col.3:24; νόμῳ θεοῦ, Rom.7:25; τ. θεοῖς, Gal.4:8; τ. καιρῷ, Rom.12:11 (R, mg. for κυρίῳ); ἀλλήλοις, Gal.5:13; σὺν ἐμοί Php.2:22; τ. ἁμαρτίᾳ, Rom.6:6; νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας, Rom.7:25;
ἐπιθυμίαις κ. ἡδοναις, Tit.3:3; τ. κοιλία, Rom.16:18; μαμωνᾷ, Mat.6:24, Luk.16:13; τ. στοιχείοις τ, κόσμου, Gal.4:9 (Cremer, 217).†
(AS) G1399 G1399 = a Form of G1401 δούλη doulē G:N-F female slave δούλη, ἡ, see: δοῦλος.
δοῦλος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX, ὁ δ. nearly always for עֶבֶד; ὁ δ. chiefly for שִׁפְחָה ,אָמָה ;]
__1. in bondage to, subject to: Rom.6:19.
__2. As subst., ὁ, ἡ δ., a slave;
__(a) fem., ἡ δ., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702; DB, iii, 215): Luk.1:38, 48 Act.2:18" (LXX) ;
__(b) masc., ὁ δ., a slave, bond-man: Mat.8:9 18:23, al.; opposite to ἐλεύθερος, 1Co.7:22 12:13, Gal.3:28, Eph.6:8, Col.3:11, Rev.6:15 13:16 19:18; opposite to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Mat.10:24 13:27, 28 Luk.12:46, Jhn.15:15, Eph.6:5, Col.3:22 4:1, al.; metaphorically, δ. Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χρ., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Rom.1:1, 1Co.7:22, Gal.1:10, Eph.6:6, Php.1:1, Col.4:12, Jas.1:1, 2Pe.1:1, Ju 1; δ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. κυρίου, Act.16:17, 2Ti.2:24, Tit.1:1, 1Pe.2:16, Rev.7:3 15:3; δ. πονηρός, ἀχρεῖος, κακός, Mat.18:32 24:48 25:26, 30, Luk.17:10 19:22; δ. ἁμαρτίας, Jhn.8:34, Rom.6:17, 20; τ. φθορᾶς, 2Pe.2:19.
SYN.: διάκονος (q.V.), θεράπων, ὐπηρέτης (see DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702). (AS) G1400 G1400 = a Form of G1401 δοῦλον doulon G:N-N slave servant, slave; in the NT a person owned as a possession for various lengths of times (Hebrew slaves no more than seven years, Gentile slaves without time limit), of lower social status than free persons or masters; slaves could earn or purchase their freedom
a male slave, or servant, of various degrees, Mt. 8:9, and frequently ; a servitor, person of mean condition, Phil. 2:7; feminine δούλη, a female slave; a handmaiden, Lk. 1:38, 48; Acts 2:18; δοῦλος, used figuratively, in a bad sense, one involved in moral or spiritual thraldom, Jn. 8:34; Rom. 6:17, 20; 1Cor. 7:23; 2Pet. 2:19; in a good sense, a devoted servant or minister, Acts 16:17; Rom. 1:1; one pledged or bound to serve, 1Cor. 7:22; 2Cor. 4:5 G1401 G1401 = G1401 δοῦλος doulos G:N slave δοῦλος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX, ὁ δ. nearly always for עֶבֶד; ὁ δ. chiefly for שִׁפְחָה ,אָמָה ;]
__1. in bondage to, subject to: Rom.6:19.
__2. As subst., ὁ, ἡ δ., a slave;
__(a) fem., ἡ δ., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702; DB, iii, 215): Luk.1:38, 48 Act.2:18" (LXX) ;
__(b) masc., ὁ δ., a slave, bond-man: Mat.8:9 18:23, al.; opposite to ἐλεύθερος, 1Co.7:22 12:13, Gal.3:28, Eph.6:8, Col.3:11, Rev.6:15 13:16 19:18; opposite to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Mat.10:24 13:27, 28 Luk.12:46, Jhn.15:15, Eph.6:5, Col.3:22 4:1, al.; metaphorically, δ. Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χρ., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Rom.1:1, 1Co.7:22, Gal.1:10, Eph.6:6, Php.1:1, Col.4:12, Jas.1:1, 2Pe.1:1, Ju 1; δ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. κυρίου, Act.16:17, 2Ti.2:24, Tit.1:1, 1Pe.2:16, Rev.7:3 15:3; δ. πονηρός, ἀχρεῖος, κακός, Mat.18:32 24:48 25:26, 30, Luk.17:10 19:22; δ. ἁμαρτίας, Jhn.8:34, Rom.6:17, 20; τ. φθορᾶς, 2Pe.2:19.
SYN.: διάκονος (q.V.), θεράπων, ὐπηρέτης (see DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702). (AS) G1402 G1402 = G1402 δουλόω douloō G:V to enslave δουλόω, -ῶ
(δοῦλος), [in LXX for עָבַד ;]
to enslave, bring into bondage: Act.7:6 (LXX), 2Pe.2:19; metaphorically, 1Co.9:19; pass., before ἐν, 1Co.7:15; τ. θεῷ, Rom.6:22; τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, Rom.6:18; οἴνῳ, Tit.2:3; ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τ. κόσμου, Gal.4:3 (Cremer, 217).†
(AS) G1403 G1403 = G1403 δοχή dochē G:N-F banquet δοχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(δέχομαι), [in LXX: Gen.21:8, Est.1:3, al. (מִשְׁתֶּה), Dan LXX 5:1 (לֶחֶם) ;]
a feast, banquet: Luk.5:29 14:13.†
(AS) G1404 G1404 = G1404 δράκων drakōn G:N-M dragon δράκων, -ο τος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for תַּנִּין ;]
a dragon, a mythical monster: figuratively, of Satan, Rev.12:3-17 13:2, 4 13:11 16:13 20:2.†
(AS) G1405 G1405 = G1405 δράσσομαι drassomai G:V to catch δράσσομαι
[in LXX for נָשַׁק pi., Psa.2:12; elsewhere קָמַץ, as Lev.2:2 ;]
to grasp with the hand, to lay hold of: metaphorically, with accusative (M, Pr., 65), 1Co.3:19 (LXX).†
(AS) G1406 G1406 = G1406 δραχμή drachmē G:N-F drachma δραχμή, -ῆς, ἡ
(δράσσομαι), [in LXX: in Hex. for in בֶּקַע, שֶׁקֶל Ezra for אֲדַרְכֹּן, דַּרְכְּמוֹן ;]
a drachma, nearly equal to the Roman denarius (see: δηνόριον): Luk.15:8-9 (DCG, ii, 200).†
(AS) G1407 G1407 = G1407 δρέπανον drepanon G:N-N sickle δρέπανον, -ου, τό
(later form of Attic δρεπάνη, δρέπω, to pluck), [in LXX for מַזְמֵדָה, חֶרְמֵשׁ, etc. ;]
a sickle, pruning-hook; Mrk.4:29, Rev.14:14-19.†
(AS) G1408 G1408 = G1408 δρόμος dromos G:N-M racecourse δρόμος, -ου, ὁ
(δραμεῖν, see: τρέχω) [in LXX chiefly for מְרוּצָה ;]
a course: figuratively, of life or ministry, Act.13:25 20:24, 2Ti.4:7.†
(AS) G1409 G1409 = G1409 Δρούσιλλα Drousilla N:N-F-P Drusilla Δρούσιλλα (Rec. Δρουσίλλα), ης, ἡ
Drusilla, wife of Felix: Act.24:24.†
(AS) G1410 G1410 = G1410 δύναμαι dunamai G:V be able δύναμαι, depon.,
[in LXX chiefly for יָכֹל ;]
to be able, have power, whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: with inf. (M, Pr., 205; WM, §44, 3) pres., Mat.6:24, Mrk.2:7, Jhn.3:2, 1Co.10:21, al.; with inf. aor., Mat.3:9, Mrk.1:45, Jhn.3:3, 4 Rom.8:39, al.; with accusative, to be able to do something: Mrk.9:22, Luk.12:26; 2Co.13:8; absol., to be able, capable, powerful: 1Co.3:2 10:13.
(AS) G1411 G1411 = G1411 δύναμις dunamis G:N-F power δύναμις, -εως, ἡ
(δύναμαι), [in LXX for עֹז ,גּבוּרָה ,צָבָה ,(חֵיל) חַיִל, etc.; 35 words in all ;]
power, might, strength; relatively, ability, power to perform: Mat.25:15, Act.3:12, Heb.11:11; κατὰ δ., 2Co.8:3; παρὰ δ., ib.; ὑπὲρ δ., 2Co.1:8; of pecuniary ability, 2Co.8:3, Rev.18:3; absol., power, might: Luk.24:49, Act.1:8; opposite to ἀσθένεια, 1Co.15:43; ἡ δ. τ. ἁμαρτίας, 1Co.15:56; of power in action, Rom.1:16, 20 1Co.1:18, Php.3:10, al.; ἡ δ. τ. θεοῦ, Mat.22:29, Mrk.12:24, Rom.1:20, al.; opposite to μόρφωσις, 2Ti.3:5; in doxologies, Rev.4:11 7:12, al.; ἐν δ., Mrk.9:1, Luk.4:36, Rom.1:4, al.; of the power of performing miracles, Act.6:8, 2Th.2:9; pl., Mat.13:54, Mrk.6:14, Gal.3:5, al.; of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), 1Co.14:11. By meton., of persons or things;
__(a) of God, Mat.26:64, Mrk.14:62 (Dalman, Words, 200ff.);
__(b) of angels, Rom.8:38, Eph.1:21, 1Pe.3:22;
__(with) of armies, pl. [LXX for צְבָאוֹת ], metaphorically, of the stars, Mat.24:29, Mrk.13:25, Luk.21:26;
__(d) of that wh. manifests God's power: Christ, 1Co.1:24; τ. εὐαγγέλλιον, Rom.1:16; ἡ δ. τ. κυρίου, 1Co.5:4;
__(e) of mighty works (Tr., Syn., §xci), δ. ποιεῖν, Mrk.6:5 9:39; pl., Mat.7:22, Mrk.6:2, Luk.10:13, al.; σημεῖακ. δ., Act.8:13; δ. κ. τέρατα κ. σημεῖα, Act.2:22, 2Co.12:12.
SYN.: βία, ἐνέργεια, ἐξουσία, ἰσχύς, κράτος (see Tr., l.with; Cremer, 218, 236; DB, i, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188). (AS) G1412 G1412 = G1412 δυναμόω dunamoō G:V to empower δυναμόω, -ῶ
(δύναμις), [in LXX for עָזַז, Psa.52:7 68:28; גָּבַר pi., hi., Ecc.10:10, Da TH 9:27 * ;]
to make strong, strengthen: Eph.6:10 (WH, mg.; ἐνδυν-, WH, txt., RV), Col.1:11, Heb.11:34.†
(AS) G1413 G1413 = G1413 δυνάστης dunastēs G:N-M ruler δυνάστης, -ου, ὁ
(δύναμαι), [in LXX for גִּבּוֹר, עָרִיץ, בַּיִת, etc. ;]
a prince, ruler, potentate: Luk.1:52; of God (Sir.46:5, 16, 2Ma.15:3), 1Ti.6:15; of a high official (cf. δυνάσται Φαραώ, Gen.50:4), Act.8:27 (Cremer, 221).†
(AS) G1414 G1414 = G1414 δυνατέω dunateō G:V be able δυνατέω, -ῶ
(δυνατός),
to be able, be powerful, mighty: with inf., Rom.14:4, 2Co.9:8; absol., opposite to ἀσθενῶ 2Co.13:3.†
(AS) G1415 G1415 = G1415 δυνατός dunatos G:A able δυνατός, -ή, -όν
(δύναμαι), [in LXX for גִּבּוֹר, חַיִל, etc. ;]
__1. strong, mighty, powerful: absol., Luk.1:49, 1 Col.1:26; οἱ δ., the chief men, Act.25:5 ; of spiritual strength, Rom.15:1, 2Co.12:10 13:9; before ἐν, Luk.24:19, Act.7:22 18:24; πρός, 2Co.10:4.
__2. C. inf., able to do; Luk.14:31, Act.11:17, Rom.4:21 11:23, 2Ti.1:12, Tit.1:9, Heb.11:19, Jas.3:2.
__3. Neut., δυνατόν, possible: Mat.19:26, Mrk.9:23 10:27 14:36, Luk.18:27, Act.2:24 20:16; εἰ δ. (ἐστι), Mat.24:24 26:30, Mrk.13:22 14:35, Rom.12:18, Gal.4:15; τὸ δ. (= ἡ δύναμις) αὐτοῦ, Rom.9:22.†
(AS) G1416 G1416 = G1416 δύνω, δῦμι dunō, dumi G:V to set δύνω Ion, and trag. form of δύω,
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
to enter, sink into; of the sun (sc. όντον), set: Mrk.1:32, Luk.4:40
(cf. ἐκ-, ἀπ-εκ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-εν-, παρ-εισ-, ἐπι-δύνω).†
δύω, see: δύνω
δύνω Ion, and trag. form of δύω,
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
to enter, sink into; of the sun (sc. όντον), set: Mrk.1:32, Luk.4:40
(cf. ἐκ-, ἀπ-εκ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-εν-, παρ-εισ-, ἐπι-δύνω).†
δύω, see: δύνω
(AS) G1417 G1417 = G1417 δύο duo G:A-NUI two δύο, numeral, indecl. exc. in dative, δυσί, δυσίν (Attic δυοῖν),
two: Mat.19:6, Mrk.10:8, Jhn.2:6, al.; with pl. noun, Mat.9:27 10:10, al.; οἱ, τῶν, τοὺς δ., Mat.19:5 20:24, Mrk.10:8, Eph.2:15, al.; δ. ἐξ, Luk.24:13; distrib., ἀνὰ, κατὰ δ., two and two, two apiece: Luk.10:1 (WH, ἀνὰ δ. [δύο]), Jhn.2:6, 1Co.14:27; δύο δύο (= ἀνὰ δ., as LXX, Gen.6:19 for שְׁנַיִם שְׁנַיִם, but not merely "Hebraism," cf. μυρία μυρία, Æsch., Pers., 981, and for usage in π. and MGr., see M, Pr., 21, 97), Mrk.6:7; εἰς δ. (two and two, Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38.
(AS) G1418 G1418 = a Form of G1419 δυσ- dus- G:A hard δυσ-
inseparable prefix, opposite to εὖ, like un-, mis- (in unrest, mischance), giving the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, etc.
(AS) G1419 G1419 = G1419 δυσβάστακτος dusbastaktos G:A ponderous δυσ-βάστακτος, -ον
(βαστάζω), [in LXX for נֵטֶל, Pro.27:3 * ;]
hard to be borne: Mat.23:4 (om. WH, txt., R, mg.), Luk.11:46.†
(AS) G1420 G1420 = G1420 δυσεντερία dusenteria G:N-F dysentery δυσεντερία, -ας, ἡ,
Rec. for δυσεντέριον (which see), Act.28:8.†
(AS) G1421 G1421 = G1421 δυσερμήνευτος dusermēneutos G:A hard to interpret δυσερμήνευτος, -ον
(ἑρμηνεύω),
hard of interpretation: Heb.5:11.†
(AS) G1422 G1422 = G1422 δύσκολος duskolos G:A difficult δύσκολος, -ον
(κόλον, food), [in LXX for אֵיד, Jer.29:9 (Jer.49:8) (of. δυσκολία, Job.34:30; εὔκολος, 2Ki.15:3) * ;]
__1. properly, of persons, hard to satisfy with food, hence, generally, hard to please (Eur., Plat.).
__2. Of things, difficult, hard (Arist.): Mrk.10:24.†
(AS) G1423 G1423 = G1423 δυσκόλως duskolōs G:ADV difficultly δυσκόλως
adv.,
with difficulty: Mat.19:23, Mrk.10:23, Luk.18:24.†
(AS) G1424 G1424 = G1424 δυσμή dusmē G:N-F west δυσμή, -ῆς, ἡ
(= δύσις, δύνω), [in LXX for בּוֹא, עֲרָבָה, etc. ;]
mostly in pl., opposite to ἀνατολαί;
__1. a setting, as of the sun (accusative to Thayer, see word, so perhaps in Luk.12:54).
__2. the quarter of sunset, the west: anarth., Mat.8:11 24:27, Luk.12:54 13:29, Rev.21:13.†
(AS) G1425 G1425 = G1425 δυσνόητος dusnoētos G:A hard to understand δυσνόητος, -ον
(νοέω),
hard to understand: 2Pe.3:16.†
(AS) G1426 G1426 = G1426 δυσφημία dusphēmia G:N-F slander δυσφημία, -ας, ἡ
(δύσφημος, slanderous), [in LXX: 1Ma.7:38, 3Ma.2:20 * ;]
evil-speaking, defamation: opposite to εὐφημία, 2Co.6:8.†
(AS) G1427 G1427 = G1427 δώδεκα dōdeka G:A-NUI twelve δώδεκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl.
numeral, twelve: Mat.9:20 10:1, al.; οἱ δ., the apostles, Mat.10:5, Mrk.4:10, al.; in Act.19:7 24:11, for Rec. δεκαδύο.
(AS) G1428 G1428 = G1428 δωδέκατος dōdekatos G:A twelfth the twelfth , (Homer), etc.: epic δυωδ-, (Homer) (ML) G1429 G1429 = G1429 δωδεκάφυλος dōdekaphulos G:N-N twelve tribes δωδεκά-φυλος, -ον
(δώδεκα, φυλή),
of twelve tribes: as subst. neut., τό δ. (cf. λαὸς ὁ δ., Sibyll. Orac.), the twelve tribes, Act.26:7.†
(AS) G1430 G1430 = G1430 δῶμα dōma G:N-N housetop δῶμα, -τος, τό
(δέμω, to build), [in LXX for גָּג ;]
chiefly in poets and late (not Attic) prose;
__1. a house, hall.
__2. In LXX (and Hom., Od., x, 554; cf. MGr., terrace), house-top: ἐπὶ τ. δῶμα, Luk.5:19, Act.10:9; ἐπὶ τ. δώματος, -άτων, Mat.10:27 24:17, Mrk.13:15, Luk.12:3 17:31.†
(AS) G1431 G1431 = G1431 δωρεά dōrea G:N-F free gift δωρεά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(δίδωμι), [in LXX chiefly (-άν) for חִנָּם, as Gen.29:15 ;]
a gift: Act.11:17, Rom.5:15, Heb.6:4; δ. τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.4:10, Act.8:20; τ. Χριστοῦ, Eph.4:7; τ. πνεύματος, Act.2:38 10:45; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Rom.5:17; τ. χάριτος, Eph.3:7; ἀνεκδιηγήτὶῳ δ., 2Co.9:15. Acc, δωρεάν, adverbially (as frequently in LXX),
__(a) freely, as a gift: Mat.10:8, Rom.3:24, 2Co.11:7, 2Th.3:8, Rev.21:6 22:17;
__(b) in vain, uselessly: (Jhn.15:25 LXX) Gal.2:21.†
SYN.: see: δόμα (AS) G1432 G1432 = G1432 δωρεάν dōrean G:ADV freely δωρεάν, see: δωρεά.
δωρεά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(δίδωμι), [in LXX chiefly (-άν) for חִנָּם, as Gen.29:15 ;]
a gift: Act.11:17, Rom.5:15, Heb.6:4; δ. τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.4:10, Act.8:20; τ. Χριστοῦ, Eph.4:7; τ. πνεύματος, Act.2:38 10:45; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Rom.5:17; τ. χάριτος, Eph.3:7; ἀνεκδιηγήτὶῳ δ., 2Co.9:15. Acc, δωρεάν, adverbially (as frequently in LXX),
__(a) freely, as a gift: Mat.10:8, Rom.3:24, 2Co.11:7, 2Th.3:8, Rev.21:6 22:17;
__(b) in vain, uselessly: (Jhn.15:25 LXX) Gal.2:21.†
SYN.: see: δόμα (AS) G1433 G1433 = G1433 δωρέω dōreō G:V to give δωρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Gen.30:20 (זָבַד), Est.8:1, Pro.4:2 (נָתַן), Lev.7:15 (קׇרְבָּן), 1Es.1:7 Est.8:14 Est.8:55, Sir.7:25 * ;]
to present, bestow. As depon. (with same sense), -Ιομαι,.-οίμαι: Mrk.15:45, 2Pe.1:3-4.†
SYN.: δίδωμι, q.v (AS) G1434 G1434 = G1434 δώρημα dōrēma G:N-N free gift δώρημα, -τος, τό
(δωρέω), [in LXX: Sir.31:18 (Sir.34:18)* ;]
a gift, boon: Rom.5:16, Jas.1:17.†
SYN.: see: δόμα (AS) G1435 G1435 = G1435 δῶρον dōron G:N-N gift δῶρον, -ου, τό
(δίδωμι), [in LXX chiefly for קׇרְבָּן, also for מִנְחָה, etc. ;]
a gift, present: Mat.2:11, Rev.11:10; of gifts and sacrifices to God, Mat.5:23-24 8:4 15:5 23:18-19, Mrk.7:11, Luk.21:1, 4, Heb.5:1 8:3-4 9:9 11:4; δ. θεοῦ, Eph.2:8.†
SYN.: see word δόμα (AS) G1436 G1436 = G1436 ἔα ea G:INJ ha!/aha! ἔα,
interj.,
expressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in poët.), ah! ha!: Luk.4:34.†
(AS) G1437 G1437 = G1437 ἐάν ean G:COND if ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν,
conditional particle,
representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if;
__1. with subjc. (cl.);
__(a) pres.: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al.;
{ __(b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, with opt., Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7" (LXX) .
__2. C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4);
__(a) fut.: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7;
__(b) pres.: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.).
__3. With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.with), with subjc. pres., Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor., Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε . . . ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם . . . אִם, Est.19:13, al.,] Rom.14:8.
__4. = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ., 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ., 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Gal.5:10.
(AS) G1438 G1438 = G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautou G:F-3 themself ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dative -ῷ, etc., accusative -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc);
reflex pron.;
__1. prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mat.27:42, Mrk.15:31, Luk.23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jhn.19:24; to an active verb, Act.14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Luk.12:57 21:30, Jhn.5:19, al. (see: ἀπό); δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Rom.14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mat.3:9, Mrk.5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Luk.15:17; καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, Act.28:16, Jas.2:17; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, 1Co.16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Luk.18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; see M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Luk.9:60.
__2. As reflexive 1st and 2nd of person(s) (so also frequently in cl., chiefly poetry), Mat.23:31, Mrk.9:50, Rom.8:23, 1Th.2:8, al.
__3. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mat.21:38, Mrk.16:3, Eph.5:19, al.
(AS) G1439 G1439 = G1439 ἐάω eaō G:V to allow ἐάω, -ῶ,
[in LXX for רפה hi., etc. ;]
__1. to let, permit: with accusative, with inf., with accusative and inf. (M, Pr., 205): Mat.24:43, Luk.4:41 22:51, Act.14.16; 16.7, 19:30 23.32 27:32 28:4 , 1Co.10:13.
__2. to let alone, leave: ἀγκύρας, Act.27:40 (cf. προσ-εάω).
† (AS) G1440 G1440 = G1440 ἑβδομήκοντα hebdomēkonta G:A-NUI seventy ἑβδομήκοντα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, indecl.
(ἑπτά),
seventy: Luk.10:1, 17 Act.7:14 23:23 27:37.†
(AS) G1441 G1441 = G1441 ἑβδομηκοντάκις hebdomēkontakis G:ADV seventy times ἑβδομηκοντάκις, adv.,
[in LXX for שִׁבְעִים, Gen.4:24 * ;]
seventy times: ἑ. ἑπτά, seventy times seven, Mat.18:22 (R, txt., ICC, in l.), or seventy-seven times (R, mg.; cf. M, Pr., 98; WM, 314; Meyer, in l.).†
(AS) G1442 G1442 = G1442 ἕβδομος hebdomos G:A seventh ἕβδομος, -η, -ον
(ἑπτὰ), [in LXX chiefly for שְׁבִיעִי ;]
seventh: Jhn.4:52, Heb.4:4" (LXX), Ju 14, Rev.8:1 10:7 11:15 16:17 21:20.†
(AS) G1443 G1443 = the Greek of H5677G Ἐβέρ Eber N:N-M-P Eber Ἔβερ (Rec. Ἐβέρ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. עֵבֶר, Gen.10:24),
Eber (OT, Heber): Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G1444 G1444 = a Name of H0762 Ἑβραϊκός Hebraikos N:A--LG Hebrew Ἑβραϊκός, -ή, -όν,
Hebrew: Luk.23:38, Rec.†
(AS) G1445 G1445 = the Greek of H5680 Ἑβραῖος Hebraios N:N--PG Hebrew Ἑβραῖος (WH, Ἐβ-), -α, -ον (Aram, עִבְרַי), as subst., ὁ Ἑ.,
[in LXX for עֵבֶר, עִבְרִי ;]
a Hebrew.
__1. In OT, of Israelites in contrast with those of another race (Gen.14:13, Exo.1:15, Deu.15:12, al.).
__2. In NT as the correlative of Ἑλληνιστής, a Jew who had adopted, in greater or less degree, Greek culture and Greek language. The distinction was not merely linguistic (DB, ii, 325); as far as it was so, Συριστής would be a more correct Greek term for the Jew of Semitic speech (see: Ἑβραΐς, and cf. Dalman, Words, 7): Act.6:1, 2Co.11:22, Php.3:5.
† (AS) G1446 G1446 = a Spelling of H0762 Ἑβραΐς Hebrais G:A Hebrew Ἑβραΐς (WH, Ἐβ-), -ίδος (Aram. עִבְרַי), peculiar form of Ἑβραϊκός,
[in LXX, ἡ Ἑ. φωνή, 4Ma.12:7 16:15 * ;]
in NT, ἡ Ἑ. διάλεκτος, Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine: Act.21:40 22:2 26:14.†
(AS) G1447 G1447 = a Spelling of H0762 Ἑβραϊστί Hebraisti G:ADV-T Hebrew Ἑβραϊστί (WH, Ἐβ-), adv.,
[in LXX: Si prol. 13 * ;]
in Hebrew: Rev.9:11; elsewhere, in Aramaic (see supr.): Jhn.5:2 19:13, 17, 20 20:16, Rev.16:16.†
(AS) G1448 G1448 = G1448 ἐγγίζω engizō G:V to come near ἐγγίζω (ἐγγύς).
[in LXX for נגשׁ, קרב, etc. ;]
__1. trans., to bring near: Gen.48:10, Isa.5:8.
__2. Intrans., to come near: absol., Mat.26:46, Mrk.14:42, Luk.18:40 19:41 21:20, 28 24:15, Act.21:33 23:15; with adv., ὅπου, Luk.12:33; with dative, Luk.7:12 15:1, Luke.15.25 22:47, Act.9:3 10:9 22:6; τ. θεῷ, Heb.7:19, Jas.4:8; before εἰς, Mat.21:1, Mrk.11:1, Luk.18:35 19:29 24:28; πρός, with dative, Luk.19:37; μέχρι θανάτου, Php.2:30; of time, ὥρα, Mat.26:45; ἡμέρα, Rom.13:12, Heb.10:25; καιρός, Mat.21:34, Luk.21:8; χρόνος, Act.7:17; ἑορτή, Luk.22:1; παρουσία, Jas.5:8; τέλος, 1Pe.4:7; ἐρήμωσις, Luk.21:20; ἀπολύτρωσις, Luk.21:28; ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία (for similar expressions in Targ., see Dalman, 106), Mat.3:2 4:17 10:7 Mrk.1:15, Luk.10:9 (ἐφ ̓ ὑμᾶς) 10:11 (cf. προσ-εγγίζω), and see Cremer, 224).
† (AS) G1449 G1449 = G1449 ἐγγράφω engraphō G:V to write in 1. to mark in or on, to paint on , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to inscribe, write in or on , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., ἐγγεγραμμένος τι having something written on it, (Sophocles Tragicus); so Virgil flores inscripti nomina.
3. to enter in the public register , ἐγγρ. τὸν υἱὸν εἰς ἄνδρας (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass., εἰς τοὺς δημότας ἐγγραφῆναι (Demosthenes Orator)
4. to enter on the judge's list, to indict , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G1450 G1450 = G1450 ἔγγυος enguos G:A guarantor ἔγγυος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ,
[in LXX: Sir.29:15, 16 2Ma.10:28 * ;]
a surety: Heb.7:22 (exx. from π., see MM, Exp., xi; cf. Cremer, 222).†
(AS) G1451 G1451 = G1451 ἐγγύς engus G:PREP / G:A near ἐγγύς, adv.,
[in LXX chiefly for קָרוֹב ;]
near;
__1. of place: Jhn.19:20, 42; as prep. with genitive (M, Pr., 99), Luk.19:11, Jhn.3:23 6:19, 23 11:18, 54, Act.1:12; with dative, Act.9:38 27:8; superl., ἔγγιστα, Mrk.6:36, WH, mg.; metaphorically, ֹοἱ ἐ., opposite to οἱ μακράν, Eph.2:17; ἐ. γίνεσθαι, Eph.2:13; ἐ. σου τὸ ῥῆμα, Rom.10:8 (LXX).
__2. Of time: Mat.24:32 26:18, Mrk.13:28, 29 Luk.21:30, 31 Jhn.2:13 6:4 7:2 11:55, Rev.1:3 22:10; ὁ κύριος ἐ., Php.4:5; before ἐπὶ θύραις, Mat.24:33; compar., ἐγγύτερον (neut. of adj. -ος, used adverbially), Rom.13:11 (cf. R, txt.); as prep. with genitive, ἐ. κατάρας, Heb.6:8; ἀφανισμοῦ, Heb.8:13 (cf. Cremer, 223).
† (AS) G1452 G1452 = G1452 ἐγγύτερος enguteros G:ADV nearer ἐγγύτερος, see: ἐγγύς.
ἐγγύς, adv.,
[in LXX chiefly for קָרוֹב ;]
near;
__1. of place: Jhn.19:20, 42; as prep. with genitive (M, Pr., 99), Luk.19:11, Jhn.3:23 6:19, 23 11:18, 54, Act.1:12; with dative, Act.9:38 27:8; superl., ἔγγιστα, Mrk.6:36, WH, mg.; metaphorically, ֹοἱ ἐ., opposite to οἱ μακράν, Eph.2:17; ἐ. γίνεσθαι, Eph.2:13; ἐ. σου τὸ ῥῆμα, Rom.10:8 (LXX).
__2. Of time: Mat.24:32 26:18, Mrk.13:28, 29 Luk.21:30, 31 Jhn.2:13 6:4 7:2 11:55, Rev.1:3 22:10; ὁ κύριος ἐ., Php.4:5; before ἐπὶ θύραις, Mat.24:33; compar., ἐγγύτερον (neut. of adj. -ος, used adverbially), Rom.13:11 (cf. R, txt.); as prep. with genitive, ἐ. κατάρας, Heb.6:8; ἀφανισμοῦ, Heb.8:13 (cf. Cremer, 223).
† (AS) G1453 G1453 = G1453 ἐγείρω egeirō G:V to arise ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc. ;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mat.9:5, Mrk.2:11, al.);
__1. to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mrk.4:38, Act.12:7; metaphorically, of spiritual awakening, Rom.13:11 (pass.), Eph.5:14; pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mat.25:7, Mrk.4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mat.1:24.
__2. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jhn.5:21, Act.26:8, 2Co.1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, Rom.8:11, al.; pass., rise from death: Mat.11:5, Luk.7:22, Jhn.2:22, Rom.6:9, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mat.14:2, al.
__3. In late Gk.,
__(a) to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: Mat.9:5, 7 Mrk.1:31 9:27 10:49, al.; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mat.2:15 9:19, Rev.11:1 (see Dalman, 23f.);
__(b) to raise up, cause to appear: Act.13:22 (cf. Jdg.2:18); τέκνα, Mat.3:9; pass., to appear: Mat.11:11, Mrk.13:22, al.
__4. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mat.24:7, Mrk.13:8.
__5. Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jhn.2:19, 20 (cf . Deu.16:22, Sir.49:13); (cf. δι-, ἐξ-, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224).
(AS) G1454 G1454 = G1454 ἔγερσις egersis G:N-F resurrection ἔγερσις, -εως, ἡ (ἐγείρω, -ομαι)),
[in LXX: Jdg.7:19, Psa.138 (139)2 (קוּם), I Est.5:62 * ;]
__1. a rousing (Plat.).
__2. a rising (Ps, l.with): from death, Mat.27:53.
† (AS) G1455 G1455 = G1455 ἐγκάθετος egkathetos G:A a spy ἐνκάθετος (Rec. ἐγκ-), -αν
(ἐγκαθίημι), [in LXX: Job.31:9 (אָרַב), Job.19:12 * ;]
suborned to lie in wait, lying in wait: as subst., Luk.20:20.†
(AS) G1456 G1456 = G1456 ἐγκαίνια egkainia G:N-N Feast|Festival of Dedication ἐγκαίνια, see: ἐνκ-
ἐνκαίνια (Rec. ἐγκ-), -ων, τά (ἐν, καινός),
[in LXX for HSjrj, II Est.6:16, 17, Neh.12:27, Da TH 3:2 (and cf. ἐγκαινισμός, Num.7:10, al., -ισις, Num.7:88) *;]
dedication (anniversary of the cleansing of the Temple from the defilements of Antiochus Epiphanes) : Jhn.10:22.†
(AS) G1457 G1457 = G1457 ἐγκαινίζω egkainizō G:V to inaugurate ἐγκαινίζω, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-καινίζω (Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν),
[in LXX: (to renew) 1Ki.11:14, 2Ch.15:8, Ps 50(51):10 (Br-m pi.); (to dedicate) Deu.20:5, 2Ch.7:5 (-^jn); Isa.16:11 41:1 45:16 (aliter in Heb.), Si 33(36):6, 1Ma.4:36,54,57 5:1, 2Ma.2:29 *;]
1. to innovate (Eust.). 2. to renew (LXX ut supr.). 3. to initiate, inaugurate, dedicate (LXX ut supr.) : διαθήκην, Heb.9:18 ; ὁδόν, ib. 10:20 (Cremer, 323).†
(AS) G1458 G1458 = G1458 ἐγκαλέω egkaleō G:V to accuse ἐγκαλέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX for אמר, etc.; with dative, Zec.1:4 (קָרָא אֶל), Wis.12:12, Sir.46:19 ;]
__1. to call in, demand.
__2. to bring a charge against, accuse: with dative of person(s) (as in cl.), Act.19:38 23:28; before κατά, with genitive of person(s), Rom.8:33. Pass., to be accused: with genitive of thing(s); στάσεως, Act.19:40; ὦν (perh. by attraction = ἅ), Act.26:2; before περί, with genitive of thing(s), Act.23:29 26:7 (Cremer, 743).
† SYN.: αἰτιάομαι (which see), διαβάλλω, ἐπικαλέω, κατηγορέω.
(AS) G1459 G1459 = G1459 ἐγκαταλείπω egkataleipō G:V to leave behind ἐγκαταλείπω,
[in LXX chiefly for עזב ;]
__1. to leave behind: ἡμῖν σπέρμα, Rom.9:29 (LXX).
__2. to abandon, desert, forsake: with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:46 (LXX), Mrk.15:34 (ib.), Act.2:27 (LXX) (WH, ἐνκ-), 2Ti.4:10, 16 Heb.13:5" (LXX) ; τ. ἐπισυναγωγήν (cf. MM, Exp., xi), Heb.10:25. Pass., Act.2:31 (WH, ἐνκ-), 2Co.4:9.
† (AS) G1460 G1460 = G1460 ἐγκατοικέω egkatoikeō G:V to live among ἐγκατοικέω, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-κατοικέω, -ῶ (Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν),
to dwell among: before ἐν, 2Pe.2:8.†
(AS) G1461 G1461 = G1461 ἐγκεντρίζω egkentrizō G:V to ingraft ἐγκεντρίζω, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-κεντρίζω (Rec. ἐγρ-, see: ἐν; κεντρίζω, to graft),
[in LXX: Wis.16:11 *;]
to ingraft, graft in. figuratively, with accusative of person(s), Rom.11:17,19,23,24.†
(AS) G1462 G1462 = G1462 ἔγκλημα egklēma G:N-N accusation ἔγκλημα -τος, τό
(ἐγκαλέω),
an accusation, charge: Act.23:29 25:16 (Cremer, 743).†
(AS) G1463 G1463 = G1463 ἐγκομβόομαι egkomboomai G:V to clothe oneself ἐγκομβόομαι, -οῦμαι
(κόμβος, a knot, whence ἐγκόμβωμα, a garment tied on over others, used especially of a frock or apron worn by slaves),
to put on oneself, as a garment, gird on: ἀλλήλοις τ. ταπεινοφροσύνην (as for service, RV, cf. Thayer, see word, but cf. also ICC, in l.), 1Pe.5:5.†
(AS) G1464 G1464 = G1464 ἐγκοπή egkopē G:N-F hindrance ἐγκοπή, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-κοπή (Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν; T, ἐκκ-), -ῆς, ἡ (ἐγκόπτω) ;
1. an incision, a cutting, break. 2. Metaphorical, an interruption, a hindrance: 1Co.9:12.†
(AS) G1465 G1465 = G1465 ἐγκόπτω egkoptō G:V to impede ἐγκόπτω, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-κόπτω (Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν; and in I Pe, l.with, ἐκκ-);
1. to cut into (as in breaking up a road), hence, 2. to hinder: with accusative Act.24:4, 1Th.2:18, . inf., Gal.5:7; before τοῦ, with inf., Rom.15:22; εἰς τό, with inf, 1Pe.3:7.†
(AS) G1466 G1466 = G1466 ἐγκράτεια egkrateia G:N-F self-control ἐγκράτεια, -ας, ἡ (-ἐγκρατής),
[in LXX: Sir.18:15, 30 4Ma.5:34 * ;]
__1. prop., mastery, control.
__2. (sc. ἑαθτοῦ) self-control: Act.24:25, Gal.5:23, 2Pe.1:6 (see DB, iv, 558b 695a; Page on Ac, l.with).
† (AS) G1467 G1467 = G1467 ἐγκρατεύομαι egkrateuomai G:V to self-control ἐγκρατεύομαι, depon.,
[in LXX for אפק, Gen.43:31, 1Ki.13:12, Est.5:10 א 3 * ;]
to exercise self-control: 1Co.7:9; with accusative, πάντα (see Bl., 91), 1Co.9:25.†
(AS) G1468 G1468 = G1468 ἐγκρατής egkratēs G:A self-controlled ἐγκρατής, -ές
(κράτος), [in LXX: Wis.8:20, Sir.6:27 15:1 26:15 27:30, al. ;]
__1. strong, powerful.
__2. C. genitive of thing(s), master of, hence,
__3. (sc. ἑαυτοῦ), self -controlled, exercising self-control: Tit.1:8.
† SYN.: σώφρων (see reff. s. ἐγκράτεια). (AS) G1469 G1469 = G1469 ἐγκρίνω egkrinō G:V to classify ἐγ-κρίνω, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-κρίνω (Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν),
to reckon among : ἑαυτούς, 2Co.10:12.†
(AS) G1470 G1470 = G1470 ἐγκρύπτω egkruptō G:V to mix ἐγ-κρύπτω,
[in LXX for טמן, etc. ;]
to conceal in: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.13:33.†
(AS) G1471 G1471 = G1471 ἔγκυος egkuos G:A pregnant ἔγκυος, see: ἐνκ-.
ἔνκυoς (Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν), -ον
(κύω, to conceive), [in LXX: Sir.42:10 * ;]
pregnant, big with child : Luk.2:5.†
(AS) G1472 G1472 = G1472 ἐγχρίω egchriō G:V to rub on ἐγχρίω,
[in LXX: Jer.4:30 (קרע). Tob.2:10 6:8 11:7 * ;]
to rub in, anoint: mid., with dupl. accusative, Rev.3:18.†
(AS) G1473 G1473 = G1473 ἐγώ egō G:P-1 I/we ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G1474 G1474 = G1474 ἐδαφίζω edaphizō G:V to raze ἐδαφίζω (ἔδαφος)
[in LXX chiefly for רטשׁ pu. ;]
__1. to beat level like a threshing floor (Theophr.).
__2. to dash to the ground (Field, Notes, 74): Luk.19:44 (cf. Psa.136(137):9, Hos.14:1).
† (AS) G1475 G1475 = G1475 ἔδαφος edaphos G:N-N ground ἔδαφος, -εος (-ους), τό,
[in LXX for עָפָר, קַרְקע, etc. ;]
bottom, pavement, ground: Act.22:7.†
(AS) G1476 G1476 = G1476 ἑδραῖος hedraios G:A steadfast ἑδραῖος, -ον (ἕδρα, a seat), [in Sm.: Ps 32 (33):14, al. ;]
__1. sitting, seated.
__2. steadfast, firm; metaphorically, of moral fixity: 1Co.7:37 15:58, Col.1:23.
† (AS) G1477 G1477 = G1477 ἑδραίωμα hedraiōma G:N-N foundation ἑδραίωμα, -τος, τό
(ἑδραῖος),
a support, bulwark, stay (Vg. fermamentum): 1Ti.3:15 (eccl.).†
(AS) G1478 G1478 = the Greek of H2396G Ἐζεκίας Ezekias N:N-M-P Hezekiah Ἑζεκίας (Rec. Ἐζ-), -ου, ὁ (Heb. חִזְקִיָּה, strength of Jehovah),
Hezekiah, King of Judah: Mat.1:9, 10.†
(AS) G1479 G1479 = G1479 ἐθελοθρησκεία ethelothrēskeia G:N-F self-made religion ἐθελο-θρησκία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ,
self-imposed worship: Col.2:23 (eccl.; cf. DB, iv, 923a; Cremer, 733).†
(AS) G1480 G1480 = G1480 ἐθίζω ethizō G:V be accustomed ἐθίζω,
[in LXX: Sir.23:9, 13 2Ma.14:30 ;]
to accustom: pass. pf. ptcp., τὸ εἰθισμένον, the established custom, Luk.2:27.†
(AS) G1481 G1481 = G1481 ἐθνάρχης ethnarchēs G:N-M governor ἐθνάρχης, -ου, ὁ
(ἔθνος, ἄρχω), [in LXX: 1Ma.14:47 15:1, 2 * ;]
an ethnarch, a provincial governor (cf. I Mac, ll. with; FlJ, Ant., xiii, 6, 6; Dalman, 332): 2Co.11:32.†
(AS) G1482 G1482 = G1482 ἐθνικός ethnikos G:A Gentile-like ἐθνικός, -ή, -όν, [in Al.: Lev.21:7 * ;]
__1. national (Polyb.).
__2. foreign (gramm.); in NT, as subst., ὁ ἐ., the Gentile (the adj. "describes character rather than mere position"; cf. ἔθνος, and see Cremer, 228): Mat.5:47 6:7 18:17, 3Jo.7.
† (AS) G1483 G1483 = G1483 ἐθνικῶς ethnikōs G:ADV-T Gentile-way ἐθνικῶς,
adv.,
in Gentile fashion: Gal.2:14.†
(AS) G1484 G1484 = the Greek of H1471G ἔθνος ethnos G:N-N Gentiles ἔθνος, -ους, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for עַם ,גּוֹי ;]
__1. a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.).
__2. a nation, people: Mat.21:43 24:7, Mrk.13:8, Luk.22:25, Act.10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Luk.7:5 23:2, Jhn.11:48, 50-53 18:35, Act.10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19.
__3. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mat.4:15 6:32, Act.26:17, Rom.3:29 11:11 15:10, Gal.2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Rom.11:13 15:27 16:4, Gal.2:12, 14, Eph.3:1.
SYN.: λαός (see DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226). (AS) G1485 G1485 = G1485 ἔθος ethos G:N-N custom ἔθος, -εος (-ους), τό
(ἔθω), [in LXX: Wis.14:16, Da TH Bel 15, 1Ma.10:89, 2Ma.11:25 13:4, 4Ma.18:5 א R* ;]
habit, custom; Luk.22:39, Jhn.19:40, Act.16:21 25:16, Heb.10:25; in Luk.1:9 Act.6:14 15:1 21:21 26:3 28:17, almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).†
(AS) G1486 G1486 = G1486 ἔθω ethō G:V to have a custom ἔθω, pf. with present sense εἴωθα,
[in LXX: Num.24:1 (כְּפַעַם־בְּפַעַם), Dan LXX Su 13, Sir.37:14, 4Ma.1:12 * ;]
to be accustomed, wont: Mat.27:15, Mrk.10:1; ptcp., τὸ εἰθός, custom: κατὰ τὸ εἰ. (Nu, l.with), Luk.4:16, Act.17:2.†
(AS) G1487 G1487G = G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1487 G1487H = a Meaning of G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if: not εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1487 G1487I = a Meaning of G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if: is(QUESTION) εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1487 G1487J = a Meaning of G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if: if only εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1487 G1487K = a Meaning of G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if: surely εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1487 G1487L = a Meaning of G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if: else εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1487 G1487M = a Meaning of G1487G εἰ ei G:COND if: even though εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1488 G1488 = a Form of G1510 εἶ ei G:V you are εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G1489 G1489 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G1065) εἴγε eige G:COND if indeed/otherwise εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1490 G1490 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G1161+G3361) εἰ δὲ μή(γε) ei de mē(ge) G:PRT-N but if not μήγε, see: γε.
γε, enclitic postpositive particle, rarer in κοινή than in cl., giving special prominence to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing it as the least or the most important (Thayer, see word),
indeed, at least, even (but not always translatable into English);
__1. used alone: Luk.11:8 18:5 Rom.8:32.
__2. More frequently with other particles: αλλά γε, Luk.24:21, 1Co.9:2; ἄρα γε, Mat.7:20 17:26, Act.17:27; ἆρά γε, Act.8:30; εἴ γε (Rec. εἴγε), 2Co.5:3, Gal.3:4, Eph.3:2 4:21, Col.1:23 (see Meyer, Ellic., on Ga, Eph, ll. with; Lft., on Ga, Col, ll. with); εἰ δὲ μήγε, following an affirmation, Mat.6:1, Luk.10:6 13:9; a negation, Mat.9:17, Luk.5:36, 37 14:32, 2Co.11:16; καί γε (Rec. καίγε, cl. καὶ . . . γε), Luk.19:42 (WH om.), Act.2:18 17:27; καίτοιγε (L καίτοι γε, Tr. καί τοι γε), Jhn.4:2; μενοῦνγε (see see word); μήτι γε, see: μήτι; ὄφελόν, 1Co.4:8.
† (AS) G1491 G1491 = G1491 εἶδος eidos G:N-N appearance εἶδος, -ους, τό,
[in LXX for מַרְאֶה,, etc. ;]
__1. that which is seen, appearance, external form: Luk.3:22 9:29, Jhn.5:37, 2Co.5:7 (ICC in l.).
__2. form, sort, kind: 1Th.5:22.
† (AS) G1492 G1492G = a Meaning of G1492H εἴδω eidō G:V to perceive: understand οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, which see),
[in LXX chiefly for ידע ;] pf. with present meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, see App.),
to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.25:13, Mrk.10:19, Jhn.10:4, Rom.7:7, al.; with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:72, Jhn.1:31, Act.3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, 1Th.4:5, Tit.1:16, al.; with accusative and inf., Luk.4:41, al.; before ὅτι, Mat.9:6, Luk.20:21, Jhn.3:2, Rom.2:2 11:2, al.; before quaest. indir., Mat.26:70, Jhn.9:21, Eph.1:18, al.; with inf., to know how (cl.), Mat.7:11, Luk.11:13, Php.4:12, 1Th.4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: 1Th.5:12 (but see also ICC on 1Th.4:4).
SYN.: see: γινώσκω. (AS) G1492 G1492H = G1492H εἴδω eidō G:V to perceive: see οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, which see),
[in LXX chiefly for ידע ;] pf. with present meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, see App.),
to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.25:13, Mrk.10:19, Jhn.10:4, Rom.7:7, al.; with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:72, Jhn.1:31, Act.3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, 1Th.4:5, Tit.1:16, al.; with accusative and inf., Luk.4:41, al.; before ὅτι, Mat.9:6, Luk.20:21, Jhn.3:2, Rom.2:2 11:2, al.; before quaest. indir., Mat.26:70, Jhn.9:21, Eph.1:18, al.; with inf., to know how (cl.), Mat.7:11, Luk.11:13, Php.4:12, 1Th.4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: 1Th.5:12 (but see also ICC on 1Th.4:4).
SYN.: see: γινώσκω. (AS) G1492 G1492I = a Meaning of G1492H εἴδω eidō G:V to perceive: know οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, which see),
[in LXX chiefly for ידע ;] pf. with present meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, see App.),
to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.25:13, Mrk.10:19, Jhn.10:4, Rom.7:7, al.; with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:72, Jhn.1:31, Act.3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, 1Th.4:5, Tit.1:16, al.; with accusative and inf., Luk.4:41, al.; before ὅτι, Mat.9:6, Luk.20:21, Jhn.3:2, Rom.2:2 11:2, al.; before quaest. indir., Mat.26:70, Jhn.9:21, Eph.1:18, al.; with inf., to know how (cl.), Mat.7:11, Luk.11:13, Php.4:12, 1Th.4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: 1Th.5:12 (but see also ICC on 1Th.4:4).
SYN.: see: γινώσκω. (AS) G1493 G1493 = G1493 εἰδωλεῖον eidōleion G:N-N idol's temple εἰδώλον (Rec. -εῖον), -ου, τό
(εἴδωλον), [in LXX: Dan LXX 1:2 (בֵּית אוֹצַר אֱלֹהִים), Bel 9, I Est.2:10, 1Ma.1:47 10:83 * ;]
an idol's temple: 1Co.8:10 (cf. Ἀσταρτεῖον, 1Ki.31:10; see ICC, in I Co, l.with).†
(AS) G1494 G1494 = G1494 εἰδωλόθυτος eidōlothutos G:A sacrificed to idols εἰδωλόθυτος, -ον,
(εἴδωλον, θύω), [in LXX: 4Ma.5:2 * ;]
sacrificed to idols: τὸ, τὰ εἰ, Act.15:29 21:25, 1Co.8:1, 4 7, 10 10:19, Rev.2:14, 2o.†
(AS) G1495 G1495 = G1495 εἰδωλολατρεία eidōlolatreia G:N-F idolatry εἰδωλο-λατρία (-εία, Rec.), -ας, ἡ
(εἴδωλον, λατρεία),
idolatry: 1Co.10:14, Gal.5:20, Col.3:5; pl. (Bl, §32, 6), 1Pe.4:3 (Cremer, 390).†
(AS) G1496 G1496 = G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolatrēs G:N-M idolater εἰδωλολάτρης, -ου, ὁ
(εἴδωλου + λάτρις, a hireling),
an idolator: 1Co.5:10, 11 6:9 10:7 Eph.5:5 Rev.21:8 22:15 (Cremer, 709).†
(AS) G1497 G1497 = G1497 εἴδωλον eidōlon G:N-N idol εἴδωλον, -ου, τό
(εἶδος), [in LXX for אֱלוֹהָּ, גְּלוּלִים, etc. ;]
__1. in cl.
__(a) a phantom, image, likeness;
__(b) an image in the mind, an idea, fancy.
__2. In LXX and NT,
__(a) an image of a god, an idol (cf. Polyb., xxxi, 3, 13): Act.7:41, 1Co.12:2, Rev.9:20;
__(b) the false god or idol worshipped in an image (ICC, on I Th, l.with): Act.15:20, Rom.2:22, 1Co.8:4, 7 10:19 2Co.6:18, 1Th.1:9, 1Jn.5:21.†
(AS) G1498 G1498 = a Form of G1510 εἴην eiēn G:V may be εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G1499 G1499 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G2532) εἰ καί ei kai G:CONJ if also εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1500 G1500 = G1500 εἰκῇ eikē G:ADV in vain εἰκῇ (-ῆ, Rec., as in cl.), adv.,
[in LXX: Pro.28:25 (εἰκῇ)* ;]
__1. without cause or reason: Mat.5:22 (E, mg.), Col.2:18 (ICC).
__2. vainly, fruitlessly, to no purpose: Rom.13:4, 1Co.15:2, Gal.3:4 4:11, Col.2:18.
† (AS) G1501 G1501 = G1501 εἴκοσι eikosi G:A-NUI twenty εἴκοσι (never -ιν in WH, cf. Bl., §5, 3, and note), indecl., οἱ, αἱ, τά,
twenty: Luk.14:31, Jhn.6:19, Act.1:15 27:28, 1Co.10:8, Rev.4:4, 10 5:8 11:16 19:4.†
(AS) G1502 G1502 = G1502 εἴκω eikō G:V to yield εἴκω,
[in LXX: 2Ki.12:7 (ענה), Wis.18:25, 4Ma.1:6 * ;]
to yield: Gal.2:5 (cf. ὑπ-είκω).†
(AS) G1503 G1503 = G1503 εἴκω eikō G:V to resemble εἴκω (obsolete pres.), see: ἔοικα Transcriber note: This form does not occur in Abbott-Smith. It should be on p. 158..
(AS) G1504 G1504 = G1504 εἰκών eikōn G:N-F image εἰκών, -όνος (cf. ἔοικα),
[in LXX chiefly for צֶלֶם ;]
an image, likeness: Mat.22:20, Mrk.12:16, Luk.20:24, Rom.1:23, 1Co.15:49, Rev.13:14, 15 14:9, 11 15:2 16:2 19:20 20:4; opposite to σκιά, Heb.10:1; of man, εἰ. θεοῦ, 1 Co 11:7; of the regenerate, εἰ. τ. θεοῦ Col.3:10 (see Lft., in l.); εἰ. τ. υἱοῦ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:29, 2Co.3:18; of Christ, εἰ. τ. θεοῦ, 2Co.4:4, Col.1:15.† SYN.: ὁμοίωμα, denoting resemblance, which may however be merely accidental. εἰ. is a derived likeness and like the head on a coin or the parental likeness in a child, implies an archetype. Cf. also εἶδος, appearance, not necessarily based on reality; σκιά, a shadowed resemblance; χαρακτήρ, the impress of a stamp; μόρφη (which see), the form as indicative of the inner being.
(AS) G1505 G1505 = G1505 εἰλικρίνεια eilikrineia G:N-F sincerity εἰλικρινία (Rec., cl., -κρινεία), -ας, ἡ
(εἰλικρινής), [in LXX: Wis.7:25 A * ;]
sincerity, purity: 1Co.5:8, 2Co.1:12 2:17.†
(AS) G1506 G1506 = G1506 εἰλικρινής eilikrinēs G:A pure εἰλικρινής, -ές,
[in LXX: Wi 72^ kB * ;]
unalloyed, pure (Lat. sincerus; see DCG, ii, 635a);
__(a) of unmixed substances;
__(b) of abstract ideas;
__(with) of ethical purity: Php.1:10, 2Pe.3:1.†
SYN.: ἁγνός (which see), καθαρός, cf. Tr., Syn.: §lxxxv; DB, iv, 176a; Cremer, 378; Westc. on 1Jn.3:3. (AS) G1507 G1507 = a Spelling of G1667 εἱλίσσω ehilissō G:V to roll up εἱλίσσω, see: ἑλέσσω Transcriber: Is this word in Abbott-Smith?.
(AS) G1508 G1508 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G3361) εἰ μή ei mē G:COND + G:PRT-N except εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1509 G1509 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G3361+G5100) εἰ μή τι ei mē ti G:COND + G:PRT-N + G:CONJ except what εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1510 G1510 = G1510 εἰμί eimi G:V to be εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G1511 G1511 = a Form of G1510 εἶναι einai G:V to exist εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G1512 G1512 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G4007) εἴπερ eiper G:COND if so/since εἴ-περ, see: εἰ.
εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1513 G1513 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G4458) εἴπως eipōs G:COND if somehow εἴ-πως, see: εἰ.
εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1514 G1514 = G1514 εἰρηνεύω eirēneuō G:V be at peace εἰρηνεύω
(εἰρήνη), [in LXX chiefly for שׁלם, שׁקט ;]
__1. to bring to peace, reconcile (so 1Ma.6:60).
__2. to keep peace, be at peace: Mrk.9:50, Rom.12:18, 2Co.13:11, 1Th.5:13 (cf. Sir.28:9; Cremer, 246).
† (AS) G1515 G1515 = G1515 εἰρήνη eirēnē G:N-F peace εἰρήνη, -ης, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁלוֹם ;]
peace;
__1. of public peace, freedom from war: Luk.14:32, Act.12:20 24:2; of the church, Ac 9:31.
__2. Of peace between persons, concord, agreement : Mat.10:34, Luk.12:51, Rom.14:17, 1Co.7:15, Gal.5:22, Jas.3:18; ζητεῖν εἰ., 1Pe.3:11; διώκειν, 2Ti.2:22; ib. before μετὰ πάντων, Heb.12:14; by meton., of him who brings peace, Eph.2:14.
__3. As in LXX (= Heb. שָׁלוֹם, Aram. שְׁלָם), of a state of security and safety: Jhn.16:33, Rom.2:10, 1Th.5:3,́ whence the formulae, ὕπαγε (πορεύου) εἰς εἰ, Mrk.5:34, Luk.7:50 (cf. 1Ki.1:17, al.; לְכִי לְשָׁלוֹם); εἰ. ὑμῖν (שָׁלוֹם לָכֶם), Jhn.20:19, 21, 26; ἀπολύειν ἐν εἰ., Luk.2:29, cf. 1Co.16:11; ἡ εἰ. ὑμῶν, Mat.10:13, Luk.10:6; υἱὸς εἰρήνης, ib.
__4. Of spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom (DCG, ii, 330f.): Luk.1:79 2:14 Jhn.16:33, Rom.2:10 5:1 8:6, al.; ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰ., 2Th.3:16; ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰ., Rom.15:33 16:20, 2Co.13:11, al.; in epistolary salutations, Rom.1:7, 1Co.1:3, Gal.1:3, 1Th.1:1, 1Pe.1:2, 2Jo.3, Rev.1:4, al. (see Cremer, 244).
(AS) G1516 G1516 = G1516 εἰρηνικός eirēnikos G:A peaceful είρηνικός, -ή, -όν
(εἰρήνη), [in LXX for שָׁלוֹם and cognates ;]
peaceful: Heb.12:11, Jas.3:17.†
(AS) G1517 G1517 = G1517 εἰρηνοποιέω eirēnopoieō G:V to make peace εἰρηνο-ποιέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Pro.10:10 * ;]
to make peace: Col.1:20.†
(AS) G1518 G1518 = G1518 εἰρηνοποιός eirēnopoios G:A peacemaker εἰρηνοποιός, -όν
peace-making, a peacemaker: Mat.5:9†
(AS) G1519 G1519 = G1519 εἰς eis G:PREP toward εἰς,
prep. with accusative,
expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, with accusative).
__I. Of place.
__1. After verbs of motion;
__(a) of entrance into: Mat.8:23, 9:7, Mrk.1:45, Luk.2:15, 8:31, al.;
__(b) of approach, to or towards: Mrk.11:1, Luk.6:8, 19:28, Jhn.11:31, 21:6, al.;
__(with) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mrk.4:7, 8:19, 20, Luk.11:49, Jhn.21:23, al.;
__(d) Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mat.8:18, 21:1, Mrk.11:1, 13:16, Luk.14:10, Jhn.6:3, 11:32, al.; with accusative of person(s) (as in Ep. and Ion.), Act.23:15, Rom.5:12, 16:19, 2Co.10:14;
__(e) elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Act.9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Rom.15:31; metaphorically, of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200.
__2. Of direction;
__(a) after verbs of seeing: Mat.6:26, Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16, 62, Jhn.13:22, al.; metaphorically, of the mind, Heb.11:26, 12:2, al.;
__(b) after verbs of speaking: Mat.13:10, 14:9, 1Th.2:9, al.
__3. After verbs of rest;
__(a) in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; see WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mat.2:23, 4:13, 2Th.2:4, 2Ti.1:11, Heb.11:9, al.;
__(b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (see Bl., M, Pr., ll. with) = ἐν: Luk.1:44, 4:23, Act.20:16, 21:17, Jhn.1:18 (but see Westc, in l.), al.
__II. Of time, for, unto;
__1. accentuating the duration expressed by the accusative: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mat.21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Luk.1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, Heb.7:3, al.
__2. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mat.6:34, Act.4:3, 25:21, Php.1:10, 2:16, 1Th.4:15, 2Ti.1:12; of entrance into a future period, σεις τὸ μέλλον (see: μέλλω), next (year), Luk.13:9 (but with ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Act.13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (see: πάλιν, 2Co.13:2.
__III. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Rev.11:6; μετας-, Act.2:20, Jas.4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Rom.1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mat.27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Act.8:23.
__IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more frequently in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dative, which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Luk.7:30, Rom.4:20, 15:2, 26, 1Co.16:1, Eph.3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Rom.5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph.4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Rom.12:16; θαρρεῖν, 2Co.10:1.
__V. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Luk.14:34; σόφος, Rom.16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mat.5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Rom.1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Rom.8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Rom.3:25; εἰς τό, with inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mat.20:19, Rom.1:11, 1Co.9:18, al.
__VI. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (see: τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).
(AS) G1520 G1520 = G1520 εἷς ehis G:A-NUI one εἷς
ιά, ἕν, genitive ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός,
cardinal numeral, one;
__1. one, as opposite to many: Mat.25:15, Rom.5:12, 1Co.10:8, al.; as subst., Rom.5:15, Eph.2:14; id. with genitive partit., Mat.5:19, al.; before ἐκ (ἐξ), Mrk.14:18, Jhn.6:8, al.; metaphorically, of union and concord, Jhn.10:30 17:11, Rom.12:4-5, Php.1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Luk.14:18; with neg., εἷς. . . οὐ (μή), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mat.5:18 10:29, Luk.11:46 12:6.
__2. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others;
__(a) a single (one): Mat.21:24, Mrk.8:14; absol., 1Co.9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mat.27:14, Jhn.1:3, Rom.3:10, al.;
__(b) one, alone: Mrk.2:7 10:18, Luk.18:19;
__(with) one and the same: Rom.3:30, 1Co.3:8 11:5 12:11, 1Jn.5:8.
__3. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Gen.22:13, al.; see B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mat.8:19 19:6, Rev.8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.with), Luk.22:50, Jhn.11:49
__4. Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Luk.4:40, Act.2:6, al.; εἷς . . . καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν . . . εἷς δέ), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Exo.17:12, al); ὁ εἷς . . . ὁ ἕτερος (ἄλλος) = cl. ὁ μὲν (ἕτερος) . . . ὁ δέ (ἕτερος), Mat.6:24, Luk.7:41, Rev.17:10; καθ᾽ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ᾽ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ᾽ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mrk.14:19, Rom.12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), 1Th.5:11.
__5. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mat.28:1, Mrk.16:2, al
(AS) G1521 G1521 = G1521 εἰσάγω eisagō G:V to bring in εἰσ-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא, hi. ;]
to bring in: with accusative, Luk.2:27, Jhn.18:16, Act.7:45; before εἰς, Luk.22:54, Act.9:8 21:28-29, 37 22:24, Heb.1:6; ὧδε, Luk.14:21.†
(AS) G1522 G1522 = G1522 εἰσακούω eisakouō G:V to listen to είσ-ακούω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַע, also for עָנָה, etc. ;]
to listen to, in two senses;
__(a) to obey: 1Co.14:21 (cf. Deu.1:43, Sir.3:6)
__(b) to listen, assent to; pass., to be heard: of persons praying, Mat.6:7, Heb.5:7; of the prayer offered, Luk.1:13, Act.10:31 (cf. Psa.4:2, Sir.34:26); see Cremer, 624).†
(AS) G1523 G1523 = G1523 εἰσδέχομαι eisdechomai G:V to receive εἰσ-δέχομαι
[in LXX for קָבַץ ;]
to admit, receive: 2Co.6:17 (LXX) (Cremer, 687).†
(AS) G1524 G1524 = G1524 εἴσειμι eiseimi G:V to enter εἴσ-ειμι
[in LXX for בּוֹא ;]
to go in, enter: before εἰς, Act.3:3 21:26, Heb.9:6; πρὸς Ἰάκωβον, Act.21:18.†
(AS) G1525 G1525 = G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eiserchomai G:V to enter εἰσ-έρχομαι,
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
to go in or into, enter: Mat.9:25, Luk.7:45, al.; before εἰς, Mat.10:12, Mrk.2:1, al.; before διά (πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mat.7:13, Jhn.10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mat.8:8; with adv.: ὅπου, Mrk.14:14, Heb.6:20; ὧδε, Mat.22:12; ἔσω, Mat.26:58; before πρός, with accusative of person(s), Mrk.15:43, Luk.1:28, Act.10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Rev.3:20; of demons taking possession, Mrk.9:25, Luk.8:30 22:3, Jhn.13:27; of food, Mat.15:11, Act.11:8. Metaphorical, of thoughts, Luk.9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jhn.4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mat.26:41, Luk.22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, Heb.6:19; βοαί, Jas.5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Rev.11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wis.2:24 14:14, Jhn.18:37), Rom.5:12, Heb.10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mat.25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mat.25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mat.18:8, 9 19:17, Mrk.9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.5:20 7:21, al. (see: βασιλεία); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, Heb.3:11, 18 4:1ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Luk.24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בוֹא וְצֵאת, Deu.28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Act.1:21; figuratively, of moral freedom, Jhn.10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι).
(AS) G1526 G1526 = a Form of G1510 εἰσί eisi G:V they are εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G1527 G1527 = a Combination of G1520 (G1520+G2596+G1520) εἷς καθ᾽ εἷς ehis kath᾽ ehis G:ADV one by one severallyrally, one by one, single person, united G1528 G1528 = G1528 εἰσκαλέω eiskaleō G:V to invite εἰσ-καλέω, -ῶ,
to call in: mid., with accusative of person(s), Act.10:23.†
(AS) G1529 G1529 = G1529 εἴσοδος eisodos G:N-F entry εἴσ-οδος, -ου, ὁ
(ὁδός) [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
__1. a means of entering, place of entrance: Heb.10:19, 2Pe.1:11 (cf. Westc., He., l.with; MM, Exp., xii; but see infr.).
__2. a going in, entrance: Act.13:24; with genitive loc., Heb.10:19 (Thayer, see word; but see supr.); before εἰς, 2Pe.1:11 (Mayor, in l.; Thayer; but see supr.); πρός, 2Th.1:9 2:1.†
(AS) G1530 G1530 = G1530 εἰσπηδάω eispēdaō G:V to rush into εἰσ-πηδάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Amo.5:19 (בּוֹא), Da TH Sus 1:26* ;]
to spring in, rush in: Act.14:14 (Rec.), Act.16:29 (for exx. from π., see MM, Exp., xii).†
(AS) G1531 G1531 = G1531 εἰσπορεύω eisporeuō G:V to enter εἰσ-πορεύομαι
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
to go into, enter: Luk.8:16 11:33 19:30; before εἰς, Mrk.1:21 6:56 11:2, Luk.22:10, Act.3:2; πρός, with accusative of person(s), Act.28:30; ὅπου, Mrk.5:40; κατά τ. οἴκους, house after house, Act.8:3; of things (food), Mat.15:17, Mrk.7:15, 18-19 Metaphorical (cf. εἰοέρχομαι, 2), Mrk.4:19, Luk.18:24; εἰσ. καὶ ἐκπορ., to associate with, before μετά (cf. εἰσέρχομαι), Act.9:28.†
(AS) G1532 G1532 = G1532 εἰστρέχω eistrechō G:V to run in εἰσ-τρέχω
[in LXX: 2Ma.5:26 * ;]
to run in: Act.12:14.†
(AS) G1533 G1533 = G1533 εἰσφέρω eispherō G:V to bring in εἰσ-φέρω
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא hi. ;]
to bring in, into: with accusative of person(s), Luk.5:18-19; before εἰς, Mat.6:13, Luk.11:4; ἐπί, Luk.12:11; with accusative of thing(s), before εἰς, 1Ti.6:7; pass., Heb.13:11.†
(AS) G1534 G1534 = G1534 εἶτα eita G:ADV then εἶτα
adv.,
denoting sequence;
__1. of time; then, next: Mrk.8:25, Luk.8:12, Jhn.13:5 19:27 20:27, 1Ti.3:10, Jas.1:15; before genitive abs., Mrk.4:17; in enumerations, 1Co.15:5 15:7 15:24, 1Ti.2:13.
__2. In argument;
__(a) therefore, then,
__(b) furthermore: Heb.12:9 (cf. εἶτεν).†
(AS) G1535 G1535 = G1535 εἴτε eite G:COND whether εἴτε, see: εἰ.
εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G1536 G1536 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G5100) εἴ τις ei tis G:COND if any if any, if everny, if ever G1537 G1537 = G1537 ἐκ ek G:PREP out from ἐκ (ἐξ),
prep. with genitive,
from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492).
This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ,
prep. with genitive,
of motion outwards, separation from (opposite to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from.
__I. Of Place,
__1. of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jhn.6:31, Act.9:3, Gal.1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mat.8:28 17:9, Mrk.1:25 7:28, Jhn.1:33 20:1, Act.12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας) ἐκ, Ju 5, Act.28:4. Metaphorical, Mat.7:4, 5, 1Pe.2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), before genitive of person(s), Luk.1:74, Jhn.10:28, 29, 39, Act.12:4 24:7, Rev.19:2; πίνειν (which see) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Luk.5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jhn.13:4, 2Co.2:4).
__2. Of change from one place or condition to another: Jhn.8:42, Rom.6:13 13:11, Rev.7:14, al.; with ellips. of verb of motion, 2Ti.2:26, 2Pe.2:21, Rev.2:21, al.
__3. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mat.13:47, 49, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, 1Pe.1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mat.10:29 Luk.17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jhn.7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jhn.11:19, al.; τις, Luk.11:15, al.; τίς, Mat.6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jhn.16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου before genitive, = ἐκ (Heb. מִתּוֹךְ), Mat.13:49, al.
__4. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω): ἐκ δεξιῶν (see: δεξιός); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mrk.15:39 (metaphorically, Tit.2:8); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly), Mat.11:20.
__II. Of Time,
__1. of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jhn.9:1, cf. Mrk.10:20, Luk.23:8, Act.24:10, al.
__2. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mrk.14:72, al., cf. Mat.26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, 2Pe.2:8.
__III. Of Origin,
__1. of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Rom.9:10, Mat.1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mat.1:3ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jhn.3:6 8:41, Gal.4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jhn.1:13 3:5ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jhn.1:44; φυλῆς, Luk.2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Luk.23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jhn.3:31.
__2. Of the author, occasion or source: Mat.5:37, Jhn.2:16, Rom.2:29, 1Co.8:6, Gal.5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.7:7, 2Co.5:1, 1Jn.4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jhn.6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jhn.3:31; εκ καρδίας, Rom.6:17, cf. Mrk.12:30, 1Ti.1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph.6:6, Col.3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Luk.19:22, Rev.20:12.
__3. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mat.15:5, Mrk.7:11, 2Co.2:2, al.; frequently in Re after αδικεῖσθαι (2:11), etc.
__4. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Rev.16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Rev.8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jhn.6:66 19:12 (but see Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 2Co.2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.18:37, 1Jn.3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Act.11:2, Rom.4:12, Gal.2:12, Col.4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Jhn.4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Gal.6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. genitive), 1Co.10:13; with inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, 2Co.8:11.
__5. Of material: Mat.27:29, Jhn.2:15 19:2, Rom.9:21, 1Co.11:12, Rev.18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. genitive): Mat.27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Act.1:18.
__IV. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mat.24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mrk.5:30 (see Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Luk.11:13.
__V. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, 2Co.9:7, Heb.7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, 2Co.8:13; ἐκ μέρους, 1Co.12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jhn.3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, 1Co.7:5.
__VI. in composition, ἐκ signifies,
__1. procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω.
__2. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaphorically, ἐξαγγάλλω.
__3. Origin: ἔκγονος.
__4. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (see M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.
(AS) G1538 G1538 = G1538 ἕκαστος hekastos G:A each 1. every, every one, each, each one , Lat. quisque, (Homer), etc.; the singular is often joined with a pl. Verb, ἔβαν οἴκονδε ἕκαστος they went home every one of them , (Iliad by Homer); ἕκαστος ἐπίστασθε (Xenophon Historicus):—;the singular is also put in apposition with a pl. Noun, Τρῶας ἕκαστον ὑπήλυθε τρόμος (for Τρώων ἕκαστον)) fear seized them every one , (Iliad by Homer)
2. in plural all and each one , (Homer)
3. more definitely, εἷς ἕκαστος, Lat. unusquisque, every single one, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; καθ᾽ ἕκαστον singly, by itself , Lat. singulatim, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
4. ὡς ἕκαστοι each by himself , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G1539 G1539 = G1539 ἑκάστοτε hekastote G:ADV always ἑκάστοτε
adv.,
each time, always: 2Pe.1:15.†
(AS) G1540 G1540 = G1540 ἑκατόν hekaton G:A-NUI hundred ἑκατόν, οἱ, αἱ, τά
indecl.,
a hundred: Mat.13:8, 23 Luk.15:4, al.; κατὰ ἑ, Mrk.6:40; εἰς, ἐν ἑ., Mrk.4:8, 20
(AS) G1541 G1541 = G1541 ἑκατονταέτης hekatontaetēs G:A a hundred years old ἑκατονταετής (Rec. έτης), -ές
(ἑκατόν, ἔτης) [in LXX for שָׁנֶה מֵאָה בֵּן, Gen.17:17 * ;]
a hundred years old: Rom.4:19.†
(AS) G1542 G1542 = G1542 ἑκατονταπλασίων hekatontaplasiōn G:A a hundred times a hundred times as much or many , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G1543 G1543 = G1543 ἑκατόνταρχος hekatontarchos G:N-M centurion ἑκατοντάρχης (-άρχος, Mat.8:5, 8 27:54, Luk.7:2, Act.22:25 28:16; cf. M, Pr., 48); -ου
(ἑκατόν, ἄρχω,), [in LXX for מֵאָה שַׂר ;]
a centurion: Mat.8:13, Luk.7:6 23:47, Act.10:1, 22 21:32 22:26 23:17, 23 24:23 27:1, 6 27:11, 31 27:43 (cf. κεντυρίως).†
(AS) G1544 G1544 = G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekballō G:V to expel ἐκ-βάλλω
[in LXX chiefly for גָּרַשׁ pi., also for שָׁלַךְ hi., יָצָא hi., יָרַשׁ hi., etc. ;]
__1. to drive, cast or send out, to expel: with accusative of thing(s), mid. (σῖτον), before εἰς, Act.27:38; pass., Mat.15:17; with accusative of person(s), Mat.21:12, Mrk.11:15, al.; δαιμόνια, Mat.7:22, Mrk.1:34, al.; id. before ἐκ, Mrk.7:26; παρά, Mrk.16:9; ἐν, Mrk.3:22; (ἐν) τ. ὀνόματι, Mat.7:22, Mrk.9:38; λόγῳ, Mat.8:16; before ἔξω, Jhn.6:37; id. with genitive, Mrk.12:8, al.; of expulsion from home, Gal.4:30; from the Church, III Jn 10.
__2. In LXX and NT (like Heb. יָצָא and Aram. הַנְפֵּק), to command or cause to depart: Mat.9:38, Mrk.1:12 (see Swete, in l.), ib. Mrk.1:43 5:40, Luk.10:2, Jas.2:25; τ. κρίσιν εἰς νῖκος (to cause to proceed to its goal), Mat.12:20 (LXX).
__3. to reject (cl.): τ. ὄνομα ὑμῶς ὡς πονηρόν (cf. Deu.25:14), Luk.6:22; to leave out, Rev.11:2.
__4. to take, draw or pluck out;
__(a) with violence: Mat.7:5, Mrk.9:47, Luk.6:42;
__(b) to bring forth or out of: Mat.12:35, Luk.10:35.
(AS) G1545 G1545 = G1545 ἔκβασις ekbasis G:N-F way out ἔκ-βασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐκβαίνω), [in LXX: Wis.2:17 8:8 11:14 * ;]
__1. a way out (Hom., Xen.): 1Co.10:13.
__2. the issue (Menand.) Heb.13:7.†
(AS) G1546 G1546 = G1546 ἐκβολή ekbolē G:N-F jettisoning ἐκ-βολή, -ῆς
(ἐκβάλλω), [in LXX: Exo.11:1 (גָּרַשׁ), Jos.1:5 (ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι, טול hi.), Eze.47:8 (יָצָא)* ;]
__1. a throwing out.
__2. a jettison, a throwing overboard of cargo: Act.27:18 (cf. Jos, l.with; and see Field, Notes, 144 f.).†
(AS) G1547 G1547 = G1547 ἐκγαμίζω ekgamizō G:V to marry ἐκ-γαμίζω
Rec. for γαμίζω, which see: Mat.22:30 24:38, Luk.17:27, 1Co.7:38. Not elsewhere.†
(AS) G1548 G1548 = G1548 ἐκγαμίσκω ekgamiskō G:V to give in marriage ἐκ-γαμίσκω
Rec. for γαμίσκω, which see: Luk.20:34-35. Not elsewhere.†
γαμίζω
(γάμος),
to give in marriage, a daughter: 1Co.7:38. Pass., Mat.22:30 24:38, Mrk.12:25, Luk.17:27 20:35 (WH, mg., γαμίσκονται; cf. γαμίζω).†
(AS) G1549 G1549 = G1549 ἔκγονος ekgonos G:A descendant ἔκ-γονος, -ον
(ἐκγίγνομαι, to be born of), [in LXX for פְּרִי (neut.), בֵּן, etc. ;]
__1. with genitive, born of.
__2. As subst., ὁ, ἡ ἔ., a child, son or daughter; in pl., descendants: τέκνα ἢ ἔ., children or grand-children, 1Ti.5:4.†
(AS) G1550 G1550 = G1550 ἐκδαπανάω ekdapanaō G:V to expend εκ-δαπανάω, -ῶ
strengthened form of δαπανάω, to spend wholly; pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly: before ὑπέρ, 2Co.12:15.†
(AS) G1551 G1551 = G1551 ἐκδέχομαι ekdechomai G:V to wait for ἐκ-δέχομαι
[in LXX for עֶרֶב, קָבַץ, etc. ;]
__1. to take or receive from (Hom., Hdt., a1.).
__2. (Rare in cl.), to expect, await: with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.5:3, Heb.11:10, Jas.5:7; with accusative of person(s), Act.17:16, 1Co.11:33 16:11; before ἕως, Heb.10:13 (Cremer, 687).†
(AS) G1552 G1552 = G1552 ἔκδηλος ekdēlos G:A clearly evident ἔκ-δηλος, -ον
(δῆλος), [in LXX: 3Ma.3:19 3Mac 6:5 * ;]
strengthened form of δῆλος, which see, quite clear, evident: 2Ti.3:9.†
(AS) G1553 G1553 = G1553 ἐκδημέω ekdēmeō G:V be away ἐκ-δημέω, -ῶ
(ἔκδημος, from home; cf. -ία, 3Ma.4:11)*;
to be from home, absent: 2Co.5:6; before ἀπό, 2Co.5:8; before ἐκ, 2Co.5:9 (cf. ἀπο-, ἐνδημέω).†
(AS) G1554 G1554 = G1554 ἐκδίδωμι ekdidōmi G:V to lease ἐκ-δίδωμι
[in LXX for נָתַן, etc. ;]
__1. to surrender, give up, give out.
__2. to let out for hire (Hdt.); mid. (as frequently in π.; see MM, Exp., xii); to let out to one's advantage, Mat.21:33, 41, Mrk.12:1, Luk.20:9.†
(AS) G1555 G1555 = G1555 ἐκδιηγέομαι ekdiēgeomai G:V to tell in detail ἐκ-δι-ηγέομαι, -οῦμαι depon.,
[in LXX chiefly for סָפַר, pi. ;]
to tell in detail, relate, declare: Act.13:41 (LXX) Act.15:3.†
(AS) G1556 G1556 = G1556 ἐκδικέω ekdikeō G:V to avenge ἐκδικέω, -ῶ
(ἔκδικος), [in LXX for פָּקַד, נָקַם, שָׁפַט, etc. ;]
__1. to vindicate: with accusative of person(s), Luk.18:3, 5.
__2. to avenge: with accusative of person(s), ἑαυτούς, Rom.12:19; with accusative of thing(s), παρακοήν, 2Co.10:6; αἷμα, Rev.6:10 19:2 (Cremer, 203; for exx. from π. in both senses, see MM, Exp., xii).†
(AS) G1557 G1557 = G1557 ἐκδίκησις ekdikēsis G:N-F vengeance ἐκ-δίκησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐκδικέω), [in LXX chiefly for נָקָם ;]
vengeance, vindication: Luk.21:22, Rom.12:19 (see MM, Exp., xii), Heb.10:30 (LXX), 2Co.7:11; of the injured person, with genitive, Luk.18:7-8; with dative, Act.7:24; of the offender, with genitive obj., 1Pe.2:14; with dative, 2Th.1:8 (cf. Sir.12:6).†
(AS) G1558 G1558 = G1558 ἔκδικος ekdikos G:A avenging ἔκδικος, -ον
(δίκη), [in LXX: Wis.12:12, Sir.30:6, 4Ma.15:29 * ;]
__1. without law, unjust.
__2. exacting penalty from; as subst., an avenger: Rom.13:4; before περί, 1Th.4:6 (in π., a legal representative; Milligan, Th., l.with).†
(AS) G1559 G1559 = G1559 ἐκδιώκω ekdiōkō G:V to persecute ἐκ-διώκω
[in LXX for בָּרַח hi., צָמַת, הָדַף, etc. ;]
to chase away, drive out: 1Th.2:15 (cf. Deu.6:19, Jol.2:20).†
(AS) G1560 G1560 = G1560 ἔκδοτος ekdotos G:A handed over ἔκ-δοτος, -ον
(ἐκδίδωμι), [in LXX: Da TH Bel 1:22 * ;]
given up, delivered over: Act.2:23 (for construction, see Field, Notes, 111 f.).†
(AS) G1561 G1561 = G1561 ἐκδοχή ekdochē G:N-F expectation ἐκ-δοχή ῆς, ἡ
(ἐκδέχομαι);
__1. in cl.,
__(a) a receiving from, succession;
__(b) an interpretation.
__2. In NT, = προσδοκία, expectation: Heb.10:27 (cf. Field, Notes, 231; Cremer, 688).†
(AS) G1562 G1562 = G1562 ἐκδύω ekduō G:V to strip ἐκ-δύω
[in LXX chiefly for פָּשַׁט ;]
to take of, strip of, strip: with accusative of person(s) (sc. clothing), Mat.27:28; with accusative of person(s) and of thing(s), Mat.27:31, Mrk.15:20, Luk.10:30; mid., to put off: figuratively, of the body, 2Co.5:4.†
(AS) G1563 G1563 = G1563 ἐκεῖ ekei G:ADV there ἐκεῖ
adv., [in LXX chiefly for שָׁם ;]
__1. properly, of place, there: Mat.2:13 5:24, al.; οἱ ἐ., Mat.26:71; οὗ . . . ἐ., Mat.6:21 18:20 24:28, Mrk.6:10, Luk.12:34; pleonastic, ὅπου . . . ἐ. (= שָׁם אֲשֶׁר, Deu.4:5, al.), Rev.12:6, 14 (cf. Bl., § 50, 4).
__2. As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc., al.), with verbs of motion, for ἐκεῖσε, thither: Mat.2:22 17:20 24:28 26:36, Mrk.6:33, Luk.12:18 17:37 21:2, Jhn.11:8 18:2-3, Rom.15:24
(AS) G1564 G1564 = G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeithen G:ADV from there ἐκεῖθεν
adv., [in LXX chiefly for שָׁם ;]
__1. of place, thence: Mat.4:21, Mrk.6:1, al.
__2. Of time, thereafter (see: κἀκεῖθεν).
(AS) G1565 G1565 = G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeinos G:D that ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο
(ἐκεῖ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא ,הוּא, and cogn. forms ;]
demonstr. pron.,
that person or thing (ille), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος (hic);
__1. absol., emphatic he, she, it: opposite to οὗτος, Luk.18:14, Jas.4:15; ἡμεῖς, Heb.12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mrk.4:11; ἄλλοι, Jhn.9:9; ἐγώ, Jhn.3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[10, 13, 20], Jhn.2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jhn.7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, 1Jo.2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mrk.16:[10], Jhn.7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jhn.1:33 9:37 10:1, Rom.14:14, al. (on its reference in Jhn.19:35, see Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.).
__2. As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mat.7:25, Mrk.3:24, Jhn.18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mat.3:1, Mrk.1:9, Act.2:18" (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mat.7:22, Luk.6:23, 2Th.1:10, 2Ti.1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Luk.19:4.
(AS) G1566 G1566 = G1566 ἐκεῖσε ekeise G:ADV there ἐκεῖσε
adv., [in LXX: Job.39:29 שָׁם * ;]
thither: Act.21:3; constr. pregn. (MM, Exp., xii; Field, Notes, 134), τοὺς ἐ. ὄντας, Act.22:5.†
(AS) G1567 G1567 = G1567 ἐκζητέω ekzēteō G:V to seek out ἐκ-ζητέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for דָּרַשׁ, also for נָצַר, בָּקַשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. to seek out or after, search for: with accusative of person(s) (1Ma.9:26); figuratively, τ. κύριον, θεόν (cf. Psa.14:2, Amo.5:4, al.), Act.15:17, Rom.3:11, Heb.11:6; εὐλογίαν, Heb.12:17; ἐξεζήτησαν κ. ἐξηραύνησαν (as in 1Ma.9:26), sought and searched out: 1Pe.1:10.
__2. As in 2Ki.4:11, Eze.3:18, 20 al. (דָּרַשׁ), to demand, require: Luk.11:50-51 †
(AS) G1568 G1568 = G1568 ἐκθαμβέω ekthambeō G:V be awe-struck ἐκ-θαμβέω, -ῶ
(ἔκθαμβος), [in LXX: Sir.30:9 * ;]
__1. to be amazed.
__2. to amaze, terrify (Sir.30:9). Pass., to be amazed, terrified: Mrk.9:15 14:33 16:5-6.†
(AS) G1569 G1569 = G1569 ἔκθαμβος ekthambos G:A astonished ἔκ-θαμβος, -ον
(θάμβος), [in LXX: Wis.10:19, Da TH Dan.7:7 (dreadful, terrible: אֵמְתָּנִי) * ;]
amazed (cf. Polyb., xx, 10, 9): Act.3:11.†
(AS) G1570 G1570 = G1570 ἔκθετος ekthetos G:A exposed ἔκ-θετος, -ον
(ἐκτίθημι), [in Al.: Eze.42:3 * ;]
cast out: ποιεῖν ἔ. = ἐκτιθέναι, Act.7:19.†
(AS) G1571 G1571 = G1571 ἐκκαθαίρω ekkathairō G:V to cleanse ἐκ-καθαίρω
[in LXX for בָּעַר, etc. ;]
__1. to cleanse thoroughly, cleanse out: with accusative, ἑαυτόν, 2Ti.2:21; of the impurity removed, ζυμήν, 1Co.5:7.†
(AS) G1572 G1572 = G1572 ἐκκαίω ekkaiō G:V be enflamed ἐκ-καίω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּעַר ;]
__1. to burn up.
__2. to kindle. Pass., to burn: metaphorically, of the passions (cf. Sir.16:6, Job.3:17), Rom.1:27.†
(AS) G1573 G1573 = G1573 ἐκκακέω ekkakeō G:V to lose heart ἐκκακέω, -ῶ, see: ἐνκακέω.
ἐν-κακέω, -ῶ (LTr., ἐγκ-; Rec. ἐκκ-; cf. WH, Notes, 157 f.; κακός, cowardly),
[in Sm.: Gen.27:46, Num.21:5, Pro.3:11, Isa.7:16 *;]
to lose heart : Luk.18:1, 2Co.4:1,16, Gal.6:9, Eph.3:13, 2Th.3:13 (Cremer, 330).†
(AS) G1574 G1574 = G1574 ἐκκεντέω ekkenteō G:V to pierce ἐκ-κεντέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for דָּקַר ;]
__1. to prick out, put out (Arist.).
__2. to pierce (Polyb., LXX): with accusative of person(s), Jhn.19:37 (LXX), Rev.1:7.†
(AS) G1575 G1575 = G1575 ἐκκλάω ekklaō G:V to break off ἐκ-κλάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Lev.1:17 (שָׁסַע pi.)* ;]
to break off: pass., Rom.11:17-20.†
(AS) G1576 G1576 = G1576 ἐκκλείω ekkleiō G:V to exclude ἐκ-κλείω
[in LXX: ἐ. κρίσιν, for נָטָה hi., Exo.23:2 (also as seel., Job.34:20, Psa.67:1-7 (Psa.68:30) * ;]
to shut out: Gal.4:17. Pass., Rom.3:27.†
(AS) G1577 G1577 = G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsia G:N-F assembly ἐκκλησία, -ας, ἡ
(ἐκ-καλέω), [in LXX chiefly for קָהָל, otherwise for one of its cogn. forms ;]
__1. prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc., ii, 22, opposite to σύλλογος, a concourse): Act.19:32, 39 41.
__2. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (Deu.4:10 23:2, al.): Act.7:38, Heb.2:12" (LXX) .
__3. NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church;
__(a) of gatherings for worship: 1Co.11:18 14:19, 34 35;
__(b) of local communities: Act.8:3, 1Co.4:17; with name added, Act.8:1, Rom.16:1, 1Th.1:1, al.; pl., Act.15:41, 1Co.7:17; τ. Χριστοῦ, Rom.16:16; τ. Ἀσίας, 1Co.16:19; τ. ἁγίων, 1Co.14:33; εἰπο]ν τ. ἐκκλησίᾳ, Mat.18:17 (but see Hort, Ecclesia, 10); of a house-congregation (DB, i, 431a), Rom.16:5, 1Co.16:19, Col.4:15, Phm 2;
__(with) of the whole body of Christians: Mat.16:18, 1Co.12:28, Eph.1:22, Php.3:6, al.; τ. θεοῦ, Act.20:28 (Κυρίου, T, R, mg.), 1Co.15:9, Gal.1:13, 1Ti.3:15; ἐ. προτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς, Heb.12:23.
SYN.: συναγωγή, which see (see Tr., Syn., §i; DB, i, 426; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4ff., 107ff.; Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37ff.; reff. s.vv. "Church," "Congregation," in DB and DCG; Cremer, 332). (AS) G1578 G1578 = G1578 ἐκκλίνω ekklinō G:V to turn from ἐκ-κλίνω
[in LXX for נָטָה, סוּר, etc. ;]
intrans., to turn aside, turn away: metaphorically, from the right path, absol., Rom.3:12 (LXX); from evil, absol., 1Pe.3:11; before ἀπό, with genitive of person(s), Rom.16:17.†
(AS) G1579 G1579 = G1579 ἐκκολυμβάω ekkolumbaō G:V to swim out to swim out of , with genitive, (Euripides) (ML) G1580 G1580 = G1580 ἐκκομίζω ekkomizō G:V to carry out ἐκ-κομίζω
to carry out: as freq., a corpse for burial, Luk.7:12.†
(AS) G1581 G1581 = G1581 ἐκκόπτω ekkoptō G:V to prevent ἐκ-κόπτω,
[in LXX for כָּרַת, etc. ;]
to cut out, cut off, cut down: of a hand, foot, Mat.5:30 18:8; a tree, Mat.3:10 7:19 Luk.3:9 13:7, 9; figuratively, of a branch, Rom.11:22; before ἐκ, Rom.11:24; metaphorically, τ. ἀφορμήν (cf. Job.19:10 ἐλπίδα), 2Co.11:12.†
(AS) G1582 G1582 = G1582 ἐκκρεμάννυμι ekkremannumi G:V to hang upon ἐκ-κρέμαννυμι,
[in LXX for קָשַׁר, Gen.44:30 * ;]
to hang from or upon; mid., ἐκκρέμαμαι: figuratively, ἐξεκρέματο αὐτοῦ άκούων (Rec.; WH read ἐξεκρέμετο, which implies a Pres. ἐκκρέμομαι, otherwise unknown; cf. Veitch, see word κρέμαμαι), Luk.19:48.†
(AS) G1583 G1583 = G1583 ἐκλαλέω eklaleō G:V to speak out ἐκ-λαλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jdth.11:9 * ;]
to speak out, divulge: Act.23:22.†
(AS) G1584 G1584 = G1584 ἐκλάμπω eklampō G:V to shine out ἐκ-λάμπω
[in LXX for אוֹר hi., etc. ;]
to shine forth: Mat.13:43.†
(AS) G1585 G1585 = G1585 ἐκλανθάνω eklanthanō G:V to forget ἐκ-λανθάνω
[in Sm.: Psa.13:2 * ;]
to escape notice utterly; mid., to forget utterly: Heb.12:5.†
(AS) G1586 G1586 = G1586 ἐκλέγω eklegō G:V to select ἐκ-λέγω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּחַר ;]
to pick out, choose. In NT always mid. (exc. Luk.9:35, ἐκλελεγμένος, WH, ἀγαπητός, R, mg.), to pick out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f.): with accusative of thing(s), Luk.10:42 14:7; with accusative of person(s), Act.6:5 15:22, 25; of Christ (see supr.), Luk.9:35; of Christ's choice of disciples, Luk.6:13, Jhn.6:70 13:18 15:16, 19 Act.1:2; of the Divine choice: of persons, Mrk.13:20, Act.1:24 13:17 15:7, Eph.1:4, Jas.2:5; of things, 1Co.1:27-28 (Cremer, 402, 773).†
(AS) G1587 G1587 = G1587 ἐκλείπω ekleipō G:V to fail ἐκ-λείπω
[in LXX for כָּלָה, כָּרַת ni., תָּמַם, etc., 47 different words in all ;]
__1. trans., to leave out, pass over.
__2. Intrans., to leave off, cease, fail: μαμωνᾶς, Luk.16:9; πίστις, Luk.22:32; ἔτη, Heb.1:12 (LXX); of the sun in an eclipse, Luk.23:45.†
(AS) G1588 G1588 = G1588 ἐκλεκτός eklektos G:A select ἐκ-λεκτός, -ή, -όν
(ἐκλέγω), [in LXX for בָּחַר (so prob. in Isa.28:16, Pro.17:3, for MT בָּחַן), בָּרִיא, etc. ;]
__1. choice, select (cl., rarely; Thuc., Plat., al.), hence, eminent: Rom.16:13 (cf. Eze.27:24).
__2. As in Inscr. (MM, Exp., xii), chosen; esp. as in LXX, of Israel, elect, chosen of God (Isa.65:9, Psa.105:43, al.); so in NT;
__(a) of Christ: Luk.23:35 (cf. Isa.42:1); figuratively, λίθος, 1Pe.2:4-6 (LXX);
__(b) of holy angels: 1Ti.5:21;
__(with) of Christians: Mat.24:22, 24, Mrk.13:20, 22 13:27, 2Ti.2:10, 1Pe.1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Luk.18:7, Rom.8:33, Col.3:12, Tit.1:1; τ. Χριστοῦ, Mat.24:31; ἐ. κυρία, II Jn 1; ἀδελφή, II Jn 13; γένος, 1Pe.2:9 (LXX); κλητοὶ καὶ ἐ. κ. πιστοί, Rev.17:14; opposite to κλητός (not so in Epp.; see Lft. on Col.3:12), Mat.20:16 (T, WH, txt., R, omit) Mat.22:14 (Cremer, 405, 775).†
(AS) G1589 G1589 = G1589 ἐκλογή eklogē G:N-F selecting ἐκλογή, ῆς ἡ
(ἐκλέγω), [in Aq.: Isa.22:7; Sm., Th.: Isa.37:24 * ;]
a choice, selection; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election): σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς, genitive qual., a chosen vessel; κατ ἐ., Rom.9:11 11:5, 28; with genitive of person(s), 1Th.1:4, 2Pe.1:10; by meton., ἡ ἐ. = οἱ ἐκλεκτοί, Rom.11:7.†
(AS) G1590 G1590 = G1590 ἐκλύω ekluō G:V to faint ἐκ-λύω
[in LXX for רָפָה, etc. ;]
__1. to loose, release.
__2. to unloose, as a bow-string, to relax, enfeeble; pass., to be faint, grow weary: Mat.15:32, Mrk.8:3; of mental weariness, Gal.6:9, Heb.12:3, 5" (LXX) .†
(AS) G1591 G1591 = G1591 ἐκμάσσω ekmassō G:V to wipe off ἐκ-μάσσω
[in LXX: Sir.12:11, Ep. Jer.13:1-27 24:1-10 * ;]
to wipe off: with accusative, Luk.7:38, 44, Jhn.11:2 12:3 13:5.†
(AS) G1592 G1592 = G1592 ἐκμυκτηρίζω ekmuktērizō G:V to ridicule ἐκ-μυκτηρίζω
[in LXX: Psa.2:4 22:7 35:16 (לָעַג), I Est.1:51 A* ;]
to hold up the nose in derision at, scoff at: with accusative, Luk.16:14 23:35.†
(AS) G1593 G1593 = G1593 ἐκνεύω ekneuō G:V to withdraw ἐκ-νεύω
[in LXX: Jdg.4:18 (סוּר) Jdg.18:26, 4Ki.2:24 23:16 (פָּנָה), Mic.6:14 (סוּג hi.), 3Ma.3:22 * ;]
__1. to bend the head aside (Xen.).
__2.
__(a) to shun, avoid (Diod.);
__(b) to withdraw: Jhn.5:13†
(AS) G1594 G1594 = G1594 ἐκνήφω eknēphō G:V to wake up ἐκ-νήφω
[in LXX: Gen.9:24, Hab.2:7 (יָקַץ), Jol.1:5, Hab.2:19 (יָקַץ hi.), 1Ki.25:37 (יָצָא), Sir.31:2 * ;]
to become sober after drunkenness: metaphorically, of sobriety of mind, 1Co.15:34.†
(AS) G1595 G1595 = G1595 ἑκούσιος hekousios G:A voluntary ἐκούσιος, -ον
(έκών), [in LXX chiefly for נְדָבָה, as Num.15:3 (κατ᾽ ἑ) ;]
usually of actions, voluntary: κατὰ ἑ., of free will (Lft., in l), Phm 14.†
(AS) G1596 G1596 = G1596 ἑκουσίως hekousiōs G:ADV / G:A voluntarily ἑκουσίως
adv., [in LXX: Psa.54:6 (נְדָבָה) 2Ma.14:3, al. ;]
voluntarily, willingly: Heb.10:26, 1Pe.5:2.†
(AS) G1597 G1597 = G1597 ἔκπαλαι ekpalai G:ADV of old ἔκ-παλαι
adv. (of a class of compound adverbs common in late Gk.; see Mayor on 2 Pe, l.with),
for a long time, from of old: 2Pe.2:3 3:5.†
(AS) G1598 G1598 = G1598 ἐκπειράζω ekpeirazō G:V to test/tempt ἐκ-πειράζω
[in LXX: Deu.6:16 8:2, 16 Psa.78:18 (נָסָה pi.) * ;]
= cl. ἐκπειράομαι,
to put to the proof or test, make trial of, tempt: with accusative, of God, Mat.4:7 (LXX), Luk.4:12 (ib.), 1Co.10:9; of Christ, Luk.10:25 (Cremer, 497).†
(AS) G1599 G1599 = G1599 ἐκπέμπω ekpempō G:V to send away/out ἐκ-πέμπω
[in LXX for שָׁלַח ;]
to send forth: Act.13:4 17:10.†
(AS) G1600 G1600 = G1600 ἐκπετάζω ekpetazō G:V to extend ἐκ-πετάννυμι
[in LXX chiefly for פָּרַשׂ, as Isa.65:2 (hithp.) ;]
to spread out (as a sail), stretch forth: Rom.10:21(LXX).†
(AS) G1601 G1601 = G1601 ἐκπίπτω ekpiptō G:V to fall out ἐκ-πίπτω
[in LXX: Isa.40:8 28:1, 4 (הֶבֶל), Job.14:2 (מָלַל, see RV. mg), Job.15:30 (סוּר), Job.15:33 (שָׁלַךְ hi.), etc. ;]
to fall out of, fall from, fall off: before ἐκ τ. χειρῶν, Act.12:7; absol., Act.27:32; of the withering of flowers (as LXX, ll with), Jas.1:11, 1Pe.1:24" (LXX) ; of navigators falling off from a straight course, Act.27:17, 26 27:29 Metaphorical, with genitive of thing(s): Gal.5:4, 2Pe.3:17; absol., fall from its place, fail, perish: Rom.9:6.†
(AS) G1602 G1602 = G1602 ἐκπλέω ekpleō G:V to sail out/away ἐκ-πλέω, -ῶ
to sail away: Act.20:6; before εἰς, Act.15:39 18:18.†
(AS) G1603 G1603 = G1603 ἐκπληρόω ekplēroō G:V to fulfill ἐκ-πληρόω
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:10, 3Ma.1:2 3Mac 1:22 * ;]
__1. to fill full, make up a number.
__2. to fulfil (MM, Exp., xii; Cremer, 839), Act.13:32.†
(AS) G1604 G1604 = G1604 ἐκπλήρωσις ekplērōsis G:N-F fulfillment ἐκ-πλήρωσις, -εως, ἡ)
[in LXX: 2Ma.6:14 * ;]
a completion, fulfilment: Act.21:26.†
(AS) G1605 G1605 = G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplēssō G:V be astonished ἐκ-πλήσσω
(Attic -ττω, Act.13:12), [in LXX: (pass.) Ecc.7:16, (שָׁמֵם hithp.), Wis.13:4, 2Ma.7:12, 4Ma.8:4 4Mac 17:16 * ;]
__1. prop., to strike out, drive away.
__2. to strike with panic or shock, to amaze, astonish: pass., Mat.13:54 19:25, Mrk.6:2 7:37 10:26, Luk.2:48; before ἐπί, with dative of thing(s), Mat.7:28 22:33, Mrk.1:22 11:18, Luk.4:32 9:43, Act.13:12.†
SYN.: " πτωεῖν G?, to terrify, agitate with fear;
τρεμεῖν, to tremble, predominantly physical;
φοβεῖν, to fear, "the general term," Thayer;
cf. also φρίσσω, to shudder, and see: δειλία
δειλία, -ας, ἡ
(δειλός), [in LXX for אֵימָה, מְחִתָּה, etc. ;]
cowardice, timidity (never in good sense): 2Ti.1:7.†
SYN.: φόβος, fear, in general, good or bad; εὐλάβεια (which see), apprehension generally, but chiefly pious fear, "that careful and watchful reverence which pays regard to every circumstance in that with which it has to deal" (cf. Tr., Syn., § x).† (AS) G1606 G1606 = G1606 ἐκπνέω ekpneō G:V to expire ἐκ-πνέω, -ῶ,
to breathe out; sc. βίον, ψυχήν (expressed in cl., Æsch., al.; cf. LS, see word), to breathe one's last, expire: Mrk.15:37, 39 Luk.23:46. For force of aorist, see Swete, Mrk.15:37.†
(AS) G1607 G1607 = G1607 ἐκπορεύω ekporeuō G:V to depart ἐκ-πορεύω
[in LXX chiefly for יָצָא ;]
to make to go out; pass. and mid., to go forth: Luk.3:7, Act.25:4; of demons leaving one possessed, Mat.17:21 (WH om.), Act.19:12; of excrement, Mk 719; before ἀπό, Mat.20:29, Mrk.10:46; ἐκ, Mrk.13:1 (of the dead rising, Jhn.5:29); ἐκεῖθεν, Mrk.6:11; ἔξω, Mrk.11:19; είς, Mrk.10:17, Jhn.5:29; ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Rev.16:14; πρός, with accusative of person(s), Mat.3:5, Mrk.1:5; εἰσπορ- (which see) καὶ ἐ., Act.9:28; metaphorically, to come forth, proceed: of feelings, etc., Mrk.7:23; before ἐκ, Mat.15:11, 18 Mrk.7:15, 20-21, Luk.4:22, Eph.4:29; ῥῆμα, before διά, Mat.4:4 (LXX); of lightning and flame, Rev.4:5 9:17-18 11:5; a river, Rev.22:1; a sword, Rev.1:16 19:15; a rumour, before εἰς, Luk.4:37; of the Holy Spirit, before παρά, Jhn.15:26.†
(AS) G1608 G1608 = G1608 ἐκπορνεύω ekporneuō G:V to fornicate ἐκ-πορνεύω
[in LXX chiefly for זָנָה, frequently of spiritual unfaithfulness ;]
strengthened form of πoρνεύω, implying excessive indulgence; mid, to give oneself up to fornication: Ju 7.†
(AS) G1609 G1609 = G1609 ἐκπτύω ekptuō G:V to spit out ἐκ-πτύω
__1. to spit out.
__2. to spit at in disgust, to abominate, loathe (= cl. ἀποπτ-, καταπτ-): Gal.4:14.†
(AS) G1610 G1610 = G1610 ἐκριζόω ekrizoō G:V to uproot ἐκ-ριζόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jdg.5:14 (שֶׁרֶשׁ), Jer.1:10 (נָתַשׁ), Zep.2:4 (גָּרַשׁ A, עָקַר BS), Dan.7:8 (עָקַר), Dan LXX 4:11, 23, Wis.4:4, Sir.3:9 49:7, 1Ma.5:51, 2Ma.12:7 * ;]
to root out, pluck up by the roots: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:29 15:13 Luk.17:6, Ju 12.†
(AS) G1611 G1611 = G1611 ἔκστασις ekstasis G:N-F amazement ἔκ-στασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐξίστημι) [in LXX: Gen.27:33, 1Ki.14:15, Eze.26:16, al. (חֲרָדָה); 2Ch.14:14 17:10 20:29 (פַּחַד), al. ;]
__1. a displacement (Arist.).
__2. An abnormal condition of the mind, in which the subject passes out of his usual self-control (Hippocr.); in NT (Kennedy, Sources, 121 f.);
__(a) a trance: Act.10:10 11:5 22:17;
__(b) amazement: Mrk.5:42 16:8, Luk.5:26, Act.3:19.†
(AS) G1612 G1612 = G1612 ἐκστρέφω ekstrephō G:V be warped ἐκ-στρέφω
[in LXX: Deu.32:20, Amo.6:13 Eze.16:34 A (הָפַךְ), Za 11:16 (פָּרַק pi.), Eze.13:20 (צוּד pi.)* ;]
__1. to turn out of (Hom.).
__2. to turn inside out; metaphorically, to change entirely, pervert (Aristoph.): Tit.3:11.†
(AS) G1613 G1613 = G1613 ἐκταράσσω ektarassō G:V to disturb greatly ἐκ-ταράσσω
[in LXX: Psa.18:4 (עֵת pi.), Psa.88:16 (צוּם), צוּם), Wis.17:3-4 18:17 * ;]
to throw into great trouble, agitate: Act.16:20.†
(AS) G1614 G1614 = G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteinō G:V to stretch out ἐκ-τείνω
[in LXX for שָׁלַח, נָטָה, etc. ;]
to stretch out or forth: τ. χεῖρα (as often in LXX), Mat.8:3 12:13 14:31 26:51, Mrk.1:41 3:5, Luk.5:13 6:10 Jhn.21:18, Act.26:1; before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), towards, Mat.12:49; against, Luk.22:53; εἰς ἴασιν, Act.4:30; of anchors, to cast, Act.27:30.†
(AS) G1615 G1615 = G1615 ἐκτελέω ekteleō G:V to finish up ἐκ-τελέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.32:45 (כָּלָה), 2Ch.4:5, (Da TH Dan.3:40), 2Ma.15:9 * ;]
to bring to an end, finish, complete: Luk.14:29-30.†
(AS) G1616 G1616 = G1616 ἐκτένεια ekteneia G:N-F earnestness ἐκ-τένεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἐκτενής), [in LXX: Jdth.4:9, 2Ma.14:38, 3Ma.6:41 * ;]
zeal, intentness, earnestness (cf. Deiss., BS, 262): Act.26:7.†
(AS) G1617 G1617 = G1617 ἐκτενέστερον ektenesteron G:A earnestly deeply, earnestly
intensely, fervently, earnestly, deeply Lk. 22:44; Acts 12:5; 1Pet. 1:22* G1618 G1618 = G1618 ἐκτενής ektenēs G:A fervent ἐκτενής, -ές
(ἐκτείνω), [in LXX: 3Ma.3:10 3Mac 5:29 * ;]
stretched, strained. Metaphorical, earnest, zealous: 1Pe.4:8 .†
(AS) G1619 G1619 = G1619 ἐκτενῶς ektenōs G:ADV fervently ἐκτενῶς
adv., [in LXX: Jon.3.8 (חׇזְקָה), Jol.1:14, Jdth.4:12, 3Ma.5:9 * ;]
fervently, earnestly: Act.12:5, 1Pe.1:22; compar., Luk.22:44 (WH br., R, mg., omits).†
(AS) G1620 G1620 = G1620 ἐκτίθημι ektithēmi G:V to explain/expose ἐκ-τίθημι
[in LXX for נָתַן ni., etc. ;]
to set out, expose: Act.7:21, Metaphorical, to set forth, expound: Act.11:4 28:23; with accusative of thing(s), Act.18:26.†
(AS) G1621 G1621 = G1621 ἐκτινάσσω ektinassō G:V to shake out/off ἐκ-τινάσσω
[in LXX for נָעַר ni., pi., etc. ;]
to shake off: κονιορτόν, Mat.10:14; χοῦν, Mrk.6:11. Mid.: κονιορτόν, Act.13:51; ἱμάτια, Act.18:6 (cf. MM, Exp., iii).†
(AS) G1622 G1622 = G1622 ἐκτός ektos G:PREP outside/except 1. outside , opposite to ἐντός:
2. as preposition with genitive outside, out of, far from , with genitive, (Homer): outside of, free from , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; ἐκτὸς ἐλπίδος beyond hope, Lat. praeter spem, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. of Time, beyond , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. except , ἐκτὸς ὀλίγων (Xenophon Historicus)
5. absolute, τὰ ἐκτός external things , (Euripides)
6. with Verbs of motion, ῥίπτειν ἐκτός to throw out , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G1623 G1623 = G1623 ἕκτος hektos G:A sixth ἐκτός,
adv. [in LXX Jdg.8:26 20:15, 3Ki.10:13, al. (בַּד, Jdg.5:28 (בַּד), בַּד), Sng.4:1-3 (בַּד), al, ;]
__1. as adv., outside, beyond: τὸ ἐ., with poss. genitive, the outside, Mat.23:26; in late Gk. (see Deiss., BS, 118), pleonastic, ἐκτός εἰ μή, 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__2. With force of prep., with genitive;
__(a) outside of: 1Co.6:18, 2Co.12:2;
__(b) beyond, besides, except: Act.26:22, 1Co.15:27.†
(AS) G1624 G1624 = G1624 ἐκτρέπω ektrepō G:V to turn/wander away ἐκ-τρέπω
[in LXX for הָפַךְ, Amo.5:8 * ;]
to turn out of the course, turn aside, with accusative Pass., with middle sense, intrans., to turn aside: Heb.12:13 (R, txt., for be put out of joint, R, mg., see Thayer, see word Westc., in l); figuratively, before εἰς, 1Ti.1:6; ἐπί, 2Ti.4:4; ὀπίσω, 1Ti.5:15; with accusative, to shun, avoid: 1Ti.6:20.†
(AS) G1625 G1625 = G1625 ἐκτρέφω ektrephō G:V to nourish/rear ἐκ-τρέφω
[in LXX for גָּדַל, etc. ;]
__1. prop., of children, to nurture, bring up: Eph.6:4.
__2. to nourish: Eph.5:29.†
(AS) G1626 G1626 = G1626 ἔκτρωμα ektrōma G:N-N untimely birth ἔκ-τρωμα, -τος, τό
(ἐκτιτρώσκω, to miscarry), [in LXX: Job.3:16, Ecc.6:3 (; also in Aq., Psa.58:9, Num.12:12 (נָפַל) * ;]
an abortion, an untimely birth (see Field, Notes, 179): 1Co.15:8.†
(AS) G1627 G1627 = G1627 ἐκφέρω ekpherō G:V to bring/carry out ἐκ-φέρω
[in LXX chiefly for יָצָא hi. ;]
__1. to carry out, bring out: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.15:22, 1Ti.6:7; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.8:23, Act.5:15; of the dead for burial (cf. κομίζω), Act.5:6, 9-10.
__2. to bring forth;
__(a) of women (Hipp., Arist., al.);
__(b) of the ground (Hdt.): Heb.6:8.†
(AS) G1628 G1628 = G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheugō G:V to escape ἐκ-φεύγω
[in LXX for נוּס, etc. ;]
to flee away, escape: absol., Act.16:27, 1Th.5:3, Heb.2:3; before ἐκ, Act.19:10; with accusative of person(s), Heb.12:25; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.21:36, Rom.2:3; τ. χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, 2Co.11:33.†
(AS) G1629 G1629 = G1629 ἐκφοβέω ekphobeō G:V to terrify ἐκ-φοβέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for חָרֵד hi. ;]
to frighten away, terrify: with accusative of person(s), 2Co.10:9.†
(AS) G1630 G1630 = G1630 ἔκφοβος ekphobos G:A terrified ἔκφοβος, -ον
[in LXX: ἔ. εἶναι for יָגֹר, Deu.9:19; also 1Ma.13:2 * ;]
affrighted, terrified: Mrk.9:16, Heb.12:21.†
(AS) G1631 G1631 = G1631 ἐκφύω ekphuō G:V to put out ἐκ-φύω
[in OT (Sm.) Psa.104:14; (Al.) Isa.61:11 * ;]
to cause to grow out, put forth (leaves): Mat.24:32, Mrk.13:28.†
(AS) G1632 G1632 = G1632 ἐκχέω ekcheō G:V to pour out ἐκ-χέω also Hellenistic, ἐκχύνω (in Th.: 4Ki.14:14 *), and ἐκχύννω (which see)
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁפַךְ ;]
to pour out: φιάλην, Rev.16:1-4, 8 16:10, 12 16:17; κέρματα, Jhn.2:15; αἷμα, Mat.23:35 (cf. MM, Exp., xii), Luk.11:50, Act.22:20, Rom.3:15" (LXX) Rev.16:6. Pass., αἷμα, Mat.26:28, Mrk.14:24, Act.22:20; οἶνος, Mat.9:17, Luk.5:37; σπλάγχνα, Act.1:18. Metaphorical, τ. πνεῦμα, Act.2:17-18 (LXX), Act.2:33 10:45, Tit.3:6; ἀγάπη, Rom.5:5 (cf. Sir.36:8, ὀργήν); pass., of persons (like Lat. effundor), to give oneself up to (RV, ran riotously in): Ju 11.†
(AS) G1633 G1633 = G1633 ἐκχωρέω ekchōreō G:V to go out εκ-χύννω
Hellenistic form of ἐκχέω, which see (E1., § 17): Mat.23:35 26:28, Mrk.14:24, Luk.5:37 11:50 22:20, Act.1:18 10:45 22:20, Rom.5:5, Ju 11.†
ἐκ-χωρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Num.16:45 (רוּם ni.), Jdg.7:3 (צָפַר), Amo.7:12 (בָּרַח), 1Es.4:44 Est.4:57, 1Ma.9:62 * ;]
to depart, withdraw: Luk.21:21.†
(AS) G1634 G1634 = G1634 ἐκψύχω ekpsuchō G:V to expire ἐκ-ψύχω
[in LXX: Jdg.4:21 A (עוּף), Eze.21:7 (כָּהָה pi.)* ;]
to expire, breathe one's last: Act.5:5, 10 12:23 (cf. ἐκπνέω; Cremer, 906).†
(AS) G1635 G1635 = G1635 ἑκών hekōn G:A voluntarily ἑκών, -οῦσα, -όν
[in LXX: Exo.21:13, Job.36:19 * ;]
willing, of one's own free will: Rom.8:20, 1Co.9:17 (Cremer, 246).†
(AS) G1636 G1636 = G1636 ἐλαία elaia G:N-F olive tree ἐλαία
(Attic, ἐλάα), -ας, ἡ [in LXX for זַיִת ;]
__1. an olive tree: Rom.11:17, 24, Rev.11:4; τ. ὄρος τῶν ἐ. (זַיִת הַר, Zec.14:4), the Mount of Olives: Mat.21:1 24:3 26:30, Mrk.11:1 13:3 14:26, Luk.19:37 22:39; τὸ καλούμενον ἐ. (T, ἐλαιών, which see), Luk.19:29 21:37.
__2. an olive (Aristoph.): Jas.3:12.†
(AS) G1637 G1637 = G1637 ἔλαιον elaion G:N-N olive oil ἔλαιον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁמֶן ;]
olive-oil: Luk.16:6, Rev.6:6 18:13; for lamps, Mat.25:3-4, 8; for healing, Mrk.6:13, Luk.10:34, Jhn.5:14; for anointing at feasts, Luk.7:46, Heb.1:9" (LXX) .†
SYN.: μύρον, ointment, see Tr., Syn., 135 (AS) G1638 G1638 = the Greek of H2132G ἐλαιών elaiōn N:N-M-L Olivet ἐλαιών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(ἐλαία), [in LXX for זַיִת ;]
olive-grove, olive-garden (so in FlJ and in π.; Deiss., BS, 209 ff.; MM, Exp., iii; M, Pr., 49, 69, 235): Luk.19:29 21:37 (WH, -ῶν; see their App., 158; Field, Notes, 73; El., § 10, 5; 33, 1; Thayer, see word), Act.1:12 (where EL, ll with, proposes the conjectural emendation ἐλαιῶν for -ῶνος).†
(AS) G1639 G1639 = the Greek of H5867A Ἐλαμίτης Elamitēs N:N--LG Elamite Ἐλαμείτης (Rec. -αμίτης), -ου, ὁ
(Heb. אֵילָם) [in LXX (cl.) Ἐλυμαίος, Ἔλαμος: Jdth.1:6; Ἀιλαμείτης (vv.ll. Ἐλ-, -αμίτης; Bl., § 3, 7): Isa.11:11 21:2 22:6) ;]
an Elamite: Act.2:9.†
(AS) G1640 G1640 = G1640 ἐλάσσων elassōn G:A lesser ἐλάσσων (-ττων, Heb_7:7, WH, 1Ti_5:9), -ον
(formed, with superl. ἐλάχιστος, from the epic ἐλαχύς, little, and serving as compar. of μικρός), [in LXX for מָעַט, etc. ;]
less, in age, rank or quality: Jhn.2:19, Rom.9:12" (LXX), Heb.7:7; neut., -ον, adverbially: 1Ti.5:9.†
(AS) G1641 G1641 = G1641 ἐλαττονέω elattoneō G:V to have little ἐλαττονέω, -ῶ
(ἔλαττον), [in LXX (with -όω) chiefly for חָסֵר ;]
to be less (RV, had no lack): 2Co.8:15 (LXX) (a rare word; cf. MM, Exp., xii).†
(AS) G1642 G1642 = G1642 ἐλαττόω elattoō G:V to make less ἐλαττόω, -ῶ
(ἐλάιττων), [in LXX (where also -σσῶ) chiefly for חָסֵר, and very frequently in Sir ;]
to make less: Heb.2:7 (LXX); pass., Jhn.3:30, Heb.2:9.†
(AS) G1643 G1643 = G1643 ἐλαύνω elaunō G:V to drive ἐλαύνω
[in LXX: Isa.41:7 (הָלַם) Isa.33:21 (שַׁיִט), etc. ;]
to drive: of the wind, Jas.3:4, 2Pe.2:17; of sailors rowing or sailing a boat, Mrk.6:48, Jhn.6:19; of demons, Luk.8:29 (cf. ἀπ-, συν-ελαύνω).†
(AS) G1644 G1644 = G1644 ἐλαφρία elaphria G:N-F lightness lightness: levity , (New Testament)
from ἐλαφρός (ML) G1645 G1645 = G1645 ἐλαφρός elaphros G:A light ἐλαφρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for קַל, קָלָל ;]
light in weight easy to bear: Mat.11:30; θλίψρις (EV, our light affliction), 2Co.4:17.†
(AS) G1646 G1646 = G1646 ἐλάχιστος elachistos G:A--S least ἐλάχιστος, -η, -ον
(see: ἐλάσσων),
smallest, least: as proper superlat., 1Co.15:9; elsewhere, as usually in late Gk., intensive (B1., § 11, 3); Mat.2:6 (LXX) Mat.25:40, 45 Luk.12:26 16:10 19:17, 1Co.4:3 6:2, Jas.3:4; ἐ. ἐν τ. βασιλείᾳ τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.5:19 (see Dalman, Words, 113). Compar., ἐλαχιστότερος (for corresp. superl., see LS; see also Bl., § 44, 3); less than the least: Eph.3:8.†
(AS) G1647 G1647 = a Form of G1646 ἐλαχιστότερος elachistoteros G:A least ἐλαχιστότερος
(for corresp. superl., see LS; see also Bl., § 44, 3);
less than the least: Eph.3:8.†
(AS) G1648 G1648 = G1648 Ἐλεάζαρ Eleazar N:N-M-P Eleazar Ἐλεάζαρ(Heb. אֶלְעָזָר), ὁ, indecl.,
Eleazar: Mat.1:15.†
(AS) G1649 G1649 = G1649 ἔλεγξις elegxis G:N-F rebuke ἐλεγξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐλέγχω), [in LXX: Job.21:4 23:2 (שִׂיחַ) * ;]
re­buke: 2Pe.2:16.†
(AS) G1650 G1650 = G1650 ἔλεγχος elegchos G:N-M rebuke ἔλεγχος, -ου, ὁ
(ἐλέγχω) [in LXX: frequently in Pr, Jb (יָכַח) יָכַח) Wis.5:1-23, Sir.3:1-31, etc. ;]
a proof, test: Heb.11:1.†
(AS) G1651 G1651 = G1651 ἐλέγχω elegchō G:V to rebuke ἐλέγχω
[in LXX chiefly for יָכַח hi. ;]
__1. in Hom., to treat with contempt.
__2. to convict: with accusative, Mat.18:15 (RV, show him his fault), Tit.1:9; before περί, Jhn.8:46 16:8, Ju 15; pass., Jas.2:9.
__3. to reprove, re­buke: 1Ti.5:20, 2Ti.4:2, Tit.1:13 2:15, Rev.3:19; pass., before περί, Luk.3:19; ὑπό, Heb.12:5 (LXX).
__4. to expose: Eph.5:11; pass., Jhn.3:20, 1Co.14:24 (RV reprove, mg. convict), Eph.5:13 (RV, as 1 Co, l.with, of. AR on Eph.5:11; MM, Exp., xii; cf. ἐξ-, δια-κατ-ελέγχομαι).†
SYN.: ἐπιτιμῶ, expressing simply rebuke, which may be un­deserved (Mat.16:22) or ineffectual (Luk.23:40), while ἐλ. implies rebuke which brings conviction (see Tr., Syn., § iv) (AS) G1652 G1652 = G1652 ἐλεεινός eleeinos G:A pitiful ἐλεεινός, -ή, -όν
(ἔλεος in Re, l.with, WH have the Attic poëtic form, ἐλεινός),
pitiable, miserable: Rev.3:17; comparat., 1Co.15:19.†
(AS) G1653 G1653 = G1653 ἐλεέω eleeō G:V to have mercy ἐλεέω
(in Rom.9:16, Ju 22, -άω, which see), -ῶ (ἔλεος), [in LXX (Hex, Pss, Pr) chiefly for חָנַן, also frequently in Proph. for רָחַם, etc. ;]
to have pity or mercy on, to show mercy: absol., Rom.9:16 12:8; with accusative, Mat.9:27 15:22 17:15 18:33 20:30-31, Mrk.5:19 10:47-48, Luk.16:24 17:13 18:38-39 Rom.9:15, 18 11:32, Php.2:27, Ju 22. Pass., to have pity or mercy shown one (EV, obtain mercy): Mat.5:7, Rom.11:30-31, 1Co.7:25, 2Co.4:1, 1Ti.1:13 1:16, 1Pe.2:10.†
(AS) G1654 G1654 = G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosunē G:N-F charity ἐλεημοσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(ἐλεέω), [in LXX chiefly for חֶסֶד, צְדָקָה ;]
__1. mercy, pity.
__2. almsgiving, alms (like the German Almosen, a corruption of the Greek word ἐ): Mat.6:4; ποιεῖν ἐ., Mat.6:2-3, Act.9:36 10:2 24:17; ἐ. διδόναι, Luk.11:41 (cf. Mat.23:36; Dalman, Words, 62 f.) 12:33; αἰτεῖν, Act.3:2; λαβεῖν, Act.3:3; πρὸς (in order to ask) ἐ., Act.3:10; pl., Act.10:4, 31 (Cremer, 711).†
(AS) G1655 G1655 = G1655 ἐλεήμων eleēmōn G:A merciful ἐλεήμων, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for חַנּוּן ;]
merciful: Mat.5:7, Heb.2:17.†
(AS) G1656 G1656 = G1656 ἔλεος eleos G:N-N mercy ἔλεος, -ους, τό
(cl. -ου, ὁ, and so Rec., Mat.9:13 12:7 23:23, Tit.3:5, Heb.4:16; on the Hellenistic form τό ἔ., see WH, App., 158; M, Pr., 60; Mayser, 277; Kühner, i, 515), [in LXX chiefly for חֶסֶד ;]
mercy, pity, compassion;
__1. of men: Mat.9:13 (LXX) Mat.12:7 23:23; ποιεῖν ἔ. (and id. before μετά, with genitive; cf. Heb. עִם חֶסֶד עָשָׂה, Gen.21:23, al.), Luk.10:37, Jas.2:13 3:17.
__2. Of God: Luk.1:50, 54 1:58, Rom.15:9, Eph.2:4, 2Ti.1:16 1:18, Tit.3:5, Heb.4:16, 1Pe.1:3; esp. in benedictions, Gal.6:16, 1Ti.1:2, 2Ti.1:2, 2Jn.3, Ju 2; σκευὴ ἐλέους, Rom.9:23; σπλάγχνα ἐλέους, Luk.1:78; ποιεῖν ἔ. (see supr.), Luk.1:72; τ. ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει, Rom.11:31.
__3. Of Christ: Ju 21.†
SYN.: οἰκτιρμός (see: ἐλεέω) (AS) G1657 G1657 = G1657 ἐλευθερία eleutheria G:N-F freedom ἐλευθερία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Lev.19:20 (חֻפְשָׁה), 1Es.4:49 Est.4:53, Sir.7:21, Sir.33:25, 1Ma.14:27, 3Ma.3:28 * ;]
liberty: with reference to the religious life, 1Co.10:29, 2Co.3:17, Gal.2:4 5:1, 1Pe.2:16, 2Pe.2:19; ὁ νόμος τῆς ἐ., Jas.1:25 2:12; ἡ ἐ. τῆς δόξης, Rom.8:21; ἐπ᾽ ἐ., Gal.5:13 (on which formula, cf. Deiss., LAE, 327 ff.; Cremer, 251).†
(AS) G1658 G1658 = G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleutheros G:A free/freedom ἐλεύθερος, -α, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for חׇפְשִׁי ;]
free;
__(a) in civil sense, not a slave: Jhn.8:33, 1Co.7:21-22 12:13, Gal.3:28, Eph.6:8, Col.3:11, Rev.6:15 13:16 19:18; fem., Gal.4:22-23, 30;
__(b) as regards restraint and obligation in general: Mat.17:26, 1Co.9:1; before ἐκ, 1Co.9:19; ἀπό, Rom.7:3; with inf., 1Co.7:39; from the law, Gal.4:26, 1Pe.2:16; from sin, Jhn.8:32, 36; τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ, as regards righteousness, Rom.6:20 (Cremer, 249).†
(AS) G1659 G1659 = G1659 ἐλευθερόω eleutheroō G:V to set free ἐλευθερόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Pro.25:10. 2Ma.1:27 2Mac 2:22 * ;]
to make free from sin, Jhn.8:32, 36; before ἀπό, Rom.6:18, 22 8:2, 21; τ. ἐλευθερία (dative commodi), Gal.5:1 (on the "punctiliar" force of this verb, see M, Pr. 149; cf. also Cremer, 251).†
(AS) G1660 G1660 = G1660 ἔλευσις eleusis G:N-F coming a coming:—;the Advent of our LORD, (New Testament) (ML) G1661 G1661 = G1661 ἐλεφάντινος elephantinos G:A made of ivory ἐλεφάντινος, -η, -ον
(ἐλέφας, ivory), [in LXX for שֵׁן ;]
of ivory: Rev.18:12.†
(AS) G1662 G1662G = G1662G Ἐλιακείμ Eliakeim N:N-M-P Eliakim Ἐλιακείμ(Heb. אֶלְיָקִים),
Eliakim, an ancestor of Jesus: Mat.1:13, Luk.3:30.†
(AS) G1662 G1662H = G1662H Ἐλιακείμ Eliakeim N:N-M-P Eliakim Ἐλιακείμ(Heb. אֶלְיָקִים),
Eliakim, an ancestor of Jesus: Mat.1:13, Luk.3:30.†
(AS) G1663 G1663 = G1663 Ἐλιέζερ Eliezer N:N-M-P Eliezer Ἐλιέζερ(Heb. אֱלִיעֶזֶר), ὁ, indecl.,
Eliezer, an ancestor of Jesus: Luk.3:29.†
(AS) G1664 G1664 = G1664 Ἐλιούδ Elioud N:N-M-P Eliud Ἐλιούδ, ὁ
indecl.,
Eliud, an ancestor of Jesus: Mat.1:14-15.†
(AS) G1665 G1665 = G1665 Ἐλισάβετ Elisabet N:N-F-P Elizabeth Ἐλεισάβετ (T, Rec. Ἐλισ-; see WH, App., 155), ἡ indecl. (Heb. אֱלִישֶׁבַע)
Elizabeth: Luk.1:5 ff.†
(AS) G1666 G1666 = the Greek of H0477 Ἐλισσαῖος Elissaios N:N-M-P Elisha Ἐλισαῖος (Rec. Ἐλισσαῖος; Τ, Ἑλισ-), -ου, ὁ (Heb. אֱלִישָׁע),
Elisha, the prophet: Luk.4:27.†
(AS) G1667 G1667 = G1667 ἑλίσσω helissō G:V to roll up ἑλίσσω
[in LXX: Isa.34:4 (גָּלַל ni.), Psa.102:26 (חָלַף hi.), etc. ;]
to roll, roll up: Heb.1:12 (LXX), Rev.6:14.†
(AS) G1668 G1668 = G1668 ἕλκος helkos G:N-N sore ἑλκος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX: Exo.9:9-11, Lev.13:18-27, 4Ki.20:7, Job.2:7 (שְׁחִין) ;]
__1. a wound (Hom.).
__2. a sore, an ulcer (Thuc., al.): Luk.16:21, Rev.16:2, 11.†
(AS) G1669 G1669 = G1669 ἑλκόω helkoō G:V to have/cause sores ἑλκόω, -ῶ
__1. to wound.
__2. to ulcerate; pass., to suffer from sores: pf. ptcp., εἱλκωμίνος (Rec. ἡλκ-), EV, full of sores, Luk.16:20.†
(AS) G1670 G1670 = G1670 ἕλκω helkuō, helkō G:V to draw/persuade ἕλκω
(Hellenistic form ἑλκύω in Jhn.11:1-57. with, Act.16:19), [in LXX for מָשַׁךְ, etc. ;]
to draw: with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.18:10 21:6; with accusative of person(s), before ἔξω, Act.21:30; εἰς, Act.16:19, Jas.2:6. Metaphorical, to draw, lead, impel: Jhn.6:44 12:32. (For discussion of ἕ. in Oxyrh. Log., see Deiss., LAE, 437 ff.)†
(AS) G1671 G1671 = the Greek of H3120H Ἑλλάς Hellas N:N-F-L Greece Ἑλλάς, -άδος, ἡ
[in LXX: Isa.66:19, Eze.27:13 (יָוָן), 1Ma.1:1 1Mac 8:9 * ;]
with varying usage as to geographical limits; in NT = 'Αχαία (cf. Act.18:12),
Greece: Act.20:2.†
(AS) G1672 G1672 = the Greek of H3120G Ἕλλην=Ἕλλην Hellēn N:N--LG Greek, Gentile Ἕλλην, -ηνος, ὁ
[in LXX: Jol.3:6, Zec.9:13 (יָוָן), etc.; 1Ma.1:19, al. * ;]
a Greek; opposite to βάρβαρος, Rom.1:14; usually in ΝΤ of Greek Gentiles, opposite to Ἰουδαῖοι: Jhn.7:35, Act.11:29 14:1 16:1, 3 18:4 19:19, 17 20:21 21:28 Rom.1:16 2:9-10 3:9 10:12, 1Co.1:22 1:24 10:32 12:13, Gal.2:3 3:28, Col.3:11; of proselytes, Jhn.12:29, Act.17:4.†
(AS) G1673 G1673 = G1673 Ἑλληνικός=Ἑλληνικός Hellēnikos N:A--LG Greek Ἑλληνικκός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Jer.46:6 50:16 (יָנָה: aliter in Heb.), 2Ma.4:10 2Mac 4:15 2Mac 6:9 2Mac 11:24 2Mac 13:2, 4Ma.8:8 * ;]
Greek: τ. Ἑλληνικῇ (sc. γλωσσῇ), Rev.9:11.†
(AS) G1674 G1674 = a Group member of H3120G Ἑλληνίς=Ἑλληνίς Hellēnis N:N-F-LG Gentile Ἑλληνίς
[in LXX: 2Ma.6:8 A * ;]
a Greek (i.e. Gentile) woman: Mrk.7:26, Act.17:12.†
(AS) G1675 G1675 = a Group member of H3120H Ἑλληνιστής Hellēnistēs N:N--LG Hellenist Ἑλληνιστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(Ἑλληνίζω, to Hellenize, affect Greek cus­toms),
a Hellenist (RV, Grecian Jew): Act.6:1 9:29 11:20.†
(AS) G1676 G1676 = a Spelling of G1673 Ἑλληνιστί=Ἑλληνικός Hellēnisti G:ADV-T Greek Ἑλληνιστί
adv.,
in Greek: Jhn.19:20; Ἑ. (sc. λαλεῖν) γινώσκεις, Act.21:37 (cf. Field, Notes, 135).†
(AS) G1677 G1677 = G1677 ἐλλογέω ellogeō G:V to charge ἐλλογάω, -ῶ
(a κοινή word, elsewhere usually -έω; cf. Bl., § 22, 2),
to charge to one's account, impute: Phm 18 (on parallels, cf. Deiss., LAE, 79 f., 335 f.; Milligan, NTD, 73; MM, Exp., xii); of sin, Rom.5:13 (Cremer, 400).†
(AS) G1678 G1678 = G1678 Ἐλμωδάμ Elmōdam N:N-M-P Elmadam Ἐλμαδάμ (L, Ἑλ-; Rec. -μωδάμ), ό, indecl.,
Elmadam, an ancestor of Jesus: Luk.3:28.
(AS) G1679 G1679 = G1679 ἐλπίζω elpizō G:V to hope/expect ἐλπίζω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּטַח, also for חָסָה, יָחַל pi., hi., etc. ;]
to look for, expect, hope (for): with accusative of thing(s), Rom.8:24-25, 1Co.13:7, Heb.11:1; with dative of thing(s) (τ. τύχῃ, Thuc., iii, 97, 2), Mat.12:21; before καθώς, 2Co.8:5; with inf., Luk.6:34 23:8, Act.26:7, Rom.15:24, 1Co.16:7, 2Co.5:11, Php.2:19, 23, 1Ti.3:14, II Jn 12, 3Jn.14; before ὅτι, with pres., Luk.24:21; with fut., Act.24:26, 2Co.1:13 13:6, Phm 22. As in LXX (WM, § xxxiii, d; and esp. in the pf., Ellic. on 1Ti.4:10; Bl., § 59, 2), with prep.; εἰς, Jhn.5:45 (see Ellis., l.with), 1Pe.3:5; before ὅτι, 2Co.1:10; ἐπί, with dative, Rom.15:12 (LXX 1Ti.4:10 6:17; ἐν, 1Co.15:19; with accusative, 1Pe.1:13 (aor. imper. see Bl., § 58, 2); τ. θεόν, 1Ti.5:5 (of. ἀπ-, προ-ελπίζω, see Cremer, 255).†
(AS) G1680 G1680 = G1680 ἐλπίς elpis G:N-F hope ἐλπίς
(ἑλ-, Rom.8:20, WH, see Bl., § 4, 3; M, Pr., 44), -ίδος, ἡ [in LXX for בָּטַח and its derivatives, תִּקְוָה (frequently in Jb), etc. ;]
expectation (in cl., rarely of evil, mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope;
__1. of hope in general: 2Co.1:6; with genitive obj., Act.16:19; art. inf., Act.27:20, 1Co.9:10; παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα, Rom.4:18; ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι, 1Co.9:10.
__2. Of religious hope: ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι, Act.2:26 26:6, Rom.4:18 8:20, Tit.1:2; τῇ ἐ. ἐσώθημεν, Rom.8:24; κατ᾽ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου, Tit.3:7; of the Messianic hope of Israel, Act.23:6 26:6-7 28:20; of Christian hope, Rom.5:2-5 12:12 15:4, 13, 1Co.13:13, 2Th.2:16, Heb.3:6 6:11 7:19 10:23, 1Pe.1:3 1:21 3:15; with genitive obj., Rom.5:2, Col.1:27, 1Th.1:3 5:8, Tit.1:2; with genitive of that on which the hope is based, Act.26:6, Eph.1:18 4:4, Col.1:23; ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἐ., Rom.15:13; ἔχειν ἐ. (= cl. ἐλπίζειν), Act.24:15, Rom.15:4, 2Co.3:12 10:15, Eph.2:12, 1Th.4:13; before ἐπί, with dative, 1Jn.3:3; εἰς, Act.24:15; ὅτι, Rom.8:20, Php.1:20-21. Meton.,
__(a) of the author or ground of hope (cl.): 1Th.2:19, 1Ti.1:1; with genitive obj., Col.1:27;
__(b) of the thing hoped for: Gal.5:5, Col.1:5, Tit.2:13, Heb.6:18 (Cremer, 252, 712).†
(AS) G1681 G1681 = a Name of G0919 Ἐλύμας Elumas N:N-M-P Elymas Ἐλύμας, -α, ὁ
(Aram. or Arab., cf. DB, i, 246 b)
Elymas: Act.13:8.†
(AS) G1682 G1682 = a Spelling of H3068G ἐλωΐ elōi A:N Eloi ἐλωί
(-ΐ Rec.; ἑλωΐ LT; Aram. אֱלָהּ),
Eloi: Mat.27:46, Mrk.15:34" (LXX) .†
(AS) G1683 G1683 = a Form of G1473 ἐμαυτοῦ emautou G:F-1 myself ἐμαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -oῦ
reflex prop. of first of person(s), used only in genitive, dative and accusative sing.,
of myself: Luk.7:7, al.; ἀπ᾽ ἐ, Jhn.5:30 7:17, 28 8:28, 42 10:18 14:10; ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτόν, Mat.8:9, Luk.7:8
(AS) G1684 G1684 = G1684 ἐμβαίνω embainō G:V to climb ἐμ-βαίνω
[in LXX for עָלָה, etc. ;]
to step into: Jhn.5:4 (WH, RV omit); εἰς πλοῖον, to embark: Mat.8:23 9:1 13:2 14:22 15:39, Mrk.4:1 5:18 6:45 8:10, 13, Luk.5:3 8:22, 37, Jhn.6:17, 24 21:3, Act.21:6.†
(AS) G1685 G1685 = G1685 ἐμβάλλω emballō G:V to throw in ἐμ-βάλλω
[in LXX for שׂוּם, etc. ;]
to cast into: before εἰς, Luk.12:5 (cf. MM, Exp., vii, 93).†
(AS) G1686 G1686 = G1686 ἐμβάπτω embaptō G:V to dip in ἐμ-βάπτω
to dip in: τ. χεῖρα ἐν τ. τρυβλίῳ, Mat.26:23; mid., before εἰς, Mrk.14:20.†
(AS) G1687 G1687 = G1687 ἐμβατεύω embateuō G:V to investigate ἐμβατεύω
[in LXX: with accusative, Jos.19:49 (נָחַל, Jos.19:51 (חָלַק pi.); before εἰς, 1Ma.12:25 1Mac 13:20 1Mac 14:31 1Mac 15:40; metaphorically, 2Ma.2:30 * ;] (ἐμβάτης ἐμβαίνω)
__1. to step in or on (Soph.), hence
__(a) to frequent, haunt, dwell in (Æsch., Eur.); metaphorically, Col.2:18 (dwelling in, R, txt.; taking, R, mg.);
__(b) to invade (1Mac, ll with; metaphorically, Col, Lc.).
__2. to enter on, come into possession of (Eur., Dem.; LXX, Jos, H. with); on the difficulties of reading and interpretation in this passage, see Lft, Col., 194 f., 252; ICC, 268 ff.; Field, Notes, 197; Milligan, NTD, 177; and for exx. from π., MM, Exp., xii (cf. κενεμβ.).†
(AS) G1688 G1688 = G1688 ἐμβιβάζω embibazō G:V to put on board ἐμ-βιβάζω
[in LXX: 4Ki.9:23 (רָכַב hi.), Pro.4:11 (דָּרַךְ hi.) * ;]
__1. to set in, put in.
__2. to put on board ship, embark: with accusative of person(s), before εἰς, Act.27:6.†
(AS) G1689 G1689 = G1689 ἐμβλέπω emblepō G:V to look into/upon ἐμ-βλέπω
[in LXX for רָאָה, 3Ki.8:8, al.), פָּנָה (Job.6:28 A, al.); metaphorically, Isa.51:1 (נָבַט hi.), Sir.2:10, etc. ;]
to look at: with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.8:25; with dative of person(s) (part., before λέγει, εἶπεν, cf. Xen., Cyr., i, 3, 2), Mat.19:26, Mrk.10:21, 27 14:67, Luk.20:17 22:61 (ἐνέβλεψεν), Jhn.1:36, 43; absol., to look, Act.22:11; metaphorically, to consider: Mat.6:26.†
(AS) G1690 G1690 = G1690 ἐμβριμάομαι embrimaomai G:V be agitated ἐμ-βριμάομαι (T, -έομαι; Bl., § 22, 1), -ῶμαι
(βρίμη, strength, bulk, whence βριμάομαι, to snort with anger),
depon., with aor. mid. and pass.,
[in LXX (Hatch, Essays, 25): Dan LXX 11:30 (also Aq., Psa.7:12; Sm., Isa.17:13) * ;]
to snort in (of horses, Æsch.), hence, to speak or act with deep feeling (DCG, i, 62b);
__(a) to be moved with anger (cf. ἐμβρίμημα, La 2:6): with dative, Mrk.14:5, Jhn.11:33; ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Jhn.11:38;
__(b) to admonish sternly: with dative, Mat.9:30, Mrk.1:43.†
(AS) G1691 G1691 = a Spelling of G1473 ἐμέ eme G:P-1 me ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G1692 G1692 = G1692 ἐμέω emeō G:V to vomit ἐμέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Isa.19:14 (קֵא)* ;]
to vomit: figuratively, Rev.3:16.†
(AS) G1693 G1693 = G1693 ἐμμαίνομαι emmainomai G:V be enraged ἐμ-μαίνομαι depon.,
to rage against: with dative, Act.26:11.†
(AS) G1694 G1694 = the Greek of H6005 Ἐμμανουήλ Emmanouēl N:N--T Immanuel Ἐμμανουήλ, ὁ (Heb. עִמָּנוּאֵל, Isa.7:14),
Immanuel: Mat.1:23 (LXX).†
(AS) G1695 G1695 = G1695 Ἐμμαούς Emmaous N:N-F-L Emmaus Ἐμμαούς, ἡ
Emmaus, a place 60 furlongs from Jerusalem: Luk.24:13.†
(AS) G1696 G1696 = G1696 ἐμμένω emmenō G:V to abide in/by ἐμμένω
[in LXX chiefly for קוּם ;]
__1. to abide in: Act.28:30.
__2. to abide by, be true to: before ἐν; τ. πίστει, Act.14:22; τ. διαθήκῃ, Heb.8:9 (LXX); with dative, τ. γεγραμμένοις (dative ptcp. as in legal formula; cf. Deiss., BS, 248; MM, Exp., xii): Gal.3:10 (LXX).†
(AS) G1697 G1697 = the Greek of H2544 Ἐμμόρ Emmor N:N-M-P Hamor Ἑμμώρ (T, Ἐμμώρ, Rec. -όρ indecl. (Heb. חֲמוֹר),
Emmor (Gen.33:19): Act.7:16.†
(AS) G1698 G1698 = a Spelling of G1473 ἐμοί emoi G:P-1 I ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G1699 G1699 = a Form of G1473 ἐμός emos G:S-1 mine ἐμός, -ή, -όν
poss. prop. of first of person(s), representing the em­phasized genitive ἐμοῦ,
mine, subjectively and objectively, i.e. belonging to, proceeding from or related to me: Mat.18:20, Mrk.8:38, Jhn.3:29 (most frequently in this gospel), al.; absol., τὸ ἐμόν, τὰ ἐμά, Mat.20:15 25:27, Luk.15:31, Jhn.10:14 16:14-15 17:10; = genitive obj. (cl.), εἰς τ. ἐμὴν ἀvάμνησιν, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24-25; with genitive expl., τ. ἐμῇ χειρὶ Παύλου, 1Co.16:21, Col.4:18, 2Th.3:17
(AS) G1700 G1700 = a Form of G1473 ἐμοῦ emou G:P-1 of me ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G1701 G1701 = G1701 ἐμπαιγμός empaigmos G:N-M jeering ἐμ-παιγμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἐμπαίζω, which see), [in LXX: Eze.22:4 (קַלָּסָה), Ps 38:7 B א1 קָלָה ni.), Wis.12:2, Sir.27:28, 2Ma.7:7, 3Ma.5:22 * ;]
a mocking: Heb.11:36.†
(AS) G1702 G1702 = G1702 ἐμπαίζω empaizō G:V to mock ἐμ-παίζω
[in LXX for עָלַל hithp., שָׂחַק, etc. ;]
= Attic προσ-, καταπαίζω,
to mock at, mock (Hdt.): with dative, Mat.27:29, 31, Mrk.15:20, Luk.14:29 22:63 23:36; pass., Mat.2:16, Luk.18:32; absol., Mat.20:19 27:41, Mrk.10:34 15:31, Luk.23:11.†
(AS) G1703 G1703 = G1703 ἐμπαίκτης empaiktēs G:N-M a mocker ἐμ-παίκτης, -ου, ὁ
(ἐμπαίζω, which see), [in LXX: Isa.3:4 (תַּעֲלוּל) * ;]
a mocker: 2Pe.3:3, Ju 18.†
(AS) G1704 G1704 = G1704 ἐμπεριπατέω emperipateō G:V to walk in/among ἐν-περι-πατέω, -ῶ
(Rec. ἐμπ-, see: ἐν) [in LXX: Lev.26:12 Job.1:7, al. (הָלַךְ hithp.), Wis.19:21 ;]
to walk about in or among: before ἐν., dative of person(s), 2Co.6:16 (LXX),†
(AS) G1705 G1705 = G1705 ἐμπίμπλημι empimplēmi G:V to fill up ἐμ-πίπλημι
(on ἐμπίμπ-, see LS, see word, Bl., § 6, 8), and ἐμπιπλάω (Act.14:17), [in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא, שָׂבַע ;]
to fill full, fill up, satisfy: with accusative of person(s) and genitive of thing(s), Luk.1:53, Act.14:17; pass., Luk.6:25, Jhn.6:12; metaphorically, with genitive of person(s), to take one's fill of: Rom.15:24 (cf. Dan LXX Su 32).†
(AS) G1706 G1706 = G1706 ἐμπίπτω empiptō G:V to fall into ἐμ-πίπτω
[in LXX chiefly for נָפַל ;]
to fall into: before εἰς, Mat.12:11, Luk.6:39 10:36; metaphorically, εἰς κρίμα, 1Ti.3:6; ὀνειδισμόν 1Ti.3:7; πειρασμόν, 1Ti.6:9; εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ (cf. 2Ki.24:14, 1Ch.21:13, Sir.2:18), Heb.10:31.†
(AS) G1707 G1707 = G1707 ἐμπλέκω emplekō G:V to entangle/involve ἐμ-πλέκω
[in LXX: Pro.28:18 (נָפַל), 2Ma.15:17 * ;]
to weave in, entwine; pass., metaphorically, to be involved, entangled in: 2Ti.2:4, 2Pe.2:20.†
(AS) G1708 G1708 = G1708 ἐμπλοκή emplokē G:N-F braiding ἐμ-πλοκή, ῆς, ἡ
(ἐμπλίκω),
a braiding: τριχῶν, 1Pe.3:3.†
(AS) G1709 G1709 = G1709 ἐμπνέω empneō G:V to breath into ἐν-πνέω, -ῶ
(Rec. ἐμπ-, see: ἐν) [in LXX: Deu.20:16, Jos.10:28 ff. Jos.11:11, 14 (ptcp. neut., for נֶפֶשׁ, נְשָׁמָה), Wis.15:11 * ;]
__1. to breathe on.
__2. to breathe;
__(a) absol.;
__(b) with genitive part.: figuratively, ἀπειλῆς κ. φόνου, Act.9:1.†
(AS) G1710 G1710 = G1710 ἐμπορεύομαι emporeuomai G:V to traffic in ἐμ-πορεύομαι depon.
(ἔμπορος), [in LXX chiefly for סָחַר ;]
__1. to travel, esp. for business.
__2. to traffc, trade: Jas.4:13.
__3. C. accusative of thing(s)
__(a) to traffic in;
__(b) to import: (Hos.12:1, for יָבַל hoph.).
__4. C. accusative of person(s), to make a gain of: 2Pe.2:3.†
(AS) G1711 G1711 = G1711 ἐμπορία emporia G:N-F trade/business ἐμπορία, -ας, ἡ
(ἔμπορος), [in LXX for סָחַר, רָכַל etc. ;]
commerce, business, trade: Mat.22:5.†
(AS) G1712 G1712 = G1712 ἐμπόριον emporion G:N-N marketplace/trade ἐμπόριον, -ον, τό
(ἔμπορος) [in LXX: Deu.33:19 (סָפַן), Eze.27:3 (רָכַל); ἐ. εἶναι, Isa.23:17 (זָנָה)* ;]
a trading place, exchange: οἶκος ἐμπορίου, Jhn.2:16.†
(AS) G1713 G1713 = G1713 ἔμπορος emporos G:N-M trader/merchant ἔμ-πορος, -ου, ὁ
(πόρος, a journey), [in LXX chiefly for סָחַר, רָכַל ;]
__1. a passenger on shipboard, one on a journey.
__2. a merchant: Mat.13:45, Rev.18:3, 11 18:15, 23.†
(AS) G1714 G1714 = G1714 ἐμπρήθω emprēthō G:V to burn ἐμ-πίπρημι,
ἐμπρήθω (for the form, see: ἐμπίπλημι, and cf. Veitch, see word πίμπρημι), [in LXX chiefly for שָׂרַף ;]
to set on fire: πόλιν, Mat.22:7; pass., of the body, to become inflamed: Act.28:6 (T; πίμπρημι WH, which see).†
(AS) G1715 G1715 = G1715 ἔμπροσθεν emprosthen G:PREP before ἔμ-προσθεν
adv.
of place (in cl. also of time),
[in LXX chiefly for עֳנִי ;]
__1. adverbially, before, in front: Luk.19:28; εἰς τὸ ἔ., Luk.19:4; opposite to ὄπισθεν, Rev.4:6; opposite to τὰ ὀπίσω, τὰ ἔ., Php.3:13.
__2. As prep., before;
__(a) in front of: Mat.5:24 6:2 7:6 11:10 27:29, Luk.5:19 7:27 14:2, Jhn.3:28 10:4, Rev.19:10 22:8;
__(b) in the presence of: Mat.27:11, Gal.2:14, 1Th.1:3 2:19 3:9 3:13; ὁμολουεῖν, ἀρνεῖσθαι (Dalman, Words, 210), Mat.10:32, 36 26:70, Luk.12:8; in forensic sense, Mat.25:32 27:11, Luk.21:36, Act.18:17, 2Co.5:10, 1Th.2:19, I Jn 3:19; εὐδοκία (θέλημά) ἐστι ἔ. θεοῦ (a targumic formula; Dalman, Words, 211), Mat.11:26 18:14, Luk.10:21;
__(with) in the sight of: Mat.5:16 6:1 17:2 23:14, Mrk.2:12 9:2, Luk.19:27, Jhn.12:37, Act.10:4;
__(d) of rank and dignity (Dem., Plat., al.; LXX, Gen.48:20): Jhn.1:15, 30.†
(AS) G1716 G1716 = G1716 ἐμπτύω emptuō G:V to spit on/at ἐμ-πτύω
[in LXX: before εἰς, Num.12:14 A, Deu.25:9 (יָרָק)* ;]
= cl., καταπτύω (Ruth., NPhr., 66),
to spit upon: with dative, Mrk.10:34 14:65 15:19; before εἰς, Mat.26:67 27:30. Pass., Luk.18:32.†
(AS) G1717 G1717 = G1717 ἐμφανής emphanēs G:A revealed ἐμφανής, -ές
(ἐμφαίνω, to show in, exhibit), [in LXX: Mic.4:1, Isa.2:2 (כּוּן ni.), Wis.6:22 7:21 14:17; ἐ. γίνεσθαι, Exo.2:14 (יָדַע ni.), Isa.65:1 (דָּרַשׁ ni.)* ;]
manifest: Act.10:40; metaphorically, Rom.10:20 (LXX) (see: ἐπιφανής).†
(AS) G1718 G1718 = G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanizō G:V to show ἐμφανίζω
[in LXX for יָדַע hi., etc. ;]
__1. to manifest, exhibit: ἐαυτόν, with dative of person(s), Jhn.14:21-22 (DCG, ii, 112b). Pass. and mid., to show oneself, appear: Mat.27:53, Heb.9:24 (cf. MM, Exp., xii).
__2. to declare, make known: before ὅτι, Heb.11:14; with dative of person(s), Act.23:15; with accusative of thing(s), before πρός, Act.23:22; κατά, with genitive of person(s), Act.24:1 25:2; περί, Act.25:15.†
SYN.: δηλόω, q.v (AS) G1719 G1719 = G1719 ἔμφοβος emphobos G:A afraid ἔμ-φοβος
[in LXX: Sir.19:24, 1Ma.13:2 * ;]
__1. terrible.
__2. in fear (of Godly fear, Sir.19:24), terrified: Luk.24:5, 37, Act.10:4 24:25, Rev.11:13.†
(AS) G1720 G1720 = G1720 ἐμφυσάω emphusaō G:V to breathe into ἐμ-φυσάω, -ῶ
(φυσάω, to blow), [in LXX for נָפַח, etc. ;]
to breathe into (cf. Gen.2:7, Wis.15:11, a1.), breathe upon: Jhn.20:22.†
(AS) G1721 G1721 = G1721 ἔμφυτος emphutos G:A implanted/ingrafted ἔμ-φυτος, -ον
(ἐμφύω, to implant), [in LXX: ἔ. ἡ κακία αὐτῶν, Wis.12:10 * ;]
__1. innate (Wis.12:10).
__2. rooted, implanted: Jas.1:21 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G1722 G1722 = G1722 ἐν en G:PREP in/on/among ἐν,
prep, (the most frequently of all in NT), with dative (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, with abl.).
__I. Of place, with dative of thing(s), of person(s), in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Luk.7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mat.7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mat.12:40; τ. ὄρει, 2Pe.1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Rev.3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Luk.1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Gal.3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mat.12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Luk.2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mat.5:28, 2Co.4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, 2Co.5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς (constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω . . . ἐν, Mat.10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jhn.3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Luk.9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Luk.7:17.
__II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Rom.5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, 1Jn.3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1Pe.1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mrk.5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Php.4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Jas.3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 1Co.2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mrk.4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jhn.15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Rom.12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dative in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Luk.14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Act.7:14); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mrk.12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Jas.2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Luk.22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, 1Co.4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως), Luk.18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Rom.8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mrk.1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Rom.3:24, 6:11, 1Co.3:1, 4:10, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 1Th.4:16, al.
__III. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—see LS, see word Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dative), 1Co.6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34; ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Rev.13:10 (cf. 6:8). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας . . . ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, see word בְּ, III, 3), Rev.5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.with; M, Pr., 104), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. accusative, so Jas.5:12), Mat.5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mrk.4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν), Act.7:14 (LXX).
__IV. Of time,
__(a) in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jhn.11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mat.12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jhn.4:31;
__(b) at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, 1Co.15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mat.22:28;
__(with) with art. inf.,
__(α) present (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mat.13:4, Mrk.6:48, Gal.4:18, al.;
__(β) aor., when, after: Luk.9:36, al.;
__(d) within (cl.): Mat.27:40,
__V. In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (before ἐν) or motion into (before εἰς), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.
(AS) G1723 G1723 = G1723 ἐναγκαλίζομαι enagkalizomai G:V to embrace ἐν-αγκαλίζομαι
(ἀγκάλη), [in LXX for חִבֻּק pi., Pro.6:10 24:33 * ;]
to take into one's arms: Mrk.9:36 10:16.†
(AS) G1724 G1724 = G1724 ἐνάλιος enalios G:A marine ἐν-άλιος, -ον
(also -α, -ον; ἅλς, the sea),
of the sea: τὰ ἐ., marine creatures, Jas.3:7.†
(AS) G1725 G1725 = G1725 ἔναντι enanti G:PREP before ἔν-αντι
adv.,
a κοινή word (MM, Exp., xii),
before; as prep., with genitive: Luk.1:8, Act.7:10 (WH, ἐναντίον), Act.8:21.†
(AS) G1726 G1726 = G1726 ἐναντίον enantion G:PREP in front of ἐν-αντίος, -α, -ον
(ἀντίος, set against), [in LXX: ἐξ ἐναντίας, for נֶגֶד, etc.; ἐναντίον, for פָּנִים etc. ;]
over against, opposite, contrary: ἄνεμος, Mat.14:24, Mrk.6:48, Act.27:4; ἐξ ἐναντίας (ellipse obscure, see Bl., § 44,1; Mozley, Psa.42:1-11), with genitive, Mrk.15:39. Metaphorical, opposed, hostile: 1Th.2:15, Act.26:9 28:17; ὁ ἐξ ἐ., Tit.2:8. Neuter., -ίον, adv., as prep. with genitive, before, in the presence of: Luk.1:6 20:26 24:19 Act.7:10 (ἔναντι, T), Act.8:32 (LXX).†
(AS) G1727 G1727 = G1727 ἐναντίος enantios G:A hostile ἐν-αντίος, -α, -ον
(ἀντίος, set against), [in LXX: ἐξ ἐναντίας, for נֶגֶד, etc.; ἐναντίον, for פָּנִים etc. ;]
over against, opposite, contrary: ἄνεμος, Mat.14:24, Mrk.6:48, Act.27:4; ἐξ ἐναντίας (ellipse obscure, see Bl., § 44,1; Mozley, Psa.42:1-11), with genitive, Mrk.15:39. Metaphorical, opposed, hostile: 1Th.2:15, Act.26:9 28:17; ὁ ἐξ ἐ., Tit.2:8. Neuter., -ίον, adv., as prep. with genitive, before, in the presence of: Luk.1:6 20:26 24:19 Act.7:10 (ἔναντι, T), Act.8:32 (LXX).†
(AS) G1728 G1728 = G1728 ἐνάρχομαι enarchomai G:V to begin ἐν-άρχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for חָלַל hi. ;]
to begin, make a beginning: Gal.3:3, Php.1:6.†
(AS) G1729 G1729 = G1729 ἐνδεής endeēs G:A impoverished ἐνδεής, -ές
(ἐνδέω, to lack) [in LXX for חָסֵר, אֶבְיוֹן, etc. ;]
in want, needy: Act.4:34,†
(AS) G1730 G1730 = G1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma G:N-N evidence ἔν-δειγμα, -τος
(ἐνδείκνυμι),
a plain token, proof: 2Th.1:5 (cf. ἔνδειξις, which refers rather to the "act of proving"; ἔ., with the passive formation, to the thing proved, see Lft., Notes, 100; M, Th., l.with).†
SYN.: τεκμήριον (AS) G1731 G1731 = G1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeiknumi G:V to show ἐν-δείκνυμι
[in LXX for לָכַד, גָּמַל, רָאָה hi. ;]
to mark, point out. Mid„
__1. to show forth, prove: with accusative of thing(s), Rom.2:15 9:22, Eph.2:7, Tit.2:10 3:2, Heb.6:11; before ἐν, with dative of person(s), Rom.9:17 (LXX), 1Ti.1:16; before εἰς, Heb.6:10 (with cogn. accusative), 2Co.8:24.
__2. to manifest (by act): with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), 2Ti.4:14 (cf. Gen.50:15, 17, and see MM, Exp., xiii).†
(AS) G1732 G1732 = G1732 ἔνδειξις endeixis G:N-F demonstration ἔν-δειξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐνδείκνυμι),
a pointing out, showing forth, proof (see: ἔνδειγμα): Rom.3:25-26, 2Co.8:24, Php.1:28.†
(AS) G1733 G1733 = G1733 ἕνδεκα hendeka G:A-NUI eleven ἕν-δεκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά
indecl.,
eleven: of the eleven apostles, οἱ, ἕ., Mat.28:16, Mrk.16:14, Luk.24:9, 33, Act.1:26 2:14.†
(AS) G1734 G1734 = G1734 ἑνδέκατος hendekatos G:A eleventh ἑν-δέκατος, -η, -ον
eleventh: Mat.20:6, 9, Rev.21:20.†
(AS) G1735 G1735 = G1735 ἐνδέχομαι endechomai G:V be possible έν-δέχομαι
[in LXX: Psa.119:122 (עָרַב), 2Ma.11:18 * ;]
__1. to admit, approve.
__2. to be possible; impers., ἑνδέχεται, it is possible: with accusative and inf., Luk.13:33 (Cremer, 687).†
(AS) G1736 G1736 = G1736 ἐνδημέω endēmeō G:V be home ἐνδημέω, -ῶ
(ἔνδημος, living in a place),
to live in a place, be at home: ἐν τ. σώματι, 2Co.5:6 5:9; πρὸς τ. Kύριον, 2Co.5:8.†
(AS) G1737 G1737 = G1737 ἐνδιδύσκω endiduskō G:V to dress ἐνδιδύσκω
[in LXX: 2Ki.1:24 13:18, Pro.31:21 (לָבַשׁ), Jdth.9:1 10:3, Sir.50:11 * ;]
to put on: with dupl. accusative, Mrk.15:17 (ἐνδύουσι, Rec.). Mid., to put on oneself, be clothed in: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.16:19 (cf. MM, Exp., xii).†
(AS) G1738 G1738 = G1738 ἔνδικος endikos G:A just ἔνδικος, -ον
(δίκη),
righteous, just: Rom.3:8, Heb.2:2 (Cremer, 204).†
(AS) G1739 G1739 = G1739 ἐνδόμησις endomēsis G:N-F material ἐν-δώμησις (Rec. -δόμησις), -εως, ἡ
(δωμάω, to build),
a build­ing in: ἡ ἐ. τ. τείχους αὐτῆς ἴασπις, its wall had jasper built into it, Rev.21:18 (see MM, Exp., xiii; Swete, Ap., l.with).†
(AS) G1740 G1740 = G1740 ἐνδοξάζομαι endoxazomai G:V be glorified ἐν-δοξάζω
[in LXX for כָּבַד ni., Exo.14:4, 17-18, Eze.28:22, etc.; for עָרַץ, Psa.89:7; Sir.38:6, al. ;]
to glorify: pass., 2Th.1:10-12.†
(AS) G1741 G1741 = G1741 ἔνδοξος endoxos G:A honored ἔνδοξος, -ον
(δόξα [in LXX for כָּבַד, etc. ;]
__1. held in honour, of high repute: 1Co.4:10.
__2. glorious, splendid: of deeds, τά ἔ., Luk.13:17; of clothing, Luk.7:25. Metaphorical, ἐκκλησία, Eph.5:27 (cf. παράδοξος).†
(AS) G1742 G1742 = G1742 ἔνδυμα enduma G:N-N clothing ἔνδυμα, -τος, τό
(ἐνω), [in LXX chiefly for לְבוּשׁ ;]
raiment, clothing, a garment: Mat.3:4 6:25, 28 7:15 22:11-12 28:3, Luk.12:23.†
(AS) G1743 G1743 = G1743 ἐνδυναμόω endunamoō G:V to strengthen ἐν-δυναμόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jdg.6:34, 1Ch.12:18 A (לָבַשׁ), Psa.52:7 (עָזַז)* ;]
to make strong, strengthen: with accusative, of person(s), Php.4:13, 1Ti.1:12, 2Ti.4:17. Pass., Act.9:22; C. dative, Rom.4:20; before ἐν, 2Ti.2:1 (ἐν Κυρίῳ), Eph.6:10 (Cremer, 221).†
(AS) G1744 G1744 = G1744 ἐνδύνω endunō G:V to sneak ἐν-δύνω, see: ἐνδύω.
ἐν-δύω
(ἐνδύνω, 2Ti.3:6), [in LXX chiefly for לָבַשׁ ;]
__1. with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:28 (WH, mg., R, mg.); with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:31, Mrk.15:20, Luk.15:22; mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.6:25, Mrk.6:9, Luk.8:27 12:22, Act.12:21; ptcp., Mat.22:11, Mrk.1:6, 2Co.5:3, Rev.1:13 15:6 19:14; of armour (figuratively): Rom.13:12, Eph.6:11, 14, 1Th.5:8; metaphorically, δύναμιν, Luk.24:49; ἀφθαρσίαν, ἀθανασίαν, 1Co.15:53-54; τ. καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, Eph 4:24, Col.3:10; σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, Col.3:12; Ἰησ. Χριστόν, Rom.13:14, Gal.3:27,
__2. to enter, press into: 2Ti.3:6 (cf. ἐπ-ενδύω).†
(AS) G1745 G1745 = G1745 ἔνδυσις endusis G:N-F wearing ἔν-δυσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐνδύω), [in LXX: Job.41:13 (לְבוּשׁ), Est.5:1 * ;]
a putting on: ίματίων, 1Pe.3:3.†
(AS) G1746 G1746 = G1746 ἐνδύω enduō G:V to put on ἐν-δύω
(ἐνδύνω, 2Ti.3:6), [in LXX chiefly for לָבַשׁ ;]
__1. with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:28 (WH, mg., R, mg.); with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:31, Mrk.15:20, Luk.15:22; mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.6:25, Mrk.6:9, Luk.8:27 12:22, Act.12:21; ptcp., Mat.22:11, Mrk.1:6, 2Co.5:3, Rev.1:13 15:6 19:14; of armour (figuratively): Rom.13:12, Eph.6:11, 14, 1Th.5:8; metaphorically, δύναμιν, Luk.24:49; ἀφθαρσίαν, ἀθανασίαν, 1Co.15:53-54; τ. καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, Eph 4:24, Col.3:10; σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, Col.3:12; Ἰησ. Χριστόν, Rom.13:14, Gal.3:27,
__2. to enter, press into: 2Ti.3:6 (cf. ἐπ-ενδύω).†
(AS) G1747 G1747 = G1747 ἐνέδρα enedra G:N-F plot/ambush ἐν-έδρα, -ας, ἡ
(ἕδρα, a seat), [in LXX: Jos.8:7-9, Psa.10:8 (אָרַב)* ;]
a lying in wait, an ambush: Act.23:16 (Rec. ἔνεδρον, a form frequently in LXX), Act.25:8.†
(AS) G1748 G1748 = G1748 ἐνεδρεύω enedreuō G:V to ambush ἐνεδρεύω
(ἐνέδρα), [in LXX chiefly for אָרַב ;]
to lie in wait for: with accusative of person(s), Luk.11:54, Act.23:21.†
(AS) G1749 G1749 = G1749 ἔνεδρον enedron G:N-N hinderance ἔνεδρον, -ου, τό, see: ἐνέδρα.
ἐν-έδρα, -ας, ἡ
(ἕδρα, a seat), [in LXX: Jos.8:7-9, Psa.10:8 (אָרַב)* ;]
a lying in wait, an ambush: Act.23:16 (Rec. ἔνεδρον, a form frequently in LXX), Act.25:8.†
(AS) G1750 G1750 = G1750 ἐνειλέω eneileō G:V to enwrap ἐν-ειλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX 1Ki.21:9 לוּט * ;]
to roll in, wind in: with accusative of person(s) and dative of thing(s), Mrk.15:46.†
(AS) G1751 G1751 = G1751 ἔνειμι eneimi G:V be in ἔν-ειμι
__1. to be in, within (Job.27:3, al.): ptcp. pl., τὰ ἐνόντα, Luk.11:41 (R, txt., cf. MM, Exp., xii).
__2. to be possible: Luk.11:41 (R, mg.).†
(AS) G1752 G1752 = G1752 ἕνεκα heneka, ehineken G:PREP because of ἕνεκα (so Mat.19:5, Luk.6:22, Act.19:32 26:21; elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, ἕνεκεν; εἵνεκεν, originally Ionic: Luk.4:18 18:29, Act.28:20, 2Co.3:10),
prep. with genitive,
on account of, because of: Mat.5:10-11 16:25 19:29, Mrk.8:35, Luk.6:22, Act.28:20, Rom.8:36, 2Co.3:10; ἕ. τούτου, Mat.19:5; υούτων, Act.26:21; τίνος ἕ., Act.19:32; before τοῦ, with inf., 2Co.7:12; οὗ ἕν., Luk.4:18
(AS) G1753 G1753 = G1753 ἐνέργεια energeia G:N-F active energy ἐνέργεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἐνεργής), [in LXX: Wis.7:17, 26 13:4 18:22, 2Ma.3:29, 3Ma.4:21 3Mac 5:12 3Mac 5:28 * ;]
operative power (as distinct from δύναμις, potential power), working: of God, Eph.1:19 3:7 4:16, Php.3:21, Col.1:29 2:12; of Satan, 2Th.2:9 2:11 (cf. M, Th., l.with; AR, Eph., 241 ff.; Cremer, 261).†
(AS) G1754 G1754 = G1754 ἐνεργέω energeō G:V be active ἐνεργέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Num.8:24 B (עֲבֹדָה צָבָא), Isa.41:4, Pro.21:6 (פָּעַל), Pro.31:12 (גָּמַל), I Est.2:20, Wis.15:11 16:17 * ;] (for full lexical treatment, see AR, Eph., 243 ff.);
__1. intrans., to be at work or in action, to operate (opposite to ἀργέω): before ἐν, with dative of person(s), Mat.14:2, Mrk.6:14, Eph.2:2; with dative of person(s), before εἰς (Lft., in l), Gal.2:8.
__2. Trans., to work, effect, do: with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.12:11, Eph.1:11; id, before ἐν, with dative of person(s), 1Co.12:6, Gal.3:5, Php.2:13; ἐ. ἐνέργειαν, Eph.1:19-20 Pass. (taken as mid. by Lft., Ga., 204 f.; but see AR, Eph., l.with; Milligan, Th., 28 f.; Mayor, Ja., 177 ff.), in NT, "always used of some principle or power at work" (Meyer), to be actuated, set in operation: 2Th.2:7; before ἐν, Rom.7:5, 2Co.1:6 4:12, Eph.3:20, Col.1:29, 1Th.2:13; before διά, with genitive of thing(s), Gal.5:6; ἐνεργουμένη (M, Pr., 156), Jas.5:16 (Cremer, 262).†
(AS) G1755 G1755 = G1755 ἐνέργημα energēma G:N-N working ἐνέργημα, -τος, τό
(ἐνεργέω),
effect, operation (Polyb.): pl., 1Co.12:6 12:10 (Cremer, 262, 713).†
(AS) G1756 G1756 = G1756 ἐνεργής, ἐναργής energēs, enargēs G:A effective ἐνεργής, -ές
(late form of ἐνεργός, on WH. cf. AR, Eph., 241),
at work, active, effective: 1Co.16:9, Phm 6, Heb.4:12 (Cremer, 261).†
(AS) G1757 G1757 = G1757 ἐνευλογέομαι eneulogeomai G:V be blessed ἐν-ευλογέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for בָּרַךְ ;]
to bless: pass., before ἐν, Act.3:25 (LXX), Gal.3:8 (LXX) (Cremer, 770).†
(AS) G1758 G1758 = G1758 ἐνέχω enechō G:V to oppose ἐν-έχω
[in LXX: Gen.49:23 (סָתַם), Eze.14:4, 7, 3Ma.6:10 * ;]
__1. to hold in; pass., to be held, entangled: with dative of thing(s); jig., ζυγῷ δουλείας, Gal.5:1 (cf. MM, Exp., xii); θλίψρεσιν, 2Th.1:4 (cf. ἀσεβείσιν, 3Mac, l.with).
__2. to set oneself against, be urgent against (as Ge, l.with; for con­struction, see Swete, Mk., l.with): Mrk.6:19, Luk.11:53.†
(AS) G1759 G1759 = G1759 ἐνθάδε enthade G:ADV in/to this place ἐνθά-δε
adv., [in LXX: 2Ma.12:27, 3Ma.6:25 * ;]
__(a) here: Luk.24:41, Act.10:18 16:28 17:6 25:24;
__(b) hither: Jhn.4:15-16, Act.25:17.†
(AS) G1760 G1760 = G1760 ἐνθυμέομαι enthumeomai G:V to reflect on ἐνθυμέομαι, -οῦμαι
(θυμός), [in LXX for דָּמָה pi., etc. ;]
to reflect on, ponder: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.1:20 9:4.†
(AS) G1761 G1761 = G1761 ἐνθύμησις enthumēsis G:N-F reflection ἐνθύμησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐνθυμέομαι), [in Sm.: Job.21:27, Eze.11:21 * ;]
consideration, pondering (EV, device): Act.17:29; pl., thoughts, feel­ings: Mat.9:4 12:25, Heb.4:12.†
SYN.: ἔννοια, the action of the reason; while ἐνθ. is rather that of the affections (cf. Westc., Heb., l.with) (AS) G1762 G1762 = G1762 ἔνι eni G:V there is ἔνι Ionic form of ἐν (ἐνί), with strengthened accent;
[in LXX: Sir.37:2, 4Ma.4:22 * ;]
= ἔνεστι,
is in, has place, can be: 1Co.6:5, Gal.3:28 (tris) Col.3:11, Jas.1:17 (cf. Lft., Ga.; Hort and Mayor, Ja., ll. with).†
(AS) G1763 G1763 = G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautos G:N-M year ἐνιαυτός, -oῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for שָׁנֶה ;]
__1. prop., a cycle of time.
__2. = ἔτος, a year: Jhn.11:49, 51 18:13, Act.11:26 18:11, Jas.5:17, Rev.9:15; pl., of sabbatical years, Gal.4:10; ποιεῖν ἐ., to spend a year, Jas.4:13;ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐ., Heb.9:7; κατ᾽ ἐ., Heb.9:25 10:1, 3; ἐ. δεκτόν, Luk.4:19 (LXX).†
(AS) G1764 G1764 = G1764 ἐνίστημι enistēmi G:V be present ἐν-ίστημι
[in LXX: 4Ki.13:6 A (עֶמְדָּה), 3Ki.12:24, 1Es.5:47 Est.9:6, Est.3:13, 1; 4Ma.9.1-32 * ;]
to place in; in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and in mid., intrans.;
__(a) to be at hand, impend, threaten: 2Ti.3:1;
__(b) to be present: 2Th.2:2 (but see Thayer, see word); pf. ptcp., present: 1Co.7:26, Gal.1:4, Heb.9:9; pl., Rom.8:38, 1Co.3:22 (Cremer, 3O9).†
(AS) G1765 G1765 = G1765 ἐνισχύω enischuō G:V to strengthen ἐν-ισχύω
[in LXX for חָזַק, etc. ;]
to strengthen: in spiritual sense, Luk.22:43; pass., Act.9:19 (Rec. ἐνισχύσεν, became strong, as in LXX, Gen.12:10 48:2, al.).†
(AS) G1766 G1766 = G1766 ἔννατος ennatos G:A ninth (hour) ἐνατος, (Rec. ἔνν-), -η, -ον
ninth: Rev.21:20; of the ninth hour (3 o'clock, p.m.), Mat.20:5 27:45-46, Mrk.15:33-34, Luk.23:44, Act.3:1 10:3, 30.†
(AS) G1767 G1767 = G1767 ἐννέα ennea G:A-NUI nine ἐννέα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, indecl.,
nine: Luk.17:17; ἐνενήκοντα ἐ., Mat.18:12-13, Luk.15:4, 7.†
(AS) G1768 G1768 = G1768 ἐνενήκοντα enenēkonta G:A-NUI ninety ἐννενήκοντα, see: ἐνεν-.
ἐνενήκοντα (Rec. ἐννεν-), οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl.,
ninety: Mat.18:12-13, Luk.15:4, 7.†
(AS) G1769 G1769 = G1769 ἐννεός enneos G:A speechless ἐνεός
(Rec. ἐνν-), -οῦ, ὁ [in LXX: Isa.56:10 (אִלֵּם), Ep. Jer.41:1-18; ἐ. ποιεῖν, Pro.17:28 * ;]
dumb, speechless: Act.9:7.†
(AS) G1770 G1770 = G1770 ἐννεύω enneuō G:V to signify ἐν-νεύω
[in LXX: Pro.6:13 10:10 (קָרַץ), Sir.27:22 A * ;]
to nod to, make a sign to: with dative of person(s), Luk.1:62.†
(AS) G1771 G1771 = G1771 ἔννοια ennoia G:N-F thought/purpose ἔννοια, -ας, ἡ
(νοῦς), [in LXX: Pro.1:4 2:11 3:21 4:1 5:2 8:12 16:22 18:15 19:7 23:4, 19 24:7 (מְזִמָּה, etc.), Wis.2:14, Da TH Sus 1:28* ;]
__1. thinking, consideration.
__2. a thought, purpose, design: Heb.4:12, 1Pe.4:1.†
SYN.: ἐνθῦμησις, which see (Cremer, 439) (AS) G1772 G1772 = G1772 ἔννομος ennomos G:A / G:ADV under law ἔν-νομος, -ον
[in LXX: Sir, Pro.1:1-33 ogue 12* ;]
__1. lawful, legal (MM, Exp., xiii): Act.19:39.
__2. Of persons,
__(a) law-abiding;
__(b) under law: ἔ. Χριστοῦ, in relation to Christ, 1Co.9:21 (Cremer. 435).†
(AS) G1773 G1773 = G1773 ἔννυχος ennuchos G:ADV at night ἔννυχος, -ον
(νύξ), [in LXX: 3Ma.5:5 * ;] (in cl. poët.; prose in late Gk. only)
nightly. Neut., adverbially, ἔννυχα (Rec. -χον), by night: Mrk.1:35.†
(AS) G1774 G1774 = G1774 ἐνοικέω enoikeō G:V to dwell in/with ἐν-οικέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly (29/36) for יָשַׁב ;]
to dwell in; metaphorically, before ἐν, with dative of person(s): ὁ θεός, 2Co.6:16; τ. πνεῦμα, Rom.8:11, 2Ti.1:14; ὁ λόγος, Col.3:16; πίστις, 2Ti.1:5; ἁμαρτία, Rom.7:17.†
(AS) G1775 G1775 = G1775 ἑνότης henotēs G:N-F unity ἑνότης, -ητος, ἡ
(εἷς),
unity, unanimity: Eph.4:3, 13.†
(AS) G1776 G1776 = G1776 ἐνοχλέω enochleō G:V to trouble ἐν-οχλέω, -ῶ
(ὄχλος), [in LXX for חָלָה ;]
to trouble: with accusative, Heb.12:15. Pass., before ἀπό, Luk.6:18.†
(AS) G1777 G1777 = G1777 ἔνοχος enochos G:A liable for ἔνοχος, -ον (= ἐνεχόμενος),
(in LXX for רָשַׁע hi., etc. ;]
__1. held in, bound by: with genitive (cl. with dative), δουλείας, Heb.2:15.
__2. In law-phrases
__(a) liable to a charge or action (cl. with dative, of crime): with dative, of the tribunal (MM, Exp., xiii), Mat.5:21-22; before εἰς (Field, Notes, 4 f.), Mat.5:22
__(b) with genitive, of the punishment (Gen.26:11): θανάτου, Mat.26:66, Mrk.14:64;
__(with) with genitive (cl. with dative„ rarely with prep.; MM, Exp., xiii), of the crime (2Ma.13:6): Mrk.3:29;
__(d) with genitive, of the thing injured, guilty (absol., in Cl.): 1Co.11:27, Jas.2:10 (cf. Isa.54:17; DB, ii, 268a).†
(AS) G1778 G1778 = G1778 ἔνταλμα entalma G:N-N precept ἔνταλμα, -τος, τό
(ἐντέλλω), [in LXX: Job.23:11 (אָשֻׁר) Job.23:12, Isa.29:13 (מִצְוָה), Isa.55:11 (aliter in Heb.)* ;]
a precept: pl., Mat.15:9 (LXX), Mrk.7:7, Col.2:22.†
(AS) G1779 G1779 = G1779 ἐνταφιάζω entaphiazō G:V to prepare burial ἐνταφιάζω
[in LXX: Gen.50:2 (חָנַט; cf. ἐνταφιαστής, Gen.50:2 for רָפָא; see Deiss., BS, 120 f.; MM, Exp., xiii)* ;]
a κοινή word (Deiss., LAE, 723),
to prepare for burial: Mat.26:12, Jhn.19:40.†
(AS) G1780 G1780 = G1780 ἐνταφιασμός entaphiasmos G:N-M burial ἐνταφιασμός, -οῦ
(ἐνταφιάζω),
preparation for burial: Mrk.14:8, Jhn.12:7.†
(AS) G1781 G1781 = G1781 ἐντέλλω entellō G:V to order ἐν-τέλλω
[in LXX, as in NT (and mostly in Hdt.), always mid., chiefly for צָוָה pi. ;]
-ομαι, to command, enjoin, instruct: before περί Heb.11:22; with inf., Mat.19:7; with dative of person(s), Act.1:2; οὕτως, Act.13:47; καθώς, Jhn.14:31 (ἐντολὴν ἔδωκεν, WH); before λέγων, Mat.17:9; with inf., Jhn.8:5; ἵνα, Mrk.13:34; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.28:20, Mrk.10:3, Jhn.15:14, 17; before περί, with genitive of person(s), Mat.4:6 and Luk.4:10 (LXX); διαθήκην ἐ. πρός, with accusative of person(s), Heb.9:20 (LXX) (cf. Sir.45:3).†
SYN.:
κελεύω, to command, of verbal orders in general;
παραγγέλλω, to charge, esp. of the transmitted orders of a military com­mander; ἐντέλλω points rather to the contents of the command (see Thayer, see word κελεύω)
(AS) G1782 G1782 = G1782 ἐντεῦθεν, ἔνθεν enteuthen, enthen G:ADV from here ἐντεῦθεν
adv. (ἔνθεν), [in LXX chiefly for זֶה ;]
__1. of place, hence: Luk.4:9 13:31, Jhn.2:16 7:3 14:31 18:36; ἐ. καὶ ἐ. (for cl. ἔνθεν κ. ἔνθεν), on this side and on that, on each side, Jhn.19:18; similarly, ἐ. καὶ ἐκεῖθεν, Rev.22:2.
__2. Of time, thereupon.
__3. Causal; hence, therefore: Jas.4:1.†
ἔνθεν,
adv., [in LXX for זֶה, פֹּה, etc. ;]
hence: Mat.17:20, Luk.16:26.†
(AS) G1783 G1783 = G1783 ἔντευξις enteuxis G:N-F intercession ἐν-τευξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐντυγχάνω, which see), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:3 * ;]
__1. a lighting upon, meeting with.
__2. conversation.
__3. a petition (in this sense common in π.; cf. Deiss., BS, 121 f., 146; MM, Exp., iii): 1Ti.4:5; p1., 1Ti.2:1.†
SYN.: δέησις (which see) (AS) G1784 G1784 = G1784 ἔντιμος entimos G:A valued/honored ἔντιμος, -ον
(τιμή), [in LXX for חוֹר, etc. ;]
honoured, prized, precious: of persons, Luk.7:2, Php.2:29; compar., Luk.14:8; of things, metaphorically, λίθος, 1Pe.2:4 2:6" (LXX) .†
(AS) G1785 G1785 = G1785 ἐντολή entolē G:N-F commandment ἐντολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐντέλλω, which see), [in LXX chiefly for מִצְוָה; in pl. frequently in Pss for פִּקּוּד ;]
__1. generally, a charge, injunction, order, command: Luk.15:29, Jhn.10:18 11:57 12:49-50 14:31, Act.17:15, Col.4:10; ἐ. σαρκίνη, Heb.7:16, 18
__2. Esp. of religious precepts and commandments;
__(a) of God's commandments: in OT, Mat.15:3 22:36, 38 22:40 Mk 7:8-9; Mrk.10:5, 19 12:28, 31 Eph.2:15, Heb.9:19; esp. of the decalogue, Mat.5:19 19:17, Mrk.10:19, Luk.18:20 23:56, Rom.7:8-13 13:9, Eph.6:2; of God's command­ments in general, Luk.1:6, 1Co.7:19, 1Jn.2:3-8 Jn 3:22-24 Jn 4:21 Jn 5:2-3, Rev.12:17 14:12; collectively, ἡ ἐ. (cf. τ. ἔργον τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.6:29), 1Ti.6:14, 2Pe.2:21 3:2;
__(b) of things commanded Christ by the Father: Jhn.12:49-50 14:31 15:10;
__(with) of the precepts of Christ: Jhn.13:34 14:15, 21 15:10, 12, 1Co.14:37.
__3. Phrases: before ἵνα, Jhn.13:34 15:12, 1Jn.3:23 Jn 4:21, 2Jn.6; ἐντολὴν (ὰς) παραβαίνειν, Mat.15:3; ἀκυροῦν, Mat.15:6 Rec.; τηρεῖν, Mat.19:17 Jhn.15:10, al.; ποιεῖν, 1Jn.5:2; διδόναι, Jhn.11:57; λαμβάνειν, Jhn.10:18, 2Jn.4; ἔχειν, Jhn.14:21, Heb.7:5; ἐ. καὶ δικαιώματα, Luk.1:6; ἐντολαὶ ἀνθρώπων (of Jewish tradition), Tit.1:14; i. καινή, Jhn.13:34, 1Jn.2:7, 2Jn.5.†
(AS) G1786 G1786 = G1786 ἐντόπιος entopios G:A resident ἐντόπιος, -ον
(τόπος),
of a place, resident: Act.21:12.†
(AS) G1787 G1787 = G1787 ἐντός entos G:PREP inside ἐντός
(ἐν),
adv., [in LXX: Job.18:20, Psa.39:3 109:22, Sng.3:10; ὁ, τὸ, τὰ ἐ., Psa.103:1, Isa.16:11, Da TH Dan.10:16, Sir.19:26, 1Ma.4:48 * ;]
within: with genitive, ἐ. ὑμῶν, within you (i.e. in your hearts, R, txt.), or among you (R, mg.), Luk.17:21 (cf. Field, Notes, 71; Thayer, see word; ICC, Lk, l.with; Dalman, Words, 145 ff.); τὸ ἐ., Mat.23:26.†
(AS) G1788 G1788 = G1788 ἐντρέπω entrepō G:V to cause shame ἐν-τρέπω
[in LXX for כָּנַע ni., כָּלַם ni., etc. ;]
to turn about; metaphorically, put to shame: with accusative, 1Co.4:14; pass., 2Th.3:14, Tit.2:8; mid., to reverence: with accusative of person(s) (cl. with genitive), Mat.21:37, Mrk.12:6, Luk.18:2, 4 20:13, Heb.12:9 (cf. MM, Exp., iii, xiii).†
(AS) G1789 G1789 = G1789 ἐντρέφω entrephō G:V be reared ἐν-τρέφω
to train up, nurture; pass., metaphorically, τοῖς λόγοις τ. πίστεως, 1Ti.4:6.†
(AS) G1790 G1790 = G1790 ἔντρομος entromos G:A trembling ἔν-τρομος, -ον
[in LXX: Da TH Dan.10:11 (רָעַד hi.); ἔ. γίγνεσθαι, Psa.18:7 77:18 (רַעַשׁ), Wis.17:10, 1Ma.13:2 * ;]
trembling with fear (Pint.): Act.7:32 16:29, Heb.12:21 (ἔκτρ-, WH, mg.).†
(AS) G1791 G1791 = G1791 ἐντροπή entropē G:N-F shame ἐν-τροπή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Job.20:3, Psa.35:26 44:15 69:7, 19 71:13 109:29 (כְּלִמָּה)* ;]
__1. with genitive of person(s), respect, reverence (Soph., Polyb., al.).
__2. Absol., shame (Hipp.): 1Co.6:5 15:34.†
(AS) G1792 G1792 = G1792 ἐντρυφάω entruphaō G:V to revel ἐν-τρυφάω, ῶ
[in LXX: Isa.55:2 57:4 (עָנַג hith.), Hab.1:10 (קָלַס hith.), 4Ma.8:8, etc. ;]
to revel in: ἐν-τ. ἀπάταις, 2Pe.2:13 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G1793 G1793 = G1793 ἐντυγχάνω entugchanō G:V to call on ἐν-τυγχάνω
[in LXX: Da TH Dan.6:12-13 (קֶרֶב) Wis.8:20 16:28, 2Ma.2:25 2Mac 4:36 2Mac 6:12 2Mac 15:39, 3Ma.6:37; before κατά, 1Ma.8:32 1Mac 10:61-64 1Mac 11:25 * ;]
__1. to fall in with.
__2. to meet with in order to converse.
__3. to petition, make petition: with dative of person(s), before ὑπέρ with genitive of person(s), Act.25:24 (cf. Field, Notes, 140), Heb.7:25, Rom.8:27, 34 (θεῷ, not expressed); before κατά, against: Rom.11:2 (cf. ἔντευξις, ὑπερ-εντυγχάνω).†
(AS) G1794 G1794 = G1794 ἐντυλίσσω entulissō G:V to wrap up ἐν-τυλίσσω
to wrap up (LS), roll or coil about (DCG, ii, 227, 507a): with accusative and dative, Mat.27:59 (iv, Tr. [WH], cf. similar sentence in π.; MM, Exp., xiii), Luk.23:53; pass., Jhn.20:7.†
(AS) G1795 G1795 = G1795 ἐντυπόω entupoō G:V to engrave ἐν-τυπόω, -ῶ
(τύπος), [in LXX for פִּתּוּחַ, Exo.39:30) A * ;]
to imprint, engrave: pass. ptcp., with dative, 2Co.3:7.†
(AS) G1796 G1796 = G1796 ἐνυβρίζω enubrizō G:V to insult ἐν-υβρίζω
[in OT (Al.), Lev.24:11 * ;]
to insult, mock at: Heb.10:29.†
(AS) G1797 G1797 = G1797 ἐνυπνιάζω enupniazō G:V to dream ἐνυπνιάζω
(ἐνύπνιον), [in LXX, as in NT, -ομαι, depon., chiefly for חָלַם ;]
to dream: ἐνυπνίοις ἐ., Act.2:17 (LXX); present ptcp., Ju 8.†
(AS) G1798 G1798 = G1798 ἐνύπνιον enupnion G:N-N dream ἐνύπνιον, -ου, τό
(ὕπνος), [in LXX chiefly for חֲלוֹם ;]
a dream: pl., Act.2:17.†
(AS) G1799 G1799 = G1799 ἐνώπιον enōpion G:PREP before ἐνώπιος, -ον
(ὤψ), [in LXX for פָּנִים, etc. ;]
face to face, in sight (Theocr.; ἄρτοι ἐ., Exo.25:29): neut., ἐνώπιον, in vernacular, with force of prep. with genitive [in LXX for פָּנִים, עַיִן, etc., cf. Dalman, Words, 31 f., 209 f., and Deiss., BS., 213], in NT, most frequently in Lk, Ac, Re, never in Mt, Mk, before, in the presence of: Luk.1:19 Luk.4:7, Act.4:10 Act.6:5, Rev.1:4 2:14, al.; esp. ἐ. Κυρίου (θεοῦ), in the sight of God, or with God as witness or as judge, Rom.14:22, 1Co.1:29, 1Ti.2:3, Jas.4:10, 1Pe.3:4, al.
(AS) G1800 G1800 = the Greek of H0583 Ἐνώς Enōs N:N-M-P Enos Ἐνώς (Heb. אֱנוֹשׁ), ὁ,
Enos (Gen.4:26): Luk.3:38.†
(AS) G1801 G1801 = G1801 ἐνωτίζομαι enōtizomai G:V to listen to ἐνωτίζομαι
(οὖς),
depon. mid.,
[in LXX chiefly for אָזַן hi. ;]
to give ear to, hearken to: with accusative, Act.2:14.†
Also used for יָחַל שָׁמַע
(AS) G1802 G1802 = the Greek of H2585H Ἐνώχ Enōch N:N-M-P Enoch Ἐνώχ (Heb. חֲנוֹךְ), ὁ,
Enoch (Gen.5:18): Luk.3:37, Heb.11:5, Ju 14.†
(AS) G1803 G1803 = G1803 ἕξ hex G:A-NUI six ἕξ, οἱ, αἱ, τά
indecl.,
six: Mat.17:1, Luk.13:14, al.
(AS) G1804 G1804 = G1804 ἐξαγγέλλω exangellō G:V to proclaim ἐξ-αγγέλλω
[in LXX chiefly for סָפַר pi. ;]
to tell out, proclaim: 1Pe.2:9 [Mrk.16:1-20, "shorter conclusion"] (Cremer, 29).†
(AS) G1805 G1805 = G1805 ἐξαγοράζω exagorazō G:V to redeem ἐξ-αγοράζω
[in LXX: καιρόν ὑμεῖς ἐξαγοράζετε (זְבַן), Dan LXX TH Dan.2:8 * ;]
__1. to redeem, ransom (esp. of slaves): metaphorically, Gal.3:13 4:5.
__2. to buy up; mid., to buy up for oneself: τ. καιρόν, Eph.5:16, Col.4:5 (Cremer, 60).†
(AS) G1806 G1806 = G1806 ἐξάγω exagō G:V to lead out ἐξ-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for יָצָא hi. ;]
to lead out: with accusative, Mrk.15:20, Jhn.10:3, Act.5:19 7:36 16:37-39; before ἔξω, Luk.24:50; ἐκ, Act.7:40 12:17 13:17, Heb.8:9; εἰς, Act.21:38.†
(AS) G1807 G1807 = G1807 ἐξαιρέω exaireō G:V to take out/select ἐξ-αιρέω -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for נָצַל hi. ;]
to take out: with accusative, ὀφθαλμόν, Mat.5:29 18:9; mid.
__(a) to take out for oneself, choose: Act.26:17 (Thayer, see word; Page, Ac., l.with, but see infr.);
__(b) to deliver: Act.7:10, 34" (LXX) Act.12:11 Act.23:27 Act.26:17 (EV, but see supr.), Gal.1:4.†
(AS) G1808 G1808 = G1808 ἐξαίρω exairō G:V to expel ἐξ-αίρω
[in LXX for נָסַע, יָרַשׁ hi., כָּרַת ni., מוּת, בָּעַר pi., etc. ;]
to lift up, lift off the earth, remove: 1Co.5:13 (LXX)†
(AS) G1809 G1809 = G1809 ἐξαιτέω exaiteō G:V to demand/ask for ἐξ-αιτέω, -ῶ
to ask from; mid., to ask for oneself, demand: aor., ἐξῃτήσατο, with accusative (obtained you by asking, R, mg.), Luk.22:31 (see Field, Notes, 76; Cremer, 73).†
(AS) G1810 G1810 = G1810 ἐξαίφνης exaiphnēs G:ADV suddenly ἐξ-αίφνης (WH, ἐξέφνης, exc. Act.22:6; see App., p. 151, and cf. M, Pr., 35), adv.
(ἄφνω), [in LXX chiefly for פִּתְאוֹם ;]
suddenly Mrk.13:36, Luk.2:13 9:39, Act.9:3 22:6.†
(AS) G1811 G1811 = G1811 ἐξακολουθέω exakoloutheō G:V to follow ἐξ-ακολουθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX Amo.2:4, Jer.2:2 (אַחַר הָלַךְ), Isa.56:11 (פָּנָה), Job.31:9 (פָּתָה ni.), Sir.5:2, Dan LXX TH Dan.3:1-30 :(41) * ;]
to follow, follow up (in various senses): metaphorically, 2Pe.1:16 2:2 2:15 †
(AS) G1812 G1812 = G1812 ἑξακόσιοι hexakosioi G:A six hundred ἐξακόσιοι, -αι, -α.
six hundred: Rev.13:18 14:20.†
(AS) G1813 G1813 = G1813 ἐξαλείφω exaleiphō G:V to blot out ἐξ-αλείφω
[in LXX for טוּחַ, Lev.14:42, al.; metaphorically, מָחָה, שָׁחַת, etc. ;]
__1. to plaster, wash over (LXX).
__2. to wipe off, wipe out: δάκρυον, Rev.7:17 21:4; metaphorically, χειρόγραφον, Col.2:14; τ. ὄνομα, before ἐκ, Rev.3:5 (MM, Exp., xiii); pass., ἀμαρτίαι (ἐξαλιφθῆναι, WH), Act.3:19 (cf. Psa.51:11 Psa.109:13, Isa.43:25, Sir.46:20 (ἁμ. ἀπαλ-), 3Ma.2:19).†
(AS) G1814 G1814 = G1814 ἐξάλλομαι exallomai G:V to leap up ἐξ-άλλομαι
[in LXX for קָלַל (Hab.1:8), etc. ;]
to leap up: Act.3:8.†
(AS) G1815 G1815 = G1815 ἐξανάστασις exanastasis G:N-F resurrection ἐξ-ανάστασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐξανίστημι),
a rising again: ἐκ τ. νεκρῶν, Php.3:11 (Cremer, 308).†
(AS) G1816 G1816 = G1816 ἐξανατέλλω exanatellō G:V to sprout up ἐξ-ανα-τέλλω
[in LXX: Gen.2:9, Psa.104:14 Psa.132:17 Psa.147:8 (צָמַח hi.); Psa.112:4 (זָרַח) * ;]
__1. trans., to cause to spring up (LXX).
__2. Intrans. (as ἀνατέλλω, Gen.3:18), to spring up: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5.†
(AS) G1817 G1817 = G1817 ἐξανίστημι exanistēmi G:V to raise up ἐξ-ανίσημι
[in LXX chiefly for קוּם ;]
__1. trans., to raise up: σπέρμα (cf. Gen.38:8), Mrk.12:19, Luk.20:28.
__2. In 2 aor. act., intrans., to rise: Act.15:5.†
(AS) G1818 G1818 = G1818 ἐξαπατάω exapataō G:V to deceive ἐξ -απατάω, -ῶ strengthened form of ἀπατάω,
[in LXX: Exo.8:29 (הָתַל hi.), Da TH Sus 5:6* ;]
to deceive: with accusative, Rom.7:11 Rom.16:18, 1Co.3:18, 2Co.11:3, 2Th.2:3; pass., 1Ti.2:14.†
(AS) G1819 G1819 = G1819 ἐξάπινα exapina G:ADV suddenly ἐξάπινα = ἐξαπίνης, ἐξαίφνης (which see),
[in LXX for פִּתְאוֹם, etc. ;]
suddenly: Mrk.9:8.†
(AS) G1820 G1820 = G1820 ἐξαπορέω exaporeō G:V to despair ἐξ-απορέω, -ῶ
[in LXX, pass., for פּוּן, Psa.88:15 * ;]
so in NT, depon. pass., to be utterly at a loss, be in despair: absol. (as Ps, l.with), 2Co.4:8; τοῦ ζῆν, 2Co.1:8.†
(AS) G1821 G1821 = G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostellō G:V to send out/away ἐξ-απο-στέλλω
[in LXX freq., chiefly for שָׁלַח pi. ;]
__1. to send forth: with accusative of person(s), Act.7:12 12:11, Gal.4:4; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν, Luk.24:49; τ. πνεῦμα, Gal.4:6; [τ. κήρυγμα, Mrk.16:1-20, "shorter conclusion," WH ;] before εἰς, Act.22:21; pass., ὁ λόγος, Act.13:26.
__2. to send away: with accusative of person(s), before εἰς, Act.9:30; before ἕως, Act.11:22; with inf., Act.17:14; κενόν, Luk.1:53 20:10-11.†
(AS) G1822 G1822 = G1822 ἐξαρτίζω exartizō G:V to finish/furnish ἐξ-αρτίζω
(ἄρτιος), [in LXX. Exo.28:7 (חָבַר pu.) * ;]
__1. to com­plete, finish: τ. ἡμέρας, Act.21:5.
__2. to furnish, supply: pass., 2Ti.3:17 (for exx., see MM, Exp., xiii; Cremer, 651).†
(AS) G1823 G1823 = G1823 ἐξαστράπτω exastraptō G:V to flash forth ἐξ-αστράπτω
[in LXX: Num.3:3 (בָּרָק), Eze.1:4 (לָקַח hithp.) 17 Dan LXX 106 (קָלַל)* ;]
to flash like lightning, gleam, be radiant: ἱματισμός, Luk.9:29.†
(AS) G1824 G1824 = G1824 ἐξαυτῆς exautēs G:ADV immediately ἐξ-αυτῆς
(a κοινή word, = ἐξ αὐτῆς τ. ὥρας)
at once, forthwith: Mrk.6:25, Act.10:33 Act.11:11 Act.21:32 Act.23:30, Php.2:23.†
(AS) G1825 G1825 = G1825 ἐξεγείρω exegeirō G:V to raise ἐξ-εγείρω
[in LXX for עוּר ni., hi., etc. ;]
to raise up: Rom.9:17 (cf. ICC, in l); from the dead, 1Co.6:14.†
(AS) G1826 G1826 = G1826 ἔξειμι exeimi G:V to go out/away ἔξ-ειμι
(εἶμι),
to go forth: Act.13:42 Act.17:15 Act.20:7; before ἐπί, with accusative, Act.27:43.†
(AS) G1827 G1827 = G1827 ἐξελέγχω exelegchō G:V to convict ἐξ-ελίγχω
[in LXX Pro.30:6, Mic.4:3, Isa.2:4 (יָכַח hi.), Wis.12:17, 4Ma.2:12 * ;]
to convict: Ju 15, Rec. (for ἐλέγχω, WH, which see).†
(AS) G1828 G1828 = G1828 ἐξέλκω exelkō G:V to drag out/away ἐξ-έλκω
[in LXX: Gen.37:28 (מָשַׁךְ), etc. ;]
to draw out or away: metaphorically, ὑπὸ τ. ἐπιθυμίας, Jas.1:14 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G1829 G1829 = G1829 ἐξέραμα exerama G:N-N vomit ἐξέραμα, -τος, τό
(ἐξεράω, to evacuate, disgorge)
a vomit: 2Pe.2:22 (LXX).†
(AS) G1830 G1830 = G1830 ἐξερευνάω exereunaō G:V to search out ἐξ-εραυνάω
(Rec. ἐξερευνάω), -ῶ, [in LXX for חָקַר, נָצַר, etc. ;]
to search out, search carefully: before περί, 1Pe.1:10.†
(AS) G1831 G1831 = G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exerchomai G:V to go out ἐξέρχομαι,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for יצא, also for עלה ,בּוֹא, etc. ;] depon.,
to go, or come out of: Mat.10:11, Mrk.1:35, Jhn.13:30, al.; with inf., Mat.11:8, Mrk.3:21, Luk.7:25, 26 Act.20:8; id. before ἐπί, Mat.26:55, al.; εἰς, Mrk.1:38; ἵνα, Rev.6:2; ἐ. before ἐκ (cl. with genitive loc.), Mrk.5:2, Jhn.4:30, al.; ἔξω, with genitive, Mat.21:17, Mrk.14:68, Act.16:13, Heb.13:13; ἀπό, Mrk.11:12, Luk.9:5, Php.4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mat.15:21, Mrk.6:1, Luk.9:4, al.; of demons expelled, before ἐκ (ἀπό), with genitive of person(s), Mrk.1:25, 26 5:8, Luk.4:35, al.; of prisoners released, Mat.5:26, Act.16:40; ptcp., ἐξελθών, with indic., of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20f.), Mat.8:32 15:21 24:1, Mrk.16:8, Luk.22:39, Act.12:9, 17 al. Metaphorical,
__(a) of persons: 2Co.6:17, 1Jn.2:19; of birth or origin, Mat.2:6 (LXX), Heb.7:5 (cf . Gen.35:11); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jhn.10:39; of public appearance, 1Jn.4:1;
__(b) of things: Mat.24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Rev.16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mat.9:26, Luk.4:14; ἀκοή, Mrk.1:28; λόγος, Jhn.21:23; δόγμα, Luk.2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι).
(AS) G1832 G1832 = G1832 ἔξεστι, ἐξόν exesti, exon G:V be permitted ἔξ-εστι
(εἰμί),
impers. verb.,
it is permitted, lawful: Mrk.2:24, Act.8:37 (R, mg.), 1Co.10:23; with inf., Mat.12:2, 10 12 14:4 15:26 19:3 22:17 27:6, Mrk.3:4 12:14, Luk.6:2, 9 14:3, Jhn.5:10; before accusative, Mrk.2:26, Luk.6:4 20:22; with dative of person(s) and inf., Mat.20:15, Mrk.6:18 10:2, Jhn.18:31, Act.16:21 21:37 22:25 (inf. understood), 1Co.6:12; ἐξόν (sc. ἐστί), Act.2:29, 2Co.12:4; ἐξὸν ἦν, Mat.12:4.†
(AS) G1833 G1833 = G1833 ἐξετάζω exetazō G:V to find out ἐξ-ετάζω
(ἐτάζω (rare), to examine), [in LXX: Deu.13:14-15 Deu.19:18, 1Ch.28:9 A (דָּרַשׁ), דָּרַשׁ), Psa.11:5-6 (בָּחַן), Wis.6:3, Sir.3:21, al. ;]
to examine closely, inquire carefully (of ): before περί (with ἀκριβῶς), Mat.2:8; before τίς, Mat.10:11; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.21:12.†
SYN.: ἀνακρίνω, ἐραυνάω (see DCG, ii, 594b) (AS) G1834 G1834 = G1834 ἐξηγέομαι exēgeomai G:V to tell ἐξ-ηγέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX chiefly for סָפַר pi. ;]
to lead, show the way; metaphorically, to unfold, narrate, declare: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.24:35 Act.21:19; with dative of person(s), Act.10:8; θεόν (understood), Jhn.1:18; before ὅσα, Act.15:12; καθώς, Act.15:14.†
(AS) G1835 G1835 = G1835 ἑξήκοντα hexēkonta G:A-NUI sixty ἑξήκοντα, οἱ, αἱ, τά
indecl.,
sixty: Mat.13:8, 23, Mrk.4:8, 20, Luk.24:13, 1Ti.5:9, Rev.11:3 Rev.12:6 Rev.13:18.†
(AS) G1836 G1836 = G1836 ἑξῆς hexēs G:ADV next/afterward ἑξῆς
adv. (ἔχω),
in order, successively, next: τῇ ἑ. ἡμέρᾳ, Luk.9:37; ἐν τῷ ἑ. (sc. χρόνῳ), soon after, Luk.7:11; τῇ ἑ. (sc. ἡμέρα), Act.21:1 Act.25:17 Act.27:18.†
(AS) G1837 G1837 = G1837 ἐξηχέω exēcheō G:V to ring/sound out ἐξ-ηχέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jol.3:14 (הָמוֹן), Sir.40:13, 3Ma.3:2 * ;]
to sound forth (as a trumpet, or thunder; see M, Th., l.with): pass., 1Th.1:8.†
(AS) G1838 G1838 = G1838 ἕξις hexis G:N-F habit/practice ἐξις, -εως, ἡ
(ἔχω), [in LXX, cf. Sir, prol.9 ;]
habit, use, experience: Heb.5:14.†
(AS) G1839 G1839 = G1839 ἐξίστημι existēmi G:V to amaze ἐξ-ίστημι (also in Hellenistic -ιστάνω, Act 8:9),
[in LXX for H2730, etc. (29 words in all) ;],
__1. causal in Pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put out of its place; metaphorically, ἐ. τινά φρενῶν (Eur.), to drive one out of his senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze: with accusative of person(s), Luk.24:22, Act.8:9, 11.
__2. Intr. in pass. and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., before ἐκ or with genitive, to stand aside from, retire from; esp. τ. φρενῶν, to lose one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol.;
__(a) to be beside oneself, be mad: Mrk.3:21, 2Co.5:13 (opposite to σωφρονεῖν);
__(b) to be amazed, confounded: Mat.12:23, Mrk.2:12 Mrk.5:42 Mrk.6:51, Luk.2:47 Luk.8:56, Act.2:7, 12 Act.8:13 Act.9:21 Act.10:45 Act.12:16 (Cremer, 309).†
(AS) G1840 G1840 = G1840 ἐξισχύω exischuō G:V to have power ἐξ-ισχύω
[in LXX: Sir.7:6 * ;]
to have strength enough, to be quite able: with inf., Eph.3:18.†
(AS) G1841 G1841 = G1841 ἔξοδος exodos G:N-F departure ἔξ-οδος, -ου, ὁ
(ὁδός), [in LXX chiefly for מוֹצָא also חוּץ, etc. ;]
a going out, departure: Heb.11:22; of death, Luk.9:31, 2Pe.1:15.†
(AS) G1842 G1842 = G1842 ἐξολοθρεύω exolothreuō G:V to root out έξ-ολεθρεύω
(so best MSS. and WH; also read -οθρεύω), [in LXX frequently (rare in Gk. writers) for כָּרַת ni., hi., etc. ;]
to destroy utterly: before ἐκ τ. λαοῦ, Act.3:23 (LXX).†
(AS) G1843 G1843 = G1843 ἐξομολογέομαι exomologeomai G:V to agree ἐξ-ομολογέω, -ῶ and depon. mid., -έομαι, -οῦμαι
[as always in LXX chiefly for יָדָה hi. ;]
__1. act. = cl. ὁμολογέω, to profess or agree to do (Field, Notes, 75): Luk.22:6.
__2. Mid., to acknowledge, confess (MM, Exp., xiv): τ. ἁμαρτίας, Mat.3:6, Mrk.1:5, Jas.5:16; τ. πράξεις, Act.19:18; before ὅτι, Php.2:11; with dative of person(s), to make acknowledgment to one's honour, to praise, give praise to (as in LXX; Kennedy, Sources, 118): Rom.14:11(LXX) Rom.15:9 (LXX); before ὅτι, Mat.11:25, Luk.10:21 (Cremer, 771).†
(AS) G1844 G1844 = G1844 ἐξορκίζω exorkizō G:V to adjure ἐξ-ορκίζω
(later form of ἐξορκόω ), [in LXX: Jdg.17:2 (אָלָה), Gen.24:3, 3Ki.22:16 (שָׁבַע hi.)* ;]
__1. to administer an oath to (Dem., Polyb., al.).
__2. to adjure: with accusative of person(s), before κατά, with genitive (as frequently in magic π.; MM, Exp., xiv), Mat.26:63.†
(AS) G1845 G1845 = G1845 ἐξορκιστής exorkistēs G:N-M exorcist ἐξ-ορκιστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἐξορκίζω),
__1. one who administers an oath.
__2. an exorcist: Act.19:13.†
(AS) G1846 G1846 = G1846 ἐξορύσσω exorussō G:V to dig through/out ἐξ-ορύσσω
[in LXX: Pro.29:22; ὀφθαλμόν (-ούς), Jdg.16:21, 1Ki.11:2 (נָקַר)* ;]
to dig out, dig up: στέγην, Mrk.2:4; metaphorically, ὀφοαλμούς (cf. LXX, ll with; Herod., viii, 116), Gal.4:15.†
(AS) G1847 G1847 = G1847 ἐξουδενόω exoudenoō G:V be rejected ἐξ-ουδενέω
(Rec. -όω; T, -θανόω), -ῶ, [in LXX (with vv. ll. -όω, -θενέω, -θενόω) for בּוּז, בָּזָה, מָאַס, בּוּס, etc. ;]
to despise, set at nought: Mrk.9:12 (cf. ἐξουθενέω).†
(AS) G1848 G1848 = G1848 ἐξουθενέω exoutheneō G:V to reject ἐξ-ουθενέω, -ῶ
(οὐθείς, which see), [in LXX (see: ἐξουθενέω): 1Ki.2:30, al., and as seel. for -δενέω, -όω, -θενόω* ;]
to set at nought, despise utterly, treat with contempt: with accusative of person(s), Luk.18:9 23:11, Rom.14:3, 10, 1Co.16:11; with accusative of thing(s), Gal.4:14, 1Th.5:20; pass., of persons: Mrk.9:12 (T, -όω), 1Co.6:4; of things λίθος, Act.4:11 (LXX ἀπεδοκίμασαν); λόγος, 2Co.10:10; τὰ ἐξουθενημένα, 1Co.1:28.†
SYN.: ἀθετέω, καταφρονέω (see DCG, i, 453b) (AS) G1849 G1849 = G1849 ἐξουσία exousia G:N-F authority ἐξουσία, -ας, ἡ
(ἔξεστι), [in LXX: 4Ki.20:13, Psa.113 (114):2 135 (136)8, 9, Isa.39:2, Jer.28 (51):28 (מֶמְשָׁלָה), frequently in Da for Aram. שָׁלְטָן, etc., Wis.10:14, Sir.9:13, al. ;]
__1. prop., liberty or power to act, freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by δύναμις (which see): 1Co.9:12; ἐ. ἔχειν, 2Th.3:9; id. before inf., Jhn.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5; with genitive obj., Rom.9:21; before ἐπί, with accusative, Rev.22:14; περί, 1Co.7:37.
__2. Later (cf. Milligan, Th., 114; MM, Exp., xiv), of the power of right, authority: Mat.21:33, Mrk.11:28, Luk.20:2; of Messianic authority, Mat.9:6, Mrk.2:10, al.; of apostolic authority, 2Co.10:8 13:10; of the authority of government: Mat.8:9 28:18, Ju 25, Rev.12:10, al.; esp. of judicial authority, Luk.20:20, Jhn.19:10, 11.
__3. Meton.,
__(a) jurisdiction: Luk.23:7 (cf. 1Ma.6:11, Isa.39:2);
__(b) a ruler or magistrate: Rom.13:1-3; pl., Luk.12:11, Rom.13:1, Tit.3:1;
__(with) of supramundane powers (syn. with ἀρχή, δύναμις, θρόνος, κυριότης): 1Co.15:24, Eph.1:21 3:10, Col.2:10, 1Pe.3:22, al. (Cremer. 236).
SYN.: see: δύναμις. (AS) G1850 G1850 = G1850 ἐξουσιάζω exousiazō G:V to have authority ἐξουσιάζω
(ἐξουσία) [in LXX (frequently in Ec) chiefly for שָׁלַט ;]
__1. to exercise authority (Arist.).
__2. Trans., to exercise authority over: with genitive of person(s), Luk.22:25; with genitive of thing(s), 1Co.7:4; pass., to be held under authority (see Lft., Notes, 214): before ὑπό, 1Co.6:12.†
(AS) G1851 G1851 = G1851 ἐξοχή exochē G:N-F prominent ἐξοχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐξέχω, to stand out), [in LXX for שֵׁן, Job.39:28 * ;]
__1. a projection (ἐ. πέτρας, Job.39:28).
__2. Metaphorical, eminence, excellence: οἱ κατ᾽ ἐ., the chief men, Act.25:23.†
(AS) G1852 G1852 = G1852 ἐξυπνίζω exupnizō G:V to awake ἐξ-υπνίζω
[in LXX: Jdg.16:14, 20, 3Ki.3:13 (יָקַץ), Job.14:12 (עוּר ni.)* ;]
to awaken out of sleep (= ἀφυπνίζω): with accusative of person(s), Jhn.11:11.†
(AS) G1853 G1853 = G1853 ἔξυπνος exupnos G:A awake ἔξ-υπνος, -ον
(ὕπνος), [in LXX: I Est.3:3 * ;]
roused out of sleep: Act.16:27.†
(AS) G1854 G1854 = G1854 ἔξω exō G:PREP out/outside(r) ἔξω
adv. (ἐξ), [in LXX for חוּץ ;]
__1. outside, without;
__(a) adverbially: Mat.12:46, Mrk.3:31 11:4, Luk.8:20, Jhn.18:16, al.; with art., ὁ ἔ., he who is without; metaphorically, in pl., οἱ ἔ., of those outside the Church, 1Co.5:12-13, Col.4:5 (Lft., in l), 1Th.4:12; ὁ ἔ. ἄνθρωπος, 2Co.4:16; αἱ ἔ. πόλεις, Act.26:11;
__(b) as prep. with genitive: Luk.13:33, Act.21:5, Heb.13:11-12
__2. After verbs of motion;
__(a) adverbially, forth, out: Mat.5:13 Mrk.14:68, Luk.22:62, Jhn.19:4, 13, Act.9:40, al.;
__(b) as prep. with genitive, out of: Mat.21:17, Mrk.11:19 12:8, Luk.4:29, Act.7:58, Heb.13:13, al
(AS) G1855 G1855 = G1855 ἔξωθεν exōthen G:PREP outside ἔξωθεν
adv. (ἔξω opposite to ἔσωθεν), [in LXX for חוּץ ;]
__1. prop. (in answer to the question, Whence ?), from without: Mrk.7:18
__2. More often (= ἔξω; cf. Bl., § 25, 3), without: Mat.23:27-28 Mrk.7:18, 2Co.7:5; τὸ ἔ., Mat.23:25, Luk.11:39-40; οἱ ἔ., 1Ti.3:7, Mrk.4:11 (WH, mg.); ὁ ἔ. κόσμος, 1Pe.3:3; ἐκβάλλειν ἔ., Rev.11:2. As prep. with genitive: Mrk.7:15, Rev.11:1-19 4Ki.14:20 (cf. Robertson, Gr., 548).†
(AS) G1856 G1856 = G1856 ἐξωθέω exōtheō G:V to expel ἐξ-ωθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for נָדָה hi. ;]
__1. to thrust out: Act.7:45.
__2. to drive out of the sea, drive on shore: Act.27:39 (WH, txt., ἐκσῶσαι).†
*ἐκ-σώζω,
to preserve from danger, bring safe: Act.27:39 (ἐξῶσαι, WH, mg., R, txt., see: ἐξωθέω).†
ἐξ-ωθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for נָדָה hi. ;]
__1. to thrust out: Act.7:45.
__2. to drive out of the sea, drive on shore: Act.27:39 (WH, txt., ἐκσῶσαι).†
*ἐκ-σώζω,
to preserve from danger, bring safe: Act.27:39 (ἐξῶσαι, WH, mg., R, txt., see: ἐξωθέω).†
(AS) G1857 G1857 = G1857 ἐξώτερος exōteros G:A outer ἐξώτερος, -α, -ον
(compar., from ἔξω; opposite to ἐσώτερος) [in LXX chiefly for חִיצוֹן ;]
outer: σκότος, Mat.8:12 Mat.22:13 Mat.25:30.†
(AS) G1858 G1858 = G1858 ἑορτάζω heortazō G:V to keep a festival ἑορτάζω
(ἑορτή), [in LXX for חָגַג ;]
to keep festival: 1Co.5:8.†
(AS) G1859 G1859 = G1859 ἑορτή heortē G:N-F festival ἑορτή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for חַג (chiefly), מוֹעֵד ;]
a feast, festival: Luk.2:42, Jhn.5:1, Jhn.6:4 Jhn.7:37, Col.2:10; ἡ ἑ. τοῦ πάσχα, Luk.2:41, Jhn.13:1; τ. ἀζύμων, Luk.22:1; ἡ σκηνοπηγία, Jhn.7:2 (Deiss., LAE, 116); ἐν τ. ἑ., Mat.26:5, Mrk.14:2, Jhn.4:45 7:11 12:20 (εἶναι ἐν ἑ.), Jhn.2:23; εἰς τ. ἑ. (for the feast), Jhn.13:29; ἀναβαίνειν, ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τ. ἑ., Jhn.4:45 7:8-10 11:56 12:12; τῆς ἐ μεσούσης, Jhn.7:14; κατὰ ἑ. (at each feast), Mat.27:15, Mrk.15:6, Luk.23:17, R, mg.; τ. ἑ. ποιεῖν, Act.18:21; κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑ., Luk.2:42.†
(AS) G1860 G1860 = G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelia G:N-F promise ἐπ-αγγελία, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπαγγέλλω), [in LXX: Psa.56:8 (סֵפֶר), etc. ;]
__1. a summons (as Attic law-term, Dem., al.).
__2. a promise (Dem., Arist., al.): Act.23:21; esp. in NT of the divine promises, Act.7:17, Rom.4:14, 16 Rom.9:4, Gal.3:17-18, 21 4:23, Heb.8:6 11:9, 17, 2Pe.3:9; with inf., Heb.4:1; γίνεται, etc., with dative of person(s), Act.2:39, Rom.4:13, Gal.3:16; before πρός, Act.13:32 26:6; έπαγγέλεσθαι τὴν ἐ., 1Jn.2:25; ἔχειν ἐπαγγελίας, Heb.7:6, 2Co.7:1; εἷναι νἐ έπαγγελίᾳ, Eph.6:2; ἡ γῆ τῆς ἐ., Heb.11:9; τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐ., Rom.9:8, Gal.4:28; τ. πνεῦμα τῆς ἐ. τ. ἅγιον, Eph.1:13; αἱ διαθῆκαι τῆς ἐ., Eph.2:12; ἡ ἐ. τ. θεοῦ, Rom.4:20; pl., 2Co.1:20; αἱ ἐ. τ. πατέρων, Rom.15:8; with genitive obj., τ. ζωῆς (see Dalman, Words, 103), 1Ti.4:8; τ. παρουσίας αὐτοῦ, 2Pe.3:4; κατ ̓ ἐπαγγελίαν, Act.13:23, Gal.3:29, 2Ti.1:1; δι ̓ ἐπαγγελίας, Gal.3:18; συμμέτοχα τῆς ἐ., Eph.3:6; λόγος ἐπαγγελίας, Rom.9:9. By meton. (cf. ἐλπίς), of a promised blessing: Luk.24:49, Act.1:14, Gal.3:22, Heb.6:12-17 10:36 11:13, 33 11:39; with genitive epexeg., Act.2:33 Gal.3:14, Heb.9:15 (Cremer, 27).†
(AS) G1861 G1861 = G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangellō G:V to profess ἐπ-αγγέλλω
[in LXX: Est.4:8 (אָמַר), Pro.13:12, Wis.2:13, al. ;]
__1. to announce, proclaim.
__2. (a) to promise;
__(b) to profess. Mid., also frequently in both these senses;
__(with) to promise: with dab. of person(s), Heb.6:13; with accusative of thing(s), Rom.4:21, Tit.1:2; with dative of person(s) and accusative of thing(s), Jas.1:12 2:5, 2Pe.2:19; ἐπαγγελίαν, 1Jn.2:25; with inf., Mrk.14:11, Act.7:5; before λέγων, Heb.12:26; ptcp., Heb.10:23 11:11;
__(d) to profess: θεοσέβειαν, 1Ti.2:10; γνῶσιν, 1Ti.6:21. Pass., Gal.3:19 (cf. προ-επαγγέλλω; and see Cremer, 26).†
(AS) G1862 G1862 = G1862 ἐπάγγελμα epangelma G:N-N a promise ἐπ-άγγελμα, -τος, τό
(ἐπαγγέλλω),
a promise: 2Pe.1:4 3:13.†
(AS) G1863 G1863 = G1863 ἐπάγω epagō G:V to bring upon ἐπ-άγω
[in LXX for בּוֹא hi., etc. (29 words in all) ;]
to bring upon: with dative and accusative, 2Pe.2:5; ἑαυτοῖς ἐ. (for cl. mid., see Mayor, in l), 2Pe.2:1; ἐ. τὸ αἷμα (cf. Ge 209), Act.5:28.†
(AS) G1864 G1864 = G1864 ἐπαγωνίζομαι epagōnizomai G:V to contend ἐπ-αγωνίζομαι depon.;
__1. to contend with (Plut.).
__2. to contend for (C.I., 2335, 19): with dative of thing(s), Ju 3.†
(AS) G1865 G1865 = G1865 ἐπαθροίζομαι epathroizomai G:V to collect/crowd ἐπ-αθροίζω
to assemble besides (Plut.): pass., Luk.11:29.†
(AS) G1866 G1866 = G1866 Ἐπαίνετος Epainetos N:N-M-P Epaenetus Ἐπαίνετος (Rec. -τός), -ου, ὁ
Epænetus, a Christian of Borne: Rom.16:5.†
(AS) G1867 G1867 = G1867 ἐπαινέω epaineō G:V to praise ἐπ-αινέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for הָלַל pi., שָׁבַח pi. ;]
to praise: with accusative, Rom.15:11, 1Co.11:22; before ὅτι, Luk.16:8, 1Co.11:2; absol., before ὅτι, 1Co.11:17.†
(AS) G1868 G1868 = G1868 ἔπαινος epainos G:N-M praise ἔπ-αινος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for תְּהִלָּה, etc. ;]
praise: Rom.2:29 Rom.13:3, 1Co.4:5, 2Co.8:18, Eph.1:6, 12 1:14, Php.1:11 Php.4:8, 1Pe.1:7 2:14.†
(AS) G1869 G1869 = G1869 ἐπαίρω epairō G:V to lift up ἐπ-αίρω
[in LXX for נָשָׂא, רוּם, etc. ;]
to lift up, raise: τ. ἀρτέμονα, Act.27:40; χεῖρας, Luk.24:50, 1Ti.2:8; κεφαλάς, Luk.21:28; ὀφθαλμούς, Mat.17:8, Luk.6:20 16:23 18:13, Jhn.4:35 6:5 17:1; φωνήν, Luk.11:27, Act.2:14 14:11 22:22; τ. πτέρναν (figuratively), Jhn.13:18. Pass., Act.1:9; metaphorically, to be lifted up with pride: 2Co.10:5 11:20.†
(AS) G1870 G1870 = G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischunomai G:V be ashamed of ἐπ-αισχύνομαι
[in LXX: Job.34:19 (נָשָׂא), Psa.119:6 (בּוּשׁ), Isa.1:29 A (חָפֵר) * ;]
to be ashamed (of): absol., 2Ti.1:12; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.8:38, Luk.9:26; with accusative of thing(s), Rom.1:16, 2Ti.1:8 1:16; ἐπί, with dative of thing(s), Rom.6:21; with inf., Heb.2:11; with, accusative of person(s), and inf., Heb.11:16,†
(AS) G1871 G1871 = G1871 ἐπαιτέω epaiteō G:V to ask/beg ἐπ-αιτέω, -ῶ, [in LXX: Psa_109:10 (H7592) Sir_40:28 * ;]
__1. to ask besides.
__2. to beg (as a mendicant; cf. MM, Exp., xiv): Luk.16:3 18:35 (Cremer, 74).†
(AS) G1872 G1872 = G1872 ἐπακολουθέω epakoloutheō G:V to follow after ἐπ-ακολουθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX (chiefly metaphorically) for אָחַר, הָלַךְ, etc. ;]
to follow after; in NT metaphorically; absol.: Mrk.16:20 (illustrated by use in verifying accounts; see MM, Exp., xiv; Milligan; NTD, 78); with dative of person(s), of sins, 1Ti.5:24 (cf. Ellic. and CGT, in l); τ. ἴχνεσιν, 1Pe.2:21; ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ, 1Ti.5:10.†
(AS) G1873 G1873 = G1873 ἐπακούω epakouō G:V to listen to ἐπ-ακούω
[in LXX for שָׁמַע, עָנָה, etc. ;]
__1. to listen to.
__2. to hearken to, hear with favour (one's prayer): with genitive of person(s), 2Co.6:2 (LXX).†
(AS) G1874 G1874 = G1874 ἐπακροάομαι epakroaomai G:V to listen ro ἐπ-ακροάομαι, -ῶμαι
to listen attentively: Act.16:25 (cf. Page, in l).†
(AS) G1875 G1875 = G1875 ἐπάν epan G:CONJ when/as soon as ἐπ-άν
conj. (ἐπεί, which see, ἄν)
later form of ἐπήν,
after, when: with subjc. Pres., Luk.11:34; with subjc. aor., Mat.2:8, Luk.11:22.†
(AS) G1876 G1876 = G1876 ἐπάναγκες epanagkes G:ADV necessarily ἐπανάγκης, -ες
(ἀνάγκη), only in neut.;
__1. ἐπάναγκες (sc. ἐστί), it is compulsory, necessary.
__2. As adv., of necessity: Act.15:28.†
(AS) G1877 G1877 = G1877 ἐπανάγω epanagō G:V to set off ἐπ-αν-άγω
[in LXX: Zec.4:12 (רוּק hi.), Sir.17:26 26:28, 2Ma.9:21 2Mac 12:4 * ;]
to bring up or back (sc. ναῦς); to put out to sea (DB, iii, 63b): Luk.5:3-4; intrans., to return: Mat.21:18.†
(AS) G1878 G1878 = G1878 ἐπαναμιμνῄσκω epanamimnēskō G:V to remind ἐπ-ανα-μιμνήσκω
to remind again: with accusative of person(s), Rom.15:15.†
(AS) G1879 G1879 = G1879 ἐπαναπαύω epanapauō G:V to rest/rely on ἐπ-ανα-παύω
[in LXX, mid., for נוּחַ, שָׁעַן ni ;]
to refresh, cause to rest (upon); mid., to rest upon: metaphorically, with dative, Rom.2:17; before ἐπί, with accusative, Luk.10:6 (Cremer, 827).†
(AS) G1880 G1880 = G1880 ἐπανέρχομαι epanerchomai G:V to return ἐπ-αν-έρχομαι
[in LXX for שׁוּב, etc. ;]
to return: Luk.10:35 19:15.†
(AS) G1881 G1881 = G1881 ἐπανίστημι epanistēmi G:V to rebel against ἐπ-αν-ίστημι
[in LXX chiefly for קוּם ;]
to raise up against; mid., to rise up against: before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:21, Mrk.13:12.†
(AS) G1882 G1882 = G1882 ἐπανόρθωσις epanorthōsis G:N-F correcting ἐπ-αν-όρθωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐπανορθόω, to correct, restore; of. 2Ma.2:22) [in LXX: I Est.8:52, 1Ma.14:34 * ;]
correction: of life, 2Ti.3:16 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G1883 G1883 = G1883 ἐπάνω epanō G:PREP above ἐπ-άνω
adv., [in LXX for מַעֲלָה, עַל, מֵעָל, etc. ;]
above;
__1. adverbially;
__(a) of place: Luk.11:44;
__(b) of number, more than: Mrk.14:5, 1Co.15:6.
__2. As prep. C. genitive;
__(a) of place: Mat.2:9 5:14 21:7 23:18-22 27:37 28:2, Luk.4:39 10:19, Rev.6:8 20:3;
__(b) of pre-eminence: Luk.19:17-19, Jhn.3:31.†
(AS) G1884 G1884 = G1884 ἐπαρκέω eparkeō G:V to help ἐπ-αρκέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 1Ma.8:26 1Mac 11:35 * ;]
__1. to be strong enough for.
__2. to ward off.
__3. to aid, relieve: with dative of person(s), 1Ti.5:10 5:16 (mid., WH, mg.).†
(AS) G1885 G1885 = G1885 ἐπαρχία eparchia G:N-F province ἐπαρχεία (Rec. -χία, see Bl., § 3, 5), -ας, ἡ
(ἔπαρχος, a prefect), [in LXX: Est.4:11 (מְדִינָה), Jdth.3:6 A* ;]
the jurisdiction of a prefect, a province: Act.23:3, 34 25:1.†
*†ἐπάρχεισς, -ον,
of a prefect: ἡ ἐ. (sc. ἐξουσία) = ἐπαρχεια, which see, Act.25:1 (WH, mg.).†
(AS) G1886 G1886 = G1886 ἔπαυλις epaulis G:N-F residence ἔπ-αυλις, -εως, ἡ
(αὐλή), [in LXX for חָצֵר, טִירָה, (l.with), etc. ;]
a dwelling, habitation: Act.1:20 (LXX).†
(AS) G1887 G1887 = G1887 ἐπαύριον epaurion G:ADV the next day ἐπ-αύριον,
adv. [in LXX for מָחָר, Gen.30:33, elsewhere, Exo.9:6, al., for מׇחֳרָת ;]
on the morrow: in NT, ἡ ἐ. (sc. ἡμέρα), Mat.27:62, Mrk.11:12, Jhn.1:29, Act.10:9, al
(AS) G1888 G1888 = G1888 ἐπαυτόφωρος, αὐτόφωρος epautophōros, autophōros G:A in the very act αὐτόφωρος, -ον
(αὐτός, φώρ, a thief) [in Sm.: Job.34:11 * ;]
prop. with ref. to theft, then generally, in the very act: as freq., neut. dative after ἐπί, Jhn.8:4 (Rec., ἐπαυτοφώρῳ).†
(AS) G1889 G1889 = G1889 Ἐπαφρᾶς Epaphras N:N-M-P Epaphras Ἐπαφρᾶς, -ᾶ (B1., § 7, 4), ὁ,
Epaphras: Col.1:7 4:12, Phm 23.*†
(AS) G1890 G1890 = G1890 ἐπαφρίζω epaphrizō G:V to foam up ἐπ-αφρίζω
to foam up: metaphorically, τ. αἰσχύνας, Ju 13.†
(AS) G1891 G1891 = G1891 Ἐπαφρόδιτος Epaphroditos N:N-M-P Epaphroditus Ἐπαφρόδιτος, -ου, ὁ
(i.e. charming);
Epaphroditus: Php.2:5 4:18.†
(AS) G1892 G1892 = G1892 ἐπεγείρω epegeirō G:V to awaken/rouse ἐπ-εγείρω
[in LXX for עוּר hi., קוּם hi., etc. ;]
to rouse up, excite: C. accusative of thing(s), διωγμόν, Act.13:50; ψυχάς, Act.14:2.†
(AS) G1893 G1893 = G1893 ἐπεί epei G:CONJ since ἐπεί
conj. (ἐπί, εἰ),
when, since;
__1. of time, when, after: Luk.7:1 (Rec., WH, mg.).
__2. Of cause, since, because: Mat.18:32 21:46 27:6, Mrk.15:42, Luk.1:34, Jhn.13:29 19:31, Act.13:46 (Rec., WH, mg.), 1Co.14:12, 2Co.11:18 13:3, Heb.5:2, 11 6:13 9:17 11:11; ἐ. οὖν, Heb.2:14 4:6. With ellipsis, otherwise, else: Rom.11:6, 22, Heb.9:26; ἐ. ἄρα, 1Co.5:10 7:14; introducing a question, Rom.3:6, 1Co.14:16 15:29, Heb.10:2 (cf. 4Ma.1:33 4Mac 2:7 4Mac 2:10 4Mac 4:24-26).†
(AS) G1894 G1894 = G1894 ἐπειδή epeidē G:CONJ since ἐπει-δή
conj.;
__1. of time, when now, after that: Luk.7:1 (WH, txt.).
__2. Of cause, seeing that, forasmuch as: Luk.11:6, Act.13:46 (WH, txt., RV) Act.14:12 15:24, 1Co.1:21-22 14:16 15:21, Php.2:26.†
(AS) G1895 G1895 = G1895 ἐπειδήπερ epeidēper G:CONJ since ἐπει-δή-περ
conj.,
forasmuch as ("a stately compound," frequently in cl. and suitable for the formal introduction of Lk): Luk.1:1.†
(AS) G1896 G1896 = G1896 ἐπεῖδον epeidon G:V to look upon ἐπ-εῖδον 2 aor. without Pres. in use;
[in LXX chiefly for רָאָה ;] to regard with attention, look upon (in cl., of the gods)
__1. with a view to bless: with inf., Luk.1:25 (cf. DB, 136b).
__2. To punish: before ἐπί, Act.4:29.†
(AS) G1897 G1897 = G1897 ἐπείπερ epeiper G:CONJ since ἐπεί-περ
conj., since indeed: Rom.3:30 (Rec.; εἴπερ, WH).†
(AS) G1898 G1898 = G1898 ἐπεισαγωγή epeisagōgē G:N-F introduction ἐπ-εισ-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ
a bringing in besides or in addition (Hipp., FlJ, al.): Heb.7:19 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G1899 G1899 = G1899 ἔπειτα epeita G:ADV then ἐπειτα, adv. of sequence
[in LXX: Num.19:10 A, Isa.16:2, 4Ma.6:3 * ;]
thereupon, thereafter, then: Luk.16:7, Gal.1:21, Jas.4:14; before μετὰ τοῦτο, Jhn.11:7; μετὰ ἔτη τρία, Gal.1:18; διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν, Gal.2:1; πρῶτον . . . ἔ., 1Co.15:46, 1Th.4:17, Heb.7:2; πρότεφον . . . ἔ, Heb.7:27; ἀπαρχὴ . . . ἔ., 1Co.15:23; εἶτα . . . ἔ., 1Co.15:5-6 (WH, txt.); . . . ἔ., 1Co.15:5-7 (WH, mg.); τρίτον . . . ἔ. (his), 1Co.12:28.†
(AS) G1900 G1900 = G1900 ἐπέκεινα epekeina G:PREP beyond ἐπ-έκεινα
adv. (= ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα), [in LXX: Lev.22:27, Num.32:19, al. (הָלְאָה), etc. ;]
beyond; with genitive, Act.7:43 (LXX) †
(AS) G1901 G1901 = G1901 ἐπεκτείνομαι epekteinomai G:V to reach out to ἐπ-εκ-τείνω
to extend: mid., to stretch forward: with dative, Php.3:13.†
(AS) G1902 G1902 = G1902 ἐπενδύω ependuō G:V be clothed ἐπ-εν-δύω
= -δύνω (Hdt.),
to put on over; pass. (Plut., al.), to have on over, be clothed upon: 2Co.5:2-4.†
(AS) G1903 G1903 = G1903 ἐπενδύτης ependutēs G:N-M coat ἐπενδύτης, -ου, ὁ
(ἐπενδύω), [in LXX for מְעִיל Lev.8:7 A (Aq. ἐπένδυμα), 3Ki.18:4 A, 4Ki.13:18 * ;]
an outer tunic (RV, coat): Jhn.21:7 .†
(AS) G1904 G1904 = G1904 ἐπέρχομαι eperchomai G:V to arrive/invade ἐπ-έρχομαι,
[in LXX for בּוֹא, עָבַר, etc. ;]
__1. to come to, arrive, come on: before ἀπό, with genitive loc., Act.14:19 (ἐπῆλθαν; cf. M, Pr., 65; Deiss., BS, 191); of time, Eph.2:7.
__2. to come upon (as in Hom.): of calamities, Luk.21:26, Act.8:24 13:40, Jas.5:1; of an enemy, Luk.11:22; of the Holy Spirit, Luk.1:35, Act.1:8, [in LXX: γίγνομαι ἐπί, Jdg.14:6, 3Ki.11:6, al.].†
(AS) G1905 G1905 = G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtaō G:V to question ἐπ-ερωτάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁאַל, also for דָּרַשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. to in­quire of, consult, question: with accusative of person(s), Mrk.12:34, Luk.2:46, al.; with dupl. accusative, Mrk.7:17 11:29, Luk.20:40, al.; with accusative of person(s), before λέγων, Mat.12:18, Mrk.9:11; εἰ, Mrk.8:23, Luk.23:6, al.; ἐ. θεόν, Rom.10:20 (LXX).
__2. In late Gk., to beg of, demand of: with accusative of person(s) and inf., Mat.16:1 (cf. ἐρωτάω; and see Cromer, 716)
(AS) G1906 G1906 = G1906 ἐπερώτημα eperōtēma G:N-N pledge ἐπ-ερώτημα, -τος, τό
[in LXX: Da TH Dan.4:14 (שְׁאֵלָא), Sir.33:3 * ;]
__1. a question, au inquiry (Hdt., Thuc.).
__2. a demand: 1Pe.3:21 (see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G1907 G1907 = G1907 ἐπέχω epechō G:V to hold fast/out ἐπ-έχω
[in LXX for חָדַל, etc.; also Sir.8:1 34:2, 2Ma.5:25 2Mac 9:25, al. ;]
__1. to hold upon.
__2. Like παρέχω (as in Hom., al.), to hold out, offer: λόγον ζωῆς, Php.2:16.
__3. to hold or direct towards, Sc.νοῦν;
__(a) absol., to intend, purpose;
__(b) to observe, give attention to (see MM, Exp., xiv): before πῶς, Luk.14:7; with dative of person(s), Act.3:5, 1Ti.4:16.
__4. to stay, wait: Act.19:22 (in legal phrase, MM, Exp., l.with).†
(AS) G1908 G1908 = G1908 ἐπηρεάζω epēreazō G:V to mistreat ἐπηρεάζω
(ἐπήρεια, spiteful abuse),
to revile: with accusative of person(s), Luk.6:28; with accusative of thing(s) (but see ICC, in l), 1Pe.3:16.†
(AS) G1909 G1909 = G1909 ἐπί epi G:PREP upon/to/against ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ᾽, before a rough breathing ἐφ᾽),
prep. with genitive, dative, accusative (accusative most frequently in NT),
with primary sense of superposition, on, upon.
__I. C. genitive,
__1. of place, answering the question, where?
__(a) of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mat.6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, 1Co.11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mat.24:3o, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mrk.4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, Heb.6:7, al.; figuratively, ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας (MM, see word ἀ.); of the subject of thought or speech, Gal.3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Rom.9:5: τ. γάζης, Act.8:27; ἐξουσία, Rev.2:26 20:6;
__(b) of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jhn.6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mat.21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mrk.12:26 (see Swete, in l.); with genitive of person(s), in the presence of, before, Mat.28:14, Act.23:30, 1Co.6:1, al.
__2. Of time,
__(a) with genitive of person(s), in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Luk.4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Act.11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mrk.2:26;
__(b) with genitive of thing(s), at, at the time of: Mat.1:11, Heb.1:2, 2Pe.3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Rom.1:10, Eph.1:16, 1Th.1:2, Phm 4.
__II. C. dative, of place, answering the question, where?
__(a) lit., on, upon: Mat.9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (see supr., I, 1, (a)), Mat.9:16 Act.8:16; above, Luk.23:38; at, by, Mrk.13:29, Jhn.5:2, Act.5:9, al.;
__(b) metaphorically, upon, on the ground of, Luk.4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mrk.6:52 (see Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Act.5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mat.18:3 19:9, Rom.12:12, al.; ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Rom.5:12 2Co.5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mat.18:13, Rom.16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Rom.8:20, 1Co.9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (see Westc. on Heb.9:10), Heb.10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph.2:10, Php.4:10; of authority, over, Mat.24:47 Luk.12:44; of hostility, with dative of person(s) (cl.), against, Luk.12:52; in addition to (cl.), 2Co.7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Php.1:3 2:17.
__III. C. accusative,
__1. of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither?
__(a) lit., upon, over: Mat.14:28, 29, Luk.5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as with genitive, dative), Mrk.4:38 11:2, Luk.2:25, Jhn.1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Act.1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mrk.16:2, Act.8:36, al.;
__(b) metaphorically (in wh. "the accusative is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:13 12:28, Act.2:17, Jhn.18:4, Eph.5:6, al.; of addition (dative in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Php.2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (see: ἐπικαλέω), Act.15:17, Jas.2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Luk.1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ.), thrice, Act.10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Act.4:17 2Ti.2:16 3:9 (see also infr., 2, (a)); ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (see infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45, Rom.11:13; of power, authority, control, Luk.1:33, Act.7:10 Rom.5:14, Heb.3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Luk.1:17 23:28, Act.9:35, 42, Rom.11:22, Gal.4:9, Eph.2:7, 1Ti.5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mat.3:7, Luk.23:48; ἐφ᾽ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, Mat.26:50; of hostility, against, Mat.24:7, Mrk.3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Luk.9:5, Jhn.13:18, Act.7:54, 1Co.7:36, 2Co.1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dative), Mrk.9:12 15:24, Jhn.19:24, Rom.4:9.
__2. Of time,
__(a) during, for: Luk.4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί), Act.13:31 16:18, Heb.11:30, al.; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mrk.9:15 Rom.7:1, al. (for ἐφ᾽ ὅ in another sense, see supr., 1, (b)); ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν (see: ἱ), Act.20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (see supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Act.20:9 24:4;
__(b) on, about, towards (cl. εἰς): Luk.10:35 Act.3:1 4:5.
__IV. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ὠπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ὠπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.
(AS) G1910 G1910 = G1910 ἐπιβαίνω epibainō G:V to mount/board ἐπι-βαίνω
[in LXX chiefly for רָכַב ;]
__1. to get up on, mount: before ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.21:5 (LXX); to embark in (a boat), go aboard: with dative, Act.27:2; before εἰς, Act.21:6 (Rec.); absol., Act.21:2.
__2. to go up to, go on to, enter: before εἰς, Act.20:18 21:4; with dative, Act.25:1.†
(AS) G1911 G1911 = G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epiballō G:V to put on/seize ἐπι-βάλλω
[in LXX for שָׁלַח, שִׁית, etc. ;]
__1. trans., to cast, lay or put upon: with accusative and dative, Mrk.11:7, 1Co.7:35; with accusative, before ἐπί with accusative, Rev.18:10, WH, mg.; τ. Χεῖρα (-ας) ἐπί (B1., § 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, Mat.26:50, Luk.20:19 21:12, Jhn.7:30, Act.5:18 21:27; with dative (Polyb.), Mrk.14:46 Act.4:3; with inf., Act.12:1; τὴν χ. ἐπ᾽ ἄροτρον, Luk.9:62; ἐπίβλημα ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον, Luk.5:36; ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ, Mat.9:16.
__2. Intrans.,
__(a) to throw oneself or rush upon: τ. κύματα εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mrk.4:37; metaphorically, to put one's mind upon (but see Field, Notes, 41 ff.), ἐπιβαλὼν ἔκλαιεν, when he thought thereon (sc. τ. ῥήματι), he wept (EV, txt.; R, mg., he began to weep; cf. M, Pr., 131): Mrk.14:72 (see also Swete, in l);
__(b) to fall to one's share: τὸ ἐπιβάλλον (sc. dative; Hdt., a1., a technical formula frequently in π.; Deiss., BS, 230, LAE, 152), Luk.15:12.†
(AS) G1912 G1912 = G1912 ἐπιβαρέω epibareō G:V to burden ἐπι-βαρέω, -ῶ
to put a burden on, be burdensome: figuratively, absol., 2Co.2:6; with accusative of person(s), 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8 (cf. M, Th., I, 29).†
(AS) G1913 G1913 = G1913 ἐπιβιβάζω epibibazō G:V to mount ἐπι-βιβάζω
[in LXX chiefly for רָכַב hi. ;]
to place upon: with accusative of person(s), Luk.10:34 19:35, Act.23:24.†
(AS) G1914 G1914 = G1914 ἐπιβλέπω epiblepō G:V to look upon/at ἐπι-βλέπω
[in LXX for נָבַט hi., פָּנָה, רָאָה, etc. ;]
to look upon. In NT, as in LXX (1Ki.1:11 9:1, Psa.25:16; Tob.3:3, al.), to look on with favour: before ἐπί with accusative of person(s), Luk.1:48 9:38, Jas.2:3.†
(AS) G1915 G1915 = G1915 ἐπίβλημα epiblēma G:N-N patch ἐπί-βλημα, -τος, τό
[in LXX: Isa.3:22 * ;]
__1. that which is thrown over, a cover.
__2. a tapestry, hanging (Is, l.with).
__3. that which is put on;
__(a) embroidery;
__(b) a patch: Mat.9:16, Mrk.2:21, Luk.5:36.†
(AS) G1916 G1916 = G1916 ἐπιβοάω epiboaō G:V to cry out ἐπι-βοάω, -ῶ
to cry out: Act.25:24 (Rec., for βοάω, which see).†
(AS) G1917 G1917 = G1917 ἐπιβουλή epiboulē G:N-F plot ἐπι-βουλή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Est.2:22, I Est.5:73, 2Ma.5:7, al. ;]
a plan against, a plot: Act.9:24 20:3, 19 23:30.†
(AS) G1918 G1918 = G1918 ἐπιγαμβρεύω epigambreuō G:V to marry ἐπι-γαμβρεύω
(γαμβρός, a connection by marriage) [in LXX: Gen.34:9, 1Ki.18:21 ff., 2Ch.18:1, Est.9:14 (חָתַן hithp.), Gen.38:8 R (יָבַם pi.), 1Ma.10:54-56 * ;]
__1. to enter into affinity with: with dative (LXX, H. with, exc. Gen.38:8).
__2. to marry (as deceased husband's next of kin, cf. Gen.38:8): with accusative, Mat.22:24.†
(AS) G1919 G1919 = G1919 ἐπίγειος epigeios G:A earthly ἐπί-γειος, -ον
(ἐπί, γῆ),
of the earth, earthly: τὰ ἐ., Jhn.3:12 Php.2:10 3:19 (anarth.); σώματα, 1Co.15:40; οἰκία, 2Co.5:1; σοφία, Jas.3:15 (Cremer, 153).†
(AS) G1920 G1920 = G1920 ἐπιγίνομαι epiginomai G:V to arise/spring up ἐπι-γίνομαι (see: γίνομαι)
[in LXX: Ep. Jer.47:1-7, 3Ma.2:6 * ;]
to arrive, arise, come on: Act.28:13.†
(AS) G1921 G1921 = G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginōskō G:V to come to know ἐπι-γινώσκω
[in LXX chiefly for נָכַר: hi., also for יָדַע, etc. ;]
"directive" of γινώσκω (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl.;
__1. to observe, perceive, discern, recognize;
__(a) absol.: Act.25:10, 1Co.13:12; before ὅτι, Luk.1:22; τ. πνεύματι, before ὅτι, Mrk.2:8;
__(b) with accusative of thing(s): Luk.1:4 5:22, Act.12:14 27:39, Rom.1:32, 2Co.1:13, Col.1:6, 1Ti.4:3; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Mrk.5:30; before ὅτι, 1Co.14:37;
__(with) with accusative of person(s): Mat.11:27 14:36 17:12, Mrk.6:33 (T, αὐτούς, but LTr., WH, R, omit the prop., and LTr., WH, txt., read ἔγνωσαν), Mrk.6:54 Luk.24:16, 31, 1Co.16:18, 2Co.1:14; before ἀπό, with genitive of thing(s), Mat.7:16, 20; before ὅτι, Act.3:10 4:13, 2Co.13:5; pass., 1Co.13:12; opposite to ἀγνοούμενοι, 2Co.6:9.
__2. to discover, ascertain, determine: Act.9:30; before ὅτι, Luk.7:37 23:7, Act.19:34 22:29 24:11 28:1; with accusative of thing(s), before quæst., Act.23:28; δι᾽ ἣν αἰτίαν, Act.22:24; παρά, with genitive of person(s), before περ, with genitive of thing(s), Act.24:8; τ. ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, 2Pe.2:21 (cf. Lft., Col., 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; AR, Eph., 248 ff.).†
(AS) G1922 G1922 = G1922 ἐπίγνωσις epignōsis G:N-F knowledge ἐπί-γνωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐπιγινώσκω, which see), [in LXX: 3Ki.7:14 (B. γν-), Pro.2:5, Hos.4:1, 6 6:6 (דַּעַת), Jdth.9:14, 2Ma.9:11 * ;]
acquaintance, discernment, recognition (Plut., al.): Php.1:9, Col.3:10; with genitive of thing(s), Col.1:9 2:2, Phm 6; τ. ἀληθείας, 1Ti.2:4, 2Ti.2:25 3:7, Tit.1:1, Heb.10:26; τ. ἁμαρτίας, Rom.3:20; with genitive of person(s), of God: Eph.1:17, Col.1:10, 2Pe.1:2-3; of Christ: Eph.4:13, 2Pe.1:8 2:20; of God and Christ: 2Pe.1:2; κατ ̓ ἐ., Rom.10:2; ἔχειν ἐν ἐ., Rom.1:28 (see AR, Eph., 248 ff.; and for a somewhat different view, Thayer, see word; Lft. on Col, 1:9; Tr., Syn., LXXv; Cremer, 159 f.; cf. αἴσθησις).†
(AS) G1923 G1923 = G1923 ἐπιγραφή epigraphē G:N-F inscription ἐπι-γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐπιγράφω),
an inscription: Mat.22:20, Mrk.12:16 15:26, Luk.20:24 23:33.†
(AS) G1924 G1924 = G1924 ἐπιγράφω epigraphō G:V to write on ἐπι-γράφω
[in LXX for כָּתַב, Num.17:2; fig., Jer.31:33, al. ;]
to write upon, inscribe: Mrk.15:26, Act.17:23, Rev.21:12; figuratively, Heb.8:10 (LXX) Heb.10:16.†
(AS) G1925 G1925 = G1925 ἐπιδείκνυμι epideiknumi G:V to show/prove ἐπι-δείκνυμι
[in LXX: Pro.12:17 (פּוּחַ hi.), Isa.37:26 (בּוֹא hi.), Esp. Jer.59, 2Ma.15:32, al ;]
__1. to show, exhibit, display: with accusative and dative, Mat.16:1 22:19 24:1, Luk.17:14. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own (but cf. El., § 55, 1): Act.9:39.
__2. to show, point out, prove: with accusative, Heb.6:17; with accusative and inf., Act.18:28 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G1926 G1926 = G1926 ἐπιδέχομαι epidechomai G:V to welcome ἐπι-δέχομαι
[in LXX: Jdth.13:13 B2, 1Ma.10:1 1Mac 14:23, Sir.51:26, al. ;]
__1. in cl., of things, to allow of, admit of (Dem., Arist., al.). In late writers,
__2. to accept besides (Polyb.), to accept (in π. of the terms of a lease; see ICC, on 3Jo, l.with): III Jn 9.
__3. (a) to receive besides (Menand.);
__(b) to receive hospitably (1Mac, Sir, ll with): III Jn 10†
(AS) G1927 G1927 = G1927 ἐπιδημέω epidēmeō G:V to sojourn ἐπι-δημέω, -ῶ
(δῆμος);
__1. to be at home (Thuc., Plat., al.),
__2. to stay in a place, sojourn (Plat., Xen., al.; and see MM, Exp., xiv): Act.2:10 17:21; before ἐν, Act.18:27 (WH, mg.).†
(AS) G1928 G1928 = G1928 ἐπιδιατάσσομαι epidiatassomai G:V to add to ἐπι-δια-τάσσομαι
to add provisions to a document: Gal.3:15 (cf. ἐπιδιαθήκη, a second will, F1J, BJ, ii, 2, 3; the word is used of wills in π., cf. Deiss., LAE, 87).†
(AS) G1929 G1929 = G1929 ἐπιδίδωμι epididōmi G:V to give/deliver ἐπι-δίδωμι
[in LXX for נָתַן, etc. ;]
__1. to give over, to hand: with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.7:9, 19, Luk.11:11-12 24:30, 42, Act.15:30; pass. with dative of person(s), Luk.4:17.
__2. to give in, give way: absol., Act.27:15.†
(AS) G1930 G1930 = G1930 ἐπιδιορθόω epidiorthoō G:V to straighten out ἐπι-δι-ορθόω
to set in order further: Tit.1:5 (Inscr.; Cremer, 8O8).†
(AS) G1931 G1931 = G1931 ἐπιδύω epiduō G:V to set ἐπι-δύω
[in LXX: Deu.24:15, Jos.8:29, Jer.15:9 (בּוֹא)* ;]
to go down, set (of the sun): Eph.4:26.†
(AS) G1932 G1932 = G1932 ἐπιείκεια epieikeia G:N-F gentleness ἐπιεικία (Rec. -είκεια), -ας, ἡ
(ἐπιεικής), [in LXX: Wis.2:19 12:18 Bar.2:27, from LXX Bar.4:24, TH (3:42), 2Ma.2:22 2Mac 10:4, 3Ma.3:15 3Mac 7:6 * ;]
fairness, moderation, gentleness ("sweet reasonableness," Matthew Arnold): Act.24:4; with πραΰτης, 2Co.10:1.†
SYN.: πραΰτης (see Tr., Syn., § xliii) (AS) G1933 G1933 = G1933 ἐπιεικής epieikēs G:A gentle ἐπιεικής, -ές
(εἰκός, likely), [in LXX: Psa.86:5 (סַלָּח), Est.8:13 * ;]
__1. seemly, fitting (Hom.).
__2. equitable, fair, moderate: 1Ti.3:3, Tit.3:2, 1Pe.2:18, Jas.3:17; τὸ ἐ. (Thuc., i, 76), Php.4:5 (cf. Mayor, Ja, l.with, and see: ἐπιεικία).†
ἐπιείκεια see: ἐπιεικία
ἐπιεικία (Rec. -είκεια), -ας, ἡ
(ἐπιεικής), [in LXX: Wis.2:19 12:18 Bar.2:27, from LXX Bar.4:24, TH (3:42), 2Ma.2:22 2Mac 10:4, 3Ma.3:15 3Mac 7:6 * ;]
fairness, moderation, gentleness ("sweet reasonableness," Matthew Arnold): Act.24:4; with πραΰτης, 2Co.10:1.†
SYN.: πραΰτης (see Tr., Syn., § xliii) (AS) G1934 G1934 = G1934 ἐπιζητέω epizēteō G:V to seek after ἐπι-ζητέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for דָּרַשׁ, 4Ki.8:8, Isa.62:12, al.; also for בָּקַשׁ, 3Ki.20:1, Ecc.7:28), Hos.3:5; פָּקַד, 4Ki.3:8 ;]
"directive" of ζητέω (MM, Exp., xiv),
to inquire for, seek after, wish for: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.6:32 12:39 16:4, Luk.12:30, Act.19:39, Rom.11:7, Php.4:17, Heb.11:14 13:14; with accusative of person(s), Luk.4:42, Act.12:19; with inf., Act.13:7.†
(AS) G1935 G1935 = G1935 ἐπιθανάτιος epithanatios G:A condemned to death ἐπιθανάτιος, -ον
[in LXX: From Bel 1:31 ;]
condemned to death: 1Co.4:9.†
(AS) G1936 G1936 = G1936 ἐπίθεσις epithesis G:N-F laying on ἐπί-θεσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐπιτίθημι), [in LXX: 2Ch.25:27 (קֶשֶׁר), Ez 23:11 (עֲגָבָה) 2Ma.4:41 2Mac 5:5 2Mac 14:15 * ;]
__1. a laying on: χειρῶν, Act.8:18, 1Ti.4:14, 2Ti.1:6, Heb.6:2 (cf. Westc., He., l.with; CGT on 1Ti, l.with).
__2. an attack, assault (2Mac, ll.with).†
(AS) G1937 G1937 = G1937 ἐπιθυμέω epithumeō G:V to long for ἐπιθυμέω, -ῶ
(θυμός), [in LXX chiefly for אָוָה pi., hithp.; also for חָמַד, etc. ;]
to set one's heart upon, desire, lust after, covet: absol., Jas.4:2, Rom.7:7 13:9" (LXX), 1Co.10:6 (of. 4Ma.2:6); before κατά (against, in opposition to), Gal.5:17; prop. (as in cl.) with genitive, Act.20:33, 1Ti.3:1; in late Gk. also with accusative (M, Pr., 65), Mat.5:28 (Rec. αὐτῆς; T omits; cf. Exo.20:17, Mic.2:2, Wis.16:3, al.); with inf., Mat.13:17, Luk.15:16 16:21 17:22, 1Pe.1:12, Rev.9:6; with accusative and inf., Heb.6:11; as in Hebrew, ἐπιθυμία ἐπεθύμησα, Luk.22:15.†
SYN.: ὀρέγω (cf. Field, Notes, 204), θέλω (DCG. i, 453) (AS) G1938 G1938 = G1938 ἐπιθυμητής epithumētēs G:N-M one who desires ἐπιθυμητής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἐπιθυμέω) [in LXX: Num.11:34 (אָוָה hithp.); εἶναι ἐ., Pro.1:22 (חָמַד)* ;]
one longing for, lustful after: κακῶν, 1Co.10:6.†
(AS) G1939 G1939 = G1939 ἐπιθυμία epithumia G:N-F desire ἐπιθυμία, -ας, ἡ
(έπιθυμέω), [in LXX chiefly for תַּאֲוָה, אָוָה; also for חֶמֶד, etc. ;]
desire, longing: Luk.22:15 (see: ἐπιθυμέω), Php.1:23, 1Th.2:17, Rev.18:14; p1., Mrk.4:19; esp. with ref. to forbidden things, desire, lust (Vg., concupiscentia): Rom.7:7-8, Jas.1:14-15, 2Pe.1:4; pl., Gal.5:24, 1Ti.6:9, 2Ti.2:22 4:3, 1Pe.1:14 4:2; πάθος ἐπιθυμίας, 1Th.4:5; ἐ. κακή, Col.3:5; with genitive, μιασμοῦ, 2Pe.2:10 (see Mayor, in l); τ. καρδιῶν, Rom.1:24; τ. κόσμου (aroused by the world), 1Jn.2:17; τ. σώματος, Rom.6:12; τ. ἀπάτης, Eph.4:22 (see ICC, in l); τ. σαρκός, 1Jn.2:16, 2Pe.2:18 (without art.), Gal.5:16; τ. ὀφθαλμῶν, 1Jn.2:16; σαρκικαὶ ἐ., 1Pe.2:11 (cf. 4Ma.1:32); κοσμικαί, Tit.2:12; εἰς ἐπιθυμίας, Rom.13:14; ποιεῖν τὰς ἐ., Jhn.8:44; ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐ., Rom.6:12; δουλεύειν, ἄγεσθαι, ἐπιθυμίαις, Tit.3:3, 2Ti.3:6; πορεύειθαι ἐν ἐ., 1Pe.4:3; κατά, Ju 16 18, 2Pe.3:3; ἀναστρέφεσθαι ἐν ταῖς ἐ., Eph.2:3.†
SYN.: πάθος (which see), ὄρεξις (AS) G1940 G1940 = G1940 ἐπικαθίζω epikathizō G:V to sit on ἐπι-καθ-ίζω
[in LXX for רָכַב, etc. ;]
to sit upon: Mat.21:7.†
(AS) G1941 G1941 = G1941 ἐπικαλέω epikaleō G:V to call (on)/name ἐπι-καλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
__1. to call, name, surname: with accusative (cl.), Mat.10:25; pass., Act.1:23 4:36 10:5, 18 10:22 11:13 12:12, 25, Heb.11:16; τ. ὄνομα, before ἐπί (denoting possession, as Heb. עַל. . שֻׁם קָרָא), Act.15:17 (LXX), Jas.2:7 (see. CB on Amo.9:12).
__2. Mid. (so also act.; cl., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to (θεόν, θεούς, Hdt., Xen., al.; cf. Deiss., LAE, 426): Καίσαρα (Σεβαστόν, Act.25:25), Act.25:11-12, 21 26:32 28:19; sc. τ. Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, Act.7:59; μάρτυρα (cl.) τ. θεόν, 2Co.1:23; πατέρα, 1Pe.1:17; τ. κύριον, Rom.10:12, 2Ti.2:22; τ. ὄνομα κυρίου (μου, σου; like Heb. יְהוָֹה שֻׁם קָרָא), Act.2:21 (LXX) Act.9:14, 21 22:16, Rom.10:13-14" (LXX) 1Co.1:2 (Cremer, 335, 742).†
(AS) G1942 G1942 = G1942 ἐπικάλυμμα epikalumma G:N-N covering ἐπι-κάλυμμα, -τος, τό
(ἐπικαλύπτω), [in LXX: Exo.26:14 39:34, (מְכַסֶּה), 4Ki.17:19 (מָסָךְ), Job.19:29 (aliter in Heb.)* ;]
a cover, veil: metaphorically, τ. κακίας, 1Pe.2:16.†
(AS) G1943 G1943 = G1943 ἐπικαλύπτω epikaluptō G:V to cover ἐπι-καλύπτω
[in LXX for כָּסָה, etc. ;]
to cover over, cover up: metaphorically, Rom.4:7 (LXX).†
(AS) G1944 G1944 = G1944 ἐπικατάρατος epikataratos G:A cursed ἐπι-κατ-άρατος, -ον
(ἐπικαταράομαι, to imprecate curses on), [in LXX for אָרַר, also Wis.3:12 14:8, 4Ma.2:19 ;]
accursed: Gal.3:10 (LXX) Gal.3:13 (LXX κεκαταραμένος) (Cremer, 109).†
(AS) G1945 G1945 = G1945 ἐπίκειμαι epikeimai G:V to lay on ἐπι-κείμαι
[in LXX: Exo.39:31 (נָתַן), Job.19:3 (הָכַר hi.) Job.21:27 (חָמַס), 1Ma.6:57, 2Ma.1:21, 3Ma.1:22 * ;]
to be placed, lie on: Jhn.21:9; before ἐπί, with dative, Jhn.11:38; figuratively, Heb.9:10; ἀνάγκη, 1Co.9:16; χειμῶν, to threaten, come on: Act.27:20; of persons, to press upon: Luk.5:1 23:23.†
(AS) G1946 G1946 = G1946 Ἐπικούρειος Epikoureios N:N--T Epicurean Ἐπικούριος (Rec. -ειος), -ου, ὁ
an Epicurean, a follower of Epicurus: Act.17:18.†
(AS) G1947 G1947 = G1947 ἐπικουρία epikouria G:N-F help ἐπικουρία, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπικουρέω to be an ἐπίκουρος, an ally) [in LXX: Wis.13:18 * ;]
aid, assistance: Act.26:22.†
(AS) G1948 G1948 = G1948 ἐπικρίνω epikrinō G:V to decide ἐπι-κρίνω
[in LXX: 2Ma.4:47, 3Ma.4:2 * ;]
to decree, give sentence: with accusative and inf., Luk.23:24.†
(AS) G1949 G1949 = G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνω epilambanō G:V to catch ἐπι-λαμβάνω
[in LXX for חָזַק hi., אָחַז, etc. ;]
always mid. in LXX and NT (see Cremer, 758), to lap hold of: with genitive of person(s), Mat.14:31, Act.17:19 21:30, 33; with accusative of person(s) (not cl.), Luk.9:47 14:4 23:26 (WH, but see Bl., 1015), Act.9:27 16:9 18:17; with genitive of thing(s), Mrk.8:23, Act.23:10, Heb.8:9" (LXX) ; with genitive of person(s) and of thing(s), Luk.20:20, 26; τ. αἰωνίου (ὄντως) ζωῆς, 1Ti.6:12 6:19. Metaphorical (as in Sir.4:11), Heb.2:16 (see Westc., in l).†
(AS) G1950 G1950 = G1950 ἐπιλανθάνω epilanthanō G:V to forget ἐπι-λανθάνομαι
(alternative mid, form of ἐπιλήθω, to cause to forget) [in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַח ;]
to forget, neglect: with inf., Mat.16:5, Mrk.8:14; with genitive, Heb.6:10 13:2, 16; with accusative (as occasionally in cl.; MM, Exp., xiv), Php.3:13; ὁποῖος ἦν, Jas.1:24; pass. ptcp. (cf. Isa.23:16, Sir.3:14 23:14, Wis.2:4), Luk.12:6.†
(AS) G1951 G1951 = G1951 ἐπιλέγω epilegō G:V to call/choose ἐπι-λέγω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּחַר ;]
__1. to say in addition (Hdt.).
__2. to call by name, to call: Jhn.5:2.
__3. to choose; mid., to choose for oneself: Act.15:40.†
(AS) G1952 G1952 = G1952 ἐπιλείπω epileipō G:V be insufficient ἐπι-λείπω
[in LXX: Ob 5 א1 R (שָׁאַר hi.) * ;]
to fail: with accusative of person(s), Heb.11:32.†
(AS) G1953 G1953 = G1953 ἐπιλησμονή epilēsmonē G:N-F forgetfulness ἐπι-λησμονή, -ις, ή
(επιλήθω), [in LXX: Sir.11:27 * ;]
forgetful­ness: ἀκροατὴς ἐ. (genitive of qual.), Jas.1:25.†
(AS) G1954 G1954 = G1954 ἐπίλοιπος epiloipos G:A remaining ἐπί-λοιπος, -ον
(λοιπός), [in LXX for יָתַר, שָׁאַר ;]
still left, remaining: χρόνος, 1Pe.4:2.†
(AS) G1955 G1955 = G1955 ἐπίλυσις epilusis G:N-F explanation ἐπί-λυσις -εως, ἡ
(ἐπιλύω), [in Aq.: Gen.40:8; Sm.: Hos.3:4 * ;]
__1. release.
__2. solution, interpretation: 2Pe.1:20.†
(AS) G1956 G1956 = G1956 ἐπιλύω epiluō G:V to explain ἐπι-λύω
[in Aq.: Gen.40:8 41:8, 12; Th.: Hos.3:4 * ;]
__1. to loose, release.
__2. to solve, settle, explain: Mrk.4:34, Act.19:39.†
(AS) G1957 G1957 = G1957 ἐπιμαρτυρέω epimartureō G:V to testify to ἐπι-μαρτυρέω, -ῶ
to bear witness to: with accusative and inf., 1Pe.5:12,†
(AS) G1958 G1958 = G1958 ἐπιμέλεια epimeleia G:N-F care ἐπιμέλεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπιμελέομαι), [in LXX: Pro.3:8 (שִׁקּוּי), Wis.13:13, Est.6:10, 1Ma.16:14, al. ;]
attention, care: Act.27:3 (see Field, Notes, 143).†
(AS) G1959 G1959 = G1959 ἐπιμελέομαι epimeleomai G:V to care ἐπι-μελεομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX: Gen.44:21 (עַיִן שׂוּם) I Est.6:27, Pro.27:25, Sir.30:25, 1Ma.11:37 * ;]
to take care of: with genitive, Luk.10:34-35, 1Ti.3:5.†
(AS) G1960 G1960 = G1960 ἐπιμελῶς epimelōs G:ADV carefully ἐπιμελῶς
adv., [in LXX for רַק, etc. ;]
carefully: Luk.15:8.†
(AS) G1961 G1961 = G1961 ἐπιμένω epimenō G:V to remain/keep on ἐπι-μένω
[in LXX: Exo.12:39 (מָהַהּ hith.)* ;]
to stay on, tarry or abide still: before έν, 1Co.16:8; αὐτοῦ, there, Act.15:34 (WH, txt., RV, txt., omit) Act.21:4; with dative, τ. σαρκί, Php.1:24; before παρά, with dative of person(s), Act.28:14; πρός, with accusative of person(s), 1Co.16:7, Gal.1:18; with accusative temp., Act.10:48 21:4, 10 28:12, 14, 1Co.16:7. Metaphorical, to continue in a pursuit or state: with dative, τ. ἀμαρτίᾳ, Rom.6:1; τ. ὰπιστίᾳ, Rom.11:23; τ. πίστει, Col.1:23; αὐτοῖς (see CGT, in l), 1Ti.4:16; τ. χρηστότητι, Rom.11:22; with ptcp. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4; 76, 2), Jhn.8:7, Act.12:16.†
(AS) G1962 G1962 = G1962 ἐπινεύω epineuō G:V to accept ἐπι-νεύω
[in LXX: Pro.26:24 (נָכַר ni.), 1Ma.6:57, 2Ma.4:10 2Mac 11:15 2Mac 14:20 * ;]
to nod in command or approval, to nod approval, consent: Act.18:20.†
(AS) G1963 G1963 = G1963 ἐπίνοια epinoia G:N-F thought ἐπίνοια, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπινοέω, to contrive) [in LXX: Jer.20:10, Wis.6:16 9:14 14:12 15:4, Sir.40:2, 2Ma.12:45, 4Ma.17:2 * ;]
a thought, design: Act.8:22.†
(AS) G1964 G1964 = G1964 ἐπιορκέω epiorkeō G:V to break an oath ἐπιορκέω, -ῶ
(ἐπίορκος), [in LXX: I Est.1:48, Wis.14:28 * ;]
to swear falsely, forswear oneself: Mat.5:33.†
(AS) G1965 G1965 = G1965 ἐπίορκος epiorkos G:A perjurer ἐπί-ορκος, -ον
[in LXX: Zec.5:3 (שָׁבַע ni.) * ;]
__1. of oaths, sworn falsely.
__2. Of persons, perjured; as subst., a perjurer, false swearer: 1Ti.1:10.†
(AS) G1966 G1966 = G1966 ἐπιοῦσα epiousa G:V to come later ἔπ-ειμι
[in LXX: Exo.8:22 (עָמַד), Sir.42:19, etc. ;]
__1. to come upon, approach
__2. Of time, to come on or after; mostly as ptcp., ἐπιών, -οῦσα, όν, next, following: τῇ- ἔ. (sc.ἡμέρᾳ, as frequently in late Gk.), Act.16:11 20:15 21:18; ἡμέρᾳ (as usual in cl.), Act.7:26; νυκτί, Act.23:11.†
(AS) G1967 G1967 = G1967 ἐπιούσιος epiousios G:A daily ἐπιούσιος, -ον
(cf. περιούσιος, [in LXX for סְגֻלָּה, etc.]),
found only in the phrase ἄρτος ἐ., EV, daily; R, mg., for the coming day: Mat.6:11, Luk.11:3. (Several derivations find support, each pointing to a different meaning.
__1. ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) (or, ἐπὶ τὴν ἰοῦσαν (sc. ήμέραν), Zorell, see word), hence, for the morrow or for the coming day (R, mg.).
__2. (a) ἐπί + οὐσία, hence, for subsistence, needful (Am. R, mg.);
__(b) ἐπί + εἶναι in fern. ptcp. form, hence, pertaining to (the day). For renderings of versions and views of various writers, see reff. in DB, ext., 36 f.; DCG, ii, 58 f., 62a; ICC on Lk, l.with The EV, daily, is based on the Vg. (Lk; OL, Mt, Lk, quotidianus). "It is difficult not to think that τὸν ἐ. rests upon misunderstanding of an original Aramaic phrase, or upon a Greek corruption" (ICC on Mt, l.with; cf. also Cremer, 239).†
(AS) G1968 G1968 = G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipiptō G:V to fall/press upon ἐπι-πίπτω
[in LXX chiefly for נָפַל ;]
to fall upon (Field, Notes, 25): with dative of person(s), Mrk.3:10 (see Swete, in l), Act.20:10; before ἐπὶ τ. τράχηλον (as Gen.46:29, Tob.11:8, 3Ma.5:49, al.), Luk.15:20, Act.20:37. Metaphorical, φόβος, Luk.1:12, Act.19:17, Rev.11:11; ὀνειδισμοί, Rom.15:3 (LXX); of the Holy Spirit: before ἐπί, with dative, Act.8:16; ἐπί, with accusative, Act.10:44 11:15; absol., Act.23:7.†
(AS) G1969 G1969 = G1969 ἐπιπλήσσω epiplēssō G:V to rebuke ἐπι-πλήσσω
__1. to strike at, to punish.
__2. to rebuke, reprove: 1Ti.5:1.†
(AS) G1970 G1970 = a Combination of G4155 (G1909+G4155) ἐπιπνίγω epipnigō G:V to choke - to throttle upon, i.e. (figuratively) overgrowhoke, stifle G1971 G1971 = G1971 ἐπιποθέω epipotheō G:V to long for ἐπι-ποθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for יָאַב, אָרַג, כָּסַף hi., etc. ;]
to long for, desire: with inf., Rom.1:11, 2Co.5:2, 1Th.3:6, 2Ti.1:4, Php.2:26 (WH, [txt.]); with accusative of thing(s), 1Pe.2:2; with accusative of person(s), 2Co.9:14, Php.1:8 2:26 (WH, mg); absol., Jas.4:5 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G1972 G1972 = G1972 ἐπιπόθησις epipothēsis G:N-F longing ἐπι-πόθησις, -εως, ἡ
[in Aq.: Eze.23:11 * ;]
longing: 2Co.7:7 7:11.†
(AS) G1973 G1973 = G1973 ἐπιπόθητος epipothētos G:A longed for ἐπι-πόθητος, -ον
greatly desired, longed for: Php.4:1.†
(AS) G1974 G1974 = G1974 ἐπιποθία epipothia G:N-F longing ἐπιπόθία (WH, -ας, ἡ = ἐπιπόθησις, )
longing: Rom.15:23.†
(AS) G1975 G1975 = G1975 ἐπιπορεύομαι epiporeuomai G:V to come/go to ἐπι-πορεύομαι
[in LXX: Lev.26:33 (אָחַר), Eze.39:14 (עָבַר), Ep. Jer.6:2, 2Ma.2:28, 3Ma.1:4 * ;]
to travel, journey to: before πρός, with accusative of person(s), Luk.8:4.†
(AS) G1976 G1976 = G1976 ἐπιρράπτω epirraptō G:V to sew on ἐπι-ράπτω (Rec. -ρράπτω),
to sew upon: before ἐπί, with accusative, Mrk.2:21.†
(AS) G1977 G1977 = G1977 ἐπιρρίπτω epirriptō G:V to throw on ἐπι-ρίπτω
(Rec. -ρρίπτω, as in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁלַךְ hi. ;]
__1. to cast at.
__2. to cast or place upon: with accusative before ἐπί, with accusative, Luk.19:35; metaphorically, τ. μέριμναν, 1Pe.5:7 (LXX).†
(AS) G1978 G1978 = G1978 ἐπίσημος episēmos G:A notable ἐπίσημος, -ον
(σῆμα, a mark), [in LXX: Gen.30:42 (קָשַׁר), Est.5:4 8:13, 1Ma.11:37 1Mac 14:48, 2Ma.15:36, 3Ma.6:1 * ;]
__1. bearing a mark; of money, stamped, coined.
__2. Metaphorical,
__(a) in good sense, notable, illustrious: Rom.16:7;
__(b) in bad sense, notorious: Mat.27:16.†
(AS) G1979 G1979 = G1979 ἐπισιτισμός episitismos G:N-M food ἐπισιτισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἐπισιτίζομαι, to supply with provisions), [in LXX: Gen.42:25, al. (צֵידָה), Jdth.2:18 4:5 ;]
__1. a foraging.
__2. provisions, food: Luk.9:12.†
(AS) G1980 G1980 = G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episkeptomai G:V to visit/care for ἐπι-σκέπτομαι
(late form of ἐπισκοπέω, which see), [in LXX very freq., chiefly for פָּקַד ;]
__1. to inspect, examine.
__2. (a) to visit: with accusative, Act.7:23 15:36 (cf. Jdg.15:1); especially, the sick and afflicted (as in MGr. and sometimes in cl.), Mat.25:36, 43, Jas.1:27 (cf. Sir.7:35);
__(b) in LXX and NT (as פָּקַד in Gen.21:1, Exo.4:31, Psa.8:5, al.), to visit with help, to care for: Luk.1:68, 78 7:16, Act.15:14, Heb.2:6;
__(with) to visit with punishment (Jer.9:25, Psa.89:33, al.; cf. MM, Exp., xiv; Cremer, 863).†
(AS) G1981 G1981 = G1981 ἐπισκηνόω episkēnoō G:V to rest upon/dwell ἐπι-σκηνόω, -ῶ
to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over: metaphorically, before ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ (RV, rest upon, cover), 2Co.12:9.†
(AS) G1982 G1982 = G1982 ἐπισκιάζω episkiazō G:V to overshadow ἐπι-σκιάζω
[in LXX: Exo.40:35 (שָׁכַן), Psa.91:4 140:7 (סָכַךְ), Pro.18:11 * ;]
to throw a shadow upon, overshadow: with dative, Act.5:15; of a shining (Mt, l.with, and cf. Exo.40:29, 35, 2Ma.2:8) cloud, with dative, Mrk.9:7; with accusative, Mat.17:5, Luk.9:34; metaphorically (cf. Pss, Pr, ll.with), of the Holy Spirit, Luk.1:35.†
(AS) G1983 G1983 = G1983 ἐπισκοπέω episkopeō G:V to oversee/care for ἐπι-σκοπέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for פָּקַד ni., etc. ;]
__1. to look upon, observe, examine: before μή, Heb.12:16.
__2. As ἐπισκέπτομαι in LXX, NT, to visit, care for: 1Pe.5:2 (R, txt.; WH cm.; Cremer, 527).†
(AS) G1984 G1984 = G1984 ἐπισκοπή episkopē G:N-F oversight ἐπι-σκοπή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiey for פָּקַד פְּקֻדָּה ;]
__1. a visiting, visitation (εἰς ἐ. τοῦ παιδός, Lucian, dial. deor., 20, 6); as in LXX (after Heb.), of God's visitation in mercy, or in judgment (Lev.19:20 Job.10:12, Jer.6:15, Wis.2:20, al.): Luk.19:44, 1Pe.2:12 (see Hort, in l).
__2. office, charge, esp. office of an ἐπίσκοιος (which see): Act.1:20 (LXX), 1Ti.3:1 (Cremer, 527 f., 864; DCG, ii, 809b).†
(AS) G1985 G1985 = G1985 ἐπίσκοπος episkopos G:N-M overseer ἐπί-σκοπος, -ου, ὁ
(σκοπός, a watcher), [in LXX for פָּקַד, its parts and derivatives, Num.4:16 31:14, Jdg.9:28, 4Ki.11:15 11:18, 2Ch.34:12 34:17, Neh.11:9, 14 11:22; אֵל, Job.20:29; נָגַשׂ:, Isa.60:17; Wis.1:6, 1Ma.1:51 * ;]
a superintendent, guardian, overseer (cl.; for exx. see LS, see word): Act.20:28, 1Pe.2:25 (ICC, in l); as technical term for a religious office (Deiss., BS, 230 f.), in later Paul. epp. of the head of a church (Vg. episcopus), a bishop: Php.1:1, 1Ti.3:2, Tit.1:7 (see reff. see word ἐπισκοπή).†
(AS) G1986 G1986 = G1986 ἐπισπάω epispaō G:V to uncircumcise ἐπι-σπάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Isa.5:18 (מָשַׁךְ), etc. ;]
to draw on: mid., in peculiar sense of effacing signs of Judaism (cf. 1Ma.1:15, FlJ, Ant., xii, 5, i; see Thayer, see word), to become as uncircumcised: 1Co.7:18.†
(AS) G1987 G1987 = G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epistamai G:V to know/understand ἐπίσταμαι
(prob. an old mid, of ἐφίστημι, which see), [in LXX chiefly for יָדַע ;]
to know, know of, understand: with accusative of person(s), Act.19:15; with ptcp., Act.24:10; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.14:68, Act.18:25, 1Ti.6:4, Jas.4:14, Ju 10; before περί, Act.26:26; ὅτι, Act.15:7 19:25 22:19; ὡς, Act.10:28; πῶς, Act.20:18; ποῦ, Heb.11:8.†
SYN: γινώσκω (which see), οἶδα
(AS) G1988 G1988 = G1988 ἐπιστάτης epistatēs G:N-M master ἐπιστάτης, -ου, ό
(ἐφίστημι), [in LXX: 4Ki.25:19, Jer.29:26 52:25 (פָּקִיד), 2Ch.31:12 (נָגִיד), 2Ma.5:22, etc. ;]
a chief, commander, master: Luk.5:5 8:24, 45 9:33, 49 17:13 (cf. Dalman, Words, 336 ff.).†
(AS) G1989 G1989 = G1989 ἐπιστέλλω epistellō G:V to write to ἐπι-στέλλω
[in LXX: 3Ki.5:8 Neh.6:19 (שָׁלַח), Jdth.15:4, 1Ma.10:25 1Mac 12:7 1Mac 13:18 (in each case with seel. ἀποσ-) * ;]
__1. to send to.
__2. to send a message by letter, to write word (MM, Exp., xiv): with dative of person(s), Act.21:25, Heb.13:22; before τοῦ, with inf., Act.15:20.†
(AS) G1990 G1990 = G1990 ἐπιστήμων epistēmōn G:A knowing ἐπιστήμων, -ον, genitive, -ονoς
(ἐπίσταμαι) [in LXX: Deu.1:13 4:6, Isa.5:21 (בִּין ni.), I Est.8:44, Sir.10:25 21:15, etc. ;]
knowing, skilled: Jas.3:13.†
(AS) G1991 G1991 = G1991 ἐπιστηρίζω epistērizō G:V to strengthen ἐπι-στηρίζω
[in LXX for סָמַךְ, etc. ;]
to make stronger, confirm: with accusative, Act.14:22 15:32, 41.†
(AS) G1992 G1992 = G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolē G:N-F epistle ἐπι-στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐπιατέλλω), [in LXX for אִגֶּרֶת, etc.; frequently in Mac ;]
__1. a message.
__2. a letter, an epistle: Act.9:2, 1Co.5:9, al.; pl., Act.22:5, 1Co.16:3, al.; ἐ. σνστατικαί, 2Co.3:1 (cf. Milligan, NTD, 254 f.). (On the NT ἐπιστολαί, cf. Milligan, Th., 121 ff.; NTD, 85 ff.; Deiss., BS, 3 ff.; St. Paul, 8 ff.)
(AS) G1993 G1993 = G1993 ἐπιστομίζω epistomizō G:V to silence ἐπι-στομίζω
(στόμα),
to bridle; metaphorically, to stop the mouth, to silence: Tit.1:11.†
(AS) G1994 G1994 = G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistrephō G:V to turn ἐπι-στρέφω
[very frequently in LXX, chiefly for שׁוּב, in its various senses, also for פָּנָה, etc. ;]
__1. trans., to turn about, round or towards, hence metaphorically, to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.): Luk.1:16-17 (cf. Mal.3:24), Jas.5:19-20.
__2. Intrans.,
__(a) to turn, turn oneself around: Act.16:18; with inf., Rev.1:12; before πρός, Act.9:40; so also pass. (cl.), Mrk.5:30 8:33, Jhn.21:20; metaphorically, of turning to God (see Field, Notes, 246 ff.), ἐπὶ τ. κύριον (θεόν), Act.9:35 11:21 14:15 15:19 26:20; πρὸς τ. θεόν, 1Th.1:9, 2Co.3:16; ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, Act.26:18; pass., 1Pe.2:25;
__(b) to return (as in MGr.): Luk.8:55, Act.15:36; before ὀπίσω, with inf., Mat.24:18; before εἰς, Mat.12:44, Mrk.13:16, Luk.2:39 17:31; ἐπί, 2Pe.2:22; metaphorically, before ἐπί, Gal.4:9; πρός, Luk.17:4; of moral reform, Mat.13:15, Mrk.4:12, Luk.22:32, Act.3:19 28:27; pass., Mat.10:13 (Cremer, 531, 881).†
(AS) G1995 G1995 = G1995 ἐπιστροφή epistrophē G:N-F conversion ἐπι-στροφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐπιστρέφω) [in LXX: Eze.47:7 (שׁוּב), Sir.18:21 49:2, etc. ;]
a turning about; metaphorically, conversion (Field, Notes, 246): Act.15:3.†
(AS) G1996 G1996 = G1996 ἐπισυνάγω episunagō G:V to gather ἐπι-συν-άγω
[in LXX for אָסַף, קָבַץ, etc. (Cremer, 65) ;]
__1. to gather together: Mat.23:37 24:31, Mrk.13:27, Luk.13:34; pass., Mrk.1:33, Luk.12:1 17:37, (cf. Psa.102:23 106:47, 2Ma.1:27, al.).
__2. to gather together against (Mic.4:11, Zec.12:3, 1Ma.3:58, al.).†
(AS) G1997 G1997 = G1997 ἐπισυναγωγή episunagōgē G:N-F gathering ἐπι-συν-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐπισυνάγω), [in LXX: 2Ma.2:7 * ;]
a gathering together, assembly: Heb.10:25; before ἐπί, 2Th.2:1 (cf. 2Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G1998 G1998 = G1998 ἐπισυντρέχω episuntrechō G:V to run together ἐπι-συν-τρέχω
to run together again: Mrk.9:25 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G1999 G1999 = G1999 ἐπισύστασις, ἐπίστασις episustasis, epistasis G:N-F insurrection ἐπι-σύστασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐπισυνίστημι) [in LXX: Num.16:40 (עֵדָה) Num.26:9 (נָצָה hi.), I Est.5:73 A* ;]
a gathering, a riotous throng: Rec. (for ἐπίστασις, which see), Act.24:12, 2Co.11:28.†
(AS) G2000 G2000 = G2000 ἐπισφαλής episphalēs G:A dangerous/unsteady ἐπισφαλής, -ές
(σφάλλω, to cause to full), [in LXX: Wis.9:14 (cf. -ῶς, Wis.4:4) * ;]
__1. prone to fall (Plat.).
__2. dangerous (Hipp., Plut., al.): Act.27:9.†
(AS) G2001 G2001 = G2001 ἐπισχύω epischuō G:V to insist ἐπ-ισχύω
[in LXX: Sir.29:1, 1Ma.6:6 * ;]
__1. to make stronger (Sir, l.with).
__2. to grow stronger; metaphorically, be more urgent: Luk.23:5.†
(AS) G2002 G2002 = G2002 ἐπισωρεύω episōreuō G:V to accumulate ἐπι-σωρεύω
[in Sm.: Job.14:17, Sng.2:4 * ;]
to heap together; metaphorically, διδασκάλους, 2Ti.4:3.†
(AS) G2003 G2003 = G2003 ἐπιταγή epitagē G:N-F command ἐπι-ταγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐπιτάσσω), [in LXX: Dan LXX 3:16 (פִּתְגָּם), I Est.1:18, Wis.14:16 18:16 19:6, 3Ma.7:20 * ;]
= cl., ἐπίταγμα,
a command, Rom.16:26, 1Co.7:6 7:25, 2Co.8:8, 1Ti.1:1, Tit.1:3 (for use in Inscr. of divine commands, see MM, Exp., xiv); μετὰ πάσης ἐ, with all authority: Tit.2:15.†
(AS) G2004 G2004 = G2004 ἐπιτάσσω epitassō G:V to command ἐπι-τάσσω
[in LXX for אָמַר, צָוָה, etc. ;]
to command, charge: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.14:22; with dative of person(s), Mrk.1:27 9:25, Luk.4:36 8:25; id. with accusative of thing(s), Phm 8; id. with inf., Mrk.6:39, Luk.8:31, Act.23:2; id. with imperat., Mrk.9:25; with accusative and inf., Mrk.6:27.†
SYN.: κελεύω (AS) G2005 G2005 = G2005 ἐπιτελέω epiteleō G:V to complete ἐπι-τελέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for כָּלָה, עָשָׂה, etc. ;]
to complete, accomplish, execute: with accusative of thing(s), Rom.15:28, 2Co.7:1 8:6 8:11, Php.1:6, Heb.8:5; of religious services (cf. Hdt., ii, 37, al.), Heb.9:6; art. inf., 2Co.8:11. Mid.,
__(a) to complete for oneself, make an end (R, mg.; pass., R, txt; cf. Meyer, in l): Gal.3:3;
__(b) to pay in full, pay the tax, be subject to: with accusative (cf. Xen., Mem., iv, 8, 8), 1Pe.5:9 (pass., RV, etc.; cf. Thayer, see word; ICC, in 1).†
(AS) G2006 G2006 = G2006 ἐπιτήδειος epitēdeios G:A necessary ἐπιτήδειος, -α, -ον
[in LXX: 1Ch.28:2, Wis.4:5, 1Ma.4:46, al. ;]
__1. suitable, convenient,
__2. useful, necessary: τὰ ἐ., necessaries, Jas.2:16,†
(AS) G2007 G2007 = G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitithēmi G:V to put/lay on ἐπι-τίθημι
[in LXX for נָתַן, שָׁוָה, etc. ;]
__1. to lay, set or place upon: with accusative of thing(s), before ἐπί, with accusative of thing(s), Mat.23:4, Luk.15:5, Jhn.9:6 (WH, txt. Jhn.9:15), Act.15:10 28:3; ἐπί, with genitive of thing(s), Mat.27:29; ἐν, ib.; with dative of person(s), σταυρόν, Luk.23:26; στέφανον, Jhn.19:2; ὄνομα, Mrk.3:16-17; πληγάς, Luk.10:30, Act.16:23; ἐπί with accusative of person(s), Rev.22:18; of the laying on of hands, τ. χεῖρα (-ας), before ἐπί with accusative of person(s), Mat.9:18, Mrk.16:13, Act.8:17 9:17; with dative of person(s), Mat.19:13, 15, Mrk.5:23 6:5 7:32 8:23, Luk.4:40 13:13, Act.6:6 8:19 9:12 13:3 19:6 28:8, 1Ti.5:22. Mid.,
__(a) to provide: Act.28:10 (RV, put on board; cf. Field, Notes, 149);
__(b) to throw oneself upon, attack: with dative of person(s), Act.18:10.
__2. to add to: Rev.22:18 (see supr., and cf. Swete, in l).†
(AS) G2008 G2008 = G2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimaō G:V to rebuke ἐπι-τιμάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for גָּעַר, Gen.37:10, Psa.9:5, Zec.3:2; Sir.11:7, al. ;]
__1. to honour.
__2. to raise in price
__3. to mete out due measure;
__(a) to award;
__(b) to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., 2Ti.4:2; with dative, Mat.8:26 17:13 19:13, Mrk.4:39 8:32 10:13, Luk.4:39, 41 8:24 9:21, 42 9:55 17:3 18:15 19:39, Ju 9; before ἵνα, Mat.12:16 16:20 20:31, Mrk.3:12 8:30 10:48, Luk.18:39; before λέγων, λέγει, etc., Mat.16:22, Mrk.1:25 8:33 9:25, Luk.4:35 23:40.†
SYN.: ἐλέγχω, q.v (AS) G2009 G2009 = G2009 ἐπιτιμία epitimia G:N-F punishment ἐπιτιμία, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπιτιμάω), [in LXX: Wis_3:10 * ;]
__1. citizenship, franchise.
__2. As in Inscr. (LS, see word), LXX, l.with (= cl. τὸ ἐπιτίμιον), punishment, penalty: 2Co.2:6.†
(AS) G2010 G2010 = G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrepō G:V to permit ἐπι-τρέπω
[in LXX (usually with seel. ἐπιστρ-): Gen.39:6 (עָזַב), etc. ;]
__1. to turn to, commit, entrust.
__2. to yield, permit: 1Co.16:7, Heb.6:3; with dative of person(s), Mrk.5:13, Jhn.19:38; id. with inf. (cf. M, Pr., 205), Mat.8:21 19:8, Luk.8:32 9:52, 61 Act.21:39-40 27:3, 1Ti.2:12; with inf., Mrk.10:4. Pass., with dative and inf., Act.26:1 28:16, 1Co.14:34.†
(AS) G2011 G2011 = G2011 ἐπιτροπή epitropē G:N-F commission ἐπι-τροπή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐπιτρέπω), [in LXX: 2Ma.13:14 * ;]
power to decide, authority: Act.26:12.†
(AS) G2012 G2012 = G2012 ἐπίτροπος epitropos G:N-M manager ἐπίτροπος, -ου, ὁ
(ἐπιτρέπω), [in LXX: 2Ma.11:1 2Mac 13:2 2Mac 14:2 * ;]
__1. an administrator, a steward: Mat.20:3, Luk.8:3.
__2. a guardian (with genitive of person(s), 2Mac, ll. with): Gal.4:2.†
(AS) G2013 G2013 = G2013 ἐπιτυγχάνω epitugchanō G:V to obtain ἐπι-τυγχάνω
[in LXX: Gen.39:2 (צָלַח hi.), Pro.12:27 (חָרַךְ)* ;]
__1. to light upon.
__2. to obtain, attain to: Jas.4:2, with genitive of thing(s) (as in cl.), Heb.6:15 11:33; with accusative (late Gk.), Rom.11:7 (Rec. τούτου).†
(AS) G2014 G2014 = G2014 ἐπιφαίνω epiphainō G:V to appear ἐπι-φαίνω
[in LXX for עוּר hi., etc. ;]
__1. to show forth.
__2. (= pass. in cl.) to appear: Act.27:20; with dative of person(s), Luk.1:79; metaphorically, Tit.3:4; with dative, Tit.2:11 (Cremer, 567).†
(AS) G2015 G2015 = G2015 ἐπιφάνεια epiphaneia G:N-F appearing ἐπιφάνεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπιφανής), [in LXX: 2Ki.7:23 (יָרֵא), Est.5:1, Amo.5:22, 2Ma.2:21 2Mac 3:24 2Mac 5:4 2Mac 12:22 2Mac 14:16 2Mac 15:27, 3Ma.2:9 3Mac 5:8 3Mac 5:51,* ;] (in late Gk. and Inscr., frequently of deities, see MM, Exp., xiv)
a manifestation, appear­ance: 2Th.2:8, 1Ti.6:14, 2Ti.1:10 4:1 4:8, Tit.2:13 (cf. M, Th., 148 f.).†
(AS) G2016 G2016 = G2016 ἐπιφανής epiphanēs G:A glorious ἐπιφανής, -ές
(ἐπιφαίνω), [in LXX (see Thayer, see word) for יָרֵא, etc., Jdg.13:6, Jol.2:11, 31 al.; 2Ma.6:23, 3Ma.5:35, al. ;]
renowned, illustrious, notable: Act.2:20 (LXX) (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G2017 G2017 = G2017 ἐπιφαύσκω epiphauskō G:V to shine on ἐπι-φαύσκω
(variant form of ἐπιφώσκω, which see), [in LXX: Job.25:5 (אהל hi.) Job.31:26 41:18 (הָלַל hi.) * ;]
to shine forth: figuratively, with dative, Eph.5:14 (on seel. -ψαύσει, see ICC, Westc., AR, in l).†
(AS) G2018 G2018 = G2018 ἐπιφέρω epipherō G:V to inflict ἐπι-φέρω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁלַח ;]
__1. to bring upon or against: κρίσιν, Ju 9.
__2. to impose, inflict: Rom.3:5.†
(AS) G2019 G2019 = G2019 ἐπιφωνέω epiphōneō G:V to shout ἐπι-φωνέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: I Est.9:47 AR, 2Ma.1:23, 3Ma.7:13 * ;]
to call out, shout: with accusative of thing(s), Act.21:34; with dative of person(s), Act.22:24; before λέγοντες, Luk.23:21; prat. rect., Act.12:22.†
(AS) G2020 G2020 = G2020 ἐπιφώσκω epiphōskō G:V to dawn ἐπι-φώσκω
[in LXX for הָלַל hi., Job.41:18 A (Βא, ἐπιφαύσκ-) * ;]
__1. to let shine.
__2. to dawn (cf. MM, Exp., xiv): Luk.23:54; before εἰς, Mat_28:1.†
(AS) G2021 G2021 = G2021 ἐπιχειρέω epicheireō G:V to attempt ἐπιχειρέω, -ῶ
(χεῖρ), [in LXX for חָשַׁב, Exo.9:25; גָּמַל, 2Ch.20:11, al. ;]
__1. to pat one's hand to.
__2. to take in hand, attempt: with inf., Luk.1:1, Act.9:29 19:13.†
(AS) G2022 G2022 = G2022 ἐπιχέω epicheō G:V to pour on/over ἐπι-χέω
[in LXX chiefly for יָצַק. Gen.28:18, al. ;]
to pour upon: Luk.10:34.†
(AS) G2023 G2023 = G2023 ἐπιχορηγέω epichorēgeō G:V to supply ἐπι-χορηγέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Sir.25:22, 2Ma.4:9 A * ;]
to supply, provide: with accusative of thing(s), 2Pe.1:5; id. with dative of person(s), 2Co.9:10, Gal.3:5; pass., Col.2:19, 2Pe.1:11 (cf. χορηγέω, and see MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G2024 G2024 = G2024 ἐπιχορηγία epichorēgia G:N-F supply ἐπι-χορηγία, -ας, ἡ
(ἐπιχορηγέω),
a supply: Eph.4:16, Php.1:19.†
(AS) G2025 G2025 = G2025 ἐπιχρίω epichriō G:V to rub on ἐπι-χρίω
[in Sm.: Eze.13:10 22:28 * ;]
to spread on, anoint: with accusative, Jhn.9:11; id. before hi-I, with accusative, Jhn.9:6 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G2026 G2026 = G2026 ἐποικοδομέω epoikodomeō G:V to build up/upon ἐπ-οικοδομέω, -ῶ
in NT, always metaphorically, of the spiritual life regarded as a building (Cremer, 449);
__1. to build upon: 1Co.3:10 3:12 3:14; pass., Eph.2:20.
__2. to build up: Col.2:7, 1Pe.2:5 (T, οἰκοδ- WH, Rec.), Ju 20.†
(AS) G2027 G2027 = G2027 ἐποκέλλω epokellō G:V to run aground ἐπι-κέλλω
of a ship, to run ashore: with accusative, Act.27:41.†
(AS) G2028 G2028 = G2028 ἐπονομάζω eponomazō G:V to name ἐπ-ονομάζω
[in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
to name, call by a name, surname: pass., Rom.2:17.†
(AS) G2029 G2029 = G2029 ἐποπτεύω epopteuō G:V to observe ἐπ-οπτεύω
[in Sm.: Psa.10:14 33:13 * ;]
to watch (in Hom., as an overseer; cf Ps, ll. with), look upon: 1Pe.2:12 3:2.†
(AS) G2030 G2030 = G2030 ἐπόπτης epoptēs G:N-M eyewitness ἐπόπτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX (of God): Est.5:1, 2Ma.3:39 2Mac 7:35, 3Ma.2:21 * ;]
__1. an overseer (LXX, ll. with).
__2. a spectator: 2Pe.1:16 (of ἐ. as applied to God, see parallels in Inscr., MM, Exp., xiv; of the use of this term in the mysteries, see Mayor on 2Pe, l.with; Thayer, see word).†
(AS) G2031 G2031 = G2031 ἔπος epos G:N-N a word ἔπος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX: Zec.7:3, Sir.44:5 * ;]
a word: ὡς ἔ. εἰπεῖν (cl.), so to speak: Heb.7:9.†
SYN.: λόγος, reasoned speech; ῥῆμα, mere articulated utterance; ἔ., the articulated expression of a thought (AS) G2032 G2032 = G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouranios G:A heavenly ἐπουράνιος, -ον
(οὐρανός), [in LXX: Psa.68:14 (שַׁדַּי), DA TH Dan.4:23 A (שָׁמַיִם) 2Ma.3:39, 3Ma.6:28 3Mac 7:6, 4Ma.4:11 AR, 4Ma.11:3 א* ;]
in or of heaven, heavenly (in Hom., of the Gods): οἱ ἐ., opposite to ἐπίγειοι and καταχθόνιοι, Php.2:10; to χοϊκός, 1Co.15:48-49; σώματα (see Lft., Col., 376), 1Co.15:40; βασιλεία, 2Ti.4:18; παπρίς, Heb.11:16; Ἱερουσαλήμ, Heb.12:22; κλῆσις (cf. Lft. on Php.3:14), Heb.3:1; τὰ ἐ., Heb.8:5 9:23; opposite to ἐπίγειος, Jhn.3:12; id., of the heavenly regions, Eph.1:3, 20 2:6 3:10 6:12; ἡ δωρεὰ ἡ ἐ., Heb.6:4 (Cremer, 468).†
(AS) G2033 G2033 = G2033 ἑπτά hepta G:A-NUI seven ἐπτά, οἱ, αἱ, τά
indecl.,
seven: Mat.12:45 18:22 (cf. ἑβδομηκοντάκις), Mrk.8:5, al.; οἱ ἐ, Act.21:8
(AS) G2034 G2034 = G2034 ἑπτάκις heptakis G:ADV seven times ἐπτάκις
adv.,
seven times: Mat.18:21-22, Luk.17:4.†
(AS) G2035 G2035 = G2035 ἑπτακισχίλιοι heptakischilioi G:A seven thousand ἐπτακισχίλιοι, -αι, -α
seven thousand: Rom.11:4.†
(AS) G2036 G2036 = G2036 εἶπον eipon G:V to say εἶπον, 2 aorist of obsolete present ἔπω (cf. Veitch), used as aorist of λέγω, which see
(AS) G2037 G2037 = G2037 Ἔραστος erastos N:N-M-P Erastus Ἐραστος, -ου, ὁ
Erastus;
__1. a companion of St. Paul, Act.19:22, and prob. 2Ti.4:20.
__2. The treasurer of Corinth, Rom.16:23.†
(AS) G2038 G2038 = G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergazomai G:V to work ἐργάζομαι
(ἔργον), [in LXX for עָבַד, פָּעַל, עָשָׂה, etc. ;]
__1. intrans.,
__(a) to work, labour: Mat.21:28, Luk.13:14, Jhn.5:17 9:4 b, Act.18:3, 1Co.9:6, 2Th.3:10-12; τ. χερσίν, 1Co.4:12, 1Th.4:11; νυκτὸς κ. ἡαέρας, 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8; of working for pay, Mat.21:28; for reward, Rom.4:4-5;
__(b) to work at a trade or business, to trade: before Iv (Dem.), Mat.25:16.
__2. Trans.,
__(a) to work, work out, do, produce, perform: with accusative, 2Co.7:10, Col.3:23, 2Th.3:11, Jas.1:20, 2Jn.8, before εἰς, III Jn 5; ἔργον, Act.13:41 (LXX); id. before εἰς, Mat.26:10; ἐν, Mrk.14:6; ἔργα, Jhn.3:21; τὰ ἔ. τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.6:28 9:4; τὸ ἔ. κυρίου, 1Co.16:10; τ. ἀγαθόν, Rom.2:10, Eph.4:28 (see AR, Eph.) 190); id. before πρός, Gal.6:10; κακόν, before dative of person(s) (more frequently dupl. accusative, in cl.), Rom.13:10; δικαιοσύνην, Act.10:35, Heb.11:33; ἀνομίαν, Mat.7:23; ἁμαρτίαν, Jas.2:9; σημεῖον, Jhn.6:30; τ. ἱερά, 1Co.9:13; τ. θάλασσαν (work the sea, i.e. make one's living from it), Rev.18:17;
__(b) to work for, earn by working (cl.): Jhn.6:27 (cf. κατ-, περι-, προσ-εργάζομαι; Cremer, 258; on the force of the aorist of this verb, see M, Pr., 116).†
(AS) G2039 G2039 = G2039 ἐργασία ergasia G:N-F work ἐργασία, -ας, ἡ
(ἔργον), [in LXX for מְלָאכָה, עֲבֹדָה, etc. ;]
__1. work, business: Act.16:16, 19 19:24-25; δὸς ἐ. (Lat. da operam), Luk.12:58.
__2. working, performance: Eph.4:19.†
(AS) G2040 G2040 = G2040 ἐργάτης ergatēs G:N-M worker ἐργάτης, -ου, ὁ
(ἐργάζομαι, which see), [in LXX: Wis.17:17, Sir.19:1 40:18, 1Ma.3:6 * ;]
__1. prop., a field labourer, husbandman: Mat.9:37-38 20:1-2, 8, Luk.10:2, Jas.5:4 (cf. Wis, l.with).
__2. Generally, a workman, labourer: Mat.10:10, Luk.10:7, Act.19:25 (opposite to τεχνίτης), 1Ti.5:18; of Christian teachers, 2Co.11:13, Php.3:2, 2Ti.2:15.
__3. a worker, doer: τ. ἀδικίας, Luk.13:27 (cf. 1Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G2041 G2041 = G2041 ἔργον ergon G:N-N work ἔργον, -ου, τό (originally Ϝέργον, work), [very frequently in LXX, chiefly for מַשֶׂה, מְלָאכָה, also for עֲבֹדָה, פֹּעַל, etc. ;]
__1. work, task, employment: Mrk.13:34, Jhn.4:34 17:4, Act.13:2, Php.1:22 2:30, 1Th.5:13, al.; of an enterprise or undertaking (Deu.15:10, Wis.2:12), Act.5:38.
__2. a deed, action: Tit.1:16, Jas.1:25 . listing, from λόγος, Luk.24:19, Rom.15:18, 2Th.2:17, 1Jn.3:18; ἐν λόγοις κ. ἔ., Act.7:22; of acts of God, Jhn.9:3, Act.13:41" (LXX), Heb.4:10, Rev.15:3; of Christ, Mat.11:2; esp. in Jo, e.g. 5:20, 36 7:3 10:38 14:11, 12 15:24; in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good, Mat.23:3, Luk.11:48, Jhn.3:20, 21 Jas.2:14ff. 3:13, Rev.2:5 3:8; τὸ ἔ., collectively, Gal.6:4, Jas.1:4, 1Pe.1:17, Rev.22:12; τὸ ἔ. τ. νόμου, Rom.2:15; ἔ. ἀγαθόν, Rom.2:7, Col.1:10, 2Th.2:17, Tit.1:16, al.; καλόν, Mat.26:10, Mrk.14:6; pl. (as frequently in cl.), Mat.5:16, 1Ti.5:10, 25 Heb.10:24; ἔ. πίστεως, 1Th.1:3, 2Th.1:11; ἔ. πονηρά, Col.1:21, 2Jo.11; νέκρα, Heb.6:1 9:14; ἄκαρπα, Eph.5:11; ἔ. ἀσεβείας, Ju 15; τ. σκότους, Rom.13:12, Eph.5:11; ἔ. νόμου, Rom.3:20, 28 Gal.2:16 3:2, 5 10.
__3. that which is wrought or made, a work: 1Co.3:13-15; τ. χειρῶν, Act.7:41; of the works of God, Heb.1:10; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔ., 2Pe.3:10; τὸ ἔ. τ. θεοῦ, Rom.14:20.
(AS) G2042 G2042 = G2042 ἐρεθίζω erethizō G:V to provoke/irritate ἐρεθίζω
[in LXX: Dan LXX 11:10, 25 (גָּרָה hithp.), 1Ma.15:40, 2Ma.14:17, etc. ;]
__1. to stir up, provoke (as in cl.): Col.3:21.
__2. In good sense (cf. ἐρεθισμός, excitement, in MGr.), to stir up, stimulate: 2Co.9:2.†
(AS) G2043 G2043 = G2043 ἐρείδω ereidō G:V to immobilise ἐρείδω
(chiefly in poets and late prose for ἐρυγγάνω), [in LXX for תָּמַךְ (Pro.4:4 5:5 11:16, al.), etc. ;]
to prop, fix firmly: act., as mid., ἐρείσασα, of a ship driving ashore (RV, struck), Act.27:41.†
(AS) G2044 G2044 = G2044 ἐρεύγομαι ereugomai G:V to utter/proclaim ἐρεύγομαι
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁאַג, Hos.11:10, Amo.3:4, 8 al.; also for נָבַע, Psa.19:2, etc. ;]
__1. to spit or spue out.
__2. Prop., of oxen (Hom.), to bellow, roar; whence, as in LXX, to speak aloud, utter: Mat.13:35 (LXX). (For other examples of softened force of words in late Gk., cf. σκύλλω, τρώγω, χορτάζω.) †
(AS) G2045 G2045 = G2045 ἐρευνάω ereunaō G:V to look for/into ἐραυνάω, -ῶ late form of ἐρευνάω (Rec., ll. with; cf. Bl., § 6, 1; M, Pr., 46),
[in LXX, ἐρευν- (exc. 1Ch.19:3 A), for חָפַשׂ pi., חָקַר, etc. ;]
to search, examine: Jhn.7:52; with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.5:39, Rom.8:27, 1Co.2:10, Rev.2:23; before orat. obliq., 1Pe.1:11.†
SYN.: see: ἐξετάζω (AS) G2046 G2046 = a Form of G2036 ἐρῶ erō G:V to say λέγω,
[in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al. ;]
__1. in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount.
__2. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir., Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al.; before ὅτι recit., Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al.; accusative and inf., Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al.; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al.; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir., Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult.; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al.; with prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al.; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass., Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- (-μαι), προ-, συλ-λέγω).
SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS) G2047 G2047 = G2047 ἐρημία erēmia G:N-F desert ἐρημία, -ας, ἡ
(ἔρημος), [in LXX: Isa.60:20, Eze.35:4 (חָרַב, חׇרְבָּה), Eze.35:9 (שְׁמָמָה), Wis.17:17, Sir.47:17, Bar.4:33, 4Ma.18:8 * ;]
a solitude, wilderness: Mat.15:33, Mrk.8:4, 2Co.11:26, Heb.11:38.†
(AS) G2048 G2048 = G2048 ἔρημος erēmos G:A deserted ἔρημος
(in older Gk. ἔρῆμος), -ον [in LXX chiefly for מִדְבָּר ;]
solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted:
__(a) of persons, γυνή, Gal.4:27 (LXX);
__(b) of places, Mat.14:13, 15 23:38 (WH, om.), Mrk.1:36 6:32, Luk.4:42 9:12, al.; as subst., ἡ ἔ. (sc. χώρα; as in Hdt., ii, 32, al.), the desert, Mat.3:1, 3, Mrk.1:3-4, Jhn.3:14, al.; pl., αἱ ἔ., desert places, Luk.1:80 5:16 8:29
(AS) G2049 G2049 = G2049 ἐρημόω erēmoō G:V to lay waste ἐρημόω, -ῶ
(ἔρημος), [in LXX for חָרַב hi., שָׁמֵם ni., etc. ;]
to desolate, lay waste: Mat.12:25, Luk.11:17, Rev.17:16 18:16, 19.†
(AS) G2050 G2050 = G2050 ἐρήμωσις erēmōsis G:N-F devastation ἐρήμωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐρημόω), [in LXX for שָׁמֵם, שָׁמֵם, Lev.26:34-35, Psa.73:10, Dan.9:27 11:31 12:11, al.; חׇרְבָּה, Jer.7:34 22:5, al. ;]
a making desolate, laying waste: Luk.21:20; βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως (Da, ll. with, 1Ma.1:54), Mat.24:15" (LXX), Mrk.13:14.†
(AS) G2051 G2051 = G2051 ἐρίζω erizō G:V to quarrel ἐρίζω
(ἔρις), [in LXX for מָרָה, etc. ;]
to wrangle, strive: Mat.12:19 (LXX, κεκράζεται).†
(AS) G2052 G2052 = G2052 ἐριθεία eritheia G:N-F rivalry ἐριθία
(T, cl., -εία), -ας, ἡ, [in Sm.: Eze.23:11 * ;] (on the origin and history of the word, see Hort, Ja., 81 fly.; Ellic. on Gal.5:20; Cremer, 262)
ambition, self-seeking, rivalry: Jas.3:14, 16; κατ᾽ ἐριθίαν, Php.2:3; οἱ ἐξ ἐ., Rom.2:8, Php.1:17; pl. (Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), 2Co.12:20, Gal.5:20.†
(AS) G2053 G2053 = G2053 ἔριον erion G:N-N wool ἔριον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for צֶמֶר, Lev.13:47, Isa.1:18, al. ;]
wool: Heb.9:19, Rev.1:14.†
(AS) G2054 G2054 = G2054 ἔρις eris G:N-F quarrel ἔρις, -ιδος accusative, ἔριν (on the declension, see B1., § 8, 3; WH, App., 157), ἡ,
[in LXX: Psa.139:20, Sir.28:11 40:5, 9 * ;]
strife, wrangling, contention: Rom.1:29 13:13, 1Co.3:3, 2Co.12:20, Gal.5:20, Php.1:15, 1Ti.6:4, Tit.3:9; pl. (see: ἐριθία), Rom.13:13, WH, mg., 1Co.1:11, Ga, l.with, WH, mg.†
(AS) G2055 G2055 = G2055 ἐρίφιον eriphion G:N-N a goat ἐρίφιον, -ου, τό
(dim, of ἔριφος, which see) [in LXX: Tob.2:13 * ;]
Mat.25:33, Luk.15:29 (ἔριφον, WH, txt.).†
(AS) G2056 G2056 = G2056 ἔριφος eriphos G:N-M a goat ἔριφος, -ου
[in LXX chiefly for גְּדִי ;]
a kid: Mat.25:32, Luk.15:29, WH, txt.†
(AS) G2057 G2057 = G2057 Ἑρμᾶς Hermas N:N-M-P Hermas Ἑρμᾶς, -ᾶ, accusative, -ᾶν (Doric form of Ἑρμῆς),
Hermas, a Christian: Rom.16:14.†
(AS) G2058 G2058 = G2058 ἑρμηνεία hermēneia G:N-F interpretation ἑρμηνεία, see: ἑρμηνία.
ἑρμηνία (T, cl., -εία), -ας, ἡ,
(ἑρμηνεύω), [in LXX (-εία), Sir, prol. 14 Sir.47:17, from LXX Sir.5:1 * ;]
interpretation: 1Co.12:10 14:26.†
(AS) G2059 G2059 = G2059 ἑρμηνεύω hermēneuō G:V to interpret ἑρμηνεύω
[in LXX: Est.4:7 (תִּרְגַּם), Est.10:3 Job.42:17β* ;]
__1. to explain.
__2. to interpret: Luk.24:27 (WH, mg.), Jhn.1:39, 43 9:7, Heb.7:2.†
(AS) G2060 G2060G = G2060G Ἑρμῆς Hermēs N:N-M-T Hermes Ἑρμῆς, -οῦ
accusative, Ἑρμῆν, ὁ,
Hermes;
__(a) the Greek god (Lat. Mercurius): Act.14:12;
__(b) a Christian: Rom.16:14.† (see)
(AS) G2060 G2060H = G2060H Ἑρμῆς Hermēs N:N-M-T Hermes Ἑρμῆς, -οῦ
accusative, Ἑρμῆν, ὁ,
Hermes;
__(a) the Greek god (Lat. Mercurius): Act.14:12;
__(b) a Christian: Rom.16:14.† (see)
(AS) G2061 G2061 = G2061 Ἑρμογένης Hermogenēs N:N-M-P Hermogenes Ἑρμογένης, -ους, ὁ
Hermogenes, a Christian: 2Ti.1:15.†
(AS) G2062 G2062 = G2062 ἑρπετόν herpeton G:N-N reptile ἑρπετόν, -οῦ, τό
(ἕρπω, to crawl), [in LXX chiefly for רֶמֶשׂ, שֶׁרֶץ ;]
a creeping thing, reptile: Act.10:12 11:6, Rom.1:23, Jas.3:7.†
(AS) G2063 G2063 = the Greek of H5488G ἐρυθρός eruthros G:A Red (Sea) ἐρυθρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX for אֱדֹם, Isa.63:2; ἐ. θάλασσα for סוּף -יָם Exo.10:19, al. ;]
red: ἡ ἐ. θάλασσα, the Red Sea, Act.7:36, Heb.11:29.†
(AS) G2064 G2064 = G2064 ἔρχομαι erchomai G:V to come/go ἔρχομαι,
[in LXX very frequently for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all ;]
__1. to come;
__(a) of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mat.8:9, Mrk.6:31, Luk.7:8, Jhn.4:27, Rom.9:9, al.; before ἀπό, Mrk.5:35 7:1, Jhn.3:2, al.; ἐκ, Luk.5:17, Jhn.3:31, al.; εἰς, Mrk.1:29, al.; διά before εἰς, Mrk.7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263f., but see: ἐν), Rom.15:29, 1Co.4:21; ἐπί, with accusative, Mrk.6:53 11:13, Jhn.19:33, al.; κατά, with accusative, Luk.10:33 Act.16:7; παρά, with genitive, Luk.8:49; with accusative, Mat.15:29, Mrk.9:14, al.; with dative comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mat.21:5, Rev.2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jhn.3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jhn.3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mrk.5:27; ὧδε, Mat.8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jhn.18:3; ποῦ, Heb.11:8; before ἕως, Luk.4:42; ἄχρι, Act.11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mat.27:49; ἵνα, Jhn.12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Act.9:21; διά, with accusative, Jhn.12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mrk.2:18, Jhn.6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jhn.1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mat.2:8 8:7, Mrk.7:25, Act.16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Luk.15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah (ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mat.11:3, al.; see Cremer, 264), Luk.3:16, Jhn.4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mat.11:19, Luk.7:34, Jhn.5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mat.10:23, Act.1:11, 1Co.4:5, 1Th.5:2, al.;
__(b) of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (present for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Luk.23:29, Heb.8:8" (LXX) ; fut., Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jhn.4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jhn.13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, 1Th.5:2; καιροί, Act.3:19;
__(with) of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Luk.17:27; λιμός, Act.7:11; ἡ ὀργή, 1Th.1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mrk.4:21 (see Swete, in l.). Metaphorical, τ. ἀγαθά, Rom.3:8; τ. τέλειον, 1Co.13:10; ἡ πίστις, Gal.3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Rom.7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Rev.7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mrk.5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al.
__2. to go: ὀπίσω, with genitive (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי), Mat.16:24, Mrk.8:34, Luk.9:23; σύν, Jhn.21:3; ὁδόν, Luk.2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.)
SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, see word ἔρξομαι). (AS) G2065 G2065 = G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtaō G:V to ask ἐρωτάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁאַל ;]
__1. to ask, question (cl.): absol., Luk.19:31 22:68, Jhn.8:7 with accusative of person(s), Jhn.9:21 16:19, 30 8:21; before λέγων, Mat.16:13, Luk.23:3, Jhn.1:19, 21 5:12 9:19 16:5; with dupl. accusative (WM, § 32, 4a), Mat.21:24, Mrk.4:10, Luk.20:3, Jhn.16:23 (M, Pr., 66„); with accusative of person(s), before περί, Luk.9:45, Jhn.18:19.
__2. In late Gk. (Milligan, NTD, 51; not, as Cremer, 716, Thayer, see word, a "Hebraism"), = αἰτέω (which see), to ask, request: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.14:16; before imperat., Luk.14:18-19 Php.4:3; λέγων, Mat.15:23, Jhn.12:21; before ἵνα (M, Pr., 208), Mrk.7:26, Luk.7:36 16:27, Jhn.4:47 17:15 19:31, 38, 1Th.4:1, 2Jn.5; ὅπως, Luk.7:3 11:37, Act.23:20; with inf., Luk.5:3 8:37, Jhn.4:40, Act.3:3 10:48 23:18, 1Th.5:12; with accusative of person(s), before περί, Luk.4:38 Jhn.17:9, 20, 1Jn.5:16; ὑπέρ, 2Th.2:1-2; τὰ (WH, txt., om. τὰ) πρὸς εἰρήνην, Luk.14:32 (cf. δι-, ἐπ-ερωτάω)
SYN.: see: αἰτέω (AS) G2066 G2066 = G2066 ἐσθής esthēs G:N-F clothing ἐσθής, -ῆτος, ἡ
(ἕννυμι, to clothe; hence, ἐσθής, Lk, ll with, Elz.) [in LXX: 1Es.8:71 Est.8:73, 2Ma.8:35 2Mac 11:8 * ;]
clothing, raiment: Luk.23:11 24:4, Act.10:30 12:21, Jas.2:2-3.†
(AS) G2067 G2067 = a Form of G2066 ἔσθησις esthēsis G:N-F clothing ἔσθησις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX: pl., 2Ma.3:33, 3Ma.1:16 * ;]
clothing: pl., Act.1:10.†
(AS) G2068 G2068 = G2068 ἐσθίω esthiō G:V to eat ἐσθίω, and (poet, and late prose) ἔσθω,
[in LXX chiefly for אכל ;]
to eat;
__(a) absol.: Mat.14:20, 21 Mrk.6:31, Jhn.4:31, al.; ἐν τ. φαγεῖν (on this aor. form, see M, Pr., 111), 1Co.11:21; διδόναι φαγεῖν, with dative of person(s), Mrk.5:43, al.; ἐ. καὶ πίνειν, Mat.6:25, 31 Luk.10:7, al.; of ordinary use of food and drink, 1Co.9:4 11:22; of partaking of food at table, Mrk.2:16, Luk.5:30, al.; opposite to fasting, Mat.11:18, Luk.5:33, al.; of revelling, Mat.24:49, Luk.12:45 .
__(b) with accusative of thing(s): Mat.6:25, Mrk.1:6, Jhn.6:31, Rom.14:2, al.; ἄρτον (Heb. אָכַל לֶחֶם), Mat.15:2, Mrk.3:20, al.; τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄ., 2Th.3:12; ἄ. before παρά, genitive of person(s), 2Th.3:8; τά before id., Luk.10:7; τ. πάσχα, Mat.26:17, Mrk.14:12 al; τ. κυριακὸν δεῖπνον, 1Co.11:20; τ. θυσίας, 1Co.10:18; before ἐκ (= cl. part. genitive), Jhn.6:26, 5o, 51, 1Co.11:28; ἀπό (cf. Heb. אָכַל מִן), Mat.15:27, Mrk.7:28; metaphorically, to devour, consume: Heb.10:27, Jas.5:3, Rev.17:16 (cf. κατ-, συν-εσθίω) .
(AS) G2069 G2069 = G2069 Ἐσλί Esli N:N-M-P Esli Ἐσλεί (Rec. 'Ἐσλί, see WH, Notes, 155), ὁ,
Esli, an ancestor of Jesus: Luk.3:25.†
(AS) G2070 G2070 = a Form of G1510 ἐσμέν esmen G:V we are εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2071 G2071 = a Form of G1510 ἔσομαι esomai G:V will be εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2072 G2072 = G2072 ἔσοπτρον esoptron G:N-N mirror ἔσ-οπτρον, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Wis.7:26, Sir.12:11 * ;]
a mirror: 1Co.13:12, Jas.1:23.†
(AS) G2073 G2073 = G2073 ἑσπέρα hespera G:N-F evening ἑσπέρα, -ας, ἡ
(prop, fem, of ἕσπερος), [in LXX chiefly for עָרַב ;]
__(a) (sc. ὥρα), evening: Luk.24:29, Act.4:3 20:15 28:23;
__(b) (so. χώρα), the west.†
(AS) G2074 G2074 = the Greek of H2696H Ἐσρώμ Esrōm N:N-M-P Hezron Ἑσρώμ
(Ἑσρών, Lk, l.with; Rec. Ἑσρ-), ὁ (Heb. חֶצְרוֹן, Gen.46:12, Num.26:21, 1Ch.25:1-31, al.), [in LXX both forms, ut supr. (cf. ICC, on Mt, l.with; WH, § 408) ;]
Esrom (AV), Hezron (RV), an ancestor of Jesus: Mat.13:1-58, Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G2075 G2075 = a Form of G1510 ἐστέ este G:V you are εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2076 G2076 = a Form of G1510 ἐστί esti G:V he is εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2077 G2077 = a Form of G1510 ἔστω estō G:V to be εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2078 G2078 = G2078 ἔσχατος eschatos G:A last/least ἔσχατος, -η, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for אַחֲרִית אַחֲרוֹן ;]
last, utmost, extreme;
__(a) of place: of the lowest or least honoured place, Luk.14:9-10; τ. ἔσχατον, with genitive part., Act.1:8 13:47;
__(b) of time: Mat.20:12, 14, Mrk.12:6, 22, opposite to πρῶτος, Mat.20:8, 1Co.15:45, Rev.2:19, al.; τὰ ἔ. καὶ T. πρῶτα, Mat.12:45, Luk.11:26, 2Pe.2:20; of the Eternal, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔ., Rev.1:17 2:8 22:13; in phrases relating to the Messianic age and the consummation of the Kingdom of God: ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου (-ων) τ. ἡμερῶν, Heb.1:2, 2Pe.3:3; τ. χρόνων, 1Pe.1:20; ἔ. ὥρα, 1Jn.2:18; ἐπ᾽ ἐ. χόνου, Ju 18; ἐν ἐ. ἡμέραις, Act.2:17, Jas.5:3, 2Ti.3:1; neut., ἔσχατον, as adv., Mrk.12:22, 1Co.15:8;
__(with) of rank: Mrk.9:35, 1Co.4:9
(AS) G2079 G2079 = G2079 ἐσχάτως eschatōs G:ADV extremely ἐσχάτως
adv.,
extremely, utterly; ἐ. ἔχειν (= Lat. in extremis esse), only in late writers (cf. ἐν ἐσχάτοις εἶναι, FlJ, Ant., ix, 8, 6), to be at the point of death: Mrk.5:28.†
(AS) G2080 G2080 = G2080 ἔσω esō G:ADV in/inner/inwardly ἔσω Ion, and old Att.. form of εἴσω
(εἰς),
adv., [in LXX for etc. ;]
__1. prop., after verbs of motion (to) within, into: Mat.26:58, Mrk.14:54; with genitive, Mrk.15:16.
__2. As frequently in cl. (= cl. ἔνδον), after verbs of rest, within: Jhn.20:26, Act.5:23; οἱ ἔ. (opposite to οἱ ἔξω), 1Co.5:12; ὁ ἔ. ἄνθρωπος, Rom.7:22, 2Co.4:16, Eph.3:16.†
(AS) G2081 G2081 = G2081 ἔσωθεν esōthen G:ADV inwardly ἔσωθεν
(ἔσω),
adv., [in LXX for בַּיִת, פָּנִים and cognate forms ;]
__1. from within: Mrk.7:21, 23, Luk.11:7.
__2. within: Mat.7:15 23:25-28, 2Co.7:5, Rev.4:8 5:1; τὸ ἔ., Luk.11:40; id. with genitive, Luk.11:39.†
(AS) G2082 G2082 = G2082 ἐσωτέρω esōterō G:A inner ἐσώτερος, -α, -ον
(compar. of ἔσω), [in LXX chiefly for פְּנִימִי and cognate forms ;]
inner: Act.16:24; τὸ ἐ., Heb.6:19.†
(AS) G2083 G2083 = G2083 ἑταῖρος hetairos G:N-M friend ἑταῖρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for רֵעַ and cognate forms, also Sir.11:6 37:2 ff., al. ;]
a companion, comrade: Mat.11:16 (WH, ἑτέροις); voc., as term of address, my friend: Mat.20:13 22:12 26:50.†
(AS) G2084 G2084 = G2084 ἑτερόγλωσσος heteroglōssos G:A in another language ἑτερό-γλωσσος
(Att.. -ττος), -ον, [in Aq.: Psa.114:1, Isa.33:19 * ;]
of alien speech, of another tongue (see Cremer, 681): 1Co.14:21 (aliter in LXX).†
(AS) G2085 G2085 = G2085 ἑτεροδιδασκαλέω heterodidaskaleō G:V to teach heresy ἑτεροδιδασκαλέω, -ῶ
to teach other or different doctrine: 1Ti.1:3 6:3 (cf. CGT, in l; Milligan, NTD, 102).†
(AS) G2086 G2086 = G2086 ἑτεροζυγέω heterozugeō G:V to yoke a mismatch ἑτερο-ζυγέω, -ῶ
[in LXX cf. ἑτερόζυγος, Lev.19:19 (יְקַמְעָם)* ;]
to be unequally yoked: metaphorically, with dative of person(s), 2Co.6:14.†
(AS) G2087 G2087 = G2087 ἕτερος heteros G:A other ἕτερος, -α, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for אַחֵר ;]
distributive pron., prop. dual (BL, §13, 5; 51, 6), denoting the second of a pair, but in late Gk. encroaching on ἄλλος (M, Pr., 79f.);
__1. of number, other; with art., the other;
__(a) of two, Luk.5:7 9:56, al.; opposite to ὁ πρῶτος, Mat.21:30; ὁ εἷς, Mat.6:24, Luk.7:41, Act.23:6, al.; ἕ. μὲν . . . ἕ. δέ, the one . . . the other: 1Co.15:40; the next: Luk.6:6 9:56 (sc. ἡμέρα, Xen.), Act.20:15 27:3; = ὁ πλησίον, one's neighbour: Rom.2:1 13:8, 1Co.6:1, al.;
__(b) of more than two, another: Mat.8:21 11:3, Luk.6:6 22:65, Jhn.19:37, Rom.8:39, al.; pl., Act.2:13; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δὲ . . . ἕ. δέ, Mat.16:14; τινὲς . . . ἕ. δέ, Luk.11:16.
__2. Of kind or quality, other, another, different (Plat., Dem., al.): Mrk.16:[12], Luk.9:29, Act.2:4, 1Co.14:21, 2Co.11:4, Gal.1:6, al. (cf. ἑτερό-γλωσσος, -διδασκαλέω, -ζυγέω).
SYN.: ἄλλος, which see (see reff. ut supr., also Robertson, Gr., 748ff.). (AS) G2088 G2088 = G2088 ἑτέρως heterōs G:ADV differently ἑτέρως
adv.,
differently, otherwise: Php.3:16.†
(AS) G2089 G2089 = G2089 ἔτι eti G:ADV still ἔτι
adv.,
yet, as yet, still;
__1. of time;
__(a) of the present (adhuc): Mrk.5:35, 1Co.3:3 15:17, Gal.1:10, al.;
__(b) of the past, mostly with impf.: Mat.12:46, Luk.8:49 15:20, Jhn.20:1, Act.9:1, Rom.5:6, 8, 2Th.2:5, Heb.7:10 9:8, al.;
__(with) of the future: Luk.1:15, 2Co.1:10;
__(d) with a neg.: Mat.5:13, Luk.16:2 20:36, Heb.10:2, Rev.3:12 20:3, al.
__2. Of degree, even, yet, still, further: with compar., Php.1:9, Heb.7:15; of what remains, Mrk.12:6, Jhn.4:35 7:33, al.; of what is added, Mat.18:16 26:65, Heb.11:32 12:26-27; of con­tinuance apart from the idea of time, Rom.3:7 6:2 9:19, Gal.5:11; ἔτι δἐ, Act.2:26 (LXX), Heb.11:36; ἔτι τε καί, Luk.14:26, Act.21:28
(AS) G2090 G2090 = G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimazō G:V to make ready ἑτοιμάζω
(ἕτοιμος), [in LXX chiefly for כּוּן hi. (Hatch, Essays, 51 a.) ;]
to prepare, make ready;
__(a) absol., of hospitable preparation: Mrk.14:15, Luk.9:52 12:47 22:9, 12; with inf., Mat.26:17; ἵνα, Mrk.14:12;
__(b) with accusative of thing(s): Mat.22:4 26:19, Mrk.14:16, Luk.12:20 17:8 22:8, 13 23:56 24:1, Jhn.14:2-3, Phm 22, Rev.9:7 16:12; before εἰς, 2Ti.2:21; of God's ordaining coming events (Dalman, Words, 128); of blessing, Mat.20:23 25:34, Mrk.10:40, Luk.2:31, 1Co.2:9, Heb.11:16, Rev.12:6; of judgment, Mat.25:41; of preparation for the Messiah, τ. ὁδὸν κυρίου, Mat.3:3, Mrk.1:3, Luk.1:76 3:4" (LXX) ;
__(with) with accusative of person(s): Luk.1:17, Act.23:23, Rev.19:7, before ἵνα, Rev.8:6; εἰς, 2Ti.2:21, Rev.9:7, 15 21:2.†
(AS) G2091 G2091 = G2091 ἑτοιμασία hetoimasia G:N-F readiness ἑτοιμασία, -ας, ἡ
(ἑτοιμάζω, which see), [in LXX for כּוּן hi., כֵּן, מָכוֹן, and cognate forms, Est.2:68 3:3, Psa.10:17 65:9 89:14, Nam.2:4, Zec.5:11, Eze.43:11, Da TH Dan.11:7, 20-21, Wis.13:12 * ;]
__1. = ἑτοιμότης,
__(a) readiness (Hipp.);
__(b) preparation (LXX; e.g. ἑ. τ. καρδίας, Psa.10:17): Eph.6:15, EV.
__2. foundation, firm footing (Psa.89:14): Eph, l.with (Hatch, Essays, 55; Exp. Times, ix, 38; but see also Abbott, Essays, 95).†
(AS) G2092 G2092 = G2092 ἕτοιμος hetoimos G:A ready ἕτοιμος, -ον also (in cl. after Thuc.) -η (2Co.9:5, 1Pe.1:5), -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for כּוּן, מָכוֹן (cf. Hatch, Essays, 51 ff.) ;]
prepared, ready;
__(a) of things: Mat.22:4, 8, Mrk.14:15, 2Co.9:5 10:16, 1Pe.1:5; ἔρχεσθε ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν (Field, Notes, 67), Luk.14:17; ὁ καιρός, Jhn.7:6;
__(b) of persons: Mat.24:44 25:10, Luk.12:40, Act.23:21; before πρός, Tit.3:1, 1Pe.3:15; with inf., Luk.22:23; τοῦ, with inf. (WM, § 44, 4a; Robertson, Gr., 1068), Act.23:15; ἐν ἑ. ἔχω (MM, Exp., xiv), with inf., 2Co.10:6.†
(AS) G2093 G2093 = G2093 ἑτοίμως hetoimōs G:ADV readily ἑτοίμως,
adv. [in LXX: Est.7:17 ff, Dan LXX TH Dan.3:15 * ;]
readily: 1Pe.4:5; ἑ. ἔχω, to be ready (Deiss., BS, 252; MM, Exp., xiv): with inf., Act.21:13, 2Co.12:14.†
(AS) G2094 G2094 = G2094 ἔτος etos G:N-N year ἔτος, -ους, τό
[in LXX for שָׁנֶה ;]
a year: Luk.3:1, Heb.1:12, Rev.20:3, al.; ἔτη ἔχειν, Jhn.5:5 8:57; εἶναι, γίνεσθαι, ἐτῶν, Mrk.5:42, Luk.2:42, Act.4:22, 1Ti.5:9; dative pl. of space of time, Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; accusative, in ans. to how long? Mat.9:20, Mrk.5:25, Luk.2:36, Act.7:6, Heb.3:9, al.; preceded by a prep.: dim, Luk.8:43, Rom.15:23; διά, with genitive (see: διά), Act.24:17, Gal.2:1; ἐκ, Act.24:10; εἰς, Luk.12:19; ἐπί, with accusative, Act.19:10; μετά, with accusative, Gal.1:18 3:17; πρό, with genitive, 2Co.12:2; κατ᾽ ἔτος, yearly, Luk.2:41
SYN.: ἐνιαυτός, which see; cf. LS, see word ἐνιαυτός (AS) G2095 G2095 = G2095 εὖ eu G:ADV well/well done! εὖ
adv. (prop. neuter of old Epic ἐΰς, good, noble) [in LXX, εὖ γίγνεσθαι, εὖ ποιεῖν (יָטַב) ;]
well: εὖ γιν., Eph.6:3 (LXX); εὖ ποιεῖν, with dative (cf. Sir.12:1-2), to do good, Mrk.14:7 (where Nestle suggests εὐποιεῖν, which see); εὖ πράσστειν, to fare well, Act.15:29; in replies (= εὖγε), good! well done! Mat.25:21, 23 Luk.19:17 (εὖγε, WH, txt.).†
εὖ-γε,
adv.,
in replies, well! good! well done!: Luk.19:17 (WH for Rec. εὖ, which see).†
(AS) G2096 G2096 = the Greek of H2332 Εὖα Eua N:N-F-P Eve Εὔα (WH, Εὔα, § 408; Rec. Εὖα; S (in I Ti), Εὖα), -ας, ἡ (Heb. חַוָּה, Gen.3:20),
Eve, wife of Adam: 2Co.11:3, 1Ti.2:13.†
(AS) G2097 G2097 = G2097 εὐαγγελίζομαι euangelizomai G:V to speak good news εὐαγγελίζω
[in LXX for בָּשַׂר pi., hith.; for good news in general: 1Ki.31:9, al.; of God's loving kindness, Psa.40:10 96:2, and esp. of Messianic blessings, Isa.40:9 60:6, al. ;]
to bring or announce glad tidings;
__1. act. (only in late writers): with accusative of person(s), Rev.10:7; before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Rev.14:6; pass., of things, to be proclaimed as glad tidings: Luk.16:16, Gal.1:11, 1Pe.1:25; impers., 1Pe.4:6; of persons, to have glad tidings proclaimed to one: Mat.11:5, Luk.7:22, Heb.4:2, 6
__2. Depon. mid. (cl.), to proclaim glad tidings, in NT esp. of the Christian message of salvation: absol., Luk.9:6, Rom.15:20, al.; with dative of person(s), Luk.4:18 (LXX), Rom.1:15, al.; in same sense with accusative of person(s) (not cl.), Luk.3:18, Act.16:10, Gal.1:9, 1Pe.1:12; with accusative of thing(s), εἰρήνην, Act.10:36, Rom.10:15" (LXX) ; τ, βασιλείαν τ. θεοῦ, Luk.8:1; with dative of person(s), Luk.1:19 4:43, Eph.2:17 3:8; αὐτῷ τ. Ἰησοῦν, Act.8:35 17:18; with dupl. accusative, Act.13:32; with accusative of person(s) and inf., Act.14:15; τ. κώμας (πολεῖς), Act.8:25, 40 14:21 (cf. προ-ευαγγελίζομαι)
(AS) G2098 G2098 = G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangelion G:N-N gospel εὐαγγέλιον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for בְּשׂוֹרָה, 2Ki.4:10 18:22 18:25 * ;]
__1. in cl.,
__(a) a reward for good tidings (Hom.; pl., LXX, 2Ki.4:10);
__(b) in pl., εὐ. θύειν, to make a thank-offering for good tidings (Xen., al.).
__2. Later (Luc., Plut., al.), good tidings, good news; in NT of the good tidings of the kingdom of God and of salvation through Christ, the gospel: Mrk.1:15, Act.15:7, Rom.1:16, Gal.2:2, 1Th.2:4, al.; with genitive obj., τ. βασιλείας, Mat.4:23; τ. Χριστοῦ, Rom.15:19, al.; τ. κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ, 2Th.1:8; τ. υἱοῦ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.1:9; τ. δόξης τ. μακαρίου θεοῦ, 1Ti.1:11; τ. δόξης τ. Χριστοῦ, 2Co.4:4; of the author, τ. θεοῦ, Rom.15:16, al.; of the teacher, ἡμῶν, Rom.2:16, 2Co.4:3, 1Th.1:5, 2Ti.2:8; of the taught, τ. περιτομῆς, τ. ἀκροβυστίας, Gal.2:7; ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐ., Gal.2:5, 14 Col.1:5; ἡ ἐλπὶς (πίστις) τοῦ εὐ., Col.1:23, Php.1:27 (see Cremer, 31 ff.; and on the later eccl. use of the word„ M, Th., 143 f.)
(AS) G2099 G2099 = G2099 εὐαγγελιστής euangelistēs G:N-M evangelist εὐαγγελιστής, -οῦ, ὁ
an evangelist;
__(a) in NT, a preacher of the gospel: Act.21:8, Eph.4:11, 2Ti.4:5;
__(b) later, a writer of a gospel (eccl.).†
(AS) G2100 G2100 = G2100 εὐαρεστέω euaresteō G:V to please εὐαρεστέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ hith., Gen.5:22, 24, Psa.26:2 56:13, al., Sir.44:16 ;]
to be well pleasing: τ. θεῷ (LXX, ll. with), Heb.11:5-6. Pass., to be well pleased: with dative, Heb.13:16.†
(AS) G2101 G2101 = G2101 εὐάρεστος euarestos G:A well-pleasing εὐ-άρεστος, -ον
[in LXX: Wis.4:10 9:10 * ;]
well-pleasing, acceptable: Rom.12:2; with dative of person(s), Rom.12:1 14:16, 2Co.5:9, Eph.5:10, Php.4:18; id. before ἐν, Tit.2:9 (κυρίῳ), Col.3:20; ἐνώπιον, Heb.13:21 (for ex. in Inser., see Deiss., BS, 215).†
(AS) G2102 G2102 = G2102 εὐαρέστως euarestōs G:ADV acceptably εὐ-αρέοτως
adv.,
acceptably: τ, θεῷ, Heb.12:28.†
(AS) G2103 G2103 = G2103 Εὔβουλος Euboulos N:N-M-P Eubulus Εὔβουλος, -ου, ὁ.
Eubulus, a Christian: 2Ti.4:21.†
(AS) G2104 G2104 = G2104 εὐγενής eugenēs G:A of noble birth εὐγενής, -ές
(εὖ, γένος), [in LXX: Job.1:3 (גָּדוֹל), 2Ma.10:13 R, 4Ma.6:5 4Mac 9:13 4Mac 9:23 4Mac 9:27 4Mac 10:3 4Mac 10:15 * ;]
__1. well born, of noble race: Luk.19:12, 1Co.1:26.
__2. noble-minded: compar., -έστερος, Act.17:11.†
(AS) G2105 G2105 = G2105 εὐδία eudia G:N-F fair weather εὐδία, -ας, ἡ
(εὔδιος, calm) [in LXX: Sir.3:15 * ;]
fair weather: Mat.16:2 (Rec., R, txt.).†
(AS) G2106 G2106 = G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokeō G:V to delight εὐ-δοκέω, -ῶ
(on the derivation, see EL, § 28, 6) [in LXX chiefly for רָצָה, also for אָבָה, חָפֵץ, etc. ;]
__1. with inf. (Polyb., al.), to be well pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so frequently in π. in legal docu­ments; Milligan, Th., 22 f.): Luk.12:32, Rom.15:26-27, 1Co.1:21, Gal.1:15, Col.1:19, R, mg. (ICC, in l, but see infr.), 1Th.2:8 3:1; μᾶλλον εὐ., 2Co.5:8; with accusative and inf. (Polyb., i, 8, 4), Col, l.with, R, txt. (Lft., in l).
__2. to be well pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing;
__(a) with dative (Polyb., al.; 1Ma.1:43, I Est.4:39): 2Th.2:12;
__(b) as frequently in LXX,
__α with accusative: Mat.12:13, Heb.10:5, 8" (LXX) ;
__β before ἐν (cf. Heb. בּ רָצָה, Psa.149:4): Mat.3:17 17:5, Mrk.1:11, Luk.3:22 (on the tense, see M, Pr., 134 f.; DCG, i,308 b), 1Co.10:5, 2Co.12:10, Heb.10:38" (LXX) ;
__(with) before εἰς: 2Pe.1:17. (cf. συν-ευδοκέω, and see Cremer, 213 f.; Field, Notes, 48 f.; DCG, i, 355a.)†
(AS) G2107 G2107 = G2107 εὐδοκία eudokia G:N-F goodwill εὐδοκία, -ας, ἡ
(εὐδοκέω, which see), [in LXX: Psa.5:12, al. (רָצוֹן), frequently in Sir; in Inscr. (I.G., 5960), LXX, and NT = εὐδόκησις (Died.) ;]
good pleasure, good-will, satisfaction, approval: Mat.11:26, Luk.10:21, Rom.10:1, Eph.1:5, 9, Php.1:15 2:13; with genitive obj., 2Th.1:11 (see Milligan, in l); ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία, Rec., R, mg., WH, mg. (see Field, Notes, 48 f.), Luk.2:14; -ας, Lk, l.with, R, txt., WH, txt. (see ICC, in l; WH, App., in l).†
(AS) G2108 G2108 = G2108 εὐεργεσία euergesia G:N-F good deed εὐεργεσία, -ας, ἡ
(εὐεργέτης), [in LXX: Psa.78:11 (עֲלִילָה), Wis.16:11, 24, 2Ma.6:13 2Mac 9:26, 4Ma.8:17 * ;]
a good deed, kindness, benefit: 1Ti.6:2; with genitive of person(s) (εὐ. πόλεως, Plat., leg., 805b), Act.4:9,†
(AS) G2109 G2109 = G2109 εὐεργετέω euergeteō G:V to do good εὐεργετέω, -ῶ
(εὐεργέτης), [in LXX: Psa.13:6 (גָּמַל), Wis.3:5, al. ;]
to do good, bestow benefit: Act.10:33.†
(AS) G2110 G2110 = G2110 εὐεργέτης euergetēs G:N-M benefactor εὐεργέτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Est.8:13, Wis.19:14, 2Ma.4:2, 3Ma.3:19 3Mac 6:24 * ;]
a benefactor: Luk.22:25 (for contemp. usage, see Deiss., LAE, 248).†
(AS) G2111 G2111 = G2111 εὔθετος euthetos G:A suitable εὔ-θετος, -ον
(τίθημι), [in LXX: Psa.32:6 (מָצָא), From Th Sus 1:15* ;]
ready for use, fit: of things, with dative, Heb.6:7; before εἰς, Luk.14:35; of persons, with dative, Luk.9:62 (for rabbinic parallels, see Dalman, Words, 119 f.).†
(AS) G2112 G2112 = G2112 εὐθέως eutheōs G:ADV immediately εὐθέως
adv. (εὐθύς), [in LXX: Job.5:3 (פִּתְאוֹם), Wis.5:12, 1Ma.11:12, al. ;]
straightway, at once, directly: Gal.1:16, Jas.1:24, 3Jn.14 (cf. Dalman, Words, 28 f.), Rev.4:2, and frequently in Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk, εὐθύς), which see)
(AS) G2113 G2113 = G2113 εὐθυδρομέω euthudromeō G:V to sail straight εὐθυδρομέω, -ῶ
of ships, to run a straight course (Philo): Act.16:11 21:1.†
(AS) G2114 G2114 = G2114 εὐθυμέω euthumeō G:V be cheerful εὐθυμέω, -ῶ
(ὔθυμος), [in Sm.: Psa.32:11, Pro.15:15 * ;]
__1. trans., to make cheerful (Æsch.).
__2. Intrans. (Eur., Plut.; so mid. in Xen., Plat.), to be of good cheer: Act.27:22, 25, Jas.5:13.†
(AS) G2115 G2115 = G2115 εὔθυμος euthumos G:A encouraging εὔ-θυμος, -ον
[in LXX: 2Ma.11:26 * ;]
__1. kind (Hom.).
__2. of good cheer (Æsch., al.): Act.27:36.†
(AS) G2116 G2116 = G2116 εὐθύνω euthunō G:V to straighten εὐθύνω
(εὐθύς), [in LXX: Num.22:23, Jos.24:23 (נָטָה hi.), Jdg.14:7, 1Ki.18:20 18:26 (יָשַׁר) Pro.20:24, Sir.2:2, 6, al. ;]
__1. to direct: Jas.3:4.
__2. to make straight: Jhn.1:23 (LXX, ἑτοιμάσατε).†
(AS) G2117 G2117 = G2117 εὐθύς euthus G:A Straight εὐθύς, -εῖα, -ύ
[in LXX chiefly for יָשַׁר ;]
__1. straight, direct: τρίβοι, Mat.3:3, Mrk.1:3, Luk.3:4" (LXX) ; εἰς εὐθειας, (sc. ὁδούς), Luk.3:5; εὐ. ὐδός, figuratively, Act.13:10, 2Pe.2:15; as (Proper name) of a street, Act.9:11.
__2. In moral sense, straightforward, right: καρδία, Act.8:21 (cf. Psa.7:11 32:11, al.).†
εὐθύς,
adv., [in LXX (more frequently than εὐθέως) chiefly for יָשַׁר ;]
= εὐθέως, straightway, directly: Mat.3:16 13:20-21 14:27 21:2-3 26:74, Luk.6:49, Jhn.13:30, 32 19:34, Act.10:16, 42 times in Mk.†
(AS) G2118 G2118 = G2118 εὐθύτης euthutēs G:N-F righteousness εὐθύτης, -ητος, ἡ
(εὐθύς), [in LXX chiefly for יֹשֶׁר, מִישׁוֹר and cognate forms ;]
uprightness: Heb.1:8 (LXX).†
(AS) G2119 G2119 = G2119 εὐκαιρέω eukaireō G:V to have opportunity εὐκαιρέω, -ῶ
(= cl., εὖ σχολῆς ἔχειν; used by Polyb. and Philo; cf. Rutherford, NPhr. 205; MM, Exp., xiv),
to have leisure or opportunity: 1Co.16:12; with inf., Mrk.6:31; before εἰς, to devote one's leisure to, Act.17:21.†
(AS) G2120 G2120 = G2120 εὐκαιρία eukairia G:N-F opportunity εὐκαιρία, -ας, ἡ
(εὔκαιρος), [in LXX: Psa.9:10 (see Soph., Lex., see word) Psa.10:1 145:15 (עֵת), Sir.38:24, 1Ma.11:42 * ;]
fitting time, opportunity: before ἵνα, Mat.26:16; τοῦ, with inf., Luk.22:6.†
(AS) G2121 G2121 = G2121 εὔκαιρος eukairos G:A opportune εὔ-καιρος, -ον
[in LXX: Psa.104:27 (עֵת), 2Ma.14:29 2Mac 15:20-21, 3Ma.4:11 3Mac 5:44 * ;]
timely, seasonable, suitable (Cremer, 740): ἡμέρα, Mrk.6:21 (or empty, as in Byz. and MGr.; see MM, Exp., xiv); βοήθεια, Heb.4:16.†
(AS) G2122 G2122 = G2122 εὐκαίρως eukairōs G:ADV well timed εὐκαίρως
adv., [in LXX: Sir.18:22 * ;]
seasonably, in season: Mrk.14:11; opposite to ἀκ- (Kühner3, iv, 346 d), 2Ti.4:2.†
(AS) G2123 G2123 = G2123 εὐκοπώτερος eukopōteros G:A easy εὔ-κοπος, -ον
[in LXX: Sir.22:15, 1Ma.3:18 * ;]
with easy labour, easy: compar., -ώτερόν ἐστι, with inf., Mat.9:5, Mrk.2:9, Luk.5:23; with accusative and inf., Mat.19:24, Mrk.10:25, Luk.16:17 18:25 (Polyb.; the adv. -ως occurs in Aristoph., Fr., 615).†
(AS) G2124 G2124 = G2124 εὐλάβεια eulabeia G:N-F reverence εὐλάβεια, -ας, ἡ
(εὐλαβής), [in LXX: Jer.22:24 (דְּאָגָה), Pro.28:14, Wis.17:8 * ;]
__1. caution, discretion (Soph., Plat., al.).
__2. In later Gk. (Diod., Plut., al.), also reverence, godly fear: Heb.5:7 12:28.†
(AS) G2125 G2125 = G2125 εὐλαβέομαι eulabeomai G:V to revere εὐλαβέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX: Pro.30:5, Nam.1:7 (חָסָה), al., for 15 different Heb. words in all; also Sir.7:29 41:3, al. ;]
__1. to be cautious, to beware: Act.23:10 (Rec.; φοβηθείς, WH, RV).
__2. to reverence: Heb.11:7 (cf. Cremer, 388).†
(AS) G2126 G2126 = G2126 εὐλαβής eulabēs G:A devout εὐλαβής, -ές
(εὖ, λαβεῖν), [in LXX: Mic.7:2 AB2 (חָסִיד); εὐ. ποιεῖν, Lev.15:31 (נָזַר hi.), Sir.11:7 א2* ;]
__1. cautious, circumspect.
__2. devout, religious, reverent: Act.2:5 8:2 22:12; δίκαιος καὶ εὐ., Luk.2:25.†
(AS) G2127 G2127 = G2127 εὐλογέω eulogeō G:V to praise/bless εὐλογέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for בָּרַךְ pi. ;]
__1. to speak well of, praise (cl.; LXX Deu.8:10, al.): τ. θεόν, Luk.1:64 2:28 24:51, 53 (αἰνοῦντες, T, WH, mg.), Jas.3:9; absol., to give praise, Mat.14:19 26:26 (see Swete on Mrk.14:22), Mrk.6:41 14:22 (see Swete, in l), Luk.24:30, 1Co.14:16.
__2. As in LXX (= בָּרַךְ pi.);
__(a) to bless, invoke blessings on (Gen.24:60, Num.23:20, al.): absol., 1Co.4:12, 1Pe.3:9; with accusative of person(s), Luk.2:34 6:28 24:50-51, Rom.12:14, Heb.7:1, 6-7 11:20-21; εὐλογημένος (= בָּרַךְ; see Lft., Notes, 310; DCG, i, 189), blessed, Mat.21:9 23:39" (LXX), Mrk.11:9-10, Luk.13:35 19:38" (LXX), Jhn.12:13; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.8:7, Luk.9:16, 1Co.10:16;
__(b) with God as subject (Psa.44:3, al.), to bless, prosper, bestow blessings on: with accusative of person(s), Act.3:26, Gal.3:9, Eph.1:3 (Lft., Notes, 311), Heb.6:14; εὐλογημένος, Luk.1:28 (WH, tit., R, tit., omit) Luk.1:42; εὐλογημένοι τ. πατρός (cf. Isa.61:9), Mat.25:34; pass. Act.3:25 (cf. ἐν-, κατ-ευλογέω).†
SYN.: see: αἰνέω, and cf. DCG, i, 189, 211; Cremer, 766 (AS) G2128 G2128 = G2128 εὐλογητός eulogētos G:A praiseworthy εὐλογητός, -όν
(εὐλογέω), [in LXX chiefly for בָּרַךְ ;]
blessed;
__(a) of men (Gen.12:2 A, Deu.7:14, Jdg.17:2 B, Rut.2:20, 1Ki.15:13);
__(b) of God (Lft., Notes, 310 f.), as chiefly in LXX (Gen.9:26, Exo.17:10, Psa.18:46, al.): Luk.1:68, Rom.1:25 9:5 (ICC, in l), 2Co.1:3 11:31, Eph.1:3, 1Pe.1:3; absol., ὁ εὐλογητός (Dalman, Words, 200; JThS, v, 453), Mrk.14:61 (Cremer, 769).†
(AS) G2129 G2129 = G2129 εὐλογία eulogia G:N-F praise εὐλογία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for בְּרָכָה ;]
__1. fair speaking, flattering speech: χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐ., Rom.16:18.
__2. praise: of God (as in late Inscr.; LS, see word) and Christ, Rev.5:12-13 7:12
__3. In LXX and NT: blessing, benediction;
__(a) the act of blessing: 1Co.10:16, Heb.12:17, Jas.3:10;
__(b) concrete, a blessing: Rom.15:29, 2Co.9:5-6, Gal.3:14, Eph.1:3, Heb.6:7, 1Pe.3:9 (cf. Deu.11:26, Sir.7:32, al.).†
(AS) G2130 G2130 = G2130 εὐμετάδοτος eumetadotos G:A generous εὐ-μετά-δοτος, -ον
(εὖ, μεταδιδωμι),
ready to impart: assoc. with κοινωνικός (for the distinction between the two, see Field, Notes, 213; CGT, in l), 1Ti.6:18.†
(AS) G2131 G2131 = G2131 Εὐνίκη Eunikē N:N-F-P Eunice Εὐνίκη (Rec. -νείκη), -ης,
Eunice, Timothy's mother: 2Ti.1:5.†
(AS) G2132 G2132 = G2132 εὐνοέω eunoeō G:V to reconcile εὐ-νοέω, -ῶ
(εὔνοος, friendly), [in LXX: Est.8:13 Bא1, Dan LXX 2:43, 3Ma.7:11 * ;]
to be favourable, kindly disposed: with dative, Mat.5:25.†
(AS) G2133 G2133 = G2133 εὔνοια eunoia G:N-F enthusiasm εὔνοια, -ας, ἡ
(εὔνοος), [in LXX: Est.2:23, al. ;]
goodwill: Eph.6:7 (of slaves; cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†
(AS) G2134 G2134 = G2134 εὐνουχίζω eunouchizō G:V to become a eunuch εὐνουχίζω
(εὐνοῦχος),
to make a eunuch of, castrate: pass., Mat.19:12; metaphorically, εὐ. έαυτόν, ib.†
(AS) G2135 G2135 = G2135 εὐνοῦχος eunouchos G:N-M eunuch εὐνοῦχος, -ου, ὁ
(i.e. ὁ τὴν εὐνὴν(bed) ἔχων), [in LXX for סָרִיס (perhaps not of necessity an actual eunuch; DB, see word), Gen.39:1, al., Wis.3:14, Sir.20:4 30:20 ;]
an emasculated man, a eunuch: Mat.19:12; one such holding, as was common, high office, as of chamberlain, at court, Act.8:27, 34-39; metaphorically, of one naturally incapacitated for or volun­tarily abstaining from wedlock, Mat.19:12.†
(AS) G2136 G2136 = G2136 Εὐοδία Euodia N:N-F-P Euodia Εὐοδία (Rec. -ωδία), -ας, ἡ
Euodia (not as AV, Euodias), a Christian woman: Php.4:2.†
(AS) G2137 G2137 = G2137 εὐοδόω euodoō G:V to get along well εὐ-οδόω, -ῶ
(ὁδός), [in LXX chiefly for צָלַח hi. ;]
to help on one's way (Soph., al.). Pass., to have a prosperous journey; metaphorically (Hdt., al.), to prosper, be prospered, be successful: 3Jn.2, Rom.1:10, 1Co.16:2 (on the tense, see M, Pr., 54; ICC, in l).†
(AS) G2138 G2138 = G2138 εὐπειθής eupeithēs G:A compliant εὐ-πειθής, ές,
(εὖ, πείθομαι), [in LXX: 4Ma.12:6 AR* ;]
ready to obey, compliant: Jas.3:17.†
(AS) G2139 G2139 = G2139 εὐπερίστατος euperistatos G:A thwarting εὐ-περί-στατος, -ον
(εὖ, περιΐστημι),
of sins, readily besetting: Heb.12:1 (on form and sense of the word, see Westc., in l).†
(AS) G2140 G2140 = G2140 εὐποιΐα eupoiia G:N-F doing good εὐ-ποιία (Rec. -ιΐα), -ας, ἡ
__1. beneficence, doing good: Heb.13:16.
__2. a benefit (FlJ, Ant., ii, ll, 2, al.).†
(AS) G2141 G2141 = G2141 εὐπορέω euporeō G:V be prosperous εὐ-πορέω, -ῶ
(εὔτορος, well provided for) [in LXX: Lev.25:26, 49 נָשַׂג hi.), Lev.25:23 (seel.), Wis.10:10 * ;]
to prosper, be well off: Act.11:29.†
(AS) G2142 G2142 = G2142 εὐπορία euporia G:N-F prosperity εὐ-πορία, -ας, ἡ
(εὔπορος), [in LXX for חַיִל, 4Ki.25:10 A (frequently in Aq.)* ;]
__1. facility.
__2. plenty, wealth: Act.19:25.†
(AS) G2143 G2143 = G2143 εὐπρέπεια euprepeia G:N-F beauty εὐ-πρέπεια, -ας, ἡ
(εὐπρεπής, comely), [in LXX for הָדָר, etc. ;]
goodly appearance, comeliness: Jas.1:11.†
(AS) G2144 G2144 = G2144 εὐπρόσδεκτος euprosdektos G:A acceptable εὐ-πρόσ-δεκτος, -ον
(εὖ, προσδέχομαι)
more usual than δέκτος, which see, acceptable: Rom.15:16, 31, 2Co.6:2 8:12, 1Pe.2:5.†
(AS) G2145 G2145 = G2145 εὐπρόσεδρος, εὐπάρεδρος euprosedros, euparedros G:A devoted εὐ-πρόσ-εδρος, -ον
Rec. for εὐπάρεδρος, which see: 1Co.7:35.†
(AS) G2146 G2146 = G2146 εὐπροσωπέω euprosōpeō G:V to impress εὐ-προσωπέω, -ῶ
(εὐπρόσωπος, fair of face), [in Al.: Psa.141:6, seel. for -ίζω* ;]
to look well, make a fair show: metaphorically (as in 7.; see Deiss., LAE, 96), Gal.6:12.†
(AS) G2147 G2147 = G2147 εὑρίσκω ehuriskō G:V to find/meet εὑρίσκω,
[in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc. ;]
to find, with or without previous search: absol., opposite to ζητέω, Mat.7:7, 8 Luk.11:9, 10; with accusative, Mat.2:8, Mrk.1:37, Act.13:22, 2Ti.1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, Heb.11:5, Rev.16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, see Mayor, ICC, in l.), 2Pe.3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaphorical, to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Luk.19:48, Act.4:21; αἰτίαν, Jhn.18:38, Act.13:28, al.; pass., Mat.1:18, Luk.17:18, Rom.7:10, 1Co.4:2, Gal.2:17, 1Pe.1:7, Rev.5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Act.17:27; pass., Rom.10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: with accusative of thing(s), λύτρωσιν, Heb.9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mat.10:39 11:29, Luk.1:30, Act.7:46, 2Ti.1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω).
(AS) G2148 G2148 = G2148 Εὐροκλύδων Eurokludōn N:N--T a north wind Εὐρ-ακύλων (Rec. εὐροκλύδων, which see), -ωνος
(Εὖρος, the East wind, and Lat. Aquilo; Vg., Euroaquilo),
the Euraquilo, a N.E. wind (i.e. between Eurus and Aquilo): Act.27:14.†
εὐρο-κλύδων (G, εὐροκλ-), -ωνος, ὁ
(Εὖρος (seel. εὐρύς, broad), κλύδων),
Euroclydon (prob. a sailor's corruption of Εὐρακύλων, which see): Act.17:14, Rec,†
(AS) G2149 G2149 = G2149 εὐρύχωρος euruchōros G:A broad εὐρύ-χωρος, -ον
(εὐρύς, broad + χώρα), [in LXX for רָחַב ni., and cognate forms (Isa.30:23, al.), exc. 2Ch.18:9 (גֹּרֶן ;)
spacious, broad: Mat.7:13.†
(AS) G2150 G2150 = G2150 εὐσέβεια eusebeia G:N-F piety εὐ-σέβεια, -ας, ἡ
(εὐσεβής, which see), [in LXX: Pro.1:7, Isa.33:6 (יִרְאָה), Pro.13:11 (aliter in Heb.), Isa.11:2 (יְהוָֹה יִרְאָה), I Est.1:23, Wis.10:12, Sir.49:3, and very frequently in 4Mac ;]
__1. piety, reverence (towards parents and others).
__2. piety towards God, godliness: Act.3:12, 1Ti.2:2 4:7-8 6:5-6 6:11, 2Pe.1:3 1:6-7; τὸ τῆς εὐ. μυστήριον, 1Ti.3:16; ἡ κατ᾽ εὐ. διδασκαλία, 1Ti.6:3; ἡ ἀλήθεια ἡ κατ᾽ εὐ., Tit.1:1; μόρφωσις εὐσεβείας, 2Ti.3:5; pl. (see Bl., § 32, 6; Mayor on Jas.2:1), 2Pe.3:11 (on the use of εὐ. and cognates in Past. Epp., see CGT, on 1Ti.2:2; cf. also Cremer, 524).†
(AS) G2151 G2151 = G2151 εὐσεβέω eusebeō G:V to show piety εὐ-σεβέω, -ῶ
(εὐσεβής, which see), [in LXX: Dan LXX Sus 1:64, 4Ma.9:6 אR, 4Ma.11:5 4Mac 11:8 4Mac 11:23 4Mac 18:2 * ;]
to reverence, show piety towards; with accusative (else­where more frequently before εἰς., περί, πρός): οἶκον, 1Ti.5:4; θεόν, Act.17:23 (Cremer, 525).†
(AS) G2152 G2152 = G2152 εὐσεβής eusebēs G:A pious εὐσεβής, -ές
(εὖ, σέβομαι), [in LXX: Pro.12:12, Isa.24:16 26:7 (צַדִּיק), Mic.7:2 (חָסִיד), Isa.32:8 (נָדִיב), and frequently in Sirach and 4Maccabees ;]
pious, godly, devout: Act.10:2, 7, 2Pe.2:9.†
SYN.: θεοσεβής, θρῆσκος (see Tr., Syn., § xlviii; DB, ii, 221 f.; Cremer, 524 f., 858) (AS) G2153 G2153 = G2153 εὐσεβῶς eusebōs G:ADV piously εὐσεβῶς
adv., [in LXX: 4Ma.7:21 * ;]
piously, religiously: 2Ti.3:12, Tit.2:12.†
(AS) G2154 G2154 = G2154 εὔσημος eusēmos G:A intelligible εὔσημος, -ον
(εὖ + οῆμα, a sign) [in LXX for כֶּסֶא, Psa.81:3 (-ως, from LXX 219)* ;]
__1. conspicuous (cf. Ps, l.with).
__2. clear to the understanding, distinct: 1Co.14:9.†
(AS) G2155 G2155 = G2155 εὔσπλαγχνος eusplagchnos G:A compassionate εὔσπλαγχνος, -ον
(εὖ, σπλάγχνον, which see), [in Man.1.7 (Camb. Manual LXX, iii, 825) ;]
__1. in Hippocr., as medical term (LS, see word).
__2. Metaphorical (cf. εὐσιλαγχνία, Eurip., Rhes., 192), in NT, tenderhearted, compassionate: Eph.4:32, 1Pe.3:8.†
(AS) G2156 G2156 = G2156 εὐσχημόνως euschēmonōs G:ADV properly εὐσχημόνως
adv. (εὐσχήμων),
decorously, becomingly: 1Co.14:40; περιπατεῖν, Rom.13:13, 1Th.4:12.†
(AS) G2157 G2157 = G2157 εὐσχημοσύνη euschēmosunē G:N-F propriety εὐσχημοσύνη
(εὐσχήμων), [in LXX: 4Ma.6:2 * ;]
seemliness, comeliness: 1Co.12:23.†
(AS) G2158 G2158 = G2158 εὐσχήμων euschēmōn G:A proper εὐσχήμωι, -ον
(εὖ, σχῆμα), [in LXX: Pro.11:25 * ;]
__1. elegant, graceful, comely (Eur., Plat., al.): τὰ εὐ. ἡμῶν (opposite to τὰ ἀσχ- ἡμ-), 1Co.12:24; in moral sense, seemly, becoming, 1Co.7:35.
__2. Also in late Gk. (see Swete, Mk., l.with; MM, Exp., xiv), wealthy, influential (RV, of honourable estate): Mrk.15:43, Act.13:50 17:12.†
(AS) G2159 G2159 = G2159 εὐτόνως eutonōs G:ADV vehemently εὐτόνως
adv. (εὖ, τείνω), [in LXX forשׁוֹפָר Jos.6:8 * ;]
vigorously, vehemently: Luk.23:10, Act.18:28.†
(AS) G2160 G2160 = G2160 εὐτραπελία eutrapelia G:N-F vulgar jesting εὐτραπελία, -ας, ἡ
(εὖ, τρέπω),
__1. versatility, wit, facetiousness (Hippocr., Plat., al.).
__2. = βωμολογία, coarse jesting, ribaldry (Abbott, Essays, 93): Eph.5:4.†
SYN.: μωρολογία, see Tr., Syn., § xxxiv (AS) G2161 G2161 = G2161 Εὔτυχος Eutuchos N:N-M-P Eutychus Εὔτυχος, -ου, ὁ
(εὖ, τυχή),
Butychus, a young man: Act.20:9.†
(AS) G2162 G2162 = G2162 εὐφημία euphēmia G:N-F good report εὐφημία, -ας, ἡ
(εὔφημος), [in Sm.: Psa.42:5 47:2 100:2 126:2 * ;]
good report, praise: opposite to δυσφημία, 2Co.6:8.†
(AS) G2163 G2163 = G2163 εὔφημος euphēmos G:A commendable εὔφημος, -ον
(εὖ, φήμη), [in Sm.: Psa.63:6 ;]
primarily, utter­ing words or sounds of good omen, hence,
__1. avoiding ill-omened words, religiously silent.
__2. fair-sounding, auspicious (R, mg., gracious): Php.4:8.†
(AS) G2164 G2164 = G2164 εὐφορέω euphoreō G:V be fruitful εὐ-φορέω, -ῶ
to be fruitful: Luk.12:16.†
(AS) G2165 G2165 = G2165 εὐφραίνω euphrainō G:V to celebrate εὐφραίνω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂמַח, qal, pi. ;]
to cheer, gladden: with accusative of person(s), opposite to λυπεῖν, 2Co.2:2. Pass., to be happy, rejoice, make merry: Luk.15:32, Act.2:26" (LXX) Rom.15:10 (LXX), Gal.4:27 (LXX), Rev.11:10 12:12; before ἐν, Act.7:41; ἐπί with dative, Rev.18:20; of merry-making at a feast (3Ki.4:20; of. Kennedy, Sources, 155; Field, Notes, 69 f.), Luk.12:19 15:23-24, 29" (LXX) (λαμπρῶς) Luk.16:19.†
(AS) G2166 G2166 = the Greek of H6578 Εὐφράτης Euphratēs N:N-M-L Euphrates Εὐφράτης, -ου, ὁ
the river Euphrates: Rev.9:14 16:12.†
(AS) G2167 G2167 = G2167 εὐφροσύνη euphrosunē G:N-F joy εὐφροσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(εὔφρων, cheerful) [in LXX chiefly for שִׂמְחָה ;]
rejoicing, gladness: Act.2:28 (LXX) Act.14:17.†
(AS) G2168 G2168 = G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharisteō G:V to thank εὐχαριστέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jdth.8:25 Wis.18:2, 2Ma.1:11 2Mac 10:7 A 2Ma.12:31 R, 3Ma.7:16 * ;]
to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late writers and Inscr.; cf. Milligan, Th., 5; Ellic. on Col.1:12; Lft., Notes, 9): Rom.1:21, 1Co.14:17, 1Th.5:18; of giving thanks before meat, Mat.15:36 26:27, Mrk.8:6 14:23, Luk.22:17, 19, Jhn.6:11, 23, 1Co.11:24; with dative pens., τ. θεῷ, Luk.17:16, Act.27:35 28:15, Rom.14:6 16:4, 1Co.14:18, Php.1:3, Col.1:3, 12, Phm 4; before διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ, Rom.1:8 7:25 R, WH, mg., Col.3:17; ἐν ὀνόματι Χρ., Eph.5:20; before περί, 1Th.1:2, 2Th.1:3; ὅτι, Rom.1:8, 2Th.2:13; ἐπι, with dative of thing(s), 1Co.1:4; ὐπέρ, 1Co.10:30, Eph.1:16 5:20; ὅτι, Luk.18:11, Jhn.11:41, 1Co.1:14, 1Th.2:13, Rev.11:17; pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), 2Co.1:11.†
SYN.: see: αἰνέω; and cf. Cremer, 903 f (AS) G2169 G2169 = G2169 εὐχαριστία eucharistia G:N-F thankfulness εὐχαριστία, -ας, ἡ
(εὐχάριστος), [in LXX: Est.8:13, Wis.16:28, Sir.37:11, 2Ma.2:27 * ;]
__1. thankfulness, gratitude (Polyb.; Es, Sir, 2Mac, ll. with): Act.24:3.
__2. giving of thanks, thanksgiving (so in π. and Inscr.; M, Th., 41 f.): 1Co.14:16, 2Co.4:15, Eph.5:4, Php.4:6, Col.2:7 4:2, 1Th.3:9, 1Ti.4:3-4, Rev.4:9 7:12; with dative of person(s), 2Co.9:11 (cf. τ. θεοῦ, Wis, l.with); pl., 2Co.9:12, 1Ti.2:1 (Cremer, 904).†
(AS) G2170 G2170 = G2170 εὐχάριστος eucharistos G:A thankful εὐχάριστος, -ον
(εὖ, χαρίζομαι), [in LXX for חֵן, Pro.11:16 * ;]
__1. = εὔχαρις, winning, gracious, agreeable (Pr, l.with).
__2. grateful, thankful: Col.3:15.†
(AS) G2171 G2171 = G2171 εὐχή euchē G:N-F a vow/prayer εὐχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(εὔχομαι), [in LXX chiefly for נָדַר ;]
__1. a prayer: Jas.5:15.
__2. a vow: Act.18:18 21:23.†
SYN.: see: δέησις (AS) G2172 G2172 = G2172 εὔχομαι euchomai G:V to pray/wish for εὔχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for נָדַד, also for עָתַר hi., etc. ;]
to pray: with accusative of thing(s), 2Co.13:9; with dative of person(s), τ. θεῷ, Act.26:29; before πρὸς τ. θεόν, 2Co.13:7; with accusative and inf., Act.27:29, 3Jn.2; before ὑπέρ, Jas.5:16; ηὐχόμην εἶναι (On imperfect here, see ICC, in l, Lft., Phm 13), Rom.9:3 (Cremer, 718).†
(AS) G2173 G2173 = G2173 εὔχρηστος euchrēstos G:A helpful εὔ-χρηστος, -ον
(εὖ, χράομαι), [in LXX: Pro.31:13 (חֵפֶץ), Wis.13:13 * ;]
useful, serviceable: with dative of person(s), 2Ti.2:21; id. before εἰς, with dative of thing(s), 2Ti.4:11; opposite to ἄχρηστος, Phm 11.†
(AS) G2174 G2174 = G2174 εὐψυχέω eupsucheō G:V be glad εὐψυχέω, -ῶ
(εὔψυχος, courageous),
to be of good courage: Php.2:19.†
(AS) G2175 G2175 = G2175 εὐωδία euōdia G:N-F aroma εὐωδία, -ας, ἡ
(εὐώδης, fragrant; ὄζω) [in LXX for נִיחוֹחַ, Gen.8:21, al. (ὀσμὴ εὐωδίας); Sir.20:9 24:15, al. ;]
fragrance: metaphorically, Χριστοῦ εὐ,., 2Co.2:15; ὀσμὴ εὐωδίας (a metaphor of sacrifice, most frequently in Pent. and Ez.), Eph.5:2, Php.4:18.†
(AS) G2176 G2176 = G2176 εὐώνυμος euōnumos G:A left/south εὐώνυμος, -ον
(εὖ, ὄνομα), [in LXX chiefly for שְׂמֹאול ;]
__1. of good name or omen.
__2. Euphemistic for ἀριστερός, left: Act.21:3, Rev.10:2; ἐξ εὐωνύμων, on the left: Mat.20:21, 23 25:33, 41 27:38, Mrk.10:40 15:27.†
(AS) G2177 G2177 = G2177 ἐφάλλομαι ephallomai G:V to jump on ἐφάλλομαι
[in LXX for צָלַח, 1Ki.10:6 11:6 16:13 * ;]
to leap upon: before ἐπί with accusative of person(s) Act.19:16.†
(AS) G2178 G2178 = G2178 ἐφάπαξ ephapax G:ADV once/at once ἐφ-άπαξ,
adv.
__1. once for all (Eupol.): Rom.6:10 Heb.7:27 9:12 10:10.
__2. at once: 1Co.15:6.†
(AS) G2179 G2179 = a Spelling of G2181 Ἐφεσῖνος Ephesinos N:N--LG Ephesus Ἐφεσῖνος, -η, -ον
Ephesian: Rev.2:1, Rec. (ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, WH, RV).†
(AS) G2180 G2180 = a Group member of G2181 Ἐφέσιος Ephesios G:A Ephesian Ἐφέσιος, -α, -ον
Ephesian: Act.18:27 19:28, 34-35 21:29.†
(AS) G2181 G2181 = G2181 Ἔφεσος ephesos N:N-F-L Ephesus Ἔφεσος, -ου, ἡ
Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor Act.18:19, 21 18:24, 27 19:1, 17 19:26 (on the genitive, see M, Pr., 73) Act.20:16-17, 1Co.15:32 16:8, Eph.1:1, 1Ti.1:3, 2Ti.1:18 4:12, Rev.1:11 2:1.†
(AS) G2182 G2182 = G2182 ἐφευρετής epheuretēs G:N-M inventor ἐφ-ευρετής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἐφευρίσκω, to find out)
an inventor, contriver: κακῶν (cf. κακίας εὑρετής, 2Ma.7:31), Rom.1:30.†
(AS) G2183 G2183 = G2183 ἐφημερία ephēmeria G:N-F division ἐφ-ημερία, -ας, ἡ
(ἐφήμερος), [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁמֶרֶת, מַחֲלֹקֶת ;]
__1. a course of daily services (Neh.13:30, 1Ch.25:8, al.).
__2. a class or course of priests detailed for service in the temple (1Ch.23:6, al.): Luk.1:5, 8 (cf. MGr., ἐφημέριος, priest).†
(AS) G2184 G2184 = G2184 ἐφήμερος ephēmeros G:A daily ἐφ-ήμερος, -ον
(ἐπί, ἡμέρα),
__1. lasting for a day.
__2. daily, for the day: Jas.2:15.†
(AS) G2185 G2185 = G2185 ἐφικνέομαι ephikneomai G:V to reach ἐφ-ικνέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX: Sir.43:27, 30 R (ἀφικ- ABא)* ;]
to come to, to reach: before ἄχρι, 2Co.10:13; εἰς, 2Co.10:14.†
(AS) G2186 G2186 = G2186 ἐφίστημι ephistēmi G:V to approach ἐφ-ίστημι
[in LXX for נָצַב ni., שִׁית, נָתַן, etc. ;]
__1. causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to set upon or by, set up, etc. (Æsch., Hdt., Arist., al).
__2. Intrans. in mid, and in pf. and 2 aor. act.;
__(a) to stand upon;
__(b) to be set over;
__(with) to stand by, be present, be at hand, come on or upon: Luk.2:38 10:40 20:1, Act.6:12 12:7 22:13, 20 23:27, 2Ti.4:2; with dative pars., Luk.2:9 24:4, Act.4:1 23:11; with dative bc., Act.17:5; before έπί, with accusative, Act.10:17 11:11; of rain, Act.28:2; of evils impending, with dative of person(s), 1Th.5:3; before έπί (Wis.6:9), Luk.21:34; of time, 2Ti.4:6 (cf. κατ-, συν-εφίστημι).†
(AS) G2187 G2187 = the Greek of H0669L Ἐφραίμ Ephraim N:N--L Ephraim Ἐφραίμ, (-ΐμ, Tr.)
Ephraim, a town near Jerusalem: Jhn.11:54.†
(AS) G2188 G2188 = G2188 ἐφφαθά ephphatha A:V open! ἐφφαθά (Aram. אֶתְפְּתח, see Abbott, Essays, 142 ff.; DCG, i, 522)
ephphatha, be opened: Mrk.7:34.†
(AS) G2189 G2189 = G2189 ἔχθρα echthra G:N-F hostility ἔχθρα, -ας, ἡ
(ἐχθρός), [in LXX for אֵיבָה, שִׂנְאָה, etc. ;]
enmity: Luk.23:12, Rom.8:7, Gal.5:20, Eph.2:15-16, Jas.4:4.†
ἀηδία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀ- neg., ἦδος, pleasure), [in LXX: Pro.23:29 (שִׂיחַ)* ;]
__1. of things or persons, unpleasantness, odiousness (Hipp., Dem., al.)
__2. dislike (Plat.). disagreement (MM, VGT, see word): Luk.23:12 D.†
(AS) G2190 G2190 = G2190 ἐχθρός echthros G:N enemy ἐχθρός, -ά, -όν
(ἔχθος, hatred), [in LXX chiefly for אֵיבָה, also for עָר, etc. ;]
__1. hated, hateful (Hom.): opposite to ἀγαπητός, Rom.11:28.
__2. Actively, hating, hostile: Rom.5:10, 1Co.15:25, 2Th.3:15; with genitive of person(s) (cl.), Jas.4:4; τ. διανοίᾳ, Col.1:21; ἐ. ἄνθρωπος, Mat.13:28; as subst., ὁ ἐ., an enemy, 1Co.15:26; the devil, Mat.13:39, Luk.10:19; with genitive of person(s), Mat.22:44 Mrk.12:36, Luk.20:43, Act.2:35, 1Co.15:25, Heb.1:13 10:13" (LXX) ; Mat.5:43-44 10:36 13:25, Luk.1:71, 74 6:27, 35 19:27, 43, Rom.12:20, Gal.4:16, Rev.11:5, 12; with genitive of thing(s), Act.13:10, Php.3:18.†
(AS) G2191 G2191 = G2191 ἔχιδνα echidna G:N-F snake ἔχιδνα, -ης, ἡ
[in OT (Aq.), Isa.59:5 * ;]
a viper: Act.28:3; metaphorically, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, Mat.3:7 12:34 23:33, Luk.3:7.†
(AS) G2192 G2192 = G2192 ἔχω echō G:V to have/be ἔχω,
[in LXX for אָצֵל (ἐχόμενος), יֵשׁ,בַּעַל, etc., 59 words in all ;]
(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, see M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions.
__I. Trans.;
__1. 1. to have, hold, hold fast, etc.;
__(a) to hold, as, in the hand: Rev.5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Rev.1:16 10:2, al.;
__(b) of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mat.3:4 22:12, al.; so frequently present ptcp. (LS, see word, A, I, 6; Bl., 74, 2), Mrk.11:13, Jhn.18:10, Rev.9:17, al.;
__(with) of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ, to be with child: Mrk.13:17, Rom.9:10;
__(d) to hold fast, keep: Luk.19:20; metaphorically, of the mind and conduct, Mrk.16:8 (cf. Job.21:6, Isa.13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44f.), Jhn.14:21, Rom.1:28, 1Ti.3:9, 2Ti.1:13, Rev.6:9, al.;
__(e) to involve: Heb.10:35 (LXX), Jas.1:4, 1Jn.4:18; (f) = Lat. habere (Bl., §34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: with accusative and predic. ptcp., Luk.14:18; with accusative, before ὡς, Mat.14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mat.21:46; on (Bl., §70, 2), Mrk.11:32.
__2. to have, possess;
__(a) in general, with accusative of thing(s): Mat.19:22, Mrk.10:22, Luk.12:19, Jhn.10:16, 1Co.11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή), Mat.13:12 25:29, 2Co.8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, 2Co.8:11;
__(b) of relationship, association, and: πατέρα, Jhn.8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), 1Co.7:2; φίλον, Luk.11:5; βασιλέα, Jhn.19:15; ποιμένα, Mat.9:36; with dupl. accusative, Mat.3:9, al.;
__(with) of parts or members: ὦτα, Mat.19:15; μέλη, Rom.12:4; θεμελίους,
__(d) with accusative, as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι), 1Th.3:6; ἀγάπην, Jhn.13:35; γνῶσιν, 1Co.8:1; πεποίθησιν, 2Co.3:4; θλίψιν, Jhn.16:33, etc. (Thayer, see word, I, 2, f., g.);
__(e) of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, 1Co.7:37; νόμον, Jhn.19:7; ἐπιταγήν, 1Co.7:25; ἀγῶνα, Php.1:30; κρίμα, 1Ti.5:12;
__(f) of complaints and disputes; κατά, with genitive of person(s), Mat.5:23, Mrk.11:25; id. before ὅτι, Rev.2:4, 20; with accusative before πρός, Act.24:19, al.;
__(g) with inf.,
__(α) (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mat.18:25, Mrk.14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι), Luk.12:4, Act.4:14, al;
__(β) of necessity (BL, §69, 4): Luk.12:50, Act.23:17-19 28:19.
__II. Intrans. (BL, §53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., with inf., Act.21:13, 2Co.12:14; ἐσχάτως (which see), Mrk.5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mat.4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jhn.4:52; πῶς, Act.15:36; impers., ἄλλως εἴχει, it is otherwise, 1Ti.5:25; οὕτως, Act.7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are (Tob.7:11), Act.24:25.
__III. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: with genitive, τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, Heb.6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mrk.1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένη (ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Luk.13:33, Act.20:15 21:26; (σαββάτῳ), Act.13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)
(AS) G2193 G2193 = G2193 ἕως heōs G:PREP until ἕως,
relative particle (Lat. donee, usque),
expressing the terminus ad quem (cf. Burton, §321ff.).
__I. As conjunction;
__1. till, until;
__(a) of a fact in past time, with indic.: Mat.2:9, al. (Wis.10:14, al.);
__(b) ἕως ἄν, with subjc. aor.: Mat.2:13 5:18, Mrk.6:10, al.; without ἄν (M. Pr., 168f.; Lft., Notes, 115), Mrk.14:32 (Burton, §325), Luk.12:59, 2Th.2:7, al.;
__(with) with indic., present (Burton, §328; BL, §65, 10): Mrk.6:45, Jhn.21:22, 23 1Ti.4:13.
__2. C. indic., as long as, while (Burton, §327): Jhn.9:4 (Plat., Phaedo, 89c).
__II. As an adverb (chiefly in late writers).
__1. Of time, until, unto;
__(a) as prep. with genitive (BL, §40, 6; M, Pr., 99): τ. ἡμέρας, Mat.26:29, Luk.1:80, Rom.11:8, al.; ὥρας, Mat.27:45, al.; τέλους, 1Co.1:8, 2Co.1:13; τ. νῦν, Mat.24:21, Mrk.13:19 (1Ma.2:33); ἐτῶν ὀγ. (Field, Notes, 49f.), Luk.2:37; τ. ἐλθεῖν, Act.8:40; before names and events, Mat.1:17 2:15, Luk.11:51, Jas.5:7, al.;
__(b) before οὗ, ὅτου, with the force of a conjc. (Burton, §330; M, Pr., 91);
__(α) ἕ. οὗ (Hdt., ii, 143; Plut., al.): with indic., Mat.1:25 (WH br., οὗ) 13:33, al.; with subjc. aor., Mat.14:22, al.;
__(β) ἔ. ὅτου: with subjc., Luk.13:8; with indic., Mat.5:25 (until), Jhn.9:18;
__(with) with adv. (ἔ. ὀψέ, Thuc, iii, 108): ἄρτι, Mat.11:12, Jhn.2:10, 1Co.4:13, al.; πότε (M, Pr., 107), Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Jhn.10:24, al.
__2. Of place, as far as, even to, unto (Arist., al.);
__(a) as prep. with genitive (see supr.): Mt 1123, Lk 1015, al.;
__(b) with adv. (BL, §40, 6): ἄνω, Jhn.2:7; ἔσω, Mrk.14:54; κάτω, Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38; ὧδε, Luk.23:5;
__(with) with prep.: ἔξω, Act.21:5; πρός, Luk.24:50 (Field, Notes, 83).
__3. Of quantity, measure, etc.: Mat.18:21, Mrk.6:23, Luk.22:51, al.
(AS) G2194 G2194 = the Greek of H2074 Ζαβουλών Zaboulōn N:N--L Zebulun Ζαβουλών, ὁ indecl. (Heb. זְבוּלוּן see Gen.30:20)
Zebulun, Jacob's tenth son: the tribe of Z., Mat.4:13, 15, Rev.7:8.†
(AS) G2195 G2195 = G2195 Ζακχαῖος Zakchaios N:N-M-P Zacchaeus Ζακχαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Heb. זַכַּי, cf. Neh.7:14, I Est.2:9, LXX Ζακχού),
Zaccai, Zacchaeus, a publican: Luk.19:2, 5 19:8 (cf. 2Ma.10:19).†
(AS) G2196 G2196 = the Greek of H2226I Ζαρά Zara N:N-M-P Zerah Ζαρά, ὁ indecl. (Heb. זֶרַח, Gen.38:30),
Zerah, an ancestor of Jesus: Mat.1:3.†
(AS) G2197 G2197G = the Greek of H2148w Ζαχαρίας Zacharias N:N-M-P Zechariah Ζαχαρίας, -ου, ὁ (Heb. זַכַּי);
__1. Zacharias, father of John the Baptist: Luk.1:5, 12-13 1:18, 21 1:40, 59 1:67 3:2.
__2. Zechariah, the son of Jehoiada (in txt. wrongly called son of Barachiah; cf. 2Ch.24:19 ff.): Mat.23:35, Luk.11:51.†
(AS) G2197 G2197H = G2197H Ζαχαρίας Zacharias N:N-M-P Zechariah Ζαχαρίας, -ου, ὁ (Heb. זַכַּי);
__1. Zacharias, father of John the Baptist: Luk.1:5, 12-13 1:18, 21 1:40, 59 1:67 3:2.
__2. Zechariah, the son of Jehoiada (in txt. wrongly called son of Barachiah; cf. 2Ch.24:19 ff.): Mat.23:35, Luk.11:51.†
(AS) G2198 G2198 = G2198 ζάω zaō G:V to live ζάω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for חיה (most frequently ptcp., ζῶν, inf., ζῆν, for חַי ;]
__1. prop., to live, be alive (see Syn., see word βίος; in cl. usually of animal life, but sometimes of plants, as Arist., Eth. N, i, 7, 12): Act.20:12, Rom.7:1-3, 1Co.7:39, Rev.19:20, al.; ἐν αὐτῷ ζῶμεν, Act.17:28; ἐμοὶ τὸ ζῆν Χριστός, Php.1:21; διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν (M, Pr., 215, 249), Heb.2:15; ὃ δὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, Gal.2:20; ζῇ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός, Gal.2:20; (ὁ) ζῶν, of God (אֵל חַי and cognate phrases, Jos.3:10, Hos.2:1 (1:10), Isa.37:4, al.; see DCG, ii, 39a), Mat.16:16, Jhn.6:57, Rom.9:26, 1Th.1:9, Heb.3:12, Rev.7:2, al.; in juristic phrase, ζῶ ἐγώ (חַי־אָנִי, Num.14:21, al.), as I live, Rom.14:11; ζῆν ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ, Mat.4:4, al.; ἐκ, 1Co.9:14; of coming to life, Mrk.16:[11], Rom.6:10 14:9, 2Co.13:4; opposite to νεκρός, Rev.1:18 2:8; metaphorically, Luk.15:32; ζῆν ἐκ νεκρῶν, Rom.6:13; of the spiritual life of Christians, Luk.10:28, Jhn.5:25, Rom.1:17 8:13; εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jhn.6:51, 58; σὺν Χριστῷ, 1Th.5:10; ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι ζῇς, Rev.3:1.
__2. As sometimes in cl., = βιόω, to live, pass one's life: Luk.2:36, Act.26:5, Rom.7:9, Col.2:20; ἐν πίστει, Gal.2:20; ἐν τ. ἁμαρτίᾳ, Rom.6:2; εὐσεβῶς, 2Ti.3:12; ἀσώτως, Luk.15:13; with dative (cl.), ἑαυτῳ (Field, Notes, 164), Rom.14:7, 2Co.5:15; τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, Luk.20:38, Rom.6:10, 11 Gal.2:19; τ. Χριστῷ, 2Co.5:15; τ. θεῷ, 1Pe.2:24; πνεύματι, Gal.5:25; κατὰ σάρκα, Rom.8:12, 13;
__3. Of inanimate things, metaphorically: ὕδωρ ζῶν (i.e. springing water, as opposite to still water), in a spiritual sense, Jhn.4:10, 11 7:38 (DCG, ii, 39f.): ἐλπὶς ζῶσα, 1Pe.1:3; ὁδὸς ζῶσα, Heb.10:20 (cf. ἀνα-, συν-ζάω; Cremer, 270, 721).
(AS) G2199 G2199G = G2199G Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaios N:N-M-P Zebedee Ζεβεδαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Heb. זְבַדְיָה; LXX: Ζαβδειά, Est.8:8 10:20; Ζαβαδαῖας, I Est.9:35; Ζαβαδαῖος, I Est.9:21)
Zebedee, father of James and John the Apostles: Mat.4:21 10:2 20:20 26:37 27:56, Mrk.1:19-20 3:17 10:35, Luk.5:10, Jhn.21:2.†
(AS) G2199 G2199H = G2199H Zebedaios N:N-M-P [wife of Zebedee] Ζεβεδαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Heb. זְבַדְיָה; LXX: Ζαβδειά, Est.8:8 10:20; Ζαβαδαῖας, I Est.9:35; Ζαβαδαῖος, I Est.9:21)
Zebedee, father of James and John the Apostles: Mat.4:21 10:2 20:20 26:37 27:56, Mrk.1:19-20 3:17 10:35, Luk.5:10, Jhn.21:2.†
(AS) G2200 G2200 = G2200 ζεστός zestos G:A hot ζεστός, -ή, -όν
(ζέω) [in Aq.: Lev.6:21; in Al.: Lev.7:12 * ;]
boiling hot (Strab., al.): metaphorically, Rev.3:15-16.†
(AS) G2201 G2201 = G2201 ζεῦγος zeugos G:N-N a yoke/pair ζεῦγος, -εος (-ους), τό
(ζεύγνυμι, to yoke), [in LXX chiefly for צֶמֶד, Jdg.19:3, al. ;]
__1. a yoke of beasts: Luk.14:19.
__2. a pair of any­thing, Luk.2:24 (LXX).†
(AS) G2202 G2202 = G2202 ζευκτηρία zeuktēria G:N-F rope ζευκτήριος, -α -ον
(ζεύγνυμι),
fit for joining. As subst.,
__(a) ζευκτήριον, τό = ζυγόν, a yoke;
__(b) ζευκτηρία, -ας, ἡ = ζεύγλη, the crossbar of a double rudder: Act.27:40 (found nowhere else).†
(AS) G2203 G2203 = G2203 Ζεύς, Δίς Zeus, Dis N:N--T Zeus Ζεύς
genitive, Διός, dative, Διΐ, accusative, Δία (Δίαν, D, al.),
Zeus (Lat. Jupiter): Act.14:12-13.†
(AS) G2204 G2204 = G2204 ζέω zeō G:V be fervent ζέω
[in LXX for רוּם, רָתַח, metaphorically, 4Ma.18:20 ;]
to boil, be hot; metaphorically, of anger, love, zeal: ptcp., fervent: τ. πνεύματι, Act.18:25, Rom.12:11.†
(AS) G2205 G2205 = G2205 ζῆλος zēlos G:N-M/N zeal ζῆλος, -ου, ὁ and in late Gk., also -εος, τό (2Co.9:2, Php.3:6),
[in LXX for קִנְאָה, Num.25:11, al. ;]
__1. zeal: 2Co.7:11 9:2; κατά ζῆλος, Php.3:6; with genitive obj., Jhn.2:17 (LXX), Rom.10:2; before ὑπέρ, 2Co.7:7; with genitive subj., θεοῦ, 2Co.11:2; πυρός, Heb.10:27 (cf. Isa.26:11, Wis.5:18, and cf. Westc., in l).
__2. jealousy: Rom.13:13, 1Co.3:3 3:2 2Co.12:20, Gal.5:20 (WH, txt, RV), Jas.3:14, 16; πλησθῆναι ζήλου Act.5:17 13:45; pl., ζῆλοι (see B1., § 32, 6), Gal.5:20, WH, mg.†
(AS) G2206 G2206 = G2206 ζηλόω zēloō G:V be eager ζηλόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for קָנָא pi. ;]
__1. to burn with envy or jealousy, to be jealousy: absol., Act.7:9 17:5, 1Co.13:4, Jas.4:2 (R, mg., cf. Mayor, in l).
__2. to seek or desire eagerly: with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.12:31 14:1 14:39 (cf. Sir.50:18, Wis.1:12); with accusative of person(s), 2Co.11:2, Gal.4:17; pass., Gal.4:18.†
(AS) G2207 G2207 = G2207 ζηλωτής zēlōtēs N:N-M-T zealot ζηλωτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ζηλόω), [in LXX for קַנָּא (θεὸς ζ.), Exo.20:5 34:14, Deu.4:24 5:9 6:15; קַנּוֹא, Nam.1:2 (θεός); pl., I Est.8:72; ζ. τῶν νόμων, 2Ma.4:2;τὸν ζ. Φινεές, 4Ma.18:12 (cf. Num.25:11)* ;]
__1. in cl. an emulator, zealous admirer (Plat., al.).
__2. eagerly desirous, zealous;
__(a) absol., as in OT, ll. with;
__(b) with genitive obj.: (zealous to acquire or to defend), 1Co.14:12, Tit.2:14, 1Pe.3:13; τ. νόμου (2Mac, l.with), Act.21:20; παραδόσεων, Gal.1:14; with genitive of person(s), θεοῦ, Act.22:3.
__3. In FlJ, NT, a Zealot, member of the Jewish party so called: as surname of the Apostle Simon, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G2208 G2208 = a Name of G4613G ζηλωτής zēlōtēs N:N--T Zealot Ζηλωτής
In FlJ, NT,
a Zealot, member of the Jewish party so called: as surname of the Apostle Simon, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G2209 G2209 = G2209 ζημία zēmia G:N-F damage/loss ζημία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX for עָנַשׁ; עֹנֶשׁ ni. and cognate forms ;]
damage, loss: Act.27:10, 21 Php.3:8; opposite to κέρδος, Php.3:7.†
(AS) G2210 G2210 = G2210 ζημιόω zēmioō G:V to lose ζημόω, -ῶ
(ζημία), [in LXX chiefly for עָנַשׁ ;]
to damage. Pass., to suffer loss, forfeit, lose: absol., 1Co.3:15; before ἐν, 2Co.7:9; with accusative of thing(s) (see B1., § 34, 6), τ. ψυχήν, Mat.16:26, Mrk.8:36; ἑαυτόν, Luk.9:25; τ. πάντα, Php.3:8.†
(AS) G2211 G2211 = G2211 Ζηνᾶς Zēnas N:N-M-P Zenas Ζηνᾶς, -ᾶ, accusative -ᾶν
(contr. from Ζηνόδωρος),
Zenas: Tit.3:13.†
(AS) G2212 G2212 = G2212 ζητέω zēteō G:V to seek ζητέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for בּקשׁ pi., also for דּרשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. to seek, seek for: Mat.7:7, 8 Luk.11:9, 10; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.1:37, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:24, al.; id. before ἐν, Act.9:11; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:45, Luk.19:10; before ἐν, Luk.13:6, 7; ψυχήν, of plotting against one's life ( Exo.4:19, al.), Mat.2:20, Rom.11:3" (LXX) . Metaphorical, to seek by thinking, search after, inquire into: Mrk.11:18, Luk.12:28, Jhn.16:19; τ. θεόν, Act.17:27.
__2. to seek or strive after, desire: Mat.12:46, Mrk.12:12, Luk.9:9, Jhn.5:18, Rom.10:3, al.; τ. θάνατον, Rev.9:6; τ. βασιλείαν τ. θεοῦ, Mat.6:33 (Dalman, Words, 121f.); τὰ ἄνω, Col.3:1; εἰρήνην, 1Pe.3:11 (LXX).
__3. to require, demand: with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.8:12, Luk.11:29, 1Co.1:22, 2Co.13:3; before παρά, Mrk.8:11, al.; ἵνα, 1Co.4:2 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-ζητέω).
(AS) G2213 G2213 = G2213 ζήτημα zētēma G:N-N a question/dispute ζήτημα, -τος, τό
(ζητέω), [in LXX: ζ. τίθεσθαι (דָּרַשׁ ni.), Eze.36:37 A * ;]
an inquiry, question: Act.15:2 18:15 23:29 25:19 26:3.†
(AS) G2214 G2214 = G2214 ζήτησις zētēsis G:N-F controversy ζήτησις, -εως, ἡ
(ζητέω).
__1. a seeking, search.
__2. a questioning, inquiry, debate: Act.15:2, 7, 2Ti.2:23, Tit.3:9; before περί, Jhn.3:26, Act.25:20, 1Ti.6:4.†
(AS) G2215 G2215 = G2215 ζιζάνιον zizanion G:N-N weed ζιζάνιον, -ου, τό
(in Talmud זוּנִין),
zizanium (EV, tares), a kind of darnel, resembling wheat: Mat.13:25-40 (cf. DB, see word "Tares").†
(AS) G2216 G2216G = G2216G Ζοροβάβελ Zorobabel N:N-M-P Zerubbabel Ζοροβάβελ (FlJ, Ζοροβάβηλος, -ου), ὁ indecl. (Heb. זְרֻבָּבֶל),
Zerubbabel (1Ch.3:19, al.): Mat.1:12-13 Luk.3:27.†
(AS) G2216 G2216H = the Greek of H2216 Ζοροβάβελ Zorobabel N:N-M-P Zerubbabel Ζοροβάβελ (FlJ, Ζοροβάβηλος, -ου), ὁ indecl. (Heb. זְרֻבָּבֶל),
Zerubbabel (1Ch.3:19, al.): Mat.1:12-13 Luk.3:27.†
(AS) G2217 G2217 = G2217 ζόφος zophos G:N-M darkness ζόφος, -ου, ὁ
(akin to γνόφος, which see), [in Sm.: Exo.10:22, Job.28:3, Psa.11:2 91:6, Isa.59:9 * ;]
in Hom, the gloom of the under-world; hence, darkness, deep gloom (poët. and late prose writers): Heb.12:18, 2Pe.2:4 2:17, Ju 6 13.†
ὁμίχλη, -ης, ἡ,
[in LXX for עֲרָפֶל, etc. ;]
a mist: 2Pe.2:17
SYN.: νέφος, νεφέλη, both thicker than ὁ (AS) G2218 G2218 = G2218 ζυγός zugos G:N-M yoke/scales ζυγός (in cl. more frequently τὸ ζυγόν), -οῦ, ὁ
(ζεύγνυμι), [in LXX for עֹל, מֹאזֵן, etc. ;]
__1. a yoke; metaphorically, of bondage or submission to authority: Mat.11:29-30, Act.15:10, Gal.5:1, 1Ti.6:1.
__2. a balance: Rev.6:5 (of. Isa.40:12, al.).†
(AS) G2219 G2219 = G2219 ζύμη zumē G:N-F leaven ζύμη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for חָמֵץ, Exo.12:16 13:3 23:18 34:25, Deu.16:3; שְׂאֹר, Exo.12:16, 19 13:7, Lev.2:11, Deu.16:4 * ;]
leaven: Mat.13:33, Luk.13:21; τ. ἄρτου, Mat.16:12. Metaphorical, of a moral influence or tendency, always, exc. in the Parable of the Leaven (Mat.13:33, Luk.13:21), for evil: 1Co.5:6-8, Gal.5:9; ζ. τ. Φαρισαίων, Mat.16:6, 11, Mrk.8:16, Luk.12:1 (Cremer, 723).†
(AS) G2220 G2220 = G2220 ζυμόω zumoō G:V to leaven ζυμόω, -ῶ
(ζύμη), [in LXX for חָמֵץ, Exo.12:34, 39 Lev.6:17 23:17, Hos.7:4 * ;]
to leaven: Mat.13:33, Luk.13:21, 1Co.5:6, Gal.5:9.†
(AS) G2221 G2221 = G2221 ζωγρέω zōgreō G:V to capture alive ζωγρέω, -ῶ
(ζωός, alive, + ἀγρεύω) [in LXX chiefly for חָיָה hi. ;]
to catch alive, take captive: metaphorically, Luk.5:10; pass., 2Ti.2:26 (on the meaning and construction, see Ellic., CGT, in l).†
(AS) G2222 G2222 = G2222 ζωή zōē G:N-F life ζωή, -ῆς, ἡ (ζάω),
[in LXX chiefly for חַיִּים ;]
life (in Hom., Hdt., = βίος, which see; later, existence, vita quâ vivimus, as distinct from βίος, vita quam vivimus; opposite to θάνατος);
__1. of natural life: Luk.16:25, Act.8:33, 1Co.15:19, 1Ti.4:8, Heb.7:3, Jas.4:14; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Rev.11:11; ψυχὴ ζωῆς ( Gen.1:30), Rev.16:3; of the life of one risen from the dead, Rom.5:10, Heb.7:16.
__2. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156ff.; Westc, Epp. Jo., 214ff.; Cremer, 272ff.): Jhn.6:51, 53 Rom.7:10 8:6, 10 Php.2:16, Col.3:4, 2Pe.1:3; αἰώνος (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 538a, ii, 30f.), Jhn.4:36 12:50 17:3, 1Jn.1:2, al.; τ. φῶς τῆς ζ., Jhn.8:12; ὁ Λόγος τ. ζ., 1Jn.1:1; ὁ ἄρτος τ. ζ., Jo 6:35, 48; δικαίωσις ζωῆς, Rom.5:18; μετάνοια εἰς ζ., Act.11:18; ἐν αὐτῷ ζ. ἦν, Jhn.1:4; ζ. ἡ ἐν. Χ. Ἰ., 2Ti.1:1; τὰ πρὸς ζωήν, 2Pe.1:3, al.; στέφανος τῆς ζ., Jas.1:12, Rev.2:10; χάρις ζωῆς (genitive expl.), 1Pe.3:7; ζ. καὶ εἰρήνη, Rom.8:6; ζ. καὶ ἀφθαρσία, 2Ti.1:10; ἀνάστασις ζωῆς, Jhn.5:29; βίβλος ζωῆς, Php.4:3, Rev.3:5; ξύλον ζωῆς, Rev.2:7; ὕδωρ ζωῆς, Rev.22:17; meton., of that which has life: τ. πνεῦμα, Rom.8:10; ῥήματα, Jhn.6:63; of one who gives life, Jhn.11:25 14:6, 1Jn.1:2; ἡ ἐντολή, Jhn.12:50.
SYN.: see: βίος. (AS) G2223 G2223 = G2223 ζώνη zōnē G:N-F belt/sash/girdle ζώνη, -ης, ἡ
(ζώννυμι) [in LXX for אַבְנֵט, חֲגוֹר, etc. ;]
a belt, girdle: Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6, Act.21:11, Rev.1:13 15:6; as a receptacle for money, Mat.10:9, Mrk.6:8.†
(AS) G2224 G2224 = G2224 ζώννυμι zōnnumi G:V to dress ζώννυμι and ζωννύω
[in LXX chiefly for חָגַר ;]
to gird: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.21:18. Mid., to gird oneself: Act.12:8 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, περι-, ὑπο-ζώννυμι).†
(AS) G2225 G2225 = G2225 ζωογονέω zōogoneō G:V to give life ζωογονέω, -ῶ
(ζωός, alive, γένεσθαι), [in LXX Exo.1:17-18, 22, Jdg.8:19, 1Ki.2:6 27:9 27:11, 3Ki.20:31, 4Ki.7:4 (חָיָה pi., hi.), Lev.11:47 (חַי)* ;]
__1. in cl., to engender, produce alive, endue with life.
__2. In LXX. and NT, to preserve alive (DCG, ii, 606; Cremer, 274): Luk.17:33, Act.7:19, 1Ti.6:13 (EV, quickeneth; R, mg., preserveth).†
(AS) G2226 G2226 = G2226 ζῷον zōon G:N-N living thing ζῷον (Rec. ζῶον, see LS, see word), -ου, τό
(ζωός, alive), [in LXX for חַי (chiefly) and cognate forms; frequently in Wis ;]
a living creature, an animal: Rev.4:6-9 5:6 ff. Rev.6:1 ff. Rev.7:11 14:3 15:7 19:4; ζῴων τ. αἷμα, Heb.13:11; ἄλογα ζ., 2Pe.2:12, Ju 10.†
SYN.: θηρίον, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, ζ. is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole anima] creation (see Tr., Syn., LXXxi; Cremer, 274). (AS) G2227 G2227 = G2227 ζωοποιέω zōopoieō G:V to make alive ζωο-ποιέω, ῶ
[in LXX for חָיָה pi., hi., Jdg.21:14, 4Ki.5:7, Neh.9:6, Job.36:6, Psa.70:20, Ecc.7:12 * ;]
__1. in cl. (= ζωογονέω), to produce alive.
__2. In LXX and NT, to make alive, cause to live, quicken (DCG, ii, 606a; Cremer, 275): Jhn.5:21 6:53, Rom.4:17 8:11, 1Co.15:45, 2Co.3:6, Gal.3:21. Pass., 1Co.15:22 15:36, 1Pe.3:18.†
(AS) G2228 G2228 = G2228 ἤ ē G:CONJ or ἤ,
disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11);
__1. disjunctive, or;
__(a) between single words: Mat.5:17 Mrk.6:56, Luk.2:24, Jhn.6:19, Rom.1:21, al.;
__(b) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, frequently in interrog. form: Mat.7:4, 9 Mrk.12:14, Luk.13:4, Rom.3:29 6:3 9:21, 1Co.6:9, 16 9:6, 2Co.11:7; ἤ . . . ἤ, either . . . or, Mat.6:24, Luk.16:13, 1Co.14:6;
__(with) in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum): Mat.9:5, Mrk.2:9, Luk.7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jhn.7:17; μή, 1Co.9:8; μήτι, 2Co.1:17; ἤ . . . ἤ . . . ἤ, Mrk.13:35.
__2. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mat.10:15, Luk.9:13, Jhn.3:19, Rom.13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Act.17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, iv, 303), 1Co.14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, before accusative and inf., Mat.1:18 Mrk.14:30; after a positive adj. (Gen.49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mat.18:8, 9 Mrk.9:43, 45 47.
__3. with other particles: ἀλλ᾽ ἤ, see: ἀλλά; ἤ γάρ, see: γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mat.7:10, Luk.11:11, 12 Rom.2:15 4:9, al; ἤτοι . . . ἤ, Rom.6:16 (cf. Wis.11:19).
(AS) G2229 G2229 = G2229 ἦ ē G:ADV surely ἦ (μήν), see: εἰ, iii, 7.
εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G2230 G2230 = G2230 ἡγεμονεύω hēgemoneuō G:V to govern ἡγεμονεύω
(ἡγεμών),
__1. to lead the way.
__2. to lead in war, command (of. Ramsay, Was Christ born at Bethlehem?; DCG, ii, 463 f.).
__3. to be governor of a province: with genitive loc., Luk.2:2 3:1.†
(AS) G2231 G2231 = G2231 ἡγεμονία hēgemonia G:N-F reign ἡγεμονία, -ας, ἡ
(ἡγεμών), [in LXX: Gen.36:30 (אַלּוּף), Num.1:52 2:17, (דֶּגֶל), Sir.7:4 10:1, 4Ma.6:33 4Mac 13:4 * ;]
rule, sovereignty: Luk.3:1.†
(AS) G2232 G2232 = G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemōn G:N-M ruler ἡγεμών, -όνος, ὁ
(ἡγέομαι) [in LXX for אַלּוּף, שַׂר, etc. ;]
__1. a leader, guide.
__2. a commander.
__3. a governor of a province (pro­consul, proprietor, legate, or procurator; but cf. ἀνθύπατος): Mat.10:18, Mrk.13:9, Luk.21:12, 1Pe.2:14; of the Procurator of Judæa, Mat.27:2, 11 27:14-15, 21 27:27 28:14, Luk.20:20, Act.23:24, 26 23:33 24:1, 10 26:30.
__4. For Heb. אַלְפֵי (LXX, χίλιαι) misread אַלֻּפֵי, leaders: Mat.2:6 (OT).†
(AS) G2233 G2233 = G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgeomai G:V to govern ἡγέομαι, -οῦμαι depon. mid.,
[in LXX (chiefly Pres. ptcp.) for נָגִיד, רֹאשׁ, שַׂר, etc. ;]
__1. to lead;
__(a) to guide, go before;
__(b) to rule, be leader: present ptcp., ἡγούενος, a ruler, leader (MM, Exp., xiv), Mat.2:6 (LXX), Luk.22:26, Act.7:10 14:12 15:22, Heb.13:7, 17 13:24.
__2. to suppose, believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al.; of. Lat. duco): with dupl. accusative, Act.26:2, Php.2:3, 6 3:7, 1Ti.1:12 6:1, Heb.10:29 11:11, 26, 2Pe.1:13 2:13 3:9 3:15; with accusative before ὡς, with accusative, 2Th.3:15; with accusative before adv., 1Th.5:13; ὅταν, Jas.1:2; ἀναγκαῖον, with inf., 2Co.9:5, Php.2:25; δίκαιον, with inf., 2Pe.1:13; with accusative and inf., Php.3:8 (of. δι-, ἐκ-δι-, ἐξ- προ-ηγέομαι).†
SYN.: see: δοκέω (AS) G2234 G2234 = G2234 ἡδέως hēdeōs G:ADV gladly ἡδέως
adv. (ἡδύς, sweet), [in LXX: Pro.3:24 (עָרַב), etc. ;]
gladly, with pleasure: Mrk.6:20 12:37, 2Co.11:19; superlat., ἥδιστα, very gladly (B1., § 11, 3), 2Co.12:9 12:15.†
(AS) G2235 G2235 = G2235 ἤδη ēdē G:ADV already ἤδη
adv.,
in NT, always of time; now, already: Mat.3:10, Mrk.4:37, Luk.7:6, Jhn.4:36, al.; νῦν . . . ἤ., now already, 1Jn.4:3; ἤ. ποτέ, now at length, with fut., Rom.1:10 (cf. ἄρτι)
(AS) G2236 G2236 = G2236 ἥδιστα hēdista G:A most gladly ἥδιστα, see: ἡδέως.
ἡδέως
adv. (ἡδύς, sweet), [in LXX: Pro.3:24 (עָרַב), etc. ;]
gladly, with pleasure: Mrk.6:20 12:37, 2Co.11:19; superlat., ἥδιστα, very gladly (B1., § 11, 3), 2Co.12:9 12:15.†
(AS) G2237 G2237 = G2237 ἡδονή hēdonē G:N-F pleasure ἡδονή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἥδομαι, to be glad) [in LXX: Num.11:8 (טַעַם), Pro.17:1, Wis.7:2 16:20, and frequently in 4Mac ;]
pleasure: 2Pe.2:13; pl., Luk.8:14, Tit.3:3, Jas.4:1, †
(AS) G2238 G2238 = G2238 ἡδύοσμος hēduosmos G:N-N mint ἡδύ-οσμος, -ον
(ἡδύς, ὀσμή)
sweet-smelling; as subst., τὸ ἡ., mint: Mat.23:23, Luk.11:42.†
(AS) G2239 G2239 = G2239 ἦθος ēthos G:N-N moral ἦθος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX: Sir.20:26, 4Ma.1:29 4Mac 2:7 4Mac 2:21 4Mac 5:24 4Mac 13:27 * ;]
__1 1, a haunt, abode.
__2. = ἔθος, custom, manner: pl., 1Co.15:33.†
(AS) G2240 G2240 = G2240 ἥκω hēkō G:V to come/be present ἥκω
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
pf. with present meaning (hence imperfect = plpf.), to have come, be present: Mat.24:50, Mrk.8:3 (late pf., ἧκα, see Swete, in l; WH, App., 169), Luk.12:46 15:27, Jhn.8:42, Heb.10:7, 9 10:37, I Jn 5:20, Rev.2:25 3:3, 9 15:4; before ἀπό, with genitive loc., Mat.8:11, Luk.13:29; ἐκ, Rom.11:26; id. before εἰς, Jhn.4:47; μακρόθεν, Mrk.8:3; ἐπί, with accusative, Rev.3:3. Metaphorical, of discipleship: Jhn.6:37; of time and events: absol., Mat.24:14, Jhn.2:4, 2Pe.3:10, Rev.18:8; before ἐπί with accusative of person(s), Mat.23:36, Luk.19:43 (cf. ἀν-, καθ-ήκω).†
(AS) G2241 G2241 = a Name of H3068G ἠλί ēli G:N-M Eli ἡλεί (Rec. ἠλί L, ἠλί; Heb. אֵל),
Eli, my God: Mat.27:46 (cf. ἐλωΐ).†
(AS) G2242 G2242 = G2242 Ἡλί Hēli N:N-M-P Heli Ἡλεί (Rec. Ἡλί; RV, Ἡλί), ὁ, indecl.,
Heli, Joseph's father: Luk.3:23.†
(AS) G2243 G2243 = the Greek of H0452G Ἡλίας Hēlias N:N-M-P Elijah Ἡλείας (Rec. Ἡλίας; L Tr., Ἡίας; T, Ἡλείας; cf. WH, App., 155, Intr., § 408), -ου (-α, Luk.1:17, WH), ὁ (Heb. אֵלִיָּה,),
Elijah (3Ki.17:1-24, al.): Mat.11:14 16:14 17:3-4, 10-12 27:47, 49, Mrk.6:15 8:28 9:4-5, 11-13 15:35-36 Luk.1:17 4:25-26 9:8, 19 9:30, 33 9:54, Jhn.1:21, 25, Jas.5:17; ἐν Ἠ., in the portion concerning E., Rom.11:2.†
(AS) G2244 G2244 = G2244 ἡλικία hēlikia G:N-F age/height ἡλικία, -ας, ἡ
(ἧλιξ, of the same age, mature), [in LXX: Eze.13:18 (קוֹמָה), Job.29:18, Wis.4:9, Sir.26:17, frequently in 2-4 Mac ;]
always of age or maturity; "a stage of growth whether measured by age or stature";
__1. (a) age: Mat.6:27, Luk.12:25 (R, mg.), Heb.11:11;
__(b) full age, maturity: Jhn.9:21, 23, Eph.4:13.
__2. stature: Luk.19:3 (Mat.6:27, Luk.12:25, AV, R, txt.; but the prevailing usage in LXX and π. favours the former meaning in these doubtful passages; cf., Ellic., ICC, AR, on Eph, l.with; Milligan, NTD, 74 f., and esp., MM, Exp., xv; e contra, Field, Notes, 6).†
(AS) G2245 G2245 = G2245 ἡλίκος hēlikos G:Q how great? ἡλίκος, -η, -ον
__1. prop., as big as, as old as.
__2. As indirect interrog., what sized, what, how great, how small (the sense to be determined by the context): Col.2:1, Jas.3:5, Gal.6:11 (WH, mg.; πηλ-, WH, txt., RV).†
(AS) G2246 G2246 = G2246 ἥλιος hēlios G:N-M sun ἥλιος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁמֶשׁ ;]
the sun: with art. (El., § 46, 5), Mat.5:45 13:43 17:2 24:29, Mrk.1:32 4:6 13:24 16:2, Luk.4:40, Act.2:20" (LXX) Act.26:13, Eph.4:26, Jas.1:11, Rev.1:16 6:12 8:12 9:2 10:1 12:1 16:8 19:17 21:23; βλέπειν τὸν ἥ., Act.13:11; οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥ., Rev.7:16; without art., Mat.13:6, Luk.21:25 23:45, Act.27:20, 1Co.15:41, Rev.7:2 16:12 22:5.†
(AS) G2247 G2247 = G2247 ἧλος hēlos G:N-M nail ἧλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Isa.41:7 מַסְמֵר etc. ;]
a nail: Jhn.20:25.†
(AS) G2248 G2248 = a Form of G1473 ἡμᾶς hēmas G:P-1 us ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G2249 G2249 = a Form of G1473 ἡμεῖς hēmeis G:P-1 we ἡμεῖς, see: ἐγώ.
ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G2250 G2250 = G2250 ἡμέρα hēmera G:N-F day ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם ;]
day;
__1. as distinct from night: genitive ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Rev.21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ̔ἡ.), Act.9:24, 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8, Rev.4:8 (BL, §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Act.26:13; accusative durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Luk.21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Rom.8:36; ἐν ἡμέρα, Jhn.11:9, Rom.13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Luk.2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Luk.9:12, al.; metaphorically, Jhn.9:4, Rom.13:12, 1Th.5:4, 5 8, 2Pe.1:19.
__2. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mat.6:34, Mrk.6:21, Luk.13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mat.16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיוֹם, Est.3:4), 2Co.4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Rom.8:36 10:21; pl., Jhn.2:12, Act.9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Act.12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Luk.13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Rev.1:10.
__3. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. (ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mat.7:22, Luk.6:23, Rom.13:12, 1Co.1:8, 1Th.5:2, 2Th.2:2, 2Pe.3:10, al; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, 1Co.4:3 (EV, man's judgment).
__4. As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jhn.8:56 14:20, 2Co.6:2, Eph.6:13, 2Pe.3:18; pl. Act.15:7, Eph.5:16, Heb.10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, Deu.4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mat.28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, Luk.5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., with genitive of person(s) (Gen.26:1, al.), Mat.2:1, Luk.1:5, Act.7:45, 1Pe.3:20; ἀρχ̀ ἡμερῶν, Heb.7:3.
(AS) G2251 G2251 = G2251 ἡμέτερος hēmeteros G:S-1 our ἡμέτερος, -α, -ον
(ἡμεῖς), poss. prop. of first of person(s),
our: Act.2:11 24:6 26:5, Rom.15:4, 2Ti.4:15, 1Jn.1:3 Jn 2:2; τὸ ἡ., Luk.16:12, WH, txt., R, mg. (τὸ ὑμ., Rec., WH, mg., R, txt.); oἱ ἡ., our (people), Tit.3:14.†
(AS) G2252 G2252 = a Spelling of G1510 ἤμην ēmēn G:V I was - I was, existed, lived G2253 G2253 = G2253 ἡμιθανής hēmithanēs G:A half-dead ἡμιθανής, -ές
(ἥμι, half + θνήσκω) [in LXX: 4Ma.4:11 * ;]
half-dead: Luk.10:30.†
(AS) G2254 G2254 = a Form of G1473 ἡμῖν hēmin G:P-1 to us ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G2255 G2255 = G2255 ἥμισυς hēmisus G:A half ἥμισυς, -εια, -υ genitive, -ους (late, as in π., for cl., -εος Bl., § 8, 4; Mayser, 294), n. p1., ἡμίσια (Rec., cl., -εια),
[in LXX for חֵצִי, מַחֲצִית ;] half;
__1. as adj., agreeing in gender and number with the substantive following, τὰ ἡμίσια τ. ὑταρχόντων, Luk.19:8.
__2. As neut. subst., τὸ ἥμισυ, the half; ἥ. (anarth.), a half: with genitive, ἥ. καιροῦ, Rev.12:14; ἕως ἡμίσους τ. βασιλείας μου, Mrk.6:23; after a cardinal number, ἡμέρας τρεῖς κ. ἥμισυ, Rev.11:9, 11.†
(AS) G2256 G2256 = G2256 ἡμιώριον hēmiōrion G:N-N half an hour ἡμίωρον (Rec. -ιον), -ου, τό
(ἥμι, half + ὥρα),
half an hour: Rev.8:1.†
(AS) G2257 G2257 = a Form of G1473 ἡμῶν hēmōn G:P-1 of us ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G2258 G2258 = a Form of G1510 ἦν ēn G:V was εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2259 G2259 = G2259 ἡνίκα hēnika G:CONJ when ἡνίκα
rel. adv. of time,
at which time, when; before αν, with subjc., whensoever: 2Co.3:15-16.†
(AS) G2260 G2260 = G2260 ἤπερ ēper G:CONJ than ἤπερ, see: ἤ.
ἤ,
disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11);
__1. disjunctive, or;
__(a) between single words: Mat.5:17 Mrk.6:56, Luk.2:24, Jhn.6:19, Rom.1:21, al.;
__(b) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, frequently in interrog. form: Mat.7:4, 9 Mrk.12:14, Luk.13:4, Rom.3:29 6:3 9:21, 1Co.6:9, 16 9:6, 2Co.11:7; ἤ . . . ἤ, either . . . or, Mat.6:24, Luk.16:13, 1Co.14:6;
__(with) in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum): Mat.9:5, Mrk.2:9, Luk.7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jhn.7:17; μή, 1Co.9:8; μήτι, 2Co.1:17; ἤ . . . ἤ . . . ἤ, Mrk.13:35.
__2. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mat.10:15, Luk.9:13, Jhn.3:19, Rom.13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Act.17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, iv, 303), 1Co.14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, before accusative and inf., Mat.1:18 Mrk.14:30; after a positive adj. (Gen.49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mat.18:8, 9 Mrk.9:43, 45 47.
__3. with other particles: ἀλλ᾽ ἤ, see: ἀλλά; ἤ γάρ, see: γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mat.7:10, Luk.11:11, 12 Rom.2:15 4:9, al; ἤτοι . . . ἤ, Rom.6:16 (cf. Wis.11:19).
(AS) G2261 G2261 = G2261 ἤπιος ēpios G:A gentle ἤπιος, -α, -ον
mild, gentle: 1Th.2:7 (WH, R, mg., νήπιος); before πρός, 2Ti.2:24.†
(AS) G2262 G2262 = G2262 Ἤρ Ēr N:N-M-P Er Ἤρ (L, Ἥρ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. עֵר),
Er, an ancestor of Jesus: Luk.3:28.†
(AS) G2263 G2263 = G2263 ἤρεμος ēremos G:A quiet ἤρεμος-ον
[in LXX Est.3:13 A* ;]
quiet, tranquil (Luc., al.): 1Ti.2:2.†
SYN: ἡσύχιος, q.v
(AS) G2264 G2264G = G2264G Ἡρώδης Hērōdēs N:N-M-P Herod Ἡρῴδης (Rec. -ώδης), -ου, ὁ
Herod;
__1. Herod the Great: Mat.2:1-23, Act.23:35.
__2. Herod Antipas (ὁ τετραάρχης, Mat.14:1): Mat.14:1, 3 14:6, Mrk.6:1-56, Mrk.8:15, Luk.1:5 3:1, 19 8:3 9:7, 9 13:31, 23, Act.4:27 13:1.
__3. Herod Agrippa I: Act.12:1, 6 12:11, 19 12:21 (cf. Ἀγρίππας (II)).†
(AS) G2264 G2264H = G2264H Ἡρώδης Hērōdēs N:N-M-P Herod Ἡρῴδης (Rec. -ώδης), -ου, ὁ
Herod;
__1. Herod the Great: Mat.2:1-23, Act.23:35.
__2. Herod Antipas (ὁ τετραάρχης, Mat.14:1): Mat.14:1, 3 14:6, Mrk.6:1-56, Mrk.8:15, Luk.1:5 3:1, 19 8:3 9:7, 9 13:31, 23, Act.4:27 13:1.
__3. Herod Agrippa I: Act.12:1, 6 12:11, 19 12:21 (cf. Ἀγρίππας (II)).†
(AS) G2264 G2264I = G2264I Ἡρώδης Hērōdēs N:N-M-P Herod Ἡρῴδης (Rec. -ώδης), -ου, ὁ
Herod;
__1. Herod the Great: Mat.2:1-23, Act.23:35.
__2. Herod Antipas (ὁ τετραάρχης, Mat.14:1): Mat.14:1, 3 14:6, Mrk.6:1-56, Mrk.8:15, Luk.1:5 3:1, 19 8:3 9:7, 9 13:31, 23, Act.4:27 13:1.
__3. Herod Agrippa I: Act.12:1, 6 12:11, 19 12:21 (cf. Ἀγρίππας (II)).†
(AS) G2265 G2265 = G2265 Ἡρωδιανοί Hērōdianoi N:N-M-T Herodian Ἡρῳδιανοί (Rec. Ἡρω-), -ῶν, οἱ,
Herodians, partisans of Herod (cf. τὸυς τὰ Ἡρῴδου φρονοῦνιτας, FlJ, Ant., xiv, 15, 10): Mat.22:16, Mrk.3:6 12:13.†
(AS) G2266 G2266G = G2266G Ἡρωδιάς Hērōdias N:N-F-P Herodias Ἡρῳδιάς (Rec. Ἡρω-), -άδος, ἡ
Herodias, granddaughter of Herod the Great: Mat.14:3, 6, Mrk.6:17, 19 6:22, Luk.3:19.†
(AS) G2266 G2266H = G2266H [unnamed] Hērōdias N:N-F-P [Salome] Ἡρῳδιάς (Rec. Ἡρω-), -άδος, ἡ
Herodias, granddaughter of Herod the Great: Mat.14:3, 6, Mrk.6:17, 19 6:22, Luk.3:19.†
(AS) G2267 G2267 = G2267 Ἡρωδίων Hērōdiōn N:N-M-P Herodion Ἡρῳδίων (Rec. Ἡρω-), -ωνος, ὁ
Herodion: Rom.16:11.†
(AS) G2268 G2268 = the Greek of H3470A Ἡσαΐας Hēsaias N:N-M-P Isaiah Ἠσαίας (Rec. Ἠσαΐας), -ου, ο (Heb. יְשַׁעְיָה),
Isaiah, the prophet: Mat.3:3 4:14 8:17 12:17 13:14, 35 15:7, Mrk.7:6, Luk.3:4 4:17, Jhn.1:23 12:38-39, 41, Act.8:28 28:25, Rom.9:27, 29 10:16, 20 15:12; ἀνεγίνωςκεν τ. προφήτην Ἠ., Act.8:30; ἐν τ. Ἠ., Mrk.1:2.†
(AS) G2269 G2269G = the Greek of H6215G Ἠσαῦ Ēsau N:N-M-P Esau Ἠσαῦ, ὁ
indecl. (Heb. עֵשָׂו, Gen.25:25),
Esau: Rom.9:13 (LXX) Heb.11:20 12:16.†
(AS) G2269 G2269H = a Group member of H6215G Ἠσαῦ Ēsau N:N-M-P Esau Ἠσαῦ, ὁ
indecl. (Heb. עֵשָׂו, Gen.25:25),
Esau: Rom.9:13 (LXX) Heb.11:20 12:16.†
(AS) G2270 G2270 = G2270 ἡσυχάζω hēsuchazō G:V be quiet/give up ἡσυχάζω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁקַט ;]
to be still;
__(a) to rest from labour: Luk.23:56;
__(b) to live quietly: 1Th.4:11;
__(with) to be silent: Luk.14:3, Act.11:18 21:14 (cf. Job.32:7, Neh.5:8).†
SYN.: σιγάω (which see), σιωπάω (AS) G2271 G2271 = G2271 ἡσυχία hēsuchia G:N-F quietness ἡσυχία, -ας, ἡ
(ἡσύχιος, which see), [in LXX for אִישׁוֹן, שָׁלֵו, etc. ;]
__1. quietness: 2Th.3:12.
__2. stillness, silence: Act.22:2, 1Ti.2:11-12 †
(AS) G2272 G2272 = G2272 ἡσύχιος hēsuchios G:A quiet ἡσύχιος, -α, -ον
(= the more frequently ἥσυχος; cf. Wis.18:14, Sir.25:20), [in LXX: Isa.66:2 (רוּחַ נָכֶה)* ;]
quiet, tranquil: 1Ti.2:2, 1Pe.3:4.†
SYN.: ἤρεμος, of tranquillity arising from without; ἡ., from within (see Ellic. on 1Ti, l.with; but also see CGT, ib.).† (AS) G2273 G2273 = G2273 ἤτοι ētoi G:COND whether 1. = ἦ τοι, now surely, truly, verily , (Iliad by Homer); after ἀλλ᾽ εἰ . ., nevertheless , (Iliad by Homer)
2. = ἤτοι, either in truth , followed by ἤ, or , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G2274 G2274 = G2274 ἡσσάομαι hēssaomai G:V be lesser ἡττάω, -ῶ
(ἡσσ-, 2Co.12:13, see: ἥσσων) [in LXX for חָתַת, etc. ;]
pass.,
__1. to be inferior: before ὑπέρ, 2Co.12:13.
__2. to be overcome: absol., 2Pe.2:20; with dative, 2Pe.2:19.†
(AS) G2275 G2275 = G2275 ἥττημα hēttēma G:N-N loss ἥττημα, -τος, τό
[in LXX for מַס, Isa.31:8 * ;]
defect, loss, defeat: Rom.11:12 (cf. Isa, l.with), 1Co.6:7 (cf. Field, Notes, 160 f., 171 f.; Lft., Notes, 212).†
(AS) G2276 G2276 = G2276 ἥσσων hētton, hēssōn G:A less/worse ἥσσων (Rec. ἥττ-, the Attic literary form), ἧσσων,
inferior, less; neut., τὸ ἧ., adverbially, less: 2Co.12:15; εἰς τὸ ἧ., for the worse (opposite to κρεῖττον): 1Co.11:17.†
(AS) G2277 G2277 = a Form of G1510 ἤτω ētō G:V let him/it be 1. as Substantive Verb, to be, to exist , οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται (Odyssey by Homer); τεθνηῶτος, μηδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐόντος (Odyssey by Homer); οὐκέτ᾽ ἔστι he is no more , (Euripides); θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες (Iliad by Homer); ἐσσόμενοι posterity, (Iliad by Homer); ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων (Demosthenes Orator):—;so of cities, etc., ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔστι Τροία (compare Troja fuit) , (Euripides)
2. of things, to be, exist , εἰ ἔστιν ἀληθέως [ ἡ τράπεζα] (Herdotus Historicus); ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ἦι so long as it last , (Thucydides)
3. to be , opposite to appearing to be , as esse to videri , τὸν ἐόντα λόγον the true story, (Herdotus Historicus); τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν (Thucydides); τῶι ὄντι, Lat. revera, in reality, in fact, (Plato Philosophus)
4. followed by the Relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς, no one , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; εἰσὶν οἵ, Lat. sunt qui, (Thucydides), etc.; ἐστὶν ἅ some things , (Thucydides); also ἔστιν οἵ, for εἰσὶν οἵ, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;so withrelat. Particles, ἔστιν ἔνθα, Lat. est ubi, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅπη, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somewhere , or somehow , (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅπως in some manner , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
5. ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, like πάρεστι, it is possible , (Homer), attic
6. to be , Copula connecting predicate with subject, both being in the same case, (Homer), etc.
7. sometimes εἶναι with Part. represents finite Verb, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, (Aeschulus Tragicus); πεφυκός ἐστι = πέφυκε, (Aristophanes Comicus)
8. the Inf. is redundant in some phrases, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών II); τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι quantum in illis esset , (Thucydides); τὸ σύμπαν εἶναι (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ νῦν εἶναι (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G2278 G2278 = G2278 ἠχέω ēcheō G:V to resound ἠχέω, -ῶ
(ἦχος), [in LXX for הָמָה, etc. ;]
to sound: 1Co.13:1 (cf. ἐξ-, κατ-ηχέω).†
(AS) G2279 G2279 = G2279 ἦχος ēchos G:N-M sound ἦχος, -ου, ὁ
(also in late and MGr., -εος, τό, Luk.21:25), [in LXX for הָמוֹן, etc. ;]
__1. a noise, sound: Act.2:2; ἦ. θαλάσσης, Luk.21:25; σάλπιγγος, Heb.12:19
__2. a report: before πεφί, Luk.4:37.†
(AS) G2280 G2280 = a Name of G2455G Θαδδαῖος Thaddaios N:N-M-P Thaddaeus Θαδδαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Aram. תּדִאַי, תַּדַּי),
Thaddæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18 (WH, mg., Λεββαῖος, which see).†
(AS) G2281 G2281 = G2281 θάλασσα thalassa G:N-F sea θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for יָם ;]
the sea: Mat.23:15, Mrk.11:23, Luk.21:25, Rom.9:27, Heb.11:12, Jas.1:6, Ju 13, Rev.7:1, al.; τὸ πέλαγος τῆς θ. (see Tr., ut infr.), Mat.18:6; ὁ οὐρανὸς κ. ἡ γῆ κ. ἡ θ., of the whole world, Act.4:24, al. (Hag.2:7); θ. ὑαλίνη, Rev.4:6 15:2; of the Mediterranean, Act.10:6, 32 17:14; of the Red Sea, ἐρυθρὰ θ., Act.7:36, 1Co.10:1-2, Heb.11:20; of an inland lake (as Heb. יָם), θ. τ. Γαλιλαίας, Mat.4:18 15:29, Mrk.1:16 7:31; τ. Τιβεριάδος, Jhn.21:1; τ. Γ. τ. T., Jhn.6:1; of the same, simply ἡ θ., Mat.4:15, Mrk.2:13, al
SYN.: πέλαγος, the vast expanse of open water"; θ., "the sea as contrasted with the land" (Tr., Syn., xiii) (AS) G2282 G2282 = G2282 θάλπω thalpō G:V to care for θάλπω
[in LXX for סָכַן, etc. ;]
to heat, warm; metaphorically,
__(a) to inflame (Trag.);
__(b) to foster, cherish: Eph.5:29, 1Th.2:7.†
(AS) G2283 G2283 = the Greek of H8559G Θάμαρ Thamar N:N-F-P Tamar Θάμαρ (Tr., Θαμάρ), ἡ (Heb. תָּמָר, Gen.38:6),
Tamar: Mat.1:3.†
(AS) G2284 G2284 = G2284 θαμβέω thambeō G:V to astonish θαμβέω, -ῶ
(θάμβος) [in LXX for בָּעַת ni., pi., etc. ;]
__1. to be amazed.
__2. In late Gk., to astonish, terrify (2Ki.22:5): pass., Mrk.1:27 10:32; before ἐπί with dative of thing(s), Mrk.10:24.†
(AS) G2285 G2285 = G2285 θάμβος thambos G:N-N amazement θάμβος, -ους, τό
[in LXX for פַּחַד, etc. ;]
amazement: Luk.4:36 5:9, Act.3:10.†
(AS) G2286 G2286 = G2286 θανάσιμος thanasimos G:A deadly θανάσιμος, -ον
(θάνατος),
deadly: Mrk.16:18.†
(AS) G2287 G2287 = G2287 θανατήφορος thanatēphoros G:A deadly θανατη-φόρος, -ον
(θάνατος, φέρω), [in LXX: Num.18:22 (מוּת), Job.33:23, 4Ma.8:18 4Mac 8:26 4Mac 15:26 * ;]
deadly, death-bringing: Jas.3:8.†
(AS) G2288 G2288 = G2288 θάνατος thanatos G:N-M death θάνατος, -ου, ὁ (θνήσκω),
[in LXX chiefly for מָוֶת ,מוּת, sometimes דֶּבֶר ;]
death;
__1. of the death of the body, whether natural or violent: Jhn.11:13, Php.2:27, Heb.7:23, al; opposite to ζωή, Rom.8:38, Php.1:20; of the death of Christ, Rom.5:10, Php.3:10, Heb.2:9; ῥυέσθαι (σώζειν) ἐκ θ., 2Co.1:10, Heb.5:7; περίλυπος ἕως θανάτου, Mat.26:38, Mrk.14:34; μέχρι (ἄχρι), Php.2:8, Rev.2:10; πληγὴ θανάτου, a deadly wound. Rev.13:3; ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Luk.2:26, Heb.11:5; γεύεσθαι θανάτου, Mrk.9:1; ἔνοχος θανάτου, Mrk.14:64; θανάτῳ τελευτᾶν ( Exo.21:17, מוּת יוּמָת), Mrk.7:10; death personified, Rom.6:9, 1Co.15:26, Rev.21:4; pl., of deadly perils, 2Co.11:23.
__2. Of spiritual death: Jhn.5:24 8:51, Rom.7:10, Jas.1:15, 5:20, 1Jn.3:14 5:16, al.; of eternal death, Rom.1:32 7:5, al.; ὁ θ. ὁ δεύτερος, Rev.2:11 21:8 (cf. Cremer, 283ff.; DB, iii, 114ff.; DCG, i, 791f.).
(AS) G2289 G2289 = G2289 θανατόω thanatoō G:V to kill θανατόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for מוּת hi., ho., also for הָרַג, etc. ;]
to put to death: with accusative, Mat.10:21 26:59 27:1, Mrk.13:12 14:55, Luk.21:16, 2Co.6:9, 1Pe.3:18; pass., Rom.8:36. Metaphorical: Rom.8:13; pass., with dative, (in relation to), Rom.7:4.†
(AS) G2290 G2290 = G2290 θάπτω thaptō G:V to bury θάπτω
[in LXX chiefly for קָבַר ;]
to bury: with accusative, Mat.8:21-22 14:12, Luk.9:59-60, Act.5:6, 9-10; pass., Luk.16:22, Act.2:29, 1Co.15:4.†
(AS) G2291 G2291 = the Greek of H8646G Θάρα Thara N:N-M-P Terah Θαρά (Rec. Θάρα), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. תֶּרַח),
Terah (Gen.11:24-28, 31-32): Luk.3:34.†
(AS) G2292 G2292 = a Spelling of G2293 θαρρέω tharreō G:V be confident θαρρέω, -ῶ
(later form of θαρσέω), [in LXX: Pro.1:21, Bar.4:21, 27, from LXX Bar.6:16, (17), 4Ma.13:11 4Mac 17:4 * ;]
to be of good cheer or courage, to be confident: 2Co.5:6 5:8, Heb.13:6; τ. πεποιθήσει, 2Co.10:2; before εἰς, 2Co.10:1; ἐν, 2Co.7:16.†
SYN.: τολμάω. "θ. has reference more to the character, τ. to its manifestation " (Thayer, see word τολμάω) (AS) G2293 G2293 = G2293 θαρσέω tharseō G:V take heart θαρσέω, -ῶ
(see: θαρρέω), [in LXX chiefly for יָרֵא, with neg. ;]
to be of good courage: imperat., θάραει, -εῖτε, Mat.9:2, 22 14:27, Mrk.6:50 10:49, Jhn.16:33, Act.23:11.†
(AS) G2294 G2294 = G2294 θάρσος tharsos G:N-N courage/confidence 1. courage, boldness , (Homer), attic; θ. τινός courage to do a thing, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. that which gives courage , θάρση grounds of confidence , (Euripides)
3. in bad sense, audacity , (Iliad by Homer): compare θράσος. (ML) G2295 G2295 = G2295 θαῦμα thauma G:N-N marvel θαῦμα, -τος, τό
[in LXX: Job.17:8 18:20 20:8 21:5 (שַׂעַר, etc.)* ;]
__1. a wonder: 2Co.11:14.
__2. wonder: Rev.17:6.†
(AS) G2296 G2296 = G2296 θαυμάζω thaumazō G:V to marvel θαυμάζω
[in LXX for נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
to marvel, wonder, wonder at: absol., Mat.8:10, 27 9:33 15:31 21:20 22:22 27:14, Mrk.5:20 15:5, Luk.1:21 (R, txt.; ICC, in l, but see infr.), Luk.1:63 8:25 11:14 24:41, Jhn.5:20 7:15, Act.2:7 4:13 13:41, Rev.17:7-8; with accusative of person(s), Luk.7:9; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.24:12 (WH, R, mg. om.), Jhn.5:28, Act.7:31; θαῦμα μέγα, Rev.17:6; πρόσωπον (LXX for פָּנִים נָשָׂא, Deu.10:17, al.), Ju 16; before διά, with accusative, Mrk.6:6, Jhn.7:21; before ἐν, with dative obj., Luk.1:21 (? R, mg., but see supr); before ἐπί, with dative of thing(s), Luk.2:33 4:22 9:43 20:26, Act.3:12; περί, Luk.2:18; ὀπίσω, Rev.13:3; ὅτι, Luk.11:38, Jhn.3:7 4:27, Gal.1:6; εἰ, Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13. Pass. (Sir.38:3, Wis.8:11): before ἐν, with dative of person(s), 2Th.1:10 (cf. ἐκ-θαυμάζω).†
(AS) G2297 G2297 = G2297 θαυμάσιος thaumasios G:A marvelous θαυμάσιος, -α, -ον
(θαῦμα), [in LXX chiefly for פָּלָא ni. (n. pl. = פָּלָא Jos.3:5 ;)
wonderful; n. pl., wonders: Mat.21:15.†
(AS) G2298 G2298 = G2298 θαυμαστός thaumastos G:A marvellous θαυμαστός, -ή, -όν
(θαυμάζω), [in LXX for פָּלָא and cogn. forms (Psa.118:22-23 119:129, Isa.25:1, al.), יָרֵא ni. (Exo.15:11, Psa.65:5, al.), אַדִּיר (Psa.8:1, 9 93:4), etc. ;]
wonderful, marvellous: Mat.21:42 (LXX) Mrk.12:11, Jhn.9:30, 1Pe.2:9, Rev.15:1, 3.†
(AS) G2299 G2299 = G2299 θεά thea G:N-F goddess θεά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(fem. of θεός, which see),
a goddess: Act.19:27.†
(AS) G2300 G2300 = G2300 θεάομαι theaomai G:V to look at θεάομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX; 2Ch.22:6 (רָאָה), Tob.2:2 13:6, 14, Jdth.15:8, 2Ma.2:4 2Mac 3:36, 3Ma.5:47 * ;]
to behold, look upon, contemplate, view (in early writers with a sense of wondering), in NT apparently always in literal, physical sense of "careful and deliberate vision which interprets . . . its object": with accusative of thing(s), Mat.11:7, Luk.7:24 23:55, Jhn.1:14, 32 4:35 11:45, Act.22:9, 1Jn.1:1; with accusative of person(s), Mat.22:11, Act.21:27, Rom.15:24, 1Jn.4:12; with ptcp., Mrk.16:14, Luk.5:27, Jhn.1:38, Act.1:11; before ὅτι, Jhn.6:5, 1Jn.4:14; pass., Mat.6:1 23:5, Mrk.16:11.†
SYN.: see: θεωρέω (AS) G2301 G2301 = G2301 θεατρίζω theatrizō G:V to expose θεατρίζω
(θέατρον),
to make a spectacle of, expose to contempt (eccl.; ἐκθ-, Polyb.): pass., Heb.10:33.†
(AS) G2302 G2302 = G2302 θέατρον theatron G:N-N theatre θέατρον, -ον, τό
(θεάομαι),
__1. a theatre (used also as a place of assembly): Act.19:29, 31.
__2. Collective for οἱ θεαταί, the spectators.
__3. = θέα, θέαμα, a spectacle, show: metaphorically, 1Co.4:9.†
(AS) G2303 G2303 = G2303 θεῖον theion G:N-N sulfur θεῖον, -ου, τό
[in LXX; Gen.19:24, Deu.29:23 Job.18:15, Psa.11:7, Isa.30:33 34:9, Eze.38:22 (גׇּפְרִית), 3Ma.2:5 * ;]
brimstone: Luk.17:29 (LXX), Rev.9:17-18 14:10 19:20 20:10 21:8.†
(AS) G2304 G2304 = G2304 θεῖος theios G:A divine θεῖος, -εία, -εῖον
(θεός), [in LXX: Exo.31:3 35:31, Job.27:3 33:4, Pro.2:17 (אֵל, אֱלֹהִים, אֱלוֹהַּ), Sir.6:35, 1-37 II Mal.3:1-40, 3Ma.1:1-29, 4Mac.25 * ;]
divine: δύναμις, 2Pe.1:3; φύσις (for parallel in π., see MM, Exp., xv), 2Pe.1:4; τὸ θ.,
the Deity (so in cl.; of God, in Philo and FlJ), Act.17:29.†
(AS) G2305 G2305 = G2305 θειότης theiotēs G:N-F divinity θειότης, -ητος, ἡ
(θεῖος) [in LXX: Wis.18:9 * ;]
divine nature, divinity: Rom.1:20 (for ex. from π., see MM, Exp., xv).†
SYN.: θεότης, deity, godhead, divine personality. θει. = divine nature and properties, a summary term for the attributes of deity, differing from θεότης as quality or attribute from essence (AS) G2306 G2306 = G2306 θειώδης theiōdēs G:A sulphurous θειώδης, -ες
(θεῖον),
of brimstone, sulphureous: Rev.9:17.†
(AS) G2307 G2307 = G2307 θέλημα thelēma G:N-N will/desire θέλημα, -τος, τό
(θέλω), [in LXX chiefly for חָפֵץ, also for רָצוֹן, etc. ;]
will,
__(a) objectively = that which is willed: Mat.18:14, Luk.12:47, Jhn.5:30, 1Co.7:37, 1Th.5:18, 2Ti.2:26, Heb.10:10, Rev.4:11; θ. τ. θεοῦ, Act.22:14, Rom.2:18 12:2, Eph.1:9, Col.1:9 4:12, 1Pe.4:2; τ. κυρίου, Eph.5:17; pl., of precepts, Mrk.3:35, WH, mg., Act.13:22 (LXX); ἐστιν τὸ θ., with genitive of person(s), before ἵνα, Jhn.6:39-40, 1Co.16:12; with inf., 1Pe.2:15; with accusative and inf., 1Th.4:3
__(b) subjectively = τὸ θέλειν (cf. θέλησις): Luk.23:25, Jhn.1:13, 1Pe.3:17, 2Pe.1:21; ποιεῖν, Mat.7:21 12:50 21:31, Mrk.3:35 (pl., WH, mg., see supr.), Jhn.4:34 6:38 7:17 9:31, Eph.6:6, Heb.10:7, 9 10:36 13:21, 1Jn.2:17; γίνεσθαι, Mat.6:10 26:42, Luk.22:42, Act.21:14; ἡ εὐδοκία ( βουλὴ) τοῦ θ., Eph.1:5, 11; ἐν τῷ θ. τοῦ θεοῦ, Rom.1:10; διὰ θ. θεοῦ, Rom.15:32, 1Co.1:1, 2Co.1:1 8:5, Eph.1:1, Col.1:1, 2Ti.1:1; κατὰ τὸ θ. τ. θεοῦ, Gal.1:4, 1Pe.4:19, 1Jn.5:14; pl., Eph.2:3 (Cremer, 728).†
(AS) G2308 G2308 = G2308 θέλησις thelēsis G:N-F will θέλησις, -εως, ἡ
(θέλω) [in LXX: 2Ch.15:15, Pro.8:35 (רָצוֹן), Eze.18:23 (חֵפֶץ), LXX Dan.11:45 (צְבִי), Tob.12:18, Wis.16:25, 2Ma.12:16, 3Ma.2:26 * ;]
in colloq. and MGr. = τὸ θέλειν,
will: Heb.2:4.†
(AS) G2309 G2309 = G2309 θέλω thelō G:V to will/desire θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more frequently in Attic; see Rutherford, NPhr., 415f.),
[in LXX for חפץ ,אבה; with neg., מאן pi., etc. ;]
to will, be willing, wish, desire (more frequently than βούλομαι, which see, in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., see Thayer, 286; but see also BL, §24, see word): absol., Rom.9:16, 1Co.4:19 12:18, Jas.4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Act.18:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.20:21, Mrk.14:36, Jhn.15:7, Rom.7:15, 16 1Co.4:21 7:36, Gal.5:17; with inf., Mat.5:40, Mrk.10:43, Jhn.6:21, 67 Rom.7:21, Gal.4:9; with accusative and inf., Mrk.7:24, Luk.1:62, Jhn.21:22, 23 Rom.16:19, 1Co.14:5, Gal.6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mat.18:30, al.; id. with inf., Mat.2:18, Mrk.6:26, Jhn.5:40, 1Co.16:7; before ἵνα, Mat.7:12, Mrk.6:25, Jhn.17:24; opposite to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Rom.7:15, 19 2Co.8:10, 11 Php.2:13; before ἤ (ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179:24), 1Co.14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ (of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col.2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:43; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:13 12:7, Heb.10:5, 8; with inf., 1Pe.3:10; for אמר, with inf., Act.7:28 (see Cremer, 726ff.).
θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more frequently in Attic; see Rutherford, NPhr., 415f.),
[in LXX for חפץ ,אבה; with neg., מאן pi., etc. ;]
to will, be willing, wish, desire (more frequently than βούλομαι, which see, in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., see Thayer, 286; but see also BL, §24, see word): absol., Rom.9:16, 1Co.4:19 12:18, Jas.4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Act.18:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.20:21, Mrk.14:36, Jhn.15:7, Rom.7:15, 16 1Co.4:21 7:36, Gal.5:17; with inf., Mat.5:40, Mrk.10:43, Jhn.6:21, 67 Rom.7:21, Gal.4:9; with accusative and inf., Mrk.7:24, Luk.1:62, Jhn.21:22, 23 Rom.16:19, 1Co.14:5, Gal.6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mat.18:30, al.; id. with inf., Mat.2:18, Mrk.6:26, Jhn.5:40, 1Co.16:7; before ἵνα, Mat.7:12, Mrk.6:25, Jhn.17:24; opposite to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Rom.7:15, 19 2Co.8:10, 11 Php.2:13; before ἤ (ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179:24), 1Co.14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ (of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col.2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:43; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:13 12:7, Heb.10:5, 8; with inf., 1Pe.3:10; for אמר, with inf., Act.7:28 (see Cremer, 726ff.).
(AS) G2310 G2310 = G2310 θεμέλιος themelios G:N-M/N foundation θεμέλιος, -ον
(τίθημι), [in LXX for אַרְמוֹן, מוֹסָד, etc. ;]
of or for a foundation; as subst., ὁ θ. (sc. λίθος), a foundation stone, foundation: Luk.6:48-49 14:29 (but see Deiss., BS, 123); pl., οἰ θ. (cl.), Heb.11:10 Rev.21:14, 19; neut., τὸ θ. (Arist., Phys., vi, 6, 10, LXX and later writers), Act.16:26; metaphorically, Rom.15:20, 1Co.3:10-12 Eph.2:20, 1Ti.6:19, 2Ti.2:19, Heb.6:1.†
(AS) G2311 G2311 = G2311 θεμελιόω themelioō G:V to found θεμελιόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for יָסַד ;]
to lay the foundation of, to found: with accusative, τ. γῆν, Heb.1:10 (LXX); pass., Mat.7:25, Luk.6:48; metaphorically, 1Pe.5:10 (R, mg., settle); pass., Eph.3:18, Col.1:23.†
(AS) G2312 G2312 = G2312 θεοδίδακτος theodidaktos G:A divinely instructed θεο-δίδακτος, -ον
taught of God (cf. διδακτοὶ θεοῦ, Jhn.6:45): 1Th.4:9.†
(AS) G2313 G2313 = G2313 θεομαχέω theomacheō G:V to fight God θεομαχέω, -ῶ
(θεομάχος), [in LXX: 2Ma.7:19 * ;]
to fight against God: Act.23:9 (Rec.).†
(AS) G2314 G2314 = G2314 θεομάχος theomachos G:A opposing God θεομάχος, -ον
[in Sm.: Job.26:5, Pro.9:18 21:16 * ;]
fighting against God: Act.5:39.†
(AS) G2315 G2315 = G2315 θεόπνευστος theopneustos G:A God-breathed θεόπνευστος, -ον
(θεός, πνέω),
inspired by God: 2Ti.3:16.†
(AS) G2316 G2316 = G2316 θεός theos G:N-M/F God θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ (Act.19:37 only; see M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ (Mat.27:46; cf. Deu.3:24, al.),
[in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc. ;]
a god or deity, God.
__1. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Act.28:6, 1Co.8:4, 2Th.2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Gal.4:8, al.
__2. Of the one true God;
__(a) anarthrous: Mat.6:24, Luk.20:38, al.; esp. with prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jhn.3:2; ἐκ, Act.5:39, 2Co.5:1, Php.3:9; ὑπό, Rom.13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jhn.1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, 2Th.1:6, 1Pe.2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Rom.8:27, 2Co.7:9, 10; also when in genitive dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mat.27:43, Luk.3:2, Rom.1:17, 1Th.2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jhn.1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Act.5:29, Gal.2:6, al. (M, Th., 14);
__(b) more freq., with art.: Mat.1:23, Mrk.2:7, al. mult.; with prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Luk.1:26; ἐκ, Jhn.8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jhn.8:40; π. τῷ θ., Rom.9:14; ἐν, Col.3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Luk.1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Act.15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Act.24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jhn.1:2; with genitive of person(s), Mat.22:32, Mrk.12:26, 27, Luk.20:37, Jhn.20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Rom.1:8, Php 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Rom.15:6, Eph.1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; with genitive of thing(s), Rom.15:5, 13, 33, 2Co.1:3, 1Th.5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mat.16:23, Mrk.12:17, 1Co.2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos.3:3), Act.7:20, 2Co.10:4; Hebraistically, of judges (Psa.81(82):6), Jhn.10:34" (LXX), 35.
(AS) G2317 G2317 = G2317 θεοσέβεια theosebeia G:N-F reverence for God θεοσέβεια, -ας, ἡ
(θεοσεβής), [in LXX Gen.20:11 (אֱלֹהִים יִרְאָה), Job.28:28 (אֲדֹנָי id.), Sir.1:24, Bar.5:4, 4Ma.7:6 4Mac 7:22, א 4Ma.15:28 א 4Ma.17:15 * ;]
fear of God, godliness: 1Ti.2:10.†
(AS) G2318 G2318 = G2318 θεοσεβής theosebēs G:A godly θεοσεβής, -ές
(θεός, σέβομαι), [in LXX for אֱלֹהִים יָרֵא, Exo.18:21, al. ;]
God-fearing, godly: Jhn.9:31.†
SYN.: εὐσεβής (which see), θρῆσκος (AS) G2319 G2319 = G2319 θεοστυγής theostugēs G:A God-hating θεοστυγής, -ές
(θεός, στυγέω),
__1. passive, as frequently in cl., hateful to God: Rom.1:30 (R, txt., cf. Lit., Notes, 256).
__2. Active, hating God: lb. (R, mg., cf. ICC, in l).†
(AS) G2320 G2320 = G2320 θεότης theotēs G:N-F deity θεότης, -ητος, ἡ
deity, Godhead: Col.2:9†
SYN.: θειότης, q.v (AS) G2321 G2321 = G2321 Θεόφιλος Theophilos N:N-M-P Theophilus Θεόφιλος, -ου
(θεός, φίλος),
Theophilus: Luk.1:3, Act.1:1.†
(AS) G2322 G2322 = G2322 θεραπεία therapeia G:N-F service θεραπεία, -ας, ἡ
(θεραπεύω) [in LXX for עֶבֶד Gen.45:16 (cf. Est.5:2), etc. ;]
__1. service.
__2. healing: Luk.9:11 (Field, Notes, 60), Rev.22:2.
__3. Collective, household attendants, servants: Luk.12:42 (LXX, ll. with).†
(AS) G2323 G2323 = G2323 θεραπεύω therapeuō G:V to serve/heal θεραπεύω
[in LXX for יָשַׁב, etc. ;]
__1. to do service, serve: with accusative of person(s), pass., Act.17:25.
__2. As medical term, to treat (MM, Exp., xv), cure, heal: Mat.12:10, Mrk.6:5, Luk.6:7, al.; with accusative of person(s), Mat.4:24, Mrk.1:34, al.; before ἀπό, Luk.5:15 6:18 7:21 8:2, 43; θ. νόσον (μαλακίαν), Mat.4:23, al
SYN: ἰάομαι (see Field, Notes, 60; MM, Exp., l.with)
(AS) G2324 G2324 = G2324 θεράπων therapōn G:N-M servant θεράπων, -οντος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for עֶבֶד ;]
an attendant, servant: Heb.3:5 (LXX)
SYN.: see: διάκονος (AS) G2325 G2325 = G2325 θερίζω therizō G:V to reap θερίζω
(θέρος), [in LXX chiefly for קָצַר ;]
to reap: Mat.6:26, Luk.12:24, Jas.5:4; figuratively, Mat.25:24, 26, Luk.19:21-22, Jhn.4:36-38, 2Co.9:6, Gal.6:7, 9, Rev.14:15; with accusative, τ. σαρκικά, 1Co.9:11; φθοράν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον, Gal.6:8; τ. γῆν, Rev.14:16.†
(AS) G2326 G2326 = G2326 θερισμός therismos G:N-M harvest θερισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(θερίζω), [in LXX chiefly for קָצִיר ;]
harvest;
__(a) the act: Jhn.4:35;
__(b) the time: fig., Mat.13:30, 39, Mrk.4:29
__(with) the crop: figuratively, Mat.9:37-38, Luk.10:2, Rev.14:15.†
(AS) G2327 G2327 = G2327 θεριστής theristēs G:N-M reaper θεριστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(θερίζω), [in LXX: Dan LXX Bel 1:32, Th Bel 1:33* ;]
a reaper: Mat.13:30, 39†
(AS) G2328 G2328 = G2328 θερμαίνω thermainō G:V to warm θερμαίνω
(θερμός), [in LXX chiefly for חָמַם ;]
to warm, heat; mid., to warm oneself: Mrk.14:54, 67, Jhn.18:18, 25 Jas.2:16.†
(AS) G2329 G2329 = G2329 θέρμη thermē G:N-F heat θέρμη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Job.6:17, Psa.19:6, Ecc.4:11 (חָמַם and derivatives), Sir.38:28 * ;]
heat: Act.28:3.†
(AS) G2330 G2330 = G2330 θέρος theros G:N-N summer θέρος, -ους, τό
(θέρω, to heat), [in LXX chiefly for קַיִץ ;]
summer: Mat.24:32, Mrk.13:28, Luk.21:30.†
(AS) G2331 G2331 = a Group member of G2332 Θεσσαλονικεύς Thessalonikeus N:N--LG Thessalonian θεσσαλονικεύς, -έως, ὁ
a Thessalonian: Act.20:4 27:2, 1Th.1:1, 2Th.1:1.†
(AS) G2332 G2332 = G2332 Θεσσαλονίκη Thessalonikē N:N-F-L Thessalonica θεσσαλονίκη, -ης, ἡ
Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia: Act.17:1, 11 17:13, Php.4:16, 2Ti.4:10.†
(AS) G2333 G2333 = G2333 Θευδᾶς Theudas N:N-M-P Theudas Θευδᾶς
(perh. contr. from Θεόδωρος, but see MM, Exp., xv), -ᾶ, ὁ
Theudas: Act.5:36.†
(AS) G2334 G2334 = G2334 θεωρέω theōreō G:V to see/experience θεωρέω, -ῶ
(θεωρός, a spectator, θεάομαι) [in LXX chiefly for רָאָה, חָזָה ;] (present and imperfect only, exc. Jhn.7:3 (fut.), Mat.28:1, Luk.23:48, Jhn.8:51, Rev.11:12 (aor.); El., § 24);
__1. (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol., Mat.27:55, Mrk.15:40, Luk.23:35; before πῶς, Mrk.12:41; ποῦ, Mrk.15:47; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.6:40, 62 12:45 16:10-19, Act.3:16 20:38 25:24, Rev.11:11-12; id. with ptcp., Mrk.5:15, Luk.10:18, Jhn.6:19 10:12 20:12, 14, 1Jn.3:17; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.28:1, Luk.14:29 21:6 23:48, Jhn.2:23 6:2 7:3, Act.4:13 8:13; id. with ptcp., Jhn.20:6, Act.7:56 10:11; before ὅτι, Act.19:26.
__2. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; EL, § 24, see word ὁρᾶν), in present and imperfect = ὁράω, to see, perceive, discern: before ὅτι, Mrk.16:4, Jhn.4:19 12:19, Act.19:26 27:10; πόσαι, Act.21:20; πηλίκος, Heb.7:4; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.5:38; id. with ptcp., Act.17:16 28:6; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.3:11, Jhn.14:19, Act.9:7 17:22; πνεῦμα, Luk.24:37; τὸ π., Jhn.14:17; before ὅτι, Jhn.9:8; with ptcp., Luk.24:39.
__3. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of: τ. θάνατον, Jhn.8:51 (cf. Psa.89:49); τ. δόξαν, Jhn.17:24 (cf. ἀνα-, παρα-θερρέω).†
(AS) G2335 G2335 = G2335 θεωρία theōria G:N-F sight θεωρία, -ας, ἡ
(see: θεωρέω), [in LXX: Dan LXX 5:7, 2Ma.5:26 2Mac 15:12, 3Ma.5:24 * ;]
__1. a viewing.
__2. = θεώρημα, a spectacle, sight: Luk.23:48 (both senses in cl.).†
(AS) G2336 G2336 = G2336 θήκη thēkē G:N-F sheath Θήκη, -ης, ἡ
(τίθημι), [in LXX: Exo.25:27 (בַּיִת), Isa.6:13 3:26 * ;]
a receptacle, chest, case: of the sheath of a sword, Jhn.18:11.†
(AS) G2337 G2337 = G2337 θηλάζω thēlazō G:V to suckle θηλάζω
(θηλή, a breast), [in LXX chiefly for יָנַק hi. ;]
__1. of the mother, to suckle: Mat.24:19, Mrk.13:17, Luk.21:23.
__2. Of the young, to suck: Mat.21:16; μαστούς, Luk.11:27 (cf. Job.3:12, Sng.8:1, al.).†
(AS) G2338 G2338 = G2338 θῆλυς thēlus G:A female θῆλυς, -εια, -υ
[in LXX chiefly for נְקֵבָה ;]
female: as subst., ἡ θ., a female, a woman: Rom.1:26-27; τὸ θ.., Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Gal.3:28.†
(AS) G2339 G2339 = G2339 θήρα thēra G:N-F trap θήρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX for צַיִד, טָרַף, רֶשֶׁת, and cogn. forms ;]
__1. a hunting, chase (Hat., Xen., al.).
__2. prey, game (c1.).
__3. As in Psa.35:8 = רֶשֶׁת, a net: Rom.11:9 (but see Thayer, see word).†
(AS) G2340 G2340 = G2340 θηρεύω thēreuō G:V to hunt/catch θηρεύω
(θήρα), [in LXX for צוּד, etc. ;]
to hunt, ensnare, catch: metaphorically, Luk.11:54.†
(AS) G2341 G2341 = G2341 θηριομαχέω thēriomacheō G:V to fight beasts θηριομαχέω, -ῶ
(θηρίον, μάχομαι),
to fight with wild beasts (Diod., al.): 1Co.15:32.†
(AS) G2342 G2342 = G2342 θηρίον thērion G:N-N wild animal θηρίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of θήρ), [in LXX chiefly for חַי ;]
a wild beast, beast: Mrk.1:13, Act.11:6 28:4-5, Tit.1:12, Heb.12:20, Jas.3:7, Rev.6:8; of Antichrist, Rev.11:7, 13-19.†
(AS) G2343 G2343 = G2343 θησαυρίζω thēsaurizō G:V to store up θησαυρίζω
[in LXX for צָפַן, etc. ;]
to lay up, store up: of riches, Jas.5:3; id. with dative of person(s), Luk.12:21, 2Co.12:14; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.16:2; θησαυροὺς ἑαυτῷ, Mat.6:19-20; pass., 2Pe.3:7; metaphorically, ὀργὴν ἑαντῷ, Rom.2:5 (cf. Pro.1:18, Pss. Pss.Sol 9:9).†
(AS) G2344 G2344 = G2344 θησαυρός thēsauros G:N-M treasure θησαυρός, -οῦ, ὁ
(τίθημι), [in LXX chiefly for אוֹצָר ;]
__1. a place of safe keeping;
__(a) a casket: Mat.2:11;
__(b) a treasury (1Ma.3:29 and frequently in cl.);
__(with) a storehouse (Neh.13:12, Deu.28:12, al.): Mat.13:52; metaphorically, of the soul, Mat.12:35; τ. καρδίας, Luk.6:45
__2. a treasure: Mat.6:18-21 13:44, Luk.12:33-34, Heb.11:26; θ. ἐν οὐρανῷ (see Dalman, Words, 206 ff.), Mat.19:21, Mrk.10:21, Luk.18:22; of the knowledge of God through Christ, 2Co.4:7; τ. σοφίας κ. γνώσεως, Col.2:3.†
(AS) G2345 G2345 = G2345 θιγγάνω thinganō G:V to touch θιγγάνω
[in LXX for נָגַע, Exo.19:12 * ;]
__1. to touch, handle: Col.2:21, Heb.12:20" (LXX) .
__2. to injure (like Heb. נָגַע, and as in Eur., Iph. Aul., 1351): with genitive, Heb.11:28.†
SYN.: see: ἅπτω (AS) G2346 G2346 = G2346 θλίβω thlibō G:V to press on θλίβω
[in LXX chiefly (ὁ θλίβων, ) for צוּר ;]
to press: with accusative of person(s), Mrk.3:9; ὁδὸς τεθλιμμένη, a narrow (compressed) way, Mat.7:14. Metaphorical (as frequently in LXX), to oppress, afflict, distress: with accusative of person(s), 2Th.1:6; pass. (Vg., tribulor, tribulation em patior), 2Co.1:6 4:8 7:5, 1Th.3:4, 2Th.1:7, 1Ti.5:10, Heb.11:37 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-θλίβω).†
(AS) G2347 G2347 = G2347 θλῖψις thlipsis G:N-F pressure θλίψις (LTr., θλῖψις), -εως, ἡ
(θλίβω), [in LXX for צָרָה, etc. ;]
pressure (Arist.). In LXX and NT metaphorically, tribulation, affliction, distress: Mat.24:9, 21 24:29, Mrk.13:19, 24, Jhn.16:21, Act.7:11 11:19, Rom.12:12, 2Co.1:4 1:8 4:17 6:4 7:4 8:2 8:13, Php.4:14, 2Th.1:6, Jas.1:27, Rev.1:9 2:9, 22 7:14; with ἀνάγκη (which see), 1Th.3:7; στενοχωρία (which from the order of the words would appear to be the stronger term), Rom.2:9 8:35; διωγμός, Mat.13:21, Mrk.4:17, 2Th.1:4; θ. ἔχω, Jhn.16:33, 1Co.7:23, Rev.2:10; ἔρχεσθαι ἐπί, Act.7:11; ἐν θλίψει 1Th.1:6; pl., Act.7:10 14:22 20:28, Rom.5:3, Eph.3:13, 1Th.3:3, Heb.10:33; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col.1:24; θ. τῆς καρδίας, 2Co.2:4; θ. ἐγείρειν, Php.1:17.†
SYN.: ἀνάγκη, διωγμός, στενοχωρία (see supr., and cf. Tr., Syn, iv; Lft., Notes, 45) (AS) G2348 G2348 = G2348 θνῄσκω thnēskō G:V to die/be dead θνήσκω
[in LXX chiefly for מוּת ;]
to die; pf. (M, Pr., 114), to be dead: Mat.2:20, Mrk.15:44, Luk.7:12 8:49, Jhn.11:44 19:33, Act.14:19 25:19; metaphorically, of spiritual death, 1Ti.5:6 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-απο-θνήσκω).†
(AS) G2349 G2349 = G2349 θνητός thnētos G:A mortal θνητός, -ή, -όν
(θνήσκω), [in LXX: Pro.3:13 20:24 (אָדָם), Job.30:23 (חַי), Isa.51:12 (מוּת), Wis.9:14 15:17, 2Ma.9:12, 3Ma.3:29 * ;]
subject to death, mortal: Rom.6:12 8:11, 1Co.15:53-54, 2Co.4:11 5:4.†
(AS) G2350 G2350 = G2350 θορυβέω thorubeō G:V to make commotion θορυβέω, -ῶ
(θόρυβος), [in LXX: Nam.2:3 (רָעַל ho.), Dan LXX 8:17 (בָּעַת ni.), Jdg.3:26, Wis.18:19, Sir.40:6 * ;]
__1. to make a noise or uproar: mid., of loud and ostentatious lamentation, Mat.9:23, Mrk.5:39, Act.20:10.
__2. Trans., to trouble, throw into confusion: τ. πόλιν, Act.17:5.†
(AS) G2351 G2351 = G2351 θόρυβος thorubos G:N-M commotion θόρυβος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for הָמוֹן, etc. ;]
a noise, uproar, tumult, as of an excited mob: Mat.26:5 27:24, Mrk.14:2, Act.20:1 21:34 24:18; of mourners, = ὄχλος θορυβούμενος, Mrk.5:38.†
(AS) G2352 G2352 = G2352 θραύω thrauō G:V to crush θραύω
[in LXX for 1,21 (Deu.28:33, Isa.42:4 58:6), etc. ;]
to break in pieces, shatter; metaphorically, to break down: Luk.4:18 (LXX).†
(AS) G2353 G2353 = G2353 θρέμμα thremma G:N-N livestock θρέμμα, -τος, τό
(τρέφω)
__1. a nurseling, esp. of animals (Eur., Plat., al.).
__2. cattle: Jhn.4:12.†
(AS) G2354 G2354 = G2354 θρηνέω thrēneō G:V to lament θρηνέω, -ῶ
(θρῆνος), [in LXX chiefly for יָלַל hi., also for קַיִן pit., etc. ;]
__1. intrans., to lament, wail: Mat.11:17, Luk.7:32, Jhn.16:20.
__2. Trans., to bewail: with accusative of person(s), Luk.23:27.†
SYN.: κλαίω, κόπτομαι, λυπέομαι, πενθέω (see Tr., Syn., lxv). (AS) G2355 G2355 = G2355 θρῆνος thrēnos G:N-M lamentation θρῆνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for קִינָה ;]
a lamentation: Mat.2:18, Rec.†
(AS) G2356 G2356 = G2356 θρησκεία thrēskeia G:N-F religion θρησκεία (-κία, T), -ας, ἡ
(θρῆσκος), [in LXX: Wis.14:18, 27, Sir.22:5 A, 4Ma.5:6 4Mac 5:13 * ;]
religion in its external aspect (MM, Exp., xv), worship: Act.26:5, Jas.1:26-27; θ. τῶν ἀγγέλων, Col.2:18.†
SYN.: see: θρῆσκος (AS) G2357 G2357 = G2357 θρησκός thrēskos G:A religious θρῆσκος
(-κός, WH), -ον, ό
religious, careful of the outward forms of divine service (see previous word)): Jas.1:26.†
SYN.: εὐσεβής, θεοσεβής, δεισιδαίμων (see Tr., Syn., § xlviii) (AS) G2358 G2358 = G2358 θριαμβεύω thriambeuō G:V to triumph θριαμβεύω
(θρίαμβος, 1. a festal hymn to Bacchus. 2. The Roman triumphus),
__1. to triumph (and rarely, with accusative, to triumph over; so perh. Col.2:15, but see infr.).
__2. to lead in triumph: with accusative of person(s), 2Co.2:14; hence, generally, to make a spectacle or show of: Col.2:15 (but see supr.; cf. MM, Exp., xv; and esp. Field, Notes, 181).†
(AS) G2359 G2359 = G2359 θρίξ thrix G:N-F hair θρίξ, τριχός, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for שֵׂעָר ;]
hair;
__(a) of the head: Mat.3:4 5:36 10:30, Luk.7:38, 44 12:7 21:18, Jhn.11:2 12:3, Act.27:34, 1Pe.3:3, Rev.1:14;
__(b) of animals: Mrk.1:6, Rev.9:8.†
(AS) G2360 G2360 = G2360 θροέω throeō G:V to alarm θροέω, -ῶ
(θρόος, a noise, tumult), [in LXX: Sng.5:4 (הָמָה * ;]
in cl.,
__1. to cry aloud, make an outcry.
__2. to utter aloud.
__3. In NT (and LXX), pass., to be troubled, as by an alarm: Mat.24:6, Mrk.13:7, Luk.24:37 (WH, mg.), 2Th.2:2 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 126).†
(AS) G2361 G2361 = G2361 θρόμβος thrombos G:N-M drop θρόμβος, -ου, ὁ
(τρέφω, in primary sense to thicken),
a lump, a clot of blood (DCG, ii, 685b): αἵματος, Luk.22:44 (WH, R, mg. omit the passage, see WH, App., 64 ff.).†
(AS) G2362 G2362 = G2362 θρόνος thronos G:N-M throne θρόνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for כִּסֵּא, Exo.11:5, al. ;]
in Hom., a seat, chair. Later, a throne, chair of state, seat of authority; of kings: metaphorically, of God, Mat.5:34, Act.7:49" (LXX), Rev.1:4, al.; by meton., for kingly power, sovereignty, Luk.1:32, 52, Act.2:30; for an angelic hierarchy, Col.1:16; of Christ, Mat.19:28, Rev.3:21, al.; of Satan, Rev.2:13; τ. θηρίου, Rev.16:10; of the Apostles, Mat.19:28, Luk.22:30, cf. Rev.20:4; of πρεσβύτεροι, Rev.4:4 11:16 (on θ. τῆς χάριτος, Heb.4:16, see Westc., in l; Deiss., BS, 135)
(AS) G2363 G2363 = G2363 Θυάτειρα Thuateira N:N--L Thyatira Θυάτειρα, -ων, τά
(-ας, ἡ, Rev.1:11 L; cf. WH, App., 156)
Thyatira, a city of Lydia: Act.16:14, Rev.1:11 2:18, 24.†
(AS) G2364 G2364 = G2364 θυγάτηρ thugatēr G:N-F daughter θυγάτηρ, -τρός, ἡ
(for use of vocat., cf. M, Pr., 71; WH, App, 158), [in LXX for בַּת (Gen.5:4, al.), exc. Jdg.21:14 B, 2Ch.21:17 (אִשָּׁה ;]
daughter: Mat.9:18 10:35, 37 14:6 15:22, 28, Mrk.5:35 6:22 7:26, 29, Luk.2:36 8:42, 49 12:53, Act.2:17" (LXX) Act.7:21 21:9, Heb.11:24. In NT, as in OT, not in cl.;
__(a) as a form of friendly address (cf. Rut.2:2, 22 al.): Mat.9:22, Mrk.5:34, Luk.8:48;
__(b) metaphorically: sc. κυρίου, 2Co.6:18 (cf. Isa.43:6);
__(with) of posterity: θ. Ἀαρών, Luk.1:5; Ἀβραάμ, Luk.13:16 (cf. Isa.16:2, 4Ma.15:28, al);
__(d) of habita­tion: θ. Σιών, Ἱερουσαλήμ, Mat.21:5 (LXX), Luk.23:28, Jhn.12:15 (cf. Isa.1:8, Zec.9:9, al.).†
(AS) G2365 G2365 = G2365 θυγάτριον thugatrion G:N-N little daughter θυγάτριον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of θυγάτηρ),
a little daughter, a term of endearment used in late Gk. (cf. B1., § 27, 4): Mrk.5:23 7:25.†
(AS) G2366 G2366 = G2366 θύελλα thuella G:N-F storm θύελλα, -ης, ἡ
(θύω), [in LXX Deu.4:11 5:22 (עֲרָפֶל), Exo.10:22 * ;] (poët. in cl.),
a hurricane, cyclone, whirlwind: Heb.12:18.†
SYN.: λαίλαψ (which see) (AS) G2367 G2367 = G2367 θύϊνος thuinos G:A citron θύινος (usually θύϊνος, as Rec.), -η, -ον
(θυία, θύα, an African aromatic tree, with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour, = Lat. citrinus), [in Sm.: 3Ki.10:11 (אַלְמֻגִּים)* ;]
thyme: ξύλον, Rev.18:12 (Diosc.).†
(AS) G2368 G2368 = G2368 θυμίαμα thumiama G:N-N incense θυμίαμα, -τος, τό
(θυμιάω), [in LXX chiefly for קְטֹרֶת ;]
fragrant stuff for burning, incense: ἡ ὥρα τοῦ θ., Luk.1:10; θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θ. (Exo.30:27, al.), Luk.1:11; pl., Rev.5:8 8:3-4 18:13.†
(AS) G2369 G2369 = G2369 θυμιατήριον thumiatērion G:N-N incense altar θυμιατήριον, -ου, τό
(θυμιάω), [in LXX: 2Ch.26:19, Eze.8:11 (קְטֹרֶת), 4Ma.7:11 * ;]
__1. as in cl. (Hdt., iv, 162; Thuc., vi, 46) and LXX, a censer: Heb.9:4 (but see infr., and cf. Westc., in l).
__2. As in Philo., rer. div., § 46, FlJ, Ant., iv, 2, 4, al., the altar of incense: He, l.with (but see supr. and cf. MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2370 G2370 = G2370 θυμιάω thumiaō G:V to burn incense θυμιάω, -ῶ
(θύω), [in LXX (with -άζω) chiefly for קָטַר pi., hi. ;]
to burn incense: Luk.1:9.†
(AS) G2371 G2371 = G2371 θυμομαχέω thumomacheō G:V to quarrel θυμομαέω, -ῶ
(θυμός, μάχομαι),
to fight desperately, have a hot quarrel: with dative of person(s), Act.12:20.†
(AS) G2372 G2372 = G2372 θυμός thumos G:N-M wrath θυμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(θύω), [in LXX most frequently for אַף, also for חֱמָא, חָרוֹן, etc., 30 words in all ;]
passion, hot anger, wrath: Heb.11:27; ὀργὴ καὶ θ., Rom.2:8, cf. Col.3:8; πικρία κ. θ., Eph.4:31; πλησθῆναι, πλήρης θυμοῦ, Luk.4:28, Act.19:28; θ. ἔχειν, Rev.12:12; οἶνος τ. θυμοῦ τ. πορνείας (cf. Jer.51:7), Rev.14:8 18:3 (cf. Rev.17:2); οἶνος τ. θ. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.14:10; τ. ὀργῆς τ. θεοῦ, Rev.16:19 19:15; ὁ θ. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.14:19 15:1, 7 16:1; pl., impulses or outbursts of anger: ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοὶ, ἐριθίαι, 2Co.12:20, Gal.5:20 (Cremer, 287, 733).†
SYN.: ὀργή, παροργισμός (AS) G2373 G2373 = G2373 θυμόω thumoō G:V to anger θυμόω, -ῶ
(θυμός) [in LXX (chiefly in pass.) for חָרָה, אַף חָרָה hith., etc. ;] (no act. in Attic.);
pass. (and mid.),
to be wroth or very angry: Mat.2:16.†
(AS) G2374 G2374 = G2374 θύρα thura G:N-F door θύρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for פֶּתַח, also for דַּל, דֶּלֶת, etc. ;]
a door: κλείειν (ἀποκ-) τὴν θ., Mat.6:6, Luk.13:25; pass., Mat.25:10, Luk.11:7, Jhn.20:19, 26, Act.21:30; ἀνοίγειν, Act.5:19; pass., Act.16:26-27; κρούειν, Act.12:13; διὰ τῆς θ., Jhn.10:1-2; πρὸς τὴν θ., Mrk.1:33 11:4 (WH om. τήν), Act.3:2; τὰ πρὸς τὴν θ., the space by the door, Mrk.2:2; πρὸς τῇ θ., Jhn.18:16; ἐπὶ τῇ θ, Act.5:9; πρὸ τῆς θ., Act.12:6; ἐπὶ τῶν θ., Act.5:23; ἡ θ. τ. μνημείου, Mat.27:60, Mrk.15:46 16:3. Metaphorical, of Christ, ἡ θ. τ. προβάτων, Jhn.10:7, 9; of the Kingdom of Heaven, Luk.13:24; of opportunities, θ. πίστεως, Act.14:27; θ. μεγάλη, 1Co.16:9; θ. τ. λόγου, Col.4:3; θ. ἀνεῳγμένη (ἠνεῳγ-), 2Co.2:12, Rev.3:8 4:1; of Christ, ἑστηκὼς ἐπὶ τὴν θ. καὶ κρούων, Rev.3:20; of his second coming, ἐπὶ θύραις εἶναι, Mat.24:33, Mrk.13:29; πρὸ θυρῶν ἑστηκέναι, Jas.5:9.†
(AS) G2375 G2375 = G2375 θυρεός thureos G:N-M long shield θυρεός, -οῦ, ὁ
(θύρα), [in LXX for מָגֵן, צִנָּה ;]
__1. in Hom., a door-stone.
__2. In late Gk. (Polyb., Plut.), the scutum, a large oblong shield: θ. τ. πίστεως, Eph.6:16 (cf. Wis.5:20, where ὁσιότης is likened to the ἀσπίς, the clypeus or small round shield of the light-armed soldier).†
(AS) G2376 G2376 = G2376 θυρίς thuris G:N-F window θυρίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(dim, of θύρα), [in LXX chiefly for חַלּוֹן ;]
a window: Act.20:9, 2Co.11:33.†
(AS) G2377 G2377 = G2377 θυρωρός thurōros G:N-M/F gatekeeper θυρωρός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ
(θύρα, + οὖρος, a guardian) [in LXX: 4Ki.7:11 (שׁוֹעֵר), Eze.44:11 (פְּקֻדָּה), 2Ki.4:6 4:1 II Est.7:1-28 * ;]
a door-keeper, porter: ὁ, Mrk.13:34, Jhn.10:3; ἡ, Jhn.18:16-17†
(AS) G2378 G2378 = G2378 θυσία thusia G:N-F sacrifice θυσία, -ας, ἡ
(θύω) [in LXX chiefly for מִנְחָה, זָבַח ;]
__1. actively, an offering, sacrifice (Hdt., al.)
__2. Objectively, that which is offered, a sacrifice: Mat.9:13 12:7" (LXX), Mrk.9:49 (WH, mg.), Eph.5:2, Heb.10:5, 26; pl. (as usually in cl.), Mrk.12:33, Luk.13:1, Heb.9:23 10:1, 8, (θ. καὶ προσφοράς); θ. ἀνάγειν, Act.7:41; ἀναφέρειν, Heb.7:27; προσφέρειν, Act.7:42, Heb.5:1 8:3 (δῶρά τε καὶ θ.) Heb.10:11-12 11:4; δοῦναι, Luk.2:24; pass., Heb.9:9; διὰ τῆς θ. αὐτοῦ, Heb.9:26; ἐσθίειν τὰς θ. (Lev.7:15 ff) 1Co.10:18. Metaphorical, Php.4:18, Heb.13:16; θ. πνευματικαί, 1Pe.2:5; θ. ζῶσα, Rom.12:1; θ. αἰνέσεως, Heb.13:15; θ. . . . τ. πίστεως, Php.2:17.†
(AS) G2379 G2379 = G2379 θυσιαστήριον thusiastērion G:N-N altar θυσιαστήριον, -ου, τό
(θυσιάζω, to sacrifice), [in LXX (where the word first appears) very freq., nearly always for מַדְבַּח ;]
an altar:
__(a) generally, Jas.2:21; pl., Rom.11:3 (LXX); metaphorically, Heb.13:10 (see Westc., in l, and esp. his add, note on the history of the word, 455 ff.);
__(b) of the altar of burnt-offering in the Temple, Mat.5:23-24 23:18-20, 35, Luk.11:51, 1Co.9:13 10:18, Heb.7:13, Rev.11:1;
__(with) of the altar of incense in the sanctuary (Exo.30:1, al.), Luk.1:11; symbolically in Heaven, Rev.6:9 8:3 9:13 14:18 16:7 (Cremer, 292).†
(AS) G2380 G2380 = G2380 θύω thuō G:V to sacrifice θύω
[in LXX chiefly for זָבַח, also for שָׁחַט, etc. ;]
as in c1.;
__1. to offer first fruits to a god.
__2. to sacrifice by slaying a victim, offer sacrifice: Act.14:13; with dative of person(s), Act.14:18; id. with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.10:20.
__3. to slay, kill: Jhn.10:10, Act.10:13 11:7; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.15:23, 27 15:30; pass., Mat.22:4; τὸ πάσχα (Exo.12:21), Mrk.14:12; pass., Luk.22:7, 1Co.5:7.†
(AS) G2381 G2381 = G2381 Θωμᾶς Thōmas N:N-M-P Thomas θωμᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Heb.: תָּאוֹם, a twin; cf. δίδυμος),
Thomas the Apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Jhn.11:16 14:5 20:24-28 21:2, Act.1:13.†
(AS) G2382 G2382 = G2382 θώραξ thōrax G:N-M breastplate θώραξ, -ακσς, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שִׁרְיוֹן and cogn. forms ;]
a breastplate: Rev.9:9, 17; θ. τ. δικαιοσύνης, Eph.6:14 (cf. Isa.59:17, Wis.5:18-19); θ. πίστεως, 1Th.5:8.†
(AS) G2383 G2383 = G2383 Ἰάειρος Iaeiros N:N-M-P Jairus Ἰάειρος, -ου, ὁ (Heb. יָאִיר, Num.32:41),
Jairus: Mrk.5:22, Luk.8:41.†
(AS) G2384 G2384G = G2384G Ἰακώβ Iakōb N:N-M-P Jacob Ἰακώβ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. יַעֲקֹב),
Jacob;
__1. The patriarch: Mat.1:2 8:11, Jhn.4:5-6, Act.7:8, al; as in Heb. (cf. Num.23:7, Isa.41:8, Sir.23:12, al.), of his descendants, Rom.11:26 (LXX).
__2. The father-in-law of Mary: Mat.1:15-16 (on the form as distinct from that of the next word, see Deiss., BS, 3161)
(AS) G2384 G2384H = a Name of H3478 Ἰακώβ Iakōb N:N-M-P Jacob Ἰακώβ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. יַעֲקֹב),
Jacob;
__1. The patriarch: Mat.1:2 8:11, Jhn.4:5-6, Act.7:8, al; as in Heb. (cf. Num.23:7, Isa.41:8, Sir.23:12, al.), of his descendants, Rom.11:26 (LXX).
__2. The father-in-law of Mary: Mat.1:15-16 (on the form as distinct from that of the next word, see Deiss., BS, 3161)
(AS) G2385 G2385G = G2385G Ἰάκωβος Iakōbos N:N-M-P James Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., see previous word)
James;
__1. Son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, 29, Act.1:13 12:2, al.
__2. Son of Alphæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (see: Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς), Mat.27:56, Mrk.15:40 16:1 (cf. Jhn.19:25).
__3. The Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3, Act.12:17, al., 1Co.15:7 (probably), Gal.1:19 2:9, 12, Jas.1:1, Ju 1.
__4. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Luk.6:16, Act.1:13
(AS) G2385 G2385H = G2385H Ἰάκωβος Iakōbos N:N-M-P James Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., see previous word)
James;
__1. Son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, 29, Act.1:13 12:2, al.
__2. Son of Alphæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (see: Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς), Mat.27:56, Mrk.15:40 16:1 (cf. Jhn.19:25).
__3. The Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3, Act.12:17, al., 1Co.15:7 (probably), Gal.1:19 2:9, 12, Jas.1:1, Ju 1.
__4. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Luk.6:16, Act.1:13
(AS) G2385 G2385I = G2385I Ἰάκωβος Iakōbos N:N-M-P James Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., see previous word)
James;
__1. Son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, 29, Act.1:13 12:2, al.
__2. Son of Alphæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (see: Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς), Mat.27:56, Mrk.15:40 16:1 (cf. Jhn.19:25).
__3. The Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3, Act.12:17, al., 1Co.15:7 (probably), Gal.1:19 2:9, 12, Jas.1:1, Ju 1.
__4. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Luk.6:16, Act.1:13
(AS) G2385 G2385J = G2385J Ἰάκωβος Iakōbos N:N-M-P James Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., see previous word)
James;
__1. Son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, 29, Act.1:13 12:2, al.
__2. Son of Alphæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (see: Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς), Mat.27:56, Mrk.15:40 16:1 (cf. Jhn.19:25).
__3. The Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3, Act.12:17, al., 1Co.15:7 (probably), Gal.1:19 2:9, 12, Jas.1:1, Ju 1.
__4. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Luk.6:16, Act.1:13
(AS) G2386 G2386 = G2386 ἴαμα iama G:N-N healing ἴαμα, -τος, τό
(ἰάομαι), [in LXX for מַרְפֵּא (2Ch.36:16, Ecc.10:4, Jer.33:6, etc. ;]
__1. most frequently in cl., a means of healing, remedy (Thuc., al.; Wis.11:4 10:9).
__2. = ἴασις (which see), a healing (Plat.; Jer, l.with): pl., 1Co.12:9 12:28 12:30.†
(AS) G2387 G2387 = G2387 Ἰαμβρῆς Iambrēs N:N-M-P Jambres Ἰαμβρῆς, ὁ
Jambres (cf. Exo.7:11-12): 2Ti.3:8.†
(AS) G2388 G2388 = G2388 Ἰαννά Ianna N:N-M-P Jannai Ἰανναί (Rec. -νά), ὁ,
Jannai: Luk.3:24.†
(AS) G2389 G2389 = G2389 Ἰαννῆς Iannēs N:N-M-P Jannes Ἰαννῆς, ὁ
Jannes (cf. Ἰαμβρῆς): 2Ti.3:8.†
(AS) G2390 G2390 = G2390 ἰάομαι iaomai G:V to heal ἰάομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX for רָפָא (Gen.20:17, al.), exc. Isa.30:26 61:1 (חָבַשׁ) ;]
to heal: with accusative of person(s), Luk.5:17 6:19 9:2, 11 9:42 14:4 22:51, Jhn.4:47, Act.9:34 10:38 28:8; pass., Mat.8:8, 13 15:28, Luk.7:7 8:47 17:15, Jhn.5:13; id. before ἀπό᾽, Mrk.5:29, Luk.6:17; figuratively, of spiritual healing, Mat.13:15, Jhn.12:40, Act.28:27" (LXX) ; pass., Heb.12:13, Jas.5:16, 1Pe.2:24.†
SYN.: θεραπεύω, q.v (AS) G2391 G2391 = the Greek of H3382G Ἰάρεδ Iared N:N-M-P Jared Ἰάρετ (Rec. -ρέδ, L, Ἰάρεθ), ὁ (Heb. יֶרֶד, LXX Ἰάρεδ, FlJ, Ἰάρεδος),
Jared (Gen.5:15): Luk.3:37.†
(AS) G2392 G2392 = G2392 ἴασις iasis G:N-F healing ἴασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἰάομαι), [in LXX chiefly for מַרְפֵּא ;]
a healing, cure: Act.4:22, 30; pl., Luk.13:32.†
SYN.: see: θεραπεία, 2; ἴαμα, 2 (AS) G2393 G2393 = G2393 ἴασπις iaspis G:N-F jasper ἴασπις, -ιδος, ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.28:18 36:38 (Exo.39:11) (יַהֲלֹם), Isa.54:12 (כַּדְכֹּד), Eze.28:13 (יָשְׁפֵה, see BDB, Lex., see word)* ;]
jasper, apparently not the modern stone of that name, but a translucent stone (DB, see word): Rev.4:3 21:11, 18-19.†
(AS) G2394 G2394 = G2394 Ἰάσων Iasōn N:N-M-P Jason Ἰάσων, -ονος, ὁ
Jason: Act.17:5-7, 9; perhaps the same, Rom.16:21.†
(AS) G2395 G2395 = G2395 ἰατρός iatros G:N-M physician ἰατρός, -οὔ, ὁ
(ἰάομαι), [in LXX for רָפָא ;]
a physician: Mat.9:12, Mrk.2:17 5:26, Luk.4:23 5:31 8:43 (om. WH, R, mg.), Col.4:14 (on the status of physicians, see MM, Exp., xv.).†
(AS) G2396 G2396 = G2396 ἴδε ide G:INJ look! ἴδε (Attic ἰδέ; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.; Veitch, 215)
__1. prop., 2 aor. imperat. of ὁράω, which see
__2. As interjection, apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see! behold! lo!: Mat.25:20, 22 25:25, Mrk.2:24 3:34 11:21 13:1, 21 15:4, 35 16:6, Jhn.1:29, 36 1:48 3:26 5:14 7:26 11:3, 36 12:19 16:29 18:21 19:4, 14 19:26-27, Gal.5:2.†
(AS) G2397 G2397 = G2397 ἰδέα idea G:N-F appearance ἰδέα, -ας, ἡ, see: εἰδέα
εἰδέα (Rec. ἰδ-, as in cl.; see Tdf., Pr., 81), -ας, ἡ (εἶδον), [in LXX (seel. ἰδ-): Gen.5:3 (דְּמוּת), Da TH 1:13, 15 (מַרְאֶה), Ep. Jer.63, 2Ma.3:16 * ;]
appearance, look: Mat.28:3.†
(AS) G2398 G2398 = G2398 ἴδιος idios G:A one's own/private ἴδιος, -α, -ον (in Attic usually -ος, -ον),
[in LXX chiefly for of person(s) suff., also for לָהֶם, etc.; (τὰ ἴ.) בֵּיתוֹ ;]
__1. one's own;
__(a) of that which is private and personal (in cl. opposite to κοινός, δημόσιος; cf. infr. 3);
__(b) of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opposite to ἀλλότριος; in late writers often, like ἑαυτοῦ, with weakened sense, see M, Pr., 87ff.; Deiss., BS, 123f.): Luk.6:41, Jhn.1:42 5:43, Act.2:6 20:28, 1Co.11:21, Gal.6:5, 2Ti.1:9, Heb.7:27, Ju 6, al.; πράσσειν τὰ ἴ., 1Th.4:11; κατὰ τὰς ἰ. ἐπιθυμίας, 2Ti.4:3; οἱ ἴδιοι, Jhn.1:11 (M, Pr., 90f.; Field, Notes, 84) 13:1, Act.4:23, 1Ti.5:8; τὰ ἴδια, one's home (Field, Notes, l.with), Luk.18:28, Jhn.1:11 16:32 19:27.
__2. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper: τὸ ἴ. σῶμα, 1Co.15:38; ἐν τ. ἰ. τάγματι, 1Co.15:23; εἰς τ. τόπον τ. ἴ., Act.1:25; = αὐτοῦ (see Deiss., ut. supr.), Mat.22:5, Jhn.1:42 (cf. Wis.10:1).
__3. Adverbially (see supr., 1 (a); and cf. WM, 739:2);
__(a) ἰδίᾳ, severally, separately: 1Co.12:11;
__(b) κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, apart, privately, in private: Mat.14:13, 23 20:17, Mrk.4:34 7:33, Luk.10:23, Act.23:19, al.
(AS) G2399 G2399 = G2399 ἰδιώτης idiōtēs G:N-M unlearned ἰδιώτης, -ου, ὁ
(ἴδιος), [in LXX: Pro.6:8 (no Heb.)* ;]
__1. a pri­vate person, as opposite to the State or an official (βασιλεῖς κ. ἰδιῶται, Pr, l.with; and cf. MM, Exp., xv).
__2. one without professional knowledge, unskilled, uneducated, unlearned: 1Co.14:16 14:23-24 (R, mg., without gifts); ἀγράμματοι κ. ἰ., Act.4:13; with dative (= cl. with genitive of thing(s)), λόγῳ, 2Co.11:6.†
(AS) G2400 G2400 = G2400 ἰδού idou G:INJ look! ἰδού,
[in LXX chiefly for הִנֵּה,]
prop. imperat. 2 aor. mid. of ὁράω, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in LXX and NT than in cl. (see M, Pr., 11),
lo, behold, see: Mat.10:16 11:8 13:3, Mrk.3:32, Luk.2:48, 1Co.15:51, Jas.5:9, Ju 14, Rev.1:7, al.; after genitive absol., Mat.1:20 2:1, 13 12:46, al.; καὶ ἰδού, Mat.2:9 (and freq.), Luk.1:20 10:25, Act.12:7, al.; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or predicate (like הִנֵּה in Heb.), Mat.3:17, Luk.5:12 22:31, 47 Act.8:27, 36 al.
(AS) G2401 G2401 = G2401 Ἰδουμαία Idoumaia N:N-F-L Idumea Ἰδουμαία, -ας, ἡ
(Heb. אֱדֹם), [in LXX: 2Ki.8:14, a1.; elsewhere, as Gen.25:30, Ἐδώμ ;]
Idumæa: Mrk.3:8.†
(AS) G2402 G2402 = G2402 ἱδρώς hidrōs G:N-M sweat ἱδρώς
(Tr. -ῶς), -ῶτος, ὁ [in LXX: Gen.3:19 (זֵעָה), 2Ma.2:29, 4Ma.7:8 * ;]
sweat: Luk.22:44 (WH, omit).†
(AS) G2403 G2403 = the Greek of H0348 Ἰεζαβήλ Iezabēl N:N-F-P Jezebel Ἰεζάβελ (L, Ἰεζ-; Tr. -βέλ; Rec. -βήλ) ἡ, indecl. (Heb. אִיזֶבֶל; LXX as txt.; FlJ, Ἰεζαβέλη),
Jezebel (3Ki.16:31, al.): symbolically, Rev.2:20 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G2404 G2404 = G2404 Ἱεράπολις Hierapolis N:N-F-L Hierapolis Ἱεράπολις (WH, Ἱερὰ Πόλις), -εως, ἡ
Hierapolis: a city in the Lyons valley in the Province of Asia: Col.4:13.†
(AS) G2405 G2405 = G2405 ἱερατεία hierateia G:N-F priesthood ἱερατεία (WH, -ία), -ας, ἡ
(ἱερατεύω), [in LXX for כָּהַן pi., כְּהֻנָּה (Exo.29:9, al.), exc. Hos.3:4 (אֵפוֹד)* ;]
priesthood, office of priest: Luk.1:9, Heb.7:5.†
(AS) G2406 G2406 = G2406 ἱεράτευμα hierateuma G:N-N priesthood ἱεράτευμα, -τος, τό
(ἱερατεύω), [in LXX: βασίλειον ἱ., Exo.19:1-25 6:1-30 (כֹּהֵן מַמְלָכָה) Exo.23:22, 2Ma.2:17 * ;]
a priesthood, body of priests: ἱ ἅγιον, 1Pe.2:5; βασ. ἱ, 1Pe.2:9 (LXX, Ex, l.with).†
(AS) G2407 G2407 = G2407 ἱερατεύω hierateuō G:V to serve as priest ἱερατεύω
(cl. = ἱεράομαι) [in LXX chiefly for כָּהַן pi. ;]
to be a priest, officiate as a priest: Luk.1:8 (the word is frequently in Inscr.; see LS, see word; Deiss., BS, 215; LAE, 70; Cremer, 734).†
(AS) G2408 G2408 = the Greek of H3414L Ἱερεμίας Hieremias N:N-M-P Jeremiah Ἰερεμίας (T, Rec. Ἱερ-; see WH, § 408), -ου, ὁ
Heb. Jeremiah the prophet: Mat.2:17 16:14 27:9 (a ref. to Zec.11:13).†
(AS) G2409 G2409 = G2409 ἱερεύς hiereus G:N-M priest ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
(ἱερός), [in LXX for כָּהֵן ;]
a priest: ἱ. τ. Διός, Act.14:13; of Jewish priests, Mat.8:4 12:4-5, Mrk.1:44 2:26, Luk.1:5 5:14, Jhn.1:19, Heb.8:4, al.; of Christ, Heb.5:6 (LXX) Heb.10:21; of Christians, Rev.1:6 5:10 20:6 (Cremer, 293; on the accusative pl., ἱερεῖς, see Thack., Gr., 147 f.; Bl., § 8, 2)
(AS) G2410 G2410 = the Greek of H3405G Ἱεριχώ Hierichō N:N--L Jericho Ἰερειχώ (T, Ἱερ-; Rec. Ἱεριχώ; cf. Bl., § 3, 4, 4; WH, App., 155), ἡ indecl. (Heb. יְרִיחוֹ),
Jericho: Mat.20:29, Mrk.10:46, Luk.10:30 18:35 19:1, Heb.11:30.†
(AS) G2411 G2411 = G2411 ἱερόν hieros G:N-N temple ἱερός, -ά, όν
[in LXX: Eze.28:18 (מִקְדָּשׁ); τό ἱ, 1Ch.29:4 (בַּיִת), Eze.45:19 (עֲזָרָה); very frequently in I Est.1:1-58 -4 Mac ;]
__1. in Hom., marvellous, mighty, divine.
__2. (Also in Hom, and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred: pl., ἱ. γράμματα, 2Ti.3:15.
__3. As subst.,
__(a) (so in Hom.), τὰ ἱ., sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: 1Co.9:13;
__(b) later, τὸ ἱ.,., a consecrated or sacred place, a temple: τ. Ἀρτέμιδος, Act.19:27; of the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from ὁ ναός, which see, the Sanctuary proper): 1Co.9:13, and frequently in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mat.12:6, Mrk.13:3, Act.4:1, al. (on the use of ἱ. in Imperial Iuser., see Deiss., LAE, 380 f.)
(AS) G2412 G2412 = G2412 ἱεροπρεπής hieroprepēs G:A reverent ἱεροπρεπής, -ές
(ἱερός, πρέπει) [in LXX: 4Ma.9:25 4Mac 11:20 * ;]
suited to a sacred character, reverend (RV, reverent): Tit.2:3 (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcii).†
(AS) G2413 G2413 = G2413 ἱερός hieros G:A sacred ἱερός, -ά, όν
[in LXX: Eze.28:18 (מִקְדָּשׁ); τό ἱ, 1Ch.29:4 (בַּיִת), Eze.45:19 (עֲזָרָה); very frequently in I Est.1:1-58 -4 Mac ;]
__1. in Hom., marvellous, mighty, divine.
__2. (Also in Hom, and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred: pl., ἱ. γράμματα, 2Ti.3:15.
__3. As subst.,
__(a) (so in Hom.), τὰ ἱ., sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: 1Co.9:13;
__(b) later, τὸ ἱ.,., a consecrated or sacred place, a temple: τ. Ἀρτέμιδος, Act.19:27; of the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from ὁ ναός, which see, the Sanctuary proper): 1Co.9:13, and frequently in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mat.12:6, Mrk.13:3, Act.4:1, al. (on the use of ἱ. in Imperial Iuser., see Deiss., LAE, 380 f.)
(AS) G2414 G2414 = the Greek of H3389 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosoluma N:N--L Jerusalem Ἱεροσόλυμα (WH, Ἰερ-, see Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mat.2:3, see WM, 794; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, see word), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ-), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr.. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלִַם), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo EV. and Mt (except. Mat.27:37), and most frequently in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (except. Gal.1:17-18 2:1),
Jerusalem: Mat.2:1, Mrk.3:8, Jhn.1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mat.2:3 3:5 23:37, Luk.13:34, Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Gal.4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Gal.4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, Heb.12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Rev.3:12 21:2, 10
(AS) G2415 G2415 = a Spelling of H3389 Ἱεροσολυμίτης Hierosolumitēs N:N-M-L Jerusalem Ἱεροσολυμεῖτης (WH, Ἰερ-; Rec. -μίτης), -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX: Sir.50:27 (28) 2Ma.4:22 2Mac 4:39 (V* -μήτης) 2Ma 18:5* ;]
an inhabitant of Jerusalem: Mrk.1:5, Jhn.7:25.†
(AS) G2416 G2416 = G2416 ἱεροσυλέω hierosuleō G:V to despoil a temple ἱερο-συλέω, -ῶ
(ἱερόσυλος, which see), [in LXX: 2Ma.9:2 * ;]
to rob a temple (commit sacrilege, R, mg.): Rom.2:22.†
(AS) G2417 G2417 = G2417 ἱερόσυλος hierosulos G:A temple robber ἱερόσυλος, -ον
(ἱερόν, συλάω), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:42 (cf. -λημα, 2Ma.4:39; -λία, 2Ma.13:6)* ;]
robbing temples: Act.19:37.†
(AS) G2418 G2418 = G2418 ἱερουργέω hierourgeō G:V to minister ἱερουργέω, -ῶ
(ἱερουργός, a sacrificing priest) [in LXX: 4Ma.7:3 R (of. -γία, 4Mac 3:30 א R)* ;]
to perform sacred rites; with accusative, to minister in priestly service (minister in sacrifice, R, mg.), τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, Rom.15:16.†
(AS) G2419 G2419 = a Spelling of H3389 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalēm N:N--L Jerusalem Ἱερουσαλήμ, see: Ἱεροσόλυμα - (WH, Ἰερ-, see Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mat.2:3, see WM, 794; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, see word), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ-), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr.. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלִַם), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo EV. and Mt (except. Mat.27:37), and most frequently in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (except. Gal.1:17-18 2:1),
Jerusalem: Mat.2:1, Mrk.3:8, Jhn.1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mat.2:3 3:5 23:37, Luk.13:34, Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Gal.4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Gal.4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, Heb.12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Rev.3:12 21:2, 10
(AS) G2420 G2420 = G2420 ἱερωσύνη hierōsunē G:N-F priesthood ἱερωσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(ἱερός), [in LXX: 1Ch.29:22 (כָּהַן), I Est.5:38, Sir.45:24, 1Ma.2:54 1Mac 3:49 1Mac 7:9 1Mac 7:21, 4Ma.5:35 4Mac 7:6 * ;]
priesthood: Heb.7:11-12, 24.†
(AS) G2421 G2421 = the Greek of H3448 Ἰεσσαί Iessai N:N-M-P Jesse Ἰεσσαί (FlJ, -σσαῖος), ὁ (Heb. יִשַׁי Rut.4:17, al.)
Jesse: Mat.1:5-6, Luk.3:32, Act.13:22" (LXX), Rom.15:12 (LXX),†
(AS) G2422 G2422 = the Greek of H3316H Ἰεφθάε Iephthae N:N-M-P Jephthah Ἰεφθάε (FlJ, -θάς, -οῦ), ὁ (Heb. יִפְתָּח),
Jephthah: Heb.11:32.†
(AS) G2423 G2423 = the Greek of H3078 Ἰεχονίας Iechonias N:N-M-P Jechoniah Ἰεχονίας, -ον, ό (Heb. יְכׇנְיָה, Jehoiakin),
Jechoniah: Mat.1:11-12.†
(AS) G2424 G2424G = G2424G Ἰησοῦς Iēsous N:N-M-P Jesus Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dative, voc. -οῦ, accusative, -οῦν (Heb. יֵשׁוּעַ ,יְהֹשֻׁעַ ,יְהוֹשׁוּעַ),
__1. JESUS: Mat.1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, ib. 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, ib. 1:1, Mrk.1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Rom.2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Act.28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mrk.1:24, al.
__2. Joshua: Act.7:45, Heb.4:8.
__3. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Luk.3:28.
__4. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col.4:11.
__5. see: βαραββᾶς.
(AS) G2424 G2424H = a Name of G0912 Ἰησοῦς Iēsous N:N-M-P Jesus Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dative, voc. -οῦ, accusative, -οῦν (Heb. יֵשׁוּעַ ,יְהֹשֻׁעַ ,יְהוֹשׁוּעַ),
__1. JESUS: Mat.1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, ib. 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, ib. 1:1, Mrk.1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Rom.2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Act.28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mrk.1:24, al.
__2. Joshua: Act.7:45, Heb.4:8.
__3. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Luk.3:28.
__4. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col.4:11.
__5. see: βαραββᾶς.
(AS) G2424 G2424I = the Greek of H3091G Ἰησοῦς Iēsous N:N-M-P Joshua Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dative, voc. -οῦ, accusative, -οῦν (Heb. יֵשׁוּעַ ,יְהֹשֻׁעַ ,יְהוֹשׁוּעַ),
__1. JESUS: Mat.1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, ib. 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, ib. 1:1, Mrk.1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Rom.2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Act.28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mrk.1:24, al.
__2. Joshua: Act.7:45, Heb.4:8.
__3. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Luk.3:28.
__4. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col.4:11.
__5. see: βαραββᾶς.
(AS) G2424 G2424J = a Name of G2459H Ἰησοῦς Iēsous N:N-M-P Jesus Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dative, voc. -οῦ, accusative, -οῦν (Heb. יֵשׁוּעַ ,יְהֹשֻׁעַ ,יְהוֹשׁוּעַ),
__1. JESUS: Mat.1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, ib. 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, ib. 1:1, Mrk.1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Rom.2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Act.28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mrk.1:24, al.
__2. Joshua: Act.7:45, Heb.4:8.
__3. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Luk.3:28.
__4. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col.4:11.
__5. see: βαραββᾶς.
(AS) G2424 G2424K = G2424K Ἰησοῦς Iēsous N:N-M-P Joshua Ἰωσή, see: Ἰωσῆς - -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,
Joses;
__1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see: Ἰωσήφ).
__2. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σήφ), WH, txt), Mrk.15:40, 47
__3. see: Βαρνάβας.†
(AS) G2425 G2425 = G2425 ἱκανός hikanos G:A sufficient ἱκανός, -ή, -όν
(ἵκω, ἱκάνω, to reach, attain), [in LXX for דַּי, etc. ;]
__1. of persons, suffcient, competent, fit: with inf., Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:7, Luk.3:16, 1Co.15:9, 2Co.3:6, 2Ti.2:2; before πρός, 2Co.2:16; before ἵνα, Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6.
__2. Of things, in number, quantity or size, sufficient, enough, much, many: absol., ἱκανοί, Luk.7:11 (WH, R, omit) Luk.8:32, Act.12:12 14:21 19:19, 1Co.11:30; ὄχλος ἱ., Mrk.10:46, Luk.7:12, Act.11:24, 26 19:26; κλαυθμός, Act.20:37; ἀργύρια, Mat.28:12; λαμπάδες, Act.20:8; λόγοι, Luk.23:9; φῶς, Act.22:6; ἱ, ἐστιν (cf. לָכֶם רַב, LXX ἱκανούσθω, Deu.3:26), Luk.22:38; τὸ ἱ. ποιεῖν (Lat. satisfacere; cf. Jer.48:30), Mrk.15:15; τὸ ἱ. λαμβάνειν (Lat. satis accipere; see M, Pro.20:1-30 f.), Act.17:9; of time, ἡμέραι ἱ., Act.9:23, 43 18:18 27:7; ἱ. χρόνος, Luk.8:27, Act.8:11 14:3 27:9; pl., Luk.20:9; ἐκ χρόνων ἱ., Luk.23:8; ἀπὸ ἱ. ἐτῶν, Rom.15:23 (WH); ἐφ ̓ ἱκανόν (cf. 2Ma.8:25), Act.20:11.†
(AS) G2426 G2426 = G2426 ἱκανότης hikanotēs G:N-F sufficiency ἱκανότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ἱκανός),
sufficiency, ability (Plat.): 2Co.3:5.†
(AS) G2427 G2427 = G2427 ἱκανόω hikanoō G:V to qualify ἱκανόω, -ῶ
(ἱκανός), [in LXX chiefly for רַב ;]
to make sufficient, render fit: with dupl. accusative, 2Co.3:6; with accusative of person(s) before εἰς, Col.1:12.†
(AS) G2428 G2428 = G2428 ἱκετηρία hiketēria G:N-F supplication ἱκετήριος, -α, -ον
(ἱκέτης, a suppliant), [in LXX: Job.40:22, 2Ma.9:18 * ;]
of a suppliant; as subst., ἡ ἱ. (Sc. ῥάβδος),
__1. in cl., an olive-branch, carried by a suppliant.
__2. In late Gk. = ἱκεσία, supplication: pl., δεήσεις κ. ἱ., Heb.5:7
SYN.: see: δέησις (AS) G2429 G2429 = G2429 ἰκμάς ikmas G:N-F moisture ἰκμάς, -άδος, ἡ
[in LXX. Jer.17:8 (יוּבַל), Job.26:14 (שֶׁמֶץ)* ;]
moisture: Luk.8:6.†
(AS) G2430 G2430 = G2430 Ἰκόνιον Ikonion N:N--L Iconium Ἰκόνιον, -ου, τό
Iconium, a city of the province of Galatia: Act.13:51 14:1, 19 14:21 16:2, 2Ti.3:11.†
(AS) G2431 G2431 = G2431 ἱλαρός hilaros G:A cheerful ἱλαρός, -ά, -όν
(ἵλαος = ἵλεως, which see), [in LXX: Pro.19:12 (רָצוֹן) Pro.22:8, Est.5:1, Job.33:26, Sir.13:26 26:4, 3Ma.6:35 * ;]
cheerful, joyous: 2Co.9:7 (Pro.22:8" (LXX) )†
(AS) G2432 G2432 = G2432 ἱλαρότης hilarotēs G:N-F cheerfulness ἱλαρότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ἱλαρός), [in LXX: Pro.18:22 (רָצוֹן)* ;]
cheerfulness: Rom.12:8.†
(AS) G2433 G2433 = G2433 ἱλάσκομαι hilaskomai G:V to propitiate ἱλάσκομαι
(ἵλαος = ἵλεως) [in LXX (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 85 f.) for סָלַח, 4Ki.5:18 24:4, Psa.25:11, La 3:42, Da TH Dan.9:19; כָּפַר pi., Psa.65:3 78:38 79:9; נָחַם ni., Exo.32:14, Est.4:17 * ;]
__1. in cl., with accusative of person(s), to conciliate, appease, propitiate (= ἐξιλάσκομαι, Gen.32:20, Pro.16:14, Mal.1:9, al.).
__2. In LXX (Thackeray, Gr., 270, 1.), Inscr. (Deiss., BS, 224 f.), and NT, to be propitious, merciful (with dative of thing(s), Psa.79:9, al.): with dative of person(s) (4Ki.5:18), Luk.18:13.
__3. As in Philo (= ἐξιλάσκ-, in LXX: Eze.43:22, al.), to expiate, make propitiation for: τ. ἁμαρτίας, Heb.2:17 (Cremer, 301 ff., 735).†
(AS) G2434 G2434 = G2434 ἱλασμός hilasmos G:N-M propitiation ἱλασμός, -οῦ
(ἱλάσκομαι), [in LXX: Lev.25:9, Num.5:8 (כִּפֻּר), Psa.130:4, Da TH Dan.9:9 (סְלִיחָה), Amo.8:14 (אַשְׁמָה), Eze.44:27 (חַטָּאָה), 1Ch.28:20, Sir.18:20 A, 2Ma.3:33 * ;]
__1. an appeasing (Plut.).
__2. a means of appeasing, propitiation (Philo; Nu, Ez, ll.with): 1Jn.2:2 Jn 4:10.
__3. In LXX also forgiveness (Ps, Da TH, ll.with).†
(AS) G2435 G2435 = G2435 ἱλαστήριος hilastērios G:N-N propitiation ἱλαστήριος, -α, -ον
(ἱλάσκομαι), [in LXX: 4Ma.17:22; neut., Exo.25:16 (17) ff. Exo.31:7 35:12 37:6 ff., Lev.16:2, 13 ff. Num.7:89 (כַּפֹּרֶת), Eze.43:14, 17 43:20 (עֲזָרָה) Amo.9:1 (on the original here, see Deiss., BS, 127)* ;]
propitiatory (μνῆμα, FlJ, Ant., xvi, 7, 1; θάνατος, 2Mac, l.with): of Christ, Rom.3:25; as subst., το ἱ. (sc. ἐπίθεμα, Exo.25:16-17, where the word first occurs in LXX and where ἱ. ἐ. = כַּפֹּרֶת (which see in BDB, see word), elsewhere rendered simply τὸ ἱ; cf. Deiss., 124 ff.; Westc., He., in l), Heb.9:5.†
(AS) G2436 G2436 = G2436 ἵλεως hileōs G:A / G:ADV propitious/gracious ἵλεως, -ων
(Att.. for ἵλαος), [in LXX for חָלִיל, 1Ki.14:45, 2Ki.20:20, al.; ἵ. εἶναι, סָלַח, 3Ki.8:30 ff. Jer.31:34, al. ;]
propitious, merciful: τ. ἀδικίαες, Heb.8:12 (Je, l.with; cf.1 Ki, l.with); ἵ. σοι (sc. ἔστω ὁ θεός), Mat.16:22 (cf. 1Sam, l.with).†
(AS) G2437 G2437 = G2437 Ἰλλυρικόν Illurikon N:N--L Illyricum Ἰλλυρικόν, -οῦ, τό
Illyricum, a region bordering on the Adriatic Sea: Rom.15:19.†
(AS) G2438 G2438 = G2438 ἱμάς himas G:N-M leather strap ἱμάς, -άντος, ὁ
[in LXX: Isa.5:27 (שְׂרוֹךְ), Sir.33:26, 4Ma.9:11, al ;]
a thong, strap: for binding prisoners (Ma, Sir, ll. with), Act.22:25; for fastening sandals, Mk, Luk.3:16, Jhn.1:27.†
(AS) G2439 G2439 = G2439 ἱματίζω himatizō G:V to dress ἱματίζω
(ἱμάτιον),
to clothe: Mrk.5:15, Luk.8:35 (elsewhere only in π.; cf. MM, Exp., xv; Deiss., LAE, 78 f.).†
(AS) G2440 G2440 = G2440 ἱμάτιον himation G:N-N clothing ἱμάτιον, -ου, τό
(dim, of εἷμα, a garment), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּגֶד also for שִׂמְלָה, שַׂלְמָה, etc. ;]
a garment, but in usage always (exc. in p1., see infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over the χιτών; see Rutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499a): Mat.9:16, 20-21 Mrk.2:21 5:27-28, 30 Jhn.19:2, Act.12:8, al.; opposite to χιτών, Mat.5:40, Luk.6:29, Act.9:39; pl., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mat.17:2 26:65 27:31, 35, Mrk.5:30 15:20, 24, Jhn.19:23-24, Jas.5:2, al
(AS) G2441 G2441 = G2441 ἱματισμός himatismos G:N-M clothing ἱματισμός, -ού
(ιματίζω), [in LXX: Gen.24:53, 2Ch.18:29, Eze.16:18, al. (בֶּגֶד); Exo.3:22 12:35, Rut.3:3, al. (שִׂמְלָה), etc. ;]
clothing, apparel (usually of sumptuous attire; see Tr., Syn., § 1): Luk.7:25 9:29, Jhn.19:24 (Psa.22:19, LXX for לְבוּשׁ), Act.20:33, 1Ti.2:9.†
(AS) G2442 G2442 = G2442 ἱμείρω himeirō, himeiromai G:V to desire ἱμείρω [in LXX: Job.3:21 B3R (ABא, ὁμ-) ;] 1Th.2:8 (Rec.), see: ὁμείρομαί.
(AS) G2443 G2443 = G2443 ἵνα hina G:CONJ in order that/to ἵνα,
__I. adverb (poët., Hom., al.),
__1. of place, where, whither.
__2. of circumstance, when.
__II. Conjunction,
__1. prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Act.19:4, Rom.11:31 (?), Gal.2:10, al.);
__(a) with optative (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph.1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; see Burton, §225, Rem., 2);
__(b) with subjc.: after a pres., Mrk.4:21, Luk.6:34, Jhn.3:15, Act.2:25, Rom.1:11, al.; after a pf., Mat.1:22, Jhn.5:23 1Co.9:22, al.; after an imperat. (present or aor.), Mat.7:1, Mrk.11:25, Jhn.10:38, 1Co.7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mrk.1:38, al.; after a fut., Luk.16:4, Jhn.14:3, 1Co.15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optative in cl.; WM, 359f.; M, Pr., 196f.), Mrk.6:41 (impf.), Jhn.4:8 (plpf.), Mrk.3:14 (aor.), al.;
__(with) in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§198, 199), with indic., fut: Luk.20:10, 1Pe.3:1, al.;
__(d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, see word), with indic. pres.: 1Co.4:6, Gal.4:17, al. (?; but V. Burton, §198, Rem.);
__(e) εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jhn.18:37, 1Ti.1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit.1:5;
__(f) elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jhn.1:8, 2Th.3:9, 1Jn.2:19, al.; of the final verb, Rom.4:16, 2Co.8:13, al.
__2. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl, §69, 1), that;
__(a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mat.7:12, al.; ζητῶ, 1Co.4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, 1Co.14:1, al.;
__(b) after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mat.4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mrk.7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mat.14:36, 1Co.1:10, al., etc.;
__(with) after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mat.18:6, Jhn.11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jhn.2:25, al, etc.;
__(d) after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jhn.12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Rev.2:21; συνήθεια, Jhn.18:39; μισθός, 1Co.9:18.
__3. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206ff.; WM, 572; Bl., §69, 3; Burton, §223): Rom.11:11, 1Co.7:29, 1Th.5:4, al. (but see Thayer, see word); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mat.1:22 2:14, Jhn.13:18, al.
(AS) G2444 G2444 = a Combination of G5101 (G2443+G5101) ἱνατί hinati G:ADV-I why? Why is it that? For what reason? Why?, Mt. 9:4; 27:46; Lk. 13:7; Acts 4:25; 7:26; 1Cor. 10:29* G2445 G2445 = the Greek of H3305 Ἰόππη Ioppē N:N-F-L Joppa Ἰόππη (FlJ, id., and also Ἰόπη), -ης, ἡ, (Heb. יָפוֹ),
Joppa: Act.9:1-43 10:1-48 11:1-30.†
(AS) G2446 G2446 = the Greek of H3383 Ἰορδάνης Iordanēs N:N-M-L Jordan Ἰορδάνης, -ου, ὁ (Heb. יַרְדֵּן),
the Jordan: Mat.3:5, Mrk.1:5, al
(AS) G2447 G2447 = G2447 ἰός ios G:N-M poison/rust ἰός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX: Eze.24:6, 11-12 (חֶלְאָה), Psa.140:3 (חֵמָה), al. ;]
__1. an arrow.
__2. rust (Ez, l.with): Jas.5:3 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).
__3. poison: figuratively, Rom.3:13 (Ps. l.with), Jas.3:8.†
(AS) G2448 G2448 = the Greek of H3063G Ἰουδά Iouda N:N--L Judah Ἰούδα, (a) Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jhn.4:9, Act.18:24, Rom.2:28; pl., Rev.2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mat.2:2, Mrk.7:3, Jhn.2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Act.14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Act.2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Act.14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη, Act.21:21; of Jewish Christians, Gal.2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jhn.1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.;
__(b) Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jhn.3:22, Mrk.1:5), (Heb. יְהוּדָה), Judæa: Mat.2:1, Luk.1:5, Jhn.4:3, al.
(AS) G2449 G2449 = the Greek of H3063N Ἰουδαία Ioudaia N:N-F-L Judea
§ Judea, Judean, "land of the Judahites"
Judea, the southern party of the country, below Samaria, Mt. 2:1, 5, 22; 3:1; metonymy the inhabitants of Judea G2450 G2450 = a Group member of H3064G Ἰουδαΐζω Ioudaizō G:V Jew Ἰουδαΐζω
(Ἰουδαῖος), [in LXX: Est.8:17 (יָהַד hith.)* ;]
to can-form to Jewish practice, to Judaize: Gal.2:14.†
(AS) G2451 G2451 = a Group member of H3064G Ἰουδαϊκός Ioudaikos N:A--PG Jewish Ἰουδαϊκός, ή, -όν
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:11 V, 2Ma.13:21 * ;]
Jewish: Tit.1:14.†
(AS) G2452 G2452 = a Group member of H3064G Ἰουδαϊκῶς Ioudaikōs G:ADV-T Jew Ἰουδαϊκῶς
adv.;
in Jewish fashion: Gal.2:14.†
(AS) G2453 G2453G = the Greek of H3064G Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaios N:N--PG Jew Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον
(Ἰούδας),
Jewish: ἀνήρ, Act.10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Act.21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jhn.3:22; χώρα, Mrk.1:5. Substantively,
__(a) Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jhn.4:9, Act.18:24, Rom.2:28; pl., Rev.2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mat.2:2, Mrk.7:3, Jhn.2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Act.14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Act.2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Act.14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη, Act.21:21; of Jewish Christians, Gal.2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jhn.1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.;
__(b) Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jhn.3:22, Mrk.1:5), (Heb. יְהוּדָה), Judæa: Mat.2:1, Luk.1:5, Jhn.4:3, al.
(AS) G2454 G2454 = G2454 Ἰουδαϊσμός Ioudaismos N:N--T Judaism Ἰουδαϊσμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(Ἰουδαΐζω), [in LXX: 2Ma.2:21 2Mac 8:1 2Mac 14:38, 4Ma.4:26 * ;]
Judaism, the observance of Jewish rites: Gal.1:13-14.†
(AS) G2455 G2455G = G2455G Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judas Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455H = G2455H Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judas Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455I = G2455I Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Jude Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455J = G2455J Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judah Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455K = G2455K Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judas Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455L = G2455L Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judas Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455M = G2455M Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judas Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2455 G2455N = a Spelling of H3063G Ἰούδας Ioudas N:N-M-P Judah Ἰούδας, -α
dative -ᾳ,
accusative -αν
(so in LXX, and also rarely, Ἰουδά, indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163) (Heb. יְהוּדָה)
__1. Judah, son of Jacob: Mat.1:2-3, Luk.3:33; φυλή Ἰ., Rev.5:5 7:5; by meton., of the tribe, Heb.7:14; of its confines, γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:6;πόλις Ἰ., Luk.1:39.
__2. Judah (unknown): Luk.3:30.
__3. Judas Iscariot (see: Ἰσκαριώτης): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:19, Luk.6:16, Jhn.6:71 13:2, al.
__4. Judas, the Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3 (prob.), Ju 1.
__5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (see: Θαδδαῖος): Luk.6:16, Jhn.14:22, Act.1:13.
__6. Judas, of Damascus: Act.9:11.
__7. Judas, surnamed Βαρσαββᾶς (which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32.
__8. Judas the Galilean: Act.5:37
Ἰωδά
(Rec. Ἰούδα)
Joda: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G2456 G2456 = G2456 Ἰουλία Ioulia N:N-F-P Julia Ἰουλία, -ας, ἡ
Julia: Rom.16:15.†
(AS) G2457 G2457 = G2457 Ἰούλιος Ioulios N:N-M-P Julius Ἰούλιος, -ου, ὁ
Julius: Act.27:1, 3.†
(AS) G2458 G2458 = G2458 Ἰουνιᾶς Iounias N:N-F-P Junia Ἰουνίας, -α, ὁ
(or Ἰουνία, -ας, ἡ, Junia; AV, H, mg.)
Junias: Rom.16:7.†
(AS) G2459 G2459G = G2459G Ἰοῦστος Ioustos N:N-M-P Justus Ἰοῦστος, -ου, ὁ
Justus, the surname of,
__1. Joseph Barsabbas: Act.1:23.
__2. Titus, of Corinth: Act.18:7.
__3. Jesus, a Christian of Rome: Col.4:11.†
(AS) G2459 G2459H = G2459H Ἰοῦστος Ioustos N:N-M-P Justus Ἰοῦστος, -ου, ὁ
Justus, the surname of,
__1. Joseph Barsabbas: Act.1:23.
__2. Titus, of Corinth: Act.18:7.
__3. Jesus, a Christian of Rome: Col.4:11.†
(AS) G2459 G2459I = a Name of G2501M Ἰοῦστος Ioustos N:N-M-P Justus Ἰοῦστος, -ου, ὁ
Justus, the surname of,
__1. Joseph Barsabbas: Act.1:23.
__2. Titus, of Corinth: Act.18:7.
__3. Jesus, a Christian of Rome: Col.4:11.†
(AS) G2460 G2460 = G2460 ἱππεύς hippeus G:N-M horseman ἱππεύς, -έως (on accusative pl., -εῖς, ν. BI., § 8, 2; Thack., Gr., 148), ὁ
(ἵππος), [in LXX chiefly for פָּרָשׁ ;]
a horseman: Act.23:23, 32.†
(AS) G2461 G2461 = G2461 ἱππικός hippikos G:A horseman ἱππικός, -ή, -όν
(ἵππος), [in LXX: 1Ma.15:33, 3Ma.1:1 * ;]
of a horse or of horsemen, equestrian; as subst., τὸ ἱ (sc. στράτευμα), cavalry: Heb.9:16.†
(AS) G2462 G2462 = G2462 ἵππος hippos G:N-M horse ἵππος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for סוּס, sometimes for פָּרָשׁ, רֶכֶב ;]
a horse: Jas.3:3, Rev.6:2 ff. Rev.9:7 ff. Rev.14:20 18:13 19:11 ff,†
(AS) G2463 G2463 = G2463 ἶρις iris G:N-F rainbow ἶρις, -ιδος, ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.30:24 (קִדָּה)*, (קֶשֶׁת, Gen.9:13, Eze.1:28, is rendered by τόξον) ;]
__1. Iris, the messenger of the gods.
__2. a rain­bow or halo: Rev.4:3 10:1.
__3. The plant Iris (cf. Ex., l.with).†
(AS) G2464 G2464 = the Greek of H3327 Ἰσαάκ Isaak N:N-M-P Isaac Ἰσαάκ
(in MSS. sometimes -σάκ; cf. Deiss., BS, 189; Thack., Gr., 100), ὁ
indecl.
(in FlJ, Ἴσακος, -ου), (Heb. יִצְחָק),
Isaac (Gen.17:19, al.): Mat.1:2, Rom.9:10, al
(AS) G2465 G2465 = G2465 ἰσάγγελος isangelos G:A like an angel ἰσάγγελος -ον
(ἴσος, ἄγγελος),
like or equal to angels: Luk.20:36.†
(AS) G2466 G2466 = the Greek of H3485G Ἰσαχάρ Isachar N:N-M-P Issachar Ἰσσαχάρ (Rec. Ἰσαχ-, Ἰσασχ- (Elz.), T, -άχαρ), ὁ indecl. (FlJ, Ἰσάχαρις, Ἰσάσχ-) (Heb. יִשָּׂשכָר, Gen.30:18),
Issachar: Rev.7:7.†
(AS) G2467 G2467 = a Form of G1492H ἴσημι isēmi G:V to know - to know, see, understand
Occurs as Perfect with Present meaning G2468 G2468 = a Form of G1510 ἴσθι isthi G:V you should be εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G2469 G2469 = a Name of G2455H Ἰσκαριώτης, Ἰσκαριώθ Iskariōtēs, Iskariōth N:N-M-P Iscariot ἰσκαριώθ, ὁ indecl.
(Mrk.3:19 14:10, Luk.6:16, elsewhere -ιώτης; V. infr.) and Ἰσκαριώτης, -ου (Heb. prob. קִרְיָא אִישׁ; see Swete, Mk., 319),
Iscariot: surname of Judas, ll. with supr., also Mat.10:4 26:14, Mrk.14:43 (WH, R, omit), Luk.22:3, Jhn.12:4 13:2 14:22; of his father Simon, Jhn.6:71 13:26.†
(AS) G2470 G2470 = G2470 ἴσος isos G:A equal ἴσος
(epic ἶσος, so sometimes Rec.), -η, -ον, [in LXX for כְּ֜, Jb 5:14; Job.10:10, al.; אֶחָד, Eze.40:5 ff.; 2Ma.9:15, 4Ma.13:20-21, al. ;]
equal, the same in size, number, quality, etc.: δωρεά, Act.11:17; μαρτυρίαι, Mrk.14:56, 59; ἴ. ποιεῖν, with accusative and dative, Mat.20:12; ἑαυτὸν τ. θεῷ, Jhn.5:18; τὰ ἴ. ἀπολαβεῖν, Luk.6:34, n. pl., ἴσα, adverbially, Rev.21:16; τ. θεῷ, Php.2:6.†
(AS) G2471 G2471 = G2471 ἰσότης isotēs G:N-F equality ἰσότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ἴσος), [in LXX: Job.36:30, Zec.4:7 * ;]
__1. equality: 2Co.8:13-14.
__2. equity, fairness: τὸ δίκαιον κ. τὴν ἰ., Col.4:1 (for dis­tinction bet. τὸ δ. and ἡ ἰ, see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G2472 G2472 = G2472 ἰσότιμος isotimos G:A equally valuable ἰσότιμος, -ον
(ἴσος, τιμή),
equally privileged, held in equal honour: πίστις, 2Pe.1:1 (R, mg., equally precious, but v Field, Notes, 240; Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G2473 G2473 = G2473 ἰσόψυχος isopsuchos G:A like-minded ἰσόψυχος -ον
(ἴσος, ψυχή), [in LXX: Psa.55:13 (עֵרֶךְ)* ;]
__1. of equal spirit (Æsch., Agam., 1470).
__2. like-minded: Php.2:20.†
(AS) G2474 G2474 = the Greek of H3478 Ἰσραήλ Israēl N:N--L Israel Ἰσραήλ (FlJ, Ἰσράηλος, -ου), ὁ indecl. (Heb. יִשְׂרָאֵל, Gen.32:28),
Israel: ὁ οἶκος Ἰ., Act.7:42 (LXX), al.; λαός, Act.4:10; υὁοί, Act.5:21, al.; αἱ φυλαὶ τοῦ Ἰ., Mat.19:28, al. By meton., for the Israelites, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:54, Rom.11:2, al.; ὁ λαὸς Ἰ., Act.4:10; γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:20-21; βασιλεὺς Ἰ., Mat.27:42, Jhn.1:50; ἡ ἐλπὶς τοῦ Ἰ., Act.28:20; ὁ Ἰ. τοῦ θεοῦ (of Christians), Gal.6:16; ὁ Ἰ. κατὰ σάρκα, 1Co.10:18
(AS) G2475 G2475 = a Group member of H3478 Ἰσραηλίτης Israēlitēs N:N--PG Israelite Ἰσραηλείτης
(Rec. -λίτης), ου, ὁ [in LXX: Num.25:8 (יִשְׂרָאֵל), 3Ki.21:1 (יִזְרְעֵאלִי; Luc. Ἰεζραηλίτης), etc. ;]
an Israelite, the name expressive of theocratic privilege (see: Ἑβραῖος): Rom.9:4 11:1, 2Co.11:22; ἀληθῶς Ἰ., Jhn.1:48; ἄνδρες Ἰ., Act.2:22 3:12 5:35 13:16 21:23.†
(AS) G2476 G2476 = G2476 ἵστημι histēmi G:V to stand ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, see word; Bl., §23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.].
__I. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass.
__1. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: with accusative of person(s), Mrk.7:9, Act.1:23 6:13 17:31, Heb.10:9; id. before ἐπί, with accusative loc, Mat.4:5, Luk.4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mat.18:2, Mrk.9:36, Jhn.8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Act.6:6; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, Luk.9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mat.25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Rev.18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mat.2:9, Luk.11:18 19:8, 2Co.13:1, al.
__2. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Isa.46:6, al.): Mat.26:15,
__II. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of present and impf.; M, Pr., 147f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mat.20:32 26:73, Mrk.10:49, Luk.8:44, Jhn.1:35 3:29, Act.16:9, al.; before ἐν, Mat.6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Act.10:30, al.; πρός, with dative loc., Jhn.18:16; ἐπί, with genitive loc., Luk.6:17, Act.5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mat.27:11; κύκλῳ, Rev.7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Luk.1:11; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.13:2, Rev.3:20; παρά, Luk.5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mrk.11:5; ὧδε, Mrk.9:1; ὅπου, Mrk.13:14; ἔξω, Mat.12:46; μακρόθεν, Luk.18:13; πόρρωθεν, Luk.17:12. Metaphorical, to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: 1Co.7:37 10:12, Eph.6:11, 13 14, Col.4:12; τ. πίστει, Rom.11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jhn.8:44; εν τ. χάριτι, Rom.5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, 1Co.15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-ἐφ-, συν-ἐφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι).
(AS) G2477 G2477 = G2477 ἱστορέω historeō G:V to get acquainted ἱστορέω, -ῶ
(ἵστωρ, one learned or skilled in) [in LXX: 1Es.1:33 Est.1:42 * ;]
__1. with accusative of thing(s), to inquire into, learn by inquiry.
__2. C. accusative of person(s), to inquire of or about.
__3. to narrate, record.
__4. In late writers, to visit, become acquainted with: Gal.1:18 (see Ellic., in l, and cf. MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2478 G2478 = G2478 ἰσχυρός ischuros G:A strong ἰσχυρός, -ά, -όν
(ἰσχύω), [in LXX for אֵל, גִּבּוֹר, עָצוּם, חָזַק, etc. ;]
strong, mighty, powerful;
__(a) of persons, as to body or spirit: Mat.12:29, Mrk.3:27, Luk.11:21-22, 1Co.4:10 (opposite to ἀσθενής), Heb.11:34 (ἐν πολέμῳ), Rev.5:2 10:1 18:21 19:18; οἱ πλούσιοι κ. οἱ ἰ, Rev.6:15; τὰ ἰ. = oἱ ἰ. (cf. 4Ki.24:15), 1Co.1:27; of God (cf. Deu.10:17), Rev.18:8; compar., Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:7, Luk.11:22, 1Co.1:25 (τὸ ἀσθενὲς τ. θεοῦ) 1Co.10:22;
__(b) of things: λιμός, Luk.15:14; ἐπιστολαί ( βαρεῖαι κ. ἰ.), 2Co.10:10; κραυγή, Heb.5:7; φωνή, Rev.18:2; παράκλησις, Heb.6:18; πόλις, Rev.18:10; βρονταί, Rev.19:6.†
(AS) G2479 G2479 = G2479 ἰσχύς ischus G:N-F strength ἰσχύς, -ύος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for כֹּחַ, also for חַיִל, עַז, גְּבוּרָה, etc. ;]
strength, might, power, force, ability: Rev.5:12 7:12; ἰ. κ. δύναμις, 2Pe.2:11; τ. κράτος τῆς ἰ. (Isa.40:26), Eph.1:19 6:10; ἡ δόξα τῆς ἰ., 2Th.1:9; ἐξ ἰ., 1Pe.4:11; ἐν ὅλῃ τ. ἰ., Mrk.12:30, 33" (LXX) Luk.10:27 (LXX).†
SYN.: δύναμις (which see, and cf. ICC, Php.4:13); κράτος (cf. M, Th., I, 1:9) (AS) G2480 G2480 = G2480 ἰσχύω ischuō G:V be strong ἰσχύω
(ἰσχύς), [in LXX for חָזַק, גִּבּוֹר, עָצַם, etc. ;]
__1. to be strong in body: Mat.9:12, Mrk.2:17.
__2. to be powerful, have power, prevail: Act.19:20, Rev.12:8; before κατά, with genitive of person(s), Act.19:16; with inf., to be able (MM, Exp., xv): Mat.8:28 26:40, Mrk.5:4 9:18 (inf. understood) Mrk.14:37, Luk.6:48 8:43 13:24 14:6, 29-30 16:3 20:26, Jhn.21:6, Act.6:10 15:10 25:7 27:16; with accusative, Php.4:13, Jas.5:16; of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Exp., l.with): Mat.5:13, Gal.5:6, Heb.9:17 (cf. ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-ισχύω).†
(AS) G2481 G2481 = G2481 ἴσως isōs G:ADV perhaps ἴσως
(ἴσσς),
adv., [in LXX for אוּלַי, אַךְ, הֵן, Gen.32:20, Jer.5:4, al. ;]
__1. equally.
__2. perhaps: Luk.20:13.†
(AS) G2482 G2482 = G2482 Ἰταλία Italia N:N-F-L Italy Ἰταλία, -ας, ἡ
Italy: ἡ Ἰ. (see B1., § 46, 11), Act.18:2 27:1, 6, Heb.13:14.†
(AS) G2483 G2483 = a Group member of G2482 Ἰταλικός Italikos N:A--LG Italian Ἰταλικός, -ή, -όν
(Ἰταλία),
Italian: σπεῖρα Ἰ., Act.10:1.†
(AS) G2484 G2484 = the Greek of H3195H Ἰτουραΐα Itouraia N:N--L Ituraea Ἰτουραῖος, -αία, -αῖον
[in LXX: 1Ch.5:19 A (יְטוּר) * ;]
Ituræan (in cl. always ὁι Ἰ., the Ituræans) χώρα (ἡ Ἰτουραίων ὀρεινή, τὰ τῶν Ἰ. μέρη, Strabo, XVI, ii, 16, 20), Luk.3:1 (cf. Exp. (1894), ix, 51 ff., 143 ff., 288 ff.).†
(AS) G2485 G2485 = G2485 ἰχθύδιον ichthudion G:N-N little fish ἰχθύδιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of ἰχθύς),
a little fish: Mat.15:34, Mrk.8:7.†
(AS) G2486 G2486 = G2486 ἰχθύς ichthus G:N-M fish ἰχθύς, -ύoς, ὁ
[in LXX for דָּג, דָּגָה ;]
a fish: Mat.7:10, Mrk.6:38, al.
(AS) G2487 G2487 = G2487 ἴχνος ichnos G:N-N track ἴχνος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX for כַּף, etc. ;]
a track, footstep: metaphorically (as frequently in cl.), στοιχεῖν τοῖς ἴ., Rom.4:12; περιπατεῖν τοῖς ἴ., 2Co.12:18; ἐπακολουθεῖν τοῖς ἴ., 1Pe.2:21 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2488 G2488 = the Greek of H3147H Ἰωάθαμ Iōatham N:N-M-P Jotham Ἰωάθαμ (WH, -θάμ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. יוֹתָם),
Jotham, King of Judah: Mat.1:9.†
(AS) G2489 G2489 = G2489 Ἰωάννα, Ἰωανάν Iōanna, Iōanan N:N-F-P Joanna Ἰωάνα (TR, -ννα; see WH, App., 159), ης, ἡ (Aram יוֺחַן),
Joanna: Luk.8:3 24:10.†
(AS) G2490 G2490 = G2490 Ἰωαννᾶς Iōannas N:N-M-P Joanan Ἰωανάν (Rec. Ἰωαννᾶς, -ᾶ), ὁ indecl. (Heb. יוֹחָנָן),
Joanan (cf. Ἰωάνης): Luk.3:37.†
(AS) G2491 G2491G = G2491G Ἰωάννης Iōannēs N:N-M-P John Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl., §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al.; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al., Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν,
John ( I Est.8:38(41)*), viz.,
__1. John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al.
__2. John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al.
__3. The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17.
__4. John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37.
__5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9.
Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl., §10, 2), ὁ,
John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr., WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης).†
(AS) G2491 G2491H = G2491H Ἰωάννης Iōannēs N:N-M-P John Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl., §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al.; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al., Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν,
John ( I Est.8:38(41)*), viz.,
__1. John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al.
__2. John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al.
__3. The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17.
__4. John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37.
__5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9.
Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl., §10, 2), ὁ,
John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr., WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης).†
(AS) G2491 G2491I = G2491I Ἰωάννης Iōannēs N:N-M-P John Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl., §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al.; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al., Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν,
John ( I Est.8:38(41)*), viz.,
__1. John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al.
__2. John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al.
__3. The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17.
__4. John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37.
__5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9.
Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl., §10, 2), ὁ,
John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr., WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης).†
(AS) G2491 G2491J = a Name of G3138 Ἰωάννης Iōannēs N:N-M-P John Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl., §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al.; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al., Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν,
John ( I Est.8:38(41)*), viz.,
__1. John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al.
__2. John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al.
__3. The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17.
__4. John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37.
__5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9.
Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl., §10, 2), ὁ,
John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr., WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης).†
(AS) G2495 G2491K = G2491K Ἰωνᾶς Iōnas N:N-M-P John Ἰωνᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Heb. יוֹנָה),
Jonah, the prophet: Mat.12:39-41 16:4, Luk.11:29-30, 32.†
(AS) G2492 G2492 = the Greek of H0347 Ἰώβ Iōb N:N-M-P Job Ἰώβ, ὁ (Heb. אִיּוֹב),
Job: Jas.5:11.†
(AS) G2493 G2493 = the Greek of H3100T Ἰωήλ Iōēl N:N-M-P Joel Ἰωήλ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. יוֹאֵל,),
Joel: Act.2:16.†
(AS) G2494 G2494 = G2494 Ἰωνάν Iōnan N:N-M-P Jonam Ἰωνάμ (Rec. -άν),
Jonam: Luk.3:30.†
(AS) G2495 G2495G = a Spelling of G2491K Ἰωνᾶς Iōnas N:N-M-P John Ἰωνᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Heb. יוֹנָה),
Jonah, the prophet: Mat.12:39-41 16:4, Luk.11:29-30, 32.†
(AS) G2495 G2495H = the Greek of H3124 Ἰωνᾶς Iōnas N:N-M-P Jonah Ἰωνᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Heb. יוֹנָה),
Jonah, the prophet: Mat.12:39-41 16:4, Luk.11:29-30, 32.†
(AS) G2496 G2496 = the Greek of H3088G Ἰωράμ Iōram N:N-M-P Joram Ἰωράμ, ὁ, indecl. (Heb. יוֹרָם),
Joram, Jehoram: Mat.1:8.†
(AS) G2497 G2497 = G2497 Ἰωρείμ Iōreim N:N-M-P Jorim Ἰωρείμ, ὁ
indecl.,
Jorim: Luk.3:29.†
(AS) G2498 G2498 = the Greek of H3092I Ἰωσαφάτ Iōsaphat N:N-M-P Jehoshaphat Ἰωσαφάτ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. יְהוֹשָׁפָט),
Jehoshaphat: Mat.1:8.†
(AS) G2499 G2499 = a Name of G2424K Ἰωσή Iōsē N:N-M-P Jose Ἰωσή, see: Ἰωσῆς - -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,
Joses;
__1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see: Ἰωσήφ).
__2. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σήφ), WH, txt), Mrk.15:40, 47
__3. see: Βαρνάβας.†
(AS) G2500 G2500G = G2500G Ἰωσῆς Iōsēs N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσῆς, -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,
Joses;
__1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see: Ἰωσήφ).
__2. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σήφ), WH, txt), Mrk.15:40, 47
__3. see: Βαρνάβας.†
(AS) G2500 G2500H = a Name of G2501H Ἰωσῆς Iōsēs N:N-M-P Joses Ἰωσῆς, -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,
Joses;
__1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see: Ἰωσήφ).
__2. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σήφ), WH, txt), Mrk.15:40, 47
__3. see: Βαρνάβας.†
(AS) G2500 G2500I = a Name of G0921G Ἰωσῆς Iōsēs N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσῆς, -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,
Joses;
__1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see: Ἰωσήφ).
__2. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σήφ), WH, txt), Mrk.15:40, 47
__3. see: Βαρνάβας.†
(AS) G2501 G2501G = G2501G Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501H = G2501H Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501I = G2501I Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501J = G2501J Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501K = G2501K Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501L = G2501L Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501M = G2501M Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501N = the Greek of H3130G Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσήφ indecl.
(FlJ, Ἰώσηπος, -ου), ὁ (Heb. יוֹסֵף),
Joseph;
__1. the Son of Jacob: Jhn.4:5, Act.7:9, 13-14 7:18, Heb.11:21-22, Rev.7:8.
__2. In the genealogy of our Lord,
__(a) the son of Matthias: Luk.3:24;
__(b) the son Joram: Luk.3:30.
__3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mat.1:16 ff, Luk.1:27, Jhn.1:46, al.
__4. One of the brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55.
__5. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σῆς, WH, mg., RV).
__6. Joseph of Arimatbæa: Mat.27:57, 59, Mrk.15:43, 45, Luk.23:50, Jhn.19:38.
__7. see: Βαρνάβας.
__8. see: Βαρσαβᾶς
(AS) G2501 G2501O = a Name of G0921G Ἰωσήφ Iōsēph N:N-M-P Joseph Ἰωσῆς, -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,
Joses;
__1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see: Ἰωσήφ).
__2. Son of Mary: Mat.27:56 (-σήφ), WH, txt), Mrk.15:40, 47
__3. see: Βαρνάβας.†
(AS) G2502 G2502 = the Greek of H2977G Ἰωσίας Iōsias N:N-M-P Josiah Ἰωσείας (-σίας, Rec.), -ου, ὁ (Heb. יֹאשִׁיָּה),
Josiah: Mat.1:10-11 †
(AS) G2503 G2503 = G2503 ἰῶτα iōta G:N-N iota ἰῶτα, τό ,
iota (Heb. י, i.e. the smallest letter): Mat.5:18.†
(AS) G2504 G2504 = a Combination of G1473 (G2532+G1473) κἀγώ kagō G:CONJ+G:P-1 and I κἀγώ see: ἐγώ.
ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G2505 G2505 = G2505 καθά katha G:CONJ as/just as καθά
adv. (for καθ᾽ ἅ), [in LXX: Gen.7:9 19:8, al. (אֲשֶׁר, כְּ), Isa.58:11, Wis.3:10, al. ;]
just as, according as: Mat.27:10 (LXX), Luk.1:2, D (cf. BL, § 78, 1; Phil. Gosp., 8 f.).†
(AS) G2506 G2506 = G2506 καθαίρεσις kathairesis G:N-F destruction καθ-αίρεσις, -εως, ἡ
(καθαιρέω), [in LXX: Exo.23:24 (הָרַס), 1Ma.3:43 * ;]
a pulling down, destruction: figuratively, κ. ὀχυρωμάτων, 2Co.10:4; opposite to οἰκοδομή, 2Co.10:8 13:10.†
(AS) G2507 G2507 = G2507 καθαιρέω kathaireō G:V to take down καθ-αιρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נָתַץ, פָּרַץ, יָרַד, etc. ;]
__1. to take down: with accusative of person(s) (the technical term for removal after crucifixion, Field, Notes, 44), Mrk.15:36, 46, Luk.23:53, Act.13:29.
__2. to put down by force, pull down, destroy: ἀποθήκας, Luk.12:18 (opposite to οἰκοδομεῖν); δυνάστας, Luk.1:52; ἔθνη, Act.13:19; pass., Act.19:27 (diminished, Field, Notes, 129 f.); figuratively, to refute: λογισμούς, 2Co.10:5.†
(AS) G2508 G2508 = G2508 καθαίρω kathairō G:V to prune καθαίρω
(καθαρός), [in LXX: Isa.28:27 (דּוּשׁ ho.), 2Ki.4:6, Jer.51:39 א* ;]
to cleanse: of pruning, Jhn.15:2 (cf. καθαρίζω).†
(AS) G2509 G2509 = G2509 καθάπερ kathaper G:CONJ just as καθάπερ (for καθ᾽ ἅπερ = καθά) adv.,
[in LXX for אֲשֶׁר, Gen.12:4, Exo.7:6, al. ;]
just as, even as: Rom.3:4 4:6 9:13 10:15 11:8 12:4, 1Co.10:10 12:12, 2Co.1:14 3:13 3:18 8:11, 1Th.2:11 3:6 3:12 4:6, Heb.4:2.†
(AS) G2510 G2510 = G2510 καθάπτω kathaptō G:V to attach καθ-άπτω
[in Sm.: Sng.1:6 * ;]
__1. to fasten on, put upon, with accusative
__2. Act. for mid. (cf. Bl., § 53, 3), to lay hold of, attack: with genitive, χειρός, Act.28:3.†
(AS) G2511 G2511 = G2511 καθαρίζω katharizō G:V to clean καθαρίζω
(Hellenistic-FlJ, Inscr.-for Attic καθαίρω, which see, on the vulgar -ερ-, Mat.8:3, Mrk.1:42, see Bl., § 6, 1; Thackeray, Gr., 74) [in LXX chiefly for טָהֵר ;]
to cleanse, make clean.
__1. In physical sense: with accusative of thing(s), figuratively, Mat.23:25-26, Luk.11:39; of disease (leprosy), with accusative of person(s), Mat.8:2-3 10:8 11:5, Mrk.1:40-42 Luk.4:27 5:12-13 7:22 17:14, 17; ἡ λέπρα ἐκαθερίσθη (on the spelling see supr.), Mat.8:3.
__2. In ethical sense: τ. καρδίας, Act.15:9 (cf. Sir.38:10); τ. χεῖρας, Jas.4:8; λαὸν ἑαυτῷ, Tit.2:14; τ. ἐκκλησίαν, Eph.5:26; with accusative of person(s) (of thing(s)), before ἀπό (131., § 36, 9; Deiss., BS, 216 f.), 2Co.7:1, Heb.9:14, 1Jn.1:7 Jn 1:9.
__3. In ceremonial sense: Mrk.7:19, Act.10:15 11:9, Heb.9:22-23 10:2 (cf. δια-καθαρίζω).†
(AS) G2512 G2512 = G2512 καθαρισμός katharismos G:N-M cleansing καθαρισμός, -oῦ, τό
(καθαρίζω). [in LXX for טָהֵר, טׇהֳרָה, etc. ;]
cleansing, purification: Jhn.3:25; with genitive subjc., τ. Ἰουδαίων, Jhn.2:6; with genitive obj., of women after childbirth, Luk.2:22; of lepers, Mrk.1:44, Luk.5:14; with genitive of thing(s), τ. ἁμαρτιῶν, Heb.1:3, 2Pe.1:9 (Cremer, 319).†
(AS) G2513 G2513 = G2513 καθαρός katharos G:A clean καθαρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for טָהוֹר ;]
pure, clean.
__1. Physically: Mat.23:26 27:59, Jhn.13:10-11 (fig.), Jhn.15:3 (figuratively, as of a vine cleansed by pruning), Heb.10:22, Rev.15:6 19:8, 14 21:18, 21.
__2. Ceremonially: Luk.11:41, Rom.14:20, Tit.1:15.
__3. Ethically;
__(a) of persons: Jhn.13:16, Act.18:6, Tit.1:15; ό κ. τῇ καρδίᾳ (καθαρὸς χεῖρας, Hdt., i, 35), Mat.5:8; before ἀπό (cl. with genitive simp.; ΒΙ., § 36, 11; Deiss., BS, 196; MM, Exp., xv), Act.20:26;
__(b) of things: καρδία, 1Ti.1:6, 2Ti.2:22; συνείδησις, 1Ti.3:9, 2Ti.1:3; θρησκεία, Jas.1:27.†
SYN.: see: ἁγνός. (AS) G2514 G2514 = G2514 καθαρότης katharotēs G:N-F cleanness καθαρότης, -ητος, ἡ
(καθαρός), [in LXX: Exo.24:10 (טֹהַר), Wis.7:24 * ;]
purity, cleanness: with genitive, Heb.9:13.†
(AS) G2515 G2515 = G2515 καθέδρα kathedra G:N-F seat καθ-έδρα, -ας, ἡ
(κατά, + ἔδρα, a seat) [in LXX for מוֹשָׁב and cogn. forms ;]
a chair, seat: Mat.21:12, Mrk.11:16; of teachers, Mat.23:2.†
(AS) G2516 G2516 = G2516 καθέζομαι kathezomai G:V to sit down καθ-έζομαι
[in LXX: Lev.12:5, al. (יָשַׁב), Job.39:28 (שָׁכַן) ;]
to sit down, sit: Jhn.20:12; before ἐν, Mat.26:55, Luk.2:46, Jhn.11:20, Act.6:15; before ἐπί, with genitive, Act.20:9; id. with dative, Jhn.4:6 (cf. παρα-καθέζ-, κάθημαι).†
καθ ̓ εἷς, see: (εἷς.)
(AS) G2517 G2517 = G2517 καθεξῆς kathexēs G:ADV in order καθ-εξῆς
(= cl. ἑξῆς, ἐφεξῆς)
adv.,
__1. successively, in order: Luk.1:3, Act.11:4 18:23; τῶν κ.. (those that succeeded him), Act.3:24.
__2. after­wards: ἐν τῷ κ. (sc. χρόνῳ), Luk.8:1.†
(AS) G2518 G2518 = G2518 καθεύδω katheudō G:V to sleep καθεύδω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַב, Gen.28:13, Psa.88:5, al.; also for יָשֵׁן, Sng.5:2, Dan LXX TH Dan.12:2, al.; for יָשַׁב, 1Ki.19:9 ;]
to sleep: Mat.8:24 9:24 13:25 25:5 26:46, 43 26:45, Mrk.4:27, 38 5:39 14:37, 40-41, Luk.8:52 22:46, 1Th.5:7. Metaphorical,
__(a) of death (as Ps, Da, ll. with): 1Th.5:10 (cf. Mat.9:24, Mrk.5:39, Luk.8:52, and see Swete, Mk., l.with);
__(b) of moral and spiritual insensibility: Mrk.13:36, Eph.5:14, 1Th.5:6.†
SYN.: (κοιμάω.) (AS) G2519 G2519 = G2519 καθηγητής kathēgētēs G:N-M teacher καθηγητής, -οῦ, ὁ
(καθηγέομαι, to go before, guide),
__1. prop., a guide.
__2. a master, teacher (MGr. professor): Mat.23:16.†
(AS) G2520 G2520 = G2520 καθήκω kathēkō G:V be fit καθ-ήκω
[in LXX: impers., Lev.5:16, Eze.21:27 (32), al. (מִשְׁפָּט); τὰ κ., Exo.5:13, al. (דָבַר), etc. ;]
__1. to come down, come to.
__2. to be fit, proper: impers., with accusative and inf., Act.22:22 (on the tense, see Bl., § 63, 4); τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα, Rom.1:28.†
(AS) G2521 G2521 = G2521 κάθημαι kathēmai G:V to sit κάθ-ημαι
[in LXX chiefly for יָשַׁב ;]
in cl. present and imperfect only (prop. pf. and plpf. of καθέζομαι; cf. Bl., § 24), in LXX and NT fut. also, to sit, be seated: Mat.11:16 22:44" (LXX), Mrk.2:6, Jhn.6:3, Act.2:2, Jas.2:3 (on the vulgar imper. κάθου, see Kennedy, Sources, 162), Rev.4:3, al.; before prep. with accusative, ἐπί, Mat.9:9, Mrk.2:14, Jhn.12:16; παρά, Mat.13:1, Mrk.10:46; περί, Mrk.3:32, 34; πρός, Luk.22:56; ὑπό, Jas.2:3; εἰς, Mrk.13:3; μετά, with genitive of person(s), Mat.26:58; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mat.22:44; ἐπάνω, with genitive, Mat.28:2; ἀπέναντι, with genitive, Mat.27:61; ἐπί, with dative, Act.3:10; id. with genitive, Act.8:28; ἐκεῖ, Mat.15:29; pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241; Dalman, Words, 22), Mat.13:2, Act.23:3, Rev.18:7; metaphorically, Mat.4:16, Luk.1:79" (LXX) ; of one's domicile (Neh.11:6, Sir.50:26; Hdt., v, 63), Luk.21:31, Act.2:2, Rev.14:6 (cf. συν-κάθημαι)
(AS) G2522 G2522 = G2522 καθημερινός kathēmerinos G:A daily καθημερινός, -ή, -όν
(καθ ̓ ἡμέραν), [in LXX: Jdth.12:15 * ;]
daily (MGr. καθημερνός): Act.6:1.†
(AS) G2523 G2523 = G2523 καθίζω kathizō G:V to seat καθ-ίζω
[in LXX chiefly for יָשַׁב ;]
__1. causal, to make to sit down, set, appoint: Act.2:30, 1Co.6:4, Eph.1:20.
__2. Intrans., to sit down, be seated, sit: Mat.5:1, Mrk.9:35, Luk.7:15, Jhn.8:2, al.; with inf. tel., 1Co.10:7; before εἰς, 2Th.2:4; ἐπί, with accusative, Mrk.11:2, Jhn.12:14; id. with genitive, Jhn.19:13, Act.12:21; ὧδε, Mrk.14:32; αὐτοῦ, Mat.26:36; ἐν δεξιᾷ, Heb.1:3; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mat.20:21, 23; ἐν, Rev.3:21; καθίσας pleonastic (M, Pro.14:1-35; Dalman, Words, 22), Mat.13:48, Luk.5:3 14:31 16:6; of settling in a place (ἐς χωρίον, Thuc., iv, 93), before ἐν, Luk.24:49 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπι-, παρα-, περι-, συν-καθίζω)
(AS) G2524 G2524 = G2524 καθίημι kathiēmi G:V to lower καθ-ίημι
[in LXX: Exo.17:11 (נוּחַ hi.), and seel., 1Ch.21:27, Zec.11:13, Jer.32:14 * ;]
to send or let down: before εἰς, Luk.5:19; διά, with genitive, ib., Act.9:25; ptcp., before ἐπί, with genitive, Act.10:11; ἐκ, Act.11:5.†
(AS) G2525 G2525 = G2525 καθίστημι kathistēmi G:V to appoint/conduct καθ-ίστημι
(and καθιστάνω, Act.17:15), [in LXX for פָּקַד, קוּם, שׂוּם, etc., 24 words in all* ;]
__1.
__(a) to set down;
__(b) to bring down to a place (Hom., Xen., al.; 2Ch.28:15, 1Ki.5:3): Act.17:15.
__2. to set in order, appoint, make, constitute: Tit.1:5, 2Pe.1:8; with dupl. accusative, κριτήν, Luk.12:14; ἡγούμενον, Act.7:10; ἄρχοντα, Act.7:27, 35" (LXX) ; ἀρχιερεῖς, Heb.7:28; before ἐπί, with genitive, Mat.24:45 25:21, 23, Luk.12:42, Act.6:3; id. with dative, Mat.24:47, Luk.12:44; id. with accusative, Heb.2:7 (LXX) (WH, R, mg. omit); pass. (see Mayor, Ja., 115 f.), Rom.5:19, Jas.3:6 4:4; before εἰς with inf., Heb.8:3; τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν, Heb.5:1 (cf. ἀντι-, ἀπο-καθίστημι).
† (AS) G2526 G2526 = G2526 καθό katho G:CONJ insofar as καθό
(= καθ᾽ ὅ),
adv., [in LXX: Lev.9:5, 15 (אֲשֶׁר), I Est.1:50, Sir.16:20 Bar.1:6, 2Ma.4:16 * ;]
as, according as: Rom.8:26, 2Co.8:12, 1Pe.4:13.†
(AS) G2527 G2527 = G2527 καθόλου katholou G:ADV at all καθόλου
(= καθ᾽ ὅλον and so in cl. bef. Arist.)
adv., [in LXX: Exo.22:11(10) Amo.3:3-4; Eze.13:3, 22 17:14 (τὸ κ, μή = בִּלְתִּי), Dan LXX TH Dan.3:50* ;]
on the whole, in general: μή κ., not at all, Act.4:18.†
(AS) G2528 G2528 = G2528 καθοπλίζω kathoplizō G:V to arm fully καθ-οπλίζω
[in LXX: Jer.46:9 (תָּפַשׂ), Mac.9* ;]
to arm fully: pass., Luk.11:21.†
(AS) G2529 G2529 = G2529 καθοράω kathoraō G:V to perceive καθ-οράω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Num.24:2 (רָאָה), Job.10:4 39:26, 3Ma.3:11 * ;]
__1. to look down.
__2. to discern clearly: Rom.1:20.†
(AS) G2530 G2530 = G2530 καθότι kathoti G:CONJ as/just as καθότι
(= καθ᾽ ὅ τι),
adv., [in LXX: Exo.1:12, 17 (אֲשֶׁר), Tob.1:12, Jdth.2:13, al. ;]
__1. in dl., according as, just as (Ex, l.with): Act.2:45 4:35.
__2. In late Gk. = διότι (Tob, l.with), because: Luk.1:7 19:9, Act.2:24 17:31.†
(AS) G2531 G2531 = G2531 καθώς kathōs G:CONJ as/just as καθώς, (i.e. καθ᾽ ὡς), Hellenistic for καθά, which see, καθάπερ, καθό, καθότι (Mayser, 485; Eutherford, NPhr., 495; Bl., §78, 1),
according as, even as, just as, as: Luk.1:2 (see: καθά), 24:39, Jhn.5:23, Act.7:48, 1Co.8:2, Gal.3:6, al.; before οὕτως, Luk.11:30, Jhn.3:14, 2Co.1:5, Col.3:13, 1Jn.2:6, al.; before καί, Jhn.15:9, 1Co.15:49, 1Jn.2:18, al.; οὕτως . . . κ., Luk.24:24; id. with ellipsis of οὕτως, Mat.21:6, Mrk.16:7, Rom.1:13, al.; with other elliptical constructions, Jhn.6:58 17:21, 22 Act.15:8, 1Th.2:13, 1Ti.1:3, 1Jn.3:2, 3 12; καθὼς γέγραπται (Deiss., BS, 249), Mat.26:24, Mrk.9:13, Rom.1:17, al.; introducing subst. clause as object of verb (as in Heb.), Mat.21:6, Mrk.11:6, Luk.5:14, al.; after verbs of speaking, Act.15:14; of proportion and degree, Mrk.4:33, 1Co.12:11, 18 al.; of time (Neh.5:6, 2Ma.1:31), Act.7:17.
(AS) G2532 G2532 = G2532 καί kai G:CONJ and καί,
conj.,
and
__I. Copulative.
__1. Connecting single words;
__(a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al.
__(b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20;
__(with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al.
__2. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult.; esp.
__(a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al.;
__(b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10;
__(with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al.;
__(d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al.;
__(e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36.
__3. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al.
__4. In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16).
__5. καὶ . . . καί, both . . . and (for τε . . . καί, see: τε);
__(a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al.;
__(b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al.
__II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult.; esp. with pron., adv., etc., Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ., Act.11:17; καθὼς κ., Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ., Rom.6:11; διὸ κ., Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν.
ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν,
conditional particle,
representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if;
__1. with subjc. (cl.);
__(a) pres.: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al.;
{ __(b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, with opt., Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7" (LXX) .
__2. C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4);
__(a) fut.: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7;
__(b) pres.: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.).
__3. With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.with), with subjc. pres., Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor., Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε . . . ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם . . . אִם, Est.19:13, al.,] Rom.14:8.
__4. = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ., 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ., 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Gal.5:10.
(AS) G2533 G2533G = G2533G Καϊάφας Kaiaphas N:N-M-P Caiaphas Καιάφας (T, Καϊ-), -α ὁ,
Caiaphas (on the name, see Exp. Times, x, 185): Mat.26:3, 57, Luk.3:2, Jhn.11:4 18:13-14, 24 18:28 Act.4:6.†
Καΐφας, for Καιάφας, which see: Luk.3:2 (L)
(AS) G2533 G2533H = G2533H [unnamed] Kaiaphas N:N-M-P [wife of Ciaphas] Καιάφας (T, Καϊ-), -α ὁ,
Caiaphas (on the name, see Exp. Times, x, 185): Mat.26:3, 57, Luk.3:2, Jhn.11:4 18:13-14, 24 18:28 Act.4:6.†
Καΐφας, for Καιάφας, which see: Luk.3:2 (L)
(AS) G2534 G2534 = a Combination of G1065 (G2532+G1065) καίγε kaige G:CONJ even/even though even, even though, also G2535 G2535 = the Greek of H7014B Κάϊν Kain N:N-M-P Cain Καίν
(Τ, Κάϊν), ὁ,
indecl.
(in FlJ, Κάϊς, -ιος), (Heb. קַיִן; Gen.4:1),
Cain: Heb.11:4, 1Jn.3:12, Ju 11.†
(AS) G2536 G2536G = G2536G Καϊνάν, Καϊνάμ Kainan, Kainam N:N-M-P Cainan Καινάμ (T, Καϊ-; Rec. Καϊνάν), ό, indecl. (Heb. קֵינָן),
Cainam, Cainan;
__1. son of Enos (Gen.5:9): Luk.3:37.
__2. Son of Arphaxad (Gen.10:24 (LXX): Luk.3:36.†
(AS) G2536 G2536H = the Greek of H7018 Καϊνάν, Καϊνάμ Kainan, Kainam N:N-M-P Cainan Καινάμ (T, Καϊ-; Rec. Καϊνάν), ό, indecl. (Heb. קֵינָן),
Cainam, Cainan;
__1. son of Enos (Gen.5:9): Luk.3:37.
__2. Son of Arphaxad (Gen.10:24 (LXX): Luk.3:36.†
(AS) G2537 G2537 = G2537 καινός kainos G:A new καινός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX (Eze.11:19, al.) for חָדָשׁ, exc. Isa.65:15 (אַחֵר) ;]
of that which is unused or unaccustomed, new in respect to form or quality, fresh, unused, novel: opposite to παλαιός, ἀρχαῖος, Mat.9:17 13:52, Mrk.2:21-22 Luk.5:36, 38, 2Co.5:17, Eph.4:24; πλήρωμα, Mrk.2:21; μνημεῖον, Mat.27:60, Jhn.19:41; διαθήκη (T, WH, R, txt., omit), Luk.22:20, 1Co.11:25, 2Co.3:6, Heb.8:8" (LXX), Heb.8:13 9:15; οὐρανοί, γῆ, 2Pe.3:13, Rev.21:1" (LXX) Ἰερουσαλήμ, Rev.3:12 21:2; ἄνθρωπος, Eph.2:15 (cf. Eze.18:31); πάντα, Rev.21:5; γέννημα τ. ἀμπέλου, Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25; διδαχή, Mrk.1:27, Act.17:19; ἐντολή, Jhn.13:34, 1Jn.2:7-8, 2Jn.5; ὄνομα, Rev.2:17 (LXX); ᾠδή, Rev.5:9 14:3 (of. Psa.144:9); κτίσις, 2Co.5:17, Gal.6:15; γλῶσσαι, Mrk.16:17; compar., Act.17:21.†
SYN.: νέος, "the new primarily in reference to time, the young, recent; κ. . the new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh, unworn". Cf. Tr., Syn., § lx (the distinction, however, is less marked in late Gk.; cf. Heb.12:24 with He, ll. with supr., and see MM, Exp., xv) (AS) G2538 G2538 = G2538 καινότης kainotēs G:N-F newness καινότης, -ητος, ἡ
(καινός), [in LXX: 3Ki.8:53, Eze.47:12 * ;]
__1. novelty (Thuc., Isocr., LS, see word).
__2. freshness, newness: ἐν κ. ζωῆς (see Lft., Notes, 296), Rom.6:4; ἐν κ. πνεύματος, Rom.7:6.†
(AS) G2539 G2539 = G2539 καίπερ kaiper G:CONJ although καίπερ concessive particle,
[in LXX: Pro.6:8, Wis.11:9, Jon.1:13, Mac.11 * ;]
although: with ptcp., Php.3:4, Heb.5:8 7:5 12:17, 2Pe.1:12.†
(AS) G2540 G2540 = G2540 καιρός kairos G:N-M time/right time καιρός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for עֵת, also for מוֹעֵד, etc. ;]
__1. due measure, fitness, proportion (Eur., Xen., al.).
__2. Of Time (cl. also) in the sense of a fixed and definite period, time, season (Kennedy, Sources, 153): Mat.11:25, Mrk.1:15, Luk.21:8, Rom.13:11, Eph.6:18, Heb.11:15, 1Pe.1:5 1:11 Rev.1:3, al.; with genitive, πειρασμοῦ Luk.8:13; τ. καρπῶν, Mat.21:34; σύκων, Mrk.11:13; pl., Mat.21:41; χρόνοι ἢ (καὶ) κ., Act.1:7, 1Th.5:1; ἐθνῶν, Luk.21:24; of opportune or seasonable time, Act.24:25, Gal.6:10, Eph.5:16, Col.4:5; with inf., Heb.11:15; ὁ κ. οὗτος, Mrk.10:30, Luk.18:30; ὁ νῦν κ. (Dalman, Words, 148), Rom.8:18; ὁ κ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.7:6; κ. δεκτῲ, 2Co.6:2 (LXX); δουλεύειν τῷ κ., Rom.12:11, R, mg.; τ. σημεῖα τῶν κ., Mat.16:3; adverbial usages: ἐν κ., Mat.24:45, 1Pe.5:6 (cf. καιρῷ, Luk.20:10; τῷ κ., Mrk.12:2); ἄχρι καιροῦ, Luk.4:13; πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; κατὰ καιρόν, Rom.5:6; πρὸ καιροῦ, Mat.8:29
SYN.: (χρόνος) time in the sense of duration (AS) G2541 G2541G = a Name of G0828 Καῖσαρ Kaisar N:N--T Caesar Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ
Cæsar: Mat.22:17, Luk.2:1, Jhn.19:12, Act.25:8 ff., al
(AS) G2541 G2541H = a Name of G2804G Καῖσαρ Kaisar N:N--T Caesar Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ
Cæsar: Mat.22:17, Luk.2:1, Jhn.19:12, Act.25:8 ff., al
(AS) G2541 G2541I = a Name of G3505 Καῖσαρ Kaisar N:N--T Caesar Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ
Cæsar: Mat.22:17, Luk.2:1, Jhn.19:12, Act.25:8 ff., al
(AS) G2541 G2541J = a Name of G5086 Καῖσαρ Kaisar N:N--T Caesar Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ
Cæsar: Mat.22:17, Luk.2:1, Jhn.19:12, Act.25:8 ff., al
(AS) G2542 G2542G = G2542G Καισάρεια Kaisareia N:N-F-L Caesarea Καισαρία (Rec. -άρεια), -ας, ἡ
Cæsarea;
__1. Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of Lebanon: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27.
__2. Cæsarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Act.8:4 9:30 10:1, 24 11:11 12:19 18:22 21:8, 16 23:23, 33 25:1, 4 25:6, 13.†
(AS) G2542 G2542H = G2542H Καισάρεια Kaisareia N:N-F-L Caesarea Καισαρία (Rec. -άρεια), -ας, ἡ
Cæsarea;
__1. Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of Lebanon: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27.
__2. Cæsarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Act.8:4 9:30 10:1, 24 11:11 12:19 18:22 21:8, 16 23:23, 33 25:1, 4 25:6, 13.†
(AS) G2543 G2543 = a Combination of G5104 (G2532+G5104) καίτοι kaitoi G:CONJ and yet/although καίτοι
(= καί τοι, and so also written in cl.)
concessive particle, [in LXX: 4Ma.2:6 * ;]
and yet, although: Act.14:17; with ptcp., Heb.4:3.†
(AS) G2544 G2544 = a Combination of G1065 (G2543+G1065) καίτοιγε kaitoige G:CONJ and yet/although καίτοιγε
strengthened form of καίτοι, which see (and see: γε): Jhn.4:2.†
(AS) G2545 G2545 = G2545 καίω kaiō G:V to kindle/burn καίω
[in LXX for בָּעַר, יָקַד, שָׂרַף, etc. ;]
__1. to kindle, light: with accusative, λύχνον, Mat.5:15; pass., to be lighted, to burn: ptcp., Luk.12:35, Rev.4:5 8:10 19:20; πυρί Heb.12:18, Rev.8:8 21:8; metaphorically, Luk.24:32, Jhn.5:35.
__2. to burn, destroy by fire: pass., Jhn.15:6, 1Co.13:3.†
(AS) G2546 G2546 = a Combination of G1563 (G2532+G1563) κἀκεῖ kakei G:ADV and there κἀκεῖ
(by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖ, and so sometimes written, see infr.),
and there, there also: Mat.5:23 (κ. ἐ., Tr., mg.) Mat.10:11 28:10 (κ. ἐ., T), Mrk.1:35 (κ. ἐ., L) Mrk.1:38 (κ. ἐ., WH) Mrk.14:15 (κ. ἐ., WH), Jhn.11:54, Act.14:7 17:13 22:10 25:20 27:6.†
(AS) G2547 G2547 = a Combination of G1564 (G2532+G1564#;) κἀκεῖθεν kakeithen G:ADV and from there κἀκεῖθεν
(by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖθεν, and so sometimes written, see: ἐκεῖθεν),
of place, and from thence, and thence: Mrk.9:30, Luk.11:53, Act.7:4 14:26 16:12 20:15 21:1 27:4 28:15.†
(AS) G2548 G2548 = a Combination of G1565 (G2532+G1565) κἀκεῖνος kakeinos G:D and that one κἀκεῖνος, -είνη, -εῖνο
(by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖνος, and so sometimes written, see: ἐκεῖνος),
and he, she or it; he, she or it also: Mat.15:18 23:23, Mrk.12:4-5 16:11, 13, Luk.11:7, 42 20:11 22:12, Jhn.6:57 7:29 10:16 14:12 17:24 19:35, Act.5:37 15:11 18:19, Rom.11:23, 1Co.10:6, 2Ti.2:12, Heb.4:2.†
(AS) G2549 G2549 = G2549 κακία kakia G:N-F evil κακία, -ας, ἡ
(κακός), [in LXX chiefly for רָאָה ;]
__1. badness in quality (opposite to ἀρετή, excellence).
__2. wickedness, depravity, malignity: Act.8:22, Rom.1:29, 1Co.5:8 14:20, Eph.4:31, Col.3:8, Tit.3:3, Jas.1:21, 1Pe.2:1 2:16.
__3. In late Gk., evil, trouble, affliction (Amo.3:6, 1Ki.6:9, Ecc.7:15, Sir.19:6, al.): Mat.6:34 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).†
SYN.: (πονηρία) (AS) G2550 G2550 = G2550 κακοήθεια kakoētheia G:N-F malice κακοήθεια (WH, -θία), -ας, ἡ
(κακός, ἦθος), [in LXX: Est.8:13, 3Ma.3:22 3Mac 7:3 A, 4Ma.1:4 4Mac 3:4 * ;]
malignity, malevolence: Rom.1:29 (Cremer, 329).†
(AS) G2551 G2551 = G2551 κακολογέω kakologeō G:V to curse/revile κακολογέω, -ῶ
(κακολόγος, slanderous), [in LXX: Exo.21:16 22:28, 1Ki.3:13, Pro.20:20, Eze.22:7 (קָלַל pi., hi.), 2Ma.4:1 * ;]
to speak ill of, revile, abuse: with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:4, Mrk.7:10" (LXX) Mrk.9:39; with accusative of thing(s), Act.19:9.†
(AS) G2552 G2552 = G2552 κακοπάθεια kakopatheia G:N-F suffering κακοπάθεια (WH, -θία), -ας, ἡ
(κακοπαθής, suffering), [in LXX: Mal.1:13 (תְּלָאָה), תְּלָאָה), 2Ma.2:26-27, 4Ma.9:8 * ;]
distress, affliction: Jas.5:10.†
(AS) G2553 G2553 = G2553 κακοπαθέω kakopatheō G:V to endure κακοπαθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jon.4.10 (עָמָל)* ;]
to suffer evil, endure Affliction: 2Ti.2:9 4:5, Jas.5:13.†
(AS) G2554 G2554 = G2554 κακοποιέω kakopoieō G:V to do evil/harm κακο-ποιέω, ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for רָעַע hi. ;]
to do harm, to do evil: Mrk.3:4, Luk.6:9, 1Pe.3:17, 3Jn.11 (Cremer, 329).†
(AS) G2555 G2555 = G2555 κακοποιός kakopoios G:N-M wrongdoing κακοποιός, -όν
(κακόν, ποιέω), [in LXX: Pro.12:4 (בּוּשׁ hi.) Pro.24:19 (רָעַע hi.)* ;]
doing evil; as susbt., an evil-doer: 1Pe.2:12 2:14 4:15.†
(AS) G2556 G2556G = G2556G κακός kakos G:A evil/harm: evil κακός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for רַע ;]
__1. in general, opposite to ἀγαθός, καλός, in various senses, bad, mean, base, worthless (cl.).
__2. In ethical sense, base, evil, wicked: of persons, Mat.21:41 24:48, Php.3:2, Rev.2:2; διαλογισμοί, Mrk.7:21; ὁμιλίαι, 1Co.15:33; ἐπιθυμία (Pro.12:12), Col.3:5; ἔργον, Rom.13:3; neut., κακόν, τὸ κ., evil: Jhn.18:23, Act.23:9, Rom.7:21 14:20 16:19, 1Co.13:5, Heb.5:14, 1Pe.3:10-11, 3Jn.11; pl., Rom.1:30, 1Co.10:6, 1Ti.6:10, Jas.1:13; κ. (τὸ, τὰ κ.) ποιεῖν (πράσσειν), Mat.27:23, Mrk.15:14, Luk.23:22, Jhn.18:30, Rom.3:8 7:19 13:4, 2Co.13:7, 1Pe.3:12; κατεργάζεσθαι, Rom.2:9; of wrongs inflicted, Act.9:13, Rom.12:17, 21 13:10, 1Th.5:15, 2Ti.4:14, 1Pe.3:9.
__3. pernicious, harmful, evil: Luk.16:25, Act.16:28 28:5, Tit.1:12, Jas.3:8, Rev.16:2 (Cremer, 325, 741).
† SYN.: see: (ἄθεσμος) (AS) G2556 G2556H = a Meaning of G2556G κακός kakos G:A evil/harm: harm κακός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for רַע ;]
__1. in general, opposite to ἀγαθός, καλός, in various senses, bad, mean, base, worthless (cl.).
__2. In ethical sense, base, evil, wicked: of persons, Mat.21:41 24:48, Php.3:2, Rev.2:2; διαλογισμοί, Mrk.7:21; ὁμιλίαι, 1Co.15:33; ἐπιθυμία (Pro.12:12), Col.3:5; ἔργον, Rom.13:3; neut., κακόν, τὸ κ., evil: Jhn.18:23, Act.23:9, Rom.7:21 14:20 16:19, 1Co.13:5, Heb.5:14, 1Pe.3:10-11, 3Jn.11; pl., Rom.1:30, 1Co.10:6, 1Ti.6:10, Jas.1:13; κ. (τὸ, τὰ κ.) ποιεῖν (πράσσειν), Mat.27:23, Mrk.15:14, Luk.23:22, Jhn.18:30, Rom.3:8 7:19 13:4, 2Co.13:7, 1Pe.3:12; κατεργάζεσθαι, Rom.2:9; of wrongs inflicted, Act.9:13, Rom.12:17, 21 13:10, 1Th.5:15, 2Ti.4:14, 1Pe.3:9.
__3. pernicious, harmful, evil: Luk.16:25, Act.16:28 28:5, Tit.1:12, Jas.3:8, Rev.16:2 (Cremer, 325, 741).
† SYN.: see: (ἄθεσμος) (AS) G2557 G2557 = G2557 κακοῦργος kakourgos G:A criminal κακοῦργος, -ον
(contr. from epic κακόεργος), [in LXX. Pro.21:15 (אָוֶן, פָּעַל), Est.8:13, Sir.11:33 33:26 (Sir.33:26)* ;]
a malefactor, criminal: Luk.23:32-33, 39, 2Ti.2:9.†
(AS) G2558 G2558 = G2558 κακουχέω kakoucheō G:V to torment κακουχέω, -ῶ
(κακόν, ἔχω), [in LXX: 3Ki.2:26 11:39 (עָנָה pi., hith.)* ;]
to ill-treat, hurt, torment: pass. ptcp., Heb.11:37 13:3.†
(AS) G2559 G2559 = G2559 κακόω kakoō G:V to harm κακόω, -ῶ
(κακός), [in LXX chiefly for רָעַע hi., עָנָה pi. ;]
__1. to ill-treat, afflict, distress: with accusative of person(s), Act.7:6, 19 12:1 18:10, 1Pe.3:13.
__2. (not in cl.), to embitter (Psa.106:32): Act.14:2,†
(AS) G2560 G2560 = G2560 κακῶς kakōs G:ADV badly κακῶς
(κακός),
adv., [in LXX: Wis.18:19, 4Ma.6:17.al.; κ. εἰπεῖν, ἐρεῖν (אָרַר, קָלַל pi.), Exo.22:28 (27), Lev.19:14, Isa.8:21; κ. ἔχειν (חָלָה, Eze.34:4, al. ;]
badly, ill;
__(a) in physical sense: κ. ἔχειν, to be ill, Mat.4:24 8:16 9:12 14:35 17:15, Mrk.1:32, 34 2:17 6:55 5:31 7:2; πάσχειν, Mat.17:15 (WH, mg.); δαιμονίζεσθαι, Mat.15:22; κακοὺς κ. ἀπολέσει (as frequently in cl., see LS, see word; MM, Exp., xv), evil that they are, he will evilly, etc., Mat.21:41;
__(b) in moral sense, wrongly (1Ma.7:42, 4Mac, l.with, al.): κ. λαλεῖν, Jhn.18:23; είπεῖν, with accusative of person(s), Act.23:5; αἰτεῖσθαι, Jas.4:8,†
(AS) G2561 G2561 = G2561 κάκωσις kakōsis G:N-F oppression κάκωσις, -εως, ἡ
(κακόω) [Ín LXX (for עָנִי, יָדַע, etc.): Exo.3:7, Jer.2:28, Wis.3:2, al. ;]
ill-treatment: Act.7:34 (LXX),†
(AS) G2562 G2562 = G2562 καλάμη kalamē G:N-F straw/stubble καλάμη, -ης, ἡ
(cf. κάλαμος), [in LXX chiefly for קַשׁ, Exo.5:12, Isa.5:24, al. ;]
a stalk of corn, stubble: 1Co.3:12.†
(AS) G2563 G2563 = G2563 κάλαμος kalamos G:N-M reed/stick/pen κάλαμος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for קָנֶה, Isa.42:3, Eze.40:3 ff., al. ;]
a reed: Mat.11:7 12:20" (LXX) Luk.7:24; hence, accusative, to its various uses,
__(a) a reed-pipe, flute;
__(b) a reed-staff, staff (cf. 4Ki.18:21, ῥάβδος καλαμίνη): Mat.27:29-30, 48, Mrk.15:19, 36;
__(with) a measuring reed or rod (Ez, l.with): Rev.11:1 21:15-16;
__(d) a writing reed, a pen: III Jn 13 (cf. Milligan, NTD, 9, 7).†
(AS) G2564 G2564G = G2564G καλέω kaleō G:V to call: call καλέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for קרא ;]
__1. to call, summon: with accusative of person(s), Mat.20:8 25:14, Mrk.3:31, Luk.19:13, Act.4:18; before ἐκ, Mat.2:15 (LXX); metaphorically, 1Pe.2:9.
__2. to call to one's house, invite: Luk.14:16, 1Co.10:27, Rev.19:9; εἰς τ. γάμους, Mat.22:3, 9 Luk.14:8, 9 Jhn.2:2; ὁ καλέσας, Luk.7:39; οἱ κεκλημένοι, Mat.22:8; metaphorically, of inviting to partake of the blessings of the kingdom of God (Dalman, Words, 118f.): Rom.8:30 9:24, 25 1Co.7:17, 18; before εἰς, 1Co.1:9, 1Th.2:12, 1Ti.6:12; ὁ καλῶν (καλέσας), of God, Gal.1:6 5:8, 1Th.5:24, 1Pe.1:15, 2Pe.1:3; οἱ κεκλκλημένοι, Heb.9:15; before ἐν (ἐπί), 1Co.7:15, Gal.5:13, Eph.4:4, 1Th.4:7; κλήσει, Eph.4:1, 2Ti.1:9.
__3. to call, name call by name: pass., Mat.2:23, Luk.1:32, al.; καλούμενος, Luk.7:11, Act.7:58, al.; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 210), Luk.6:15 22:3 23:33, Act.10:1, Rev.12:9, al.; with pred nom., Mat.5:9, Luk.1:35, Rom.9:26, Jas.2:23, 1Jn.3:1. (Cf. ἀντι-, ἐν-, εἰσ- (-μαι), ἐπι-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-καλέω.)
(AS) G2564 G2564H = a Meaning of G2564G καλέω kaleō G:V to call: name καλέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for קרא ;]
__1. to call, summon: with accusative of person(s), Mat.20:8 25:14, Mrk.3:31, Luk.19:13, Act.4:18; before ἐκ, Mat.2:15 (LXX); metaphorically, 1Pe.2:9.
__2. to call to one's house, invite: Luk.14:16, 1Co.10:27, Rev.19:9; εἰς τ. γάμους, Mat.22:3, 9 Luk.14:8, 9 Jhn.2:2; ὁ καλέσας, Luk.7:39; οἱ κεκλημένοι, Mat.22:8; metaphorically, of inviting to partake of the blessings of the kingdom of God (Dalman, Words, 118f.): Rom.8:30 9:24, 25 1Co.7:17, 18; before εἰς, 1Co.1:9, 1Th.2:12, 1Ti.6:12; ὁ καλῶν (καλέσας), of God, Gal.1:6 5:8, 1Th.5:24, 1Pe.1:15, 2Pe.1:3; οἱ κεκλκλημένοι, Heb.9:15; before ἐν (ἐπί), 1Co.7:15, Gal.5:13, Eph.4:4, 1Th.4:7; κλήσει, Eph.4:1, 2Ti.1:9.
__3. to call, name call by name: pass., Mat.2:23, Luk.1:32, al.; καλούμενος, Luk.7:11, Act.7:58, al.; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 210), Luk.6:15 22:3 23:33, Act.10:1, Rev.12:9, al.; with pred nom., Mat.5:9, Luk.1:35, Rom.9:26, Jas.2:23, 1Jn.3:1. (Cf. ἀντι-, ἐν-, εἰσ- (-μαι), ἐπι-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-καλέω.)
(AS) G2565 G2565 = G2565 καλλιέλαιος kallielaios G:N-F olive tree καλλιέλαιος, ου, ἡ
the garden olive (opposite to ἀγριέλ-): Rom.11:24.†
(AS) G2566 G2566 = a Form of G2570G καλλίον kallion G:ADV good καλλίων, -ον
compar. of καλός, see: καλῶς
καλῶς
adv. (καλός), [in LXX for parts and derivatives of יָטַב ;]
finely, rightly, well: Luk.6:48, 1Co.14:17, Gal.4:17 5:7, Jas.2:3; λέγειν, λαλεῖν, etc., Mat.15:7, Mrk.7:6 12:28, Luk.6:26 20:39, Jhn.4:17 8:48 13:13 18:23, Act.28:25; as exclamation of approval, Mrk.12:32, Rom.11:20; κ. ποιεῖν, Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37-38 Jas.2:8, 19; with dative of person(s) (cl. accusative; WM, § 32, 1 β), Luk.6:27; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.7:37; with ptcp., Act.10:33 (M, Pr., 131), Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jn.6; προϊστάναι (-ασθαι), 1Ti.3:4 3:12 5:17; διακονεῖν, 1Ti.3:13; ἀνατρέφεσθαι, Heb.13:18; ironically, Mrk.7:9, 2Co.11:4 (but see CGT, in l); κ. ἔχειν, to be well: Mrk.16:18. Compar., κάλλιον (for superl., B1., § 44, 3), very well: Act.25:10.†
(AS) G2567 G2567 = G2567 καλοδιδάσκαλος kalodidaskalos G:A teaching good καλο-διδάσκαλος, -ου, ὁ
a teacher of that which is good: Tit.2:3.†
(AS) G2568 G2568 = a Combination of G2570H (G2570H+G3040) Καλοὶ Λιμένες Kaloi Limenes N:N--L Fair Havens Καλοί Λιμένες
Fair Havens, a harbour in Crete: Act.27:8.†
(AS) G2569 G2569 = G2569 καλοποιέω kalopoieō G:V to do good καλο-ποιέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Lev.5:4 F (καλῶς π., B) * ;]
to do well, act honourably: 2Th.3:13 (cf. Gal.6:9 τὸ καλὸν π.).†
(AS) G2570 G2570G = G2570G καλός kalos G:A good καλός, -ή, -όν,
[in LXX chiefly for טוֹבָה ,טוֹב, also for יָפֶה, etc. ;]
__1. primarily, of outward form ("related to . . . ἀγαθός as the appearance to the essence," Cremer, 339), fair, beautiful: λίθοι (BV, goodly), Luk.21:5.
__2. In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its ends, good, excellent: of fish, τ. καλά (opposite to σαπρά), Mat.13:48; σπέρμα, Mat.13:24, 27, 37, 38; καρπός, Mat.3:10 7:17-19 12:33, Luk.3:9 [WH] 6:43; δένδρον (opposite to σαρπόν), Mat.12:33, Luk.6:43; γῆ, Mat.13:8, 23 Mrk.4:8, 20 Luk.8:15; τ. ἅλας, Mrk.9:50, Luk.14:34; ὁ νόμος, Rom.7:16, 1Ti.1:8; διδασκαλία, 1Ti.4:6; καρδία κ. καὶ ἀγαθή, Luk.8:15; παραθήκη, 2Ti.1:14; μέτρον, Luk.6:38; βαθμός, 1Ti.3:13; θεμέλιος, 1Ti.6:19; τὸ κ., 1Th.5:21; μαργαρίται, Mat.13:45; οἶνος, Jhn.2:10; ποιμήν, Jhn.10:11, 14; διάκονος, 1Ti.4:6; οἰκονόμος, 1Pe.4:10; στρατιώτης, 2Ti.2:3; στρατεία, 1Ti.1:18; ἀγών, 1Ti.6:12, 2Ti.4:7; ὁμολογία, 1Ti.6:12, 13; ἔργον, Mat.26:10, Mrk.14:6, Jhn.10:33, 1Ti.3:1; pl., Jhn.10:32; καλόν, with inf. and dative, Mat.18:8, 9 1Co.7:1, 26 9:15; id. with accusative and inf., Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, 43, 45, 47, Luk.9:33, Heb.13:9; before εἰ, Mat.26:24, Mrk.9:42 14:21; ἐάν, 1Co.7:8.
__3. Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honourable: Gal.4:18, Heb.5:14; ἔργα, Mat.5:16, 1Ti.5:10, 25 6:18, Tit.2:7, 14 3:8, 14 (Field, Notes, 223f.), Heb.10:24, 1Pe.2:12; ἀναστροφή, Jas.3:13, 1Pe.2:12; συνείδησις, Heb.13:18; before ἐνώπιον, Rom.12:17, 2Co.8:21, 1Ti.2:3; το] κ. ποιεῖν (κατεργάζεσθαι), Rom.7:18, 21 2Co.13:7, Gal.6:9, Jas.4:17; καλόν ἐστιν, with inf., Mat.15:26 (T, ἔξεστιν), Mrk.7:27, Rom.14:21, Gal.4:18; μαρτυρία, 1Ti.3:7; ὄνομα, Jas.2:7; καύχημα, 1Co.5:6 (neg.); θεοῦ ῥῆμα, Heb.6:5. κ. does not occur in Re.†
SYN.: see: ἀγαθός. (AS) G2570 G2570H = G2570H καλός kalos N:A--L Fair (Havens) καλός, -ή, -όν,
[in LXX chiefly for טוֹבָה ,טוֹב, also for יָפֶה, etc. ;]
__1. primarily, of outward form ("related to . . . ἀγαθός as the appearance to the essence," Cremer, 339), fair, beautiful: λίθοι (BV, goodly), Luk.21:5.
__2. In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its ends, good, excellent: of fish, τ. καλά (opposite to σαπρά), Mat.13:48; σπέρμα, Mat.13:24, 27, 37, 38; καρπός, Mat.3:10 7:17-19 12:33, Luk.3:9 [WH] 6:43; δένδρον (opposite to σαρπόν), Mat.12:33, Luk.6:43; γῆ, Mat.13:8, 23 Mrk.4:8, 20 Luk.8:15; τ. ἅλας, Mrk.9:50, Luk.14:34; ὁ νόμος, Rom.7:16, 1Ti.1:8; διδασκαλία, 1Ti.4:6; καρδία κ. καὶ ἀγαθή, Luk.8:15; παραθήκη, 2Ti.1:14; μέτρον, Luk.6:38; βαθμός, 1Ti.3:13; θεμέλιος, 1Ti.6:19; τὸ κ., 1Th.5:21; μαργαρίται, Mat.13:45; οἶνος, Jhn.2:10; ποιμήν, Jhn.10:11, 14; διάκονος, 1Ti.4:6; οἰκονόμος, 1Pe.4:10; στρατιώτης, 2Ti.2:3; στρατεία, 1Ti.1:18; ἀγών, 1Ti.6:12, 2Ti.4:7; ὁμολογία, 1Ti.6:12, 13; ἔργον, Mat.26:10, Mrk.14:6, Jhn.10:33, 1Ti.3:1; pl., Jhn.10:32; καλόν, with inf. and dative, Mat.18:8, 9 1Co.7:1, 26 9:15; id. with accusative and inf., Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, 43, 45, 47, Luk.9:33, Heb.13:9; before εἰ, Mat.26:24, Mrk.9:42 14:21; ἐάν, 1Co.7:8.
__3. Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honourable: Gal.4:18, Heb.5:14; ἔργα, Mat.5:16, 1Ti.5:10, 25 6:18, Tit.2:7, 14 3:8, 14 (Field, Notes, 223f.), Heb.10:24, 1Pe.2:12; ἀναστροφή, Jas.3:13, 1Pe.2:12; συνείδησις, Heb.13:18; before ἐνώπιον, Rom.12:17, 2Co.8:21, 1Ti.2:3; το] κ. ποιεῖν (κατεργάζεσθαι), Rom.7:18, 21 2Co.13:7, Gal.6:9, Jas.4:17; καλόν ἐστιν, with inf., Mat.15:26 (T, ἔξεστιν), Mrk.7:27, Rom.14:21, Gal.4:18; μαρτυρία, 1Ti.3:7; ὄνομα, Jas.2:7; καύχημα, 1Co.5:6 (neg.); θεοῦ ῥῆμα, Heb.6:5. κ. does not occur in Re.†
SYN.: see: ἀγαθός. (AS) G2571 G2571 = G2571 κάλυμμα kalumma G:N-N veil κάλυμμα, -τος, τό
(καλύπτω), [in LXX: Num.3:25 4:8 ff. (מְכַסֶּה), Exo_34:33 ff. (מַסְוֶה), etc. ;]
a covering, veil: 2Co.3:13-16 †
(AS) G2572 G2572 = G2572 καλύπτω kaluptō G:V to cover καλύπτω
[in LXX almost always for כָּסָה pi. ;]
in cl., rare in prose,
to cover: with accusative of person(s), Luk.23:30; with accusative of thing(s) and dative, Luk.8:16; pass., Mat.8:24; metaphorically, to veil, conceal: pf. ptcp. pass., Mat.10:26, 2Co.4:3; of the forgiveness of sins (cf. Psa.32:5 85:2; DB, ii, 56b): 1Pe.4:8, Jas.5:20; (seel. for καιομένη, WH, mg., Luk.24:32).†
(AS) G2573 G2573 = G2573 καλῶς kalōs G:ADV well καλῶς
adv. (καλός), [in LXX for parts and derivatives of יָטַב ;]
finely, rightly, well: Luk.6:48, 1Co.14:17, Gal.4:17 5:7, Jas.2:3; λέγειν, λαλεῖν, etc., Mat.15:7, Mrk.7:6 12:28, Luk.6:26 20:39, Jhn.4:17 8:48 13:13 18:23, Act.28:25; as exclamation of approval, Mrk.12:32, Rom.11:20; κ. ποιεῖν, Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37-38 Jas.2:8, 19; with dative of person(s) (cl. accusative; WM, § 32, 1 β), Luk.6:27; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.7:37; with ptcp., Act.10:33 (M, Pr., 131), Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jn.6; προϊστάναι (-ασθαι), 1Ti.3:4 3:12 5:17; διακονεῖν, 1Ti.3:13; ἀνατρέφεσθαι, Heb.13:18; ironically, Mrk.7:9, 2Co.11:4 (but see CGT, in l); κ. ἔχειν, to be well: Mrk.16:18. Compar., κάλλιον (for superl., B1., § 44, 3), very well: Act.25:10.†
(AS) G2574 G2574 = G2574 κάμηλος kamēlos G:N-F camel κάμηλος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX for גָּמַל ;]
camel: Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6; in proverbs, Mat.19:24 23:24, Mrk.10:25, Luk.18:25 (on the seel. κάμιλος, see WH, Notes, 151).†
κάμιλος, see: κάμηλος, and cf. Thayer; LS, s.v
(AS) G2575 G2575 = G2575 κάμινος kaminos G:N-F furnace/oven κάμινος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.19:28, Exo.19:18, Isa.48:10, al. (כִּבְשָׁן, כּוּר), Dan LXX TH Dan.3:6 ff. (אַתּוּן) ;]
a furnace: Mat.13:42, 50, Rev.1:15 9:2.†
(AS) G2576 G2576 = G2576 καμμύω kammuō G:V to close καμμύω
(syncopated form of καταμύω, used by Ep. and κοινή writers; Rutherford, NPhr., 426 f.) [in LXX: Isa.6:10 (שָׁעַע hi.) Isa.29:10 33:15 (עָצַם), La 3:44 AR* ;]
to shut the eyes: τ. ὀφθαλμούς, Mat.13:15, Act.28:27 (Isa, l.with).†
(AS) G2577 G2577G = G2577G κάμνω kamnō G:V be weary/sick: weak κάμνω
[in LXX: Job.10:1 (קוּט ni.) Job.17:2, Wis.4:16 15:9, 4Ma.3:8 4Mac 7:13 * ;]
__1. to work; hence, from the effect of continued work,
__2. to be weary: Heb.12:3
__3. to be sick: Jas.5:15.†
(AS) G2577 G2577H = a Meaning of G2577G κάμνω kamnō G:V be weary/sick: ill κάμνω
[in LXX: Job.10:1 (קוּט ni.) Job.17:2, Wis.4:16 15:9, 4Ma.3:8 4Mac 7:13 * ;]
__1. to work; hence, from the effect of continued work,
__2. to be weary: Heb.12:3
__3. to be sick: Jas.5:15.†
(AS) G2578 G2578 = G2578 κάμπτω kamptō G:V to bend/bow κάμπτω
[in LXX chiefly for כָּרַע, 4Ki.1:13, 2Ch.29:29, Isa.45:24 (23), al. ;]
to bend, bow: with accusative of thing(s), γόνυ, τὰ γ.; with dative of person(s), τῇ Βάαλ, Rom.11:4 (LXX); πρὸς τ. πατέρα, Eph.3:14; by meton., πᾶν γόνυ for πᾶς, Rom.14:11 (LXX) Php.2:10 (cf. ἀνα-, συν-κάμπτω).†
(AS) G2579 G2579 = a Combination of G1437 (G2532+G1437) κἄν kan G:COND and/even if κἄν
by crasis for καὶ ἄν (= ἐάν; WH, App., 145b; Thayer, see word), with subjunc.,
__1. and if: Mrk.16:18 Luk.12:38, Jhn.8:55, 1Co.13:2-3, Jas.5:15; with ellips., Luk.13:9.
__2. Concessive, even if: Mat.21:21 26:35, Jhn.8:14 10:38 11:25, Heb.12:20.
__3. As intensive of simple καί (M, Pr., 167; WM, 730; Jannaris, Gr., 598), even, at least: Mrk.5:28 6:56, Act.5:15, 2Co.11:16.†
(AS) G2580 G2580 = the Greek of H7071H Κανᾶ Kana N:N--L Cana Κανά (Rec. -νᾶ), ἡ,
indecl.,
Cana, of Galilee: Jhn.2:1, 11 4:46 21:2.†
(AS) G2581 G2581 = G2581 Κανανίτης, Καναναῖος Kananitēs, Kananaios N:N-M-T Zealot Καναναῖος, -ου, ὁ
(late Heb. קָנָא),
a Cananæan or Zealot (cf. ζηλωτής): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18 (Rec. -νίτης).†
(AS) G2582 G2582 = G2582 Κανδάκη Kandakē N:N--T Candace Κανδάκη, -ης, ἡ
Candace: Act.8:27.†
(AS) G2583 G2583 = G2583 κανών kanōn G:N-M rule κανών, -όνος, ὁ
(cf. κάννα, and Heb. קָנֶה, a reed), [in LXX: Mic.7:4, Jdth.13:6, 4Ma.7:21 (and in Aq., Psa.19:5, Job.38:5)* ;]
__1. a rod or bar (Jth, l.with).
__2. a measuring rule; hence, metaph,
__3. a rule or standard: Gal.6:16.
__4. a limit (RV, province): 2Co.10:13-16. (For the history of the word and esp. its later meanings, see Westc., Canon, App. A; cf. also MM, Exp., xv; Cremer, 744.)†
(AS) G2584 G2584 = G2584 Καπερναούμ Kapernaoum N:N--L Capernaum καφαρναούμ (Καπερ-, Rec., see WH, App. 160), ἡ (Heb. נַחוּם כָּפָר Nahum's village)
Capernaum: Mat.4:13, Mrk.1:21, Jhn.2:12, al
(AS) G2585 G2585 = G2585 καπηλεύω kapēleuō G:V to peddle καπηλεύω
(κάπηλος, a huckster, cf. Isa.1:22 (LXX), Sir.26:29)
to make a trade of (RV, mg., make merchandise of), or perhaps (cf. Isa, l.with) to corrupt (RV, tit.): 2Co.2:17.†
(AS) G2586 G2586 = G2586 καπνός kapnos G:N-M smoke καπνός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for עָשָׁן ;]
smoke: Rev.8:4 9:2-3, 17-18 14:11 15:8 18:9, 18 19:3; ἀτμὶς καπνοῦ, Act.2:19 (LXX).†
(AS) G2587 G2587 = G2587 Καππαδοκία Kappadokia N:N-F-L Cappadocia Καππαδοκία, -ας, ἡ
Cappadocia, a province of Asia Minor: Act.2:9, 1Pe.1:1.†
(AS) G2588 G2588 = G2588 καρδία kardia G:N-F heart καρδία, -ας, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for לֵבָב ,לֵב ;]
the heart,
__1. the bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life ( 2Ki.18:14, 4Ki.9:24, al.).
__2. In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man (DB, ii, 317f.; DGG, ii, 344a);
__(a) of the seat of physical life ( Jdg.19:5, Psa.101 (102):5 103 (104):15): Act.14:17, Jas.5:5;
__(b) of the seat of spiritual life: Mat.5:8, Mrk.7:19, Luk.1:51, Act.5:3, Rom.10:9, 10 Eph.6:5, al.; pl., Mat.9:4, Mrk.2:6, al.; opposite to στόμα, χείλεα, πρόσωπον, Mat.15:8, Mrk.7:6, Rom.10:8, 9 2Co.5:12; περιτομὴ καρδίας, Rom.2:29; ἐκ κ., Rom.6:17, 1Pe.1:22; ἀπὸ τῶν κ., Mat.18:35; ἐν ὅλῃ (ἐξ ὅλης), Mat.22:37, Mrk.12:30" (LXX) ; γινώσκειν (ἐρευνᾶν, δοκιμάζειν) τὰς κ., Luk.16:15, Rom.8:27, 1Th.2:4; to think, etc., ἐν τ. κ., Mat.9:4, Mrk.2:6, Luk.12:45, Rom.10:6; συνιέναι (νοεῖν) τῇ κ., Mat.13:15, Jhn.12:40; ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ., Mat.13:15 (LXX); πωροῦν τὴν κ., Jhn.12:40; κ. εὐθεῖα, Act.8:21; πονηρά, Heb.3:12; ἀμετανόητος, Rom.2:5; εἶναι (ἔχειν) ἐν τῇ κ., 2Co.7:3, Php.1:7; ὀδύνη τῇ κ., Rom.9:2.
__3. Of the central or innermost part of anything (of the pith of wood, Arist.): τ. γῆς, Mat.12:40 (Cremer, 343ff.).
(AS) G2589 G2589 = G2589 καρδιογνώστης kardiognōstēs G:N-M heart-knower καρδιο-γνώστης, -ου, ὁ
(καρδία, γνώστης),
knower of hearts: Act.1:24 15:8.†
(AS) G2590 G2590 = G2590 καρπός karpos G:N-M fruit καρπός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for פְּרִי ;]
fruit: of trees, Mat.12:33 21:19, Mrk.11:14, Luk.6:44 13:6-7; of vines, Mat.21:34, Mrk.12:2, Luk.20:10, 1Co.9:7; of fields, Mrk.4:29, Luk.12:17, 2Ti.2:6, Jas.5:7; βλαστάνειν, Jas.5:18; ποιεῖν (cf. Heb. פְּרִי עָשָׂה), Mat.3:10 7:17-19 13:26, Luk.3:9 6:43 8:8 13:9, Rev.22:2; διδόναι, Mat.13:8, Mrk.4:7-8; φέρειν, Mat.7:18, Jhn.12:24 15:2, 4-5 15:8, 16; ἀποδιδόναι, Mat.21:41, Rev.22:2; ὁ κ. τ. κοιλίας (בֶּטֶן פְּרִי, Deu.28:4), Luk.1:42; τ. ὀσφύος (Gen.30:2, al.), Act.2:30.
Metaphorical,
__(a) of works, deeds: Mat.3:8 7:16, 20 21:43, Luk.3:8, Jhn.15:3, 16; τ. πνεύματος, Gal.5:22; τ. φωτός, Eph.5:9; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Php.1:11; σφραγίζεσθαι τὸν κ. (Deiss., BS, 238 f.), Rom.15:28; κ. ἀγαθοί, Jas.3:17;
__(b) of advantage, profit: Php.1:22 4:17; ἔχειν, Rom.1:13 6:21-22. συνάγειν, Jhn.4:36; κ. τ. δικαιοσύνης, Heb.12:11, Jas.3:18; of praise, καρπὸν χειλέων (Hos.14:2, al.; cf. Æsch., Eum., 830): Heb.13:15.†
(AS) G2591 G2591 = G2591 Κάρπος Karpos N:N-M-P Carpus Κάρπος, -ου, ὁ
Carpus: 2Ti.4:13.†
(AS) G2592 G2592 = G2592 καρποφορέω karpophoreō G:V to bear fruit καρπο-φορέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Hab.3:17 (פָּרַח), Wis.10:7 * ;]
to bear fruit: χόρτον, Mrk.4:28 (cf. Wis, l.with). Metaphorical, of conduct: Mat.13:23, Mrk.4:20, Luk.8:15, Rom.7:4-5, Col.1:10; mid., Col.1:6.†
(AS) G2593 G2593 = G2593 καρποφόρος karpophoros G:A fruitbearing καρπο-φόρος, -ον
(καρπύς, φέρω), [in LXX: Jer.2:21 (זֶרַע), Psa.107:34 148:9 (פְּרִי) * ;]
fruitful: Act.14:17.†
(AS) G2594 G2594 = G2594 καρτερέω kartereō G:V to endure καρτερέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Job.2:9 (חָזַק hi.), Isa.42:14 (פָּאָה), Sir.2:2 12:15, 2 12:1-18, 4Macc 7:1-23 * ;]
to be steadfast, patient: Heb.11:27 (cf. προσ-καρτερέω).†
(AS) G2595 G2595 = G2595 κάρφος karphos G:N-N speck κάρφος, -εος (-ους) τό
[in LXX: Gen.8:11 (טָרַף) * ;]
a small dry stalk, a twig; metaphorically, of a minor fault: Mat.7:3-5, Luk.6:41-42.†
(AS) G2596 G2596 = G2596 κατά kata G:PREP according to κατά (bef. a vowel κατ᾽, καθ᾽; on the frequently neglect of elision, see Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146a),
prep. with genitive, accusative,
down, downwards.
__I. C. genitive (WM, §47, k; Bl., §42, 2).
__1. C. genitive of thing(s), in local sense;
__(a) down, down from: Mat.8:32, Mrk.5:13, Luk.8:33, 1Co.11:4;
__(b) throughout (late usage; Bl, l.with): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Luk.4:14 23:5, Act.9:31 10:37;
__(with) in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους, deep or extreme poverty, 2Co.8:2.
__ __2. C. genitive of person(s), usually in hostile sense;
__(a) against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opposite to ὑπέρ, Mrk.9:40; μετά, Mat.12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Gal.5:17; λαλεῖν, Act.6:13; διδάσκειν, Act.21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Jas.3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mat.5:23, Luk.23:14, Rom.8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mat.10:35, Act.14:2, 1Co.4:6, al.;
__(b) of swearing, by: όμνυμι κ. (BL, §34, 1), He 6:13,16, cf. Mat.26:63.
__II. C. accusative (WM, §49d; BL, §42, 2).
__1. Of motion or direction;
__(a) through, throughout: Luk.8:39 9:6 10:4, Act.8:1, 36 al.;
__(b) to, towards, over against: Luk.10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Act.2:1o 16:7, Gal.2:11, Php.3:14, al.;
__ __(with) in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ᾽ οἶκον, at home, Act.2:46; κατ᾽ ἰδίαν (see: ἴδιος); καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, Act.28:16, Rom.14:22, Jas.2:17; with pron. of person(s), Act.17:28 18:15, Rom.1:15, Eph.1:15, al.
__2. Of time, at, during, about: Act.8:26 12:1 19:23, Rom.9:9 Heb.1:10, al.
__3. Distributive;
__(a) of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mat.24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Luk.8:1, 4 al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Act.14:23.
__(b) of time: κ. ἔτος, Luk.2:41; ἑορτήν, Mat.27:15, al.;
__(with) of numbers, etc.: καθ᾽ ἕνα πάντες, 1Co.14:31 (on καθ᾽ εἷς, see: εἷς); κ. ἑκατόν, Mrk.6:40; κ. μέρος, Heb.9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jhn.10:3.
__4. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.;
__(a) in relation to, concerning: Rom.1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, 1Co.12:6 10:18, Php.1:12; κ. πάντα, Act.17:22, Col.3:20, 22 Heb.2:17 4:15;
__(b) according to, after, like: Mrk.7:5, Luk.2:27, 29 Jhn.7:24 Rom.8:4 14:15, Eph.2:2, Col.2:8, Jas.2:8, al.
__III. In composition, κ. denotes,
__1. down, down from (καταβαίνω), etc.), hence, metaphorically;
__(a) victory or rule over (καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.);
__(b) "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111ff.).
__2. under (κατακαλύπτω), etc.).
__3. in succession (καθεξῆς).
__4. after, behind (καταλείπω).
__5. Hostility, against (καταλαλέω).
(AS) G2597 G2597 = G2597 καταβαίνω katabainō G:V to come/go down κατα-βαίνω
[in LXX chiefly for יָרַד ;]
to go or come down, descend.
__1. Of persons: Mat.3:16 24:17, Luk.2:51 6:17 10:31 17:31 19:5-6, Jhn.4:47, 49 4:51 5:7, Act.7:34 8:15 10:20 20:10 23:10 24:1, 22 Eph.4:10. before ἀπό, Mat.8:1 14:29 27:40, 42 Mrk.3:22 15:30, Luk.10:30, Jhn.6:38, Act.25:7, 1Th.4:16; ἐκ, Mat.17:9; ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ, Mat.28:2, Mrk.9:9, Jhn.1:32 3:13 6:33, 41-42 6:50-51, 58 Rev.10:1 18:1 20:1; εἰς, Mrk.1:10, Luk.10:30 18:14, Jhn.2:12, Act.7:15 8:38 14:25 16:8 18:22 25:6, Rom.10:7, Eph.4:9; ἐπί, with accusative loc., Jhn.6:16; with accusative of person(s), Luk.3:22, Jhn.1:33, 51; ἐν, Jhn.5:4; πρός, with accusative of person(s), Act.10:21 14:11, Rev.12:12.
__2. Of things: σκεῦος, Act.10:11 11:5; βροχή, Mat.7:25, 27; λαῖλαψ, Luk.8:23; before ἀπό, Luk.9:54, Act.8:26, Jas.1:17; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Luk.22:44 (WH, R, mg., reject); ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ before ἀπό, Rev.3:12 21:2, 10; id. before εἰς, Rev.13:13; ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Rev.16:21. Fig., κ. ἕως ᾄδον, Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15, WH, txt., Tr., mg. (καταβιβασθήση, T, WH, mg., RV), (cf. συν-καταβαίνω).†
(AS) G2598 G2598 = G2598 καταβάλλω kataballō G:V to lay/throw down κατα-βάλλω
[in LXX chiefly for נָפַל hi. ;]
__1. to cast down, prostrate: metaphorically, pass., 2Co.4:9.
__2. to put down, lay down: metaphorically, mid., with accusative, θεμέλιον, Heb.6:1.†
(AS) G2599 G2599 = G2599 καταβαρέω katabareō G:V to burden κατα-βαρέω, -ῶ
to weigh down: metaphorically, with accusative of person(s), 2Co.12:16.†
(AS) G2600 G2600 = G2600 κατάβασις katabasis G:N-F descent κατα-βαρύνω
[in LXX: 2Ki.13:25 14:26 (כָּבַד), Jol.2:8, Sir.8:15 * ;]
= καταβαρέω: pass., Pres. ptcp., Mrk.14:40.†
(AS) G2601 G2601 = G2601 καταβιβάζω katabibazō G:V to bring down κατα-βιβάζω
[in LXX for יָרַד (hi., etc.): Deu.21:4, Eze.31:16, al. ;]
to cause to go down, cast down: pass., ἕως ᾅδου, Mat.11:23 (WH, R, mg.), Luk.10:15 (WH, mg.).†
(AS) G2602 G2602 = G2602 καταβολή katabolē G:N-F beginning κατα-βολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(καταβάλλω), [in LXX: 2Ma.2:29 * ;]
__1. a laying down: εἰς κ. σπέρματος, Heb.11:11 (EV, to conceive seed).
__2. a foundation (of a house, ii Mac, l.with): metaphorically, ἀπὸ κ. κόσμου, Mat.13:35 (LXX) (om. ἀπὸ κ. κόσμου, WH, R, mg.), Mat.25:34, Luk.11:50, Heb.4:3 9:26, Rev.13:8 17:8; πρὸ κ. κόσμου, Jhn.17:24, Eph.1:4, 1Pe.1:20.†
(AS) G2603 G2603 = G2603 καταβραβεύω katabrabeuō G:V to disqualify κατα-βραβεύω
(βραβεύς, an umpire, cf βραβεῖον)
to give judg­ment against, condemn (see Field, Notes, 196; Abbott, Essays, 104 f.): Col.2:18.†
(AS) G2604 G2604 = G2604 καταγγελεύς katangeleus G:N-M proclaimer καταγγελεύς, -έως, ὁ
a proclaimer, herald (in Inscr., κ. ἀγώνων, Deiss., LAE, 97): with genitive obj., Act.17:18.†
(AS) G2605 G2605 = G2605 καταγγέλλω katangellō G:V to proclaim κατ-αγγέλλω
[in LXX: Pro.17:5 A, 2Ma.8:36 2Mac 9:17 * ;]
__1. to pro­claim, declare: with accusative of thing(s), Act.3:24 16:21 17:23; τ. ἀνάστασιν, Act.4:2; τ. λόγον τοῦ Θ., τ. Κ., Act.13:5 15:36; ὁδὸν σωτηρίας, Act.16:17; φῶς, Act.26:23; τ. μυστήριον τοῦ Θ., 1Co.2:1; τ. εὐαγγέλιον, 1Co.9:14; τ. θάνατον τοῦ Κ., 1Co.11:26; pass., ἄφεσις, Act.13:33; ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θ., Act.17:13; ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν, Rom.1:8; with accusative of person(s), of Christ, ὅν, Act.17:3, Col.1:28; τ. Χριστόν, Php.1:17; pass., Php.1:18.
__2. to denounce (Xen., al.); (for comparison with ἀγγέλλω, ἀναγ-, ἀπαγ-, see Westc. on 1Jn.1:5; and cf. προ-καταγγέλλω).†
(AS) G2606 G2606 = G2606 καταγελάω katagelaō G:V to mock κατα-γελάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂחַק, Job.5:22, Pro.29:9, al. ;]
to deride, laugh scornfully at: with genitive of person(s), Mat.9:24, Mrk.5:40, Luk.8:53.†
(AS) G2607 G2607 = G2607 καταγινώσκω kataginōskō G:V to condemn κατα-γινώσκω
(see: γινώσκω), [in LXX: Deu.25:1 (רָשַׁע hi.), Pro.28:11 (חָקַר), Sir.14:2 19:5 * ;]
to blame, condemn: with genitive of person(s), 1Jn.3:20-21; pass., κατεγνωσμένος ἦν (RV, he stood condemned, see Ellie., in l; but cf. Field, Notes, 188): Gal.2:11.†
(AS) G2608 G2608 = G2608 κατάγνυμι katagnumi G:V to break κατ-άγνυμι
[in LXX for נָחַת pi., etc. ;]
to break: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.12:20 (LXX), Jhn.19:31-33.†
(AS) G2609 G2609 = G2609 κατάγω katagō G:V to bring down κατ-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for יָרַד hi. ;]
to bring down: with accusative of person(s), Act.22:30, Rom.10:6; id. before εἰς, Act.9:30 23:15, 20 23:28; as nautical term, to bring to land: τ. πλοῖον ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Luk.5:11; pass., before εἰς, Act.27:3 2:12.†
(AS) G2610 G2610 = G2610 καταγωνίζομαι katagōnizomai G:V to conquer κατ-αγωνίζομαι depon., "perfective" compound (M, Pr., 116);
__1. to struggle against.
__2. to conquer, overcome: Heb.11:33.†
(AS) G2611 G2611 = G2611 καταδέω katadeō G:V to bandage κατα-δέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for חָבַשׁ, etc. ;]
to bind up: τ. τραύματα (cf. Sir.27:21), Luk.10:34.†
(AS) G2612 G2612 = G2612 κατάδηλος katadēlos G:A evident κατά-δηλος, -ον
(δὴλος)
quite manifest, evident: Heb.7:15.†
(AS) G2613 G2613 = G2613 καταδικάζω katadikazō G:V to condemn κατα-δικάζω
[in LXX: Psa.94:21 (רָשַׁע hi.), La 3:36 (עָוַת pi.), Wis.2:20, al. ;]
to pass sentence upon, condemn; in cl., with genitive of person(s) (accusative of thing(s)); in late writers (so LXX), with accusative of person(s) (θανάτῳ, Wis, l.with): Mat.12:7, Jas.5:6; absol. (as Plat., Legg., 958c), Luk.6:37; pass., Mat.12:37, Luk.6:37.†
δικάζω,
to judge: Luk.6:37 (Tr., mg.; see: καταδ-; Cremer, 199).†
(AS) G2614 G2614 = G2614 καταδιώκω katadiōkō G:V to seek κατα-διώκω
[in LXX chiefly for רָדַף ;]
"perfective" compound (M, Pr., 116), to pursue closely, follow up
__(a) with hostile intent (Thuc., i, 49, Gen.31:36 al.);
__(b) with kindly intention (Psa.23:6, 1Ki.30:22, cf. Sir.27:17): Mrk.1:36.†
(AS) G2615 G2615 = G2615 καταδουλόω katadouloō G:V to enslave κατα-δουλόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for עָבַד ;]
to enslave: 2Co.11:20, Gal.2:4.†
(AS) G2616 G2616 = G2616 καταδυναστεύω katadunasteuō G:V to oppress κατα-δυναστεύω
[in LXX for יָנָה, עָשַׁק, etc. ;]
to exercise power over, oppress: with accusative of person(s) (Xen.; LXX, Mic.2:2, Wis.2:10, al.); with genitive of person(s), Jas.2:6 (ὑμᾶς, T); pass., Act.10:38 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2617 G2617 = G2617 καταισχύνω kataischunō G:V to dishonor κατ-αισχύνω
[in LXX chiefly for בּוּשׁ ;]
to disgrace, dishonour, put to shame: with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.11:4-5; with accusative of person(s), 1Co.1:27 11:22; pass., to be ashamed: Luk.13:17, 2Co.7:14 9:4, 1Pe.3:16; as in LXX (Psa.22:6 25:2-3, al.), of unfulfilled hopes: Rom.5:5; pass., Rom.9:33 10:11, 1Pe.2:6" (LXX) .†
(AS) G2618 G2618 = G2618 κατακαίω katakaiō G:V to burn κατα-καίω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂרַף; in Exo.3:2 (אָכַל pu.), distinguished from καίω ;]
to burn up, burn completely: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:30 Act.19:19; pass., 1Co.3:15, Heb.13:11, 2Pe.3:10, Rev.8:7; before πυρί Mat.3:12 13:40, Luk.3:17 (cf. Exo.29:14, al.); ἐν πυρί (Deu.9:21, al.): Rev.17:16 18:8.†
(AS) G2619 G2619 = G2619 κατακαλύπτω katakaluptō G:V to cover κατα-καλύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for כָּסָה pi. ;]
to cover up; mid., to cover or veil oneself: 1Co.11:6; τ. κεφαλήν, 1Co.11:7.†
(AS) G2620 G2620 = G2620 κατακαυχάομαι katakauchaomai G:V to boast κατα-καυχάομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX: Zec.10:12 (הָלַךְ hith.), Jer.50:11 (עָלַז), Jer.50:38 (הָלַל)* ;]
__1. to boast against, exult over: with genitive, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:13; before κατά, with genitive, Jas.3:14 (T, om. κατά).
__2. before ἐν, to glory in (Za., l.with, Jer.27:38).†
(AS) G2621 G2621 = G2621 κατάκειμαι katakeimai G:V to recline κατά-κειμαι
[in LXX: Pro.6:9 23:34 (שָׁכַב), Jdth.13:15, Wis.17:7 * ;]
__1. to lie down.
__2. to lie sick: Mrk.1:30 2:4, Jhn.5:6, Act.28:8; before ἐπί with genitive, Act.9:33; id. with accusative, Luk.5:25; ἐν, Jhn.5:3.
__3. to recline at meals (cf. ἀνάιειμαι): Mrk.14:3, Luk.5:29; before ἐν, Mrk.2:15, Luk.7:37, 1Co.8:10.†
(AS) G2622 G2622 = G2622 κατακλάω kataklaō G:V to break κατα-κλάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Eze.19:12 (נָתַשׁ hoph.)* ;]
to break up, break in pieces: Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16.†
(AS) G2623 G2623 = G2623 κατακλείω katakleiō G:V to lock up κατα-κλείω
[in LXX: Jer.32:3 (כָּלָא), Wis.17:2, 16, 2Ma.13:21, 3Ma.3:25 * ;]
to shut up:. with accusative of person(s), before ἐν φυλακῇ (-αῖς), Luk.3:20, Act.26:10.†
(AS) G2624 G2624 = G2624 κατακληροδοτέω kataklērodoteō G:V to distribute κατα-κληρονομέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נָחַל, יָרַשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. to distribute by lot or as an inheritance (Num.34:18, Jos.14:1, al.): Act.13:19.
__2. to receive by inheritance (Deu.1:38, al.).†
κατα-κληροδοτέω, ῶ,
[in LXX: Deu.1:38 21:16 A (-νομέω, B), (נָחַל), 1Ma.3:36 א R (-νομέω, A)* ;]
Act.13:19, Rec., = -νομέω, which see†
(AS) G2625 G2625 = G2625 κατακλίνω kataklinō G:V to sit κατα-κλίνω
[in LXX: Exo.21:18 (נָפַל), Num.24:9, Jdg.5:27, 1Ki.16:11 (כָּרַע), Jdth.12:15, 3Ma.1:3 * ;]
to lay down, make to lie down, esp. for meals: with accusative of person(s), Luk.9:14-15; mid., to recline at meals: Luk.7:36 24:30; before εἰς, Luk.14:8 (cf. Jth, Lc.).†
(AS) G2626 G2626 = G2626 κατακλύζω katakluzō G:V to flood κατα-κλύζω
[in LXX for שָׁטַף, Psa.78:20, al. ;]
to inundate, deluge: pass., 2Pe.3:6.†
(AS) G2627 G2627 = G2627 κατακλυσμός kataklusmos G:N-M flood κατα-κλυσμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κατακλύζω), [in LXX chiefly for מַבּוּל, Gen.6:17, al.; also for שֶׁטֶף, Psa.32:6, al. ;]
a flood, deluge: Mat.24:38-39 Luk.17:27, 2Pe.2:5.†
(AS) G2628 G2628 = G2628 κατακολουθέω katakoloutheō G:V to follow κατ-ακολουθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Jer.17:16 (רָאָה), 1Ma.6:23, al. ;]
to follow after: Luk.23:55; with dative of person(s), Act.16:17.†
(AS) G2629 G2629 = G2629 κατακόπτω katakoptō G:V to cut κατα-κόπτω
[in LXX for נָכָה hi., כָּתַת pi., etc. ;]
to cut up, cut in pieces (cf. Isa.27:9, Jer.21:7, 2Ch.34:7): ἑαυτὸν λίθοις, Mrk.5:5.†
(AS) G2630 G2630 = G2630 κατακρημνίζω katakrēmnizō G:V to cast down κατα-κρημνίζω
(κρημνός), [in LXX: 2Ch.25:12 (שָׁלַךְ hi.), 2Ma.12:15 2Mac 14:43, 4Ma.4:25*.]
to throw over a precipice, cast down head­long: Luk.4:29.†
(AS) G2631 G2631 = G2631 κατάκριμα katakrima G:N-N condemnation κατά-κριμα, -τος, τό
(κατακρίνω),
penalty (RV, condemnation; but cf. Deiss., BS, 264 f.; MM, Exp., xv): Rom.5:16, 18 8:1.†
(AS) G2632 G2632 = G2632 κατακρίνω katakrinō G:V to condemn κατα-κρίνω
[in LXX: Est.2:1 (גָּזַר ni.), Wis.4:16, Dan LXX TH Sus 1:53, 4:34, TH Sus 1:41,48,53* ;]
to give judgment against, condemn: Rom.8:34; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.14:64, Jhn.8:10-11; disting. fr. κρίνειν, Rom.2:1, 1Co.11:32; before θανάτῳ (cl. -ου or -ον), Mat.20:18, Mrk.10:33; pass., Mat.27:3, Mrk.16:16, Rom.14:23, 1Co.11:32, 2Pe.2:6. Metaphorical, of condemning through a good example: Mat.12:41-42, Luk.11:31-32, Rom.8:3, Heb.11:7 †
(AS) G2633 G2633 = G2633 κατάκρισις katakrisis G:N-F condemnation κατά-κρισις, -εως, ἡ
(κατακρίνω),
condemnation: 2Co.3:9 7:3 (cf. Deiss., LAE, 91 f.).†
(AS) G2634 G2634 = G2634 κατακυριεύω katakurieuō G:V to master κατα-κυριεύω
[in LXX: Gen.1:28 (כָּבַשׁ), Psa.110:2 Sir.17:4, al. ;]
to gain or exercise dominion (over);
__(a) absol. (Arist.);
__(b) with genitive (Arist., al.): Mat.20:25, Mrk.10:42, Act.19:16, 1Pe.5:3.†
SYN.: (κατεξουσιάζω) (see Swete, Mk., l.with) (AS) G2635 G2635 = G2635 καταλαλέω katalaleō G:V to slander κατα-λαλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for דָבַר ni., pi. ;]
to speak evil of, rail at: in cl., with accusative; in LXX,
__(a) with genitive,
__(b) before κατά, with genitive; in NT, with genitive (M, Pr., 65): Jas.4:11, 1Pe.2:12; pass., 1Pe.3:16,†
(AS) G2636 G2636 = G2636 καταλαλιά katalalia G:N-F slander κατα-λαλιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(κατάλαλος), [in LXX: Wis.1:11 * ;]
evil-speaking, railing: p1., 2Co.12:20, 1Pe.2:1.†
(AS) G2637 G2637 = G2637 κατάλαλος katalalos G:A slanderous κατά-λαλος, -ου, ὁ
a railer, defamer: Rom.1:30.†
SYN.: (ψιθυριστής), a whisperer (see Tr., Syn., § cvii, 15; Lft., Notes, 256) (AS) G2638 G2638 = G2638 καταλαμβάνω katalambanō G:V to grasp κατα-λαμβάνω
[in LXX for נָשַׂג hi., לָכַד, etc. ;]
__1. to lap hold of, seize, appropriate: Mrk.9:18; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.9:24, Php.3:12-13
__2. to overtake: as carrel, of διώκω (Field, Notes, 158 f.), Rom.9:30; ἡ ἡμέρα, 1Th.5:4; of evils, Jhn.1:5 12:35 (cf. 617 T); hence, to surprise, discover: Jhn.8:3-4],
__3. Of mental action, to apprehend, comprehend; so mid., in NT (M, Pr., 158): Eph.3:18; before ὅτι, Act.4:13 10:34; with accusative and inf., Act.25:25 (MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2639 G2639 = G2639 καταλέγω katalegō G:V to enrol κατα-λέγω
[in LXX: Deu.19:16 (עָנָה), 2Ma.7:30 R * ;]
__1. to lay down; mid. (in Hom.), to lie down.
__2. to narrate (LXX, ll. with).
__3. to choose out, hence, to enrol (as of soldiers, Hdt., Thuc., a1., see LS, see word): of widows, pass., 1Ti.5:9 (cf. Ellic.; CGT, in l).†
(AS) G2640 G2640 = G2640 κατάλειμμα kataleimma G:N-N remnant κατά-λειμμα, -τος, τό
(καταλείπω), [in LXX far שָׁאַר (Isa.10:22 14:22), שְׁאֵרִית, etc. ;]
a remnant: Rom.9:27, Rec. (for ὑπόλειμμα, which see).†
(AS) G2641 G2641 = G2641 καταλείπω kataleipō G:V to leave behind κατα-λείπω
[in LXX chiefly far שָׁאַר, ni., hi., also for עָזַב, יָתַר, etc. ;]
__1 1, to leave behind, leave: with accusative of person(s) (of thing(s)), Mat.4:13, Mrk.12:19, 21, Luk.20:31, Act.24:27 25:14, Heb.11:27; of sailing by a place, Act.21:3; ptcp., καταλιπών, redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mat.16:4 21:17; pass., Jhn.8:9, 1Th.3:1; metaphorically, εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, 2Pe.2:15.
__2. to forsake, abandon: Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:7" (LXX) Mrk.14:52, Luk.5:28 15:4, Act.6:2, Eph.5:31" (LXX) .
__3. to leave remaining, reserve: with accusative and inf., Luk.10:40; ἐμαυτῷ, Rom.11:4 (LXX); pass., Heb.4:1 (cf. ἐν-κατα-λείπω).†
(AS) G2642 G2642 = G2642 καταλιθάζω katalithazō G:V to stone κατα-λιθάζω
(= cl. -θόω; cf. -θοβολέω, Exo.17:4, Num_14:10)
to cast stones at, to stone: Luk.20:6.†
(AS) G2643 G2643 = G2643 καταλλαγή katallagē G:N-F reconciliation κατ-αλλαγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(καταλλάσσω), [in LXX: Isa.9:5(4), 2Ma.5:20 * ;]
__1. exchange.
__2. reconciliation: Rom.5:11; κ. κόσμου, Rom.11:15; διακονία τῆς κ., 2Co.5:18; λόγος τῆς κ., 2Co.5:19.†
(AS) G2644 G2644 = G2644 καταλλάσσω katallassō G:V to reconcile κατ-αλλάσσω
(Att.. -ττω; cf. ἀλλάσσω) [in LXX: Jer.48:39 (חָתַת), 2Ma.1:5 2Mac 7:33 2Mac 8:29 * ;]
prop., to change, exchange (esp. of money); hence, of persons, to change from emnity to friendship, to reconcile (for exx. in cl., see Thayer„ LS): of the reconciliation of man to God (Lft., Notes, 288; ICC on Ro, l.with; DCG, ii, 474, 797), 2Co.5:18-19; pass Rom.5:10, 2Co.5:20; of a woman returning to her husband, 1Co.7:11 (cf. ἀπο-καταλλάσσω).†
(AS) G2645 G2645 = G2645 κατάλοιπος kataloipos G:A remaining κατά-λοιπος, -ον
[in LXX for שָׁאַר, שְׁאֵרִית, יָתַר, etc. ;]
left remaining: ἱο κ. τ. ἀνθρώπων, Act.15:17 (LXX).†
(AS) G2646 G2646 = G2646 κατάλυμα kataluma G:N-N guest room/inn κατά-λυμα, -τος, τό
(καταλύω), [in LXX: Exo.4:24 (מָלוֹן), 1Ki.9:22 (לִשְׁכָּה), etc. ;]
__1. = cl. καταγώγιον (cf. πανδοχεῖον), an inn, lodgingplace: Luk.2:7 (so Ex, l.with, and MGr.).
__2. a guest-room (1Sam,l.with): Mrk.14:14, Luk.22:11.†
(AS) G2647 G2647 = G2647 καταλύω kataluō G:V to destroy/lodge κατα-λύω
[in LXX for לוּן, שָׁבַת, etc. ;]
__1. to destroy, cast down: Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.21:6; τ. ναόν, Mat.26:61 27:40, Mrk.14:58 15:29, Act.6:14; οἰκίαν, 2Co.5:1; opposite to οἰκοδομεῖν, Gal.2:18. Metaphorical, to overthrow, annul, abrogate: Act.5:38-39; τ. ἔργον τ. θεοῦ, Rom.14:20; τ. νόμον, Mat.5:17 (2Ma.2:22).
__2. to unloose, unyoke (e.g. horses), hence intrans., of travellers (cf. κατάλυμα), to take up one's quarters, lodge (cl., Gen.19:2, al.): Luk.9:12 19:7.†
(AS) G2648 G2648 = G2648 καταμανθάνω katamanthanō G:V to consider κατα-μανθάνω
[in LXX: Gen.34:1 (רָאָה), Job.35:4 (5) (שׁוּר), Sir.9:5, 8, al. ;]
to learn thoroughly, observe well, consider carefully (on distinction bet. κ. and μανθάνω, cf. M, Pr., 117): Mat.6:28.†
(AS) G2649 G2649 = G2649 καταμαρτυρέω katamartureō G:V to testify against κατα-μαρτυρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Job.15:6, Pro.25:18 (עָנָה), al. ;]
to bear witness againt: with accusative of thing(s) and genitive of person(s), Mat.26:62 27:13, Mrk.14:60.†
(AS) G2650 G2650 = G2650 καταμένω katamenō G:V to stay κατα-μένω
[in LXX for יָשַׁב (Num.20:1, al.), etc. ;]
to remain permanently, abide: Act.1:13, 1Co.16:6, WH (παραμ-, T, EV).†
(AS) G2651 G2651 = G2651 καταμόνας katamonas G:ADV alone καταμόνας
Rec. for κατὰ μόνας, see: μόνος
μόνος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for לְבַד ;]
__1. adj., alone, solitary, forsaken: with verb., Mat.14:23, Mrk.6:47, Luk.9:36, al.; with pron., Mat.18:15, Mrk.9:2, al.; with subst., Mrk.9:8, Luk.4:8, al.; pleonast., οὐκ . . . εἰ μὴ μ., Mat.12:4, Luk.6:4, al.; attrib., only, (ὁ) μ. θεός, Jhn.5:44 17:3, Rom.16:27, 1Ti.1:17, Ju 25.
__2. As adv.,
__(a) neut., (μόνον, alone, only: referring to verb or predic., Mat.9:21, Mrk.5:36, Jas.1:22, al. (see Bl., §44, 2); οὐ (μὴ) μ., Gal.4:18, Jas.1:22; οὐ μ. . . . ἀλλά (Bl, §77, 13.3), Act.19:26, 1Jn.5:6, al.; id. before καί (Bl., §81, 1.2), Rom.5:3 9:10, 2Co.8:19, al.;
__(b) κατὰ μόνας, alone (Bl., §44, 1), Mrk.4:10, Luk.9:18.
(AS) G2652 G2652 = G2652 κατανάθεμα katanathema G:N-N curse κατ-ανά-θεμα
Rec. for κατάθεμα, q.v
(AS) G2653 G2653 = G2653 καταναθεματίζω katanathematizō G:V to curse κατα-θεματίζω
to curse vehemently: Mat.26:74 (cf. ἀναθεμ-).†
(AS) G2654 G2654 = G2654 καταναλίσκω katanaliskō G:V to consume κατ-αν-αλίσκω
[in LXX chiefly forאָכַל ;]
__1. to use up, spend.
__2. to consume: of fire, ptcp., Heb.12:29 (LXX).†
(AS) G2655 G2655 = G2655 καταναρκάομαι katanarkaomai G:V to burden κατα-ναρκάω, -ῶ
(ναρκάω, to grow numb, in LXX, in causal sense, for יָקַע, Gen.32:25 (26); without Heb. equiv., Gen.32:32 (33) Job.33:19, Dan LXX 11:6*);
__1. to cause to grow numb.
__2. Intrans., to grow numb; hence metaphorically, to be inactive, be burdensome to with genitive, 2Co.11:9 12:13-14; pass., to be quite numb (Hippocr.).†
(AS) G2656 G2656 = G2656 κατανεύω kataneuō G:V to signal κατα-νεύω
__1. to nod assent,
__2. to make a sign by nodding the head: with dative of person(s), Luk.5:7.†
(AS) G2657 G2657 = G2657 κατανοέω katanoeō G:V to observe κατα-νοέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נָבַט hi., רָאָה, etc. ;]
to take note of, perceive, consider carefully: Act.7:31-32; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.7:3, Luk.6:41 12:24, 27 20:23, Act.11:6 27:39, Rom.4:19; with accusative of person(s), Heb.3:1 10:24, Jas.1:23-24 (on the distinction bet. κ. and νοέω simplex, see M, Pr., 117).†
(AS) G2658 G2658 = G2658 καταντάω katantaō G:V to come to κατ-αντάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ki.3:29 (חוּל), 2Ma.4:21 2Mac 4:24 2Mac 4:44 2Mac 6:14 * ;]
to come to, arrive at: before εἰς, with accusative loc., Act.16:1 18:19, 24 21:7 25:13 (see M, Pr., 132) Act.27:12 28:13; before ἀντικρύ, with genitive, Act.20:15. Metaphorical, before εἰς, with accusative of person(s), 1Co.10:11 14:36; id. with accusative of thing(s), to attain to: Act.26:7, Eph.4:13, Php.3:11.†
(AS) G2659 G2659 = G2659 κατάνυξις katanuxis G:N-F stupor κατά-νυξις, -εως, ἡ
(κατανύσσω, which see), [in LXX: Psa.60:3 (תַּרְעֵלָה), Isa.29:10 (תַּרְדֵּמָה)* ;]
__1. a pricking.
__2. (Perhaps through resembl. of κατανύσσω to -νυστάζω), torpor of mind, stupefaction: Rom.11:8 (LXX) (see ICC, in l; Field, Notes, 157).†
(AS) G2660 G2660 = G2660 κατανύσσω katanussō G:V to pierce κατα-νύσσω
[in LXX: Gen.34:7 (עָצַב hith.), Lev.10:3, Psa.4:4, Psa 29:12, al. (דָּמַם), Dan LXX TH Sus 1:10 (רָדַם ni.), Sir.12:12 14:1, al. ;]
__1. to strike or prick violently.
__2. to stun.
__3. Of strong emotion, pass., to be smitten: τὴν καρδίαν, Act.2:37 (see: κατάνυξις).†
(AS) G2661 G2661 = G2661 καταξιόω kataxioō G:V to consider worthy κατ-αξιόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ma.13:12, 3Ma.3:21 3Mac 4:11, 4Ma.18:3 * ;]
to deem worthy: with accusative of person(s) and genitive of thing(s), 2Th.1:5; pass. before inf., Luk.20:35, Act.5:41.†
(AS) G2662 G2662 = G2662 καταπατέω katapateō G:V to trample κατα-πατέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for דָּרַךְ, רָמַס, שָׁאַף, etc. ;]
to tread down, trample under foot: Mat.7:6, Luk.12:1; pass., Mat.5:13, Luk.8:5. Metaphorical, τ. υἱὸν τ. θεοῦ, Heb.10:29.†
(AS) G2663 G2663 = G2663 κατάπαυσις katapausis G:N-F rest κατά-παυσις, -εως, ἡ
(καταπαύω), [in LXX chiefly for מְנוּחָה, Psa.95:11, Isa.66:1, al.; ἡμέρα τῆς κ., 2Ma.15:1]
__1. in cl., a putting to rest, causing to cease.
__2. In LXX and NT, rest, repose: Act.7:49 (LXX), Heb.3:11, 18 4:1, 3 4:5, 10-11†
(AS) G2664 G2664 = G2664 καταπαύω katapauō G:V to keep from κατα-παύω
[in LXX for נוּחַ, שָׁבַת, etc. ;]
__1. trans.,
__(a) to cause to cease, restrain: Act.14:18;
__(b) to cause to rest: Heb.4:8.
__2. Intrans., to rest: before ἀτό, Heb.4:4 (LXX), Heb.4:10.†
(AS) G2665 G2665 = G2665 καταπέτασμα katapetasma G:N-N curtain κατα-πέτασμα, -τος, τό
(= cl. παραπέτασμα) [in LXX chiefly for פֹּרֶכֶת (the veil of the Holy of Holies), Exo.26:31, Lev.21:23, al.; also for מָסָךְ (the outer veil), Exo.35:12, Num_3:26, al. (elsewhere κάλυμμα) ;]
in NT always the inner veil or curtain of the Temple (or Tabernacle): Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38, Luk.23:45, Heb.6:19 9:3; figuratively, ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ Heb.10:20.†
(AS) G2666 G2666 = G2666 καταπίνω katapinō G:V to swallow κατα-πίνω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּלַע ;]
__1. to drink down, swallow: Mat.23:24, Rev.12:16.
__2. to devour: 1Pe.5:8. Metaphorical, to swallow up, consume: pass., 1Co.15:54 (LXX), 2Co.2:7 5:4, Heb.11:29.†
(AS) G2667 G2667 = G2667 καταπίπτω katapiptō G:V to fall down κατα-πίπτω
[in LXX: Psa.145:14 (נָפַל), etc. ;]
to fall down: Act.28:6; before εἰς, Act.26:14; ἐπί with accusative, Luk.8:6.†
(AS) G2668 G2668 = G2668 καταπλέω katapleō G:V to sail κατα-πλέω, -ῶ
to sail down, sail to land, put in: εἰς τ. χώραν, Luk.8:26.†
(AS) G2669 G2669 = G2669 καταπονέω kataponeō G:V to oppress κατα-πονέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:2 (A), 3Ma.2:2 3Mac 2:13 * ;]
to wear down, oppress, treat hardly: pass., Act.7:24, 2Pe.2:7.†
(AS) G2670 G2670 = G2670 καταποντίζω katapontizō G:V to sink κατα-πονίζω
[in LXX for טָבַע pu., Exo.15:4 A, בָּלַע pi., שָׁטַף, Psa.55:9 69:2, al. ;]
to throw into the sea, sink or drown therein: Mat.14:30; pass., Mat.18:6.†
(AS) G2671 G2671 = G2671 κατάρα katara G:N-F curse κατ-άρα, -ας, -ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for קְלָלָה ;]
a curse: Gal.3:10, 13 Heb.6:8, 2Pe.2:14; opposite to εὐλογία, Jas.3:10; concrete, of Christ, Gal.3:13 (see Lft. in l).†
(AS) G2672 G2672 = G2672 καταράομαι kataraomai G:V to curse κατ-αράομαι, -ώμαι depon.
(κατάρα), [in LXX chiefly for קָלַל pi. ;]
to curse: with accusative, Mrk.11:21; opposite to εὐλογέω, Luk.6:26, Rom.12:14, Jas.3:9; pass. pf. ptcp., accursed, under a curse (see M, Pr., 221): Mat.25:41.†
(AS) G2673 G2673 = G2673 καταργέω katargeō G:V to abate κατ-αργέω, -ῶ
(κατά, causative, ἀργός = ἀ-εργός), [in LXX: 2Es.4.21; 2Es.4.23; 2Es.5.5; 2Es.6.8 (בְּטֵל)* ;]
to make idle or inactive (χέρας, Eur., Phœn., 753): of soil occupied by an unfruitful tree, Luk.13:7. Metaphorical (Inscr.), to render inoperative or invalid, to abrogate, abolish: Rom.3:3, 31, 1Co.1:28 6:13 13:11 15:24, Gal.3:17, Eph.2:15, 2Th.2:8, 2Ti.1:10, Heb.2:14; pass., Rom.4:14 6:6, 1Co.2:6 13:8 13:10 15:26, 2Co.3:7 3:11-14 Gal.5:11; before ἀπό (of persons), to be separated, discharged or loosed from, Rom.7:2, 6, Gal.5:4.†
(AS) G2674 G2674 = G2674 καταριθμέω katarithmeō G:V to number κατ-αριθμέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ch.31:19 (יָחַשׂ hith.), al. ;]
to number or count among: before ἐν, Act.1:1.†
(AS) G2675 G2675 = G2675 καταρτίζω katartizō G:V to complete κατ-αρτίζω
[in LXX chiefly in Ps (Psa.8:2 al.; כּוּן, etc.) and Ezra (כְּלַל) ;]
to render ἄρτιος, i.e. fit, complete;
__(a) to mend, repair: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19;
__(b) to furnish completely, complete, equip, prepare: pass., Luk.6:40, Rom.9:22, Heb.11:3; mid., Mat.21:16 (LXX), Heb.10:5 (LXX);
__(with) in ethical sense, to prepare, complete, perfect: Gal.6:1 (EV, restore), 1Pe.5:10; pass., 1Co.1:10 (Field, Notes, 167), 2Co.13:11, Heb.13:21 (cf. προ-καταρτίζω).†
(AS) G2676 G2676 = G2676 κατάρτισις katartisis G:N-F perfection κατ-άρτισις, -εως, ἡ
(καταρτίζω),
a strengthening, making fit: in ethical sense, 2Co.13:9.†
(AS) G2677 G2677 = G2677 καταρτισμός katartismos G:N-M preparation καταρτισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in Sm.: Isa.38:12 * ;]
= κατάρτισις (but see ICC, Eph. l.with): Eph.4:12.†
(AS) G2678 G2678 = G2678 κατασείω kataseiō G:V to signal κατα-σείω
[in LXX: Da TH Bel 1:14 AR, 1Ma.6:38 * ;]
__1. to shake down.
__2. Of the hand, to shake or wave as a signal: τ. χεῖρα, Act.19:33; τ. χειρί, Act.13:16; id. with dative of person(s), Act.21:40; before inf., Act.12:17.†
(AS) G2679 G2679 = G2679 κατασκάπτω kataskaptō G:V to ruin κατα-σκάπτω
[in LXX for נָתַץ, הָרַס, etc. ;]
to dig down: Rom.11:3 (LXX).†
(AS) G2680 G2680 = G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuazō G:V to prepare κατα-σκευάζω
[in LXX: Isa.40:19, 28, (בָּרָא), etc. ;]
to prepare, make ready: τ. ὁδόν, Mat.11:10, Mrk.1:2, Luk.7:27; οἶκον, Heb.3:3-4; σκηνήν, Heb.9:2, 6; κιβωτόν, Heb.11:7, 1Pe.3:20; pass. pf. ptcp., λαον κ., Luk.1:17.†
(AS) G2681 G2681 = G2681 κατασκηνόω kataskēnoō G:V to dwell κατα-σκηνόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for סָכַךְ ;]
to pitch one's tent, lodge, dwell: before ἐν, Mat.13:32, Luk.13:19; ὑπό, with accusative, Mrk.4:32; ἐπ᾽ ἐλπιδι, Act.2:26 (LXX).†
(AS) G2682 G2682 = G2682 κατασκήνωσις kataskēnōsis G:N-F dwelling place κατα-σκήνωσις, εως, ἡ
[in LXX: 1Ch.28:2 (בָּנָה), Eze.37:27 (מִשְׁכָּן) Tob.1:4, Wis.9:8, 2Ma.14:35 (R)* ;]
__1. prop., an encamping, taking up one's quarters (Polyb., al., see LS; and cf. LXX, ll. with).
__2. a lodging, abode: of birds, Mat.8:20, Luk.9:58.†
(AS) G2683 G2683 = G2683 κατασκιάζω kataskiazō G:V to overshadow κατα-σκιάζω
to overshadow: with accusative, Heb.9:5.†
(AS) G2684 G2684 = G2684 κατασκοπέω kataskopeō G:V to spy κατα-σκοπέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 4Ki.10:3, 1Ch.19:3 (רָגַל pi.), 1Ma.5:38 (A)* ;]
to view closely, inspect, spy out: with accusative, Gal.2:4.†
(AS) G2685 G2685 = G2685 κατάσκοπος kataskopos G:N-M spy κατά-σκοπος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for רָגַל pi. ;]
a spy: Heb.11:31.†
(AS) G2686 G2686 = G2686 κατασοφίζομαι katasophizomai G:V be cunning κατα-σοφίζομαι
[in LXX: Exo.1:10 (חָכָם hith.), Jdth.5:11 10:19 * ;]
to deal craftily with, outwit: Act.7:19 (LXX) †
(AS) G2687 G2687 = G2687 καταστέλλω katastellō G:V to quiet κατα-στέλλω
[in LXX: 2Ma.4:31, 3Ma.6:1 * ;]
__1. to let down, lower.
__2. to keep down, restrain: with accusative, Act.19:35-36 †
(AS) G2688 G2688 = G2688 κατάστημα katastēma G:N-N behavior κατά-στημα, -τος, τό
(καθίστημι), in LXX: 3Ma.5:45 (-εμα, A) * ;]
__1. condition, of health, etc.
__2. demeanour: Tit.2:3 (for exx. see Field, Notes, 220).†
(AS) G2689 G2689 = G2689 καταστολή katastolē G:N-F attire/behaviour κατα-στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(καταστέλλω), [in LXX: Isa.61:3 (מַעֲטֶה)* ;]
__1. a letting down, checking.
__2. steadiness, quietness in demeanour.
__3. LXX and NT (cf. Plut., ii, 65 D; -ίζω = vestire), a garment, dress, attire: 1Ti.2:9 (but see Ellic., in l).†
(AS) G2690 G2690 = G2690 καταστρέφω katastrephō G:V to overturn κατα-στρέφω
[in LXX for הָפַךְ, etc., Gen.19:21, Jer.20:16, al. ;]
__1. to turn down, turn over; as, the soil.
__2. to overturn, overthrow: Mat.21:12, Mrk.11:15; pass. pf. ptcp., Act.15:16 (LXX).†
(AS) G2691 G2691 = G2691 καταστρηνιάω katastrēniaō G:V to desire κατα-στρηνιάω, -ῶ
to wax wanton against: with genitive, 1Ti.5:11
(AS) G2692 G2692 = G2692 καταστροφή katastrophē G:N-F ruin κατα-στροφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(καταστρέφω), [in LXX: Job.21:17, Pro.1:27 (אֵיד), al. ;]
__1. overthrow: 2Pe.2:6 (WH, om.).
__2. Metaphorical, subversion, upsetting (cf. καθαίρεσις, 2Co.13:10): 2Ti.2:14.†
(AS) G2693 G2693 = G2693 καταστρώννυμι katastrōnnumi G:V be thrown down κατα-στρώννυμι
[in LXX: Num.14:16 (שָׁחַט), Job.12:23 (שָׁטַח), שָׁטַח), Jdt.4.1-15; Jdt.2.1-28 Mac.4 ;]
__1. to strew or spread over.
__2. to lay low, overthrow: 1Co.10:5.†
(AS) G2694 G2694 = G2694 κατασύρω katasurō G:V to drag away κατα-σύρω
[in LXX: Jer.49:10 (חָשַׂף), Dan LXX, Dan.11:10, 26 (שָׁטַף) * ;]
__1. to pull down.
__2. to drag away: with accusative of person(s), Luk.12:58.†
(AS) G2695 G2695 = G2695 κατασφάζω katasphazō G:V to slaughter κατα-σφάζω
[in LXX: Zec.11:5 (הָרַג), Eze.16:40 (בָּתַק pi.), 2Ma.8:1-36 ;]
to kill off, slay: with accusative, Luk.19:27.†
(AS) G2696 G2696 = G2696 κατασφραγίζω katasphragizō G:V to seal κατα-σφραγίζω
[in LXX: Job.9:7 37:7 (חָתַם), Wis.2:5 * ;]
to seal up, secure with a seal: Rev.5:1.†
(AS) G2697 G2697 = G2697 κατάσχεσις kataschesis G:N-F possession κατά-σχεσις, -εως, ἡ
(κατέχω), [in LXX nearly always for אֲחֻזָּה ]
__1. a holding back.
__2. LXX and NT, a holding fast, possession: Act.7:5, 45.†
(AS) G2698 G2698 = G2698 κατατίθημι katatithēmi G:V to attain κατα-τίθημι
[in LXX: 1Ch.21:27 שׁוּב hi.), Psa.41:8 (יָצַק), 1Ma.10:23, al. ;]
to lay down, deposit, lay by: Mrk.15:46, T; mid., to lay up for oneself: χάριν (Hdt., al., see LS, see word), with dative of person(s), Act.24:27 25:9.†
(AS) G2699 G2699 = G2699 κατατομή katatomē G:N-F mutilation κατα-τομή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in Sm.: Jer.31:37 (κατατέμνω is used in LXX of forbidden mutilations: Lev.21:5, al.) ;]
__1. incision.
__2. excision, concision, mutilation: in sarcasm, by paronomasia, in contrast to (true) περιτομή (v3), of Judaizing Christians, Php.3:2 (see Lft., in l; Cremer, 883).†
(AS) G2700 G2700 = G2700 κατατοξεύω katatoxeuō G:V to shoot down κατα-τοξεύω
[in LXX: Exo.19:13 (יָרָה), al. ;]
to strike down with an arrow, shoot dead: Heb.12:20 (LXX) (Rec.; WH, R, om.).†
(AS) G2701 G2701 = G2701 κατατρέχω katatrechō G:V to rush down κατα-τρέχω
[in LXX: Lev.26:37, Jdg.1:6 (רָדַף), al. ;]
to run down: before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Act.21:32.†
(AS) G2702 G2702 = G2702 καταφέρω katapherō G:V to vote against κατα-φέρω
[in LXX for יָרַד hi., etc. ;]
to bring down: αἰτιώματα, Act.25:7; ψῆφον, to cast a ballot, Act.26:10; pass., to be borne down: ὕπνῳ, ἀπὸ τ. ὕ., Act.20:9.†
(AS) G2703 G2703 = G2703 καταφεύγω katapheugō G:V to flee κατα-φεύγω
[in LXX for נוּס, etc. ;]
to flee for refuge: before εἰς, Act.14:6; metaphorically, with inf., Heb.6:18.†
(AS) G2704 G2704 = G2704 καταφθείρω kataphtheirō G:V to deprave κατα-φθείρω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁחַת hi., Gen.6:12, al. ;]
__1 1 to destroy entirely.
__2. In moral sense (as LXX), to deprave, corrupt: pass. pf. ptcp., before τ. νο ν, 2Ti.3:8.†
(AS) G2705 G2705 = G2705 καταφιλέω kataphileō G:V to kiss κατα-φιλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for נָשַׁק ;]
to kiss fervently, kiss affectionately: Mat.26:49, Mrk.14:45, Luk.7:38, 45 15:20, Act.20:37.†
(AS) G2706 G2706 = G2706 καταφρονέω kataphroneō G:V to despise κατα-φρονέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for בָּגַד, בּוּז, etc. ;]
to think little of, despise: with genitive, Mat.6:24 18:10, Luk.16:13, Rom.2:4, 1Co.11:22, 1Ti.4:12 6:2, Heb.12:2, 2Pe.2:10.†
(AS) G2707 G2707 = G2707 καταφρονητής kataphronētēs G:N-M despiser κατα-φρονητής, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for בָּגַד, בֹּגְדוֹת, Hab.1:5 2:5, Zep.3:4 * ;]
a despiser: Act.13:41.†
(AS) G2708 G2708 = G2708 καταχέω katacheō G:V to pour κατα-χέω
[in LXX for יָצַק, נָטָה, עָטָה hi. ;]
to pour down upon: with genitive (cl.), Mrk.14:3; before ἐπί, with genitive, Mat.26:7.†
(AS) G2709 G2709 = G2709 καταχθόνιος katachthonios G:A subterranean κατα-χθόνιος, -ον
(χθών, the earth),
subterranean, under the earth (in cl., of the infernal gods): of the departed in Hades, opposite to ἐπουράνιος, ἐπίγειος, Php.2:10.†
(AS) G2710 G2710 = G2710 καταχράομαι katachraomai G:V to use up κατα-χράομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX: Ep. Je.28, 3Ma.4:5 3Mac 5:22 * ;]
to make full use of, use to the uttermost, use up: 1Co.7:31; with dative, 1Co.9:18 (for other senses, see LS, see word)..†
(AS) G2711 G2711 = G2711 καταψύχω katapsuchō G:V to cool κατα-ψύχω
[in LXX: Gen.18:4 (שָׁעַן ni.)* ;]
to cool: with accusative, Luk.16:24.†
(AS) G2712 G2712 = G2712 κατείδωλος kateidōlos G:A idolatrous κατείδωλος, -ον
(εἴδωλον),
full of idols: Act.17:16.†
(AS) G2713 G2713 = G2713 κατέναντι katenanti G:PREP before κατέναντι
adv., [in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶד, פָּנִים, Gen.7:1, etc. ;]
over against, opposite, before: ἡ, κ. κώμη, Luk.19:30; as prep., with genitive, Mat.21:2 27:24 (ἀπ-, WH, mg.), Mrk.11:2 12:41 (ἀπ-, WH, mg.) Mrk.13:3; metaphorically, before, before θεοῦ, Rom.4:17, 2Co.2:17 12:19.†
(AS) G2714 G2714 = G2714 κατενώπιον katenōpion G:PREP before κατενώπιον
adv. (= Hom., κατένωπα), [in LXX: Psa.44:15, al. ;]
over against, before: with genitive, τ. δόξης, Ju 24; metaphorically (cf. κατέναντι, and see Lft., Col., l.with), τ. θεοῦ, Eph.1:4, Col.1:22.†
(AS) G2715 G2715 = G2715 κατεξουσιάζω katexousiazō G:V to rule κατ-εξουσιάζω
to exercise authority over: with genitive of person(s), Mat.20:25, Mrk.10:42.†
SYN: (κατακυριεύω) (see Swete, Mk., l.with)
(AS) G2716 G2716 = G2716 κατεργάζομαι katergazomai G:V to workout/produce κατ-εργάζομαι
(emphatic form of ἐργάζομαι), [in LXX for פָּעַל, etc. (9 exx., each for a different Heb. word) ;]
to effect by labour, achieve, work out, bring about: with accusative, Rom.4:15 5:3 7:8, 15-20, 2Co.7:10, Eph.6:13, Jas.1:3; pass., 2Co.12:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Rom.7:13, 2Co.4:17 7:11 9:11; id. before διά, with genitive of person(s), Rom.15:18; τ. σωτηρίαν, Php.2:12; with accusative of person(s) before εἰς, 2Co.5:5 (RV, wrought); of evil deeds, Rom.1:27 2:9, 1Co.5:3, 1Pe.4:3.†
(AS) G2718 G2718 = G2718 κατέρχομαι katerchomai G:V to descend κατ-έρχομαι
[in LXX: Tob.1:22, א Tob.2:1, Est.3:13, Wis.11:22, 2Ma.11:29 * ;]
to come down, go down: before εἰς, Luk.4:31, Act.8:5 13:4 15:30 19:1, Τ; ἀπό, Luk.9:37, Act.15:1 18:5 21:10; ἀπό and εἰς, Act.11:27 12:10; of coming to port by ship, Act.18:22 21:3 27:5; before πρός, with accusative of person(s), Act.9:32; metaphorically, of gifts from God, Jas.3:15.†
(AS) G2719 G2719 = G2719 κατεσθίω katesthiō G:V to devour κατ-εσθίω
("perfective" comp. of ἐσθίω, which see, and cf. M, Pr., 111) [in LXX chiefly for אָכַל ;]
to eat up, devour: with accusative, of seed, Mat.13:4, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5; τέκνον, Rev.12:4; βιβλαρίδιον, Rev.10:9-10; metaphorically, οἰκίας, Mat.23:13, Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47; τ. βίον, Luk.15:30; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.2:17 (LXX), 2Co.11:20, Gal.5:15, Rev.11:5 20:9.†
(AS) G2720 G2720 = G2720 κατευθύνω kateuthunō G:V to guide κατ-ευθύνω
[in LXX for כּוּן ni., hi., etc. ;]
to make or keep straight, direct, guide: metaphorically, τ. ὁδόν, 1Th.3:11; τ. πόδας εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης, Luk.1:79; τ. καρδίας εἰς τ. ἀγάπην, 2Th.3:5.†
(AS) G2721 G2721 = G2721 κατεφίστημι katephistēmi G:V to attack κατ-εφ-ίστημι
to rise up against: Act.18:12.†
(AS) G2722 G2722 = G2722 κατέχω katechō G:V to hold back/fast κατ-έχω
[in LXX for אָחַז, חָזַק hi., etc. ;]
__1. perfective of ἔχω (M, Pr., 116; M, Th., 155),
__(a) to possess, hold fast: Luk.8:15, Jhn.5:4, Rom.1:18 (Lft., Notes, 251), 1Co.7:30 11:2, 2Co.6:10, 1Th.5:21, Heb.3:6, 14 10:23;
__(b) to lay hold of, get possession of: Luk.14:9.
__2. to hold back, detain, restrain (M, Th., 156 f.): with accusative before τοῦ μή with inf., Luk.4:42; before πρός, with accusative, Phm 13; absol., τὸ κατέχον (ὁ κ.), 2Th.2:6-7.
__3. Intrans., as nautical term, to put in, make for (LS, see word): Act.27:40.†
(AS) G2723 G2723 = G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoreō G:V to accuse κατηγορέω, -ῶ
(κατά, ἀγορεύω), [in LXX: Dan LXX 6:5, (9), 1Ma.7:6 1Mac 7:25, 2Ma.4:47 2Mac 10:13 2Mac 10:21, 4Ma.9:14 * ;]
to make accusation, accuse,
__(a) in general: absol., Rom.2:15; with genitive of person(s) (cl., WM, 254), Jhn.5:45; irreg. with accusative of person(s), Rev.12:10;
__(b) before a judge: absol., Act.24:2, 19; with genitive of person(s), Mat.12:10, Mrk.3:2, Luk.6:7 11:54 (WH, txt., R, om.), Luk.23:2, 10, Jhn.8:6 Act.25:5 28:19; id. with accusative of thing(s) (cl., but see WM, l.with), Mrk.15:3-4; with genitive of thing(s) (Dem.), Act.24:8 25:11; before περί, with genitive of thing(s) (Thuc., viii, 85), Act.24:13; with accusative of thing(s), before κατά with genitive of person(s) (WM, § 28, 1), Luk.23:14. Pass. (B1., § 54, 3), before ὑπό with genitive, Mat.27:12, Act.22:30; ὁ κατηγορούμενος, Act.25:16.†
(AS) G2724 G2724 = G2724 κατηγορία katēgoria G:N-F accusation κατηγορία, -ας, ἡ
(κατήγορος),
an accusation, charge: with genitive of person(s), Jhn.18:29; before κατά, with id., 1Ti.5:19; with genitive of thing(s), Tit.1:6.†
(AS) G2725 G2725 = G2725 κατήγορος katēgoros G:N-M accuser κατήγορος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Pro.18:17 (רִיב), 2Ma.4:5 * ;]
an accuser: Act.23:30, 35 24:8 (WH, R, txt. om.) Act.25:16, 18.†
(AS) G2726 G2726 = G2726 κατήφεια katēpheia G:N-F gloominess κατήφεια, -ας, ἡ
(κατηφής, downcast, Wis.17:4 *),
dejection: Jas.4:9.†
(AS) G2727 G2727 = G2727 κατηχέω katēcheō G:V to instruct κατ-ηχέω, -ῶ
__1. to resound.
__2. to teach by word of mouth, instruct, inform (see 131., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31): Gal.6:6; with accusative of person(s), 1Co.14:19; pass. with accusative of thing(s), Luk.1:4 (ICC, in l), Act.18:25 21:24 (cf. Lk, l.with), Gal.6:6; before κ, with genitive of thing(s), Rom.2:18; περί, with genitive of person(s), Act.21:21.†
(AS) G2728 G2728 = G2728 κατιόομαι katioomai G:V to corrode κατ-ιόω, -ῶ
(intensive of ἰόω; ἰός) [in LXX: Sir.12:11 * ;]
to rust over; pass., become rusted over: Jas.5:3.†
(AS) G2729 G2729 = G2729 κατισχύω katischuō G:V to prevail κατ-ισχύω
[in LXX chiefly for חָזַק ;]
to overpower, prevail against, prevail: absol., Luk.23:23; with inf., Luk.21:36; with genitive, Mat.16:18.†
(AS) G2730 G2730 = G2730 κατοικέω katoikeō G:V to dwell κατ-οικέω, -ῶ
[in LXX very frequently and nearly always for יָשַׁב ;]
__1. trans., to inhabit, dwell in: with accusative, Luk.13:4, Act.1:10 2:9, 14 4:16 9:32, 35 19:10, 17. Rev.17:2; of God, Mat.23:21.
__2. Intrans., to settle, dwell: Act.22:12; before ἐν (cl.), Act.1:20 (LXX) Act.2:5 7:2, 4 7:48 9:22 11:29 13:27 17:24, Heb.11:9, Rev.13:12; before εἰς (B1., § 39, 3; M, Pr., 62 f., 234 f.), Mat.2:23 4:13, Act.7:4; ἐπὶ τ. γῆς (Num.13:33, al.), Rev.3:10 6:10 8:13 11:10 13:8, 14 17:8; ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τ. γ., Act.17:26; ὅπου, Rev.2:13; ἐκεῖ (of demons), Mat.12:45, Luk.11:26. Metaphorical, of divine indwelling: ὁ Χριστός, Eph.3:17; τ. πνεῦμα, Jas.4:5 (κατῴκισεν, T, WH, R, txt.); τ. πλήωρμα (τ. θεότητος), Col.1:19 2:9; δικαιοσύνη (cf. Wis.1:4), 2Pe.3:13 (cf. ἐν-κατοικέω).†
κατοικίζω,
[in LXX for יָשַׁב hi., etc. ;]
to cause to dwell: metaphorically, with accusative, τὸ πνεῦμα, Jas.4:5 (Rec., R, mg., κατῴκησεν).†
(AS) G2731 G2731 = G2731 κατοίκησις katoikēsis G:N-F dwelling κατ-οίκησις, -εως, ἡ
(κατοικέω), [in LXX for יָשַׁב, Gen.10:30, al. ;]
dwelling: Mrk.5:3.†
(AS) G2732 G2732 = G2732 κατοικητήριον katoikētērion G:N-N dwelling place κατ-οικητήριον, -ου, τό
(κατοικέω), [in LXX for מוֹשָׁב, מָעוֹן, etc. ;]
a habitation, dwelling-place: Eph.2:22, Rev.18:2.†
(AS) G2733 G2733 = G2733 κατοικία katoikia G:N-F dwelling κατ-οικία, -ας, ἡ
(κατοικέω), [in LXX chiefly for מוֹשָׁב, Exo.35:3, al. ;]
__1. a dwelling: Act.17:26.
__2. a settlement (Polyb.).†
(AS) G2734 G2734 = G2734 κατοπτρίζω katoptrizō G:V to reflect κατοπτρίζω
(κάτοπτρον, a mirror),
to show as in a mirror. Mid., to see oneself mirrored (see MM, Exp., xv); with accusative of thing(s) (R, txt., but see mg.), to reflect as a mirror: 2Co.3:18 (cf. Abbott, Essays, 94).†
(AS) G2735 G2735 = G2735 κατόρθωμα katorthōma G:N-N accomplishments κατόρθωμα, -τος, τό
Rec, for διόρθωμα (which see), Act.24:3.†
(AS) G2736 G2736 = G2736 κάτω katō G:PREP under κάτω
adv. (κατά), [in LXX for מַטָּה, תַּחַת and cogn. forms ;]
__1. down, downwards (with verbs of motion), Mat.4:6, Luk.4:9, Jhn.8:6, 8, Act.20:9.
__2. below, beneath: Mrk.14:66, Act.2:19" (LXX) ; ἕως κ. (Eze.1:27, al.), Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38. τὰ κ. (opposite to τ. ἄνω), Jhn.8:23. Compar. κατωτέρω: ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κ. (cf. 1Ch.27:21), Mat.2:16.†
(AS) G2737 G2737 = G2737 κατώτερος katōteros G:A lower κατώτερος, -έρα, -ερον
(κάτω), [in LXX for תַּחְתּוֹן, תַּחְתִּי ;]
lower; τὰ. κ. τῆς γῆς (see AR, Eph., l.with; for rendering this lower earth, see ICC, Eph, l.with), the lower parts of the earth (cf. Psa.139:15; cf. also MGr., ἡ κάτου γῆ, the underworld, Thumb, MGV, 334): Eph.4:9.†
(AS) G2738 G2738 = G2738 καῦμα kauma G:N-N heat καῦμα, -τος, τό
(καίω), [in LXX for חֹם, חֹרֶב, etc. ;]
heat: Rev.7:16 16:9.†
(AS) G2739 G2739 = G2739 καυματίζω kaumatizō G:V to scorch καυματίζω
(καῦμα),
to burn or scorch up: with accusative before ἐν πυρί, Rev.16:8. Pass., Mat.13:14, Mrk.4:6; before καῦμα μέγα, Rev.16:9.†
(AS) G2740 G2740 = G2740 καῦσις kausis G:N-F burning καῦσις, -εως, ἡ
(καίω), [in LXX for בָּעַר pi., etc. ;]
burning: Heb.6:8.†
(AS) G2741 G2741 = G2741 καυσόω kausoō G:V to burn καυσόω, -ῶ
(καῦσος, burning heat, fever),
only in pass.,
__1. to burn with fever (Galen., al.).
__2. In NT, to burn with great heat: 2Pe.3:10 3:12 (V. Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G2742 G2742 = G2742 καύσων kausōn G:N-M heat καύσων, -ωνος, ὁ
(καίω), [in LXX: Gen.31:40 א (חֹרֶב), Isa.49:10 (שָׁרָב), Job.27:21, Hos.12:1, (2), Hos.13:15, Jon.4.8, Jer.18:17, Eze.17:10 19:12 (קָדִים); Jer.51:1, From Theodotion Dan.3:67) Jdth.8:3, Sir.18:16 34:16 43:22 * ;]
__1. burning heat (Ge, Isa (?), Jth, ll.with, Sir.18:16): Mat.20:12, Luk.12:55 (Jas.1:11, AV).
__2. a hot wind from the east (Heb. קָדִים, see LXX, ll.with), the modern sirocco (see CGT on Amo.4:9): Jas.1:11 (RV, the scorching wind; cf. R, mg., the hot wind, Mt, Lk, ll.with).†
(AS) G2743 G2743 = G2743 καυτηριάζω kautēriazō G:V to brand καυστηριάζω (Rec. καυτηρ-, and so usually in Gk. writers, see Soph., Lex., see word)
to mark by branding, brand (AV, scar, but see CGT, in l): metaphorically, pass. pf. ptcp., 1Ti.4:2 (cf. καυτήριον, 4Ma.15:22 *).†
(AS) G2744 G2744 = G2744 καυχάομαι kauchaomai G:V to boast καυχάομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX for הָלַל hith., etc. ;]
to boast or glory (in LXX, of joyous exultation, and so in the NT quotations, infr.; cf. DB, ii, 790b; Hort on Jas.1:9): absol., 1Co.1:31 (LXX) 1Co.4:7 13:3, 2Co.10:13 10:17" (LXX) 2Co.11:16 11:18 12:1 12:6, Eph.2:9, Jas.4:16; with accusative of thing(s), 2Co.9:2 11:30; before ἐν (LXX), Rom.2:23 5:3, 1Co.3:21, 2Co.5:12 10:15 11:12 12:5 12:9, Gal.6:13-14 Jas.1:9; ἐν (τ.) θεῷ, Rom.2:17 5:11; ἐν κυρίῳ, 1Co.1:31 (LXX) 2Co.10:17 (LXX); ἐν Χ. Ἰησοῦ, Php.3:3; before ἐπί with dative, Rom.5:2; περί, with genitive, 2Co.10:8; εἰς, 2Co.10:16; ὑπέρ, with genitive of person(s), 2Co.7:14 12:5; ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.1:29 (cf. ἐν, κατα-καυχάομαι).†
(AS) G2745 G2745 = G2745 καύχημα kauchēma G:N-N pride καύχημα, -τος, τό
(καυχάομαι), [in LXX chiefly for תְּהִלָּה, תִּפְאָרָה ;]
__1. a boast (Pind.): 2Co.5:12 9:3 (Thayer, see word; e. contra, 2, Ellic., Lft., on Gal.6:4; Lft., Notes, 204, 277).
__2. ground or matter of glorying: Rom.4:2, 1Co.5:6 9:15-16, 2Co.1:14, Gal.6:4, Php.1:26 2:16, Heb.3:6 (cf. καύχησις).†
(AS) G2746 G2746 = G2746 καύχησις kauchēsis G:N-F pride καύχησις, -εως, ἡ
(καυχάομαι), [in LXX for תִּפְאָרָה (1Ch.29:13, Eze.16:12, al) ;]
a boasting, glorying: Rom.3:27, 2Co.11:10 11:17, Jas.4:16; before ὑπέρ, 2Co.7:4 8:24; ἐτί, with genitive, 2Co.7:14; ἔχω τὴν κ. ἐν Χρ. Ἰησ., Rom.15:17; στέφανος καυχήσεως (Ez. l.with, al.), 1Th.2:19; of the cause of glorying, a boast ( = καύχημα), 2Co.1:12.†
(AS) G2747 G2747 = G2747 Κεγχρεαί Kegchreai N:N-F-L Cenchreae Κενχρεαί (Rec. Κεχγ-; ν. WH, App., 150), -ῶν, αἱ,
Cenchreæ, a port of Corinth: Act.18:18, Rom.16:1.†
(AS) G2748 G2748 = the Greek of H6939 κέδρος kedros N:N--L Kidron κέδρος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אֶרֶז, Num.24:6, al.; χειμάρρους τῶν Κέδρων, 2Ki.15:23, 3Ki.15:13 (קִדְרוֹן) ;]
a cedar: χείμαρρος τῶν Κ. (as in 2Sam, 1Ki, ll. with), Jhn.18:1 (Rec. Tr., WH, R, mg.; τοῦ Κέδρου, T, WH, mg., see: Κεδρών, and cf. Westc., in l; WH, App., 89 f.; Abbott, JG, 513 ff).†
Κεδρών
(see: κέδρος), ὁ,
indecl.
(in FlJ, genitive -ῶνος; Heb. קִדְרוֹן), [in LXX: 2Ki.15:23, 4Ki.23:6, al. ;]
Cedron (OT, Kidron): χείμαρρος τοῦ Κ., Jhn.18:1 (L, Tr., mg., R, txt.; cf. Bl., 10, 5; Lft., Essays, 172 ff).†
(AS) G2749 G2749 = G2749 κεῖμαι keimai G:V to lay/be appointed κεῖμαι
[in LXX: Jer.24:1 (יָעַד hoph,), al. ;]
used as passive of τίθημι (LS, see word), to be laid, to lie;
__(a) of persons: an infant, Luk.2:12, 16; a dead body, Mat.28:6, Luk.23:53, Jhn.20:12;
__(b) of things, to lie, be laid or set, stand: Mat.5:14, Jhn.2:6 19:29 20:5-7 21:9, Rev.4:2 21:16; trop., Θεμέλιος, 1Co.3:11; before prep. with accusative, πρός, Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9; εἰς, Luk.12:19; ἐπί, trop., κάλυμμα, 2Co.3:15. Metaphorical, ὁ κόσμος ἐν τ. πονηριῷ κ., 1Jn.5:19; to be laid down, appointed: of law, with dative of person(s), 1Ti.1:9; before εἰς with accusative (of purpose), Luk.2:34, Php.1:16, 1Th.3:3
(cf. ἀνά-, συν-ανά-, ἀντί-, ἀπό-, ἐπί-, κατά-, παρά-, περί-, πρό-κειμαι).†
(AS) G2750 G2750 = G2750 κειρία keiria G:N-F graveclothes κειρία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Pro.7:16 (מַרְבַד)* ;]
a vernacular word,
__1 1, a bed-cord (Aristoph., AV., 816; Pr, l.with).
__2. In pl., swathings (cf. Field, Notes, 96 f.): Jhn.11:44.†
(AS) G2751 G2751 = G2751 κείρω keirō G:V to shear κείρω
[in LXX chiefly for גָּזַז, Isa.53:7, al. ;]
to cut short the hair, shear: a sheep, Act.8:32 (Isa, l.with). Mid., to have one's hair cut off, be shorn: absol., 1Co.11:6; τ-. κεφαλήν, Act.18:18.†
(AS) G2752 G2752 = G2752 κέλευσμα keleusma G:N-N command κέλευσμα, -τος, τό
(κελεύω), [in LXX: Pro.30:27 * ;]
a call, summons, shout of command: 1Th.4:16 (see M, Th., in l).†
(AS) G2753 G2753 = G2753 κελεύω keleuō G:V to order κελεύω
[in LXX: I Est.9:53, Tob.8:18, al., and frequently in 1-4Mac ;]
to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in authority): with accusative and inf. aor., Mat.14:19, 28 18:25 27:64, Luk.18:40, Act.4:15 5:34 8:38 22:30 23:10 25:6, 17; with ellipse of accusative, Mat.8:18 14:9 27:58, Act.12:19 21:33; with accusative and inf. Pres., Act.21:34 22:24 23:3, 35 25:21 27:43; with ellipse of accusative, Act.16:22; ptcp. aor., Act.25:23.†
SYN.: see: ἐντέλλω (AS) G2754 G2754 = G2754 κενοδοξία kenodoxia G:N-F empty conceit κενοδοξία, -ας, ἡ
(κενόδοξος), [in LXX: Wis.14:14, 2Ma.2:15 2Mac 8:10 * ;]
__1. foolish fancy, vain opinion, error (LXX, ll. with).
__2. vain­glory, groundless conceit: Php.2:3.†
(AS) G2755 G2755 = G2755 κενόδοξος kenodoxos G:A conceited κενόδοξος, -ον
(κενός, δόξα),
vain-glorious: Gal.5:26.†
(AS) G2756 G2756 = G2756 κενός kenos G:A empty κενός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for רִיק and cognate forms ;]
empty (Gen.37:24, Jdg.7:16). Metaphorical,
__(a) empty, vain: λόγοι, Eph.5:6; ἀπάτη, Col.2:8; κήρυγμα, πίστις, 1Co.15:14;
__(b) vain, fruitless: ἡ χάρις, 1Co.15:10; κόπος, 1Co.15:50; ἡ εἴσοδος, 1Th.2:1; κενά, Act.4:25 (LXX); εἰς κενόν, in vain, to no purpose (Diod., LXX; cl. διὰ κενῆς), 2Co.6:1, Gal.2:2, Php.2:16, 1Th.3:5;
__(with) of persons, empty-handed: Mrk.12:3, Luk.1:53 20:10-11; vain, Jas.2:20.†
SYN.: μάταιος, of the aim or effect of an action, κ. of its quality (Lft. on Cl. Rom., 1Co., § 7; Tr., Syn., xlix) (AS) G2757 G2757 = G2757 κενοφωνία kenophōnia G:N-F empty talk κενοφωνία, -ας, ἡ
(κενός, φωνέω), [cf. κενολογέω (צָפַף), Isa.8:19 * ;]
empty talk, babbling: pl., 1Ti.6:20, 2Ti.2:16.†
(AS) G2758 G2758 = G2758 κενόω kenoō G:V to empty κενόω, -ῶ
(κενός, which see), [in LXX: Jer.14:2 15:9 (עָמָל pu.)* ;]
to empty. Metaphorical, to empty, make empty, vain or of no effect: καύχημα, 1Co.9:15; ἑαυτόν, of Christ, Php.2:7 (v Lft.; ICC, in 1, and esp. Gifford, Incarn., 54 ff.); pass., πίστις, Rom.4:14; ὁ σταυρός, 1Co.1:17; καύχημα, 2Co.9:3†
(AS) G2759 G2759 = G2759 κέντρον kentron G:N-N sting κέντρον, -ου, τό
(εκντέω, to prick), [in LXX: Pro.26:3 (מֶתֶג), Hos.13:14 (קֹטֶב), Hos.5:12, Sir.38:25, 4Ma.14:19 * ;]
__1. a sting (4Mac, l.with): Rev.9:10. Metaphorical (as Hos.13:14): τ. θανάτου, 1Co.15:55 (LXX), 1Co.15:56,
__2. a goad: pl., Act.26:14.†
(AS) G2760 G2760 = G2760 κεντυρίων kenturiōn G:N-M centurion κεντυρίων, -ωνος, ὁ (Lat. centurio);
a centurion: Mrk.15:39, 44-45 (Mt, Lk, use ἑκιτόνταρχος (-ης), q.v).†
(AS) G2761 G2761 = G2761 κενῶς kenōs G:ADV vainly κενῶς
adv., [in LXX: Isa.49:4 (רִיק)* ;]
in vain, to no purpose: Jas.4:5.†
(AS) G2762 G2762 = G2762 κεραία keraia G:N-F tittle κεραία (WH, κερέα, see App., 151), -ας, ἠ
(κέρας),
a little horn: of the point or extremity which distinguishes some Heb. letters from others (e.g. ד from ר; DCG, ii, 733), Mat.5:18, Luk.16:17.†
(AS) G2763 G2763G = G2763G κεραμεύς kerameus G:N-M potter κεραμεύς, -εως, ὁ
(κεράννυμι), [in LXX for יָצַר, Psa.2:9, Jer.18:2, al. ;]
a potter: Rom.9:21; ὁ ἀγρὸς τοῦ κ., Mat.27:7, (LXX).†
(AS) G2763 G2763H = a Name of G2763G κεραμεύς kerameus G:N-M Potter (Field) κεραμεύς, -εως, ὁ
(κεράννυμι), [in LXX for יָצַר, Psa.2:9, Jer.18:2, al. ;]
a potter: Rom.9:21; ὁ ἀγρὸς τοῦ κ., Mat.27:7, (LXX).†
(AS) G2764 G2764 = G2764 κεραμικός keramikos G:A made of clay κεραμικός, -ή, -όν
(κέραμος), [in LXX: Dan LXX 2:41 (פֶּחָר)* ;]
__1. (cl.) of a potter (e.g. γῆ).
__2. In LXX and NT, = cl., κεραμεοῦς (Plut., κεράμειος, Polyb., -μαῖος, etc), earthen: Rev.2:27.†
(AS) G2765 G2765 = G2765 κεράμιον keramion G:N-N clay jar κεράμιον, -ου, τό
(κέραμος), [in LXX: Jer.35:5 (גְּבִיעַ), etc. ;]
an earthen vessel, a jar or jug: ὕδατος, Mrk.14:13, Luk.22:10.†
(AS) G2766 G2766 = G2766 κέραμος keramos G:N-M clay roof tile κεραμος, -ου, ὁ
(κεράννυμι), [in LXX: 2Ki.17:28 (יָצַר כְּלִי)* ;]
__1. potter's clay.
__2. an earthen vessel.
__3. a tile: Luk.5:19.†
(AS) G2767 G2767 = G2767 κεράννυμι kerannumi G:V to mix κεράννυμι
[in LXX for מָסַךְ, Isa.5:22, al. ;]
to mix, mingle, chiefly of the diluting of wine: Rev.18:6; by oxymoron, κεκεράσμενος ἄκρατος, Rev.14:10.†
SYN.: μίγνυμι. κ. implies "a mixing of two things, so that they are blended and forma compound, as in wine and water, whereas μ. implies a mixing without such composition, as in two sorts of grain" (LS, see word κρᾶσις) (AS) G2768 G2768 = G2768 κέρας keras G:N-N horn κέρας, -ατος
(pl. not irreg. as in Attic), τό, [in LXX chiefly for קָרַן ;]
a horn: Rev.5:6 12:3 13:1, 11 17:3, 7 17:12, 16; of the projections at the corners of the altar (Exo.29:12, al.): Rev.9:13. Metaphorical, as symbol of strength, κ. σωτηρίας (cf. Psa.18:3, al.): Luk.1:69.†
(AS) G2769 G2769 = G2769 κεράτιον keration G:N-N husk κεράτιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of κέρας),
__1. a little horn (Arist.).
__2. In pl. (the fruit of the κερατέα), carob-pods: Luk.15:16.†
(AS) G2770 G2770 = G2770 κερδαίνω kerdainō G:V to gain κερδαίνω
[in Sm.: Job.22:3 * ;]
to gain: with accusative, Mat.25:16-17, 20 25:22; τ. κόσμον, Mat.16:26, Mrk.8:36, Luk.9:25; absol., to make profit, get gain: Jas.4:13. Metaphorical, with accusative of thing(s), to save oneself from, avoid: Act.27:21 (Field, Notes, 145); with accusative of person(s), to gain, win: Mat.18:15, 1Co.9:19-22, Php.3:8; pass., 1Pe.3:1.†
(AS) G2771 G2771 = G2771 κέρδος kerdos G:N-N gain κέρδος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in Aq.: Eze.27:24; Sm.: Psa.30:10, al. ;]
gain: Php.1:21 3:7, Tit.1:11.†
(AS) G2772 G2772 = G2772 κέρμα kerma G:N-N coin κέρμα, -τος, τό
(κείρω),
__1. a slice, hence,
__2. a small coin: pl., Jhn.2:15.†
(AS) G2773 G2773 = G2773 κερματιστής kermatistēs G:N-M moneychanger κερματιατής, -οῦ, ὁ
(κερματίζω, to cut small, coin into small money),
a money changer: Jhn.2:14.†
(AS) G2774 G2774 = G2774 κεφάλαιος kephalaios G:N-N sum κεφάλαιος, -α, -ον
(κεφαλή), [in LXX (-αιον, τό) for רֹאשׁ, Num_4:2, al. ;]
of the head; metaphorically, principal, chief; mostly as subst., κεφάλαιον, τό;
__1. the chief point: Heb.8:1.
__2. the sum total, amount: Act.22:28 (other meaning, LS, see word).†
(AS) G2775 G2775 = G2775 κεφαλαιόω kephalaioō G:V to strike a head κεφαλιόω (Rec. -αιόω, [so in LXX: Sir.32:8 *]), -ῶ
(κεφάλιον, dimin. of κεφαλή, in late writers)
__1. (-αιόω) to sum up (Thuc., al.).
__2. (In NT, only) to wound on the head: Mrk.12:4.†
(AS) G2776 G2776 = G2776 κεφαλή kephalē G:N-F head κεφαλή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX nearly always for רֹאשׁ ;]
the head: Mat.5:35, Mrk.6:24, Rev.1:14 9:7, al. mult.; figuratively, ἄνθρακες ἐπὶ τὴν κ., Rom.12:20 (LXX); αἷμι, Act.18:6; metaphorically, of a husband, with genitive, 1Co.1:13, Eph.5:23; of Christ, 1Co.11:3, Eph.4:15 5:23, Col.1:18 2:10, 19; of things, κ. γωνίας, Mat.21:42 (LXX)
(AS) G2777 G2777 = G2777 κεφαλίς kephalis G:N-F scroll κεφαλίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(dimin. of κεφαλή), [in LXX for מְגִלָּה, וָו, etc. ;]
__1. a little head.
__2. an extremity, capital (of a column).
__3. (As in Exo.2:9, Psa.40:8, Est.6:2) a roll: κ. βιβλίου, Heb.10:7 (LXX).†
(AS) G2778 G2778 = G2778 κῆνσος kēnsos G:N-M tax κῆνσος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. census),
a poll-tax: Mat.17:25 22:17, Mrk.12:14 (WH, mg., ἐπικεφάλαιον); τ. νόμισμα τοῦ κ., Mat.22:19 (see MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2779 G2779 = G2779 κῆπος kēpos G:N-M garden κῆπος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for גַּן, גַּנָּה, גִּנָּה, Deu.11:10, Sng.4:12, al. ;]
a garden: Luk.13:19, Jhn.18:1, 26 19:41.†
(AS) G2780 G2780 = G2780 κηπουρός kēpouros G:N-M gardener κηπ-ουρός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κῆπος + οὖρος, a watcher)
a gardener: Jhn.20:15.†
(AS) G2781 G2781 = G2781 κηρίον kērion G:N-N honeycomb κηρίον, -ου, τό
(κηρός, wax), [in LXX for נֹפֶת, צוּף, Psa.19:10 118:12, Pro.16:24, al. ;]
honeycomb: κ. μελίσσιον, Luk.24:42 (Rec.; WH, txt., R, txt., omit).†
(AS) G2782 G2782 = G2782 κήρυγμα kērugma G:N-N preaching κήρυγμα, -τος, τό
(κηρύσσω), [in LXX: 2Ch.30:5 (קוֹל), Jon.3.2 (קְרִיאָה), Pro.9:3, I Est.9:3 * ;]
in cl.,
that which is cried by a herald, a proclamation. In NT (see Lft., Notes, 161), of God's heralds, proclamation, message, preaching (i.e. the substance as distinct from the act which would be expressed by † κήρυξις): Mat.12:41, Luk.11:32, 1Co.1:21, 2Ti.4:17, Tit.1:3; with genitive cubic., τὸ κ. μου, 1Co.2:4; ἡμῶν, 1Co.15:14; with genitive obj., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Rom.16:25.†
(AS) G2783 G2783 = G2783 κῆρυξ kērux G:N-M preacher κῆρυξ
(κήρ-, T), -υκος, ὁ [in LXX: Dan LXX TH Dan.3:4 (כָּרוֹז), Gen.41:43, Sir.20:15, 4Ma.6:4 * ;]
a herald: 1Ti.2:7, 2Ti.1:11, 2Pe.2:5.†
(AS) G2784 G2784 = G2784 κηρύσσω kērussō G:V to preach κηρύσσω
[in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
to be a herald, to proclaim: Mrk.1:45 7:36, Luk.4:18-19" (LXX) (but see Field, Notes, 174) Luk.8:39, Rom.2:21, 1Co.9:27, Gal.5:11, al.; in NT, chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to proclaim, preach: τὸ εὐαγέλιον, Mat.4:23 9:35 24:14 26:13, Mrk.1:14 13:10 14:9 16:15, Gal.2:2, Col.1:23, 1Th.2:9; before εἰς, Mrk.1:39 13:10, Luk.4:44, 1Th.2:9; ἵνα, Mrk.6:12; with inf.. Rom.2:21; κ. Χριστόν, Ἰησοῦν, Act.8:5 9:20 19:13, 1Co.1:23 15:12, 2Co.1:19 11:4, Php.1:15; 1Ti.3:16 (cf. προ-κηρύσσω)
(AS) G2785 G2785 = G2785 κῆτος kētos G:N-N sea monster κῆτος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX: Jon.2.1; Jon.2.10 (דָּג) Gen.1:21 (תַּנִּין), etc. ;]
a huge fish, sea-monster: Mat.12:40 (LXX).†
(AS) G2786 G2786 = a Name of G4074G Κηφᾶς Kēphas N:N-M-P Cephas Κηφᾶς, -ᾶ (see Bl., § 10, 3), ὁ (Aram. כֵּיפָא),
Cephas, i.e. Peter: Jhn.1:43, 1Co.1:12 3:22 9:5 15:5, Gal.1:18 2:9, 11 2:14.†
(AS) G2787 G2787G = G2787G κιβωτός kibōtos G:N-F ark: covenant κιβωτός, -οῦ, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.6:1-22 7:1-24 8:1-22 9:1-29 (תֵּבָה), elsewhere, very freq., as Exo.25:9 (10), for אָרוֹן ;]
a wooden box or chest: of Noah's ark, Mat.24:38, Luk.17:27, Heb.11:7, 1Pe.3:20; of the ark of the covenant, Heb.9:4, Rev.11:19.†
(AS) G2787 G2787H = a Meaning of G2787G κιβωτός kibōtos G:N-F ark: Noah κιβωτός, -οῦ, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.6:1-22 7:1-24 8:1-22 9:1-29 (תֵּבָה), elsewhere, very freq., as Exo.25:9 (10), for אָרוֹן ;]
a wooden box or chest: of Noah's ark, Mat.24:38, Luk.17:27, Heb.11:7, 1Pe.3:20; of the ark of the covenant, Heb.9:4, Rev.11:19.†
(AS) G2788 G2788 = G2788 κιθάρα kithara G:N-F harp κιθάρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for כִּנּוֹר, frequently in Psa.33:2, al.); and in (Dan.3:5, al.) for קִיתָרֹס, itself a transliteration of κίθαρις, the Homeric form of κ. (cf. CB, Dn., lviii) ;]
a lyre, harp: 1Co.14:7, Rev.5:8 14:2 15:2.†
(AS) G2789 G2789 = G2789 κιθαρίζω kitharizō G:V to play the harp κιθαρίζω
[in LXX: Isa.23:16 (נָגַן pi.)* ;]
to play upon the lyre or harp: 1Co.14:7, Rev.14:2.†
(AS) G2790 G2790 = G2790 κιθαρῳδός kitharōdos G:N-M harpist κιθαρ-ωδός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κιθάρα, ἀοιδός, a singer)
one who plays and sings to the lyre, a harper: Rev.14:2 18:22.†
(AS) G2791 G2791 = G2791 Κιλικία, Κιλικία Kilikia, Kilikia N:N-F-L Cilicia Κιλικία, -ας, ἡ
Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor: Act.6:9 15:23, 41 21:39 22:3 23:34 27:5, Gal.1:21.†
(AS) G2792 G2792 = G2792 κινάμωμον kinamōmon G:N-N cinnamon κιννάμωμον(Rec. κινάμ-), -υο, τό
(from the Phænician, see LS, see word, and cf. Heb. קִנָּמוֹן)
cinnamon: Rev.18:13.†
(AS) G2793 G2793 = G2793 κινδυνεύω kinduneuō G:V be in danger κινδυνεύω
(κίνδυνος), [in LXX for יָקֹשׁ ni., etc. ;]
__1. to be daring, to venture.
__2. to be in danger: Luk.8:23, Act.19:27, 40, 1Co.15:30.†
(AS) G2794 G2794 = G2794 κίνδυνος kindunos G:N-M danger κίνδυνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Psa.116:3 (מֵצַר), Sir.3:26, al. ;]
danger, peril: Rom.8:35; pl., 2Co.11:26.†
(AS) G2795 G2795 = G2795 κινέω kineō G:V to move κινέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נוּעַ hi., רָמַשׂ, etc. ;]
__1. to set in motion, move: Mat.23:4; τ. κεφαλήν (Psa.22:8, al.), Mat.27:39, Mrk.15:29; pass. (cf. Gen.7:21), Act.17:28.
__2. to remove: Rev.2:5 6:14.
__3. to excite, stir up: Act.24:5; pass., Act.21:30 (cf. μετα-, συν-κινέω).†
(AS) G2796 G2796 = G2796 κίνησις kinēsis G:N-F motion κίνησις, -εως, ἡ
(κινέω), [in LXX: Job.16:6 (5), (נִיד), al. ;]
a moving: Jhn.5:3.†
(AS) G2797 G2797 = the Greek of H7027G Κίς Kis N:N-M-P Kish Κείς (Rec. Κίς), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. קִישׁ),
Kish: Act.13:21.†
(AS) G2798 G2798 = G2798 κλάδος klados G:N-M branch κλάδος, -ου, ὁ
(κλάω), [in LXX for דָּלִיָּה, כַּף, etc. ;]
a young tender shoot broken off for grafting; then, a branch: Mat.13:32 21:8 24:32, Mrk.4:32 13:28, Luk.13:19; metaphorically, of descendants (cf. Sir.40:15), Rom.11:16-19, 21.†
(AS) G2799 G2799 = G2799 κλαίω klaiō G:V to weep κλαίω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּכָה ;]
of any loud expression of pain or sorrow, esp. for the dead, to weep, lament;
__(a) intrans.: Mrk.5:38-39 14:72 (M, Pr., 131) Mrk.16:10, Luk.7:13, 32 7:38 8:52, Jhn.11:31, 33 16:20 20:11, 13 20:15 Act.9:39 21:13, 1Co.7:30, Php.3:18, Jas.4:9 5:1, Rev.5:5 18:15, 19; πολύ, Rev.5:4; πολλά, Act.8:24 (WH, mg.); πικρῶς, Mat.26:75, Luk.22:62; opposite to γελάω, Luk.6:21, 25; χαίρω, Rom.12:15; before ἐπί, with accusative, Luk.19:41 23:28, Rev.18:9;
__(b) trans., with accusative of person(s), to weep or lament for, bewail: Mat.2:18.†
SYN.: see: δακρύω (AS) G2800 G2800 = G2800 κλάσις klasis G:N-F breaking κλάσις, -εως, ἡ
(κλάω),
a breaking: Luk.24:35, Act.2:42.†
(AS) G2801 G2801 = G2801 κλάσμα klasma G:N-N fragment κλάσμα, -τος, τό
(κλάω), [in LXX for פַּת, פֶּלַח ;]
a broken piece, fragment: Mat.14:20 15:37, Mrk.6:43 8:8, 19-20, Luk.9:17, Jhn.6:12-13 †
(AS) G2802 G2802 = G2802 Κλαύδη, Καῦδα Klaudē, Kauda N:N--L Cauda Καῦδα (TR, mg., Κλαῦδα; Rec. Κλαύδή), ἡ,
Cauda, Clauda, an island near Crete: Act.27:16.†
(AS) G2803 G2803 = G2803 Κλαυδία Klaudia N:N-F-P Claudia Κλαυδία, -ας, ἡ
Claudia: 2Ti.4:21.†
(AS) G2804 G2804G = G2804G Κλαύδιος Klaudios N:N-M-P Claudius Κλαύδιος, -ου, ὁ
Claudius;
__1. the Emperor: Act.11:28 18:2.
__2. A military tribune, C. Lysias: Act.23:26.†
(AS) G2804 G2804H = a Name of G3079 Κλαύδιος Klaudios N:N-M-P Claudius Κλαύδιος, -ου, ὁ
Claudius;
__1. the Emperor: Act.11:28 18:2.
__2. A military tribune, C. Lysias: Act.23:26.†
(AS) G2805 G2805 = G2805 κλαυθμός klauthmos G:N-M weeping κλαυθμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κλαίω), [in LXX chiefly for בְּכִי ;]
crying, weeping, Act.20:37; κ. καὶ ὀδυρμός, Mat.2:18 (LXX); ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ βρυγμός, Mat.8:12 13:42, 50 22:13 24:51 25:30, Luk.13:28.†
(AS) G2806 G2806 = G2806 κλάω klaō G:V to break κλάω
[in LXX: Jer.16:7 (פַּרְנַךְ), al. ;]
to break, break in pieces: of bread, Mat.14:19 15:36 26:26, Mrk.8:6 14:22, Luk.22:19 24:30, Act.2:46 20:7, 11 27:35, 1Co.10:16 11:24; before εἰς, with accusative of person(s), Mrk.8:19 (cf. ἐκ-, κατα-κλάω).†
(AS) G2807 G2807 = G2807 κλείς kleis G:N-F key κλείς, -δός Att.. accusative, κλεῖν, later -εῖδα, pl., κλεῖδες, -ας, contr., -εῖς, ἡ,
[in LXX for מַפְתֵּחַ, Isa.22:22, al. ;]
a key. Fig., τ. βασιλείας τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.16:19; τ. γνώσεως, Luk.11:52; of David (cf. LXX, l.with), Rev.3:7; τ. θανάτου κ. τ. ᾅδου, Rev.1:18; τ. ἀβύσσαυ, Rev.20:1; τ. φρέατος τῆς ἀ., Rev.9:1.†
(AS) G2808 G2808 = G2808 κλείω kleiō G:V to shut κλείω
[in LXX chiefly for סָגַר ;]
to shut: θύραν, Mat.6:6; τ. ἄβυσσον, Rev.20:3; pass., θύρα, Mat.25:10, Luk.11:7 (pl.), Jhn.20:19, 26, Act.21:30; δεσμωτήριον, Act.5:23; πυλῶνες, Rev.21:25. Metaphorical, τ. οὐρανόν, Luk.4:25, Rom.11:6; τ. σπλάγχνα, 1Jn.3:17; τ. βασιλείαν, Mat.23:14; id. absol., Rev.3:7; τ. θύραν, Rev.3:8. (cf. ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-κλείω.) †
(AS) G2809 G2809 = G2809 κλέμμα klemma G:N-N theft κλέμμα, -τος, τό
(κλέπτω), [in LXX: Gen.31:39, Exo.22:3-4 (2-3) (גָּנַב, גְּנֵבָה)* ;]
__1. a thing stolen (Arist., LXX)
__2. = κλοπή, theft (Plato, al.): pl., Rev.9:21.†
(AS) G2810 G2810 = G2810 Κλεόπας Kleopas N:N-M-P Cleopas Κλεόπας, -α (see B1., § 7, 2), ὁ
Cleopas: Luk.24:18.†
(AS) G2811 G2811 = G2811 κλέος kleos G:N-N credit κλέος, -ους, τό
[in LXX: Job.28:22 (שֵׁמַע) Job.30:8 * ;]
__1. a rumour, report.
__2. good report, fame, glory: 1Pe.2:20.†
(AS) G2812 G2812 = G2812 κλέπτης kleptēs G:N-M thief κλέπτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for גַּנָּב ;]
a thief: Mat.6:19-20 24:43, Luk.12:33, 39, Jhn.10:1, 10 12:6, 1Co.6:10, 1Pe.4:15. Fig., ὡς κ. ἐν νυκτί, 1Th.5:2 5:4 (κλέπτας, WH, txt., R, mg.; see Lft., Notes, 73; but cf. also M, Th., l.with), 2Pe.3:10, Rev.3:3 16:15. Metaphorical, of false teachers, Jhn.10:8.†
SYN.: λῃστής, a robber, a brigand who plunders, openly, with violence; κ. is a thief who steals in secret, by fraud and cunning (Tr., Syn., § xliv) (AS) G2813 G2813 = G2813 κλέπτω kleptō G:V to steal κλέπτω
[in LXX for גָּנַב ;]
to steal: absol., Mat.6:19-20 19:18, Mrk.10:19, Luk.18:20, Jhn.10:10, Rom.2:21 13:9, Eph.4:28; with accusative, Mat.27:64 28:13.†
(AS) G2814 G2814 = G2814 κλῆμα klēma G:N-N branch κλῆμα, -τος, τό
(κλάω), [in LXX chiefly for זְמוֹרָה, דָּלִיָּה, Eze.15:2 17:6-7, al. ;]
a vine-twig, vine-branch: Jhn.15:2, 4-6.†
(AS) G2815 G2815 = G2815 Κλήμης Klēmēs N:N-M-P Clement Κλήμης, -εντος, ὁ
Clement: Php.4:3.†
(AS) G2816 G2816 = G2816 κληρονομέω klēronomeō G:V to inherit κληρονομέω, -ῶ
(κληρονόμος) [in LXX chiefly for יָרַשׁ, also for נָחַל, etc. ;]
__1. to receive by lot.
__2. to inherit (in cl., usually with genitive of thing(s)): absol., Gal.4:30 (LXX); in general, to possess oneself of, receive as one's own, obtain (as Deu.4:5, al., cf. Psa.25:3, Isa.61:7): with accusative of thing(s) (as generally in late Gk., see M, Pr., 65), of the Messianic Kingdom (cf. Psa.37:11, Sir.4:13 37:26, and see Dalman, Words, 125 ff.) and its bless­ings and privileges, τ. γῆν, Mat.5:5 (cf. LXX); τ. βασιλείαν, β. θεοῦ, Mat.25:34, 1Co.6:9-10 15:50, Gal.5:21; ζωὴν αἰώνιον, Mat.19:29, Mrk.10:17, Luk.10:25 18:18; σωτηρίαν, Heb.1:14; τ. ἐπαγγελίας, Heb.6:12; ἀφθαρσίαν, 1Co.15:50; ὄνομα, Heb.1:4; τ. εὐλογίαν, Heb.12:17, 1Pe.3:9; ταῦτα, Rev.21:7 (cf. κατα-κληρονομέω).†
(AS) G2817 G2817 = G2817 κληρονομία klēronomia G:N-F inheritance κληρονομία, -ας, ἡ
(κληρονόμος) [in LXX chiefly for נַחֲלָה, also for יְרֻשָּׁה, etc. ;]
prop., an inherited property, an inheritance: Mat.21:38, Mrk.12:7, Luk.12:13 20:14; in general, a possession, inheritance: Act.7:5, Heb.11:8; of the Messianic Kingdom and its blessings, Act.20:32, Gal.3:18, Col.3:24, Eph.1:14, 18 5:5, Heb.9:15, 1Pe.1:4.†
(AS) G2818 G2818 = G2818 κληρονόμος klēronomos G:N-M heir κληρο-νόμος, -ου, ὁ
(κλῆρος, νέμομαι, to possess) [in LXX: Jdg.18:7, 2Ki.14:7, Mic.1:15, Jer.8:10 (יָרַשׁ), Sir.23:22 * ;]
__1. (as in cl.) an heir: Mat.21:38, Mrk.12:7, Luk.20:14, Gal.4:1; of those who as sons of God inherit the privileges of the Messianic Kingdom; of Christ himself, Heb.1:2; of Abraham, Rom.4:13-14; of Christians, Rom.8:17, Gal.3:29, Tit.3:7, Jas.2:5.
__2. (As in LXX: Jg, Mi, Je, ll. with) a possessor: Heb.6:17 11:7 (Cremer, 359 f.).†
(AS) G2819 G2819 = G2819 κλῆρος klēros G:N-M lot κλῆρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נַחֲלָה גּוֹרָל ;]
a lot;
__(a) that which is cast or drawn: Mat.27:35, Mrk.15:24, Luk.23:34, Jhn.19:24" (LXX), Act.1:26;
__(b) that which is obtained by casting: Act.1:17 8:21; of a part in the Kingdom of God (cf. Wis 55), Act.26:18, Col.1:12; pl. of the "cure" of a presbyter, 1Pe.5:3 (see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G2820 G2820 = G2820 κληρόω klēroō G:V to obtain κληρόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 1Ki.14:41 (לָכַד ni.), Est.4:11 A (קָרָא ni.), Isa.17:11 * ;]
__1. to cast lots.
__2. to choose by lot.
__3. to assign by lot, assign a portion: pass., ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, Eph.1:11 (on the various interpretations, see ICC; AR; Ellic., in l).†
(AS) G2821 G2821 = G2821 κλῆσις klēsis G:N-F calling κλῆσις, -εως, ἡ (καλέω)
[in LXX: Jer.31:6 (קָרָא), Jdth.12:10 A, 3Ma.5:14 * ;]
a calling, call; in NT, always of the Divine call to salvation: Rom.11:29, 1Co.1:26 7:20, Eph.1:18 4:1, 4, Php.3:14, 2Th.1:11, 2Ti.1:9, Heb.3:1, 2Pe.1:10 (Cremer, 332).†
(AS) G2822 G2822 = G2822 κλητός klētos G:A called κλητός, -ή, -όν
(καλέω), [in LXX for קָרָא, מִקְרָא, Exo.12:16, al. ;]
called, invited (as to a banquet, Æsch., 1Sa 1:41, 3Ma.5:14); in NT, always of the Divine call;
__(a) to some office: κ. ἀπόστολος, Rom.1:1, 1Co.1:1;
__(b) to salvation: Rom.8:28, 1Co.1:24, Ju 1; κ. καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ κ. πιστοί, Rev.17:14; in gosp. (not in pl., see: καλέω) disting. fr.ἐκλεκτός, Mat.20:16 (WH, txt., R, omit), Mat.22:14; κ. Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Rom.1:6; κ. ἅγιοι, saints by calling, Rom.1:7, 1Co.1:2.†
(AS) G2823 G2823 = G2823 κλίβανος klibanos G:N-M oven κλίβανος, -ον, ό
(Att.., κρίβ-, but κλ- in Ion., Hdt., ii, 92), [in LXX for תַּנּוּר, Gen.15:17, Hos.7:4, 6 al. ;]
__1. in cl., a clibanus, cribanus, an earthen vessel for baking bread.
__2. In LXX and NT, a furnace (cf. MM, Exp., xv), an oven: Mat.6:30, Luk.12:28.†
(AS) G2824 G2824 = G2824 κλίμα klima G:N-N region κλίμα, -τος, τό
(κλίνω) [in LXX: Jdg.20:2 A (פִּנָּה)* ;]
__1. an inclination, slope, esp. the slope from the equator to the pole (Arist).
__2. a region (Polyb., al.): pl., Rom.15:23, 2Co.11:10, Gal.1:21.†
(AS) G2825 G2825 = G2825 κλίνη klinē G:N-F bed κλίνη, -ης, ἡ
(κλίνω), [in LXX chiefly for מִטָּה ;]
a bed, couch: Mat.9:2, 6, Mrk.4:21 7:4, 30, Luk.5:18 8:16 17:34, Rev.2:22 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2826 G2826 = G2826 κλινίδιον klinidion G:N-N bed κλινίδιον, -ου, τό
dimin. of κλίνη,
a conch: Luk.5:19, 24 (cf. κλενάριον).†
(AS) G2827 G2827 = G2827 κλίνω klinō G:V to bow/lay down κλίνω
[in LXX chiefly for נָטָה ;]
__1. to make to bend, to bow: τ. κεφαλήν (of one dying), Jhn.19:30; τ. πρόσωτον (of terrified persons), Luk.24:5.
__2. to make to lean, to rest: τ. κεφαλήν (in sleep), Mat.8:20, Luk.9:58.
__3. As in Hom., of soldiers, to turn (to flight), παρεμβολάς, Heb.11:34.
__4. In late Gk. (as mid, in cl.), to decline: intrans., ἡ ἡμέρα, Luk.9:12 24:29.†
(AS) G2828 G2828 = G2828 κλισία klisia G:N-F group κλισία, -ας, ή
(κλίνω), [in LXX: 3Ma.6:31 A* ;]
__1. a place for reclining; hence,
__(a) a hut;
__(b) an easy chair;
__(with) a couch.
__2. a company reclining: pl., Luk.9:14 (cf. FlJ, Ant., xii, 2, 12)
(AS) G2829 G2829 = G2829 κλοπή klopē G:N-F theft κλοπή, -ῆν, ἡ
(κλέπτω), [in LXX for גָּנַב ;]
theft: pl., Mat.15:19, Mrk.7:22.†
(AS) G2830 G2830 = G2830 κλύδων kludōn G:N-M waves κλύδων, -ωνος, ὁ
(κλύζω, of the sea, to wash over), [in LXX: Jon.1.4; Jon.1.12 (סַעַר), al. ;]
a billow, surge: Luk.8:24, Jas.1:6.†
SYN.: κῦμα, a wave (AS) G2831 G2831 = G2831 κλυδωνίζω kludōnizō G:V to toss κλυδωνίζομαι
(κλύδων), [in LXX: Isa.57:20 (גָּרַשׁ)* ;]
to be tossed by waves; metaphorically, to be tossed like waves (cf. FlJ, Ant., ix, 11, 3): Eph.4:14.†
(AS) G2832 G2832 = a Spelling of G2810 Κλωπᾶς Klōpas N:N-M-P Clopas Κλωπᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Aram.; on the original, see Lft., Gal., 267 f.),
Clopas: Jhn.19:25.†
(AS) G2833 G2833 = G2833 κνήθω knēthō G:V to itch κνήθω
(late form of κνάω),
__1. to scratch.
__2. to tickle; pass., to itch: 2Ti.4:3.†
(AS) G2834 G2834 = G2834 Κνίδος Knidos N:N-F-L Cnidus Κνίδος, -ου, ἡ
Cnidus, a city (and peninsula) on S.W. coast of Asia Minor: Act.27:7.†
(AS) G2835 G2835 = G2835 κοδράντης kodrantēs G:N-M penny κοδράντης, -ου, ὁ (Lat. quadrans, the fourth part of an as),
a quadrans (AV, farthing): Mat.5:26, Mrk.12:42.†
(AS) G2836 G2836 = G2836 κοιλία koilia G:N-F belly/womb/stomach κοιλία, -ας, ἡ
(κοῖλος, hollow), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּטֶן, מֵעֶה, קֶרֶב, Deu.7:13, 2Ki.7:12, Gen.41:21, al.; also (Job.3:11 10:18 31:15 38:8) for רֶחֶם ;]
__1. the belly (stomach or intestines or both): Mat.12:40 15:17, Mrk.7:19, Luk.15:16, Rom.16:18, 1Co.6:13, Php.3:19, Rev.10:9-10.
__2. (As often in LXX) the womb: Luk.1:41-42, 44 2:21 11:27 23:29, Jhn.3:4; ἐκ κ. μητρός (cf. Psa.22:11, Job.1:21, al.), Mat.19:12, Luk.1:15, Act.3:2 14:8, Gal.1:15.
__3. Metaphorical (as Heb. בֶּטֶן, cf. Job.15:35, Pro.20:27, Sir.19:12), of the heart: Jhn.7:38.†
(AS) G2837 G2837 = G2837 κοιμάω koimaō G:V to sleep κοιμάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַב ;]
to lull to sleep, put to sleep. Mid and pass., to fall asleep (M, Pr., 162; M, Th., 1, 4, 13): Mat.28:13, Luk.22:45, Jhn.11:12, Act.12:6. Metaph, of death: Mat.27:52, Jhn.11:11 Act.7:60 13:36, 1Co.7:39 11:30 15:6 15:18 15:20 15:51, 1Th.4:13-15, 2Pe.3:4 (cf. Isa.14:8 43:17, 2Ma.12:45).†
SYN.: καθεύδω (AS) G2838 G2838 = G2838 κοίμησις koimēsis G:N-F sleep κοίμησις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX: Sir.46:19 48:13 * ;]
a reclining, resting: Jhn.11:13.†
(AS) G2839 G2839G = G2839G κοινός koinos G:A common: unsanctified κοινός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Pro.1:14 (אֶחָד) Pro.21:9 25:24 (חֶבֶר), Wis.7:3, al. ;]
__1. common (general; = Lat. communis): Act.2:44 4:32; κ. πίστις, Tit.1:4; σωτηρία, Ju 3
__2. common (ordinary; = vulgaris); hence in LXX (1Ma.1:47, al.) and NT, unhallowed, unclean (cl., βέβηλος, which see): Mrk.7:2, 5, Act.10:14, 28 11:8, Rom.14:14, Heb.10:29, Rev.21:27.†
(AS) G2839 G2839H = a Meaning of G2839G κοινός koinos G:A common: shared κοινός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Pro.1:14 (אֶחָד) Pro.21:9 25:24 (חֶבֶר), Wis.7:3, al. ;]
__1. common (general; = Lat. communis): Act.2:44 4:32; κ. πίστις, Tit.1:4; σωτηρία, Ju 3
__2. common (ordinary; = vulgaris); hence in LXX (1Ma.1:47, al.) and NT, unhallowed, unclean (cl., βέβηλος, which see): Mrk.7:2, 5, Act.10:14, 28 11:8, Rom.14:14, Heb.10:29, Rev.21:27.†
(AS) G2840 G2840 = G2840 κοινόω koinoō G:V to profane κοινόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 4Ma.7:6 א R* ;]
__1. in cl., to make common.
__2. In LXX, l.with, and NT (as κοινός, 2), to make ceremonially unclean, to profane (= cl., βεληλόω): Mat.15:11, 18 15:20, Mrk.7:15, 18 7:20, 23, Act.21:28; pass., Heb.9:13.
__3. to count unclean (cf. δικαιόω): Act.10:15 11:9.†
SYN.: βεβηλόω. Thayer (see word κ.) mentions that Winer Notes the accuracy whereby the Jews are said to use κ. in addressing Jews, Act.21:28, and β. when speaking to Felix, 24:6 (Cremer, 362) (AS) G2841 G2841 = G2841 κοινωνέω koinōneō G:V to participate κοινωνέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ch.20:35, Job.34:8, Ecc.9:4 (חָבַר), Pro.1:11, Wis.6:23, Sir.13:1, al. ;]
to have a share of, go shares in (something) with (some one), take part in: with genitive of thing(s) (as usually in cl., so Pr, l.with), Heb.2:14; with dative of thing(s), Rom.12:13 15:27, 1Ti.5:22, 1Pe.4:13, 2Jn.11; with dative of person(s), before εἰς, Php.4:15; ἐν, Gal.6:6 (cf. συν-κοινωνέω).†
(AS) G2842 G2842 = G2842 κοινωνία koinōnia G:N-F participation κοινωνία, -ας, ἡ
(κοινωνός), [in LXX: Lev.6:2 (יָד תְּשׂוּמֶת), Wis.8:18, 3Ma.4:6 * ;]
__1. fellowship, communion: Act.2:42, 2Co.6:14, Php.1:5; τ. υἱοῦ, 1Co.1:9; τ. αἵματος, σώματος Χρ., 1Co.10:10 : παθημάτων αὐτσῦ, Php.3:10; τ. πνεύματος, 2Co.13:13, Php.2:1; δεξιὰς κοινωνίας, Gal.2:9; τ. πίστεώς σου, Phm 6; before μετὰ: τ. πατρός, 1Jn.1:3 Jn 1:6; ἡμῶν, ἀλλήλων, 1Jn.1:3 Jn 1:7.
__2. contribution (as outcome of fellowship): Rom.15:26, 2Co.8:4 9:13, Heb.13:6 (cf. Art. Communion, DB, i, 460 ff.; MM, Exp., xv).†
(AS) G2843 G2843 = G2843 κοινωνικός koinōnikos G:A generous κοινωνικός, -ή, -όν
(κοινωνία),
__1. sociable.
__2. ready to com­municate or impart (R, mg., ready to sympathize, see Field, Notes, 213 f.): 1Ti.6:18.†
(AS) G2844 G2844 = G2844 κοινωνός koinōnos G:N-M participant κοινωνός, -ή, -όν
(κοινός), [in LXX: Pro.28:24, Isa.1:23 (חָבֵר), Mal.2:14 (חֲבֶרֶת), Est.8:13, al. ;]
__1. as adj., = κοινός.
__2. As subst., ὁ, ἡ κ.,
__(a) a partner, associate, companion: 2Co.8:23, Phm 17; with dative of person(s), Luk.5:10; with genitive of person(s), Heb.10:33; id. before ἐν, Mat.23:30;
__(b) a partaker, sharer: with genitive of thing(s), 1Co.10:18 10:20, 2Co.1:7, 1Pe.5:1, 2Pe.1:4 (see Deiss., BS, 368 n2).†
(AS) G2845 G2845 = G2845 κοίτη koitē G:N-F bed κοίτη, -ης, ἡ (in Hom., κοῖτος)
[in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁכָּב, also for שְׁכָבָה, etc. ;]
a bed: Luk.11:7; esp. the marriage-bed: κ. ἀμίαντος, Heb.13:4; κ. ἔχειν, of a woman conceiving, Rom.9:10 (cf. peculiar phrases in LXX, Lev.15:18, al.); of illicit intercourse, pl., Rom.13:13.†
(AS) G2846 G2846 = G2846 κοιτών koitōn G:N-M bedroom/chamberlain κοιτών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(κοίτη = Att.., δωμότιον, see Kennedy, Sources, 40), [in LXX chiefly for חֶדֶר, 2Ki.4:7, Jol.2:16; I Est.3:3, al. ;]
a bed-chamber; ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ κ., a chamberlain: Act.12:20.†
(AS) G2847 G2847 = G2847 κόκκινος kokkinos G:A scarlet κόκκινος, -η, -ον
(κόκκος, as used of the "berry" of the ilex coccifera, see DB, iv, 416), [in LXX for תּוֹלָע, תּוֹלָע, שָׁנִי, Exo.25:4, Gen.38:23, Isa.1:18, al. ;]
scarlet: Mat.27:28, Heb.9:19, Rev.17:3; neut., without substantive, of clothing, Rev.17:4 18:12, 16,†
(AS) G2848 G2848 = G2848 κόκκος kokkos G:N-M seed κόκκος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: La 4:5 B א R (תּוֹלָע), Sir.45:11 * ;]
a grain: Mat.13:31 17:20, Mrk.4:31, Luk.13:19 17:6, Jhn.12:24, 1Co.15:37.†
(AS) G2849 G2849 = G2849 κολάζω kolazō G:V to punish κολάζω
(κόλος, docked), [in LXX: Dan.6:12 (13) (no Heb.), I Est.8:24, Wis.3:4 (and freq.), 1Ma.7:7, al. ;]
__1. to curtail, dock, prune.
__2. to check, restrain.
__3. to chastise, correct, punish: pass., 2Pe.2:9; mid., cause to be punished (3Ma.7:3): Act.4:21.†
(AS) G2850 G2850 = G2850 κολακεία kolakeia G:N-F flattery κολακία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ
(κολακεύω, to flatter),
flattery: 1Th.2:5 (see Lft., Notes, 23).†
(AS) G2851 G2851 = G2851 κόλασις kolasis G:N-F punishment κόλασις, -εως, ἡ
(κολάζω), [in LXX: Eze.14:3-7 18:30 44:12, (מִכְשׁוֹל) Eze.43:11, λαμβάνειν τὴν κ. (כָּלַם ni.); Wis.11:13 16:2, 24 19:4, Jer.18:20, 2-4 Mac.5 * ;]
correction, penalty, punishment: Mat.25:46, 1Jn.4:18.†
SYN.: τιμωρία, requital. Arist. distinguishes between κ . as that which, being disciplinary, has reference to the sufferer, and τ. as that which, being penal, has reference to the satisfaction of him who inflicts (see Thayer, see word κ., and cf. Tr., Syn., § vii). But in late Gk. especially, the distinction is not always maintained (see reff. in Thayer) (AS) G2852 G2852 = G2852 κολαφίζω kolaphizō G:V to beat κολαφίζω
(κόλαφος = Att.., κόνδυλοι, the knuckles, the closed fist)
to strike with the fist, to buffet: Mat.26:67, Mrk.14:65, 2Co.12:7; pass., 1Co.4:11, 1Pe.2:20.†
(AS) G2853 G2853 = G2853 κολλάω kollaō G:V to join κολλάω, -ῶ
(κόλλα, glue), [in LXX chiefly for דָּבַק ;]
__1. to glue or cement together.
__2. Generally, to unite, to join firmly. Pass., to cleave to, join (oneself to): with dative of person(s), Mat.19:5(LXX), Luk.10:11 15:15, Act.5:13 (but see Field, Notes, 118) Act.9:26 10:28 (see Field, l.with) Act.17:34; τ. πόρνῃ, 1Co.6:16; τ. Κυρίῳ, 1Co.6:17; with dative of thing(s), ἅρματι, Act.8:29; τ. ἀγαθῴ, Rom.12:9; of sins joining together, ἄχρι τ. οὐρανοῦ, Rev.18:5, of dust, Luk.10:11 (cf. τροσ-κολλάω).†
(AS) G2854 G2854 = G2854 κολλούριον kollourion G:N-N eye salve κολλούριον
(TTr., κολλύ-, the more usual form), -ου, τό (dimin. of κολλύρα = κόλλιξ, a coarse bread roll), [in LXX: 3Ki.12:24 hil B* ;]
__1. a small bread roll (LXX, ll. with).
__2. (Usually in pl., LS, see word) an eye salve shaped like a roll: Rev.3:18.†
(AS) G2855 G2855 = G2855 κολλυβιστής kollubistēs G:N-M moneychanger κολλυβιστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(κόλλυβος, a small coin, a rate of exchange),
a money-changer: Mat.21:12, Mrk.11:15, Jhn.2:15 (of. κερματιοτής).†
(AS) G2856 G2856 = G2856 κολοβόω koloboō G:V to shorten κολοβόω, -ῶ
(κολοβός, docked), [in LXX: 2Ki.4:12 (קָצַץ pi.) * ;]
to cut off, amputate (LXX), hence, to curtail, shorten: Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20.†
(AS) G2857 G2857G = G2857G Κολοσσαί Kolossai N:N-F-L Colossae Κολοσσαί
(so in cl.; -ασσαί, Rec., LTr.), -ῶν, αἰ
Colossæ, a city on the Lycus in Phrygia: Col.1:2.†
(AS) G2857 G2857H = a Spelling of G2857G Κολασσαί Kolassai N:N-F-L Colossae Κολοσσαί
(so in cl.; -ασσαί, Rec., LTr.), -ῶν, αἰ
Colossæ, a city on the Lycus in Phrygia: Col.1:2.†
(AS) G2858 G2858 = a Group member of G2857G Κολασσαεύς Kolossaeus G:N-M Colossae Κολασσαεύς (Rec. Κολοσ-), -έως, ὁ
a Colossian: pl., Col., tit. (and subscr., Rec., Tr.).†
(AS) G2859 G2859 = G2859 κόλπος kolpos G:N-M bosom κόλπος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for חֵיק ;]
__1. prop., the bosom: Jhn.13:23; fig., of close association, ἐν (εἰς τὸν) τοῖς κ. Ἀβραάμ, Luk.16:22-23 (cf. 4Ma.13:16); ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κ. τ. πατρός, Jhn.1:18
__2. The bosom or fold of a loose garment falling over a girdle, used as a pocket, hence figuratively, εἰς τὸν κ. Isa.65:6, Jer.32:18 : Luk.6:38
__3. A bosom-like hollow, as a bay or gulf: Act.27:39.†
(AS) G2860 G2860 = G2860 κολυμβάω kolumbaō G:V to swim κολυμβάω, -ῶ
[in AI.: Isa.25:11 * ;]
to dive, plunge into the sea: Act.27:43 (cf. ἐκ-κολνμβάω).†
(AS) G2861 G2861 = G2861 κολυμβήθρα kolumbēthra G:N-F pool κολυμβήθρα, -ας, ἡ
(κολνμβάω), [in LXX for בְּרֵכָה, 4Ki.18:27, al. ;]
a swimming pool, pool: Jhn.5:2, 4 5:7 9:7.†
(AS) G2862 G2862 = a Name of G4514 κολωνία kolōnia G:N-F Roman colony κολωνία (Rec. -ώνια), -ας, ἡ
(Lat. colonic),
a colony: Act.16:12 (see Lft., Phi., 50 f.).†
(AS) G2863 G2863 = G2863 κομάω komaō G:V be long-haired κομάω, -ῶ
(κόμη),
to wear long hair: 1Co.11:14-15.†
(AS) G2864 G2864 = G2864 κόμη komē G:N-F hair κόμη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Num.6:5, Eze.44:20 (פֶּרַע), al. ;]
the hair: 1Co.11:15.†
(AS) G2865 G2865 = G2865 κομίζω komizō G:V to bring/be repaid κομίζω
[in LXX for נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
__1. to take care of.
__2. to carry off safe.
__3. to carry off as booty.
__4. to bear or carry: Luk.7:37. Mid., to bear for oneself, hence,
__(a) to receive: Heb.10:36 11:13, 39, 1Pe.1:9 5:4, 2Pe.2:13;
__(b) to receive back, recover (in cl. so also act.): Mat.25:27, Heb.11:19; metaphorically, of requital, 2Co.5:10, Col.3:25; παρὰ Κυρίου, Eph.6:8 (cf. ἐκ-, συν-κομίζω).†
(AS) G2866 G2866 = G2866 κομψότερον kompsoteron G:A better κομψός, -ή, -όν
(κομέω, to take care of),
well-dressed, elegant, fine; compar. neut., κομψότερον ἔχειν (cf. κόμψως ἔχειν, Epict., and colloq. Eng., "to be doing finely"): Jhn.4:52.†
(AS) G2867 G2867 = G2867 κονιάω koniaō G:V to whitewash κονιάω, -ῶ
(κονία, dust, lime), [in LXX: Deu.27:2, 4 (שִׂיד), Pro.21:9 * ;]
to plaster or whiten over: of tombs, Mat.23:27; figuratively, of a hypocrite, Act.23:3.†
(AS) G2868 G2868 = G2868 κονιορτός koniortos G:N-M dust κονιορτός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κόνις or κονία, dust, ὄρνυμι, to stir up), [in LXX for אָבָק, etc. ;]
in cl., dust stirred up (Exo.9:9, Isa.5:24); in NT, simply dust: Mat.10:14, Luk.9:5 10:11, Act.13:51 22:23.†
(AS) G2869 G2869 = G2869 κοπάζω kopazō G:V to abate κοπάζω
(κόπος), [in LXX: Gen.8:1, Est.2:1 7:10 (שָׁכַךְ), Rut.1:18, al. (חָדַל), חָדַל), Jon.1.11-12 (שָׁתַק), al. ;]
to grow weary; of the wind (Hdt., Jh., l.with), to abate, cease raging: Mat.14:32, Mrk.4:39 6:51.†
(AS) G2870 G2870 = G2870 κοπετός kopetos G:N-M lamentation κοπετός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κόπτω, mid.), [in LXX chiefly for מִסְפֵּד ;]
= cl. κομμός, a beating of the head and breast, lamentation: before ἐπί with dative of person(s), Act.8:2.†
(AS) G2871 G2871 = G2871 κοπή kopē G:N-F slaughter κοπή, -ῆς, ἡ
(κόπτω), [in LXX: Gen.14:17, Jos.10:20 (נָכָה hi., מַכָּה), Deu.28:25 (נָגַף), Jdth.15:7 * ;]
__1. in cl., a stroke, a pounding (as in a mortar).
__2. In LXX, a smiting in battle: Heb.7:1 (LXX).†
(AS) G2872 G2872 = G2872 κοπιάω kopiaō G:V to labor κοπιάω, -ῶ
(κόπος), [in LXX chiefly for יָגַע ;]
__1. (as in cl.) to grow weary: Mat.11:28, Jhn.4:6, Rev.2:3 (cf. Isa.40:31).
__2. Hence, in LXX and NT, to work with effort, to toil: absol., Mat.6:23, Luk.5:5 12:27, Jhn.4:38, Act.20:35, 1Co.4:12, Eph.4:28, 2Ti.2:5; with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.4:38; frequently in Paul. Epp., of ministerial labour: 1Co.15:10 16:16; before ἐν, Rom.16:12, 1Th.5:12 (see M, Th., in l), 1Ti.5:17; εἰς, Rom.16:6, Gal.4:11, Php.2:16, Col.1:29, 1Ti.4:10.†
(AS) G2873 G2873 = G2873 κόπος kopos G:N-M labor κόπος, -ου, ὁ
(κόπτω) [in LXX chiefly for עָמָל, also for אָוֶן, etc. ;]
__1. a striking, beating (in Jer.45:3 = κοπετός)
__2. laborious toil, trouble: Jhn.4:38, 1Co.3:8 15:58, 1Th.3:5; κ. τ. ἀγάπης, 1Th.1:3; ἔργα καὶ κ., Rev.2:2; κ. καὶ μόχθος, 2Co.11:27, 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8; pl., ἐν κ., 2Co.6:5 10:15 11:23; ἐκ τ. κ., Rev.14:13; κόπονς (-ον) παρέχειν (in cl. more frequently π. πράγματα, πονον), with dative of person(s), Mat.26:10, Mrk.14:6, Luk.11:7 18:5, Gal.6:17.†
SYN.: μόλθος, labour; πόνος (which see), toil, painful effort; in cl., "π. gives prominence to the effort (work as requiring force), κ. to the fatigue, μ. (chiefly poetic) to the hardship" (Thayer, see word κ.) (AS) G2874 G2874 = G2874 κοπρία kopria G:N-F manure κοπρία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אַשְׁפֹּת ;]
a dung hill (1Ki.2:8, Psa.113:7 al.): Luk.14:35.†
κόπριον, -ου, τό,
[in LXX (pl.): Jer.25:33 (דֹּמֶן), Sir.22:2, 1Ma.2:62 * ;]
= κόπρος, dung: pl., Luk.13:8 (WH, mg., κόφινον κοπρίων).†
(AS) G2875 G2875 = G2875 κόπτω koptō G:V to cut/mourn κόπτω
[in LXX for כָּרַת, סָפַד, נָכָה hi., etc. ;]
__1. to strike, smite.
__2. to cut off: with accusative of thing(s), before ἀπό, Mat.21:8; ἐκ, Mrk.11:8. Mid., to beat one's breast with grief, to mourn, bewail: Mat.11:17 24:30; with accusative of person(s), Luk.8:52 23:27; before ἐπί, with accusative, Rev.1:7 18:9 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐν-, κατα-, προ-, προσ-κόπτω).†
SYN.: θρηνέω, q.v (AS) G2876 G2876 = G2876 κόραξ korax G:N-M raven κόραξ, -ακος, ὁ
[in LXX for עֹרֵב ;]
a raven: Luk.12:24.†
(AS) G2877 G2877 = G2877 κοράσιον korasion G:N-N girl κοράσιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of κόρη), [in LXX chiefly for נַעֲרָה, Rut.2:8, al.; in Joel 4:3, Zec.8:5 for יַלְדָּה ;]
a colloquial word which survives in MGr. (Kennedy, Sourcs, e154), girl, maiden: Mat.9:24-25 14:11, Mrk.5:41-42 6:22, 28.†
(AS) G2878 G2878 = G2878 κορβᾶν korban H:N Corban κορβάν (Rec., T, -βᾶν), indecl. (Heb. קׇרְבָּן),
an offering, a gift offered to God: Mrk.7:11 (cf. κορβανᾶς).†
(AS) G2879 G2879 = the Greek of H7141I Κορέ Kore N:N-M-P Korah Κορέ indecl.
(in FlJ, -έου), ὁ (Heb. קֶרַח)
Korah: Ju 11.†
(AS) G2880 G2880 = G2880 κορέννυμι korennumi G:V to satisfy κορέννυμι
(κόρος, surfeit), [in Symmachus.: Psa.22:27, Al, Psa.103:5 * ;]
to satisfy: pass., τροφῆς, Act.27:38; metaphorically, of spiritual things, 1Co.4:8.†
(AS) G2881 G2881 = a Group member of G2882 Κορίνθιος Korinthios N:N--LG Corinthian κορίνθιος, -α, -ον
Corinthian; as subst., ὁ Κ., a Corinthian: Act.18:8 27:1-44 (WH, txt., R, omit), 2Co.6:11; 1Co, 2Co, tit.†
(AS) G2882 G2882 = G2882 Κόρινθος Korinthos N:N-F-L Corinth Κόρινθος, -ου, ἡ
Corinth: Act.18:1, 27 19:1, 1Co.1:2, 2Co.1:1 1:23, 2Ti.4:20.†
(AS) G2883 G2883 = G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornēlios N:N-M-P Cornelius Κορνήλιος, -ου, ὁ (Lat.)
Cornelius: Act.10:1 ff.†
(AS) G2884 G2884 = G2884 κόρος koros G:N-M cor κόρος, -ου, ὁ
(Heb. כֹּר), [in LXX: Lev.27:16, Num.11:32, Eze.45:13 (חֹמֶר); more freq., 2Ch.27:5, al.(כֹּר) ;]
a cor, a Hebrew measure (AV, RV, measure): Luk.16:7.†
(AS) G2885 G2885 = G2885 κοσμέω kosmeō G:V to arrange κοσμέω, -ῶ
(κόσμος), [in LXX for עָדָה, תָּקַן, etc. ;]
__1. to order, arrange, prepare (in Hom. esp. of marshalling armies): Mat.25:7 (cf. Sir.50:9, al.).
__2. to adorn, furnish: οἶκον, pass., Mat.12:44, Luk.11:25; μνημεῖα, Mat.23:29; τὸ ἱερόν, pass., Luk.21:5; θεμέλιοι, Rev.21:19; νύμφην, pass., Rev.21:2; ἐαυτάς, before ἐν, 1Ti.2:9. Metaphorical, with accusative of person(s), 1Pe.3:5; with accusative of thing(s), Tit.2:10.†
(AS) G2886 G2886 = G2886 κοσμικός kosmikos G:A earthly κοσμικός, -ή, -όν
(κόσμος)
__1. pertaining to the world or universe.
__2. of this world, earthly. Heb.9:1.
__3. In ethical sense, worldly: ἐπιθυμίαι, Tit.2:12.†
(AS) G2887 G2887 = G2887 κόσμιος kosmios G:A respectable κόσμιος, -ον (in cl. -α, -ον),
(κόσμος), [in LXX: Ecc.12:9 (תָּקַן)* ;]
orderly, decent, modest: 1Ti.2:9 (WH, mg., -ίως, which see) 1Ti.3:2.†
(AS) G2888 G2888 = G2888 κοσμοκράτωρ kosmokratōr G:N-M world power κοσμοκράτωρ, -ορος, ὁ
(κόσμος, κρατέω),
__1. in Orphic hymns, al. (see AR, Eph., l.with), a ruler of the whole world (and so in Rabbinic writings: קוֺזמוֺקְרָטוֺר).
__2. a ruler of this world (in contrast to παντο κράτωρ): οἱ κ. τ. σκότους τούτου, the rulers of this dark world, Eph.6:12.†
(AS) G2889 G2889 = G2889 κόσμος kosmos G:N-M world κόσμος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Gen.2:1, Deu.4:19 17:3, Isa.24:21 40:26 (צבא), Exo.33:5, 6 Jer.2:32 4:30, Eze.7:20 16:11 23:40 (עֲדִי), Isa.61:10 (כְּלִי), al., Wis.2:24 and freq., Sir.6:30, al ;]
__1. order (Hom., Plat., al.).
__2. ornament, adornment, esp. of women (Hom., al.): 1Pe.3:3.
__3. Later, the world or universe, as an ordered system (Plat., al.): Act.17:24, Rom.4:13, 1Co.3:22, Php.2:15, Heb.4:3, al.
__4. In late writers only, the world, i.e. the earth (= ἡ οἰκουμένη, cf. Mat.4:8 with Luk.4:5): Mat.4:8, Mrk.16:[15], Col.2:20, 1Ti.6:7, al.; hence by meton.,
__(a) of the human inhabitants of the world: Mat.5:14 15:38, Mrk.14:9, Jhn.1:10 4:42 12:47, Rom.3:6, 1Co.4:13, 2Co.5:19, 2Pe.2:5, al.;
__(b) of worldly affairs or possessions: Mat.16:26, Mrk.8:36, Luk.9:25, 1Co.7:31, 1Jn.2:16, al.;
__(with) in ethical sense, of the ungodly: Jhn.7:7 14:17, 27 1Co.1:21, Jas.1:27, 1Jn.4:4, al.;
__(d) metaphorically: ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας, Jas.3:6.
SYN.: αἰών, which see (cf . also Dalman, Words, 162ff.; Tr., Syn., §lix; Westc., additional note on Jhn.1:10; DB, iv, 938ff.). (AS) G2890 G2890 = G2890 Κούαρτος Kouartos N:N-M-P Quartus Κούαρτος, -ου, ὁ
(Lat.), Quartus: Rom.16:23.†
(AS) G2891 G2891 = G2891 κοῦμι koumi A:V stand up! κούμ (Tr., txt., κοῦμ, Rec. κοῦμι) (Heb. imperat. masc., used as an interjection, קוּם),
koum (arise): Mrk.5:41.†
(AS) G2892 G2892 = G2892 κουστωδία koustōdia G:N-F guard κουστωδία, -ας, ἡ (Lat. custodia),
a guard: Mat.27:65-66 28:11.†
(AS) G2893 G2893 = G2893 κουφίζω kouphizō G:V to lighten κουφίζω
(κοῦφος, light), [in LXX: Exo.18:22, Jon.1.5, al. (קָלַל hi.), Est.5:1, al. ;]
__1. intrans., to be light (poetic chiefly).
__2. to lighten, make light: with accusative, Act.27:38.†
(AS) G2894 G2894 = G2894 κόφινος kophinos G:N-M basket κόφινος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Jdg.6:19 (סַל), Psa.81:6 (דּוּד)* ;]
a basket, probably of wicker-work, such as were carried by Jews for food: Mat.14:20 16:9, Mrk.6:43 8:19 9:17 13:8, Jhn.6:13 (cf. σφυρίς).†
(AS) G2895 G2895 = G2895 κράββατος krabbatos G:N-M bed κράβαττος (Rec. κράββατος), ου, ὁ
(a Macedonian word, = Lat. grabatus, cl. σκίμπους), [in Aquila.: Amo.3:12 * ;]
a camp bed, pallet: Mrk.2:4, 9 2:11-12 6:55, Jhn.5:8-11, Act.5:15 9:33 (see Swete, Mk., 24, and cf. κλίνη).†
(AS) G2896 G2896 = G2896 κράζω krazō G:V to cry κράζω
[in LXX for זָעַק, צָעַק, קָרָא, etc. ;]
in cl. chiefly poët.,
__1. prop. onomatop., of the raven, to croak, hence generally, of inartic. cries, to scream, cry out (Æsch., al.): Mrk.5:5 9:26 15:39 (Rec., R, mg.), Luk.9:39, al.; of crying for vengeance (cf. Gen.4:10), Jas.5:4.
__2. to cry, call out with a loud voice: with accusative of thing(s), Act.19:32; before orat. dir., Mrk.10:48, Luk.18:39, al.; (ἐν) φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Mrk.5:7, Rev.14:15, al.; λέγων, Mat.8:29, al.; of public teaching, Jhn.1:15, Rom.9:27, al.; of importunate prayer (cf. Job.35:12, Psa.3:5, al.), Rom.8:15, Gal.4:6; pf. with Pres. sense (vernac.; M, Pr., 147), Jhn.1:15
SYN.: see: βοάω (AS) G2897 G2897 = G2897 κραιπάλη kraipalē G:N-F dissipation κραιπάλη
(κρεπάλη, WH), -ης, ἡ (cf. κραιπαλάω for שִׁכּוֹר, Isa.24:20 29:9)
drunken nausea (EV, surfeiting): Luk.21:34.†
SYN.: κῶμος, revelling; μέθη, drunkeness; οἰνοφλυγία, a debauch; πότος, a drinking bout (see Tr., Syn., § lxi). (AS) G2898 G2898 = a Name of G1115 κρανίον kranion G:N-N Skull κρανίον, -ου, τό
(κάρα, the head), [in LXX: Jdg.9:53, 4Ki.9:35 (גֻּלְגֹּלֶת)* ;]
a skull: Mat.27:33, Mrk.15:22, Luk.23:33, Jhn.19:17.†
(AS) G2899 G2899 = G2899 κράσπεδον kraspedon G:N-N edge κράσπεδον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Num.15:38-39 (צִיצִת) Deu.22:12, Zec.8:23 (כָּנָף)* ;]
__1. in cl., an edge, border.
__2. In LXX (see supr.) and NT, a tassel or corner: Mat.9:20 14:36 23:5, Mrk.6:56, Luk.8:44.†
(AS) G2900 G2900 = G2900 κραταιός krataios G:A mighty κραταιός, -ά, -όν
(κράτος), (in cl. poët, form of κρατερός), [in LXX chiefly for חָזַק and cognates ;]
strong, mighty: 1Pe.5:6.†
(AS) G2901 G2901 = G2901 κραταιόω krataioō G:V to strengthen κραταιόω, -ῶ
(late form of κρατύνω; κράτος) [in LXX chiefly for חָזַק ;]
to strengthen; pass., to wax strong: Luk.2:40, 1Co.16:13; πνεύματι, Luk.1:80; δυνάμει κ. διὰ τ. πνεύματος, Eph.3:16.†
(AS) G2902 G2902 = G2902 κρατέω krateō G:V to grasp/seize κρατέω, -ῶ
(κράτος), [in LXX chiefly for חָזַק hi., also for אָחַז, etc. ;]
__1. to be strong, mighty, hence, to rule, be master, prevail (so chiefly in cl.; in LXX: Est.1:1, I Est.4:38, Wis.14:19, al.).
__2. to get possession of, obtain, take hold of (Hdt., Thuc., al.): with genitive of thing(s) (M, Pr., 65), Act.27:13; τ. χειρός, Mat.9:25, Mrk.1:31 5:41 9:27, Luk.8:54; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.12:11; with accusative of person(s), Mat.14:3 18:28 21:46 22:6 26:4, 48 ff., Mrk.3:21 6:17 12:12 14:1, 44 ff, Act.3:11 24:6, Rev.20:2 (cf. 2Ki.6:6).
__3. to hold, hold fast (Æsch., Polyb., al.): with accusative of thing(s), ἐν τ. δεξιᾷ, Rev.2:1. Metaphorical: with accusative of person(s), pass., Act.2:24; with accusative of thing(s), Rev.2:13, 25 3:11; τ. κεφαλήν (i.e. Christ), Col.2:19; τ. παράδοσιν (-εις), λόγον, διδαχήν, Mrk.7:3-4, 8 9:10, 2Th.2:15, Rev.2:14-15; with genitive of thing(s), Heb.4:14 6:18; of sins, to retain, Jhn.20:23; of re­straint, before ἵνα μή, Rev.7:1; pass., before τοῦ μή, Luk.24:16.†
(AS) G2903 G2903 = G2903 κράτιστος kratistos G:A excellent κράτιστος, -η, -ον
superl, of κρατύς (Hom.),
__1. strongest, mightiest (Hom.).
__2. noblest, best (cf. κρείσσων), most excellent (find., Soph., al.): voc., κρατίστε, as title of honour and respect (DCG, ii, 727a), Luk.1:3, Act.23:26 24:3 26:25.†
(AS) G2904 G2904 = G2904 κράτος kratos G:N-N power κράτος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX chiefly for עֹז, Job.12:16, Psa.90:11 al. ;]
__1. strength, esp. as in Hom., of bodily strength.
__2. power, might: Heb.2:14; τὸ κ. τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ, Eph.1:19 6:10 (Isa.40:26, Da TH Dan.4:27); τ. δόςης αὐτοῦ, Col.1:11; κατὰ κράτος, mightily, Act.19:20; a mighty deed, an act of power, Luk.1:51; in doxologies, 1Ti.6:16, 1Pe.4:11 5:11, Ju 25, Rev.1:6 5:13.†
(AS) G2905 G2905 = G2905 κραυγάζω kraugazō G:V to shout κραυγάζω (κραυγή)
[in LXX: Est.3:13 (רוּעַ hi.)* ;] = κράζω
__1. of animals, to bay, to croak, etc.
__2. Of men, to cry out, shout: Mat.12:19, Jhn.12:13 19:15 Act.22:23; before λέγων, Jhn.18:40 19:6, 12; καὶ λέγων, Luk.4:41 (WH, κράζ -); φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Jhn.11:43 (cf. Abbott, JV, 269 f.).†
(AS) G2906 G2906 = G2906 κραυγή kraugē G:N-F shouting κραυγή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for צְוָחָה, תְּרוּעָה, שַׁוְעָה, etc. ;]
crying, outcry, clamour: Mat.25:6, Luk.1:42, Act.23:9, Eph.4:31, Heb.5:7, Rev.21:4.†
(AS) G2907 G2907 = G2907 κρέας kreas G:N-N meat κρέας, -έως, pl., κρέα
[in LXX for בָּשָׂר (freq.) ;]
flesh, meat: Rom.14:21, 1Co.8:13.†
(AS) G2908 G2908 = G2908 κρείσσων kreissōn G:A greater κρείσσων
(Epic and old Att..) and κρείττων (later Att..), prop. comparat. of κρατύς, strong, but in sense often (as in cl., see LS, see word) as comparat. of ἀγαθός, [in LXX chiefly for טוֹב ;]
better;
__(a) as to ad­vantage or usefulness: 1Co.11:17, Heb.11:40 12:24; πολλῷ μᾶλλον κ., Php.1:23; κρεῖσσον ποιεῖν, 1Co.7:38; ἐστιν, before inf., 1Co.7:9, 2Pe.2:21;
__(b) as to excellence: Heb.1:4 6:9 7:7, 19 7:22 8:6 9:23 10:34 11:16, 35; κ. ἐστι, before inf., 1Pe.3:17.†
(AS) G2909 G2909 = a Spelling of G2908 κρείττων kreittōn G:A stronger κρείσσων
(Epic and old Att..) and κρείττων (later Att..), prop. comparat. of κρατύς, strong, but in sense often (as in cl., see LS, see word) as comparat. of ἀγαθός, [in LXX chiefly for טוֹב ;]
better;
__(a) as to ad­vantage or usefulness: 1Co.11:17, Heb.11:40 12:24; πολλῷ μᾶλλον κ., Php.1:23; κρεῖσσον ποιεῖν, 1Co.7:38; ἐστιν, before inf., 1Co.7:9, 2Pe.2:21;
__(b) as to excellence: Heb.1:4 6:9 7:7, 19 7:22 8:6 9:23 10:34 11:16, 35; κ. ἐστι, before inf., 1Pe.3:17.†
(AS) G2910 G2910 = G2910 κρεμάω kremaō G:V to hang κρεμάννυμι
(also κρεμαννύω, κρεμάω; the Pres. is not found in NT), [in LXX (where also κρεμάζω, Job.26:7) chiefly for תָּלָה ;]
trans., to hang, suspend: with accusative of person(s), before ἐπὶ ξύλου, Act.5:30 10:39; pass., Luk.23:39; before περί, Mat.18:6. Mid., κρέμαμαι, intrans., to hang: before ἐκ, Act.28:4; ἐπὶ ξύλου, Gal.3:13 (LXX); metaphorically, before ἐν, Mat.22:40.†
(AS) G2911 G2911 = G2911 κρημνός krēmnos G:N-M cliff κρημνός, -οῦ, ὁ
(κρεμάννυμι), [in LXX: 2Ch.25:12 (סֶלַע)* ;]
a steep bank: Mat.8:32, Mrk.5:13, Luk.8:33.†
(AS) G2912 G2912 = a Group member of H3731 Κρής Krēs N:N--LG Cretan Κρής, ὁ, pl., Κρῆτες
a Cretan: Act.2:11, Tit.1:12.†
(AS) G2913 G2913 = G2913 Κρήσκης Krēskēs N:N-M-P Crescens Κρήσκης, -εντος (BI., § 10, 4), ὁ
Crescens: 2Ti.4:10.†
(AS) G2914 G2914 = the Greek of H3731 Κρήτη Krētē N:N-F-L Crete Κρήτη, -ης, ἡ (Lat.),
Crete: Act.27:7, 12-13 27:31, Tit.1:5.†
(AS) G2915 G2915 = G2915 κριθή krithē G:N-F barley κριθή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for שְׂעֹרָה ;]
barley: pl. (as usually in cl.), Rev.6:6.†
(AS) G2916 G2916 = G2916 κρίθινος krithinos G:A barley κρίθινος, -η, -ον
(κριθή), [in LXX for שְׂעֹרָה ;]
of barley: Jhn.6:9, 13
(AS) G2917 G2917 = G2917 κρίμα krima G:N-N judgment κρίμα (B1., § 27, 2), -τος, τό
(κρίνω), [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁפָּט ;]
the issue of a judicial process, hence,
__1. judgment, the decision passed on the faults of others: Mat.7:2; in forensic sense, with genitive pun., Luk.24:20; esp. of the judgment of God, Rom.2:2 5:16 11:33 (ICC, in l), 2Pe.2:3, Ju 4; κ. λαμβάνεσθαι, Mat.23:13 (Rec., R, mg.), Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47, Rom.13:2, Jas.3:1; ἔχειν, 1Ti.5:12; βαστάζειν, Gal.5:10; ἐσθίειν ἑαυτῷ, 1Co.11:29; εἰς κ. συνέρχεσθαι, 1Co.11:34; εἶναι ἐν τ αὐτῷ κ., Luk.23:40; with genitive obj., Rom.3:8, 1Ti.3:6, Rev.17:1; of God's judgment through Christ, Jhn.9:39; τὸ κ. ἄρχεται, 1Pe.4:17; τ. κ. τ. μέλλον, Act.24:25; κ. αἰώνιον, Heb.6:2; ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τ. κ. ὐμῶν, Rev.18:20; of the right of judgment, Rev.20:4.
__2. a matter for judgment, a law-suit, a case: 1Co.6:7.†
(AS) G2918 G2918 = G2918 κρίνον krinon G:N-N lily κρίνον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוּשַׁן ;]
a lily: Mat.6:28, Luk.12:27.†
(AS) G2919 G2919 = G2919 κρίνω krinō G:V to judge κρίνω,
[in LXX chiefly for שׁפט, also for ריב ,דּין, etc. ;]
__1. to separate, select, choose (cl.; in LXX: 2Ma.13:15).
__2. to approve, esteem: Rom.14:5.
__3. to be of opinion, judge, think: Luk.7:43, 1Co.11:13; before τοῦτο ὅτι, 2Co.5:14; with accusative and inf., Act.16:15; with accusative and pred., Act.13:46 26:8.
__4. to decide, determine, decree: with accusative, Act.16:4, Rom.14:13, 1Co.7:37, 2Co.2:1; with inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Act.20:16 25:25, 1Co.2:2 5:3, Tit.3:12 (cf. 1Ma.11:33, Wis.8:9, al.); with accusative and inf., Act.21:25 27:1.
__5. to judge, adjudge, pronounce judgment: absol., Jhn.8:16, 26; before κατά, with accusative, Jhn.7:24 8:15; κρίσιν κ., Jhn.7:24; τ. δίκαιον, Luk.12:57 (Deiss., LAE, 118); in forensic sense, Jhn.18:31, Act.23:3, al.; pass., Rom.3:4 (LXX); of God's judgment, Jhn.5:30 8:50, Rom.2:16 3:6, 2Ti.4:1, 1Pe.4:5, al.
__6. = κατακρίνω, to condemn (cl.): Act.13:27; of God's judgment, Jhn.3:18 5:22 12:47, 48, Act.7:7, Rom.2:12, 1Co.11:32, Heb.10:30" (LXX), Jas.5:9, Rev.19:2, al.
__7. As in LXX (for שׁפט), to rule, govern ( 4Ki.15:5, Psa.2:10, al.): Mat.19:28, Luk.22:30, 1Co.6:3.
__8. to bring to trial (cl.); mid., to go to law: with dative of person(s), Mat.5:40; before μετά, with genitive of person(s) (of the opponent), ἐπί, with genitive (of the judge), 1Co.6:1, 6 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἀντ-απο- (-μαι), δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, συν-, ὑπο- (-μαι), συν-υπο- (-μαι)).
SYN.: see: δικάστης. (AS) G2920 G2920 = G2920 κρίσις krisis G:N-F judgment κρίσις, -εως, ἡ
(κρίνω), [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁפָּט, also for רִיב, etc. ;]
__1. a seperating, selection (Arist., al.)
__2. a decision, judgment (cl.): Jhn.8:16, 1Ti.5:24, 2Pe.2:11, Ju 9; κ. κρίνειν, Jhn.7:24; in forensic sense, Act.8:33 (LXX) (see Page, in l); esp. of the Divine judgment, Jhn.3:19 5:24, 27 5:29-30 12:31 16:8, 11, 2Th.1:5, Heb.10:27, Jas.2:13 5:12, 2Pe.2:4, Rev.18:10; pl., Rev.16:7 19:2; of the last judgment, Mat.10:15 11:22, 24 12:36, 41-42 Luk.10:14 11:31-32, Heb.9:27, 2Pe.2:9 3:7, 1Jn.4:17, Ju 6 15; τῆς γεέννης, Mat.23:33.
__3. By meton. (as in LXX for מִשְׁפָּט, Isa.5:7, al.; דִּישׁוֹן, Dan.7:10), of the standard of judgment, right, justice: Mat.12:18, 20 (LXX, Isa 42:43) Isa 23:23, Luk.11:42; of the tribunal (a local court), Mat.5:21-22†
(AS) G2921 G2921 = G2921 Κρίσπος Krispos N:N-M-P Crispus Κρίσπος, -ου, ὁ
Crispus: Act.18:8, 1Co.1:14.†
(AS) G2922 G2922 = G2922 κριτήριον kritērion G:N-N court/lawsuit κριτήριον, -ου, τό
(κριτής), [in LXX: 3Ki.7:7 (מִשְׁפָּט), Dan LXX TH Dan.7:10, 26, (דִּין), Su 1:49, Exo.21:6, Jdg.5:10 * ;]
__1. a means of judging, test, criterion.
__2. a tribunal: 1Co.6:2 6:4, Jas.2:6.†
(AS) G2923 G2923 = G2923 κριτής kritēs G:N-M judge κριτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(κρίνω), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁפַט ;]
a judge: Mat.5:25, Luk.12:14, 58 18:2; τ. ἀδικίας, Luk.18:6; with gem of thing(s) (obj.), Act.18:15, Jas.4:11; (qual.), διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν, Jas.2:4; of a Roman procurator, Act.24:10; of God, Heb.12:23, Jas.4:12; Christ, Act.10:42, 2Ti.4:8, Jas.5:9; of those whose conduct is made a standard for judging, Mat.12:27, Luk.11:19; in the OT sense (Jdg.2:16, Rut.1:1, al), of a ruler in Israel, Act.13:20.†
SYN.: δικάστης, q.v (AS) G2924 G2924 = G2924 κριτικός kritikos G:A discerning κριτικός, -ή, -όν
(κρίνω),
critical, able to discern or judge: with genitive obj., Heb.4:12.†
(AS) G2925 G2925 = G2925 κρούω krouō G:V to knock Κρούω
[in LXX: before ἐπί Jdg.19:22, Sng.5:2 (דָּפַק) ;]
with, accusative, τ. αὐλαίαν, Jdth.14:14 * ;]
to strike, knock: at a door (Κόπτειν, in Att..), Mat.7:7-8, Luk.11:9-10 12:36, Act.12:16, Rev.3:20; with accusative, τ. θύραν, Luk.13:25, Act.12:13.†
(AS) G2926 G2926 = G2926 κρύπτη kruptē G:N-F cellar κρύπτη (WH, R; κρυπτή, LT, Tr.; -όν, Rec.), -ης, ἡ,
a crypt, cellar: Luk.11:33.†
(AS) G2927 G2927 = G2927 κρυπτός kruptos G:A hidden κρυπτός, -ή, -όν
(κρύπτω) [in LXX for אָטַם, מִסְתָּר, etc. ;]
hidden, secret: Mat.10:26, Mrk.4:22, Luk.8:17 12:2; ὁ κ. τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος, 1Pe.3:4; neut., ἐν τῷ κ., Mat.6:4, 6; ἐν κ., Jhn.7:4, 10 18:20; ὁ ἐν κ. Ἰουδαῖος, Rom.2:29; pl., τὰ κ. τ. σκότους, 1Co.4:5; τ. ἀνθρώπων, Rom.2:16; τ. καρδίας, 1Co.14:25; τ. αἰσχύνης, 2Co.4:2.†
κρυφαῖος, -αία, -αῖον
(κρύφα = κρυφῆ) [in LXX for מִסְתָּר, Jer.23:24, al. ;]
hidden, secret: ἐν τῷ κ., Mat.6:18.†
(AS) G2928 G2928 = G2928 κρύπτω kruptō G:V to hide Κρύπτω
[in LXX for חָבָא, טָמַן, סָתַר, צָפַן, etc. ;]
to hide, conceal: with accusative, Mat.13:44 25:18; before ἐν, Mat.25:25 (pass., Mat.13:44, Col.3:3); pass., Mat.5:14, Heb.11:23, 1Ti.5:25, Rev.2:17; ἐκρύβη (on the tense and its formation, see M, Pr., 161; Bl., § 19, 3) κ. ἐξῆλθεν Jhn.8:59; before εἰς, Luk.13:21, Rev.6:15; ἀπό (in cl. more frequently dupl. accusative), Rev.6:16; pass., Jhn.12:36, (Bl., § 34, 4). Metaphorical: Mat.11:25 13:35, Luk.11:52, WH, mg., Luk.18:34 19:42, Jhn.19:38 (cf.ἀτο-, ἐν-, περι-κρύπτω).†
(AS) G2929 G2929 = G2929 κρυσταλλίζω krustallizō G:V be clear κρυσταλλίζω
(κρύσταλλος),
to shine like crystal, be crystal-clear: Rev.21:11 (ἅπ, λεγ.).†
(AS) G2930 G2930 = G2930 κρύσταλλος krustallos G:N-M crystal κρύσταλλος, -ου, ὁ
(κρύος, frost), [in LXX: Job.38:29, Psa.147:17, Eze.1:22 (קֶרַח), etc. ;]
crystal: Rev.4:6 22:1.†
(AS) G2931 G2931 = G2931 κρυφῇ kruphē G:ADV in secret κρυΦῇ
(prop. -ῆ, Rec.; later spelling is due to assimilation to dative; cf. εἰκῆ),
adv., [in LXX chiefly for סָתַר ;]
secretly, in secret: Eph.5:12.†
(AS) G2932 G2932 = G2932 κτάομαι ktaomai G:V to posses κτάομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX chiefly for קָנָה ;]
in pres., impf., fut. and aor., to procure for oneself, get, gain, acquire (the pf. and plpf., to have acquired, hence to possess, do not occur in NT): with accusative of thing(s), Mat.10:9, Luk.18:12, Act.8:20; with genitive pret., Act.22:28; ἐκ with genitive pret., Act.1:18; τ,ψυχὰς ὑμῶν (MM, xvi), Luk.21:19; τ. ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι, 1Th.4:4 (where if σ. = body, κ. must = pf., κέκτημαι; see MM, xvi; M, Th., in l; Field, Notes, 72 f. But σ. is most frequently taken as = wife; see Thayer, see word; Lft., Notes, 53 ff.; ICC, in l).†
(AS) G2933 G2933 = G2933 κτῆμα ktēma G:N-N possession κτῆμα, -τος, τό
(κτάομαι), [in LXX for כֶּרֶם, etc. ;]
a possession, property: Mat.19:22, Mrk.10:22, Act.2:45 5:1.†
(AS) G2934 G2934 = G2934 κτῆνος ktēnos G:N-N animal κτῆνος, -ους, τό
(κτάομαι, hence primarily a possession), [in LXX chiefly for בְּהֵמָה Gen.1:25, al., also for מִקְנֶה, צֹנֵא, etc. ;]
a beast, (in late Gk. esp.) a beast of burden: Luk.10:34 pl. (as chiefly in cl.), Act.23:24, Rev.18:13; of quadrupeds, as Opp. to fishes and birds (cf. Ge, l.with), 1Co.15:39.†
(AS) G2935 G2935 = G2935 κτήτωρ ktētōr G:N-M owner κτήτωρ, -ορος, ὁ
(κτάομαι) [in Sm.: Jol.1:11 * ;]
a possessor: Act.4:34.†
(AS) G2936 G2936 = G2936 κτίζω ktizō G:V to create κτίζω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּרָא, Psa.51:10, al.; also for קָנָה, Gen.14:19, Pro.8:22; יָצַר, Isa.22:11 46:11; Wis.2:23, Sir.1:4, 9 (and freq.), I Est.4:53, a1. ;]
__1. in cl., to people or found a region or city (1Es, l.with).
__2. In LXX and NT, of God, to create: Mrk.13:19, 1Co.11:9, Col.1:16 3:10 Eph.3:9, 1Ti.4:3, Rev.4:11 10:6; ὁ κτίσας, Mat.19:4 (WH, R, mg.), Rom.1:25; of the divine operation on the soul, Eph.2:10, 15 4:24 (cf. Ps., l.with).†
(AS) G2937 G2937 = G2937 κτίσις ktisis G:N-F creation κτίσις, -εως, ἡ
(κτίζω), [in LXX: Psa.104:24 (קִנְיָן), Pro.1:13 A (הוֹן), Tob.8:5, Wis.2:6, Sir.16:17, 3Ma.2:2, al. ;]
__1. a founding, settling, foundation (cl.).
__2. In LXX and NT,
__(a) the act of creating, creation: Mrk.10:6 (Swete, in l), Mrk.13:19, Rom.1:20, 2Pe.3:4;
__(b) that which has been created, creation: Rom.1:25 8:39, Heb.4:13; καινὴ κ., 2Co.5:17, Gal.6:15; πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κ. (Hort., in l), 1Pe.2:13; collectively, of the sum of created things (Wis.19:6, Jdth.16:14), Mrk.16:15, Col.1:15, 23 Heb.9:11, Rev.3:14; of the irrational creation, Rom.8:19-22.†
(AS) G2938 G2938 = G2938 κτίσμα ktisma G:N-N creature κτίσμα, -τος, τό
(κτίζω), [in LXX: Wis.9:2 13:5 14:11, Sir.36:20 (17), Sir.38:34, 3Ma.5:11 * ;]
__1. (cl.) a colony.
__2. a created thing, creature: 1Ti.4:4, Jas.1:18, Rev.5:13 8:9.†
(AS) G2939 G2939 = G2939 κτίστης ktistēs G:N-M creator κτίστης, -oυ, ὁ
(κτίζω), [in LXX: 2Ki.22:32 (Heb., al.), Jdth.9:12, Sir.24:8, 2 24:1-34; 4Ma.5:1-38 * ;]
__1. (cl.) a founder.
__2. a creator: of God, 1Pe.4:19.†
(AS) G2940 G2940 = G2940 κυβεία kubeia G:N-F cunning κυβία (Mt. -εία, and so Rec.), -ας, ἡ
(κύβος, a cube, a die),
dice-playing; metaphorically, trickery, sleight: Eph.4:14.†
(AS) G2941 G2941 = G2941 κυβέρνησις kubernēsis G:N-F administration κυβέρνησις, -εως, ἡ
(κυβερνάω, Lat. gubernare, to guide), [in LXX: Pro.1:5 11:14 24:6 (תַּחְבֻּלָה) * ;]
__1. steering, pilotage (Plat.).
__2. Metaphorical, government: pl., 1Co.12:28.†
(AS) G2942 G2942 = G2942 κυβερνήτης kubernētēs G:N-M captain κυβερνήτης, -ου, ὁ
(see: κυβέρνησις), [in LXX for חֹבֵל, Eze.27:8, 27-28, Pro.23:24, 4Ma.7:1 * ;]
__1. a steersman, pilot: Act.27:11, Rev.18:17.
__2. Metaphorical, a guide, governor (Eur., Plat.).†
(AS) G2943 G2943 = G2943 κυκλόθεν kuklothen G:PREP around κυκλόθεν
adv., (κύκλος), [in LXX chiefly for סָבִיב ;]
from all sides, round about: Rev.4:3-4, 8,†
(AS) G2944 G2944 = G2944 κυκλόω kukloō G:V to surround κυκλόω, -ῶ
(κύκλος), [in LXX chiefly for סָבַב ;]
__1. to move in a circle, revolve.
__2. to surround, encircle: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.10:24 (WH, txt., cf. -εύω), Act.14:20; pass., Luk.21:20, Heb.11:30 (cf. περι-κυκλόω).†
(AS) G2945 G2945 = G2945 κύκλῳ kuklō G:ADV surrounding κύκλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for סָבִיב ;]
a ring, circle. Dat., κύκλῳ, as adverb., round about, around: Mrk.3:34 6:6, 36, Luk.9:12, Rom.15:19; with genitive, Rev.4:6 5:11 7:11†
(AS) G2946 G2946 = G2946 κύλισμα kulisma G:N-N wallowing κύλισμα, -τος, τό
(κυλίω), [in Sm.: Eze.10:13 * ;]
__1. a roll.
__2. = κυλισμός (which see), a rolling, wallowing (or, as κυλίστρα, Xen., Eq., see 3, a rolling place): 2Pe.2:22 (Rec.).†
(AS) G2947 G2947 = G2947 κυλίω kuliō G:V to wallow κυλίω late form of κυλίνδω,
[in LXX: Jos.10:18, 1Ki.14:33, al. (גָּלַל), 4Ki.9:33 (שָׁמַט), al. ;]
to roll, roll along. Pass., to be rolled; of persons (in Hom, as sign of grief), to roll or wallow: Mrk.9:20.†
(AS) G2948 G2948 = G2948 κυλλός kullos G:A crippled κυλλός, -ή, -όν
__1. crooked, crippled: Mat.15:30-31 (WH, txt. om.);
__2. maimed: Mat.18:8, Mrk.9:43.†
(AS) G2949 G2949 = G2949 κῦμα kuma G:N-N a wave κῦμα, -τος, τό
(κύω, to be pregnant, to swell) [in LXX chiefly for גַּל ;]
a wave: pl., Mat.8:24 14:24, Mrk.4:37; κ. θαλάσσης, figuratively, Ju 13.†
SYN.: κλύδων, q.v (AS) G2950 G2950 = G2950 κύμβαλον kumbalon G:N-N cymbal κύμβαλον, -ου, τό
(κύμβη, a cup), [in LXX chiefly for מְצִלָּה ;]
a cymbal: 1Co.13:1.†
(AS) G2951 G2951 = G2951 κύμινον kuminon G:N-N cumin κύμινον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Isa.28:25, 27 (כַּמֹּן)* ;]
cumin: Mat.23:23.†
(AS) G2952 G2952 = G2952 κυνάριον kunarion G:N-N little dog κυνάριον, -ου, τό
(in Att.. also κυνίδιον, diminutive of κύων)
a little dog: Mat.15:26-27 Mrk.7:27-28 †
(AS) G2953 G2953 = the Greek of H3794H Κύπριος Kuprios N:N--LG Cyprus Κύπριος, -α, -ον
of Cyprus, Cyprian: Act.4:36 11:20 21:16.†
(AS) G2954 G2954 = a Spelling of H3794H Κύπρος Kupros N:N-F-L Cyprus Κύπρος, -ου, ἡ
Cyprus: Act.11:19 13:4 15:39 21:3 27:4.†
(AS) G2955 G2955 = G2955 κύπτω kuptō G:V to stoop/bend down κύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for קָדַד ;]
to bow the head, stoop down: Mrk.1:7; before κάτω, Jhn.8:6, 8 (cf. ἀνα-, παρα-, συν-κύπτω).†
κατα-κύπτω,
[in LXX: 4Ki.9:32 (שָׁקַף hi.)* ;]
to bend down, stoop: Jhn.8:8 (κάτω κύψας, Rec., WH, mg.).†
(AS) G2956 G2956 = G2956 Κυρηναῖος Kurēnaios N:N--LG Cyrene Κυρηναῖος, -α, -ον
(Κυρήνη),
of Cyrene, a Cyrenæan: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:2, Act.6:9 11:20 13:1.†
(AS) G2957 G2957 = a Name of G2956 Κυρήνη Kurēnē N:N-F-L Cyrene Κυρήνη, -ης, ἡ
Cyrene, a city in Libya: Act.2:10.†
(AS) G2958 G2958 = G2958 Κυρήνιος Kurēnios N:N-M-P Quirinius Κυρήνιος
(prop. -ίνιος, see Bl., 13; -ῖνος L, -εῖνος, Tr., WH, mg.), -ου, ὁ,
Quirinus, prop. Quirinius: Luk.2:2.†
(AS) G2959 G2959 = G2959 Κυρία Kuria G:N-F lady κυρία
(Κυρία, T, WH, mg.), -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for גְּבֶרֶת ;]
a lady: 2Jn.1 Jn 5 (on the interpretation, see ICC, 167 ff.).†
(AS) G2960 G2960 = G2960 κυριακός kuriakos G:A the Lord’s κυριακός, -ή, -όν
(κύριος), [in LXX: κ. φωνη (Συριακή φ., R), 2Ma.15:36 A * ;]
__1. as frequently in Inscr. (LS, see word; Deiss., BS, 217 f.), of the lord or master, imperial.
__2. of the Lord (i.e. Christ): δεῖπνον, 1Co.11:20; ἡμέρα, Rev.1:10. (cf. λόγια κ., Papias, Eus., HE, iii, 39, 1; γραφαὶ κ., Clem. Alex., etc; for eccl. usage, cf. Soph., Lex., see word)†
(AS) G2961 G2961 = G2961 κυριεύω kurieuō G:V to lord over κυριεύω
(κύριος), [in LXX chiefly for מָשַׁל ;]
to be lord or master of, to rule (over): C. genitive obj., Luk.22:25, Rom.14:9, 2Co.1:24; absol., 1Ti.6:15; metaphorically, ὁ θάνατος, Rom.6:9; ἡ ἁμαρτία, Rom.6:14; ὁ νόμος, Rom.7:1 (cf. κατα-κυριεύω).†
(AS) G2962 G2962G = G2962G κύριος kurios G:N-M lord: God κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον),
[in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for בַּעַל ,אָדוֹן, etc. ;]
having power (κῦρος) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master;
__1. in general: with genitive of thing(s), Mat.9:38 20:8, Mrk.12:9 13:35, Luk.19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mat.12:8, Mrk.2:28, Luk.6:5; with genitive of person(s), δούλου, etc., Mat.10:24, Luk.14:21, Act.16:16, al.; absol, opposite to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph.6:5, 9 al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Act.25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, 1Co.8:5; of a husband, 1Pe.3:6; in voc, as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mat.13:27 16:22 27:63, Mrk.7:28, Luk.5:12, Jhn.4:11, Act.9:5, al.
__2. As a divine title (frequently in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT,
__(a) of God: ὁ κ., Mat.5:33, Mrk.5:19, Luk.1:6, Act.7:33, Heb.8:2, Jas.4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., §46, 6), Mat.21:9, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:17, Heb.7:21, 1Pe.1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mat.11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, 1Ti.6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mat.4:7, 10 al.; id. before παντοκράτωρ, Rev.4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Rom.9:29; (ὁ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mat.1:20 2:13, Luk.1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Luk.4:18, Act.8:39;
__(b) of the Christ: Mat.21:3, Mrk.11:3, Luk.1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Act.10:36, Rom.14:8, 1Co.7:22, Eph.4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jhn.20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Act.1:21, 1Co.11:23, al.; id. before Χριστός, Eph.1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, 1Ti.1:14, Heb.7:14, al.; id. before Ἰησοῦς, 1Th.3:11, Heb.13:20, al.; Χριστός, Rom.16:18; Ἰ Χ., 1Co.1:2, 1Th.1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. (Χ. Ἰ) ὁ κ. (ἡμῶν), Rom.1:4, Col.2:6, Eph.3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, 2Pe.3:2; id. before Ἰ. Χ., ib. 18; anarth., 1Co.7:22, 25 Jas.5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Rev.19:16; with prep., ἀπὸ (κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col.3:24, al.
SYN: see: δεσπότης. (AS) G2962 G2962H = a Meaning of G2962G κύριος kurios G:N-M lord: master κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον),
[in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for בַּעַל ,אָדוֹן, etc. ;]
having power (κῦρος) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master;
__1. in general: with genitive of thing(s), Mat.9:38 20:8, Mrk.12:9 13:35, Luk.19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mat.12:8, Mrk.2:28, Luk.6:5; with genitive of person(s), δούλου, etc., Mat.10:24, Luk.14:21, Act.16:16, al.; absol, opposite to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph.6:5, 9 al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Act.25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, 1Co.8:5; of a husband, 1Pe.3:6; in voc, as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mat.13:27 16:22 27:63, Mrk.7:28, Luk.5:12, Jhn.4:11, Act.9:5, al.
__2. As a divine title (frequently in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT,
__(a) of God: ὁ κ., Mat.5:33, Mrk.5:19, Luk.1:6, Act.7:33, Heb.8:2, Jas.4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., §46, 6), Mat.21:9, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:17, Heb.7:21, 1Pe.1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mat.11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, 1Ti.6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mat.4:7, 10 al.; id. before παντοκράτωρ, Rev.4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Rom.9:29; (ὁ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mat.1:20 2:13, Luk.1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Luk.4:18, Act.8:39;
__(b) of the Christ: Mat.21:3, Mrk.11:3, Luk.1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Act.10:36, Rom.14:8, 1Co.7:22, Eph.4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jhn.20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Act.1:21, 1Co.11:23, al.; id. before Χριστός, Eph.1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, 1Ti.1:14, Heb.7:14, al.; id. before Ἰησοῦς, 1Th.3:11, Heb.13:20, al.; Χριστός, Rom.16:18; Ἰ Χ., 1Co.1:2, 1Th.1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. (Χ. Ἰ) ὁ κ. (ἡμῶν), Rom.1:4, Col.2:6, Eph.3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, 2Pe.3:2; id. before Ἰ. Χ., ib. 18; anarth., 1Co.7:22, 25 Jas.5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Rev.19:16; with prep., ἀπὸ (κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col.3:24, al.
SYN: see: δεσπότης. (AS) G2963 G2963 = G2963 κυριότης kuriotēs G:N-F lordship κυριότης, -ητος, ἡ
(κύριος),
lordship, dominion: Eph.1:21, 2Pe.2:10, Ju 8; pl., Col.1:16 (cf. Lft., Col; Mayor, Ju., in ll.; DB, i, 616 f.).†
(AS) G2964 G2964 = G2964 κυρόω kuroō G:V to affirm κυρόω, -ῶ
(κῦρος, 1. authority. 2. validity), [in LXX for קוּם ;]
to confirm, ratify, make valid: 2Co.2:8; pass., Gal.3:15 (cf. προ-κυρόω).†
(AS) G2965 G2965 = G2965 κύων kuōn G:N-M dog κύων, κυνός, ὁ, ἡ
(in NT masc. only), [in LXX forכֶּלֶב ;]
a dog: Luk.16:21, 2Pe.2:22; metaphorically, as a word of reproach, Mat.7:6, Php.3:2, Rev.22:15.†
(AS) G2966 G2966 = G2966 κῶλον kōlon G:N-N corpse κῶλον, -ου, τό
a limb, member of a body,
[but in LXX (Lev.26:30, Num.14:29, 32-33, 1Ki.17:46, Isa.66:24*) for פֶּגֶר ;]
hence, carcase: Heb.3:17 (LXX).†
(AS) G2967 G2967 = G2967 κωλύω kōluō G:V to prevent κωλύω
(κόλος), [in LXX for כָּלָא, מָנַע, etc. ;]
to hinder, re­strain, forbid, withhold: with accusative and inf., Mat.19:14, Luk.23:2, Act.8:36 16:6 24:23, 1Th.2:16, Heb.7:23; inf. om., Mrk.9:38-39 10:14, Luk.9:49-50 11:52 18:16, Act.11:17, Rom.1:13, 3Jn.10; accusative om., 1Ti.4:3; with accusative of person(s) and genitive of thing(s), Act.27:43; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.14:39, 2Pe.2:16; id. before τοῦ μή, Act.10:47; id. before ἀπό (like Heb. מִן כָּלָא, Gen.23:6, al.), Luk.6:29 (cf. δια-κωλύω).†
(AS) G2968 G2968 = G2968 κώμη kōmē G:N-F village κώμη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for בַּת, חָצֵר, עִיר, etc. ;]
a village or country town, prop, as opposite to a walled city: Mat.14:15, Mrk.6:6, al.; πόλεις καὶ κ., Mat.9:35, al.; with the name added, Βηθλεέμ, Jhn.7:42; Βηθανΐα, Jhn.11:1; with the name of the district, τὰς κ. Καισαρίας, Mrk.8:27; Σαμαρειτῶν, Luk.9:52, Act.8:25
(AS) G2969 G2969 = G2969 κωμόπολις kōmopolis G:N-F village κωμόπολις, -εως, ἡ
a country town: Mrk.1:38 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G2970 G2970 = G2970 κῶμος kōmos G:N-M orgy κῶμος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Wis.14:23, 2Ma.6:4 * ;]
a revel, carousal: Rom.13:13, Gal.5:21, 1Pe.4:3.†
SYN.: see: κραιπάλη (AS) G2971 G2971 = G2971 κώνωψ kōnōps G:N-M gnat a gnat, mosquito , Lat. culex, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G2972 G2972 = G2972 Κώς Kōs N:N-F-L Cos Κῶς genitive Κῶ, ἡ,
Cos, an island in the Ægean Sea: accusative Κῶ, Act.21:1 (Κῶν, Rec.).†
(AS) G2973 G2973 = G2973 Κωσάμ Kōsam N:N-M-P Cosam Κωσάμ, ὁ
Cosam: Luk.3:28.†
(AS) G2974 G2974 = G2974 κωφός kōphos G:A deaf/mute κωφός, -ή, -όν
(κόπτω), [in LXX chiefly (Exo.4:11, al.) for אִלֵּם; for חָרָשׁ, Hab.2:18 ;]
blunt, dull. Metaphorical, of the senses, esp.
__(a) of speech, dumb: Mat.9:32-33 12:22 15:30-31, Luk.1:22 11:14;
__(b) of hearing, deaf: Mat.11:5, Mrk.7:32, 37 9:25, Luk.7:22.†
(AS) G2975 G2975 = G2975 λαγχάνω lagchanō G:V to choose by lot λαγχάνω
[in LXX: 1Ki.14:47 (לָכַד, see Th., Gr., 38), Wis.8:19, 3Mac 61 * ;]
__1. to obtain by lot, to obtain (in cl., with genitive): with inf. art. (B1., § 36, 3; 71, 3), Luk.1:9; with accusative of thing(s), Act.1:17, 2Pe.1:1.
__2. to draw lots: before περί, Jhn.19:24
(AS) G2976 G2976G = G2976G Λάζαρος Lazaros N:N-M-P Lazarus Λάζαρος, -ου, ὁ
colloquial abbreviation of Ἐλεαζάρ (άζαρος), which see),
Lazarus;
__1. of Bethany: Jhn.11:1 ff. Jhn.12:1-2, 9-10 12:17.
__2. The beggar in the parable: Luk.16:20, 23-25.†
(AS) G2976 G2976H = G2976H Λάζαρος Lazaros N:N-M-P Lazarus Λάζαρος, -ου, ὁ
colloquial abbreviation of Ἐλεαζάρ (άζαρος), which see),
Lazarus;
__1. of Bethany: Jhn.11:1 ff. Jhn.12:1-2, 9-10 12:17.
__2. The beggar in the parable: Luk.16:20, 23-25.†
(AS) G2976 G2976I = G2976I [unnamed] Lazaros N:N-M-P [father of Lazarus] Λάζαρος, -ου, ὁ
colloquial abbreviation of Ἐλεαζάρ (άζαρος), which see),
Lazarus;
__1. of Bethany: Jhn.11:1 ff. Jhn.12:1-2, 9-10 12:17.
__2. The beggar in the parable: Luk.16:20, 23-25.†
(AS) G2977 G2977 = G2977 λάθρα lathra G:ADV quietly λάθρᾳ (Att..; in Hom., -ρῃ, Rec. -ρα),
adv., [in LXX chiefly for ‎סֵתֶר ;]
secretly: Mat.1:19 2:7, Mrk.5:33 (WH, mg.), Jhn.11:28, Act.16:37.†
(AS) G2978 G2978 = G2978 λαῖλαψ lailaps G:N-F storm λαῖλαψ, -απος, ἡ
[in LXX: Job.21:18 27:20 א (סוּפָה) Job.38:1, Jer.25:32 (סַעַר), Wis.5:14, 23, Sir.48:9, 12 * ;]
a hurricane, whirlwind: Mrk.4:37, Luk.8:23, 2Pe.2:17.†
SYN.: θύελλα, which see, and cf. ἄνεμος (AS) G2979 G2979 = G2979 λακτίζω laktizō G:V to kick λακτίζω
(λάξ, with the foot),
to kick: Act.26:14.†
(AS) G2980 G2980 = G2980 λαλέω laleō G:V to speak λαλέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc. ;]
__1. to utter: of inanimate things, Rev.4:1 10:4; metaphorically, Heb.11:4 12:24.
__2. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mat.9:33 12:46, Mrk.5:35, Luk.8:49; before ὡς, 1Co.13:11, Rev.13:11; εἰς, 1Co.14:9; ἐκ, Mat.12:34; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.10:19, Mrk.11:32, Jhn.8:30, al.; with dative of person(s), Mat.12:46, Luk.24:6, Rom.7:1, al.; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.9:18, Jhn.10:6, al.; with prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mrk.6:50, Luk.1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mat.13:3, Jhn.12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mrk.8:32, al.; before orat. dir. (not cl.), Mrk.14:31, Heb.5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mat.14:27, Jhn.8:12, Act.8:26, al.
SYN.: see: λέγω. (AS) G2981 G2981 = G2981 λαλιά lalia G:N-F speech λαλία, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, דִּבְרָה ;]
__1. loquacity = Very talkative.
__2. talk, speech, conversation: Mat.26:73 (cf. Ca 43), Jhn.4:42 8:43.†
(AS) G2982 G2982 = G2982 λαμά lama A:PRT-I why? λαμά (Heb. מָה, seel. λεμά = Aram. לְמָא)
why: Mat.27:46 (WH, mg., λεμά TTr., WH, txt., λεμά L), Mrk.15:34 (λεμά LT, λαμμᾶ, Rec.).†
(AS) G2983 G2983 = G2983 λαμβάνω lambanō G:V to take λαμβάνω,
[in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for אחז ,לכד ,נשׂא, etc. ;]
__1. to take, lay hold of: absol., Mat.26:26, Mrk.14:22; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.5:40 26:52, al. mult.; with accusative of person(s), Mat.21:35, Mrk.12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mat.13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mrk.7:27, Jhn.19:1, 40 Rev.8:5, al.; metaphorically, with accusative of thing(s), ἀφορμήν, Rom.7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Jas.5:10; id. with accusative of person(s), φόβος, Luk.7:16; πνεῦμα, Luk.9:39; πειρασμός, 1Co.10:13; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; BL, §59, 4), Rev.5:7 8:5, al.
__2. to receive: absol., opposite to αἰτεῖν, Mat.7:8, al.; διδόναι, Mat.10:8, Act.20:35; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.27:6, Mrk.10:3o, al. mult.; with accusative of person(s), Jhn.6:21 13:20 19:27, 2Jo.10; ῥαπίσμασιν (a vulgarism; Bl., §38, 3), Mrk.14:65; metaphorically, τ. λόγον, Mat.13:20, Mrk.4:16; τ. μαρτυρίαν, Jhn.3:11; τ. ῥήματα, Jhn.12:48; πρόσωπον (Heb. נָשָׂא פָּנִים, Dalman, Words, 30), Luk.20:21, Gal.2:6; ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Dalman, op. cit., 124f.), Mrk.10:30 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, συν-αντι- (-μαι), ἀπο-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, συν-περι-, ὑπο-λαμβάνω).
(AS) G2984 G2984 = the Greek of H3929H Λάμεχ Lamech N:N-M-P Lamech Λάμεχ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. לֶמֶךְ),
Lamech (Gen.5:25): Luk.3:36.†
(AS) G2985 G2985 = G2985 λαμπάς lampas G:N-F window λαμπάς, -άδος, ἡ
(λάμπω), [in LXX for לַפִּיד ;]
a torch (frequently fed, like a lamp, with oil): Mat.25:1 ff., Jhn.18:3, Act.20:8, Rev.4:5 8:10.†
(AS) G2986 G2986 = G2986 λαμπρός lampros G:A shining λαμπρός, -ά, -όν
(λάμπω), [in LXX: Tob.13:11, Wis.6:12 17:20, Sir.29:22 33:13 (Sir.30:25) Sir.31:23, Ep. Je 60 * ;]
bright, brilliant: ποταμός, Rev.22:1 (ΕΥ, clear); ἀστήρ, Rev.22:16; of clothing, brilliant, splendid: Luk.23:11, Act.10:30, Jas.2:2-3, Rev.15:6 18:14 19:8.†
(AS) G2987 G2987 = G2987 λαμπρότης lamprotēs G:N-F brightness λαμπρότης, -ητος, ἡ
[in LXX: Psa.110:3 (הָדָר), al. ;]
brightness, brilliancy: τ. ἡλίου, Act.26:13.†
(AS) G2988 G2988 = G2988 λαμπρῶς lamprōs G:ADV magnificently λαμπρῶς
adv.,
splendidly: of sumptuous fare (as freq.; cf. ἐδέσματα λαμπρά, Sir.29:22), Luk.16:19.†
(AS) G2989 G2989 = G2989 λάμπω lampō G:V to shine λάμπω
[in LXX for נָגַהּ, etc. ;]
to shine: Mat.5:15-16 17:2, Luk.17:24, Act.12:7, 2Co.4:6 (cf. ἐκ-, περι-λάμπω).†
(AS) G2990 G2990 = G2990 λανθάνω lanthanō G:V be hidden λανθάνω
[in LXX for עָלַם ni., etc. ;]
to escape notice, be hidden (from): Mrk.7:24, Luk.8:47; with accusative of person(s), Act.26:26, 2Pe.3:5 3:8; as in common cl. idiom, before ptcp., ἔλαθον ξενίσαντες, entertained unawares, Heb.13:2 (cf. ἐκ-, ἐπι-λανθάνω).†
(AS) G2991 G2991 = G2991 λαξευτός laxeutos G:A engraved λαξευτός, -ή, όν
(λαξεύω; λᾶς, a stone, ξέω, to scrape), [in LXX: Deu.4:49 (פִּסְגָּה); in Aq.: Num.21:20; Th.: Jdg.7:11 * ;]
hewn (in stone); Luk.23:53 (elsewhere κοινή writers use λατομητός, 4Ki.12:12, al.; cf. λατομέω).†
(AS) G2992 G2992 = G2992 λαός laos G:N-M a people λαός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX very frequently for עַם, Gen.14:16, al.; occasionally for לְאֹם ( Gen.25:23, al.), etc. ;]
a word rarely found in Att. prose;
__1. the people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mat.27:25, Luk.1:21 3:15 al.; pl. (Hom., al., π.; see MM, xvi), Act.4:27.
__2. a people, those of the same race and language (Pind., Æsch., al.: in LXX, Gen.26:11, Exo.9:16, al.): joined with γλῶσσα, φυλή, ἔθνος, Rev.5:9 7:9 11:9, al.; pl., Luk.2:31, Rom.15:11; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mat.4:23, Mrk.7:6, Luk.2:10, Jhn.11:50, Heb.2:17, al.; opposite to τ. ἔθνη, Act.26:17, 23 Rom.15:10; πρεσβύτεροι (πρῶτοι, etc.) τοῦ λ., Mat.21:23, Luk.19:17, Act.4:8, al.; ὁ λ. μου (αὐτοῦ, τ. θεοῦ), Mat.2:6, Luk.1:68, Heb.11:25, al.; of the people disting. from the rulers and priests ( I Est.1:10, Jdth.8:9, al.), Mat.26:5, Luk.20:19, Heb.5:3, al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Act.15:14, Rom.9:25, 26 Heb.4:9; περιούσιος, Tit.2:14; εἰς περιποίησιν, 1Pe.2:9 (LXX).
SYN.: see: δῆμος. (AS) G2993 G2993 = G2993 Λαοδίκεια Laodikeia N:N-F-L Laodicea Λαοδικία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ
Laodicea, a city on the Lycus in Phrygia: Col.2:1 4:13, 15-16, Rev.1:11 3:14.†
(AS) G2994 G2994 = a Group member of G2993 Λαοδικεύς Laodikeus N:N--LG Laodicean Λαοδικεύς, -έως, ὁ
a Laodicean: Col.4:16.†
(AS) G2995 G2995 = G2995 λάρυγξ larugx G:N-M throat λάρυγξ, -γγος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for חֵךְ, Job.6:30, al; Psa.5:9 (גָּרוֹן) ;]
the larynx, throat: metaphorically, of speech (cf. Sir.6:5), Rom.3:13" (LXX) .†
(AS) G2996 G2996 = G2996 Λασαία Lasaia N:N-F-L Lasea Λασέα (Rec. -αία), -ας, ἡ
Lasea, a city of Crete, otherwise un­known: Act.27:8.†
(AS) G2997 G2997 = G2997 λάσχω laschō G:V to burst λάσκω
__1. (in cl., poët.) to clang, crash, crack; in late prose, to crack or burst noisily: Act.1:18 (ἐλάκησεν, perh., however, from λακέω, which see; Bl., in l).
__2. (in cl., prose) to scream, shout.†
λακέω, Dor. for ληκέω = λάσκω, q.v
(AS) G2998 G2998 = G2998 λατομέω latomeō G:V to hew λατομέω, -ῶ
(λατόμος, a stonecutter, 4Ki.12:12, al.; λᾶς, τέμνω; cf. λαξευτός) [in LXX: 1Ch.22:2, al. (חָצַב); Exo.21:33, Num_21:18 (כָּרָה) ;]
to hew, hew out stones: Mat.27:60, Mrk.15:46.†
(AS) G2999 G2999 = G2999 λατρεία latreia G:N-F ministry λατρεία, -ας, ἡ
(λατρεύω, which see), [in LXX (always of divine service): Exo.12:25-26 13:5, Jos.22:27, 1Ch.28:13 (עֲבֹדָה), 1Ma.1:43 1Mac 2:19 1Mac 2:22, 3Ma.4:14 * ;]
__1. hired service, service.
__2. (in cl. also) divine service, worship: Jhn.16:2, Rom.9:4 12:1, Heb.9:1, 6.†
(AS) G3000 G3000 = G3000 λατρεύω latreuō G:V to minister λατρεύω
(λάτρις, a hired servant), [in LXX (always, as λατρεία, of the service of God or of heathen divinities) chiefly for עָבַד, Exo.3:12, al.; in Dan LXX TH (Dan.3:12, al.) for פְּלַח ;]
__1. to work for hire.
__2. to serve; in cl., also of divine service, to serve, worship, and so always in NT: with dative of person(s), τ. θεῷ, Mat.4:10, Luk.4:8" (LXX), Act.7:7 24:14 27:23, Heb.9:14, Rev.7:15 22:3; of idol worship (cf. Exo.20:5, Eze.20:32), Act.7:42, Rom.1:25; τ. θεῷ. ἐν τ. πνεύματί μου, Rom.1:9; id. ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει, 2Ti.1:3; μετ᾽ εὐλαβείας κ. δέους, Heb.12:28; ἐν ὁσιότητι κ. δικαιοσύνῃ, Luk.1:74; (without θεῷ) νηστείαις κ. δεήσεσι, Luk.2:37; πνεύματι θεοῦ, Php.3:3; absol., Act.26:7; ὁ λατρεύων, the worshipper, Heb.9:9 10:2; of ministerial service, with dative of thing(s), Heb.8:5 13:10.†
SYN.: λειτουργέω, q.v (AS) G3001 G3001 = G3001 λάχανον lachanon G:N-N plant λάχανον, -ου, τό
(λαχαίνω, to dig), [in LXX: Gen.9:3; 3Ki.21:2, Psa.37:2, Pro.15:17 (יֶרֶק, יָרָק) * ;]
a garden herb, vegetable: Luk.11:42; usually in pl., Mat.13:32, Mrk.4:32, Rom.14:2.†
SYN.: βοτάνη, q.v (AS) G3002 G3002 = a Name of G2455G Λεββαῖος Lebbaios N:N-M-P Lebbaeus λεββαῖος, -ου, ὁ
(on the derivation, see Dalman, Words, 50; Swete, Mk., l.with),
Lebbæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18 (WH, mg.; Θαδδαῖος, which see, Rec., WH, txt., RV, cf. WH, App., 11, 24. In Luk.6:15, Act.1:13, he is called Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτής.)†
(AS) G3003 G3003 = G3003 λεγεών legeōn G:N-M/F Legion λεγιών (Rec. -εών), -ῶνος, ἡ, (Lat. legio),
a legion: Mat.26:53, Mrk.5:9, 15, Luk.8:30.†
(AS) G3004 G3004G = G3004G λέγω legō G:V to say λέγω,
[in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al. ;]
__1. in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount.
__2. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir., Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al.; before ὅτι recit., Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al.; accusative and inf., Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al.; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al.; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir., Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult.; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al.; with prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al.; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass., Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- (-μαι), προ-, συλ-λέγω).
SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS) G3004 G3004H = a Meaning of G3004G λέγω legō G:V to say: call λέγω,
[in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al. ;]
__1. in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount.
__2. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir., Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al.; before ὅτι recit., Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al.; accusative and inf., Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al.; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al.; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir., Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult.; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al.; with prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al.; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass., Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- (-μαι), προ-, συλ-λέγω).
SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS) G3005 G3005 = G3005 λεῖμμα leimma G:N-N remnant λεῖμμα (WH, λίμμα, see their App., 154), -τος, τό
(λείπω), [in LXX: 4Ki.19:4 A (שְׁאֵרִית)* ;]
a remnant: Rom.11:5.†
(AS) G3006 G3006 = G3006 λεῖος leios G:A smooth λεῖος, -εία, -εῖον
[in LXX: Gen.27:11, 1Ki.17:40 R (חָלַק, חַלֻּק); ὁδὸς λ., Isa.40:4 Α (בִּקְעָה); Pro.2:20 12:13 26:23 * ;]
smooth: opposite to τραχύς, Luk.3:5 (LXX).†
(AS) G3007 G3007 = G3007 λείπω leipō G:V to lack λείπω
[in LXX: Job.4:11, Pro.19:4 (פָּרַד), al. ;]
__1. trans., to leave, leave behind; pass., to be left behind, to lack before prep. (as more usual in cl.), ἐν, Jas.1:4; with genitive of thing(s), Jas.1:5 2:15.
__2. Intrans., to be gone, to be wanting: with dative of person(s), Luk.18:22, Tit.3:13; τὰ λείποντα, Tit.1:5
(cf. ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, ἐν-κατα-, περι-, ὑπο-λείπω).†
(AS) G3008 G3008 = G3008 λειτουργέω leitourgeō G:V to minister λειτουργέω, -ῶ
(λειτουργός), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁרַת pi., also for עָבַד, צָבָא, etc. ;]
__1. in cl., at Athens, to supply public offices at one's own cost, render public service to the State, hence, generally,
__2. to serve the State, do a service, serve (of service to the Gods, Diod., i, 21): of the official service of priests and Levites (Exo.29:30, Num.16:9, Sir.4:14, 1Ma.10:42, al.; cf. Deiss., BS, 140 f.), Heb.10:11; of Christians: with dative of person(s) before ἐν, Rom.15:27 (cf. Sir.10:25); τ. κυρίῳ, Act.13:2.†
SYN.: λατρεύω (which see), prop., to serve for hire, LXX (as some­times in cl.), always of service to the deity on the part of both priests and people (Exo.4:3, Deu.10:12, and similarly in NT). λειτουργέω "is the fulfilment of an office: it has a definite representative character, and corresponds with a function to be discharged". It is therefore used of serving in an office or ministry: in LXX always of priests and Levites, in NT, with its cognates (Rom.13:6 15:27, are not really exceptions), of services rendered either to God or man by apostles, prophets, teachers, and other officers of the church (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxxv; ICC on Rom.1:9; Westc., He., 232 ff.) (AS) G3009 G3009 = G3009 λειτουργία leitourgia G:N-F ministry λειτουργία, -ας, ἡ
(λειτουργέω), [in LXX chiefly for עֲבֹדָה, Num.4:24, 1Ch.9:13, al. ;]
__1. in cl. (chiefly of Athens), the discharge of a public office at one's own expense (see LS, see word), hence,
__2. a service, ministry; in π. (Deiss., BS, 140 f.) and in LXX (though here also of secular service, 3Ki.1:4, al.), of religious service or ministration; and so in NT: of priestly ministrations, Luk.1:23, Heb.8:6 9:21; figuratively, θυσία καὶ λ. τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν, Php.2:17; of Christian beneficence, 2Co.9:12, Php.2:30.†
(AS) G3010 G3010 = G3010 λειτουργικός leitourgikos G:A ministering λειτουργικός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for עֲבֹדָה, שָׁרַת; ἔργα, Num_7:5; στολαί Exo.31:10 39:32; σκευή, Num.4:12, 26, 2Ch.24:14 * ;]
of or for service, ministering: πνεύματα, Heb.1:14.†
(AS) G3011 G3011 = G3011 λειτουργός leitourgos G:N-M minister λειτουργός, -οῦ, ὁ
(λιός, ἔργον), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁרַת, Jos.1:1 A, 3Ki.10:5, Psa.103:21, Sir.7:30, al. ;]
__1. in cl., one who discharges a public office at his own expense, then, generally,
__2. a public servant, a minister, servant: τ. ἁγίων λ., Heb.8:2 (cf. Neh.10:39, Sir, l.with); Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Rom.15:16; pl., τ. θεοῦ, Rom.13:6, Heb.1:7" (LXX) ; λ. ὑμῶν τ. χρείας μου, Php.2:25.†
SYN.: see: διάκονος, λειτουργέω (AS) G3012 G3012 = G3012 λέντιον lention G:N-N towel λέντιον, -ου, τό (Lat. linteum),
a linen cloth, towel: Jhn.13:4-5.†
(AS) G3013 G3013 = G3013 λεπίς lepis G:N-F scale λεπίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(λέπω, to peel) [in LXX chiefly for קַשְׂקֶשֶׂת ;]
a scale: Act.9:18†
(AS) G3014 G3014 = G3014 λέπρα lepra G:N-F leprosy λέπρα, -ας, ἡ
(λεπρός), [in LXX for צָרַעַת ;]
leprosy: Mat.8:3, Mrk.1:42, Luk.5:12-13†
(AS) G3015 G3015 = G3015 λεπρός lepros G:A leprous λεπρός, -ά, -όν
(λεπίς), [in LXX for צָרַע ;]
__1. (in cl.) scaly, rough.
__2. leprous; chiefly as subst., ὁ λ., a leper: Mat.8:2 10:8 11:5, Mrk.1:40, Luk.4:27 7:22 17:12; of Simon, formerly a leper, Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.†
(AS) G3016 G3016 = G3016 λεπτός leptos G:N-N coin λεπτός, -ή, -όν
(λέπω, to peel),
__1. peeled.
__2. fine, thin, small, light; hence, in late Gk., as subst. τὸ λ., a small coin (one-eighth of an as, AV, mite): Mrk.12:42, Luk.12:59 21:2.†
(AS) G3017 G3017G = G3017G Λευΐ Leui N:N-M-P Levi Λευεί (indecl.) and Λευείς (Rec. -υΐ, -υΐς), genitive Λευεί, accusative -είν, ὁ (Heb. H3878)
Levi;
__1. the son of Jacob: Heb.7:5, 9, Rev.7:7.
__2. Son of Melchi: Luk.3:24.
__3. Son of Simeon: Luk.3:29.
__4. Son of Alphæus (cf. Μαθθαῖος): Mrk.2:14 (WH, mg., Ἰάκωβον), Luk.5:27, 29.†
(AS) G3017 G3017H = G3017H Λευΐ Leui N:N-M-P Levi Λευεί (indecl.) and Λευείς (Rec. -υΐ, -υΐς), genitive Λευεί, accusative -είν, ὁ (Heb. H3878)
Levi;
__1. the son of Jacob: Heb.7:5, 9, Rev.7:7.
__2. Son of Melchi: Luk.3:24.
__3. Son of Simeon: Luk.3:29.
__4. Son of Alphæus (cf. Μαθθαῖος): Mrk.2:14 (WH, mg., Ἰάκωβον), Luk.5:27, 29.†
(AS) G3017 G3017I = a Name of G3156 Λευΐ Leui N:N-M-P Levi Λευεί (indecl.) and Λευείς (Rec. -υΐ, -υΐς), genitive Λευεί, accusative -είν, ὁ (Heb. H3878)
Levi;
__1. the son of Jacob: Heb.7:5, 9, Rev.7:7.
__2. Son of Melchi: Luk.3:24.
__3. Son of Simeon: Luk.3:29.
__4. Son of Alphæus (cf. Μαθθαῖος): Mrk.2:14 (WH, mg., Ἰάκωβον), Luk.5:27, 29.†
(AS) G3017 G3017J = the Greek of H3878 Λευΐ Leui N:N-M-P Levi Λευεί (indecl.) and Λευείς (Rec. -υΐ, -υΐς), genitive Λευεί, accusative -είν, ὁ (Heb. H3878)
Levi;
__1. the son of Jacob: Heb.7:5, 9, Rev.7:7.
__2. Son of Melchi: Luk.3:24.
__3. Son of Simeon: Luk.3:29.
__4. Son of Alphæus (cf. Μαθθαῖος): Mrk.2:14 (WH, mg., Ἰάκωβον), Luk.5:27, 29.†
(AS) G3018 G3018 = G3018 Λευΐς Leuis N:N-M-P Levi Λευεί (indecl.) and Λευείς (Rec. -υΐ, -υΐς), genitive Λευεί, accusative -είν, ὁ (Heb. H3878)
Levi;
__1. the son of Jacob: Heb.7:5, 9, Rev.7:7.
__2. Son of Melchi: Luk.3:24.
__3. Son of Simeon: Luk.3:29.
__4. Son of Alphæus (cf. Μαθθαῖος): Mrk.2:14 (WH, mg., Ἰάκωβον), Luk.5:27, 29.†
(AS) G3019 G3019 = a Group member of H3878 Λευΐτης Leuitēs N:N--PG Levite Λευείτης
(Rec. Λευΐτης), -ου, ὁ [in LXX for לֵוִיִּי ;]
a Levite: Luk.10:32, Jhn.1:19, Act.4:36.†
(AS) G3020 G3020 = a Group member of H3878 Λευϊτικός Leuitikos N:A--PG Levitical Λευειτικός
(Rec. Λευϊτ-), -ή, -όν [in LXX: Le, tit.* ;]
Levitical: Heb.7:11.†
(AS) G3021 G3021 = G3021 λευκαίνω leukainō G:V to bleach λευκαίνω
(λευκός), [in LXX: Psa.51:7, Isa.1:18 (לָבַן hi.), etc. ;]
to whiten, make white: with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.9:3, Rev.7:14.†
(AS) G3022 G3022 = G3022 λευκός leukos G:A white λευκο-βύσσινος, -ον
(cf. λευκολινής, a robe of white flax, C.I., 155, 17),
white linen: Rev.19:14 (WH, mg.).†
λευκός, ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for לָבָן ;]
__1. bright, brilliant: of clothing, Mat.17:2, Mrk.9:3 16:5, Luk.9:29, Act.1:10, Rev.3:5 4:4 6:11 7:9, 13 19:14 (cf. Ecc.9:8); ὡς χιών, Mat.28:3; ἐν λ.. (sc. ἱματίοις), Jhn.20:12, Rev.3:4; θρόνος, Rev.20:11.
__2. white: Mat.5:36, Rev.1:14 2:17 4:4 6:2 14:14 19:11; figuratively, of garments, Rev.3:18; of ripened grain, Jhn.4:35.†
(AS) G3023 G3023 = G3023 λέων leōn G:N-M lion λέων, -οντος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for אֲרִי, אַרְיֵה, also for כְּפִיר, etc. ;]
a lion: Heb.11:33, 1Pe.5:8, Rev.4:7 9:8, 17 10:3 13:2; metaphorically, 2Ti.4:17, Rev.5:5.†
(AS) G3024 G3024 = G3024 λήθη lēthē G:N-F forgetfulness λήθη, -ης, ἡ
(λήθω = λανθάνω) [in LXX: Lev.5:15 (מַעַל), Wis.16:11, Sir.14:7, al. ;]
forgetfulness: λ. λαβεῖν (on the phrase, see Mayor, in l): 2Pe.1:9.†
(AS) G3025 G3025 = G3025 ληνός lēnos G:N-F winepress ληνός, -οῦ, ἡ
(in some MSS., LXX and NT, ὁ), [in LXX chiefly for יֶקֶב Num.18:27, al.; also for רַהַט (Gen.30:38, 41), גַּת (Neh.13:15, al.), etc. ;]
a trough or vat; esp. for the treading of grapes: Mat.21:33, Rev.14:20 19:16; τὴν λ. . . . τὸν μέγαν (a solecism perhaps inadvertent), Rev.14:19 (cf. ὑπολήνιον).†
(AS) G3026 G3026 = G3026 λῆρος lēros G:N-M nonsense λῆρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: 4Ma.5:10 * ;]
silly talk, nonsense: Luk.24:11.†
(AS) G3027 G3027 = G3027 λῃστής lēstēs G:N-M robber/rebel λῃστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(Ep. ληίς = λεία, booty), [in LXX for גְּדוּד, etc. ;]
a robber, brigand: Mat.21:13 (LXX) Mat.26:55 27:38, 44, Mrk.11:17 14:48 15:27, Luk.10:30, 36 19:46 22:52, Jhn.10:1, 8 18:40, 2Co.11:26.†
SYN.: κλέπτης, q.v (AS) G3028 G3028 = G3028 λῆψις lēpsis G:N-F receiving λῆμψις (Rec. λῆψις, so in cl.), -εως, ἡ
(λαμβάνω), [in LXX (λῆψ-): Pro.15:29; λ. δώρων, Pro.15:27 (מַתָּנָה); λ. καὶ δόσις, Sir.41:19 42:7 * ;]
receiving: δόσις καὶ λ., Php.4:15.†
(AS) G3029 G3029 = G3029 λίαν lian G:ADV greatly λίαν,
adv. [in LXX chiefly for מְאֹד Gen.1:31 4:5, Jer.24:3, al.; Tob.9:4, 2Ma.11:1, al. ;]
very, exceedingly: Mat.2:16 4:8 8:28 27:14 Mrk.1:35 6:51 (Rec. λ. ἐκ περισσοῦ) Mrk.9:3 16:2, Luk.23:8, 2Ti.4:15, II Jn 4, 3Jn.3 (cf. ὑτερλίαν).†
(AS) G3030 G3030 = G3030 λίβανος libanos G:N-M frankincense λίβανος, -ου, ὁ
(rarely ἡ), (from the Semitic; cf. the Heb. equiv.), [in LXX for לְבוֹנָה Exo.30:34, Isa.60:6; Sir.24:15, al. ;]
__1. in cl., the frankincense-tree.
__2. (Occas. in cl.) frankincense (so Lev.2:1; cf. λιβανωτός): Mat.2:11, Rev.18:13.†
(AS) G3031 G3031 = G3031 λιβανωτός libanōtos G:N-M censer λιβανωτός, -οῦ, ὁ
(λίβανος), [in LXX: 1Ch.9:29, 3Ma.5:2 * ;]
__1. in cl. (and LXX), frankincense, the gum of the libanus.
__2. = Late Gk., λιβανωτρίς, a censer: Rev.8:3, 5 (the same form appears in Inscr.; MM, xvi).†
(AS) G3032 G3032 = G3032 Λιβερτῖνος Libertinos N:N--T Freedmen Λιβερῖτνος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. libertinus),
a freedman: ἡ συναγωγὴ ἡ λεγομένη Λιβερτίνων Act.6:9 (Bl. thinks the original reading was Λιβυστίνων, Phil. Gosp., 69 f.).†
(AS) G3033 G3033 = the Greek of H3864 Λιβύη Libuē N:N-F-L Libya Libya, the north part of Africa west of Egypt, (Odyssey by Homer); in later writers also for the whole Continent (ML) G3034 G3034 = G3034 λιθάζω lithazō G:V to stone λιθάζω
(λίθος), [in LXX (before ἐν λίθοις): 2Ki.16:6 16:13 (סָקַל pi.)* ;]
__1. to throw stones (Arist., Polyb., al.).
__2. = λιθοβολέω (LXX, NT), to pelt with stones, to stone: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.8:6 10:31-31 11:8, Act.14:10; pass., Act.5:26, 2Co.11:25, Heb.11:37 (see DB, Art., " Crimes and punish­ments," and cf. κατα-λιθάζω).†
(AS) G3035 G3035 = G3035 λίθινος lithinos G:A stone λίθινος, -η, -ον
(λίθος) [in LXX for אֶבֶן ;]
of stone: Jhn.2:6, 2Co.3:3, Rev.9:20.†
(AS) G3036 G3036 = G3036 λιθοβολέω lithoboleō G:V to stone λιθο-βολέω, -ῶ
(λίθος, βάλλω), [in LXX for סָקַל, רָגַם, Exo.19:13, Lev.20:2, al. ;]
to pelt with stones, to kill by stoning, to stone (cf. λιθάζω): with accusative of person(s), Mat.21:35 23:37, Luk.13:34 Act.7:58-59 14:5; pass., Heb.12:20 (LXX).†
(AS) G3037 G3037 = G3037 λίθος lithos G:N-M stone λίθος, -ου, ὁ
(and, in Att.., of precious stones, ἡ.) [in LXX for אֶבֶן, Gen.11:3, al.; λ. τίμιος, for פָּז, Psa.19:10 21:3, Pro.8:19, al. ;]
a stone: Mat.4:6, al.; pl., Mat.3:9, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mat.27:60, 66 28:2, Mrk.15:46 16:3-4, Luk.24:2, Jhn.11:38, 32 11:41 20:1; λ. μυλικός, Luk.17:2, cf. Rev.18:21; of building stones, Mat.21:42, [44], Mat.24:2, Mrk.12:10 13:1-2, Luk.19:44 20:17-18 21:5-6 Act.4:11, 1Pe.2:7; metaphorically, of Christ, λ. ἀκρογωναῖος, ἐκλεκτός, ἔντιμος, 1Pe.2:6 (LXX); λ. ζῶν, 1Pe.2:4; προσκόμματος, 1Pe.2:8, Rom.9:33; of Christians, λ. ζῶντες, 1Pe.2:5; of precious stones, λ. τίμιος, Rev.17:4 18:12, 16 21:11, 19; ἴασπις, Rev.4:3; ἐνδεδυμένοι λ. καθαρόν, Rev.15:6 (λίνον, Rec., R, mg., see Swete, in l); metaphorically, λ. τίμιοι, 1Co.3:12; of the tables of the law, 2Co.3:7; of idols, Act.17:29
(AS) G3038 G3038 = a Name of G1042 λιθόστρωτος lithostrōtos G:A The Stone Pavement λιθό-στρωτος, -ον
(στρώννυμι), [in LXX: 2Ch.7:3, Est.1:6, Sng.3:10 (רִצְפָּה, רָצַף)* ;]
paved with stones, esp. of tessallated work (Ca, i.e.); as subst., τὸ λ., a tessallated pavement: Jhn.19:13 (cf. Γαββαθᾶ).†
(AS) G3039 G3039 = G3039 λικμάω likmaō G:V to crush λικμάω, -ῶ
(λικμός = λίκνον, a winnowing-fan), [in LXX chiefly for זָרָה ni., pi., Rut.3:2 3Ki.14:15, Isa.17:13, Jer.31:10, Dan.2:44, al. ;]
__1. in cl., to winnow (so Ru, l.with).
__2. In LXX (ll with, exc. Ru), to scatter (as chaff or dust): Luk.20:18 (RV, scatter as dust, Deiss., BS, 225 f., quotes ex. in π. which suggests the meaning ruin, destroy; cf. Vg. comminuet, AV, grind to powder; cf. also Kennedy, Sources, 126), Mat.21:44 [WH], R, txt.†
(AS) G3040 G3040 = a Part of G2570H λιμήν limēn G:N-M Havens λιμήν, -ένος, ὁ
[in LXX: Psa.107:30 (מָחוֹז), Psa.107:35, 1Es.5:55 Est.5:1-2 Est.5:1-73 4Macc 7:1-23 * ;]
a harbour, haven: Act.27:8, 12 (cf. Καλοὶ Λιμένες).†
(AS) G3041 G3041 = G3041 λίμνη limnē G:N-F lake λίμνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Psa.107:35 114:8 (אֲגַם), Sng.7:5 (בְּרֵכָה) 1Ma.11:35, 2Ma.12:16 * ;]
a lake: of the Sea of Galilee (Mt, Mk, see: θάλασσα), Luk.5:2 8:22-23, 33; λ. Γεννησαρέτ (which see), Luk.5:1; λ. τ. πυρός, Rev.19:20 20:10, 14-15; καιομένη πυρί, Rev.21:8.†
(AS) G3042 G3042 = G3042 λιμός limos G:N-M/F hunger λιμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(so in Att..; in Dor. ἡ, and so sometimes in LXX, see Th., Gr., 146; in NT: Luk.15:14, Act.11:28; cf. M, Pr., 60), [in LXX chiefly for רָעָב ;]
hunger, famine: Luk.4:25 15:14, 17, Act.7:11" (LXX) Act.11:28, Rom.8:35, Rev.6:8 18:8; λ. καὶ δίψος, 2Co.11:27; pl., Mat.24:7, Mrk.13:8, Luk.21:11.†
(AS) G3043 G3043 = G3043 λίνον linon G:N-N linen/wick λίνον
(Tr. λῖνον), -ου, τό [in LXX: Exo.9:31 (פִּשְׁתָּה), al. ;]
__1. flax: Mat.12:20 (LXX).
__2. linen: Rev.15:6 (R, mg., see: λίθος).†
λίθος, -ου, ὁ
(and, in Att.., of precious stones, ἡ.) [in LXX for אֶבֶן, Gen.11:3, al.; λ. τίμιος, for פָּז, Psa.19:10 21:3, Pro.8:19, al. ;]
a stone: Mat.4:6, al.; pl., Mat.3:9, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mat.27:60, 66 28:2, Mrk.15:46 16:3-4, Luk.24:2, Jhn.11:38, 32 11:41 20:1; λ. μυλικός, Luk.17:2, cf. Rev.18:21; of building stones, Mat.21:42, [44], Mat.24:2, Mrk.12:10 13:1-2, Luk.19:44 20:17-18 21:5-6 Act.4:11, 1Pe.2:7; metaphorically, of Christ, λ. ἀκρογωναῖος, ἐκλεκτός, ἔντιμος, 1Pe.2:6 (LXX); λ. ζῶν, 1Pe.2:4; προσκόμματος, 1Pe.2:8, Rom.9:33; of Christians, λ. ζῶντες, 1Pe.2:5; of precious stones, λ. τίμιος, Rev.17:4 18:12, 16 21:11, 19; ἴασπις, Rev.4:3; ἐνδεδυμένοι λ. καθαρόν, Rev.15:6 (λίνον, Rec., R, mg., see Swete, in l); metaphorically, λ. τίμιοι, 1Co.3:12; of the tables of the law, 2Co.3:7; of idols, Act.17:29
(AS) G3044 G3044 = G3044 Λίνος Linos N:N-M-P Linus 1. Linos , a mythical minstrel, son of Apollo and Urania (Calliope), teacher of Orpheus, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus), etc.
2. as appellative, the song or lay of Linos , sung by a boy to the cithara while the vintagers are at work, Λίνον ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄειδεν sang the lovely lay of Linos in accompaniment, (Iliad by Homer):—;compare αἴλινος which is a mournful song. (ML) G3045 G3045 = G3045 λιπαρός liparos G:A rich λιπαρός, -ά, -όν
(λίπος, fat), [in LXX: Jdg.3:29, Neh.9:35, Is 30:23 (שָׁמֵן)* ;]
oily, fatty; metaphorically, of living, rich, dainty: τὰ λ. καὶ τ. λαμπρά, Rev.18:14.†
(AS) G3046 G3046 = G3046 λίτρα litra G:N-F pound λίτρα, -ας, ἡ
(cf. Lat. libra),
__1. a Sicilian coin = Rom. libra or as.
__2. In weight, a pound: Jhn.12:3 19:39.†
(AS) G3047 G3047 = G3047 λίψ lips G:N-M southwest λίψ, λιβός, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶב, also for תֵּימָן, מַעֲרָב, etc., Gen.13:14, Num.2:10, 2Ch.32:30, al. ;]
the SW. wind: βλέποντα κατὰ λ., Act.27:12 (see Page, in l; Deiss., ES, 141).†
(AS) G3048 G3048 = G3048 λογία logia G:N-F collection λογία
(prop., -εία, see BS, 142 ff.), -ας, ἡ (λογεύω, to collect, a word found in π., see Deiss., BS, l.with; LAE, 70, 103; MM, xvi),
a collection: 1Co.16:1-2.†
(AS) G3049 G3049 = G3049 λογίζομαι logizomai G:V to count λογίζομαι
(λόγος), [in LXX chiefly for חָשַׁב ;]
__1. prop., of numerical calculation, to count, reckon: with accusative before μετά, Mrk.15:23 (LXX) (Rec., R, mg.), Luk.22:37.
__2. Metaphorical, without reference to numbers, by a reckoning of characteristics or reasons;
__(a) to reckon, take into account: with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.13:5; id. before dative of person(s), Rom.4:3 (LXX), Rom.4:4, 6 4:8" (LXX), 2Co.5:19, 2Ti.4:16; before εἰς (cf. Heb. ל חָשַׁב; Bl., § 33, 3), Act.19:27, Rom.2:26 4:3, 5 4:9-11, 22-24 9:8 Gal.3:6" (LXX), Jas.2:23 (LXX);
__(b) to consider, calculate: with accusative of thing(s), Php.4:8; before ὅτι, Jhn.11:50, Heb.11:10; τοῦτο, ὅτι, 2Co.10:11; with accusative of person(s), with inf., Rom.6:11; before ὡς, Rom.8:36 (LXX);
__(with) to suppose, judge, deem: 1Co.13:11; ὡς, 1Pe.5:12; οὕτως, 1Co.4:1; with accusative of thing(s), 2Co.3:5; id. before εἰς, 2Co.12:6; ὅτι, Rom.8:18; τοῦτο, ὅτι, Rom.2:3, 2Co.10:7; with inf., 2Co.11:5; accusative and inf., Rom.3:28 14:14, Php.3:13; with accusative of person(s) before ὡς, 2Co.10:2;
__(d) to purpose, decide: with inf. (Eur., Or., 555), 2Co.10:2
(cf. ἀνα-, δια-, παρα-, συλ-λογίζομαι).†
(AS) G3050 G3050 = G3050 λογικός logikos G:A spiritual λογικός, -ή, -όν
(λόγος, reason)
reasonable, rational: λατρεία, Rom.12:1; τὸ λ. (i.e. spiritual) γάλα (see Hort, in l; MM, xvi), 1Pe.2:2 (in support of AV, milk of the word, see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G3051 G3051 = G3051 λόγιον logion G:N-N oracles λόγιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of λόγος, see ICC, Ro., 70), [in LXX chiefly for אִמְרָה, אֵמֶר, Psa.18:30 19:14, al.; also for דָּבָר, Isa.28:13, al.; (cf. λογεῖον (-ιον) for חֹשֶׁן the oracular breastplate of the H.P., Exo.28:15, al.) ;]
an oracle: Act.7:38, Rom.3:2, Heb.5:12, 1Pe.4:11 (on the eccl., λόγια τ. Κυρίου, see Lft., Essay on Sup. Rel., 172 ff.).†
(AS) G3052 G3052 = G3052 λόγιος logios G:A learned λόγιος, -ον
(λόγος),
__1. in cl., learned (Ac, l.with, R, txt.).
__2. In late Gk., eloquent: Act.18:24 (see Page, in l; Field, Notes, 129).†
(AS) G3053 G3053 = G3053 λογισμός logismos G:N-M thought λογισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(λογίζομαι), [in LXX: Psa.33:10-11, Pro.19:21, Isa.66:18, al. (מַחֲשָׁבָה) ;]
a reasoning, thought: Rom.2:15, 2Co.10:5.†
(AS) G3054 G3054 = G3054 λογομαχέω logomacheō G:V to quarrel λογομαχέω, -ῶ
(λόγος, μάχομαι),
to strive with words: 2Ti.2:14.†
(AS) G3055 G3055 = G3055 λογομαχία logomachia G:N-F quarrel λογομαχία, -ας, ἡ
(λογομαχέω),
a strife of words: pl., 1Ti.6:4.†
(AS) G3056 G3056 = G3056 λόγος logos G:N-M word λόγος, -ου, ὁ (λέγω)
[in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for מִלָּה ,אֵמֶר, etc. ;]
__I. Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum.
__1. a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name (ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mat.8:8, Luk.7:7, 1Co.14:9, 19 Heb.12:19, al.
__2. a saying, statement, declaration: Mat.19:22 (T om.), Mrk.5:36 7:29, Luk.1:29, Jhn.2:22 6:60, Act.7:29, al.; with genitive attrib., Act.13:15, Rom.9:9, Heb.7:28, al.; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mat.7:24 10:14, Mrk.8:38, Luk.9:4, Jhn.14:24, al.; λ. κενοί, Eph.5:6; ἀληθινοί, Rev.19:9; πιστοί, Rev.22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mrk.7:13, Jhn.10:35, Rom.13:9, 1Co.14:36, Php.1:14, al.; absol., ὁ λ., Mat.13:21, 22 Mrk.16:[20], Luk.1:2, Act.6:4, Heb.4:12, al.
__3. speech, discourse: Act.14:12, 2Co.10:10, Jas.3:2; opposite to ἐπιστολή, 2Th.2:15; disting, from σοφία, 1Co.2:1; ἀναστροφή, 1Ti.4:12; δύναμις, 1Co.4:19, 1Th.1:5; ἔργον, Rom.15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον (not worthy of mention), Act.20:24; of the faculty of speech, Luk.24:19, 2Co.11:6; of the style of speech, Mat.5:37, 1Co.1:5; of instruction, Col.4:3, 1Pe.3:1; with genitive of person(s), Jhn.5:24 8:52, Act.2:41, al.; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.8:31; with genitive obj. (τ.) ἀληθείας, 2Co.6:7, Col.1:5, Jas.1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, 2Co.5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, 1Co.1:18; of mere talk, 1Co.4:19, 2o, Col.2:23, 1Jn.3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col.2:23.
__4. subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Act.18:15, 2Ti.2:17, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mat.13:20-23, Mrk.4:14-20 8:32, Luk.1:2, Act.8:4, Gal.6:6, 1Th.1:6, al.; with genitive of person(s), τ. θεοῦ, Luk.5:1, Jhn.17:6, Act.4:29, 1Co.14:36, I Jhn.1:10, Rev.6:9, al.; τ. Κυρίου, Act.8:25, 1Th.1:8, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col.3:16, Rev.3:8; with genitive appos., Act.15:7; with genitive attrib., Heb.5:13.
__5. a story, tale, narrative: Mat.28:15, Jhn.21:23, Act.1:1 11:22; before περί, Luk.5:15.
__6. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.; V. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mat.21:24, Mrk.1:45 11:29, Luk.20:3, Act.8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Act.19:38; pl. (1Ma.7:33, al.), Luk.1:4.
__II. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio.
__1. reason,
__(a) of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.): κατὰ λόγον, Act.18:14;
__(b) a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Act.10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mat.5:32 19:9, WH, mg., R, mg.
__2. account,
__(a) regard: Act.20:24, Rec.;
__(b) reckoning: Php.4:15, 17; συναίρειν (which see) λ., Mat.18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Rom.14:12, Heb.13:17, 1Pe.4:5; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.16:2; before περί, Mat.12:36, Act.19:40, 1Pe.3:15.
__3. proportion, analogy: Php.2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.).
__III. ὁ λ., the Divine Word or Logos: Jhn.1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, 1Jn.1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Rev.19:13 (see Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll.; reff. in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG).
(AS) G3057 G3057 = G3057 λόγχη logchē G:N-F spear λόγχη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for רֹמַח, etc. ;]
__1. a spear-head.
__2. a lance, spear: Mat.27:49 ([WH], R, mg.), Jhn.19:34.†
(AS) G3058 G3058 = G3058 λοιδορέω loidoreō G:V to revile λοιδορέω, -ῶ
(λοίδορος) [in LXX chiefly for רִיב ;]
to abuse, revile: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.9:28, Act.23:4; pass., 1Co.4:12, 1Pe.2:23 (cf. ἀντι-λοιδορέω).†
(AS) G3059 G3059 = G3059 λοιδορία loidoria G:N-F reviling λοιδορία, -ας, ἡ
(λοιδορέω), [in LXX chiefly for רִיב, מְרִיבָה ;]
abuse, railing: 1Ti.5:14, 1Pe.3:9.†
(AS) G3060 G3060 = G3060 λοίδορος loidoros G:N-M reviler λοίδορος, -ον
[in LXX: Pro.25:24 26:21 27:15 (מִדְיָן) Sir.23:8 * ;]
railing, abusive; as subst., ὁ λ., a railer: 1Co.5:11 6:10.†
(AS) G3061 G3061 = G3061 λοιμός loimos G:N-M pestilence λοιμός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for לוּץ, עָרִיץ, בְּלִיַּעַל, etc. ;]
pestilence: pl., Luk.21:11; metaphorically (as in cl.; LXX: Psa.1:1, Pro.21:24, 1Ma.15:21, al.), of persons, a pest: Act.24:5 (also as adj., ἄνδρες λοιμοί, 1Ma.10:61, al.).†
(AS) G3062 G3062 = G3062 λοιπός loipos G:A remaining λοιπός, -ή, -όν
(λείπω), [in LXX chiefly for יָתַר, also for שְׁאָר, etc. ;]
the remaining, the rest,
__1. pl., οἱ λ.: with subst., Mat.25:11, Act.2:37, Rom.1:13, al.; absol., Mat.22:6, Mrk.16:13, Luk.24:10, al.; οἱ λ. οἱ (B1., § 47, 8), Act.28:9, 1Th.4:13, Rev.2:24; οἱ λ. τ. ἀνθρώπων (LS, see word, ad. init.), Rev.9:20; τὰ λ., Mrk.4:19, Rev.3:2, al.
__2. Neut. sing. (accusative ref.), adverbially, τὸ λ.;
__(a) for the future, henceforth: Mrk.14:41, 1Co.7:29 (Lft., Notes, 232 f.), Heb.10:13; anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 17616, 1885, 20), Act.27:20, 2Ti.4:8; τοῦ λ. (sc. χρόνου; LS, see word; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), Gal.6:17, Eph.6:10;
__(b) besides, moreover, for the rest: Php.3:1 4:8; anarth., 1Co.1:16 4:2, 1Th.4:1 (M, Th., in l; Lft., Notes, 51)
(AS) G3063 G3063 = G3063 λοιπόν loipon G:A henceforth λοιπός, -ή, -όν
(λείπω), [in LXX chiefly for יָתַר, also for שְׁאָר, etc. ;]
the remaining, the rest,
__1. pl., οἱ λ.: with subst., Mat.25:11, Act.2:37, Rom.1:13, al.; absol., Mat.22:6, Mrk.16:13, Luk.24:10, al.; οἱ λ. οἱ (B1., § 47, 8), Act.28:9, 1Th.4:13, Rev.2:24; οἱ λ. τ. ἀνθρώπων (LS, see word, ad. init.), Rev.9:20; τὰ λ., Mrk.4:19, Rev.3:2, al.
__2. Neut. sing. (accusative ref.), adverbially, τὸ λ.;
__(a) for the future, henceforth: Mrk.14:41, 1Co.7:29 (Lft., Notes, 232 f.), Heb.10:13; anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 17616, 1885, 20), Act.27:20, 2Ti.4:8; τοῦ λ. (sc. χρόνου; LS, see word; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), Gal.6:17, Eph.6:10;
__(b) besides, moreover, for the rest: Php.3:1 4:8; anarth., 1Co.1:16 4:2, 1Th.4:1 (M, Th., in l; Lft., Notes, 51)
(AS) G3064 G3064 = G3064 λοιποῦ loipou G:A henceforth λοιπός, -ή, -όν
(λείπω), [in LXX chiefly for יָתַר, also for שְׁאָר, etc. ;]
the remaining, the rest,
__1. pl., οἱ λ.: with subst., Mat.25:11, Act.2:37, Rom.1:13, al.; absol., Mat.22:6, Mrk.16:13, Luk.24:10, al.; οἱ λ. οἱ (B1., § 47, 8), Act.28:9, 1Th.4:13, Rev.2:24; οἱ λ. τ. ἀνθρώπων (LS, see word, ad. init.), Rev.9:20; τὰ λ., Mrk.4:19, Rev.3:2, al.
__2. Neut. sing. (accusative ref.), adverbially, τὸ λ.;
__(a) for the future, henceforth: Mrk.14:41, 1Co.7:29 (Lft., Notes, 232 f.), Heb.10:13; anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 17616, 1885, 20), Act.27:20, 2Ti.4:8; τοῦ λ. (sc. χρόνου; LS, see word; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), Gal.6:17, Eph.6:10;
__(b) besides, moreover, for the rest: Php.3:1 4:8; anarth., 1Co.1:16 4:2, 1Th.4:1 (M, Th., in l; Lft., Notes, 51)
(AS) G3065 G3065 = G3065 Λουκᾶς Loukas N:N-M-P Luke Λουκᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ
(prob. an abbreviation of Λουκανός; see Lft., Col., 240; ICC, Lk., xviii; Bl., § 29; accusative to Ramsay, Exp., Dec., 1912, pp. 502 ff., a by-form of Λούκιος, from Lat. Lucius),
Luke: Lk, tit., Col.4:14, 2Ti.4:11, Phm 24.†
(AS) G3066 G3066 = a Name of G4826I Λούκιος Loukios N:N-M-P Lucius λούκιος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Lucius),
Lucius: Act.13:1, Rom.16:21.†
(AS) G3067 G3067 = G3067 λουτρόν loutron G:N-N washing λουτρόν, -οῦ, τό
(λούω), [in LXX: Sng.4:2 6:5, (6) (רַחְצָה), Sir.34:25 * ;]
a washing, bath: τ. ὕδατος, Eph.5:26; τ. παλιγγενεσίας, Tit.3:5 (see AR, Eph., l.with).†
(AS) G3068 G3068 = G3068 λούω louō G:V to wash λούω
[in LXX chiefly for רָחַץ (frequently of ceremonial washing; cf. Deiss., BS, 226 f.) ;]
to bathe, wash the body: with accusative of person(s), Act.9:37 (of a dead body); id. before ἀπό (Deiss., BS, l.with), Act.16:33; pass. ptcp. pf., Jhn.13:10, Heb.10:22; mid., to wash oneself (Mayor, in l; M. Pr., 155 f., 238 f.), 2Pe.2:22; metaphorically, Rev.1:5, Rec., R, mg. (cf. ἀπο-λούω).†
SYN.: νίπτω, used of parts of the body-hands, feet, face; πλύνω, of things, as garments, etc. (see Lev.15:11; cf. Tr., Syn., § xlv) (AS) G3069 G3069 = the Greek of H3850 Λύδδα Ludda N:N-F-L Lydda λύδδα, -ας (Act.9:38, -ης Rec.), ἡ and λύδδα, -ων, τά (Act.9:32, 35; -αν, Rec.), (Heb. לֹד),
Lydda (modern Ludd): Ac, ll. with†
(AS) G3070 G3070 = G3070 Λυδία Ludia N:N-F-P Lydia Λυδία, -ας, ἡ
Lydia, a woman of Thyatira: Act.16:14, 40.†
(AS) G3071 G3071 = G3071 Λυκαονία Lukaonia N:N-F-L Lycaonia Λυκαονία, -ας, ἡ
Lycaonia, a region in Asia Minor: Act.14:6.†
(AS) G3072 G3072 = a Group member of G3071 Λυκαονιστί Lukaonisti G:ADV-T Lycaonian Λυκαονιστί
adv.,
in Lycaonian (speech): Act.14:11.†
(AS) G3073 G3073 = G3073 Λυκία Lukia N:N-F-L Lycia Λυκία, -ας, ἡ
Lydia, a region of Asia Minor; Act.27:5.†
(AS) G3074 G3074 = G3074 λύκος lukos G:N-M wolf λύκος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for זְאֵב ;]
a wolf: Mat.10:16, Luk.10:3, Jhn.10:12; figuratively (as Eze.22:27, Zep.3:3, Jer.5:6, al.), Mat.7:1, Act.20:29.†
(AS) G3075 G3075 = G3075 λυμαίνομαι lumainomai G:V to ravage λυμαίνομαι
(λύμη, outrage), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁחַת pi., hi., also for כִּרְסֵם, etc. ;]
__1. to outrage, maltreat: with accusative, Act.8:3.
__2. to corrupt, defile (Eze.16:25, Pro.23:8, 4Ma.18:8, al.).†
(AS) G3076 G3076 = G3076 λυπέω lupeō G:V to grieve λυπέω, -ῶ
(λύπη), [in LXX for חָרָה, etc. ;]
to distress, grieve, cause pain or grief: with accusative of person(s), 2Co.2:2 2:5 7:8; pass., Mat.14:9 17:23 18:31 19:22 26:22, Mrk.10:22 14:19, Jhn.16:20 21:17, Rom.14:15, 2Co.2:4, 1Th.4:13, 1Pe.1:6; λ. καὶ ἀδημονεῖν, Mat.26:37; opposite to χαίρειν, 2Co.6:10; κατὰ θεόν, 2Co.7:9 7:11; τ. πνεῦμα τ. ἅγιον, Eph.4:30 (cf. συν-λνπέω),†
SYN.: see: θρηνέω (AS) G3077 G3077 = G3077 λύπη lupē G:N-F grief λύπη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for עֶצֶב and cogn. forms, etc. ;]
pain of body or mind, grief, sorrow: Jhn.16:6, 2Co.2:7; opposite to χαρά, Jhn.16:20, Heb.12:11; ἀπὸ τῆς λ., Luk.22:45; ἐκ λ., 2Co.9:7; ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λ., opposite to ἡ τ. κόσ-μου λ., 2Co.7:10; λ. μοι ἐστιν, Rom.9:2; λ. ἔχω, Jhn.16:21-22; id. before ἀπό, 2Co.2:3; λ. ἐπὶ λ. ἔχω, Php.2:27; ἐν λ. ἐλθεῖν, 2Co.2:1 (to come sad and cause sadness); pl. (cf. Gen.3:16, Pro.15:13, al.), 1Pe.2:19.†
(AS) G3078 G3078 = G3078 Λυσανίας Lusanias N:N-M-P Lysanias Λυσανίας, -ου, ὁ
Lysanias: Luk.3:1.†
(AS) G3079 G3079 = G3079 Λυσίας Lusias N:N-M-P Lysias Λυσίας, -ου, ὁ
Lysias (Claudius L., Act.23:26), Act.24:7, 22.†
(AS) G3080 G3080 = G3080 λύσις lusis G:N-F divorce λύσις, -εως, ἡ
(λύω), [in LXX: Ecc.8:1 (Ecc.8:1) (פֵּשֶׁר), Dan LXX 12:8, Wis.8:8 * ;]
a loosing: of divorce, 1Co.7:27.†
(AS) G3081 G3081 = G3081 λυσιτελεῖ lusitelei G:V to profit λυσιτελέω, -ῶ
(λυσιτελής, useful, prop., τὰ τέλη λύων), [in LXX: Tob.3:6, Sir.20:10, 14 29:11 * ;]
__1. prop., to indemnify, pay expenses.
__2. to be useful, to profit; usually impers., λυσιτελεῖ, it profits: with, dative of person(s), before εἰ . . . ἤ, Luk.17:2.†
(AS) G3082 G3082 = G3082 Λύστρα Lustra N:N--L Lystra λύστρα, -ας, ἡ
and (in Act.14:8 16:2, 2Ti, l.with) -ων, τά (cf. Λύδδα),
Lystra, a city of Lycaonia: Act.14:6, 8 14:21 16:1-2, 2Ti.3:11.†
(AS) G3083 G3083 = G3083 λύτρον lutron G:N-N ransom λύτρον, -ον, τό
(λύω), [in LXX (Pent. .15 Pr .2, Isa .1) for פִּדְיוֹם and cogn. forms, גְּאֻלָּה, כֹּפֶר, מְחִיר ;]
a ransom (as for a life, Exo.21:30; for slaves, Lev.19:20; for captives, Isa.45:13): ἀντὶ πολλῶν, Mat.20:28, Mrk.10:45 (see Swete, in l, and for discussion of λ. and its cognates, Westc., He., 295 f.; Deiss., LAE, 331 f.; cf. also ἀντί-λύτρον).†
(AS) G3084 G3084 = G3084 λυτρόω lutroō G:V to ransom λυτρόω, -ῶ
(λύτρον, which see), [in LXX chiefly for פָּדָה, גָּאַל ;]
to release on receipt of ransom; mid., to release by paying ransom, to redeem: in spiritual sense, Tit.2:14; pass, 1Pe.1:18; in general sense, to deliver (cf. Exo.6:6, Psa.69:18, al.): Luk.24:21.†
(AS) G3085 G3085 = G3085 λύτρωσις lutrōsis G:N-F redemption λύτρωσις, -εως, ἡ
(λυτρόω), [in LXX: Lev.25:29, 48, Isa.63:4 גְּאֻלָּה), Num.18:16, Psa.49:8 111:9 130:7 (פָּדָה, פִּדְיוֹם, פְּדוּת), Jdg.1:15 * ;]
a ransoming, redemption (αἰχμαλώτων, Plut., Arat., 11): of the mediatorial work of Christ, Heb.9:12; in general sense, deliverance(cf. Psa.4:8, l.with): Luk.1:68 2:38.†
(AS) G3086 G3086 = G3086 λυτρωτής lutrōtēs G:N-M redeemer λυτρωτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(λυτρόω), [in LXX: of God, Psa.19:14 78:35 (גָּאַל)* ;]
a redeemer, deliverer: Act.7:35 (not found elsewhere).†
(AS) G3087 G3087 = G3087 λυχνία luchnia G:N-F lampstand λυχνία, -ας, ἡ
(vulgar form of λυχνίον = λυχνοῦχος; see Kennedy, Sources, 40), [in LXX for מְנוֹרָה (Exo.25:31 40:4, al.) ;]
a lampstand: Mat.5:15, Mrk.4:21, Luk.8:16 11:33; of that in the Tabernacle, Heb.9:2; metaphorically, of the two witnesses, Rev.11:4; of the seven churches of Asia, Rev.1:12-13, 20 2:1; of the removal of a church from its position, κινεῖν τ. λυχνίαν κ.τ.λ., Rev.2:5.†
(AS) G3088 G3088 = G3088 λύχνος luchnos G:N-M lamp λύχνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for נִיר (Exo.25:37), al.) ;]
a lamp (portable, and usually set on a stand, λυχνία): Mat.5:15, Luk.11:36; ἔρχεται ὁ λ., Mrk.4:21; λ. ἅπτειν Luk.8:16 11:33 15:8; φῶς λύχνου, Rev.18:23; id. opposite to φ.ἡλίου, Rev.22:5; metaphorically, of the eye, Mat.6:22 Luk.11:34; of John the Baptist, Jhn.5:35; of the Lamb, Rev.21:23; of prophecy, 2Pe.1:19; of spiritual readiness, pl., λύχνοι (as always in LXX; frequently in Att.. λύχνα), Luk.12:35.†
SYN.: λαμπάς, q.v (AS) G3089 G3089 = G3089 λύω luō G:V to loose λύω
[in LXX for פָּתַח, נָתַר hi., etc. ;]
__1. to loose, unbind, release: of things, Mrk.1:7, Luk.3:16, al.; of beasts, Mat.21:2, Luk.13:15, al.; of persons, Jhn.11:44, Act.22:30; of Satan, Rev.20:3, 7; metaphorically, of the marriage tie, 1Co.7:27; of one diseased, Luk.13:16; of release from sin, Rev.1:5, WH, R, txt. (see: λούω).
__2. To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve, break up, destroy: Jhn.2:19, Act.27:41, Rev.5:2; metaphorically, 2Pe.3:11; of an assembly, to dismiss: Act.13:43; τ. μεσότοιχον τ. φραγμοῦ, Eph.2:14; τ. στοιχεῖα, 2Pe.3:10; οὐρανοί, 2Pe.3:12; τ. ἔργα τ. διαβόλου, 1Jn.3:8; τ. ὠδῖνας τ. θανάτου, Act.2:24; of laws, etc., to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi): ἐντολήν, Mat.5:19; τ. νόμον, Jhn.7:23; τ. σάββατον, Jhn.5:18; τ. γραφήν, Jhn.10:35.
(cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-λύω.)
(AS) G3090 G3090 = G3090 Λωΐς Lōis N:N-F-P Lois Λωίς (Rec. Λωΐς), -ίδος, ἡ
Lois: 2Ti.1:5.†
(AS) G3091 G3091 = the Greek of H3876 Λώτ Lōt N:N-M-P Lot Λώτ, ὁ (Heb. לוֹט), indecl.,
Lot (Gen.11:27, al.): Luk.17:28-29, 32, 2Pe.2:7.†
(AS) G3092 G3092 = G3092 Μαάθ Maath N:N-M-P Maath Μαάθ, ὁ
indecl.,
Maath: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G3093 G3093 = G3093 Μαγδαλά, Μαγαδάν Magdala, Magadan N:N--L Magadan Μαγαδάν
Magadan, an unidentified place on the coast of the Sea of Galilee: Mat.15:39 (Rec. Μαγδαλά; cf. Mrk.8:10, where for Δαλμανουθά, D* has Μελεγαδά, D1 Μαγαιδά, some cursives Μαγαδά, and Euseb. Onomast. Μεγαιδάν; cf. DB, iii, see word).†
Μαγδαλά (Aram. מַגְדְֺּלָא = Heb. H4026, which in Jos.15:37 B is rendered Μαγαδά),
Magdala: Mat.15:39 (Rec. for Μαγαδάν, which see).†
(AS) G3094 G3094 = a Name of G3093 Μαγδαληνή Magdalēnē N:N-F-LG Magdalene Μαγδαληνός, -ά, όν
Magdalene, of Magdala: Μαρία (which see) ἡ MM., Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, 9, Luk.8:2 24:10, Jhn.19:25 20:1, 18†
(AS) G3095 G3095 = G3095 μαγεία mageia G:N-F magic μαγία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ
(μάγος),
__1. the lore of the Magians (Plat.).
__2. magic: pl., magic arts, sorceries: Act.8:11.†
(AS) G3096 G3096 = G3096 μαγεύω mageuō G:V to practice magic μαγεύω (Eur., Plut., al.),
__1. to be a Magus, or skilled in Magian lore.
__2. to practise magic: Act.8:9.†
(AS) G3097 G3097 = G3097 μάγος magos G:N-M sage μάγος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for אַשָּׁף, Dan LXX TH Dan.2:2, 10, al. (cf. chief magian, Jer.39:3, 13) ;]
__1. one of the Μάγοι, a Median tribe (Hat).
__2. a Magian, one of a sacred caste, originally Median, who seem to have conformed to the Persian religion, while retaining some of their old beliefs (see DB, I vol., 565 f.; DB, iii, 203 ff.): Mat.2:1, 7 2:16
__3. a wizard, sorcerer: Act.13:6, 8 (cf. Wis.17:7, Act.8:9; ?Act.8:1).†
(AS) G3098 G3098 = the Greek of H4031H Μαγώγ Magōg N:N--L Magog Μαγώγ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. מָגוֹג, Gen.10:2, Exo.38:2, al.),
Magog, associated with Gog: Rev.20:8 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G3099 G3099 = the Greek of H4080H Μαδιάν Madian N:N--L Midian Μαδιάμ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. מִדְיָן),
Midian;
__1. son of Abraham (Gen.25:2).
__2. An Arabian tribe (Gen.36:35, Psa.83:9, al).
__3. γῆ Μ. (Heb. מִדְיָן אֶרֶץ), the land of Midian (Exo.2:15, al.): Act.7:29.†
(AS) G3100 G3100 = G3100 μαθητεύω mathēteuō G:V to disciple μαθητεύω
(μαθητής),
__1. intrans. (as prop. vb. in -εύω, and so Plut., mor. 837 with and elsew.), to be a disciple: with dative, Mat.27:57 (Rec., WH, mg.).
__2. Trans., to make a disciple: with accusative, Mat.28:19, Act.14:21; pass., before dative, τ. Ἰησοῦ, Mat.27:57 (WH, R); τ. βασιλείᾳ, Mat.13:52.†
(AS) G3101 G3101 = G3101 μαθητής mathētēs G:N-M disciple μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ (μανθάνω),
[in LXX only as seel. (A) in Jer.13:21 20:11 26(46):9 * ;]
a disciple: opposite to διδάσκαλος, Mat.10:24, Luk.6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mat.9:14, Luk.7:18, Jhn.3:25; τ. Φαρισσίων, Mat.22:16, Mrk.2:18, Luk.5:33; Μωυσέως, Jhn.9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Luk.6:17 7:11 19:37, Jhn.6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mat.10:1 11:1, Mrk.7:17, Luk.8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Act.6:1, 2 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Act.9:1.
(AS) G3102 G3102 = G3102 μαθήτρια mathētria G:N-F disciple μαθήτρια, -ας, ἡ
(= μαθητρίς, fem, of μαθητής, which see)
a female disciple: Act.9:36.†
(AS) G3103 G3103 = the Greek of H4968 Μαθουσάλα Mathousala N:N-M-P Methuselah Μαθουσάλα (WH, -αλά), ὁ (Heb. מְתוּשֶׁלַח),
Methuselah: Luk.3:37.†
(AS) G3104 G3104 = G3104 Μαϊνάν Mainan N:N-M-P Menna Μεννά (L, Μεννᾶς, -ᾶ; Rec. Μαϊνάν) ὁ,
Menna: Luk.3:31.†
(AS) G3105 G3105 = G3105 μαίνομαι mainomai G:V to rave μαίνομαι
[in LXX: Jer.25:16 (הָלַל hith.) Jer.29:26 (שָׁגַע pu.), Wis.14:28, a). ;]
__1. to rage, be furious.
__2. to rave, be mad: Jhn.10:29, Act.12:15 26:24-25, 1Co.14:23 (cf. ἐμ-μαίνομαι).†
(AS) G3106 G3106 = G3106 μακαρίζω makarizō G:V to bless μακαρζω
(μακάριος), [in LXX for אָשַׁר pi., pu. ;]
to bless, pronounce blessed or happy: with accusative of person(s), Luk.1:48, Jas.5:11.†
(AS) G3107 G3107 = G3107 μακάριος makarios G:A blessed μακάριος, -α, -ον
(collat. form of poët. μάκαρ, in Hom., Hes., chiefly of the gods and the departed), [in LXX for אֹשֶׁר ;]
blessed, happy (DCG, i, 177, 213): θεός (δυνάστης), 1Ti.1:11 6:15; ἐλπίς, Tit.2:13; esp. in congratulations, usually with the omission of the copula (M, Pr., 180; B1., § 30, 3), μ. ὁ, Mat.5:3 ff., Luk.6:20 ff. Jhn.20:29, Rev.1:3, al.; before ptcp., Luk.1:45, al.; ὅς, Mat.11:6, Luk.7:23, Rom.4:7-8; ὅτι, Mat.13:16, al.; ἐάν, Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:40; compar., μ. . . . μᾶλλον, Act.20:35; -ώτερος, 1Co.7:40
SYN.: εὐλογητός, q.v (AS) G3108 G3108 = G3108 μακαρισμός makarismos G:N-M blessedness μακαρισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(μακαρίζω)
a declaration of blessedness, felicitation: Rom.4:6, 9, Gal.4:15 (Plat., Arist.).†
(AS) G3109 G3109 = G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonia N:N-F-L Macedonia Μακεδονία, -ας, ἡ
Macedonia: Act.16:9-10, 1Co.16:5, 2Co.1:16, Php.4:15, al.; M. καὶ Ἀχαία, Act.19:21, Rom.15:26, 1Th.1:7-8
(AS) G3110 G3110 = a Spelling of G3109 Μακεδών Makedōn N:N--LG Macedonia Μακεδών, -όνος, ὁ
a Macedonian: Act.16:9 19:29 27:2, 2Co.9:2 9:4.†
(AS) G3111 G3111 = G3111 μάκελλον makellon G:N-N meat market μάκελλον, -ου, τό (Lat. macellum),
a meat-market: 1Co.10:25 (see Deiss., LAE, 274; MM, xvi).†
(AS) G3112 G3112 = a Form of G3117 μακράν makran G:ADV far μακράν (prop. fem. accusative of μακρός, Sc. ὁδόν), adv. ,
[in LXX for רָחוֹק hi., רָחַק, etc. ;]
a long way, far: Luk.15:20, Act.22:21; before ἀπό, Mat.8:30, Luk.7:6, Jhn.21:8, Act.17:27; id. metaphorically, Mrk.12:34; οἱ εἰς μ., Act.2:39 (cf. Isa.2:2); metaphorically, οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μ. (opposite to ἐγγύς), Eph.2:13; οἱ μ., Eph.2:17.†
(AS) G3113 G3113 = G3113 μακρόθεν makrothen G:ADV from afar μακρόθεν
(μακρός),
adv. (chiefly late),
[in LXX for רָחוֹק, רָחַק, etc. ;]
from afar, afar: Luk.18:13 22:54; ἀπὸ μ. (Psa.138:6, Est.3:13, al.), Mat.26:58 27:55, Mrk.5:6 8:3 11:13 14:54 15:40, Luk.16:23 23:49, Rev.18:10, 15 18:17.†
(AS) G3114 G3114 = G3114 μακροθυμέω makrothumeō G:V to have patience μακροθυμέω, -ῶ
(μακρό-θυμος, long-tempered; see: -ία), [in LXX: Ecc.8:12 א2, Pro.19:11 (אָרַךְ, אַף אָרַךְ), Job.7:16, Sir.2:4, al. ;]
__1. actively = καρτερέω, to persevere (Plut., 2, 593 F).
__2. Passively, to be patient, long-suffering: absol., 1Co.13:4, Heb.6:15, Jas.5:8; before ἕως, with genitive, Jas.5:7; ἐπί, with dative, ib. (Sir.2:4); πρός, with accusative, 1Th.5:14; ἐπί, with dative, Mat.18:26, 29, Luk.18:7; εἰς, 2Pe.3:9.†
SYN.: ὑπομένω, q.v (AS) G3115 G3115 = G3115 μακροθυμία makrothumia G:N-F patience μακροθυμία, -ας, ἡ
(μακρό-θυμος), [in LXX: Pro.25:15 (אַף אֹרֶךְ), Jer.15:15 (אַף אָרֵךְ) Isa.57:15, Sir.5:11, 1Ma.8:4 * ;],
patience, longsuffering: of men, esp. in experiencing troubles and difficulties, Col.1:11, 2Ti.3:10, Heb.6:12, Jas.5:10; of God's forbearance, Rom.2:4 9:22, 2Co.6:6, Gal.5:22, Eph.4:2, Col.3:12, 1Ti.1:16, 2Ti.4:2, 1Pe.3:20, 2Pe.3:15.†
SYN.: ὑπομονή (cf. Lft., Col., 138; Tr., Syn., liii) (AS) G3116 G3116 = G3116 μακροθυμώς makrothumōs G:ADV patiently μακροθύμως
adv.,
with forbearance, patiently: Act.26:3.†
(AS) G3117 G3117 = G3117 μακρός makros G:A long/distant μακρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX for אָרֹךְ, רָחוֹק and cognate forms, etc. ;]
of space and time, long: μακρὰ προσεύχεσθαι, Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47.
of distance, far, far distant: χώρα, Luk.15:13 19:12.†
(AS) G3118 G3118 = G3118 μακροχρόνιος makrochronios G:A long-lived μακρο-χρόνιος, -ον
(μακρός, χρόνος), [in LXX. μ. γίγνεσθαι, εἶναι (יוֹם אָרַךְ), Exo.20:12, Deu.4:40 5:16 17:20 * ;]
of long duration, longlived: Eph.6:3 (LXX).†
(AS) G3119 G3119 = G3119 μαλακία malakia G:N-F sickness μαλακία -ας, ἡ
(μαλακός), [in LXX chiefly for חֳלִי Deu.7:15 28:61, Isa.38:9 53:3, al. ;]
__1. prop., softness, effeminacy (Hdt., Thuc., al).
__2. In NT, as in LXX, = ἀσθένεια, weakness, sickness: νόσος καὶ μ., Mat.4:23 9:35 10:1.†
SYN.: see: ἀσθένεια (AS) G3120 G3120 = G3120 μαλακός malakos G:A soft/effeminate μαλακός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Pro.25:15 (רַךְ) Pro.26:22 (לָהַם)* ;]
soft;
__1. prop., to the touch (opposite to σκληρός): of clothing, pl., Mat.11:8, Luk.7:25.
__2. Of persons and their mode of living;
__(a) mild, gentle;
__(b) soft, effeminate: 1Co.6:9 (prob. in obscene sense, cf. Deiss., LAE, 150, 4; MM, xvi; Zorell, see word).†
(AS) G3121 G3121 = the Greek of H4111G Μαλελεήλ Maleleēl N:N-M-P Mahalaleel Μαλελεήλ (T, Μελ-), ὁ (Heb. מַהֲלַלְאֵל),
Mahalaleel: Luk.3:37.†
(AS) G3122 G3122 = G3122 μάλιστα malista G:ADV especially μάλιστα, see: μάλα.
μάλα
adv., [in LXX for אֲבָל, 3Ki.1:43, Dan LXX 10:21, al.; compar. for מ, Num.13:32 (31), al.; μᾶλλον ἠ (מ), Gen.19:9, al.; superlat., 2Ma.8:7, 4Ma.4:22 12:9 15:4 ;]
__I. Pos., very, very much, exceedingly (cl.; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by λίαν, σφόδρα, etc.).
__II. Compar., μᾶλλον.
__1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: πολλῷ, Mrk.10:48, Luk.18:39, Rom.5:15, 17, Php.2:12, al.; πόσῳ, Luk.12:24, Rom.11:12, al.; τοσούτῳ . . . ὅσῳ, Heb.10:25.
__2. Of comparison, the more: Luk.5:15, Jhn.5:18, Act.5:14, 1Th.4:1, 10, 2Pe.1:10; ἔτι μ. καὶ μ., Php.1:9; with compar., Mrk.7:36, 2Co.7:13; πολλῴ μ. κρεῖσον, Php.1:23; μ. διαφέρειν, with genitive, Mat.6:26; μ. ἤ, Mat.18:13; with genitive, 1Co.14:18; as periphr. for compar., Act.20:35, 1Co.9:15, Gal.4:27; μ. δέ (EV, yea rather), Rom.8:34.
__3. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner: with qualifying words, πολλῷ, Mat.6:30, al.; πολύ, Heb.12:25; πόσῳ, Mat.7:11, al.; in a question, οὐ μ., 1Co.9:12; after a neg., Mat.10:6, al.; θέλω (εὐδοκῶ) μ., 1Co.14:5, 2Co.5:8; ζηλῶ, 1Co.14:1; with subst., τ. σκότος ἢ τ. φῶς, Jhn.3:19; μ. δέ, Gal.4:9.
__III. Superl., μάλιστα
, most, most of all, above all: Act.20:38 25:26, Gal.6:10, Php.4:22, 1Ti.4:10 5:8, 17, 2Ti.4:13, Tit.1:10, Phm 16, 2Pe.2:10; μ. γνώστης, Act.26:3
(AS) G3123 G3123G = G3123G μᾶλλον mallon G:ADV more μάλα
adv., [in LXX for אֲבָל, 3Ki.1:43, Dan LXX 10:21, al.; compar. for מ, Num.13:32 (31), al.; μᾶλλον ἠ (מ), Gen.19:9, al.; superlat., 2Ma.8:7, 4Ma.4:22 12:9 15:4 ;]
__I. Pos., very, very much, exceedingly (cl.; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by λίαν, σφόδρα, etc.).
__II. Compar., μᾶλλον.
__1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: πολλῷ, Mrk.10:48, Luk.18:39, Rom.5:15, 17, Php.2:12, al.; πόσῳ, Luk.12:24, Rom.11:12, al.; τοσούτῳ . . . ὅσῳ, Heb.10:25.
__2. Of comparison, the more: Luk.5:15, Jhn.5:18, Act.5:14, 1Th.4:1, 10, 2Pe.1:10; ἔτι μ. καὶ μ., Php.1:9; with compar., Mrk.7:36, 2Co.7:13; πολλῴ μ. κρεῖσον, Php.1:23; μ. διαφέρειν, with genitive, Mat.6:26; μ. ἤ, Mat.18:13; with genitive, 1Co.14:18; as periphr. for compar., Act.20:35, 1Co.9:15, Gal.4:27; μ. δέ (EV, yea rather), Rom.8:34.
__3. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner: with qualifying words, πολλῷ, Mat.6:30, al.; πολύ, Heb.12:25; πόσῳ, Mat.7:11, al.; in a question, οὐ μ., 1Co.9:12; after a neg., Mat.10:6, al.; θέλω (εὐδοκῶ) μ., 1Co.14:5, 2Co.5:8; ζηλῶ, 1Co.14:1; with subst., τ. σκότος ἢ τ. φῶς, Jhn.3:19; μ. δέ, Gal.4:9.
__III. Superl., μάλιστα
, most, most of all, above all: Act.20:38 25:26, Gal.6:10, Php.4:22, 1Ti.4:10 5:8, 17, 2Ti.4:13, Tit.1:10, Phm 16, 2Pe.2:10; μ. γνώστης, Act.26:3
(AS) G3123 G3123H = a Meaning of G3123G μᾶλλον mallon G:ADV more: rather μάλα
adv., [in LXX for אֲבָל, 3Ki.1:43, Dan LXX 10:21, al.; compar. for מ, Num.13:32 (31), al.; μᾶλλον ἠ (מ), Gen.19:9, al.; superlat., 2Ma.8:7, 4Ma.4:22 12:9 15:4 ;]
__I. Pos., very, very much, exceedingly (cl.; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by λίαν, σφόδρα, etc.).
__II. Compar., μᾶλλον.
__1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: πολλῷ, Mrk.10:48, Luk.18:39, Rom.5:15, 17, Php.2:12, al.; πόσῳ, Luk.12:24, Rom.11:12, al.; τοσούτῳ . . . ὅσῳ, Heb.10:25.
__2. Of comparison, the more: Luk.5:15, Jhn.5:18, Act.5:14, 1Th.4:1, 10, 2Pe.1:10; ἔτι μ. καὶ μ., Php.1:9; with compar., Mrk.7:36, 2Co.7:13; πολλῴ μ. κρεῖσον, Php.1:23; μ. διαφέρειν, with genitive, Mat.6:26; μ. ἤ, Mat.18:13; with genitive, 1Co.14:18; as periphr. for compar., Act.20:35, 1Co.9:15, Gal.4:27; μ. δέ (EV, yea rather), Rom.8:34.
__3. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner: with qualifying words, πολλῷ, Mat.6:30, al.; πολύ, Heb.12:25; πόσῳ, Mat.7:11, al.; in a question, οὐ μ., 1Co.9:12; after a neg., Mat.10:6, al.; θέλω (εὐδοκῶ) μ., 1Co.14:5, 2Co.5:8; ζηλῶ, 1Co.14:1; with subst., τ. σκότος ἢ τ. φῶς, Jhn.3:19; μ. δέ, Gal.4:9.
__III. Superl., μάλιστα
, most, most of all, above all: Act.20:38 25:26, Gal.6:10, Php.4:22, 1Ti.4:10 5:8, 17, 2Ti.4:13, Tit.1:10, Phm 16, 2Pe.2:10; μ. γνώστης, Act.26:3
(AS) G3124 G3124 = G3124 Μάλχος Malchos N:N-M-P Malchus Μάλχος, -ου, ὁ (Hellenistic form of Heb. מֶלֶךְ),
Malchus: Jhn.18:10.†
(AS) G3125 G3125 = G3125 μάμμη mammē G:N-F grandmother μάμμη, -ης, ἡ
(onomatop.), [in LXX: 4Ma.16:9 * ;]
__1. in cl., a child's name for mother.
__2. In late Gk. (= cl., τήθη), a grandmother: (LXX, l.with), 2Ti.1:5.†
(AS) G3126 G3126 = G3126 μαμμωνᾶς mammōnas G:N-M wealth μαμωνᾶς (Rec. μαμμ-), -ᾶ (Bl., § 7, 4), ό (Aram. מָמוֺנָא),
mammon, riches: Mat.6:24, Luk.16:9, 11 16:13.†
(AS) G3127 G3127 = G3127 Μαναήν Manaēn N:N-M-P Manaen Μαναήν, ὁ (Heb. מְנַחֵם),
Manaen: Act.13:1.†
(AS) G3128 G3128G = the Greek of H4519G Μανασσῆς Manassēs N:N-M-P Manasseh Μανασσῆς, -ῆ, ὁ (Heb. מְנַשֶּׁה),
Manasseh;
__1. (a) the first-born son of Joseph;
__(b) the tribe which bore his name: Rev.7:6.
__2. King of Judah: Mat.1:10.†
(AS) G3128 G3128H = the Greek of H4519H Μανασσῆς Manassēs N:N-M-P Manasseh Μανασσῆς, -ῆ, ὁ (Heb. מְנַשֶּׁה),
Manasseh;
__1. (a) the first-born son of Joseph;
__(b) the tribe which bore his name: Rev.7:6.
__2. King of Judah: Mat.1:10.†
(AS) G3129 G3129 = G3129 μανθάνω manthanō G:V to learn μανθάνω
[in LXX chiefly for לָמַד ;]
__1. to learn, esp. by inquiry: absol., 1Co.14:31, 1Ti.2:11, 2Ti.3:7; with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.7:15 (sc. αὐτά), Rom.16:17, 1Co.14:35, Php.4:9, 2Ti.3:14, Rev.14:3; before quaes. indir., Mat.9:13; Χριστόν, Eph.4:20 (ICC, in l); before ἀπό, with genitive of thing(s), Mat.24:32, Mrk.13:28; ἀπό, with genitive of person(s), Mat.11:29, Col.1:7; παρά, with genitive of person(s), 2Ti.3:14; ἐν, with dative of person(s), 1Co.4:6; "point" aorist (M, Pr., 117), to ascertain, before ὅτι, Act.23:27; with accusative before ἀπό, Gal.3:2.
__2. to learn by use and practice, acquire the habit of, be accustomed to: with inf. (Bl., § 69, 4), 1Ti.5:4, Tit.3:14; id. with nom, in pred. (El., § 72, 1), Php.4:11; with accusative of thing(s) before ἀπό, Heb.5:8; ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν (EV, they learn to be idle; Bl., § 73, 5; Field, Notes, 210), 1Ti.5:13.†
(AS) G3130 G3130 = G3130 μανία mania G:N-F insanity μανία, -ας, ἡ
(μαίνομαι) [in LXX: Hos.9:7-8 מַשְׂטֵמָה), Wis.5:4, al. ;]
frenzy, madness: Act.26:24.†
(AS) G3131 G3131 = G3131 μάννα manna H:N manna μάννα, τό ,
(in FlJ, also ἡ),
indecl.
[in LXX: τὸ μάν, Exo.16:31 ff., elsewhere τ. μάννα, Num.11:6 ff., al. (מָן, Aram. מַנָּא) ;]
manna: Jhn.6:31, 49, Heb.9:4; symb., Rev.2:17.†
(AS) G3132 G3132 = G3132 μαντεύομαι manteuomai G:V to divine μαντεύομαι
(μαντίς, a seer, diviner), [in LXX for קָסַם, Deu.18:10, al. ;]
to divine, practise divination: Act.16:16.†
SYN.: προφητεύω, which see, in distinction from which μ. is used in LXX and NT only of false prophets and those who practise the heathen arts of divination and soothsaying (cf. 1Ki.28:8, and see Tr., Syn., § vi) (AS) G3133 G3133 = G3133 μαραίνω marainō G:V to fade μαραίνω
[in LXX: Job.15:30 (יָבֵשׁ pi.), Job.24:24, Wis.2:8 19:21 * ;]
in cl.,
__1. prop., to quench fire; pass., of fire, to die away, go out.
__2. In various relations, to quench, waste, wear out (cf. Wis.19:21); pass., to waste away; in later writers (Plut., Luc., al.), of the withering of flowers and herbage (act., Job.15:30; pass., Job.24:24, Wis.2:8): Jas.1:11 (cf. ἀμάραντον).†
(AS) G3134 G3134 = G3134 μαρὰν ἀθά maran atha A:V + A:N Come, Lord! μαρὰν ἀθά (Rec. μαραναθά; Aram.: on the original form see Dalman, Gr., § 41, 1; 74, 3; Words, 328),
Maranatha, i.e. the Lord cometh (but see Dalman, ll. with; Field, Notes, 180; ICC, in l): 1Co.16:22.†
(AS) G3135 G3135 = G3135 μαργαρίτης margaritēs G:N-M pearl μαργαρίτης, -ου, ὁ
a pearl: Mat.13:45-46, 1Ti.2:9, Rev.17:4 18:12, 16 21:21 (-ῖται, WH); proverbially, Mat.7:6.†
(AS) G3136 G3136 = G3136 Μάρθα Martha N:N-F-P Martha Μάρθα, -ας (Bl., § 7, 2), ἡ (Aram. מָרְתָּא),
Martha: Luk.10:38, 40-41, Jhn.11:1, 5 11:19 ff. Luk.12:2.†
(AS) G3137 G3137G = G3137G Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3137 G3137H = G3137H Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3137 G3137I = G3137I Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3137 G3137J = G3137J Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3137 G3137K = G3137K Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3137 G3137L = G3137L Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3137 G3137M = G3137M Μαρία Maria N:N-F-P Mary Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. מִרְיָם)
Mary. In NT;
__1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14
__2. M. Magdalene (which see).
__3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10.
__4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3.
__5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12.
__6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).†
(AS) G3138 G3138 = G3138 Μάρκος Markos N:N-M-P Mark Μάρκος, -ου, ὁ,
Mark: Mk., title., Act.12:12, 25 15:37, 39, Col.4:10, 2Ti.4:11, Phm 24, 1Pe.5:13 (see Swete, Mk., Intr., xiii ff.; DB, iii, 245 ff).†
(AS) G3139 G3139 = G3139 μάρμαρος marmaros G:N-M marble μάρμαρος, -ου, ὁ
(μαρμαίρω, to glisten), [in LXX: Ep. Jer.7:2 * ;]
__1. any crystalline stone (Hom., Eur., al.).
__2. In later writers, marble: Rev.18:12.†
(AS) G3140 G3140 = G3140 μαρτυρέω martureō G:V to testify μαρτυρέω, -ῶ
(μάρτυς), [in LXX chiefly for עֵד (עֵד (Gen.31:47-48, al.), also for עוּד hi. (Gen.43:3, La 2:13), עָנָה (Num.35:30) ;]
__(a) prop., to be a witness, bear witness, testify: absol. (find., al.), Jhn.15:27, Act.26:5; parenthetical (Bl., § 79, 7; MM, xvi), 2Co.8:3; with dative of person(s) (comm. and incomm.; El., § 37, 2), Act.22:5, Heb.10:15; id. before ὅτι, Mat.23:31, Rom.10:2, al.; accusative and inf., Act.10:43; with accusative of thing(s) (cl.), Jhn.3:11, Rev.22:16, 20; with accusative cogn., before περί, Jhn.5:32, 1Jn.5:10; with dative of thing(s), Jhn.5:33, Act.14:3, al.; before περί, with genitive (of person(s) and of thing(s)), Jhn.1:7-8, 15 2:25 18:23 21:24, al.; id. before ὅτι, Jhn.5:36 7:7; ὅτι, Jhn.1:34 4:44 al.; ὅτι recit., Jhn.4:39; κατά before ὅτι, 1Co.15:15; pass., Heb.7:8; ptcp., Rom.3:21; impers., Heb.7:17;
__(b) in late Gk., to witness favourably, give a good report, approve (Bl., § 54, 3; MM, xvi; Deiss., BS, 265): with dative of person(s), Luk.4:22; before ἐπί with dative of thing(s), Heb.11:4; pass., Act.6:3; before ἐν, 1Ti.5:10, Heb.11:2; διά, with genitive of thing(s), Heb.11:39; with genitive of person(s), Act.10:22, al.; impers., III Jn 12 (cf. ἐπι, συν-επι-, κατα-, συν-μαρτυρέω)
(AS) G3141 G3141 = G3141 μαρτυρία marturia G:N-F testimony μαρτυρία, -ας, ἡ
(μαρτυρέω), [in LXX: Gen.31:47 R (גַּלְעֵד), Exo.20:16, Deu.5:20 (17), Pro.25:18, Psa.19:7 (עֵד, עֵדוּת), Pro.12:19, Sir.31:23-24, 4Ma.6:32 * ;]
witness, testimony, evidence: Mrk.14:56, Luk.22:71, Jhn.5:34 19:35 21:24, 1Ti.3:7, Tit.1:13, 3Jn.12, Rev.11:7; with genitive subj., Mrk.14:59, Jhn.8:17 (LXX aliter), 1Jn.5:9; before κατά, with genitive of person(s), Mrk.14:55; esp. of witness concerning Christ and divine things, Jhn.1:7 3:11, 32-33 5:32, 36 Rev.6:9; with genitive subj., Jhn.1:19 5:31 8:13-14, Act.22:18, 1Jn.5:9-11, Rev.12:11; with genitive obj., Rev.1:2, 9 12:17 19:10 20:4; μ. ἔχειν, Rev.6:9 12:17 19:10.†
(AS) G3142 G3142 = G3142 μαρτύριον marturion G:N-N testimony μαρτύριον, -ου, τό
(μάρτυρ) [in LXX chiefly for מוֹעֵד, also for עֵדָה, עֵדוּת and cogn. forms ;]
a testimony, witness, proof (Hdt., Thuc., al.): with genitive subj., 2Co.1:12, 2Th.1:10; with genitive obj., Act.4:33, 1Co.1:6 2:1 (WH, txt., R, txt., μυστήριον; 2Ti.1:8; εἰς μ., Mat.8:4 10:18 Mat.24:14, Mrk.1:44 6:11 13:9, Luk.5:14 9:5 21:13, Heb.3:5, Jas.5:3; τὸ μ. καιροῖς ἰδίοις (CGT, in l), 1Ti.2:6; ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μ. (LXX for מוֹעֵד אֹהֶל), Act.7:44, Rev.15:5.†
(AS) G3143 G3143 = G3143 μαρτύρομαι marturomai G:V to testify μαρτύρομαι
(μάρτυρ), [in LXX: Jdth.7:28, 1Ma.2:56 א)* ;]
to summon as witness (M, Th., 25 f.; Hort., 1Pe., 53 f.; Lft., Notes, 29; Ga 203), hence,
__(a) to protest, affirm solemnly: before ὅτι, Act.20:26, Gal.5:3;
__(b) to adjure, beseech: with dative of person(s), Act.26:22; with accusative and inf., Eph.4:17; before εἰς, 1Th.2:12 (cf. δια-, προ-μαρτύρομαι).†
(AS) G3144 G3144 = G3144 μάρτυς martus G:N-M witness μάρτυς
(Æolic μάρτυρ), -υρος, ὁ (also ἡ), [in LXX for עֵד ;]
a witness: Act.10:41, 1Ti.6:12, 2Ti.2:2, Heb.12:1 (Westc., in l); in forensic sense, Mat.18:16 26:65, Mrk.14:63, Act.6:13 7:58, 2Co.13:1, 1Ti.5:19, Heb.10:28; with genitive obj., Luk.24:48, Act.1:22 2:32 3:15 5:32 10:39 26:16, 1Pe.5:1; with genitive poss., Act.1:8 13:31, Rev.11:3; with dative of person(s), Luk.11:48, Act.22:15; of Christ, Rev.1:5 3:14; of God, Rom.1:9, 2Co.1:23, Php.1:8, 1Th.2:5 2:10; of those who have witnessed for Christ by their death (in later Xn. lit., martyr: Swete, Ap., 35), Act.22:20, Rev.2:13 17:6.†
(AS) G3145 G3145 = G3145 μασσάομαι massaomai G:V to gnaw μασάομαι (Rec. μασσ), -ῶμαι
(Aristoph. and late writers, but not in Trag. or in good Att.. prose), [in LXX: Job.30:4 (לֶחֶם), Sir.19:9 A * ;]
to bite, chew: Rev.16:10.†
(AS) G3146 G3146 = G3146 μαστιγόω mastigoō G:V to whip μαστιγόω, -ῶ
(μάστιξ) [in LXX chiefly for נָכָה hi. ;]
to scourge: with accusative, Mat.10:17 20:19 23:34, Mrk.10:34, Luk.18:33, Jhn.19:1; metaphorically, Heb.12:6 (cf. Pro.3:12, Jer.5:3, Jdth.8:27).†
(AS) G3147 G3147 = G3147 μαστίζω mastizō G:V to whip μαστίζω
(Ep. and late prose = Att.. μαστιγόω) [in LXX: Num.22:25 (נָכָה hi.), Wis.5:11, 2Ma.2:21 * ;]
to whip, scourge: with accusative, Act.22:25.†
(AS) G3148 G3148 = G3148 μάστιξ mastix G:N-F whip μάστιξ, -ιγος, ἡ
[in LXX for שׁוֹט, etc. ;]
a whip, scourge: Act.22:24, Heb.11:36; metaphorically, of disease or suffering as a divine chastisement (cf. Psa.89:33, Pro.3:12, 2Ma.9:11), Mrk.3:10 5:29, 34, Luk.7:21
(AS) G3149 G3149 = G3149 μαστός, μαζός mastos, mazos G:N-M breast μαστός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שַׁד ;]
the breast: pl., Luk.11:27 23:29, Rev.1:13 (T, μασθοῖς; WH, App., 149; L, μαζοῖς).†
(AS) G3150 G3150 = G3150 ματαιολογία mataiologia G:N-F babble ματαιολογία, -ας, ἡ
(ματαιολόγος),
idle or foolish talk: 1Ti.1:6.†
(AS) G3151 G3151 = G3151 ματαιολόγος mataiologos G:A babbler ματαιολόγος -ον
(μάταιος, λέγω),
talking idly: Tit.1:10.†
(AS) G3152 G3152 = G3152 μάταιος mataios G:A / G:ADV futile μάταιος, -ον
(as in Att.., but -αία, -αιον, 1Co.15:17, 1Pe.1:18; μάτην), [in LXX for שָׁוְא, הֶבֶל, כָּזָב, etc. ;]
vain, useless: ἀνωφελὴς κ. μ., Tit.3:9; πίστις, 1Co.15:17; θρησκεία, Jas.1:26; διαλογισμοί, 1Co.3:20 (LXX); ἀναστροφή, 1Pe.1:18; of idols and heathen gods, τὰ μ. (Jer.2:5, 4Ki.17:15, al.): Act.14:15
SYN.: κενός, q.v (AS) G3153 G3153 = G3153 ματαιότης mataiotēs G:N-F futility ματαιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(μάταιος), [in LXX for הֶבֶל, Psa.31:6 39:5 62:9, al., and nearly 40 times in Ec; for שָׁוְא, Psa.25:4, al.; רִיק, etc. ;]
vanity, emptiness, frailty, folly: Rom.8:20, 2Pe.2:18; τ. νοός, Eph.4:17 (elsewhere only in Pollux, 6, 134, and Eccl.).†
(AS) G3154 G3154 = G3154 ματαιόω mataioō G:V to make futile ματαιόω, -ῶ
(μάταιος), [in LXX: 4Ki.17:15, Jer.2:5, al. הָבַל, etc. ;]
to make vain, foolish: Rom.1:21.†
(AS) G3155 G3155 = G3155 μάτην matēn G:ADV in vain μάτην
(prop. accusative of μάτη, a fault, folly), adv., [in LXX for הָבַל, שָׁוְא, etc. ;]
in vain, to no purpose: Mat.15:9, Mrk.7:7" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3156 G3156 = G3156 Ματθαῖος Matthaios N:N-M-P Matthew Μαθθαῖος (Rec. Ματθ-, see WH, App., 159; Bl., § 3, 11; on the Semitic form, see Dalman, Words, 51; Gr., 142), -ου, ὁ,
Matthew: Mt title., Mat.9:9 10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13 (cf. Λευεί).†
(AS) G3157 G3157 = G3157 Ματθάν Matthan N:N-M-P Matthan Μαθθάν (Rec. Ματθ-, see: Μαθθαῖος), ὁ indecl. (Heb. מַתָּן),
Matthan: Mat.1:15.†
(AS) G3158 G3158G = G3158G Ματθάτ, Μαθθάτ Matthat, Maththat N:N-M-P Matthat Μαθθάτ (T, -άθ; Rec. Ματθ-, see: Μαθθαῖος), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. מַתָּת),
Matthat: Luk.3:29 (cf. Ματθάτ).†
Matthat: Luk.3:24 (T, Μαθθάθ),†
Ματθάτ (see: Μαθθάτ),
(AS) G3158 G3158H = G3158H Ματθάτ, Μαθθάτ Matthat, Maththat N:N-M-P Matthat Μαθθάτ (T, -άθ; Rec. Ματθ-, see: Μαθθαῖος), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. מַתָּת),
Matthat: Luk.3:29 (cf. Ματθάτ).†
Matthat: Luk.3:24 (T, Μαθθάθ),†
Ματθάτ (see: Μαθθάτ),
(AS) G3159 G3159 = G3159 Ματθίας, Μαθθίας Matthias, Maththias N:N-M-P Matthias Μαθθίας (Rec. Ματθ-, see: Μαθθαῖος), -α, ὁ (Heb. מַתָּת),
Matthias: Act.1:23, 26.†
(AS) G3160 G3160 = G3160 Ματταθά Mattatha N:N-M-P Mattatha Ματταθά, ὁ
indecl. (Heb. מַתַּתָּה),
Mattatha: Luk.3:31.†
(AS) G3161 G3161G = G3161G Ματταθίας Mattathias N:N-M-P Mattathias Ματταθίας, -ου, ὁ
Mattathias (cf. Μαθθίας): Luk.3:25-26.†
(AS) G3161 G3161H = G3161H Ματταθίας Mattathias N:N-M-P Mattathias Ματταθίας, -ου, ὁ
Mattathias (cf. Μαθθίας): Luk.3:25-26.†
(AS) G3162 G3162 = G3162 μάχαιρα machaira G:N-F sword μάχαιρα, -ης
(Att.. -ας; see WH, App., 1568; ΒΙ., § 7, 1), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for חֶרֶב; also for מַאֲכֶלֶת, etc. ;]
__1. (in Hom., al.) a large knife or dirk, for sacrificial purposes (Gen.22:6, 10, Jdg.19:20 A).
__2. a short sword or dagger (as disting. from ῥομφαία, a large broad sword and ξίφος, a straight sword for thrusting): Mat.26:47 ff., Mrk.14:43, 47-48, Luk.22:36 ff., Jhn.18:10-11 Act.16:27, Heb.11:37, Rev.6:4 13:10, 14; στόμα μαχαίρης (as in Heb. חֶרֶב פֶּה, Gen.34:26, al.), the edge of the sword: Luk.21:24, Heb.11:34; μ. δίστομος, Heb.4:12; ἀναιρεῖν μαχαίρῃ, Act.12:2; τὴν μ. φορεῖν, Rom.13:4. Metaphorical, Mat.10:34 (opposite to εἰρήνη), Rom.8:35; μ. τοῦ πνεῦματος, Eph.6:17.†
(AS) G3163 G3163 = G3163 μάχη machē G:N-F quarrel μάχη, -ης, ἡ
(μάχομαι), [in LXX chiefly for רִיב ;]
__1. a fight.
__2. a strife, contention, quarrel: 2Co.7:5, 2Ti.2:23, Jas.4:1; pl., Tit.3:9.†
(AS) G3164 G3164 = G3164 μάχομαι machomai G:V to quarrel μάχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for רִיב, also for נָצָה ni., etc. ;]
__1. to fight: Act.7:26.
__2. to quarrel, dispute: 2Ti.2:24, Jas.4:2; πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Jhn.6:52 (cf. δια-μάχομαι).†
(AS) G3165 G3165 = a Form of G1473 μέ me G:P-1 me 1. apostrophe for με.
2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML) G3166 G3166 = a Combination of G6094 (G3173+G6094) μεγαλαυχέω megalaucheō G:V to boast μεγαλ-αυχέω, -ῶ (= μεγάλα αὐχέω)
[in LXX: Eze.16:50 (גָּבַהּ), al. ;]
to boast great things: Jas.3:5 (Rec. for μεγάλα αὐχεῖ, WH).†
(AS) G3167 G3167 = G3167 μεγαλεῖος megaleios G:A mighty μεγαλεῖος, -εία, -εῖον
(μέγας) [in LXX: Psa.71:19 (גָּדוֹל), al., frequently in Sir ;]
magnificent, splendid (Xen., Plut., al.) : Act.2:11.†
(AS) G3168 G3168 = G3168 μεγαλειότης megaleiotēs G:N-F majesty μεγαλειότης, -ητος, ἡ
(μεγαλεῖος) [in LXX: Jer.33:9 (תִּפְאָרָה), Dan LXX 7:27, 1Es.1:5 Est.4:40 * ;]
splendour, magnificence: Luk.9:43, Act.19:27, 2Pe.1:16 (frequently in π. as a ceremonial title, MM, xvi).†
(AS) G3169 G3169 = G3169 μεγαλοπρεπής megaloprepēs G:A majestic μεγαλοπρεπής, ές (= μεγάλῳ πρέπων),
[in LXX: Deu.33:26 (גַּאֲוָה) 2Ma.8:15 2Mac 15:13, 3Ma.2:9 * ;]
befitting a great man, magnificent, majestic: 2Pe.1:17 (cf. MM, xvi).†
(AS) G3170 G3170 = G3170 μεγαλύνω megalunō G:V to magnify μεγαλύνω
(μέγας) [in LXX chiefly for גָּדַל pi., hi. ;]
__1. to make great: Mat.23:5, Luk.1:58.
__2. to declare great, extol, magnify: Luk.1:46, Act.5:13 10:46 19:17, 2Co.10:15; pass., before ἐν, Php.1:20.†
(AS) G3171 G3171 = G3171 μεγάλως megalōs G:ADV greatly μεγάλως
adv., [in LXX for גָּדוֹל, etc. ;]
greatly: Php.4:10.†
(AS) G3172 G3172 = G3172 μεγαλωσύνη megalōsunē G:N-F majesty μεγαλωσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(μέγας) [in LXX chiefly for גְּדוּלָה and cogn. forms, 2Ki.7:23, Psa.145:3, al. ;]
greatness, majesty: Heb.1:3 8:1, Ju 25 (elsewhere Eccl. only).†
(AS) G3173 G3173 = G3173 μέγας megas G:A great μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα,
[in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for מַרְבֶּה ,רַב (incl. μείζων), רֹב (μέγιστος) ;]
great;
__1. of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mat.2:60; δράκων, Rev.12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jhn.21:11; πόλις, Rev.11:8; μάχαιρα, Rev.6:4, al.
__2. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Act.4:33; φόβος, Mrk.4:41; ἀγάπη, Jhn.15:13; ἄνεμος, 'ib. 6:18; κραυγή, Act.23:9; φῶς, Mat.4:16; πυρετός, Luk.4:38; θλίψις, Mat.24:21.
__3. Of rank;
__(a) of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit.2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Act.19:27; compar. (see infr.), Mat.18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mat.12:6;
__(b) of things: ἁμαρτία, Jhn.19:11; μυστήριον, Eph.5:32; = μεγίστη (see infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16f.), Mat.22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), 1Co.13:13.
__4.
__(a) Compar., μείζων: Mat.11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jhn.1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., §11, 4), III Jo 4;
__(b) superl, μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), 2Pe.1:4.
(AS) G3174 G3174 = G3174 μέγεθος megethos G:N-N greatness μέγεθος, -ους, τό
(μέγας) [in LXX chiefly for קוֹמָה ;]
greatness: Eph.1:19 (cf. MM, xvi, see word μέγας).†
(AS) G3175 G3175 = G3175 μεγιστάν megistan G:N-M great man μεγιστάν, -ᾶνος, ὁ
(μέγιστος) [in LXX chiefly for שַׂר, Jer.24:8, al.; רַבְרְבָן, Dan LXX TH Dan.5:23, al.; frequently in Sir (sing., Sir.4:7) ;]
usually pl., οἱ μ., the chief men, nobles (Manetho, FlJ, al.): Mrk.6:21, Rev.6:15 18:23.†
(AS) G3176 G3176 = G3176 μέγιστος megistos G:A greatest μέγιστος, see: μέγας.
μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα,
[in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for מַרְבֶּה ,רַב (incl. μείζων), רֹב (μέγιστος) ;]
great;
__1. of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mat.2:60; δράκων, Rev.12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jhn.21:11; πόλις, Rev.11:8; μάχαιρα, Rev.6:4, al.
__2. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Act.4:33; φόβος, Mrk.4:41; ἀγάπη, Jhn.15:13; ἄνεμος, ib. 6:18; κραυγή, Act.23:9; φῶς, Mat.4:16; πυρετός, Luk.4:38; θλίψις, Mat.24:21.
__3. Of rank;
__(a) of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit.2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Act.19:27; compar. (see infr.), Mat.18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mat.12:6;
__(b) of things: ἁμαρτία, Jhn.19:11; μυστήριον, Eph.5:32; = μεγίστη (see infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16f.), Mat.22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), 1Co.13:13.
__4.
__(a) Compar., μείζων: Mat.11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jhn.1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., §11, 4), III Jo 4;
__(b) superl, μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), 2Pe.1:4.
(AS) G3177 G3177 = G3177 μεθερμηνεύω methermēneuō G:V to mean μεθερμηνεύω
[in LXX: Sirach prologue 23 * ;]
to translate, interpret: Mat.1:23, Mrk.5:41 15:22, 34, Jhn.1:38, 42, Act.4:36 13:8 (cf. ἑρμηνεύω).†
(AS) G3178 G3178 = G3178 μέθη methē G:N-F drunkenness μέθη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַר and cognate forms ;]
drunkenness: Luk.21:34; pl., Rom.13:13, Gal.5:21 †
SYN.: see: κῶμος (AS) G3179 G3179 = G3179 μεθίστημι methistēmi G:V to move μεθ-ίστημι and (late form, 1Co.13:2) μεθιστάνω,
[in LXX for סוּר hi., etc. ;]
trans. in Pres., impf., fut. and aor. 1,
to change, remove: with accusative of thing(s), ὄρη, 1Co.13:2 (cf. Isa.54:10); with accusative of person(s): before εἰς, Col.1:13; before ἐκ, pass., Luk.16:4; of causing death (cf. similar intrans. sense, Eur., Alc., 21, al.), Act.13:22. Metaphorical (cf. τ. καρδίαν μ., Jos.14:8), with accusative of person(s), to pervert: Act.19:26.†
(AS) G3180 G3180 = G3180 μεθοδεία methodeia G:N-F scheme μεθ-οδία (Rec. -εία; cf. 131., § 3, 5), -ας, ἡ
(† μεθοδεύω, 1. to treat by rule. 2. to employ craft: 4Ki.19:27 *)
craft, deceit: Eph.4:14 6:11 (not found elsewhere; see AR, in l).†
(AS) G3181 G3181 = G3181 μεθόριος methorios G:N-N boundary μεθ-όριον, -ου, τό
(neut. of μεθόριος, -α, -ον) [in LXX: Jos.19:27 A * ;]
Rec. for ὅριον (which see),
a border, boundary: Mrk.7:24.†
(AS) G3182 G3182 = G3182 μεθύσκω methuskō G:V to get drunk μεθύσκω
[in LXX: Psa.23:5 (רָוָה), Pro.4:17 (שָׁתָה), etc. ;]
causal of μεθύω,
to make drunk, intoxicate; pass., to get drunk: Luk.12:45, Eph.5:18, 1Th.5:7.†
(AS) G3183 G3183 = G3183 μέθυσος methusos G:N-M drunkard μέθυσος, -α, -ον
(also -ος, -ον; prop., only of women, but in late writers also = μεθυστικός, of men), [in LXX: Pro.23:21 (סָבָא) Pro.26:9 (שִׁכּוֹר), Sir.19:1 26:8, 4Ma.2:7 * ;]
drunken: 1Co.5:11 6:10.†
(AS) G3184 G3184 = G3184 μεθύω methuō G:V to get drunk μεθύω
(μέθυ, wine, cf. μέθη), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַר, רָוָה ;]
to be drunken: Mat.24:49, Jhn.2:10, Act.2:15, 1Co.11:21, 1Th.5:7; metaphorically, Rev.17:2, 6.†
(AS) G3185 G3185 = a Form of G3173 μεῖζον meizon G:ADV-C greater greater, larger; older; louder; more; comparative of μέγας G3186 G3186 = a Form of G3173 μειζότερος meizoteros G:ADV-S greatest μειζότερος, see: μέγας.
μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα,
[in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for מַרְבֶּה ,רַב (incl. μείζων), רֹב (μέγιστος) ;]
great;
__1. of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mat.2:60; δράκων, Rev.12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jhn.21:11; πόλις, Rev.11:8; μάχαιρα, Rev.6:4, al.
__2. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Act.4:33; φόβος, Mrk.4:41; ἀγάπη, Jhn.15:13; ἄνεμος, ib. 6:18; κραυγή, Act.23:9; φῶς, Mat.4:16; πυρετός, Luk.4:38; θλίψις, Mat.24:21.
__3. Of rank;
__(a) of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit.2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Act.19:27; compar. (see infr.), Mat.18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mat.12:6;
__(b) of things: ἁμαρτία, Jhn.19:11; μυστήριον, Eph.5:32; = μεγίστη (see infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16f.), Mat.22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), 1Co.13:13.
__4.
__(a) Compar., μείζων: Mat.11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jhn.1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., §11, 4), III Jo 4;
__(b) superl, μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), 2Pe.1:4.
(AS) G3187 G3187 = a Meaning of G3173 μείζων meizōn G:A--C greater μείζων, see: μέγας.
μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα,
[in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for מַרְבֶּה ,רַב (incl. μείζων), רֹב (μέγιστος) ;]
great;
__1. of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mat.2:60; δράκων, Rev.12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jhn.21:11; πόλις, Rev.11:8; μάχαιρα, Rev.6:4, al.
__2. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Act.4:33; φόβος, Mrk.4:41; ἀγάπη, Jhn.15:13; ἄνεμος, ib. 6:18; κραυγή, Act.23:9; φῶς, Mat.4:16; πυρετός, Luk.4:38; θλίψις, Mat.24:21.
__3. Of rank;
__(a) of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit.2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Act.19:27; compar. (see infr.), Mat.18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mat.12:6;
__(b) of things: ἁμαρτία, Jhn.19:11; μυστήριον, Eph.5:32; = μεγίστη (see infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16f.), Mat.22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), 1Co.13:13.
__4.
__(a) Compar., μείζων: Mat.11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jhn.1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., §11, 4), III Jo 4;
__(b) superl, μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), 2Pe.1:4.
(AS) G3188 G3188 = G3188 μέλαν melan G:N-N ink μέλαν, τό, see: μέλας.
μέλας, -αινα, -αν genitive, -ανος, -αίνης, -ανος,
[in LXX: Sng.1:5, Zec.6:2 (שָׁחֹר), etc. ;]
black: Rev.6:5, 12; opposite to λευκός, Mat.5:36; neut., τὸ μ., ink : 2Co.3:3, II Jn 12, 3Jn.13.†
(AS) G3189 G3189 = G3189 μέλας melas G:A black μέλας, -αινα, -αν genitive, -ανος, -αίνης, -ανος,
[in LXX: Sng.1:5, Zec.6:2 (שָׁחֹר), etc. ;]
black: Rev.6:5, 12; opposite to λευκός, Mat.5:36; neut., τὸ μ., ink : 2Co.3:3, II Jn 12, 3Jn.13.†
(AS) G3190 G3190 = G3190 Μελεᾶς Meleas N:N-M-P Melea Μελεά (Rec. -ᾶς, genitive, -ᾶ)
indecl., ὁ (Heb. מְלֵאָה),
Melea: Luk.3:31.†
(AS) G3191 G3191 = G3191 μελετάω meletaō G:V to meditate/plot μελετάω, -ῶ
(μελέτη, care), [in LXX chiefly for הָגָה m ;]
__1. with genitive, to care for (Hes.).
__2. C. accusative to attend to, practise: 1Ti.4:15 (RV, be diligent in; cf. Souter in Exp., VIII, vi, 429, but see infr.).
__3. to study, ponder: Act.4:25 (LXX) 1Ti.4:15 (AV, meditate on; cf. CGT, in l, but see supr.; cf. προ-μελετάω).†
(AS) G3192 G3192 = G3192 μέλι meli G:N-N honey μέλι, -τος, τό
[in LXX frequently (Gen.43:11, al.) for דְּבַשׁ; for נֹפֶת, Pro.5:3 ;]
honey: Rev.10:9-10; ἄγριον (which see), Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:9.†
(AS) G3193 G3193 = G3193 μελίσσιος melissios G:A honeycomb μελίσσιος, -α, -ον
(elsewhere † -αῖος, -ειος; μέλισσα, a bee, cf. μέλι),
made by bees: Luk.24:42 (Rec., WH, R, mg.).†
(AS) G3194 G3194 = G3194 Μελίτη Melitē N:N-F-L Malta Μελίτη (Rec., R, txt.), Μελιτήνη (WH, R, mg., see WH, App., 160),
Melita, Melitene (mod. Malta) : Act.28:1.†
(AS) G3195 G3195 = G3195 μέλλω mellō G:V to ensue μέλλω,
[in LXX: Job.3:8 (עָתִיד) 19:25 (אַחֲרוֹן); elsewhere for fut., and frequently in Wi, II, 4Mac ;]
to be about to be or do;
__1. with inf. (Bl., §62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114);
__(a) of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: with inf. praes., Mat.2:13, Luk.10:1, Act.3:3 5:35, Heb.8:5, 2Pe.1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; with inf. aor. (Bl., §58, 3), Act.12:6, Rev.3:16;
__(b) of compulsion, necessity or certainty: with inf. praes., Mat.16:27, Luk.9:31, Jhn.6:71, Rom.4:24, al.; with inf. aor., Rom.8:18, Gal.3:23, Rev.3:2 12:4.
__2. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Rom.8:38, 1Co.3:22; τὰ μ., Col.2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); with subst., Mat.3:7 12:32 (ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד), Act.24:25, 1Ti.4:8, Heb.2:5, al.
(AS) G3196 G3196 = G3196 μέλος melos G:N-N member μέλος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for נֵתַח ;]
a member, limb of the body: 1Co.12:14 12:19 12:26 Eph.4:16 (WH, mg.), Jas.3:5; pl. (as always in cl.), τὰ μ. : Mat.5:29-30, Rom.6:13, 19 7:5, 23 12:4, 1Co.12:12 ff, Col.3:5, Jas.3:6 4:1. Metaphorical, πόρνης, 1Co.6:15; of Christians, μ. ἀλλήλων, Rom.12:5, Eph.4:25; Χριστοῦ, 1Co.6:15; σώματος Χριστοῦ, 1Co.12:27, Eph.5:30.†
(AS) G3197 G3197G = G3197G Μελχί Melchi N:N-M-P Melchi Μελχεί (Rec. -χί), indecl., ὁ (Heb. מֶלֶךְ),
Melchi: Luk.3:24, 28.†
(AS) G3197 G3197H = G3197H Μελχί Melchi N:N-M-P Melchi Μελχεί (Rec. -χί), indecl., ὁ (Heb. מֶלֶךְ),
Melchi: Luk.3:24, 28.†
(AS) G3198 G3198 = the Greek of H4442 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedek N:N-M-P Melchizedek Μελχισεδέκ indecl., ὁ (Heb. מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק),
Melchizedek: Heb.5:6, 10 6:20 7:1, 10-11 7:15, 17.†
(AS) G3199 G3199 = G3199 μέλω melō G:V to concern μέλω
[in LXX: Job.22:3 (חֵפֶץ), Tob.10:5, Wis.12:13, 1Ma.14:42-43 * ;]
__1. intrans., to be an object of care, be a care; commonly in third of person(s): with dative of person(s), Act.18:17; very frequently impers., 1Co.7:21; before ὅτι, Mrk.4:38, Luk.10:40; with genitive of thing(s) (as frequently in Att..), 1Co.9:9; before περί, Mat.22:16, Mrk.12:14, Jhn.10:13 12:6, 1Pe.5:7.
__2. Trans., in act. and mid., to care for (not in LXX or NT).†
(AS) G3200 G3200 = G3200 μεμβράνα membrana G:N-F parchment μεμβράνα, -ας, ἡ (Lat. membrana),
parchment: 2Ti.4:13.†
(AS) G3201 G3201 = G3201 μέμφομαι memphomai G:V to blame μέμφομαι
[in LXX: Sir.11:7 41:7, 2Ma.2:7 * ;]
to blame, find fault: absol., Rom.9:19; with accusative, αὐτούς (WH, txt.; αὐτούς, Rec., WH, mg.; on rendering with αὐτούς see Westc., in l), Heb.8:8.†
(AS) G3202 G3202 = G3202 μεμψίμοιρος mempsimoiros G:A malcontent μεμψίμοιρος, -ον
(μέμφομαι, + μοῖρα, fate, lot),
complaining of one's fate, querulous: Ju 16 †
(AS) G3303 G3303 = G3303 μέν men G:PRT on the other hand μέν,
conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows.
It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause.
__1. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν . . . δέ, indeed . . . but, Mat.3:11, Luk.3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν . . . ὃς δέ, one . . . another, Mat.21:35, al.; pl., Php.1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δὲ . . . ὃ δέ, some . . . some . . . some, Mat.13:8; τοῦτο μὲν . . . τοῦτο δέ, partly . . . partly, Heb.10:33; μὲν . . . ἔπειτα, Jhn.11:6; μὲν . . . καί, Luk.8:5.

__2. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., l.with), Rom.1:8 3:2, 1Co.11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., §78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Luk.11:28 (WH, μενοῦν), Act.1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε (Php.3:8, WH): see: μενοῦνγε.
(AS) G3304 G3304 = G3304 μενοῦνγε menounge G:PRT rather μεν-οῦν-γε
= μὲν οὖν γε
nay rather: Rom.9:20 10:18, Php.3:8.†
(AS) G3305 G3305 = G3305 μέντοι mentoi G:CONJ yet μέν-τοι
= μέν τοι,
yet, however: Jhn.4:27, al.; εἰ μ., Jas.2:8 (if indeed).
(AS) G3306 G3306 = G3306 μένω menō G:V to stay μένω,
[in LXX for קוּם ,עמד, etc. ;]
to stay, abide, remain.
__1. Intrans.;
__(i) of place: before ἐν, Luk.8:27, al.; παρά, with dative of person(s), Jhn.1:40, al; σύν, Luk.1:56; καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, Act.28:16; with adv., ἐκεῖ, Mat.10:11; ὧδε, Mat.26:38; metaphorically, 1Jn.2:18; of the Holy Spirit, Jhn.1:32, 33 14:17; of Christ, Jhn.6:56 15:4, al.; ὁ θεός, 1Jn.4:15, conversely, of Christians, Jhn.6:56 15:4, 1Jn.4:15, al.; ὁ λόγος τ. θεοῦ, 1Jn.2:14; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Jo 2, al.
__(ii) Of time;
__(a) of persons: Php.1:25; before εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jhn.12:34, Heb.7:24, 1Jn.2:17; ὀλίγον, Rev.17:10; ἕως ἔρχομαι, Jhn.21:22, 23;
__(b) of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mat.11:23, Heb.13:14; λόγος θεοῦ, 1Pe.1:23; ἁμαρτία, Jhn.9:41.
__(iii) Of condition: with pred., μόνος, Jhn.12:24; ἄγαμος, 1Co.7:11; πιστός, 2Ti.2:13; ἱερεύς, Heb.7:3; with adv., οὕτως, 1Co.7:40; ὡς κἀγώ, ib. 8; before ἐν, ib. 20, 24.
__2. Trans. (Bl., §34, 1; Field, Notes, 132): with accusative of person(s), Act.20:5, 23 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, περι-, προσ-, ὑπο-μένω).
(AS) G3307 G3307 = G3307 μερίζω merizō G:V to divide μερίζω
(μέρος), [in LXX chiefly for חָלַק ;]
to divide;
__(a) to divide into parts : metaphorically, pass., 1Co.7:34 (WH, R, ing.), 1Co.7:34 (Rec., R, txt.) ( reading and punctuation, see ICC, in l); μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός, 1Co.1:13; as in late authors, of factional division (cf. Polyb., viii, 23, 9), καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Mat.12:25; ἐφ᾽ εαυτόν, Mat.12:26, Mrk.3:24-26;
__(b) to distribute: with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mrk.6:41; as in later usage (cf. Polyb., xi, 28, 9), to bestow: Rom.12:3, 1Co.7:17, 2Co.10:13, Heb.7:2; mid., with accusative of thing(s) before μετά, Luk.12:13 (cf. δια-, συμ-μερίζω).†
(AS) G3308 G3308 = G3308 μέριμνα merimna G:N-F concern μέριμνα, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Psa.55:22 (יְהַב), Job.11:18, Sir.30:24, al ;] (in cl. chiefly poët.)
care, anxiety: 1Pe.5:7; pl., Luk.8:14 21:34; with genitive obj., Mat.13:22, Mrk.4:19, 2Co.11:28.†
(AS) G3309 G3309 = G3309 μεριμνάω merimnaō G:V to worry μεριμνάω, -ῶ
(μέριμνα), [in LXX: Psa.38:18 (דָּאַג), etc. ;]
__1. to be anxious: absol., Mat.6:27, 31, Luk.12:25; μηδὲν μ., Php.4:6; with dative of thing(s), Mat.6:25, Luk.12:22; before περί, Mat.6:28, Luk.10:41 12:26; πῶς, Mat.10:19, Luk.12:11; εἰς τὴν αὔριον, Mat.6:34.
__2. to care for: with accusative, τὰ τ. κυριου, 1Co.7:32-34; τὰ τ. κόσμου, 1Co.7:34; τὰ περί ὑμῶν, Php.2:20; before ὑπέρ, 1Co.12:25; with genitive (a construction otherwise unknown), ἑαυτῆς (WH; τὰ ἑ. Rec.; see Bl., § 35, 7), Mat.6:34 (cf. προ-μεριμνάω).†
(AS) G3310 G3310 = G3310 μερίς meris G:N-F part μερίς, -ίδος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly חֵלֶק, חֶלְקָה ;]
__1. (as in cl.) a part, portion: Luk.10:42, Act.8:21, 2Co.6:15, Col.1:12.
__2. In later Gk (see MM, xvi), as geographical term, a division, district: Act.16:12.†
(AS) G3311 G3311 = G3311 μερισμός merismos G:N-M division μερισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(μερίζω), [in LXX for מַחְלְקָה, מַחֲלֹקֶת, Jos.11:23, Est.6:18 * ;]
__1. a dividing, division: ψυχῆς κ. πνεύματος (i.e. between them or of the things themselves, see Westc., in l), Heb.4:12.
__2. a dis­tribution, bestowal (cf. μερίζω, 2); pl., Heb.2:4.†
(AS) G3312 G3312 = G3312 μεριστής meristēs G:N-M arbiter μεριστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(μερίζω),
a divider: Luk.12:14.†
(AS) G3313 G3313 = G3313 μέρος meros G:N-N part μέρος, -ους, τό
(μείρομαι), [in LXX chiefly for קָצֶה ;]
__1. a part, share, portion: Jhn.13:8, Act.19:27 (Page, in l), Rev.20:6 22:19; hence (cl.), lot, destiny, Mat.24:51, Luk.12:46, Rev.21:8.
__2. a part as opposite to the whole : Luk.11:36, Jhn.19:23, Act.5:2 23:6, Eph.4:16, Rev.16:19; with genitive (of the whole), Luk.15:12 24:42; τ. Φαρισαίων, Act.23:9; pl., Jhn.21:6; of the divisions of a province, Mat.2:22, Act.2:10 19:1 20:2; of the regions belonging to a city, Mat.15:21 16:13, Mrk.8:10; with genitive appos., Eph.4:9; in adverbial phrases, ἀνὰ (κατὰ) μέρος, 1Co.14:27, Heb.9:5; μέρος τι, ἀπὸ μ., in part, Rom.11:25 15:15, 24, 1Co.11:18, 2Co.1:14 2:5; ἐκ μ., 1Co.12:27 13:9 13:12; τὸ ἐκ μ., 1Co.13:10
__3. A class or category (in cl. usually ἐν μ. τιθέναι, λαβεῖν, etc.) :ἐν μ., in respect of, Col.2:16; ἐν τ. μ, τούτῳ, in this respect, 2Co.3:10 9:3.†
(AS) G3314 G3314 = G3314 μεσημβρία mesēmbria G:N-F noon/south μεσημβρία, -ας, ἡ
(μέσος, ἡμέρα), [in LXX chiefly for צֹהַר, Gen.3:16, al; also for נֶגֶב, Dan LXX 8:4, 9, al. ;]
__1. noon: Act.22:6.
__2. the South: Act.8:26.†
(AS) G3315 G3315 = G3315 μεσιτεύω mesiteuō G:V to guarantee μεσιτεύω
(μεσίτης),
to interpose, mediate: ὅρκῳ, Heb.6:17 (MM, ii, 111).†
(AS) G3316 G3316 = G3316 μεσίτης mesitēs G:N-M mediator μεσίτης, -ου, ὁ
(μέσος), [in LXX: Job.9:33 (בֵּין)* ;]
an arbitrator, mediator: Gal.3:19; with dupl. genitive of person(s), θεοῦ κ. ἀνθρώπων, 1Ti.2:5; with genitive of thing(s), διαθήκης, Heb.8:6 9:15 12:24; ὁ δε μ. ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, Gal.3:20 (see Lft., in l; and for exx. of this word in π., see MM, xvi).†
(AS) G3317 G3317 = G3317 μεσονύκτιος mesonuktios G:N-N midnight μεσο-νύκτιος (on seel, μεσα-, see Bl., § 6, 2), -ον
(μέσος, νύξ), [in LXX chiefly for לַיִל חֵצִי ;]
of or at midnight; as subst., neut., τὸ μ., midnight (Arist. and late writers) : genitive, Luk.11:5; μέχρι μ., Act.20:7; κατὰ τὸ μ., Act.16:25; accusative (Rec., genitive; see Bl., § 34, 8), Mrk.13:35.†
μεσανύκτιον, see. μεσονύκτιος
(AS) G3318 G3318 = the Greek of H0763G Μεσοποταμία Mesopotamia N:N-F-L Mesopotamia Μεσοποταμία, -ας, ἡ (sc. χώρα)
Mesopotamia: Act.2:9 7:2.†
(AS) G3319 G3319 = G3319 μέσος mesos G:A midst μέσος, -η, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for תָּוֶךְ ;]
middle, in the middle or midst;
__1. prop., as an adj.: Luk.23:45, Jhn.19:18, Act.1:18; with genitive pl., Luk.22:55, Jhn.1:26; genitive temp. (Bl., § 36, 13), μέσης νυκτός, Mat.25:6; μ. ἡμέρας, Act.26:13.
__2. In adverbial phrases, neut., μέσον, τὸ μ., as subst.: ἀνὰ μέσον, with genitive, between (cl.; in LXX: Gen.1:4, al.), elliptically (but see M, Pr., 99), 1Co.6:5; = ἐν μ., among, in the midst of (El., § 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in LXX: Jos.19:1, Sir.27:2), Mat.13:25, Mrk.7:31, Rev.7:17; διὰ μέσου, with genitive, Luk.4:30; διὰ μέσον (Rec. -ου, see 81., § 42, 1), between, Luk.17:11 (ICC, in l); εἰς τὸ μ. (see: εἰς), Mrk.3:3, Luk.4:35 5:19 6:8, Jhn.20:19, 26; εἰς μ., Mrk.14:60; ἐν τῷ μ., Mat.14:6; ἐν μ., Jos.8:3, 9, Act.4:7; with, genitive loc., Mrk.6:47, Luk.21:21 22:55, Act.17:22, Heb.2:12" (LXX), Rev.4:6 5:6 22:2. with genitive pl., Mat.10:16 18:2, 20, Mrk.9:36, Luk.2:46 8:7 10:3 22:27 24:36, Act.1:15 2:22 27:21, 1Th.2:7, Rev.1:13 2:1 5:6 6:6; κατὰ μέσον τ. νυκτός, Act.27:27 (Bl., § 47, 6); ἐκ τοῦ μ. (Lft., in l; Deiss., BS, 252 f.), Col.2:14; ἐκ μ.., 2Th.2:7; ἐκ τοῦ μ., with genitive, Mat.13:49, Act.17:33 23:10, 1Co.5:2, 2Co.6:17.
__3. Neut., μέσον, adverbially, with genitive, in the midst of, Mat.14:24 (WH, txt., R, mg., aliter), Php.2:15 (διὰ μέσου­see supr.-also Jhn.8:50, R, mg.).†
(AS) G3320 G3320 = G3320 μεσότοιχος mesotoichos G:N-N wall μεσότοιχον, -ου, τό
(μέσος, τοῖχος)
a partition wall: Eph.2:14 (not elsewhere, but see LS, see word μεσότοιχος).†
(AS) G3321 G3321 = G3321 μεσουράνημα mesouranēma G:N-N midair μεσουράνημα, -τος, τό
(μεσουρανέω, to be in mid-heaven, of the sun at the meridian),
the zenith, mid-heaven: Rev.8:13 14:6 19:17.†
(AS) G3322 G3322 = G3322 μεσόω mesoō G:V be in the middle μεσόω, -ῶ
(μέσός), [in LXX: μεσούσης τ. νυκός, Exo.12:29 (חֵצִי), etc. ;]
to be in the middle, esp. of time: τ. ἑορτῆς μεσούσης, in the middle of the feast, Jhn.7:14.†
(AS) G3323 G3323 = G3323 Μεσσίας Messias N:N--T Messiah Μεσσίας, -ου, ὁ (Aram. מְשִׁיחָא = Heb. מָשִׁיחַ = Χριστός, which see),
Messiah: Jhn.1:42 4:22.†
(AS) G3324 G3324 = G3324 μεστός mestos G:A full μεστός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Nam.1:10, Eze.37:1 (מָלֵא), Est.5:2, Pro.6:34 * ;]
full: with genitive of thing(s), Jhn.19:29 21:11, Jas.3:8; metaphorically, of thoughts and feelings, Mat.23:28, Rom.1:29 15:14, 2Pe.2:14, Jas.3:17 (cf. Pr, l.with).†
(AS) G3325 G3325 = G3325 μεστόω mestoō G:V to fill μεστόω, -ῶ
(μεστός), [in LXX: 3Ma.5:1 3Mac 5:10 * ;]
to fill: pass., with genitive of thing(s), Act.2:13.†
(AS) G3326 G3326 = G3326 μετά meta G:PREP with/after μετά (before vowel μετ᾽; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b),
prep. with genitive, accusative (in poet, also with dative), [in LXX for אַחַד ,עִם ,אֵת, etc.].
__I. C. genitive,
__1. among, amid: Mrk.1:13, Luk.22:37 (LXX, ἐν) 24:5, Jhn.18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mrk.10:30.
__2. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more frequently in NT; cf. Bl., §42, 3): with genitive of person(s), Mat.8:11 20:20 Mrk.1:29 3:7 Luk.5:30, Jhn.3:22, Gal.2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mat.5:25, Mrk.3:14, al.; metaphorically, of divine help and guidance, Jhn.3:2, Act.7:9, Php.4:9, al.; opposite to εἶναι κατά, Mat.12:30, Luk.11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but see M, Pr., 106, 246f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., with dative, to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם, 1Ki.17:33), Rev.2:16, al.; with genitive of thing(s), χαρᾶς, Mat.13:20, Mrk.4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mrk.3:5, al.
__II. C. accusative,
__1. of place, behind, after: Heb.9:3.
__2. Of time, after: Mat.17:1, Mrk.14:1, Luk.1:24, Act.1:5, Gal.1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jhn.2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mrk.16:[12], Luk.5:27, Jhn.3:22, al; with inf. artic. (BL, §71, 5; 72, 3), Mat.26:32, Mrk.1:14, al.
__III. In composition,
__1. of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc.
__2. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc.
__3. after: μεταμέλομαι.
(AS) G3327 G3327 = G3327 μεταβαίνω metabainō G:V to depart μετα-βαίνω
[in LXX: Wis.7:27 19:19, 2Ma.6:1 2Mac 6:9 2Mac 6:24 * ;]
to pass over from one place to another : Mat.17:20, Luk.10:7; with reference to the point of departure only, to withdraw, depart: Mat.8:34 11:1 12:9 15:29, Jhn.7:3, Act.18:7; of removal from this life, ἐκ τ. κότμου πρὸς τ. Πατέρα, Jhn.13:1; metaphorically, ἐκ τ. θανάτου εἰς τ. ζωήν, Jhn.5:24, 1Jn.3:14.†
(AS) G3328 G3328 = G3328 μεταβάλλω metaballō G:V to change mind μετα-βάλλω
[in LXX chiefly for הָפַךְ ;]
to turn about, change. Pass. and mid., to turn oneself about; metaphorically, to change one's mind: Act.28:6.†
(AS) G3329 G3329 = G3329 μετάγω metagō G:V to turn μετ-άγω
[in LXX: 3Ki.8:47-48, 2Ch.6:37 (שָׁבָה) 2Ch.36:3 (סוּר hi.), 1Es.1:45 Est.2:10 Est.5:69, Est.8:17, Sir prol.16 Sir.10:8, 2Ma.1:33 * ;]
__1. in Xen., Plut., and later writers, to transfer, transport (so LXX).
__2. In sense other­wise unknown (see Hort, in l), to turn about, direct: Jas.3:3-4.†
(AS) G3330 G3330 = G3330 μεταδίδωμι metadidōmi G:V to share μετα-δίδωμι
[in LXX: Pro.11:29 (שָׁבַר hi.), Wis.7:13, al. ;]
to give a share of, impart: with dative of person(s) and accusative of thing(s) (in cl. more freq., with genitive part., but accusative of that which is imparted, whether part or whole, so here, see Bl., § 36, 1), Rom.1:11, 1Th.2:8, and (with ellipse of accusative) Luk.3:11; with dative of person(s), Eph.4:28; absol., ὁ μεταδιδούς, Rom.12:8.†
(AS) G3331 G3331 = G3331 μετάθεσις metathesis G:N-F removal/change μετά-θεσις, -εως, ἡ
(μετατίθημι) [in LXX: 2Ma.11:24 * ;]
__1. change of position, removal : Heb.11:5.
__2. change, as of that which has been established : Heb.7:12 12:27.†
(AS) G3332 G3332 = G3332 μεταίρω metairō G:V to leave μετ-αίρω
[in LXX: 4Ki.16:17 25:11, Psa.80:8, Pro.22:28 (סוּר hi., גָּלָה hi., etc.)* ;]
__1. trans., to remove (LXX, ll. with).
__2. (not cl.) to depart: Mat.13:53 19:1 (cf. Aq.: Gen.12:9).†
(AS) G3333 G3333 = G3333 μετακαλέω metakaleō G:V to summon μετα-καλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Hos.11:1-2 (קָרָא), I Est.1:50 * ;]
to call from one place to another. Mid., to send for: with accusative, Act.7:14 10:32 20:17 24:25.†
(AS) G3334 G3334 = G3334 μετακινέω metakineō G:V to shift μετα-κινέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.19:14 (סוּג hi.), Isa.54:10 (מוֹט), etc. ;]
trans.,
to move away, remove (ὅρια, Deu, l.with). Mid., to remove oneself, remove, shift: metaphorically, ἀπὸ τ. ἐλπίδος, Col.1:23.†
(AS) G3335 G3335 = G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambanō G:V to partake μετα-λαμξάνω
[in LXX: Est.5:1, Wis.18:9; 4Ma.12:1-19 * ;]
to have or get a share of, partake of: with genitive of thing(s), 2Ti.2:6, Heb.6:7 12:10; τροφῆς, Act.2:46 27:33-34; with accusative of thing(s) (of the whole), to get: καιρόν, Act.24:25 (see Bl., § 36, 1; MM, xvi).†
(AS) G3336 G3336 = G3336 μετάληψις metalēpsis G:N-F partaking of μετά-λημψις (Rec. -ληψις), -εως, ἡ
(μεταλαμβάνω)
participation, taking, receiving: of food, 1Ti.4:3.†
(AS) G3337 G3337 = G3337 μεταλλάσσω metallassō G:V to exchange μετ-αλλάσσω
[in LXX: Est.2:7 (מוּת), Est.2:20, 1Es.1:31 Est.1:2 Mac.9 * ;]
__1. to exchange: τ. ἀλήθειαν . . . ἐν τ. ψεύδει, the truth for a lie (see Bl., § 36, 8), Rom_1:25.
__2. to change: with accusative before εἰς, Rom_1:26 (ἀλλάσσω).†
(AS) G3338 G3338 = G3338 μεταμέλλομαι metamellomai G:V to repent μετα-μέλομαι
[in LXX chiefly for נָהַם: ni. ;]
depon., pass.,
to regret, repent one: Mat.21:30, 32 27:3, 2Co.7:8, Heb.7:21" (LXX) †
SYN.: μετανοέω, to change one's mind, repent. On the distinc­tion, difficult to maintain by usage, between these words, see Thayer, see word; Tr., Syn., § lxix (AS) G3339 G3339 = G3339 μεταμορφόω metamorphoō G:V to transform μετα-μορφόω, -ῶ
[in Sm.: Psa.34:1 * ;]
to transform, trans­figure: pass., of Christ's transfiguration, Mat.17:2, Mrk.9:2 (cf. Luk.9:29); of Christians, Rom.12:2, 2Co.3:18.†
SYN.: μετασχηματίζω, to change in fashion or appearance, see: μορφή, and cf. Lft., Phi., 125 ff (AS) G3340 G3340 = G3340 μετανοέω metanoeō G:V to repent μετα-νοέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for נָחַם ni., 1Ki.15:29, Jer.4:28, al. ;]
to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent; in NT (exc. Luk.17:3-4), of repentance from sin, involving amendment: before ἀπό, Act.8:22; ἔκ, Rev.2:21-22 9:20-21 16:11 (מִן שׁוּב); ἐπί, 2Co.12:21; absol., Mat.3:2 4:17 11:20 12:41, Mrk.1:15 6:12, Luk.11:32 13:3, 5 15:7, 10 16:30 17:3-4, Act.2:38 3:19 17:30 26:20 2:5, 16 2:21 3:3, 19; with inf., Rev.16:9; ἐν σάκκῳ κ. σποδῷ, Mat.11:21, Luk.10:13.†
SYN.: μεταμέλομαι, q.v (AS) G3341 G3341 = G3341 μετάνοια metanoia G:N-F repentance μετάνοια, -οίας, ἡ
(μετανοέω), [in LXX: Pro.14:15, Wis.11:23 12:10, 19, Sir.44:16 * ;]
after-thought, change of mind, repentance: Heb.12:17; of repentance from sin, Mat.3:8, 11 Luk.3:8 15:7 24:47, Act.26:20, 2Co.7:9-10; βάπτισμα (which see) μετανοίας, Mrk.1:4, Luk.3:3, Act.13:24 19:4; ἡ εἰς θεὸν Act.20:21; μ. ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, Heb.6:1; εἰς μ. καλεῖν, Luk.5:32; id. ἄγειν, Rom.2:4; ἀνακαινίζειν, Heb.6:6; εἰς μ. χωρῆσαι, 2Pe.3:9; μ. δοῦναι, Act.5:31 11:18, 2Ti.2:25.†
(AS) G3342 G3342 = G3342 μεταξύ metaxu G:PREP between/meanwhile μεταξύ
(μετά + ξύν = σύν), [in LXX: Gen.31:50, Jdg.5:27, III Ki 15:6; 3Ki.15:32, Wis.4:10 16:19 18:23 * ;]
__1. adv. of place and time (in NT time only);
__(a) between: ἐν τῷ μ. (s.with χρόνῳ), Jhn.4:31;
__(b) in late writers (FlJ, Plut., al.), like μετά (adv.), after, afterwards: τὸ μ. σάββατον, Act.13:42 (cf. Cl., Ro., I Co., 44, 2).
__2. Prep. with genitive, between: of place, Mat.23:35, Luk.11:51 16:26, Act.12:6; of persons, as to mutual relation, Mat.18:15, Act.15:9, Rom.2:1-29 15:1-33.†
(AS) G3343 G3343 = G3343 μεταπέμπω metapempō G:V to summon μετα-πέμπω
[in LXX (mid.) : Gen.27:45 (לָקַח), Num.23:7 (נָחָה: hi.), 2Ma.15:31, 3Ma.5:18 R, 4Ma.12:3 4Mac 12:6 * ;]
to send after or for: pass., Act.10:29 a. Chiefly in mid., to send for, summon Act.10:5, 22 10:29 b Act.11:13 20:1 24:24, 26 25:3.†
(AS) G3344 G3344 = G3344 μεταστρέφω metastrephō G:V to change μετα στρέφω
[in LXX chiefly for הָפַךְ ;]
to turn about, turn, change: pass., Act.2:20 (LXX), Jas.4:9 (WH, txt., μετατρέπω, which see); in evil sense, to pervert, corrupt (cf. primary sense reverse) : Gal.1:7.†
μετα-τρέπω
[in LXX: 4Ma.6:5 4Mac 7:3 4Mac 7:12 4Mac 15:11 4Mac 15:18 * ;]
to turn about, turn (Hom., al., but not found in Att..) : with accusative, Jas.4:9 (WH, txt.; cf. μεταστρέφω).†
(AS) G3345 G3345 = G3345 μετασχηματίζω metaschēmatizō G:V to transform μετα-σχηματίζω
[in LXX: 4Ma.9:22 * ;]
to change in fashion or appearance: with accusative of thing(s), τ. σῶμα, Php.3:21; mid., before εἰς, 2Co.11:13-14; before ὡς, 2Co.11:15; of a rhetorical device, to transfer by a fiction (Field, Notes, in l), before εἰς, 1Co.4:6.†
SYN.: μεταμορφόω, q.v (AS) G3346 G3346 = G3346 μετατίθημι metatithēmi G:V to transport μετα-τίθημι
[in LXX: Gen.5:24 (לָקַח), Deu.27:17, al. (סוּג hi.), Sir.44:16, 2Ma.7:24, al ;]
__1. to transfer to another place: with accusative, pass., Heb.11:5 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.7:16
__2. to change: with accusative, pass., Heb.7:12; before εἰς, figuratively, i.e. to make one thing a pretext for another, χάριν εἰς ἀσέλγειαν, Ju 4. Mid., to change oneself, pass over: before ἀπό and εἰς, Gal.1:6 (cf. 2Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G3347 G3347 = G3347 μετέπειτα metepeita G:ADV afterward μετ-έπειτα,
adv. [in LXX: Jdth.9:5, Est.3:13, 3Ma.3:24 * ;]
after­wards: Heb.12:17.†
(AS) G3348 G3348 = G3348 μετέχω metechō G:V to share μετ-έχω
[in LXX: Pro.5:17 (עֵת), Pro.1:18, 1Es.5:40 Est.8:70, Sir.51:28, al. ;]
to partake of, share in: ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν, 1Co.9:10; with genitive of thing(s), 1Co.9:12 10:21 10:30, Heb.2:14; in sacramental sense, ἑκ τ. ἐνὸς ἄρτου μ., 1Co.10:17 (cf. MM, xvi); metaphorically, γάλακτος, Heb.5:13; of belonging to a tribe, Heb.7:13.†
(AS) G3349 G3349 = G3349 μετεωρίζω meteōrizō G:V to worry μετ-εωρίζω
(μετέωρος, (a) in mid air; (b) buoyed up; (with) in suspense; Thuc.; in π. opposite to ἀμέριμνος, see Zorell, see word) [in LXX: Ob 4 (גָּבַהּ hi.), Mic.4:1 (נָשָׂא ni.), Psa.131:1, Eze.10:16-17, 19 (רוּם), 2Ma.5:17 2Mac 7:34, 3Ma.6:5 * ;]
to raise on high (Thue., Xen., al.; Ob, Mi, Ez, ll with). Metaphorical,
__(a) to buoy up; pass., to be elated, puffed up (Polyb., al., Psa.2:1-12, 3 Mac, ll. with)
__(b) to be anxious, in suspense (Polyb., see 70, 10; FlJ, BJ, iv, 2, 5) : Luk.12:29.†
(AS) G3350 G3350 = G3350 μετοικεσία metoikesia G:N-F deportation μετοικεσία, -ας, ἡ
(= cl. μετολκία, -κησις; μετοικέω, to change one's abode), [in LXX chiefly for גּוֹלָה and cogn. forms, Eze.12:11, Ob 20, al. ;]
change of abode, migration: of the Babylonian exile, μ. Βαβυλῶνος, Mat.1:11-12, 17.†
(AS) G3351 G3351 = G3351 μετοικίζω metoikizō G:V to deport μετ-οικίζω
(μέτοικος, an emigrant), [in LXX chiefly for גָּלָה hi. ;]
to remove to a new abode, cause to migrate: Act.7:4, 43" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3352 G3352 = G3352 μετοχή metochē G:N-F participation μετοχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(μετέχω), [in LXX: Psa.122:3 א R (חָבַר pu.) * ;]
sharing, fellowship: 2Co.6:14.†
(AS) G3353 G3353 = G3353 μέτοχος metochos G:N partaker μέτοχος, -ον
(μετέχω), [in LXX chiefly for חָבֵר ;]
__1. sharing in, partaking of: with genitive of thing(s), Heb.3:1 6:4 12:8; τ. Χριστοῦ, Heb.3:14.
__2. As subst., ὁ μ., a partner, associate: Luk.5:7, Heb.1:9" (LXX)
(AS) G3354 G3354 = G3354 μετρέω metreō G:V to measure μετρέω, -ῶ
(μέτρον), [in LXX: Exo.16:18, Num.35:5, Rut.3:15, Isa.40:12, (מָדַד), Da Th Dan.5:26 (מָדַד), Wis.4:8 * ;]
__1. to measure, of space, number, value, etc.: with accusative of thing(s), Rev.11:2 21:15, 17; with dative instr., Rev.11:1 21:16. Metaphorical, ἑαυτὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, 2Co.10:12.
__2. to measure out, give by measure: prov., ἐν ὧ μέτρῳ κ.τ.λ., Mat.7:2, Mrk.4:24, Luk.6:38 (WH, mg., cf. ἀντι-μετρέω).†
(AS) G3355 G3355 = G3355 μετρητής metrētēs G:N-M measure μετρητής, -οῦ, ὁ
(μετρέω), [in LXX: 3Ki.18:32 (סְאָה), 2Ch.4:5, (בַּת), etc. ;]
__1. a measurer (Plat.).
__2. = ἀμφορεύς, an Attic measure, = 11⁄2 Roman amphoræ or about 9 Eng. gallons: Jhn.2:6.†
(AS) G3356 G3356 = G3356 μετριοπαθέω metriopatheō G:V be gentle μετριοπαθέω, -ῶ
(μετριοπαθής, moderating one's passions),
to hold one's passions or emotions in restraint; hence, to bear gently with, feel gently towards: Heb.5:2.†
(AS) G3357 G3357 = G3357 μετρίως metriōs G:ADV moderately μετρίως
adv. (μέτριος, moderate), [in LXX: 2Ma.15:1-39 * ;]
moderately: litotes, οὐ μ., exceedingly, Act.20:12.†
(AS) G3358 G3358 = G3358 μέτρον metron G:N-N measure μέτρον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for מִדָּה, also for אֵיפָה, etc. ;]
__1. that which is used for measuring, a measure;
__(a) a vessel: fig., Mat.23:32, Luk.6:38; ἐκ μ., by measure, Jhn.3:34;
__(b) a rod or rule: Rev.21:15, 17; figuratively, Mat.7:2, Mrk.4:24.
__2. That which is measured, measure: with genitive of thing(s), Rom.12:3, 2Co.10:13, Eph.4:7, 13 4:16.†
(AS) G3359 G3359 = G3359 μέτωπον metōpon G:N-N forehead μέτωπον, -ου, τό
(μετά + ὤψ, an eye), [in LXX for מֵצַח ;]
the forehead: Rev.7:3 9:4 13:16 14:1, 9 17:5 20:4 22:4.†
(AS) G3360 G3360 = G3360 μέχρι mechri G:PREP until μέχρι
(bef. consonants, exc. Luk.16:16, μέχρι Ἰωάνου) and μέχρις (bef. vowels, Mk, Ga, ll. with, Heb.12:4; see Bl., § 5, 4)
__1. as prep., with genitive, as far as, even to, until;
__(a) of place: Rom.15:19;
__(b) of time : Mat.11:23 13:30 28:15, Luk.16:16, Act.10:30 20:7, Rom.5:14, 1Ti.6:14, Heb.3:6, 14 9:10;
__(with) of measure or degree : Php.2:8, 30, 2Ti.2:9, Heb.12:4 (μ. αἵματος, cf. 2Ma.13:14).
__2. As conjunct. (as long as), until: Eph.4:13; μ. οὗ (Thuc., iii, 28, but more frequently μ. ἄν see BI., § 65, 10), Mrk.13:30, Gal.4:19 (μ. is prop, an adv., cf. Lat. usgue, before prep. or adv.; LS, see word, and cf. ἄχρι).†
(AS) G3361 G3361 = G3361 μή mē G:PRT-N not μή,
subjective negative particle,
used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין ,אַיִן ,אַל ]
__I. As a neg. adv., not;
__1. with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9.
__2. In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8.
__3. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al.
__4. C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f., 239, 255),
__(a) after verbs of saying, etc.: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al.;
__(b) with artic. inf.: after a prep., Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al.; without a prep., Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6;
__(with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al.
__6. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences,
__(a) with subjc. praes., 1 of person(s) pl.: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18;
__(b) with imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al.;
__(with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor., 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al.; with subjc. aor., 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al.;
__(d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl., §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al.; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al.
__II. As a conj.,
__1. after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes., Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor., Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8.
__2. in order that not: with subjc. aor., Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6.
__III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al.; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al.; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11.
__IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff.; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut., Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al.; with subjc. aor., Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al.
(AS) G3362 G3362 = a Combination of G3361 (G1437+G3361) ἐὰν μή ean mē G:COND + G:PRT-N unless - if not, i.e. unlessss, if not G3363 G3363 = a Combination of G3361 (G2443+G3361) ἵνα μή hina mē G:ADV-N lest/so that... not So that -, so that not happen G3364 G3364 = a Combination of G3361 (G3756+G3361) οὐ μή ou mē G:PRT-N + G:PRT-N never never, not ever, a double negative strengthening the denial; not at all, surely not G3365 G3365 = G3365 μηδαμῶς mēdamōs G:PRT-N surely not μηδαμῶς
(= μηδαμῆ, -δαμά, adv. fr. μηδαμός = μηδείς) [in LXX chiefly for הָלִלָה, הָלילָה ;]
by no means, not at all. μ., Κύριε (sc. τοῦτο γένοιτο), Act.10:14 11:8.†
(AS) G3366 G3366 = G3366 μηδέ mēde G:PRT-N+G:CONJ nor μηδέ
negative particle, related to οὐδέ as μή to οὐ,
__1. as conic., continuing a negation or prohibition, but not, and not, nor: preceded by μή, Mat.6:25 22:29, Mrk.12:24, Luk.14:12, al.; ἵνα μή, Jhn.4:15; ὅπως μή, Luk.16:26; μηδέ . . . μηδέ, neither . . . nor, Mat.10:10, 1Co.10:8-9.
__2. As adv., strengthening a negation, not even: Mrk.2:2, 1Co.5:11, al
(AS) G3367 G3367 = G3367 μηδείς mēdeis G:A nothing μηδείς, -δεμία, -δέν
(and -θέν, Act.27:33, a Hellenistic form; see Bl., 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58)
related to οὐδείς as μή to οὐ,
no, none, no one; neut., nothing: Mat.16:20, Mrk.5:43 6:8, Luk.3:14, Act.8:24, Rom.13:8, al.; with genitive, Act.4:17 24:23; neut. accusative, μηδέν, adverbially, in no respect, Act.10:20 11:12; as accusative obj. after verb, βλάπτειν, Luk.4:35; ὠφελεῖσθαι, Mrk.5:26; ὑστερεῖν, 2Co.11:5; μεριμνᾶν, Php.4:6; in double negation, strengthening the denial, μηκέτι μ., Mrk.11:14, Act.4:17; μὴ . . . μηδέν (μηδένα, μηδεμίαν), 2Co.13:7, 2Th.2:3, 1Pe.3:6
μηθείς, see. μηδείς
(AS) G3368 G3368 = G3368 μηδέποτε mēdepote G:ADV-N never μηδέποτε (μηδέ, ποτέ)
adv.,
never: 2Ti.3:7.†
(AS) G3369 G3369 = G3369 μηδέπω mēdepō G:ADV-N not yet μηδέπω
(μηδέ, πώ),
adv.,
not yet: Heb.11:7.†
(AS) G3370 G3370 = the Greek of H4091 Μῆδος Mēdos N:N--LG Mede a Mede, Median , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G3371 G3371 = G3371 μηκέτι mēketi G:ADV-N never again μηκέτι
(μή, ἔτι)
adv.,
no more, no longer: with 2 aor. subjc., Mrk.9:25; οὐ μ., Mat.21:19; with praes. subjc., Rom.14:13; with praes. imperat., Luk.8:49, Jhn.5:14 8:11 Eph.4:28, 1Ti.5:23; with optative, Mrk.11:14; ἵνα μ., 2Co.5:15, Eph.4:14; with inf., Mrk.1:45 2:2, Act.4:17 25:24, Rom.6:6, Eph.4:17, 1Pe.4:2; with ptcp., Act.13:34, Rom.15:23, 1Th.3:1 3:5.†
(AS) G3372 G3372 = G3372 μῆκος mēkos G:N-N length μῆκος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX chiefly for אֹרֶךְ ;]
length: Eph.3:18, Rev.21:16.†
(AS) G3373 G3373 = G3373 μηκύνω mēkunō G:V to grow μηκύνω
(μῆκος), [in LXX: Isa.44:14 (גָּדַל pi.), Eze.12:25, 28 (מָשַׁךְ ni.) * ;]
to lengthen, extend: of causing plants to grow, Isa, l.with; pass. (mid., Swete, in l), to grow: Mrk.4:27.†
(AS) G3374 G3374 = G3374 μηλωτή mēlōtē G:N-F sheepskin μηλωτή, -ῆς, ἡ
(μῆλον, a sheep or goat) [in LXX for אַדֶּרֶת, 3Ki.19:13 19:19, 4Ki.2:8 2:13-14 * ;]
a sheepskin: Heb.11:37.†
(AS) G3375 G3375 = G3375 μήν mēn G:PRT certainly μήν
a particle of assurance, verily, truly; εἰ (εἶ) μ. (= cl., ἦ μ. in LXX and π.), now verily, full surely: Heb.6:14 (LXX).†
(AS) G3376 G3376 = G3376 μήν mēn G:N-M month μήν genitive, μηνός, ὁ,
[in LXX very frequently for חֹדֶשׁ, Gen.7:11, al.; a few times for יֶרַח ;]
a month: Luk.1:24, 26 1:36, 56 4:25, Act.7:20 18:11 19:8 20:3 28:11, Jas.5:17, Rev.9:5, 10 9:15 11:2 13:5 22:2; pl., of the festival of the new moon (cf. Isa.66:23), Gal.4:10.†
(AS) G3377 G3377 = G3377 μηνύω mēnuō G:V to disclose μηνύω
[in LXX: 2Ma.3:7 2Mac 6:11 2Mac 14:37, 3Ma.3:28, 4Ma.4:3 * ;]
to disclose, declare, make known: Luk.20:37, 1Co.10:28; in forensic sense, to inform, report: Jhn.11:57; pass., with dative of person(s), Act.23:30.†
(AS) G3378 G3378 = a Combination of G3756 (G3361+G3756) μὴ οὐκ mē ouk G:PRT-N + G:PRT-N isn't it? μὴ οὐκ, see: μή, III.
μή,
subjective negative particle,
used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין ,אַיִן ,אַל ]
__I. As a neg. adv., not;
__1. with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9.
__2. In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8.
__3. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al.
__4. C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f., 239, 255),
__(a) after verbs of saying, etc.: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al.;
__(b) with artic. inf.: after a prep., Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al.; without a prep., Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6;
__(with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al.
__6. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences,
__(a) with subjc. praes., 1 of person(s) pl.: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18;
__(b) with imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al.;
__(with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor., 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al.; with subjc. aor., 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al.;
__(d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl., §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al.; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al.
__II. As a conj.,
__1. after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes., Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor., Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8.
__2. in order that not: with subjc. aor., Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6.
__III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al.; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al.; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11.
__IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff.; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut., Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al.; with subjc. aor., Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al.
(AS) G3379 G3379 = a Combination of G4218 (G3361+G4218) μήποτε mēpote G:PRT-N lest μήποτε
(= μή ποτε, and so written in WH, exc. Mat.25:9),
negative particle, related to οὔποτε as μή to οὐ.
__1. As neg. particle, never: Heb.9:17 (R, mg., but see infr.; WH, txt., μή τότε).
__2. As conjc., lest ever, lest haply (the idea of chance rather than of time seems to prevail in NT) : Mat.4:6 (LXX) Mat.5:25 7:6 13:15" (LXX), Mat.13:29 15:32 27:64, Mrk.4:12" (LXX) Mrk.14:2, Luk.4:11 12:58 14:12, 29, Act.28:27; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, Luk.21:34, Heb.2:1 3:12 4:1; with ellipse of the verb or ptcp., Luk.14:8, Act.5:39; in later writers (see M, Pr., 192 f.), perhaps, Mat.25:9.
__3. As interrogative;
__(a) in direct questions, like μή, expecting a negative answer: Jhn.7:26, Heb.9:17, (R, txt., cf. Westc., in l; but see supr.);
__(b) in indirect questions, whether haply, if haply: Luk.3:15, 2Ti.2:25.†
(AS) G3380 G3380 = a Combination of G3756 (G3361+G4452) μήπω mēpō G:ADV-N not yet μήπω
(μή πω, LTr., in Ro, l.with),
adv.,
not yet: with ptcp., Rom.9:11; with accusative and inf., Heb.9:8.†
(AS) G3381 G3381 = a Combination of G4458 (G3361+G4458) μήπως mēpōs G:PRT-N so that μήπως
or μή πως (so WH),
negative particle,
__1. as conjc., lest haply: in final sentences, 1Co.9:27, 2Co.2:7 9:4; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, 1Co.8:9, 2Co.11:3 12:20, Gal.4:11; with an ellipse of ptcp. (sc. φοβούμενος; cf. B1., § 65, 3; Burton, § 225), 1Th.3:5 (but see infr.).
__2. As interrogative, whether haply: Gal.2:2, 1Th.3:5 (cf. M, Th., in l, but see supr.).†
μήπου
(WH, μή που),
lest anywhere, lest haply: Act.27:29.†
(AS) G3382 G3382 = G3382 μηρός mēros G:N-M thigh μηρός, -oῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for יָרֵךְ ;]
the thigh: Rev.19:16.†
(AS) G3383 G3383 = G3383 μήτε mēte G:PRT-N+G:CONJ neither μή-τε
negative particle, differing from οὔτε as μή from οὐ, neither, nor: μήτε . . . μήτε, neither . . .
nor, Mat.11:18, Luk.7:33 9:3, Act.23:12, 21 27:20, Heb.7:3; μὴ (μηδὲ) . . . μήτε . . . μήτε, Mat.5:34, 36, Mrk.3:20 T, Act.23:8, 2Th.2:2, 1Ti.1:7, Jas.5:12, Rev.7:1, 3.†
(AS) G3384 G3384 = G3384 μήτηρ mētēr G:N-F mother μήτηρ
genitive,
μητρός, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for אֵם ;]
mother: Mat.1:18 2:11, al.; figuratively, of one who takes the place of a mother, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μ. μου, Mat.12:49 (cf. Mat.12:50, Mrk.3:35, Jhn.19:27, Rom.16:13, 1Ti.5:2); of a city, ἥτις ἐσὶν μ. ἡμῶν, Gal.4:26; symbolically of Babylon, ἡ μ. τ. πορνῶν, Rev.17:5
(AS) G3385 G3385 = G3385 μήτι mēti G:PRT-N+G:CONJ surely not μή-τι
interrog. particle, expecting a negative answer: Mat.7:16 26:22, 25, Mrk.4:21 14:19, Luk.6:39, Jhn.8:22 18:35, Act.10:47, 2Co.12:18, Jas.3:11; in hesitant questions (see M, Pr., 170.), μ οὗτός ἐστιν,
can this be, Mat.12:23, Jhn.4:29; μ. ἄρα, 2Co.1:17; On εἰ μήτι (Luk.9:13, cf. Bl., § 65, 6), see: εἰ.†
εἰ,
conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions.
__I. Conditional, if;
__1. with indic, expressing a general assumption;
__(a) pres.: before indic, pres., Mat.11:14, Rom.8:25, al.; before imperat., Mrk.4:23 9:22, Jhn.15:18, 1Co.7:9, al.; before fut. indic., Luk.16:31, Rom.8:11, al.; before pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mat.12:26, Rom.4:14, al.; similarly, before impf., Luk.17:6, Jhn.8:39; before quæst., Mat.6:23, Jhn.5:47 7:23 8:46, 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) fut.: Mat.26:33, 1Pe.2:20;
__(with) pf.: Jhn.11:12, Rom.6:5, al.;
__(d) aor.: Luk.16:11 19:8, Jhn.13:32, 18:23, Rev.20:15, al.
__2. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mat.12:28, Jhn.7:4, Rom.5:17, al.
__3. Of an unfulfilled condition, with indic, impf., aor. or plpf., before ἄν, with imp. or aor. (see: ἄν, I, i).
__4. C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mrk.15:44, 1Jn.3:13, al.
__5. C. indic., as in LXX (Num.14:3o, 1Ki.14:45, al. = Heb. אִם), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mrk.8:12, Heb.3:11" (LXX) 4:3 (LXX).
__6. Rarely (cl.) with optative, to express a merely possible condition: Act.24:19 27:39, 1Co.14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17.
__II. Interrogative, if, whether.
__1. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: with indic. pres., Mat.26:63, Mrk.15:36, Act.19:2, 2Co.13:5, al.; fut., Mrk.3:2, Act.8:22, al.; aor., Mrk.15:44, 1Co.1:16, al.; with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Php.3:12.
__2. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Gen.17:17, al.; see WM, 639f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mrk.8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Luk.13:23, 22:49, Act.19:2, al.
__III. With other particles.
__1. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, see: ἄρα, γε.
__2. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Luk.11:18; but even if, 1Co.4:7, 2Co.4:3 11:16.
__3. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mrk.2:21, 22 Jhn.14:2, Rev.2:5, al.
__4. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mrk.14:29, Luk.11:8, 1Co.7:21, 2Co.4:16, Php.2:17, al.
__5. καὶ εἰ, even if, see: καί
__6. εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mat.24:22, Mrk.2:26 6:5, Jhn.9:33, 1Co.7:17 (only), Gal.1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; see Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), 1Co.14:5 15:2, 1Ti.5:19.
__7. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely (Eze.33:27, al.): Heb.6:14.
__8. εἴ πως, if haply: Act.27:12, Rom.1:10.
__9. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether . . . or; Rom.12:6-8, 1Co.3:22 13:8, al.
(AS) G3386 G3386 = a Combination of G1065 (G3361+G5100+G1065#;) μήτιγε mētige G:PRT how much more μή-τι-γε
(μήτι γε, Rec., L; μή τι γε, Tr.),
strengthened form of μήτι,
let alone: i.e. according to context;
__(a) much less;
__(b) much more: 1Co.6:3.†
(AS) G3387 G3387 = a Combination of G5100 (G3361+G5100) μήτις mētis G:PRT unless/any μή-τις
Rec. for μή τις
(see: μή יׇקְמְעָם, I, III, and cf. Thayer, see: μήτις)
μή-τις
Rec. for μή τις
(see: μή יׇקְמְעָם, I, III, and cf. Thayer, see: μήτις)
(AS) G3388 G3388 = G3388 μήτρα mētra G:N-F womb μήτρα, -ας, ἡ
(μήτμρ), [in LXX chiefly for רֶחֶם ;]
the womb: Luk.2:23 (LXX), Rom.4:19.†
(AS) G3389 G3389 = G3389 μητραλῴας mētralōas G:N-M matricide μητρολῴας (Rec. -αλῴας, in cl., -αλοίας, see B1., § 3, 3; 6, 2), -ου, ὁ
(μήτρρ + ἀλοιάω, to smite)
__(a) a matricide: 1Ti.1:9 (AV, R, txt., but see infr.);
__(b) a smiter of his mother: 1Ti.1:9 (R, mg., cf. Exo.21:15, and see Ellic., CGT, in l).†
(AS) G3390 G3390 = G3390 μητρόπολις mētropolis G:N-F capital μητρό-πολις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX for אָב etc. ;]
a metropolis, chief city: ITi, subscr. (Rec.).†
(AS) G3391 G3391 = a Form of G1520 μία mia G:A first μία, see: εἷς.
εἷς
ιά, ἕν, genitive ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός,
cardinal numeral, one;
__1. one, as opposite to many: Mat.25:15, Rom.5:12, 1Co.10:8, al.; as subst., Rom.5:15, Eph.2:14; id. with genitive partit., Mat.5:19, al.; before ἐκ (ἐξ), Mrk.14:18, Jhn.6:8, al.; metaphorically, of union and concord, Jhn.10:30 17:11, Rom.12:4-5, Php.1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Luk.14:18; with neg., εἷς. . . οὐ (μή), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mat.5:18 10:29, Luk.11:46 12:6.
__2. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others;
__(a) a single (one): Mat.21:24, Mrk.8:14; absol., 1Co.9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mat.27:14, Jhn.1:3, Rom.3:10, al.;
__(b) one, alone: Mrk.2:7 10:18, Luk.18:19;
__(with) one and the same: Rom.3:30, 1Co.3:8 11:5 12:11, 1Jn.5:8.
__3. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Gen.22:13, al.; see B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mat.8:19 19:6, Rev.8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.with), Luk.22:50, Jhn.11:49
__4. Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Luk.4:40, Act.2:6, al.; εἷς . . . καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν . . . εἷς δέ), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Exo.17:12, al); ὁ εἷς . . . ὁ ἕτερος (ἄλλος) = cl. ὁ μὲν (ἕτερος) . . . ὁ δέ (ἕτερος), Mat.6:24, Luk.7:41, Rev.17:10; καθ᾽ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ᾽ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ᾽ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mrk.14:19, Rom.12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), 1Th.5:11.
__5. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mat.28:1, Mrk.16:2, al
(AS) G3392 G3392 = G3392 μιαίνω miainō G:V to stain μιαίνω
[in LXX chiefly for טָמֵא ;]
__1. to dye or stain.
__2. to stain, defile, soil;
__(a) in physical sense;
__(b) in moral sense : Tit.1:15, Heb.12:15, Ju 8;
__(with) in ritual sense (cf. Lev.22:5, al.): Jhn.18:28.†
SYN.: μολύνω, to besmear, which also differs from μ. in that it is never used, as μ. in its primary meaning, in an honourable sense (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxxi) (AS) G3393 G3393 = G3393 μίασμα miasma G:N-N defilement μίασμα, -τος, τό
(μιαίνω),
chiefly in trag. and late writers;
[in LXX: Lev.7:8, 18, (פִּגּוּל), Jer.32:34 (שִׁקּוּץ), Eze.33:31 (בֶּצַע), Jdth.9:2, 4 13:16, 1Ma.13:50 * ;]
a stain, defilement: pl., 2Pe.2:20.†
(AS) G3394 G3394 = G3394 μιασμός miasmos G:N-M defilement μιασμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(μιαίνω), [in LXX: Wis.14:26, 1Ma.4:43 * ;]
__1. prop., the act of defiling.
__2. = μίασμα (which see) : 2Pe.2:10 (cf. Plut., Mor., 393c).†
(AS) G3395 G3395 = G3395 μίγμα migma G:N-N mixture μίγμα (LT, cl., μῖγμα; on the orthogr., see B1., § 3, 5), -τος, τό
(μίγνυμι), [in LXX: Sir.38:8 * ;]
a mixture: Jhn.19:39 (ἕλιγμα, WH, R, mg.).†
(AS) G3396 G3396 = G3396 μίγνυμι mignumi G:V to mix μίγνυμι
(on the spelling μείγ-, ν. B)., § 3, 5) [in LXX for עָרַב hith., etc. ;]
to mix, mingle: with accusative and dative, Rev.15:2; with accusative before ἐν, Rev.8:7; before μετά, Mat.27:34, Luk.13:1.†
SYN.: κεράννυμι, q.v (AS) G3397 G3397 = a Form of G3398 μικρόν mikron G:N-N little little, small, short, lesser
little, small, in size quantity, etc. Mt. 13:32; Lk. 12:32; Rev. 3:8; small, little in age, young, not adult, Mk. 15:40; little, short in time, Jn. 7:33; μικρόν, i.e. χρόνον, a little while, a short time, Jn. 13:33; μετὰ μικρόν, after a little while, a little while afterwards, Mt. 26:73; little in number, Lk. 12:32; small, little in dignity, low, humble, Mt. 10:42; 11:11; μικρόν, as an adverb, little, a little, Mt. 26:39 G3398 G3398 = G3398 μικρός mikros G:A small μικρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for קָטָן, מָעַט ;]
small, little;
__1. of persons;
__(a) lit., of stature: Mrk.15:40 (MM, iii, xvi; on the view that age is meant, see Deiss., BS, 144), Luk.19:3; οἱ μ., the little ones, Mat.18:6, 10 18:14, Mrk.9:42;
__(b) hence metaphorically, of rank or influence (cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.) : Mat.10:42, Luk.17:2, Act.8:10 26:22, Heb.8:11" (LXX), Rev.11:18 13:16 19:5, 18 20:12; compar., -ότερος, Mat.11:11, Luk.7:28 9:48.
__2. Of things;
__(a) of size : Mat.13:32 Mrk.4:31, Jas.3:5;
__(b) of quantity: Luk.12:32, 1Co.5:6, Gal.5:9, Rev.3:8;
__(with) of time : Jhn.7:33 12:35, Rev.6:11 20:3.
__3. Neut., μικρόν, used adverbially;
__(a) of distance: Mat.26:39, Mrk.14:35;
__(b) of quantity: 2Co.11:1 11:16;
__(with) of time : Jhn.13:33 14:19 16:16-19, Heb.10:37; μετὰ μ., Mat.26:73, Mrk.14:70.†
(AS) G3399 G3399 = G3399 Μίλητος Milētos N:N-F-L Miletus Μίλητος, -ου, ἡ, Miletus
a maritime city of Caria : Act.20:15, 17, 2Ti.4:20.†
(AS) G3400 G3400 = G3400 μίλιον milion G:N-N mile a Roman mile, milliarium , = 1000 paces,= 8 stades, = 1680 yards, i. e. 80 yards less than our mile, (Polybius Historicus), etc. (ML) G3401 G3401 = G3401 μιμέομαι mimeomai G:V to imitate μιμέομαι, -οῦμαι
(μῖμος, a mimic, an actor), [in LXX: Psa.31:6, Wis.4:2 15:9, 4Ma.9:23 4Mac 9:13 : * ;]
to imitate: 2Th.3:7 3:9 Heb.13:7, 3Jn.11.†
(AS) G3402 G3402 = G3402 μιμητής mimētēs G:N-M imitator μιμητής, -οῦ, ὁ
(μιμέομαι),
in NT always (like the verb) in good sense, an imitator: 1Co.4:16 11:1, Eph.5:1, 1Th.1:6 2:14, Heb.6:12.†
(AS) G3403 G3403 = G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnēskō G:V to remember μιμνήσκω
(Bl., -ῄ-, § 3, 3), [in LXX chiefly for זָכַר ;]
to remind: mid, and pass.;
__(a) reflexive, to remind oneself of, hence, to remember: with genitive of thing(s), Mat.26:75, Luk.1:54, 72 24:8, Act.11:16, 2Pe.3:2, Ju 17; with neg., of sins, = to forgive, Heb.8:12 10:17" (LXX) ; with genitive of person(s), Luk.23:42; before ὅτι, Mat.5:23 27:63, Luk.16:25, Jhn.2:17, 22 12:16; ὡς, Luk.24:6; pf., μέμνημι, in Pres. sense (cl.), with genitive of person(s) (of thing(s)), 1Co.11:2, 2Ti.1:4; pres., μιμνήσκομαι (only in late writers), with genitive of person(s), in sense of caring for, Heb.2:6 (LXX) Heb.13:3;
__(b) in passive sense, to be remembered, aor., ἐμνήσθην : before ἐνώπιον, with genitive of person(s) (cf. Eze.18:22), Act.10:31, Rev.16:19 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπ-ανα-, ὑπο- μιμνήσκω. The tenses of this verb are from the older μνάομαι).†
(AS) G3404 G3404 = G3404 μισέω miseō G:V to hate μισέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂנֵא ;]
to hate: with accusative of person(s) Mat.5:43 24:10, Luk.1:71 6:22, 27 19:14, Jhn.7:7 15:18-19, 23-26 17:14, Tit.3:3, 1Jn.2:9 Jn 2:11 Jn 3:13 Jn 3:15 Jn 4:20 Rev.17:16; pass., Mat.10:22 24:9, Mrk.13:13, Luk.21:17; with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.3:20, Rom.7:15, Eph.5:29, Heb.1:9, Ju 23, Rev.2:6; pass., Rev.18:2. As the Heb. שָׂנֵא is sometimes found with the modified sense of indifference to or relative disregard for one thing in comparison with another (cf. Gen.29:30-31, Deu.21:15-16, Mal.1:3) so prob. μ. in the foll.: Mat.6:24, Luk.14:26 16:13, Jhn.12:25, Rom.9:13" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3405 G3405 = G3405 μισθαποδοσία misthapodosia G:N-F recompense μισθαποδοσία, -ας, ἡ
(μισθός, ἀποδίδωμι; cl. μισθοδοσία),
pay­ment of wages, recompense; meton.,
__(a) of reward: Heb.10:35 11:26;
__(b) of punishment : Heb.2:2.†
(AS) G3406 G3406 = G3406 μισθαποδότης misthapodotēs G:N-M rewarder μισθ-απο-δότης, -ου, ὁ
(see supr.),
one who pays wages; meton., a rewarder: Heb.11:6.†
(AS) G3407 G3407 = G3407 μίσθιος misthios G:A hired worker μίσθιος, -α, -ον
(also -ος, -ον), [in LXX: Lev.19:13 A Lev.25:50, Job.7:1 (שָׂכִיר), Tob.5:11, Sir.7:10 31:22 37:11 * ;]
hired; as subst., ὁ μ., a hired servant: Luk.15:17, 19 15:21 (Anth., Plut.).†
(AS) G3408 G3408 = G3408 μισθός misthos G:N-M wage μισθός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂכָר ;]
__1. prop., wages, hire: Mat.20:8, Luk.10:7, Rom.4:4, 1Ti.5:18, Jas.5:4, Ju 11; μ. ἀδικίας, Act.1:18, 2Pe.2:13 (but see Mayor and ICC, in l), 2Pe.2:15.
__2. Generally, reward: Jhn.4:36, 1Co.9:18; esp. of divine rewards, Mat.5:12 6:1-2, 5 6:16 10:41-42 Mrk.9:41, Luk.6:23, 35, 1Co.3:8 3:14, 2Jn.8, Rev.11:18 22:12; ἔχειν μ., Mat.5:46, 1Co.9:17.†
(AS) G3409 G3409 = G3409 μισθόω misthoō G:V to hire μισθόω, -ῶ
(μισθός) [in LXX (mid.) chiefly for שָׂכָר ;]
to let out for hire. Mid., to hire: with accusative, Mat.20:1, 7.†
(AS) G3410 G3410 = G3410 μίσθωμα misthōma G:N-N rented home μίσθωμα, -τος, τό
(μισθόω), [in LXX: Deu.23:18 (19), Mic.1:7, Eze.16:31, 34 16:41 (אֶתְנַן), Eze.16:33, (נֵדֶה, נָדָן), Eze.16:32, Pro.19:13 * ;]
__1. price, hire (cl, and LXX).
__2. In sense not found elsewhere, a hired dwelling: Act.28:30.†
(AS) G3411 G3411 = G3411 μισθωτός misthōtos G:N-M hired worker μισθωτός, -ή, όν
(μισθόω), [in LXX for שָׂכִיר, Exo.12:45, al. ;]
hired; as subst., ὁ μ., a hired servant, hireling: Mrk.1:20, Jhn.10:12-13.†
(AS) G3412 G3412 = G3412 Μιτυλήνη Mitulēnē N:N-F-L Mitylene Μιτυλήνη, -ης, ἡ
(late form - Strab., Plut. - of cl. Μυτιλ-),
Mytilene, Mitylene, chief city of Lesbos: Act.20:14.†
(AS) G3413 G3413 = the Greek of H4317Q Μιχαήλ Michaēl N:N-M-P Michael Μιχαήλ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. מִיכָאֵל, who like God?),
Michael, the Archangel (cf. Dan.12:1) : Ju 9, Rev.12:7.†
(AS) G3414 G3414 = G3414 μνᾶ mna G:N-F mina μνᾶ, -ᾶς, ἡ
(a Semitic word; cf. Heb. מָנֶה, Aram. מְנֵא, a weight and a sum of money = 100 shekels, cf. 3Ki.10:17),
a mina (Let.), mna, in Attic a weight and sum of money = 100 δραχμαί (which see) : Luk.19:13, 16 19:18, 20 19:24-25.†
(AS) G3415 G3415 = a Form of G3306 μνάομαι mnaomai G:V to remember μνάομαι, see: μιμινήσκω.
μιμνήσκω
(Bl., -ῄ-, § 3, 3), [in LXX chiefly for זָכַר ;]
to remind: mid, and pass.;
__(a) reflexive, to remind oneself of, hence, to remember: with genitive of thing(s), Mat.26:75, Luk.1:54, 72 24:8, Act.11:16, 2Pe.3:2, Ju 17; with neg., of sins, = to forgive, Heb.8:12 10:17" (LXX) ; with genitive of person(s), Luk.23:42; before ὅτι, Mat.5:23 27:63, Luk.16:25, Jhn.2:17, 22 12:16; ὡς, Luk.24:6; pf., μέμνημι, in Pres. sense (cl.), with genitive of person(s) (of thing(s)), 1Co.11:2, 2Ti.1:4; pres., μιμνήσκομαι (only in late writers), with genitive of person(s), in sense of caring for, Heb.2:6 (LXX) Heb.13:3;
__(b) in passive sense, to be remembered, aor., ἐμνήσθην : before ἐνώπιον, with genitive of person(s) (cf. Eze.18:22), Act.10:31, Rev.16:19 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπ-ανα-, ὑπο- μιμνήσκω. The tenses of this verb are from the older μνάομαι).†
(AS) G3416 G3416 = G3416 Μνάσων Mnasōn N:N-M-P Mnason Μνάσων, -ωνος, ὁ
Mnason: Act.21:16.†
(AS) G3417 G3417 = G3417 μνεία mneia G:N-F remembrance μνεία, -ας, ἡ
(μιμνήσκω), [in LXX for זָכַר, its parts and deriva­tives ;]
remembrance, mention (= μνήμη) : Php.1:3; μ. ποιεῖσθαι, with genitive of person(s), Rom.1:9, Eph.1:16, 1Th.1:2, Phm 4 (cf. Psa.111:4); μ. ἔχειν, with genitive of person(s), 1Th.3:6, 2Ti.1:3 (on the seel. in Rom.12:13, see ICC, in I.; Field, Notes, 163).†
(AS) G3418 G3418 = G3418 μνῆμα mnēma G:N-N tomb μνῆμα, -τος, τό
(μνάομαι), [in LXX for קֶבֶר, קְבוּרָה ;]
__1. a memorial.
__2. a sepulchral monument, a sepulchre, tomb: Mrk.5:3, 5 15:46 16:2 (WH, μνημεῖον), Luk.8:27 23:53 24:1, Act.2:29 7:16, Rev.11:9.†
SYN.: μνημεῖον (AS) G3419 G3419 = G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeion G:N-N grave μνημεῖον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for קֶבֶר, קְבוּרָה ;]
__1. a memorial, record (cl., cf. Wis.10:7).
__2. (a) (cl.) a monument: Luk.11:47;
__(b) a sepulchre, tomb (Gen.23:6, 9, Isa.22:16, al.): Mat.23:29, Mrk.5:2, Luk.11:44, Jhn.5:28, and frequently in Gospels, Act.13:29
SYN.: μνῆμα (AS) G3420 G3420 = G3420 μνήμη mnēmē G:N-F remembrance μνήμη, -ης, ἡ
(μνάομαι), [in LXX for זֵכֶר, זִכְרוֹן ;]
memory, remembrance, mention: μ. ποιεῖσθαι, with genitive, to remember, 2Pe.1:15 (but in cl., π., μ. π. more frequently = to make mention, and so perh. here, cf. Mayor, in l; and for ex. from π., see Zorell, see word).†
SYN.: μνεία, q.v (AS) G3421 G3421 = G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneuō G:V to remember μνημονεύω
(μνήμων, mindful) [in LXX for זָכַר ;]
__1. to call to mind, remember : absol., Mrk.8:18; with genitive of person(s), Luk.17:32, Col.4:18, 1Th.1:3, Heb.11:15 (but see infr.) Heb.13:7; τ. πτωχῶν, Gal.2:20; with genitive of thing(s), Jhn.15:20 16:4, 21, Act.20:35; with accusative obj. (as more frequently in cl.), of persons, 2Ti.2:8; of things, Mat.16:9, 1Th.2:9, Rev.18:5; before ὅτι, Act.20:31, Eph.2:11, 2Th.2:5; πόθεν, Rev.2:5; πῶς, Rev.3:3.
__2. to make mention of: with genitive, Heb.11:15 (but see supr., and cf. M, Th., I, 18); before περί, Heb.11:22.†
(AS) G3422 G3422 = G3422 μνημόσυνον mnēmosunon G:N-N memorial μνημόσυνον, -ου, τό
(μνήμων, mindful), [in LXX frequently for זֵכֶר, זִכְרוֹן and cogn. forms ;]
a memorial: Mat.26:13, Mrk.14:9, Act.10:4 (where cf. Lev.2:9, 16 5:12, Num_5:28, Sir.45:16, al.).†
(AS) G3423 G3423 = G3423 μνηστεύω mnēsteuō G:V to betroth μνηστεύω
[in LXX for אָרַשׂ pi., pu. ;]
__1. to woo and win, espouse.
__2. to promise in marriage, betroth; pass., of the woman, to be be­trothed: with dative of person(s), Mat.1:18, Luk.1:27 2:5.†
(AS) G3424 G3424 = G3424 μογιλάλος mogilalos G:A hardly talking μογι-λάλος, -ον
(μόγις, λάλος), [in LXX: Isa.35:6 (אִלֵּם) * ;]
speaking with difficulty: Mrk.7:32 (Tr., txt., μογγιλάλος, thick-voiced, see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G3425 G3425 = G3425 μόγις mogis G:ADV hardly μόγις
adv. (μόγος, toil), [in LXX: Wis.9:16 א A (μόγις, B), 3Ma.7:6 * ;]
with toil or difficulty, hardly: Luk.9:39 (μόγις, WH).†
(AS) G3426 G3426 = G3426 μόδιος modios G:N-M bucket μοιχαλίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(= Att.. μοιχάς, fem. of μοιχός), [in LXX: Pro.18:22 30:20), Eze.16:38 23:45, Hos.3:1, Mal.3:5 (נַאֲפוּף, נָאַף) * ;]
an adulteress: Rom.7:3; meton., for μοιχεία, 2Pe.2:14. Metaphorical, of infidelity to God (cf. Eze.16:15 ff. Eze.23:43 ff., al.), Jas.4:4; as an adj., Mat.12:39 16:4, Mrk.8:8.†
(AS) G3427 G3427 = a Form of G1473 μοί moi G:P-1 to me ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G3428 G3428 = G3428 μοιχαλίς moichalis G:A adulterous 1. an adulteress , (New Testament):as adjective adulterous , (New Testament)
2. as Substantive = μοιχεία, (New Testament) (ML) G3429 G3429 = G3429 μοιχάω moichaō G:V to commit adultery μοιχάω, -ῶ
(= cl. μοιχεύω), [in LXX (mid., absol. and with accusative, with party of either sex as subj.) : Jer.3:8 5:7 7:9 9:2 23:14 29:23, Eze.16:32 23:37, 43 (נָאַף) * ;]
to commit adultery with: with accusative, fem. In NT always mid, in same sense; of the man : absol., Mat.5:32 19:9 (WH, txt., R, mg., om.); before ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, Mrk.10:11; of the woman: Mrk.10:12.†
(AS) G3430 G3430 = G3430 μοιχεία moicheia G:N-F adultery μοιχεία, -ας, ἡ
(μοιχύω), [rn LXX: Hos.2:2 (נַאֲפוּף), Hos.4:2 (נָאַף), Jer.13:27 (נִאֻף), Wis.14:26 * ;]
adultery: Jhn.8:3; pl. (see WM, 220; Bl., § 32, 6), Mat.15:19, Mrk.7:21,†
(AS) G3431 G3431 = G3431 μοιχεύω moicheuō G:V to commit adultery μοιχεύω
(μοιχός), [in LXX: Exo.20:13, Lev.20:10, al. (נָאַף) ;]
to commit adultery: absol., Mat.5:27 19:18, Mrk.10:19, Luk.16:18 18:20, Rom.2:22 13:9, Jas.2:11; with accusative fem., Mat.5:28. Pass., of the woman, Mat.5:32 19:9 WH, mg.), Jhn.8:4. Metaphorical, of idolatry (see: μιοιχαλίς, and cf. Jer.3:9, a1.), before μετ᾽ αὐτῆς, Rev.2:22.†
(AS) G3432 G3432 = G3432 μοιχός moichos G:N-M adulterer μοιχός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for נָאַף ;]
an adulterer: Luk.18:11, 1Co.6:9, Heb.13:4.†
(AS) G3433 G3433 = G3433 μόλις molis G:ADV hardly μόλις
adv. (μόλος, toil)
post-Hom. alternative for μόγις,
[in LXX: Pro.11:31, Wis.9:16, al. ;]
with difficulty, hardly, scarcely: Luk.9:39 (T, μόγις), Act.14:8 27:7-8, 16, Rom.5:7, 1Pe.4:18" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3434 G3434 = the Greek of H4432 Μολόχ Moloch N:N--T Moloch Μολόχ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. מֶלֶךְ, prop. מֶלֶךְ King, but vocalized to read בֺּשֶׁת, shame, of. Βάαλ, and see DB, iii, 415 f.),
Moloch, the god of the Ammonites : Act.7:43 (LXX).†
(AS) G3435 G3435 = G3435 μολύνω molunō G:V to defile μολύνω
[in LXX: Gen.37:31 (טָבַל), Isa.59:3 (גָּאַל ni.), Zec.14:2 (שָׁכַב ni.), Sir.21:28, al. ;]
to stain, soil, defile; in NT always symb. and figuratively: 1Co.8:7, Rev.3:4 14:4.†
SYN.: μιαίνω, q.v (AS) G3436 G3436 = G3436 μολυσμός molusmos G:N-M defilement μολυσμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(μολύνω), [in LXX: Jer.23:15 (חֲנֻפָה), I Est.8:83, 2Ma.5:27 * ;]
defilement: with genitive obj., 2Co.7:1 (Plut., FlJ).†
(AS) G3437 G3437 = G3437 μομφή, μέμψις momphē, mempsis G:N-F complaint μομφή, ῆς, ἡ
(μέμφομαι),
poët. form of μέμψις,
blame, com­plaint: Col.3:13.†
(AS) G3438 G3438 = G3438 μονή monē G:N-F abode μονή, -ῆς, ἡ
(μένω), [in LXX: 1Ma.7:38 * ;]
__1. in cl.,
__(a) a staying, abiding;
__(b) continuance (LXX, 1 with)
__2. In late Gk.,
__(a) a statson (Paus.);
__(b) an abode: Jhn.14:2, 23;
__(with) a monastery (cf. MM, iii, xvi; so in MGr.).†
(AS) G3439 G3439 = G3439 μονογενής monogenēs G:A unique μονογενής, -ές
(μόνος, γένος), [in LXX: Jdg.11:34, Psa.22:20 25:16 35:17 (יָחִיד), Tob.3:15 6:10, 14 8:17, Wis.7:22, Bar.4:16 * ;]
only, only begotten (DCG, ii, 281), of sons and daughters : Luk.7:12 8:42 9:38, Heb.11:17; of Christ, Jhn.3:16, 18, 1Jn.4:9; μ. παρὰ πατρός, Jhn.1:14; μ. θεός, Jhn.1:18.†
(AS) G3440 G3440 = G3440 μόνον monon G:ADV only μόνον, see: μόνος.
μόνος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for לְבַד ;]
__1. adj., alone, solitary, forsaken: with verb., Mat.14:23, Mrk.6:47, Luk.9:36, al.; with pron., Mat.18:15, Mrk.9:2, al.; with subst., Mrk.9:8, Luk.4:8, al.; pleonast., οὐκ . . . εἰ μὴ μ., Mat.12:4, Luk.6:4, al.; attrib., only, (ὁ) μ. θεός, Jhn.5:44 17:3, Rom.16:27, 1Ti.1:17, Ju 25.
__2. As adv.,
__(a) neut., (μόνον, alone, only: referring to verb or predic., Mat.9:21, Mrk.5:36, Jas.1:22, al. (see Bl., §44, 2); οὐ (μὴ) μ., Gal.4:18, Jas.1:22; οὐ μ. . . . ἀλλά (Bl, §77, 13.3), Act.19:26, 1Jn.5:6, al.; id. before καί (Bl., §81, 1.2), Rom.5:3 9:10, 2Co.8:19, al.;
__(b) κατὰ μόνας, alone (Bl., §44, 1), Mrk.4:10, Luk.9:18.
(AS) G3441 G3441 = G3441 μόνος monos G:A alone μόνος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for לְבַד ;]
__1. adj., alone, solitary, forsaken: with verb., Mat.14:23, Mrk.6:47, Luk.9:36, al.; with pron., Mat.18:15, Mrk.9:2, al.; with subst., Mrk.9:8, Luk.4:8, al.; pleonast., οὐκ . . . εἰ μὴ μ., Mat.12:4, Luk.6:4, al.; attrib., only, (ὁ) μ. θεός, Jhn.5:44 17:3, Rom.16:27, 1Ti.1:17, Ju 25.
__2. As adv.,
__(a) neut., (μόνον, alone, only: referring to verb or predic., Mat.9:21, Mrk.5:36, Jas.1:22, al. (see Bl., §44, 2); οὐ (μὴ) μ., Gal.4:18, Jas.1:22; οὐ μ. . . . ἀλλά (Bl, §77, 13.3), Act.19:26, 1Jn.5:6, al.; id. before καί (Bl., §81, 1.2), Rom.5:3 9:10, 2Co.8:19, al.;
__(b) κατὰ μόνας, alone (Bl., §44, 1), Mrk.4:10, Luk.9:18.
(AS) G3442 G3442 = G3442 μονόφθαλμος monophthalmos G:A one-eyed μον-όφθαλμος, -ον
(μόνος),
Ionic and κοινή,
one-eyed, having one eye: Mat.18:9, Mrk.9:47.†
(AS) G3443 G3443 = G3443 μονόω monoō G:V to leave alone μονόω, -ῶ
(μόνος), [in Aq.: Gen.49:6 ;]
to leave alone, forsake: of a childless widow, pf. ptcp. pass., 1Ti.5:5.†
(AS) G3444 G3444 = G3444 μορφή morphē G:N-F form μορφή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Jdg.8:18 A (תֹּאַר), Job.4:16 (תְּמוּנָה), Isa.44:13 (תַּבְנִית), Dan LXX 3:19 (צֶלֶם), Da TH Dan.4:33 5:6, 9-10 7:28 (זִיו), Tob.1:13, Wis.18:1, 4Ma.15:4 * ;]
form, shape, appearance (Hom., Eur., . sch., al.); in philos. lang. the specific character or essential form (Arist., see Gifford, Inc., 26 ff.) : Mrk.16:12, Php.2:6-7.†
SYN.: μόρφωσις, the outline, delineation, semblance of the μορφή, as distinct from the μ. itself (Lft., Notes, 262); σχῆμα, shape, fashion, disting. from μορφή as the outward and accidental from the inward and essential (cf. Tr., Syn., § LXX; Lft., Phi., 125 ff.; Gifford., Inc., l.with) (AS) G3445 G3445 = G3445 μορφόω morphoō G:V to form μορφόω, -ῶ
(μορφή), [in Aq.: Isa.44:13 * ;]
to form: figuratively, Gal.4:19 (cf. μετα-, συμ-μορφόω)
(AS) G3446 G3446 = G3446 μόρφωσις morphōsis G:N-F form μόρφωσις, -εως, ἡ
(μορφόω),
__1. a forming, shaping (Theophr.).
__2. form, outline, semblance: Rom.2:20; opposite to δύναμις, 2Ti.3:5.†
SYN.: μορφή (which see), σχῆμα (AS) G3447 G3447 = G3447 μοσχοποιέω moschopoieō G:V to make a calf μοσχο-ποιέω, -ῶ
to make a calf (as an image) : Act.7:41 (LXX, ἐποίησε μόσχον).†
(AS) G3448 G3448 = G3448 μόσχος moschos G:N-M calf μόσχος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for פַּר, also for שׁוֹר, עֵגֶל. etc. ;]
__1. a young shoot or twig.
__2. ὁ, ἡ, μ., offspring;
__(a) of men;
__(b) of animals; most frequently (as always in LXX), a calf, bullock, heifer: Luk.15:23, 27 15:30, Heb.9:12, 19 Rev.4:7.†
(AS) G3449 G3449 = G3449 μόχθος mochthos G:N-M toil μόχθος, -ου, ὁ
(= Hom. μόγος), in cl. chiefly poët., [in LXX for תְּלָאָה, עָמָל, etc. ;]
toil, labour, hardship, distress: 2Co.11:27, 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8.†
SYN.: κόπος (which see), πόνος (AS) G3450 G3450 = a Spelling of G1473 μοῦ mou G:P-1 of me ἐγώ, genitive, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,
of person(s) pron.
I.
__(a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX).
__(b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al.
__(with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24.
__(d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2.
__(e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.).
__(f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al.; κἀγώ . . . καί, both . . . and, Jhn.7:28.
(AS) G3451 G3451 = G3451 μουσικός mousikos G:A musician μουσικός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Gen.31:27, Eze.26:13 (שִׁיר), Dan LXX TH Dan.3:5 ff. (זְמָר), Sir.22:6, al. ;]
skilled in the arts, esp. in music; as subst., ὁ μ., a minstrel, musician: Rev.18:22.†
(AS) G3452 G3452 = G3452 μυελός muelos G:N-M marrow μυελός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX: Gen.45:18 (חֶלֶב), Job.21:24 (מֹחַ) Job.33:24 * ;]
marrow: Heb.4:12.†
(AS) G3453 G3453 = G3453 μυέω mueō G:V to initiate μυέω, -ῶ
(μύω, to shut the mouth), [in LXX: 3Ma.2:30 * ;]
to initiate into the mysteries (so chiefly in cl.; LXX, l.with); hence, to instruct: pass., Php.4:12 (RV, I have learned the secret).†
(AS) G3454 G3454 = G3454 μῦθος muthos G:N-M myth μῦθος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Wis.17:4 A, Sir.20:19 * ;]
__1. speech, con­versation.
__2. (a) a story, narrative (Hom.);
__(b) later, opposite to λόγος (a true narrative) = Lat. fabula, a myth, fable, fiction: 1Ti.1:4 4:7, 2Ti.4:4, Tit.1:14, 2Pe.1:16.†
SYN.. λόγος, q.v (AS) G3455 G3455 = G3455 μυκάομαι mukaomai G:V to roar μυκάσμαι, -ῶμαι in cl. chiefly poët.,
[in Sm.: Job.6:5 * ;]
prop., of oxen (onomatop.), to low, bellow; of a lion, to roar: Rev.10:3.†
(AS) G3456 G3456 = G3456 μυκτηρίζω muktērizō G:V to mock μυκτηρίζω
(μυκτήρ, the nose), [in LXX: 4Ki.19:21, Job.22:19, Psa.80:6, al. (לָעַג), Pro.1:30 (נָאַץ) Pro.15:20 (בָּזָה), 1Ma.7:34, al. ;]
to turn up the nose or sneer at, mock: pass., Gal.6:7 (cf. ἐκ-μυκτηρίζω).†
(AS) G3457 G3457 = G3457 μυλικός mulikos G:A millstone μυλικός, -ή, -όν
(μύλη, a mill),
of a mill: λίθος μ., Luk.17:2.†
(AS) G3458 G3458 = G3458 μύλος mulos G:N-M millstone μύλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for רֵחֶה, Num.11:8, Deu.24:6, al. ;]
__1. = μύλη, a mill (Strab., Plut., LXX) : Mat.24:41, Rev.18:22.
__2. a mill-stone (Anth.) : Rev.18:21 (T); μ. ὀνικός, Mat.18:6, Mrk.9:42 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G3459 G3459 = G3459 μυλών mulōn G:N-M millhouse μυλών, -ῶος, ὁ
[in LXX: Jer.52:11 * ;]
a mill-house: Mat.24:41 (Rec.; μύλος, WH, R).†
(AS) G3460 G3460 = G3460 Μύρα Mura N:N--L Myra Μύρα, Μύρρα (LT, Tr., WH), -ων, τά,
Myra, a city of Lycia : Act.27:5.†
(AS) G3461 G3461 = G3461 μυριάς murias G:N-F myriad μυριάς, -άδος, ἡ
(μυρίος), [in LXX chiefly for רְבָבָה ;]
ten thousand, a myriad: pl., Act.19:19, Rev.5:11 9:16; hyperb., of vast numbers, Luk.12:1, Act.21:20, Heb.12:12, Ju 14.†
(AS) G3462 G3462 = G3462 μυρίζω murizō G:V to anoint μυρίζω
(μύρον),
Ionic and poët. (comic),
to anoint: Mrk.14:8.†
SYN.: see: ἀλείφω, and cf. μύρον (AS) G3463 G3463 = G3463 μύριοι murioi G:A myriad μυρίος, -α, -ον
__1. numberless, countless, infinite: 1Co.4:15 14:19.
__2. As a definite numeral, in pl., μύριοι, -αι, -α, ten thousand: Mat.18:24.†
(AS) G3464 G3464 = G3464 μύρον muron G:N-N ointment μύρον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁמֶן, Pro.27:9, Psa.133:2, al. ;]
ointment: Mat.26:7, 12, Mrk.14:3-5, Luk.7:37-38, 46 23:56, Jhn.11:2 12:3, 5, Rev.18:13.†
SYN.: ἔλαιον, q.v (AS) G3465 G3465 = G3465 Μυσία Musia N:N-F-L Mysia Μυσία, -ας, ἡ
Mysia, a province of Asia Minor: Act.16:7-8.†
(AS) G3466 G3466 = G3466 μυστήριον mustērion G:N-N mystery μυστήρισν, -ου, τό
(μυέω), [in LXX: Dan LXX TH Dan.2:18 ff. (רָז), Tob.12:7, 11, Jdth.2:2, Wis.2:22 6:22 14:15, 23, Sir.3:18 22:22 27:16-17, 21, 2Ma.13:21 * ;]
__1. that which is known to the μύστης (initiated), a mystery or secret doctrine, mostly in pl., τὰ μ. (Æsch., Hdt., al.).
__2. In later writers (Menand., Incert., 168), that which may not be revealed (not, however, as in the modern sense, intrinsically difficult to understand), a secret or mystery of any kind (To, Jth, 2Mac, ll, with).
__3. In NT, of the counsels of God (cf. Th.: Job.15:8, Psa.25:14 for סוֹד), once hidden but now revealed in the Gospel or some fact thereof;
__(a) of the Christian revelation generally : Rom.16:25, 1Co.2:7, Col.1:26-27, Eph.3:3, 9; τ. βασιλείας τ. θεοῦ, Mrk.4:11; τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.2:1, Rev.10:7; τ. θ., Χριστοῦ, Col.2:2; τ. Χριστοῦ., Col.4:3, Eph.3:4; τ. θελήματος αὐτοῦ, Eph.1:9; τ. εὐαγγελίον, Eph.6:19; τ. πίστεως, 1Ti.3:9; τ. εὐσεβείας, 1Ti.3:16;
__(b) of particular truths, or details, of the Christian revelation : Rom.11:25, 1Co.15:51, Eph.5:32, 2Th.2:7, Rev.1:20 17:5, 7; pl., τὰ μ., 1Co.13:2 14:2; θεοῦ, 1Co.4:1; τ. βασιλείας τ. οὐρανῶν (θεοῦ), Mat.13:11, Luk.8:10 (cf. Westc., Eph., 180 ff.; AR, Eph., 234 ff.; Lft., Col., 165 f.; Hatch, Essays, 57 f.; DB, iii, 465 ff.; DCG, ii, 213 ff.).†
(AS) G3467 G3467 = G3467 μυωπάζω muōpazō G:V be nearsighted μυ-ωπάζω
(μύωψ, closing the eyes, short-sighted; μύω, ὤψ)
to be short-sighted: 2Pe.1:9 (R, mg., closing his eyes; see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G3468 G3468 = G3468 μώλωψ mōlōps G:N-M wound μώλωψ, -ωπος, ὁ
[in LXX for חַבּוּרָה, Exo.21:25, al. ;]
a bruise, wound from a stripe: 1Pe.2:24 (LXX) (Arist., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G3469 G3469 = G3469 μωμάομαι mōmaomai G:V to criticize μωμάομαι, -ῶμαι
(μῶμος),
poët. and late prose,
[in LXX: Pro.9:7 (מאוּם), Wis.10:14, Sir.31:18 * ;]
to find fault with, blame: 2Co.8:20; pass., 2Co.6:3.†
(AS) G3470 G3470 = G3470 μῶμος mōmos G:N-M blemish μῶμος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX, of physical blemishes : Lev.21:17 ff., Deu.15:21, Sng.4:7, al. (מאוּם); of mental defect, Sir.20:24, al. ;]
__1. in cl. poets and late prose, blame, disgrace.
__2. In LXX, perb. because of resemblance to a physical blemish (cf. ἄμωμος, 1Pe.1:19, and see Hort., in l); metaphorically, of licentious persons, 2Pe.2:13.†
(AS) G3471 G3471 = G3471 μωραίνω mōrainō G:V be foolish μωραίνω
(μωρός), [in LXX: Isa.19:11, Jer.10:14 51:17 (בָּעַר ni.), 2Ki.24:10, Isa.44:25 R (שָׂכַל ni., pi.)* ;]
__1. cl., to be foolish, play the fool.
__2. LXX and NT, causal, to make foolish: 1Co.1:20; pass., to become foolish: Rom.1:22; of salt that has lost its flavour, become tasteless: Mat.5:13, Luk.14:34.†
(AS) G3472 G3472 = G3472 μωρία mōria G:N-F foolishness μωρία, -ας, ἡ
(μωρός), [in LXX: Sir.20:31 * ;]
foolishness: 1Co.1:18 1:21 1:23 2:14 3:19.†
(AS) G3473 G3473 = G3473 μωρολογία mōrologia G:N-F foolish talk silly talking , (New Testament)
from μωρολόγος (ML) G3474 G3474 = G3474 μωρός mōros G:A foolish μωρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX for נָבָל, etc.; frequently in Sir. ;]
__1. prop., of the nerves, dull, sluggish (Hipp., Arist.).
__2. Of the mind, dull, stupid, foolish: Mat.5:22 (see Field, Notes, 3 ff.) Mat.7:26 23:17, 19 (T, WH, txt., R, om.) Mat.25:2-3, 8, 1Co.3:18 4:10; of things, παράδοσις, Mrk.7:13 (T, WH, txt., R, om.) : ζητήσεις, 2Ti.2:23, Tit.3:9; τὸ μ. τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.1:25; τὰ μ. τ. κόσμου, 1Co.1:27.†
(AS) G3475 G3475 = the Greek of H4872 Μωϋσῆς, Μωσῆς Mōusēs, Mōsēs N:N-M-P Moses Μωυσῆς (Μωϋσῆς, T; Μωσῆς, Rec.), -έως, dative - (as LXX: Exo.5:20, al.), and -εῖ, accusative -ῆν (ac LXX) and -έα (Luk.16:29 only) (Heb. מֹשֶׁה),
Moses: Mat.8:4 17:3-4, al.; νόμος Μωυσέως, Luk.2:22 24:44, Jhn.7:23, Act.13:39 15:5 28:23, 1Co.9:9, Heb.10:28; by meton., of the books of Moses, Luk.16:29 24:27, Act.15:21, 2Co.3:15
(AS) G3476 G3476 = the Greek of H5177 Ναασσών Naassōn N:N-M-P Nahshon Ναασσών, ὁ indecl. (Heb. נַחְשׁוֹן),
Naasson: Mat.1:4, Luk.3:32.†
(AS) G3477 G3477 = G3477 Ναγγαί Nangai N:N-M-P Naggai Ναγγαί, ὁ
indecl.,
Naggai: Luk.3:25.†
(AS) G3478 G3478 = G3478 Ναζαρέθ, Ναζαρά Nazareth, Nazara N:N--L Nazareth Ναζαρά
(Mat.4:13­ L, -άθ­Luk.4:16)
Ναζαρέθ (Mat.21:11, Act.10:38),
Ναζαρέτ (so always Rec.; WH, in foll, instances, where -έθ, T), ἡ,
indecl. (Semitic form uncertain),
Nazareth: Mat.2:23, Mrk.1:9, Luk.1:26 2:4, 39 2:51, Jhn.1:45-46.†
(AS) G3479 G3479 = a Spelling of G3478 Ναζαρηνός Nazarēnos G:A Nazareth Ναζαρηνός, -οῦ, ὁ
(on the Semitic form, see Dalman, Gr., 141 n.)
a Nazarene: Mrk.1:24 10:47 14:67 16:6, Luk.4:34 24:19.†
(AS) G3480 G3480 = a Spelling of G3478 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraios N:N--LG Nazareth Ναζωραῖος, -ου, ὁ
(= -ρηνός, which see),
a Nazarene: Mat.2:23 (LXX) Mat.26:71, Luk.18:37, Jhn.18:5, 7 19:19, Act.2:22 3:6 4:10 6:14 22:8 24:5 26:9.†
(AS) G3481 G3481 = the Greek of H5416G Ναθάν Nathan N:N-M-P Nathan Ναθάμ (Rec. Ναθάν), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. נָתַן),
Nathan: Luk.3:31.†
(AS) G3482 G3482 = G3482 Ναθαναήλ Nathanaēl N:N-M-P Nathanael Ναθαναήλ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. נְתַנְאֵל),
Nathaniel, prob. to be identified with Bartholomew (which see): Jhn.1:45-49 21:2.†
(AS) G3483 G3483 = G3483 ναί nai G:PRT yes ναί
particle of affirmation,
yea, verily, even so; in answer to a question: Mat.9:28 13:51 17:25 21:16, Jhn.11:27 21:15-16, Act.5:8 22:27, Rom.3:29; before λέγω ὑμῖν, Mat.11:9, Luk.7:26; repeated for emphasis, ναὶ ναί (opposite to oὒ oὔ): Mat.5:37; ἤτω ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναί, Jas.5:12; ν. καὶ οὔ, 2Co.1:18-19; ἵνα ᾖ . . . τὸ ναὶ ναί, 2Co.1:17; τὸ ν., 2Co.1:20; in assent to an assertion: Mat.15:27, Mrk.7:28, Rev.14:13 16:7; in confirmation of a previous assertion: Mat.11:26, Luk.10:21 11:51 12:5, Php.4:3, Phm 20; in solemn asseveration Rev.1:7 22:20.†
(AS) G3484 G3484 = G3484 Ναΐν Nain N:N--L Nain Ναίν (Rec. Ναΐν), ἡ, indecl. (Heb. נָאָה),
Nain, a village of Galilee: Luk.7:11.†
(AS) G3485 G3485 = G3485 ναός naos G:N-M temple ναός, -οῦ, ὁ
(Att.. νεώς; ναίω, to inhabit), [in LXX (νεώς, 2Ma.6:2, al.) chiefly for הֵיכָל ;]
__1. a temple (Hom., Find., al.).
__2. The inmost part of a temple, the shrine (Hat., Xen., al.); in NT,
__(a) generally: pl., Act.17:24; of silver models of a heathen shrine, Act.19:24;
__(b) of the temple building proper, or sanctuary, at Jerusalem, as distinct from τ. ἱερόν (which see), the whole temple enclosure: Mat.23:16-17, 35 27:5, 40, Mrk.14:58 15:29 Jhn.2:19-20, Rev.11:2; (τοῦ) θεοῦ, Mat.26:61 27:51, Mrk.15:38, Luk.1:9, 21-22 23:45, 1Co.3:17, 2Co.6:16, 2Th.2:4, Rev.11:1; of the temple in the Apocal. visions, Rev.3:12 7:15 11:19 14:15, 17 15:5-6, 8 16:1, 17 21:22 a. Metaphorical, of Christians, 1Co.3:16 6:19, 2Co.6:16, Eph.2:21; of Christ's body, Jhn.2:21 (cf. Jhn.2:19); ὁ θεὸς ν. αὐτῆς ἐστιν, Rev.21:22 b.†
SYN.: ἱερόν (AS) G3486 G3486 = G3486 Ναούμ Naoum N:N-M-P Nahum Ναούμ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. נַחוּם;),
Nahum: Luk.3:25.†
(AS) G3487 G3487 = G3487 νάρδος nardos G:N-F nard νάρδος, -ου, ἡ
(Heb. נֵרְדְּ, both from Sanscrit narda, see Boisacq, see word), [in LXX: Sng.1:12 4:13-14 (נֵרְדְּ)* ;]
nard;
__(a) an Indian plant, the Nardostachys nardus jatamansi, used for the preparation of a fragrant ointment;
__(b) ointment of nard: Mrk.14:3, Jhn.12:3.†
(AS) G3488 G3488 = G3488 Νάρκισσος Narkissos N:N-M-P Narcissus the narcissus , (Homeric Hymns), etc.
From ναρκάω, because of its narcotic properties. (ML) G3489 G3489 = G3489 ναυαγέω nauageō G:V be shipwrecked ναυαγέω, -ῶ
(ναῦς, + ἄγνυμι, to break)
to suffer shipwreck: 2Co.11:25; metaphorically, before περὶ τ. πίστιν, 1Ti.1:19.†
(AS) G3490 G3490 = G3490 ναύκληρος nauklēros G:N-M captain ναύ-κληρος, -ου, ὁ
(ναῦς, κλῆρος),
a shipowner, shipmaster: Act.27:11.†
(AS) G3491 G3491 = G3491 ναῦς naus G:N-F ship ναῦς, νεώς accusative ναῦν, ἡ,
[in LXX for עָנִי, אֲנִיָּה ;]
a ship: Act.27:41 (elsewhere in NT always τ. πλοῖον; see M, Pro.25:1-28 f.; Bl., Gosp., 186 f.).†
(AS) G3492 G3492 = G3492 ναύτης nautēs G:N-M sailor ναύτης, -ου, ὁ
(ναῦς), [in Aq.: Eze.27:9; Sm.: Eze.27:29 * ;]
a seaman, sailor: Act.27:27, 30, Rev.18:17.†
(AS) G3493 G3493 = the Greek of H5152G Ναχώρ Nachōr N:N-M-P Nahor Ναχώρ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. נָחוֹר),
Nahor: Luk.3:34.†
(AS) G3494 G3494 = G3494 νεανίας neanias G:N-M young man νεανίας, -ου, ὁ
(νεάν = νέος) [in LXX for נַעַר, בָּחוּר ;]
a young man: Act.7:58 20:9 23:17-18.†
(AS) G3495 G3495 = G3495 νεανίσκος neaniskos G:N-M young man νεανίσκος, -ου, ὁ
(dimin. of νεανίας) [in LXX chiefly for נַעַר, also for בָּחוּר, etc. ;]
a young man, youth: Mat.19:20, 22, Mrk.14:51 16:5, Luk.7:14, Act.2:17" (LXX) Act.23:18, 22, 1Jn.2:13-14; of an attendant (cf. Gen.14:24, al.) : Act.5:10.†
(AS) G3496 G3496 = G3496 Νεάπολις Neapolis N:N-F-L Neapolis Νεάπολις, -εως, ἡ
Rec. for Νέα Πόλις (WH), the more frequently form (LS, see word),
Neapolis, a maritime city of Macedonia: Act.16:11.†
(AS) G3497 G3497 = the Greek of H5283I Νεεμάν, Ναιμάν Neeman, Naiman N:N-M-P Naaman Ναιμάν (Rec. Νεεμάν), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. נַעֲמָן),
Naaman: Luk.4:27.†
(AS) G3498 G3498 = G3498 νεκρός nekros G:A dead νεκρός, -α, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for מֵת ;]
dead,
__I. as adj.,
__1. prop.: Act.5:10 20:9, Jas.2:26, Rev.1:18, al.; ὡσεὶ ν., Mat.28:4, Mrk.9:26, Rev.1:17; of that which is subject to death, Rom.8:10.
__2. Metaphorical,
__(a) of persons: Luk.15:24, 32; of those immersed in worldly cares, Mat.8:22, Luk.9:60; of spiritual death, Jhn.5:25, Rom.6:13, Eph.5:14, Rev.3:1; τ. παραπτώμασιν, Eph.2:1, 5 Col.2:13; of the opposite condition, ν. τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, Rom.6:11;
__(b) of things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power: ἁμαρτία, Rom.7:8; πίστις, Jas.2:17, 26; ἔργα, Heb.6:1 9:14.
__II. As subst., νεκρός, ὁ (Hom., al.), chiefly in pl. (οἱ) ν., the dead: Mat.11:5, Mrk.12:26, Luk.20:37, 1Co.15:15, al.; ἀνάστασις (τ.) νεκρῶν, Mat.22:31, Act.17:32, al.; ν. . . . ζῶντες, Mat.22:32, Mrk.12:27, Act.10:42, al.; ἀπὸ νεκρῶν, Luk.16:30; ἐκ ν., Mrk.6:14, Luk.24:46, Jhn.12:1, Act.13:34, Rom.10:7, al.; πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν ν., Col.1:18; ζωὴ ἐκ ν., Rom.11:15; constr. praegn., ἐκ ν. ζῶντες, Rom.6:13.
(AS) G3499 G3499 = G3499 νεκρόω nekroō G:V to put to death νεκρόω, ῶ
(νεκρός),
to make dead, put to death; pass., to be dead: hyperbolically, of impotent age, Heb.11:12; σῶμα, Rom.4:19. Trop., of carnal impulses, τὰ μέλη, Col.3:5.†
(AS) G3500 G3500 = G3500 νέκρωσις nekrōsis G:N-F death νέκρωσις, -εως, ἡ
(νεκρόω),
__1. a putting to death.
__2. a state of death, death: Rom.4:19, 2Co.4:10 (see Deiss., LAE, 94).†
(AS) G3501 G3501 = G3501 νέος neos G:A new νέος, -α, -ον
[in LXX for נַעַר (Gen.37:2, Exo_33:11, al.), חָדָשׁ (Lev.23:16, Num.28:26, al.), etc.; compar. -ώτερος for קָטָן, צָעִיר, etc. ;]
__1. young, youthful: Tit.2:4.
__2. new (prop., in respect of time; see: καινός): οἶνος (cf. οἶ. καινός, Mat.26:20), Mat.9:17, Mrk.2:22, Luk.5:37-39; φύραμα (figuratively), 1Co.5:7; διαθήκη (cf. καινὴ δ., Heb.9:15), Heb.12:24; metaphorically, ἄνθρωπος (cf. καινὸς ἀ, Eph.2:15), Col.3:10.
__3. Compar., -ώτερος, -α, -ον, younger: Luk.15:12-13 22:26, Jhn.21:18; pl., οἱ ν., Act.5:6 (Rackham, in l), 1Ti.5:11, Tit.2:6; opposite to πρεσβύτεροι, 1Ti.5:1, 1Pe.5:5; αἱ ν., 1Ti.5:2 5:14.
__4. Νέα Πόλις, Neapolis: Act.16:11 (Rec., Νεάπολις, which see)
νεώτερος, see: νέος
SYN.: καινός, which see (AS) G3502 G3502 = G3502 νεοσσός neossos G:N-M nestling νοσσός (νεοσσός, Rec., as in cl. Att.. -ττός; Phryn. rejects the dissyl. form), -οῦ, ὁ
(νόος), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן ;]
a young bird: Luk.2:24 (LXX).†
(AS) G3503 G3503 = G3503 νεότης neotēs G:N-F youth νεότης, -ητος, ἡ
(νέος), [in LXX chiefly for נָעוּר ;]
youth: Mrk.10:20, Luk.18:21, Act.26:4, 1Ti.4:12.†
(AS) G3504 G3504 = G3504 νεόφυτος neophutos G:A new convert νεό-φυτος, -ον
(νέος, φύω) [in LXX: Job.14:9, Psa.144:12, Isa.5:7 (נֶטַע), Psa.128:3 (שְׁתִל)* ;]
newly planted (LXX). Metaphorical, as subst., ὁ ν., a new convert, neophyte, novice: 1Ti.3:6†
(AS) G3505 G3505 = G3505 Νέρων Nerōn N:N-M-P Nero Νέρων, -ωνος, ὁ
Nero: 2Ti subscr. (Rec.).†
(AS) G3506 G3506 = G3506 νεύω neuō G:V to motion νεύω
[in LXX: Pro.4:5 21:1 * ;]
to nod or beckon, as a sign : with dative of person(s) and inf., Jhn.13:24, Act.24:10 (cf. δια-, ἐκ-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-νεύω).†
(AS) G3507 G3507 = G3507 νεφέλη nephelē G:N-F cloud νεφέλη, -ης, ἡ
(νέφος), [in LXX chiefly for עָנָן, also for עָב, etc. ;]
a cloud (single and specific as opposite to νεφος, a great indefinite mass of vapour): Mat.17:5 24:30 26:64, Mrk.9:7 13:26 14:62, Luk.9:34-35 12:54 21:37, Act.1:9, 1Th.4:17, Ju 12, Rev.1:7 10:1 11:12 14:14-16; of the pillar of cloud in the wilderness (Exo.14:19-20, Psa.105:39, al.): 1Co.10:1-2.†
(AS) G3508 G3508 = the Greek of H5321G Νεφθαλείμ Nephthaleim N:N--PG Naphtali Νεφθαλείμ
(-λίμ, WH in Re, l.with), ὁ
indecl. (Heb. נַפְתָּלִי)
Naphtali: Mat.4:13, 15" (LXX) Rev.7:6.†
(AS) G3509 G3509 = G3509 νέφος nephos G:N-N cloud νέφος, -ους, τό
[in LXX for עָב, שַׁחַק, עָנַן ;]
a mass of clouds, a cloud (cf. νεφέλη); metaphorically as in Hom., Hdt., al.), of a dense throng: Heb.12:1.†
(AS) G3510 G3510 = G3510 νεφρός nephros G:N-M mind νεφρός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX for כִּלְיָה, Exo.29:13, al.; metaphorically, Psa.7:9 16:7 26:2, Wis.1:6, al. ;]
a kidney; pl., the kidneys, reins; metaphorically, of the will and affections: ν. καί καρδίαι (thoughts), Rev.2:23.†
(AS) G3511 G3511 = G3511 νεωκόρος neōkoros G:N-M temple guard νεω-κόρος, -ου
a temple-keeper; as honorary title given to a city (see DB, i, 722 b) : Act.19:35.†
(AS) G3512 G3512 = G3512 νεωτερικός neōterikos G:A youthful νεωτερικός, -ή, -όν
(νεώτερος), [in LXX: 3Ma.4:8 * ;]
= νεανικός,
youthful, esp. of qualities: ἐπιθυμίαι, 2Ti.2:22 (Polyb.).†
(AS) G3513 G3513 = G3513 νή nē G:PRT as surely as νή
particle of affirmation employed in oaths, [in LXX: see τ. ὑγίειαν, Gen.42:15-16 (חַי) * ;]
by: with accusative, 1Co.15:31.†
(AS) G3514 G3514 = G3514 νήθω nēthō G:V to spin νήθω
[in LXX for טָוָה, שָׁזַר hoph., Exo.26:31 35:25, al. ;]
to spin: Mat.6:28, Luk.12:27.†
(AS) G3515 G3515 = G3515 νηπιάζω nēpiazō G:V be childlike νηπιάζω
(νήπιος), (Hippocr., = νηπιαχεύω, Hom.)
to be a babe: 1Co.14:20.†
(AS) G3516 G3516 = G3516 νήπιος nēpios G:A child νήπιος, -α, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for עוֹלֵל, also for פְּתִי, etc. ;]
infant; of children and minors: Mat.21:16 (LXX), 1Co.13:11, Gal.4:1 (see Lft., in l). Metaphorical, childish, unskilled, simple (Psa.19:8, Pro.1:32 al.): Mat.11:25, Luk.10:21, Rom.2:20, Gal.4:3, Eph.4:14, 1Th.2:7 (WH, fox ἤπιοι); opposite to τέλειος, Heb.5:13; ν. ἐν Χριστῷ, 1Co.3:1.†
(AS) G3517 G3517 = G3517 Νηρεύς Nēreus N:N-M-P Nereus Nereus , a sea-god, son of Πόντος (the sea) , father of the Nereids, (Hesiod) (ML) G3518 G3518 = G3518 Νηρί Nēri N:N-M-P Neri Νηρεί (Rec. -ρί), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. נֵרִיָּה),
Neri: Luk.3:27.†
(AS) G3519 G3519 = G3519 νησίον nēsion G:N-N small island νησίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of νῆσος), = νησίς (Hdt., Thuc., al.)
a small island: Act.27:16.†
(AS) G3520 G3520 = G3520 νῆσος nēsos G:N-F island νῆσος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for אִי ;]
an island: Act.13:6 27:26 28:1, 7 28:9, 11 Rev.1:9 6:14 16:20.†
(AS) G3521 G3521 = G3521 νηστεία nēsteia G:N-F fasting νηστεία, -ας, ἡ
(νηστεύω), [in LXX for צוֹם ;]
fasting, a fast;
__(a) of voluntary abstinence from food: Mat.17:21 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mrk.9:29 (WH, txt., R, txt., om.), Luk.2:37, Act.14:23; of the Day of Atonement, Act.27:9;
__(b) of involuntary abstinence: 2Co.6:5 11:27.†
SYN.: ἀσιτία, q.v (AS) G3522 G3522 = G3522 νηστεύω nēsteuō G:V to fast νηστεύω
(νῆστις), [in LXX for צוּם ;]
to fast (Arist., Aristoph., al.): Mat.4:2 6:16-18 9:14-15 Mrk.2:18-20, Luk.5:33-35 18:12, Act.13:2-3.†
(AS) G3523 G3523 = G3523 νῆστις nēstis G:A fasting νῆστις, -ιος, ὁ, ἡ
(νη-, neg. prefix, + ἐσθίω),
in cl., chiefly poët.,
[in LXX: Dan LXX 6:18 (19) (טְוָת)* ;]
not eating, fasting: Mat.15:32, Mrk.8:3.†
(AS) G3524 G3524 = G3524 νηφαλέος nēphaleos G:A sober νηφάλιος (-λεος, Rec., in 1Ti, ll. with), -ον (in cl., -α, -ον),
(νήφω),
__1. in cl., of drink, not mixed with wine.
__2. In later writers (Plut., al.), of persons, sober, temperate: 1Ti.3:2 3:11, Tit.2:2.†
(AS) G3525 G3525 = G3525 νήφω nēphō G:V be sober νήφω
to be sober, abstain from wine; metaphorically, of moral alertness, to be sober, calm, circumspect: 1Th.5:6 5:8, 2Ti.4:5 (see Ellic., in l), 1Pe.1:13 4:7 5:8 (cf. ἐκ-, ἐκ-νήφω, and see MM, xvii).†
SYN.: ἀγρυπνέω, γρηγορέω (AS) G3526 G3526 = a Name of G4826I Νίγερ Niger N:N-M-P Niger Νίγερ, ὁ (Lat. niger)
Niger: Act.13:1.†
(AS) G3527 G3527 = G3527 Νικάνωρ Nikanōr N:N-M-P Nicanor Νικάνωρ, -ορος, ὁ
Nicanor: Act.6:5.†
(AS) G3528 G3528 = G3528 νικάω nikaō G:V to conquer νικἀω, -ῶ
(νίκη), [in LXX: Psa.51:4 (זָכָה), Pro.6:25 frequently (חָמַד); in 4Mac ;]
to conquer, prevail: absol., of Christ, Rev.3:21 6:2; C. inf., Rev.5:5; of Christians, Rev.2:7, 11 2:17, 26 3:5, 12 3:21 21:7; before ἐκ (RV, come victorious from), Rev.15:2; as law-term (cl.), Rom.3:4 (LXX); with accusative of person(s), Luk.11:22, Rev.11:7 13:7 ([WH], R, mg., om.); of Christ, Jhn.16:33 (τ. κόσμον), Rev.17:14; of Christians, 1Jn.4:4; τ. πονηρόν, 1Jn.2:13-14; αὐτόν (ref. to ὁ κατήγωρ, 1Jn.2:10), Rev.12:11; with accusative of thing(s), τὸν κόσμον, Jhn.16:33, 1Jn.5:4-5; τὸ κακόν, Rom.12:21; pass., μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τ. κακοῦ, ib. (cf. ὑπερ-νικάω).†
(AS) G3529 G3529 = G3529 νίκη nikē G:N-F victory νίκη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: 1Ch.29:11 (נֶצַח), frequently in 1-4 Mac ;]
victory: 1Jn.5:4.†
(AS) G3530 G3530 = G3530 Νικόδημος Nikodēmos N:N-M-P Nicodemus Νικόδημος, -ου, ὁ
Nicodemus: Jhn.3:1, 4 3:9 7:50 19:39.†
(AS) G3531 G3531 = G3531 Νικολαΐτης Nikolaitēs N:N--LG Nicolaitan Νικολαΐτης, -αυ, ὁ
a Nicolaitan: pl., Rev.2:6, 15.†
(AS) G3532 G3532 = G3532 Νικόλαος Nikolaos N:N-M-P Nicolaus Νικόλαος, -αυ, ὁ
Nicolaus: Act.6:5.†
(AS) G3533 G3533 = G3533 Νικόπολις Nikopolis N:N-F-L Nicopolis Νικόπολις, -εως, ἡ
Nicopolis, prob. the city of that name in Epirus (CGT, in l): Tit.3:12†
(AS) G3534 G3534 = G3534 νῖκος nikos G:N-N victory νῖκος, -ους, τό late form of νίκη,
[in LXX: La 3:18 (נֶצַח), I Est.3:9, 2Ma.10:38, 4Ma.17:12; εἰς ν. (instead of εἰς τέλος, Job.14:20), 2Ki.2:26, Job.36:7, Amo.1:11 8:7, Jer.3:5, La 5:20 (נֶצַח, as נ֝ in Syr., = victory)* ;]
victory: Mat.12:20 (Isa.42:3, LXX ἀλήθεια), 1Co.15:54 (Isa.25:8, Aq., Th.), 1Co.15:55 (Hos.13:14, LXX δίκη), 1Co.15:57.†
(AS) G3535 G3535 = the Greek of H5210 Νινευΐ Nineui N:N--L Nineveh Νινευΐ, η (Heb. נִינְוֵה),
Nineveh: Luk.11:32, Rec.†
(AS) G3536 G3536 = a Group member of H5210 Νινευΐτης Nineuitēs N:N--LG Ninevite Νινευείτης (Rec. -ενίτης, L, -ΐτης), -ου, ὁ
a Ninevite: Mat.12:41, Luk.11:30, 32.†
(AS) G3537 G3537 = G3537 νιπτήρ niptēr G:N-M wash basin νιπτήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ
(νίπτω)
a basin: Jhn.13:5.†
(AS) G3538 G3538 = G3538 νίπτω niptō G:V to wash νίπτω late form of νίζω,
[in LXX chiefly for רָחַץ ;]
to wash, usually of a part of the body: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.13:8; τ. πόδας, Jhn.13:5-6, 8 13:12, 14, 1Ti.5:10; mid., reflexive,
to wash oneself: Jhn.9:7, 11 9:15; τ. χεῖρας, Mat.15:2, Mrk.7:3; τ. πόδας, Jhn.13:10; τ. πρόσωπον, Mat.6:17 (in cl. Att.. prose, used only in compounds; cf. ἀπο-νίπτω).†
νίζω, see: νίπτω
SYN.: λούω (which see), πλύνω (AS) G3539 G3539 = G3539 νοέω noeō G:V to understand νοιεω νοέω, -ῶ
(νοῦς), [in LXX chiefly for בִּין, also for שָׂכַל hi., etc ;]
__1. to perceive with the mind, understand (for the phrase νοῶν κ. φρονῶν, in wills, see MM, xvii): absol., Mat.16:9, Mrk.8:17; with accusative, Eph.3:4, 1Ti.1:7; with dative instr., τ. καρδίᾳ, Jhn.12:40; pass., Rom.1:20; before ὅτι, Mat.15:17 16:11, Mrk.7:18; with accusative and inf., Heb.11:8.
__2. to think, consider: absol., Mat.24:15, Mrk.13:14, Eph.3:20; with accusative of thing(s), 2Ti.2:7
(cf. -εὐ, κατα-, μετα-, προ-, ὑπο-νοέω).†
(AS) G3540 G3540 = G3540 νόημα noēma G:N-N mind/thought νόημα, -τος, τό
(νοέω) [in LXX: Sir.21:11, Bar.2:8, 3Ma.5:30 * ;]
a thought, purpose, design: 2Co.2:11 10:5 11:3, Php.4:7. Meton., of the mind, 2Co.3:14 4:4.†
(AS) G3541 G3541 = G3541 νόθος nothos G:A illegitimate νόθος, -η, -ον
[in LXX: Wis.4:3 * ;]
a bastard, base born, i.e. born of a slave or concubine: Heb.12:8.†
(AS) G3542 G3542 = G3542 νομή nomē G:N-F pasture νομή, -ῆς, ἡ
(νέμω, to pasture), [in LXX chiefly for מִרְעֶה, also for נָוֶה, etc. ;]
__1. a pasture, pasturage: figuratively, Jhn.10:9
__2. a grazing, feeding; metaphorically, of a spreading sore, 2Ti.2:17 (Polyb.).†
(AS) G3543 G3543 = G3543 νομίζω nomizō G:V to think νομίζω
(νόμος), [in LXX: Wis.13:2 17:3, Sir.29:4, 1-28; 2Ma.4:1-50, 4Ma.8:1-29 * ;]
__1. to practise, hold by custom: Act.16:13 (Rec., but see infr.).
__2. to deem, consider, suppose: Mat.5:17 10:34 20:10, Luk.2:44 3:23, Act.7:25 8:20 14:19 16:13, 27 17:29 21:29, 1Co.7:26 7:36, 1Ti.6:5.†
SYN.: ἡγέομαι, q.v (AS) G3544 G3544 = G3544 νομικός nomikos G:A lawyer νομικός, -ή, -όν
(νόμος), [in LXX: 4Ma.5:4 * ;]
__1. relating to law: μάχαι, Tit.3:9.
__2. learned in the law; as subst., ὁ ν. (EV, lawyer): Mat.22:35, Luk.10:25, Tit.3:13; pl., Luk.7:30 11:45-46, 52 14:3 (cf. MM, xvii).†
SYN.: γραμματεύς, q.v (AS) G3545 G3545 = G3545 νομίμως nomimōs G:ADV lawfully νομίμως
adv. (νόμιμος, conformable to law), [in LXX: 4Ma.6:18 * ;]
rightly, lawfully: 1Ti.1:8, 2Ti.2:5.†
(AS) G3546 G3546 = G3546 νόμισμα nomisma G:N-N coin νόμισμα, -τος, τό
(νομίζω), [in LXX: Est.8:36 (דָּת), Neh.7:71 R (דַּרְכְּמוֹן), 1Ma.15:6 * ;]
__1. that which is established by usage, a custom.
__2. The current coin of a state: Mat.22:19.†
(AS) G3547 G3547 = G3547 νομοδιδάσκαλος nomodidaskalos G:N-M teacher of the law νομο-διδάσκαλος, -ου, ὁ
a teacher of the law: Luk.5:17, Act.5:34, 1Ti.1:7 (NT and eccl. only; cf. νομοδείκτης, -διδάκτης, Plut.).†
SYN.: γραμματεύς, q.v (AS) G3548 G3548 = G3548 νομοθεσία nomothesia G:N-F law νομοθεσία, -ας, ἡ
(νόμος, τίθημι), [in LXX: 2Ma.6:23, 4Ma.5:35 4Mac 17:16 * ;]
legislation, lawgiving: Rom.9:4.†
(AS) G3549 G3549 = G3549 νομοθετέω nomotheteō G:V to give laws νομοθετέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for יָרָה hi. ;]
__1. intrans., to make laws; pass., to be furnished with laws: Heb.7:11.
__2. Trans., to ordain by law, enact: pass., Heb.8:6.†
(AS) G3550 G3550 = G3550 νομοθέτης nomothetēs G:N-M lawgiver νομο-θέτης, -ου, ὁ
(νόμος, τίθημι), [in LXX: Psa.9:20 * ;]
a law­giver: Jas.4:12.†
(AS) G3551 G3551 = G3551 νόμος nomos G:N-M law νόμος, -ου, ὁ
(νέμω, to deal out, distribute), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹרָה, also for חֻקָּה, etc. ;]
that which is assigned, hence, usage, custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.);
__1. of law in general: Rom.3:27 5:13b; pl., of divine laws, Heb.8:10 10:16; ὁ ν. τ. Χριστοῦ, Gal.6:2; (τ.) ἐλευθερίας, Jas.1:25 2:12; βασιλικιός (Hort., in l.; Deiss., LAE, 267:3), Jas.2:8.
__2. Of a force or influence impelling to action: Rom.7:21, 23a, 25 8:2.
__3. Of the Mosaic law: Mat.5:18, Luk.2:27, Jhn.1:17, Act.6:13, Rom.2:15, 1Co.9:8, 1Ti.1:8, Heb.7:19; al.; Μωυσέως, Luk.2:22, Jhn.7:23, Act.15:5, al.; κυρίου, Luk.2:39; κατὰ τὸν ν., Act.22:12, Heb.7:5 9:22.
__4. As printed, Abbott-Smith mistakenly numbers this as 3.Anarthrous (Bl, §46, 8; ICC on Rom.2:12, 13), νόμος,
__(a) of law in general: Rom.2:12, 14b 3:20, 21 4:15, al.;
__(b) of the Mosaic law in its quality as law: Rom.2:14a 5:20 10:4, Gal.2:19, al.; οἱ ἐκ ν., Rom.4:14; ὑπὸ νόμον, 1Co.9:20, Gal.4:5; ν. πράσσειν (πληροῦν), Rom.2:25 13:8.
__5. Of Christian teaching: ν. πίστεως, Rom.3:27; τ. Χριστοῦ, Gal.6:2.
__6. By meton., of the books which contain the law;
__(a) of the Pentateuch: Mat.12:5, Jhn.1:45, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται, Mat.5:17, Luk.16:16, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ προφῆται κ. ψαλμοί, Luk.24:44.
__(b) of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. תּוֹרָה): Jhn.10:34 12:34 15:25, 1Co.14:21, al.
(AS) G3552 G3552 = G3552 νοσέω noseō G:V be sick νοσέω, -ῶ
(νόσος), [in LXX (metaphorically): Wis.17:8 * ;]
to be sick: metaphorically, of mental ailment, before περί, 1Ti.6:4 (cf. Plat., Mor., 546 d).†
(AS) G3553 G3553 = G3553 νόσημα nosēma G:N-N disease νόσημα, -τος, τό
(νοσέω),
sickness: Jhn.5:4.†
(AS) G3554 G3554 = G3554 νόσος nosos G:N-F illness νόσος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for חֲלִי, etc. ;]
disease, sickness: Mat.4:23-24 8:17 (Aq.) Mat.9:35 10:1, Mrk.1:34, Luk.4:40 6:17 7:21 9:1, Act.19:12.†
SYN.: see: ἀσθένεια (AS) G3555 G3555 = G3555 νοσσιά nossia G:N-F chick νοσσιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(νοσσός),
late form of cl., νεοσσιά,
[in LXX chiefly for קֵן ;]
__1. a nest of birds.
__2. a brood of young birds: Luk.13:34.†
(AS) G3556 G3556 = G3556 νοσσίον nossion G:N-N chick νοσσίον, -ου, τό dimin. of νοσσός, which see,
[in LXX: Psa.84:3 (אֶפְרֹחַ) * ;]
a young bird: Mat.23:37.†
(AS) G3557 G3557 = G3557 νοσφίζω nosphizō G:V to embezzle νοσφίζω
(νόσφι, apart, aside), [in LXX: Jos.7:1 (לָקַח), 2Ma.4:32 * ;]
__1. in Hom., as depon., to turn away (from), abandon.
__2. After Hom., in act., to set apart, remove. Mid., to set apart for oneself, peculate, purloin: absol., Tit.2:10 (for ex. in π., see MM, xvii); before ἀπό, Act.5:2-3.†
(AS) G3558 G3558G = G3558G νότος notos G:N-M south νότος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶב, also for דָּרוֹם, תֵּימָן and קָדִים ;]
__1. prop., the south wind: Luk.12:55, Act.27:13 28:13
__2. South: Luk.13:29, Rev.21:13
__3. the South, as a region (cf. נֶגֶב): Mat.12:42, Luk.11:31.†
(AS) G3558 G3558H = the Greek of H7614J νότος notos N:N-M-L (Queen of) the South νότος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶב, also for דָּרוֹם, תֵּימָן and קָדִים ;]
__1. prop., the south wind: Luk.12:55, Act.27:13 28:13
__2. South: Luk.13:29, Rev.21:13
__3. the South, as a region (cf. נֶגֶב): Mat.12:42, Luk.11:31.†
(AS) G3559 G3559 = G3559 νουθεσία nouthesia G:N-F admonition νουθεσία, -ας ἡ
(νουθετέω),
= cl. νουθέτησις
[in LXX: Wis.6:6 * ;]
admonition: 1Co.10:11, Eph.6:4, Tit.3:10 (Aristoph., Diod., al.).†
(AS) G3560 G3560 = G3560 νουθετέω noutheteō G:V to admonish νουθετέω, -ῶ
(νοῦς, τίθημι, hence, put in mind), [in LXX: 1Ki.3:13 (כָּהָה pi.), Job.8:1-22 (יָסַר pi., בִּין), Wis.11:10 12:2, 26 * ;]
to admonish, exhort: with accusative of person(s), Act.20:31, Rom.15:14, 1Co.4:14, Col.1:28 3:16, 1Th.5:12 5:14, 2Th.3:15.†
(AS) G3561 G3561 = G3561 νουμηνία noumēnia G:N-F New Moon νεομηνία (Att.. contr., νουμ-, Rec.), -ας, ἡ
(νέος, μήν), [in LXX chiefly for חֹדֶשׁ ;]
new moon: of the Jewish festival, Col.2:16.†
(AS) G3562 G3562 = G3562 νουνεχῶς nounechōs G:ADV wisely νουνεχῶς
adv. (νοῦς, ἔχω)
sensibly, discreetly: Mrk.12:34.†
(AS) G3563 G3563 = G3563 νοῦς nous G:N-M mind νοῦς
(contr. from νόος), ὁ, genitive, dative, νοός, νοΐ (late forms, = cl., νοῦ, νῷ; Bl., § 9, 3), accusative, νοῦν, [in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב ;]
__1. prop., of the ruling faculty, mind, understanding, reason (see Lft., Notes, 88 f.; Vaughan on Rom.7:23): Luk.24:45, Rom.1:28 7:23 12:2 14:5, Eph.4:17, 23 Php.4:7, 2Th.2:2, 1Ti.6:5, 2Ti.3:8, Tit.1:15, Rev.13:18 17:9; ν. τ. σαρκός (ICC, in l), Col.2:18; opposite to σάρξ, Rom.7:25; to πνεῦμα, 1Co.14:14-15; to γλῶσσα, 1Co.14:19
__2. By meton., of an act of mind, a mind, thought, purpose: Rom.11:34 = 1Co.2:16" (LXX), 1Co.1:10.†
νόος, see: νοῦς
SYN.: see: πνεῦμα (AS) G3564 G3564 = G3564 Νυμφᾶς Numphas N:N-F-P Nympha Νυμφᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (WH, R, mg., Νύμφα, which see),
Nymphas: Col.4:15, R, txt. (cf. ICC, Lft., in l).†
Νύμφα (Rec., R, txt., Νυμφᾶς, which see), -ης, ἡ, Nympha (see M, Pr., 48): Col.4:15, WH, R, mg.†
(AS) G3565 G3565 = G3565 νύμφη numphē G:N-F bride νύμφη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for כַּלָּה ;]
__1. cl., a bride, young wife, young woman: Mat.25:1, WH, mg., Jhn.3:29, Rev.18:23 21:2, 9 22:17.
__2. As frequently in LXX (Gen.38:11, al., for כַּלָּה;
__(a) bride;
__(b) daughter-in-law) and in MGr. (νύφφη, νύφη), a daughter-in-law: Mat.10:35, Luk.12:53.†
(AS) G3566 G3566 = G3566 νυμφίος numphios G:N-M bridegroom νυμφίος, -ου, ὁ
(νύμφη), [in LXX for חָתָן ;]
a bridegroom: Mat.9:15 25:1, 5-6 25:10, Mrk.2:19-20, Luk.5:34-35, Jhn.2:9 3:29, Rev.18:23.†
(AS) G3567 G3567 = G3567 νυμφών numphōn G:N-M bridegroom νυμφών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(νύμφη), [in LXX: Tob.6:13,16* ;]
the bride-chamber (Heb. חֻפָּה, LXX, παστός, Psa.19:5, Jol.2:16): Mat.22:10 (WE; γάμος, RV); οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ ν. (cf. cl. νυμφαγωγός, νυμφευτής), the bridegroom's friends who have charge of the nuptial arrangements: Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:19, Luk.5:34.†
(AS) G3568 G3568 = G3568 νῦν nun G:ADV now νῦν, adv.,
[in LXX chiefly for עַתָּה ;]
__1. prop., of time, now, i.e. at the present time: as opposite to past, Jhn.4:18, Act.7:52, Rom.13:11, 2Co.7:9, Col.1:24, al.; opposite to fut., Jhn.12:27, Rom.11:31, al.; with art., ὁ (ἡ, τὸ) and subst., the present: Rom.3:26, Gal.4:25, 1Ti.6:17, Tit.2:12, al.; απὸ τοῦ ν. (LXX for מֵעַתָּה), Luk.1:48, Act.18:6, al.; ἄχρι τοῦ ν., Rom.8:22, Php.1:5; ἕως τοῦ ν. (LXX for עַד עַתָּה), Mat.24:21, Mrk.13:19; τὰ ν., as regards the present, Act.5:38; with pret., just now, but now, Mat.26:65, Jhn.11:8 21:10; with fut., now, presently, Jhn.12:31, Act.20:22; so with praes., presently, forthwith, Jhn.12:31 17:13; καὶ ν., Jhn.11:22 17:5, al.; ἀλλὰ ν., Luk.22:36; ἔτι ν., 1Co.3:2; τότε (πότε) . . . ν. (δέ), Rom.6:21 11:30; ν. ἤδη, 1Jn.4:3; ν. οὖν, Act.10:33, al.
__2. Of logical sequence (often difficult to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113f.), now, therefore, now, however, as it is: Luk.11:39; καὶ ν., Act.3:17, 2Th.2:6, 1Jn.2:28; id. before δεῦρο, Act.7:34; ν. δέ, Jhn.8:40 9:41 15:22, 24, 18:36, 1Co.5:11 7:14 12:20, al. (cf. WM, 579.11).
(AS) G3569 G3569 = a Combination of G3568 (G3588+G3568) τανῦν tanun G:ADV now concerning the present, now G3570 G3570 = a Form of G3568 νυνί nuni G:ADV now νῦνί an Attic strengthened form of νῦν
(in cl. always of time, and most often strictly of the pres.), [in LXX : Job.5:1-27, Psa.2:1-12, 1-12, 4Ma.4:1-26, Ep. Je* ;]
now;
__1. of time: with praes., Act.24:13, Rom.15:23, 25, 1Co.13:13, 2Co.8:11 8:22, Phm 9 11; with pf., Rom.3:21; with pret., Rom.6:22 11:30 (WH, mg.) Rom.7:6, Eph.2:13, Col.1:21 3:8; ἡ ν. ἀπολογία, Act.22:1.
__2. Of logical sequence (not so in cl.): Rom.7:17, 1Co.5:11 (νῦν, WH) 1Co.12:18 (νῦν, WH, txt.) 1Co.15:20, Heb.8:6 (νῦν, WH, txt.), Heb.9:26 (cf. WM, 24, 579n).†
(AS) G3571 G3571 = G3571 νύξ nux G:N-F night νύξ genitive νυκτός, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for לַיִל ;]
night: Mat.12:40, Mrk.6:48, Jhn.13:30, al.; genitive temp. (of the time within which something happens; M, Pr., 73; B1., § 36, 13), νυκτός, by night, Mat.2:14, Jhn.3:2, 1Th.5:7, al.; ν. κ. ἡμέρας, Mrk.5:5, 1Th.2:9, al.; ἡμέρας κ. ν., Luk.18:7, Rev.4:8, al.; μέσης ν., Mat.25:6; dative, νυκτί, in ans. to the question, "when?" (rare in cl.; Hdt., Soph.), ταύτῃ τ. ν., Luk.12:20, al.; ἐκείνῃ Act.12:6; ἐπιούσῃ, Act.23:11; accusative durat. (Bl., § 34, 8; Kühner3, III, 314b), ν. κ. ἠμέραν, Luk.2:37 Act.20:31; τ. νύκτας, Luk.21:37; διὰ νυκτός (= cl. νυκτός; Bl., § 42, 1; 46, 7), Act.5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; δι᾽ ὅλης ν., Luk.5:5; κατὰ μέσον τῆς ν. (Bl., § 47, 6), Act.27:27. Metaphorical: Jhn.9:4, Rom.13:12, 1Th.5:5
(AS) G3572 G3572 = G3572 νύσσω nussō G:V to pierce νύσσω
(Att.. -ττω), [in LXX: Sir.22:19, 3Ma.5:14 * ;]
to pierce: τ. πλευρὰν λόγχῃ, Jhn.19:34, [Mat.27:49], WH.†
(AS) G3573 G3573 = G3573 νυστάζω nustazō G:V to doze νυστάζω
(cf. νεύω), [in LXX for נוּם, etc ;]
to nod in sleep, fall asleep: Mat.25:5. Metaphorical, of negligence or delay, ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει (cf. Psa.121:4, Isa.5:27) : 2Pe.2:3.†
(AS) G3574 G3574 = G3574 νυχθήμερον nuchthēmeron G:N-N a night and a day νυχθήμερος, -α, -ον
(νύξ, ἡμέρα, see B1., § 28, 4),
lasting a night and a day; as subst., (τὸ) ν., a night and a day: 2Co.11:25 (pl., Or. Sib., 8, 203).†
(AS) G3575 G3575 = the Greek of H5146 Νῶε Nōe N:N-M-P Noah Νῶε
(as LXX, FlJ, who also gives Νώεος, Νῶχος), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. נֹחַ)
Noah: Mat.24:37-38, Luk.3:36 17:26-27 Heb.11:7, 1Pe.3:20, 2Pe.2:5.†
(AS) G3576 G3576 = G3576 νωθρός nōthros G:A dull νωθρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX: Pro.22:29 (חָשֹׁךְ), Sir.4:29 11:12 * ;]
sluggish, slothful: Heb.5:11 6:12 (for similar usage in π., see MM, xvii).
SYN.: ἀργός (which see), βραδύς (AS) G3577 G3577 = G3577 νῶτον nōton G:N-M back νῶτος, -ου, ὁ
in Att.. most frequently τὸ νῶτον, and in pl. always τὰ νῶτα, [in LXX, ὁ ν., pl., οἱ νῶτοι and τὰ νῶτα, chiefly for כָּתֵף, also for עֹרֶף, מֹתֶן ;]
/the back: Rom.11:10 (LXX).†
(AS) G3578 G3578 = G3578 ξενία xenia G:N-F lodging ξενία, -ας, ἡ
(ξένος), [in LXX: Sir.29:27 Bl* ;]
hospitality, enter­tainment: Phm 22 (cf. ICC, in l, but see infr.). By meton., a place of entertainment, a lodging-place: Act.28:23, and so perh. Phm 22 (Lft., in l, Phi., p. 9; but see supr., and cf. MM, xvii).†
(AS) G3579 G3579 = G3579 ξενίζω xenizō G:V to host ξενίζω
(ξένος), [in LXX: Est.3:13, Sir.29:25, 2Ma.9:6, 3Ma.7:3 * ;]
__1. to receive as a guest, entertain: with accusative of person(s), Act.10:23 28:7, Heb.13:2; pass., Act.10:6, 18 10:32 21:16.
__2. In late writers (Polyb., al.; 2Mac, l.with), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Act.17:20; pass., 1Pe.4:4 4:12.†
(AS) G3580 G3580 = G3580 ξενοδοχέω xenodocheō G:V to show hospitality ξενοδοχέω late Gk. for -κέω
(ξένος, δέχομαι),
to entertain strangers: 1Ti.5:10.†
(AS) G3581 G3581 = G3581 ξένος xenos G:A foreign ξένος, -η, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for נׇכְרִי ;]
__(a) foreign, alien: δαιμόνια, Act.17:18; διδαχαί Heb.13:9;
__(b) with genitive of thing(s), strange to, estranged from, ignorant of: Eph.2:12;
__(with) strange, unusual: 1Pe.4:12.
As subst., ὁ ξ.,
__(a) a foreigner, stranger: Mat.25:35, 38 25:43-44 27:7, Act.17:21, 3Jn.5; ξέίνοι κ. τάροικοι (opposite to συμπολῖται, οίκεῖοι), Eph.2:19; ξ. καὶ παρεπίδημοι, Heb.11:13;
__(b) one of the parties bound by ties of hospitality;
__α the guest;
__β the host (= ξενοδόκος, Hom., Ii, xv, 532) : Rom.16:23.†
(AS) G3582 G3582 = G3582 ξέστης xestēs G:N-M pitcher ξέστης, -ου, ὁ
(a Sicilian corruption of Lat. sextarius), [in Al. : Lev.14:10 (לֹג, LXX κοτύλη)* ;]
__1. a sextarius (about a pint).
__2. In NT, a pitcher of wood or stone : Mrk.7:4.†
(AS) G3583 G3583 = G3583 ξηραίνω xērainō G:V to dry ξηραίνω
(ξηρός), [in LXX chiefly for יָבֵשׁ ;]
to dry up, parch, wither. with accusative, τ. χόρτον, Jas.1:11; pass., to become or be dry or withered. of plants, Mat.13:6 21:19-20, Mrk.4:6 11:20-21, Luk.8:6, Jhn.15:6, 1Pe.1:24; of ripened crops, Rev.14:15; of liquids, Mrk.5:20, Rev.16:12; of members of the body, to waste away, Mrk.3:1 (cf. 3Ki.13:4) Mrk.9:18.†
(AS) G3584 G3584 = G3584 ξηρός xēros G:A dried up/withered ξηρός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for יָבֵשׁ, its parts and deriva­tives, also for חָרָבָה, etc. ;]
dry: metaphorically (of a sinner), ξύλον ξ., Luk.23:31; of members of the body shrunken by disease, withered: Jhn.5:3; of the hand, Mat.12:10 Mrk.3:3, Luk.6:6, 8; of the dry land, ἡ ξηρά (sc. γῆ, cf. Gen.1:9-10; Jon.1:19, al.): Mat.23:15; γῆ, Heb.11:29.†
(AS) G3585 G3585 = G3585 ξύλινος xulinos G:A wooden ξύλινος, -η, -ον
(ξύλον) [in LXX chiefly for עֵץ ;]
wooden: 2Ti.2:20, Heb.9:20 (cf. Ep. Jer.4:1-31 ff).†
(AS) G3586 G3586 = G3586 ξύλον xulon G:N-N wood ξύλον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for עֵץ ;]
__1. wood: 1Co.3:12, Rev.18:12.
__2. a piece of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as,
__(a) a cudgel, staff: pl., Mat.26:47, 55, Mrk.14:43, 48, Luk.22:52;
__(b) stocks, for confining the feet (Job.33:11, סַד) : Act.16:24;
__(with) a beam to which malefactors were bound (late Gk.), in LXX, of a gibbet (Deu.21:22-23), in NT, of the Cross: Act.5:30 10:39 13:29, Gal.3:13, 1Pe.2:24.
__3. In late writers (see MM, xvii), a tree (Gen.1:29, Isa.14:8, al.) : Luk.23:31; ξ. τῆς ζωῆς, Rev.2:7 22:2, 14 22:19.†
(AS) G3587 G3587 = G3587 ξυράω xuraō G:V to shave ξυράω, -ῶ
late form of ξυρέω (which see) : 1Co.11:6 (ξυρᾶσθαι, Rec. and Edd., but see: ξύρω).†
ξύρω, rare form of ξυρέω (Veitch, see word), aor. mid., ξύρασθαιι (Bl., § 24, see word; Zorell, see word, etc.) for -ᾶσθαι (Rec., Edd.) : 1Co.11:6.†
(AS) G3588 G3588 = G3588 ὁ ho G:T the/this/who ὁ, ἡ, τό,
the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.
__I. As demonstr. pron.
__1. As frequently in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).
__2. Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl., Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23.
__3. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult.
__II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed,
__1. to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc.
__2. To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; with poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj., both with art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11.
__3. To Other parts of speech used as substantives;
__(a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.;
__(b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.;
__(with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp., every one who, etc.;
__(d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος;
__(e) infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al.; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf., see Bl., §71).
__4. In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al.
__5. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5.
__6. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff.; Bl, §§46, 47).
(AS) G3589 G3589 = G3589 ὀγδοήκοντα ogdoēkonta G:A-NUI eighty eighty , Lat. octoginta, (Thucydides), etc.:—;ionic and doric ὀγδώκοντα, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G3590 G3590 = G3590 ὄγδοος ogdoos G:A eighth ὄγδοος, -η, -ον
the eighth. Luk.1:59, Act.7:3" (LXX), Rev.17:11 21:20; one of eight, with seven others (usually, in this sense, with αὐτός added, but cf. Plat., Legg., iii, 695 with; Plut., Pelop., 13; 2Ma.5:27): 2Pe.2:5.†
(AS) G3591 G3591 = G3591 ὄγκος ogkos G:N-M impediment ὄγκος, -ου, ὁ
bulk, mass; metaphorically, an encumbrance: Heb.12:1.†
SYN.: βάρος, a weight; φορτίον, a burden, that which is borne (AS) G3592 G3592 = G3592 ὅδε hode, hēde G:D this ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε
(the old demonstr. pron., ὁ + the enclitic δε), = Lat. hicce, this (here),
referring prop, to what is present, can be seen or pointed out: of a person just named, τῇδε (= ταύτῃ), Luk.10:39; neut. pl., τάδε (λέγει), referring to words which follow (so in Att.., and see MM, xvii) : Act.21:11, Rev.2:1, 8 2:12, 18 3:1, 7 3:14; εἰς τήνδε τ. πόλιν (= Att.. τῇ καὶ τῇ, Plat., Legg., iv, 721 B), such and such a city, Jas.4:13.†
(AS) G3593 G3593 = G3593 ὁδεύω hodeuō G:V to journey ὁδεύω
(ὁδός), [in LXX : 3Ki.6:12 A (metaphorically, הָלַךְ), Tob.6:5, Wis.5:7 (figuratively)* ;]
to travel, journey: Luk.10:33 (cf.δι-, συν-οδεύω).†
(AS) G3594 G3594 = G3594 ὁδηγέω hodēgeō G:V to guide ὁδηγέω, -ῶ,
(ὁδηγός) [in LXX chiefly for נוּחַ, also for דֶּרֶךְ hi., הָלַךְ hi., etc. ;]
to lead on one's way, to guide: with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:14, Luk.6:39; id. before ἐπί, Rev.7:17. Metaphorical, to guide, instruct, teach: Act.8:31; before εἰς τ. ἀλήθειαν (ἐν τ. ἀ., WH, mg.), Jhn.16:13 (cf. Psa.25:5).†
(AS) G3595 G3595 = G3595 ὁδηγός hodēgos G:N-M guide/leader ὁδηγός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὁδός, ἡγέομαι) [in LXX : Est.8:1, Wis.7:15 18:3, 1Ma.4:2, 2Ma.5:15 * ;]
a leader on the way, a guide: Act.1:16. Fig., ὁ. τυφλῶν, Rom.2:19; pl., Mat.15:14 23:16, 24.†
(AS) G3596 G3596 = G3596 ὁδοιπορέω hodoiporeō G:V to journey ὁδοιπορέω, -ῶ
(ὁδοιπόρος, a traveller, Gen.37:25, al.),
to travel, journey: Act.10:9.†
(AS) G3597 G3597 = G3597 ὁδοιπορία hodoiporia G:N-F journey ὁδοιπορία, -ας, ἡ
(see supr.), [in LXX : Wis.13:18 18:3 19:5, 1Ma.6:41 * ;]
a journey. Jhn.4:6, 2Co.11:26.†
(AS) G3598 G3598 = G3598 ὁδός hodos G:N-F road ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for דֶּרֶךְ ;]
__1. a way, path, road: Mat.2:12, Mrk.10:46, Luk.3:5 al.; κατὰ τὴν ὁ., Luk.10:4, al.; παρὰ τὴν ὁ., Mat.13:4, al.; with genitive of person(s), (subj.), τὴν ὁ. ἑτοιμάζειν (fig.), Mat.3:3, Mrk.1:3, al.; with genitive term. (obj.), ἐθνῶν, Mat.10:5; τ. ἁγίων (figuratively), Heb.9:8; accusative, ὁδόν, with force of prep. (like Heb. דֶּרֶךְ; Bl., §34, 8; 35, 5), ὁ. θαλάσσης, Mat.4:15 (LXX).
__2. A traveller's way, journey: ἐν τ. ὁ., Mat.5:25, Mrk.8:27, al.; ἐξ ὁ., Luk.11:6; εἰς ὁ., Mat.10:10; τ. ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι, Act.8:39; ὁ. ἡμέρας, Luk.2:44; ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (= cl., ὁ. ποιεῖσθαι; V. Field, Notes, 25), to make one's way, i.e. proceed on one's journey, Mrk.2:23.
__3. Metaphorical (cl.; but esp. frequently in Heb.; see Cremer, 442ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting: Act.14:16, 1Co.4:17 12:31, Jas.1:8 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Ju 11; τ. Βαλαάμ, 2Pe.2:15; εἰρήνης, Rom.3:17; ζωῆς, Act.2:28; ἡ ὁ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τ. ζωήν (Dalman, Words, 160), Mat.7:14; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Mat.21:32; σωτηρίας, Act.16:17; αἱ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (κυρίου), Act.13:10, Rom.11:33, Rev.15:3 (cf. Hos.14:9 Psa.94 (95):10, Sir.39:24, al.); ἡ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (the way approved by God), Mat.22:16, Mrk.12:14, Luk.20:21; id., of the Christian religion, Act.18:26; so, absol., ἡ ὁ., Act.9:2 19:9, 23 24:22; of Christ as the means of approach to God, Jhn.14:6.
__4. Ellipsis of ὁ.: ποίας (sc. ὁδοῦ), Luk.5:19; ἐκείνης, ib. 19:4 (see Bl., §36, 13; 44, 1).
(AS) G3599 G3599 = G3599 ὀδούς odous G:N-M tooth ὀδούς, -όντος, ὁ
[in LXX for שֵׁן ;]
a tooth: Mat.5:38, Mrk.9:18, Act.7:54; pl., Rev.9:8, ὁ βρυγμὸς (which see) τ. ὀδόντων, Mat.8:12 13:42, 50 22:13 24:51 25:30, Luk.13:28.†
(AS) G3600 G3600 = G3600 ὀδυνάω odunaō G:V be anguished ὀδυνάω, -ῶ
(ὀδύνη), [in LXX: Zec.9:5 (חוּל), Zec.12:10 (מָרַר hi.), La 1:13 (דָּוֶה), Wis.14:24, al. ;]
to cause pain or suffering; pass. and mid., to suffer pain, be tormented or greatly distressed: Luk.2:48 16:24-25 (ὀδυνᾶσαι, see M, Pr., 53 f.); before ἐπί, Act.20:38.†
(AS) G3601 G3601 = G3601 ὀδύνη odunē G:N-F anguish ὀδύνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for יָגוֹן, מַר, etc. (26 words in all) ;]
pain, distress, of body or mind : Rom.9:2, 1Ti.6:10.†
(AS) G3602 G3602 = G3602 ὀδυρμός odurmos G:N-M mourning ὀδυρμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὀδύρομαι, to lament), [in LXX : Jer.31:15 (תַּמְרוּר), 2Ma.11:6 * ;]
lamentation, mourning: Mat.2:18 (LXX), 2Co.7:7.†
(AS) G3603 G3603 = a Combination of G1510 (G3588+G1510) ὅ ἐστι ho esti G:V which is 1. as Substantive Verb, to be, to exist , οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται (Odyssey by Homer); τεθνηῶτος, μηδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐόντος (Odyssey by Homer); οὐκέτ᾽ ἔστι he is no more , (Euripides); θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες (Iliad by Homer); ἐσσόμενοι posterity, (Iliad by Homer); ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων (Demosthenes Orator):—;so of cities, etc., ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔστι Τροία (compare Troja fuit) , (Euripides)
2. of things, to be, exist , εἰ ἔστιν ἀληθέως [ ἡ τράπεζα] (Herdotus Historicus); ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ἦι so long as it last , (Thucydides)
3. to be , opposite to appearing to be , as esse to videri , τὸν ἐόντα λόγον the true story, (Herdotus Historicus); τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν (Thucydides); τῶι ὄντι, Lat. revera, in reality, in fact, (Plato Philosophus)
4. followed by the Relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς, no one , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; εἰσὶν οἵ, Lat. sunt qui, (Thucydides), etc.; ἐστὶν ἅ some things , (Thucydides); also ἔστιν οἵ, for εἰσὶν οἵ, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;so withrelat. Particles, ἔστιν ἔνθα, Lat. est ubi, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅπη, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somewhere , or somehow , (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅπως in some manner , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
5. ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, like πάρεστι, it is possible , (Homer), attic
6. to be , Copula connecting predicate with subject, both being in the same case, (Homer), etc.
7. sometimes εἶναι with Part. represents finite Verb, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, (Aeschulus Tragicus); πεφυκός ἐστι = πέφυκε, (Aristophanes Comicus)
8. the Inf. is redundant in some phrases, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών II); τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι quantum in illis esset , (Thucydides); τὸ σύμπαν εἶναι (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ νῦν εἶναι (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G3604 G3604 = the Greek of H5818G Ὀζίας Ozias N:N-M-P Uzziah Ὀζείας (Rec. Ὀζίας), -ου, ὁ (Heb. עֻזִּיָּה),
Uzziah: Mat.18:1-35 9:1-38.†
(AS) G3605 G3605 = G3605 ὄζω ozō G:V to stink ὄζω
[in LXX: Exo.8:14 (בָּאַשׁ)* ;]
to smell (i.e. emit a smell): Jhn.11:39.†
(AS) G3606 G3606 = G3606 ὅθεν hothen G:CONJ whence ὅθεν
adv.,
whence;
__(a) of direction or source: Mat.12:44, Luk.11:24, Act.14:26 28:13; = ἐκεῖθεν ὅπου, Mat.25:24, 26 (cf. Thuc., i, 89, 3); ὅ. γινώσκομεν, 1Jn.2:18;
__(b) of cause, whence, wherefore: Mat.14:7, Act.26:19, Heb.2:17 3:1 7:25 8:3 9:18 11:19.†
(AS) G3607 G3607 = G3607 ὀθόνη othonē G:N-F sheet ὀθόνη, -ης, ἡ
(of Semitic origin, cf. Heb. אֵטוּן, yarn)
__1. fine linen (Hom., al.).
__2. Later, a sheet or sail: Act.10:11 11:5.†
(AS) G3608 G3608 = G3608 ὀθόνιον othonion G:N-N bandages ὀθόνιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of ὀθόνη, which see), [in LXX: Jdg.14:13 (סָדִין), Hos.2:5, 9 (פִּשְׁתֶּה)* ;]
a piece of fine linen, a linen cloth; Luk.24:12 (WH, R, mg., om.), Jhn.19:40 20:5-7.†
(AS) G3609 G3609 = G3609 οἰκεῖος oikeios G:A of one’s household οἰκεῖος, -α, -ον
(οἶκος), [in LXX for דּוֹד, שְׁאֵר, etc.; in Isa.58:7, οἰ. τοῦ σπέρματος for בָּשָׂר ;]
in or of the house (opposite to ξένος, ἀλλότριος);
__(a) of things; τὰ οἰ., household affairs or goods;
__(b) of persons, of the same family or kin; as subst., οἱ οἰ., kinsmen: 1Ti.5:8; with genitive of person(s), of the family of: metaphorically, τ. θεον, Eph.2:19; τ. πίστεως (Lft., in l), Gal.6:10.†
SYN,: συγγενής, ἴδιος (see Cremer, 446; Deiss., BS, 123)
(AS) G3610 G3610 = G3610 οἰκέτης oiketēs G:N-M slave οἰκέτης, -ου, ὁ
(οἰκέω), [in LXX for עֶבֶד ;]
a house-servant: Luk.16:13, Rom.14:4; pl., Act.10:7, 1Pe.2:18 (In Plat., Hdt., Sir.4:30 6:11, the pl. includes all the inmates of the house, the familia, οἰκετεία.)†
SYN.. see: διάκονος (AS) G3611 G3611 = G3611 οἰκέω oikeō G:V to dwell οἰκέω, -ῶ
(οἶκος), [in LXX chiefly for יָשַׁב ;]
__(a) trans., to inhabit: with accusative, 1Ti.6:16;
__(b) intrans., to dwell: before μετά (of married life), 1Co.7:12-13; metaphorically, before ἐν: ἀγαθόν, Rom.7:18; ἁμαρτία, Rom.7:20; πνεῦμα θεοῦ, Rom.8:9, 11, 1Co.3:16 (cf. ἐν-, κατ-, ἐν-κατ-, παρ-, περι-, συν-οικέω).†
(AS) G3612 G3612 = G3612 οἴκημα oikēma G:N-N cell οἴκημα, -τος, τό
(οἰκέω), [in LXX: Eze.16:24 (גַב), Tob.2:4, Wis.13:15 * ;]
a dwelling. As a euphemism for other definite terms (e.g. brothel. Hdt., ii, 121; cf. Ez, l.with), a prison (Thus., iv, 47 f.); Act.12:7.†
(AS) G3613 G3613 = G3613 οἰκητήριον oikētērion G:N-N dwelling οἰκητήριον, -ου, τό
(οἰκητήρ = οἰκήτωρ, an inhabitant), [in LXX: 2Ma.11:2, 3Ma.2:15 * ;]
a habitation: Ju 6; trop., 2Co.5:2.†
(AS) G3614 G3614G = G3614G οἰκία oikia G:N-F home οἰκία, -ας, ἡ
(οἶκος), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת ;]
a house, dwelling: Mat.2:11 7:24-27, Mrk.1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν), at home, Luk.8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jn 10; οἰ, with genitive of person(s), usually has the art. (Mat.8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and see Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jhn.14:2.
Metaphorical,
__(a) of the body as the dwelling of the soul: 2Co.5:1;
__(b) of property (as בַּיִת, Gen.45:18, LXX, τ. υπάρχοντα; 3Ki.13:8, LXX, οἶκος) = οἶκος (which see): Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47;
__(with) of the inmates of the dwelling, the household: Mat.12:25; with genitive of person(s), Jhn.4:53, 1Co.16:15
SYN.: οἶκος, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, οἰκία, the dwelling only. In cl. poets οἶκος has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaphorically usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and see Thayer, see word οἰκία (AS) G3614 G3614H = a Meaning of G3614G οἰκία oikia G:N-F home: household οἰκία, -ας, ἡ
(οἶκος), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת ;]
a house, dwelling: Mat.2:11 7:24-27, Mrk.1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν), at home, Luk.8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jn 10; οἰ, with genitive of person(s), usually has the art. (Mat.8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and see Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jhn.14:2.
Metaphorical,
__(a) of the body as the dwelling of the soul: 2Co.5:1;
__(b) of property (as בַּיִת, Gen.45:18, LXX, τ. υπάρχοντα; 3Ki.13:8, LXX, οἶκος) = οἶκος (which see): Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47;
__(with) of the inmates of the dwelling, the household: Mat.12:25; with genitive of person(s), Jhn.4:53, 1Co.16:15
SYN.: οἶκος, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, οἰκία, the dwelling only. In cl. poets οἶκος has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaphorically usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and see Thayer, see word οἰκία (AS) G3615 G3615 = G3615 οἰκιακός oikiakos G:N-M member of a house οἰκιακός (in Plut., al., -ειακός), ή, όν
(οἰκία), = οἰκεῖος
belonging to the household, one's own: Mat.10:36; opposite to οἰκοδεσπότης, Mat.10:25.†
(AS) G3616 G3616 = G3616 οἰκοδεσποτέω oikodespoteō G:V to manage a house οἰκο-δεσποτέω, -ῶ
(οἰκοδεσπότης)
to rule a household: 1Ti.5:14.†
(AS) G3617 G3617 = G3617 οἰκοδεσπότης oikodespotēs G:N-M householder οἰκο-δεσπότης, -ου, ὁ
(οἶκος, δεσπότης),
the master of a house, a householder: Mat.10:25 13:27 20:11 24:43, Mrk.14:14, Luk.12:39 13:25 14:21; ἄνθρωπος οἰ., Mat.13:52 20:1 21:33; pleonast., oἰ. τ. οἰκίας, Luk.22:11 (see Bl., § 81, 4).†
(AS) G3618 G3618 = G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodomeō G:V to build οἰκοδομέω, -ῶ
(οἰκοδόμος), [in LXX chiefly for בָּנָה ;]
to build a house, to build: absol., Luk.11:48 14:30 17:28; οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, the builders (as Psa.118:22, בָּנָה), Mat.21:42, Mrk.12:10, Luk.20:17, 1Pe.2:7" (LXX) ; ἐ π ̓ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰ., proverb., Rom.15:20; with accusative of thing(s), Gal.2:18; πύργον), Mat.21:33, Mrk.12:1, Luk.14:28; ἀποθήκας, Luk.12:18; ναόν, Mrk.14:58; pass., Jhn.2:20; οἰκία, Luk.6:48; with accusative of thing(s) before dative of person(s) (cf. Gen.8:20, Eze.16:24), Luk.7:5, Act.7:47, 49; accusative before ἐπί, Mat.7:24, 26 Luk.6:49; πόλιν ἐπ ̓ ὄρους, Luk.4:29; of rebuilding, or restoring, Mat.23:29 26:61 27:40, Mrk.15:29, Luk.11:47, Metaphorical, τ. ἐκκλησίαν, Mat.16:18; of the growth of Christian character (cf. בָּנָה, in Psa.28:5, Jer.24:6, al.), to build up (AV, edify): absol., Act.20:32, 1Co.8:1 10:23; with accusative of person(s), 1Co.14:4, 1Th.5:11; pass., Act.9:31, 1Co.14:17, 1Pe.2:5; of blameworthy action (AV, embolden), 1Co.8:10 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-, συν-οικοδομέω).†
οἰκο-δόμος, -ου, ὁ
(οἶκος + δέμω, to build), [in LXX for בָּנָה, etc. ;]
a builder: Act.4:11.†
(AS) G3619 G3619 = G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomē G:N-F building οἰκοδομή, -ῆς, ἡ
(οἶκος, + δέμω, to build), [in LXX: 1Ch.29:1 A (בִּירָה), Eze.17:17 40:2 (בָּנָה, מִבְנֶה), Sir.22:16 40:19, al. ;]
= cl. οἰκοδομία (which see), -δόμησις (Thuc., Plat.),
__1. the act of building; in NT always metaphorically, building up, edifying: Rom.14:19 15:2, 1Co.14:26, 2Co.10:8 13:10, Eph.4:29; with genitive obj., 1Co.14:12, 2Co.12:19, Eph.4:12, 16; λαλεῖν, λαβεῖν, οἰ., 1Co.14:3.
__2. = οἰκοδόμημα, a building: Mat.24:1, Mrk.13:1-2; metaphorically, 1Co.3:9, 2Co.5:1, Eph.2:21.†
(AS) G3620 G3620 = G3620 οἰκοδομία oikodomia G:N-F edification οἰκοδομία, -ας, ἡ
(οἰκοδομέω),
the act of building: metaphorically, 1Ti.1:4 (BE for οἰκοδομία, which see).†
(AS) G3621 G3621 = G3621 οἰκονομέω oikonomeō G:V to manage οἰκονομέω, -ῶ
(οἰκονόμος), [in LXX: Psa.112:5 (כּוּל pilp.), 2Ma.3:14 * ;]
to manage as house-steward, be a steward: absol., Luk.16:2; hence, generally (see: οἰκονομία), to manage, regulate, arrange (cl., 2Mac, Lc., 3Ma.3:2 R).†
(AS) G3622 G3622 = G3622 οἰκονομία oikonomia G:N-F management οἰκονομία, -ας, ἡ
(οἰκονομέω), [in LXX: Isa.22:19, 21 (מַצָּב, מֶמְשָׁלָה)* ;]
__1. prop. (Plat., Arist.), the office of οἰκονόμος, stewardship: Luk.16:2-4.
__2. In later writers (Plut., al.; see AR on Eph.1:10; MM, xviii), generally, administration, dispensation: 1Co.9:17, Eph.1:10 3:2, 9, Col.1:25, 1Ti.1:4.†
(AS) G3623 G3623 = G3623 οἰκονόμος oikonomos G:N-M manager οἰκονόμος, -ου, ὁ
(οἶκος + νέμω, to manage) [in LXX chiefly for עַל ;]
__1. prop., the manager of a household or estate, a house- or land-steward (usually a slave or freedman): Luk.12:42 16:1, 3 16:8, 1Co.4:2, Gal.4:2; ὀ οἰ. τ. πόλεως (RV, treasurer; cf. I Est.4:49), Rom.16:23.
__2. Metaphorical (in wider sense; cf. οἰκονομία), an administrator, a steward: of Christian ministers, 1Co.4:1, Tit.1:7; of Christians generally, 1Pe.4:10.†
(AS) G3624 G3624G = G3624G οἶκος oikos G:N-M house: home οἶκος, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for בַּיִת, also for אֹהֶל ,הֵכָל, etc. ;]
__1. prop., a house, dwelling: Act.2:2 19:16; with genitive poss., Mat.9:6, 7 Mrk.2:11, Luk.1:23, al.; with genitive attrib., ἐμπορίου, Jhn.2:16; προσευχῆς, Mat.21:13, al.; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.): οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, of the tabernacle, Mat.12:4, al.; the temple, Mat.21:13, al.; metaphorically of a city: Mat.23:38, Luk.13:35; of the body, Mat.12:44, Luk.11:24; of Christians, 1Pe.2:5; ἐν οἴ (M, Pr., 81f.), at home, Mrk.2:1, 1Co.11:34 14:35; so κατ ̓ οἶκον, Act.2:46 5:42; οἱ εἰς (= οἱ ἐν; see: εἰς) τ. οἶ., Luk.7:10 15:6; κατ ̓οἴκους, from house to house, Act.8:3 20:20; εἰς (κατ ̓) οἶκον, with genitive (Bl., §46, 9), Mrk.8:3, Luk.14:1, Rom.16:5, al.
__2. By meton., a house, household, family: Luk.10:5, Act.7:10, 1Co.1:16, 1Ti.3:4, 5 al.; of the Church, ὁ οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, 1Ti.3:15, Heb.3:2, 1Pe.4:17; of descendants, οἶ Ἰσραήλ (Δαυείδ, Ἰακώβ; Bl, §47, 9), Mat.10:6, Luk.1:27, 33 al. (cf. Exo.6:14, 1Ki.2:30, al.).
SYN.: see: οἰκία. (AS) G3624 G3624H = a Meaning of G3624G οἶκος oikos G:N-M house: household οἶκος, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for בַּיִת, also for אֹהֶל ,הֵכָל, etc. ;]
__1. prop., a house, dwelling: Act.2:2 19:16; with genitive poss., Mat.9:6, 7 Mrk.2:11, Luk.1:23, al.; with genitive attrib., ἐμπορίου, Jhn.2:16; προσευχῆς, Mat.21:13, al.; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.): οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, of the tabernacle, Mat.12:4, al.; the temple, Mat.21:13, al.; metaphorically of a city: Mat.23:38, Luk.13:35; of the body, Mat.12:44, Luk.11:24; of Christians, 1Pe.2:5; ἐν οἴ (M, Pr., 81f.), at home, Mrk.2:1, 1Co.11:34 14:35; so κατ ̓ οἶκον, Act.2:46 5:42; οἱ εἰς (= οἱ ἐν; see: εἰς) τ. οἶ., Luk.7:10 15:6; κατ ̓οἴκους, from house to house, Act.8:3 20:20; εἰς (κατ ̓) οἶκον, with genitive (Bl., §46, 9), Mrk.8:3, Luk.14:1, Rom.16:5, al.
__2. By meton., a house, household, family: Luk.10:5, Act.7:10, 1Co.1:16, 1Ti.3:4, 5 al.; of the Church, ὁ οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, 1Ti.3:15, Heb.3:2, 1Pe.4:17; of descendants, οἶ Ἰσραήλ (Δαυείδ, Ἰακώβ; Bl, §47, 9), Mat.10:6, Luk.1:27, 33 al. (cf. Exo.6:14, 1Ki.2:30, al.).
SYN.: see: οἰκία. (AS) G3625 G3625 = G3625 οἰκουμένη oikoumenē G:N-F world οἰκουμένη, -ης, ἡ
(fern. Pres. pass. ptcp. of οἰκέω; sc. γῆ) [in LXX chiefly for תֵּבֵל, אֶרֶץ ;]
the inhabited earth;
__(a) in cl., the countries occupied by Greeks, as disting. from barbarian lands (Hdt., Dem., al.);
__(b) in later writers, the Roman world: Luk.2:1, Act.11:28 24:5; by meton., of its inhabitants : Act.17:6 19:27;
__(with) in LXX (Psa.23:1 71:8, al.) and NT, also of the whole inhabited world: Mat.24:14, Luk.4:5 21:26, Rom.10:18, Heb.1:6, Rev.3:10 16:14; by meton. (ut supr.), Act.17:31, Rev.12:9;
__(d) of the Messianic age, ἡ οἰ. ἡ μέλλουσα = ὁ αἰὼ ὁ μέλλων: Heb.2:5.†
(AS) G3626 G3626 = G3626 οἰκουρός oikouros G:A busy at home οἰκ-ουρός, -ον
(οἶκος + οὖρος, a keeper)
__1. watching or keeping the house; as subst., ἡ οἰ., a housekeeper (Soph., Eur.; see LS, see word).
__2. keeping at home: Tit.2:5, Rec. (see Field, Notes, 220 ff.; CGT, in l, and cf. οίκουργός).†
(AS) G3627 G3627 = G3627 οἰκτείρω oikteirō G:V to have compassion οἰκτείρω
(οἶκτος, pity), [in LXX for רָחַם pi., חָנַן, etc. ;]
to pity, have compassion on. with accusative of person(s), Rom.9:15 (LXX).†
SYN.: ἐλεέω, q.v (AS) G3628 G3628 = G3628 οἰκτιρμός oiktirmos G:N-M compassion οἰκτιρμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(οἰκτείρω), [in LXX, usually in pl., chiefly for רַחַם ;]
compassion, pity. σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, a heart of compassion, Col.3:12; in pl. (as LXX for Heb. רַחַם), οἰ. τ. θεοῦ, Rom.12:1, Heb.10:28; ό πατὴρ τῶν οἰ, 2Co.1:3; σπλάγχνα κ. οἰ., Php.2:1.†
SYN.: ἔλεος, q.v (AS) G3629 G3629 = G3629 οἰκτίρμων oiktirmōn G:A compassionate οἰκτίρμων, -ον
(οἰκτείρω), in cl. poët, for ἐλεήμων (which see), [in LXX chiefly for רַחוּם ;]
merciful: Luk.6:36, Jas.5:1.†
(AS) G3630 G3630 = G3630 οἰνοπότης oinopotēs G:N-M drunkard οἰνο-πότης, -ου, ὁ
(οίνος + πότης, a drinker), poët. and late prose, [in LXX: Pro.23:20 (יַיִן סָבָא)* ;]
a wine-drinker, wine-bibber: Mat.11:19, Luk.7:34.†
(AS) G3631 G3631 = G3631 οἶνος oinos G:N-M wine οἶνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for יַיִן also for תִּירוֹשׁ, etc. ;]
wine; Mat.9:17, Luk.1:15, Jhn.2:3, al.; οἴνῳ προσέχειν, 1Ti.3:8; δουλοῦσθαι, Tit.2:3. Metaphorical, Rev.14:8, 10 16:19 17:2 18:3 19:15. By meton. for ἄμπελος, Rev.6:6
(AS) G3632 G3632 = G3632 οἰνοφλυγία oinophlugia G:N-F drunkenness οἰνοφλυγία, -ας, ἡ
(φλύω, to bubble up, overflow), cf. -γέω, Deu.21:20
drunkenness, debauchery: 1Pe.4:3.†
SYN.: see: κραιπάλη (AS) G3633 G3633 = G3633 οἴομαι oiomai G:V to suppose οἴομαι, οἶμαι
[in LXX for הִנֵּה, Gen.37:7, al. ;]
to suppose, expect, imagine; with accusative and inf., Jhn.21:25; with inf., Php.1:17; before ὅτι, Jas.1:7.†
οἶμαι, see: οἴομαι
SYN.. see: ἡγέομαι (AS) G3634 G3634 = G3634 οἷος ohios G:K such as οἷος, -α, -ον
relat. pron., qualitative (related to ὅς as qualis to qui), what sort or manner of, such as, in NT usually without its correl. τοιοῦτος : Mat.24:21, Mrk.9:3, 2Co.12:20, 1Th.1:5, 2Ti.3:11, Rev.16:18; before τοιοῦτος, 1Co.15:48 15:2 2Co.10:11; id. redundant, Mrk.13:19; τ. αὑτὸν . . . σἷον, Php.1:30; οὐχ οἷον δὲ ὅτι, elliptically, but it is not as though (RV), Rom.9:6.†
(AS) G3635 G3635 = G3635 ὀκνέω okneō G:V to delay ὀκνέω, -ῶ
(ὄκνος, shrinking, hesitation), [in LXX: Num.22:16 (מָנַע ni.), Jdg.18:9 (אָצַל ni.), Tob.12:6, 13, Jdth.12:13, Sir.7:35, 4Ma.14:4 * ;]
to shrink from doing, hesitate to do (Hom., Thuc., al.); hence, to delay with inf., Act.9:38 (cf. Nu, l.with, and see MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3636 G3636 = G3636 ὀκνηρός oknēros G:A lazy ὀκνηρός, -ά, -όν
(ὀκνέω), [in LXX forPro.6:6, 9 al. ;]
shrinking, hesitating, timid: with dative (Bl., § 38, 2), Rom.12:11; hence, slothful: Mat.25:26. Of things, that which causes shrinking, irksome: Php.3:1.†
(AS) G3637 G3637 = G3637 ὀκταήμερος oktaēmeros G:A eighth day ὀκταήμερος, -ον
(ὀκτώ, ἡμέρα),
of the eighth day, eight days old: with dative ref., περιτομῇ., Php.3:5 (words of this class denote duration, cf. τεταρταῖος).†
(AS) G3638 G3638 = G3638 ὀκτώ oktō G:A-NUI eight ὀκτώ, οἱ, αἱ, τά
indecl.,
eight: Luk.2:21, Jhn.5:5, al
(AS) G3639 G3639 = G3639 ὄλεθρος olethros G:N-M destructive ὄλεθρος, -ον
(ὄλλυμι, to destroy), [in LXX for שֹׁד. שָׁדַד, etc. ;]
ruin, destruction, death: 1Th.5:3, 1Ti.6:9; αἰώνιος, 2Th.1:9 (L, txt., ὀλέθριος, which see); εἰς ὄ. τῆς σαρκός, for physical discipline, to destroy carnal lusts, 1Co.5:5.†
(AS) G3640 G3640 = G3640 ὀλιγόπιστος oligopistos G:A of little faith ὀλιγό-πιστος, -ον
of little faith or trust: Mat.6:30 8:26 14:31 16:8, Luk.12:28.†
(AS) G3641 G3641 = G3641 ὀλίγος oligos G:A little/few ὀλίγος, -η, -ον
(on οὐχ ὁλ., see infr.), [in LXX chiefly for מָעַט ;]
of number, quantity, size, few, little, small, slight: Mat.9:37 15:34, Mrk.6:5 8:7, Luk.10:2 12:48 (sc. πληγάς, opposite to πολλάς), 1Ti.5:23, Heb.12:10, Rev.3:4 12:12; οὐκ ὀ. (in the best uncials written οὐκ ὁ.; see WH, App., 143; M, Pr., 44; Thackeray, Gr., 126 f.), Act.12:18 14:28 15:2 (with genitive part.) Act.17:4, 12 19:23-24 27:20; pl., absol., Mat.7:14 20:16 (WH, txt., RV, om.) Mat.22:14, Luk.13:23, 1Pe.3:20. Neut. sing (τὸ) ὀ.: Luk.7:47, 2Co.8:15; πρὸς ὀλίγον, 1Ti.4:8, Jas.4:14; ἐν ὀ., Act.26:28-29 (with little effort; see Page, in l); id., in brief, Eph.3:3; adverbially, ὀλίγον, of time, Mrk.6:31, 1Pe.1:6 5:10, Rev.17:10; of space, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:3; pl., ὀλίγα, Luk.10:42, Rev.2:14; ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγα, Mat.25:21, 23; δι᾽ ὀλίγων, in few words, briefly, 1Pe.5:12 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 e).†
**ὀλίγως, adv.
(ὀλίγος), [in Aq.: Isa.10:7 * ;]
a little, almost, all but: 2Pe.2:18.†
(AS) G3642 G3642 = G3642 ὀλιγόψυχος oligopsuchos G:A fainthearted ὀλιγόφυχος, -ον
[in LXX: Isa.35:4 (מָהַר ni.), etc. ;]
faint-hearted: 1Th.5:14.†
(AS) G3643 G3643 = G3643 ὀλιγωρέω oligōreō G:V to despise ὀλιγωρέω, -ῶ
(ὀλίγος + ὤρα, care), [in LXX: Pro.3:11 (מָאַס)* ;]
to esteem lightly, think little of: with genitive, Heb.12:5 (LXX),†
(AS) G3644 G3644 = G3644 ὀλοθρευτής olothreutēs G:N-M destroyer ὀλοθρευτής (Rec. όλ-), -οῦ, ὁ
(ὀλοθρεύω),
a destroyer: 1Co.10:10 (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G3645 G3645 = G3645 ὀλοθρεύω olothreuō G:V to destroy ὀλοθρεύω
(ὄλεθρος), late (Alex.) form of ὄλεθρεύω ω (cf. MGr., ξολοθρεύω) [in LXX for כָּרַת, שָׁחַת hi., etc. ;]
to destroy: Heb.11:28 (cf. ἐξ-ολοθρεύω).†
ὀλεθρεύω, see: ὀλοθρεύω
ὀλοθρεύω
(ὄλεθρος), late (Alex.) form of ὄλεθρεύω ω (cf. MGr., ξολοθρεύω) [in LXX for כָּרַת, שָׁחַת hi., etc. ;]
to destroy: Heb.11:28 (cf. ἐξ-ολοθρεύω).†
ὀλεθρεύω, see: ὀλοθρεύω
(AS) G3646 G3646 = G3646 ὁλοκαύτωμα holokautōma G:N-N burnt offering ὁλοκαύτωμα, -τος, τό
(ὅλος, καίω), [in LXX chiefly for עֹלָה ;]
a whole burnt offering: Mrk.12:33, Heb.10:6, 8" (LXX) (of. Kennedy, Sources, 113 f.).†
SYN.: see: θυσία (AS) G3647 G3647 = G3647 ὁλοκληρία holoklēria G:N-F wholeness ὀλοκληρία, -ας, ἡ
(ὁλόκληρος), [in LXX: Isa.1:6 (מְתֹם)* ;]
completeness, soundness: Act.3:16.†
(AS) G3648 G3648 = G3648 ὁλόκληρος holoklēros G:A whole ὁλό-κληρος, -ον
(ὅλος, κλῆρος, i.e. with all that has fallen by lot), [in LXX: Lev.23:15, Eze.15:5 (תָּמִים), Deu.27:6, Jos.8:31 (9:2) (שָׁלֵם), Zec.11:16 (נָצַב ni.), Wis.15:3, 1Ma.4:47, 4Ma.15:17 * ;]
complete, entire; in NT in ethical sense (as Wis, 4Mac, ll. with), 1Th.5:23; ὁ. καὶ τέλειοι, Jas.1:4.†
SYN.: ὁλοτελής (which see), τελειος (Tr., Syn., § xxii) (AS) G3649 G3649 = G3649 ὀλολύζω ololuzō G:V to wail ὀλολύζω
(onomatop.), [in LXX chiefly for יָלַל hi. ;] (in Hom., of women crying to the gods in prayer or thanksgiving),
to cry aloud: Jas.5:1.†
(AS) G3650 G3650 = G3650 ὅλος holos G:A all ὅλος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for כֹּל ;]
of persons and things, whole, entire, complete;
__1. of indefinite ideas, with subst. anarth.: Luk.5:5, Act.11:26 28:30, Tit.1:11; ὅλον ἄνθρωπον (an entire man; see Field, Notes, 93), Jhn.7:23; ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ (= πᾶσα Ἰ, Mat.2:3; see Bl., §47, 9), Act.21:31.
__2. Definite, with art.;
__(a) preceding subst.: Mat.4:23, 24 Luk.8:39, 1Co.12:17, al.;
__(b) following subst.: Mrk.1:33, Luk.9:25, Jhn.4:53, Act.21:30, al.;
__(with) between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.).
__3. Attached to adj. or verb: Mat.13:33, Luk.13:21, Jhn.9:34, al.; adverbially, δι ̓ ὅλου (MM, xviii), Jhn.19:23.
(AS) G3651 G3651 = G3651 ὁλοτελής holotelēs G:A wholly ὁλοτελής, -ές
(ὅλος, τίλος),
complete, perfect.. 1Th.5:23.†
SYN.: ὁλόκληρος (which see), τέλειος. "As regards meaning, ὁλόκληρος can hardly be distinguished from ὁλοτελής though, in accordance with its derivation, it draws more special attention to the several parts to which the wholeness spoken of extends, no part being wanting or lacking in completeness" (M, Th., 78) (AS) G3652 G3652 = G3652 Ὀλυμπᾶς Olumpas N:N-M-P Olympas Ὀλυμπᾶς
(perh. contr. fr. Ὀλνμπιόδωρος, Bl., § 29), -ᾶ,
Olympas: Rom.16:15.†
(AS) G3653 G3653 = G3653 ὄλυνθος olunthos G:N-M late fig ὄλυνθος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Sng.2:13 (פַּג)* ;]
an unripe fig, which grows in winter and usually falls off in the spring : Rev.6:13.†
(AS) G3654 G3654 = G3654 ὅλως holōs G:ADV at all ὅλως
adv. (ὅλος),
altogether, assuredly, actually (with neg., at all) : Mat.5:34, 1Co.5:1 6:7 15:29.†
(AS) G3655 G3655 = G3655 ὄμβρος ombros G:N-M rainstorm ὄμβρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Deu.32:2 (שָׂעִיר), Wis.16:16, al. ;]
a storm of rain, a shower: Luk.12:54.†
(AS) G3656 G3656 = G3656 ὁμιλέω homileō G:V to talk ὁμιλέω, -ῶ
(ὅμιλος), [in LXX: Pro.5:19 (רָוָה pi.), al. ;]
to be in company with, consort with; hence, to converse with: Act.20:11; with dative, Act.24:26; before πρός, Luk.24:14-15.†
(AS) G3657 G3657 = G3657 ὁμιλία homilia G:N-F association όμιλία, -ας, ή
(όμιλος), [in LXX: Exo.21:10 (עוֹנָה), al. ;]
company, association: 1Co.15:33.†
(AS) G3658 G3658 = G3658 ὅμιλος homilos G:N-M crowd ὅμιλος, -ου, ὁ
[in Aq. : 1Ki.19:20 * ;]
a crowd, throng: Rev.18:17, Rec.†
(AS) G3659 G3659 = G3659 ὄμμα omma G:N-N eye ὄμμα, -τος, τό in cl. chiefly poët.;
[in LXX for עַיִן (עַיִן (Pro.5:1-23, Wis.2:1-24, 4Ma.3:1-21)* ;]
an eye: p1., Mat.20:34 Mrk.8:23.†
(AS) G3660 G3660 = G3660 ὄμνυμι omnumi G:V to swear ὀμνύω
(so Hdt. and some Att.. writers) and ὄμνυμι (so generally in Att.. prose and always in Trag.; Mrk.14:71, -ύναι), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁבַע ni. ;]
to swear, affirm by oath: Mat.26:74, Mrk.14:71, Heb.7:21; before εἰ (q.v), Heb.3:11 4:3; with dative of person(s), Mrk.6:23; id. with inf., Heb.3:18; before ὅρκῳ, Act.2:30; ὀ. ὅρκον, πρός, with accusative of person(s) (cl.), Luk.1:73; with accusative (of that by which one swears; cl., see MM, xviii), Jas.5:12; before κατά, with genitive (LXX; Bl., § 34, 1), Heb.6:13, 16; before ἐν (εἰς), as in Heb. (El., § 39, 4), Mat.5:34, 36 23:16, 18 23:20-22 Rev.10:6 (Bl., § 70, 3).†
(AS) G3661 G3661 = G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothumadon G:ADV united ὁμοθυμαδόν
(ὁμός, θυμός), [in LXX for יַחַד (frequently in Jb), Wis.10:20 18:5, 12, al. ;]
with one mind, with one accord: Act.1:14 2:46 4:24 5:12 7:57 8:6 12:20 15:25 18:12 19:29, Rom.15:6 (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Job.3:18 38:33, Num.24:24, Wis.18:5, 12 (but not Wis.10:20), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but see Abbott, Essays, 96; MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3662 G3662 = G3662 ὁμοιάζω homoiazō G:V to resemble ὁμοιάζω
(ὅμοιος),
to be like: Mat.23:27 (L, Tr., txt., WH, mg.) Mat.26:73 (WH, mg.) (not found elsewhere. cf. παρ-ομοιάζω.) †
(AS) G3663 G3663 = G3663 ὁμοιοπαθής homoiopathēs G:A like ὁμοιοπαθής, -ές
(ὅμοιος, πάσχω), [in LXX: Wis.7:3, 4Ma.12:13 * ;]
of like feelings or affections: with dative, Act.14:15, Jas.5:17.†
(AS) G3664 G3664 = G3664 ὅμοιος homoios G:A like ὅμοιος, -οία, -οιον
[in LXX for כְּמוֹ, etc. ;]
like, resembling, such as, the same as: with dative, of form or appearance, Jhn.9:9, Rev.1:13 (WH, mg., R, but see infr.) Rev.1:15 2:18 4:6-7 9:7, 10 (B1., § 37, 62) Rev_9:19; Rev_11:1; Rev_13:2; Rev_13:11; ὁράσει, Rev_4:3; of nature, condition, ability, etc., Mat_22:39, Act_17:29, Gal_5:21, 1Jn_3:2, Rev_13:4; Rev_18:18; Rev_21:11; Rev_21:18; of comparison in parables, Mat_13:31 ff. Mat_20:1, Luk_13:18-19; Luk_13:21; of thinking, acting, etc., Mat_11:16; Mat_13:52, Luk_6:47-49; Luk_7:31-32 (T, with genitive; 131., § 36, 11) Luk_12:36, Joh_8:55, Jud_1:7; with accusative, Rev_1:13 (WH, txt.; Swete, Hort, in l) Rev_14:14.†
(AS) G3665 G3665 = G3665 ὁμοιότης homoiotēs G:N-F likeness ὁμοιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ὅμοιος), [in LXX: Gen.1:11-12 (מִין), Wis.14:19, 4Ma.15:4 * ;]
likeness: καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα, in like manner, Heb.4:15; id. with genitive (MM, xviii), after the likeness (of), Heb.7:15.†
(AS) G3666 G3666 = G3666 ὁμοιόω homoioō G:V to liken ὁμοιόω, -ῶ
(ὅμοιος), [in LXX chiefly for דָּמָה ;]
__1. to make like, with genitive and dative; pass., to be made or become like: Mat.6:8 13:24 18:23 22:2 25:1, Act.14:11, Heb.2:17; before ὡς (cf. Eze.32:2, Heb.), Rom.9:29.
__2. to liken, compare: with dative, accusative, Mat.11:16, Luk.7:31 13:18, 20; πῶς όμοιώσωμεν, Mrk.4:30; pass., Mat.7:24, 26 (cf. ἀφ-ομοιόω).†
(AS) G3667 G3667 = G3667 ὁμοίωμα homoiōma G:N-N likeness ὁμοίωμα, -τος, τό
(ὁμοιόω), [in LXX for דְּמוּת, תַּבְנִית, תְּמוּנָה, etc. ;]
that which is made like something;
__(a) concrete, an image, like­ness (Psa.106:20, Eze.1:5, 1Ma.3:48, al.) : Rev.9:7;
__(b) abstract, like­ness, resemblance: Rom.5:14 6:5 8:3, Php.2:7; ἐν ὁ. εἰκόνος, Rom.1:23.†
SYN.: εἰκών (which see), ὁμοίωσις (AS) G3668 G3668 = G3668 ὁμοίως homoiōs G:ADV similarly ὁμοίως
(ὅμοιος),
adv.,
likewise, in like manner, equally: Mat.22:26, Mrk.4:16, Luk.10:37, al.; with dative, Mat.22:39, Luk.6:31; ὁ. καί, Mat.22:26, Mrk.15:31, al.; ὁ. καθώς, Luk.17:28; καθὼς . . . ὁ., Luk.6:31; ὁ. μέντοι καί, Ju 8
(AS) G3669 G3669 = G3669 ὁμοίωσις homoiōsis G:N-F likeness ὁμοίωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ὁμοιόω) [in LXX chiefly for דְּמוּת, Psa.58:4, al. ;]
__1. a making like, becoming like (Plat.).
__2. likeness: Jas.3:9 (LXX).†
SYN.: see: ὁμοίωμα, and cf. Tr., Syn., § xv (AS) G3670 G3670 = G3670 ὁμολογέω homologeō G:V to confess/profess ὁμολογέω, -ῶ
(ὁμόλογος, of one mind: Dan LXX Su 1:60 *), [in LXX: Job.40:9 (14) (יָדָה hi.), Jer.44:25 (נָדַר), al. ;]
__1. to speak the same language (Hdt.).
__2. to agree with (Hdt., Plat., al.).
__3. to agree, confess, acknowledge (Plat., al.) : absol., Jhn.1:20 12:42; pass., Rom.10:10; before ὅτι, ib., Heb.11:13; with accusative of thing(s), Act.23:8, 1Jn.1:9, Rev.3:5; id. with dative of person(s), Act.24:14; with accusative cogn., 1Ti.6:12; with accusative of person(s), 1Jn.2:23 Jn 4:3; id. before pred. accusative (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), Jhn.9:22, Rom.10:9, 1Jn.4:2 Jn 4:15, 2Jn.7; with inf. (M, Pr., 229), Tit.1:16; with dative of person(s) before ὅτι, Mat.7:23; before ἐν, with dative of person(s) (M, Pr., 104; Bl., § 41, 2), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8.
__4. to agree, promise: τ. ἐπαγγελίαν, Act.7:17; with inf. obj. (Bl., § 61, 3), Mat.14:7.
__5. = ἐξμολογέω, to praise: Heb.13:15 (Westc., in l).
(cf. ἀνθ-ομολογέομοι, ἐξμολογέω.) †
(AS) G3671 G3671 = G3671 ὁμολογία homologia G:N-F confession ὁμολογία, -ας, ἡ
(όμολογέω), [in LXX: Deu.12:6, 17. Amo.4:5, Eze.46:12 (נְדָבָה), Lev.22:18, Jer.44:25 (נֶדֶר), I Est.9:8 * ;]
__1. in cl., an agreement assent, compact (in π., of a contract; Deiss., BS, 249).
__2. confession (prob. always in an objective sense): 2Co.9:13, 1Ti.6:12-13 Heb.3:1 4:14 10:13.†
(AS) G3672 G3672 = G3672 ὁμολογουμένως homologoumenōs G:ADV undeniably ὁμολογουμένως
adv. (ὁμ oλογέω), [in LXX: 4Ma.6:31 4Mac 7:16 4Mac 16:1 * ;]
__1. as agreed, conformably with.
__2. confessedly, by common consent: 1Ti.3:16.†
(AS) G3673 G3673 = G3673 ὁμότεχνος homotechnos G:A of the same trade ὁμότεχνος, -ον
(ὁμός, τέχνη),
practising the same craft, of the same trade: Act.18:3.†
(AS) G3674 G3674 = G3674 ὁμοῦ homou G:ADV together ὁμοῦ
adv. (ὁμός),
together;
__(a) prop., of place: Jhn.21:2, Act.2:1;
__(b) without idea of place: Jhn.4:36 20:4.†
(AS) G3675 G3675 = G3675 ὁμόφρων homophrōn G:A like-minded ὁμόφρων, -ον
(ὁμός, φρήν), = ὁμόνοος,
agreeing, of one mind: 1Pe.3:8.†
(AS) G3676 G3676 = G3676 ὅμως homōs G:CONJ just as ὅμως
adv. (ὁμίς),
yet: ὅ. μέντοι,
but yet, nevertheless, Jhn.12:42; by hyperbaton, out of its proper position, 1Co.14:7, Gal.3:15 (but see Bl., § 77, 14).†
(AS) G3677 G3677 = G3677 ὄναρ onar G:N-N dream ὄναρ, τό
indecl., used only in nom, and accusative sing. (the other cases are supplied by ὄνειρος), a dream: κατ᾽ ὄ. (in later writers only), in a dream, Mat.1:20 2:12-13, 19 2:22 27:19.†
(AS) G3678 G3678 = G3678 ὀνάριον onarion G:N-N young donkey ὀνάριον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of ὄνος),
a young ass: Jhn.12:14.†
(AS) G3679 G3679 = G3679 ὀνειδίζω oneidizō G:V to revile ὀνειδίζω
(ὄνειδος), [in LXX chiefly for חָרַף pi. ;]
to reproach, upbraid: absol., Jas.1:5; with accusative of person(s) (in cl. more frequently with dative of person(s); Bl., § 34, 2; WM, 278), Mat.5:11, Mrk.15:32, 34, WH, mg., Luk.6:22, Rom.15:3" (LXX) ; τ. πόλεις, Mat.11:20; pass., 1Ti.4:10, WH, mg., 1Pe.4:14; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.16:14; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:44.†
(AS) G3680 G3680 = G3680 ὀνειδισμός oneidismos G:N-M reproach ὀνειδισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὀνειδίζω) [in LXX chiefly for חֶרְפָּה ;]
a reproach: Rom.15:3, Heb.10:33; εἰς ὀ. ἐμπεαεῖν, 1Ti.3:7; ὁ ὀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ Heb.11:26 13:13.†
(AS) G3681 G3681 = G3681 ὄνειδος oneidos G:N-N disgrace ὄνειδος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for חֶרְפָּה, also for כְּלִמָּה, etc. ;]
__1. reproach, censure, blame.
__2. matter of reproach, disgrace: Luk.1:25.†
(AS) G3682 G3682 = G3682 Ὀνήσιμος Onēsimos N:N-M-P Onesimus Ὀνήσιμος, -ου, ὁ
(i.e. profitable, ὄνησις, profit),
Onesimus: Col.4:9, Phm 10 (a common name among slaves; see MM, iii, xviii).†
(AS) G3683 G3683 = G3683 Ὀνησίφορος Onēsiphoros N:N-M-P Onesiphorus Ὀνησίφορος, -ου, ὁ
(i.e. bringing advantage),
Onesiphorus: 2Ti.1:16 4:19.†
(AS) G3684 G3684 = G3684 ὀνικός onikos G:A huge millstone ὀνικός, -ή, -όν
(ὄνος),
of or for an ass. μύλος ὀ., Mat.18:6, Mrk.9:42 (elsewhere only in π.; see MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3685 G3685 = G3685 ὀνίνημι oninēmi G:V to have joy ὀνίνημι
[in LXX: Tob.3:8, Sir.30:2 * ;]
to profit, benefit, help; mid., to have profit, derive benefit: optative (M, Pr., 195), with genitive, Phm 20.†
(AS) G3686 G3686 = G3686 ὄνομα onoma G:N-N name ὄνομα, -τος, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם ;]
__1. in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mat.10:2, Mrk.3:16, Luk.1:63, Jhn.18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ (οὗ) ὄ. (τ. ὄ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (BL, §30, 3), Mrk.14:32, Luk.1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ, Luk.1:5, Jhn.1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, before nom. prop., Mat.27:32, Mrk.5:22, Luk.1:5, Act.5:1, al.; accusative absol. (Bl., §34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα), Mat.27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mrk.5:9 (cf. Luk.8:30); ἔξειν ὄ., Rev.9:11; καλεῖν (ἐπιτιθέναι) ὄ. (Bl., §33, 1), Mat.1:21, Mrk.3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν (τ.) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Php.4:3, Rev.13:8, cf. Luk.10:20 (ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Rev.13:1; the name as opposite to the reality, Rev.3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph.1:21, Php.2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.).
__2. By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., §39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146f., 196f.; LAE, 123:4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν (εἰς) ὄ., with genitive of person(s) (see reff. supr.), Mat.10:41 21:9 28:19, Mrk.11:9, Luk.13:35, Jhn.5:43, Act.8:16, 1Co.1:13; of the name Christian, 1Pe.4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν (ἅγιον) τὸ ὄ. (τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου), Mat.6:9, Luk.1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν (ὁμολογεῖν) τῷ ὀ., Rom.15:9, Heb.13:15; δοξάζειν (φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι) τὸ ὄ., Jhn.12:28 17:6, 26 Rev.11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Rom.2:24, 1Ti.6:1, Rev.13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὂν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., 1Jn.3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., §39, 4), Jhn.1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., 2Ti.2:19; κρατεῖν, Rev.2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Rev.3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (see reff. supr.), Mrk.9:38 16:[17], Luk.10:17, Jhn.14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Act.3:6 4:12, Eph.5:20, 1Pe.4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mat.18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mat.19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mat.10:22, Mrk.13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., 1Co.1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Act.9:16, Rom.1:5, al.; id. absol., Act.5:41, 3Jo.7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Act.26:9.
__3. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext): Mrk.9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305f.).
__4. In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196f.), an individual, a person: Act.1:15, Rev.3:4 11:13.
(AS) G3687 G3687 = G3687 ὀνομάζω onomazō G:V to name ὀνομάζω
(ὄνομα), [in LXX for זָכַר, נָקַב, קָרָא ;]
__1. to name, mention, or address by name: Act.19:13; pass., Rom.15:20, Eph.1:21 5:3; of the use of the Divine name in praise and worship, 2Ti.2:19 (LXX, Num.16:26; cf. Isa.52:11, Amo.6:10).
__2. to name, call, give a name to: Mrk.3:14 (T, R, txt. om.), Luk.6:13-14; pass., 1Co.5:11; before ἐξ (cl.), Eph.3:15 (cf. ἐπ-ονομάζω).†
(AS) G3688 G3688 = G3688 ὄνος onos G:N-M/F donkey ὄνος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for חֲמוֹר, also for אָתוֹן, etc. ;]
an ass: Mat.21:2, 5" (LXX), Luk.14:5, Jhn.12:15" (LXX) ; ὁ, Luk.13:15; ἡ, Mat.21:7 .†
(AS) G3689 G3689 = G3689 ὄντως ontōs G:ADV really ὄντως
adv. (ὤν, ptcp. of εἰμί, sum) [in LXX: Num.22:37 (אׇמְנָם), Jer.3:23 (אָכֵן), Jer.10:19 (אַךְ), 3Ki.12:24, Wis.17:14 * ;]
really, actually, truly: Mrk.11:32, Luk.23:47 24:34, Jhn.8:36, 1Co.14:25, Gal.3:21 4:1-31 ἡ ὄ. ζωή, 1Ti.6:19; ἡ ὄ. χήρα, 1Ti.5:3 5:5 5:16 †
(AS) G3690 G3690 = G3690 ὄξος oxos G:N-N vinegar ὄξος, -εος (-ους), τό
(ὄξύς), [in LXX: Num.6:3, Rut.2:14, Psa.69:21, Pro.25:20 (חֹמֶץ)* ;]
sour wine (posca, vin-Deu pays), the ordinary drink of labourers and common soldiers: Mat.27:48, Mrk.15:36, Luk.23:36, Jhn.19:29-30.†
(AS) G3691 G3691 = G3691 ὀξύς oxus G:A sharp/swift ὄξύς, -εῖα, -ύ
[in LXX: Psa.57:4, al. (חַד), Amo.2:15 (קַל), Isa.5:28 (שָׁנַן), etc. ;]
__1. sharp: Rev.1:16 2:12 14:14, 17-18 19:15.
__2. Of motion, swift: Rom.3:15 (LXX ταχινός).†
(AS) G3692 G3692 = G3692 ὀπή opē G:N-F hole ὀπή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for חוֹר, חֲגָו, etc. ;]
an opening, a hole: Jas.3:11 (cf. Exo.33:22), Heb.11:33 (cf. Ob 3).†
(AS) G3693 G3693 = G3693 ὄπισθεν opisthen G:PREP after ὄπισθεν
adv. of place, [in LXX chiefly for אָחוֹר, אַחַר ;]
behind, after: Mat.9:20, Mrk.5:27, Luk.8:44, Rev.4:6 5:1. As prep. with genitive: Mat.15:23, Luk.23:26, Rev.1:10 (WH, mg.).†
(AS) G3694 G3694 = G3694 ὀπίσω opisō G:ADV after ὀπίσω
adv.
of place and time,
[in LXX chiefly for אַחַר and cogn. forms ;]
__1. prop., as in cl., adv.,
__(a) of time (not in NT);
__(b) of place, back, behind, after: Mat.24:18, Luk.7:38; τὰ ὀ., Php.3:13; εἰς τὰ ὀ., Mrk.13:16, Luk.9:62 17:31, Jhn.6:66 18:6 20:14.
__2. By a usage not found in cl., and in LXX representing the Heb. prep. אַחַר (Bl., § 40, 8; Thackeray, Gr., 46 f.), but also prob. general in vernacular (M, Pr., 99), as prep. with genitive;
__(a) of time, after: Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:7 Jhn.1:15, 27 1:30;
__(b) of place, behind, after: Mat.4:19 10:38 16:23-24, Mrk.1:17, 20 8:33-34, Luk.9:33 14:27 19:14 21:8, 2Pe 2;10, Ju 7, Rev.1:10 12:15; in constr. praegn. (see Swete on Re, l.with), Jhn.12:19, Act.5:17 20:30, 1Ti.5:15, Rev.13:3.†
(AS) G3695 G3695 = G3695 ὁπλίζω hoplizō G:V to arm ὁπλίζω
(ὅπλον), [in Sm.: Jer.52:25 * ;]
to make ready, equip; of soldiers, to arm. Mid., to arm oneself; figuratively, ἔννοιαν: 1Pe.4:1 (cf. θράσος ὁ., Soph., Elec., 995), (cf. καθ-ὁπλίζω).†
(AS) G3696 G3696 = G3696 ὅπλον hoplon G:N-N weapon ὅπλον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for מָגֵן, צִנָּה, etc. ;]
__1. a tool, implement, instrument: ὅπλα ἀδικίας (Opp. to ὅ. δικαιοσύνης), Rom.6:13.
__2. Freq., in pl., arms, weapons: Jhn.18:3, 2Co.10:4; metaphorically, τ. φωτός, Rom.13:12; τ. δικαιοσύνης, 2Co.6:7.†
(AS) G3697 G3697 = G3697 ὁποῖος hopoios G:Q what sort? ὁποῖος, -οία, -οῖον
[in LXX: Sng.5:10, 2Ma.11:37 * ;]
of what sort: 1Co.3:13, Gal.2:6, 1Th.1:9, Jas.1:24; τοιοῦτος ὁ., such as, Act.26:29.†
(AS) G3698 G3698 = G3698 ὁπότε hopote G:CONJ when(-ever) 1. of Time, correlated to πότε, much like ὅτε:
2. with the indicative, when , Lat. quando, (Homer): —; εἰς ὁπότε, with future, when, by what time , λέγειν εἰς ὁπότ᾽ ἔσται (Aeschines Orator)
3. with the optative in reference to the past, whenever , to express an event that has often occurred, ὁπότε Κρήτηθεν ἵκοιτο (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;also in oratio obliqua, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
4. in indirect phrases, ἴδμεν, ὁππότε Τηλέμαχος νεῖται when he is to return , (Odyssey by Homer); with optative, δέγμενος ὁππότε ναυσὶν ἐφορμηθεῖεν (Iliad by Homer)
5. in causal sense, for that, because, since , like Lat. quando for quoniam , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.: so ὁπότε γε, Lat. quandoquidem, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G3699 G3699 = G3699 ὅπου hopou G:CONJ where(-ever) ὅπου
adv.
of place, correlat. of ποῦ (which see), where.
__I. Prop., of place,
__1. where;
__(a) in relative sentences, with indic: Mat.25:24, 26, Mrk.2:4 4:5, 15 5:40 13:14, Jhn.3:8 6:62 7:34, 36 11:32 14:3 17:24 20:19, Rom.15:20, Rev.2:13; after nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase (ἐν ᾧ., etc.), Mat.6:19-20 13:5 26:57 28:6, Mrk.6:55 9:48 Luk.12:33, Jhn.1:28 4:20, 46 6:23 7:42 10:40 11:30 12:1 18:1, 20 19:18, 20 19:41 20:12, Act.17:1, Rev.2:13 11:8 20:10; before ἐκεῖ., Mat.6:21, Luk.12:34 17:37 Jhn.12:26; id. pleonast. (= Heb. שָׁם . . . אֲשֶׁר; Aram. תַּמָּן . . דּ; of. Gen.13:3), ὅ. . . . ἐκεῖ, Rev.12:6, 14; ὅ. . . . ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν, Rev.17:9; ὅ. ἄν, wherever (M, Pr., 168), with imperfect indic., Mrk.6:56; with Pres. subjc., Mat.24:28; ὅ. ἐάν, Mat.26:13, Mrk.6:10 9:18 14:9, 14 a;
__(b) in quaest. indir., with aor. subjc.: Mrk.14:14 b, Luk.22:11.
__2. In late writers (sometimes also in cl.; Bl., § 25, 2), with verbs of motion, = ὅποι, whither: with indic., Jhn.8:21-22 13:33, 36 14:4 21:18, Heb.6:20, Jas.3:4; ὅ. ἄν, whithersoever, with present ind., Rev.14:4; subjc., Luk.9:57; ὅ. ἐάν, Mat.8:19.
__II. Without strict local sense,
__1. of time or condition: Col.3:11, Heb.9:16 10:18, Jas.3:16, 2Pe.2:11.
__2. Of cause or reason (AV, whereas): 1Co.3:3.†
(AS) G3700 G3700 = a Meaning of G1492H ὀπτάνομαι optanomai G:V to appear ὀπτάνω
[in LXX: 3Ki.8:8 (רָאָה ni.), Tob.12:19 * ;]
late present as from ὤφθην (= ὁράω); mid., ὀπτάνομαι, to allow oneself to be seen, to appear. with dative, Act.1:3. (For exx. from π., see Deiss., LAE, 79, 2526; MM, ii, xviii.) †
(AS) G3701 G3701 = G3701 ὀπτασία optasia G:N-F vision ὀπτασία, -ας, ἡ
(ὀπτάζομαι, Num.14:14* = ὀπτάνομαι), later form of ὄψις, [in LXX: Mal.3:2 (רָאָה ni.), Da TH Dan.9:23 10:1, 7-8 10:16 (מַרְאֶה, מַרְאָה LXX, ὅραμα, -σις), Est.4:7, Sir.43:2, 16 * ;]
__1. an appearing, coming into view (Ma, Es, Sir, ll. with).
__2. a vision: Luk.1:22 24:23, Act.26:19, 2Co.12:1 (Da, ll. with, also in MGr.).†
(AS) G3702 G3702 = G3702 ὀπτός optos G:A broiled ὀπτός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Exo.12:8-9 (צָלִי) * ;]
roasted, boiled Luk.24:42.†
(AS) G3703 G3703 = G3703 ὀπώρα opōra G:N-F fruit ὀπώρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Jer.48:32 40:10, 12 (קַיִץ) * ;]
__1. late summer, early autumn (the time between the risings of Sirius and Arcturus, i.e. late July, all August and early September).
__2. By meton. (as being fruit-time), ripe fruits Rev.18:14 (cf. φθινοπωρινά, Ju 12).†
(AS) G3704 G3704 = G3704 ὅπως hopōs G:CONJ that ὅπως
__I. Relat. adv. of manner, as, how: with indic., Luk.24:20.
__II. Conj., with subjc. (in cl. also with opt., indic.: so in Mat.26:59, LT, Tr.), in order that, to the end that, that;
__1. final, denoting purpose or design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged): after pres., Mat.6:2, al.; pf., Act.9:17, al.; impf., Act.9:24; aor., Act.9:2, al.; plpf., Jhn.11:57; fut., Mat.23:35; imperat., Mat.2:8, al.; ὅ. μή (M, Pr., 185), Mat.6:18, Luk.16:26, Act.20:16, 1Co.1:29; ὅ. πληρωθῇ, Mat.2:23 8:17 13:35; ὅ. ἄν (B1., § 65, 2; WM, § 42, 5), Luk.2:35, Act.3:19 15:17, Rom.3:4 (cf. Gen.12:13, Psa.59:7. 1Mac 1032, al.).
__2. After verbs of asking, exhorting, etc.: Mat.9:38, Luk.7:3, Jas.5:16, al. (in late writers its place is often taken by the correl. πῶς, which see)
(AS) G3705 G3705 = G3705 ὅραμα horama G:N-N vision ὅραμα, -τος, τό
(ὁράω), [in LXX for חָזוֹן, מַרְאֶה, etc. ;]
that which is seen;
__(a) a sight, spectacle: Mat.17:9, Act.7:31;
__(b) an appearance, vision: Act.9:10, 12 (Rec.) Act.10:3, 17 10:19 11:5 12:9 16:9-10 18:9 (cf. ὀπτασία).†
(AS) G3706 G3706 = G3706 ὅρασις horasis G:N-F appearance/vision ὅρασις, -εως, ἡ
(ὁράω) [in LXX chiefly for מַרְאֶה, חָזוֹן and cognate forms ;]
__1. in Arist. and later writers, the act of seeing, the sense of sight, and by meton., pl., the eyes.
__2. appearance (Num.24:4, Eze.1:5, Sir.41:20, al.): Rev.4:3.
__3. = ὅραμα, a vision: Act.2:17 (LXX), Rev.9:17.†
(AS) G3707 G3707 = G3707 ὁρατός horatos G:A visible ὁρατός, -ή, -όν
(ὁράω)
visible: τὰ ὁ., Col.1:16.†
(AS) G3708 G3708G = a Meaning of G1492H ὁράω horaō G:V to see: see ὁράω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc. ;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; see M, Pr., 110f.), to see (in colloq. even the present is rare, its place being generally taken by θεωρέω, see BL, §24).
__1. Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mrk.6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jhn.1:46, al.; before ὅτι, Mrk.2:16, al.; with accusative, Mat.2:2, Mrk.1:10 16:7, Gal.1:19, al.; θεόν, Jhn.1:18, 1Jn.4:20, al.
__2. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Rom.15:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:2 27:54, Act.8:23, Col.2:18, al.
__3. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, with aor. subjc., Mat.8:4 18:10, Mrk.1:44, 1Th.5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Rev.19:10 22:9 (Bl., §81, 1); before imperat. Mat.9:30 16:6, Mrk.8:15
__4. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Luk.2:26, Heb.11:5; ζωήν, Jhn.3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Act.2:27.
__5. to visit: with accusative of person(s), Luk.8:20, Jhn.12:21, Rom.1:11, al.; with accusative loc, Act.19:21.
__6. to see to, care for: Mat.27:4, Act.18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω).
SYN.: see: βλέπω. (AS) G3708 G3708H = a Meaning of G1492H ὁράω horaō G:V to see: appear ὁράω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc. ;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; see M, Pr., 110f.), to see (in colloq. even the present is rare, its place being generally taken by θεωρέω, see BL, §24).
__1. Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mrk.6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jhn.1:46, al.; before ὅτι, Mrk.2:16, al.; with accusative, Mat.2:2, Mrk.1:10 16:7, Gal.1:19, al.; θεόν, Jhn.1:18, 1Jn.4:20, al.
__2. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Rom.15:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:2 27:54, Act.8:23, Col.2:18, al.
__3. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, with aor. subjc., Mat.8:4 18:10, Mrk.1:44, 1Th.5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Rev.19:10 22:9 (Bl., §81, 1); before imperat. Mat.9:30 16:6, Mrk.8:15
__4. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Luk.2:26, Heb.11:5; ζωήν, Jhn.3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Act.2:27.
__5. to visit: with accusative of person(s), Luk.8:20, Jhn.12:21, Rom.1:11, al.; with accusative loc, Act.19:21.
__6. to see to, care for: Mat.27:4, Act.18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω).
SYN.: see: βλέπω. (AS) G3709 G3709 = G3709 ὀργή orgē G:N-F wrath ὀργή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אַף, also for חָרוֹן, חֵמָה, קָצַף, etc. ;]
__1 1, impulse, propensity, disposition.
__2. anger, wrath;
__(a) of men: Mrk.3:5, Eph.4:31, Col.3:8, 1Ti.2:8, Jas.1:19-20;
__(b) of God;
__α that reaction of the divine nature against sin which in anthropomorphic language is called anger: Rom.1:18 9:22 12:19, (ICC, in l), 1Th.1:10 2:16, Heb.3:11 4:3" (LXX) Rev.14:10 16:19 19:15;
__β of the effect of God's anger: Mat.3:7, Luk.3:7 21:23, Jhn.3:36, Rom.2:5, 8 3:5 4:15 5:9 13:4-5 Eph.5:6, Col.3:6, 1Th.5:9, Jas.1:20, Rev.6:16-17 11:18; σκεύη ὀργῆς, Rom.9:22; τέκνα ὀργῆς, Eph.2:3.†
SYN.: see: θυμός (AS) G3710 G3710 = G3710 ὀργίζω orgizō G:V to anger ὀργίζω
(ὀργή), [in LXX chiefly for חָרָה, also for קָצַף, etc. ;]
to make angry, provoke to anger; in cl. most frequently in pass., and so always in NT, to be provoked to anger, be angry: absol., Mat.18:34 22:7, Luk.14:21 15:28, Eph.4:26" (LXX), Rev.11:18; with dative, Mat.5:22; before ἐπί, with dative (3Ki.11:9, al.), Rev.12:17 (cf. παρ-ὀργίζω).†
(AS) G3711 G3711 = G3711 ὀργίλος orgilos G:A quick-tempered ὀργίλος, -η, -ον
(ὀργή), [in LXX: Pro.22:24 29:22 (חֵמָה), etc. ;]
inclined to anger, passionate: Tit.1:7.†
(AS) G3712 G3712 = G3712 ὀργυιά orguia G:N-F a fathom ὀργυιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(ὀρέγω),
the length of the outstretched arms, a fathom: Act.27:28.†
(AS) G3713 G3713 = G3713 ὀρέγω oregō G:V to aspire ὀρέγω
[in Sm.: Job.8:20, Eze.16:49 * ;]
to reach, stretch out; pass. and mid., to stretch oneself out, reach forth; metaphorically, to reach after, grasp at, aspire to: with genitive of thing(s), 1Ti.3:1, Heb.11:16; φιλαργυρίας (see Ellic. and CGT, in l), 1Ti.6:10.†
SYN.: ἐπιθυμέω, to desire (which see) (AS) G3714 G3714 = G3714 ὀρεινός oreinos G:A hilly ὀρεινός (WH, ὀριν-; see MM, xviii,) -ή, -όν
(ὄρος),
mountainous, hilly; ἡ ὀ. (sc. χώρα), the hill-country (LXX for הַר): Luk.1:39, 65 †
(AS) G3715 G3715 = G3715 ὄρεξις orexis G:N-F lust ὄρεξις, -εως, ἡ
(ὀρέγομαι), [in LXX Wis.14:2 15:5 16:2-3, Sir.18:30 23:6, 4Ma.1:33 4Mac 1:35 * ;]
the most general ward for all kinds of desire, longing, appetite: of lust, Rom.1:27
SYN.: see: πάθος (AS) G3716 G3716 = G3716 ὀρθοποδέω orthopodeō G:V be upright ὀρθοποδέω, -ῶ
(ὀρθό-πους, going straight),
= cl. εὐθυπορέω, to walk straight: metaphorically, Gal.2:14 (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G3717 G3717 = G3717 ὀρθός orthos G:A upright ὀρθός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for יָשָׁר ;]
straight;
__(a) in height, straight, upright: Act.14:10;
__(b) in line, straight, direct: figuratively, Heb.12:13 (LXX).†
(AS) G3718 G3718 = G3718 ὀρθοτομέω orthotomeō G:V to cut straight ὀρθοτομέω, -ῶ
(- ὀρθός, τέμνω), [in LXX: Pro.3:6 11:6 (יָשַׁר pi.)* ;]
to cut straight, as a road (τ. ὁδούς, figuratively, Pr, ll with). Metaphorical, τ. λόγον τ. ἀληθείας, 2Ti.2:15 (V. Ellic. and CGT, in l; not found elsewhere).†
(AS) G3719 G3719 = G3719 ὀρθρίζω orthrizō G:V to rise at dawn ὀρθρίζω
(ὄρθρος), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַם hi., Gen.19:2, al.; also for שָׁחַר pi., Psa.63:1, al., etc. ;]
= cl. poët., ὀρθρεύω, to rise early: before πρός, with accusative of person(s) (as Ps, l.with, al.), Luk.21:38 (see Thumb, Hellen., 123).†
(AS) G3720 G3720 = G3720 ὀρθρινός orthrinos G:A dawn ὀρθρινός, -ή, -όν
(ὄρθρος), [in LXX: Hos.6:4 13:3 (שָׁכַם hi.), Hag.2:14, Wis.11:22 * ;]
late form of ὄρθριος (which see), early: Luk.24:22.†
(AS) G3721 G3721 = G3721 ὄρθριος orthrios G:A morning ὄρθριος, -α, -ον
(ὄρθρος), [in LXX: 1Ki.28:14, Job.29:7, 1-25; 3Ma.5:10 3Mac 5:23 * ;]
early, in the early morning: Luk.24:22, Rec. (see: ὀρθρινός).†
(AS) G3722 G3722 = G3722 ὄρθρος orthros G:N-M dawn ὄρθρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for שַׁחַר, בֹּקֶר, etc. ;]
daybreak, dawn: ὄρθρου βαθέως (M, Pr., 73), at early dawn, Luk.24:1; ὄρθρου, Jhn.8:2; ὑπὸ τὸν ὄ., Act.5:21 (cf. MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3723 G3723 = G3723 ὀρθῶς orthōs G:ADV correctly όρθῶς
adv. (ἀρθός),
rightly: Mrk.7:35, Luk.7:43 10:28 20:21.†
(AS) G3724 G3724 = G3724 ὁρίζω horizō G:V to determine ὁρίζω
(ὅρος, a boundary), [in LXX for אָסַר, גְּבוּל, etc. ;]
__1. to separate, mark off by boundaries (so Num.34:6, Jhn.13:27).
__2. to determine, appoint, designate: of time, with accusative, Act.17:26, Heb.4:7; with accusative of person(s), Act.17:31; with inf., Act.11:29; pass., Luk.22:22, Act.2:23 10:42, Rom.1:4 (cf. ὀφ-, ἀπο- δι-, τρο-ορίζω),†
(AS) G3725 G3725 = G3725 ὅριον horion G:N-N region ὅριον, -ου, τό
(ὅρος, a boundary), [in LXX chiefly for גְּבוּל ;]
a boundary, bound; chiefly in pl., and so always in NT: Mat.2:16 4:13 8:34 15:22, 39 19:1, Mrk.5:17 7:24, 31 10:1, Act.13:50.†
(AS) G3726 G3726 = G3726 ὁρκίζω horkizō G:V to adjure ὁρκίζω
(ὅρκος), [in LXX: Gen.24:37, al. (שָׁבַע hi.) ;]
__1. to make one swear (Xen., Polyb., a1.).
__2. to adjure: with dupl. accusative, Mrk.5:7, Act.19:13 (cf. ἐν-, ἐξ-ορκίζω).†
(AS) G3727 G3727 = G3727 ὅρκος horkos G:N-M oath ὅρκος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁוַע, שִׁבְעָה and cogn. forms ;]
an oath: Mat.14:7 26:72, Luk.1:73, Act.2:30, Heb.6:16-17, Jas.5:12; p1., Mat.5:33 (LXX) Mat.14:9, Mrk.6:26.†
(AS) G3728 G3728 = G3728 ὁρκωμοσία horkōmosia G:N-F oath ὁρκωμοσία, -ας, ἡ
(ὅρκος, ὄμνυμι; by metapl. for τὰ ὁρκωμόσια, asseverations on oath; see MM, xviii), [in LXX: Eze.17:18-19 (עָלָה) 1Es 9:93* ;]
affirmation on oath, an oath: Heb.7:20-21, 28.†
(AS) G3729 G3729 = G3729 ὁρμάω hormaō G:V to stampede ὁρμάω, -ῶ
(ὁρμή), [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc. ;]
__1. causal, to set in motion, urge on.
__2. Intrans., to hasten on, rush: before εἰς, Mat.8:32, Mrk.5:13, Luk.8:33, Act.19:29; ἐπί, with accusative, Act.7:57.†
(AS) G3730 G3730 = G3730 ὁρμή hormē G:N-F impulse ὁρμή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Pro.3:25 (שׁוֹא), etc. ;]
__1. a violent movement, impulse: Jas.3:4;
__2. a hostile movement, onset, assault. Act.14:5.†
(AS) G3731 G3731 = G3731 ὅρμημα hormēma G:N-N sudden violence ὅρμημα, -τος, τό
(ὁρμάω) [in LXX: Hos.5:10, Amo.1:11 (עֶבְרָה), etc. ;]
a rush: Rev.18:21.†
(AS) G3732 G3732 = G3732 ὄρνεον orneon G:N-N bird ὄρνεον, -ου, τό = ὄρνις,
[in LXX chiefly for צִפּוֹר ;]
a bird: Rev.18:2 19:17, 21 (Hom., al.).†
(AS) G3733 G3733 = G3733 ὄρνις ornis G:N-F hen ὄρνις, -ιθος, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX: ὄ. ἐκλεκταί, I2Ki.3:1 4:23 (3Ki.5:3) (בַּרְבֻּר)* ;]
a bird; specif., a cock, a hen: Mat.23:3, Luk.13:34 (WH).†
(AS) G3734 G3734 = G3734 ὁροθεσία horothesia G:N-F fixed boundary ὁροθεσία, -ας, ἡ
(ὅρος, a boundary, + τίθημι)
a setting of boundaries; in pl., bounds; Act.17:26.†
(AS) G3735 G3735 = G3735 ὄρος oros G:N-N mountain ὄρος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly, and very freq., for הַר ;]
a mountain: Mat.4:8 17:1, Mrk.9:2, Jhn.4:20, 2Pe.1:18, al.; opposite to βουνός, Luk.3:5 (LXX); ὄ. τ. ἐλαιῶν, Mat.21:1 24:3, al. (see: ἐ.); ὄ. Σιών (Σ., prob. in gem appos.), Heb.12:22, Rev.14:1; ὄ. Σινά, Act.7:30, 38 Gal.4:24-25; τὸ ὄ., of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mat.5:1 8:1, Mrk.3:13 6:46, al.; τὰ ὄ., Mat.18:12, Mrk.5:5, Heb.11:38, Rev.6:14, al.; proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, הדים עקר), of overcoming difficulties, accomplishing marvels, ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, 1Co.13:2, cf. Mat.17:20 21:21, Mrk.11:23
(AS) G3736 G3736 = G3736 ὀρύσσω orussō G:V to dig ὀρύσσω
[in LXX chiefly for חָפַר also for כָּרָה, etc. ;]
to dig: with accusative, ληνόν, Mat.21:33; ὁπολήνιον, Mrk.12:1; γῆν, Mat.25:18 (cf. δι-, ἐξ-ορύσσω).†
(AS) G3737 G3737 = G3737 ὀρφανός orphanos G:A orphan ὀρφανός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for יָתוֹם ;]
__1. prop., orphan, fatherless: Mrk.12:40, WH, mg, Jas.1:27.
__2. In a general sense (as also in cl.; see LS, see word; and cf. MM, xviii), bereft, friendless, desolate: Jhn.14:18.†
(AS) G3738 G3738 = G3738 ὀρχέομαι orcheomai G:V to dance ὀρχέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX for רָקַד, etc. ;]
to dance; Mat.11:17 14:6, Mrk.6:22, Luk.7:32.†
(AS) G3739 G3739 = G3739 ὅς hos, hē G:R which ὅς, ἥ, ὅ,
the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν).
__I. As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, frequently in Plat.), Mrk.15:23, Jhn.5:11; ὃς μὲν . . . ὃς δέ, the one . . . the other, Mat.21:35, 22:5, 25:15, Luk.23:33, Act.27:14, Rom.14:5, 1Co.11:21, 2Co.2:18, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δέ, the one . . . the other, some . . . some, Mat.13:8, 23, Rom.9:21; ὃς (ὃ) μὲν . . . (ἄλλος (ἄλλο)) . . . ἕτερος, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, 1Co.12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., 1Co.12:28; ὃς μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, Rom.14:2.
__II. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that;
__1. agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mat.2:9, Luk.9:9, Act.20:18, Rom.2:29, al. mult.
__2. In variation from the common construction;
__(a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mrk.15:16, Gal.3:16, Eph.6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jhn.6:9, Col.2:19, 1Ti.3:16, Rev.13:14, al.;
__(b) in number, constr. ad sensum: Act.15:36, 2Pe.3:1;
__(with) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., §50, 2): Jhn.4:18, Act.3:21, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:19, Eph.1:8, al.
__3. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mrk.3:17 12:42, Jhn.1:39, Col.3:14, al.; with a sentence, Act.2:32, Gal.2:10, 1Jn.2:8, al.
__4. With ellipse of a demonstrative (οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος), before or after: before, Mat.20:23, Luk.7:43, Rom.10:14, al.; after, Mat.10:38, Mrk.9:40, Jhn.19:22, Rom.2:1 al.
__5. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mat.11:10 (who = that he may), Mrk.1:2, Heb.12:6 al.
__6. C. prep, as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν), because, Luk.1:20, al.; wherefore, Luk.12:3; ἐξ οὗ, since, for that, Rom.5:12; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (temporal), Luk.13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Php.3:20; etc.
__7. With particles: ὃς ἄν (ἐάν), see: ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mrk.3:19, Jhn.21:20, Rom.5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mat.27:57.
__8. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (see: οὗ).
(AS) G3740 G3740 = G3740 ὁσάκις hosakis G:CONJ whenever ὁσάκις
(ὅσος),
relat. adv.,
as often as: before ἐάν (which see), 1Co.11:25-26, Rev.11:6,†
(AS) G3741 G3741 = G3741 ὅσιος hosios G:A sacred ὅσιος, -ον
(so sometimes in cl., but most frequently -α, -ον), [in LXX chiefly for חָסִיד, also for טָהוֹר, יָשָׁר, תָּמִים ;]
religiously right, right­eous, pious, Holy: of men, Tit.1:8. Heb.7:26; by meton., ὁ. χεῖρας, 1Ti.2:8 (cf. Deu.32:4); of God, Rev.15:4 16:5; as subst., ὁ ὅ., of the Messiah, Act.2:27 13:35" (LXX) ; τὰ ὅ. Δανεὶδ τ. πιστά (Field, Notes, 121), Act.13:34 (LXX).†
SYN.: see: ἅγιος (cf. also DB, ii, 399.b; iv, 352.b, and ref. see word -ίως) (AS) G3742 G3742 = G3742 ὁσιότης hosiotēs G:N-F holiness ὁσιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(ὅσιος), [in LXX: Deu.9:5 (יֹשֶׁר), 1Ki.14:41, 3Ki.9:4 (תֹּם, תָּמִים), Pro.14:32, Wis.2:22 5:19 9:3 14:30 * ;]
piety, holiness: assoc. with δικαιοσύνη, Luk.1:75, Eph.4:24.†
SYN.: see: ἅγιος (AS) G3743 G3743 = G3743 ὁσίως hosiōs G:ADV devoutly ὁσίως
(ὅσιος),
adv., [in LXX: 3Ki.8:61, Wis.6:10 * ;]
piously, holily: ὁ. καὶ δικαίως κ. ἀμέμπτως (on the distinction here between these synonyms, see M, Th., 24 f.), 1Th.2:10.†
(AS) G3744 G3744 = G3744 ὀσμή osmē G:N-F aroma ὀσμή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὄζω), [in LXX chiefly for רֵיחַ ;]
a smell, odour: Jhn.12:3; metaphorically (EV, savour), 2Co.2:14 2:16; of the effect of sacrifice (cf. נִיחוֹחַ רֵיחַ, Gen.8:21, al., see: εὐωδία), ὀ. εὐωδίας, Eph.5:2, Php.4:18.†
(AS) G3745 G3745 = G3745 ὅσος hosos G:K just as/how much ὅσος, -η, -ον,
correlat. of τοσοῦτος,
how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus);
__(a) of number and quantity: m. pl., Mat.14:36, Mrk.3:10, Rom.2:12, al.; n. pl., Mat.17:12, Mrk.10:21, Luk.11:8, al.; πάτνες (πάντα) ὅ., Mat.13:46, Luk.4:40, al.; before οὗτοι (ταῦτα), Rom.8:14, Php.4:8; with indic., Mrk.6:56, Rev.3:19; with subjc. Mrk.3:28, al.; ὅ. ἄν, Mat.18:18, Jhn.11:22, al.;
__(b) of measure and degree: Mrk.3:8, Luk.8:39, Act.9:13; in compar. sent., ὅσον before μᾶλλον, Mrk.7:36; καθ᾽ ὅσον, with compar.. Heb.3:3; before τοσοῦτο, Heb.7:20; οὕτως, Heb.9:27; τοσαύτῳ, with compar. before ὅσῳ, with compar., Heb.1:4; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45 Rom.11:13;
__(with) of space and time: Rev.21:16; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, as long as, Mat.9:15, 2Pe.1:13; ἐφ᾽ ὅ. χρόνον, Rom.7:1, 1Co.7:39, Gal.4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, Heb.10:37 (LXX).
(AS) G3746 G3746 = G3746 ὅσπερ hosper G:R who ὅσπερ, see: ὅς.
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ,
the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν).
__I. As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, frequently in Plat.), Mrk.15:23, Jhn.5:11; ὃς μὲν . . . ὃς δέ, the one . . . the other, Mat.21:35, 22:5, 25:15, Luk.23:33, Act.27:14, Rom.14:5, 1Co.11:21, 2Co.2:18, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δέ, the one . . . the other, some . . . some, Mat.13:8, 23, Rom.9:21; ὃς (ὃ) μὲν . . . (ἄλλος (ἄλλο)) . . . ἕτερος, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, 1Co.12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., 1Co.12:28; ὃς μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, Rom.14:2.
__II. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that;
__1. agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mat.2:9, Luk.9:9, Act.20:18, Rom.2:29, al. mult.
__2. In variation from the common construction;
__(a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mrk.15:16, Gal.3:16, Eph.6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jhn.6:9, Col.2:19, 1Ti.3:16, Rev.13:14, al.;
__(b) in number, constr. ad sensum: Act.15:36, 2Pe.3:1;
__(with) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., §50, 2): Jhn.4:18, Act.3:21, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:19, Eph.1:8, al.
__3. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mrk.3:17 12:42, Jhn.1:39, Col.3:14, al.; with a sentence, Act.2:32, Gal.2:10, 1Jn.2:8, al.
__4. With ellipse of a demonstrative (οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος), before or after: before, Mat.20:23, Luk.7:43, Rom.10:14, al.; after, Mat.10:38, Mrk.9:40, Jhn.19:22, Rom.2:1 al.
__5. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mat.11:10 (who = that he may), Mrk.1:2, Heb.12:6 al.
__6. C. prep, as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν), because, Luk.1:20, al.; wherefore, Luk.12:3; ἐξ οὗ, since, for that, Rom.5:12; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (temporal), Luk.13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Php.3:20; etc.
__7. With particles: ὃς ἄν (ἐάν), see: ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mrk.3:19, Jhn.21:20, Rom.5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mat.27:57.
__8. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (see: οὗ).
(AS) G3747 G3747 = G3747 ὀστέον osteon G:N-N bone ὀστέον (Att.. contr. ὀστοῦν, -οῦ, and so Jo, l.with), -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for עֶצֶם ;]
a bone: contr., ὀστοῦν (see supr.), Jhn.19:36 (LXX); uncontr. (as in Hom., Hdt.), ὀστέα, Luk.24:39; ὀστέων, Mat.23:27, Heb.11:22.†
(AS) G3748 G3748 = G3748 ὅστις hostis, hētis G:R who/which ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; see LS, see word; WH, §411; Tdf., Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (see: ἕως), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui),
whoever, anyone who;
__(a) of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mat.5:39, 41 13:12, and freq., Luk.14:27, Gal.5:4, al.; in relative sentences, Mat.7:26, Luk.15:7, Php.3:7, al.; πᾶς, with indic., Mat.7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν (ἐάν), with subjc., Mat.12:50 13:12, Jhn.14:13, 1Co.16:2, Gal.5:10, al.;
__(b) of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature" (Hort on 1Pe.2:11), who is such as: Mat.2:6 7:26, Luk.2:10 7:37, Jhn.8:53, Act.7:53, Rom.6:2, 1Co.3:17, Gal.4:24, Eph.1:23, al.;
__(with) where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he (it, they), and he (it, they): Luk.8:3 10:42, Act.10:47 11:28, Php.4:3, al.;
__(d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., §50, 1; M, Pr., l.with), differing but little from ὅς: Luk.2:4 9:30, Act.17:10, Rev.12:13.
(AS) G3749 G3749 = G3749 ὀστράκινος ostrakinos G:A clay ὀστράκινος -η, -ον
(ὄστρακον, an earthen vessel or potsherd), [in LXX chiefly for חֶרֶשׂ ;]
made of clay, earthen: 2Co.4:7, 2Ti.2:20.†
(AS) G3750 G3750 = G3750 ὄσφρησις osphrēsis G:N-F sense of smell ὄσφρησις, -εως, ἡ
(ὀσφραίνομαι, to smell),
the sense of smell, smell­ing: 1Co.12:17.†
(AS) G3751 G3751 = G3751 ὀσφῦς osphus G:N-F loins ὀσφύς, -ύος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for מֹתֶן;, also for חָלַץ, etc. ;]
the loin: Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6; metaphorically, περιζώννυσθαι (ἀναζ-) τ. ὀσφύας, Luk.12:35, Eph.6:14, 1Pe.1:13; regarded, as by the Hebrews, as the seat of generative power, Heb.7:5, 10; metaphorically, καρπὸς τ. ὀσφύος, Act.2:30
(AS) G3752 G3752 = G3752 ὅταν hotan G:CONJ when(-ever) ὅταν (for ὅτ᾽ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν),
temporal particle,
with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future;
__1. prop., whenever;
__(a) (a) with subjc. praes.: Mat.6:2, 5 Mrk.14:7, Luk.11:36, Jhn.7:27, Act.23:35, 1Co.3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25; before τότε, 1Th.5:3;
__(b) with subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mat.5:11, Mrk.4:15, Luk.6:22, Jhn.2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al.
__2. As in Hom. (LS, see word), but not in cl. prose, with indic., when (M, Pr., 167f.; Bl., §65, 9): with impf., Mrk.3:11(cf. Gen.38:9, al.); with praes., Mrk.11:25; with fut.. Rev.4:9 (Swete, in l.); with aor., Mrk.11:19, Rev.8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).
(AS) G3753 G3753 = G3753 ὅτε hote G:CONJ when ὅτε, temporal particle (correlat. of πότε, τότε),
when; with indic., (so generally in cl., but also with optative, subjc.; LS, see word), most frequently with aor., Mat.9:25, Mrk.1:32, Luk.4:25, Jhn.1:19, Act.1:13, Rom.13:11, Gal.1:15, Rev.1:17, al.; with impf., Mrk.14:12, Jhn.21:18, Rom.6:20, 1Th.3:4, al.; with pf., since, now that, 1Co.13:11 (B, ἐγένομην); with praes., Mrk.11:1, Jhn.9:4, Heb.9:17, with fut. (Hom.; of a def. fut. as opposite to the indef. fut. of ὅταν with subjc.), Luk.17:22, Jhn.4:21, 23 5:25 16:25, Rom.2:16 (T, txt., WH, mg.), 2Ti.4:3 (in all which instances, and with pres., Jo, l.with, ὅ. follows a subst. of time, and is equiv. to a rel. phrase, ἐν ᾧ or ᾗ).
(AS) G3754 G3754G = G3754G ὅτι hoti G:CONJ that/since: that ὅτι,
conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις).
__I. As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that;
__1. after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mat.3:9 6:32 11:25, Mrk.3:28, Luk.2:49, Jhn.2:22, Act.4:13, Rom.1:13 8:38 10:9, Php.4:15, Jas.2:24, al.; elliptically, Jhn.6:46, Php.3:12, al.
__2. After εἶναι (γίνεσθαι): defining a demonstr. or of person(s) pron., Jhn.3:19 16:19, Rom.9:6, 1Jn.3:16 al.; with pron. interrog., Mat.8:27, Mrk.4:41, Luk.4:36, Jhn.4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Luk.2:49, Act.5:4, 9, al.;
__3. Untranslatable, before direct discourse (ὅτι recitantis): Mat.7:23, Mrk.2:16, Luk.1:61, Jhn.1:20, Act.15:1, Heb.11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, see: ὡς).
__II. As causal particle, for that, because: Mat.5:4-12, Luk.6:20, 21, J0 1:30 5:27, Act.1:5, 1Jn.4:18, Rev.3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jhn.8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question (διὰ τί), Rom.9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι . . . ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι, Jhn.6:26 12:6.
(AS) G3754 G3754H = a Meaning of G3754G ὅτι hoti G:CONJ that/since: since ὅτι,
conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις).
__I. As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that;
__1. after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mat.3:9 6:32 11:25, Mrk.3:28, Luk.2:49, Jhn.2:22, Act.4:13, Rom.1:13 8:38 10:9, Php.4:15, Jas.2:24, al.; elliptically, Jhn.6:46, Php.3:12, al.
__2. After εἶναι (γίνεσθαι): defining a demonstr. or of person(s) pron., Jhn.3:19 16:19, Rom.9:6, 1Jn.3:16 al.; with pron. interrog., Mat.8:27, Mrk.4:41, Luk.4:36, Jhn.4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Luk.2:49, Act.5:4, 9, al.;
__3. Untranslatable, before direct discourse (ὅτι recitantis): Mat.7:23, Mrk.2:16, Luk.1:61, Jhn.1:20, Act.15:1, Heb.11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, see: ὡς).
__II. As causal particle, for that, because: Mat.5:4-12, Luk.6:20, 21, J0 1:30 5:27, Act.1:5, 1Jn.4:18, Rev.3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jhn.8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question (διὰ τί), Rom.9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι . . . ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι, Jhn.6:26 12:6.
(AS) G3755 G3755 = G3755 ὅτου hotou G:PREP until ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; see LS, see word; WH, §411; Tdf., Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (see: ἕως), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui),
whoever, anyone who;
__(a) of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mat.5:39, 41 13:12, and freq., Luk.14:27, Gal.5:4, al.; in relative sentences, Mat.7:26, Luk.15:7, Php.3:7, al.; πᾶς, with indic., Mat.7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν (ἐάν), with subjc., Mat.12:50 13:12, Jhn.14:13, 1Co.16:2, Gal.5:10, al.;
__(b) of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature" (Hort on 1Pe.2:11), who is such as: Mat.2:6 7:26, Luk.2:10 7:37, Jhn.8:53, Act.7:53, Rom.6:2, 1Co.3:17, Gal.4:24, Eph.1:23, al.;
__(with) where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he (it, they), and he (it, they): Luk.8:3 10:42, Act.10:47 11:28, Php.4:3, al.;
__(d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., §50, 1; M, Pr., l.with), differing but little from ὅς: Luk.2:4 9:30, Act.17:10, Rev.12:13.
(AS) G3756 G3756 = G3756 οὐ ou G:PRT-N no οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Act.2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., §409; M, Pr., 44, 244),
[in LXX for אֵין ,אַיִן ,לֹא ;]
neg. particle,
not, no, used generally with indic, and for a denial of fact (cf . μή);
__1. absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mat.13:29 Jhn.1:21 21:5; οὒ οὕ, Mat.5:37 Jas.5:12.
__2. Most frequently negativing a verb or other word, Mat.1:25 10:26, 38, Mrk.3:25 9:37, Jhn.8:29, Act.7:5, Rom.1:16, Php.3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many), Act.17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Act.21:39; πᾶς . . . οὐ, with verb, (like Heb. כֹּל . . . לֹא), no, none, Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:37, Eph.5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ . . . ἀλλά, Luk.8:52 Jhn.1:33 Rom.8:2o, al.; with 2 of person(s) fut. (like Heb. לֹא, with impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mat.4:7, Luk.4:12, Rom.7:7, al.
__3. With another negative,
__(a) strengthening the negation: Mrk.5:37, Jhn.8:15 12:19, Act.8:39, al.;
__(b) making an affirmative: Act.4:20, 1Co.12:15.
__4. With other particles: οὐ μή (see: μή); οὐ μηκέτι, Mat.21:19; with μή interrog., Rom.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5 11:22.
__5. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne): Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:21, Luk.11:40, Jhn.4:35, Rom.9:21, al.
(AS) G3757 G3757 = G3757 οὗ ohu G:ADV whither oὗ
(prop. genitive of ὅς),
adv. of place, where, whither;
__(a) in answer to the question "where?" (= ubi): Mat.2:9 18:20, Luk.4:16-17 23:53, Act.1:13 2:2 7:29 12:12 16:13 20:6, 8 25:10 28:14, Rom.9:26" (LXX), Col.3:1, Heb.3:9" (LXX), Rev.17:15; of condition, Rom.4:15 5:20, 2Co.3:17;
__(b) in answer to the question "whither?" (= quo): Mat.28:16, Luk.10:1 24:28; before ἐάν, with subjc., 1Co.16:6.†
(AS) G3758 G3758 = G3758 οὐά oua G:INJ aha! οὐά,
interj.
of wonder or irony, ah! ha!: Mrk.15:29.†
(AS) G3759 G3759 = G3759 οὐαί ouai G:INJ woe! οὐαί
interj. of grief or denunciation, [in LXX for הוֹי, etc. ;]
alas! woe! most frequently with dative of person(s) Mat.11:21 23:14, Mrk.13:17 14:21, Luk.6:24-26 Ju 11, al.; with vocat. (nom.), Rev.18:10, 16 18:19 (cf. Isa.1:24, al.); with accusative, Rev.12:12, before ἐκ, Rev.8:13; with dative before ἀπό (see M, Pr., 246), Mat.18:7. As subst., 1Co.9:16 (cf. Jer.6:4); ἡ οὐ., Rev.9:12 11:14; pl., Rev.9:12; οὐ., οὐ., οὐ., Rev.8:13
(AS) G3760 G3760 = G3760 οὐδαμῶς oudamōs G:ADV-N by no means οὐδαμῶς
(οὐδαμός, not even one),
adv., [in LXX: 2-4Mac.8* ;]
in no wise, by no means: Mat.2:6 (OT).†
(AS) G3761 G3761 = G3761 οὐδέ oude G:CONJ-N nor οὐδέ, negative particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή.

__I. As conjc., and not, also not, neither, nor: Mat.6:15, Luk.16:31, Rom.4:15, al.; οὐ . . . οὐδέ, Mat.5:15 10:24, Mrk.4:22, Luk.6:43, 44, Jhn.6:24, Act.2:27, Rom.2:28, al. (see Bl., §77, 10).

__II. As adv., not even: Mat.6:29, Mrk.6:31, Luk.7:9, 1Co.5:1; οὐδὲ εἷς, Act.4:32, Rom.3:10" (LXX) .
(AS) G3762 G3762 = G3762 οὐδείς oudeis G:A none οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Luk.22:35 23:14, Act.15:9 19:27 26:26, 1Co.13:2, 2Co.11:8; cf. BL, §6, 7; M, Pr., 56n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή,
no, no one, none: with nouns, Luk.4:24, Jhn.10:41, Rom.8:1, al.; absol., Mat.6:24, Mrk.3:27, Luk.1:61, Jhn.1:18, Act.18:10, Rom.14:7, al. mult.; with genitive partit., Luk.4:26, Jhn.13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mat.10:26, al.; id. with genitive partit., Luk.9:36, Act.18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mat.5:13, Mrk.9:29, al.; with neg., strengthening the negation, Mrk.15:4, 5 Luk.4:2, Jhn.3:27, al.; adverbially, Act.25:10, Gal.4:12, al.
(AS) G3763 G3763 = G3763 οὐδέποτε oudepote G:ADV-N never οὐδέ-ποτε,
adv. [in LXX: Exo.10:6 (לֹא), etc. ;]
never: Mat.7:23 9:33 26:33, Mrk.2:12, Luk.15:29, Jhn.7:46, Act.10:14 11:8 14:8, 1Co.13:8, Heb.10:1, 11. Interrog., Mat.21:16, 42, Mrk.2:25 †
(AS) G3764 G3764 = G3764 οὐδέπω oudepō G:ADV-N not yet οὐδέπω
adv., [in LXX: Exo.9:30 (טֶרֶם)* ;]
not yet: Luk.23:53, Jhn.7:39 19:41 20:9, Act.8:16.†
(AS) G3765 G3765 = a Combination of G3756 (G3756+G2089) οὐκέτι ouketi G:PRT-N not any more οὐκέτι
neg. adv. of time, [in LXX chiefly for עוֹד with neg., לֹא, etc. ;]
no longer, no more: Mat.19:6, Mrk.10:8, Luk.15:19, Jhn.4:42, Rom.6:9, Gal.3:25 Eph.2:19 Heb.10:18, al.; with neg. (to strengthen the negation), Mat.22:46 Mrk.5:3, Act.8:39, al
(AS) G3766 G3766 = G3766 οὐκοῦν oukoun G:PRT-N+G:CONJ so οὐκοῦν
adv. (οὔκουν, not therefore),
with the negative element lost, therefore, so then: Jhn.18:37.†
(AS) G3767 G3767 = G3767 οὖν oun G:CONJ therefore/then οὖν,
particle
expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9, Jhn.8:38, Act.1:21, Rom.5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mat.3:8, Luk.11:35, Act.3:19, Rom.6:12, al.; in questions, Mat.13:28, Mrk.15:12, Jhn.8:[5], Rom.6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mat.1:17, Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:22 2:18 (and very frequently in this Gospel), Act.26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (see: ἄρα); ἐπεὶ οὖν, Heb.2:14; οὖν with ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν), Act.2:30, Rom.5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mat.5:23, Luk.4:7, Jhn.6:62, Rom.2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jhn.4:1, al.
(AS) G3768 G3768 = G3768 οὔπω oupō G:ADV not yet οὔπω
neg. adv. of time,
not yet: Mat.24:6, Mrk.13:7, Jhn.2:4 3:24 6:17, al.; with neg., Mrk.11:2, Luk.23:53; interrog., Mat.16:9, Mrk.4:40 8:17, 21
(AS) G3769 G3769 = G3769 οὐρά oura G:N-F tail οὐρά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX for זָנָב ;]
a tail: Rev.9:10, 19 12:4.†
(AS) G3770 G3770 = G3770 οὐράνιος ouranios G:A heavenly οὐράνιος, -ον
(cl. usually -α, -ον), [in LXX: Deu.28:12 A (שָׁמַיִם), etc. ;]
of or in heaven, heavenly: Mat.5:48 6:14, 26 6:32 15:13 18:35 23:9, Luk.2:13, Act.26:19.†
(AS) G3771 G3771 = G3771 οὐρανόθεν ouranothen G:ADV from heaven οὐρανόθεν
(οὐρανός),
adv., [in LXX: 4Ma.4:10 * ;]
from heaven: Act.14:17 26:13.†
(AS) G3772 G3772 = G3772 οὐρανός ouranos G:N-M heaven οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl., οἱ οὐ., see infr.) ;]
heaven;
__1. of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opposite to ἡ γῆ, Heb.1:10, 2Pe.3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mat.5:18, Mrk.13:31, Luk.10:21, Act.4:24, Rev.10:6, al.; ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep., see Bl, §46, 5), Mat.24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ., Act.2:5, Col.1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ., figuratively, Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ., Mat.16:1, Mrk.8:11, al.; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mat.24:30, al.; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ., Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:32, al.; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ., Rev.6:13, al.; pl. (οἱ) οὐ. (Bl., §32, 5), Mat.3:16, Mrk.1:10, Jhn.1:32, 2Pe.3:7, 13 al.
__2. Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mat.24:36, Mrk.12:25, Gal.1:8, Rev.10:1, al.; of Christ glorified, Mrk.16:[19], Luk.24:51, Act.3:21, Rom.10:6, al.; of God, Mat.5:34, Rom.1:18, al.; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184ff.), Mat.5:16 6:1, al.; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ., Mat.6:20, Mrk.10:21, al.
__3. By meton.,
__(a) of the inhabitants of heaven: Rev.18:20 (cf. ib. 12:12, Job.15:15, Isa.44:23);
__(b) as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204ff.): Mat.21:25, Mrk.11:30, Luk.15:18, Jhn.3:27, al.; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ); see: βασιλεία).
βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ
(βασιλεύω), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה ,מַלְכוּת ;]
__1. prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Luk.1:33 22:29, Jhn.18:36, Act.1:6, Heb.1:8, 1Co.15:24; λαβεῖν β., Luk.19:12, 15 Rev.17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, ib. 17; ἔχειν β., ib. 18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. (εἰς τὴν) β., Mat.16:28, Luk.23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.12:10.
__2. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x),
__(a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules (Est.5:3, al.): Mat.4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mrk.3:24 6:23, Luk.4:5, Heb.11:33, al.;
__(b) the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (τ. σπέρμα τῆς β., 4Ki.11:1).
__3. In LXX (Wis.6:5, Tob.13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; see Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, see Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mat.6:33 12:28, al.; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.3:2 4:17, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ (מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Isa.53:10), Eph.5:5; τ. κυρίου, 2Pe.1:11, Rev.11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mrk.11:10; absol., ἡ β., Mat.4:23, Jas.2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mat.11:12, Luk.17:21, Rom.14:17, al.; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mat.6:10, Mrk.9:1, Jhn.3:5, 2Pe.1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β., Mat.6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mrk.10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mat.25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, Heb.12:28; αὐτῶν (τοιούτων) εστὶν ἡ β., Mat.5:3, 10 19:14, Mrk.10:14, Luk.18:16; διὰ τὴν β., Mat.19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β., Luk.18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β., Luk.4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β., Mat.3:2, Mrk.1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β., Mat.16:10; κλείειν τὴν β., Mat.23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β., Mat.8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).
\ (AS) G3773 G3773 = G3773 Οὐρβανός Ourbanos N:N-M-P Urbanus Οὐρβανός, -οῦ, ὁ (Lat. Urbanus),
Urban: Rom.16:9.†
(AS) G3774 G3774 = the Greek of H0223A Οὐρίας Ourias N:N-M-P Uriah Οὐρίας, -ου, ὁ (Heb. אוּרִיָּה),
Uriah: Mat.1:6.†
(AS) G3775 G3775 = G3775 οὖς ous G:N-N ear οὖς genitive, ὠτός, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for אֹזֶן ;]
the ear: Mat.13:16, Mrk.7:33, Luk.22:50, 1Co.2:9 12:16, 1Pe.3:12; ἐν τ. ὠσί, Luk.4:21; εἰς τ. ὦτα ἀκούεσθαι, Act.7:57; γίνεσθαι, Luk.1:44; εἰσέρχεσθαι, Jas.5:4; εἰς τ. οὖς ἀκούειν, Mat.10:27; πρὸς τ. οὖς λαλεῖν, Luk.12:3; τὰ ὦ. συνέχειν (MM, xviii), Act.7:57. Metaphorical, of understanding, perceiving, knowing: Mat.13:16; ὁ ἔχων (εἴ τις ἔχει) οὖς ἀκουσάτω, Rev.2:7, 11 2:17, 29 3:6, 13 13:9; ὁ ἔχων (ὃς ἔχει, εἴ τις ἔχει) ὦτα (ἀκούειν) ἀκουέτω, Mat.11:15 13:9, 43, Mrk.4:9, 23 7:16 (R, mg.), Luk.8:8 14:35; τοῖς ὠ. βαρέως ἀκούειν, Mat.13:15 Act.28:27" (LXX) ; ὦ. ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούειν, Mrk.8:18; ὦ. τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, Rom.11:8; θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦ., Luk.9:44; ἀπερίτμητος τοῖς ὠ., Act.7:51.†
(AS) G3776 G3776 = G3776 οὐσία ousia G:N-F estate οὐσία, -ας, ἡ
(οὖσα, fem. part. of εἰμί), [in LXX: Tob.14:13, 3Ma.3:28 * ;]
substance, property: Luk.15:12-13.†
(AS) G3777 G3777 = G3777 οὔτε oute G:PRT-N+G:CONJ neither οὔτε
negative particle, related to μήτε as οὐ to μή,
and not, neither, nor: οὐδεὶς . . . οὔτε, Rev.5:4; οὐδὲ . . . οὔτε, Gal.1:12; οὔτε . . . καί, Jhn.4:11; after a question with μή interrog., Jas.3:12; οὔτε . . . οὔτε, neither . . . nor, Mat.6:20, Mrk.12:25, Jhn.4:21, Act.15:10, Rom.8:38-39, Gal.5:6, al
(AS) G3778 G3778 = G3778 οὗτος ohutos G:D this/he/she/it οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G3779 G3779 = G3779 οὕτως ohutō, ohutōs G:ADV thus(-ly) οὕτως, rarely (Bl., §5, 4; WH, App., 146f.) οὕτω, adv.
(οὗτος), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן ;]
in this way, so, thus;
__1. referring to what precedes: Mat.5:16 6:30, Mrk.10:43 14:59, Luk.1:25 2:48 15:7, Jhn.3:8, Rom.1:15, 1Co.8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mat.17:12, Mrk.13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; see Bl., §74, 6), Act.20:11 27:17.
__2. Referring to what follows: Mat.1:18 6:9, Luk.19:31, Jhn.21:1, 1Pe.2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mat.2:5, Act.7:6, 1Co.15:45, Heb.4:4.
__3. C. adj. (marking intensity): Heb.12:21, Rev.16:18; similarly with adv., Gal.1:6 (cl.).
__4. As a predicate (Bl., §76, 1): Mat.1:18 9:33, Mrk.2:1, 2 4:26, Rom.4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere), Act.7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jhn.4:6.
__5. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ . . . οὕ., Rom.12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς . . . οὕ., Luk.11:30, al.; οὕ. . . . καθώς, Luk.24:24, al.; ὡς . . . οὕ., Rom.5:15, al.; οὕ . . . ὡς, Mrk.4:26, al; ὥσπερ . . . οὕ., Mat.12:40, al.; οὕ. . . . οὕ., 1Co.7:7.
(AS) G3780 G3780 = a Form of G3756 οὐχί ouchi G:PRT-N not! οὐχί
strengthened form of οὐ,
not;
__(a) in neg. sentences, not, not at all: Luk.1:60 12:51, Jhn.13:10, al.;
__(b) more frequently in questions where an affirm. ans. is expected (Lat. nonne) : Mat.5:46-47, Luk.6:39, Jhn.11:9, al.
(AS) G3781 G3781 = G3781 ὀφειλέτης opheiletēs G:N-M debtor ὀφειλέτης, -ου, ὁ
(ὀφείλω),
a debtor: with genitive (of the amount), Mat.18:24. Metaphorical, of obligation or duty in general, with reference to favours received or injury done, etc.: Mat.6:12, Rom.1:14 8:12 15:27, Gal.5:3; of sinners, in relation to God (= Heb. חַיָּב; cf. Sir (Heb.8:5) (6)), Luk.13:4.†
(AS) G3782 G3782 = G3782 ὀφειλή opheilē G:N-F debt ὀφειλή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὀφείλω),
a debt: Mat.18:32; metaphorically, one's due: Rom.13:7, 1Co.7:3 (found also in π.; see Deiss., BS, 221; MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3783 G3783 = G3783 ὀφείλημα opheilēma G:N-N debt ὀφείλημα, -τος, τό
(ὀφείλω), [in LXX: Deu.24:10 (מַשָּׁאָה), I Est.3:20, 1Ma.15:8 * ;]
that which is owed, a debt: Rom.4:4; metaphorically (as Aram. חוֺבָא חוֺב), of sin as a debt, Mat.6:12.†
(AS) G3784 G3784 = G3784 ὀφείλω opheilō G:V to owe ὀφείλω
[in LXX: Deu.15:2, Isa.24:2 (נָשָׁה), Eze.18:7 (חוֹב), Wis.12:15, 20, al. ;]
to owe, be a debtor: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.18:28, Luk.7:41 16:7, Phm 18; id. with dative of person(s), Mat.18:28, Luk.16:5. Pass., to be owed, to be due: τ. ὀφειλόμενον, Mat.18:30, 34. Metaphorical: absol. (= Rabbinic חַיָּב; see McNeile, in l), Mat.23:16, 18; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Rom.13:8; with inf., to be bound or obliged to do (of. Westc., Epp. Jo., 50), Luk.17:10, Jhn.13:14 19:7, Act.17:29, Rom.15:1, 27, 1Co.5:10 7:36 9:10 11:7 11:10, 2Co.12:14, Eph.5:28, 2Th.1:3 2:13, Heb.2:17 5:3, 12, 1Jn.2:6 Jn 3:16 Jn 4:11, 3Jn.8; ὤειλον συνίστασθαι, I ought to have been commended, 2Co.12:11. In peculiar Aram. sense of having wronged one (see: όφείλημα; but of. also Inscr. ἁμαρτίαν ὀφείίλω, Deiss., BS, 225), with dative of person(s), Luk.11:4 (cf. προσ-οφίελω).†
(AS) G3785 G3785 = G3785 ὄφελον ophelon G:INJ I wish! ὄφελον 2 aorist of ὀφείλω, without the augment (see M, Pr., 201n), used to express a fruitless wish;
[in LXX (with aor. indic.): Exo.16:3 (נָתַן מִי), Num.14:2 Num.20:3 (לוּא), Psa.119:5 (אַחֲלַי), etc. ;]
in cl. with an infin. (chiefly poët.),
would that: with indic. aor., 1Co.4:8; impf., 2Co.11:1, Rev.3:15; fut., Gal.5:12 (a practicable wish, see 131., 206 f., 220. The construction with indic. is only found in late writers.)†
(AS) G3786 G3786 = G3786 ὄφελος ophelos G:N-N gain ὄφελος, -ονς, τό
(ὀφέλλω, to increase) [in LXX: Job.15:3 (יָעַל hi.)* ;]
advantage, help: 1Co.15:32, Jas.2:14, 16.†
(AS) G3787 G3787 = G3787 ὀφθαλμοδουλεία ophthalmodouleia G:N-F eye-service ὀφθαλμο-δουλία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ
(ὀφθαλμός, δοῦλος),
eye-service: Eph.6:6, Col.3:22 (not found elsewhere).†
(AS) G3788 G3788 = G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmos G:N-M eye ὀφθαλμός, -οῦ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for עַיִן ;]
the eye (as in cl., chiefly pl.): Mat.5:38, Mrk.9:47, Luk.6:41, Jhn.9:6, al.; τοὺς ὀ. ἐξορύθσσειν (figuratively), Gal.4:15; ἐπᾶραι, Luk.6:20, Jhn.6:5; ἀνοῖξα, Act.9:40; id., of restoring sight, Mat.20:33, Jhn.9:10, al.; ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, 1Co.15:52; by anthropom., of God, Heb.4:13, 1Pe.3:12; pleonastically (cf. Thackeray, Gr., 42f.), εἶδον οἱ ὀ. μοθ, Luk.2:30 (similarly, ib. 4:20 10:23, Jhn.12:40, 1Co.2:9, 1Jn.1:1, Rev.1:7). Metaphorical (as otherwise in cl.; see LS, see word);
__(a) of ethical qualities: ὀ. πονηρός (meton., for envy; cf. Heb. עַיִן רַע, Pro.28:22; cf. Sir.14:10 34:13), Mat.6:22, 23 Mrk.7:22, Luk.11:34; ἁπλοῦς, Mat.6:22, Luk.11:34; ἐπιθυμία (which see) ὀφθαλμῶν (cf. Ecc.4:8, Sir.14:9), 1Jn.2:16; ὀ. μεστοὶ μοιχαλἰδος, 2Pe.2:14;
__(b) of mental vision: Mat.13:15, Mrk.8:18, Luk.19:42, Jhn.12:40, Rom.11:8, Gal.3:1, Eph.1:18, al.; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς before genitive (on the absence of the art., seeBl, §46, 9.II; M, Pr., 81), Mat.21:42, Mrk.12:11.
(AS) G3789 G3789 = G3789 ὄφις ophis G:N-M snake ὄφις, -εως, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נָחָשׁ ;]
a serpent, snake: Mat.7:10 Mrk.16:18, Luk.10:19 11:11, Jhn.3:14, 1Co.10:9, Rev.9:19; as typical of wisdom and cunning, Mat.10:16 23:23, 2Co.11:3 (cf. Gen.31:1-55); of Satan (cf. Gen.3:1, Wis.2:23-24, 4Ma.18:8), Rev.12:9, 14 12:11 20:2.†
(AS) G3790 G3790 = G3790 ὀφρῦς ophrus G:N-F brow ὀφρύς -ύος, ἡ
[in LXX: Lev.14:9 (עַיִן גַב) * ;]
an eyebrow, the brow of a hill: Luk.4:29.†
(AS) G3791 G3791 = G3791 ὀχλέω ochleō G:V to disturb ὀχλέω, -ῶ
(ὄχλος), [in LXX: Tob.6:7, 3Ma.5:41 * ;]
to move, disturb; hence, generally, to trouble, vex: pass., Act.5:6 (act. absol., = pass., to be in a tumult, 3Mac, l.with; cf. ἐν-, παρ-εν-οχλέω, and see MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3792 G3792 = G3792 ὀχλοποιέω ochlopoieō G:V to riot ὀχλο-ποιέω, -ῶ
to gather a crowd, make a riot: Act.17:5 (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G3793 G3793 = G3793 ὄχλος ochlos G:N-M crowd ὄχλος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX for הָמוֹן (chiefly in Da TH), קָהָל ,חַיִל, etc. ;]
__1. a moving crowd or multitude of persons, a throng: Mat.9:23, Mrk.2:4, Luk.5:1, Jhn.5:13, al.; pl., Mat.5:1, Mrk.10:1, Luk.3:7, and freq.; ὄ. ἱκανός, Mrk.10:46, al.; τοσοῦτος, Mat.15:33; οὐ μετ᾽ ὄχλου, Act.24:18; ἄτερ ὄχλου, Luk.22:6; πᾶς ὁ ὄ., Mat.13:2, Mrk.2:13, al.; ὄ. πολύς, Mat.20:29, Mrk.5:21, al.; ὁ πολὺς ὄ. (ὄ. π.), the populace, the common people, Mrk.12:37 (Swete, in l.; Field, Notes, 37), Jhn.12:9 (Westc, in l.).
__2. (As also cl., opposite to δῆμος, which see, and cf. Tr., Syn., §xcviii), the populace, the common people (cf. ὁ πολὺς ὄ., supr.), Mat.14:5 21:26, Mrk.12:12, Jhn.7:12b; so with contempt (cl.), Jhn.7:49. In a more general sense, a multitude: with genitive, ὀνομάτων (see: ὀ.), Act.1:15; μαθητῶν, Luk.6:17, al.
(AS) G3794 G3794 = G3794 ὀχύρωμα ochurōma G:N-N stronghold ὀχύρωμα, -τος, τό
(ὀχυρόω, to fortify, make firm), [in LXX for מִבְצָר, etc. ;]
a stronghold, fortress (Psa.89:40, Nam.3:12, 14 al.); in LXX and NT, also metaphorically of that in which confidence is placed (Pro.10:29 21:22, al.): 2Co.10:4.†
(AS) G3795 G3795 = G3795 ὀψάριον opsarion G:N-N fish ὀψάριον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of ὄψον, (1) cooked meat; (2) a relish or dainty, esp. fish, cf. MGr. τὸ ψάρι, fish; in comic poets and late prose writers only) [in LXX: Tob.2:2 א (Β, ὄψον)* ;]
fish: Jhn.6:9, 11 21:9-10, 13 †
(AS) G3796 G3796 = G3796 ὀψέ opse G:ADV late ὀψέ, adv. of time
[in LXX: Gen.24:11, Exo.30:8 (עֶרֶב, עֶרֶב בֵּין), Jer.2:23; τὸ ὀ., Isa.5:11 (נֶשֶׁף)* ;]
__1. long after, late.
__2. late in the day, at evening (opposite to πρωί); in late writers used almost as an indecl. noun (see MM, xviii): Mrk.11:11, 19 13:35.
__3. C. genitive, late in or on; and, in late writers also after (M, Pr., 72 f.), a sense which seems to be required in Mat.28:1.†
(AS) G3797 G3797 = G3797 ὄψιμος opsimos G:A late (rain) ὄψιμος, -ον
(ὀψέ), [in LXX: Deu.11:14, Pro.16:15, Hos.6:4 (3), Jol.2:23, Zec.10:1, Jer.5:24 (מַלְקוֹשׁ), Exo.9:32 (אָפִיל)* ;]
poët. and late for ὄψιος, late: ὑετὸς ὄ.,
the latter rain (see DB, see word "rain"), with ellipsis of ὑετός (see WM, 740), Ja 57.†
(AS) G3798 G3798 = G3798 ὀψία opsia G:A evening ὄψιος, -α, -ον
(ὀψέ),
late: ἡ ὥρα, Mrk.11:11 (Rec., WH, mg.). In late writers, ἡ ὀψία (sc. ὥρα), as subst., evening
[in LXX: Jdth.13:1*]:
Mat.8:16 14:15, 23 16:2 20:8 26:20 27:57, Mrk.1:32 4:35 6:47 14:17 15:42, Jhn.6:16 20:10.†
(AS) G3799 G3799 = G3799 ὄψις opsis G:N-F face ὄψις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for מַרְאֶה ;]
__1. the act of seeing, the sense of sight.
__2. face, countenance: Jhn.11:44, Rev.1:16.
__3. appear­ance: κατ᾽ ὄ. κρίνειν (see MM, xviii), Jhn.7:24.†
(AS) G3800 G3800 = G3800 ὀψώνιον opsōnion G:N-N compensation ὄψώνιον, -ου, τό
(ὀψον- see: ὀψάριον— and ὠνέομαι), [in LXX: I Est.4:56, 1Ma.3:28 1Mac 14:32 * ;]
__1. provisions, provision-money, soldiers' pay: Luk.3:14, 1Co.9:7.
__2. Generally, wages, hire: 2Co.11:8; ὄ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας, Rom.6:23 (see Deiss, BS, 148, 266).†
(AS) G3801 G3801 = a Combination of G2064 (G3588+G1510+G2532+G3588+G1510+G2532+G3588+G2064) ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος o ōn kai o ēn kai o erchomenos G:T + G:V + G:CONJ + G:T + G:V + G:CONJ + G:T + G:V was, is, will be 1. as Substantive Verb, to be, to exist , οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται (Odyssey by Homer); τεθνηῶτος, μηδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐόντος (Odyssey by Homer); οὐκέτ᾽ ἔστι he is no more , (Euripides); θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες (Iliad by Homer); ἐσσόμενοι posterity, (Iliad by Homer); ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων (Demosthenes Orator):—;so of cities, etc., ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔστι Τροία (compare Troja fuit) , (Euripides)
2. of things, to be, exist , εἰ ἔστιν ἀληθέως [ ἡ τράπεζα] (Herdotus Historicus); ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ἦι so long as it last , (Thucydides)
3. to be , opposite to appearing to be , as esse to videri , τὸν ἐόντα λόγον the true story, (Herdotus Historicus); τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν (Thucydides); τῶι ὄντι, Lat. revera, in reality, in fact, (Plato Philosophus)
4. followed by the Relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς, no one , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; εἰσὶν οἵ, Lat. sunt qui, (Thucydides), etc.; ἐστὶν ἅ some things , (Thucydides); also ἔστιν οἵ, for εἰσὶν οἵ, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;so withrelat. Particles, ἔστιν ἔνθα, Lat. est ubi, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅπη, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somewhere , or somehow , (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅπως in some manner , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἔστιν ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
5. ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, like πάρεστι, it is possible , (Homer), attic
6. to be , Copula connecting predicate with subject, both being in the same case, (Homer), etc.
7. sometimes εἶναι with Part. represents finite Verb, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, (Aeschulus Tragicus); πεφυκός ἐστι = πέφυκε, (Aristophanes Comicus)
8. the Inf. is redundant in some phrases, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών II); τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι quantum in illis esset , (Thucydides); τὸ σύμπαν εἶναι (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ νῦν εἶναι (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G3802 G3802 = G3802 παγιδεύω pagideuō G:V to trap παγιδεύω
(παγίς), [in LXX: 1Ki.28:9 (נָקַשׁ hith.), Ecc.9:12 (יָקֹשׁ pu.)* ;]
to ensnare: metaphorically, with accusative, ἐν λόγῳ, Mat.22:15 (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G3803 G3803 = G3803 παγίς pagis G:N-F trap παγίς, -ίδος, ή
(πήγνυμι), [in LXX for פַּח, מוֹקֵשׁ, רֶשֶׁת, etc. ;]
poët. (Aristoph., al.) and late for πάγη, a trap, snare; metaphorically (as also in cl.): Luk.21:35, Rom.11:9" (LXX) 1Ti.3:7 6:9, 2Ti.2:26.†
(AS) G3804 G3804 = G3804 πάθημα pathēma G:N-N suffering πάθημα, -τος, τό
(πάσχω), like πάθος,
__1. that which befalls one, a suffering, affliction: pl., Rom.8:18, 2Co.1:6-7, Col.1:24, 2Ti.3:11, Heb.2:10 10:32, 1Pe.5:9; of Christ's sufferings: τὰ εἰς Χ., 1Pe.1:11; τ. Χριστσῦ, 1Pe.5:1; id. as shared by Christians, 2Co.1:5, Php.3:10, 1Pe.4:13.
__2. a passive emotion, affection, passion: Gal.5:24; τ. ἀμαρτιῶν, Rom.7:5
__3. = τὸ πάσχειν, an enduring or suffering: with genitive obj., Heb.2:9.†
SYN.: see: πάθος (AS) G3805 G3805 = G3805 παθητός pathētos G:A suffering παθητός, -ή, -όν
(πάσχω),
__1. one who has suffered.
__2. subject to suffering (R, mg., see M, Pr., 222) or destined to suffer (AV, R, txt.): Act.26:23.†
(AS) G3806 G3806 = G3806 πάθος pathos G:N-N passion πάθος, -ους, τό
(πάιτχω), [in LXX: Job.30:31 (אֵבֶל), Pro.25:20, and very frequently in (4Ma.1:1 n, al.)* ;]
like πάθημα;
__1. that which befalls one, that which one suffers
__2. a passive emotion or affection (esp. of violent emotion), a passion, passionate desire; in NT always in bad sense: Col.3:5; π. ἀτιμίας, Rom.1:26; π. ἐπιθυμίας, 1Th.4:5.†
SYN.: π. = πάθημα, exc. that πάθημα is the more concrete and particular. In NT usage, π. represents the passive, ungoverned aspect of evil desire, as opposite to ἐπιθυμία, which is the active and also the more comprehensive term (see Tr., Syn., LXXxvii); cf. also ὄρεξις (AS) G3807 G3807 = G3807 παιδαγωγός paidagōgos G:N-M guardian παιδαγωγός, -oῦ, ὁ
(παῖς, ἄγω),
a guide, guardian, trainer of boys, a tutor (disting. from διδάσκαλος, Xen., Lac., 3, 1), usually a trusty slave: opposite to πατήρ, 1Co.4:15; figuratively, of the Law, π. εἰς Χριστόν, Gal.3:24-25.†
(AS) G3808 G3808 = G3808 παιδάριον paidarion G:N-N boy παιδάριον, -ου, τό dimin. of παῖς,
[in LXX chiefly for נַעַר ;]
a little boy, a lad (in late and colloq. Gk. the word seems to be used with greater latitude and even to lose its dimin. force entirely; cf. Tob.6:2-3, and see MM, xviii): Jhn.6:9.†
SYN.: see: παῖς (AS) G3809 G3809 = G3809 παιδεία paideia G:N-F discipline παιδεία (-ία, Τ), -ας, ἡ
(παιδεύω), [in LXX chiefly for מוּסָר ;]
__1. the rearing of a child (Æsch.).
__2. training, learning, instruction (Plat., al.): Eph.6:4, 2Ti.3:16.
__3. As in LXX (Pro.3:11 15:5, al.), chasten­ing, discipline: Heb.12:5 (LXX), Heb.12:7-8, 11.†
(AS) G3810 G3810 = G3810 παιδευτής paideutēs G:N-M instructor παιδευτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(παιδεύω), [in LXX: Hos.5:2 (מוּסָר), Sir.37:19, 4Ma.5:34 4Mac 9:6 * ;]
__1. prop., a teacher, instructor: Rom.2:20.
__2. a corrector, one who disciplines (cf. Ho, l.with) : Heb.12:9.†
(AS) G3811 G3811 = G3811 παιδεύω paideuō G:V to instruct παιδεύω
(παίς), [in LXX chiefly for יָסַר ;]
__1. as in cl., to train children, hence, generally, to teach, instruct: Act.7:22 22:3, 1Ti.1:20, Tit.2:12.
__2. As in LXX (Psa.6:2, Pro.19:18, Wis.3:5, al., and for prob. ex. from π., see MM, xviii), to chasten, correct, chastise: Luk.23:16, 22, 2Ti.2:25, Heb.12:7, 10; of divine chastening, 1Co.11:32, 2Co.6:9, Heb.12:6, Rev.3:19.†
SYN.: διδάσκω, q.v (AS) G3812 G3812 = G3812 παιδιόθεν paidiothen G:ADV from childhood παιδιόθεν
(παιδίον),
adv., [in LXX: Gen.47:3 * ;]
= cl. ἐκ παιδός, παιδίον, from childhood: Mrk.9:21.†
(AS) G3813 G3813 = G3813 παιδίον paidion G:N-N child παιδίον, -ου, τό dimin, of παῖς,
[in LXX chiefly for יֶלֶד, also for נַעַר, בֵּן, etc., frequently in To in ref. to full-grown youth ;]
a young child, a little one: Mat.2:8-9, 11, ff., Luk.1:59, 66 1:76, 80 2:17, 27 2:40, Jhn.16:21, Heb.11:23; of older children, Mat.18:2, 4-5, Mrk.5:39-41 7:30 9:24, 36, Luk.9:47-48 18:17, Jhn.4:49; in pl., Mat.11:16 14:21 15:38 18:3 19:13-14, Mrk.7:28 10:13 ff., Luk.7:32 11:7 18:16, Heb.2:13-14 Metaphorical, 1Co.14:20. Colloq. in familiar address (as Eng. colloq., "lads "-see M, Pr., 170n and Irish use of "boys"): Jhn.21:5, 1Jn.2:13 Jn 2:18 Jn 3:7 †
SYN.: see: παῖς (AS) G3814 G3814 = G3814 παιδίσκη paidiskē G:N-F maidservant παιδίσκη, -ης, ἡ dimin, of παῖς,
[in LXX for שִׁפְחָה, אָמָה, etc. ;]
__1. a young girl, a maiden (נַעֲרָה, Rut.4:12).
__2. Colloq., a young female slave, a maid-servant (see Kennedy, Sources, 40 f.; Deiss., LAE, 186, 332.2): Mat.26:69, Mrk.14:66, 69, Luk.12:45 22:56, Jhn.18:17, Act.12:13 16:16; of Hagar, Gal.4:22-23, 30" (LXX) ; id., metaphorically, Gal.4:31.†
SYN.: see: παῖς (AS) G3815 G3815 = G3815 παίζω paizō G:V to play παίζω
(παῖς), [in LXX: Gen.21:9 26:8, Exo.32:6 (צָחַק pi.); and more frequently (Jdg.16:25, al.) for (שָׂחַק pi. ;]
prop., to play as a child, hence, generally, to play (as with singing and dancing) : 1Co.10:7 (LXX) (cf. ἐμ-παίζω).†
(AS) G3816 G3816 = G3816 παῖς pais G:N-M/F child παῖς, genitive, παιδός, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for עֶבֶד, also for נַעַר, נַעֲרָה, etc. ;]
__1. a child, boy, youth, maiden: ὁ π., Mat.17:18, Luk.2:43 9:42, Act.20:12; ἡ π. Luk.8:51, 54 (on the artic. fern, of address, see M, Pr., 70 f., 235; B1., § 33, 4); pl., Mat.2:16 21:15; of parentage, with genitive, Jhn.4:51
__2. Like Heb. עֶבֶד, Lat. Auer, Fr. garcon, Eng. boy (Æsch., Aristoph., Xen., al.), servant, slave, attendant: Mat.8:6, 8 8:13 Luk.7:7 12:45 15:26; in late writers (Diod., LXX: Gen.41:37, al.), of a king's attendant or minister : Mat.14:2; so (= Heb. יְהוָֹה עֶבֶד) π. τ. θεοῦ (Psa.69:18, Isa.41:8, Wis.2:13, al.), of Israel, Luk.1:54; of David, Luk.1:69, Act.4:25; of Jesus (but see Dalman, Words, 277 f.), Mat.12:18 (LXX), Act.3:13, 26 4:27, 30.†
SYN.:
__1. τέκνον, child, with emphasis on parentage and the consequent community of nature; υἱός, son, with emphasis on the privileged position of heirship; π. refers both to age and parentage, but with emphasis on the former. Cf. also (παιδάριον), (παιδίον), (παιδίσκη), and see Westc. on 1Jn.3:1.
__2. see: θεράπων, and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 7 f
(AS) G3817 G3817 = G3817 παίω paiō G:V to strike παίω
[in LXX chiefly for נָכָה hi. ;]
to strike, smite: with the hand or fist, Mat.26:68, Luk.22:64; with a sword, Mrk.14:47, Jhn.18:10; of a reptile, to sting: Rev.9:5.†
(AS) G3818 G3818 = G3818 Πακατιανή Pakatianē N:N--L Pacatiana Πακατιανή, -ῆς, ἡ
Pacatiana, the Western part of the Province of Phrygia, as constituted in 4/A.D.: 1Ti subscr. (Rec.).†
(AS) G3819 G3819 = G3819 πάλαι palai G:ADV of old πάλαι
adv. of time, [in LXX: Isa.48:5, 7 (אָז), etc. ;]
long ago, of old, in time past (denoting past time absolutely, as πρότερον relatively) : Mat.11:21, Luk.10:13, Heb.1:1, Ju 4; as adj., with art., 2Pe.1:9; of time just past, Mrk.6:47 (WH, mg.), Mrk.15:44 (WH, mg., R, txt.); with durst. praes. (RV, all this time), 2Co.12:19.†
(AS) G3820 G3820 = G3820 παλαιός palaios G:A old παλαιός, -ά, -όν
(πάλαι), [in LXX: Lev.25:22 26:10, Sng.7:13 (14) (יָשֵׁן), יָשֵׁן), Jos.9:4-5, Jer.38:11 (בָּלֶה), etc. ;]
old, ancient; opposite to νέος, καινός: οἶνος, Luk.5:3; διαθήκη, 2Co.3:14; ἐντολή, 1Jn.2:7; ζύμη, 1Co.5:7-8; ὁ π. ἄςθρωπος (for similar phrases, see Westc., Eph., 68), Rom.6:6, Eph.4:22, Col.3:9; neut. pl., καινὰ καὶ π., Mat.13:52; of things not merely old, but worn by use (as Jo, l.with, LXX), Mat.9:16-17, Mrk.2:21-22, Luk.5:36-37.†
SYN.: see: ἀρχαῖος (AS) G3821 G3821 = G3821 παλαιότης palaiotēs G:N-F oldness παλαιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(παλαιός),
oldness: γράμματος, Rom.7:6.†
(AS) G3822 G3822 = G3822 παλαιόω palaioō G:V to make old παλαιόω, -ῶ
(παλαιός), [in LXX chiefly for בָּלָה, pi., in pass. for בִּי qal. ;]
to make or declare old: Heb.8:13; pass., to become old: of things worn out by time and use (cf. Jhn.9:13, Isa.50:9, al., and see: παλαιός), Luk.12:33, Heb.1:11" (LXX) ; τὸ παλαιούμενον, Heb.8:13 (where this and the act., see supr., may have the sense of abrogate, see LS, Zorell, see word).†
SYN.: γηράσκω (AS) G3823 G3823 = G3823 πάλη palē G:N-F struggle πάλη, -ης, ἡ
(πάλλω, to sway)
wrestling, hence, generally, fight, contest: figuratively, of the spiritual combat of Christians, Eph.6:12.†
(AS) G3824 G3824 = G3824 παλιγγενεσία palingenesia G:N-F regeneration παλινγενεσία (Rec. παλιγγ-), -ας, ἡ
(πάλιν, γενεσις),
new birth, renewal, restoration, regeneration;
__(a) of persons (Plut., Phil., al.), of spiritual regeneration, διὰ λουτροῦ παλινγενεστίας (genitive attr., see Ellic., in l), Tit.3:5;
__(b) of the world, as in Stoics, Jewish Apocal., al. (see Dalman, Words, 177 ff.), Mat.19:28.†
(AS) G3825 G3825 = G3825 πάλιν palin G:ADV again πάλιν, adv.,
[in LXX for שׁוּב, etc. ;]
__1. of place, back, backwards (LS, see word).
__2. Of time, again, once more: Mat.4:8, Mrk.2:13, Luk.23:20, Jhn.1:35 (and freq.), Act.17:32, Rom.11:23, Gal.1:9, Heb.1:6, al; pleonastically, π. ἀνακάμπτειν, Act.18:21; ὑποστρέφειν, Gal.1:17; εἰς τὸ π., 2Co.13:2; π. ἐκ τρίτου (Bl., §81, 4), Mat.26:44; ἐκ δευτέρου, Mat.26:42, Act.10:15; π. δεῦτερον, Jhn.4:54 21:16; π. ἄνωθεν ( Wis.19:6), Gal.4:9.
__3. Rhetorically, again;
__(a) further, moreover: Mat.5:33, Luk.13:20, Jhn.12:39, al.;
__(b) in turn, on the other hand (Soph.; LXX: Wis.13:8 16:23, al.): Luk.6:43, 1Co.12:21, 2Co.10:7, 1Jn.2:8.
(AS) G3826 G3826 = G3826 παμπληθεί pamplēthei G:ADV together πανπληθεί (Rec. παμπλ-, see WH, App., 150),
adv. (πᾶς, πλῆθος),
= cl. παμπληθές, with the whole multitude, all together: Luk.23:18.†
(AS) G3827 G3827 = G3827 πάμπολυς pampolus G:A great πάμπολυς, -πόλλη, -τολυ
(πᾶς, πολύς), [in Sm.: Job.36:31, Psa.40:6 89:51 * ;]
very much, very great: Mrk.8:1, Rec. (RV, Edd., πάλιν πολλοῦ).†
(AS) G3828 G3828 = G3828 Παμφυλία Pamphulia N:N-F-L Pamphylia Παμφυλία, -ας, ἡ
Pamphylia, a province of Asia Minor: Act.2:10 13:13 14:24 15:38 27:5.†
(AS) G3829 G3829 = G3829 πανδοχεῖον pandocheion G:N-N inn παν-δοχεῖον (-δοκίον, Τ), -ου, τό
(πανδοχεύς),
late form of Att.. πανδοκεῖον,
an inn (khân, caravanserai): Luk.10:34.†
(AS) G3830 G3830 = G3830 πανδοχεύς pandocheus G:N-M innkeeper παν-δοχεύς, -έως, ὁ
(πᾶς, δέχομαι),
late form of the Att.. πανδοκεύς (T, in l),
an innkeeper, host: Luk.10:35.†
(AS) G3831 G3831 = G3831 πανήγυρις panēguris G:N-F assembly πανήγυρις, -εως, ἡ
(πᾶς + ἄγυρας = ἀγορά), [in LXX: Hos.2:11(13) 9:5, Eze.46:11 (מוֹעֵד), Amo.5:21 (עֲצָרָה) * ;]
prop., a national festal assembly in honour of a god; hence, generally, any festal assembly: Heb.12:23 (for exx. in π., see MM, xviii).†
SYN.: ἐκκλησία (which see), συναγωγή (AS) G3832 G3832 = G3832 πανοικί panoiki G:ADV with all the house πανοικεί (Rec., LTr., -κί), adv.
(πᾶς, οἶκος), a word rejected by strict Atticists, though found once in Plat. (Eryx., 392c); [in LXX: Exo.1:1 (בַּיִת), 3Ma.3:27 (where A in each case reads -κίᾳ, the Attic form, cf. Gen.50:8, al.)* ;]
with all the household: Act.16:34.†
(AS) G3833 G3833 = G3833 πανοπλία panoplia G:N-F complete armor πανοπλία, -ας, ἡ
(πᾶς, ὅπλον) [in LXX: 2Ki.2:21 (חֲלִיצָה), Job.39:20, Jdth.14:3, Wis.5:17, Sir.46:6, 1-2; 4Mac.6* ;]
full armour: Luk.11:22; metaphorically (cf. Wis, l.with), τ. θεοῦ, Eph.6:11, 13 †
(AS) G3834 G3834 = G3834 πανουργία panourgia G:N-F craftiness πανουργία, -ας, ἡ
(πανοῦργος), [in LXX: Jos.9:4, Pro.1:4 8:5 (עׇרְמָה), Num.24:22, Sir.19:25 21:22 31:10 (Sir.34:10) (in all cases in good or indifferent sense)* ;]
cleverness, in cl. nearly always in bad sense, craftiness, cunning, knavery: Luk.20:23, 1Co.3:19 (LXX, φρόνησις, for עׇרְמָה) 2Co.4:2 11:3, Eph.4:14.†
(AS) G3835 G3835 = G3835 πανοῦργος panourgos G:A crafty πανοῦργος, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for עָרוּם ;]
ready to do anything;
__(a) in cl., chiefly in bad sense, knavish, crafty: 2Co.12:16;
__(b) in good sense, skilful, clever (Pro.13:1 28:2).†
(AS) G3836 G3836 = G3836 πανταχόθεν pantachothen G:ADV from all sides πανταχόθεν
adv., [in LXX: 4Ma.13:1 4Mac 15:32 * ;]
from all sides: Mrk.1:45, Rec.†
(AS) G3837 G3837 = G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachou G:ADV everywhere πανταχοῦ
adv., [in LXX: Isa.42:22 (כָּלַם)* ;]
everywhere: Mrk.1:28 16:20, Luk.9:6, Act.17:30 24:3 28:22, 1Co.4:17.†
(AS) G3838 G3838 = G3838 παντελής pantelēs G:A completely παντελής, -ές
(πᾶς, τέλος), [in LXX: 3Ma.7:16 A* ;]
all-complete, entire, perfect; εἰς τ. παντελές, completely, utterly: Luk.13:11, Heb.7:25 (where perhaps in temp. sense, finally; see MM, xviii).†
(AS) G3839 G3839 = G3839 πάντῃ pantē G:ADV / G:A always πάντῃ (Rec. -τη),
adv. (πᾶς), [in LXX: Sir.50:22, 3Ma.4:1 * ;]
every way, entirely: Act.24:3.†
(AS) G3840 G3840 = G3840 πάντοθεν pantothen G:ADV from all sides πάντοθεν
adv. (πᾶς), [in LXX: Jer.48:31 (כֹּל), al. ;]
from all sides: Mrk.1:45, Luk.19:43, Heb.9:4.†
(AS) G3841 G3841 = G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokratōr G:N-M almighty παντοκράτωρ, -ορος, ὁ
(πᾶς, κρατέω), [in LXX: frequently in Job.5:8, 17, al. (שַׁדַּי), and for צָבָא, in the phrase θεός (κυρίος) π., 2Ki.5:10, al., and frequently in Am, Za, Ma; also in Wis.7:25, Sir.42:17 50:14, 17 and frequently in Jth 2, 3Mac ;]
almighty: 2Co.6:18, Rev.1:8 4:8 11:17 15:3 16:7, 14 9:6, 15 21:22.†
(AS) G3842 G3842 = G3842 πάντοτε pantote G:ADV always πάντοτε
adv.
of time
(πᾶς), [in LXX: Wis.11:21 19:18 * ;]
in late writers (once in Arist.) for διαπαντός, ἑκάστοτε, at all times, always: Mat.26:11, Mrk.14:7, Luk.15:31, Jhn.6:34, Rom.1:10, and frequently in Paul. Epp
(AS) G3843 G3843 = G3843 πάντως pantōs G:ADV surely πάντως
adv. (πάς), [in LXX: 4Ki.5:11 (see Thackeray, Gr., 47), Tob.14:8, al. ;]
altogether, by all means;
__(a) without neg. (from Hdt. on) : 1Co.16:12; esp. in strong affirmations, surely, at all events: Luk.4:23, Act.21:22 28:4, 1Co.9:10;
__(b) with neg. (so always in mom.), in a complete negation: Rom.3:9; in a partial negation (Bl., § 75, 7), 1Co.5:10.†
(AS) G3844 G3844 = G3844 παρά para G:PREP from/with/beside παρά, prep. with genitive, dative, accusative,
with radical sense, beside.
__I. C. genitive of person(s), from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל ,מִיַד ,מִלִּפְנֵי ;] after verbs of motion, Mrk.14:43, Luk.8:49, Jhn.15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mrk.8:11 12:2, Jhn.4:9, 52 10:18, Php.4:18, 2Ti.1:18, Jas.1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό), Mat.21:42, Mrk.12:11, Luk.1:37; absol., οἱ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mrk.3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106f.; Field, Notes, 25f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῆς (αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν, one's means, wealth, Mrk.5:26, Luk.10:7, Php.4:18.

__II. C. dative of person(s) (exc. Jhn.19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי ,בְּיַד ,אֵצֶל ;] Luk.11:37 19:7, Jhn.1:40 4:40, Act.28:14, al.; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, at home, 1Co.16:2; with dative pl., among, Mat.22:25, Col.4:16, al.; metaphorically, Mat.19:26, Mrk.10:27, Luk.1:30, Rom.2:13, Jas.1:27, al.

__III. C. accusative, of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר ,עַל יַד ,אֵצֶל ;]
__1. of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Act.10:32, Heb.11:12; after verbs of motion, Mat.4:18, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, Act.4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mat.13:1, Mrk.5:21, Luk.8:35, al.
__2. beside, beyond, metaphorically;
__(a) beyond, against, contrary to: Act.18:13, Rom.1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, 2Co.11:24;
__(b) beyond, above, in comparison with: Luk.3:13, Rom.12:3 14:5, Heb.1:4, 9 3:3, al.;
__(with) on account of: 1Co.12:15, 16.
__IV. In composition: beside, to (παραλαμβάνω, παράγω), at hand (πάρειμι), from (παραρρέω), amiss (παρακούω), past (παρέρχομαι), compared with (παρομοιάζω), above measure (παροργίζω).
(AS) G3845 G3845 = G3845 παραβαίνω parabainō G:V to transgress παρα-βαίνω
[in LXX for סוּר, עָבַר, פָּרַר, שָׂטָה, etc. ;]
__1. in Hom. (twice), to go by the side of, stand beside.
__2. In Æsch., Herod., Thuc., al., to go past or pass over, chiefly metaphorically, to overstep, violate, transgress (Jos.7:11, Eze.16:59, Sir.40:14, al.) : τ. παράδοσιν, Mat.15:2; τ. ἐντολήν, Mat.15:3; before ἀπό (as מִן סוּר, Deu.17:20, al.), to turn aside, fall away (cf. π. τῆς ἀληθείας, Arist., Cael., i, 5, 2): Act.1:25.†
(AS) G3846 G3846 = G3846 παραβάλλω paraballō G:V to arrive παρα-βάλλω
[in LXX: Pro.2:2 4:20 5:1, 13 22:17 (נָטָה hi.), Rut.2:16 (שָׁלַל), 2Ma.14:38 (elsewhere as seel.4)* ;]
__1. to throw to or beside, as fodder to horses (Hom., al.).
__2. to lay beside, compare (Hdt., Plat., al.): Mrk.4:30, Rec.
__3. Reflexive, to betake oneself, come near; of seamen, to cross over: εἰς Σάμον, Act.20:15.
__4. In mid. = παραβολεύομαι, which see†
(AS) G3847 G3847 = G3847 παράβασις parabasis G:N-F transgression παρά-βασις, -εως, ἡ
(παραβαίνω), [in LXX: Psa.101:3 (שֵׂט), 4Ki.2:24 A, Wis.14:31, 2Ma.15:10 * ;]
__1. a going aside, a deviation (Arist.).
__2. In later writers, an overstepping; metaphorically, transgression (Plut., al.) : Rom.4:15 5:14, Heb.2:2 9:15; τ. νόμου, Rom.2:23; ἐν π., 1Ti.2:14; τ. παραβάσεων χάριν, Gal.3:19
SYN.: see: ἁμαρτία (AS) G3848 G3848 = G3848 παραβάτης parabatēs G:N-M transgresor παρα-βάτης, -ου, ὁ
(παραβαίνω), [in Sm.: Psa.17:4 139:19, Jer.6:28 * ;]
__1. one who stands beside, the warrior who stands by the charioteer (of. παραβαίνω, 1).
__2. a transgressor (Æsch., παρβάτης): Gal.2:18, Jas.2:9; π. νόμου, Rom.2:25, 27, Jas.2:11.†
(AS) G3849 G3849 = G3849 παραβιάζομαι parabiazomai G:V to urge παρα-βιάζομαι
[in LXX: Gen.19:9, 4Ki.2:17 (פָּצַר), Deu.1:43 (זוּד hi.), 1Ki.28:23 (פָּרַץ) see1. 4 * ;]
__1. prop., to force against nature or law.
__2. to compel by force (Polyb.).
__3. to constrain by entreaty (Ge, 1Sam, ll. with): Luk.24:29, Act.16:15.†
(AS) G3850 G3850 = G3850 παραβολή parabolē G:N-F parable παραβολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(παραβάλλω), [in LXX (cf. McNeile, Mt., 185): Num.23:7, Deu.28:37, Psa.44:14, Pro.1:6, Eze.12:22, al. (מָשַׁל), Sir.47:17 (חִידָה), al. mutt. in Sir, Wis.5:3 ;]
__1. a placing beside, juxtaposition (Polyb., al.).
__2. a comparing, comparison (Plat., Arist., al.).
__3. a comparison, illustration, analogy, figure (Arist., al.) : Mat.24:32, Mrk.3:23, Heb.9:9 11:19; specif. of the pictures and narratives drawn from nature and human life which are characteristic of the synoptic teaching of our Lord, a parable: Mat.13:3, 10 Mrk.4:2, 10, Luk.8:4, 9-11, al.; with genitive ref., Mat.13:18, 36
__4 4 Like Heb. מָשַׁל (1Ki.10:12, Pro.1:6, Sir.3:29, al.), = παροιμία, a proverb or gnomic saying: Luk.4:23 5:36 6:39
SYN.: παροιμία (see Abbott, Essays, 82 ff.) (AS) G3851 G3851 = G3851 παραβουλεύομαι, παραβολεύομαι parabouleuomai, paraboleuomai G:V to risk παρα-βολεύομαι
= cl. παραβάλλομαι (2Ma.14:38),
to expose oneself to danger, hazard one's life: with dative ref., τ. ψυχῇ (see M, Pr., 64), Php.2:30 (Rec. παραβουλ-). Cited by Deiss., LAE, 84, 120.†
παρα-βουλεύομαι,
to consult amiss, or perh. (see LS, see word), a vulg. form of παρα-βολ- (which see) : Php.2:30, Rec.†
(AS) G3852 G3852 = G3852 παραγγελία parangelia G:N-F order παρ-αγγελία, -ας, ἡ
(παραγγέλλω),
an instruction, charge, com­mand: Act.5:28 16:24, 1Th.4:2, 1Ti.1:5 1:18. (In Xen., Polyb., of a military order.)†
(AS) G3853 G3853 = G3853 παραγγέλλω parangellō G:V to order παρ-αγγέλλω
(παρά, ἀγγὲλλω), [in LXX for שָׁמַע pi., hi., etc. ;]
__1. to transmit a message (Æsch., Eur.).
__2. to order, command (Hdt., Xen., al.) : with inf., Act.15:5; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.11:17, 2Th.3:4, 1Ti.4:11 5:7; before ἵνα (M, Pr., 207; Bl., § 69, 4), Mrk.6:8, 2Th.3:12; with dative of person(s), Act.17:30 R, txt., 1Th.4:11; before λέγων, Mat.10:5; with inf. aor., Mat.15:35, Mrk.8:6, Luk.8:29, Act.10:42 16:18 (aoristic pres.; see M, Pr., 119); id. with neg., μή, Luk.5:14 8:56, Act.23:22, 1Co.7:10; with inf. pres., Act.16:23, 2Th.3:6; id. with neg., ιή, Luk.9:21, Act.1:4 4:18 5:28, 40, 1Ti.1:3 6:17; with accusative, τοῦτο, before ὅτι (E1., § 70, 3), 2Th.3:10; with accusative and inf., Act.23:30, 2Th.3:6, 1Ti.6:13 (Bl., § 72, 5).†
SYN.: see: ἐντέλλω (AS) G3854 G3854 = G3854 παραγίνομαι paraginomai G:V to come παρα-γίνομαι
(Ion. and late for -γίγν-), [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
__1. to be beside or at hand (Hom., Hdt., al.), hence, to stand by, sup­port (Æsch., Thuc., al.) : with dative of person(s), 2Ti.4:16.
__2. to come, come up, arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and frequently in later writers; see MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267.2): absol., Luk.14:21 19:16, Jhn.3:23, Act.5:21-22, 25 9:39 10:32-33 11:23 14:27 17:10 18:27 21:18 23:16, 35 24:17, 24 25:7 28:21, 1Co.16:3; before εἰς, Jhn.8:2, Act.9:26 15:4; ἐπί, with accusative, Luk.22:52; πρός, with accusative, Luk.7:4, 20 8:19, Act.20:18; id. before ἐκ, Luk.11:6; παρά, with genitive, Mrk.14:43; ἀπὸ . . . εἰς, Mat.2:1, Act.13:14; ἀπὸ . . . ἐπὶ . . . πρός, Mat.3:13; of a teacher coming forward in public: Mat.3:1, Luk.12:51, Heb.9:11.†
(AS) G3855 G3855 = G3855 παράγω paragō G:V to pass παρ-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for עָבַר ;]
__1. trans., to lead by, lead aside, lead into, lead forward, etc.
__2. Intrans.,
__(a) to pass by: Mat.9:9, 27 20:30, Mrk.2:14 15:21, Jhn.8:59 R, txt., Jhn.9:1; before παρό, with accusative, Mrk.1:16;
__(b) to go away, depart; metaphorically, to pass away: 1Co.7:31; mid., 1Jn.2:8 Jn 2:17.†
(AS) G3856 G3856 = G3856 παραδειγματίζω paradeigmatizō G:V to disgrace παρα-δειγματίζω
(δείκνυμι), [in LXX: Num.25:4 (יָקַע hi.), Jer.13:22 (חָמַס ni.), Eze.28:17 (רַאֲוָה), Est.4:17, Dan LXX 2:5 * ;]
to set forth as an example; in bad sense, to put to open shame: Heb.6:6 (Polyb., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G3857 G3857 = G3857 παράδεισος paradeisos G:N-M paradise παράδεισος, -ου, ὁ
(an Oriental word, first used by Xen. of the parks of Persian kings and nobles) [in LXX chiefly for גַּן, Gen.1:8 ff., al.; also for עֵדֶן, Isa.51:3; פַּרְדֵּס, Neh.2:8, Ecc.2:5 ;]
__1. a park, pleasure-ground, garden (LXX), an orchard (in π., see MM, ii, xviii; Deiss., BS, 148).
__2. Paradise, the abode of the blessed dead: Luk.23:43, 2Co.12:4, Rev.2:7.†
(AS) G3858 G3858 = G3858 παραδέχομαι paradechomai G:V to welcome παρα-δέχομαι
[in LXX: Exo.23:1 (נָשָׂא), Pro.3:12 (רָצָה), 2Ma.4:22 R, 3Ma.7:12 * ;]
to receive, admit;
__(a) of things: Mrk.4:20, Act.15:4 16:21 22:18, 1Ti.5:19;
__(b) of persons: Heb.12:6 (LXX).†
(AS) G3859 G3859 = G3859 παραδιατριβή paradiatribē G:N-F contention παρα-δια-τριβή, -ῆς, ἡ
useless wrangling: seel. in Rec. for διαπαρατριβή (which see), 1Ti.6:5.†
δια-παρα-τριβή, -ῆς, ἡ
(παρατριβή, friction, irritation)
mutual irritation (Field, Notes, 211), wrangling: 1Ti.6:5 (Rec. παραδιατριβή).†
(AS) G3860 G3860 = G3860 παραδίδωμι paradidōmi G:V to deliver παρα-δίδωμι,
[in LXX chiefly for נתן ;] correl. to παρδέχομαι,
__1. to give or hand over to another: with accusative and dative, Mat.11:27 25:14, Luk.4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. before εἰς, Rom.6:17.
__2. to commit, commend: Act.14:26 15:40, 1Pe.2:23.
__3. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: with accusative of person(s), Mat.4:12, Mrk.1:14, Rom.4:25, 2Pe.2:4; id. before ὑπέρ, Rom.8:32; with dative, Mat.5:25, Mrk.15:1, Luk.12:58, Jhn.19:11, al.; id. before ἵνα, Jhn.19:16; with inf., Act.12:4; before εἰς, Mat.10:17 17:22 24:9, Luk.21:12, Act.8:3, 2Co.4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, 1Ti.1:20; id. before εἰς, 1Co.5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι), with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:25, Mrk.14:11, Jhn.6:64, al.; id. with dative, Mat.26:15, al.; present ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς, Mat.26:25, Mrk.14:42, Jhn.13:11.
__4. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mrk.7:13, Luk.1:2, Act.6:14, 1Co.11:2 15:2; pass., 2Pe.2:21, Ju 3.
__5. to permit (for exx. in cl., see LS, see word): Mrk.4:29.
(AS) G3861 G3861 = G3861 παράδοξος paradoxos G:A remarkable παράδοξος, -ον
(παρά, δόξα), [in LXX: Jdth.13:13, Wis.5:2 16:17 19:5, Sir.43:25; 2-4 Mac 3 * ;]
contrary to received opinion, incredible, marvellous: pl., Luk.5:26.†
SYN.: see: δύναμις (AS) G3862 G3862 = G3862 παράδοσις paradosis G:N-F tradition παρά-δοσις, -εως, ἡ
(παραδίδωμι), [in LXX: Est.7:26 (אֵסוּר), Jer.32:4 (נָתַן ni.), Jer.34:2 * ;]
__1. a handing down or over, transfer, transmission (Arist., Polyb., al., LXX).
__2. tradition of doctrine (Plat., Epict., al.); by meton., of the doctrine itself : Mat.15:2-3, 6, Mrk.7:3, 1Co.11:2, Gal.1:14, Col.2:8, 2Th.2:15 3:9.†
(AS) G3863 G3863 = G3863 παραζηλόω parazēloō G:V to make envious παρα-ζηλόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.32:21, 3Ki.14:22, Psa.78:58 (קָנָא pi., hi.), Psa.37:1, 7-8 (חָרָה hith.), Sir.30:3 * ;]
to provoke to jealousy: Rom.10:19 (LXX) Rom.11:11, 14, 1Co.10:22.†
(AS) G3864 G3864 = G3864 παραθαλάσσιος parathalassios G:A seaside παρα-θαλάσσιος, -α, -ον
(παρά, θάλασσα) [in LXX: Jer.47:7 (יָם חוֹף), etc. ;]
by the sea: Mat.4:13.†
(AS) G3865 G3865 = G3865 παραθεωρέω paratheōreō G:V to neglect παρα-θεωρέω, -ῶ
__1. to examine side by side, compare.
__2. to over­look, neglect: pass., Act.6:1.†
(AS) G3866 G3866 = G3866 παραθήκη parathēkē G:N-F deposit παρα-θήκη, -ης, ἡ
(παρατίθημι), [in LXX: Lev.6:2, 4 (Lev 5:21, 23) (פִּקָּדוֹן), and in Tob 10:13, 2Ma.3:10 2Mac 3:15, seel. for παρακαταθήκη (which see) * ;]
a deposit or trust: 1Ti.6:20, 2Ti.1:12 1:14 (for exx. of this form, see MM, Exp., iii, xviii).†
(AS) G3867 G3867 = G3867 παραινέω paraineō G:V to urge παρ-αινέω, -ω
[in LXX: 2Ma.7:25-26, 3Ma.5:17 3Mac 7:12 * ;]
to exhort, advise: with accusative of person(s) and inf. (see Bl., § 72, 5; M, Pr., 205), Act.27:22; absol., before λέγων, Act.27:9.†
(AS) G3868 G3868 = G3868 παραιτέομαι paraiteomai G:V to refuse/excuse παρ-αιτέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX for בָּקַשׁ pi., etc. ;]
__1. to beg of or from another: Mrk.15:6 (Rec. ὅνπερ ᾐτοῦντο, see Field, Notes, 43).
__2. to deprecate;
__(a) prop., with neg., to entreat that not (Thuc., al.): Heb.12:19;
__(b) to refuse, decline, avoid: o. accusative, 1Ti.4:7 5:11, 2Ti.2:23, Tit.3:10, Heb.12:25 (EV; but see Field, Notes, 234).
__3. to beg off, ask to be excused, excuse (Polyb., al.) : Luk.14:18-19 (Heb.12:25, Field, l.with).†
(AS) G3869 G3869 = G3869 παρακαθίζω parakathizō G:V to sit by παρα-καθίζω
[in LXX: Job.2:13 (יָשַׁב)* ;]
to set beside; act. for mid., to sit down beside: Luk.10:39, Rec. (for -έζομαι, which see).†
(AS) G3870 G3870 = G3870 παρακαλέω parakaleō G:V to plead/comfort παρακαλέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for נחם ni., pi. ;]
__1. to call to one, call for, summon: Act.28:20 (R, mg.; R, txt., entreat); hence (of the gods: Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, entreat: τ. πατέρα μου, Mat.26:53; τ. κύριον, 2Co.12:8; in late writers (Polyb., Diod., al.; rarely in LXX; in π., see Deiss., LAE, 176.14), also of men: absol., Phm 9; with accusative, Mat.8:5, Mrk.1:40, Act.16:9, al.; with inf., Mrk.5:17, Luk.8:41, Act.8:31, al.; before ἵνα (see M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 14"36, Mrk.5:18, Luk.8:31, al.
__2. to admonish, exhort: absol., Luk.3:18, Rom.12:8, 2Ti.4:2, al.; with accusative, Act.15:32, 1Th.2:11, Heb.3:13, al.; id. before inf., Act.11:23, Rom.12:1, Php.4:2, 1Th.4:10, al.; before ἵνα (see M, Pr., l.with), 1Co.1:10, 2Co.8:6, 1Th.4:1, al.
__3. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., LXX: Jb 43, Isa.35:3, Sir.43:24, al.): with accusative, 2Co.1:6, Eph.6:22, Col.2:2, al.; id. before ἐν, 1Th.4:18; διά, 2Co.1:4; pass., Mat.5:4, Luk.16:25, Act.20:12.
SYN.: παραμυθέω (cf. M, Th., 25). (AS) G3871 G3871 = G3871 παρακαλύπτω parakaluptō G:V to hide παρα-καλύπτω
[in LXX: Isa.44:8 (פָּחַד), Eze.22:26 (עָלַם hi.)* ;]
to cover by hanging something beside, to hide: metaphorically (as Plat., al.), Luk.9:45.†
(AS) G3872 G3872 = G3872 παρακαταθήκη parakatathēkē G:N-F deposit παρα-κατα-θήκη, -ης, ἡ
(παρακατατίθημι) [in LXX: Exo.22:8, 11 (מְלָאכָה), and elsewhere as seel. for παραθήκη, which see ;]
more usual than its variant in Gk. writers for a trust or deposit: 1Ti.6:20, 2Ti.1:14, Rec.†
(AS) G3873 G3873 = G3873 παράκειμαι parakeimai G:V be present παρά-κειμαι
[in LXX: Jdt.3.2-3, Sir.30:18 34:16, Dan LXX Bel 1:14, 2,3 Mac.5* ;]
to lie beside, be near, be present: Rom.7:18, 21.†
(AS) G3874 G3874 = G3874 παράκλησις paraklēsis G:N-F encouragement παρά-κλησις, -εως, ἡ
(παρακαλέω), [in LXX : Job.21:2, Psa.94:19, Hos.13:14, Nam.3:7, Isa.57:18 66:11, Jer.16:7 (נָחַם, its parts and derivatives), Jer.38:9 (תַּחֲנוּן), Isa.28:29 30:7, 1Ma.10:24 1Mac 12:9, 2Ma.7:24 2Mac 15:11 * ;]
__1. a calling to one's aid, summons (Thus.), hence, appeal, entreaty (Strab., Plut., al., 1Ma.10:24; of. Lft., Notes, 20) : 2Co.8:4.
__2. exhortation, encouragement: Act.15:31, Rom.12:8, 1Co.14:3, 2Co.8:17, Php.2:1, 1Th.2:3, 1Ti.4:13, Heb.12:5; λόγος (τῆς) π., Act.13:15, Heb.13:22; υἱὸς π., Act.4:36.
__3. consolation, comfort (Phalar., LXX) : Luk.6:24, Act.9:31, 2Co.1:4-7 7:4 7:7 7:13, 2Th.2:16, Phm 7; τ. γραφῶν, Rom.15:4; θεὸς τῆς π., Rom.15:5, 2Co.1:3; π. τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (see Dalman, Words, 109 f.), Lk
(AS) G3875 G3875 = G3875 παράκλητος paraklētos G:N-M counsellor παρά-κλητος, -ον
(παρακαλεω), [in Aq., Th.: Job.16:2 * ;]
called to one's aid in a judicial cause (Dion. Cass.); hence, most frequently as subst., ὁ π., an advocate, pleader, intercessor (Dem., al.; so in Rabbinic lit., פְּרַקְלִיטָא), "a friend of the accused person, called to speak to his character, or otherwise enlist sympathy in his favour" (Field, Notes, 102). In NT, specif., ὁ π.,
__(a) of Christ, 1Jn.2:1 (see ICC, Jo. Epp., 23 ff.);
__(b) of the Holy Spirit (AV, comforter; but see opp. with), Jhn.14:16, 26 15:26 16:7 (cf. also Abbott, Essays, 86, 97; Deiss., LAE, 339 f.; MM, xviii; Westc., Jo., ii, 188)
(AS) G3876 G3876 = G3876 παρακοή parakoē G:N-F disobedience παρ-ακοή, -ῆς, ἡ
__1. a hearing amiss (Flat.)
__2. Later, as following inattention, disobedience: Rom.5:19, 2Co.10:6, Heb.2:2 (cf. παρακούω, and see Tr., Syn., § lxvi).†
(AS) G3877 G3877 = G3877 παρακολουθέω parakoloutheō G:V to follow παρ-ακολουθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:11 2Mac 9:27 R* ;]
with dative, to follow closely, accompany. Metaphorical, in various senses,
__(a) to result: Mrk.16:17;
__(b) to follow up, trace, investigate: Luk.1:3 (so frequently in cl.);
__(with) to follow as a standard of conduct: 1Ti.4:6, 2Ti.3:10. (For exx. from π., see MM, xviii.)†
(AS) G3878 G3878 = G3878 παρακούω parakouō G:V to ignore παρ-ακούω
[in LXX: Est.3:3, 8 (עָבַר, עָשָׂה, with neg.) Est.4:14 7:4 (חָרַשׁ hi.), Isa.65:12 (שָׁמַע, with neg.), I Est.4:11, Tob.3:4 * ;]
__1. to overhear.
__2. to hear amiss or imperfectly.
__3. Later (as in LXX, Polyb., Plut.; also in π., see MM, xviii), to hear without heeding, take no heed: Mrk.5:36; with genitive, Mat.18:17.†
(AS) G3879 G3879 = G3879 παρακύπτω parakuptō G:V to stoop παρα-κύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁקַף ni., hi. ;]
__1. to stoop sideways.
__2. to stoop to look: Luk.24:12 (R, txt.), Jhn.20:5, 11, Metaphorical (see Hort, Ja., in l), to look into: before εἰς, Jas.1:25, 1Pe.1:12.†
(AS) G3880 G3880 = G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambanō G:V to take παρα-λαμβάνω
[in LXX chiefly for לָקַח, also for יָרַשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. with accusative of thing(s), like παραδέχομαι, correl. to παραδίδωμι, to receive from another: Col.4:17, Heb.12:28; of the mind, 1Co.11:23 15:1 15:3, Gal.1:9, Php.4:9; with inf., Mrk.7:4; before παρά, with gem, Gal.1:12, 1Th.2:13 4:1, 2Th.3:6; τ. Χριστόν (Lft., in l), Col.2:6.
__2. C. accusative of person(s), to take to or with oneself: Mat.2:13-14, 20-21 17:1 26:37, Mrk.4:36 5:40 9:2 10:32, Luk.9:10, 28 11:26 18:31 19:16, Act.15:39 23:18; γυναῖκα, Mat.1:20, 24; μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Mat.12:45 18:16, Mrk.14:33; before εἰς, Mat.4:5, 8 27:27; κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, Mat.20:17; mid., before πρὸς ἐμαυτόν, Jhn.14:3; pass., Mat.24:40-41, Luk.17:34-36; ptcp., prefixed to other verbs (Bl, § 74, 2), Act.16:33 21:24, 26 21:32; metaphorically, Jhn.1:11.†
(AS) G3881 G3881 = G3881 παραλέγω paralegō G:V to sail past παρα-λέγω
to lay beside; mid.,
__(a) to lie beside (Hom.);
__(b) later, of sailors, to sail past: with accusative, Act.27:8, 13.†
(AS) G3882 G3882 = G3882 παράλιος paralios G:N seaside παρ-άλιος, -ον
(in cl., chiefly -α, -ον), [in LXX for יָם, חוֹף, etc., with prep. ;]
by the sea; ἡ π. (sc. χώρα, in LXX ἡ παραλία, Deu.1:7, Jos.9:1, Jdth.1:7, al.), the sea coast: Luk.6:17.†
(AS) G3883 G3883 = G3883 παραλλαγή parallagē G:N-F variation παρ-αλλαγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(παραλλάσσω), [in LXX: 4Ki.9:20 (שִׁגָּעוֹן)* ;]
in various senses (LS, see word), change: Jas.1:17.†
(AS) G3884 G3884 = G3884 παραλογίζομαι paralogizomai G:V to deceive παρα-λογίζομαι
[in LXX chiefly for רָמָה pi. ;]
__1. to miscalculate.
__2. to reason falsely, hence, to mislead: Col.2:4, Jas.1:22.†
(AS) G3885 G3885 = G3885 παραλυτικός paralutikos G:A paralytic παρα-λυτικός, -ή, -όν
(παραλύω),
paralytic: Mat.4:24 8:6 9:2, 6, Mrk.2:3-5, 9-10 Luk.5:24 (Rec., WH, mg.).†
(AS) G3886 G3886 = G3886 παραλύω paraluō G:V to paralyze παρα-λύω
[in LXX: Jer.6:24, Jer 27:43, Eze.21:7 (רָפָה), etc. ;]
__1. to loose from the side, set free.
__2. to weaken, enfeeble; pass., to be en­feebled, esp. by a paralytic stroke: Luk.5:18, 24, Act.8:7 9:33, Heb.12:12" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3887 G3887 = G3887 παραμένω paramenō G:V to continue παρα-μένω
[in LXX: Pro.12:7, Da TH Dan.11:17 (עָמַד), etc. ;]
to remain beside or near: Heb.7:23, Jas.1:25; of remaining alive, 1Co.16:6 (WH, κατα-), Php.1:25 (cf. συμ-παραμένω).†
(AS) G3888 G3888 = G3888 παραμυθέομαι paramutheomai G:V to encourage παρα-μυθέομαι, -οῦμαι
[in LXX: 2Ma.15:9 (Sm. 8)* ;]
__1. to en­courage, exhort.
__2. to comfort, console: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.11:31, 1Th.2:11 5:14; id. before περί, Jhn.11:19.†
SYN.: παρακαλέω (AS) G3889 G3889 = G3889 παραμυθία paramuthia G:N-F comfort παραμυθία, -ας, ἡ
(παραμυθέομαι) [in LXX: Est.8:13, Wis.19:12 * ;]
__1. encouragement, exhortation.
__2. comfort, consolation: 1Co.14:3 .†
SYN.: παράκλησις (AS) G3890 G3890 = G3890 παραμύθιον paramuthion G:N-N comfort παραμύθιον, -ου, τό
(παραμυθέομαι) [in LXX: Wis.3:18 * ;]
__1. an exhortation, persuasion, encouragement: Php.2:1 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 773 E, al.; see Lft. and ICC, Phi., l.with).
__2. assuagement, abatement, hence, consolation (Wis, l.with, and frequently in cl.).†
(AS) G3891 G3891 = G3891 παρανομέω paranomeō G:V to break the law παρα-νομέω, ῶ
[in LXX for הָלַל, etc., chiefly in Pss and 2Mac ;]
to be a παράνομος, to transgress the law: Act.23:3.†
(AS) G3892 G3892 = G3892 παρανομία paranomia G:N-F lawlessness παρανομία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Psa.37:7 (מְזִמָּה), etc. ;]
law-breaking, transgression: 2Pe.2:16.†
(AS) G3893 G3893 = G3893 παραπικραίνω parapikrainō G:V to rebel παρα-πικραίνω
[in LXX chiefly for מָרַד qal., hi., מְרִי, most frequently in Psa and Eze ;]
to embitter, provoke: absol. (yet sc. τ. θεόν, cf. Psa.106:7, Eze.2:5-8, al., and with τὸν θ. added, Psa.5:4, Eze.20:21, al.), Heb.3:16 (cf. παραπικρασμός).†
(AS) G3894 G3894 = G3894 παραπικρασμός parapikrasmos G:N-M rebellion παρα-πικρασμός, -οῦ, ἁ
(παραπικραίνω) [in LXX: Psa.95:8 (מְרִיבָה elsewhere rendered Λοιδόρησις, Exo.17:7; ἀντιλογία, Deu.33:8, al.; λοιδορία, Num.20:24)* ;]
provocation: ἐν τῷ π. (Heb. at Meribah), Heb.3:8, 15" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3895 G3895 = G3895 παραπίπτω parapiptō G:V to defect παρα-πίπτω
[in LXX: Eze.14:13 15:8 18:24 20:27 (מָעַל), Eze.22:4 (אָשַׁם), Est.6:10 (נָפַל hi.), Wis.6:9 12:2, 2Ma.10:4 A* ;]
__1. most frequently (Hdt., Thuc., al.), to fall in one's way, befall.
__2. to fall into or in (before εἰς, Polyb.; with dative, 2Mac, l.with).
__3. to fall away (En, Wis, ll. with; in Polyb., with genitive) : absol., Heb.6:6.
__4. to fail (λόγος, Es, l.with; cf. 1Ki.3:19).†
(AS) G3896 G3896 = G3896 παραπλέω parapleō G:V to sail past παρα-πλέω
to sail by or past: with accusative, Act.20:16.†
(AS) G3897 G3897 = G3897 παραπλήσιον paraplēsion G:A almost παρα-πλήσιος, -α, -ον (Hdt., Plat., al.; also -ος, -ον, Thuc., Polyb.), coming near, nearly resembling. Neut. -ον, adverbially,
= ίως, in a way nearly resembling: with dative, Php.2:27.†
(AS) G3898 G3898 = G3898 παραπλησίως paraplēsiōs G:ADV similarly παρα-πλησίως
adv. (παραπλήσιος) [in Quint.: Hos.8:6 * ;]
in like manner: Heb.2:14.†
(AS) G3899 G3899 = G3899 παραπορεύομαι paraporeuomai G:V to pass by/through παρα-πορεύομαι
[in LXX chiefly for עָבַר ;]
__1. to go beside, accom­pany.
__2. to go past, pass by: Mat.27:39, Mrk.11:20 15:29; before διά, with genitive, Mrk.2:23 9:30 (WH, mg.).†
(AS) G3900 G3900 = G3900 παράπτωμα paraptōma G:N-N trespass παρά-πτωρμα, -τος, τό
(παραπίπτω), [in LXX for מַעַל, פֶּשַׁע, etc. ;]
__1. a false step, a blunder (Polyb.).
__2. Ethically, a misdeed, trespass (LXX): Mat.6:14-15, Mrk.11:25-26, Rom.4:25 5:15 ff Rom.11:11-12, 2Co.5:19, Gal.6:1, Eph.1:7 2:1, 5, Col.2:13.†
SYN.: see: ἁμαρτία (AS) G3901 G3901 = G3901 παραρρέω pararreō G:V to drift away παρα-ρρέω
[in LXX: Isa.44:4 (יָבַל), Pro.3:21 * ;]
to flow by, drift away, slip away: Heb.2:1.†
(AS) G3902 G3902 = G3902 παράσημος parasēmos G:N-N figurehead παράσημος, -ον
(σῆμα, a mark) [in LXX: 3Ma.2:29 * ;]
__1. in cl., marked amiss, spurious, counterfeit. Later,
__2. marked at the side, annotated (Plut.).
__3. marked with a sign (LXX); as subst., a figure­head : Act.28:11 (see MM, xix).†
(AS) G3903 G3903 = G3903 παρασκευάζω paraskeuazō G:V to prepare παρα-σκευάζω
[in LXX: Jer.50:42 (עָרַךְ), etc. ;]
to prepare, make ready: absol. (sc. τ. δεῖπνον, etc.; of. Hdt., ix, 82, 2Ma.2:27), Act.10:10; mid., to prepare, make preparations: 1Co.14:8 (cf. Je, l.with); pass., 2Co.9:2-3.†
(AS) G3904 G3904 = G3904 παρασκευή paraskeuē G:N-F Preparation παρα-σκευή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.35:24 39:42 (עֲבֹדָה, with seel., ἀποσκ-, κατασκ-), Jdth.2:17 4:5, 1Ma.9:35 א, 2Ma.15:21 * ;]
__1. preparation.
__2. equipment (Jth, ll with).
__3. In Jewish usage, the day of preparation for a Sabbath or a feast (= προσάββατον, which see) : Mat.27:62, Mrk.15:42, Luk.23:54, Jhn.19:31; with genitive, τοῦ πάσχα, Jhn.19:14; τ. Ἰoυδαίων, Jhn.19:42 (it is the name for Friday in MGr.).†
(AS) G3905 G3905 = G3905 παρατείνω parateinō G:V to prolong παρα-τείνω
[in LXX: Num.23:28 (שָׁקַף ni.), etc. ;]
to extend, pro­long: τ. λόγον, Act.20:7.†
(AS) G3906 G3906 = G3906 παρατηρέω paratēreō G:V to observe παρα-τηρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Psa.37:12 (זָמַם), Psa.130:8 (שָׁמַר), Da TH Dan.6:11 (12), Su 1:12,15,16* ;]
__1. to watch closely, observe narrowly: so mid., τ. πύλας, Act.9:24; with evil intent, Mrk.3:2, Luk.20:20 (absol., see Field, Notes, 74); so mid., Luk.6:7 14:1.
__2. to observe scrupulously (of days and seasons; cf. Exo.12:42, Sm.): mid., Gal.4:10.†
(AS) G3907 G3907 = G3907 παρατήρησις paratērēsis G:N-F observation παρα-τήρησις, -εως, ἡ
[in Aq.: Exo.12:42 (see: παρατηρέω) * ;]
obser­vation: Luk.17:20 (Polyb., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G3908 G3908 = G3908 παρατίθημι paratithēmi G:V to set before παρα-τίθημι
[in LXX chiefly for שׂוּם ;]
__I. Act., to place beside, set before, with accusative and dative: of food, Mrk.6:41 8:6-7, Luk.9:16 11:6; τράπεζαν, Act.16:34; pass. ptcp., Luk.10:8, 1Co.10:27; metaphorically, of teaching, παραβολήν, Mat.13:24, 31.
__II. Mid.,
__1. to have set before one (Hom., Thuc., Xen., al.).
__2. to deposit with another, give in charge or commit to (Hdt., Xen., Polyb., al.) : with accusative and dative, Luk.12:48 23:46, Act.14:23 20:32, 1Ti.1:18, 2Ti.2:2, 1Pe.4:19.
__3. to bring forward, quote as evidence: before ὅτι, Act.17:3 (see Page, in l).†
(AS) G3909 G3909 = G3909 παρατυγχάνω paratugchanō G:V be there παρα-τυγχάνω
to happen to be near or present: Act.17:17.†
(AS) G3910 G3910 = G3910 παραυτίκα parautika G:ADV momentary παρ-αυτίκα
adv. (πάραυτα = παρ ̓ αὐτά, sc. τὰ πράγματα) [in LXX: Psa.70:3, Tob.4:14 * ;]
__1. immediately.
__2. C. subst., to express brief duration (cf. ἡ π. λαμπρότης, Thuc., ii, 64), momentary, for a moment: 2Co.4:17.†
(AS) G3911 G3911 = G3911 παραφέρω parapherō G:V to take away παρα-φέρω
[in LXX: 1Ki.21:13 (14) (הָלַל hithpo.), and as seel. 2* ;]
__1. to bring to, set before, esp. of food (Hdt., al.).
__2. to take or carry away: with accusative of thing(s), before ἀπό, Mrk.14:36, Luk.22:42; pass., before ὑπό, Ju 12; metaphorically, pass., with dative, Heb.13:9.†
(AS) G3912 G3912 = G3912 παραφρονέω paraphroneō G:V be insane παρα-φρονέω
(ιαρά, φρήν), [in LXX: Zec.7:11 (סָרַר)* ;]
to be beside oneself, be deranged: 2Co.11:23.†
(AS) G3913 G3913 = G3913 παραφρονία paraphronia G:N-F insanity παρα-φρονία, -ας, ἡ
= cl. παραφροσύνη,
madness: 2Pe.2:16.†
(AS) G3914 G3914 = G3914 παραχειμάζω paracheimazō G:V to winter παρα-χειμάζω
to winter at a place: before εἰς, Act.27:12; ἐν, Act.28:11; πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 1Co.16:6; ἐκεῖ, Tit.3:12.†
(AS) G3915 G3915 = G3915 παραχειμασία paracheimasia G:N-F wintering παρα-χειμασία, -ας, ἡ
(παρα-χειμάζω)
a wintering: Act.27:12 (Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G3916 G3916 = G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma G:ADV instantly παραχρῆμα
adv. (= παρὰ τὸ χρῆμα), [in LXX: Num.6:9 12:4, Isa.29:5 30:13 (פִּתְאוֹם), etc. ;]
on the spot, forthwith, instantly: Mat.21:19-20, Luk.1:64 4:39 5:25 8:44, 47 8:55 13:13 18:43 19:11 22:60, Act.3:7 5:10 12:23 13:11 16:26, 33 (on the usage in Mt, Lk, see Dalman, Words, 28 f.).†
(AS) G3917 G3917 = G3917 πάρδαλις pardalis G:N-F leopard πάρδαλις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX for נָמֵר, Sng.4:8, Hos.13:7, Isa.11:6, al. ;]
a panther, leopard: Rev.13:2.†
(AS) G3918 G3918 = G3918 πάρειμι pareimi G:V be present πάρ-ειμι
[in LXX for בּוֹא, etc. ;]
__1. to be by, at hand or present;
__(a) of persons: Rev.17:8; παρών (opposite to ἀπών), 1Co.5:3, 2Co.10:2 10:11 13:2 13:10; before ἐπί with genitive, Act.24:19; ἐνώπιον, Act.10:33; ἐνθάδε, Act.17:6; πρός, with accusative of person(s), Act.12:20, 2Co.11:8, Gal.4:18, 20;
__(b) of things : of time, ὁ καιρός, Jhn.7:6; τ. παρόν, Heb.12:11; ἡ ἀλήθεια, 2Pe.1:12; ταῦτα, 2Pe.1:9; τ. παρόντα, Heb.13:5.
__2. to have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc., al.; see Field, Notes, 65) : Luk.13:1, Jhn.11:28, Act.10:21; before εἰς, Col.1:6; before ἐπί, with accusative of thing(s), Mat.26:50 (cf. συν-πάρειμι).†
(AS) G3919 G3919 = G3919 παρεισάγω pareisagō G:V to introduce παρ-εισ-άγω
__1. to lead in by one's side, bring forward, introduce.
__2. In late writers, to introduce or bring in secretly: 2Pe.2:1.†
(AS) G3920 G3920 = G3920 παρείσακτος pareisaktos G:A infiltrated παρ-είσ-ακτος, -ον
(παρεισάγω),
brought in secretly (as spies or traitors) : Gal.2:4.†
(AS) G3921 G3921 = G3921 παρεισδύνω pareisdunō G:V to infiltrate παρ-εισ-δύω
(also -δύνω),
to slip in secretly, steal in: παρεισεδύησαν (vulgar aor.; pass. for act., El., § 19, 2), Ju 4 (cf. also MM, xix).†
(AS) G3922 G3922 = G3922 παρεισέρχομαι pareiserchomai G:V to come in παρ-εισ-έρχομαι
__1. to come in beside or by the way: Rom.5:20.
__2. to come in secretly, steal in: Gal.2:4.†
(AS) G3923 G3923 = G3923 παρεισφέρω pareispherō G:V to supply παρ-εισ-φέρω
to bring in or supply besides: σπουδὴν π. (late Gk. for cl. σ. ποιεῖσθαι; cf. Deiss., BS, 361), 2Pe.1:5.†
(AS) G3924 G3924 = G3924 παρεκτός parektos G:PREP except παρ-εκτός = cl. παρέκ, -έξ,
[in Aq.: Deu.1:36; Al., Lev.23:38 * ;]
__1. as adv., besides, in addition: τὰ π. (sc. γινόμενα), 2Co.11:28.
__2. As prep. with genitive, except: Mat.5:32 19:9 (WH, mg., R, mg.), Act.26:29.†
(AS) G3925 G3925 = G3925 παρεμβολή parembolē G:N-F barracks παρ-εμ-βολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(παρεμβάλλω), [in LXX chiefly for מַחֲנֶה ;]
__1. an insertion, interpolation (Æschin.)
__2. In the Macedonian dialect (Rutherford, NPhr., 473), as a military term;
__(a) an army in battle array: Heb.11:34 (cf. Exo.14:19-20, Jdg.4:16, al.; frequently in Polyb.);
__(b) a camp (Exo.29:14, al.) : Heb.13:11, 13 Rev.20:9;
__(with) barracks, soldiers' quarters: Act.21:34, 37 22:24 23:10, 16 23:32 28:16 (WH, txt., R, om.).†
παρ-εμ-βάλλω,
[in LXX frequently and chiefly for מַחֲנֶה ;]
__1. to put in beside or between, interpose.
__2. In late writers (Polyb., al., LXX) as technical military term;
__(a) of soldiers, to draw up in line (frequently in 1Ma.2:32, al.);
__(b) of siege works, to cast up: with accusative and dative, χάρακά σοι, Luk.19:43.†
(AS) G3926 G3926 = G3926 παρενοχλέω parenochleō G:V to trouble παρ-εν-οχλέω, -ῶ
(cf. ἐνοχλέω), [in LXX for לָאָה hi. (Mic.6:3), etc. ;]
to annoy concerning a matter (παρά): with dative of person(s), Act.15:19.†
(AS) G3927 G3927 = G3927 παρεπίδημος parepidēmos G:A stranger παρ-επί-δημος, -ον
(see: ἐπιδημέω), [in LXX: Gen.23:4, Psa.39:12 (תּוֹשָׁב)* ;]
sojourning in a strange place; as subst., ὁ π., a sojourner: of Christians, 1Pe.1:1; ξένοι καὶ π., Heb.11:13; πάροικοι καὶ π., 1Pe.2:11 (see Deiss., BS, 149).†
(AS) G3928 G3928 = G3928 παρέρχομαι parerchomai G:V to pass by παρ-ἐρχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for עָבַר ;]
__1. to pass, pass by;
__(a) of persons: absol., Luk.18:37; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.6:48; with accusative lot., Act.16:8; before διά, with genitive, Mat.8:28;
__(b) of things : τ. ποτήριον, Mat.26:39 (ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ), Mat.26:42; of time, Mat.14:15, Mrk.14:35, Act.27:9, 1Pe.4:3. Metaphorical,
__(a) to pass away, perish: Mat.5:18 24:34-35 Mrk.13:30-31, Luk.16:17 21:32-33, 2Co.5:17, Jas.1:10, 2Pe.3:10;
__(b) to pass by, neglect, disregard: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.11:42 15:29.
__2. to come to, arrive: Luk.12:37 17:7, Act.24:7, R, mg. (cf. ἀντι-παρέρχομαι).†
SYN.: παραβαίνω (AS) G3929 G3929 = G3929 πάρεσις paresis G:N-F passing over πάρεσις, -εως, ἡ
(παρίημι),
__1. a letting go, dismissal.
__2. prætermission, passing by (of debt or sin) : Rom.3:25†
SYN.: ἄφεσις, q.v (AS) G3930 G3930 = G3930 παρέχω parechō G:V to furnish occasion παρ-έχω
[in LXX: Psa.30:7 (עָמַד hi.), etc. ;]
__I. Active voice.,
__1. to furnish, provide, supply; with ref. to incorporeal things, to afford, show, give, cause: with accusative, Act.22:2, 1Ti.1:4; with accusative and dative, Mat.26:10, Mrk.14:6, Luk.11:7 18:5, Act.16:16 17:31 28:2, Gal.6:17, 1Ti.6:17.
__2. to present, offer: with accusative and dative, Luk.6:29; with prop. reflex. and accusative pred., to show or present oneself (see infr., and cf. B1., § 55, 1).
__II. Middle voice.,
__1. to supply, furnish or display of one's own part: with accusative and dative, Luk.7:4, Act.19:24, Col.4:1.
__2. In late writers, with prop. reflex. and accusative pred. (= act. ut supr.), to show or present oneself (Xen., FlJ, al.; cf. M, Pr., 248; Deiss., BS, 254) : Tit.2:7.†
(AS) G3931 G3931 = G3931 παρηγορία parēgoria G:N-F comfort παρηγορία, -ας, ἡ
(παρηγορέω, to address, exhort, console) [in LXX: 4Ma.5:12 4Mac 6:1 * ;]
__1. an address, exhortation (LXX, ll. with).
__2. comfort, consolation: Col.4:11.†
(AS) G3932 G3932 = G3932 παρθένεια partheneia G:N-F virginity παρθενία, -ας, ἡ
(παρθένος), [in LXX: Jer.3:4 (נָעוּר), Sir.15:2 42:10, 4Ma.18:8 * ;]
virginity: Luk.2:36.†
(AS) G3933 G3933 = G3933 παρθένος parthenos G:N-M/F virgin παρθένος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for בְּתוּלָה, Exo.22:16 (15), Job.31:1, Isa.23:4, al.; also for נַעַר, נַעֲרָה, Gen.24:14, 16 24:55 34:3, and for עַלְמָה, Gen.24:43, Isa.7:14 ;]
a maiden, virgin: Mat.1:23 (LXX) Mat.25:1, 7 25:11 Luk.1:27, Act.21:9, 1Co.7:25 ff, 2Co.11:2; masc., of chaste persons (CIG, 8784 b) : Rev.14:4.†
(AS) G3934 G3934 = G3934 Πάρθος Parthos N:N--LG Parthian Πάρθος, -ου, ὁ
a Parthian: Act.2:9.†
(AS) G3935 G3935 = G3935 παρίημι pariēmi G:V to neglect παρ-ίημι
[in LXX: Jer.4:31 (פָּרַשׂ pi.), etc. ;]
__1. to pass by or over, let alone, disregard: Luk.11:42.
__2. to relax, loosen; pass., to be relaxed, weakened, exhausted: παρειμένας χεῖρας, Heb.12:12 (LXX ἀνειμ-).†
(AS) G3936 G3936 = G3936 παρίστημι paristēmi G:V to stand by παρ-ίστημι
[in LXX for עָמַד, etc. ;]
__I. Transitive verb. in present tense., imperfect., future tense., 1 aorist.;
__1. to place beside, present, provide: with accusative, Act.9:41 23:24, 2Co.4:14, Col.1:28; with accusative and dative, Mat.26:53, Luk.2:22, Act.1:3 23:33, 1Co.8:8; before accusative pred., Rom.6:13, 16 (late pres., παριστάνετε), Rom.6:19 12:1, 2Co.11:2, Eph.5:27, Col.1:22, 2Ti.2:15.
__2. to present to the mind (cl.) : by argument, to prove (Xen., FlJ, al.), with accusative, Act.24:13.
__II. Intransitive. in perfect., pluperfect., 2 aorist.;
__1. to stand by or beside one : with dative of person(s), Act.1:10 9:39 23:2 27:23; ptcp., Mrk.14:47, 69-70 15:35, 39 Jhn.18:22 19:26.
__2. to appear: with nom. pred., before ἐνώπιον, Act.4:10; with dative of person(s), Act.27:24; so fut. mid. (of. LS, see word, B, ii, 2), Rom.14:10.
__3. to be at hand, be present, have come: Act.4:26 (LXX); of servants in attendance, ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, Luk.1:19; absol., οἱ παρεστῶτες, Luk.19:24; before αὐτῷ, Act.23:2, 4; of time, Mrk.4:29
__4. to stand by for help or defence (Hom., Dem., Xen., al.): with dative of person(s), Rom.16:2, 2Ti.4:17.†
(AS) G3937 G3937 = G3937 Παρμενᾶς Parmenas N:N-M-P Parmenas Παρμενᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ
Parmenas: Act.6:5.†
(AS) G3938 G3938 = G3938 πάροδος parodos G:N-F passing by πάρ-οδος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.38:14 (דֶּרֶךְ), etc. ;]
a passing or passage: ἐν π., in passing, 1Co.16:7.†
(AS) G3939 G3939 = G3939 παροικέω paroikeō G:V be a stranger παρ-οικέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for גּוּר, also for יָשַׁב, שָׁכַן ]
in cl., to dwell beside (with accusative), among (with dative) or near by (absol.). In late writers, to dwell in a place as a πάροικος (which see) or stranger: Luk.24:18, Heb.11:9.†
(AS) G3940 G3940 = G3940 παροικία paroikia G:N-F sojourning παρ-οικία, -ας, ἡ
(παροικέω, which see), [in LXX: Est.8:35 (גּוֹלָה), Psa.34:4 55:15 119:54 120:5, La 2:22 (מָגוֹר; and cogn. forms), Hab.3:16, I Est.5:7, Jdth.5:9, Wis.19:10, Sir prol. Sir.1:26 16:8 41:5 44:6, 3Ma.6:36 3Mac 7:19 * ;]
a sojourning: Act.13:17, 1Pe.1:17.†
(AS) G3941 G3941 = G3941 πάροικος paroikos G:A foreigner άρ-οικος, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for גֵּר, תּוֹשָׁב ;]
__1. in cl. Attic, dwelling near, neighbouring; as subst., a neighbour.
__2. In late writers (LXX, Philo) and in Iuser. (Deiss., BS, 227 f.; Kennedy, Sources, 102), foreign, alien; as subst., an alien, a sojourner: Act.7:6 (LXX), Act.7:29; metapb., ξένοι καὶ π. (opposite to συμπολίτης), Eph.2:19; π. καὶ παρεπιδήμους (which see), 1Pe.2:11 (see Lft. on Clem. Rom., 1 Co., § 1).†
(AS) G3942 G3942 = G3942 παροιμία paroimia G:N-F proverb παροιμία, -ας, ἡ
(πάροιμος, by the way), [in LXX. Pr title Pro.1:1 25:1, (מָשַׁל) subscr., Sir.6:35 8:8 18:29 39:3 47:17 * ;]
__1. a wayside saying (Hesych.; see LS, see word), a byword, maxim, proverb: 2Pe.2:22.
__2. In NT, of figurative discourse (as מָשַׁל, Isa.14:4, al.), a parable, allegory: Jhn.10:6 16:25, 29 (see Abbott, Essays, 82 ff.).†
SYN.: παραβολή, q.v (AS) G3943 G3943 = G3943 πάροινος paroinos G:A drunken πάρ-οινος, -ον
= cl., παροινικός (παρά, οἶνος),
given to wine, drunken: 1Ti.3:3, Tit.1:7.†
(AS) G3944 G3944 = G3944 παροίχομαι paroichomai G:V to pass by παρ-οίχομαι
to have passed by; of time, to be gone by: ἐν τ. παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς, Act.14:16.†
(AS) G3945 G3945 = G3945 παρομοιάζω paromoiazō G:V to resemble παρ-ομοιάζω
to be like: with dative, Mat.23:27.†
(AS) G3946 G3946 = G3946 παρόμοιος paromoios G:A like παρ-όμοιος, -ον
(also -η (Hdt.), -α (Arist.), -ον),
much like, like: Mrk.7:13.†
(AS) G3947 G3947 = G3947 παροξύνω paroxunō G:V to provoke παρ-οξύνω
[in LXX for נָאַץ, קָצַף, רָגַז, etc. ;]
__1. primarily, but never so in cl., to sharpen (μάχαιραν, Deu.32:41, שָׁנַן).
__2. Metaphorical, as always in cl.,
__(a) to spur on, stimulate (Arist., Xen., al.);
__(b) to provoke, rouse to anger (Deu.9:7, 18, Psa.106:29, al.) : pass., Act.17:16, 1Co.13:5.†
(AS) G3948 G3948 = G3948 παροξυσμός paroxusmos G:N-M stirring up παροξυσμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(παροξύνω), [in LXX: Deu.29:28, Jer.32:37 (קֶצֶף)* ;]
__1. stimulation, provocation: π. ἀγάπης, Heb.10:14.
__2. irritation: Act.15:39.†
(AS) G3949 G3949 = G3949 παροργίζω parorgizō G:V to anger παρ-οργίζω
[in LXX chiefly for כַּעַס hi. ;]
(in cl., passive only), to provoke to anger: Rom.10:19 (LXX), Eph.6:4.†
(AS) G3950 G3950 = G3950 παροργισμός parorgismos G:N-M anger παρ-οργισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(παροργίζω), [in LXX: 3Ki.15:30, 4Ki.23:26 (כַּעַס); 4Ki.19:3, Neh.9:18, 26 (נְאָצָה); Jer.21:5 A (קֶצֶף) * ;]
irritation ("distinguished from ὀργή as implying a less permanent state"; ICC, Eph., 140; and see Tr., Syn., § xxxvii) : Eph.4:26.†
(AS) G3951 G3951 = G3951 παροτρύνω parotrunō G:V to incite παρ-οτρύνω
to urge on, stir up: with accusative of person(s), Act.13:50 (find., Hipp., and late writers).†
(AS) G3952 G3952 = G3952 παρουσία parousia G:N-F coming παρ-ουσία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Neh.2:6 A, Jdth.10:18, 2Ma.8:12 2Mac 15:21, 3Ma.3:17 * ;]
__1. usually in cl., a being present, presence: 1Co.16:17, 2Co.10:10; opposite to ἀπουσία, Php.2:12 (cf. 2Ma.15:21).
__2. a coming, arrival, advent (Soph., Eur., Thuc., al., see LS, see word; so Jth, l.with, 2Ma.8:12) : 2Co.7:6-7, Php.1:26, 2Th.2:9; in late writers (see M, Th., 145 ff.; MM, xix; LAE, 372 ff.) as technical term for the visit of a king; hence, in NT, specif. of the Advent or Parousia of Christ : Mat.24:3, 27 24:37, 39, 1Co.15:23, 1Th.2:19 3:13 4:15 5:23, 2Th.2:1 2:8, Jas.5:7-8, 2Pe.1:16 3:4 3:12, 1Jn.2:28.†
(AS) G3953 G3953 = G3953 παροψίς paropsis G:N-F dish παρ-οψίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(παρά, ὄψον; see: ὀψάριον),
__1. a side-dish of dainties (Xen., al.).
__2. In Comic poets and late prose, the dish itself on which the dainties are served: Mat.23:25-26 (In this sense it is condemned by the Atticists; see Rutherford, NPhr., 265 f.)†
(AS) G3954 G3954 = G3954 παρρησία parrēsia G:N-F boldness παρρησία, -ας, ἡ
(πᾶς + ῥῆσις, speech) [in LXX; Lev.26:13 (μετὰ π., קוֺמְמִיּוּת קוֹמְמִיּוּת), Pro.1:20 10:10, Wis.5:1, al. ;]
__1. freedom of speech, plainness, openness, freedom in speaking (Eur., Plat., al.) : Act.4:13, 2Co.3:12; παρρησίᾳ, adverbially, freely, openly, plainly, Mrk.8:32, Jhn.7:13, 26 10:24 11:14 16:29 18:20; opposite to ἐν παροιμίαις, Jhn.16:25; ἐν π., Eph.6:19; μετὰ π., Act.2:29 4:29, 31 28:31
__2. In LXX (1Ma.4:18, Wis.5:1, al.), FlJ, and NT, also (from the absence of fear which accompanies freedom of speech), confidence, boldness: 2Co.7:4, Php.1:20, 1Ti.3:13; ἔχειν π., Eph.3:12, Phm 8, Heb.3:6 10:19, 35, 1Jn.2:28 Jn 3:21 Jn 4:17 Jn 5:14; μετὰ π., He 416; ἐν π., Col.2:15; id. (as בפרהסיא in Rabbinic lit.; see Westc., Jo., i, 262), in public, Jhn.7:4 and (without ἐν) Jhn.11:54.†
(AS) G3955 G3955 = G3955 παρρησιάζομαι parrēsiazomai G:V to preach boldly παρρησιάζομαι
(παρρησία), [in LXX: Job.22:26 (עָנַג hithp.), Psa.12:5 94:1, Pro.20:9, Sng.8:10, Sir.6:11 * ;]
to speak freely or boldly, be bold in speech: Act.9:27-28 13:46 14:3 18:26 19:8 26:26, Eph.6:20, 1Th.2:2.†
(AS) G3956 G3956 = G3956 πᾶς pas G:A all πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, genitive, παντός, πάσης, παντός,
[in LXX chiefly for כֹּל ;]
all, every.
__I. As adj.,
__1. with subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mat.3:10 4:23, Mrk.9:49, Luk.4:37, Jhn.2:1o, Act.27:20, Rom.7:8, Rev.18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Act.22:15, Rom.5:12, Heb.1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία (προθυμία, χαρά), Mat.28:18, Act.17:11, Phi 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more frequently with art.), Mat.2:3, Act.2:36, Rom.11:26.
__2. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mat.8:32 13:2, Mrk.5:33, Luk.1:10, Act.7:14, Rom.3:19, Gal.5:14, Eph.4:16, al.; pl., Mat.2:4, Mrk.4:13, Rom.1:5, al.
__II. As pron.,
__1. masc. and fem., every one: Mrk.9:49, Luk.16:16, Heb.2:9; before rel. pron., Mat.7:24, Act.2:21, Gal.3:10, al.; with ptcp. (anarth.), Mat.13:19, Luk.11:4; with ptcp. (with art.), Mat.5:22, Mrk.7:8, Luk.6:47, Jhn.3:8, Rom.1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mat.10:22, Mrk.13:13, Luk.20:38, Jhn.1:7 3:26, 1Co.8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Rom.11:32, 1Co.1:17, Eph.4:13, al.; π. οἱ (ὅσοι), Mat.4:24, Mrk.1:32, Luk.4:40, al.
__2. Neut.,
__(a) sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, with ptcp., 1Co.10:25, 27, Eph.5:13, 1Jn.2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν); πᾶν ὅ, Jhn.17:2, Rom.14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jhn.6:37, 39; with prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mat.18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, 2Co.4:8, Phi 4:6, al.;
__(b) pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jhn.1:3, 1Co.2:10, Heb.2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mrk.4:34, Luk.1:3, Rom.8:28, 1Th.5:21, al.; accusative, πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Act.20:35, 1Co.9:25, al.; with art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc, Eph., 186f.), absol.: Rom.11:36, 1Co.8:6, Eph.3:9, Heb.1:3, al.; relatively, Mrk.4:11, Act.17:25, Rom.8:32, al.; πάντα, with ptcp., Mat.18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα (ταῦτα π.), Mat.6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, with prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Jas.5:12, 1Pe.4:8; ἐν π́, in all things, in all ways, 1Ti.3:11, 1Pe.4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Act.17:22, al.
__3. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ (μή) = οὐδείς, see: οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245f.
(AS) G3957 G3957 = the Greek of H6453 πάσχα pascha A:N Passover lamb πάσχα, τό indecl. (Aram. טַּסְחָא),
[in LXX for פֶּסַח ;]
__1. the festival of the Passover: Mat.26:2, Mrk.14:1, Luk.22:1, Jhn.2:13, 23 6:4 11:55 12:1 18:39 19:14, Act.12:4, Heb.11:28; .ἡ ἐορτὴ τοῦ π., Luk.2:41, Jhn.13:1.
__2. By meton.,
__(a) the paschal supper: ἑτοιμάζειν τὸ π., Mat.26:19, Mrk.14:16, Luk.22:8, 13; ποιεῖν τό π., Mat.26:18;
__(b) the pasohal lamb: θύειν τό π. (Exo.12:21), Mrk.14:12, Luk.22:7; of Christ, 1Co.5:7; φαγεῖν τὸ π. (lamb or supper), Mat.26:17, Mrk.14:12, 14, Luk.22:11, 15, Jhn.18:28 (cf. 2Ch.30:17).†
(AS) G3958 G3958 = G3958 πάσχω paschō G:V to suffer πάσχω
[in LXX: Amo.6:6 (חָלָה ni.), Wis.12:27, Sir.38:16, al. ;]
to suffer, be acted on, as opposite to acting, often limited by a word expressive of good or evil;
__(a) of misfortunes (most frequently without any limiting word) : absol., Luk.22:15 24:46, Act.1:3 3:18 17:3, 1Co.12:26, Heb.2:18 9:26 13:12, 1Pe.2:19-20 2:23 3:17 4:15 4:19; before ὑπό, with genitive, Mat.17:12; ὑπέρ, Act.9:16, Php.1:20, 2Th.1:5, 1Pe.2:21; with dative ref., 1Pe.4:1; περί, with genitive (before ὑπέρ), 1Pe.3:18; διά, with accusative, 1Pe.3:14; ὀλίγον (a little while), 1Pe.5:10; with accusative, Mat.27:19, Mrk.9:12, Luk.13:2 24:26, Act.28:5, 2Ti.1:12, Heb.5:8, Rev.2:10; παθήματα, 2Co.1:6; ταῦτα, Gal.3:4 (EV; cf. Lft., in l, but see infr.); accusative before ἀπό, Mat.16:21, Luk.9:22 17:25; ὑπό, Mrk.5:26, 1Th.2:14;
__(b) of pleasant experiences (but always with qualifying word, εὖ or accusative of thing(s)) : Gal.3:4 (cf. Grimm-Thayer, see word; Interp. Corn., in l, but see supr.) (cf. προ-, συν-πάσχω).†
(AS) G3959 G3959 = G3959 Πάταρα Patara N:N--L Patara Πάταρα, -ων, τὰ
Patara, a maritime city of Lycia: Act.21:1.†
(AS) G3960 G3960 = G3960 πατάσσω patassō G:V to strike πατάσσω
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for נָכָה hi., also for נָגַף, etc. ;]
__1. in Hom., intrans., to beat (of the heart).
__2. Trans. = πλήσσω, to strike, smite: absol., ἐν μαχαίρᾳ, Luk.22:49; with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:51, Luk.22:50; with accusative of thing(s), Act.12:7; of a deadly blow, Mat.26:31, Mrk.14:27, Act.7:24. Metaphorical, of disease: Act.12:23, Rev.11:6 19:15.†
(AS) G3961 G3961 = G3961 πατέω pateō G:V to trample πατέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for דָּרַךְ, etc. ;]
__1. intrans., to tread, walk: before ἐπάνω ὄφεων κ.τ.λ. (figuratively), Luk.10:19 (cf. Psa.91:13).
__2. Trans., to tread on, trample: τ. ληνόν, Rev.14:20 19:15 (cf. Jdg.9:27, La 1:15, al.); of the desecration of Jerusalem by its enemies, Luk.21:24, Rev.11:2 (cf. κατα-, περι-, ἐν-περι-πατέω).†
(AS) G3962 G3962 = G3962 πατήρ patēr G:N-M father πατήρ, πατρός, -τρί, τέρα, [in LXX chiefly and very frequently for אָב ;]
a father;
__1. prop.,
__(a) of the male parent: Mat.2:22, Luk.1:17, Jhn.4:53; anarth., Heb.12:7 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl., of both parents (cl.), Heb.11:23; οἱ π. τ. σαρκός, Heb.12:9;
__(b) of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in pl.; Hom., al.): Mat.3:9, Luk.1:73, Jhn.8:39, al.; pl., Mat.23:30, 32 Luk.6:23, 26 Jhn.4:20, 1Co.10:1, al.
__2. Metaphorical,
__(a) of an author, originator, or archetype (= αἴτιος, ἀρχηγός, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.): Jhn.8:41-44, Rom.4:11, 12 16.
__(b) as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority (Jdg.17:10, 2Ki.2:12, Pro.1:8, al.): Mat.23:9 Act.7:2 22:1, 1Jn.2:13.
__3. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father;
__(a) of created things: τ. φώτων, Jas.1:17;
__(b) of all sentient beings: Eph.3:14, 15 Heb.12:9;
__(with) of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit.; see Dalman, Words, 184ff.): Mat.6:4, Luk.6:36, Jhn.4:21, Jas.3:9, al.; ὁ π. ὁ ἐν (τ.) οὐρανοῖς, Mat.5:16, Mrk.11:25; ὁ π. ὁ οὐράνιος, Mat.6:14 15:13; esp. in the Epp., of Christians: Rom.8:15, 2Co.6:18, Gal.4:6, Eph.2:18 4:6, 1Jn.2:1; with genitive qual., τ. οἰκτιρμῶν, 2Co.1:3; τ. δοξῆς, Eph.1:17;
__(d) of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.);
__(α) by our Lord himself: ὁ π., Mat.11:25-27, Luk.10:2, 22 Jhn.5:20-23, al.; ὁ π. μου, Mat.11:27, al.; ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς, Mat.7:11, al.; ὁ οὐράνιος, Mat.15:13; vocat., Jhn.11:41 12:27, 28 17:1, 5, 11, 20, 25 (cf. Abbott, JG., 96 f.);
__(β) by Apostles: Jhn.1:14 (anarth.; see M, Pr., l.with), Rom.15:6, 2Co.1:3 11:31, Eph.1:3, Col.1:3, Heb.1:5, 1Pe.1:3, Rev.1:6 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 27-34).
(AS) G3963 G3963 = G3963 Πάτμος Patmos N:N-F-L Patmos Πάτμος, -ου, ἡ
Patmos, an island in the Ægean Sea: Rev.1:9.†
(AS) G3964 G3964 = G3964 πατραλῴας patralōas G:N-M patricide πατρολῴας (-αλῴας, Rec.; in cl. -αλοίας, see Bl., § 3, 3; 6, 2, and cf. μητρολῴας), -ου, ὁ
(πατήρ + ἀλοιάω, to smite),
__(a) a parricide: 1Ti.1:9 (Av, R, txt.);
__(b) a smiter of his father : ib. (R, mg.).†
(AS) G3965 G3965 = G3965 πατριά patria G:N-F family line πατριά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(πατήρ), [in LXX chiefly for אָב, Exo.6:14, al., also for מִשְׁפָּחָה, Exo.6:15, 4Ki.14:7, Psa.22:27, al. ;]
__1. lineage, ancestry (Hdt.).
__2. = πάτρα (more common in cl.), a family or tribe (so sometimes in Hdt., in LXX of related people, in a sense narrower than φυλή and wider than οἶκος; see Exo.12:3, Num.32:28): Luk.2:4; in a wider sense (1Ch.16:28, Psa.22:27), Act.3:25" (LXX) Eph.3:15.†
(AS) G3966 G3966 = G3966 πατριάρχης patriarchēs G:N-M patriarch πατριάρχης, -ου, ὁ
(πατριά, ἄρχω), [in LXX: 1Ch.24:31 (אָב), 2Ch.19:8 26:12 (אָב רֹאשׁ), 1Ch.27:12 (שַׂר), 2Ch.23:20 (מֵאָה שַׂר), 4Ma.7:19 4Mac 16:25 * ;]
a patriarch: Act.2:29 7:8-9, Heb.7:4.†
(AS) G3967 G3967 = G3967 πατρικός patrikos G:A paternal πατρικίς, -ή, -όν
(πατήρ), [in LXX for אָב, Gen.50:8, al. ;]
paternal, ancestral: Gal.1:14.†
(AS) G3968 G3968 = G3968 πατρίς patris G:N-F fatherland πατρίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(πατήρ), [in LXX chiefly for מוֹלֶדֶת ;]
prop. poët. fern. of πάτριος, of one's fathers; as subst., ἡ π. = πάτρα, fatherland, country, home, native place: Act.18:27, WH, mg., Heb.11:14; of one's own town, Mat.13:54, 57, Mrk.6:1, 4, Luk.4:23-24, Jhn.4:44.†
(AS) G3969 G3969 = G3969 Πατροβᾶς Patrobas N:N-M-P Patrobas Πατρόβας, -ᾶ, ὁ
Patrobas: Rom.16:14.†
(AS) G3970 G3970 = G3970 πατροπαράδοτος patroparadotos G:A from forefathers πατρο-παρά-δοτος, -ον
(πατήρ, παραδίδωμι),
handed down from one's fathers, inherited: 1Pe.1:18 (Diod., al.).†
(AS) G3971 G3971 = G3971 πατρῷος patrōos G:A ancestral πατρῷος, -α, -ον
(πατήρ), [in LXX: Pro.27:10 (אָב), Est.7:5, 2 -4Ma.12:1-19 * ;]
of one's fathers, received from one's fathers: Act.22:3 24:14 28:17.†
(AS) G3972 G3972G = G3972G Παῦλος Paulos N:N-M-P Paul Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus),
__1. Sergius Paulus: Act.13:7.
__2. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος): Act.13:9, and frequently throughout Ac., Rom.1:1, 1Co.1:1, al., 2Pe.3:15.
(AS) G3972 G3972H = a Part of G4588 Παῦλος Paulos N:N-M-P Paulus Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus),
__1. Sergius Paulus: Act.13:7.
__2. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος): Act.13:9, and frequently throughout Ac., Rom.1:1, 1Co.1:1, al., 2Pe.3:15.
(AS) G3973 G3973 = G3973 παύω pauō G:V to cease παύω
[in LXX for כָּלָה pi., etc. ;]
to make to cease, restrain, hinder: with accusative of thing(s), before ἀπό 1Pe.3:10 (LXX). Mid., to cease, leave off: Luk.8:24 11:1, Act.20:1, 1Co.13:8; with ptcp., Luk.5:4, Act.5:42 6:13 13:10 20:31 21:32, Eph.1:16, Col.1:9, Heb.10:2; with genitive, ἀμαρτίας, 1Pe.4:1 (WH, mg., R, txt.); with dative, ib. (WH, txt., R, mg.).†
(AS) G3974 G3974 = G3974 Πάφος Paphos N:N-F-L Paphos Πάφος, -ου, ἡ
Paphos, a city in Cyprus: Act.13:6, 13 †
(AS) G3975 G3975 = G3975 παχύνω pachunō G:V to thicken παχύνω
(παχύς, thick) [in LXX: Deu.32:15, Isa.6:10 (שָׁמֵן), al. ;]
to thicken, fatten; pass., to grow fat. Metaphorical, to make dull or stupid (τ. ψυχάς, Rut.); pass., to wax gross: ἡ καρδία„ Mat.13:15, Act.28:27" (LXX) .†
(AS) G3976 G3976 = G3976 πέδη pedē G:N-F fetter πέδη, -ης, ἡ
(πέζα, the instep), [in LXX for נְחֹשֶׁת, etc. ;]
a fetter: Mrk.5:4, Luk.8:29.†
(AS) G3977 G3977 = G3977 πεδινός pedinos G:A level πεδινός, -ή, -όν
(πεδίον, a plain), [in LXX chiefly for שְׁפֵלָה (ἡ π.) ;]
level, plain: Luk.6:17.†
(AS) G3978 G3978 = G3978 πεζεύω pezeuō G:V to walk πεζεύω
(πεζός)
to travel on foot or by land: Act.20:13.†
(AS) G3979 G3979 = G3979 πεζῇ pezē G:ADV on foot πεζός, -ή, -όν
(πούς), [in LXX for רַגְלִי ;]
__1. on foot: Mat.14:13 (WH, mg., R, txt.).
__2. Opp. to going by sea, by land: Mat.14:13 (WH, mg., R, mg.).
__3. As adv., πεζῇ (sc. ὁδῷ), on foot or by land: Mt 1413 (WH, txt.), Mrk.6:33.†
(AS) G3980 G3980 = G3980 πειθαρχέω peitharcheō G:V to obey πειθαρχέω, -ῶ
(πείθομαι, ἀρχή) [in LXX: Dan LXX 7:27 (שְׁמַע), Sir.33:28, I Est.8:94 * ;]
to obey one in authority, be obedient: Tit.3:1; with dative, Act.27:21; θεῷ, Act.5:29, 32.†
(AS) G3981 G3981 = G3981 πειθός peithos G:A persuasive πειθός (πιθός, WH), -ή, -όν
(πείθω), = cl. πιθανός,
persuasive: 1Co.2:4 (not found elsewhere).†
(AS) G3982 G3982 = G3982 πείθω peithō G:V to persuade πείθω,
[in LXX chiefly for בָּטַח בֶּטַח, its parts and derivatives ;]
__(i) Active;
__1. trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; see M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mat.28:14, Act.19:26; before περί, with genitive of thing(s), Act.19:8; with accusative of person(s), Act.12:20 14:19 18:4, 2Co.5:11, Gal.1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, 1Jn.3:19; with accusative before περί, Act.28:23; with accusative and inf., Act.13:43 26:28 (see Field, Notes, 141 ff.); with accusative before ἵνα (Plut.), Mat.27:20.
__2. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with Pres. sense (see M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: with accusative and inf., Rom.2:19; with accusative ref. (see Ellic., in l) : Php.1:6, 25; with dative, Php.1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, with inf., 2Co.10:7; before ἐν, Php.3:3-4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Php.2:24; ἐπί, with dative, Mat.27:43 (WH, mg.), Mrk.10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Luk.11:22 18:9, 2Co.1:9, Heb.2:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.27:43 (with dative, WH, mg.); id. before ὅτι, 2Co.2:3, 2Th.3:4 (see Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, with accusative of person(s) before ὅτι, Gal.5:10.
(ii) Pass. and mid.;
__1. to be persuaded, believe (see M, Pr., 158) : absol., Luk.16:31, Act.17:4 21:14, Heb.13:18; with dative, Act.28:24; with accusative and inf., Act.26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: with accusative ref. before περί, Heb.6:9; with accusative and inf., Luk.20:6; ὅτι, Rom.8:38, 2Ti.1:5 1:12; id. with ἐν κυρίῳ, Rom.14:14; περί, with genitive before ὅτι, Rom.15:14.
__2. to listen to, obey: with dative of person(s), Act.5:36-37, 40 23:21 27:11, Rom.2:8, Gal.5:7, Heb.13:17, Jas.3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω).†
Πειθώ, -οῦς, ἡ
__1. Peitho, Persuasion (as a goddess).
__2. per­suasion: ἐν πειθοῖ (so Orig., Eus. and some cursives in 1Co.2:4 for πειθός, which see).†
(AS) G3983 G3983 = G3983 πεινάω peinaō G:V to hunger πεινάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for = רָעֵב ;]
to hunger, be hungry: Mat.4:2 12:1, 3 21:18 25:35, 37 25:42, 44, Mrk.2:25 11:12, Luk.1:53 4:2 6:3, Rom.12:20" (LXX), 1Co.4:11 11:21 11:34 Php.4:12, Rev.7:16; metaphorically, Mat.5:6, Luk.6:21, 25, Jhn.6:35.†
(AS) G3984 G3984 = G3984 πεῖρα peira G:N-F test πεῖρα, -ας, ἡ
(πειράω), [in LXX: Deu.28:56 (π. λαμβάνειν, נָסָה pi.) Deu.33:8 (מַסָּה), Wis.18:20, 25, 2Ma.8:9, 4Ma.8:1 * ;]
trial, experiment; π. λαμβάνειν, to make trial, have experience of: Heb.11:29, 36 (for exx., see Field, Notes, 232 f.).†
(AS) G3985 G3985G = G3985G πειράζω peirazō G:V to test/tempt: tempt πειράζω poët. and late prose form of πειράω, which see,
[in LXX for נָסָה pi. ;]
__1. to make proof of (Hom.).
__2. to try, attempt (Luc., Polyb., with inf. (see M, Pr., 205; B1., § 69, 4), Act.9:26 16:7 24:6.
__3. In LXX and NT, like Heb. נָסָה, with accusative of person(s), to test, try, prove;
__(a) in a good sense : Jhn.6:6, 2Co.13:5, Heb.11:17, Rev.2:2; esp. of trials and af6ictions sent or permitted by God (Gen.22:1, Exo.20:20, Wis.3:5, al.), 1Co.10:13, Heb.2:18 4:15 11:17, 37, Rev.3:10;
__(b) in a bad sense (Apoll. Rhod., 3, 10): of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mat.16:1 19:3 22:18, 35 Mrk.8:11 10:2 12:15, Luk.11:16, Jhn.8:6; of temptation to sin, to tempt, Jas.1:13-14 (see Hort, in l), Gal.6:1, Rev.2:10; esp. of temptations of the devil, Mat.4:1, 3 Mrk.1:13, Luk.4:2, 1Co.7:5, 1Th.3:5; ὁ πειράζων, the tempter, Mat.4:3, 1Th.3:5;
__(with) in bad sense also (Exo.17:2, 7, Num.14:22, al.), of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God: Act.15:10, 1Co.10:9 (WH, mg., ἐξεπείρασαν), Heb.3:9; τ. πνεῦμα Κυρίου, Act.5:9 (of. ἐκ-πειράζω).†
SYN.: δοκιμάζω, q.v (AS) G3985 G3985H = a Meaning of G3985G πειράζω peirazō G:V to test/tempt: test πειράζω poët. and late prose form of πειράω, which see,
[in LXX for נָסָה pi. ;]
__1. to make proof of (Hom.).
__2. to try, attempt (Luc., Polyb., with inf. (see M, Pr., 205; B1., § 69, 4), Act.9:26 16:7 24:6.
__3. In LXX and NT, like Heb. נָסָה, with accusative of person(s), to test, try, prove;
__(a) in a good sense : Jhn.6:6, 2Co.13:5, Heb.11:17, Rev.2:2; esp. of trials and af6ictions sent or permitted by God (Gen.22:1, Exo.20:20, Wis.3:5, al.), 1Co.10:13, Heb.2:18 4:15 11:17, 37, Rev.3:10;
__(b) in a bad sense (Apoll. Rhod., 3, 10): of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mat.16:1 19:3 22:18, 35 Mrk.8:11 10:2 12:15, Luk.11:16, Jhn.8:6; of temptation to sin, to tempt, Jas.1:13-14 (see Hort, in l), Gal.6:1, Rev.2:10; esp. of temptations of the devil, Mat.4:1, 3 Mrk.1:13, Luk.4:2, 1Co.7:5, 1Th.3:5; ὁ πειράζων, the tempter, Mat.4:3, 1Th.3:5;
__(with) in bad sense also (Exo.17:2, 7, Num.14:22, al.), of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God: Act.15:10, 1Co.10:9 (WH, mg., ἐξεπείρασαν), Heb.3:9; τ. πνεῦμα Κυρίου, Act.5:9 (of. ἐκ-πειράζω).†
SYN.: δοκιμάζω, q.v (AS) G3985 G3985I = a Meaning of G3985G πειράζω peirazō G:V to test/tempt: try πειράζω poët. and late prose form of πειράω, which see,
[in LXX for נָסָה pi. ;]
__1. to make proof of (Hom.).
__2. to try, attempt (Luc., Polyb., with inf. (see M, Pr., 205; B1., § 69, 4), Act.9:26 16:7 24:6.
__3. In LXX and NT, like Heb. נָסָה, with accusative of person(s), to test, try, prove;
__(a) in a good sense : Jhn.6:6, 2Co.13:5, Heb.11:17, Rev.2:2; esp. of trials and af6ictions sent or permitted by God (Gen.22:1, Exo.20:20, Wis.3:5, al.), 1Co.10:13, Heb.2:18 4:15 11:17, 37, Rev.3:10;
__(b) in a bad sense (Apoll. Rhod., 3, 10): of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mat.16:1 19:3 22:18, 35 Mrk.8:11 10:2 12:15, Luk.11:16, Jhn.8:6; of temptation to sin, to tempt, Jas.1:13-14 (see Hort, in l), Gal.6:1, Rev.2:10; esp. of temptations of the devil, Mat.4:1, 3 Mrk.1:13, Luk.4:2, 1Co.7:5, 1Th.3:5; ὁ πειράζων, the tempter, Mat.4:3, 1Th.3:5;
__(with) in bad sense also (Exo.17:2, 7, Num.14:22, al.), of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God: Act.15:10, 1Co.10:9 (WH, mg., ἐξεπείρασαν), Heb.3:9; τ. πνεῦμα Κυρίου, Act.5:9 (of. ἐκ-πειράζω).†
SYN.: δοκιμάζω, q.v (AS) G3986 G3986G = G3986G πειρασμός peirasmos G:N-M temptation/testing: temptation πειρασμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(πειράζω), [in LXX for מַסָּה, עִנְיָן ;]
__1. = πεῖρα, an experiment Diosc.).
__2. a trial, of ethical purpose and effect, whether good or evil (see Hort on Jas.1:13)
__(a) in good or neutral sense: Gal.4:14, Jas.1:12, 1Pe.4:12; esp. of afflictions sent by God (Deu.7:19, Sir.21:1-28, al.): 2Pe.2:9, Rev.3:10; pl., Luk.22:28, Act.20:19, Jas.1:2, 1Pe.1:6;
__(b) of trial regarded as leading to sin, temptation: Luk.8:13, 1Co.10:13, 1Ti.6:9; of the temptation of Jesus by the devil, Luk.4:13; εἰσφέρειν (ἔρχεσθαι, εἰσέρχ-) εἰς π., Mat.6:13 26:41, Mrk.14:38, Luk.11:4 22:40, 46;
__(with) of the testing or challenge of God by man (see: πειράζω, 3, with) : Heb.3:8 (LXX: Psa.95:9, where κατα τ. ἡμέραν πειρασμοῦ = מַסָּה the day of Massah).†
SYN.: δοκίμιον (AS) G3986 G3986H = a Meaning of G3986G πειρασμός peirasmos G:N-M temptation/testing: testing πειρασμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(πειράζω), [in LXX for מַסָּה, עִנְיָן ;]
__1. = πεῖρα, an experiment Diosc.).
__2. a trial, of ethical purpose and effect, whether good or evil (see Hort on Jas.1:13)
__(a) in good or neutral sense: Gal.4:14, Jas.1:12, 1Pe.4:12; esp. of afflictions sent by God (Deu.7:19, Sir.21:1-28, al.): 2Pe.2:9, Rev.3:10; pl., Luk.22:28, Act.20:19, Jas.1:2, 1Pe.1:6;
__(b) of trial regarded as leading to sin, temptation: Luk.8:13, 1Co.10:13, 1Ti.6:9; of the temptation of Jesus by the devil, Luk.4:13; εἰσφέρειν (ἔρχεσθαι, εἰσέρχ-) εἰς π., Mat.6:13 26:41, Mrk.14:38, Luk.11:4 22:40, 46;
__(with) of the testing or challenge of God by man (see: πειράζω, 3, with) : Heb.3:8 (LXX: Psa.95:9, where κατα τ. ἡμέραν πειρασμοῦ = מַסָּה the day of Massah).†
SYN.: δοκίμιον (AS) G3987 G3987 = G3987 πειράω peiraō G:V to try πειράω more commonly as depon., πειράομαι,
[in LXX for נָסָה ;]
to try, attempt: Act.26:21.†
(AS) G3988 G3988 = G3988 πεισμονή peismonē G:N-F persuasion πεισμονή, -ῆς, ἡ
(πείθω),
persuasion: Gal.5:8.†
πείθω,
[in LXX chiefly for בָּטַח בֶּטַח, its parts and derivatives ;]
__(i) Active;
__1. trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; see M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mat.28:14, Act.19:26; before περί, with genitive of thing(s), Act.19:8; with accusative of person(s), Act.12:20 14:19 18:4, 2Co.5:11, Gal.1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, 1Jn.3:19; with accusative before περί, Act.28:23; with accusative and inf., Act.13:43 26:28 (see Field, Notes, 141 ff.); with accusative before ἵνα (Plut.), Mat.27:20.
__2. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with Pres. sense (see M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: with accusative and inf., Rom.2:19; with accusative ref. (see Ellic., in l) : Php.1:6, 25; with dative, Php.1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, with inf., 2Co.10:7; before ἐν, Php.3:3-4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Php.2:24; ἐπί, with dative, Mat.27:43 (WH, mg.), Mrk.10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Luk.11:22 18:9, 2Co.1:9, Heb.2:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.27:43 (with dative, WH, mg.); id. before ὅτι, 2Co.2:3, 2Th.3:4 (see Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, with accusative of person(s) before ὅτι, Gal.5:10.
(ii) Pass. and mid.;
__1. to be persuaded, believe (see M, Pr., 158) : absol., Luk.16:31, Act.17:4 21:14, Heb.13:18; with dative, Act.28:24; with accusative and inf., Act.26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: with accusative ref. before περί, Heb.6:9; with accusative and inf., Luk.20:6; ὅτι, Rom.8:38, 2Ti.1:5 1:12; id. with ἐν κυρίῳ, Rom.14:14; περί, with genitive before ὅτι, Rom.15:14.
__2. to listen to, obey: with dative of person(s), Act.5:36-37, 40 23:21 27:11, Rom.2:8, Gal.5:7, Heb.13:17, Jas.3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω).†
(AS) G3989 G3989 = G3989 πέλαγος pelagos G:N-N sea πέλαγος, -ους, τό
[in LXX: 2Ma.5:21, 4Ma.7:1 * ;]
the deep sea, the deep, the sea: Act.27:5; τὸ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, Mat.18:6
SYN.: θαλάσσα (which see); and cf. ἄβυσσος (AS) G3990 G3990 = G3990 πελεκίζω pelekizō G:V to behead πελεκίζω
(πέλεκυς, a battle-axe),
to out off with an axe, esp. to behead: with accusative, Rev.20:4 (Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G3991 G3991 = G3991 πέμπτος pemptos G:A fifth πέμπτος, -η, -ον
[in LXX for חֲמִישִׁי and cognate forms ;]
fifth: Rev.6:9 9:1 16:10 21:20.†
(AS) G3992 G3992 = G3992 πέμπω pempō G:V to send πέμπω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁלַח ;]
to send;
__(a) of persons: with accusative, absol., Mat.22:7, Luk.7:19, Jhn.1:22, 2Co.9:3, al.; ptcp. before verb., Mat.14:10, Act.19:31, al.; ptcp. before διά (= Heb. יָד;, 1Ki.16:20, al.), Mat.11:2 (cf. Rev.1:1); of teachers sent by God, Jhn.1:33 4:34, Rom.8:3, al.; with accusative and dative, 1Co.4:17, Php.2:19; before πρός, with accusative, Luk.4:26, Jhn.16:7, al.; before λέγων (cf. Heb. אָמַר שָׁלַח Gen.38:25, al.), Luk.7:6, 19; before εἰς, with accusative loc., Mat.2:8, Luk.15:15, al.; before εἰς (of purpose), Eph.6:22, Col.4:8, 1Pe.2:14; with inf., Jhn.1:33, 1Co.16:3, Rev.22:16;
__(b) of things : Rev.11:10; before εἰς, Rev.1:11; id., of purpose, Act.11:29, Php.4:16; with dative of person(s), 2Th.2:11; π. τ. δρέπανον σου (cf. εξαποστείλατε δρέπανα = מַגָּל שָׁלַח, Jol.3:13), Rev.14:15, 18 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, μετα-, προ-, συν-πέμπω)
SYN.: ἀποστέλλω, q.v (AS) G3993 G3993 = G3993 πένης penēs G:N-M poor πένης, -ητος, ὁ
(πένομαι, to work for one's daily bread), [in LXX for אֶבְיוֹן, עָנִי, דַּל, etc. ;]
one who works for his living, a labourer, a poor man: 2Co.9:9.†
SYN.: πτωχός, properly a beggar and implying deeper poverty than π. (see Tr., Syn., § xxxvi, Abbott, Essays, 78) (AS) G3994 G3994 = G3994 πενθερά penthera G:N-F mother-in-law πενθερά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(fem. of πενθερός), [in LXX for חֲמוֹת ;]
a mother-in-law: Mat.8:14 10:35, Mrk.1:30, Luk.4:38 12:53.†
(AS) G3995 G3995 = G3995 πενθερός pentheros G:N-M father-in-law πενθερός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for חָם, Gen.38:13, al.; also for חָתַן, Jdg.1:16 A ;]
a father-in-law: Jhn.18:13.†
(AS) G3996 G3996 = G3996 πενθέω pentheō G:V to mourn πενθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for אָבַל ;]
to mourn (for), lament;
__(a) intrans. : Mat.5:4 (5) Mat.9:15, 1Co.5:2; π. καὶ κλαίειν, Mat.16:10, Luk.6:25, Jas.4:9, Rev.18:15, 19; before ἐπί, with accusative, Rev.18:11;
__(b) trans., with accusative, 2Co.12:21.†
SYN.: see: θρηνέω (AS) G3997 G3997 = G3997 πένθος penthos G:N-N grief πένθος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for אֵבֶל ;]
mourning: Jas.4:9, Rev.18:7-8 21:4.†
(AS) G3998 G3998 = G3998 πενιχρός penichros G:A poor πενιχρός, -ά, -όν
(πένομαι, see: πένης) [in LXX: Exo.22:25 (עָנִי), Pro.28:15 29:7 (דַּל) * ;]
chiefly in Comic poets and late prose (but Plato, Rep., 578 A), = πένης,
needy, poor: Luk.21:2 (for ex. in π., see MM, xix).†
(AS) G3999 G3999 = G3999 πεντάκις pentakis G:ADV five times πεντάκις
adv.,
five times: 2Co.11:24.†
(AS) G4000 G4000 = G4000 πεντακισχίλιοι pentakischilioi G:A five thousand πεντακισ-χίλιοι, -αι, -α
five thousand: Mat.14:21 16:9, Mrk.6:44 8:19, Luk.9:14, Jhn.6:10.†
(AS) G4001 G4001 = G4001 πεντακόσιοι pentakosioi G:A five hundred πεντακόσιοι, -αι, -α
five hundred: Luk.7:41, 1Co.15:6.†
(AS) G4002 G4002 = G4002 πέντε pente G:A-NUI five πέντε
indecl., οἱ, αἱ, τά,
five: Mat.14:17, al
(AS) G4003 G4003 = G4003 πεντεκαιδέκατος pentekaidekatos G:A fifteenth πεντε-και-δέκατος, -η, -ον
the fifteenth: Luk.3:1.†
(AS) G4004 G4004 = G4004 πεντήκοντα pentēkonta G:A-NUI fifty πεντήκοντα
indecl., οἱ, αἱ, τά,
fifty: Luk.7:41 16:6, Jhn.8:57 21:11, Act.13:20; ἀνὰ π., Luk.9:14; κατὰ π., Mrk.6:40.†
(AS) G4005 G4005 = the Greek of H7620G πεντηκοστή pentēkostē G:N-F Pentecost πεντηκοστός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for חֲמִישִׁי, חֲמִישִׁי, Lev.25:10-11, 4Ki.15:23 15:27; 1Ma.4:1-61, 2Ma.14:4; ἡ π., Tob.2:1, 2Ma.12:32 * ;]
fiftieth. As subst., ἡ π.;
__(a) (sc. μερίς), at Athens, a tax of two per cent.;
__(b) (sc. ἡμέρα, i.e. the fiftieth day after the Passover), Pentecost, the second of the three great Jewish feasts (To, 2Mac, ll. with; ἑορτὴ ἑβδομάδων, Deu.16:10, al.) : Act.2:1 20:16, 1Co.16:8.†
(AS) G4006 G4006 = G4006 πεποίθησις pepoithēsis G:N-F confidence πεποίθησις, -εως, ἡ
(πείθω), [in LXX: 4Ki.18:19 (בִּטָּחוֹן)* ;]
confidence: 2Co.1:15 3:4 10:2, Eph.3:12; before εἰς, 2Co.8:22; ἐν, Php.3:4 (the word is condemned by the Atticists, see Rutherford, NPhr., 355).†
(AS) G4007 G4007 = G4007 περ per G:PRT indeed πέρ
(akin to περί),
enclitic particle, adding force or positiveness to the word which precedes it: indeed, by far, etc. In the NT, it is always affixed to the word to which it relates, see: διόπερ, άἐνπερ, εἴπερ, ἐπείπερ, ἐπειδήπερ, ἤπερ, καθάπερ, καίπερ, ἅσπερ, ὥσπερ
ὥσ-περ
adv.,
just as, even as: Mat.6:2 20:28, Act.3:17, 1Co.8:5, 1Th.5:3 al.; in protasis, with οὕτως (καί) in apodosis: Mat.12:40, Luk.17:24, Jhn.5:21, Rom.5:19, Gal.4:29, Jas.2:26, al
(AS) G4008 G4008 = G4008 πέραν peran G:PREP other side πέραν
adv., [in LXX for עֵבֶר and cognate forms ;]
on the other side, across (usually with the idea of water lying between);
__(a) as in the older poets, as prep. with genitive: τ. θαλάσσης, Jhn.6:1, 17 6:22, 25; τ. Ἰορδάνου, Mat.4:15 (LXX), Mat.4:25 19:1, Mrk.3:8 10:1, Jhn.1:28 3:26 10:40; τ. χειμάρρου τ. Κέδρων, Jhn.18:1;
__(b) τὸ π., the region beyond, the other side: Mat.8:18, 28 14:22 16:5, Mrk.4:35 5:21 6:45 8:13; τ. θαλάσσης, Mrk.5:1; τ. λίμνης, Luk.8:22.†
(AS) G4009 G4009 = G4009 πέρας peras G:N-N end πέρας, -ατος, τό
(πέρα, beyond), [in LXX chiefly for קֵץ, קָצָה and cognate forms ;]
an end, limit, boundary;
__(a) of space: chiefly in pl., τὰ π. τ. γῆς, Mat.12:42, Luk.11:31; τ. οἰκουμένης, Rom.10:18 (LXX);
__(b) (opposite to ἀρχή) the end: with genitive, ἀντιλογίας, Heb.6:10.†
(AS) G4010 G4010 = G4010 Πέργαμος Pergamos N:N-F-L Pergamum Πέργαμος, -ου, ἡ
(so Xen., Paus., al., but -ον, τό in Strabo, Polyb., and most writers, also in Inscr.; in NT the termination is uncertain)
Pergamum, a city of Mysia: Rev.1:11 2:12.†
(AS) G4011 G4011 = G4011 Πέργη Pergē N:N-F-L Perga Πέργη, -ης, ἡ
Perga, a city of Pamphylia: Act.13:13-14 14:25.†
(AS) G4012 G4012 = G4012 περί peri G:PREP about περί,
prep. with genitive, accusative (in cl. also with dative; cf. M, Pr., 105f.),
with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides).
__I. C. genitive,
__1. of place, about (poët.).
__2. Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mat.2:8, Mrk.1:44, Luk.4:38, Jhn.16:26, Act.28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, with genitive, the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mrk.5:27, Act.1:3 28:15, Eph.6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, 1Co.7:1, al.; in the sense on account of (Mat.26:28, 1Co.1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105).
__II. C. accusative,
__1. of place, about, around: Mat.3:4, Mrk.1:6, Luk.13:8, Act.22:6, al.; οἱ περί, with accusative of person(s), of one's associates, friends, etc., Mrk.4:10, Luk.22:49, Jhn.11:19, Act.13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Act.19:25; metaphorically, about, as to, concerning: 1Ti.1:19 6:4 2Ti.2:18 3:8, Tit.2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Php.2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mrk.4:19.
__2. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mat.20:3, 5 6, 9 27:46, Mrk.6:48, Act.10:3, 9 22:6.
__III. In composition: round about (περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι), beyond, over and above (περιποιέω, περιλείπω), to excess (περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω).
(AS) G4013 G4013 = G4013 περιάγω periagō G:V to take/go around περι-άγω
[in LXX: Amo.2:10 (הָלַךְ hi.); Isa.28:27, Eze.47:2 (סָבַב hi., ho.); Eze.37:2 46:21 (עָבַר hi), 2Ma.4:38 2Mac 6:10 * ;]
__1. to lead about or around: with accusative of person(s), 1Co.9:5.
__2. Intrans., to go about: Act.13:11; before ἐν, Mat.4:23; with accusative loc. (governed by the περι-, not so in cl., see Bl., § 34, 1; 53, 1), Mat.9:35 23:15, Mrk.6:6.†
(AS) G4014 G4014 = G4014 περιαιρέω periaireō G:V to take away περι-αιρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for סוּר hi. ;]
to take away that which surrounds, take away, take off (τείχη, Hdt., Thuc.; χιτῶνα, Plat.; δακτύλιον, Gen.41:42, cf. σφρηγῖδα, Hdt., ii, 151) : τ. κάλυΜΜα, pass., 2Co.3:16; as nautical term (RV, cast off), ἀγκύρας, Act.27:40; absol., to cast loose: Act.28:13. Metaphorical, to take away entirely: ἐλπίς, pass., Act.27:20; ἁμαρτίας, Heb.10:11.†
(AS) G4015 G4015 = G4015 περιαστράπτω periastraptō G:V to shine περι-αστράπτω
[in LXX: 4Ma.4:10 * ;]
to flash around: with accusative, Act.9:3; before περί Act.22:6 (Eccl, and Byzant.).†
(AS) G4016 G4016 = G4016 περιβάλλω periballō G:V to clothe περι-βάλλω
[in LXX chiefly for כָּסָה pi., also for לָבַשׁ, עָטָה, etc. ;]
to throw around or over, put on or over;
__(a) of siege or defen­sive works: χάρακά σοι, Luk.19:43 (WH, mg.; παρεμβ-, WH, txt.);
__(b) of clothing, to put on, wrap about, clothe with: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.23:11; with accusative of person(s), Mat.25:36, 38 25:43; with dupl. accusative (not cl.; Bl., § 34, 4), Jhn.19:2; pf. pass., to have wrapped round one: with accusative of thing(s) (cl.), Mrk.14:51 16:5, Rev.7:9, 13 10:1 11:3 12:1 17:4 18:16 19:13; with dative of thing(s), Rev.4:4 (WH, txt.; before ἐν, WH, mg.); fut., before ἐν (of. Deu.22:12, Psa.45:9, 13), Rev.3:5. Mid., to clothe oneself, wrap round or put on oneself: absol., Mat.6:29, Luk.12:27, Rev.3:18; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.6:31, Act.12:8, Rev.19:8.†
(AS) G4017 G4017 = G4017 περιβλέπω periblepō G:V to look around περι-βλέπω
[in LXX for שׁוּר, etc. ;]
to look around (at). Mid., to look about one (at) : absol., Mrk.9:8 10:23; with inf., Mrk.5:32; with accusative of person(s), Mrk.3:5, 34, Luk.6:10; πάντα, Mrk.11:11.†
(AS) G4018 G4018 = G4018 περιβόλαιον peribolaion G:N-N covering περι-βόλαιον, -ου, τό
(περιβάλλω), [in LXX chiefly for כְּסוּת, לְבוּשׁ and cognate forms ;]
that which is thrown around, a covering, in NT,
__(a) a mantle (Psa.102:27, Isa.59:17, al.) : Heb.1:12" (LXX)
__(b) a veil: 1Co.11:15 (but see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G4019 G4019 = G4019 περιδέω perideō G:V to wrap around περι-δέω
[in LXX: Job.12:18 (אָסַר)* ;]
to tie round, bind round: with accusative and dative, pass., Jhn.11:44.†
(AS) G4020 G4020 = G4020 περιεργάζομαι periergazomai G:V be a busybody περι-εργάζομαι
[in LXX: Wis.8:5 א1, Sir.3:23 * ;]
__1. to waste one's labour about a thing.
__2. to be a busybody: 2Th.3:11 (cf. Plat., Apol., 19 B).†
(AS) G4021 G4021 = G4021 περίεργος periergos G:A meddlesome/magic περίεργος, -ον
__I. of persons;
__1. over careful.
__2. curious, meddling, a busybody: 1Ti.5:13.
__II. Of things;
__1. over-wrought.
__2. super­fluous.
__3. curious, uncanny; τὰ π., curious arts, magic: Act.19:19 (see Deiss., BS, 3235.).†
(AS) G4022 G4022 = G4022 περιέρχομαι perierchomai G:V to go around περι-έρχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for סָבַב ;]
to go about (as an itinerant): Act.19:13 28:13 (περιελόντες, WH, R, mg.), Heb.11:37; τ. οἰκίας, from house to house: 1Ti.5:13.†
(AS) G4023 G4023 = G4023 περιέχω periechō G:V to contain περι-έχω,
[in LXX for H661, H5362 hi., H6822 pi., etc. ;]
__1. to surround, encompass: Luk.5:9 (cf. MM, xix).
__2. to comprehend, include, contain, esp. of books: with accusative, Act.23:25, Rec.; accusative to a late usage, intrans. (BL, § 53, 1.3; MM, xix; Hort, in l), it stands written, 1Pe.2:6.†
(AS) G4024 G4024 = G4024 περιζώννυμι perizōnnumi G:V to gird περι-ζώννυμι and -ύω
(see Veitch, see word), [in LXX chiefly for חָגַר, also for אָזַר, etc. ;]
to gird (with dupl, accusative, as ὁ περιζωννύων με δύναμιν, Psa.18:32): pass., αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι, Luk.12:35; π. ζώνην χρυσῆν, Rev.1:13 15:6 (but see infr.). Mid., to gird oneself: Luk.12:37 17:8 (and so perh. Re, ll. with supr., cf. 1Ki.2:4); with accusative of thing(s) (figuratively), τ. ὀσφύν, Eph.6:14 (before ἐν, cf. 1Ch.15:27).†
(AS) G4025 G4025 = G4025 περίθεσις perithesis G:N-F wearing περί-θεσις, -εως, ἡ
(περιτίθημι), [in Sm.: Psa.32:9 * ;]
a putting around, putting on: 1Pe.3:3.†
(AS) G4026 G4026 = G4026 περιΐστημι periistēmi G:V to stand around περι-ίστημι (Rec. ΐστημι)
[in LXX: Jos.6:3 (סָבַב), 2Ki.13:31 (נָצַב ni.), 1Ki.4:16, Ep. Jer.37:1-21, Jdth.5:22, 2Ma.14:9 * ;]
__1. to place around.
__2. to stand around: Jhn.11:42; with accusative of person(s), Act.25:7. Mid. (in late writers), to turn oneself about to avoid, to shun: with accusative of thing(s), 2Ti.2:16, Tit.3:9.†
(AS) G4027 G4027 = G4027 περικάθαρμα perikatharma G:N-N garbage περι-κάθαρμα, -τος, τό
(περικαθαίρω, to purify on all sides or completely, Deu.18:10, Jos.5:4, 4Ma.1:29*), [in LXX: Pro.21:18 (כֹּפֶר)* ;]
__1. a victim, expiation (Pr, l.with).
__2. refuse, rubbish: pl., 1Co.4:13 (see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G4028 G4028 = G4028 περικαλύπτω perikaluptō G:V to cover περι-καλύπτω
[in LXX for כָּסָה pi., שָׁבַץ pu., etc. ;]
to cover around, cover up or over. with accusative, Mrk.14:65, Luk.22:64; pass., before χρυσίῳ, Heb.9:4.†
(AS) G4029 G4029 = G4029 περίκειμαι perikeimai G:V to surround περί-κειμαι
[in LXX: Ep. Je 24, 58, 4Ma.12:3 * ;]
__1. to lie round about: μύλος, λίθος (RV, were hanged about), Mrk.9:42, Luk.17:2; νεφος μαρτύρων, Heb.12:1.
__2. to have around one, be clothed with: Act.28:20; figuratively, ἀσθένειαν, Heb.5:2.†
(AS) G4030 G4030 = G4030 περικεφαλαία perikephalaia G:N-F helmet περι-κεφαλαία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX for כּוֹבַע, קוֹבַע ;]
a helmet: figuratively, 1Th.5:8; with genitive explic., π. τ. σωτηρίου, Eph.6:17 (cf. Isa.59:17).†
(AS) G4031 G4031 = G4031 περικρατής perikratēs G:A in control of περι-κρατής, -ές
[in LXX: Da TH Sus 1:39 A * ;]
having full command of: Act.27:16.†
(AS) G4032 G4032 = G4032 περικρύπτω perikruptō G:V to hide περι-κρύπτω
to conceal entirely, keep hidden: late 2 aor., περιέκρυβσν (but see BL, § 17; Soph., Lex., see word περικρύβω), Luk.1:24.†
(AS) G4033 G4033 = G4033 περικυκλόω perikukloō G:V to surround περι-κυκλόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for סָבַב ;]
to encircle, encompass: of a besieged city, Luk.19:43.†
(AS) G4034 G4034 = G4034 περιλάμπω perilampō G:V to shine around περι-λάμπω
to shine around: with accusative, Luk.2:9, Act.26:13.†
(AS) G4035 G4035 = G4035 περιλείπομαι perileipomai G:V to remain περι-λείπομαι depon. mid, and pass.,
[in LXX: 2Ch.34:21 A (שָׁאַר ni.), 2Ma.1:31 2Mac 8:14, 4Ma.12:6 4Mac 13:18 * ;]
to be left remaining, remain over, survive: 1Th.4:15 4:17†
(AS) G4036 G4036 = G4036 περίλυπος perilupos G:A sorrowful περί-λυπος, -ον
[in LXX: Psa.42:5, 11, I Est.8:69, al. ;]
very sad, deeply grieved: Mat.26:38, Mrk.6:26 14:34, Luk.18:23.†
(AS) G4037 G4037 = G4037 περιμένω perimenō G:V to await περι-μένω
[in LXX: Gen.49:18 (קָוָה pi.), Wis.8:12 * ;]
to wait for: with acce., Act.1:4.†
(AS) G4038 G4038 = G4038 πέριξ perix G:ADV around πέριξ
adv., [in Al.: Lev.13:33 * ;]
round about: αἱ π. πολεῖς, Act.5:16.†
(AS) G4039 G4039 = G4039 περιοικέω perioikeō G:V to dwell around περι-οικέω, -ῶ
to dwell round about: with accusative, Luk.1:65.†
(AS) G4040 G4040 = G4040 περίοικος perioikos G:A neighboring περί-οικος, -ον
[in LXX for כִּכָּר, etc. ;]
dwelling around; as subst., ὁ π., a neighbour: Luk.1:58 (cf. πλησίον).†
(AS) G4041 G4041 = G4041 περιούσιος periousios G:A special περιούσιος, -ον
(περίειμι, to be over and above), [in LXX: Exo.19:5 23:22, Deu.7:6 14:2 26:18 (סְגֻלָּה, עַם)* ;]
one's own, of one's own possession: λαὸς π. (cf. LXX, ll. with), Tit.2:14.†
(AS) G4042 G4042 = G4042 περιοχή periochē G:N-F / G:V passage περι-οχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(περιέχω), [in LXX for מָצוּד, מָצוֹר, etc. ;]
__1. compass, circumference.
__2. a portion circumscribed, a section: Act.8:32.†
(AS) G4043 G4043 = G4043 περιπατέω peripateō G:V to walk περι-πατέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ pi., hith. ;]
to walk: absol., Mat.9:5, Mrk.5:42, Luk.5:23, Jhn.1:36; with pred., γυμνός, Rev.16:15; ἐπάνω Luk.11:44; διά, with genitive, Rev.21:24; ἐν, Mrk.11:27 12:38, Jhn.7:1 11:54, Rev.2:1, al.; ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ, figuratively, Jhn.8:12 12:35, 1Jn.1:6-7 Jn 2:11; ἐπί, with genitive, Mat.14:26; id. with dative, Mat.14:25, 29; μετά, Jhn.6:66, Rev.3:4; παρά, with accusative, Mat.4:18. Metaphorical, of living, passing one's life, conducting oneself (like ἀναστρέφομαι in Xen., Plut., LXX, π.; M, Pro.11:1-31; Deiss., BS, 194) : ἀκριβῶς, Eph.5:15; ἀτάκτως, 2Th.3:6 3:11; εὐσχημόνως, Rev.13:13, 1Th.4:12; ἀξίως, with genitive, Eph.4:1, Col.1:10, 1Th.2:12; καθώς (ὥς), Eph.4:17 5:8, 15, Php.3:17, 1Th.4:1; οὕτως ὥς, 1Co.7:17; before nom. qual., Php.3:18; with dative, Act.21:21, Rom.13:13, 2Co.12:18, Gal.5:16; before ἐν, Rom.6:4, 2Co.4:2 5:7 10:3, Eph.2:2, 10 4:17 5:2, Col.3:7 4:5, Heb.13:9, 2Jn.4 Jn 6, al.; ἐν Χριστῷ, Col.2:6; κατά, with accusative, Mrk.7:5, Rom.8:4 14:15, 1Co.3:3, 2Co.10:2, 2Jn.6 (cf. ἐν-περιπατέω).
(AS) G4044 G4044 = G4044 περιπείρω peripeirō G:V to pierce περι-πείρω
to put on a spit, hence, to pierce: metaphorically, ἑαυτὸν . . . ὀδύναις, 1Ti.6:10.†
(AS) G4045 G4045 = G4045 περιπίπτω peripiptō G:V to fall upon περι-πίπτω
[in LXX: Rut.2:3, 2Ki.1:6 (קָרָה), Pro.11:5 (נָפַל), Dan LXX 2:9, 2Ma.6:13 2Mac 9:7 2Mac 9:21 2Mac 10:4 * ;]
__1. to fall around.
__2. to fall in with, light upon, come across: with dative, λῃσταῖς, Luk.10:30; πειρασμοῖς, Jas.1:2; before εἰς, Act.27:41.†
(AS) G4046 G4046 = G4046 περιποιέω peripoieō G:V to gain περι-ποιέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for pi., hi., etc. ;]
to make to remain over, preserve.
Mid.
__(a) to keep or save for oneself: τ. ψυχήν (cf. Xen., Cyr., iv, 4, 10; Arist., Pol., v, 11, 30), Luk.17:33;
__(b) to get or gain for oneself, get possession of (Thuc., Xen., al.) : Act.20:28, 1Ti.3:13.†
(AS) G4047 G4047 = G4047 περιποίησις peripoiēsis G:N-F acquiring περι-ποίησις, -εως, ἡ
(περιποιέω), [in LXX: 2Ch.4:13 (12) (מִחְיָה) Mal.3:17 (סְגֻלָּה), Hag.2:10 (9) * ;]
__1. preservation: Heb.10:39 (2 Ch, l.with).
__2. acquisition, obtaining: 1Th.5:9, 2Th.2:14 (and so perh. Eph.1:14, see infr.).
__3. a possession: Eph.1:14 (but see supr., and cf. ICC, in l), 1Pe.2:9 (LXX).†
(AS) G4048 G4048 = G4048 περιρρήγνυμι perirrēgnumi G:V to strip off περι-ρήγνυμι
(Rec. -ρρ-, see supr.) [in LXX: 2Ma.4:38 * ;]
to break or tear off all around: frequently of garments, τ. ἰμάτια, Act.16:22.†
(AS) G4049 G4049 = G4049 περισπάω perispaō G:V to distract περι-σπάω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for עָנָה ;]
to draw around, draw off or away. Metaphorical, to distract: pass., Luk.10:40.†
(AS) G4050 G4050 = G4050 περισσεία perisseia G:N-F excess περισσεία, -ας, ἡ
(περισσευω), [in LXX: Ecc.12:1-14 (יִתְרוֹן and cogn. forms, Ecc.1:3, al.) * ;]
__1. abundance, superfluity: Rom.5:17, 2Co.8:2 10:15, Jas.1:21 (so also Inscr., see LAE, 80).
__2. (a) superiority (Ec, see supr.);
__(b) profit (ib.).†
(AS) G4051 G4051 = G4051 περίσσευμα perisseuma G:N-N overflow περίσσευμα, -τος, τό
(περισσεύω) [in LXX: Ecc.2:15 * ;]
that which is over and above, superfluity, abundance: opposite to ὑστέρημα (which see), 2Co.8:13-14; pl., Mrk.8:8; metaphorically, π. τ. καρδίας, Mat.12:34, Luk.6:45 (cf. Ec, l.with; Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4052 G4052 = G4052 περισσεύω perisseuō G:V to exceed περισσεύω
(περισσός), [in LXX: 1Ki.2:33 (מַרְבִּית), 1Ki.2:36 Ecc.3:19 (יָתַר ni., יוׄתֵר), Tob.4:16, Sir.10:27 11:12 19:24, Sir 30:38 (Sir.33:29), 1Ma.3:30 * ;]
__I. Prop., intrans.,
__1. of things, to be over and above the number (Hes.), hence,
__(a) to be or remain over: Mat.14:20 15:37, Luk.9:17, Jhn.6:12-13;
__(b) to abound, be in abundance: Mrk.12:44, Luk.12:15 21:4, Act.16:5, Rom.3:7 5:15, 2Co.1:5 8:2 9:12, Php.1:26.
__2. Of persons,
__(a) to abound in, have in abundance: 1Co.14:12 15:58, Php.4:12, 18; with genitive, Luk.15:17 T;
__(b) to be superior or better, to excel: absol., 1Co.3:9 8:8; with dative ref., 2Co.3:9; before ἐν, Rom.15:13, 1Co.15:58, 2Co.3:9 8:7, Col.2:7; μᾶλλον, 1Th.4:1 4:10; μ καὶ μ., Php.1:9; πλεῖον, Mat.5:20.
__II. In late writers (Lft., Notes, 48 f.), trans.,
__(a) to make to abound: with accusative before εἰς, 2Co.4:15 9:8, Eph.1:8; pass., Mat.13:12 25:29; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.15:17, WH;
__(b) to make to excel: with accusative of person(s), dative of thing(s), 1Th.3:12 (cf. ὑπερ-περισσεύω).†
SYN.: πλεονάζω (AS) G4053 G4053 = G4053 περισσός perissos G:A / G:ADV excessive περισσός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for יֶתֶר and cogn. forms ;]
__1. more than sufficient, over and above, abundant: Jhn.10:10, 2Co.9:1; with genitive (a popular substitute for πλειών, Bl., § 11, 3.4), Mat.5:37; id. with ellips. genitive, Mat.5:47 (EV, more than others; but see infr.); εκ περισσοῦ, Mrk.6:51, Rec., T. (on ὑπὲρ ὲκ π., see: ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ). Compar. neut., -ότερον: Luk.12:4, 48; with genitive, Mrk.12:33; adverbially (cf. περισσῶς), more abund­antly, 2Co.10:8, Heb.6:17 7:15; with genitive, π. πάντων, 1Co.15:10; pleonast., μᾶλλον π., Mrk.7:36.
__2. out of the common, pre-eminent, superior: Mat.5:47 (Thayer, see word, but see supr.); τὸ π., as subst., Rom.3:1; compar., -ότερος, with genitive, Mat.11:9, Luk.7:26; with subst., Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47, 1Co.12:23-24, 2Co.2:7.†
(AS) G4054 G4054 = a Form of G4055 περισσότερον perissoteron G:ADV more excessive περισσότερον, -ως, see: περισσῶς.
περισσῶς
adv. (περισσός) [in LXX: Psa.31:23 (יֶתֶר -עַל), Da TH Dan.7:7, 19 8:9 (יַתִּיר, יֶתֶר) 2Ma.8:27 2Mac 12:44 A * ;]
beyond measure, exceedingly, abundantly: Mat.27:23, Mrk.10:26 15:14, Act.26:11. Compar.
__(a) περισσότερον (see: περισσός);
__(b) περισσοτέρως: 2Co.1:12 2:4 7:15 11:23, Gal.1:14, Php.1:14, 1Th.2:17, Heb.2:1 13:19; π. μᾶλλον, 2Co.7:13; opposite to ἧττον, 2Co.12:15.†
(AS) G4055 G4055 = G4055 περισσότερος perissoteros G:A more excessive more superabundant rabundant, excess, far fetched, superfluous (in number, degree or character) G4056 G4056 = G4056 περισσοτέρως perissoterōs G:ADV-C more excessively to a greater degree; especially, frequently, extremely more, more abundantly, more earnestly, more vehemently, 2Cor. 7:13; exceedingly, extremely Gal. 1:14 G4057 G4057 = a Meaning of G4053 περισσῶς perissōs G:ADV excessively περισσῶς
adv. (περισσός) [in LXX: Psa.31:23 (יֶתֶר -עַל), Da TH Dan.7:7, 19 8:9 (יַתִּיר, יֶתֶר) 2Ma.8:27 2Mac 12:44 A * ;]
beyond measure, exceedingly, abundantly: Mat.27:23, Mrk.10:26 15:14, Act.26:11. Compar.
__(a) περισσότερον (see: περισσός);
__(b) περισσοτέρως: 2Co.1:12 2:4 7:15 11:23, Gal.1:14, Php.1:14, 1Th.2:17, Heb.2:1 13:19; π. μᾶλλον, 2Co.7:13; opposite to ἧττον, 2Co.12:15.†
(AS) G4058 G4058 = G4058 περιστερά peristera G:N-F dove περιστερά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for יוֹנָה ;]
a dove: Mat.3:16 10:16 21:12, Mrk.1:10 11:15, Luk.2:24 3:22, Jhn.1:32 2:14, 16†
(AS) G4059 G4059 = G4059 περιτέμνω peritemnō G:V to circumcise περι-τέμνω
[in LXX chiefly for מוּל ;] (Ion., Epic. and late writers),
to cut around (Hdt.), hence, to circumcise (π. τὰ αἰδοῖα, Hdt.) : Luk.1:59 2:21, Jhn.7:22, Act.7:8 15:5 16:3 21:21. Pass. and mid., to be circumcised, receive circumcision: Act.15:1, 1Co.7:18, Gal.2:3 5:2-3 6:12-13 Metaphorical (cf. Deu.10:16, Jer.4:4, al.), Col.2:11 (see Deiss., BS, 151 f.; MM, xix).†
(AS) G4060 G4060 = G4060 περιτίθημι peritithēmi G:V to put on περι-τίθημι
[in LXX for נָתַן, שׂוּם, etc. ;]
to place or put around: with accusative and dative, Mat.21:33 27:48, Mrk.12:1 15:36, Jhn.19:29; of garments, etc., to put on: Mat.27:28 Mrk.15:17 (Sir.6:31). Metaphorical, like περιβάλλω, to bestow, confer (Thuc., al., Est.1:20): 1Co.12:23.†
(AS) G4061 G4061 = G4061 περιτομή peritomē G:N-F circumcision περι-τομή, -ῆς, ἡ
(περιτέμνω), [in LXX: Gen.17:13, Exo.4:25-26 (מוּל ni., מוּלָה), Jer.11:16 * ;]
circumcision;
__(a) of the rite itself : Jhn.7:22-23 Act.7:8, Rom.4:11, Gal.5:11, Php.3:5;
__(b) of the state of circumcision: Rom.2:25-28 3:1, 1Co.7:19, Gal.5:6 6:15, Col.3:11; ἐν π. ὤν, Rom.4:10;
__(with) by meton., π. = οἱ περιτμηθέντες, the circumcised: Rom.3:30 4:9, 12 15:8, Gal.2:7-9, Eph.2:11; οἱ ἐκ τῆς π., of Jews, Rom.4:12; of Jewish Christians, Act.11:2, Gal.2:12, Tit.1:10; οἱ ἐκ π. πιστοί, Act.10:45; οἱ ὄντες ἐκ π., Col.4:11 Metaphorical, Rom.2:29, Col.2:11, Php.3:3.†
(AS) G4062 G4062 = G4062 περιτρέπω peritrepō G:V to drive insane περι-τρέπω
[in LXX: Wis.5:23 * ;]
to turn about, turn: with accusative and, dative, Act.26:24 (cf. FlJ, Ant., ix, 4, 4).†
(AS) G4063 G4063 = G4063 περιτρέχω peritrechō G:V to run around περι-τρέχω
[in LXX: Amo.8:12, Jer.5:1 (שׁוּט pi.) * ;]
to run about: with accusative loc., Mrk.6:55.†
(AS) G4064 G4064 = G4064 περιφέρω peripherō G:V to carry (around) περι-φέρω
[in LXX: Ecc.7:8 (7) (הָלַל po.), al. ;]
to carry about: Mrk.6:55, 2Co.4:10. Pass., metaphorically: Eph.4:14.†
(AS) G4065 G4065 = G4065 περιφρονέω periphroneō G:V to despise περι-φρονέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 4Ma.6:9 4Mac 14:1 * ;]
__1. to examine on all sides, consider carefully (Aristoph.).
__2. = ὑπερφρονέω, to have thouphts beyond, to despise (Thuc., Plut., al.; 4Mac, ll. with) : Tit.2:15.†
(AS) G4066 G4066 = G4066 περίχωρος perichōros G:N region περί-χωρος, -ον
[in LXX: chiefly (ἡ π.) for כִּכָּר ;]
round about, neighbouring (Dem., Plut., al.). In LXX and NT, as subst., ἡ π. (sc. γῆ), the region round about: Mat.14:35, Mrk.1:28, Luk.4:14, 37 7:17 8:37, Act.14:6; ἡ π. τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Luk.3:3; by meton. for the people of the same region, Mat.3:5.†
(AS) G4067 G4067 = G4067 περίψημα peripsēma G:N-N scum περί-ψημα, -τος, τό
(περιψράω, to wipe off all round), [in LXX: Tob.5:18 * ;]
that which is wiped off, offscouring: metaphorically (assoc. with περικάθαρμα, which see), 1Co.4:13 (and so prob., To, l.with, as EV; but see Thayer, see word, for the meaning expiation, ransom, in To; and cf. LS, see word κάθαρμα; Lft., Notes, 200 f., and on Ign., Eph., 8).†
(AS) G4068 G4068 = G4068 περπερεύομαι perpereuomai G:V to boast περπερεύοραι
(περπερος, vainglorious)
to boast or vaunt oneself: 1Co.13:4 (elsewhere. only in Antonin.; see Abbott, Essays, 87).†
(AS) G4069 G4069 = G4069 Περσίς Persis N:N-F-P Persis 1. Persian , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. as Substantive, (.] (entry γῆ); Persis, Persia , now Farsistan , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. (entry γυνή); a Persian woman , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. (entry χλαῖνα); a Persian cloak , (Aristophanes Comicus)
(ML) G4070 G4070 = G4070 πέρυσι perusi G:ADV last year πέρυσι
adv. (πέρας),
last year, a year ago: ἀπὸ π. (as in π. see Deiss., BS, 221; LAE, 70), 2Co.8:10 9:2.†
(AS) G4071 G4071 = G4071 πετεινός peteinos G:N-N bird πετεινός, -ή, -όν
(πέτομαι), [in LXX chiefly for עוֹף ;]
in trag., Ion. and late writers, winged, flying; as subst., τὸ π., a winged fowl, a bird: pl., Mat.6:26 8:20 13:4, 32, Mrk.4:4, 32, Luk.8:5 9:58 12:24 13:19, Act.10:12 11:6, Rom.1:23, Jas.3:7.†
(AS) G4072 G4072 = G4072 πέτομαι petomai G:V to fly πέτομαι
[in LXX chiefly for עוּף ;]
to fly: Rev.4:7 8:13 12:14 14:6 19:17 (Rec. πετάομαι, which see).†
πετάομαι,
[in LXX: Deu.4:17 * ;]
false form of ποτάομαι, poët., frequentat. of πέτομαι (Aristoph., al.), Rec. for πέτομαι (which see, cf. Veitch, see word)
(AS) G4073 G4073 = G4073 πέτρα petra G:N-F rock πέτρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for סֶלַע, צוּר ;]
a rock, i.e. a mass of live rock as distinct from πέτρος, a detached stone or boulder : Mat.7:24-25 27:51, 60 Mrk.15:46, Luk.6:48 8:6, 13; of a hollow rock, a cave, Rev.6:15-16 (of. Isa.2:10, al.). Metaphorical, Mat.16:18 (on the meaning, see Hort, Eccl., 16 ff., but cf. also ICC, in l), 1Co.10:4; = πέτρος, Rom.9:33, 1Pe.2:8" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4074 G4074G = G4074G Πέτρος Petros N:N-M-P Peter Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, see: πέτρα, Κηφᾶς),
Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mat.4:18 10:2, Mrk.3:16, Luk.5:8, Jhn.1:41, 43, al.
(AS) G4074 G4074H = G4074H [unnamed] Petros N:N-F-P [wife of Peter] Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, see: πέτρα, Κηφᾶς),
Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mat.4:18 10:2, Mrk.3:16, Luk.5:8, Jhn.1:41, 43, al.
(AS) G4074 G4074I = G4074I [unnamed] Petros N:N-F-P [mother-in-law of Peter] Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, see: πέτρα, Κηφᾶς),
Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mat.4:18 10:2, Mrk.3:16, Luk.5:8, Jhn.1:41, 43, al.
(AS) G4075 G4075 = G4075 πετρώδης petrōdēs G:A rocky πετρώδης, -ες
(πέτρα, εἶδος),
rock-like, rocky, stony: τὸ, τὰ π., of shallow soil with underlying rock, Mat.13:5, 20, Mrk.4:5, 16.†
(AS) G4076 G4076 = G4076 πήγανον pēganon G:N-N rue πήγανον, -ου, τό
περισσότερον, -ως, see: περισσῶς
περισσῶς
adv. (περισσός) [in LXX: Psa.31:23 (יֶתֶר -עַל), Da TH Dan.7:7, 19 8:9 (יַתִּיר, יֶתֶר) 2Ma.8:27 2Mac 12:44 A * ;]
beyond measure, exceedingly, abundantly: Mat.27:23, Mrk.10:26 15:14, Act.26:11. Compar.
__(a) περισσότερον (see: περισσός);
__(b) περισσοτέρως: 2Co.1:12 2:4 7:15 11:23, Gal.1:14, Php.1:14, 1Th.2:17, Heb.2:1 13:19; π. μᾶλλον, 2Co.7:13; opposite to ἧττον, 2Co.12:15.†
(AS) G4077 G4077 = G4077 πηγή pēgē G:N-F flow πηγή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for עַיִן, also for מָקוֹר, etc. ;]
a spring, fountain : Jas.3:11, 2Pe.2:17; τ. δάτων, Rev.8:10 14:7 16:4; of a well fed by a spring, Jhn.4:6; π. τοῦ αἵματος, of a flow of blood, Mrk.5:29; metaphorically, Jhn.4:14, Rev.7:17 21:6.†
(AS) G4078 G4078 = G4078 πήγνυμι pēgnumi G:V to set up πήγνυμι
[in LXX chiefly for נָטָה, also for תָּקַע, etc. ;]
to make fast, to fix; of tents, to pitch: Heb.8:2 (cf. προσ-πήγνυμι).†
(AS) G4079 G4079 = G4079 πηδάλιον pēdalion G:N-N rudder πηδάλιον, -συ, τό
(πηδός, the blade of an oar),
a rudder: Jas.3:4; pl., Act.27:40.†
(AS) G4080 G4080 = G4080 πηλίκος pēlikos G:A how great πηλίκος, -η, -ον
[in LXX: Zec.2:2 (6) (כָּמַהּ), 4Ma.15:22 * ;]
interrog., how large, how great ? (prop., of magnitude, as πόσος of quantity): in exclamations, = ἡλίκος (see Bl., § 51, 4), Gal.6:11; of personal greatness, Heb.7:4.†
(AS) G4081 G4081 = G4081 πηλός pēlos G:N-M clay πηλός, οῦ, ἁ
[in LXX chiefly for חֹמֶר, טִיט ]
__1. clay, as used by a potter: Rom.9:21 (cf. Isa.29:16, al.).
__2. - βόρβορος, wet clay, mud: Jhn.9:6, 11 9:14-15 †
(AS) G4082 G4082 = G4082 πήρα pēra G:N-F bag πἡρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Jdth.10:5 13:10, 15 * ;]
a leathern pouch for victuals, etc., a wallet (Deiss. thinks an alms-bag, see LAE, 108 ff.): Mat.10:10, Mrk.6:8, Luk.9:3 10:4 22:35-36.†
(AS) G4083 G4083 = G4083 πῆχυς pēchus G:N-M cubit/hour πῆχυς, -εως genitive pl., -ῶν (for Att.. -εων, see WH, App., 157; Thackeray, Gr., 151; Deiss., BS, 153),
[in LXX chiefly and frequently for אַמָּה ;]
__1. the forearm (Hom.).
__2. As a measure of length, a cubit: Mat.6:27, Luk.12:25, Jhn.21:8, Rev.21:17.†
(AS) G4084 G4084 = G4084 πιάζω piazō G:V to arrest/catch πιάζω
(cf. MGr. πιάνω; see Kennedy, Sources, 155), Doric and late Att.. for πιέζω in its later senses [in LXX: Sng.2:15 (אָחַז), Sir.23:21 * ;]
__1. to lay hold of: Act.3:7 (Theocr.).
__2. to take, capture, apprehend: Jhn.7:30, 32 7:44 8:20 10:39 11:57 21:3, 10 Act.12:4, 2Co.11:32, Rev.19:20 (see MM, xx).†
(AS) G4085 G4085 = G4085 πιέζω piezō G:V to press down πιέζω
[in LXX : Mic.6:15 (דָּרַךְ)* ;]
__1. to press, press down or to­gether: Luk.6:38 (cl).
__2. Later, to seize (see: πιάζω).†
(AS) G4086 G4086 = G4086 πιθανολογία pithanologia G:N-F persuasive speech πιθανολογία, -ας, ἡ
(πιθανός, persuasive, plausible),
in cl. (Plat),
the use of probable arguments, as opposite to demonstration (ἀπόδειξις); hence, persuasive speech: Col.2:4 (see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G4087 G4087 = G4087 πικραίνω pikrainō G:V to embitter πικραίνω
(πικρός), [in LXX for מָרַד, קָצַף, etc. ;]
to make bitter: Rev.10:9; pass., Rev.8:11 10:10; metaphorically, to embitter (LXX) : pass., before πρός, Col.3:19.†
(AS) G4088 G4088 = G4088 πικρία pikria G:N-F bitterness πικρία, -ας, ἡ
(πικρός), [in LXX chiefly for מַר and cognate forms ;]
bitterness;
__(a) of taste (Arist., Jer.15:17, al.);
__(b) metaphorically, of temper, character, etc.: Rom.3:14 (LXX), Eph.4:31; ῥίζα πικρίας, Heb.12:15; χολὴ π., a malignant disposition, Act.8:23.†
(AS) G4089 G4089 = G4089 πικρός pikros G:A bitter πικρός, -ά, -όν
(poët. in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for מַר ;]
__1. sharp, pointed.
__2. sharp to the senses; of taste, bitter: opposite to γλυκύ, Jas.3:11; metaphorically, harsh, bitter: Jas.3:14
(AS) G4090 G4090 = G4090 πικρῶς pikrōs G:ADV bitterly πικρῶς
adv. (πικρός), [in LXX for מַר, מָרַר pi. ;]
bitterly: metaphorically, (cf. πικρὸν δάκρυον, Hom.), ἔκλαυσε π., Mat.26:75, Luk.22:62 (see MM, xviii, see word παρακολουθέω).†
(AS) G4091 G4091 = G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilatos N:N-M-P Pilate Πειλᾶτος (Rec. Πιλάτος, Tr., -ᾶτος, see WH, App., 155), -ου, ὁ,
Pontius Pilate: Mat.27:2, Mrk.15:1, Luk.3:1, Jhn.18:29, Act.3:13, 1Ti.6:13, al
(AS) G4092 G4092 = G4092 πίμπρημι pimprēmi G:V to swell up πίμπρημι
(in cl. prose, rare in the simple form), [in LXX: Num.5:21-22, 27 (צָבֶה) * ;]
__1. to blow, burn.
__2. Later, to cause to swell; mid., of parts of the body, to become swollen (LXX) : Act.28:6 (cf. ἐμπίπρημι).†
(AS) G4093 G4093 = G4093 πινακίδιον pinakidion G:N-N little tablet πινακίδιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of πινακίς, which see), [in Sm.: Eze.9:2 * ;]
a writing tablet: Luk.1:63.†
(AS) G4094 G4094 = G4094 πίναξ pinax G:N-M platter πίναξ, -ακος, ὁ
[in LXX: 4Ma.17:7 R * ;]
prop., a board, plank; hence, of various at wooden articles;
__(a) a tablet;
__(b) a disc, a dish: Mat.14:8, 11, Mrk.6:25, 28 Luk.11:39.†
(AS) G4095 G4095 = G4095 πίνω pinō G:V to drink πίνω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁתָה ;]
to drink: absol., Luk.2:19, Jhn.4:7, al.; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.6:26, 31 Mrk.14:25, al.; of habitual use, Luk.1:15, Rom.14:21, al.; by meton., τὸ ποτήριον, 1Co.10:21, al.; of the earth absorbing rain (Hdt., al.), Heb.6:7; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jhn.6:53-54, 56; before ἐκ (of the vessel), Mat.26:27, al.; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mat.26:29, Jhn.4:13-14 Rev.14:10, al.; ἀπό, Luk.22:18 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-πίνω; on the form πίεσαι, Luk.17:8, see Bl., § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. πεῖν, M, Pr., 44 f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.)
(AS) G4096 G4096 = G4096 πιότης piotēs G:N-F richness πιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(πίων, fat), [in LXX chiefly for דֶּשֶׁן ;]
fatness: Rom.11:17.†
(AS) G4097 G4097 = G4097 πιπράσκω pipraskō G:V to sell πιπράσκω
[in LXX chiefly for מָכַר ni. ;]
to sell: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:46 (on this pf., see Bl., § 59, 5), Act.2:45 4:34 5:4; with genitive (of price), Mat.26:9, Mrk.14:5, Jhn.12:5; with accusative of person(s) (of slavery), Mat.18:25; hence metaphorically, Rom.7:14 (cf. 4Ki.17:17, 1Ma.1:15, al.).†
(AS) G4098 G4098 = G4098 πίπτω piptō G:V to collapse πίπτω
[in LXX chiefly for נָפַל ;]
to fall;
__1. of descent, to fall, fall down or from: before ἐπί, with accusative loc., Mat.10:29, al.; εἰς, Mat.15:14, al.; ἐς μέσῳ, with genitive, Luk.8:7; παρὰ τ. ὁδόν, Mat.13:4, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5; before ἀπό, Mat.15:27, al.; ἐκ, Mrk.13:25, Luk.10:18, Rev.8:10 9:1. Metaphorical: ὁ ἥλιος, before ἐπί, Rev.7:16; ἀχλὺς κ. σκότος, Act.13:11; ὁ κλῆρος, Act.1:26; ὑπὸ κρίσιν, Jas.5:12.
__2. Of prostration,
__(a) of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself: χαμαί Jhn.18:6; before ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.17:6, Act.9:4; id. with genitive, Mrk.9:20; πρὸς τ. πόδας, Act.5:10, Rev.1:17; πεσὼν ἐξέψυξε, Act.5:5; of supplication, homage or worship: πρὸς (παρὰ, ἐπὶ) τ. πὸδας, Mrk.5:22, Luk.8:41, Act.10:25, al.; π. καὶ προσκυνεῖν, Rev.5:14 19:4; ptcp. with προσκυνεῖν, Mat.2:11, al.; ἐνώπιον, Rev.4:10 5:8; ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, Mat.26:39, al.;
__(b) of things, to fall, fall down: Mat.21:44, Luk.23:30; of falling to ruin and destruction, Mat.7:25, Act.15:16, Heb.11:30; ἔπεσε (timeless aorist; M, Pr.,134), Rev.18:2. Metaphorical: Rom.11:11; πόθεν πέπτωκας, Rev.2:5; opposite to ἑστόναι, 1Co.10:12; to στήκειν, Rom.14:4; of virtues, 1Co.13:8; of precepts, Luk.16:17.
(cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προσ-, συν-πίπτω.)
συν-πίπτω (Rec. συμπ-),
[in LXX for נָפַל, etc. ;]
to fall together, fall in, etc.: of a house (cf. MM, xxiv), Luk.6:49.†
(AS) G4099 G4099 = G4099 Πισιδία Pisidia N:N-F-L Pisidia Πισιδία, -ας, ι
Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor: Act.14:24
(AS) G4100 G4100 = G4100 πιστεύω pisteuō G:V to trust (in) πιστεύω,
[in LXX chiefly for אמן hi. ;]
__1. intrans., to have faith (in), to believe; in cl., with accusative, dative, in NT also with prep, (on the significance of the various constructions, see M, Pr., 67f.; Vau. on Rom.4:5; Ellic. on 1Ti.1:16; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol., Mat.24:23, 26 Mrk.13:21, 1Co.11:18; with accusative of thing(s), Act.13:41, 1Co.13:7; with dative of person(s) (to believe what one says), Mrk.16:[13, 14], 1Jn.4:1; τ. ψεύδει, 2Th.2:11; περί . . . ὅτι, Jhn.9:18; esp. and most frequently with reference to religious belief: absol., Mat.8:13, Mrk.5:36, Luk.8:50, Jhn.11:40, al.; before ὅτι, Mat.9:28, al.; with dative (see supr., and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jhn.3:12 5:24 6:30 8:31, Act.16:34, Gal.3:6" (LXX), 2Ti.1:12, 1Jn.5:10, al.; with prep., (expressing personal trust and reliance as distinct from mere credence or belief; see M, Pr., l.with; DB, i, 829b), to believe in or on: ἐν (Psa.77 (78):22, al.), Mrk.1:15 (see Swete, in l.); εἰς, Mat.18:6, Jhn.2:11 (see Westc., in l.), and freq., Act.10:43 19:4, Rom.10:14, Gal.2:16, Php.1:29, I Jhn.5:10, 1Pe.1:8; εἰς τ. ὄνομα, Jhn.1:12 2:23 3:18, 1Jn.5:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.27:42, Act.9:42 11:17 16:31 22:19, Rom.4:5; ἐπί, with dative, Rom.9:33 (LXX) 10:11 (ib.), 1Ti.1:16, 1Pe.2:6" (LXX) ; ptcp. pres., οἱ π., as subst., Act.2:44, Rom.3:22, 1Co.1:21, al.; aor., Mrk.16:[16], Act.4:32; pf., Act.19:18 21:20 (on Johannine use of the tenses of π., see Westc, Epp. Jo., 120).
__2. Trans., to entrust: with accusative and dative, Luk.16:11, Jhn.2:24; pass., to be entrusted with: with accusative, Rom.3:2, 1Co.9:17, Gal.2:7, 1Th.2:4 (see Lft., Notes, 21f.), 1Ti.1:11, Tit.1:3.
(AS) G4101 G4101 = G4101 πιστικός pistikos G:A pure πιστικός, -ή, -όν (πίστις),
__1. having the gift of persuasion (Plat., Gorg., 455A).
__2.
__(a) of persons, faithful, trusty (Plut.);
__(b) of things, trustworthy, genuine: νάρδος π., Mrk.14:3, Jhn.12:3.
† (AS) G4102 G4102G = G4102G πίστις pistis G:N-F faith πίστις, -εως, ἡ
(πείθω), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה ;]
__1. in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mat.8:10, Luk.5:20, Act.14:9, Rom.1:8, 1Co.2:5, 2Co.1:24, 1Ti.1:5, al.; with genitive obj., Mrk.11:22, Act.3:16, Rom.3:22, Gal.2:16, Eph.3:12, Jas.2:1, al.; with prep., ἐν, Rom.3:25, Gal.3:26, Eph.1:15, Col.1:24, 1Ti.1:14 3:13, 2Ti.1:13 3:15, 2Pe.1:1; εἰς, Act.20:21 24:24 26:18, Col.2:5, 1Pe.1:21; πρός, 1Th.1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, with accusative Heb.6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν (εἶναι, μένειν), 1Co.16:13, 1Co.13:5, 1Ti.2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Rom.1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Rom.3:26 4:16, Gal.3:12; διὰ (τῆς) π., Rom.3:30, Gal.2:16, Php.3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Act.6:7 14:22, Gal.1:23 3:23 6:10, Php.1:26, 27 Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Act.13:8 16:5, Rom.1:5 and 16:26 (see supr.), 1Co.16:13, Col.1:23, 2Th.3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), 1Ti.1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, 2Ti.3:8 4:7 Tit.1:4, 13 3:15, 1Pe.5:9.
__2. In passive sense,
__(a) fidelity, faithfulness: Mat.23:23, Gal.5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Rom.3:3;
__(b) objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: 1Ti.5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, see esp. ICC on Rom.1:17, pp. 31ff.; Lft., Ga., 154ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515ff.; DB, i, 830ff.; Cremer, see word)
(AS) G4102 G4102H = a Meaning of G4102G πίστις pistis G:N-F faith: faithfulness πίστις, -εως, ἡ
(πείθω), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה ;]
__1. in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mat.8:10, Luk.5:20, Act.14:9, Rom.1:8, 1Co.2:5, 2Co.1:24, 1Ti.1:5, al.; with genitive obj., Mrk.11:22, Act.3:16, Rom.3:22, Gal.2:16, Eph.3:12, Jas.2:1, al.; with prep., ἐν, Rom.3:25, Gal.3:26, Eph.1:15, Col.1:24, 1Ti.1:14 3:13, 2Ti.1:13 3:15, 2Pe.1:1; εἰς, Act.20:21 24:24 26:18, Col.2:5, 1Pe.1:21; πρός, 1Th.1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, with accusative Heb.6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν (εἶναι, μένειν), 1Co.16:13, 1Co.13:5, 1Ti.2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Rom.1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Rom.3:26 4:16, Gal.3:12; διὰ (τῆς) π., Rom.3:30, Gal.2:16, Php.3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Act.6:7 14:22, Gal.1:23 3:23 6:10, Php.1:26, 27 Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Act.13:8 16:5, Rom.1:5 and 16:26 (see supr.), 1Co.16:13, Col.1:23, 2Th.3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), 1Ti.1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, 2Ti.3:8 4:7 Tit.1:4, 13 3:15, 1Pe.5:9.
__2. In passive sense,
__(a) fidelity, faithfulness: Mat.23:23, Gal.5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Rom.3:3;
__(b) objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: 1Ti.5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, see esp. ICC on Rom.1:17, pp. 31ff.; Lft., Ga., 154ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515ff.; DB, i, 830ff.; Cremer, see word)
(AS) G4103 G4103 = G4103 πιστός pistos G:A / G:ADV faithful πιστός, -ή, -όν
(πείθω), [in LXX chiefly for אָמַן ;]
__I. Pass., to be trusted or believed;
__1. of persons, trusty, faithful : Mat.24:45 25:21, 23 Luk.12:42, Act.16:15, 1Co.4:2 4:17 7:25, Eph.1:1 6:21, Col.1:2, 7 4:7, 9, 1Ti.1:12, 2Ti.2:2, Heb.2:17 3:2, 5, 1Pe.5:12, Rev.2:13 19:11; of God, 1Co.1:9 10:13, 2Co.1:18, 1Th.5:24, 2Th.3:3, Heb.10:23 11:11, 2Ti.2:13, 1Jn.1:9, 1Pe.4:19; before ἐν, Luk.16:10-12 19:17, 1Ti.3:11; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.25:23; ἄχρι θανάτου, Rev.2:10; ὁ μάρτυς ὁ π., Rev.1:5; id. καὶ ἀληθινός, Rev.3:14.
__2. Of things, trustworthy, reliable, sure: Act.13:34, 1Ti.1:15 3:1 4:9, 2Ti.2:11, Tit.1:9 3:8, Rev.21:5 22:6.
__II. Act., believing, trusting, relying: Act.16:1, 2Co.6:15, Gal.3:9, 1Ti.4:10 5:16 6:2, Tit.1:6, Rev.17:14; pl., Act.10:45, 1Ti.4:3 4:12; opposite to ἄπιστος, Jhn.20:27; π. εἰς θεόν, 1Pe.1:21; π. ποιεῖν, III Jn 5.
(On the difficulty of choosing in some cases between the active and the passive meaning, see Lft., Gal., 157.) †
(AS) G4104 G4104 = G4104 πιστόω pistoō G:V be convinced πιστόω, -ῶ
(πιστός), [in LXX chiefly for אָמֵן ni. ;]
to make trustworthy (Thuc., 3Ki.1:36), hence, to establish (1Ch.17:14). Pass. and mid., to be assured of: with accusative of thing(s), 2Ti.3:14.†
(AS) G4105 G4105 = G4105 πλανάω planaō G:V to lead astray πλανάω, -ῶ
(πλάνη), [in LXX chiefly for תָּעָה ;]
to cause to wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, wander: Mat.18:12-13 Heb.11:38, 1Pe.2:25 (cf. Isa.53:6). Metaphorical, to lead astray, deceive: with accusative of person(s), Mat.24:4-5, 11 24:24, Mrk.13:5-6, Jhn.7:12, 2Ti.3:13; 1Jn.1:8 Jn 2:26 Jn 3:7, Rev.2:20 12:9 13:14 19:20 20:3, 8 20:10; pass., to be led astray, to err: Mat.22:29, Mrk.12:24, 27, Luk.21:8, Jhn.7:47, 2Ti.3:13, Tit.3:3, Heb.5:2, 2Pe.2:15, Rev.18:23; τ. καρδίᾳ, Heb.3:10; ἀπὸ τ. ἀληθείας, Jas.5:19;μὴ πλανᾶσθε, 1Co.6:9 15:33, Gal.6:7. Jas.1:16 (cf. ἀπο-πλανάω).†
(AS) G4106 G4106 = G4106 πλάνη planē G:N-F error πλάνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Pro.14:8 (מִרְמָה), Wis.1:12, al ;]
a wandering. Metaphorical, a going astray, an error (in NT always with respect to morals or religion): Mat.27:64, Rom.1:27, Eph.4:14, 1Th.2:3, 2Th.2:11, Jas.5:20, 2Pe.2:18 3:17 3:1-18; 1Jn.4:6, Ju 11.†
(AS) G4107 G4107 = G4107 πλανήτης planētēs G:A wandering πλανήτης, -ου, ὁ
(πλανάω), [in LXX: Hos.9:17 (נָדַד) * ;]
= πλάνης, a wanderer: ἀστέρες π. (cl. planets), wandering stars, Ju 13 (WH, mg., -τες).†
(AS) G4108 G4108 = G4108 πλάνος planos G:A deceiving πλάνος, -ον
[in LXX: Job.19:4 (מְשׁוּגָה), Jer.23:32 * ;]
__1. wandering.
__2. leading astray, deceiving: πνεύματα π., 1Ti.4:1. As subst., ὁ π., a deceiver, impostor: Mat.27:63, 2Co.6:8 6:1-18 2Jn.1:7.†
(AS) G4109 G4109 = G4109 πλάξ plax G:N-F tablet πλάξ, -ακός, ἡ
[in LXX for לוּחַ ;]
anything flat and broad.
__1. a plain (poët.).
__2. In late writers (Luc., al.), a flat stone, a tablet: 2Co.3:3, Heb.9:4.†
(AS) G4110 G4110 = G4110 πλάσμα plasma G:N-N formed thing πλάσμα, -τος, τό
(πλάσσω), [in LXX chiefly for יֵצֶר ;]
that which is moulded or formed : Rom.9:20 (LXX).†
(AS) G4111 G4111 = G4111 πλάσσω plassō G:V to mold πλάσσω
[in LXX chiefly for יָצַר ;]
to form, mould: Rom.9:26 (LXX), 1Ti.2:13.†
(AS) G4112 G4112 = G4112 πλαστός plastos G:A made-up πλαστός, -ή, -όν
(πλάσσω),
__1. formed, moulded (Hes., Plat., al.).
__2. Metaphorical, made up, fabricated, feigned (Hdt., Xen., al.): 2Pe.2:3.†
(AS) G4113 G4113 = a Form of G4116 πλατεῖα plateia G:N-F wide street/road πλατεία, -ας, ἡ, see: πλατύς.
πλατύς, -εῖα, -ύ
[in LXX for רָחָב ;]
broad: Mat.7:13. As subst., ἡ π. (sc. ὁδός),
[in LXX chiefly for רָחָב ;]
a street: Mat.6:5 12:19" (LXX), Mrk.6:56, WH, mg., Luk.10:10 13:26 14:21, Act.5:15, Rev.11:8 21:21 22:2.†
(AS) G4114 G4114 = G4114 πλάτος platos G:N-N width πλάτος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for רֹחַב ;]
breadth: Eph.3:18, Rev.21:16; τ. π. τῆς γῆς (Hab.1:6, מֶרְחָב), Rev.20:9.†
(AS) G4115 G4115 = G4115 πλατύνω platunō G:V to widen πλατύνω
(πλατύς), [in LXX chiefly for רָחַב hi. ;]
to make broad, enlarge, extend: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.23:5. Metaphorical (cf. Psa.119:32, al.), pass., ἡ καρδία, 2Co.6:11; ὑμεῖς, 2Co.6:13.†
(AS) G4116 G4116 = G4116 πλατύς platus G:N-F / G:A-F street πλατύς, -εῖα, -ύ
[in LXX for רָחָב ;]
broad: Mat.7:13. As subst., ἡ π. (sc. ὁδός),
[in LXX chiefly for רָחָב ;]
a street: Mat.6:5 12:19" (LXX), Mrk.6:56, WH, mg., Luk.10:10 13:26 14:21, Act.5:15, Rev.11:8 21:21 22:2.†
(AS) G4117 G4117 = G4117 πλέγμα plegma G:N-N braided πλέγμα, -τος, τό
(πλέκω), [in Aq., Th.: Isa.28:5 * ;]
what is woven or twisted (as basket-work, nets, etc.); a braiding (sc. τριχῶν, cf. 1Pe.3:3) : pl., 1Ti.2:9.†
(AS) G4118 G4118 = G4118 πλεῖστος pleistos G:A most πλεῖστος, πλείων, see: πολύς.
πολύς, πολλή, πολύ,
[in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms ;]
__1. as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Act.11:21; ὄχλος, Mrk.5:24; θερισμός, Mat.9:37; χόρτος, Jhn.6:10; χρόνος, Mat.25:19; γογγυσμός, Jhn.7:12; πόνος, Col.4:13; δόξα, Mat.24:30; σιγή, Act.21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mat.13:17; ὄχλοι, Mat.4:25; δαιμόνια, Mrk.1:34; δυνάμεις, Mat.7:22,
__2. As subst., pl. masc, πολλοί, many (persons): Mat.7:22, Mrk.2:2, al.; with genitive partit., Mat.3:7, Luk.1:16, al.; before ἐκ, Jhn.7:31, Act.17:12; with art., οἱ π., the many, Mat.24:12, Rom.12:5, 1Co.10:17, 33 2Co.2:17; opposite to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Rom.5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mat.13:3, Mrk.5:26, al.; accusative with adverbial force, Mrk.1:45, Rom.16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), 1Co.16:12, Jas.3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Luk.12:48; adverbially, Mrk.12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (genitive pret.), Mat.26:9; with compar. (Bl., §44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, 2Co.8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jhn.4:41.
Compar., πλείων
, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (see WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater;
__1. as adj.: Jhn.15:2, Act.18:2o, Heb.3:3; before παρά, Heb.11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Act.13:31, al.; with genitive compar., Mat.21:36; with num. (ἤ of comp. omitted), Act.4:22 24:11, al.
__2. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Act.10:32 27:12, 1Co.10:5 15:6; also (Bl., §44, 3) others, more, the more: 2Co.2:6 4:15, Php.1:14; πλείονα, Luk.11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mat.20:10, 2Ti.3:9; with genitive comp., Mk 12:43, Luk.21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mat.12:41; adverbially, Act.4:17 20:9 24:4.
__3. As adv., πλεῖον: before ἤ, Luk.9:13; with genitive comp., Mat.5:20; πλείω: with num., Mat.26:53.
Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον
, __(a) prop., most: Mat.11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., 1Co.14:27;
__(b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mrk.4:1.
(AS) G4119 G4119 = G4119 πλείων, πλεῖον pleiōn, pleion G:A--C greater πλέον, see: πολύς.
πολύς, πολλή, πολύ,
[in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms ;]
__1. as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Act.11:21; ὄχλος, Mrk.5:24; θερισμός, Mat.9:37; χόρτος, Jhn.6:10; χρόνος, Mat.25:19; γογγυσμός, Jhn.7:12; πόνος, Col.4:13; δόξα, Mat.24:30; σιγή, Act.21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mat.13:17; ὄχλοι, Mat.4:25; δαιμόνια, Mrk.1:34; δυνάμεις, Mat.7:22,
__2. As subst., pl. masc, πολλοί, many (persons): Mat.7:22, Mrk.2:2, al.; with genitive partit., Mat.3:7, Luk.1:16, al.; before ἐκ, Jhn.7:31, Act.17:12; with art., οἱ π., the many, Mat.24:12, Rom.12:5, 1Co.10:17, 33 2Co.2:17; opposite to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Rom.5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mat.13:3, Mrk.5:26, al.; accusative with adverbial force, Mrk.1:45, Rom.16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), 1Co.16:12, Jas.3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Luk.12:48; adverbially, Mrk.12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (genitive pret.), Mat.26:9; with compar. (Bl., §44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, 2Co.8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jhn.4:41.
Compar., πλείων
, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (see WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater;
__1. as adj.: Jhn.15:2, Act.18:2o, Heb.3:3; before παρά, Heb.11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Act.13:31, al.; with genitive compar., Mat.21:36; with num. (ἤ of comp. omitted), Act.4:22 24:11, al.
__2. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Act.10:32 27:12, 1Co.10:5 15:6; also (Bl., §44, 3) others, more, the more: 2Co.2:6 4:15, Php.1:14; πλείονα, Luk.11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mat.20:10, 2Ti.3:9; with genitive comp., Mk 12:43, Luk.21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mat.12:41; adverbially, Act.4:17 20:9 24:4.
__3. As adv., πλεῖον: before ἤ, Luk.9:13; with genitive comp., Mat.5:20; πλείω: with num., Mat.26:53.
Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον
, __(a) prop., most: Mat.11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., 1Co.14:27;
__(b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mrk.4:1.
(AS) G4120 G4120 = G4120 πλέκω plekō G:V to weave πλέκω
[in LXX: Exo.28:14 (עֲבֹת), Isa.28:5 (צְפִירָה)* ;]
to plait, twist, weave: Mat.27:29, Mrk.15:17, Jhn.19:2.†
(AS) G4121 G4121 = G4121 πλεονάζω pleonazō G:V to increase πλεονάζω
(πλέον), [in LXX for עֲדַף, רָבָה, etc. ;]
__I. Intrans.
__1. Of persons;
__(a) to abound in (Arist.);
__(b) to superabound: 2Co.8:15 (LXX).
__2. Of things, to abound, superabound: Rom.5:20 6:1, 2Co.4:15, Php.4:17, 2Th.1:3, 2Pe.1:8.
__II. Trans. (Num.26:54, Psa.71:21; not cl, see Lft., Notes, 48 f.), to make to abound: 1Th.3:12 (cf. ὑπερ-πλεονάζω).†
SYN.: περισσεύω, q.v (AS) G4122 G4122 = G4122 πλεονεκτέω pleonekteō G:V to exploit πλεονεκτέω, -ῶ
(πλεονέκτης, which see), [in LXX: Hab.2:9, Eze.22:27 (בָּצַע), Jdg.4:11 B* ;]
__1. intrans., to have more, to have an advantage (cl., with genitive of person(s)).
__2. Trans., in late writers (see M, Pr., 65), to over­reach, defraud: with accusative of person(s), 2Co.7:2 12:17-18; ἐν τ. πράγματιι, 1Th.4:6 (see M, Th., in l); pass., 2Co.2:11 (as also in cl.; see LS, see word).†
(AS) G4123 G4123 = G4123 πλεονέκτης pleonektēs G:N-M greedy πλεονέκτης, -ου, ὁ
(πλέον, ἔχω), [in LXX: Sir.14:9 * ;]
= ὁ θέλων πλέον ἔχειν (see MM, xx),
one desirous of having more, covetous: 1Co.5:10-11 6:10 Eph.5:5.†
(AS) G4124 G4124 = G4124 πλεονεξία pleonexia G:N-F greediness πλεονεξία, -ας, ἡ
(πλεονέκτης), [in LXX for בֶּצַע ;]
the character and conduct of a πλεονέκτης.
__1. advantage.
__2. desire for advantage, grasping, aggression, cupidity, covetousness: Luk.12:15, Rom.1:29, 2Co.9:5, Eph.4:19 (see ICC, in l) Eph.5:3, Col.3:5, 1Th.2:5, 2Pe.2:3 2:14; pl. (see Bl., § 32, 6), Mrk.7:22.†
SYN.: φιλαργυρία, avarice (see Tr., Syn., § xxiv) (AS) G4125 G4125 = G4125 πλευρά pleura G:N-F side πλευρά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX (frequently pl. as in Hom.) chiefly for צֵלָע ;]
the side: Mat.27:49 ([[WH]] R, mg.), Jhn.19:34 20:20, 25 20:27 Act.12:7.†
(AS) G4126 G4126 = G4126 πλέω pleō G:V to sail πλέω
[in LXX, before εἰς, Jon.1.3 (בּוֹא), I Est.4:23, Isa.42:10; before ἐπί, 4Ma.7:3; with accusative (poët.), Sir.43:24, 1Ma.13:29 (cf. Act.27:2, Rec.) * ;]
to sail: Luk.8:23, Act.27:24; before εἰς, Act.21:3 27:2, 6; ἐπί, Rev.18:17
(cf. ἀπό-, δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-, παρα-, ὑπο-πλέω).†
(AS) G4127 G4127 = G4127 πληγή plēgē G:N-F plague/blow/wound πληγή, ῆς, ἡ
(πλήσσω), [in LXX chiefly for מַכָּה, also for מַגֵּפָה etc. ;]
__1. a blow, stripe, wound: pl., Luk.10:30 12:48, Act.16:23, 33, 2Co.6:5 11:23; ἡ π. τ. θανάτου (RV, death-stroke), Rev.13:3, 12; τ. μαχαίρας, Rev.13:14.
__2. Metaphorical, a calamity, plague: Rev.9:18, 20 11:6 15:1, 6 15:8 16:9, 21 18:4, 8 21:9 22:18.†
(AS) G4128 G4128 = G4128 πλῆθος plēthos G:N-N multitude πλῆθος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for רֹב, also for הָמוֹן, etc. ;]
__1. a great number, a multitude;
__(a) of things : ἰχθύων, Luk.5:6, Jhn.21:6; φρυγάνων, Act.28:3; ἁμαρτιίῶν, Jas.5:20, 1Pe.4:8; τ. πλήθει, in multitude, Heb.11:12;
__(b) of persons: Act.21:22 (WH, R, om.); with genitive, Luk.2:13, Jhn.5:3, Act.5:14; π. πολύ (πολὺ π.), Mrk.3:7-8; id. with genitive, Luk.6:17 23:27, Act.14:1 17:4
__2. Of persons, with art., the whole number, the multitude (in Plat., Thuc., Xen., al., = δῆμος, the commons, or-opposite to δῆμος-the populace) : Act.2:6 15:30 19:9 23:7; τ. λαοῦ, Act.21:36; τ. πόλεως, Act.14:4; πᾶν τὸ π., Act.15:12; with genitive, Luk.1:10 8:37 19:37 23:1, Act.4:32 5:16 6:2, 5 25:24.†
(AS) G4129 G4129 = G4129 πληθύνω plēthunō G:V to multiply πληθύνω
(causal of πληθύω, to be full, πληθύς, Ion. for πλῆθος), [in LXX chiefly for רָבָה hi. ;]
__1. trans., to increase, multiply: 2Co.9:10 6:14" (LXX) ; pass., to be increased, to multiply: Mat.24:12, Act.6:7 7:17 9:31 12:24; with dative of person(s) (Dan LXX TH 3:31(98) al.), 1Pe.1:2, 2Pe.1:2, Ju 2.
__2. Intrans., to be increased, to multiply: Act.6:1.†
(AS) G4130 G4130 = G4130 πλήθω, πίμπλημι plēthō, pimplēmi G:V to fill πίμπλημι
[in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא, also for שָׂבַע ;]
trans. form in present and imperfect of πλήθω (intrans. in these tenses), which supplies the other tense forms;
to fill: with accusative, Luk.5:7; with accusative and genitive, Mat.27:48; pass., Mat.22:10, Act.19:29; of that which fills or takes possession of the mind : pass., with genitive, Luk.1:15, 41 1:67 4:28 5:26 6:11, Act.2:4 3:10 4:8, 31 5:17 9:17 13:9, 45. Metaphorical (as in LXX for מָלֵא: Gen.29:27, Job.15:32), to complete, fulfil: pass., of prophecy, Luk.21:22; of time, Luk.1:23, 57 2:6, 21-22 (cf. ἐμ-πίμπλημι).†
πλήθω, see: πίμπλημι
SYN.: πληροφορέω, πληρόω (AS) G4131 G4131 = G4131 πλήκτης plēktēs G:N-M bully πλήκτης, -ου, ὁ
(πλήσσω), [in Sm.: Psa.35:15 * ;]
a striker, brawler: 1Ti.3:3, Tit.1:7 (Arist., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4132 G4132 = G4132 πλήμμυρα plēmmura G:N-F flood πλήμμυρα, -ης (for Att.. -ας, see Bl., § 7, 1)
(πλήθω), [in LXX: π. γένεσθαι, Job.40:18 (23) (נָהָר עָשַׁק) * ;]
a flood (of sea or river) : Luk.6:48.†
(AS) G4133 G4133 = G4133 πλήν plēn G:CONJ but/however πλήν
adv., [in LXX for רַק, בַּד, אַךְ, etc. ;]
__1. introducing a clause (= ἀλλά, δέ; "it is obvious that πλήν was the regular word in the vulgar language": Bl., § 77, 13), yet, howbeit, only: Mat.11:22, 24 18:7 26:39, 64 (M, Pr., 86), Luk.6:24, 35 10:11, 14 10:20 11:41 12:31 13:33 17:1 18:8 19:27 22:21-22, 42 (WH, mg. om.) Luk.23:28, 1Co.11:11, Eph.5:33, Php.3:16 4:14, Rev.2:25; π. ὅτι (Hdt., Plat., al.), except that, save that, Act.20:23, Php.1:18.
__2. As prep., with genitive, except, save (cl.) : Mrk.12:32, Jhn.8:10, Act.8:1 15:28 27:22.†
(AS) G4134 G4134 = G4134 πλήρης plērēs G:A full πλήρης, -ες
[in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא ;]
__1. full, filled: Mat.14:20 15:37; with genitive of thing(s), Mrk.8:19; λέπρας, Luk.5:12; metaphorically, of the soul: πνεύματος ἀγίου, Luk.4:1, Act.6:3 7:55 11:24; πίστεως, Act.6:5; χάριτος, ib. Act.6:8; χ. καὶ ἀληθείας (where π. is indecl.; see M, Pr., 50; Milligan, NTD, 65, with reff. in each), Jhn.1:14; δόλου, Act.13:10; θυμοῦ, Act.19:28; ἔργων ἀγαθῶν, Act.9:36.
__2. full, complete: μισθός, II Jn 8; σῖτος (π. prob. in­decl. here; see on Jhn.1:14, supr.), Mrk.4:28.†
(AS) G4135 G4135 = G4135 πληροφορέω plērophoreō G:V to fulfill πληροφορέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Ecc.8:11 (מָלֵא) * ;]
__1. to bring in full measure, hence, to fulfil, accomplish: Luk.1:1, 2Ti.4:5 4:17.
__2. to persuade, assure or satisfy fully (so in π.; see Deiss., LAE, 82 f.; M, Th., 9): pass., Rom.4:21 14:5, Col.4:12 (see Lft., in l).
__3. to fill: Rom.15:13, L, mg. (Cl. Ro., 1Co.5:4); metaphorically, pass., to be filled with, hence, fully bent on (Ec, l.with).†
(AS) G4136 G4136 = G4136 πληροφορία plērophoria G:N-F assurance πληροφορία, -ας, ἡ
(πληροφορέω),
full assurance, confidence: 1Th.1:5; τ. συνέσεως, Col.2:2; τ. ἐλπίδος, Heb.6:11; πίστεως, Heb.10:22 (cf. Lft. on Col., l.with; M, Th., 9).†
(AS) G4137 G4137 = G4137 πληρόω plēroō G:V to fulfill πληρόω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא ;]
__1. to fill, make full, fill to the full, with accusative;
__(a) of things : pass. (σαψήνη, φάραγξ), Mat.13:48, Luk.3:5" (LXX) ; figuratively, Mat.23:32; but chiefly of immaterial things: πᾶσαν χρείαν, Php.4:19; ἦχος ἐλήρωσε τ. οἶκον, Act.2:2; with genitive of thing(s) (cl.), Act.5:28; pass., before ἐκ, Jhn.12:3 (cf. B1., § 36, 4); π. τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.16:6, Act.5:3; metaphorically, of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph.4:10; mid., Eph.1:23;
__(b) of persons: to fill with, cause to abound in : with genitive of thing(s) (cl.), Act.2:28 (LXX), Rom.15:13; pass., to be filled with, abound in: Eph.3:19, Php.4:18; with genitive of thing(s) (cl.), Act.13:52, Rom.15:14, 2Ti.1:4; with dative (Æsch., al.), Luk.2:40 (with genitive, T), Rom.1:29, 2Co.7:4; with accusative (so in π., see MM, xx), Php.1:11, Col.1:9; before ἐν, Eph.5:18, Col.2:10.
__2. to complete;
__(a) to complete, fulfil: of number, Rev.6:11, WH, tat.; of time (MM, xx), Mrk.1:15, Luk.21:24, Jhn.7:8, Act.7:23, 30 9:23 24:27; ἐυδοκίαν, 2Th.1:11; τ. χαράν, Php.2:2; pass., Jhn.3:29 15:11 16:24 17:13, 1Jn.1:4, 2Jn.12; τ. ἔργα, Rev.3:2; ἡ ὑπακυή, 2Co.10:6; τ. πάσχα, Luk.22:16;
__(b) to execute, accomplish, carry out to the full: Mat.3:15, Luk.7:1 9:31, Act.12:25 13:25 14:26 19:21, Rom.8:4 13:8 15:19, Gal.5:14, Col.1:25 4:17, Rev.6:11, T, WH, R, mg.;
__(with) of sayings, prophecies, etc., to bring to pass, fulfil: Mat.1:22 2:15, 17 2:23 4:14 5:17 8:17 12:17 13:35 21:4 26:54, 56 27:9, Mrk.14:49 15:28 (WH, R, txt. om.), Luk.1:20 4:21 24:44, Jhn.12:38 13:18 15:25 17:12 18:9, 32 19:24, 36, Act.1:16 3:18 13:27, Jas.2:23 (cf. Lft., Col., 255 ff.).†
(AS) G4138 G4138 = G4138 πλήρωμα plērōma G:N-N fulfillment πλήρωμα, -τος, τό
(πληρόω), [in LXX for מְלֹא ;]
the result of the action involved in πληρόω (Lft., Col., 255 if.; AR, Eph., 255 ff.), hence,
__1. in passive sense, that which has been completed, complement, plenitude, fullness (in Xen., Luc., Polyb., al., of a ship's crew or cargo, and by meton. of the ship itself) : Jhn.1:16, Rom.11:12, 25 15:29, 1Co.10:26" (LXX) Eph.1:23 (AR, 42 ff.) Eph.3:19 (AR. 87 ff.) Eph.4:13, Col.1:19 2:9; of time, Gal.4:4, Eph.1:10; κοφίνων (σφυρίδων) πληρώματα, basketfuls, Mrk.6:43 8:20.
__2. In active sense (= πλήρωσις, as frequently in words of these formations, cf. κτίσις, and see MM, xx);
__(a) that which fills up (but see Lft., l.with) : Mat.9:16, Mrk.2:21;
__(b) a filling up, completing, fulfilment: Rom.13:10.†
(AS) G4139 G4139 = G4139 πλησίον plēsion G:ADV near/neighbor πλησίος, -α, -ον
(πέλας, near),
near, close by, neighbouring. As adv., πλησίον = πέλας, near: with genitive, Jhn.4:5; with art., ὁ π., one's neigh­bour
[in LXX chiefly for רֵעַ ]:
Luk.10:29, 36, Act.7:27, Rom.13:10 15:2, Eph.4:25, Jas.4:12; ἀγαπήσεις τὸν π. σου ὡς σεαυτόν (Lev.19:18, LXX), Mat.5:43 19:19 22:39, Mrk.12:31, 33, Luk.10:27, Rom.13:9, Gal.5:14, Jas.2:8 (on the various senses of ὁ π. in OT, NT, see DB, iii, 511; DCC, ii, 240 f.).†
(AS) G4140 G4140 = G4140 πλησμονή plēsmonē G:N-F gratification πλησμονή, -ῆς, ἡ
(πίμπλημι), [in LXX chiefly for שָׂבֵעַ and cognate forms ;]
a filling up, satiety: πρὸς π. σαρκός (RV, against the indulgence of the flesh; but ICC, in l, for the full satisfaction of the flesh, op. cit., 276 ff.), Col.2:23.†
(AS) G4141 G4141 = G4141 πλήσσω plēssō G:V to strike πλήσσω
[in LXX chiefly for נָכָה hi., ho. ;]
to strike, smite: pass., Rev.8:12 (cf. ἐπι, πλήσσω).†
(AS) G4142 G4142 = G4142 πλοιάριον ploiarion G:N-N small boat πλοιάριον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of πλοῖον),
a boat: Mrk.3:9, Luk.5:2 (πλοῖα, WH, txt., R), Jhn.6:22-23 (πλοῖα, WH) Jhn.6:24 21:8.†
(AS) G4143 G4143 = G4143 πλοῖον ploion G:N-N boat πλοῖον, -ον, τό
(πλέω), [in LXX chiefly for אֳנִיָּה ;]
a boat, also (= obsolete ναῦς) a ship: Mat.4:21-22, and frequently in Gosp. and Ac, Jas.3:4, Rev.8:9 18:19.
(AS) G4144 G4144 = G4144 πλόος ploos G:N-M voyage πλόος, πλούς genitive, -όου, -oῦ (and in late writers also πλοός, like νοός from νοῦς), ὁ
(πλέω), [in LXX: Wis.14:1 * ;]
a voyage: Act.21:7 27:9-10.†
(AS) G4145 G4145 = G4145 πλούσιος plousios G:A rich πλούσιος, -α, -ον
(πλοῦτος), [in LXX chiefly for עָשִׁיר ;]
rich, wealthy: Mat.27:57, Luk.12:16 14:12 16:1, 19 18:23 19:2. Substantively, ὁ π., Luk.16:21-22, Jas.1:10-11; oἱ π., Luk.6:24 21:1, 1Ti.6:17, Jas.2:6 5:1, Rev.6:15 13:16; anarth., a rich man, Mat.19:23-24, Mrk.10:25 12:41, Luk.18:25. Metaphorical, of God, ἐν ἐλέει (= cl., with genitive, dative), Eph.2:4; of Christ, 2Co.8:9; of Christians, Rev.2:9 3:17; ἐν πίστει, Jas.2:5.†
(AS) G4146 G4146 = G4146 πλουσίως plousiōs G:ADV richly πλουσίως
adv.,
richly, abundantly: Col.3:16, 1Ti.6:17. Tit.3:6, 2Pe.1:11.†
(AS) G4147 G4147 = G4147 πλουτέω plouteō G:V be rich πλουτέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for עָשַׁר hi. ;]
to be rich, aor., to become rich: Luk.1:53, 1Ti.6:9; before ἀπό (Sir.11:18), Rev.18:15; ἐκ, Rev.18:3, 19; ἐν (= cl., with genitive, dative, accusative, cf. πλούσιος), 1Ti.6:18. Metaphorical, π. εἰς θεόν, Luk.12:21; of God, εἰς πάντας, Rom.10:12; aor., I became rich, 1Co.4:8, 2Co.8:9, Rev.3:18; pf., I have become rich, Rev.3:17.†
(AS) G4148 G4148 = G4148 πλουτίζω ploutizō G:V to enrich πλουτίζω
(πλοῦτος), [in LXX chiefly for עָשַׁר hi. ;]
to make rich, enrich: with accusative of person(s), pass., 2Co.9:11. Metaphorical, of spiritual riches, with accusative: of person(s), 2Co.6:10; before ἐν, pass., 1Co.1:5.†
(AS) G4149 G4149 = G4149 πλοῦτος ploutos G:N-M riches πλοῦτος, -ου, ὁ and (in 2Co.8:2, Eph.1:17 2:7 3:8, 16, Php.4:19, Col.1:27 2:2; see WH, App., 158; M, Pr., 60) τό,
[in LXX chiefly for עֹשֶׁר ;]
riches, wealth: of external possessions, Mat.13:22, Mrk.4:19, Luk.8:14, 1Ti.6:17, Jas.5:2, Rev.18:16; of moral and spiritual conceptions, Rom.2:4 9:23 11:12, 33, 2Co.8:2, Eph.1:7, 18 2:7 3:8, 16 Php.4:19, Col.1:27 2:2, Heb.11:26, Rev.5:12.†
(AS) G4150 G4150 = G4150 πλύνω plunō G:V to wash πλύνω
[in LXX chiefly for כָּבַס pi. ;]
to wash (inanimate objects, esp. clothing): τ. δίκτυα, Luk.5:2. Fig., τ. στολάς, Rev.7:14 22:14 (cf. Psa.51:4, 9 and see: ἀπο-πλύνω).†
SYN.: see: λούω (AS) G4151 G4151G = G4151G πνεῦμα pneuma G:N-N spirit/breath: spirit πνεῦμα, -τος, τό,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for רוּחַ ;]
__1. of air in motion;
__(a) wind: Jhn.3:8; pl., Heb.1:7 (LXX);
__(b) breath: π. ζωῆς, Rev.11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, figuratively, 2Th.2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33)6).
__2. Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Luk.8:55, Jhn.19:30, Act.7:59, al.; opposite to σάρξ, Mat.26:41, Mrk.14:38, 1Co.5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Rom.8:10, 1Co.6:17 7:34, 1Pe.4:6; to ψυχή, Php.1:27, Heb.4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, 1Th.5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dative, τῷ π., in spirit, Mrk.2:8 8:12, Jhn.11:33 13:21, Act.18:25, Rom.12:11, 1Co.7:34, 1Pe.3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Rom.1:4, 1Ti.3:16.
__3. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Luk.1:17, Rom.8:15, 1Co.4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph.2:2, 2Ti.1:7, 1Jn.4:6, al.
__4. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Luk.24:37, 39 Act.23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jhn.4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., Heb.12:9; of disembodied human beings, Heb.12:23, 1Pe.3:19 (ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. Heb.1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mat.8:16, Mrk.9:20, Luk.9:39, al.; π. πύθυωνα, Act.16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Rev.16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Luk.4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., §35, 5), Luk.13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mat.10:1, Mrk.1:23, Luk.4:36, Act.5:16; π. ἄλαλον (καὶ κωφόν), Mrk.9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Luk.7:21, Act.19:12, al.
__5. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ. τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; see WM, 151:5; Bl., §46, 7): anarth., Mat.1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mrk.1:8 (Swete, in l.), ib.10, Luk.1:15, Jhn.7:39, Act.19:2, Rom.5:5, 1Co.2:4, al.; with art., Mat.4:1 12:31, 32 Mrk.1:10 3:29, Luk.2:26, Jhn.7:36 14:26, Act.4:31 5:3, Rom.8:16, al.; (τὸ) π. (τοῦ) θεοῦ, Mat.3:16, Rom.8:9, Eph.3:16, 1Jn.4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mat.10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, 2Co.3:3; (τὸ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Luk.4:18, Act.5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Act.16:7; Χριστοῦ, Rom.8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Php.1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.15:26 16:13, 1Jn.4:6; λείγει (μαρτυρεῖ) τὸ π. (τὸ ἅγιον), Act.21:11 28:25, 1Ti.4:1, Heb.3:7 10:15, Rev.14:13; before τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Rev.2:7, 11 17, 29, 3:6, 12, 22; ἐν τ. π., Luk.2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Rom.8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jhn.3:5, διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, Heb.9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, 2Th.2:13, 1Pe.1:2; ἓν π., 1Co.12:13, Eph.2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, 2Co.3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opposite to γράμμα, Rom.2:29 7:6, 2Co.3:6.
SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" (DB, iv, 612); ψυχή — the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" (DB, 1-vol., 872). (AS) G4151 G4151H = a Meaning of G4151G πνεῦμα pneuma G:N-N spirit/breath: breath πνεῦμα, -τος, τό,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for רוּחַ ;]
__1. of air in motion;
__(a) wind: Jhn.3:8; pl., Heb.1:7 (LXX);
__(b) breath: π. ζωῆς, Rev.11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, figuratively, 2Th.2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33)6).
__2. Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Luk.8:55, Jhn.19:30, Act.7:59, al.; opposite to σάρξ, Mat.26:41, Mrk.14:38, 1Co.5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Rom.8:10, 1Co.6:17 7:34, 1Pe.4:6; to ψυχή, Php.1:27, Heb.4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, 1Th.5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dative, τῷ π., in spirit, Mrk.2:8 8:12, Jhn.11:33 13:21, Act.18:25, Rom.12:11, 1Co.7:34, 1Pe.3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Rom.1:4, 1Ti.3:16.
__3. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Luk.1:17, Rom.8:15, 1Co.4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph.2:2, 2Ti.1:7, 1Jn.4:6, al.
__4. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Luk.24:37, 39 Act.23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jhn.4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., Heb.12:9; of disembodied human beings, Heb.12:23, 1Pe.3:19 (ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. Heb.1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mat.8:16, Mrk.9:20, Luk.9:39, al.; π. πύθυωνα, Act.16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Rev.16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Luk.4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., §35, 5), Luk.13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mat.10:1, Mrk.1:23, Luk.4:36, Act.5:16; π. ἄλαλον (καὶ κωφόν), Mrk.9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Luk.7:21, Act.19:12, al.
__5. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ. τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; see WM, 151:5; Bl., §46, 7): anarth., Mat.1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mrk.1:8 (Swete, in l.), ib.10, Luk.1:15, Jhn.7:39, Act.19:2, Rom.5:5, 1Co.2:4, al.; with art., Mat.4:1 12:31, 32 Mrk.1:10 3:29, Luk.2:26, Jhn.7:36 14:26, Act.4:31 5:3, Rom.8:16, al.; (τὸ) π. (τοῦ) θεοῦ, Mat.3:16, Rom.8:9, Eph.3:16, 1Jn.4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mat.10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, 2Co.3:3; (τὸ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Luk.4:18, Act.5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Act.16:7; Χριστοῦ, Rom.8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Php.1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.15:26 16:13, 1Jn.4:6; λείγει (μαρτυρεῖ) τὸ π. (τὸ ἅγιον), Act.21:11 28:25, 1Ti.4:1, Heb.3:7 10:15, Rev.14:13; before τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Rev.2:7, 11 17, 29, 3:6, 12, 22; ἐν τ. π., Luk.2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Rom.8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jhn.3:5, διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, Heb.9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, 2Th.2:13, 1Pe.1:2; ἓν π., 1Co.12:13, Eph.2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, 2Co.3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opposite to γράμμα, Rom.2:29 7:6, 2Co.3:6.
SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" (DB, iv, 612); ψυχή — the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" (DB, 1-vol., 872). (AS) G4152 G4152 = G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikos G:A spiritual πνευματικός, -ή, -όν
(πνεῦμα),
__1. of or caused by the wind, air or breath (Arist., al.).
__2. spiritual (opposite to σωματικός, Plut.);
__(a) of created beings : τὰ π. (RV, the spiritual hosts), Eph.6:12; of that which is related to the human spirit, opposite to ψυχικός, 1Co.15:44 15:46;
__(b) of that which belongs to or is actuated by the Divine Spirit;
__α of persons : 1Co.2:15 3:1 14:37, Gal.6:1; οἶκος π., figuratively, 1Pe.2:5;
__β of things : Rom.1:11 7:14, 1Co.2:13 10:3-4 12:1 14:1, Eph.1:3 5:19, Col.1:9 3:16, 1Pe.2:5; opposite to τ. σαρκικά, Rom.15:27, 1Co.9:11.†
SYN.: ψυχικός, which see, and cf. DB, ii, 410, iv, 612 (AS) G4153 G4153 = G4153 πνευματικῶς pneumatikōs G:ADV spiritually πνευματικῶς
adv. (πνεῦμα),
spiritually;
__(a) by the aid of the Holy Spirit: 1Co.2:13 (WH, mg.), 1Co.2:14;
__(b) in a spiritual sense : Rev.11:8.†
(AS) G4154 G4154 = G4154 πνέω pneō G:V to blow πνέω
[in LXX: Psa.147:7 (18) (נָשַׁב hi.), Isa.40:24 (נָשַׁף), Sir.43:16, 20, Ep. Je 61, 2Ma.9:7 * ;]
to breathe, blow: of the wind, Mat.7:25, 27, Luk.12:55, Jhn.3:8 6:18, Rev.7:1; ηῇ πνεούσῃ (sc. αὔρᾳ), Act.27:40 (cf. ἐκ-, ἐν-, ὑπο-πνέω).†
αὔρα, a breeze : τ. πνεούσῇ (sc. αὔρᾳ), Act.27:40.†
(AS) G4155 G4155 = G4155 πνίγω pnigō G:V to choke πνίγω
[in LXX: 1Ki.16:14-15 (בָּעַת pi.) * ;]
to choke: with accusative, Mat.13:7 (WH, mg.); imperfect (coniative), Mat.18:28; of drowning, pass., Mrk.5:13 (cf. ἀπο-, ἐπι-, συν-πνίγω).†
(AS) G4156 G4156 = G4156 πνικτός pniktos G:A strangled πνικτός, -ή, -όν
(πνίγω),
strangled : Act.15:20, 29 21:25 (cf. Lev.17:13-14).†
(AS) G4157 G4157 = G4157 πνοή pnoē G:N-F wind/breath πνοή, -ῆς, ή
(πνέω), [in LXX chiefly for נְשָׁמָה ;]
__1. a blowing, blast, wind: Act.2:2.
__2. a breathing, breath: Act.17:25 (Gen.2:7, al.).†
(AS) G4158 G4158 = G4158 ποδήρης podērēs G:A floorlength ποδήρης, -ες
(πούς), [in LXX: Exo.25:6 (7) Exo.35:9 (חֹשֶׁן), Exo.28:4 Exo.29:5 (מְעִיל), Exo.28:27 (31) (אֵפוֹד), אֵפוֹד), Eze.9:2-3, 11 (בַּד), Zec.3:5 (4) (מַחֲלָצָה), Wis.18:24, Sir.27:8 45:8 * ;]
reaching to the feet. of a garment (sc. χιτών, cf. Ex, Ez, ll. with; Xen., al.), Rev.1:13 (for -η, LT7 read -ην; see M, Pr., 49).†
SYN.: στολή, see Tr., Syn., § 1 (AS) G4159 G4159 = G4159 πόθεν pothen G:ADV whence πόθεν
adv.,
whence;
__(a) of place: Mat.15:33, Luk.13:25, 27, Jhn.3:8 6:5 8:14 9:29-30 19:9, Rev.7:13; metaphorically, of condition, Rev.2:5;
__(b) of origin: Mat.13:27, 54 13:56 21:25, Mrk.6:2, Luk.20:7, Jhn.2:9, Jas.4:1; of parentage, Jhn.7:27-28;
__(with) of cause: Mrk.8:4 12:37, Luk.1:43, Jhn.1:49 4:11.†
(AS) G4160 G4160G = G4160G ποιέω poieō G:V to do/make: do ποιέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה ;]
__1. to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al.; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al.; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq., Act.2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al.; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al.; with accusative and accusative pred., Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al.; with adv., καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f.; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9.
__2. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., with adv., καλῶς π., Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl.; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al.; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al.; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog., Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om.; see supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al., etc.; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al.
SYN.: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS) G4160 G4160H = a Meaning of G4160G ποιέω poieō G:V to do/make: make ποιέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה ;]
__1. to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al.; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al.; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq., Act.2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al.; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al.; with accusative and accusative pred., Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al.; with adv., καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f.; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9.
__2. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., with adv., καλῶς π., Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl.; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al.; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al.; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog., Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om.; see supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al., etc.; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al.
SYN.: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS) G4160 G4160I = a Meaning of G4160G ποιέω poieō G:V to do/make: appoint ποιέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה ;]
__1. to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al.; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al.; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq., Act.2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al.; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al.; with accusative and accusative pred., Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al.; with adv., καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f.; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9.
__2. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., with adv., καλῶς π., Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl.; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al.; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al.; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog., Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om.; see supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al., etc.; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al.
SYN.: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS) G4160 G4160J = a Meaning of G4160G ποιέω poieō G:V to do/make: spend(TIME) ποιέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה ;]
__1. to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al.; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al.; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq., Act.2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al.; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al.; with accusative and accusative pred., Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al.; with adv., καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f.; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9.
__2. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., with adv., καλῶς π., Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl.; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al.; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al.; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog., Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om.; see supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al., etc.; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al.
SYN.: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS) G4161 G4161 = G4161 ποίημα poiēma G:N-N workmanship ποίημα, -τος, τό
(ποιέω), [in LXX chiefly for מַעֲשֶׂה (frequently in Ec) ;]
that which is made or done, a work: Rom.1:20, Eph.2:10.†
(AS) G4162 G4162 = a Form of G4160G ποίησις poiēsis G:N-F he did ποίησις, -εως, ἡ
(ποιέω) [in LXX chiefly for מַעֲשֶׂה and cognate forms ;]
__1. a making (Hdt., Thuc., al.).
__2. a doing (Sir.19:18 51:19): Jas.1:25.†
(AS) G4163 G4163 = G4163 ποιητής poiētēs G:N-M doer ποιητής, -οῦ ὁ
(ποιέω), [in LXX: 1Ma.2:67 * ;]
in cl.,
__1. a maker, author.
__2. Esp., a poet: Act.17:28. Later,
__3. a doer: τ. νόμου, Rom.2:13, Jas.4:11 (1Mac, l.with); ἔργου, Jas.1:25; λόγου, ib. Jas.1:22-23.†
(AS) G4164 G4164 = G4164 ποικίλος poikilos G:A various ποικίλος, -η, -ον
[in LXX for נָקֹד, רִקְמָה, etc. ;]
many-coloured, variegated. Metaphorical, various, manifold: Mat.4:24, Mrk.1:34, Luk.4:40, 2Ti.3:6, Tit.3:3, Heb.2:4 13:9, Jas.1:2, 1Pe.1:6 4:10.†
(AS) G4165 G4165 = G4165 ποιμαίνω poimainō G:V to shepherd ποιμαίνω
(ποιμήν), [in LXX chiefly for רָעָה ;]
to act as shepherd, tend flocks: Luk.17:7; with accusative, ποιμνην, 1Co.9:7. Metaphorical, to tend, shepherd, govern: with accusative, Mat.2:6 (LXX), Jhn.21:16, Act.20:28, 1Pe.5:2, Ju 12, Rev.2:27 7:17 12:5 19:15.†
SYN.: βόσκω, q.v (AS) G4166 G4166 = G4166 ποιμήν poimēn G:N-M shepherd ποιμήν, -ίνος, ὁ
[in LXX for רָעָה ;]
a shepherd: Mat.9:36 25:32 26:31" (LXX), Mrk.6:34 14:27, Luk.2:8, 15 2:18, 20 Jhn.10:2, 12 Metaphorical, of Christ; Jhn.10:11, 14 10:16 Heb.13:20, 1Pe.2:25; of Christian pastors, Eph.4:11 (cf. Hom., Il, i, 263, ποιμένα λαῶν).†
(AS) G4167 G4167 = G4167 ποίμνη poimnē G:N-F flock ποίμνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.32:16 (17) (עֵדֶר), Zec.13:7 A * ;]
a flock, prop., of sheep: Mat.26:31, Luk.2:8, 1Co.9:7. Metaphorical, of Christ's followers, Jhn.10:16.†
(AS) G4168 G4168 = G4168 ποίμνιον poimnion G:N-N flock ποίμνιον, -ου, τό, = ποίμνη, which see
[in LXX chiefly for צֹאן, also for עֵדֶר, etc. ;]
a flock, prop., of sheep. Metaphorical, of Christians: Luk.12:32, Act.20:23, 28, 1Pe.5:3; τ. θεοῦ, ib. 1Pe.5:2.†
(AS) G4169 G4169 = G4169 ποῖος poios G:I what? ποῖος, -α, -ον
interrog. pronom. adj. (corresponding to the demonstr. τοῖος and the relat. οἷος), [in LXX chiefly for זֶה אֵי־ ;]
of what quality or sort: absol., n. pl., Luk.24:19; with subst.;
__(a) prop., in direct questions: Mat.19:18 21:23 22:36 24:42, Mrk.11:28 12:28, Luk.6:32-34, Jhn.10:32, Act.4:7 7:49, Rom.3:27, 1Co.15:35, Jas.4:14 (but see: ποία), 1Pe.2:20;
__(b) in indirect questions = ὁποῖος : Mat.21:24, 27 24:43, Mrk.11:29, 33, Luk.12:39 20:2, 8, Jhn.12:33 18:32 21:19 Act.23:34, 1Pe.1:11, Rev.3:3; ποῖας (sc. ὁδοῦ), Luk.5:19.†
(AS) G4170 G4170 = G4170 πολεμέω polemeō G:V to fight πολεμέω, -ῶ
(πόλεμος), [in LXX chiefly for לָחַם ni. ;]
to make war, fight: Rev.12:7 b Rev.19:11; before μετά (2Ki.21:15 and see M, Pr., 106, 247), Rev.2:16 12:7 a Rev.13:4 17:14; hyperb., of private quarrels, Jas.4:2.†
(AS) G4171 G4171 = G4171 πόλεμος polemos G:N-M war πόλεμος, -ον, ό
[in LXX chiefly for מִלְחָמָה ;]
__1. war: Mat.24:6, Mrk.13:7, Luk.14:31 21:9, Heb.11:34; π. ποιεῖν, before μετά, with genitive (cf. πολεμέω), Rev.11:7 12:17 13:7 19:19.
__2. = μάχη, a fight, battle: 1Co.14:8, Rev.9:7, 9 12:7 16:14 20:8; hyperb., of private quarrels (cf. πολεμέω), Jas.4:1.†
(AS) G4172 G4172 = G4172 πόλις polis G:N-F city πόλις, -εως, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for עִיר ;]
a city: Mat.2:23, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:29, Jhn.4:8, al. mult.; opposite to κῶμαι (κ. καὶ ἀγροί), Mat.9:35 10:11, Mrk.6:56, Luk.8:1 13:22; with nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Act.11:5 16:14; with id. in genitive appos. (BL, §35, 5), Act.8:5, 2Pe.2:6; genitive, of the region, Luk.1:26 4:31, Jhn.4:5; of the inhabitants, Mat.10:5, 23 Luk.23:51, Act.19:35, 2Co.11:32; with genitive of person(s), of one's residence or native place, Mat.22:7, Luk.2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jhn.1:45, Act.16:20, Rev.16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mat.4:5 27:53, Rev.11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Rev.20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου, Mt 5 ̈35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Rev.3:12 21:2, 10 14ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mat.8:34 12:25 21:10, Mrk.1:33, Act.14:21 21:30.
(AS) G4173 G4173 = G4173 πολιτάρχης politarchēs G:N-M city authority πολιτάρχης, -ου, ὁ
= πολίαρχος (Pind., Eur.),
the ruler of a city, a politarch: Act.17:6, 8 (see MM, xx).†
(AS) G4174 G4174 = G4174 πολιτεία politeia G:N-F citizenship πολιτεία, -ας, ἡ
(πολιτεύω), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:11 2Mac 6:23 2Mac 8:17 2Mac 13:14, 3Ma.3:21 3Mac 3:23, 4Ma.3:20 4Mac 8:7 4Mac 17:9 * ;]
__1. citizenship: Act.22:28 (3 Mac, ll. with, Hdt., Xen., a1.).
__2. government, administration (Aristoph., Dem., al.).
__3. a commonwealth: Eph.2:12.†
(AS) G4175 G4175 = G4175 πολίτευμα politeuma G:N-N citizenship πολίτευμα, -τος, τό
(πολιτεύω), [in LXX: 2Ma.12:7 * ;]
__1. an act of administration.
__2. a form of government.
__3. = πολιτεία,
__(a) citizenship : Php.3:20 (R, txt.);
__(b) community, commonwealth : Phi, l.with (R, mg.; for exx, see MM, xx).†
(AS) G4176 G4176 = G4176 πολιτεύω politeuō G:V be a citizen πολιτεύω more frequently as depon., -ομαι, and so in LXX and NT
(πολίτης), [in LXX: Est.8:13, 2Ma.6:1 2Mac 11:25, 3Ma.3:4 3Mac 3:1-30; 4Ma.4:1-26 * ;]
to be a citizen, live as a citizen: metaphorically, of conduct as based on heavenly citizenship, Act.23:1, Php.1:27.†
(AS) G4177 G4177 = G4177 πολίτης politēs G:N-M citizen πολίτης, -ου, ὁ
(πόλις), [in LXX chiefly for רֵעַ ;]
__1. a citizen: with genitive loc., Luk.15:15, Act.21:39.
__2. a fellow-citizen: with genitive of person(s), Luk.19:14, Heb.8:11" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4178 G4178 = G4178 πολλάκις pollakis G:ADV often πολλάκις
adv. (πολύς),
often: Mat.17:15, al
(AS) G4179 G4179 = G4179 πολλαπλασίων pollaplasiōn G:A many times more πολλαπλασίων, -ον
(πόλυς),
= πολλαπλάσιος,
many times more: Mat.19:29, Luk.18:30.†
ἑπταπλασίων, -ον,
genitive, -ονος,
[in LXX for שִׁבְעָתַיִם, Psa.79:12, al. ;]
sevenfold: Luk.18:30 (WH, mg., for πολλαπλ- WH, txt., RV; see WH, Notes, 62).†
(AS) G4180 G4180 = G4180 πολυλογία polulogia G:N-F wordiness πολυλογία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Pro.10:19 (דָּבָר רֹב)* ;]
much speaking, loquacity: Mat.6:7.†
(AS) G4181 G4181 = G4181 πολυμερῶς polumerōs G:ADV little by little πολυμερῶς
adv. (πολύς, μέρος),
in many parts or portions: Heb.1:1 (Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4182 G4182 = G4182 πολυποίκιλος polupoikilos G:A manifold πολυ-ποίκιλος, -ον
__1. much variegated, of greatly differing colours (Eur.).
__2. manifold: Eph.3:10.†
(AS) G4183 G4183 = G4183 πολύς polus G:A / G:ADV much πολύς, πολλή, πολύ,
[in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms ;]
__1. as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Act.11:21; ὄχλος, Mrk.5:24; θερισμός, Mat.9:37; χόρτος, Jhn.6:10; χρόνος, Mat.25:19; γογγυσμός, Jhn.7:12; πόνος, Col.4:13; δόξα, Mat.24:30; σιγή, Act.21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mat.13:17; ὄχλοι, Mat.4:25; δαιμόνια, Mrk.1:34; δυνάμεις, Mat.7:22,
__2. As subst., pl. masc, πολλοί, many (persons): Mat.7:22, Mrk.2:2, al.; with genitive partit., Mat.3:7, Luk.1:16, al.; before ἐκ, Jhn.7:31, Act.17:12; with art., οἱ π., the many, Mat.24:12, Rom.12:5, 1Co.10:17, 33 2Co.2:17; opposite to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Rom.5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mat.13:3, Mrk.5:26, al.; accusative with adverbial force, Mrk.1:45, Rom.16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), 1Co.16:12, Jas.3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Luk.12:48; adverbially, Mrk.12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (genitive pret.), Mat.26:9; with compar. (Bl., §44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, 2Co.8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jhn.4:41.
Compar., πλείων
, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (see WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater;
__1. as adj.: Jhn.15:2, Act.18:2o, Heb.3:3; before παρά, Heb.11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Act.13:31, al.; with genitive compar., Mat.21:36; with num. (ἤ of comp. omitted), Act.4:22 24:11, al.
__2. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Act.10:32 27:12, 1Co.10:5 15:6; also (Bl., §44, 3) others, more, the more: 2Co.2:6 4:15, Php.1:14; πλείονα, Luk.11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mat.20:10, 2Ti.3:9; with genitive comp., Mk 12:43, Luk.21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mat.12:41; adverbially, Act.4:17 20:9 24:4.
__3. As adv., πλεῖον: before ἤ, Luk.9:13; with genitive comp., Mat.5:20; πλείω: with num., Mat.26:53.
Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον
, __(a) prop., most: Mat.11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., 1Co.14:27;
__(b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mrk.4:1.
(AS) G4184 G4184 = G4184 πολύσπλαγχνος polusplagchnos G:A very compassionate πολύσπλαγχνος, -ον
(πολύς, σπλάγχνον),
very pitiful: Jas.5:11.†
(AS) G4185 G4185 = G4185 πολυτελής polutelēs G:A valuable πολυτελής, -ές
(πολύς, τέλος) [in LXX for יָקָר, etc. ;]
very costly, very precious, of great value: Mrk.14:3, 1Ti.2:9; metaphorically, 1Pe.3:4.†
(AS) G4186 G4186 = G4186 πολύτιμος polutimos G:A valuable πολύτιμος, -ον
(πολύς, τιμή)
__1. much revered (Menand.).
__2. very costly, very precious: Mat.13:46 26:7 (βαρύτιμος, WH), Jhn.12:3; comparat., 1Pe.1:7.†
(AS) G4187 G4187 = G4187 πολυτρόπως polutropōs G:ADV in many ways πολυτρόπως
adv. (πολύτροπος, 1. much turning. 2. manifold ), [in LXX: 4Ma.3:21 A * ;]
in many ways or manners: Heb.1:1 (Philo).†
(AS) G4188 G4188 = G4188 πόμα poma G:N-N drink πόμα, -τος, τό
(πίνω),
late form of Att.. πῶμα,
[in LXX.: Psa.102:9 (שִׁקּוּי), al. 4 * ;]
drink: 1Co.10:4, Heb.9:10.†
(AS) G4189 G4189 = G4189 πονηρία ponēria G:N-F evil πονηρία, -ας, ἡ
(πονηρός), [in LXX chiefly for רַע ;]
iniquity, wickedness: Mat.22:18, Luk.11:39, Rom.1:29, Eph.6:12; pl. (see Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), Mrk.7:22, Act.3:26; κακία καὶ π., 1Co.5:8.†
SYN.: see: κακία. (AS) G4190 G4190 = G4190 πονηρός ponēros G:A evil/bad πονηρός, -ά, -όν
(πονέω, to toil), [in LXX chiefly for רַע ;]
__1.
__(a) of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.);
__(b) of things, toilsome, painful (καιρός, Sir.51:12): Eph.5:16 6:13 Rev.16:2.
__2. bad, worthless;
__(a) in physical sense: καρπός, Mat.7:17-18;
__(b) in ethical sense, bad, evil, wicked;
__(α) of persons: Mat.7:11 12:34-35 18:32 25:26, Luk.6:45 11:13 19:22, Act.17:5, 2Th.3:2, 2Ti.3:13; γενεά, Mat.12:39, 45 16:4, Luk.11:29; πνεῦμια, Mat.12:45, Luk.7:21 8:2 11:26, Act.19:12-13, 15-16; as subst., οἱ π., opposite to δίκαιοι, Mat.13:49; to ἀγαθοί, Mat.5:45 22:10; οἱ ἀχάριστοι καὶ π., Luk.6:35; sing., ὁ π., Mat.5:39, 1Co.5:13; id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mat.5:37 6:13 (see Lft., Notes, 125 ff.; but cf. McN, in l) Mat.13:19, 38, Luk.11:4 (WH, R, om.), Jhn.17:15, Eph.6:16, 2Th.3:3 (Lft., Notes, l.with), 1Jn.2:13-14 Jn 3:12 Jn 5:18-19;
__(β) of things: Mat.5:11 12:35 15:19, Luk.6:22, 45, Jhn.3:19 7:7, Act.18:14 25:18, Gal.1:4, Col.1:21, 1Ti.6:4, 2Ti.4:18, Heb.3:12 10:22, Jas.2:4 4:16, 1Jn.3:12, II Jn 11, 3Jn.10; ὀφθαλμός (which see), Mat.6:23 20:15, Mrk.7:22, Luk.11:34; as subst., neut., τὸ π., Act.28:21, 1Th.5:22; opposite to ἀγαθόν, Luk.6:45, Rom.12:9; pl., Mat.9:4, Mrk.7:23, Luk.3:19.
† SYN.: see: ἄθεσμος (AS) G4191 G4191 = G4191 πονηρότερος ponēroteros G:A more evil - more evil evil, wicked, painful, harmful G4192 G4192 = G4192 πόνος ponos G:N-M travail πόνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for עָמָל, etc. ;]
__1. labour, toil: Col.4:13
__2. The consequence of toil, distress, suffering, pain (Xen., al., LXX): Rev.16:10-11 21:4.†
SYN.: see: κόπος (AS) G4193 G4193 = a Group member of G4195 Ποντικός Pontikos G:A of Pontus from Pontus, Pontic , (Iliad by Homer) δένδρεον, probably, the bird-cherry , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G4194 G4194 = a Name of G4091 Πόντιος Pontios N:N-M-P Pontius Πόντιος, -ου, ὁ
Pontius, the prænomen of Pilate (see: Πειλᾶτος), Mat.27:2 (Rec., WH, mg.), Luk.3:1, Act.4:27, 1Ti.6:13.†
(AS) G4195 G4195 = G4195 Πόντος Pontos N:N-M-L Pontus Πόντος, -ου, ὁ
Pontus, a region of Asia Minor, bordering on the πόντος Εὔξεινος: Act.2:9, 1Pe.1:1.†
(AS) G4196 G4196 = G4196 Πόπλιος Poplios N:N-M-P Publius Πόπλιος, -ου, ὁ
(Latin), Publius: Act.28:7-8.†
(AS) G4197 G4197 = G4197 πορεία poreia G:N-F journey πορεία, -ας, ἡ
(πορεύω), [in LXX chiefly for הֲלִיכָה and cogn. forms ;]
__1. a journey: Luk.13:22.
__2. a going: metaphorically ("the rich man perishes while he is still on the move," Hort., in l), Jas.1:11.†
(AS) G4198 G4198 = G4198 πορεύω poreuō G:V to travel πορεύω,
(πόρος, a ford, a passage), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ ;]
in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; see M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), ־ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: with accusative, ὁδόν, Act.8:39; before ἐκεῖθεν, Mat.19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Luk.13:31; ἀπό, Mat.25:41, Luk.4:42; εἰς, Mat.2:20, Mrk.16:12, Luk.1:39, Jhn.7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. 1Ki.1:17). Luk.7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Act.16:36; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.22:9, Act.25:12, al; ἕως, Act.23:23; οὗ, Luk.24:28, 1Co.16:6; πρός, with accusative of person(s), Mat.25:9, Luk.11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Act.8:36; διά, with genitive, Mat.12:1, Mrk.9:30; with inf., Luk.2:3, Jhn.14:2; σύν, Luk.7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jhn.11:11; absol., Mat.2:9, Luk.7:8, Jhn.4:50, Act.5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., see M, Pr., 161f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mat.2:8, Luk.7:22, al. Metaphorical (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al),
__(a) like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Gen.15:2); Luk.22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (see Field, Notes, 66);
__(b) in ethical sense (Deu.19:9, Psa.14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11.2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): before ἐν, Luk.1:6, 1Pe.4:3, 2Pe.2:19; κατά, with accusative, 2Pe.3:3, Ju 16, 18; with dative (Bl, §38, 3), Act.9:31 14:16, Ju 11;
__(with) of disciples or partisans ( Jdg.2:12, 3Ki.11:10, Sir.46:10): before ὀπίσω, with genitive of person(s), Luk.21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, (-μαι), ἐκ- (-μαι), ἐν- (-μαι), ἐπι- (-μαι), παρα- (-μαι), προ-, προσ- (-μαι), συν- (-μαι)).
(AS) G4199 G4199 = G4199 πορθέω portheō G:V to lay waste πορθέω collat. form (in cl. chiefly poët.) of πέρθω,
[in LXX: 4Ma.4:23 4Mac 11:4 * ;]
to destroy, ravage: Act.9:21, Gal.1:13, 23.†
(AS) G4200 G4200 = G4200 πορισμός porismos G:N-M gain πορισμός, -ου, ὁ
(πορίζω, to procure), [in LXX: Wis.13:19 14:2 * ;]
__1. a providing.
__2. a means of gain: 1Ti.6:5-6 (Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G4201 G4201 = a Name of G5347 Πόρκιος Porkios N:N-M-P Porcius Πόρκιος, -ου, ὁ
Porcius, prænomen of Porcius Festus (see: Φῆστος): Act.24:27.†
(AS) G4202 G4202 = G4202 πορνεία porneia G:N-F sexual sin πορνεία, -ας, ἡ
(πορνεύω), [in LXX for תַּזְנוּת and cogn. forms ;]
fornication: Act.15:20, 29 21:25, 1Co.5:1 6:13 6:18, 2Co.12:21, Gal.5:19, Eph.5:3, Col.3:5, 1Th.4:3 (Lft., Notes, 53), Rev.9:21; pl. (see WM, 220; Bl., § 32, 6), 1Co.7:2; disting. from μοιχεία, Mat.15:19, Mrk.7:21; = μοιχεία (Amos 8:17 Sir.23:23, al.), Mat.5:32 19:9. Metaphorical (of idolatry: Deu.23:2, Hos.1:2): Jhn.8:41 (Westc., in l), and so perh. (Thayer-Grimm, see word; but see Swete, in 11.), Rev.2:21 14:18 17:2, 4 18:3 19:2.†
(AS) G4203 G4203 = G4203 πορνεύω porneuō G:V to sin sexually πορνεύω
[in LXX for זָנָה ;]
__1. to prostitute the body for hire.
__2. to commit fornication: Mrk.10:19 (WH, mg), 1Co.6:18 10:8, Rev.2:14, 20. Metaphorical (as in LXX: 1Ch.5:25, Jer.3:6, Hos.9:1, al.), of idolatry (but see Swete, Ap., 180 f.), Rev.17:2 18:3, 9 (cf. ἐκ- πορνεύω).†
(AS) G4204 G4204 = G4204 πόρνη pornē G:N-F prostitute πόρνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for זָנָה ;]
a prostitute, harlot: Mat.21:31-32, Luk.15:30, 1Co.6:15-16 Heb.11:31, Jas.2:25. Metaphorical (see Swete, Ap., 180 f.), of Babylon (i.e. Rome): Rev.17:1, 5 17:15-16 19:2.†
(AS) G4205 G4205 = G4205 πόρνος pornos G:N-M sexual sinner πόρνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Sir.23:16-18 * ;]
__1. a male prostitute (Xen., al.).
__2. a fornicator: 1Co.5:9-11 6:9, Eph.5:5, 1Ti.1:10, Heb.12:15 13:4, Rev.21:8 22:15.†
(AS) G4206 G4206 = G4206 πόρρω porrō G:ADV far (away) πόρρω
adv. (in older Attic, πρόσω), [in LXX for רָחוֹק, etc. ;]
far off: Mat.15:8, Mrk.7:6" (LXX), Luk.14:32; comparat., πορρώτερον (-ρω, T), Luk.24:28.†
(AS) G4207 G4207 = G4207 πόρρωθεν porrōthen G:ADV afar off πόρρωθεν
adv. (τόρρω, which see), [in LXX for רָחוֹק and cogn. forms ;]
from afar: Luk.17:12, Heb.11:13.†
(AS) G4208 G4208 = G4208 πορρωτέρω porrōterō G:ADV-C farther farther
farther, onwards, beyond G4209 G4209 = G4209 πορφύρα porphura G:N-F purple cloth πορφύρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX for אַרְגָּמָן, אַרְגְּוָן ;]
__1. the purple fish (cf. 1Ma.4:23).
__2. purple dye.
__3. Later, = πορφυρίς, a purple gar­ment: Mrk.15:17, 20, Luk.16:19, Rev.18:12.†
(AS) G4210 G4210 = G4210 πορφύρεος porphureos G:A purple πορφύρεος, -α, -ον contr., -οῦς, -ᾶ, -οῦν
(ποπφύρα), [in LXX for אַרְגָּמָן ;]
purple: Jhn.19:2, 5; as subst., πορφυροῦν (sc. ἱμάτιον), Rev.17:4 18:6.†
(AS) G4211 G4211 = G4211 πορφυρόπωλις porphuropōlis G:N-F dealer in purple πορφυρόπωλις, -ιδος, ἡ
a seller of purple fabrics: Act.16:14.†
(AS) G4212 G4212 = G4212 ποσάκις posakis G:ADV how often! ποσάκις
interrog. num. adv.,
how often: Mat.18:21 23:37, Luk.13:34.†
(AS) G4213 G4213 = G4213 πόσις posis G:N-F drink πόσις, -εως, ἡ
(πίνω), [in LXX: Da, LXX TH Dan.1:10 (מִשְׁתֶּה) * ;]
__1. prop., drinking: Rom.14:17, Col.2:16 (see Lft.; ICC, in l).
__2. = πόμα, drink: Jhn.6:55 (cf. βρῶσις).†
(AS) G4214 G4214 = G4214 πόσος posos G:Q how much/many? πόσος, -η, -ον
adj. of number, magnitude, degree, etc.,
how much, how great, how many: Mat.6:23, 2Co.7:11; of time, Mrk.9:21; neut., absol., Luk.16:5, 7; dative, πόσῳ, adverbially, how much, Mat.12:12; id. before μᾶλλον, Mat.7:11 10:25, Luk.11:13 12:24, 28, Rom.11:12, 24, Phm 16, Heb.9:14; π. χείρονος τιμωρίας, Heb.10:29; pl., Mat.15:34 16:9-10 27:13, Mrk.6:38 8:5, 19-20 15:4, Luk.15:17, Act.21:20.†
(AS) G4215 G4215 = G4215 ποταμός potamos G:N-M river ποταμός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נָהָר, יְאֹר ;]
a river, stream, torrent: Mat.3:5 7:25, 27, Mrk.1:1-45 :, Luk.6:48-49, Act.16:13, 2Co.11:26, Rev.8:10 9:14 12:15-16 16:4, 12 21:1-2. Fig., pl., π. ὕδατος ζῶντος, Jhn.7:38.†
(AS) G4216 G4216 = G4216 ποταμοφόρητος potamophorētos G:A flooded ποταμο-φόρητος, -ον
carried away by a stream:
Rev.12:15 (for two exx. in π., see MM, xxi).†
(AS) G4217 G4217 = G4217 ποταπός potapos G:I of what kind? ποταπός
(late form of cl. ποδ-), -ή, -όν, [in LXX: Dan LXX Su 1:54* ;]
__1. (= ποδαπός) from what country?
__2. In late writers, = ποῖος, of what sort?: Mat.8:27, Mrk.13:1, Luk.1:29 7:39, 2Pe.3:11, 1Jn.3:1.†
(AS) G4218 G4218 = G4218 ποτέ pote G:PRT once/when ποτέ
enclitic particle,
__1. once, formerly, sometime: of the past, Jhn.9:13 Rom.7:9 11:30, Gal.1:13, 23 2:6 (Lft., in l), Eph.2:2-3, 11 2:13 5:8, Col.1:21 3:7, 1Th.2:5, Tit.3:3, Phm 11, 1Pe.2:10 3:5 3:20; ἤδη ποτέ, now at length, Php.4:10; of the fut., Luk.22:32; εἴ πως ἤδη ποτέ, if sometime soon at length, Rom.1:10.
__2. ever: after a neg., Eph.5:29, 2Pe.1:10 1:21; in a question, τίς π., 1Co.9:7, Heb.1:5, 13.†
(AS) G4219 G4219 = G4219 πότε pote G:PRT-I when? πότε
interrog. adv. of time,
when?: Mat.25:37-39, 44 Luk.21:7, Jhn.6:25; ἕως π., how long: Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Luk.9:41, Jhn.10:24, Rev.6:10. In indir. questions, = ὁπότε, Mat.24:3, Mrk.13:4, 33 13:35, Luk.12:36 17:20 (see Bl., § 25, 4).†
(AS) G4220 G4220 = G4220 πότερος poteros G:ADV whether πότερος, -α, -ον
which of two. Neut., adverbially, πότερον, whether: Jhn.7:17.†
(AS) G4221 G4221 = G4221 ποτήριον potērion G:N-N cup ποτήριον, -ου, τό dimin. of ποτήρ
(πίνω), [in LXX chiefly for כּוֹס:]
a wine cup: Mat.23:25-26 26:27, Mrk.7:4 14:23, Luk.11:39 22:17, 20 a (WH, R, mg., cm.), 1Co.11:25, Rev.17:4; πίνειν ἐκ τοῦ π., 1Co.11:28; with genitive of thing(s), Mat.10:42, Mrk.9:41; τ. εὐλογίας, 1Co.10:16; by meton., of the contents of the cup, Luk.22:20 b (WH, R, mg., cm.), 1Co.11:25-26; with genitive of person(s), 1Co.10:21 11:27. Metaphorical, of experience of divine providence; of prosperity (Psa.16:5, al.); of adversity (Psa.11:6, Isa.51:17, al.): of the sufferings of Christ, Mat.20:22-23 26:39 10:38-39 14:36, Luk.22:42, Jhn.18:11; of divine punishment, Rev.14:10 16:19 18:6.†
(AS) G4222 G4222 = G4222 ποτίζω potizō G:V to water ποτίζω
(πότος), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁקָה hi. ;]
to give to drink: with accusative of person(s), Mat.25:35, 37 25:42 27:48, Mrk.15:36, Luk.13:15, Rom.12:20; with dupl. accusative, Mat.10:42, Mrk.9:41; fig., γάλα, 1Co.3:2; ἐκ τ. οἴνου Rev.14:8; of plants, to water (Xen., Strab., al.; Gen.13:10), figuratively, 1Co.3:6-8 Metaphorical (cf. Isa.29:10 Sir.15:3), of the Spirit, 1Co.12:13.†
(AS) G4223 G4223 = G4223 Ποτίολοι Potioloi N:N-M-L Puteoli Ποτίολοι, -ων, οἱ
Puteoli (mod. Pozzuoli), a city on the Bay of Naples: Act.28:13.†
(AS) G4224 G4224 = G4224 πότος potos G:N-M carousing πότος, -ου, ὁ
(πίνω), [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁתֶּה ;]
a drinking bout, carousal: 1Pe.4:3.†
SYN.: see: κραιπάλη (AS) G4225 G4225 = G4225 πού pou G:ADV somewhere πού
enclitic particle,
__1. anywhere, somewhere: Heb.2:6 4:4.
__2. in some degree, perhaps, about: Act.27:29 (T, μήπου), Rom.4:19; δή που (T, δήπου), surely: Heb.2:16.†
(AS) G4226 G4226 = G4226 ποῦ pou G:ADV-I where? ποῦ
interrog. adv., [in LXX for אַי, אַיֵּה, אָן ;]
__1. prop., where?: Mat.2:2 26:17, Mrk.14:12, 14, Luk.17:17, 37 22:9, 11, Jhn.1:39 7:11 8:10, 19 9:12 11:34; ποῦ (ἐστιν), indicating that the subject in question is not to be found, Luk.8:25, Rom.3:27, 1Co.1:20 12:17 12:19 15:55, Gal.4:15, 2Pe.3:4; ποῦ φανεῖται, 1Pe.4:18.
__2. = ὅπου (WM, 640; B1., § 50, 5): with indic., Mat.2:4, Mrk.15:47, Jhn.1:40 11:57 20:2, 13 20:15 Rev.2:13; with subjc., Mat.8:20, Luk.9:58 12:17.
__3. In colloq. (as in Eng.) = ποῖ, whither: in direct questions, Jhn.7:35 9:12 13:36 16:5; in indir. quest., Jhn.3:8 8:14 12:35 14:5, Heb.11:8, 1Jn.2:11.†
(AS) G4227 G4227 = G4227 Πούδης Poudēs N:N-M-P Pudens Πούδης
(in π., genitive -εντος, see Zorell, see word), ὁ (Latin)
Pudens: 2Ti.4:21.†
(AS) G4228 G4228 = G4228 πούς pous G:N-M foot πούς, ποδός, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל ;]
a foot, both of men and beasts: Mat.4:6 (LXX), Mrk.9:45, Luk.1:79, Jhn.11:44, Act.7:5, al.; ὑπο τοὺς π., Rom.16:20, 1Co.15:25 15:27 Eph.1:22, Heb.2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π., Mat.22:44 (LXX); πρὸς (παρὰ) τοὺς π., Mrk.5:22, Luk.8:41, al.; figuratively, Mat.15:30, Luk.10:39, Act.5:2, al.; ἔμπροσθεν τῶν π., Rev.3:9 19:10, al.; ἐπὶ τοὺς π., Act.10:25. By meton., of a person in motion (Psa.119:101): Luk.1:79, Act.5:9, Rom.3:15 10:15, Heb.12:13
(AS) G4229 G4229 = G4229 πρᾶγμα pragma G:N-N thing πρᾶγμα, -τος, τύ
(πράσσω), [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר ;]
__1. that which has been done, a deed, act: Luk.1:1, Act.5:4, 2Co.7:11, Heb.6:18.
__2. That which is being done (like Lat. res), hence, a thing, matter, affair: Mat.18:19, Rom.16:2, 1Th.4:6 (see M, Th., in l), Heb.10:1 11:1, Jas.3:16; in forensic sense (as frequently in π., see Deiss., BS, 233), a law-suit: 1Co.6:1.†
(AS) G4230 G4230 = G4230 πραγματεία pragmateia G:N-F affairs πραγματία (Rec. -εία, as in cl.), -ας, ἡ
(πραγματεύομαι) [in LXX for חֲשַׁל, etc. ;]
__1. careful application, hard work.
__2. business, occupation: pl., 2Ti.2:4.†
(AS) G4231 G4231 = G4231 πραγματεύομαι pragmateuomai G:V to trade πραγματεύομαι
(πρᾶγμα), [in LXX: 3Ki.10:22 B, 3Ki.9:19 A (חָשַׁק), Dan LXX 8:27 (מְלָאכָה ־אֵת עָשָׂה) * ;]
__1. to busy oneself.
__2. to be engaged in business, esp. to trade: Luk.19:13 (cf. δια-πραγματεύομαι).†
(AS) G4232 G4232 = G4232 πραιτώριον praitōrion G:N-N praetorium πραιτώριον, -ου, τό (Lat. prætorium)
__1. headquarters in a Roman camp,
__2. The palace or official residence of the Governor of a province: Mat.27:27, Mrk.15:16 (see Swete, in l), Jhn.18:28, 33 19:9; τ. π. τ. Ἡρώδου, Act.23:35.
__3. the Prætorian Guard: Php.1:13 (see Lft., in l; ICC, 51 f.).†
(AS) G4233 G4233 = G4233 πράκτωρ praktōr G:N-M bailiff πράκτωρ, -ορος, ὁ
(πράσσω), [in LXX: Isa.3:12 (נָגַשׁ) * ;]
__1. (poët.) one who does or accomplishes.
__2. In Athens, one who exacts payment, a collector; hence, generally (frequently in π., see Deiss., BS, 154), a court officer: Luk.12:58.†
(AS) G4234 G4234 = G4234 πρᾶξις praxis G:N-F action πρᾶξις, -εως, ἡ
(πράσσω), [in LXX: 2Ch.13:22 27:7 28:26 (דֶּרֶךְ), Job.24:5 A (פֹּעַל), Pro.13:13, Wis.9:11, al. ;]
__1. a doing, deed, act: Mat.16:27; pl., π. ἀποσπτόλων, Ac, title; in late writers especially of wicked deeds or practices (frequently in Polyb.): Luk.23:51; p1., Rom.8:13, Col.3:9; with ref. to magic (see BS, 3235), Act.19:18.
__2. an acting, action, business, function: Rom.12:4.†
(AS) G4235 G4235 = a Form of G4239 πρᾶος praos G:A gentle πρᾷος, πρᾶος, see: πραΰς.
πραΰς, -εῖα, -ΰ, and πρᾷος
(Or πρᾶος, ν. Bl., § 3, 3), -α, -ον (see LS, Thayer, see word), [in LXX (always -ΰς, exc. 2Ma.15:12, -ᾷος, see Thackeray, Gr., 180 f.) for עָנָו, עָנִי ;]
gentle, meek: Mat.5:5 11:29 21:5" (LXX) 1Pe.3:4.†
(AS) G4236 G4236 = a Form of G4239 πραότης praotēs G:N-F gentleness πρᾳότης, πραότης, see: πραΰτης.
πραΰτης
(Rec. -ότης, exc. Ja, 1Pe, ll. with, where πρᾳύτης), -ητος, ἡ, late form of πραότης, [in LXX: Psa.45:4 90:10 132:1 (עַנְוָה, עֱנוּת, Est.5:1, Sir.6:1-37 * ;]
gentleness, meekness: 1Co.4:21, 2Co.10:1, Gal.5:23 6:1, Eph.4:2, Col.3:12 (see Lft., in l), 2Ti_2:25, Tit.3:2, Jas.1:21 3:13, 1Pe.3:15.†
SIN.: ἐπιεικία, q.v
(AS) G4237 G4237 = G4237 πρασιά prasia G:N-F group πρασιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX: Sir.24:31 * ;]
a garden-bed; metaphorically, of ranks or orderly groups of persons: Mrk.6:40.†
(AS) G4238 G4238 = G4238 πράσσω prassō G:V to do/require πράσσω
(Att.. -ττω, and so Act.17:7 Rec.; cf. M, Pr., 25, 45), [in LXX chiefly for עָשָׂה, פָּעַל ;]
= Lat agere, as ποιέω (which see) = facere,
__1. to do, practise, be engaged in: Act.19:19, 36, 1Co.9:17; τ. ἴδια π., to mind one's own business (τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, Soph., Plat.), 1Th.4:11; intrans., to act, Act.17:7.
__2. to achieve, effect, accomplish, perform: Act.26:20, 26 Rom.7:15 9:11, 2Co.5:10, Php.4:9; νόμον (ICC, in l), Rom.2:25; of unworthy acts (for WH. usually ποιέω in cl.), to commit, do: Luk.22:23 23:41, Jhn.3:20 5:29, Act.3:17 5:35 16:28 25:11, 25 26:9, 31, Rom.1:32 (ICC, in l), Rom.2:1-3 7:19 13:4, 1Co.5:2, 2Co.12:21, Gal.5:21.
__3. to transact, manage, hence, of payment, to exact (cl.): Luk.3:13 19:23.
__4. Reflexively, of state or condition, to do or fare Æsch., Hdt., al.): Eph.6:21; εὖ π. (see M, Pr., 228 f.), Act.15:29.†
SYN.: see: ποιέω (AS) G4239 G4239 = G4239 πραΰς praus G:A gentle πραΰς, -εῖα, -ΰ, and πρᾷος
(Or πρᾶος, ν. Bl., § 3, 3), -α, -ον (see LS, Thayer, see word), [in LXX (always -ΰς, exc. 2Ma.15:12, -ᾷος, see Thackeray, Gr., 180 f.) for עָנָו, עָנִי ;]
gentle, meek: Mat.5:5 11:29 21:5" (LXX) 1Pe.3:4.†
(AS) G4240 G4240 = G4240 πραΰτης prautēs G:N-F gentleness πραΰτης
(Rec. -ότης, exc. Ja, 1Pe, ll. with, where πρᾳύτης), -ητος, ἡ, late form of πραότης, [in LXX: Psa.45:4 90:10 132:1 (עַנְוָה, עֱנוּת, Est.5:1, Sir.6:1-37 * ;]
gentleness, meekness: 1Co.4:21, 2Co.10:1, Gal.5:23 6:1, Eph.4:2, Col.3:12 (see Lft., in l), 2Ti_2:25, Tit.3:2, Jas.1:21 3:13, 1Pe.3:15.†
SIN.: ἐπιεικία, q.v
(AS) G4241 G4241 = G4241 πρέπω prepō G:V be proper πρέπω
[in LXX: Psa.93:5 (נָאָה pi.), etc. ;]
__1. to be clearly seen.
__2. to resemble.
__3. to be fitting or becoming, to suit: with dative, Heb.7:26, 1Ti.2:10, Tit.2:1; impers., with dative, Eph.5:3; id. before inf., Heb.2:10; πρέπον ἐστίν, with dative of person(s) and inf., Mat.3:15; with accusative and inf., 1Co.11:13 (see Bl., § 72, 5).†
(AS) G4242 G4242 = G4242 πρεσβεία presbeia G:N-F delegation πρεσβεία, -ας, ἡ
(πρεσβεύω), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:11 * ;]
__1. age, seniority.
__2. rank, dignity.
__3. an embassy; by meton., of the am­bassadors, embassy: Luk.14:32 19:14.†
(AS) G4243 G4243 = G4243 πρεσβεύω presbeuō G:V be ambassador πρεσβεύω
(πρέσβυς),
__1. to be the elder, to take precedence.
__2. to be an ambassador (see: πρεσβύτης): 2Co.5:20, Eph.6:20.†
(AS) G4244 G4244 = G4244 πρεσβυτέριον presbuterion G:N-N council of elders πρεσβυτέριον, -ου, τό
(πρεσβύτερος) [in LXX: Da TH Su 1:50 A * ;]
a body of elders, presbytery: of the Sanhedrin (cf. συνέδριον), Luk.22:66, Act.22:5; of Christian presbyters, 1Ti.4:14.†
(AS) G4245 G4245G = G4245G πρεσβύτερος presbuteros G:N elder: Elder πρέσβυς, -εως, ὁ poët. form of πρεσβύτης (which see),
[in LXX (= πρεσβευτής, an ambassador): Num.21:20 (21), al. (מֲלְאָךְ), Isa.13:8 57:9 (צִיר), 1Ma.9:70, al. ;]
an old man.
Compar.,
πρεσβύτερος, -α, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for זָקֵן ;]
__1. of age, elder: ὁ νἱὸς ὁ π., Luk.15:25; as subst., opposite to νεανίσκοι, Act.2:17; to νεώτερος, 1Ti.5:1-2; of the religious leaders of the past, Mat.15:2, Mrk.7:3, 5, Heb.11:2 (= οἱ πατέρες, Heb.1:1).
__2. Of dignity, rank or office (as found in π. and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt; see Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 233 If.; LAE, 373);
__(a) among Jews: Mat.16:21 26:47, 57 27:3, 12 27:20, 41 28:12, Mrk.8:31 11:27 14:43, 53 15:1, Luk.7:3 9:22 20:1 22:52, Jhn.8:9, Act.4:5, 8 4:23 6:12 23:14 24:1; τ. Ἰουνδαίων, Act.25:15; τ. λαοῦ, Mat.21:23 26:3 27:1;
__(b) among Christians: Act.11:30 14:23 15:2, 4 15:6, 22-23 16:4 21:18, 1Ti.5:17 5:19, Tit.1:5, II Jn 1, 3Jn.1, 1Pe.5:1 5:5; τ. ἐκκλησίας, Act.20:17, Jas.5:14;
__(with) in the visions of the Apocalypse: Rev.4:4, 10 5:5-6, 8 5:11, 14 7:11, 13 11:16 14:3 19:4.
(On the NT use of this word and its relation to ἐπίσκοπος (which see), cf. Lft., Phi., 93 ff., 189 ff.; CGT, Past. Epp., lvi ff.) †
(AS) G4245 G4245H = a Meaning of G4245G πρεσβύτερος presbuteros G:N elder: old πρέσβυς, -εως, ὁ poët. form of πρεσβύτης (which see),
[in LXX (= πρεσβευτής, an ambassador): Num.21:20 (21), al. (מֲלְאָךְ), Isa.13:8 57:9 (צִיר), 1Ma.9:70, al. ;]
an old man.
Compar.,
πρεσβύτερος, -α, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for זָקֵן ;]
__1. of age, elder: ὁ νἱὸς ὁ π., Luk.15:25; as subst., opposite to νεανίσκοι, Act.2:17; to νεώτερος, 1Ti.5:1-2; of the religious leaders of the past, Mat.15:2, Mrk.7:3, 5, Heb.11:2 (= οἱ πατέρες, Heb.1:1).
__2. Of dignity, rank or office (as found in π. and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt; see Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 233 If.; LAE, 373);
__(a) among Jews: Mat.16:21 26:47, 57 27:3, 12 27:20, 41 28:12, Mrk.8:31 11:27 14:43, 53 15:1, Luk.7:3 9:22 20:1 22:52, Jhn.8:9, Act.4:5, 8 4:23 6:12 23:14 24:1; τ. Ἰουνδαίων, Act.25:15; τ. λαοῦ, Mat.21:23 26:3 27:1;
__(b) among Christians: Act.11:30 14:23 15:2, 4 15:6, 22-23 16:4 21:18, 1Ti.5:17 5:19, Tit.1:5, II Jn 1, 3Jn.1, 1Pe.5:1 5:5; τ. ἐκκλησίας, Act.20:17, Jas.5:14;
__(with) in the visions of the Apocalypse: Rev.4:4, 10 5:5-6, 8 5:11, 14 7:11, 13 11:16 14:3 19:4.
(On the NT use of this word and its relation to ἐπίσκοπος (which see), cf. Lft., Phi., 93 ff., 189 ff.; CGT, Past. Epp., lvi ff.) †
(AS) G4246 G4246 = G4246 πρεσβύτης presbutēs G:N-M old man πρεσβύτης, -ου prose form of πρέσβυς, which see,
[in LXX chiefly for זָקֵן, Gen.25:8, al.; also (= πρεσβευτής), 2Ch.32:31 Bl (לוּץ), 1Ma.14:22 S, al. (see Thackeray, Gr., 97) ;]
__1. an old man: Luk.1:18, Tit.2:2, Phm 9 (R, txt., but see infr.).
__2. As in LXX, also = πρεσβευτής, an am­bassador: Phm 9 (R, mg., see Lft. and ICC, in l).†
(AS) G4247 G4247 = G4247 πρεσβῦτις presbutis G:N-F old woman πρεσβῦτις, -ιδος, ἡ fem, of πρεσβύτης,
[in LXX: 4Ma.16:14 * ;]
an aged woman: Tit.2:3.†
(AS) G4248 G4248 = G4248 πρηνής prēnēs G:A headlong πρηνής, -ές
(in Att.. also πρανής), [in LXX: Wis.4:19, 3Ma.5:43 3Mac 5:50 3Mac 6:23 * ;]
headlong, prone: Act.1:18.†
(AS) G4249 G4249 = G4249 πρίζω prizō G:V to saw (in two) πρίζω = πρίω,
[in LXX: Amo.1:3, Da TH Su 1:59 * ;]
to saw, saw asunder (= π. δίχα, Thuc., iv, 100): pass, Heb.11:37 (cf. δια-πρίω).†
(AS) G4250 G4250 = G4250 πρίν prin G:PREP before πρίν
__1. as adv. of time, before, formerly (cl.; 3Ma.5:28 3Mac 6:4 3Mac 6:31)
__2. As conic. (cl.), before;
__(a) after a positive sentence, with accusative and inf.: Mat.26:34, 75, Mrk.14:72, Luk.22:61, Jhn.4:49 8:58 (where D. om. γενέσθαι and π. becomes prep. with genitive; see Bl., § 69, 7) Jhn.14:29, Act.2:20" (LXX), WH, txt.; πρὶν ἤ (not such good Attic in this construction; see Bl., l.with), Mat.1:18 Mrk.14:30, Act.2:20, WH, mg., Act.7:2;
__(b) after a negative sentence, πρὶν ἤ: a. subjc. (before ἄν, M, Pr., 169), Luk.2:26; with optative, Act.25:16.†
(AS) G4251 G4251 = a Spelling of G4252 Πρίσκα Priska N:N-F-P Prisca Πρίσκα, -ας, ἡ (Lat.), and Πρίσκιλλα, -ης, ἡ, Prisca: Rom_16:3, 1Co_16:19, 2Ti_4:19; Priscilla: Act_18:2; Act_18:18; Act_18:26; the wife of Aquila, vs. Ἀκύλας.†
(AS) G4252 G4252 = G4252 Πρίσκιλλα Priskilla N:N-F-P Priscilla Πρίσκιλλα, see: Πρίσκα.
Πρίσκα, -ας, ἡ (Lat.), and Πρίσκιλλα, -ης, ἡ, Prisca: Rom_16:3, 1Co_16:19, 2Ti_4:19; Priscilla: Act_18:2; Act_18:18; Act_18:26; the wife of Aquila, vs. Ἀκύλας.†
(AS) G4253 G4253 = G4253 πρό pro G:PREP before πρό
prep. with genitive, [in LXX chiefly for פָּנִים ;]
before;
__(a) of place: Act.12:6, 14 14:13, Jas.5:9; π. προσώπου (= Heb. פָּנִים, Deu.3:18, Mal.3:1, al.; Bl., § 40, 9), Mat.11:10, Mrk.1:2, Luk.1:76 7:27 9:52 10:1, Act.14:13;
__(b) of time: Mat.8:29 24:38, Luk.11:38 21:12, Jhn.11:55 13:1 17:24, Act.5:36 21:38, 1Co.2:7 4:5, Eph.1:4, Col.1:17, 2Ti.1:9 4:21, Tit.1:2, Heb.11:5, 1Pe.1:20, Ju 25; π. ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, fourteen years ago, 2Co.12:2; π. προσώπου (see supr.), Act.13:24; with genitive of person(s), Mat.5:12, Jhn.5:7 10:8, Rom.16:7, Gal.1:17; with genitive art. inf. (= πρίν; M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 69, 7), Mat.6:8 Luk.2:21 22:15, Jhn.1:49 13:19 17:5, Act.23:15, Gal.2:12 3:23; as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but indepen­dent of it; B1., § 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; of. Am 2Ma.15:36, and for other exx., Soph., Lex., see word), πρὸ ἓξ ἡμέρας τοῦ πάσχα, on the sixth day before the Passover, Jhn.12:1;
__(with) of preference: π. πάντων, Jas.5:12, 1Pe.4:8;
__(d) in compos.,
__α with subst., of position before: προαύλιον, πρόδρομος; priority of rank or order, προπάτωρ; anticipation, πρό γνωσις, πρό νοια;
__β with adj., intensity, πρόδηλος;
__γ with verb., of place, προάγω, προβαίνω; of preference, προαιρέομαι.†
(AS) G4254 G4254 = G4254 προάγω proagō G:V to go/bring before προ-άγω
[in LXX: 1Ki.17:16 (נָגַשׁ), Wis.19:11, al. ;]
__1. prop. trans., to lead on, lead forth or forward: with accusative of person(s), Act.16:30 17:5; of bringing forth to trial, Act.12:6 (WH, txt., προσάγ-); before ἐπί, with genitive of person(s), Act.25:26.
__2. Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; see Bl., § 53, 1; MM, xxi);
__(a) to lead the way, 1Ti.1:18 (R, mg.), hence, to go before, precede: Luk.18:39; opposite to ἀκολουθέω, Mrk.11:9; before εἰς, Mat.14:22, Mrk.6:45, 1Ti.5:24, Heb.7:18; with accusative of person(s), Mat.2:9 21:9, Mrk.10:32; before εἰς, Mat.21:31 26:32 28:7, Mrk.14:28 16:7;
__(b) to go on, advance (Sir.20:27): 2Jn.9.†
(AS) G4255 G4255 = G4255 προαιρέω proaireō G:V to predetermine προ-αιρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: for חָשַׁק, etc. ;]
to bring forth or forward. Most frequently in mid., to take by choice, prefer, propose: 2Co.9:7.†
(AS) G4256 G4256 = G4256 προαιτιάομαι proaitiaomai G:V to accuse προ-αιτιάομαι, -ῶμαι
to accuse or charge beforehand: Rom.3:9 (not elsewhere) .†
(AS) G4257 G4257 = G4257 προακούω proakouō G:V to hear beforehand προ-ακούω
to hear beforehand: Col.1:5 (see Lft., in l).†
(AS) G4258 G4258 = G4258 προαμαρτάνω proamartanō G:V to sin beforehand προ-αμαρτάνω
to sin before: 2Co.12:21 13:2.†
(AS) G4259 G4259 = G4259 προαύλιον proaulion G:N-N entryway προ-αύλιον, -ου, τό
(πρό, αὐλή),
a porch, vestibule: Mrk.14:68.†
(AS) G4260 G4260 = G4260 προβαίνω probainō G:V to advance προ-βαίνω
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא ;]
to go forwards, go on, advance: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19. Metaphorical, of age (Gen.18:11, al., Lys., Diod., al.), ἐν τ. ἡμέραις, Luk.1:7, 18 2:36.†
(AS) G4261 G4261 = G4261 προβάλλω proballō G:V to put forth προ-βάλλω
[in LXX for חוּד, מָרַק, etc. ;]
__1. to throw before.
__2. to put forward: with accusative, Act.19:33; of trees, to put forth, produce (sc. φύλλα), Luk.21:30.†
(AS) G4262 G4262 = the Greek of H6629H προβατικός probatikos G:A Sheep Gate προβατικός, -ή, -όν
(πρόβατον) [in LXX (π. πύλη): Neh.3:1, 32 12:39 (צֹאן)* ;]
of sheep: ἡ π. (sc. πύλη, see supr.), the sheep-gate, Jhn.5:2.†
(AS) G4263 G4263 = G4263 πρόβατον probaton G:N-N sheep πρόβατον, -ου, τό
(προβαίνω), [in LXX chiefly for צֹאן, also for שֶׂה, more rarely for כֶּבֶשׂ (כֶּשֶׂב), רָחֵל ;]
__1. in Hom., Hdt., cattle, esp. of small cattle, sheep and goats.
__2. In NT, as in Attic writers generally (cf. MM, xxi), a sheep: Mat.7:15, Mrk.6:34, al.; πρόβατα σφαγῆς, Rom.8:36 (LXX). Metaphorical (in cl. of timidity, stupidity or idleness), of the followers of a leader or master, esp. of those who are subject to the care of the Good Shepherd: Mat.10:6 15:24 26:31" (LXX) Mrk.14:27 (LXX), Jhn.10:7-8, 15-16 10:26-27 21:16-17 (WH txt., προβάτια), Heb.13:20; opposite to ἐρίφια, Mat.25:33.
προβάτιον, -ου, τό,
dimin. of πρόβατον (used as a term of endearment, see El., § 27, 4), a little sheep: Jhn.21:16-17 (πρόβατα, WH, mg.).†
(AS) G4264 G4264 = G4264 προβιβάζω probibazō G:V to prompt προ-βιβάζω causal of προβαίνω,
[in LXX: Exo.35:34 (יָרָה hi.), Deu.6:7 (שָׁנַן pi.) * ;]
to lead forward, lead on; metaphorically, to induce, incite, urge: Mat.14:8.†
(AS) G4265 G4265 = G4265 προβλέπω problepō G:V to foresee/plan προ-βλέπω
[in LXX: Psa.37:13 (רָאָה)* ;]
to foresee: mid., Heb.11:40 (see Bl., § 24, 55, 1).†
(AS) G4266 G4266 = G4266 προγίνομαι proginomai G:V to do beforehand προ-γίνομαι
[in LXX: Wis.19:13 אA, 2Ma.14:3 2Mac 15:8 * ;]
to happen before: pf. pass. ptcp., Rom.3:25.†
(AS) G4267 G4267 = G4267 προγινώσκω proginōskō G:V to know/choose προ-γινώσκω
[in LXX: Wis.6:13 8:8 18:6 * ;]
to know beforehand, foreknow: 2Pe.3:17; with accusative of person(s), Act.26:5; of the Divine foreknowledge, Rom.8:29 11:2, 1Pe.1:20.†
(AS) G4268 G4268 = G4268 πρόγνωσις prognōsis G:N-F foreknowledge πρό-γνωσις, -εως, ἡ
(προγινώσκω) [in LXX: Jdth.9:6 11:19 * ;]
fore­knowledge: Act.2:23, 1Pe.1:2.†
(AS) G4269 G4269 = G4269 πρόγονος progonos G:N-M parent/ancestor πρό-γονος, -ον
(προγίνομαι), [in LXX: Est.4:17, Sir.8:4, al. ;]
__1. born before.
__2. As subst., in pl., οἱ π., ancestors, forefathers: 2Ti.1:3; of living parents (so Plat.), 1Ti.5:4.†
(AS) G4270 G4270 = G4270 προγράφω prographō G:V to write/designate προ-γράφω
[in LXX: Dan LXX 3:3 cod., 1Ma.10:36 * ;]
__1. to write before: Rom.15:4, Eph.3:3, Ju 4.
__2. to write in public, placard, proclaim (Dem., Plut., al.): Gal.3:1 (Lft., in l).
__3. = ζωγραφέω, to pourtray, depict: Ga, l.with (Syr. Pesh., Chrys.; Field, Notes, 189; CGT, in l).†
(AS) G4271 G4271 = G4271 πρόδηλος prodēlos G:A obvious πρό-δηλος, -ον
[in LXX: Jdth.8:29, 2Ma.3:17 2Mac 14:39 * ;]
__1. evident beforehand.
__2. clearly evident: 1Ti.5:24-25 Heb.7:14.†
(AS) G4272 G4272 = G4272 προδίδωμι prodidōmi G:V to give in advance προ-δίδωμι
[in LXX: Eze.16:34 A (נָתַן), 4Ma.4:1, al. ;]
__1. to give before, give first: Rom.11:35 (Job.41:2 (11) LXX, al.).
__2. to betray (4Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G4273 G4273 = G4273 προδότης prodotēs G:N-M traitor προ-δότης, -ου, ὁ
(προδίδωμι) [in LXX: 2Ma.5:15 2Mac 10:13 2Mac 10:22, 3Ma.3:24 * ;]
a betrayer, traitor: Luk.6:16, Act.7:52, 2Ti.3:4.†
(AS) G4274 G4274 = G4274 πρόδρομος prodromos G:N forerunner πρό-δρομος, -ον
(προτρέχω) [in LXX: Num.13:21 (20), Isa.28:4 (בִּכּוּר), Wis.12:8 * ;]
running forward, going in advance. As subst., ὁ π., an advance guard, forerunner: Heb.6:20.†
(AS) G4275 G4275 = a Combination of G4308 προεῖδον proeidon G:V to foresee προ-εῖδον aor. without Pres. in use (see: προοράω),
[in LXX: Gen.37:18 (רָאָה), Psa.139:3 (סָכַן hi.) * ;]
to foresee: Act.2:31 (προϊδών; WH, προιδών), Gal.3:8.†
(AS) G4276 G4276 = G4276 προελπίζω proelpizō G:V to hope beforehand προ-ελπίζω
to hope before: before ἐν, Eph.1:12.†
(AS) G4277 G4277 = G4277 προέπω proepō G:V to predict προ-εῖπον 2 aor. from unused Pres. (see: εἶπον, and pf., -είρηκα (3Ma.6:35 *), pass., -είρημαι (2Ma.2:32, 3Ma.1:26, al.),
__1. to say before: Gal.1:9, 1Th.4:6 (on the form -αμεν, see WH, App., 164), Heb.4:7; before ὅτι, 2Co.7:3 13:2, Gal.5:21; of prophecy, Mat.24:25, Mrk.13:23, Act.1:16, Rom.9:29, 2Pe.3:2, Ju 17.
__2. to proclaim publicly, declare openly or plainly (cl.): so R, mg., in 2Co.13:2, Gal.5:21, 1Th.4:6 (cf. προλέγω; but see supr., and cf. M, Th., 38).†
(AS) G4278 G4278 = G4278 προενάρχομαι proenarchomai G:V to begin beforehand προ-ενάρχομαι
to begin before: 2Co.8:6; with accusative, τὸ θέλειν, 2Co.8:10 (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G4279 G4279 = G4279 προεπαγγέλλω proepangellō G:V to promise προ-επ-αγγέλλω
to announce before. Mid., to promise before: with accusative of thing(s), Rom.1:2, 2Co.9:5 (Dio. Cass.).†
(AS) G4280 G4280 = G4280 προερέω proereō G:V to predict προ-ερέω, -ῶ, see: προεῖπον.
προ-εῖπον 2 aor. from unused Pres. (see: εἶπον, and pf., -είρηκα (3Ma.6:35 *), pass., -είρημαι (2Ma.2:32, 3Ma.1:26, al.),
__1. to say before: Gal.1:9, 1Th.4:6 (on the form -αμεν, see WH, App., 164), Heb.4:7; before ὅτι, 2Co.7:3 13:2, Gal.5:21; of prophecy, Mat.24:25, Mrk.13:23, Act.1:16, Rom.9:29, 2Pe.3:2, Ju 17.
__2. to proclaim publicly, declare openly or plainly (cl.): so R, mg., in 2Co.13:2, Gal.5:21, 1Th.4:6 (cf. προλέγω; but see supr., and cf. M, Th., 38).†
(AS) G4281 G4281 = G4281 προέρχομαι proerchomai G:V to go before προ-έρχομαι
[in LXX: Gen.33:3, 14 R (עָבַר), Jdth.2:19, Sir.35:10 (Sir.32:10) al ;]
__1. to go forward, go on, advance: before μικρόν, Mat.26:39 and Mrk.14:35 (WH, mg., προσελθών): ῥύμην μίαν (cf. Plat., Rep., i, 328e), Act.12:10.
__2. Of relative position, to go before, precede: with genitive (cl.; Jth, l.with); with accusative of person(s) (not cl.), Luk.22:47 (with genitive, Rec.); before ἐνώπιον, Luk.1:17 (cf. Gen.33:3).
__3. Of time, to go before or in advance: Act.20:5, 13 (WH, mg., R, mg.), 2Co.9:5; with accusative of person(s) (= cl. φθάνω), Mrk.6:33.†
(AS) G4282 G4282 = G4282 προετοιμάζω proetoimazō G:V to prepare προ-ετοιμάζω
[in LXX: Isa.28:24 B, Wis.9:8 * ;]
to prepare before: with accusative of thing(s), Rom.9:23 (οἱς for ἅ by attraction), Eph.2:10.†
(AS) G4283 G4283 = G4283 προευαγγελίζομαι proeuangelizomai G:V to speak good news προ-ευαγγελίζομαι
to announce glad tidings beforehand: Gal.3:8.†
(AS) G4284 G4284 = G4284 προέχω proechō G:V to excel προ-έχω
[in LXX: Job.27:6 A (חָזַק hi.) * ;]
__1. Trans., to hold before; mid., to hold something before oneself (Hdt.), hence, metaphorically, to excuse oneself: Rom.3:9, R, mg. (but see Field, Notes, 152 f.; Lft., Notes, 266 f.; ICC and Vau., in l).
__2. Intrans.
__(a) to project;
__(b) in running, to have the start, hence, metaphorically, to excel: pass., Ro, l.with, R, txt. (see reff. supr.).†
(AS) G4285 G4285 = G4285 προηγέομαι proēgeomai G:V to prefer προ-ηγέσμαι
[in LXX: Deu.20:9 (בְּרוֹשׁ), Pro.17:14 (פָּנִים), 2Ma.4:40, al. ;]
__1. to go before as leader (in cl., with genitive, dative): Rom.12:10 (Chrys., Vg., al.; see ICC, in l).
__2. In a sense not elsewhere found, ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι = ἀ. ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας: Ro, l.with (ICC, cf. 1Th.5:13, Php.2:3 and EV "preferring").†
(AS) G4286 G4286 = G4286 πρόθεσις prothesis G:N-F purpose πρό-θεσις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.40:4, 23 (עֵרֶךְ), 1Ch.9:32, al. (מַעֲרֶכֶת), 2Ch.4:19 (פָּנִים), 1Ma.1:22, 2Ma.3:8, al. ;]
__1. a setting forth (Plat., Plut., al.): οἱ ἄρτοι τῆς π. (cf. LXX, ll. with, elsewhere ἄρτοι ἐνώπιοι, Exo.25:29; οἱ ἄ. τοῦ προσώπου, Neh.10:33), Mat.12:4, Mrk.2:26, Luk.6:4; ἡ π. τῶν ἄρτων, Heb.9:2.
__2. a purpose (Mist., Polyb., al.; 2Mac, l.with): Act.11:23 27:13, Rom.8:28 9:11, Eph.1:11 3:11, 2Ti.1:9 3:10.†
(AS) G4287 G4287 = G4287 προθεσμία prothesmia G:N-F set time προ-θέσμιος, -α, -ον
[in Sm.: Job.28:3, Dan.9:26 * ;]
appointed before­hand. In Attic law, as subst. (so always in cl.), ἡ π. (sc. ἡμέρα), a day appointed beforehand, a previously appointed time: Gal.4:2.†
(AS) G4288 G4288 = G4288 προθυμία prothumia G:N-F eagerness προθυμία, -ας, ἡ
(πρόθυμος), [in LXX: Sir.45:23 * ;]
eagerness, willingness, readiness: Act.17:11, 2Co.8:11-12 8:19 9:2.†
(AS) G4289 G4289 = G4289 πρόθυμος prothumos G:A eager πρόθυμος, -ον
[in LXX: 1Ch.28:21, 2Ch.29:31 (נָדִיב), Hab.1:8 (חוּשׁ), al. ;]
willing, ready: Mat.26:41, Mrk.14:38; neut., τὸ π. = ἡ προθυμία (Thuc., al., 3Ma.5:26), οὕτως τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμὲ (= cl. τὸ ἐμὸν) π., Rom.1:15 (but see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G4290 G4290 = G4290 προθύμως prothumōs G:ADV eagerly προθύμως
[in LXX: 2Ch.29:34 (יָשָׁר לֵבָב), Tob.7:8, al. ;]
eagerly, readily, with a ready mind: 1Pe.5:2.†
(AS) G4291 G4291 = G4291 προΐστημι proistēmi G:V to set before προ-ΐστημι
[in LXX: 2Ki.13:17, Pro.23:5 26:17, Isa.43:24, Amo.6:10 (no proper Heb. equiv.), Dan LXX Bel 1:7, 1Ma.5:19, 4Ma.11:27 * ;]
__1. trans. in fut., 1 aor., and mid. 1 aor., to put before, set over (Plat., al.).
__2. Intrans., in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and mid. Pres. and impf.;
__(a) to preside, rule, govern: Rom.12:8, 1Ti.5:17; with genitive, 1Th.5:12, 1Ti.3:4-5 3:12;
__(b) to direct, maintain: with genitive of thing(s), καλῶν ἔργων, Tit.3:8, 14 (on R, mg., profess honest occupations, see CGT, in l; Field, Notes, 223 f.).†
(AS) G4292 G4292 = G4292 προκαλέω prokaleō G:V to provoke προ-καλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:11 A * ;]
to call forth.
Most frequently in mid.,
__(a) to challenge; hence, to provoke: Gal.5:26;
__(b) to invite (2Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G4293 G4293 = G4293 προκαταγγέλλω prokatangellō G:V to foretell προ-κατ-αγγέλλω
to announce beforehand: with accusative and inf., Act.3:18; before περί, Act.7:52.†
(AS) G4294 G4294 = G4294 προκαταρτίζω prokatartizō G:V to arrange προ-κατ-αρτίζω
to make ready beforehand: 2Co.9:5.†
(AS) G4295 G4295 = G4295 πρόκειμαι prokeimai G:V to set before πρό-κειμαι
[in LXX: Exo.39:18 (36), Num.4:7 (פָּנִים), etc. ;]
used as pass. of προτίθημι;
__1. to be set before one, to be set forth: Heb.6:18 12:1-2, Ju 7.
__2. to present oneself, be present: 2Co.8:12 (see Mey., in l).†
(AS) G4296 G4296 = G4296 προκηρύσσω prokērussō G:V to announce προ-κηρύσσω
__1. to proclaim by herald.
__2. Of one who acts as a herald, to proclaim: Act.13:24.†
(AS) G4297 G4297 = G4297 προκοπή prokopē G:N-F progress προ-κοπή, -ῆς, ἡ
(προκόπτω), [in LXX: Sir.51:17, 2Ma.8:8 * ;]
progress (prop., on a journey, then generally): Php.1:12, 25, 1Ti.4:15 (condemned by Atticists, see Rutherford, NPhr., 158).†
(AS) G4298 G4298 = G4298 προκόπτω prokoptō G:V to advance προ-κόπτω
[in Sm.: Psa.45:5 * ;]
to cut forward a way, for­ward, advance, in cl. trans. with neut. adj., as οὐδὲν π., τὰ πολλὰ π. In late writers (Polyb., al.), wholly intrans., to advance, progress: of time, Rom.13:12. Metaphorical, Luk.2:52, Gal.1:14, 2Ti.2:16 3:9 3:13.†
(AS) G4299 G4299 = G4299 πρόκριμα prokrima G:N-N prejudice πρό-κριμα, -τος, τό
(cl. προκρίνειν, 1. to prefer. 2. to judge beforehand),
pre-judging, prejudice: 1Ti.5:21 (see Cremer, 378).†
(AS) G4300 G4300 = G4300 προκυρόομαι prokuroomai G:V to establish προ-κυρόω, -ῶ
to establish or confirm beforehand: Gal.3:17.†
(AS) G4301 G4301 = G4301 προλαμβάνω prolambanō G:V to take beforehand προ-λαμβάνω
[in LXX: Wis.17:11 א2, Wis.17:17 א2B * ;]
__1. to take beforehand: with accusative, 1Co.11:21 (but see infr.).
__2. to be beforehand, anticipate (in cl., with accusative, genitive or dative): with inf. (= cl. φθάνω, see Bl., § 69, 4; Swete, in l), Mrk.14:8.
__3. to overtake, surprise: pass., Gal.6:1 (on the virtual disappearance of the temporal force of the preposi­tion in this compound here and perhaps also in 1Co, l.with, see MM, xxi).†
(AS) G4302 G4302 = G4302 προλέγω prolegō G:V to foretell προ-λέγω
[in LXX: Isa.41:26 (נָגַד hi.) * ;]
__1. to tell or say before­hand: 2Co.13:2, Gal.5:21, 1Th.3:4 (R, txt.; cf. προεῖπον, but see infr.).
__2. to declare, tell plainly: 2Co, Ga, 1Th, ll. with (R, mg.; see MM, xxi, and cf. Isa, l.with).†
(AS) G4303 G4303 = G4303 προμαρτύρομαι promarturomai G:V to predict προ-μαρτύρομαι
to protest beforehand (cf. μαρτύρομαι, and V. Hort, in l): 1Pe.1:11 (elsewhere only in Theod. Met., xiv/AD.).†
(AS) G4304 G4304 = G4304 προμελετάω promeletaō G:V to premeditate to practise beforehand : with infinitive, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G4305 G4305 = G4305 προμεριμνάω promerimnaō G:V to worry beforehand προ-μεριμνάω, -ῶ
to be anxious beforehand: Mrk.13:11.†
(AS) G4306 G4306 = G4306 προνοέω pronoeō G:V to care for προ-μοέω, -ῶ and depon. -έομαι, οῦμαι,
[in LXX: Dan LXX 11:37 (בִּין), Wis.6:7, al. ;]
__1. to foresee.
__2. to provide (RV, take thought for): with accusative of thing(s), καλά, Rom.12:17 (-ούμενοι), 2Co.8:21 (-οῦμεν).
__3. to provide for (before περί, Wis, l.with): with genitive of person(s), 1Ti.5:8 (-εῖ, WH, mg., -εῖται).†
(AS) G4307 G4307 = G4307 πρόνοια pronoia G:N-F foresight πρόνοια, -ας, ἡ
(πρόνοος, careful) [in LXX: Dan LXX 6:18 (19) Wis.14:3 17:2, 4Mac.6:1-35 * ;]
foresight, forethought: Act.24:3; π. ποιεῖσθαι, with genitive (Dem., 546, 6), make provision for, show care for: Rom.13:14.†
(AS) G4308 G4308 = G4308 προοράω prooraō G:V to foresee προ-οράω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Psa.16:8) (שָׁוָה pi.), I Est.5:63 A * ;]
to see before (as to place or time): with accusative, Act.21:29. Mid., with accusative, before ἐνώπιόν μου, Act.2:25 (LXX).†
(AS) G4309 G4309 = G4309 προορίζω proorizō G:V to predestine προ-ορίζω
to predetermine, foreordain: with accusative, Rom.8:30; id. and inf., Act.4:28; id. before εἰς, 1Co.2:7, Eph.1:5; with dupl. accusative, Rom.8:26; pass., Eph.1:11.†
(AS) G4310 G4310 = G4310 προπάσχω propaschō G:V to suffer before to suffer first or beforehand , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: to be ill-treated before , ὑπό τινος (Thucydides):—;also, ἀγαθὸν πρ. (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G4311 G4311 = G4311 προπέμπω propempō G:V to help on the way προ-πέμπω
[in LXX: I Est.4:47, Jdth.10:15, Wis.19:2, 1Ma.12:4, 2Ma.6:23 * ;]
__1. to send before, send forth.
__2. to set forward on a journey, escort: with accusative of person(s), 1Co.16:11, Tit.3:13, 3Jn.6; before εἰς, Act.20:38; οὗ, 1Co.16:6; ἕως, Act.21:5; pass., Act.15:3, Rom.15:24, 2Co.1:16.†
(AS) G4312 G4312 = G4312 προπετής propetēs G:A reckless προπετής, -ές
(προπίπτω), [in LXX: Pro.10:14 (אֱוִיל) Pro.13:3 (פָּשַׂק) Sir.9:18 * ;]
falling forwards, headlong. Metaphorical, precipitate, rash, reck­less: of persons, 2Ti.3:4; of things, Act.19:36.†
(AS) G4313 G4313 = G4313 προπορεύω proporeuō G:V to go before προ-πορεύω
[in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ, also for עָבַר, etc. ;]
to make to go before. Pass. and mid., to go before: Luk.1:76, Act.7:40" (LXX) ,†
(AS) G4314 G4314 = G4314 πρός pros G:PREP to/with πρός,
prep. with genitive, dative, accusative
__I. I. C. genitive, of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaphorically, in the interests of, Act.27:34 (cf. Page, in l.).
__II. II. C. dative, of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mrk.5:11, Luk.19:37, Jhn.18:16 20:11, 12 Rev.1:13.
__III. C. accusative, of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards.
__1. Of place,
__(a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mat.3:14, Mrk.6:51, Luk.11:5, Jhn.2:3, Act.9:2, al. mult.; metaphorically, of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Luk.23:12, Jhn.6:52, 2Co.7:4, Eph.6:12, Col.3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Luk.14:32, Jhn.11:4, al.; of purpose, Mat.26:12, Rom.3:26, 1Co.6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, with inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mat.5:28, Mrk.13:22, Eph.6:11, 1Th.2:9, al.;
__(b) of close proximity, at, by, with: Mat.3:10, Mrk.11:4, Luk.4:11, Act.3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mat.13:56, Mrk.6:3, Jhn.1:1, al.
__2. 2. Of time,
__(a) towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Gen.8:11, al.): Luk.24:29;
__(b) for: πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jhn.5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Jas.4:14.
__3. Of relation
__(a) toward, with: Rom.5:1, 2Co.1:12, Col.4:5, 1Th.4:12, al.;
__(b) with regard to: Mat.19:8, Mrk.12:12, Rom.8:31, al.;
__(with) pertaining to, to: Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1;
__(d) according to: Luk.12:47, 2Co.5:10, Gal.2:14, Eph.3:4 4:14;
__(e) in comparison with: Rom.8:18.
__IV. In composition: towards (προσέρχομαι), to (προσάγω), against (προσκόπτω), besides (προσδαπανάω) .
(AS) G4315 G4315 = a Name of H7676 προσάββατον prosabbaton G:N-N Friday προ-σάββατον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Psa.92:1-15 title. א (שַׁבָּת) שַׁבָּת) Psa.93:1-5 title., Jdth.8:6 * ;]
the day before the Sabbath: Mrk.15:42 (L, Tr., txt., πρὸς σ.).†
(AS) G4316 G4316 = G4316 προσαγορεύω prosagoreuō G:V to designate προσ-αγορεύω
[in LXX: Deu.23:6 (7) (דָּרַשׁ), ?Est.10:11 (יָדָה hith.), Wis.14:22, 1Ma.14:40, 2Ma.1:36 2Mac 4:7 2Mac 10:9 2Mac 14:37 * ;]
to address, greet, salute; hence, to call by name, address, style: with dupl. accusative, pass., Heb.5:10.†
(AS) G4317 G4317 = G4317 προσάγω prosagō G:V to bring near προσ-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for = קָרַב hi., also for נָגַשׁ etc. ;]
__1. trans., to bring or lead: with accusative and dative, Act.16:20; metaphorically, τ. θεῷ, 1Pe.3:18; before ὧδε, Luk.9:41; pass., with dative, Mat.18:24 (προσηνέχθη, T); in forensic sense, to summon: Act.12:6 (προαγαγεῖν, T, WH, mg., R).
__2. Intrans., to draw near, approach (Jos.3:9, Jer.26:3 (Jer.46:3), al.): with dative, Act.27:27 (WH, προσαχεῖν).†
(AS) G4318 G4318 = G4318 προσαγωγή prosagōgē G:N-F access προσ-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(προσάγω),
__1. a bringing to.
__2. approach, access (see Lft., Notes, 284; MM, xxi): Rom.5:2, Eph.2:18 3:12 (but see Ellic., Eph., 59 f., where the transitive sense "introduction " is advocated).†
(AS) G4319 G4319 = G4319 προσαιτέω prosaiteō G:V to beg προσ-αιτέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Job.27:14 * ;]
__1. to ask besides.
__2. to continue asking; hence, to importune, beg, ask alms: Jhn.9:8.†
(AS) G4320 G4320 = G4320 προσαναβαίνω prosanabainō G:V to go up προσ-ανα-βαίνω
[in LXX: Exo.19:23, al. (עָלָה) ;]
__1. to go up besides.
__2. to go up higher: Luk.14:10.†
(AS) G4321 G4321 = G4321 προσαναλίσκω prosanaliskō G:V to expend προσ-αναλίσκω
to spend besides: Luk.8:43 (WH, R, mg., om.).†
(AS) G4322 G4322 = G4322 προσαναπληρόω prosanaplēroō G:V to supply προσ-αναπληρόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Wis.19:4 * ;]
to fill up by adding to, to supply fully: 2Co.9:12 11:9.†
(AS) G4323 G4323 = G4323 προσανατίθημι prosanatithēmi G:V to confer προσ-ανα-τίθημι
to lay on or offer besides; mid.,
__(a) to lay on oneself in addition, undertake besides;
__(b) with genitive of person(s), of giving or obtaining information, to consult, communicate: Gal.1:16 2:6 (Lft., in l; cf. ἀνα-τίθημι)
(AS) G4324 G4324 = G4324 προσαπειλέω prosapeileō G:V to threaten further προσ-απειλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Sir.13:3 א * ;]
to threaten further: Act.4:21.†
(AS) G4325 G4325 = G4325 προσδαπανάω prosdapanaō G:V to spend extra προσδαπανάω, -ῶ
to spend besides: with accusative, Luk.10:35.†
SYN.: προσαναλίσκω (AS) G4326 G4326 = G4326 προσδέω prosdeō G:V to need προσ-δέομαι
[in LXX: Pro.12:9 חָסֵר חָסֵר Sir.6:1-37 * ;]
to want further, need in addition: Act.17:25.†
(AS) G4327 G4327 = G4327 προσδέχομαι prosdechomai G:V to wait for/welcome προσ-δέχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for רָצָה ;]
__1. to receive to oneself, receive favourably, admit, accept: with accusative of person(s), Luk.15:2, Rom.16:2, Php.2:29; with accusative of thing(s), Act.24:15 (R, mg.), Heb.10:34 11:35.
__2. to expect, look for, wait for: with accusative of person(s), Luk.12:36; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.15:43, Luk.2:25, 38 23:51, Act.23:21, Tit.2:13, Ju 21 (cf. δέχομαι).†
(AS) G4328 G4328 = G4328 προσδοκάω prosdokaō G:V to look for προσ-δοκάω, -ῶ
(the simple verb exists only in the forms δοκέω, -εύω) [in LXX: Psa.104:27 (שָׂבַר pi.), etc. ;]
to await, expect: Mat.24:50, Luk.3:15 12:46, Act.27:33 28:6; with accusative of person(s), Mat.11:3, Luk.1:21 7:19-20 8:40 Act.10:24; with accusative of thing(s), 2Pe.3:12-14; with accusative and inf., Act.28:6; with inf., Act.3:5.†
(AS) G4329 G4329 = G4329 προσδοκία prosdokia G:N-F expectation προσδοκία, -ας, ἡ
(ιροσδοκάω), [in LXX: Gen.49:10 (יִקָּהָה), Psa.119:116 (שֵׂבֶר) Wis.17:13, Sir.40:2, al. ;]
expectation: with genitive obj., Luk.21:26; with genitive subjc., Act.12:11.†
(AS) G4330 G4330 = G4330 προσεάω proseaō G:V to permit to suffer to go further , τινά (New Testament) (ML) G4331 G4331 = G4331 προσεγγίζω prosengizō G:V to approach προσ-εγγίζω
[in LXX chiefly for נָגַשׁ, קָרַב ;]
__1. trans., to bring near (Luc.).
__2. Intrans., to approach: with dative, Mrk.2:4 (WH, προσενέγκαι).†
(AS) G4332 G4332 = G4332 προσεδρεύω prosedreuō G:V to sit near/serve προσεδρεύω
(πρόσεδρος, sitting near), [in LXX: 1Ma.11:40 * ;]
__1. to sit near.
__2. to attend regularly: with dative, 1Co.9:13, Rec. (see: παρεδρεύω).†
παρ-εδρεύω
[in LXX: Pro.1:21 8:3 * ;]
to sit constantly beside, attend constantly (cf. MM, xix): τ. θυσιαστηρίω, 1Co.9:13.†
(AS) G4333 G4333 = G4333 προσεργάζομαι prosergazomai G:V to earn more προσ-εργάζομαι
__1. to work or do service besides (Hdt., Plut.).
__2. to gain besides, by working or trading: Luk.19:16 (Xen.).†
(AS) G4334 G4334 = G4334 προσέρχομαι proserchomai G:V to come near/agree προσ-έρχομαι
[in LXX for קָרַב, נָגַשׁ, etc. ;]
to approach, draw near: absol., Mat.4:11, Luk.9:42, al.; with infin., Mat.24:1, al.; with dative loc., Heb.12:18, 22; dative of person(s), Mat.5:1, and freq., Jhn.12:21, al.; ptcp., προσελθών, with indic., Mat.8:2, and freq., Mrk.1:31, Luk.7:14, al.; π. αὐτῷ, with indic., Mat.4:3, Mrk.6:35,
Metaphorical,
__(a) of approaching God: absol. (Lev.21:17, Deu.21:5, al.), Heb.10:1, 22; τ. θεῷ, Heb.7:25 11:6; τ. θρόνῳ τ. χάριτος, Heb.4:16; πρὸς Χριστόν, 1Pe.2:4;
__(b) in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes, 211), to consent to: ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, 1Ti.6:3
(AS) G4335 G4335 = G4335 προσευχή proseuchē G:N-F prayer προσ-ευχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(προσεύχομαι), [in LXX chiefly for תְּפִלָּה ;]
__1. prayer to God: Mat.17:21 (WH, R, txt., om.) Mat.21:22, Mrk.9:29, Luk.22:45, Act.3:1 6:4 10:31, Rom.12:12, 1Co.7:5, Col.4:2; pl., Act.2:42 10:4, Rom.1:10, Eph.1:16 Col.4:12, 1Th.1:2, Phm 4 22, 1Pe.3:7 4:7, Rev.5:8 8:3-4; οἶκος προσευχῆς, Mat.21:13, Mrk.11:17, Luk.19:46" (LXX) ; π. καὶ δέησις, Eph.6:18, Php.4:6; pl., 1Ti.2:1 5:5; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, prayer to God (ef. Wis.16:28), Luk.6:12; πρὸς τ. θεόν, before ὑπέρ, Act.12:5; pl., Rom.15:30; Hebraistically (B1., § 38, 3), προσευχῇ προσεύχεσθαι, Jas.5:17 (EV, prayed fervently).
__2. a place of prayer: of a synagogue (3Ma.7:20, seel.; see Charles, APOT, i, 173; for other exx., see Kennedy, Sources, 114); of a place in the open (FlJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 23), Act.16:13, 16.†
SYN.: see: δέησις (AS) G4336 G4336 = G4336 προσεύχομαι proseuchomai G:V to pray προσ-εύχομαι
[in LXX chiefly for פָּלַל hith. ;]
to pray (always of prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mat.6:5-7, 9 14:23 19:13 26:36, 39 26:41, 44, Mrk.1:35 6:46 11:24-25 13:33 (WH, E, txt., om.) Mrk.14:32, 38-39 Luk.1:10 3:21 5:16 6:12 9:18, 28-29 11:1-2 18:1, 10 22:44 (WH, E, mg., om.), Act.1:24 6:6 9:11 10:9, 30 11:5 12:12 13:3 14:23 16:25 20:36 21:5 22:17 28:8, 1Co.11:4-5 14:14, 1Th.5:17, 1Ti.2:8, Jas.5:13, 18; before λέγων, Mat.26:39, 42, Luk.22:41; with dative instr., 1Co.11:5 14:14-15; μακρά, Mat.23:14 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47; ἐν πνεύματι (ἁγίῳ), Eph.6:18, Ju 20; προσευχῇ π. (a Hebraism, see: προσευχή), Jas.5:17; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.18:11, Rom.8:26; before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Jas.5:14; with dative of person(s), Mat.6:6, 1Co.11:13; before περί, with genitive, Act.8:15, Col.1:3 4:3, 1Th.5:25, 2Th.1:11 3:1, Heb.13:18; ὑπέρ, Mat.5:44 Luk.6:28, Col.1:9, Jas.5:16; before ἵνα, Mat.24:20, Mrk.13:18 14:35, Luk.22:46, 1Co.14:13; τοῦτο ἵνα, Php.1:9; with inf., Luk.22:46; before τοῦ, with inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), Jas.5:17.†
(AS) G4337 G4337 = G4337 προσέχω prosechō G:V to watch out προσ-έχω
[in LXX for קָשַׁב hi., שָׁמַר ni., etc. ;]
__1. to turn to, bring to (frequently ναῦν, expressed or understood, to bring to port, land; Hdt., al.).
__2. τ. νοῦν, before dative, to turn one's mind to, attend to; in Xen. and later writers with νοῦν omitted (El., § 53, 1; 81, 1): Act.8:6 16:14, Heb.2:1, 2Pe.1:19; in sense of caring or providing for, Act.20:28; π. ἑαυτῷ, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157; cf. Gen.24:6, Exo.10:28, al.): Luk.17:3 21:34, Act.5:35; id. before ἀπό (M, Pr., 102; B1., § 34, 11; 40, 3; see: βλέπω), Luk.12:1; (without dative) Mat.7:15 10:17 16:6, 11-12, Luk.20:46 (cf. Sir.6:13, al.); before μή, with inf. (M, Pr., 193; Bl., § 69, 4), Mat.6:1.
__3. to attach or devote oneself to: with dative of person(s), Act.8:10-11, 1Ti.4:1; with dative of thing(s), 1Ti.1:4 3:8 4:13 6:3 T (-ερχ-, WH, R), Tit.1:14, Heb.7:13.†
(AS) G4338 G4338 = G4338 προσηλόω prosēloō G:V to nail προσ-ηλόω -ῶ
[in LXX: 3Ma.4:9 * ;]
to nail to: with accusative and dative, figuratively, Col.2:14.†
(AS) G4339 G4339 = G4339 προσήλυτος prosēlutos G:N-M proselyte προσήλυτος, -ον
(προοελαύνω), [in LXX for גֵּר ;]
__1. one who has arrived, a stranger.
__2. Of converts to Judaism, a proselyte (see DB, see word): Mat.23:15, Act.2:10 6:5 13:43.†
(AS) G4340 G4340 = G4340 πρόσκαιρος proskairos G:A temporary πρόσ-καιρος, -ον
[in LXX: 4Ma.15:2 4Mac 15:8 4Mac 15:23 * ;]
__1. in season.
__2. for a season, temporary, transient: 2Co.4:18, Heb.11:25; of plants, short-lived: Mat.13:21, Mrk.4:17.†
(AS) G4341 G4341 = G4341 προσκαλέω proskaleō G:V to call to/summon προσ-καλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for קָרָא ;]
to call to. Mid., to call to oneself (see M, Pr., 157): with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:1, Mrk.3:13 6:7, Luk.7:19, Act.5:40, Jas.5:14, al. Metaphorical, of the Divine call: Act.2:39; with inf., Act.16:10 (see Bl., § 69, 4); before εἰς, Act.13:2.†
(AS) G4342 G4342 = G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskartereō G:V to continue in/with προσ-καρτερέω, -ῶ
(καρτερός, strong, stedfast) [in LXX: Num.13:21 (חָזַק hith.), Tob.5:8 א, Da Th Su 1:6* ;]
to attend constantly, continue stedfastly, adhere to, wait on: with dative of person(s), Mrk.3:9, Act.8:13 10:7; with dative of thing(s), Act.1:14 2:42 6:4, Rom.12:12, Col.4:2; before ἐν, Act.2:46; εἰς, Rom.13:6.†
(AS) G4343 G4343 = G4343 προσκαρτέρησις proskarterēsis G:N-F perseverance προσ-καρτέρησις, -εως, ἡ
(προσκαρτερέω)
stedfastness, persever­ance: Eph.6:18.†
(AS) G4344 G4344 = G4344 προσκεφάλαιον proskephalaion G:N-N cushion προσ-κεφάλαιον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Eze.13:18, 20 (כֶּסֶת), I Est.3:8 * ;]
a pillow, cushion: Mrk.4:38.†
(AS) G4345 G4345 = G4345 προσκληρόω prosklēroō G:V to join προσ-κληρόω, -ῶ
to allot to, assign to by lot; pass. (but perh. as nid., EV, consorted with, so Syr.): Act.17:4 (for exx., v, Cremer, 749).†
(AS) G4346 G4346 = G4346 πρόσκλισις prosklisis G:N-F partiality πρόσ-κλισις, -εως, ἡ
(προσκλίνω),
inclination partiality: 1Ti.5:21.†
(AS) G4347 G4347 = G4347 προσκολλάω proskollaō G:V to join προσ-κολλάω, -ῶ,
[in LXX chiefly for דָּבַק ;]
to glue to; pass., reflexive, to stick to, cleave to (Plat.): metaphorically (with dative, Jos.23:8, Sir.6:34 al.), before πρός, Mrk.10:7 (R, txt.), Eph.5:31 (LXX).†
(AS) G4348 G4348 = G4348 πρόσκομμα proskomma G:N-N stumbling block πρόσ-κομμα, -τος, τό
(προσκόπτω), [in LXX: Exo.23:33 34:12 (מוֹקֵשׁ), Isa.8:14 (נֶגֶף), Jdth.8:22, Sir.17:25, al. ;]
__(a) a stumble, stumbling: λίθος προσκόμματος (= נֶגֶף אֶבֶן, Isa, l.with), figuratively, Rom.9:32-33, 1Pe.2:8" (LXX) ;
__(b) = προσκοπή, an occasion of stumbling, a stumbling-block: metaphorically, Rom.14:13, 20, 1Co.8:9 (Plut.).†
SYN.: σκάνδαλον (cf. Cremer, 752 f.) (AS) G4349 G4349 = G4349 προσκοπή proskopē G:N-F stumbling προσκοπή, -ῆς, ή
(προσκόπτω), [in Gr. Ven.: Pro.16:18 (כִּשָּׁלוֹן) * ;]
an occasion of stumbling, offence: 2Co.6:3.†
(AS) G4350 G4350 = G4350 προσκόπτω proskoptō G:V to strike προσ-κόπτω
[in LXX for נָגַף, כָּשַׁל ni., etc. ;]
__1. trans., to strike (e.g. hand or foot) against: with accusative before πρός, figuratively, Mat.4:6, Luk.4:11, (LXX)
__2. Intrans., to stumble: absol. (Tob.11:9, Pro.3:23), Jhn.11:9-10; of wind, to rush against, beat upon: with dative, Mat.7:27. Metaphorical, in late writers,
__(a) to offend (Polyb.);
__(b) to take offence at, stumble at: before ἐν, Rom.14:21; with dative, τ. λόγῳ, 1Pe.2:8; τ. λίθῳ τ. προσκόμματος, Rom.9:32.†
(AS) G4351 G4351 = G4351 προσκυλίω proskuliō G:V to roll before προσ-κυλίω
to roll up, roll to: with accusative and dative, Mat.27:60; accusative before ἐπί, Mrk.15:46.†
(AS) G4352 G4352 = G4352 προσκυνέω proskuneō G:V to worship προσ-κυνέω, -ῶ
(κυνέω, to kiss), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁחָה hith. ;]
to make obeisance, do reverence to, worship;
__(a) prop. (as in cl., of the gods: Hdt., Æsch., Plat., al.), of God, Christ and supra-mundane beings: absol., Jhn.4:20 12:20, Act.8:27 24:11, Heb.11:21 (Westc., in l), Rev.11:1; πίπτειν καὶ π., Rev.5:14; with dative (of the significance of this constr. as com­pared with the usual cl., with accusative, see Abbott, JG, 78 f.; JV, 133 ff.), Jhn.4:21, 23, Act.7:43, 1Co.14:25, Heb.1:6, Rev.4:10 7:11 11:16 13:4, 15 14:7 16:2 19:4, 10 19:20 22:8-9; with accusative (see supr.), Mat.4:10, Luk.4:8 24:52 (WH, R, mg., om.), Jhn.4:22, 24, Rev.9:20 13:4, 8 13:12 14:9, 11 20:4; Seq. ἐπώπιον, Luk.4:7, Rev.15:4;
__(b) as in cl., of homage to human superiors (cf. MM, xxi): absol., Mat.20:20, Act.10:25; with dative (see supr.), Mat.2:2, 8 8:2 9:18 14:33 15:25 18:26 28:9, Mrk.15:19, Jhn.9:38; πεσὼν., Mat.2:11 4:9; ἐνώπιον τ. ποδῶν, Rev.3:9; with accusative, Mrk.5:6 (dative T).†
(AS) G4353 G4353 = G4353 προσκυνητής proskunētēs G:N-M worshiper προσ-κυνητήν, -οῦ, ὁ
(προσκυνέω),
a worshipper: Jhn.4:23.†
(AS) G4354 G4354 = G4354 προσλαλέω proslaleō G:V to talk to/with προσ-λαλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Exo.4:16 AB2 (דָבַר pi.), Wis.13:17 * ;]
to speak to: Act.28:20; with dative of person(s), Act.13:43.†
(AS) G4355 G4355 = G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambanō G:V to take προσ-λαμβάνω
[in LXX: Psa.18:16 (מָשָׁה hi.), Psa.73:24 (לָקַח), etc. ;]
__1. to take in addition.
__2. to take to oneself, take, receive; in NT always mid., -ομαι;
__(a) of things: of food, with accusative, Act.27:33; with genitive part., Act.27:36;
__(b) of persons: with accusative, Mat.16:22, Mrk.8:32 (see Swete, in l), Act.17:5 18:26 28:2, Rom.14:1, 3 15:7, Phm 17.†
(AS) G4356 G4356 = G4356 πρόσληψις proslēpsis G:N-F acceptance πρόσ-λημψις (Rec. -ληψις, as in Att..), -εως, ἡ
(προσλαμβάνω),
__1. an assumption (Plat.).
__2. a receiving (cf. προσλαμβάνω): Rom.11:15,†
(AS) G4357 G4357 = G4357 προσμένω prosmenō G:V to remain/persist προσ-μένω
[in LXX: Jdg.3:25 A (חוּל hi.), Tob.2:2 א, Wis.3:9, 3Ma.7:17 * ;]
__1. to wait longer, continue, remain still: Act.18:18; before ἐν, 1Ti.1:3.
__2. C. dative, to remain with: Mat.15:32, Mrk.8:32. Metaphorical, to remain attached to, cleave unto, abide in: τ. κυρίῳ, Act.11:23 (R, txt.; ἐν τ. κ., R, mg., see supr.); τ. χάριτι τ. θεοῦ, Act.13:43; τ. δεήσεσιν, 1Ti.5:5.†
(AS) G4358 G4358 = G4358 προσορμίζω prosormizō G:V to moor/anchor προσ-ορμίζω
(ὅρμος, an anchorage),
to bring a ship to anchor at; usually in mid., to come to anchor near, and so pass. in late writers (Ael., Dio Cass.): Mrk.6:53.†
(AS) G4359 G4359 = G4359 προσοφείλω prosopheilō G:V to owe besides to owe besides or still , (Thucydides): absolute, προσοφείλοντας ἡμᾶς ἐνέγραψεν (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass. to be still owing, be still due , (Thucydides); so, ἡ ἔχθρη ἡ προσοφειλομένη ἐς Ἀθηναίους ἐκ τῶν Αἰγινητέων the hatred which was still due from the Aeginetans to the Athenians, i. e. their ancient feud, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G4360 G4360 = G4360 προσοχθίζω prosochthizō G:V be angry προσ-οχθίζω
[in LXX: Lev.26:15, al. (גָּעַל); Lev.18:25, al. (קוֹא), Psa.95:10, Eze.36:31 (קוּט), Sir.6:25, al. (other writers use ὀχθέω, rarely -ίζω) ;]
to be angry with: with dative, Heb.3:10 (LXX), Heb.3:17.†
(AS) G4361 G4361 = G4361 πρόσπεινος prospeinos G:A very hungry πρόσπεινος, -ον
(πεῖωα, hunger),
hungry: Act.10:10.†
(AS) G4362 G4362 = G4362 προσπήγνυμι prospēgnumi G:V to nail to προσ-πήγνυμι
to fasten to: absol., to crucify, Act.2:23.†
(AS) G4363 G4363 = G4363 προσπίπτω prospiptō G:V to fall/beat προσ-πίπτω
[in LXX for נָפַל, נָגַע hi., כָּרַע ;]
__1. to fall upon, strike against: with dative, of wind, Mat.7:25.
__2. to fall down at one's feet, fall prostrate before: absol., before πρός, Mrk.7:25; with dative of person(s), Mrk.3:11 5:33, Luk.8:28, Act.16:29; τ. γόνασιν, Luk.5:8.†
(AS) G4364 G4364 = G4364 προσποιέω prospoieō G:V to pretend προσ-ποιέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 1Ki.21:13 (14) (הָלַל hithpo.), Job.19:14, (Sir 34:30 (Sir.31:30)), Dan LXX Su 1:11 * ;]
to make over to, add or attach to. Mid., to take to oneself, claim; hence, to pretend; with inf. (cf. Xen., Anab., iv, 3, 20), to make as if: Luk.24:28.†
(AS) G4365 G4365 = G4365 προσπορεύομαι prosporeuomai G:V to approach προσ-πορεύομαι
[in LXX for קָרַב, נָגַשׁ, etc. ;]
to come near, approach: with dative of person(s), Mrk.10:35.†
(AS) G4366 G4366 = G4366 προσρήγνυμι prosrēgnumi G:V to strike προσ-ρήγνυμι
[in Aq.: Psa.2:9 * ;]
to break against, dash against;
__(a) trans. (παιδία πέτραις, FlJ, Ant., ix, 4, 6);
__(b) intrans., with dative: Luk.6:48-49 (cf. προσπίπτω).†
(AS) G4367 G4367 = G4367 προστάσσω prostassō G:V to order προσ-τάσσω
[in LXX chiefly for צָוָה pi. ;]
__1. with accusative of person(s), to place at, to attach to.
__2. to give a command, enjoin, appoint: Luk.5:14; with dative of person(s), Mat.1:24; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.8:4, Mrk.1:44; with accusative and inf., Act.10:48; pass., Act.10:33 17:26.†
(AS) G4368 G4368 = G4368 προστάτις prostatis G:N-F patroness προστάτις, -ιδος, ἡ
(fem, of προοτάτης),
a patroness, protectress: Rom.16:2.†
(AS) G4369 G4369 = G4369 προστίθημι prostithēmi G:V to add (to) προσ-τίθημι
[in LXX chiefly for יָסַף hi., also for אָסַף ni., etc. ;]
__1. to put to.
__2. to add, join to, give in addition: with accusative before ἐπί, Mat.6:27, Luk.3:20 12:25; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, Act.2:47; with accusative and dative, Luk.17:5, Heb.12:19 (see MM, xxi); pass., absol., Act.2:41, Gal.3:19; with dative, Mat.6:33, Mrk.4:24, Luk.12:31, Act.5:14 11:24; προσιτέθη πρὸς τ. πατέρας (cf. Gen.26:8, Jdg.2:10, al.), Act.13:36; with inf., of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following verb, as in Heb. idiom (Gen.4:2 8:12, al.; cf. WM, § 54, 5; Lft. on Clem., 1Co., xii; but see also M, Pr., 67, 233; Deiss., BS, 67.1; MM, xxi), Luk.20:11, Act.12:3; similarly ptcp., προσ-θείς, with indic. (Gen.38:5, al.), Luk.19:11.†
(AS) G4370 G4370 = G4370 προστρέχω prostrechō G:V to hasten προσ-τρέχω
[in LXX for רוּץ ;]
to run to: Mrk.9:15 10:17, Act.8:30.†
(AS) G4371 G4371 = G4371 προσφάγιον prosphagion G:N-N fish προσφάγιον, -ου, τό
(φαγεῖν),
Hellenistic for ὄψον ὀψάριον)
a relish or dainty (esp, cooked fish), to be eaten with bread: Jhn.21:5 (have ye taken any fish, Field, Notes, 109; Abbott, Essays, 105; cf. M, Pr., 170n; MM, Exp., xxi).†
(AS) G4372 G4372 = G4372 πρόσφατος prosphatos G:A new πρόσφατος, -ον
(on the derivation, see Boisacq, see word and cf. -ως), [in LXX: Num.6:3 (לַח), Deu.32:17, Ecc.1:9 (חָדָשׁ), Psa.81:9 (זוּר), Sir.9:10 * ;]
__1. originally, freshly slain.
__2. Generally (from Æsch. on), new, fresh, recent: ὁδός, Heb.10:20 (see MM, Exp., xxi; Rutherford, NPhr., 471 f.).†
(AS) G4373 G4373 = G4373 προσφάτως prosphatōs G:ADV recently προσφάτως
adv. (see: πρόσφατος), [in LXX: Deu.24:5 (חָדָשׁ), Jdth.4:3, 5, Eze.11:3, 2Ma.14:36 2Mac 14:16 ;]
recently: Act.18:2 (see MM, Exp., xxi).†
(AS) G4374 G4374 = G4374 προσφέρω prospherō G:V to bring to προσ-φέρω
[in LXX chiefly for קָרַב hi. ;]
__1. to bring to, lead to: with accusative and dative of person(s), Mat.4:24 8:16 9:2, 32 14:35 17:16, Mrk.2:4 (WH, R, txt.; sc. αὐτόν) Mrk.10:13, Luk.18:15 23:14; pass., Mat.12:22 (act., WH, txt.) Mat.18:24 (προσήχθη, WH) Mat.19:13; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.25:20; id. with dative of person(s), Mat.22:19, Luk.23:36; τ. στόματι, Jhn.19:29; metaphorically, with dative of person(s), to deal with, Heb.12:7 (cl.).
__2. to offer: Mat.2:11, Act.8:18; esp. (as frequently in LXX; cf. FlJ, Ant., iii, 9, 3) sacrifices, gifts and prayers to God: absol., before περί (ὑπέρ), Mrk.1:44, Luk.5:14, Heb.5:1, 3 9:7 10:12; pass., Act.21:26; with accusative of thing(s) (δῶρον, θυσίαν, λυτρείαν, προσφοράν), Mat.5:23-24 (aoristic pres.; M, Pr., 247) Mat.8:4, Jhn.16:2, Act.7:42 21:26, Heb.5:1 8:3-4 9:7, 9 10:1-2, 8 10:11-12; δεήσεις τε κ. ἱκετηρίας, Heb.5:7; with accusative of person(s), Heb.11:17 (conative impf.; M, Pr., 129); of Christ, Heb.7:27 (ἀνενέγκας, WH, txt.) Heb.9:14, 25 9:28.†
(AS) G4375 G4375 = G4375 προσφιλής prosphilēs G:A lovely προσφιλής, -ές
(φιλέω), [in LXX: Est.5:1, Sir.4:7 20:13 * ;]
__(a) of persons, in both act, and pass. sense (LXX, ll. with);
__(b) of things, pleas­ing, agreeable (EV, lovely): Php.4:8.†
(AS) G4376 G4376 = G4376 προσφορά prosphora G:N-F offering προσ-φορά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(προσφέρω), [in LXX: 3Ki.7:48 (פָּנִים) Psa.40:6 (מִנְחָה), I Est.5:52, Sir.14:11, al. ;]
__1. a bringing to, offering (Plat., al.).
__2. (Less frequently in cl.), a present, an offering; in NT, of sacrificial offerings: Act.21:26 24:17, Eph.5:2, Heb.10:5, 8 10:14; περί ἀμαρτίας, Heb.10:18; with genitive obj., Rom.15:16, Heb.10:10.†
(AS) G4377 G4377 = G4377 προσφωνέω prosphōneō G:V to call to/summon προσ-φωνέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 1Es.2:21 Est.6:6 Est.6:22, 2Ma.15:15 * ;]
__1. to address, call to; in cl., with accusative of person(s), with dupl. accusative (cf. 2Mac, l.with); absol. (Hom., Od., v, 159, al.): Act.21:40 In late writers, with dative of person(s): Mat.11:16, Luk.7:32 13:12 23:20, Act.22:2.
__2. to call by name, summon: with accusative (as in cl.), Luk.6:13.†
(AS) G4378 G4378 = G4378 πρόσχυσις proschusis G:N-F sprinkling πρόσ-χυσις, -εως, ἡ
a pouring or sprinkling upon: Heb.11:28.†
(AS) G4379 G4379 = G4379 προσψαύω prospsauō G:V to touch προσ-ψαύω
in poët. and late writers,
to touch: with dative, Luk.11:46.†
(AS) G4380 G4380 = G4380 προσωποληπτέω prosōpolēpteō G:V to favor προσωπολημπτέω (Rec. -ληπτ-), -ῶ
(-λήμπτης, which see),
to have respect of persons: Jas.2:9.†
(AS) G4381 G4381 = G4381 προσωπολήπτης prosōpolēptēs G:N-M prejudiced person προσωπο-λήμπτης (Rec. -λήπτης, see Bl., § 6, 8), -ου, ὁ
(πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν, see: πρόσωπον),
a respecter of persons: Act.10:34 (on this group of cognate forms, see Mayor, da., 78 f.; and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 44).†
(AS) G4382 G4382 = G4382 προσωποληψία prosōpolēpsia G:N-F favoritism προσωπολημψία (Rec. -ληψία), -ας, ἡ
(προσωπολήμπτης)
respect of persons: Rom.2:11, Eph.6:9, Col.3:25, Jas.2:1 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G4383 G4383 = G4383 πρόσωπον prosōpon G:N-N face πρόσωπον, -ου, τό
(πρός, ὤψ), [in LXX chiefly and very frequently for פָּנִים ;]
__1. prop., of persons (so always in cl.);
__(a) the face, countenance: Mat.6:16-17, Mrk.14:65, Luk.9:29, 2Co.3:7, Rev.4:7, al.; τὸ π. τῆς γενέτεως (EV, natural face), Jas.1:23; πίπτειν ἐπὶ (τὰ) π., Mat.17:6, Luk.5:12, Rev.7:11, al.; ἀγνοούμενος τῷ π., Gal.1:22; π., οὐ καρδίᾳ, 1Th.2:17; κατὰ πρόσωπον (in front, facing: Thuc., Xen., al.), when present, face to face, Act.25:16, 2Co.10:1 10:7, Gal.2:11; id. with genitive, as compound prep., in the presence of (not cl.; see Bl., § 40, 9; M, Pr., 99 f.; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.), Luk.2:31, Act.3:13; similarly ἀπὸ π. (Heb. (פָּנִים מִלִּפְּנֵי); see Dalman, Words, 29), from the presence of, Act.3:19 5:41 7:45, 2Th.1:9, Rev.12:14 20:11; πρὸ π. (Heb. (פָּנִים לִפְנֵי), before, Mat.11:10, Mrk.1:2, Luk.7:27" (LXX), al.; in other phrases resembling Heb. idiom (Thackeray, Gr., 42), βλέπειν (ὁρᾶν, θεωρεῖν, ἰδεῖν) τὸ π., to see one's face, i.e. see him in person, Mat.18:10, Act.20:25, 38, 1Th.3:10, Rev.22:4; ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Heb.9:24; ἐν π. Χριστοῦ, 2Co.2:10 4:6; μετὰ τοῦ π. σου with thy presence, Act.2:28 (LXX); εἰς π. τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, 2Co.8:24; στηρίζειν τὸ π. (Heb. פָּנִים שׂוּם: Jer.21:10, al.; see Dalman, Words, 30), with inf., to set one's face towards, Luk.9:51; similarly, τὸ π. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον (op. cit., 31), Luk.9:53; τὸ π. τοῦ κυρίου ἐπί, 1Pe.3:12 (LXX)
__(b) form, person: καυχᾶσθαι. ἐν π. καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ, 2Co.5:12 (cf. 1Ki.16:7); metaphorically, as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to appearance, external condition or circumstances (פָּנִים H5387; see Dalman, Words, 30; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.): λαμβάνειν π., Luk.20:21, Gal.2:6; βλέπειν εἰς π., Mat.22:16, Mrk.12:14; θαυμάζειν πρόσωπα, Ju 16.
__2. Of things (cf. Dalman, l.with)
__(a) face, appearance (Psa.104:30): Mat.16:3 (WH, R, mg., om.), Luk.12:56, Jas.1:11
__(b) surface (Gen.2:6): Luk.21:35, Act.17:26
(AS) G4384 G4384 = G4384 προτάσσω protassō G:V to predetermine προ-τάσσω
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:36 R (Α, προστ-) * ;]
__1. to place in front.
__2. to arrange beforehand: Act.17:26, Rec. (for προστ., Edd.).†
(AS) G4385 G4385 = G4385 προτείνω proteinō G:V to stretch out προ-τείνω, [in LXX: 2Ma_7:1-42, 3Ma_2:1 * ;]
to stretch out, stretch forth: of preparations for scourging (see Field, Notes, 136 f.), Act.22:25.†
(AS) G4386 G4386 = a Form of G4387 πρότερον proteron G:ADV previously before; (adv.) before, formerly, an earlier time
former, prior, Eph. 4:22; before, former, prior, Eph. 4:22; before, formerly, Jn. 6:62 G4387 G4387 = G4387 πρότερος proteros G:A before A. Compar., πρότερος, -α, -ον,
[in LXX for רִאשׁוֹן ,לִפָנִים, etc. ;]
before, of time, place, rank, etc.; in NT always of Time, before, former: Eph.4:22. Adverbially, πρότερον, before, aforetime, formerly: Jhn.7:50, 2Co.1:15, Heb.4:6; opposite to ἔπειτα, Heb.7:27; τὸ π., Jhn.6:62 9:8, Gal.4:13, 1Ti.1:13; αἱ π. ἡμέραι, Heb.10:32; αἱ π. ἐπιθυμίαι, 1Pe.1:14.†
(AS) G4388 G4388 = G4388 προτίθημι protithēmi G:V to plan/present προ-τίθημι
[in LXX: Exo.40:4, 23, Lev.24:8 (עָרַךְ) Psa.54:3 (שׂוּם), etc. ;]
__1. to set before, set forth publicly; so also in mid.: with accusative of person(s), Rom.3:25 (for a suggested alt, rend., see MM, xxii).
__2. Mid., to set before oneself, propose, purpose: with inf., Rom.1:13; with accusative of thing(s), Eph.1:9.†
(AS) G4389 G4389 = G4389 προτρέπω protrepō G:V to encourage προ-τρέπω
[in LXX: Wis.14:18, 2Ma.11:7, 4Ma.12:7 4Mac 15:12 4Mac 16:13 * ;]
to urge forwards, exhort, persuade. Mid., in same sense (as also in cl.): Act.18:27.†
(AS) G4390 G4390 = G4390 προτρέχω protrechō G:V to outrun προ-τρέχω
[in LXX: 1Ki.8:11 (פָּנִים רוּץ), Job.41:13 (14) A (דּוּץ), Tob.11:3 (before ἔμπροσθεν), 1Ma.16:21 * ;]
__1. to run forward.
__2. to run on, run in advance: Jhn.20:4; before εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν, Luk.19:4.†
(AS) G4391 G4391 = G4391 προϋπάρχω prouparchō G:V be formerly προ-ϋπ-άρχω
[in LXX: Job 42:18* ;]
__1. to be beforehand in.
__2. to be before or previously: with ptcp., Luk.23:12, Act.8:9.†
(AS) G4392 G4392 = G4392 πρόφασις prophasis G:N-F pretense πρό-φασις, -εως, ἡ
(φήμι), [in LXX: Psa.141:4 (עֲלִילָה), ??עֲלִילָה), ??Dan.6:4-5(5-6) (עִלָּה) Pro.18:1, Hos.10:4 * ;]
a pretence, pretext: Mat.23:1 (WM, R, txt., om.), Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47 Jhn.15:22, Act.27:30, Php.1:18, 1Th.2:5.†
(AS) G4393 G4393 = G4393 προφέρω propherō G:V to bring out προφέρω
[in LXX: Pro.10:13 (מָצָא ni.), Tob.9:5, al. ;]
to bring forth: with accusative of thing(s), before ἐκ, Luk.6:45.†
(AS) G4394 G4394 = G4394 προφητεία prophēteia G:N-F prophecy προφητεία, -ας, ἡ
(προψητεύω) [in LXX for נְבוּאָה, חָזוֹן ;]
the gift (and its exercise) of interpreting the Divine will and purpose, prophecy, prophesying: of OT prophecy, Mat.13:14, 2Pe.1:20-21; of NT prophecy, Rom.12:6, 1Co.12:10 13:2 14:6 14:22, 1Ti.4:14, Rev.11:6 22:19; pl., 1Co.13:8, 1Th.5:20, 1Ti.1:18; οἱ λόγοι τῆς π., Rev.1:3 22:7, 10 22:18; τ. πνεῦμα τῆς π., Rev.19:10 (Luc., FlJ, LXX, π.; see Deiss., BS, 235 f.; MM, xxii).†
(AS) G4395 G4395 = G4395 προφητεύω prophēteuō G:V to prophesy προφητεύω
(προφήτης), [in LXX chiefly for נָבָא ni., hith. ;]
to be a προφήτης (which see), to prophesy: in the primary sense of telling forth the Divine counsels, Mat.7:22 26:68, Mrk.14:65, Luk.1:67 22:64, Act.19:6, 1Co.11:4-5 13:9 14:1 14:3-5 14:24 14:31 14:39, Heb.11:3; with the idea of foretelling future events (an idea merely incidental, not essential; see Lft., Notes, 83 f.), Mat.11:13, Act.2:17-18" (LXX) Act.21:9; before περί, Mat.15:7, Mrk.7:6, 1Pe.1:10; ἐπί, with dative, Rev.10:11; λέγων, Ju 14; ὅτι, Jhn.11:51.†
SYN.: μαντεύομαι, q.v (AS) G4396 G4396 = G4396 προφήτης prophētēs G:N-M prophet προφήτης, -ου, ὁ [πρόφημι, to speak forth),
[in LXX chiefly for נָבִיא ;]
one who acts as an interpreter or forth-teller of the Divine will (see Lft., Notes, 83f.; Tr., Syn., §vi), a prophet;
__1. in cl. (Æsch., Hdt., Plat., al.), of the interpreters of oracles.
__2. In NT,
__(a) of the OT prophets: Mat.5:12, Mrk.6:15, Luk.4:27, Jhn.8:52, Rom.11:3, al.;
__(b) of prophets in general: Mat.10:41 13:57 21:46, Mrk.6:4, Luk.13:33, al.;
__(with) of John the Baptist: Mat.21:26, Mrk.6:15, Luk.1:76;
__(d) of Christ: Mat.21:11, Jhn.6:14, Act.3:22, 23 7:37" (LXX) ;
__(e) of Christian prophets in the apostolic age: Act.15:32, 1Co.12:28, Eph.2:20, al.;
__(f) by meton., of the writings of prophets: Luk.24:27, Act.8:28, al.;
__(g) of a poet: Tit.1:12 (on the use of the term in π. and Inscr., see Deiss., BS, 235f.; MM, xxii).
(AS) G4397 G4397 = G4397 προφητικός prophētikos G:A prophetic προφητικός, -ά, -όν
(προφήτης),
of prophecy, prophetic: Rom.16:26, 2Pe.1:19.†
(AS) G4398 G4398 = G4398 προφῆτις prophētis G:N-F prophetess προφῆτις, -ιδος, ἡ fem, of προφήτης,
[in LXX: Exo.15:20, Jdg.4:4, 4Ki.22:14, 2Ch.34:22, Isa.8:3 (נְבִיאָה) * ;]
a prophetess: Luk.2:36, Rev.2:20.†
(AS) G4399 G4399 = G4399 προφθάνω prophthanō G:V to come before προ-φθάνω
[in LXX chiefly for קָדַם pi. ;]
with ptcp. (as in cl., but more frequently the simple φθάνω, which see),
to anticipate: Mat.17:25.†
(AS) G4400 G4400 = G4400 προχειρίζω procheirizō G:V to appoint προ-χειρίζω
(πρόχειρος, at hand) [in LXX: Exo.4:13 (שָׁלַח), Jos.3:12 (לָקַח), Dan LXX 3:22, 2Ma.3:7 2Mac 8:9 2Mac 14:12 A * ;]
__1. to put into the hand, deliver up: pass., Act.3:20.
__2. More frequently as depon., -ομαι, to take into one's hand; hence, metaphorically, to propose, determine, choose: with inf., Act.22:14; with accusative of person(s), Act.26:16.†
(AS) G4401 G4401 = G4401 προχειροτονέω procheirotoneō G:V to choose προ-χειρο-τονέω, -ῶ
(see χειροτονέω)
to choose or appoint beforehand: Act.10:41 (Plat., al.).†
(AS) G4402 G4402 = G4402 Πρόχορος Prochoros N:N-M-P Prochorus Πρόχορος, -ου, ὁ
Prochorus: Act.6:5
(AS) G4403 G4403 = G4403 πρύμνα prumna G:N-F stern πρύμνα, -ης, ἡ
prop. fem. of adj. πρύμνο, -η, -ον, (sc. ναῦς), the hindmost part of a ship, the stern: Mrk.4:38, Act.27:29; opposite to πρῷρα, Act.27:41.†
(AS) G4404 G4404 = G4404 πρωΐ prōi G:ADV early πρωί (Rec. πρωΐ),
adv. (πρό), [in LXX chiefly for בֹּקֶר ;]
in the morning, early: Mat.16:3 (R, txt.) Mat.21:18, Mrk.1:35 11:20 13:35 15:1, Jhn.18:28 20:1; λίαν π., Mrk.16:2; ἅμα π., Mat.20:1; ἀπὸ π. (cf. ἀπὸ πρωΐθεν, Exo.18:13), Act.28:23.†
(AS) G4405 G4405 = G4405 πρωΐα prōia G:N-F early morning πρώιος (Rec. -ϊος), -α, -ον
(πρωί), [in LXX for בֹּקֶר בַּ לַּ ;]
at early morn, early; as subst., ἡ π. (sc. ὥρα, cf. ἡ ὥ. ἡ π., 3Ma.5:24), early morning: Mat.27:1, Jhn.21:4.†
(AS) G4406 G4406 = G4406 πρώϊμος prōimos G:A early rain πρώϊμος, see: πρόϊμος .
πρόϊμος (Rec. πρώ-, of which προ- is a late form; see Bl., § 6, 4; WH, App., 152), -ον,
[in LXX: Deu.11:14 (יוֹרֶה), etc. ;]
= the more common πρώιος (which see),
early: of rain (as most frequently in LXX), Jas.5:7.†
(AS) G4407 G4407 = G4407 πρωϊνός prōinos G:A morning πρωινός
(Rec. -ϊνος, see WH, App., ή, -όν (πρωί), [in LXX chiefly for בֹּקֶר ;]
= cl. πρώιος,
at early morn, early: ἀστήρ, Rev.2:28 22:16.†
(AS) G4408 G4408 = G4408 πρῷρα prōra G:N-F bow πρῷρα (Rec. incorrectly πρώρα, see Bl., § 3, 3; LS, see word), -ης (for Att.. -ας, see Bl., § 7, 1; Mayser, l 2), ἡ,
the forward part of a ship, the prow: Act.27:30; opposite to πρύμνα, ib. Act.27:41.†
(AS) G4409 G4409 = G4409 πρωτεύω prōteuō G:V be first πρωτεύω
(πρῶτος) [in LXX: Est.5:11, 2Ma.6:18 2Mac 13:15 * ;]
to be first, pre-eminent, have the first place: Col.1:18.†
(AS) G4410 G4410 = G4410 πρωτοκαθεδρία prōtokathedria G:N-F seat of honor πρωτοκαθεδρία, -ας, ἡ
(πρῶιος, καθέδρα),
the chief seat: Mat.23:6, Mrk.12:39 (see Swete, in l), Luk.11:43 20:46.†
(AS) G4411 G4411 = G4411 πρωτοκλισία prōtoklisia G:N-F place of honor πρωτο-κλυτία, -ας, ἡ
the chief place at table (see Swete, Mk., l.with): Mat.23:6, Mrk.12:39, Luk.14:7-8 20:46.†
(AS) G4412 G4412 = a Form of G4413G πρῶτον prōton G:ADV first πρῶτον, πρῶτος, see: πρότερος
A. Compar., πρότερος, -α, -ον,
[in LXX for רִאשׁוֹן ,לִפָנִים, etc. ;]
before, of time, place, rank, etc.; in NT always of Time, before, former: Eph.4:22. Adverbially, πρότερον, before, aforetime, formerly: Jhn.7:50, 2Co.1:15, Heb.4:6; opposite to ἔπειτα, Heb.7:27; τὸ π., Jhn.6:62 9:8, Gal.4:13, 1Ti.1:13; αἱ π. ἡμέραι, Heb.10:32; αἱ π. ἐπιθυμίαι, 1Pe.1:14.†
(AS) G4413 G4413G = G4413G πρῶτος prōtos G:A first B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc. ;]
first,
__1. of Time or Place;
__(a) absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Luk.14:18, Jhn.19:32, 1Co.14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Rev.1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opposite to τ. δεύτερον, Heb.10:9; τὰ π., opposite to τ. ἔσχατα, Mat.12:45, Luk.11:26, 2Pe.2:20; anarth., Mat.10:2; pl., Mat.19:30, Mrk.10:31, Luk.13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all), 1Co.15:3;
__(b) as adj.: πρώτῃ; (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opposite to δευτέρα, Act.12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jhn.8:[7] 20:4, 8 Act.27:43, Rom.10:19, 1Ti.1:16, 1Jn.4:19; = πρότερος (see infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl, §11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183f.): with genitive, π. μου ἦν (my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jhn.1:15, 30; with art., Mrk.14:12, Act.1:1, al.; before ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mat.22:25, Mrk.12:20, al.
__2. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mat.20:27 22:38, Mrk.9:35, Eph.6:2, al.; with genitive, Mrk.12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Act.16:12; with art., Luk.15:22 19:47, Act.13:50, al.
__3. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first;
__(a) of Time: Mat.8:21, Mrk.4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jhn.10:40, al.;
__(b) of Order: Rom.3:2, 1Co.11:18, al.
(AS) G4413 G4413H = a Meaning of G4413G πρῶτος prōtos G:A first: previous B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc. ;]
first,
__1. of Time or Place;
__(a) absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Luk.14:18, Jhn.19:32, 1Co.14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Rev.1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opposite to τ. δεύτερον, Heb.10:9; τὰ π., opposite to τ. ἔσχατα, Mat.12:45, Luk.11:26, 2Pe.2:20; anarth., Mat.10:2; pl., Mat.19:30, Mrk.10:31, Luk.13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all), 1Co.15:3;
__(b) as adj.: πρώτῃ; (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opposite to δευτέρα, Act.12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jhn.8:[7] 20:4, 8 Act.27:43, Rom.10:19, 1Ti.1:16, 1Jn.4:19; = πρότερος (see infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl, §11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183f.): with genitive, π. μου ἦν (my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jhn.1:15, 30; with art., Mrk.14:12, Act.1:1, al.; before ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mat.22:25, Mrk.12:20, al.
__2. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mat.20:27 22:38, Mrk.9:35, Eph.6:2, al.; with genitive, Mrk.12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Act.16:12; with art., Luk.15:22 19:47, Act.13:50, al.
__3. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first;
__(a) of Time: Mat.8:21, Mrk.4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jhn.10:40, al.;
__(b) of Order: Rom.3:2, 1Co.11:18, al.
(AS) G4413 G4413I = a Meaning of G4413G πρῶτος prōtos G:A first: chief B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc. ;]
first,
__1. of Time or Place;
__(a) absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Luk.14:18, Jhn.19:32, 1Co.14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Rev.1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opposite to τ. δεύτερον, Heb.10:9; τὰ π., opposite to τ. ἔσχατα, Mat.12:45, Luk.11:26, 2Pe.2:20; anarth., Mat.10:2; pl., Mat.19:30, Mrk.10:31, Luk.13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all), 1Co.15:3;
__(b) as adj.: πρώτῃ; (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opposite to δευτέρα, Act.12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jhn.8:[7] 20:4, 8 Act.27:43, Rom.10:19, 1Ti.1:16, 1Jn.4:19; = πρότερος (see infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl, §11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183f.): with genitive, π. μου ἦν (my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jhn.1:15, 30; with art., Mrk.14:12, Act.1:1, al.; before ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mat.22:25, Mrk.12:20, al.
__2. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mat.20:27 22:38, Mrk.9:35, Eph.6:2, al.; with genitive, Mrk.12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Act.16:12; with art., Luk.15:22 19:47, Act.13:50, al.
__3. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first;
__(a) of Time: Mat.8:21, Mrk.4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jhn.10:40, al.;
__(b) of Order: Rom.3:2, 1Co.11:18, al.
(AS) G4413 G4413J = a Meaning of G4413G πρῶτος prōtos G:A first: best B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον,
[in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc. ;]
first,
__1. of Time or Place;
__(a) absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Luk.14:18, Jhn.19:32, 1Co.14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Rev.1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opposite to τ. δεύτερον, Heb.10:9; τὰ π., opposite to τ. ἔσχατα, Mat.12:45, Luk.11:26, 2Pe.2:20; anarth., Mat.10:2; pl., Mat.19:30, Mrk.10:31, Luk.13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all), 1Co.15:3;
__(b) as adj.: πρώτῃ; (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opposite to δευτέρα, Act.12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jhn.8:[7] 20:4, 8 Act.27:43, Rom.10:19, 1Ti.1:16, 1Jn.4:19; = πρότερος (see infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl, §11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183f.): with genitive, π. μου ἦν (my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jhn.1:15, 30; with art., Mrk.14:12, Act.1:1, al.; before ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mat.22:25, Mrk.12:20, al.
__2. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mat.20:27 22:38, Mrk.9:35, Eph.6:2, al.; with genitive, Mrk.12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Act.16:12; with art., Luk.15:22 19:47, Act.13:50, al.
__3. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first;
__(a) of Time: Mat.8:21, Mrk.4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jhn.10:40, al.;
__(b) of Order: Rom.3:2, 1Co.11:18, al.
(AS) G4414 G4414 = G4414 πρωτοστάτης prōtostatēs G:N-M ringleader πρωτοστάτης, -ου, ὁ
(πρῶτος, ἵστημι) [in LXX: Job.15:24 AB * ;]
prop., of soldiers, one who stands first, one in the front rank (Thuc., Xen.); hence, metaphorically, a leader: Act.24:5.†
(AS) G4415 G4415 = G4415 πρωτοτόκια prōtotokia G:N-N birthright πρωτοτόκια, -ων, τά
(πρωτότοκος) [in LXX (with seel. -εῖα, -εία): Gen.25:31 ff. Gen.27:36, Deu.21:17, 1Ch.5:1 (בְּכוֹרָה) * ;]
the rights of the first-born, birthright (= cl. ἡ πρεσβεία): Heb.12:16.†
(AS) G4416 G4416 = G4416 πρωτότοκος prōtotokos G:A firstborn πρωτότοκος, -ον
(πρῶτος, τίκτω) [in LXX chiefly for בְּכוֹר ;]
first-born: Luk.2:7; pl., Heb.11:28. Metaphorical, of the priority of Christ (originally perh. a Messianic title, cf. Psa.89:28, Heb.1:6; see ICC on Col.1:15): Heb.1:6; π. πάσης κτίσεως, Col.1:15; ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, Rom.8:29; π. (ἐκ) τ. νεκρῶν, Col.1:18, Rev.1:5; pl., of the elect, ἐκκλησία πρωτοτόκων, Heb.12:23.†
(AS) G4417 G4417 = G4417 πταίω ptaiō G:V to stumble πταίω
[in LXX chiefly for נָגַף ni. ;]
__1. trans., to cause to stumble (1Ki.4:3, cf. Deiss., BS, 681).
__2. Intrans., to stumble. Metaphorical, in moral sense, Rom.11:11, Jas.2:10 3:2, 2Pe.1:10.†
(AS) G4418 G4418 = G4418 πτέρνα pterna G:N-F heel πτέρνα, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for עָקֵב ;]
the heel: figuratively, ἐπαίρειν τὴν π. ἐπί, Jhn.13:18 (LXX).†
(AS) G4419 G4419 = G4419 πτερύγιον pterugion G:N-N pinnacle πτερύγιον, -ου, -τό
(dimin. of πτέρυξ), [in LXX chiefly for כָּנָף ;]
__1. a little wing.
__2. Anything like a wing, as a turret, battlement: τ. ἱεροῦ, Mat.4:5, Luk.4:9.†
(AS) G4420 G4420 = G4420 πτέρυξ pterux G:N-F wing πτέρυξ, -υγος, ἡ
(πέτομαι), [in LXX chiefly for כָּנָף ;]
a wing: of birds, Mat.23:37, Luk.13:34, Rev.12:14; of creatures seen in a vision, Rev.4:8 9:9.†
(AS) G4421 G4421 = G4421 πτηνός ptēnos G:A bird πτηνός, -ή, -όν
(πέτομαι), [in Aq.: Job.5:7 * ;]
winged; as subst., π., birds: 1Co.15:39.†
(AS) G4422 G4422 = G4422 πτοέω ptoeō G:V to frighten πτοέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for חָתַת ni. ;]
to terrify. Pass., to be terrified: Luk.21:9 24:37 (WH, mg., θροηθέντες).†
(AS) G4423 G4423 = G4423 πτόησις ptoēsis G:N-F fear πτόησις, -εως, ἡ
(πτοέω) [in LXX: Pro.3:25 (פַּחַד), Sir 50:4 א1, 1Ma.3:25 R * ;]
a fluttering, excitement, caused by any emotion, but esp. by fear, hence, terror: φοβεῖσθαι πτόησιν, to be afraid with (cogn. accusative) or of any terror (see ICC, in l): 1Pe.3:6.†
(AS) G4424 G4424 = the Greek of H5910 Πτολεμαΐς Ptolemais N:N-F-L Ptolemais Πτολεμαΐς, -ΐδος, ἡ
Ptolemais, a maritime city of Phœnicea: Act.21:7.†
(AS) G4425 G4425 = G4425 πτύον ptuon G:N-N winnowing fork πτύον, -ου, τό
[in Sm.: Isa.30:24 * ;]
a winnowing shovel or fan: Mat.3:12, Luk.3:17.†
(AS) G4426 G4426 = G4426 πτύρομαι pturomai G:V to frighten πτύρομαι depon.,
to be startled, frightened: Php.1:28. (The active πτύρω is also found in some late writers.) †
(AS) G4427 G4427 = G4427 πτύσμα ptusma G:N-N saliva πτύσμα, -τος, τό,
(πτύω)
spittle: Jhn.9:6 (Hipp., Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G4428 G4428 = G4428 πτύσσω ptussō G:V to roll up πτύσσω
to fold; of a scroll, to roll up: βιβλίον, Luk.4:20 (cf. ἀνα-πτύσσω).†
(AS) G4429 G4429 = G4429 πτύω ptuō G:V to spit πτύω
[in LXX: Num.12:14 (יָרָק), Sir.28:12 * ;]
to spit: Mrk.7:33 8:23, Jhn.9:6 (cf. ἐκ-, ἐμ-πτύω).†
(AS) G4430 G4430 = G4430 πτῶμα ptōma G:N-N corpse πτῶμα -τος, τό
(πίπτω), [in LXX: Jdg.14:8 (מַפֶּלֶת), Job.16:15 (14) (פֶּרֶץ), Isa.51:19 (שֹׁד), Jdth.8:19, Wis.4:18, al. ;]
__1. a fall, metaphorically, a misfortune, calamity (Trag., Plat., Polyb., al.; LXX).
__2. That which has fallen;
__(a) of buildings, a ruin (Polyb.);
__(b) of living creatures, in cl. (poët. only) usually with genitive, νεκρῶν, etc., but also absol., as in late writers and NT, a fallen body, a carcase, corpse: Mat.14:12 24:28, Mrk.15:45; π. αὐτοῦ, Mrk.6:29; αὐτῶν, Rev.11:8-9 (cf. Rutherford, NPhr., 472 f.).†
(AS) G4431 G4431 = G4431 πτῶσις ptōsis G:N-F fall πτῶσις, -εως, ἡ
(πίπτω), [in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶף, מַפֶּלֶת, and cogn. forms ;]
a falling, fall (Plat., Plut., al.): Mat.7:27; metaphorically, Luk.2:34.†
(AS) G4432 G4432 = G4432 πτωχεία ptōcheia G:N-F poverty πτωχεία, -ας, ἡ
(πτωχεύω), [in LXX chiefly for עֳנִי ;]
beggary, destitution: 2Co.8:2 8:9, Rev.2:9.†
(AS) G4433 G4433 = G4433 πτωχεύω ptōcheuō G:V be poor πτωχεύω
(πτωχός), [in LXX: Jdg.6:6, Psa.79:8 (דָּלַל); Jdg.14:15 A, Pro.23:21 (יָרַשׁ); Psa.34:10 (רוּשׁ), Tob.4:21 * ;]
__1. to be a beggar, to beg (so chiefly in cl.).
__2. to be poor as a beggar, to be destitute, poor: opposite to πλούσιος ὤν, 2Co.8:9.†
(AS) G4434 G4434 = G4434 πτωχός ptōchos G:N poor πτωχός, -ή, -όν
(πτώσσω, to crouch, cower), [in LXX for עָנִי, דַּל, רָשׁ, etc. ;]
of one who crouches and cowers, hence,
__1. as subst., a beggar: Luk.14:13, 21 16:20, 22.
__2. As adj.,
__(a) prop., beggarly: metaphorically, στοιχεῖα, Gal.4:9 (see Lft., in l);
__(b) in broader sense (opposite to πλούσιος), poor: Mat.11:5 19:21 26:9, 11, Mrk.10:21 12:42-43 14:5, 7, Luk.4:18 7:22 18:22 19:8 21:3, Jhn.12:5-6, 8 13:29, Rom.15:26, 2Co.6:10, Gal.2:10, Jas.2:2-3, 6, Rev.13:16; π. τ. κόσμῳ, Jas.2:5; metaphorically, Luk.6:20, Rev.3:17; π. τ. πνεύματι, Mat.5:3.†
SYN.: πένης, q.v (AS) G4435 G4435 = G4435 πυγμή pugmē G:N-F fist πυγμή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.21:18, Isa.58:4 (אֶגְרֹף) * ;]
the fist: πυγμῇ νίψασθαι τ. χῖρας (Τ, πυκνά; Vg., Goth., Copt., crebro), to wash the hands with the fist (diligently, R, txt.; up to the elbow, R, mg.; the exact meaning is doubtful; see Swete, in l): Mrk.7:3.†
(AS) G4436 G4436 = G4436 Πύθων Puthōn G:N-M divining spirit πύθων, -ωνος, ὁ
__1. in cl., Python, a serpent slain by Apollo, who is hence surnamed the Pythian.
__2. In Plut. (ii, 414 E), a name given to ventriloquist soothsayers (ἐγγαστρίμυθοι; cf. Lev.19:31 20:6, 27, 1Ki.28:7), and perhaps in this sense πνεῦμα πύθωνα, a python-spirit: Act.16:16.†
(AS) G4437 G4437 = G4437 πυκνός puknos G:A often πυκιός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Eze.31:3 A (חֹרֶשׁ), 3Ma.1:28 3Mac 4:10, 4Ma.12:12 * ;]
__1. close, compact, solid.
__2. frequent: 1Ti.5:23. Neut. pl., πυκνά, as adv., much, often: Mrk.7:3 Τ (see: πυγμή), Luk.5:33. Comparat., πυκνότερον, very often or so much the oftener (seeBl., § 44, 3,): Act.24:26.†
(AS) G4438 G4438 = G4438 πυκτεύω pukteuō G:V to box πυκτεύω
(πύκτης, a pugilist),
to box: 1Co.9:26.†
(AS) G4439 G4439 = G4439 πύλη pulē G:N-F gate πύλη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for שַׁעַר sometimes for דֶּלֶת, פֶּתַח ;]
a gate: Luk.7:12, Act.9:24 12:10 16:13, Heb.13:12; ἡ Ὡραία Π. τ. ἱεροῦ, Act.3:10. Metaphorical, Mat.7:13-14; πύλαι ᾅδου (Wis.16:13, 3Ma.5:51, and cf. κλαῖς ᾅδου Rev.1:18): Mat.16:18.†
(AS) G4440 G4440 = G4440 πυλών pulōn G:N-M gate πυλών, -ῶνος, ὁ
(πύλη), [in LXX chiefly for פֶּתַח, שַׁעַר ;]
__1. the porch or vestibule of a house or palace: Mat.26:71, Luk.16:20, Act.10:17 12:13-14
__2. The gate-way or gate-tower of a walled town: Act.14:13, Rev.21:12-13, 15 21:21, 25 22:14.†
(AS) G4441 G4441 = G4441 πυνθάνομαι punthanomai G:V to inquire πυνθώ᾽ομαι
[in LXX for דָּרַשׁ ;]
__1. to inquire: with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.4:42, Act.23:20; before quæst. indir., Mat.2:4, Luk.15:25 18:36, Act.10:18 21:33; quæst. dir., Act.4:7 10:20 23:10; before παρά, with genitive of person(s), Mat.2:4, Jhn.4:52.
__2. to learn by inquiry: before ὅτι, Act.23:34.†
(AS) G4442 G4442 = G4442 πῦρ pur G:N-N fire πῦρ genitive, πυρός, τό,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for אֵשׁ ;]
fire: Mrk.9:22, Luk.3:9, Jhn.15:6, Act.2:10, 1Co.3:13, Jas.3:5, Rev.8:5, al; π. καὶ θεῖον, Luk.17:29; κατακαίειν (ἐν) π., Mat.13:40, Rev.17:16 18:8; καίεσθαι πυρί, Heb.12:18, Rev.8:8 21:8; φλὸξ πυρός, Act.7:30, 2Th.1:8, Heb.1:7, Rev.1:14 2:18 19:12; λαμπάδες πυρός, Rev.4:5; στῦλοι πυρός, Rev.10:1; ἄνθρακες πυρός, Rom.12:20 (LXX); γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, Act.2:3; δοκιμάζειν (πυροῦσθαι) διὰ πυρός, 1Pe.1:7, Rev.3:18; ὡς διὰ. π. (Lft., Notes, 193), 1Co.3:15. Of the fire of hell (cf. Dalman, Words,161): Mrk.9:48 (LXX); τὸ π. τὸ αἰώνιον, Mat.18:8 25:41 (cf. 4Ma.12:12); ἄσβεστον, Mrk.9:43; πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχειν, Ju 7; γέεννα τοῦ π., Mat.5:22 18:9; κάμινος τοῦ π., Mat.13:42, 50; ἡ λίμνη τοῦ π., Rev.19:20 20:10, 14-15; πυρὶ τηρεῖσθαι, 2Pe.3:7; βασανισθῆναι ἐν π., Rev.14:10. Metaphorical: βαπτίζειν πυρί, Luk.3:16; of the tongue, Jas.3:5; of strife and discord, Luk.12:49; ἐκ π. ἁρπάζειν, Ju 23; πυρὶ αλίζεσθαι, Mrk.9:49; ζῆλος πυρός, Heb.10:27; of God, π, καταναλίσκον, Heb.12:29 (LXX)
(AS) G4443 G4443 = G4443 πυρά pura G:N-F fire πυρά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(πῦρ) [in LXX: Jdth.7:5, Wis.17:6, al. ;]
a fire: Act.28:2-3.†
(AS) G4444 G4444 = G4444 πύργος purgos G:N-M tower πύργος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for מִגְדָּל ;]
a tower: Luk.13:4; of a watch-tower in a vineyard (Isa.5:2): Mat.21:33, Mrk.12:1, and prob., Luk.14:28.†
(AS) G4445 G4445 = G4445 πυρέσσω puressō G:V be feverish πυρέσσω
(πῦρ)
to be ill of a fever: Mat.8:14, Mrk.1:3.†
(AS) G4446 G4446 = G4446 πυρετός puretos G:N-M fever πυρετός, -οῦ, ὁ
(πῦρ) [in LXX: Deu.28:22 (קַדַּחַת) * ;]
a fever: Mat.8:15, Mrk.1:31, Luk.4:39, Jhn.4:52, Act.28:8; π. μέγας, a high fever: Luk.4:38 (on the technical phrase here, see MM, xxii).†
(AS) G4447 G4447 = G4447 πύρινος purinos G:A fiery πύρινος, -η, -ον
[in LXX: Eze.28:14, 16 (אֵשׁ), Sir.48:9 * ;]
fiery: Rev.9:17.†
(AS) G4448 G4448 = G4448 πυρόω puroō G:V to burn πυρόω, -ῶ
(πῦρ) [in LXX chiefly for צָרַף ;]
to set on fire, burn up. In NT always pass.,
__1. to be set on fire, to burn: Eph.6:16, 2Pe.3:12; ptcp., glowing, Rev.1:15. Metaphorical, of grief or indignation, 2Co.11:29; of lust, 1Co.7:9.
__2. Of metals (cf. Job.22:25, Psa.12:7, Zec.13:9), to be refined or purified by fire: Rev.3:18 (and so in RV, Rev.1:15, but see supr.).†
(AS) G4449 G4449 = G4449 πυρράζω purrazō G:V be (fiery) red πυρράζω
(πυρρός), [in LXX, πυρρίζω: Lev.13:19, 42 ff. Lev.14:37 (אֲדַמְדָּם) * ;]
to be fiery red: Mat.16:2-3.†
(AS) G4450 G4450 = G4450 πυρρός purros G:A fiery red πυρρός -ά, -όν
(πῦρ) [in LXX for אֱדֹם ;]
fiery red: Rev.6:4 12:3.†
Πύρρος, -ου, ὁ,
Pyrrhus: Act.20:4.†
(AS) G4451 G4451 = G4451 πύρωσις purōsis G:N-F burning πύρωσις, -εως, ἡ
(πυρόω), [in LXX: Pro.27:21 (כּוּר), Amo.4:9 (שְׁדֵפָה) * ;]
__1. a burning: Rev.18:9, 18.
__2. a refining or trial by fire: metaphorically, 1Pe.4:12.†
(AS) G4452 G4452 = a Form of G4458 πω pō G:PRT somehow πω
enclit. part.,
yet, see: μή-πω, μηδέ-πω, οὔ-πω, οὐδέ-πω, πώ-ποτε
πώ-ποτε
adv.,
ever yet: Luk.19:30, Jhn.1:18 5:37 6:35 8:33, 1Jn.4:12.†
(AS) G4453 G4453 = G4453 πωλέω pōleō G:V to sell πωλέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for מָכַר ;]
__1. to exchange or barter.
__2. to sell: Luk.17:28, Rev.13:17; οἱ πωλοῦντες, Mat.21:12 25:9, Mrk.11:15, Luk.19:45; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:44 19:21 21:12, Mrk.10:21 11:15, Luk.12:33 18:22 22:36, Jhn.2:14, 16 Act.5:1 (sc. αὐτά, αὐτόν), Act.4:34, 37. Pass., 1Co.10:25; with genitive pretii, Mat.10:29, Luk.12:6.†
(AS) G4454 G4454 = G4454 πῶλος pōlos G:N-M colt πῶλος, -ου, ὁ
(in cl. also ) [in LXX chiefly for עַיִר ;]
a foal, colt, prop., of a horse, then the young of other animals; in NT of the colt of an ass: Mat.21:2, 5" (LXX), Mat.21:7, Mrk.11:2, 4-5 11:7, Luk.19:30, 33 19:35, Jhn.12:15" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4455 G4455 = G4455 πώποτε pōpote G:ADV ever πώ-ποτε
adv.,
ever yet: Luk.19:30, Jhn.1:18 5:37 6:35 8:33, 1Jn.4:12.†
(AS) G4456 G4456 = G4456 πωρόω pōroō G:V to harden πωρόω, -ῶ
(πῶρος, 1. a stone. 2. a callus) [in LXX: Job.17:7 B(כָּהָה), Pro.10:20 A * ;]
to petrify, harden, form a callus. Metaphorical, π. τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.12:40. Pass., Rom.11:7; τ. νοήματα, 2Co.3:14; ἡ καρδία, Mrk.6:52 8:17 †
(AS) G4457 G4457 = G4457 πώρωσις pōrōsis G:N-F hardening πώρωσις, -εως, ἡ
(πωρόω),
a covering with a callus, a hardening: metaphorically, Mrk.3:6, Rom.11:2, Eph.4:18.†
(AS) G4458 G4458 = G4458 πως pōs G:PRT how πως,
enclit. part.,
at all; see: εἴπως, μήπως.
μήπως
or μή πως (so WH),
negative particle,
__1. as conjc., lest haply: in final sentences, 1Co.9:27, 2Co.2:7 9:4; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, 1Co.8:9, 2Co.11:3 12:20, Gal.4:11; with an ellipse of ptcp. (sc. φοβούμενος; cf. B1., § 65, 3; Burton, § 225), 1Th.3:5 (but see infr.).
__2. As interrogative, whether haply: Gal.2:2, 1Th.3:5 (cf. M, Th., in l, but see supr.).†
μήπου
(WH, μή που),
lest anywhere, lest haply: Act.27:29.†
(AS) G4459 G4459 = G4459 πῶς pōs G:PRT-I how?! πῶς, interrog. adv., correl. of ὅπως,
__1. prop., in direct questions, how?: with indic., Mat.12:29, Mrk.3:23, Luk.11:18, Jhn.3:4, al.; καὶ π., Mrk.4:13, Luk.20:44; π. οὖν, Mat.12:26; π. οὐ, Mat.16:11, Luk.12:56; in deliberative questions (cf. Bl., §64, 6), with subjc., Mat.23:33 26:54; π. οὖν, Rom.10:14; π. δέ, Rom.10:14, 15; before ἄν, with optative, Act.8:31.
__2. As sometimes in cl. but more frequently and increasingly so in late writers (see WM, §57, 2; Bl., §70, 2; Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Gr., App., vi, 13f.), = ὅπως, ὥς;
__(a) in indirect discourse: with indic., Mat.6:28, Mrk.12:41, Luk.8:36, Jhn.9:15, Act.9:27, al.; with subjc., Mrk.11:18, Luk.12:11;
__(b) in exclamations: Mat.21:20, Mrk.10:23, 24 Luk.12:50 18:24, Jhn.11:36.
(AS) G4460 G4460 = the Greek of H7343 Ῥαάβ Rhaab N:N-F-P Rahab Ῥαάβ
(and Ραχάβ, Mat.1:5; Ραχάβη, -ης, in FlJ), ἡ, indecl. (Heb. רָחָב)
Rahab (LXX, Jos.2:1, al.): Heb.11:31, Jas.2:25.†
(AS) G4461 G4461 = G4461 ῥαββί rhabbi H:N Rabbi ῥαββεί (Rec. -βί, see WH, App., 155) (Heb. and Aram. רַב, my master; see Dalman, Words, 327, 331 ff.),
a title of respectful address to Jewish teachers, Rabbi: Mat.23:7-8; of John, Jhn.3:26; of Christ, Mat.26:25, 49, Mrk.9:5 11:21 14:45, Jhn.1:30, 50 3:2 4:31 6:25 9:2 11:8; κύριε ῥ Mrk.10:51 (WH, mg., see: ῥαββουνεί).†
ῥαββουνεί (Rec. -βονί, see: ῥαββεί) (Aram. רַבּוֺנִי, later, רִבּוֺנִי my master; on the Greek vocalization and the relation of the word to ῥαββεί, see Dalman, Words, 324, 340; Gr., 140; DB, iv, 190)
Rabboni: Mrk.10:51 (WH, mg., κύριε ῥαββεί), Jhn.20:16.†
(AS) G4462 G4462 = a Name of G4461 ῥαββονί rhabboni A:N Rabboni ῥαββουνεί (Rec. -βονί, see: ῥαββεί) (Aram. רַבּוֺנִי, later, רִבּוֺנִי my master; on the Greek vocalization and the relation of the word to ῥαββεί, see Dalman, Words, 324, 340; Gr., 140; DB, iv, 190)
Rabboni: Mrk.10:51 (WH, mg., κύριε ῥαββεί), Jhn.20:16.†
(AS) G4463 G4463 = G4463 ῥαβδίζω rhabdizō G:V to beat with a rod ῥαβδίζω
(ῥάβδος), [in LXX: Jdg.6:11 Rut.2:17 (חָבַט) * ;]
to beat with a rod: Act.16:22, 2Co.11:25.†
(AS) G4464 G4464 = G4464 ῥάβδος rhabdos G:N-F rod ῥάβδος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for מַטֶּה (e.g. Gen.47:31, MT, מַטֶּה, bed), also for מַקֵּל, שֵׁבֶט, etc. ;]
a staff, rod: Heb.9:4, Rev.11:1; in particular,
__(a) a staff, such as is used on a journey: Mat.10:10, Mrk.6:8, Luk.9:3, Heb.11:21" (LXX) ;
__(b) a ruler's staff, a sceptre: Heb.1:8 (LXX) Rev.2:27 12:5 19:15;
__(with) a rod for chastisement (cf. ῥαβδίζω): ἐν ῥ. (see: ἐν): 1Co.4:21.†
(AS) G4465 G4465 = G4465 ῥαβδοῦχος rhabdouchos G:N-M police ῥαβδοῦχος, -ου, ό
(ῥαβδος, ἔχω),
one who carries a rod or staff of office;
__(a) an umpire or judge (Plat.);
__(b) in late writers, a Roman lictor: Act.16:38.†
(AS) G4466 G4466 = the Greek of H7466 Ῥαγαῦ Rhagau N:N-M-P Reu Ῥαγαύ (Rec. -αῦ), ὁ, indecl. (LXX for Heb. רְעוּ, Gen.11:18, al.),
Reu: Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G4467 G4467 = G4467 ῥᾳδιούργημα rhadiourgēma G:N-N crime ῥᾳδιούργημα, -τος, τό
(ῥᾳδιουργέω, to act recklessly or wrongly)
__1. a reckless act.
__2. crime, villany: Act.18:14.†
(AS) G4468 G4468 = G4468 ῥᾳδιουργία rhadiourgia G:N-F trickery ῥᾳδιουργία, -ας, ἡ
(see: ῥᾳδιούργημα),
__1. ease in doing, facility (Xen.).
__2. easiness, laziness (Xen.).
__3. recklessness, wickedness (of lewdness, Xen.; fraud, Plut.; in π., of theft, MM, xxii): Act.13:10.†
(AS) G4469 G4469 = G4469 ῥακά rhaka A:N fool ῥακά (T, ῥαχά),
usually taken to represent the Aram. רֵיקָא, a shortened form of H7386, " empty," as vocalized in the Galilæan dialect; an expression of contempt, raca: Mat.5:22 (cf. DB, iv, 191 f.; and for other explanations, see Zorell, see word).†
(AS) G4470 G4470 = G4470 ῥάκος rhakos G:N-N a cloth ῥάκος, -ους, τό
[in LXX: Isa.64:6 (5) (בֶּגֶד), Jer.38:11 (סְחָבָה), Est.4:17 * ;]
__1. a ragged garment (Hom.).
__2. a rag, remnant, piece of cloth: Mat.9:16, Mrk.2:21.†
(AS) G4471 G4471 = the Greek of H7414G Ῥαμᾶ Rhama N:N--L Ramah Ῥαμά (Rec. -ᾶ), ἡ, indecl. (Heb. רָמָה),
Ramah: Mat.2:18 (LXX).†
(AS) G4472 G4472 = G4472 ῥαντίζω rhantizō G:V to sprinkle ῥαντίζω
[in LXX: Lev.6:27 (20), 4Ki.9:33 (נָזָה), Psa.51:7 (חָטָא pi.) * ;]
= cl., ῥαίνω,
to sprinkle, besprinkle: with accusative, Heb.9:13, 19; id. and dative, Heb.9:21; pass., Rev.19:13, WH; of cleansing by sprinkling, Heb.10:22 (see M, Gr., ii, 100); mid., Mrk.7:4 (WH, txt., R, mg.).†
περι-ραίνω
(-ρραίνω, Rec., see WH, App., 139 f.), [in LXX for נָזָה hi. ;]
to sprinkle around: Rev.19:13 T (ῤεραντισμένον, WH; ῤε-, R, txt.; βεβαμμένον, Rec., R, mg.).†
(AS) G4473 G4473 = G4473 ῥαντισμός rhantismos G:N-M sprinkling ῥαντισμός, -ῦo, ὁ
(ῥαντίζω), [in LXX for נִדָּה ;]
sprinkling: of the ceremonial sprinkling of blood for purification, Heb.12:24, 1Pe.1:2 (see Hort, Pe., 23 ff.).†
(AS) G4474 G4474 = G4474 ῥαπίζω rhapizō G:V to slap ῥαπίζω
(ῥαπίς, a rod), [in LXX: Jdg.16:25, Heb.11:4, I Est.4:11 * ;]
__1. prop., to strike with a rod.
__2. In late writers, to strike (the face) with the palm of the hand: Mat.26:67; with accusative of person(s), before εἰς τ. σιαγόνα, Mat.5:39 (cf. Field, Notes, 40, 105).†
(AS) G4475 G4475 = G4475 ῥάπισμα rhapisma G:N-N slap a stroke, a slap on the face , (Lucian) (ML) G4476 G4476 = G4476 ῥαφίς rhaphis G:N-F needle ῥαφίς, -ίδος, ἡ
(ῥάπτω, to sew),
a needle: Mat.19:24, Mrk.10:25 (cf. βελόνη).†
(AS) G4477 G4477 = a Spelling of H7343 Ῥαχάβ Rhachab N:N-F-P Rahab A woman living before Israel's Monarchy, first mentioned at Jos.2.1;
mother of: Boaz (H1162)(?)
§ Rahab, "spacious, broad"
Rachab, (Proper name), indeclinable, Mt. 1:5* G4478 G4478 = the Greek of H7354 Ῥαχήλ Rhachēl N:N-F-P Rachel Ῥαχήλ, ἡ indecl. (Heb. רָחֵל),
Rachel: Mat.2:18 (LXX).†
(AS) G4479 G4479 = the Greek of H7259 Ῥεβέκκα Rhebekka N:N-F-P Rebekah Ῥεβέκκα, -ας (see Bl., § 7, 2), ἡ, (Heb. רִבְקָה),
Rebecca: Rom.9:10.†
(AS) G4480 G4480 = G4480 ῥέδα rheda G:N-F carriage ῥέδη (see WH, App., 151), -ης, ἡ
(a Gallic word),
a chariot: Rev.18:13.†
(AS) G4481 G4481 = G4481 Ῥεφάν, Ῥαιφάν, Ῥομφά, Ῥεμφάν Rhemphan, Rhaiphan N:N--T Rephan Ῥεμφάν, Ῥεφάς, see: Ῥομφά.
Ῥομφά (-άν, T; Ῥεφάν, LTr.; Ῥεμφάν, Rec.; see WH, App., 92),
[in LXX: Amo.5:26 (Ῥαιμφάν or Ῥεφάν, Heb. כִּיּוּן)* ;]
Rompha, Rephan (RV), one of the names of Seb, the Egyptian Saturn: Act.7:43 (LXX).†
(AS) G4482 G4482 = G4482 ῥέω rheō G:V to flow ῥέω
[in LXX chiefly for זוּב ;]
to flow: Jhn.7:38 (cf. παραρρέω).†
(AS) G4483 G4483 = a Form of G2036 ἐρέω rheō, ereō G:V to say λέγω,
[in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al. ;]
__1. in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount.
__2. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir., Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al.; before ὅτι recit., Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al.; accusative and inf., Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al.; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al.; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir., Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult.; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al.; with prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al.; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass., Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- (-μαι), προ-, συλ-λέγω).
SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS) G4484 G4484 = G4484 Ῥήγιον Rhēgion N:N--L Rhegium Ῥήγιον, -ου, τό
Rhegium, a town in Sicily: Act.28:13.†
(AS) G4485 G4485 = G4485 ῥῆγμα rhēgma G:N-N destruction ῥῆγμα, -τος, τό
(ῥήγνυμι), [in LXX: 3Ki.11:30-31 12:24, 4Ki.2:12 (קֶרַע), Amo.6:12 (11) A (בְּקִיעַ) * ;]
__1. cl. (and so in LXX), a fracture; then by meton., that which is torn.
__2. In NT, ruin: Luk.6:49.†
(AS) G4486 G4486 = G4486 ῥήγνυμι rhēgnumi G:V to throw violently ῥήγνυμι and (Mrk.9:18) ῥήσσω,
[in LXX chiefly for בָּקַע, also for קָרַע, etc. ;]
__1. to rend, break asunder: Mat.7:6, Mrk.2:22, Luk.5:37; pass., Mat.9:17.
__2. Of the voice, with accusative, φωνήν, etc. (Hdt., al.), to break forth into speech: absol., Gal.4:27 (LXX).
__3. = ῥήσσω (Dem., al.), to throw or dash down: Mrk.9:18, Luk.9:42
(cf. δια-, περι-, προσ-ρήγνυμι).†
SYN.: θραύω, κατάγνυμι (AS) G4487 G4487 = G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma G:N-N declaration ῥῆμα, -τος, τό
[in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for פֶּה, and Aram. פִּתְגָּם, etc. ;]
__1. prop., of that which is said or spoken,
__(a) a word: Mat.27:14, 2Co.12:4; pl., τὰ ῥ., of speech, discourse, Luk.7:1, Jhn.8:20, Act.2:14, Rom.10:18, 2Pe.3:2, al.;
__(b) opposite to ὄνομα (a single word), a saying, statement, word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase): Mat.26:75, Mrk.9:32, Luk.1:38 2:50, Act.11:16, Rom.10:8, Heb.11:3; ῥ. θεοῦ (κυρίου), Luk.3:2, Act.11:16, Eph.6:17, Heb.6:5 11:3, 1Pe.1:25" (LXX) ; τὰ ῥ. τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.3:34 8:47; ῥ. ἀργόν, Mat.12:36;ῥ. ἄρρητα, 2Co.12:4.
__2. Like Heb. דָּבָר (but perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, see Kennedy, Sources, 124; Thackeray, Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter (Gen.15:1, Deu.17:8, al.): Luk.1:37 2:15, Act.10:37; pl., Luk.1:65 2:19, 51, Act.5:32 13:42
(AS) G4488 G4488 = G4488 Ῥησά Rhēsa N:N-M-P Rhesa Ῥησά (L, -σᾶ), ὁ
indecl.,
Rhesa: Luk.3:27.†
(AS) G4489 G4489 = G4489 ῥήτωρ rhētōr G:N-M spokesman ῥήτωρ, -ορος, ὁ
a public speaker, an orator: Act.24:1.†
(AS) G4490 G4490 = G4490 ῥητῶς rhētōs G:ADV expressly ῥητῶς
adv. (ῥητός, stated, specified),
in stated terms, expressly: 1Ti.4:1.†
(AS) G4491 G4491 = G4491 ῥίζα rhiza G:N-F root ῥίζα, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁרַשׁ ;]
a root: Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9; ἐκ ῥιζῶν, Mrk.11:20; ῥ. ἔχειν, Mat.13:6, Mrk.4:6; id. before ἐν ἑαυτῷ, figuratively, Mat.13:21, Mrk.4:17, Luk.8:13. Metaphorical (as in various senses in cl.), of cause, origin, source, etc.;
__(a) of things, ῥ. πάντων τ. κακῶν (Eur.), 1Ti.6:10;
__(b) of persons: of ancestors, Rom.11:16-18; ῥ. πικρίας, Heb.12:15. Of that which springs from a root, a shoot; metaphorically, of offspring, Rom.15:12 (LXX) Rev.5:5 22:16.†
(AS) G4492 G4492 = G4492 ῥιζόω rhizoō G:V to root ῥιζόω, -ῶ
(ῥίζα), [in LXX: Isa.40:24, Jer.12:2 (שָׁרַשׁ), Sir.3:28 24:12 * ;]
to cause to take root. Metaphorical, to plant, fix firmly, establish: pass. (EV, rooted), ἐν ἀγάπῃ, Eph.3:18(17); ἐν Χριστῷ, Col.2:7 (cf. ἐκ ριζόω).†
(AS) G4493 G4493 = G4493 ῥιπή rhipē G:N-F twinkling ῥιπή, ῆς, ἡ
(ῥίπτω),
poët. in cl., any rapid movement such as the throw or flight of a javelin, the rush of wind or flame, the flapping of wings, the twinkling of lights; ῥ. ὀφθαλμοῦ, the twinkling of an eye: 1Co.15:52 (L, mg., ῥοπή, which see).†
(AS) G4494 G4494 = G4494 ῥιπίζω rhipizō G:V to toss about ῥιπίζω
(ῥιπίς, a fan) [in LXX: Dan LXX 2:35 (נְשָׂא) * ;]
primarily, to fan a fire, hence generally, to make a breeze (Plut., al.). In pass. (cf. Philo, de inter. round., 24), to be tossed or blown by the wind: of waves, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ, blown and raised with the wind (Hort, in l), Jas.1:6.†
(AS) G4495 G4495 = a Spelling of G4496 ῥιπτέω rhipteō G:V to throw off ῥιπτέω, see: ῥίπτω.
ῥίπτω and (Act.22:23) ῥιπτέω (strengthened form; see Veitch, see word ῥίπτω, fin.),
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁלַךְ hi. ;]
__1. to throw, cast, hurl: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.27:5, Act.27:19, 29; with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:30, Luk.4:35; pass., Luk.17:2; ptcp., ἐριμμένοι, cast down, prostrate (Polyb., al.): Mat.9:36; of garments, to throw off (for flight, Eur., Xen., al.; ὅπλα, 1Ma.5:43; so EV in Act.22:23, but see infr.).
__2. = ῥιπτάζω, to shake, toss, throw about: τ. ἱμάτια, Act.22:23 (EGT, Page, Rackham, in l; Field, Notes, 136; but see supr.).†
(AS) G4496 G4496 = G4496 ῥίπτω rhiptō G:V to throw/lay down ῥίπτω and (Act.22:23) ῥιπτέω (strengthened form; see Veitch, see word ῥίπτω, fin.),
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁלַךְ hi. ;]
__1. to throw, cast, hurl: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.27:5, Act.27:19, 29; with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:30, Luk.4:35; pass., Luk.17:2; ptcp., ἐριμμένοι, cast down, prostrate (Polyb., al.): Mat.9:36; of garments, to throw off (for flight, Eur., Xen., al.; ὅπλα, 1Ma.5:43; so EV in Act.22:23, but see infr.).
__2. = ῥιπτάζω, to shake, toss, throw about: τ. ἱμάτια, Act.22:23 (EGT, Page, Rackham, in l; Field, Notes, 136; but see supr.).†
(AS) G4497 G4497 = the Greek of H7346 Ῥοβοάμ Rhoboam N:N-M-P Rehoboam Ῥοβοάμ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. רְחַבְעָם),
Rehoboam: Mat.1:7.†
(AS) G4498 G4498 = G4498 Ῥόδη Rhodē N:N-F-P Rhoda a rose-tree, rose-bush , (Archilochus Lyricus) (ML) G4499 G4499 = G4499 Ῥόδος Rhodos N:N-F-L Rhodes the isle of Rhodes , (Iliad by Homer), etc. (ML) G4500 G4500 = G4500 ῥοιζηδόν rhoizēdon G:ADV with a roar ῥοιζηδόν
adv. (ῥοῖζος, the whistling of an arrow),
with rushing sound (as of roaring flames): 2Pe.3:10.†
(AS) G4501 G4501 = G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaia G:N-F sword ῥομφαία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for חֶרֶב ;]
a large broad sword, used by the Thracians (see DB, iv, 634); then generally (in LXX used interchangeably with μάχαιρα, which see), a sword: Rev.1:16 2:12, 16 6:8 19:15, 21; metaphorically, Luk.2:35.†
(AS) G4502 G4502 = the Greek of H7205 Ῥουβήν Rhoubēn N:N-M-P Reuben Ῥουβήν, ὁ indecl., (Heb. רְאוּבֵן),
Reuben: Rev.7:5.†
(AS) G4503 G4503 = the Greek of H7327 Ῥούθ Rhouth N:N-F-P Ruth Ῥoύθ, ἡ indecl. (Heb. רוּת),
Ruth: Mat.15:1-39.†
(AS) G4504 G4504G = G4504G Ῥοῦφος Rhouphos N:N-M-P Rufus Ῥοῦφος, -ου, ὁ
(Lat.), Rufus: Mrk.15:21, Rom.16:13.†
(AS) G4504 G4504H = G4504H Ῥοῦφος Rhouphos N:N-M-P Rufus Ῥοῦφος, -ου, ὁ
(Lat.), Rufus: Mrk.15:21, Rom.16:13.†
(AS) G4505 G4505 = G4505 ῥύμη rhumē G:N-F lane ῥύμη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Isa.15:3 (רְחֹב), Pro.31:23 א, Tob.13:18, Sir.9:7 א1* ;]
__1. in cl., the force, rush, swing, of a moving body; esp. of a charge of soldiers.
__2. In late Greek (as in Macedonian, see Kennedy, Sources, 15), a narrow road, lane, street: in Polyb., of a road in camp; in LXX and NT (π. also) of streets in a town, Mat.6:2, Luk.14:21 Act.9:11 12:10 (cf. Rutherford, NPhr., 488).†
(AS) G4506 G4506 = G4506 ῥύομαι rhuomai G:V to rescue ῥύομαι
[in LXX chiefly for נָצַל hi., also for גָּאַל, פָּלַט pi., etc. ;]
to draw to oneself, hence, to rescue, deliver: with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:43, 2Pe.2:7; id. before ἀπό, Mat.6:13, Luk.11:4 (Rec., R, mg.), 2Ti.4:18; before ἐκ, Rom.7:24, 2Co.1:10, Col.1:13, 1Th.1:10, 2Ti.3:11, 2Pe.2:9; absol., ὁ ῥυύμενος, the deliverer, Rom.11:26. Passive: before ἀπό, Rom.15:31, 2Th.3:2; before ἐκ, Luk.1:74, 2Ti.4:17.†
(AS) G4507 G4507 = G4507 ῥυπαρία rhuparia G:N-F filth ῥυπαρία, -ας, ἡ
(ῥυπαρός)
filthiness: metaphorically, of moral defile­ment, Jas.1:21.†
(AS) G4508 G4508 = G4508 ῥυπαρός rhuparos G:A filthy ῥυπαρός, -ά, -όν
(ῥύπος), [in LXX: Zec.3:4-5, (3-4) (צוֹא)* ;]
filthy, dirty: of old, shabby clothing (Za, l.with), Jas.2:2; metaphorically, of moral defilement, Rev.22:11.†
(AS) G4509 G4509 = G4509 ῥύπος rhupos G:N-M filth ῥύπος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Isa.4:4 (צוֹאָה), Job.14:4 (טָמֵא), etc. ;]
dirt, filth: 1Pe.3:21.†
(AS) G4510 G4510 = G4510 ῥυπόω rhupoō G:V to defile ῥυπόω, -ῶ
(ῥύπος),
to make filthy: Rev.22:11 Rec. (AV, tr. as = ῥυπάω, to be filthy).†
(AS) G4511 G4511 = G4511 ῥύσις rhusis G:N-F discharge ῥύσις, -εως, ἡ
(ῥέω), [in LXX chiefly for זוֹב ;]
a flowing, issue: τ. αἵματος, Mrk.5:25, Luk.8:43-44.†
(AS) G4512 G4512 = G4512 ῥυτίς rhutis G:N-F wrinkle a fold or pucker in the face, a wrinkle , Lat. ruga, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G4513 G4513 = a Name of G4515 Ῥωμαϊκός Rhōmaikos N:A Latin Roman, a Roman , (Polybius Historicus), etc.; adverb -κῶς, in Latin , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
(ML) G4514 G4514 = G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaios N:N--LG Roman Ῥωμαῖος, -α, -ον
Roman: Jhn.11:48, Act.2:10 (RV, from Rome), Act.16:21, 37-38 22:25-27, 29 23:27 25:16 28:17.†
(AS) G4515 G4515 = G4515 Ῥωμαϊστί Rhōmaisti G:ADV-T in Latin Ῥωμαϊστί
adv.,
in Latin: Jhn.19:20.†
(AS) G4516 G4516 = a Name of G4514 Ῥώμη Rhōmē N:N-F-L Rome Ῥώμη, -ης, ἡ
Rome: Act.18:2 19:21 23:11 28:14, 16 Rom.1:7, 15, 2Ti.1:17.†
(AS) G4517 G4517 = G4517 ῥώννυμι rhōnnumi G:V farewell ῥώννυμι
[in LXX: 2Ma.9:20 2Mac 11:21 2Mac 11:28 2Mac 11:33 2Mac 11:1-38; 3Ma.6:1-41 * ;]
to strengthen; most frequently in pf., ἔρρωμαι, to put forth strength, be strong, hence, often in imperat., ἔρρωσο, ἔρρωσθε, farewell (Lat. vale): Act.15:29 23:30 Rec., R, mg.†
(AS) G4518 G4518 = G4518 σαβαχθάνι sabachthani A:V sabachthani σαβαχθανεί (Rec. -νί; ζαφθανεί, Mt, l.with, WH, mg.) (Aram. שְׁבַקְתַּנִי),
sabachthani, i.e. thou host forsaken me: Mat.27:46, Mrk.15:34 (Psa.22:2, Heb. עָזַב).†
ζαφθανεί (cf. Heb. עָזַב),
zaphthanei: Mat.27:46 (WH, mg., for Rec. σεβαχθανεί, which see; "probably an attempt to reproduce the Heb. as disting from Aram. forms," WE, Notes, 21; cf. also Dalman, Words, 53 f.).†
(AS) G4519 G4519 = a Name of H3068G σαβαώθ sabaōth H:N hosts σαβαώθ indecl.,
[in LXX for צָבָא, chiefly in Isaiah (in other places, the phrase is also rendered by κύριος παντοκράτωρ, κ. τῶν δυνάμεων; see DB, iii, 137 f.) ;]
Sabaoth, i.e. hosts or armies (see DB, l.with): Rom.9:29 (LXX), Ja 54.†
(AS) G4520 G4520 = a Name of H7676 σαββατισμός sabbatismos G:N-M Sabbath rest σαββατισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(σαββατίζω, to keep the sabbath, Exo.16:30, al.),
a keeping sabbath, a sabbath rest: metaphorically, as in Mishna (Zorell, see word), Heb.4:9.†
(AS) G4521 G4521 = a Spelling of H7676 σάββατον sabbaton G:N-N Sabbath σάββατον, -ου, τό (Aram. שַׁבָּתָא, transliterated σάββατα, and this being mistaken for a pl., the sing. σάββατον was formed from it), and σάββατα, -ων, τά
[in LXX for שַׁבָּת, שַׁבָּתוֹן ;]
__1. the seventh day of the week, the sabbath
__(a) the sing. form -ον, τὸ σ.: Mat.12:8, Mrk.2:27, Luk.6:5, al.; ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ σ. (in LXX, Exo.20:8, al., usually τῶν σ., see infr.), Luk.13:16 14:5; ὁδὸς σαββάτου, Act.1:12 (cf. Mat.24:29); dative, of time (τῷ) σ., Luk.6:9 14:1; ἐν (τῷ) σ., Mat.12:2, Luk.6:7, Jhn.5:16, al.; accusative, of duration, τὸ σ., Luk.23:56; κατὰ πᾶν σ., Act.13:27 15:21 18:4; pl., σ. τρία, Act.17:2 R, txt. (but see infr.);
__(b) as most frequently in LXX (see Swete, Mk., 17; Thackeray, Gr., 35) the pl. form, τὰ σ. (see supr. on the Aram. form. There is also an analogy in the names of other festivals, τ. ἐγκαίνια, ἄζυμα, etc.): Mat.28:1, Col.2:16; ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σ. (Exo.20:8, al.), Luk.4:16, Act.13:14 16:13; dative pl. (in LXX -τοις, but 1Ma.2:38 as in NT) by metaplasmus (El., § 9, 3), σάββασι, Mat.12:1, 5 12:10-12 Mrk.1:21 2:23 3:2, 4, Luk.4:31 6:2.
__2. seven days, a week;
__(a) the sing. form: πρώτη σαββάτσυ, Mrk.16:9; δὶς τοῦ σ. (Bl., § 35, 4; 36, 13), Luk.18:12; κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου, 1Co.16:2; pl., σ. τρία, Act.17:2 R, mg. (but see supr.);
__(b) the pl. form: ἡ μία τῶν σ. (where the genitive = μετὰ τά; Soph., Lex., 43a), Mat.28:1, Mrk.16:2, Luk.24:1, Jhn.20:1, 19, Act.20:7
(AS) G4522 G4522 = G4522 σαγήνη sagēnē G:N-F dragnet σαγήνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for חֵרֶם ;]
a drag-net, seine: Mat.13:47.†
SYN.: ἀμφίβληστρον (which see), δίκτυον (AS) G4523 G4523 = G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaios N:N--T Sadducee Σαδδουκαῖος, -ου, ὁ
(Heb. צָדוֹק, 2Ki.15:24, al.),
a Sadducee (cf. Swete, Mk., 277): Mat.3:7 16:1, 6 16:11-12 22:23-34 Mrk.12:18, Luk.20:27, Act.4:1 5:17 23:6-8.†
(AS) G4524 G4524 = G4524 Σαδώκ Sadōk N:N-M-P Zadok Σαδώκ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. צָדוֹק, see supr., see word Σαδδουκαῖος)
Sadoc, Zadok: Mat.1:14.†
(AS) G4525 G4525 = G4525 σαίνω sainō G:V to shake σαίνω
__1. prop. (Hom., al.), of dogs, to wag the tail, fawn.
__2. Metaphorical, of persons, with accusative, to fawn upon, flatter, beguile: pass., 1Th.3:3 (for conjectural emendations of the text, see ICC, and M, Th., in l).†
(AS) G4526 G4526 = G4526 σάκκος sakkos G:N-M sackcloth σάκκος also written σάκος, -ου, ὁ
(cf. Heb. שַׂק, which it renders in LXX),
__1. a coarse cloth, sackcloth, usually made of hair: Rev.6:12.
__2. Anything made of sackcloth;
__(a) a sack (Gen.42:25, al.);
__(b) a garment of sackcloth, expressive of mourning or penitence: Mat.11:21, Luk.10:13, Rev.11:3.†
(AS) G4527 G4527G = a Name of H8007G Σαλά Sala N:N-M-P Sala Σαλά, ὁ indecl. (Heb. שֶׁלַח),
Sala, Shalah: Luk.3:32 (R, txt., Σαλμών, which see), Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G4527 G4527H = the Greek of H7974 Σαλά Sala N:N-M-P Shelah Σαλά, ὁ indecl. (Heb. שֶׁלַח),
Sala, Shalah: Luk.3:32 (R, txt., Σαλμών, which see), Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G4528 G4528G = G4528G Σαλαθιήλ Salathiēl N:N-M-P Shealtiel Σαλαθιήλ, ὁ
indecl. (Heb. שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל),
Salathiel: Mat.1:12, Luk.3:27.†
(AS) G4528 G4528H = the Greek of H7597A Σαλαθιήλ Salathiēl N:N-M-P Shealtiel Σαλαθιήλ, ὁ
indecl. (Heb. שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל),
Salathiel: Mat.1:12, Luk.3:27.†
(AS) G4529 G4529 = G4529 Σαλαμίς Salamis N:N--L Salamis Σαλαμίς, -ῖνσς, ἡ
Salamis, the chief city of Cyprus: Act.13:5.†
(AS) G4530 G4530 = G4530 Σαλείμ Saleim N:N--L Salim Σαλείμ, τό indecl.,
Salim: Jhn.3:23 (see Westc., in l; DB, iii, 354).†
(AS) G4531 G4531 = G4531 σαλεύω saleuō G:V to shake σαλεύω
(σάλος), [in LXX for מוֹט, זוּעַ, etc. ;]
prop., of the action of wind, storm, etc., to agitate, shake: of a reed, Mat.11:7, Luk.7:24; a house, Luk.6:48, Act.4:31 16:26; the earth, Heb.12:26; the heavenly bodies, Mat.24:29, Mrk.13:25, Luk.21:26; of a vessel shaken in filling, Luk.6:38. Metaphorical,
__(a) to shake, i.e. to render insecure: τὰ σαλευόμενα, τὰ μὴ., Heb.12:27;
__(b) with accusative of person(s), to cast down from a sense of security and happiness: Act.2:25 (LXX);
__(with) to unsettle or drive away: pass., before ἀπὸ τ. νοός, 2Th.2:2;
__(d) to stir up: τ. ὄχλους, Act.17:13.†
(AS) G4532 G4532 = a Name of H3389 Σαλήμ Salēm N:N--L Salem Σαλήμ, ἡ (Heb. שָׁלֵם Gen.14:18),
Salem: Heb.7:1-2 (LXX).†
(AS) G4533 G4533 = the Greek of H8007G Σαλμών Salmōn N:N-M-P Salmon Σαλμών, ὁ indecl. (Heb. שַׂלְמוֹן),
Salmon: Mat.1:4-5, Luk.3:32 (Σαλά, WH, R, mg.).†
(AS) G4534 G4534 = G4534 Σαλμώνη Salmōnē N:N--L Salmone Σαλμώνη, -ης, ἡ
Salmone, a promontory of Crete: Act.27:7.†
(AS) G4535 G4535 = G4535 σάλος salos G:N-M tossing σάλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for מוֹט, etc. ;]
in poets and late prose, a tossing, as of an earthquake; esp. the tossing, the rolling swell of the sea: Luk.21:25.†
(AS) G4536 G4536 = G4536 σάλπιγξ salpigx G:N-F trumpet σάλπιγξ, -ιγγος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוֹפָר, חֲצֹצְרָה ;]
a trumpet, used in war and in religious ceremonies: 1Co.14:8, Heb.12:19, Rev.1:10 4:1 8:2, 6 8:11 9:14 By meton., a trumpet blast: μετὰ σ. μεγάλης, Mat.24:31; ἐν σ. θεοῦ, 1Th.4:16; ἐν τ. ἐσχάτῃ σ., 1Co.15:52.†
(AS) G4537 G4537 = G4537 σαλπίζω salpizō G:V to sound a trumpet σαλπίζω
[in LXX chiefly for תָּקַע ;]
to sound a trumpet: Rev.8:6 ff. Rev.9:1, 13 10:7 11:15; metaphorically, Mat.6:2. Impers., the trumpet sounds: 1Co.15:52.†
(AS) G4538 G4538 = G4538 σαλπιστής salpistēs G:N-M trumpeter σαλπιστής
(so Inscr. and late writers for Mt. σαλπιγκτής), οῦ, ὁ,
a trumpeter: Rev.18:22.†
(AS) G4539 G4539 = G4539 Σαλώμη Salōmē N:N-F-P Salome Σαλώμη, -ης, ἡ
(Heb. שָׁלוֹם),
Salome: Mrk.15:40 16:1.†
(AS) G4540 G4540 = the Greek of H8111 Σαμάρεια Samareia N:N-F-L Samaria Σαμαρία (Rec. -άρεια), -ας, ἡ (Heb. שֹׁמְרוֹן; Aram. שָׁמְרַיִן),
Samaria;
__(a) the city: Act.8:5 (and perhaps also Act.8:9, 14);
__(b) the region: Luk.17:11, Jhn.4:4-5, 7, Act.1:8 8:1 (and perhaps also Act.8:9, 14) Act.9:31 15:3.†
(AS) G4541 G4541 = a Group member of H8111 Σαμαρείτης Samareitēs N:N--LG Samaritan Σαμαρείτης
(-ίτης, Τ; see WH, App., 154; BI., § 3, 4), -ον, ό,
a Samaritan, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or the region of Samaria, in NT always the latter (see: Σαμαρία): Mat.10:5, Luk.9:52 10:33 17:16, Jhn.4:9, 39-40, Act.8:25; as an opprobrious epithet, Jhn.8:48.†
(AS) G4542 G4542 = a Spelling of H8111 Σαμαρεῖτις Samareitis N:N-F-LG Samaria Σαμαρεῖτις (-ῖτις, T, see supr.), -ιδος, ἡ
__1. in FlJ (B.J., i, 21, 2, al.), the region of Samaria.
__2. a Samaritan woman: Jhn.4:9.†
(AS) G4543 G4543 = G4543 Σαμοθρᾴκη Samothrakē N:N-F-L Samothrace Σαμοθρᾴκη
(-θράκη, BE), -ης, ἡ
Samothrace, an island in the Ægean: Act.16:11.†
(AS) G4544 G4544 = G4544 Σάμος Samos N:N-F-L Samos Σάμος, -ου, ἡ
Samos, an island in the Ægean: Act.20:15.†
(AS) G4545 G4545 = the Greek of H8050G Σαμουήλ Samouēl N:N-M-P Samuel Σαμουήλ, ὁ indecl.
(in FlJ, Σαμούηλος; Heb. שְׁמוּאֵל),
Samuel (1Ki.1:20, al.): Act.3:24 13:20, Heb.11:32.†
(AS) G4546 G4546 = the Greek of H8123 Σαμψών Sampsōn N:N-M-P Samson Σαμψών, ὁ indecl. (Heb. שִׁמְשׁוֹן),
Samson (Jdg.13:1-25 ff.): Heb.11:32.†
(AS) G4547 G4547 = G4547 σανδάλιον sandalion G:N-N sandal σανδάλιον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of σάνδαλον, prob. Persian), [in LXX: Jos.9:5, Isa.20:2 (נָעַל, elsewhere rendered ὑπόδημα, which see), Jdth.10:4 16:9 * ;]
a sandal: Mrk.6:9, Act.12:8.†
(AS) G4548 G4548 = G4548 σανίς sanis G:N-F plank σανίς, -ίδος, ἡ
[in LXX: Sng.8:9, Eze.27:5 (לוּחַ) * ;]
a board, plank: Act.27:44
(AS) G4549 G4549G = a Name of G3972G Σαούλ Saoul N:N-M-P Saul Σαούλ, ὁ indecl.
(in FlJ, Σάουλος; Heb. שָׁאוּל)
Saul;
__(a) the King of Israel: Act.13:21;
__(b) the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul, used in the indecl. form only in address (cf. Σαῦλος): Act.9:4, 17 22:7, 13 26:14.†
(AS) G4549 G4549H = the Greek of H7586G Σαούλ Saoul N:N-M-P Saul Σαούλ, ὁ indecl.
(in FlJ, Σάουλος; Heb. שָׁאוּל)
Saul;
__(a) the King of Israel: Act.13:21;
__(b) the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul, used in the indecl. form only in address (cf. Σαῦλος): Act.9:4, 17 22:7, 13 26:14.†
(AS) G4550 G4550 = G4550 σαπρός sapros G:A rotten σαπρός, -ά -όν
[in Sm.: Lev.27:14, 33 * ;]
rotten, corrupt, bad, worth­less: of trees and fruit (opposite to ἀγαθός, καλός), Mat.7:17-18 12:33 Luk.6:43; of fish, Mat.13:48.
Metaphorical, in moral sense: λόγος σ., Eph.4:29. "In Hellenistic . . . it became a synonym for αἰσχρός or κακός," MM, xxii.†
(AS) G4551 G4551 = G4551 Σαπφείρη Sappheirē N:N-F-P Sapphira Σαπφείρα, -ης (see B1., § 3, 4), ἡ
(Aram. שַׁפִּירָא)
Sapphia: Act.5:1.†
(AS) G4552 G4552 = G4552 σάπφειρος sappheiros G:N-F sapphire σάπφειρος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX for סַפִּיר ;]
sapphire (perh. = lapis lazuli): Rev.21:19.†
(AS) G4553 G4553 = G4553 σαργάνη sarganē G:N-F basket σαργάνη, -ης, ἡ
__1. a plaited rope (Æsch.).
__2. a hamper, a basket made of ropes: 2Co.11:33.†
(AS) G4554 G4554 = the Greek of H5614 Σάρδεις Sardeis N:N-F-L Sardis Σάρδεις, -εων, αἱ
Sardis, the chief city of Lydia: Rev.1:11 3:1, 4
(AS) G4555 G4555 = a Spelling of G4556 σάρδινος sardinos G:N-M gem σάρδινος, -ου, ὁ
= σάρδιον (which see), Rev.4:3, Rec.†
(AS) G4556 G4556 = G4556 σάρδιον sardion G:N-N gem σάρδιον, -ον, τ
[in LXX for אֹדֶם, Exo.28:17, al.; also for שֹׁהַם ;]
the sardian stone, sard (of which carnelian is one variety): Rev.4:3 21:20.†
(AS) G4557 G4557 = G4557 σαρδόνυξ sardonux G:N-M sardonyx σαρδόνυξ (L, σαρδιόνυξ), -υχος, ὁ
(σάρδιον, ὄνυξ),
sardonyx, a stone marked by the red of the sard and the white of the onyx: Rev.21:20.†
(AS) G4558 G4558 = the Greek of H6886 Σάρεπτα Sarepta N:N--L Zarephath Σάρεπτα, -ων (Ob 20), τά (Heb. צָרְפַת),
Sarepta, a city of Sidon: Luk.4:26.†
(AS) G4559 G4559 = G4559 σαρκικός sarkikos G:A fleshly σαρκικός, -ή, -όν (σάρξ)
(seel. for σάρκινος, Arist., H.A., x, 2, 7)
= Lat. carnalis, i.e.
__(a) associated with or pertaining to the flesh, fleshly, carnal: Rom.15:27, 1Co.9:11;
__(b) in a more ethical sense, of the nature of the flesh, under the control of its appetites, fleshly, carnal, sensual (but including more than mere sensuality; cf. Hort, 1Pe., 133): 1Co.3:3, 2Co.1:12 10:4, 1Pe.2:11.†
SYN.: σάρκινος (which see), ψυχικός; cf. Tr., Syn., §§ LXXi, LXXii; Lft., Notes, 184 f.; Vau. on Rom.7:14 (AS) G4560 G4560 = G4560 σάρκινος sarkinos G:A fleshly σάρκινος, -η, -ον
(σάρξ), [in LXX: 2Ch.32:8, Eze.11:19 36:26 (בָּשָׂר), Est.4:17, Pro.24:23 (Pro.29:27) * ;]
= Lat. carneus (the termination -ινος denoting the substance or material of a thing; see Tr., Syn., § LXXii; Lft., Notes, 184; and for illustrations from π., see MM, xxii), of the flesh, of flesh, fleshy (Plat., Arist., Plut., al.): Rom.7:14, 1Co.3:1, 2Co.3:3, Heb.7:16. (Rec. has -ικός in all these passages except 2Co.3:3, but the evidence is decisive against it.)†
SYN.: σαρκικός, q.v (AS) G4561 G4561 = G4561 σάρξ sarx G:N-F flesh σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for בָּשָׂר ;]
flesh;
__1. as in cl. generally,
__(a) prop., of the soft substance of the animal body: 1Co.15:39, 2Co.12:7, Gal.6:13, al.; σ. καὶ αἷμα, 1Co.5:50; σ. καὶ ὀστέα, Luk.24:39; pl., of the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Rev.17:16 19:18; φαγεῖν, Re, ll. with (cf. κατεσθίειν, 4Ki.9:36, al., and βιβρώσκειν, frequently in l.); metaphorically, Jas.5:3; mystically, φ. (τρώγειν) τὴν σ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου, Jhn.6:52-56;
__(b) Of the whole substance of the body, = σῶμα: Act.2:26 (LXX), 31, 2Co.12:7, Gal.4:14, Eph.5:29; μία σ., Mrk.10:8; εἰς σ. μίαν (Gen.2:24), Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, 1Co.6:16, Eph.5:31; hence, of the material as opposite to the immaterial part of man (cf. Lft., Notes, 88): opposite to πνεῦμα, 1Co.5:5, 2Co.7:1, Col.2:5, 1Pe.3:18, 4:6; to ψύχη, Act.2:31, Rec.; of the present life, ἐν (τῇ) σ., Rom.7:5, Gal.2:20, Php.1:22, 24 1Pe.4:2; of Christ's life on earth, αἱ ἡμέραι τ. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, Heb.5:7; of things pertaining to the body, ἐν (τῇ) σ., Gal.6:12, 13 Php.3:3, 4.
__2. As in Heb. idiom,
__(a) of a living creature: πᾶσα σ. (Heb. כָּל־בָּשָׂר; cf. Bl., §47, 9), Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20, 1Pe.1:24; esp. of man and his mortality (Psa.55 (56):5, Sir.28:5, al.), Jhn.1:14; πᾶσα σ. (see supr.), Luk.3:6, Jhn.17:2, Act.2:17, ἐν σ., 1Jo.4:2, 1Ti.3:16;
__(b) of natural origin and relationship (Gen.2:24, Isa.58:7, al.): τέκνα τῆς σ., Rom.9:8; κατὰ σάρκα, ib. 3, 5, 1Co.10:18, Gal.4:23, 29; ἡ σ. μου, Rom.11:14 (cf. Jdg.9:2, 2Ki.5:1, al.).
__3. Of the physical nature as subject to sensation and desire (Plut.),
__(a) without any ethical disparagement: Rom.7:18 13:14; opposite to πνεῦμα, Mat.26:41, Mrk.14:38; τ. θέλημα τῆς σ., Jhn.1:13; ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σ., 1Jn.2:16; pl., 2Pe.2:18; παθεῖν σαρκί, 1Pe.4:1;
__(b) in ethical sense, esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful desires: opposite to νοῦς, Rom.7:25; to πνεῦμα, Rom.8:4-9, 12, 13, Gal.5:16, 17 19 6:8 (cf. DB, ii, 14f.; iv, 165f.; Cremer, 844ff.).
(AS) G4562 G4562 = the Greek of H8286 Σαρούχ Sarouch N:N-M-P Serug Σερούχ (Rec. Σαρ-), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. שְׂרוּג),
Serug: Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G4563 G4563 = G4563 σαρόω saroō G:V to sweep σαρόω, -ῶ
late form of σαίρω,
to sweep: with accusative, Luk.15:8; pass., Mat.12:44, Luk.11:25.†
(AS) G4564 G4564 = the Greek of H8283 Σάρρα Sarra N:N-F-P Sarah Σάρρα, -ας, ἡ (Heb. שָׂרָה, Gen.17:15),
Sarah: Rom.4:19 9:9, Heb.11:11, 1Pe.3:6.†
(AS) G4565 G4565 = the Greek of H8289I Σάρων Sarōn N:N--L Sharon Σάρων, -ωνος (accusative -ῶνα, WH), ὁ (Heb. שָׁרוֹן),
the plain of Sharon: Act.9:35.†
(AS) G4566 G4566 = a Name of H7854 Σατάν Satan N:N--T Satan Satan , i. e. an adversary, enemy : name for the Devil , (New Testament)
Hebr. word. (ML) G4567 G4567 = a Spelling of H7854 Σατανᾶς Satanas N:N--T Satan Σατανᾶς, -ᾶ
(so also Sir 21:30, but in 3Ki.11:14, σατάν indecl.; Heb. שָׂטָן; Aram. סָטָנָא, whence the inflected Gk. form), ό,
Satan (i.e. the adversary, as in LXX, ll. with): Mat.4:10 12:26, Mrk.1:13 3:23, 26 4:15 Luk.10:18 11:18 13:16 22:3, 31, Jhn.13:27, Act.5:3 26:18, Rom.16:20, 1Co.5:5 7:5, 2Co.2:11 11:14, 1Th.2:18, 2Th.2:9, 1Ti.1:20 5:15, Rev.2:9, 13 2:24 3:9 12:9 20:2, 7; addressed in person of Peter, Mat.16:23 Mrk.8:33; ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ, 2Co.12:7.†
(AS) G4568 G4568 = G4568 σάτον saton G:N-N seah σάτον, -ου, τό
(Aram. סָאתָא = Heb. סְאָה), [in LXX: Hag.2:17 (16)* ;]
a Hebrew measure (= about a peck and a half): Mat.13:33, Luk.13:21.†
(AS) G4569 G4569G = a Spelling of G3972G Σαῦλος Saulos N:N-M-P Saul Σαῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Hellenized form of Σαούλ, which see),
Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul: Act.7:58 8:1, 3 9:1, 8 9:11, 22 9:24 11:25, 30 12:25 13:1-2, 7 13:9.†
(AS) G4569 G4569H = a Spelling of H7586G Σαῦλος Saulos N:N-M-P Saul Σαῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Hellenized form of Σαούλ, which see),
Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul: Act.7:58 8:1, 3 9:1, 8 9:11, 22 9:24 11:25, 30 12:25 13:1-2, 7 13:9.†
(AS) G4570 G4570 = G4570 σβέννυμι sbennumi G:V to extinguish σβέννυμι
[in LXX chiefly for כָּבָה ;]
of fire or things on fire, to quench: with accusative, Mat.12:20, Eph.6:16, Heb.11:34; pass., Mat.25:8, Mrk.9:48, [44, 46]. Metaphorical (cf. Sng.8:7, 4Ma.16:4): τὸ πνεῦμα, 1Th.5:19.†
ζβέννυμι, for σβ-, 1Th.5:19 T (see WH, Notes, 148).†
(AS) G4571 G4571 = a Form of G4771 σέ se G:P-2 you αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G4572 G4572 = a Form of G4771 σεαυτοῦ seautou G:F-2 yourself σεαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ
(in NT not contracted, σαυτοῦ, as in Att..),
reflex. prop. of 2nd of person(s) sing., used only in genitive, dative and accusative
(of, to) thyself: Mat.4:6, Jhn.8:13, 1Ti.4:16, al. (In Hellenistic, the pl. is ἑαυτῶν (which see), not ὑμῶν αὐτῶν as in Attic, see Bl., § 13, 1.) †
(AS) G4573 G4573 = G4573 σεβάζομαι sebazomai G:V to worship σεβάζομαι
(σέβας, reverential awe), [in Aq.: Hos.10:5 * ;]
__1. to fear (Hom).
__2. In later writers, = σέβομαι, to worship: Rom.1:25
(AS) G4574 G4574 = G4574 σέβασμα sebasma G:N-N object of worship σέβασμα, -τος, τό
(σεβάζομαι), [in LXX: Wis.14:20 15:17, Da TH Bel 1:27 * ;]
an object of worship: Act.17:23, 2Th.2:4.†
(AS) G4575 G4575 = a Spelling of G0828 σεβαστός sebastos G:A Augustan σεβαστός, -ή, -όν (σεβάζομαι)
__1. reverend, august.
__2. In late writers, with reference to the Roman Imperial name;
__(a) ὁ Σ., Augustus, i.e. the Roman Emperor: Act.25:21, 25;
__(b) Augustan: σπείρα σ., Act.27:1 (See further, Deiss., BS, 218.) †
(AS) G4576 G4576 = G4576 σέβομαι sebomai G:V be devout σέβω
[in LXX (chiefly for יָרֵא, Jos.4:24, al.) and NT always mid., σέβομαι, exc. 4Ma.5:24 ;]
to worship: with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:9, Mrk.7:7, Act.18:13 19:27; σεβόμενος τ. θεόν, Act.16:14 18:7; σεβόμενοι (σ. προσήλυτοι, σ. Ἕλληνες), devout, Act.13:43, 50 17:4, 17 (cf. προσήλυτος).†
(AS) G4577 G4577 = G4577 σειρά seira G:N-F chain σειρά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX: Jdg.16:13-14, 19 (מַחְלָפָה), Pro.5:22 (חֶבֶל) * ;]
__1. (a) a cord;
__(b) a chain (cf. Pr., l.with): σειραὶ ζόφου, 2Pe.2:4, Rec., R, mg. (see: σειρός).
__2. a lock of hair (Jg, ll. with).†
(AS) G4578 G4578 = G4578 σεισμός seismos G:N-M earthquake σεισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(σείω), [in LXX chiefly for רַעַשׁ ;]
a shaking, commotion, as a tempest at sea: Mat.8:24; esp. an earthquake: Mat.24:7 27:54 28:2, Mrk.13:8, Luk.21:11, Act.16:26, Rev.6:12 8:5 11:13, 19 16:18.†
(AS) G4579 G4579 = G4579 σείω seiō G:V to shake σείω
[in LXX chiefly for רָעַשׁ ;]
to shake, move to and fro: τ. γῆν, Heb.12:26 (LXX); pass., ἡ γῆ, Mat.27:51 (LXX); συκῆ, Rev.6:13. Metaphorical, to agitate, stir up, with fear or some other emotion: Mat.21:10 28:4 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, κατα-σείω).†
(AS) G4580 G4580 = G4580 Σεκοῦνδος Sekoundos N:N-M-P Secundus Σέκουνδος (Rec. Σεκοῦνδος), -ου, ὁ
(Lat.), Secundus: Act.20:4.†
(AS) G4581 G4581 = G4581 Σελεύκεια Seleukeia N:N-F-L Seleucia Σελευκία (Rec. -εύκεια),
Seleucia, a city of Syria: Act.13:4.†
(AS) G4582 G4582 = G4582 σελήνη selēnē G:N-F moon σελήνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for יָרֵחַ (Gen.37:9, al.), also for לְבָנָה; (Sng.6:9(10), ?Isa.24:23 30:26) ;]
the moon: Mat.24:29, Mrk.13:24, Luk.21:25, Act.2:20" (LXX), 1Co.15:41, Rev.6:12 8:12 12:1 21:23.†
(AS) G4583 G4583 = G4583 σεληνιάζομαι selēniazomai G:V be epileptic σεληνιάζω
(σελήνη),
act, in Manetho (Caren., 4, 81), in NT depon. -ομαι,
to be moonstruck, i.e. epileptic (epilepsy being supposed to be influenced by the moon): Mat.4:24 17:15.†
(AS) G4584 G4584 = G4584 Σεμεΐ Semei N:N-M-P Semein Σεμεείν (Rec. Σεμεΐ), ὁ, indecl.,
Semein: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G4585 G4585 = G4585 σεμίδαλις semidalis G:N-F fine flour σεμίδαλις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for סֹלֶת ;]
fine wheaten flour: Rev.18:13.†
(AS) G4586 G4586 = G4586 σεμνός semnos G:A noble σεμνός, -ή, -όν
(σέβομαι), [in LXX: Pro.6:8 8:6 15:26, 2Ma.6:11 2Mac 6:28 2Mac 8:15, 4Ma.5:36 4Mac 7:15 4Mac 17:5 * ;]
__1. reverend, august, venerable, in cl. of the gods and also of human beings.
__2. grave, serious; of persons: 1Ti.3:8 3:11, Tit.2:2; of things: Php.4:8 (see Tr., Syn., § xcii; Cremer, 37; MM, xxii).†
(AS) G4587 G4587 = G4587 σεμνότης semnotēs G:N-F dignity σεμνότης, -ητος, ἡ
(σεμνός), [in LXX: 2Ma.3:12 * ;]
gravity: 1Ti.2:2 3:4 (Vg. eastitas, cf. Soph., Lex., and Zorell, see word), Tit.2:7.†
(AS) G4588 G4588 = G4588 Σέργιος Sergios N:N-M-P Sergius Σέργιος, -ου, ὁ
Sergius, surnamed Paulus: Act.13:7.†
(AS) G4589 G4589 = the Greek of H8352 Σήθ Sēth N:N-M-P Seth Σήθ, ὁ (Heb. שֵׁת),
indecl.,
Seth (Gen.4:25): Luk.3:38.†
(AS) G4590 G4590 = the Greek of H8035 Σήμ Sēm N:N-M-P Shem Σήμ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. שֵׁם),
Shem: Luk.3:36.†
(AS) G4591 G4591 = G4591 σημαίνω sēmainō G:V to signify σημαίνω
(σῆμα, a sign), [in LXX for רוּעַ hi., תָּקַע, etc. ;]
to give a sign, signify, indicate: with accusative of thing(s), Act.25:27, Rev.1:1 (cf. MM, xxii); with accusative and inf., Act.11:28; before quæst. indir., Jhn.12:33 18:32 21:19.†
(AS) G4592 G4592 = G4592 σημεῖον sēmeion G:N-N sign σημεῖον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for אוֹת ;]
a sign, mark, token;
__(a) of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others: Mat.26:48 Luk.2:12, 2Th.3:17 (cf. Deiss., LAE, 153.2); before genitive epexeg., Rom.4:11; with genitive obj., Mat.24:8, 30, 2Co.12:12; with genitive subj., Mat.16:3;
__(b) a sign of warning or admonition: Mat.12:39 16:4, Luk.2:34 11:29-30, 1Co.14:22;
__(with) a sign portending future events (Soph., Plat. al.): Mrk.13:4, Luk.21:7, 11 21:25, Act.2:19, Rev.12:1, 3 15:1;
__(d) of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded as signs of a divine authority: Mat.12:38-39 16:1, 4 Mrk.8:11-12 Luk.11:16, 29 23:8, Jhn.2:11, 18 2:23 4:54 6:30 10:41 12:18, Act.4:16, 22; pl., Mrk.16:17, 20, Jhn.2:11, 23 3:2 6:2, 14 6:26 7:31 9:16 11:47 12:37 20:30, Act.8:6, 1Co.1:22 (Lft., Notes, 162); the same ascribed to false teachers and demons: Mat.24:24, Mrk.13:22, 2Th.2:9, Rev.13:13-14 16:14 19:20; σ. καὶ τέρατα (τ. καὶ σ.; cf. Tr., Syn., § xci), Mat.24:24, Mrk.13:22, Jhn.4:48, Act.2:19, 43 4:30 5:12 6:8 7:36 14:3 15:12, Rom.15:19, 2Th.2:9; id. before καὶ δυνάμεις, 2Co.12:12, Heb.2:4; σ. καὶ δυνάμεις, Act.8:13; δ. καὶ τ. καὶ σ., Act.2:22; σ. διδόναι, Mat.24:24, Mrk.13:22.†
(AS) G4593 G4593 = G4593 σημειόω sēmeioō G:V to note σημειόω, -ῶ
(σημεῖον), [in LXX: Psa.4:6 (נָשָׂא)* ;]
to mark, note. Mid., to note for oneself: 2Th.3:14 (frequently in π.; see ICC, M, Th., in l).†
(AS) G4594 G4594 = G4594 σήμερον sēmeron G:ADV today σήμερον (Att.. τήμερον),
adv., [in LXX for יוֹם ;]
to-day: Mat.6:11, Luk.4:21, Act.4:9, al.; opposite to αὔριον, Mat.6:30, Luk.12:28, Jas.4:13; χθὲς καὶ σ. καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, Heb.13:8; ἡ σ. ἡμέρα, Act.20:20; ἕως (ἄχρι) τῆς σ. ἡμέρας, Rom.11:8, 2Co.3:14; μέχρι (ἕως) τῆς σ. (sc. ἡμέρας), Mat.11:23 27:8; as subst., τὸ σ., Heb.3:13; id. in appos., ὁρίζει ἡμὶραν, σ., Heb.4:7 R, mg., (see Westc., in l)
(AS) G4595 G4595 = G4595 σήπω sēpō G:V to rot σήπω
[in LXX; Psa.38:5 (מָקַק ni.), Job.33:21 (כָּלָה) Job.40:7, Sir.14:19, al. ;]
to make corrupt: 2 pf. act, with mid, sense (see M, Pr., 154), σέσηπεν, has perished, become corrupted, Jas.5:2.†
(AS) G4596 G4596 = G4596 σηρικός sērikos G:A silk σιρικός (by assimilation of vowels, for σηρικός; see Mayser, 150; WH, Notes, 151), -ή, -όν
(οἱ Σῆρες, a people of India from whom the ancients got the first silk),
silk, silken; as subst., τὸ σ., silken fabric, silk: Rev.18:12 (cf. FlJ, B.J., vii, 5, 4).†
(AS) G4597 G4597 = G4597 σής sēs G:N-M moth σής σητός (late genitive for cl. σεός), ὁ,
[in LXX: Job.4:19, Isa.50:9 (עָשׁ), Isa.51:8 (סָס), al. ;]
a moth, clothes moth: Mat.6:19-20, Luk.12:33.†
(AS) G4598 G4598 = G4598 σητόβρωτος sētobrōtos G:A moth-eaten σητό-βρωτος, -ον
(οής, βιβρώσκω), [in LXX: Job.13:28 (אָכַל עָשׁ) * ;]
moth-eaten: Jas.5:2.†
(AS) G4599 G4599 = G4599 σθενόω sthenoō G:V to strengthen σθενόω, -ῶ
(σθένος, strength),
to strengthen: with accusative, 1Pe.5:10 (Hesych.).†
(AS) G4600 G4600 = G4600 σιαγών siagōn G:N-F cheek σιαγών, -όνος, ἡ
[in LXX for לְחִי ;]
the jawbone, jaw, cheek: Mat.5:39, Luk.6:29 (cf. MM, xxii).†
(AS) G4601 G4601 = G4601 σιγάω sigaō G:V be silent σιγάω, -ῶ
(σιγή), [in LXX for חָרַשׁ, חָשָׁה, etc. ;]
__1. intrans., to be silent, keep silence: Luk.9:36 18:39 20:26, Act.12:17 15:12-13, 1Co.14:28 14:30 14:34.
__2. Trans., to keep secret; pass., to be kept secret: Rom.16:25.†
SYN.: ἡσυχάζω, σιωπάω (AS) G4602 G4602 = G4602 σιγή sigē G:N-F silence σιγή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Wis.18:14, 3Ma.3:23 * ;]
silence: Act.21:40, Rev.8:1.†
(AS) G4603 G4603 = G4603 σιδήρεος sidēreos G:A iron σιδήρεος, -α, -ον (-οῦς, -ᾶ -οῦν)
(σίδηρος), [in LXX chiefly for בַּרְזֶל ;]
of iron: Act.12:10, Rev.2:27 9:9 12:5 19:15.†
(AS) G4604 G4604 = G4604 σίδηρος sidēros G:N-M iron σίδηρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for בַּרְזֶל ;]
iron: Rev.18:12.†
(AS) G4605 G4605 = the Greek of H6721H Σιδών Sidōn N:N-F-L Sidon Σιδών, -ῶnος, ἡ (Heb. צִידוֹן),
Sidon, a maritime city of Phœnicia: Mat.11:21-22 15:21, Mrk.3:8 7:24, 31, Luk.6:17 10:13-14, Act.27:3.†
(AS) G4606 G4606 = a Group member of H6721H Σιδώνιος Sidōnios N:N--LG Sidonian Σιδώνιος, -α, -ον
(Σιδών),
of Sidon, Sidonian;
__(a) the region: sc. χώρα, Luk.4:26;
__(b) the people: Act.12:20.†
(AS) G4607 G4607 = G4607 σικάριος sikarios G:N-M assassin σικάριος, -ου, ὁ
(Lat.; sica, a dagger carried under their clothing by the Sicarii),
a bandit, assassin, one of the Sicarii (FlJ, B.J., ii, 17, 6, al.): Act.21:38.†
(AS) G4608 G4608 = G4608 σίκερα sikera G:N-N alcoholic drink σίκερα, τό indecl.
(Aram. שִׁכְרָא), [in LXX for שֵׁכָר (also rendered μέθυσμα, Jdg.13:4, Mic.2:11), Lev.10:9, al. ;]
fermented liquor, strong drink: Luk.1:15.†
(AS) G4609 G4609 = G4609 Σίλας Silas N:N-M-P Silas Σίλας, -α (accusative to BL, § 29, W-Schm., 74, -ᾶς, -ᾶ), ὁ (Aram. שׁאִילָא; see Dalman, Gr., 157.5),
Silas (called also Σιλουανός, which see): Act.15:22, 27 15:32, 34 15:40 16:19, 25 16:29 17:4, 10 17:14-15 18:5 †
(AS) G4610 G4610 = a Name of G4609 Σιλουανός Silouanos N:N-M-P Silvanus Σιλουανός
(in MSS also Σιλβανός, a form frequently in π.), -οῦ, ὁ,
Silvanus, latinized name of Silas: 2Co.1:19, 1Th.1:1, 2Th.1:1, 1Pe.5:12.†
(AS) G4611 G4611 = the Greek of H7975A Σιλωάμ Silōam N:N--L Siloam Σιλωάμ (indecl., but in FlJ, genitive, ᾶ, B.J., ii, 16, 2), ὁ (Heb. שִׁלֹחַ),
Siloam (see DB, iii, 515 f.): Luk.13:4, Jhn.9:7, 11.†
(AS) G4612 G4612 = G4612 σιμικίνθιον simikinthion G:N-N apron σιμικίνθιον (also written σημι-), -ου, τό (Lat. semicinctium),
a work­man's apron: Act.19:12.†
(AS) G4613 G4613G = G4613G Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613H = G4613H Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613I = G4613I Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613J = G4613J Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613K = G4613K Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613L = G4613L Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613M = G4613M Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613N = G4613N Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4613 G4613O = a Name of G4074G Σίμων Simōn N:N-M-P Simon Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
a Greek name (transliterated סִימוֺן in Heb.) used as a substitute for Συμεών (which see), Simon
__1. Simon Peter: Mat.17:25, Mrk.1:29, al.
__2. Simon the Zealot (see: ζηλωτής, Καναναῖος): Mat.10:4, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Act.1:13.
__3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (see: ἀδελψός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.
__4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself surnamed Ἰσκαριώτης (which see): Jhn.6:71 12:4 (Rec.) 13:2,26
__5. Simon the Cyrenian: Mat.27:32, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26.
__6. Simon the Pharisee: Luk.7:40, 43-44.
__7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed ὁ λεπρός: Mat.26:6, Mrk.14:3.
__8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Act.8:9, 13 8:18, 24.
__9. Simon the tanner, of Joppa: Act.9:43 10:6, 17 10:32
(AS) G4614 G4614 = the Greek of H5514G Σινᾶ Sina N:N--L (Mount) Sinai Σινά
(-ᾶ, Rec.),
indecl. (but τὸ Σιναῖον, FlJ, Ant., iii, 5, 1; τὸ Σιναῖον ὄρος, ib. ii, 12, 1), τό
(Heb. סִינַי),
Sinai (Exo.19:11, al.): Act.7:30, 38, Gal.4:24-25†
(AS) G4615 G4615 = G4615 σίναπι sinapi G:N-N mustard σίναπι, -εως, τό
(prob. Egyptian), = Attic τὸ νᾶπυ
mustard: Mat.13:31 17:20, Mrk.4:31, Luk.13:19 17:6.†
(AS) G4616 G4616 = G4616 σινδών sindōn G:N-F linen σινδών, -όνος, ἡ
[in LXX: Jdg.14:12-13 A, Pro.31:24 (סָדִין), 1Ma.10:64 A * ;]
fine linen cloth;
__(a) as used for swathing dead bodies (cf. Hdt., ii, 86): Mat.27:59, Mrk.15:46, Luk.23:53;
__(b) a garment or wrap of this material (cf. ICC, Jg, l.with): Mrk.14:51-52.†
(AS) G4617 G4617 = G4617 σινιάζω siniazō G:V to sift σινιάω
(σίνιον, a sieve), = σήθω,
to sift, winnow: figuratively, Luk.22:31.†
(AS) G4618 G4618 = G4618 σιτευτός siteutos G:A fattened σιτευτός, -ή, -όν
(σιτεύω, to feed, fatten), [in LXX: 3Ki.4:23 (אָבַס), etc. ;]
fattened: Luk.15:23, 27 15:30.†
(AS) G4619 G4619 = G4619 σιτιστός sitistos G:A fattened σιτιστός, -ή, -όν
(σιτίζω, to fatten) [in Sm.: Psa.22:13, Jer.46:21 * ;]
= σιτευτός, fattened; as subst., pl., τὰ σ., fatlings: Mat.22:4.†
(AS) G4620 G4620 = G4620 σιτομέτριον sitometrion G:N-N grain ration σιτομέτριον, -ου, τό
(σιτομετρέω, Gen.47:12, 14 *, = Attic τὸν σῖτον μετρέω),
a measured portion of food: Luk.12:42 (for exx. in π., see Deiss., BS, 158; LAE, 103.1).†
(AS) G4621 G4621 = G4621 σῖτος sitos G:N-M grain σῖτος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for דָּגָן ;]
wheat, corn: Mat.3:12 13:25, 29-30 Mrk.4:28, Luk.3:17 12:18 16:7 22:32, Jhn.12:24, Act.27:38, 1Co.15:37, Rev.6:6 18:13.†
σιτίοι, -ου, τό
(dimin. of σῖτος), [in LXX: Pro.30:22 (לֶחֶם)* ;]
__1. corn, grain: Act.7:12 (but see 131., § 9, 1).
__2. Mostly in pl., σιτία, bread, food, provisions (LXX, l.with, Hdt., al.).†
(AS) G4622 G4622 = a Name of H3389 Σιών Siōn N:N--L Zion Σιών
indecl.,
in NT anarth., but in LXX when used of the city of Jerusalem, ἡ Σ.
(Heb. צִיּוֹן),
Zion;
__1. the mountain: in typical sense, of the Church, Heb.12:22; of heaven, Rev.14:1.
__2. The city, i.e. Jerusalem; in poetical sense;
__(a) of the inhabitants: θυγάτηρ Σ, Mat.21:5, Jhn.12:15" (LXX) ;
__(b) in wider sense, of Israel: Rom.11:26;
__(with) figuratively: τίθήμι ἐν Σ λίθον, Rom.9:33, 1Pe.2:6" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4623 G4623 = G4623 σιωπάω siōpaō G:V be quiet σιωπάω, -ῶ
(σιωπή, silence) [in LXX for חָשָׁה, חָרַשׁ hi., etc. ;]
to be silent or still, keep silence: Mat.20:31 26:63, Mrk.3:4 9:34 10:48 14:61, Luk.19:4, Act.18:9; of one dumb, Luk.1:20 (cf. 4Ma.10:18); addressed rhetorically to the sea, σιώπα, Mrk.4:39.†
SYN.: ἡσυχάζω, σιγάω (which see) (AS) G4624 G4624 = G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalizō G:V to cause to stumble σκανδαλίζω
(σκάνδαλον), [in LXX: Dan LXX 11:41 (כָּשַׁל ni.), Sir.9:5 (Sir.35:15 32:15) (יָקֹשׁ ho.) Sir.23:8 (also in Aq., Sm., Th., and in Psa Sol Psa.16:7; not elsewhere, except NT and eccl.)* ;]
prop., to put a snare or stumbling-block in the way; in NT always metaphorically of that which hinders right conduct or thought, to cause to stumble: with accusative of person(s), Mat.5:29-30 17:27 18:6, 8-9 Mrk.9:42-43, 45 9:47 Luk.17:2, Jhn.6:61, 1Co.8:13. Pass., to be made to stumble, to stumble: Mat.11:6 13:21, 57 15:12 24:10 26:31, 33, Mrk.4:17 6:3 14:27, 29, Luk.7:23, Jhn.16:1, Rom.14:21 (WH, R, txt., om.), 2Co.11:29,†
(AS) G4625 G4625 = G4625 σκάνδαλον skandalon G:N-N stumbling block σκάνδαλον, -ου, τό
(late form of the rare word σκανδάληθρον, see LS, see word) [in LXX chiefly for מוֹקֵשׁ, מִכְשׁוֹל ;]
prop., the bait-stick of a trap, a snare, stumbling-block (Lev.19:14, Jdth.5:1): figuratively, Rom.9:33, 1Pe.2:8 (Isa.8:14; aliter in LXX; στερεὸν σκανδάλου in Aq.). Metaphorical, of that which causes error or sin;
__(a) of persons: Mat.13:41 16:23; Χριστὸς ἐσταυρωμένος, 1Co.1:23;
__(b) of things: Mat.18:7, Rom.11:9" (LXX) Rom.14:13, 1Jn.2:10 Rev.2:14; τὸ σ. τοῦ σταυροῦ, Gal.5:11; pl., Mat.18:7, Luk.17:1, Rom.16:17.†
SYN.: πρόσκομμα (AS) G4626 G4626 = G4626 σκάπτω skaptō G:V to dig σκάπτω
[in LXX: Isa.5:6 (עֲדַר ni.)* ;]
to dig: Luk.6:48 13:8 16:3.†
(AS) G4627 G4627 = G4627 σκάφη skaphē G:N-F lifeboat σκάφη, -ης, ἡ
(σκάπτω), [in LXX: Dan LXX Bel 1:32, TH Bel 1:33 * ;]
anything scooped out, esp. a light boat, skiff: Act.27:16, 30 27:32.†
(AS) G4628 G4628 = G4628 σκέλος skelos G:N-N leg σκέλος, -ους, τό
[in LXX for רֶגֶל, etc. ;]
the leg from the hip downwards: ?Jhn.19:3-33 †
(AS) G4629 G4629 = G4629 σκέπασμα skepasma G:N-N clothing σκέπασμα, -τος, τό
(σκεπάζω, to cover),
a covering, esp. clothing: 1Ti.6:8.†
(AS) G4630 G4630 = G4630 Σκευᾶς Skeuas N:N-M-P Sceva Σκευᾶς, -ᾶ
Sceva: Act.19:14.†
(AS) G4631 G4631 = G4631 σκευή skeuē G:N-F gear σκευή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: 3Ma.5:45 R * ;]
equipment, tackle: Act.27:19.†
(AS) G4632 G4632 = G4632 σκεῦος skeuos G:N-N vessel σκεῦος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for כְּלִי ;]
a vessel, implement (for exx. in various senses, see MM, xxii): Mrk.11:16, Luk.8:16, Jhn.19:29, Act.10:11, 16 11:5, Rom.9:21, Rev.18:12; pl., 2Ti.2:20, Rev.2:27; τὰ σ. τῆς λειτουργίας, Heb.9:21; pl., τὰ σ., utensils, goods, Mat.12:29, Mrk.3:27, Luk.17:31; id. of the tackle or gear of a ship (Xen., Polyb., al.); so in sing., τὸ σ., Act.27:17. Metaphorical, of persons: σ. ἐκλογῆς, Act.9:15; ὀργῆς, Rom.9:22; ἐλέους, Rom.9:23; σ. εἰς τιμήν (cf. Rom.9:21), 2Ti.2:21; of woman, ἀσθενέστερον σ., 1Pe.3:7; so perh. τ. ἑαυτοῦ σ., 1Th.4:4 (but see infr.); of the body, 2Co.4:7; so perh. 1Th.4:4 (but see supr., and see: κτάομαι).†
κτάομαι, -ῶμαι
[in LXX chiefly for קָנָה ;]
in pres., impf., fut. and aor., to procure for oneself, get, gain, acquire (the pf. and plpf., to have acquired, hence to possess, do not occur in NT): with accusative of thing(s), Mat.10:9, Luk.18:12, Act.8:20; with genitive pret., Act.22:28; ἐκ with genitive pret., Act.1:18; τ,ψυχὰς ὑμῶν (MM, xvi), Luk.21:19; τ. ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι, 1Th.4:4 (where if σ. = body, κ. must = pf., κέκτημαι; see MM, xvi; M, Th., in l; Field, Notes, 72 f. But σ. is most frequently taken as = wife; see Thayer, see word; Lft., Notes, 53 ff.; ICC, in l).†
(AS) G4633 G4633 = G4633 σκηνή skēnē G:N-F tent σκηνή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אֹהֶל, also for מִשְׁכָּן, סֻכָּה, etc. ;]
a tent, booth, tabernacle: Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Luk.9:33, Heb.11:9; αἱ αἰώνιοι σ., Luk.16:9; of the Mosaic tabernacle, Heb.8:5 9:2-3, 6 9:8, 21; σ. τ. μαρτυρίου, Act.7:44; of its heavenly prototype, Heb.8:2 9:11, Rev.13:6 15:5 21:3; of the temple, Heb.13:10; ἡ σ. τοῦ Μολόχ, Act.7:43 (LXX); metaphorically, ἡ σ. Δαυείδ Act.15:16 (LXX).†
(AS) G4634 G4634 = G4634 σκηνοπηγία skēnopēgia G:N-F Feast|Festival of Booths σκηνοπηγία, -ας, ἡ
(σκηνή, πήγνυηι), [in LXX for סֻכָּה, Deu.16:16 31:10, Zec.14:16, 18-19; I Est.5:51, 1Ma.10:21, 2Ma.1:9 2Mac 1:18 * ;]
prop., the setting up of tents or dwellings (Arist.); in LXX and NT, ἡ σ., ἡ ἑορτή τῆς σ. (called also ἑορτὴ σκηνῶν, Lev.23:34, al.; see Deiss., LAE, 116 f.), the feast of Tabernacles: Jhn.7:2.†
(AS) G4635 G4635 = G4635 σκηνοποιός skēnopoios G:N-M tentmaker σκηνοποιός, -όν
(σκηνή, ποιέω),
making tents; as subst., ὁ σ., a tent-maker: Act.18:3.†
(AS) G4636 G4636 = G4636 σκῆνος skēnos G:N-N tent σκῆνος, -ους, τό
[in LXX: Wis.9:15 * ;]
= σκηνή,
a tent, tabernacle (C.1., 3071). Metaphorical, of the body as the tabernacle of the soul: 2Co.5:1 5:4.†
(AS) G4637 G4637 = G4637 σκηνόω skēnoō G:V to dwell σκηνόω, -ῶ
(σκηνή), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁכַן ;]
to have one's tabernacle, to dwell (in π. of temporary dwelling, see MM, Exp., xxii): before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Rev.7:15; before ἐν, with dative of person(s), Jhn.1:14; id. with dative loc., Rev.12:12 13:6; before μετά, with genitive of person(s), Rev.21:3 (cf. ἐπι-, κατα-σκηνόω).†
(AS) G4638 G4638 = G4638 σκήνωμα skēnōma G:N-N tent σκήνωμα, -τος, τό
(σκηνόω), [in LXX chiefly for אֹהֶל ;]
a tent, tabernacle (cf. σκηνή, σκῆνος): of the temple as God's dwelling (Psa.132:5, al.), Act.7:46. Metaphorical, of the body: 2Pe.1:13-14.†
(AS) G4639 G4639 = G4639 σκιά skia G:N-F shadow σκιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for צֵל, 4Ki.20:9 ff., Psa.57:1, al.; but σ. and σ. θανάτου are also used for צַלְמָוֶת, Job.3:5, Psa.3:4, Isa.9:2 (1) (see ICC, in l), al. ;]
__1. shadow, shade, caused by interception of light: Mrk.4:32, Act.5:15; metaphorically, σ. θανάτου, of ignorance and error, Mat.4:16, Luk.1:79" (LXX) .
__2. a shadow, the image or outline cast by an object: figuratively, ὑπόδειγμα καὶ σ., Heb.8:5; opposite to σῶμα, Col.2:17; opposite to εἰκών, Heb.10:1.†
(AS) G4640 G4640 = G4640 σκιρτάω skirtaō G:V to leap σκιρτάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Gen.25:22 (רָצַץ hithpo.), Psa.114:4, 6 (רָקַד), etc. ;]
to leap: Luk.1:41, 44 6:23.†
(AS) G4641 G4641 = G4641 σκληροκαρδία sklērokardia G:N-F hardness of heart σκληρο-καρδία, -ας, ἡ
(σκληρός, καρδία), [in LXX: Deu.10:16, Jer.4:4 (לֵבָב עׇרְלָה), Sir.16:10 (cf. καρδία σκληρά, Sir.3:26-27) * ;]
hardness of heart: Mat.19:8, Mrk.10:5 16:14.†
(AS) G4642 G4642 = G4642 σκληρός sklēros G:A / G:ADV hard σκληρός, -ά, -όν
(σκέλλω, to dry), [in LXX chiefly for קָשָׁה ;]
hard to the touch, rough, harsh, (opposite to μαλακός); metaphorically, in various uses;
__(a) of men, hard, stern, severe: Mat.25:24;
__(b) of things, hard, rough, violent: σκληρόν σοι (ἐστι), Act.26:14; λόγος, Jhn.6:60; ἄνεμος, Jas.3:4; σκληρὰ λαλεῖν, Ju 15.†
SYN.: αὐστηρός, q.v (AS) G4643 G4643 = G4643 σκληρότης sklērotēs G:N-F hardness σκληρότης, -ητος, ἡ
(σκληρός), [in LXX: Deu.9:27 (קְשִׁי), etc. ;]
hardness; metaphorically, of stubbornness: Rom.2:5.†
(AS) G4644 G4644 = G4644 σκληροτράχηλος sklērotrachēlos G:A stiff-necked σκληρο-τράχηλος, -ον
(σκληρός, τράχηλος), [in LXX: Exo.33:3, 5 (עֹרֶף ־קָשֶׁה), etc. ;]
stiff-necked: metaphorically, Act.7:51.†
(AS) G4645 G4645 = G4645 σκληρύνω sklērunō G:V to harden σκληρύνω
(σκληρός), [in LXX chiefly for קָשָׁה hi., also for חָזַק ;]
to harden. Metaphorical, to harden, make stubborn: with accusative of person(s), Rom.9:18; T. καρδίας (Psa.95:8), Heb.3:8, 15 4:7. Pass., to become hardened: Act.19:9, Heb.3:13.†
(AS) G4646 G4646 = G4646 σκολιός skolios G:A crooked σκολιός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX: Deu.32:5 (עִקֵּשׁ), Pro.28:18 (σ. ὁδοῖς πορεύεσθαι, for: דֶּרֶךְ עָקַשׁ), Isa.40:4 (עָקֹב), etc. ;]
curved, bent, winding (opposite to ὀρθός, εὐθύς): Luk.3:5 (LXX). Metaphorical, crooked, perverse, unjust: Act.2:40, Php.2:15, 1Pe.2:18.†
(AS) G4647 G4647 = G4647 σκόλοψ skolops G:N-M thorn σκόλοψ, -οπος, ὁ
[in LXX: Num.33:55 (שֵׂךְ), Hos.2:6 (8) (סִיר), Eze.28:24 (סִלּוֹן), Sir.43:19 * ;]
anything pointed, esp.
__1. in cl., a stake
__2. In Hellenistic vernacular, a thorn (cf. LXX, ll. with): σ. τῇ σαρκί, 2Co.12:7 (cf. MM, i., xxiii; DB, iii, 700 f.; Deiss., St. Paul, 62 f.; Field, Notes, 187).†
(AS) G4648 G4648 = G4648 σκοπέω skopeō G:V to watch out ακοπέω, -ῶ
(σκοπός), [in LXX: Est.8:13, 2Ma.4:5 * ;]
to look at, behold, watch, contemplate. Metaphorical, to look to, consider: with accusative of thing(s), 2Co.4:13, Php.2:4; with accusative of person(s), Rom.16:17, Php.3:17; before μή, Luk.11:35; σεαυτόν, before μή (see M, Pr., 192), Gal.6:1 (cf. ἐπι-, κατα-σκοπέω).†
SYN.: βλέπω, θεωρέω, ὁράω (AS) G4649 G4649 = G4649 σκοπός skopos G:N-M goal σκοπός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for צָפָה ;]
__1. a watcher, watchman (Eze.3:17, al.).
__2. a mark on which to fix the eye (Wis.5:12, 21, al.). Metaphorical, of an aim or object: Php.3:14.†
(AS) G4650 G4650 = G4650 σκορπίζω skorpizō G:V to scatter σκορπίζω
[in LXX for פּוּץ hi., etc. ;]
in vernac. and in Ion, and late writers for σκεδάννυμι (see MM, xxiii; Rutherford, NPhr., 295), to scatter: ὁ λύκος, Jhn.10:12; ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει, Mat.12:30, Luk.11:23; pass., before εἰς, with accusative loc., Jhn.16:32; of one who dispenses blessings, 2Co.9:9 (LXX) (of. δια-σκορπίζομαι).†
(AS) G4651 G4651 = G4651 σκορπίος skorpios G:N-M scorpion σκορπίος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for עַקְרָב ;]
a scorpion: Luk.10:19 11:12, Rev.9:3, 5 9:10 †
(AS) G4652 G4652 = G4652 σκοτεινός skoteinos G:A dark σκοτεινός (WH. -τινός), -ή, -όν
(σκότος), [in LXX chiefly for חֹשֶׁךְ and cogn. forms ;]
dark: opposite to φωτεινός, Mat.6:23, Luk.11:34, 36.†
(AS) G4653 G4653 = G4653 σκοτία skotia G:N-F darkness σκοτία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Job.28:3 (אֹפֶל), Mic.3:6 (חָשַׁךְ), Isa.16:3 * ;]
in late writers = σκότος,
darkness: Jhn.6:17 20:1. Metaphorical,
__(a) of secrecy (opposite to ἐν τ. φωτί): Mat.10:27, Luk.12:3;
__(b) of spiritual darkness: Mat.4:16, Jhn.1:5 8:12 12:35, 40, 1Jn.1:5 Jn 2:8-9 Jn 2:11.†
(AS) G4654 G4654 = G4654 σκοτίζω skotizō G:V to darken σκοτίζω
(σκότος), [in LXX for חָשַׁךְ ;]
to darken; in NT always pass., -ομαι, to be darkened: of the heavenly bodies, Mat.24:29, Mrk.13:24, Luk.23:45 (Rec., WH, mg.), Rev.8:12. Metaphorical, of the mind, Rom.1:21 11:10" (LXX) (cf. σκοτόω).†
(AS) G4655 G4655 = G4655 σκότος skotos G:N-M/N darkness σκότος, -ου, ὁ the more usual cl. form (cf.σ., τό),
darkness: Heb.12:18, Rec.†
(AS) G4656 G4656 = G4656 σκοτόω skotoō G:V to darken σκοτόω, -ῶ
(σκότος), [in LXX for חָשַׁךְ, קָדַר, שָׁחַר ;]
to darken: Rev.9:2 16:10. Metaphorical, of the mind! pass., Eph.4:18 (cf. σκοτίζω).†
(AS) G4657 G4657 = G4657 σκύβαλον skubalon G:N-N garbage σκύβαλον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Sir.27:4 * ;]
refuse, esp. dung (see MM, ii, iii, xxiii): Php.3:8.†
(AS) G4658 G4658 = G4658 Σκύθης Skuthēs N:N--LG Scythian Σκύθης, -ου, ὁ
Scythian, an inhabitant of Scythia, i.e. Russia and Siberia, a synonym with the Greeks for the wildest of barbarians: Col.3:11.†
(AS) G4659 G4659 = G4659 σκυθρωπός skuthrōpos G:A sad σκυθρωπός, -όν (also -ή, -όν)
(σκυθρός, sullen, + ὤψ), [in LXX: Gen.40:7 (רַע), etc. ;]
of a gloomy countenance: Mat.6:16, Luk.24:17.†
(AS) G4660 G4660 = G4660 σκύλλω skullō G:V to trouble σκύλλω
__1. in cl., to skin, flay, rend (Æsch., Anthol.).
__2. In Hellenistic writers, to vex, trouble, annoy: with accusative of person(s), Mrk.5:35, Luk.8:49; pass., ἐσκυλμένοι, distressed, Mat.9:36; mid., to trouble oneself, μὴ σκύλλου, Luk.7:6 (frequently in π.; see MM, i, ii, and cf. M, Pr., 89; Abbott, Essays, 87; Kennedy, Sources, 82).†
(AS) G4661 G4661 = G4661 σκῦλον skulon G:N-N plunder σκῦλον
(Rec. σκύλον), -ου, τό [in LXX chiefly for שָׁלָל ;]
mostly in pl., σκίλα, arms stripped from a foe, spoils: Luk.11:22.†
(AS) G4662 G4662 = G4662 σκωληκόβρωτος skōlēkobrōtos G:A worm-eated σκωληκό-βρωτος, -ον
(σκώληξ, βιβρώσκω),
eaten of worms: Act.12:23 (cf. 2Ma.9:9, and see MM, xxiii) †
(AS) G4663 G4663 = G4663 σκώληξ skōlēx G:N-M worm σκώληξ, -ηκος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for תּוֹלָע and cogn. forms ;]
a worm: of the kind which preys upon dead bodies, metaphorically, of fut. punishment, Mrk.9:48 (LXX, Isa.66:24; cf. Sir.7:17, Jdth.16:17).†
(AS) G4664 G4664 = G4664 σμαράγδινος smaragdinos G:A emerald σμαράγδινος
(σμάραγδος, which see),
__1. of emerald (Luc., V.H., ii, 11).
__2. As in π. (Deiss., BS, 267), emerald-green: Rev.4:3 (for the construction, see Swete, in l; Zorell, see word).†
(AS) G4665 G4665 = G4665 σμάραγδος smaragdos G:N-M emerald σμάραγδος, -ου, ἡ
(and in late writers also ὁ), [in LXX: Exo.28:9 (שֹׁהַם) Exo.36:17 (Exo.39:10) (בָּרֶקֶת), Eze.28:13 (יַהֲלֹם), etc. ;]
emerald or other trans parent green stone (LS, see word; DB, iv, 620; Swete, Ap., 67, 288): Rev.21:19.†
(AS) G4666 G4666 = G4666 σμύρνα smurna G:N-F myrrh σμύρνα
(in some MSS, ζμ-; see Bl., § 3, 9), -ης, ἡ, [in LXX for מֹר ;]
myrrh, a resinous gum used as an unguent and for em­balming: Mat.2:11, Jhn.19:39.†
(AS) G4667 G4667 = G4667 Σμύρνα Smurna N:N-F-L Smyrna Σμύρνα (T, Ζμ-; B1., § 3, 9), -ας, ἡ
Smyrna, an Ionian city on the Ægean: Rev.1:11 2:8.†
Ζμύρνα, -ης, ἡ,
Rev.1:11 2:8 T, for Σμ-, which see (cf. B1., § 3, 9; Mayser, 204).†
(AS) G4668 G4668 = a Spelling of G4667 Σμύρνα Smurna N:N-F-L Smyrna Σμύρνα (T, Ζμ-; B1., § 3, 9), -ας, ἡ
Smyrna, an Ionian city on the Ægean: Rev.1:11 2:8.†
Ζμύρνα, -ης, ἡ,
Rev.1:11 2:8 T, for Σμ-, which see (cf. B1., § 3, 9; Mayser, 204).†
(AS) G4669 G4669 = G4669 σμυρνίζω smurnizō G:V to mix with myrrh σμυρνίζω
(σιύρνα),
__1. intrans., to be like myrrh (Diosc., i, 79).
__2. Trans., to mingle or drug with myrrh: pass., Mrk.15:23.†
(AS) G4670 G4670 = the Greek of H5467 Σόδομα Sodoma N:N--L Sodom Σόδομα, -ων, τά (Heb. סְדֹם),
Sodom (Gen.13:10, 12, al.): Mat.10:15 11:23-24 Luk.10:12 17:29, Rom.9:29" (LXX), 2Pe.2:6, Ju 7, Rev.11:8.†
(AS) G4671 G4671 = a Form of G4771 σοί soi G:P-2 you αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G4672 G4672G = the Greek of H8010 Σολομών, Σαλωμών Solomōn, Salōmōn N:N-M-P Solomon Σολομών, -ῶνος (so prop., but Rec. has frequently -ῶν, -ῶντος, as also WH in Act.3:11 5:12; in Act.7:47 T has Σαλωμών, as LXX freq., indecl.; see B1., § 10, 1; Tdf., Prol., 104, 119; WH, App., 158), ὁ (Heb. שְׁלֹמֹה),
Solomon: Mat.1:6-7 6:29 12:42, Luk.11:31 12:27, Jhn.10:23, Act.3:11 5:12 7:47.†
(AS) G4672 G4672H = G4672H Σολομών Solomōn, Salōmōn N:N-M-P Solomon's Σολομών, -ῶνος (so prop., but Rec. has frequently -ῶν, -ῶντος, as also WH in Act.3:11 5:12; in Act.7:47 T has Σαλωμών, as LXX freq., indecl.; see B1., § 10, 1; Tdf., Prol., 104, 119; WH, App., 158), ὁ (Heb. שְׁלֹמֹה),
Solomon: Mat.1:6-7 6:29 12:42, Luk.11:31 12:27, Jhn.10:23, Act.3:11 5:12 7:47.†
(AS) G4673 G4673 = G4673 σορός soros G:N-F bier σορός, -οῦ, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.50:26 (אָרוֹן), Job.21:32 A * ;]
__(a) a cinerary urn (Hom.);
__(b) a coffin (Hdt., i, 68, 3, a1.): Luk.7:14.†
(AS) G4674 G4674 = a Form of G4771 σός sos G:S-2 your σός, -ή, -όν
possess. prop. of second of person(s),
thy, thine: Mat.7:3, al.; as subst., οἱ σοί, thy kinsfolk, friends, Mrk.5:19; τὸ σόν, what is thine, Mat.20:14 25:25; τὰ σά, thy goods, Luk.6:30
(AS) G4675 G4675 = a Form of G4771 σοῦ sou G:P-2 you αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G4676 G4676 = G4676 σουδάριον soudarion G:N-N handkerchief σουδάριον, -ου, τό(Lat.),
handkerchief, kerchief: Luk.19:20, Act.19:12; used as a head covering for the dead, Jhn.11:44 20:7 (cf. Deiss., BS, 223).†
(AS) G4677 G4677 = G4677 Σουσάννα Sousanna N:N-F-P Susanna Σουσάννα, -ης
(cf. Dan LXX TH Su, inscr., 2, 7, al.)
Susanna: Luk.8:3.†
(AS) G4678 G4678 = G4678 σοφία sophia G:N-F wisdom σοφία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for חׇכְמָה ;]
skill, intelligence, wisdom, ranging from knowledge of the arts and matters of daily life to mental excellence in its highest and fullest sense;
__(a) of human wisdom: 1Co.2:1 2:4-5, Jas.3:15, Rev.13:18 17:9; σ. Σολομῶνος, Mat.12:42, Luk.11:31; Αἰγυπτίων, Act.7:22; Ἕλληνες σ. ζητοῦσιν, 1Co.1:22; σ. λόγου, 1Co.1:17; τ. σοφῶν, 1Co.1:19 (LXX); τ. κόσμου, 1Co.1:20-21 3:19; ἀνθρωπίνη, 1Co.2:13; σαρκική, 2Co.1:12;
of wisdom in spiritual things: Luk.21:15, Act.6:3, 10 7:10, 1Co.2:6, Col.1:28 2:23 3:16 4:5, Jas.1:5 3:13, 17, 2Pe.3:15; λόγος σοφίας, 1Co.12:8; πνεῦμα σοφίας, Eph.1:17; σ. καὶ φρόνησις, Eph.1:8; σ. καὶ σύνεσις, Col.1:9;
__(b) of divine wisdom: of God, Rom.11:33, 1Co.1:21 1:24 2:7, Rev.7:12; πολυποίκιλος, Eph.3:10
of Christ, Mat.13:54, Mrk.6:2, Luk.2:40, 52, 1Co.1:30 Col.2:3, Rev.5:12;
of wisdom personified, Mat.11:19, Luk.7:35 11:49.†
SYN.: σύνεσις, intelligence; φρόνησις, prudence, which with σ. make up (Arist., N. Eth., i, 13) the three intellectual ἀρεταί. σ. is wisdom primary and absolute; in distinction from which φ. is practical, σύνεσις critical, both being applications of σ. in detail (cf. Lft., and ICC on Col.1:9; Lft., Notes, 317 f.; Tr., Syn., § LXXv; Cremer, 870 ff.). (AS) G4679 G4679 = G4679 σοφίζω sophizō G:V to make wise σοφίζω
(σοφός), [in LXX chiefly for חָכָם ;]
to make wise, instruct: with accusative of person(s), 2Ti.3:15 (cf. Psa.19:8 (Psa.119:98). As depon., -ομαι;
__(a) intrans., to become wise (I2Ki.4:27 (3Ki.5:11), Ecc.2:15, and frequently in Sir.7:5, al.);
__(b) trans., to invent, devise cleverly: pass., 2Pe.1:16
(cf. κατα-σοφίζομαι).†
(AS) G4680 G4680 = G4680 σοφός sophos G:A / G:ADV wise σοφός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for חָכָם ;]
skilled, clever, wise, whether in handicraft, the affairs of life, the sciences or learning: Rom.16:19, 1Co.3:10; of the learned, Rom.1:14, 22, 1Co.1:19-20 1:26-27 3:18-20; of Jewish teachers, Mat.11:25, Luk.10:21; Christian, Mat.23:34; of those en­dowed with practical wisdom, 1Co.6:5, Eph.5:15, Jas.3:13; of God, Rom.16:27; compar., τ. μωρὸν τ. θεοῦ σοφώτερον, 1Co.1:25.†
SYN.: συνετός, φρόνιμος (see: σοφία, SYN.) (AS) G4681 G4681 = G4681 Σπανία Spania N:N-F-L Spain Σπανία, -ας, ἡ
(= cl. Ἑσπερία or Ἰβηρία; late writers adopted the Roman name, Ἱσπανία (1Ma.8:3) or Σ. as here),
Spain: Rom.15:24, 28.†
(AS) G4682 G4682 = G4682 σπαράσσω sparassō G:V to convulse σπαράσσω
[in LXX: 2Ki.22:8 B (גָּעַשׁ hith.), Jhn.4:19 (הָמָה) Dan LXX 8:7 (שָׁלַךְ hi.), 3Ma.4:6 * ;]
__1. to tear, rend, mangle.
__2. to convulse: Mrk.1:26 (see Swete, in l) Mrk.9:26, Luk.9:39
(cf. συν-σπαράσσω).†
(AS) G4683 G4683 = G4683 σπαργανόω sparganoō G:V to wrap σπαργανόω, -ῶ
(σπάργανον, a swathing-band) [in LXX: Job.38:9, Eze.16:4 (חָתַל pu.)* ;]
to swathe, wrap in swaddling-clothes: Luk.2:7, 12 (Hipp., Arist., Plut.).†
(AS) G4684 G4684 = G4684 σπαταλάω spatalaō G:V to indulge σπαταλάω, -ῶ
(σπατάλη, wantonness, luxury, Sir.27:13 *), [in LXX: Eze.16:49 (שָׁקַט hi.), Sir.21:15 * ;]
to live riotously: 1Ti.5:6, Jas.5:5 (Polyb.).†
SYN.: στρηνιάω, τρυφάω (see Tr., Syn., § liv) (AS) G4685 G4685 = G4685 σπάω spaō G:V to draw σπάω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁלַף, ;]
in cl. poët. for ἕλκω; mostly used in mid. (cf. M, Pr., 157),
to draw: μάχαιραν, Mrk.14:47, Act.16:27,†
(AS) G4686 G4686 = G4686 σπεῖρα speira G:N-F band σπείρα, -ης
(on this form of genitive, see M, Pr., 38, 48; Bl., § 7, 1; Mayser, 12; Deiss., BS, 186), [in LXX: Jdth.14:11, 2Ma.8:23 2Mac 12:20 2Mac 12:22 * ;]
__1. (= Lat. spira) anything wound or rolled up, a coil.
__2. As a military term used (by Polyb. and later writers) of a body of soldiers, a maniple (third part of a cohort) or cohort (see Swete, Mk., 375; Westc., Jo., 251 f.): Mat.27:27, Mrk.15:16, Jhn.18:3, 12, Act.10:1 21:31 27:1.†
(AS) G4687 G4687 = G4687 σπείρω speirō G:V to sow σπείρω
[in LXX chiefly for זָרַע ;]
to sow (seed): absol., Mat.6:26 13:3-4, 18 25:24, 26, Mrk.4:3-4, Luk.8:5 12:24, Jhn.4:36, 2Co.9:10; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:24, 27 13:37, 39, Mrk.4:32, Luk.8:5, 1Co.15:36-37; before εἰς, Mat.13:22, Mrk.4:18; ἐν, Mat.13:24, 31; ἐπί, with genitive, Mrk.4:31; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.13:20, 23, Mrk.4:16, 20; παρά, with accusative, Mat.13:19. Metaphorical: 1Co.9:11 15:42-44, Gal.6:7-8, Jas.3:18; in proverbial sayings, Mat.25:24, 26, Luk.19:21-22, Jhn.4:37, 2Co.9:6, Gal.6:7; in interpretation of parables, Mat.13:19-23 Mrk.4:14-20 †
(AS) G4688 G4688 = G4688 σπεκουλάτωρ spekoulatōr G:N-M executioner σπεκουλάτωρ, -ορος (Rec. -ωρος), ὁ (Lat. speculator),
__1. prop., a spy or scout.
__2. An executioner: Mrk.6:27 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G4689 G4689 = G4689 σπένδω spendō G:V to pour a libation σπένδω
[in LXX chiefly for נָסַךְ hi. ;]
to pour out as a drink-offering, make a libation; pass., figuratively, σπένδομαι, I am poured out or offered as a libation (in the shedding of my life-blood): Php.2:17 (see Lft., in l), 2Ti.4:6 (for exx. from π., see Milligan, Selections, 114 f.; MM, xxiii).†
(AS) G4690 G4690G = G4690G σπέρμα sperma G:N-N seed: offspring σπέρμα, -τος, τό
(σπείρω) [in LXX chiefly for זֶרַע ;]
seed;
__(a) of plants: Mat.13:24, 27 13:37-38, 2Co.9:10; pl., Mat.13:32, Mrk.4:31, 1Co.15:33; metaphorically, of an escaping remnant (שָׂרִיד, Isa.1:9; cf. Wis.14:6; Plat., Tim., 23c; FlJ, Ant., xi, 5, 3), Rom.9:29;
__(b) of men (as γονή; Lat. semen genitale; so in cl.; cf. in LXX, Lev.15:16, al.): Heb.11:11; metaphorically, of the divine influence, 1Jn.3:9; by meton. (as frequently in poets), seed, offspring, posterity: Mat.22:24-25, Mrk.12:19-22, Luk.1:55 20:28" (LXX) Jhn.7:42 8:33, 37 Act.3:25 7:5-6 13:23, Rom.1:3 4:13, 18 9:7-8 11:1, 2Co.11:22, Gal.3:16, 19, 2Ti.2:8, Heb.2:16 11:18; pl. (FlJ, Ant., viii, 7, 6; Flat., Leg., ix, 853 with; 4Ma.18:1; in Ga, l.with, contrasted with sing., see Lft., in l; Milligan, NTD, 105 f.), Gal.3:16; of spiritual offspring, Rom.4:16, 18 9:8, Gal.3:29, Rev.12:17.†
(AS) G4690 G4690H = a Meaning of G4690G σπέρμα sperma G:N-N seed(s) σπέρμα, -τος, τό
(σπείρω) [in LXX chiefly for זֶרַע ;]
seed;
__(a) of plants: Mat.13:24, 27 13:37-38, 2Co.9:10; pl., Mat.13:32, Mrk.4:31, 1Co.15:33; metaphorically, of an escaping remnant (שָׂרִיד, Isa.1:9; cf. Wis.14:6; Plat., Tim., 23c; FlJ, Ant., xi, 5, 3), Rom.9:29;
__(b) of men (as γονή; Lat. semen genitale; so in cl.; cf. in LXX, Lev.15:16, al.): Heb.11:11; metaphorically, of the divine influence, 1Jn.3:9; by meton. (as frequently in poets), seed, offspring, posterity: Mat.22:24-25, Mrk.12:19-22, Luk.1:55 20:28" (LXX) Jhn.7:42 8:33, 37 Act.3:25 7:5-6 13:23, Rom.1:3 4:13, 18 9:7-8 11:1, 2Co.11:22, Gal.3:16, 19, 2Ti.2:8, Heb.2:16 11:18; pl. (FlJ, Ant., viii, 7, 6; Flat., Leg., ix, 853 with; 4Ma.18:1; in Ga, l.with, contrasted with sing., see Lft., in l; Milligan, NTD, 105 f.), Gal.3:16; of spiritual offspring, Rom.4:16, 18 9:8, Gal.3:29, Rev.12:17.†
(AS) G4691 G4691 = G4691 σπερμολόγος spermologos G:A babbler σπερμολόγος, -ον
(σπέρμα, λέγω)
a seed picker;
__(a) prop., of birds (Arist., Aristoph, al.);
__(b) in Attic slang, of an idler who lives on scraps picked up in the agora; hence, as subst., ὁ σ., an idle babbler: Act.17:18.†
(AS) G4692 G4692 = G4692 σπεύδω speudō G:V to hasten σπεύδω
[in LXX chiefly for מָהַר pi., also for בָּהַל pi., hi., etc. ;]
__1. most frequently intrans., to hasten: with inf. (as frequently in cl.), Act.20:16; ptcp. with indic., Luk.2:16; with imperat., Luk.19:5-6; σπεῦσον κ. ἔξελθε, Act.22:18
__2. Trans., with accusative;
__(a) to hasten, urge on, accelerate (as Hom., Od., xix, 137; Eur., Med., 152; Sir.33:8 (Sir.36:8): 2Pe.3:12, R, mg. (cf. Mayor and ICC, in l, but see infr.);
__(b) to desire eagerly (find., Pyth., iii, 110; Eur., Suppl., 161; Isa 165): 2Pe, l.with, R, txt. (but see supr.).†
(AS) G4693 G4693 = G4693 σπήλαιον spēlaion G:N-N cave σπήλαιον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for מְעָרָה ;]
a cave, cavern: Jhn.11:38, Heb.11:38, Heb.6:15; σ. (EV, den) λῃστῶν (Jhn.7:11), Mat.21:13, Mrk.11:17, Luk.19:46.†
(AS) G4694 G4694 = G4694 σπιλάς spilas G:N-F reef σπιλάς, -άδος, ἡ
(on the gender in Ju, l.with, see Mayor, Ju., 41),
__1. poët. in cl., a rock or reef over which the sea dashes (Polyb., FlJ, al.). Metaphorical, of men whose conduct causes danger to others, Ju 12, R, txt. (but see infr.).
__2. In late writers = σπίλος (which see), a spot, stain; metaphorically, Ju, l.with, R, mg. (cf. Mayor, 41, but see supr.).†
(AS) G4695 G4695 = G4695 σπιλόω spiloō G:V to stain σπιλόω
[in LXX: Wis.15:4 * ;]
to stain, spot, defile: with accusative, Jas.3:6, Ju 23.†
(AS) G4696 G4696 = G4696 σπίλος spilos G:N-M stain σπίλος (Rec. σπῖλος), -ου, ὁ
__1. a rock, cliff (Arist., al.).
__2. In late writers = Att.. κηλίς (see Rutherford, NPhr., 87 f.), a spot, stain; metaphorically,
__(a) of moral blemish: Eph.5:27
__(b) of riotous and lascivious persons (cf. Dion. Hal., quoted by Mayor, in l): 2Pe.2:13.†
(AS) G4697 G4697 = G4697 σπλαγχνίζω splagchnizō G:V to pity σπλαγχνίζομαι
(σπλάγχνον), [in LXX (act., -ίζω): Pro.17:5 A, 2Ma.6:8 (= -εύω) * ;]
to be moved as to the σπλάγχνα (which see), hence, to feel pity or compassion: absol., Luk.10:33 15:20; ptcp., σπλαγχνισθείς, with indic., Mat.18:27 20:34, Mrk.1:41; before ἐπί, with dative of person(s), Mat.14:14, Luk.7:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.15:32, Mrk.6:34 8:2 9:22; ωερί, Mat.9:36. (The word is elsewhere found only in Sm: 1Ki.23:21, Eze.24:21, Test. Zeb., 4:6-7; see Thayer, see word; MM, xxiii quote Thumb, Hellen., 123 as practically confirming Lft. on Php.1:8, in the suggestion that the verb was a coinage of the Jewish dispersion.) †
(AS) G4698 G4698 = G4698 σπλάγχνον splagchnon G:N-N affection/entrails σπλάγχνον, -ου, τό mostly (in NT always) in pl., σπλάγχνα, -ων, τά,
[in LXX: Pro.12:10 (רַחַם, elsewhere rendered by οἰκτιρμοί, Psa.25:6 40:12 and by ἔλεος, Isa.47:6), Pro.26:22 (בֶּטֶן), Wis.10:5, Sir.30:7, 2Ma.9:5 (6), al. ;]
the inward parts (heart, liver, lungs, etc.; Lat. viscera): Act.1:18. Metaphorical, of the seat of the feelings and of the feelings themselves (in Gk. poets, of anger, anxiety, etc.), the heart, affections (the characteristic LXX and NT reference of the word to feelings of kindness, benevolence and pity, is found in π.; see MM, xxiii; cf. Lft. on Php.1:8): 2Co.6:12 7:15, Phm 7 12 20, 1Jn.3:17; σ. οἰκτιρμοῦ, Col.3:12; σ. καὶ οἰκτιρμοὶ, Php.2:1; σ. ἐλέους θεοῦ; ἡμῶν, Luk.1:78; σ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, Php.1:8.†
(AS) G4699 G4699 = G4699 σπόγγος spongos G:N-M sponge σπόγγος, -ου, ὁ
a sponge: Mat.27:48, Mrk.15:36, Jhn.19:29.†
(AS) G4700 G4700 = G4700 σποδός spodos G:N-F ashes σποδός, -oῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for אֵפֶר ;]
ashes: Heb.9:13; ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σ. (Isa.58:5, Jhn.3:6, Dan LXX 9:3, al.), Mat.11:21, Luk.10:13.†
(AS) G4701 G4701 = G4701 σπορά spora G:N-F seed σπορά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(σπείρω), [in LXX: 4Ki.19:29 (זָרַע), 1Ma.10:30 * ;]
__1. a sowing.
__2. seedtime.
__3. seed sown (of human offspring, Soph., Tr., 316, 420): 1Pe.1:23
(cf. σπέρμα, and see Milligan, NTD, 105 f.).†
(AS) G4702 G4702 = G4702 σπόριμος sporimos G:A grainfield σπόριμος, -ον
(σπείρω) [in LXX: Gen.1:29, Lev.11:37 (זָרַע), Sir 40:22 א1 * ;]
fit for sowing, sown; as subst., τὰ σ., corn-fields: Mat.12:1, Mrk.2:23, Luk.6:1.†
(AS) G4703 G4703 = G4703 σπόρος sporos G:N-M seed σπόρος, -ου, ὁ
(σπείρω), [in LXX chiefly for זֶרַע ;]
= σπορά,
__1. sowing or seedtime.
__2. seed sown (so usually in late Gk.): Mrk.4:26-27, Luk.8:5, 11, 2Co.9:10 a (LTr.); metaphorically, of almsgiving, 2Co.9:10 b.†
(AS) G4704 G4704 = G4704 σπουδάζω spoudazō G:V be eager σπουδάζω
(σπουδή), [in LXX chiefly for בָּהַל ;]
to make haste; hence, to be zealous or eager, to give diligence: with inf. (see M, Pr., 205 f.), Gal.2:10, Eph.4:3, 1Th.2:17, 2Ti.2:15 4:9 4:21, Tit.3:12, Heb.4:11, 2Pe.1:10 3:14; with accusative and inf. (on this construction see Mayor in l; MM, xxiii), 2Pe.1:15 (for other constructions see LS, see word).†
(AS) G4705 G4705 = G4705 σπουδαῖος spoudaios G:A eager σπουδαῖος, -α, -ον
(σπουδή), [in LXX: Eze.41:25 * ;]
in haste; hence, zealous, eager, diligent, earnest: before ἐν, 2Co.8:22; compar., -οτεροσς 2Co.8:17 (here in superl. sense, see Bl., § 44, 3) 2Co.8:22.†
(AS) G4706 G4706 = G4706 σπουδαιότερον spoudaioteron G:ADV-C more diligently - more earnestly diligently, seriously, earnestly than others), i.e. very promptly G4707 G4707 = G4707 σπουδαιότερος spoudaioteros G:A more diligent - more diligent, prompt, earnest G4708 G4708 = G4708 σπουδαιοτέρως spoudaioterōs G:ADV-C more eagerly earnestly, zealously, with vigor; (compar.) all the more eager, with special urgency eagerly
earnestly, eagerly, diligently, Lk. 7:4; 2Tim. 1:17; Tit. 3:13; comparative σπουδαιοτέρως, more earnestly, with special urgency, Phil. 2:28 G4709 G4709 = G4709 σπουδαίως spoudaiōs G:ADV diligently σπουδαίως
adv. (σπουδαῖος), [in LXX: Wis.2:6 * ;]
__1. with haste or zeal, i.e. earnestly, zealously, diligently: Luk.7:4, 2Ti.1:17, Tit.3:13; compar., -οτέρως, Php.2:28 (RV, Lft., Weymouth, al., but see infr.)
__2. hastily, speedily: compar., -οτέρως, Php.2:28 (Thayer, Zorell, see word; ICC, in l, al., but see supr.).†
(AS) G4710 G4710 = G4710 σπουδή spoudē G:N-F diligence σπουδή, -ῆς, ἡ
(σπεύδω), [in LXX chiefly for בָּהַל, its parts and derivatives ;]
__1. haste, speed: μετὰ σ. (Wis.19:2), Mrk.6:25, Luk.1:39.
__2. zeal, diligence, earnestness: Rom.12:11, 2Co.7:11-12 8:7-8; ἐν σ., Rom.12:8 (see M, Pr, 104); before ὑπέρ, 2Co.8:16; σπουδὴν ἐνδείκνυσθαι, Heb.6:11; σ. παρεισφέρειν, 2Pe.1:5; πᾶσαν σ. ποιεῖσθαι, Ju 3 (see MM, xxiii; M, Pr., 214; Deiss., BS, 361, 364).†
(AS) G4711 G4711 = G4711 σπυρίς spuris G:N-F basket σφυρίς (T, Rec. σπυρίς, see WH, App., 148; 131., § 6, 7), -ίδος, ἡ,
a flexible mat-basket for carrying provisions: Mat.15:37 16:10, Mrk.8:8, 20 Act.9:25 (see: κόφινος).†
(AS) G4712 G4712 = G4712 στάδιος stadios G:N-M/N stadium στάδιον, -ου, τό pl., στάδια (Jhn.6:19, T), and metapl., στάδιοι (see B1., 9, 1),
[in LXX: Dan LXX 4:9, Sus 1:37, 2Ma.11:5 2Mac 12:9 ff. * ;]
a stadium, i.e.
__1. a measure of length = 600 Greek feet or 1⁄8 of a Roman mile Mat.14:24 (Rec., WH, txt., R, mg.), Luk.24:13, Jhn.6:19 11:18, Rev.14:20 21:16, and, this being the length of the Olympic course,
__2. a race-course: 1Co.9:24.†
(AS) G4713 G4713 = G4713 στάμνος stamnos G:N-F jar στάρνος, -ου (ὁ and), ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.16:33 (צִנְצֶנֶת), 3Ki.12:24 14:3 (בַּקְבֻּק), Dan LXX Bel, 1:32 * ;]
prop., an earthen jar for racking off wine, hence, generally, a jar: Heb.9:4.†
(AS) G4714 G4714 = G4714 στάσις stasis G:N-F uprising στάσις, -εως, ἡ
(ἵστημι), [in LXX chiefly for עָמַד, its parts and derivatives, also for רִיב (Pr 1714), etc. (see Deiss., BS, 158 f.) ;]
__1. a standing, place, status: σ. ἔχειν (Polyb., v, 5, 3; and cf. Lat. locum habere), Heb.9:8.
__2. insurrection, sedition: Mrk.15:7, Luk.23:19, 25, Act.19:40 24:5.
__3. In poets and late prose, strife, dissension (cf. MM, xxiii) Act.15:2 23:7, 10.†
(AS) G4715 G4715 = G4715 στατήρ statēr G:N-M coin στατήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ
[in Aq., Sm., for מִשְׁקָל ;]
a stater;
__(a) a weight;
__(b) a coin (used by late writers of the Greek τετράδραχμον): Mat.17:27 26:16, WH, mg.†
(AS) G4716 G4716 = G4716 σταυρός stauros G:N-M cross σταυρός, -oῦ, ὁ
__1. an upright pale or stake (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.)
__2. In late writers (Diod., Plut., al.) of the Roman instrument of crucifixion, the Cross: of the Cross on which Christ suffered, Mat.27:32, 40 27:42, Mrk.15:21, 30 15:32, Luk.23:26, Jhn.19:17, 19 19:25, 31, Col.2:14, Heb.12:2; θάνατος σταυροῦ, Php.2:8; τ. αἷμα τοῦ σ., Col.1:20. Metaphorical, in proverbial sayings: αἴρειν (λαμβάνειν, βαστάζειν) τὸν σ., Mat.10:38 16:24, Mrk.8:34 10:21, 15:21, Luk.9:23 14:27 (for an interesting ex. of metaphorically use in π., see MM, xxiii) By meton., for Christ's death on the Cross: 1Co.1:17, Gal.5:11 6:12, 14, Eph.2:16, Php.3:18; ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σ., 1Co.1:18.†
(AS) G4717 G4717 = G4717 σταυρόω stauroō G:V to crucify σταυρόω, -ῶ
(σταυρός), [in LXX: Est.7:9 (תָּלָה), Est.8:13 * ;]
__1. to fence with pales, impalisade (Thuc.).
__2. In late writers (Polyb., FlJ; but ἀνασταυρόω is more common) to crucify: with accusative of person(s), Mat.20:19 23:34 26:2 27:22 ff. Mat.28:5, Mrk.15:16 ff. Mrk.16:6, Luk.23:21, 23 23:33 24:7, 20, Jhn.19:6 ff., Act.2:36 4:10, 1Co.1:13 1:23 2:2 2:8, 2Co.13:4, Gal.3:1, Rev.11:8; metaphorically, Gal.5:24 6:14.†
(AS) G4718 G4718 = G4718 σταφυλή staphulē G:N-F grapes σταφυλή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for עֵנָב ;]
a bunch of grapes: Mat.7:16, Luk.6:44, Rev.14:18. "σ. is properly the ripe grape-cluster as opposite to ὄμφαξ, cf. Gen.40:10, Job.15:33; as contrasted with βότρυς, it describes the grapes rather than the cluster on which they grow" (Swete, Apoc., 187 f.).†
(AS) G4719 G4719 = G4719 στάχυς stachus G:N-M head of grain στάχυς, -υος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שִׁבֹּל ;]
an ear of corn: Mat.12:1, Mrk.2:23 4:28, Luk.6:1.†
(AS) G4720 G4720 = G4720 Στάχυς Stachus N:N-M-P Stachys Στάχυς, -υος, ὁ
Stachys: Rom.16:9 (see Lft., Phi., 174; MM, xxiii).†
(AS) G4721 G4721 = G4721 στέγη stegē G:N-F roof στέγη, -ης, ἡ
(στέγω) [in LXX: Gen.8:13 (מְכַסֶּה), etc. ;]
a roof: Mrk.2:4; of entering a house, εἰσέρχεσθαι ὑπὸ τὴν σ., Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6 (cf. MM, xxiii).†
(AS) G4722 G4722 = G4722 στέγω stegō G:V to endure στέγω
(cf. Lat. tego), [in LXX: Sir.8:17 * ;]
__1. prop., to cover closely, to protect by covering, esp. to keep water in or out (Soph., Plat., al.).
__2. to cover, keep secret, conceal (Sir, l.with, Polyb., al.): 1Co.13:7, R, mg.
__3. By covering to ward of, bear up under, endure (for exx., see, Lft., Notes, 40; M, Th., 36): 1Co.9:12 13:7, 1Th.3:1 3:5.†
(AS) G4723 G4723 = G4723 στεῖρα steira G:N-F barren στεῖρος, -ον also -α, -ον,
[in LXX for עָקָר ;]
barren: of a woman, Luk.1:7, 36 23:29, Gal.4:27" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4724 G4724 = G4724 στέλλω stellō G:V to avoid στέλλω
[in LXX (mid.): Mal.2:5 (חָתַת ni.), Pro.31:24 (26), Wis.7:14 14:1, 2Ma.5:1, 3Ma.1:19 3Mac 4:11 * ;]
__1. prop., to set, place, arrange, fit out; hence, mid., to set oneself for, prepare (Wis, xi Mac, ll. with).
__2. to bring together, gather up (in Hom. of furling sails), hence to restrain, check; mid., to restrain or withdraw oneself, hold aloof, avoid: 2Co.8:20; before ἀπό, 2Th.3:6
(cf. ἀπο-, ἐξ-απο-, συν-απο-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, συ(ν)-, ὑπο-στέλλω).†
(AS) G4725 G4725 = G4725 στέμμα stemma G:N-N wreath στέμμα, -τος, τό
(στέφω, to put around, enwreath)
a wreath, garland: as used in sacrifices, Act.14:13.†
(AS) G4726 G4726 = G4726 στεναγμός stenagmos G:N-M groan στεναγμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(στενάζω), [in LXX for אֲנָחָה, אֲנָקָה, נְאָקָה, etc. ;]
a groaning: Act.7:34 (LXX κραυγή), Rom.8:26.†
(AS) G4727 G4727 = G4727 στενάζω stenazō G:V to groan στενάζω
[in LXX for אָנַח ni., אָנַק, etc. ;]
to groan ("the word denotes feeling which is internal and unexpressed," Mayor, Ja., 162): Mrk.7:34, 2Co.5:2 5:4, Heb.13:17, Jas.5:9 (EV, murmur); ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Rom.8:23 (cf. ἀνα-, συ(ν)-στενάζω).†
SYN.: see: κλαίω (AS) G4728 G4728 = G4728 στενός stenos G:A narrow στενός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for צַר, etc. ;]
narrow: fig (v MM, xxiii), Mat.7:13-14, Luk.13:24.†
(AS) G4729 G4729 = G4729 στενοχωρέω stenochōreō G:V to press upon στενο-χωρέω, -ῶ
(στενός + χῶρος, space) [in LXX: Jos.17:15 (אוּץ), Jdg.16:16 (אָלַץ pi.), Isa.28:19 (20) (קָצַר) Isa.49:19 (צָרַר), 4Ma.11:11 * ;]
__1. to be straitened (cf. Isa.49:19); metaphorically, to be anxious (Hipp., al.).
__2. In late writers, trans., to straiten, compress (LXX, Diod., al.; π. ap. MM, xxiii): pass., trop., 2Co.4:8 6:12.†
(AS) G4730 G4730 = G4730 στενοχωρία stenochōria G:N-F hardship στενοχωρία, -ας, ἡ (see supr.)
[in LXX for צוֹק, etc. ;]
narrowness of space, want of room (Thuc., al.). Metaphorical (Ken., Polyb., Deu.28:53, Wis.5:3, al.), difficulty, distress: θλίψις καὶ (ἢ) σ., Rom.2:9 8:35 (EV, anguish); pl. (cf. Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220), 2Co.6:4 12:10.†
SYN.: θλίψις, q.v (AS) G4731 G4731 = G4731 στερεός stereos G:A strong στερεός, -ά, -όν
[in LXX: Num.8:4 (מִקְשָׁה); σ. πέτρα, Isa.5:28 (צַר), etc. ;]
hard, firm, solid: τροψή, Heb.5:12, 14; θεμέλιος, figuratively, 2Ti.2:19. Metaphorical,
__(a) in bad sense, hard, cruel (Hom., al.);
__(b) in good sense, steadfast, firm: τ. πίστει, 1Pe.5:9.†
(AS) G4732 G4732 = G4732 στερεόω stereoō G:V to strengthen στερεόω, -ῶ
(στερεός), [in LXX: Isa.42:5 (רָקַע), Jer.5:3 (חָזַק pi.), etc. ;]
__(a) to make firm or solid;
__(b) to strengthen, make strong; with accusative of person(s), Act.3:16; τ. βάσεις, pass., Act.3:7. Metaphorical (cf. Je, l.with): τ. πίστει, pass., Act.16:5.†
(AS) G4733 G4733 = G4733 στερέωμα stereōma G:N-N firmness στερέωμα, -τος, τό
(στερεόω), [in LXX: Gen.1:6 ff., Psa.19:1 150:1, Eze.1:22-26 10:1 13:5, Dan LXX, TH Dan.3:56, Dan.12:3 (רָקִיעַ), Deu.33:26 (שַׁחַק), Psa.18:2 71:3 (סֶלַע), Est.9:29, I Est.8:78 (82), Sir.43:1, 8, 1Ma.9:14 * ;]
a solid body;
__(a) a support, foundation (Arist., al.); metaphorically, strength (Psa.17:1-15 70:1-5, 1Mac, ll. with); steadfastness, firmness: τ. πίστεως, Col.2:5;
__(b) the dome of heaven (believed to be a solid canopy), the firmament (LXX).†
(AS) G4734 G4734 = G4734 Στεφανᾶς Stephanas N:N-M-P Stephanas Στεφανᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ
Stephanas: 1Co.1:16 16:15 16:17.†
(AS) G4735 G4735 = G4735 στέφανος stephanos G:N-M crown στέφανος, -ου, ὁ
(στέφω, to encircle), [in LXX chiefly for עֲטָרָה ;]
__1. that which surrounds or encompasses (as a wall, a crowd: Hom., al.).
__2. a crown, i.e. the wreath, garland or chaplet given as a prize for victory, as a festal ornament, or as a public honour for disting­uished service or personal worth (so to sovereigns, especially on the occasion of a παρουσία, which see; cf. Deiss., LAE, 372 ff.; on its use in LXX for the golden crown of royalty (prop., διάδημα, which see, cf. Hort and Mayor on Jas.1:12): Mat.27:29, Mrk.15:17, Jhn.19:2, 5, 1Co.9:25, Rev.4:4, 10 6:2 9:7 12:1 14:14. Metaphorical: Php.4:1, Rev.3:11; τ. δικαιοσύνης (cf. Deiss., LAE, 312), 2Ti.4:8; τ. δόξης, 1Pe.5:4; καυχήσεως, 1Th.2:19 (see M, Th., in l); τ. ζωῆς (genitive appos.), Jas.1:12, Rev.2:10.†
(AS) G4736 G4736 = G4736 Στέφανος Stephanos N:N-M-P Stephen Στέφανος, -ου, ὁ
Stephen: Act.6:5, 8-9 7:59 8:2 11:19 22:20.†
(AS) G4737 G4737 = G4737 στεφανόω stephanoō G:V to crown στεφανόω, -ῶ
(στέφανος), [in LXX for עָטַר ;]
with accusative of person(s),
to crown: of a victor, 2Ti.2:5. Metaphorical, δόξῃ κ. τιμῇ, Heb.2:7, 9" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4738 G4738 = G4738 στῆθος stēthos G:N-N chest στῆθος, -ους, τό
[in LXX: Exo.28:23, 26 (29-30) (לֵב), etc. ;]
the breast: Jhn.13:25 21:10, Rev.15:6; as a sign of penitence, τύπτειν (εἰς) τὸ σ., Luk.18:13 23:48,†
(AS) G4739 G4739 = G4739 στήκω stēkō G:V to stand στήκω late Pres., formed from perf., ἕστηκα (see B1., § 17; WH, App., 169; Kennedy, Sources, 158; M, Pr., 238; MM, xxiii),
[in LXX: Exo.14:13 A, Jdg.16:26 B, 3Ki.8:11 B * ;]
= ἵστημι, to stand: Mrk.3:31 11:25, Jhn.1:26, Rev.12:4 (ἕστηκεν T). Metaphorical, to stand firm, stand fast: absol., Gal.5:1 (but see Field, Notes, 189 f.), 2Th.2:15; before ἐν, Jhn.8:44 (ἕστηκεν, T, R, mg.), 1Co.16:13, Php.1:27 4:1; with dative, Rom.14:4.†
(AS) G4740 G4740 = G4740 στηριγμός stērigmos G:N-M security στηριγμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(στηρίζω), [in Sm.: Isa.3:1 * ;]
__1. a setting firmly, supporting.
__2. fixedness, firmness, steadfastness: 2Pe.3:17.†
(AS) G4741 G4741 = G4741 στηρίζω stērizō G:V to establish στηρίζω
[in LXX for סָמַךְ, שׂוּם, etc. ;]
to fix, set fast, make fast: Luk.16:26; τ. πρόσωτον (Eze.6:2 13:17, al.; see Dalman, Words, 30 f.), Luk.9:51. Metaphorical, to confirm, establish: with, accusative, Luk.22:32, Act.18:23, Rom.1:11 16:25, 1Th.3:2 3:13, 2Th.3:3, Jas.5:8, 1Pe.5:10, Rev.3:2; id. before ἐν, 2Th.2:17, 2Pe.1:12.†
(AS) G4742 G4742 = G4742 στίγμα stigma G:N-N mark στίγμα -τος, τό
(στίζω, to prick), [in LXX: Sng.1:11 (נְקֻדָּה) * ;]
a tattoed mark or brand: τὰ σ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, Gal.6:17 (see Lft., in l; Deiss., BS, 349; LAE, 303; MM, xxiii).†
(AS) G4743 G4743 = G4743 στιγμή stigmē G:N-F instant στιγμή, -ῆς, ἡ
(στίζω, to prick), [in LXX: Isa.29:5 (פֶּתַע), 2Ma.9:11 * ;]
a prick, a point; metaphorically, σ. χρόνου, a moment: Luk.4:5.†
(AS) G4744 G4744 = G4744 στίλβω stilbō G:V to shine στίλβω
[in LXX: Nam.3:3 (לַהַב), etc. ;]
to shine, glisten: Mrk.9:3.†
(AS) G4745 G4745 = a Part of G4672H στοά stoa G:N-F Portico στοά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX: Eze.40:18 (רִצְפָּה), etc. ;]
a portico: Jhn.5:2; used of the covered colonnade in the Temple (EV, porch), Jhn.10:23 Act.3:11 5:12 †
(AS) G4746 G4746 = G4746 στοιβάς, στιβάς stoibas, stibas G:N-F leafy branch στοιβάς, see: στιβάς.
στιβάς, -άδος, ἡ,
[in Aq.: Eze.46:23 (טִירוֺת) * ;]
a litter of leaves or rushes: pl., Mrk.11:8 (Rec. στοιβ-).†
(AS) G4747 G4747 = G4747 στοιχεῖον stoicheion G:N-N principle στοιχεῖον, -ου, τό
[in LXX: Wis.7:17 19:18, 4Ma.12:13 * ;]
prop., one of a row (στοῖχος) or series, hence,
__1. the shadow-line of a dial (Aristoph.).
__2. an elementary sound or letter of the alphabet (Anth., Plut., π.).
__3. the elements or rudiments of knowledge (Arist., al.) Heb.5:12; πτωχὰ σ., Gal.4:9; σ. τοῦ κόσμου, Gal.4:3, Col.2:8, 20 (but see infr.).
__4. The material elements of the universe (Plat.; LXX, ll. with): 2Pe.3:10 3:12.
__5. The heavenly bodies (Ding. Laert.).
__6. The demons or tutelary spirits of nature (Enoch., Test., Sol., al.; for this sense in Ga, Col, ll. with, see ICC on Col.2:8; Enc. Bibl., see word " Elements ").†
(AS) G4748 G4748 = G4748 στοιχέω stoicheō G:V to follow στοιχέω, -ῶ
(στοῖχος, a row), [in LXX: Ecc.11:6 (כָּשֵׁר) * ;]
to be in rows (of waves, plants, etc., as well as of men), to walk in line (esp. of marching in file to battle; Xen., Cyr., vi, 3, 34, al.). Metaphorical, in late writers, to walk by rule: Act.21:24; with dative, to walk by or in (as a rule of life), Rom.4:12 (cf. MM, xxiii), Gal.5:25 6:16, Php.3:16 (cf. συν-στοιχέω).†
(AS) G4749 G4749 = G4749 στολή stolē G:N-F robe στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(στέλλω), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּגֶד, also for לְבוּשׁ, etc. ;]
__1 1, an equipment, an armament (Æsch.).
__2. Equipment in clothes, apparel, esp. flowing raiment, a festal robe: (cf. Jon.3:6, Est.8:15, 1Ma.6:15): Mrk.12:38 16:5, Luk.15:22 20:46, Rev.6:11 7:9, 13-14 22:14.†
(AS) G4750 G4750 = G4750 στόμα stoma G:N-N mouth στόμα, -τος, τό
[in LXX chiefly for פֻּם ;]
the mouth: of man, Mat.15:11, Jhn.19:29, Act.11:8, al.; of animals, Mat.17:27, 2Ti.4:17 (fig.), Heb.11:33, Jas.3:3, al.; figuratively, of inanimate things (ποταμοῦ, Hom.), ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ σ., Rev.12:16; σ. μαχαίρας (Heb. חֶרֶב ־פֶּה, Gen.34:26 al.), the edge of the sword, Luk.21:24, Heb.11:34; esp. of the mouth as the organ of speech: opposite to καρδία, Mat.12:34, Rom.10:8, 10; in various phrases (some cl., some resembling Hebrew; cf. Bl., § 40, 9): ἀνοίγειν τ. σ. (see: ἀνοίγω); σ. πρὸς σ. (פֶּה ־אֵל פֶּה Num.12:8; = cl., κατὰ σ., Hdt., al.), face to face, II Jn 12, 3Jn.14; διὰ τοῦ σ. (of the Holy Spirit), Luk.1:70, Act.1:16, al.; ἀπὸ (ἐκ) τοῦ σ. (cf. ἀπὸ σ. εἰπεῖν, Plat., al.), of speaking by word of mouth, Luk.22:71, Act.22:14; δόλος (ψεῦδος) ἐν τ. σ., 1Pe.2:22, Rev.14:5" (LXX) ; metaphorically, ἡ ῥομφαία τοῦ σ., Rev.2:16. By meton., for speech (Soph.): Mat.18:16 (LXX), Luk.19:22 21:15, 2Co.13:1
(AS) G4751 G4751 = G4751 στόμαχος stomachos G:N-M stomach στόμαχος, -ου, ὁ
(στόμα),
prop., a mouth, an opening;
__(a) in early Gk. writers, the throat;
__(b) of the opening of the stomach (Arist.);
__(with) in later writers (Plut., al.), the stomach: 1Ti.5:23.†
(AS) G4752 G4752 = G4752 στρατεία strateia G:N-F warfare στρατεία (on the orthogr., see Deiss., BS, 181 f.), -ας, ἡ
(οτρατεύω), [in LXX chiefly for צָבָא ;]
an expedition, a campaign, warfare: metaphorically, 2Co.10:4 (-τιά, T), 1Ti.1:18.†
(AS) G4753 G4753 = G4753 στράτευμα strateuma G:N-N troops στράτευμα, -τος, τό
(στρατεύω), [in LXX: 1Ma.9:34, 2Ma.5:24 2Mac 8:21 2Mac 12:38 2Mac 13:13; pl., Jdth.11:8, 4Ma.5:1 * ;]
__1. = στρατεία (Hdt., al.).
__2. an army, a host: pl., Mat.22:7, Rev.9:16 19:14, 19; = soldiers, company of soldiers, Act.23:10, 27; pl., Luk.23:11.†
(AS) G4754 G4754 = G4754 στρατεύω strateuō G:V to battle στρατεύω and depon., -ομαι, so always in NT
(στρατός, an encamped army), [in LXX for מההּ hith., יָצָא, צָבָא; metaphorically, 4Ma.9:23 ;]
used of the general, to make war, do battle, and (chiefly) of the soldiers serving under him, to serve as a soldier: Luk.3:14, 1Co.9:7, 2Ti.2:4. Metaphorical (cf. MM, ii, xxiii), of spiritual conflict, to war, make war: 2Co.10:3, 1Ti.1:18, Jas.4:1, 1Pe.2:11.†
(AS) G4755 G4755 = G4755 στρατηγός stratēgos G:N-M officer/magistrate στρατηγός, -οῦ, ὁ
(στραός, ἄγω), [in LXX chiefly for סָגָן (always in pl.), שַׂר ;]
__1. a military commander, a general (Hdt., al.).
__2. A civic commander, a governor, magistrate (Hdt., Xen., al.): Act.16:20, 22 16:35-36, 38.
__3. The commander of the Levitical guard of the Temple, ὁ σ. τ. ἱεροῦ (EV, captain of the Temple): Act.4:1 5:24, 26; pl., Luk.22:4, 52.†
SYN.: ἄρχων (cf. EGT on Act.16:20; Ramsay, St. Paul, 217). (AS) G4756 G4756 = G4756 στρατιά stratia G:N-F army στρατιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for צָבָא ;]
__1. = στρατός, an army, a host: of angels (3Ki.22:19, al.), Luk.2:13; of the stars of heaven (Jer.8:2, 2Ch.33:3), Act.7:42.
__2. As sometimes in cl. (poët.), = στρατεία: 2Co.10:4, T (WH, RV, στρατεία).†
(AS) G4757 G4757 = G4757 στρατιώτης stratiōtēs G:N-M soldier στρατιώτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX; 2Ki.23:8 B1, 2Ma.5:12 2Mac 14:39, III Mac 3:12; 3Ma.3:4 Mac3 * ;]
a soldier: Mat.8:9, Mrk.15:16, Jhn.19:2, Act.10:7, al.; metaphorically, σ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησ., 2Ti.2:3.†
(AS) G4758 G4758 = G4758 στρατολογέω stratologeō G:V to enlist στρατολογέω, -ῶ
(στρατός, λέγω),
to levy a troop, enlist soldiers: 2Ti.2:4 (Diod., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4759 G4759 = G4759 στρατοπεδάρχης stratopedarchēs G:N-M commander στρατοπέδ-αρχος (Rec. -ης), -ου, ὁ
(στρατόπεδον, ἄρχω), a military commander, esp. the Pretorian prefect: Act.28:16 (WH, om.).†
στρατοπεδάρχης, see: στρατοπέδαρχος
(AS) G4760 G4760 = G4760 στρατόπεδον stratopedon G:N-N army camp στρατό-πεδον, -ου, τό
(στρατός + πέδον, a plain), [in LXX: Jer.34:1 (חַיִל), 2Ma.8:12, al. ;]
__(a) a military camp;
__(b) an army: Luk.21:20.†
(AS) G4761 G4761 = G4761 στρεβλόω strebloō G:V to distort στρεβλόω, -ῶ
(στρέφω), [in LXX: 2Ki.22:27 (פָּתַל hithp.), 3Ma.4:14, 4Ma.9:17 4Mac 12:4 4Mac 12:11 4Mac 15:14 * ;]
to twist, torture. Metaphorical (cf. 2Ki, l.with), to twist or pervert language: 2Pe.3:16.†
(AS) G4762 G4762 = G4762 στρέφω strephō G:V to turn στρέφω
[in LXX chiefly for הָפַךְ, also for סָבַב, etc. ;]
to turn: with accusative of thing(s) dative of person(s), Mat.5:39; = ἀποσ-, to bring back, Mat.27:3 (cf. Isa.38:8); reflexively (WM, § 38, 1), to turn oneself, Act.7:42; with accusative before εἰς, = μετασ-, to change, Rev.11:6. Pass., reflexive, to turn oneself: before εἰς, Jhn.20:14, Act.7:39 13:46; ptcp., στραφείς, with indic., Mat.7:6 9:22 16:23, Luk.7:9 9:55 14:25 22:61, Jhn.1:38 20:16; id. before πρός, Luk.7:44 10:22 (WH, R, om.), Luk.7:23 23:28; metaphorically, to change: absol., Mat.18:3, Jhn.12:40 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, συ(ν)-, ὑπο-στρέφω).†
(AS) G4763 G4763 = G4763 στρηνιάω strēniaō G:V to revel στρηνιάω, ῶ
(στρῆνος, which see), [in Sm.: Isa.61:6 (אָכַל) * ;]
a word which first appears in the middle comedy (Rutherford, NPhr., 475 f.), to run riot, wax wanton: Rev.18:7-9 (cf. κατα-στρηνιάω).†
SYN.: σπαταλάω (which see), τρυφάω (AS) G4764 G4764 = G4764 στρῆνος strēnos G:N-N luxury στρῆνος, -ους, τό
(cf. Lat. strenuus), [in LXX: 4Ki.19:28 (שַׁאֲנָן)* ;]
insolent luxury, wantonness: Rev.18:3 (a late word, first found in a Comic poet, B.C. 300, see Kennedy, Sources, 41, cf. στρηνιάω).†
(AS) G4765 G4765 = G4765 στρουθίον strouthion G:N-N sparrow στρουθίον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for צִפּוֹר ;]
dimin. of στρουθός
a sparrow: Mat.10:29, 31, Luk.12:6-7.†
(AS) G4766 G4766 = G4766 στρώννυμι strōnnumi G:V to spread στρωννύω or στρώννυμι
(seeBl., § 23, 1; Veitch, see word), [in LXX for יַצַע hoph., etc. ;]
to spread: ἱμάτια ἐν τ. ὁδῷ (εἰς τ. ὁδόν), Mat.21:8, Mrk.11:8; of making a bed, στρῶσον (sc. τ. κλίνην) σεαυτῷ, Act.9:34; of furnishing a room, ἐστρωμένον, spread with carpets or carpeted couches (cf. Eze.23:41), Mrk.14:15, Luk.22:12.†
(AS) G4767 G4767 = G4767 στυγητός stugētos G:A hated στυγητός, -όν
(στυγέω, to hate),
hated, hateful: Tit.3:3.†
(AS) G4768 G4768 = G4768 στυγνάζω stugnazō G:V be gloomy στυγνάζω
(στυγνός, sombre, gloomy, sullen, Isa.5:17, Wis.17:5, Dan LXX 2:12*), [in LXX: Eze.27:35 28:19 32:10 (שָׁמֵם)* ;]
to have a sombre, gloomy appearance: of the human countenance (RV, his countenance fell), Mrk.10:22; of the sky (so στυγνότης, Polyb., iv, 21, 1), Mat.16:3 ([WH], R, mg., om.).†
(AS) G4769 G4769 = G4769 στῦλος stulos G:N-M pillar στύλος (T, στῦλος, as in cl.), -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for עַמּוּד, also for קֶרֶשׁ, etc. ;]
a pillar, regarded especially as a support: σ. πυρός, Rev.10:1; σ. ἐν τ. ναῷ, figuratively, Rev.3:12, Metaphorical, Gal.2:9; τ. ἀληθείας, 1Ti.3:15.†
(AS) G4770 G4770 = G4770 Στωϊκός Stōikos G:A Stoic Στωικός (Rec. -ϊκός, T, Στοϊκός), -ή, -όν,
Stoic: Act.17:18.†
(AS) G4771 G4771 = G4771 σύ su G:P-2 you σύ,
pron. of 2nd of person(s),
thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ.
(AS) G4772 G4772 = G4772 συγγένεια sungeneia G:N-F kindred συγγένεια, -ας, ἡ
(συγγενής), [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁפָּחָה ;]
__1. kinship.
__2. By meton., kinsfolk, kindred: Luk.1:61, Act.7:3, 14 †
(AS) G4773 G4773 = G4773 συγγενής sungenēs G:A kindred σνγγενής, -ές (dative pl., -εῦσιν, Mrk.6:4, Luk.2:44, as though from -εύς, see Swete, Mk., l.with; Bl., § 8, 6; cf. 1Ma.10:89 A א2 *;)
(σύν, γένος), [in LXX for דּוֹד, דּוֹדָה, מִשְׁפָּחָה ;]
__1. congenital, natural, innate.
__2. akin to; as subst., a kinsman: Mrk.6:4, Luk.1:58 2:44 14:12 21:16, Jhn.18:26, Act.10:24; of tribal kinship, Rom.9:3 16:7, 11 16:21.†
SYN.: ἴδιος, οἰκεῖος (which see) (AS) G4774 G4774 = G4774 συγγνώμη sungnōmē G:N-F concession συν-γνώμη (Rec. συγγ-), -ης, ἡ
(συγγιγνώσκω, (a) to agree with; (b) to pardon), [in LXX: Sir prol.14 (B1N1 cm.) 313, 2Mac 14:20* ;]
__1. confession.
__2. fellow feeling; hence, concession, allowance: 1Co.7:6 (see ICC, in l).
__3. pardon.†
(AS) G4775 G4775 = G4775 συγκάθημαι sugkathēmai G:V to sit with συν-κάθημαι
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Psa.101:6 (יָשַׁב) * ;]
to sit together or with: with dative, Act.26:30; before μετά, with genitive, Mrk.14:54.†
(AS) G4776 G4776 = G4776 συγκαθίζω sugkathizō G:V to sit down with περι-καθ-ίζω
[in LXX for חָנָה, לָחַם ni., etc. ;]
__1. to invest, besiege (Diod., 4Ki.6:24, 1Ma.11:61, al.).
__2. to sit around: Luk.22:55, L, txt.
† (AS) G4777 G4777 = G4777 συγκακοπαθέω sugkakopatheō G:V to suffer with συν-κακοπαθέω (Rec. συγκ-), -ῶ,
to bear evil treatment along with, take one's share of ill-treatment: 2Ti.2:3; with dative commod., τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, 2Ti.2:18.†
(AS) G4778 G4778 = G4778 συγκακουχέομαι sugkakoucheomai G:V to suffer with συν-κακουχέομαι (Rec. συγκ-), -οῦμαι, pass.
to endure adversity with: with dative of person(s), Heb.11:25. Not elsewhere.†
(AS) G4779 G4779 = G4779 συγκαλέω sugkaleō G:V to call together συν-καλέω
(Rec. συγκ-), -ῶ, [in LXX for קָרָא ;]
to call together: with accusative, Mrk.15:16, Luk.15:6, 9 (seel. -εῖται, see B1., § 55, 1), Act.5:21. Mid., to call together to oneself: Luk.9:1 (and seel. in Luk.15:6, 9 see supr.) Luk.23:13, Act.10:24 28:17.†
(AS) G4780 G4780 = G4780 συγκαλύπτω sugkaluptō G:V to conceal συν-καλύπτω
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX chiefly for כָּסָה pi. ;]
to veil or cover completely: with accusative, pass., Luk.12:2.†
(AS) G4781 G4781 = G4781 συγκάμπτω sugkamptō G:V to bend συν-κάμπτω
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Psa.68:10, 23 (מעד hi.), etc. ;]
to bend completely, bend together: τ. νῶτον, figuratively, Rom.11:10 (LXX).†
(AS) G4782 G4782 = G4782 συγκαταβαίνω sugkatabainō G:V to descend with συν-κατα-βαίνω
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Psa.49:17 (יָרַד), Wis.10:13, Dan LXX TH 3:49 * ;]
to go down with: Act.25:5. In late writers also metaphorically (Wis, l.with), to condescend, on WH. see Rutherford, NPhr., 485 f.†
(AS) G4783 G4783 = G4783 συγκατάθεσις sugkatathesis G:N-F agreement συν-κατά-θεσις (Rec συγκ-), -εως, ἡ
(συνκατατίθημι)
concord, agreement: 2Co.6:16 (Polyb., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4784 G4784 = G4784 συγκατατίθημι sugkatatithēmi G:V to consent συν-κατα-τίθημι
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Exo.23:1 (שִׁית יָד), Exo.23:32 (בְּרִית), Da TH Su 1:20 * ;]
to deposit together. Mid., to deposit one's vote with, hence, to agree with, assent to: with dative, Luk.23:51.†
(AS) G4785 G4785 = G4785 συγκαταψηφίζομαι sugkatapsēphizomai G:V to numbered with συν-κατα-ψηφίζω (Rec. συγκ-),
__1. to condemn with or together (Plut., Themist., 21).
__2. to vote one a place among: pass., Act.1:26. Not elsewhere .†
(AS) G4786 G4786 = G4786 συγκεράννυμι sugkerannumi G:V to unite συν-κεράννυμι
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Dan LXX 2:43 (עֲרַב ithpa.), 2Ma.15:39 * ;]
to mix or blend together, compound: with accusative, 1Co.12:24; ptcp. pf. pass., Heb.4:2, T, WH, mg., R, mg.; id., of persons, with dative instr., to be united with, agree with, ib., WH, txt., R, txt. (see Westc., in l).†
(AS) G4787 G4787 = G4787 συγκινέω sugkineō G:V to stir up συν-κινέω (Rec. συγκ-), -ῶ,
to move together. Metaphorical, to excite, stir up: τ. λαόν, Act.6:12 (Arist., Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G4788 G4788 = G4788 συγκλείω sugkleiō G:V to confine συν-κλείω
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX chiefly for סגר ;]
to shut together, enclose, shut in on all sides: of a catch of fish, Luk.5:6; metaphorically (Psa.31:9, al.), Rom.11:32, Gal.3:22-23.†
(AS) G4789 G4789 = G4789 συγκληρονόμος sugklēronomos G:A co-heir συν-κληρο-νόμος (Rec. συγκ-), -ου, ὁ
a co-inheritor, fellow-heir: Rom.8:17, Eph.3:6; with genitive of thing(s), Heb.11:9, 1Pe.3:7 (for exx., see Deiss., LAE, 88 f.).†
(AS) G4790 G4790 = G4790 συγκοινωνέω sugkoinōneō G:V to share with συν-κοινωνέω (Rec. συγκ-), -ῶ,
to have fellowship with or in (in cl., with genitive of thing(s), dative of person(s)): with dative of thing(s), Eph.5:11, Rev.18:4; id. with genitive of person(s), Php.4:14.†
(AS) G4791 G4791 = G4791 συγκοινωνός sugkoinōnos G:N-M sharer συν-κοινωνός (Rec. συγκ-), όν,
partaking jointly of: with genitive of thing(s), Rom.11:17, 1Co.9:23; id. with genitive of person(s), Php.1:7; before ἐν, Rev.1:9.†
(AS) G4792 G4792 = G4792 συγκομίζω sugkomizō G:V to entomb συν-κομίζω
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Job.5:26 (עָלָה) * ;]
__1. to bring together, collect (Hdt., Xen., al.).
__2. to take up a body for burial (Soph., Aj., 1048): Act.8:2 (see Field, Notes, 116).†
(AS) G4793 G4793 = G4793 συγκρίνω sugkrinō G:V to compare συν-κρίνω (Rec. συγκ-)
[in LXX chiefly for פָּתַר ;]
__1. to compound, combine: 1Co.2:13, R, mg.1 (Lft., Notes, 180 f.).
__2. In Arist. and later writers (Wis.7:29, a1.) = παραβάλλω, to compare: 1Co, l.with, R, txt. (Field, Notes, 168), 2Co.10:12
__3. In LXX, of dreams, to interpret (Gen.40:8, 1Co, l.with, R, mg. 2 (but see reff. supr.).†
(AS) G4794 G4794 = G4794 συγκύπτω sugkuptō G:V to bend συν-κύπτω
(Rec. συγκ-), [in LXX: Job.9:27 (עָזַב), Sir.12:11 19:26 * ;]
__1. to bend forwards (Arist., al.).
__2. to be bowed down: Luk.13:11.†
(AS) G4795 G4795 = G4795 συγκυρία sugkuria G:N-F coincidence συγκυρία, -ας, ἡ
(συγκυρέω, to happen), [in Sm.: 1Ki.6:9 (מִקְרֶה) * ;] (more frequently in late writers, συγκύρησις, -ημα),
chance, coincidence: κατὰ σ. (see MM, xxiii), Luk.10:31 (Hippocr., Eccl.).†
(AS) G4796 G4796 = G4796 συγχαίρω sugchairō G:V to rejoice with συν-χαίρω
(Rec. συγ-), [in LXX: Gen.21:6 (צָחַק), 3Ma.1:8 R * ;]
__1. to rejoice with: with dative of person(s), Luk.1:58 15:6, 9, Php.2:17-18, EV; with dative of thing(s), 1Co.12:26 13:6.
__2. to congratulate (Æschin., Polyb., al.): Phi, l.with (Lft., in I.; cf. MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4797 G4797 = G4797 συγχέω sugcheō G:V to confound συν-χέω
(Rec. συγ-), [in LXX for בָּלַל, רָגַז, etc. ;]
to pour together, commingle, confuse; metaphorically, confound, throw into confusion, stir up trouble: Act.21:27 (cf. συν-χύννω).†
(AS) G4798 G4798 = G4798 συγχράομαι sugchraomai G:V to associate with συν-χράομαι
(Rec. συγ-), -ῶμαι, [in Al.: 1Ki.30:19 * ;]
to use together with. Metaphorical, with dative of person(s), to associate with: Jhn.4:9 (Polyb., a1.).†
(AS) G4799 G4799 = G4799 σύγχυσις sugchusis G:N-F confusion σύγχυσις, -εως, ἡ
(συγχέω), [in LXX: Gen.11:9 (בָּבֶל), 1Ki.5:6 5:12(11) 1Ki.14:20 (מְהוּמָה) * ;]
confusion: of a popular uproar, Act.19:29.†
(AS) G4800 G4800 = G4800 συζάω suzaō G:V to live together συν-ζάω (Rec. συζ-),
to live with: opposite to συναποθανεῖν, 2Co.7:3; of life in union with Christ, here and hereafter, Rom.6:8, 2Ti.2:11.†
(AS) G4801 G4801 = G4801 συζεύγνυμι suzeugnumi G:V to join συν-ζεύγνυμι
(Rec. συζ-), [in LXX: Eze.1:11, 23 (חָבַר) * ;]
to yoke to­gether: metaphorically, of union in wedlock, Mat.19:6, Mrk.10:9.†
(AS) G4802 G4802 = G4802 συζητέω suzēteō G:V to debate συν-ζητέω
(Rec. συζ-), -ῶ, [in LXX: Neh.2:4 AB1 (בָּקַשׁ pi.) * ;]
__1. to search or examine together (Plat.).
__2. In NT (and π., see MM, xxiii; also in MGr., see Kennedy, Sources, 155), to discuss, dispute: Mrk.1:27 12:28, Luk.24:15; before quæst. indir., Mrk.9:10; with dative of person(s), Mrk.8:11 Act.6:9; before πρός, with accusative of person(s), Mrk.9:14, 16, Act.9:29; id. before quæst. indir., Luk.22:23.†
(AS) G4803 G4803 = G4803 συζήτησις suzētēsis G:N-F discussion συν-ζήτηαις (Rec. συζ-), -εως, ἡ
disputation: Act.28:29 (WH, R, txt., om.).†
(AS) G4804 G4804 = G4804 συζητητής suzētētēs G:N-M debater συν-ζητητής (Rec. συζ-), -οῦ, ἁ
(συνζητέω),
a disputer, disputant: 1Co.1:20.†
(AS) G4805 G4805 = G4805 σύζυγος suzugos G:A yokefellow σύν-ζυγος (Rec. ουζ-), or as WH, mg., Σύνζυγος, -ον
(συνζεύγνυμι), [in Aq., Eze.23:21 * ;]
a yoke fellow. Prob., as proper name, Σ. γνήσιε, genuinely Synzygus, S. properly so-called, Php.4:3 (see ICC, Lft., in l; MM, xxiii).†
(AS) G4806 G4806 = G4806 συζωοποιέω suzōopoieō G:V to make alive with συν-ζωο-ποιέω (Rec. συζ-), ῶ-,
to make alive or quicken together with; metaphorically, of the spiritual life: τ. Χριστῷ, Eph.2:5; σὺν τ. Χ., Col.2:13.†
(AS) G4807 G4807 = G4807 συκάμινος sukaminos G:N-F mulberry tree συκάμινος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX for שִׁקְמָה (pl.) ;]
the mulberry tree
(Lat. morus; cf. μόρον, 1Ma.6:34 *),
the sycamine: Luk.17:6. (In LXX, σ. appears to represent the συκόμορος (see: συκομορέα), but St. Luke distinguishes between the two; see ICC, in l; DB, iv, 634.) †
(AS) G4808 G4808 = G4808 συκῆ sukē G:N-F fig tree συκῆ (contr. fr. συκέα), -ῆς, ἡ
(σῦκον), [in LXX for תְּאֵן ;]
a fig-tree: Mat.21:19-21 24:32, Mrk.11:13, 20-21 13:28, Luk.13:6-7 21:29, Jhn.1:49, 51, Jas.3:12, Rev.6:13.†
(AS) G4809 G4809 = G4809 συκομωραία sukomōraia G:N-F sycamore tree συκο-μορέα (Rec. -μωραία, L, -μωρέα), -ας, ἡ, more commonly (so Aq., Sm., Psa.78:47, Isa.9:10) συκόμορος
(σῦκον + μόρον, the black mulberry),
a fig-mulberry, a sycamore: Luk.19:4 (cf. συκάμινος).†
(AS) G4810 G4810 = G4810 σῦκον sukon G:N-N fig σῦκον, -ου, τό
[in LXX for תְּאֵן ]
a fig: Mat.7:16, Mrk.11:13, Luk.6:44 Jas.3:12.†
(AS) G4811 G4811 = G4811 συκοφαντέω sukophanteō G:V to extort συκοφαντέω, -ῶ
(σῦκον, φαίνω), [in LXX: Gen.43:18 (גָּלַל hithpo.), Lev.19:11 (שָׁקַר pi.), Job.35:9, Psa.119:122, Pro.14:31 2:16 28:3, Ecc.4:1 (עָשַׁק) ;]
to act the συκοφάντης (on conjectures as to the origin of the term, see LS, see word), to accuse falsely (Aristoph., Xen., al.): Luk.3:14 (R, mg.) Luk.19:8 (RV, exact wrongfully; but cf. Hatch, Essays, 89 ff., see also Field, Notes, 56 f.; MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4812 G4812 = G4812 συλαγωγέω sulagōgeō G:V to capture συλαγωγέω, -ῶ
(σύλη, booty + ἄγω),
to carry off as spoil, lead captive (θυγατέρα, Heliod., Aeth., 10, 35): metaphorically, Col.2:8.†
(AS) G4813 G4813 = G4813 συλάω sulaō G:V to rob συλάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Ep. Jer.1:18 * ;]
with accusative of person(s), to strip, plunder, spoil: 2Co.11:8.†
(AS) G4814 G4814 = G4814 συλλαλέω sullaleō G:V to talk with to talk or converse with another, (New Testament) (ML) G4815 G4815 = G4815 συλλαμβάνω sullambanō G:V to seize/conceive/help συλ-λαμβάνω
[in LXX for תָּפַשׂ, הָרָה, etc. ;]
__1. with accusative, to bring together, collect.
__2. to seize, take: with accusative of person(s), as a prisoner, Mat.26:55, Mrk.14:48, Luk.22:54, Jhn.18:12, Act.1:16 12:3; pass., Act.23:27; mid., in sense of act., Act.26:21; σ. ἄγραν ἰχθύων, Luk.5:9.
__3. C. dative of person(s), to take part with, assist, succour; mid., in same sense: Luk.5:7, Php.4:3.
__4. Of a woman, to conceive: absol., Luk.1:24; before ἐν γαστρί, Luk.1:31; with accusative, Luk.1:36; ib. before ἐν τ. κοιλίᾳ, Luk.2:21; metaphorically, of lust producing sin, Jas.1:15.†
(AS) G4816 G4816 = G4816 συλλέγω sullegō G:V to collect συλ-λέγω
[in LXX chiefly for לָקַט ;]
to bring together, collect, gather up: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:28-30; pass., Mat.13:40; with accusative, before ἀπό, Mat.7:16; id. before ἐκ, Mat.13:41, Luk.6:44; before εἰς, Mat.13:48.†
(AS) G4817 G4817 = G4817 συλλογίζομαι sullogizomai G:V to discuss συλ-λογίζομαι
[in LXX chiefly for חָשַׁב pi. ;]
__1. to compute.
__2. to reason: Luk.20:5.†
(AS) G4818 G4818 = G4818 συλλυπέω sullupeō G:V be grieved συν-λυπέω
(Rec. συλλ-), -ῶ, [in LXX: Psa.69:20, Isa.51:19 (נוּד) * ;]
to make to grieve with (Arist.). Pass., to be moved to grief by sympathy: before ἐπί, with dative, Mrk.3:5.†
(AS) G4819 G4819 = G4819 συμβαίνω sumbainō G:V to happen συμ-βαίνω
[in LXX for עָשָׂה, קָרָא, קָרָה, etc. ;]
__1. to stand with the feet together.
__2. to come together, come to terms.
__3. Of events, to come to pass, happen: with dative of person(s), Mrk.10:32, Act.3:10 20:19, 1Co.10:11, 1Pe.4:12, 2Pe.2:22; absol., τὰ σνμβεβηκότα, Luk.24:14 (cf. 1Ma.4:26); with accusative and nf., Act.21:35.†
(AS) G4820 G4820 = G4820 συμβάλλω sumballō G:V to ponder/confer συν-βάλλω
(Rec. συμ-), [in LXX: 2Ch.25:19 (גָּרָה hith.), Isa.46:6 (זוּל), Jer.43:3 (סוּת hi.), Wis.5:8, al. ;]
to throw together, hence,
__(a) of speech (before λόγους, Eur., al.), to discuss, confer (sc. λόγους): with dative of person(s), Luk.11:53, WH, mg., Act.17:18; before πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Act.4:15;
__(b) to reflect, consider, ponder: ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ, Luk.2:19;
__(with) to meet with, fall in with: Act.20:14; in hostile sense, εἰς πόλεμον, with dative (εἰς μάχην, Polyb.), Luk.14:31;
__(d) mid., to contribute (Polyb., al.; cf. MM, xxiv): Act.18:27.†
(AS) G4821 G4821 = G4821 συμβασιλεύω sumbasileuō G:V to reign with συμ-βουλεύω
[in LXX chiefly for יָעַץ ;]
__1. to advise, counsel: with dative of person(s), Jhn.18:14; id. before inf., Rev.3:18.
__2. Mid., to take counsel, consult: before ἵνα, Mat.26:4 ("reciprocal middle," see M, Pr., 157); with inf., Act.9:23.†
(AS) G4822 G4822 = G4822 συμβιβάζω sumbibazō G:V to join with συν-βιβάζω
(Rec. συμ-), [in LXX: Exo.4:12, 15, Lev.10:11, Jdg.13:8, Psa.32:8 (יָרָה hi.); Exo.18:16, Deu.4:9, Isa.40:13 (יָדַע hi.), Isa.40:14 (בִּין hi.), Da TH Dan.9:22 (שָׂכַל hi.) * ;]
__1. to join or knit together, unite: Eph.4:16, Col.2:2 (but see infr.), Col.2:19.
__2. to compare, consider, conclude (Plat.): Act.16:10.
__3. to deduce, prove, demonstrate (Arist.): Act.9:22.
__4. As in LXX ("translation Greek," = ἐμβιβάζω, metaphorically), to teach, instruct: 1Co.2:16 Act.19:33, R, mg. (also in Vg., Col.2:2, instructi, but see supr.).†
(AS) G4823 G4823 = G4823 συμβουλεύω sumbouleuō G:V to consult 1. to advise, counsel , Lat. consulere alicui, with dative pers. et infinitive, to advise one to do a thing, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. without the infinitive, ς. τινί τι (Herdotus Historicus); ς. τι to recommend a measure, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;Pass., τὰ συμβουλευόμενα the advice given , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. absolute to advise, give advice , (Sophocles Tragicus); ὁ συμβουλεύων or -εύσας, an adviser , Lat. auctor sententiae, (Aristotle Philosopher)
4. Mid. to consult with a person, i. e. ask his advice , Lat. consulere aliquem, with dative, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: absolute to consult, deliberate , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G4824 G4824 = G4824 συμβούλιον sumboulion G:N-N counsel/council συμβούλιον, -ου, τό
(σύμβουλος), [in LXX: 4Ma.17:17 א * ;]
a word of the Græco-Roman period (of. Lat. consilium, and see Deiss., BS, 238) = cl. συμβουλία (Arist., Xen.),
__1. counsel: σ. λαμβάνειν, Mat.12:14 22:15 27:7 28:12; διδόναι, Mrk.3:6 (ποιεῖν, Rec.); ποιεῖν, Mrk.15:1 (ἑτοιμάζειν, WH, mg.).
__2. By meton., a council (4Mac, l.with א; συνέδριον, AR): Act.25:12 (see MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4825 G4825 = G4825 σύμβουλος sumboulos G:N-M counselor σύμβουλος, -ου, ὁ
(σύν, βουλή), [in LXX for יָעַץ and cogn. forms ;]
a counsellor, adviser: Rom.11:34 (LXX).†
(AS) G4826 G4826G = G4826G Συμεών Sumeōn N:N-M-P Simeon Συμεών, ὁ indecl., (Heb. שִׁמְעוֹן),
Simeon (so always AV; RV in Luk.2:25, 34 only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. Σίμων, which see, was also used;
__1. the son of Jacob (Gen.29:33): Rev.7:7.
__2. An ancestor of our Lord: Luk.3:30
__3. An aged worshipper in the Temple: Luk.2:25, 34.
__4. One surnamed Niger: Act.13:1.
__5. The apostle Peter: Act.15:14, 2Pe.1:1 (R, txt., WH, txt., Σίμων).†
(AS) G4826 G4826H = G4826H Συμεών Sumeōn N:N-M-P Simeon Συμεών, ὁ indecl., (Heb. שִׁמְעוֹן),
Simeon (so always AV; RV in Luk.2:25, 34 only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. Σίμων, which see, was also used;
__1. the son of Jacob (Gen.29:33): Rev.7:7.
__2. An ancestor of our Lord: Luk.3:30
__3. An aged worshipper in the Temple: Luk.2:25, 34.
__4. One surnamed Niger: Act.13:1.
__5. The apostle Peter: Act.15:14, 2Pe.1:1 (R, txt., WH, txt., Σίμων).†
(AS) G4826 G4826I = G4826I Συμεών Sumeōn N:N-M-P Simeon Συμεών, ὁ indecl., (Heb. שִׁמְעוֹן),
Simeon (so always AV; RV in Luk.2:25, 34 only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. Σίμων, which see, was also used;
__1. the son of Jacob (Gen.29:33): Rev.7:7.
__2. An ancestor of our Lord: Luk.3:30
__3. An aged worshipper in the Temple: Luk.2:25, 34.
__4. One surnamed Niger: Act.13:1.
__5. The apostle Peter: Act.15:14, 2Pe.1:1 (R, txt., WH, txt., Σίμων).†
(AS) G4826 G4826J = the Greek of H8095G Συμεών Sumeōn N:N-M-P Simeon Συμεών, ὁ indecl., (Heb. שִׁמְעוֹן),
Simeon (so always AV; RV in Luk.2:25, 34 only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. Σίμων, which see, was also used;
__1. the son of Jacob (Gen.29:33): Rev.7:7.
__2. An ancestor of our Lord: Luk.3:30
__3. An aged worshipper in the Temple: Luk.2:25, 34.
__4. One surnamed Niger: Act.13:1.
__5. The apostle Peter: Act.15:14, 2Pe.1:1 (R, txt., WH, txt., Σίμων).†
(AS) G4826 G4826K = a Spelling of G4074G Συμεών Sumeōn N:N-M-P Simeon Συμεών, ὁ indecl., (Heb. שִׁמְעוֹן),
Simeon (so always AV; RV in Luk.2:25, 34 only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. Σίμων, which see, was also used;
__1. the son of Jacob (Gen.29:33): Rev.7:7.
__2. An ancestor of our Lord: Luk.3:30
__3. An aged worshipper in the Temple: Luk.2:25, 34.
__4. One surnamed Niger: Act.13:1.
__5. The apostle Peter: Act.15:14, 2Pe.1:1 (R, txt., WH, txt., Σίμων).†
(AS) G4827 G4827 = G4827 συμμαθητής summathētēs G:N-M fellow disciple συν-μαθητής (Rec. συμμ-), -οῦ, ὁ
a fellow-disciple: Jhn.11:16 (on the use of συν- in such compounds as this, see Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).†
(AS) G4828 G4828 = G4828 συμμαρτυρέω summartureō G:V to testify with συν-μαρτυρέω (Rec. συμμ-), -ῶ,
to bear witness with: Rom.2:15; with dative, Rom.8:16; before ὅτι, Rom.9:1.†
(AS) G4829 G4829 = G4829 συμμερίζω summerizō G:V to share συν-μερίζω
(Rec. συμμ-), [in LXX: Pro.29:24 א2 (חָלַק) * ;]
to distri­bute in shares. Mid., to have a share in: 1Co.9:13 (Diod., al.).†
(AS) G4830 G4830 = G4830 συμμέτοχος summetochos G:A sharer συν-μέτοχος (Rec. συμμ-), -ον,
partaking together with; as subst., ὁ σ., a joint partaker (with dative of person(s) and genitive of thing(s), FlJ, BJ, i, 24, 6): with genitive of thing(s), Eph.3:6; with genitive of person(s), Eph.5:7 (Arist.).†
(AS) G4831 G4831 = G4831 συμμιμητής summimētēs G:N-M co-imitator συν-μιμητής (Rec. συμμ-), -οῦ, ὁ
a fellow-imitator: with genitive obj., Php.3:17 (see ICC, in l). Not elsewhere.†
(AS) G4832 G4832 = G4832 σύμμορφος summorphos G:A conformed σύμ-μορφος, -ον
(σύν, μορφή),
__1. absol., similar (Luc.).
__2. con­formed to: with dative, Php.3:21; with genitive, Rom.8:29 (see B1., § 36, 11; 37, 6).†
(AS) G4833 G4833 = G4833 συμμορφόομαι summorphoomai G:V to make like Pass. to be conformed to , τινι (New Testament) (ML) G4834 G4834 = G4834 συμπαθέω sumpatheō G:V to sympathize συν-παθέω
(Rec. συμπ-), -ῶ, [in LXX: 4Ma.5:25 AR 4Ma.13:23 * ;]
to have a fellow feeling for or with, sympathize with or in: with dative of thing(s), Heb.4:15; dative of person(s), Heb.10:34 (Arist., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4835 G4835 = G4835 συμπαθής sumpathēs G:A sympathetic συμπαθής, -ές
(σύν, πάσχω) [in LXX: Job.29:25 A (אָבֵל), 4Ma.5:25 א, 4Ma.13:23 4Mac 15:4 * ;]
__1. affected by like feelings, sympathetic: 1Pe.3:8.
__2. exciting sympathy (Jb, l.with; Dion. H.).†
(AS) G4836 G4836 = G4836 συμπαραγίνομαι sumparaginomai G:V to assemble συν-παρα-γίνομαι
(Rec. συμπ-), [in LXX: Psa.83:8 (לָוָה ni.) * ;]
__1. to come up or be present together: before ἐπί, Luk.23:48.
__2. to come up to assist (Thuc., al.; 2Ti.4:16, Rec.).†
(AS) G4837 G4837 = G4837 συμπαρακαλέω sumparakaleō G:V to encourage συν-παρα-καλέω (Rec. συμπ-), -ῶ,
to call upon or exhort together (Plat.). Pass., to be strengthened or comforted with and among: Rom.1:12.†
(AS) G4838 G4838 = G4838 συμπαραλαμβάνω sumparalambanō G:V to take along with συν-παρα-λαμβάνω
(Rec. συμπ-), [in LXX: Gen.19:17 (סָפָה ni.), Job.1:4 (שָׁלַח ni), 3Ma.1:1 * ;]
to take along with: as a companion, with accusative, Act.12:25 15:37-38 (on the tenses, see M, Pr., 130), Gal.2:1.†
(AS) G4839 G4839 = G4839 συμπαραμένω sumparamenō G:V to continue συμ-παρα-μένω
Rec, for παρα-μένω (which see), Php.1:25.†
(AS) G4840 G4840 = G4840 συμπάρειμι sumpareimi G:V be present with συν-πάρειμι
(Rec. σνμπ-), [in LXX: Tob.12:12 ΑΒ, Pro.8:27 (?), Wis.9:10 * ;]
to be present together or with: with dative of person(s), Act.25:24.†
(AS) G4841 G4841 = G4841 συμπάσχω sumpaschō G:V to suffer with συν-πάσχω
(Rec. συμπ-), [in Al.: 1Ki.22:8 * ;]
__1. to suffer together or with: Rom.8:17, 1Co.12:28.
__2. to sympathize with (Plat., Arist.).†
(AS) G4842 G4842 = G4842 συμπέμπω sumpempō G:V to send with συν-πέμπω (Rec. συμπ-)
to send together with: with accusative and dative, 2Co.8:22; id. before μετά, with genitive, 2Co.8:18.†
(AS) G4843 G4843 = G4843 συμπεριλαμβάνω sumperilambanō G:V to embrace συν-περι-λαμβάνω (Rec. συμπ-),
__1. to enclose (Eze.5:3 (צוּר) *).
__2. to embrace: with accusative of person(s), Act.20:10.†
(AS) G4844 G4844 = G4844 συμπίνω sumpinō G:V to drink with συμπόσιον, -ου, τό
(συμπίνω), [in LXX: Est.7:7 (מִשְׁתֶּה יַיִן) Est.4:17, 1Ma.16:16, 2Ma.2:27, 3Ma.4:16 3Mac 5:36 3Mac 6:33; σ. οἴνου, Sir 34:31 (31:31) Sir.35:5 (32:5), Sir.49:1 * ;]
__1. a drinking party
__2. By meton., of the party itself, the guests (Plut); pl., σ. σ. (colloq.; see M, Pr., 97), in parties or companies: Mrk.6:39.†
(AS) G4845 G4845 = G4845 συμπληρόω sumplēroō G:V to (ful)fill συν-πληρόω
(Rec. συμπ-), -ῶ, [in LXX: Jer.25:12 (נָפַל) * ;]
__1. to fill up completely (Thuc., of manning ships): of a ship filling with water, and by meton., of those on board, Luk.8:23.
__2. to complete, fulfil: of time (Je, l.with, and see MM, xxiv), Luk.9:51, Act.2:1 (on the "durative inf.," see M, Pr., 233).†
(AS) G4846 G4846 = G4846 συμπνίγω sumpnigō G:V to choke συν-πνίγω (Rec. συμπ-),
to choke: of thronging by a crowd, Luk.8:42. Fig., of seed, τ. λόγον, Mat.13:22, Mrk.4:7, 19, Luk.8:14.†
(AS) G4847 G4847 = G4847 συμπολίτης sumpolitēs G:N-M fellow citizen συν-πολίτης (Rec. σνμπ-), -ου, ὁ
a fellow-citizen: pl., σ. τ. ἁγίων, opposite to ξένοι κ. πάροικοι, Eph.2:19 (Eur.; C.I., 6446; condemned by Atticists; see Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).†
(AS) G4848 G4848 = G4848 συμπορεύομαι sumporeuomai G:V to go with συν-πορεύομαι
(Rec. σνμπ-), [in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ ;]
__1. to journey together (Plat., al.): with dative of person(s), Luk.7:11 14:25 24:15.
__2. to come together: Mrk.10:1 (Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4849 G4849 = G4849 συμπόσιον sumposion G:N-N common meal 1. a drinking-party, symposium , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.
2. the room in which such parties were given, drinking-room , (Lucian) (ML) G4850 G4850 = G4850 συμπρεσβύτερος sumpresbuteros G:N fellow elder συν-πρεσβύτερος (Rec. συμπ-), -ου, ὁ
a fellow-elder: 1Pe.5:1 (Eccl.).†
(AS) G4851 G4851 = G4851 συμφέρω sumpherō G:V be profitable συμ-φέρω
[in LXX: Jer.33:14 (טוֹב), Pro.19:10 (נָאוֶה), Sir.30:19, al. ;]
__1. trans. to bring together: with accusative of thing(s), Act.19:19.
__2. Intrans., and mostly impers., συμφέρει, it is expedient, profitable or an advantage: 1Co.6:12 10:23, 2Co.8:10; with inf. (M, Pr., 210), Mat.19:10, Jhn.18:14; with dative, before ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 5), Mat.5:29-30 18:6, Jhn.11:50 16:7. Ptcp., ςυμφέρων, profitable: 1Co.12:7; pl., Act.20:20; (οὐ σ. sc. ἐστιν; = οὐ συμφέρει; cf. Thuc., iii, 44, 2), 2Co.12:1; as subst., τὸ σ., profit, Heb.12:10.†
(AS) G4852 G4852 = G4852 σύμφημι sumphēmi G:V to agree σύν φημι (Rec. συμ-),
to consent, confess: with dative, before ὅτι, Rom.7:16.†
(AS) G4853 G4853 = G4853 συμφυλέτης sumphuletēs G:N-M fellow countryman συμ-φυλέτης, -ου, ὁ
(σύν, φυλή; cf. σύμφυλος, Aq.: Zec.13:7; and see Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.)
a fellow-tribesman, fellow-countryman: 1Th.2:14 (see M, Th., in l, and Intr. liii). Not found elsewhere.†
(AS) G4854 G4854 = G4854 σύμφυτος sumphutos G:A united σύμ-φυτος, -ον
(συμφύω, to make to grow together) [in LXX: Zec.11:2 (בָּצַר), Est.7:7 Est.7:8 א2, Amo.9:13, 3Ma.3:22 * ;]
__1. congenital, innate (Plat., al.; 3Mac, l.with).
__2. grown along with, united with: τ. ὁμοιώματι τ. θανάτου αὐτσῦ (see Field, Notes, 155 f.), Rom.6:5.†
(AS) G4855 G4855 = G4855 συμφύω sumphuō G:V to grow with συν-φύω
(Rec. συμ-), [in LXX: Wis.13:13 * ;]
to cause to grow together. Pass., to grow together or with (Plat. al.): Luk.8:7.†
(AS) G4856 G4856 = G4856 συμφωνέω sumphōneō G:V to agree with συμ-φωνέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX: Gen.14:3 (H2266) 2Ki.12:8 (9) (H225 ni.), Isa.7:2 (H5117), 4Ma.14:6 * ;]
prop., to agree in sound, be in harmony (Plat., Arist.). Metaphorical,
__(a) to agree with, agree together: Luk.5:36; with dative of thing(s), Act.15:15; before περί, Mat.18:19; pass., with dative of person(s), συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν, Act.5:9;
__(b) to agree as to a price (Polyb., Diod.): with dative of person(s), genitive pret., Mat.20:13; before μετά . . . ἐκ, Mat.20:2.†
(AS) G4857 G4857 = G4857 συμφώνησις sumphōnēsis G:N-F harmony συμ-φώνησις, -εως, ἡ
(συμφωνέω),
concord, agreement: before πρός, with accusative of person(s), 2Co.6:15.†
(AS) G4858 G4858 = G4858 συμφωνία sumphōnia G:N-F music συμφωνία, -ας, ἡ
(σύμφωνος), [in LXX: Dan LXX TH Dan.3:5, 15, TH Dan.3:7, 10 (סוּמְפּוֹנְיָה) 4Ma.14:3 A * ;]
__1. symphony, music: Luk.15:25
__2. a musical instrument (Polyb., al.; Da, ll. with; v MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4859 G4859 = G4859 σύμφωνος sumphōnos G:A mutual consent σύμφωνος, -ον
(ούν, φωνή), [in LXX: Ecc.7:14 (עֻמָּה), 4Ma.7:7 4Mac 14:7 * ;]
agreeing in sound. Metaphorical, harmonious, agreeing: ἐκ συμφώνου (for exx. from π., see Deiss., BS, 255), by agreement, 1Co.7:5.†
(AS) G4860 G4860 = G4860 συμψηφίζω sumpsēphizō G:V to calculate συμ-ψηφίζω
[in LXX: Jer.29:20 (Jer.49:20) A * ;]
to reckon together, count up: Act.19:19.†
(AS) G4861 G4861 = G4861 σύμψυχος sumpsuchos G:A harmonious σύν-ψυχος (Rec. συμ-), -ον
(ψυχή),
of one mind: Php.2:2.†
(AS) G4862 G4862 = G4862 σύν sun G:PREP with σύν (old Att. ξύν),
prep. with dative,
expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, with genitive (cf. LS, see word; Bl., §41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mat.4, Mrk.6, Jhn.3, and elsewhere (exx. Jas.1:11, 2Pe.1:18) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Luk.2:13, Jhn.21:3, Act.10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Luk.7:12, Act.4:13, Php.1:23, al.; of partisanship, Act.4:13; οἱ σύν τινι, of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mrk.2:26, Luk.5:9, Act.5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, 1Co.15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Luk.23:11, Act.3:4 10:2 14:5 23:25, Eph.3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, 2Co.13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Luk.24:21. In composition: with (συνχαίρω), together (συνωδίνω), altogether (συντελέω)
(AS) G4863 G4863 = G4863 συνάγω sunagō G:V to assemble συν-άγω
[in LXX chiefly for אָסַף, also for קָבַץ, etc. (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 128) ;]
to gather or bring together: of things, Jhn.6:12-13; before εἰς, Mat.3:12, al.; ἐκεῖ, Luk.12:18; ποῦ, Luk.12:17; συναγαγὼν πάντα (sc. εἰς ἀργύριον; see Field, Notes, 68, MM, xxiv), having sold off all: Luk.15:13; of persons, Jhn.11:52; esp. of assemblies, Mat.2:4, Jhn.11:47, Act.14:27, al. Pass., to be gathered or come together: Mat.22:41, Mrk.2:2, Luk.22:66, al.; before ἐπί Mrk.5:21, Act.4:27; πρός, Mat.13:2, Mrk.4:1, al.; εἰς, Rev.19:17; ἐν, Act.11:26; μετά, Mat.28:12; οὗ, Mat.18:20; ὅπου, Mat.26:57; ἐκεῖ, Jhn.18:2, al.
In late writers (see Kennedy, Sources, 128; cf. Deu.22:2, al.), to receive hospitably, entertain: Mat.25:35, 38 25:43 (cf. ἐπι-συνάγω)
(AS) G4864 G4864 = G4864 συναγωγή sunagōgē G:N-F synagogue συν-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for עֵדָה, also for קָהָל, etc. ;]
prop., a bringing together;
__1. of things,
__(a) a gathering in of harvest;
__(b) a collection of money.
__2. Of persons,
__(a) a collecting, assembling (Polyb.);
__(b) an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.): Rev.2:9 3:9; esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogue: Luk.12:11, Act.9:2, al.; of a Christian assembly, Jas.2:2. By meton., of the building in which the assembly is held, a synagogue: Mat.10:17, Mrk.1:21, al. (cf. Cremer, see word ἐκκλησία)
SYN.: ἐκκλησία (which see) (AS) G4865 G4865 = G4865 συναγωνίζομαι sunagōnizomai G:V to struggle συν-αγωνίζομαι
to strive together with, to help (prop., of sharing in a contest): with dative of person(s) and of thing(s), Rom.15:30.†
(AS) G4866 G4866 = G4866 συναθλέω sunathleō G:V to contend συν-αθλέω, -ῶ
= συναγωνίζομαι: with dative commod., Php.1:27; with dative of person(s), before ἐν, Php.4:3.†
(AS) G4867 G4867 = G4867 συναθροίζω sunathroizō G:V to assemble συν-αθροίζω
[in LXX chiefly for קָבַץ ;]
to gather together, assemble: with accusative of person(s), Act.19:25; pass., Act.12:12.†
ἀθροίζω
(ἀθρόος, assembled in crowds, MM, VGT, see word; θρόος, a noise, tumult), [in LXX chiefly for קָבַץ ;]
to Gather, assemble: Luk.24:33.†
(AS) G4868 G4868 = G4868 συναίρω sunairō G:V to settle accounts συν-αίρω
[in LXX: Exo.23:5 (עָזַב) * ;]
to take up together: σ. λόγον (of which there are several exx. in π.; see Deiss., LAE, 118 f.; MM, i, xxiv; M, Pr., 160), to settle accounts, Mat.18:23-24; before μετά, C. genitive of person(s), Mat.25:19.†
(AS) G4869 G4869 = G4869 συναιχμάλωτος sunaichmalōtos G:N-M fellow prisoner συν-αιχμάλωτος, -ου, ὁ
a fellow prisoner (prop., of a captive in war, see Lft., Col., 234): Rom.16:7, Col.4:10, Phm 23.†
(AS) G4870 G4870 = G4870 συνακολουθέω sunakoloutheō G:V to accompany συν-ακολουθέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 2Ma.2:4 2Mac 2:6 * ;]
to follow along with, accompany: with dative of person(s), Mrk.14:51, Luk.23:49; before μετά, with genitive of person(s), Mrk.5:37.†
(AS) G4871 G4871 = G4871 συναλίζω sunalizō G:V to assemble συν-αλίζω
[in Al.: Psa.141:4 * ;]
to assemble with: Act.1:4 (EV, mg., eating with, but on this rendering and on the force of the Pres. ptcp. here, see Field, Notes, 110).†
(AS) G4872 G4872 = G4872 συναναβαίνω sunanabainō G:V to ascend with συν-ανα-βαίνω
[in LXX for עָלָה ;]
to go up with: with dative of person(s), before εἰς, with accusative loc., Mrk.15:41, Act.13:31.†
(AS) G4873 G4873 = G4873 συνανάκειμαι sunanakeimai G:V to dine with συν-ανά-κειμαι
[in LXX: 3Ma.5:39 * ;]
to recline with or together at table: Mat.14:9, Mrk.6:22, Luk.7:49 14:15; with dative of person(s), Mat.9:10, Mrk.2:15, Luk.14:10.†
(AS) G4874 G4874 = G4874 συναναμίγνυμι sunanamignumi G:V to associate with συν-ανα-μίγνυμι
(accusative to Bl., 8, -μείγνυμι), [in LXX: Hos.7:8 A ( hithpo.), Eze.20:18 A * ;]
to mix up together; pass., reflex, and metaphorically, to associate with (Plut., Ath., al.): 1Co.5:9 5:11, 2Th.3:14 (see M, Th., 117).†
(AS) G4875 G4875 = G4875 συναναπαύομαι sunanapauomai G:V to rest with συν-ανα-παύομαι
[in LXX: Isa.11:6 (רָבַץ) * ;]
with dative of person(s), to lie down to rest with, sleep with. Metaphorical, to be refreshed in spirit with: Rom.15:32 (L, om.).†
(AS) G4876 G4876 = G4876 συναντάω sunantaō G:V to meet συν-αντάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for פָּגַע, פָּגַשׁ, קָרָא, קָרָה, etc. ;]
to meet with: with dative of person(s), Luk.9:18, 37 22:10, Act.10:25, Heb.7:1, 10. Metaphorical, of events, to happen, befall (Ding. L., Plut., al.): Act.20:22.†
(AS) G4877 G4877 = G4877 συνάντησις sunantēsis G:N-F meeting συν-άντησις, -εως, ἡ
Rec. for ὑπάντησις (which see), Mat.8:34.†
(AS) G4878 G4878 = G4878 συναντιλαμβάνομαι sunantilambanomai G:V to help συν-αντι-λαμβάνομαι
[in LXX: Gen.30:8 R (†), Exo.18:22, Num.11:17 (נָשָׂא), Psa.89:21 (כּוּן ni.) * ;]
to take hold with at the side for assistance; hence, to take a share in, help in bearing, and generally, help (with various constructions, see LXX, ll. with, Deiss., LAE, 83 f.): with dative, Luk.10:40, Rom.8:26.†
(AS) G4879 G4879 = G4879 συναπάγω sunapagō G:V to lead away with συν-απ-άγω
[in LXX: Exo.14:6 (לָקַח) * ;]
to lead away with or together (Ex, l.with). Pass., metaphorically (as συμπεριφέρομαι, see LS, see word), to be carried away with: with dative, Gal.2:13, 2Pe.3:17; of accommodating one­self to (EV, condescend to) things or persons (on the meaning, see ICC, in I.; Field, Notes, 163), Rom.12:16.†
(AS) G4880 G4880 = G4880 συναποθνήσκω sunapothnēskō G:V to die with συν-απο-θνήσκω
[in LXX: Sir.19:10 * ;]
to die with or together: Mrk.14:31, 2Co.7:3 (see Meyer, in l), 2Ti.2:11.†
(AS) G4881 G4881 = G4881 συναπόλλυμι sunapollumi G:V to die/destroy with συν-απ-όλλυμι
[in LXX chiefly for סָפָה ;]
to destroy with or together. Pass., to perish together (with): with dative of person(s), Heb.11:31.†
(AS) G4882 G4882 = G4882 συναποστέλλω sunapostellō G:V to send with συν-απο-στέλλω
[in LXX: Exo.33:2, 12 (שָׁלַח), I Est.5:2 * ;]
to send along with: with accusative, 2Co.12:18 (cf. MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4883 G4883 = G4883 συναρμολογέω sunarmologeō G:V to join συν-αρμολογέω, -ῶ
(ἁρμός, λέγω), = cl. συναρμόζω,
to fit or frame together: of the parts of a building, Eph.2:21; of the members of the body, Eph.4:16 (Eccl.).†
(AS) G4884 G4884 = G4884 συναρπάζω sunarpazō G:V to seize συν-αρπάζω
[in LXX: Pro.6:25 (לָקַח), 2Ma.3:27 2Mac 4:41, 4Ma.5:4 * ;]
"perfective " of ἁοπάζω (see M, Pr., 113),
__(a) to seize and carry away (so most commonly) : Act.27:15;
__(b) to seize and hold: Luk.8:29, Act.6:12 19:29.†
(AS) G4885 G4885 = G4885 συναυξάνω sunauxanō G:V to grow together συν-αυξάνω
[in LXX: 2Ma.4:4, 4Ma.13:27 * ;]
to cause to increase or grow together. Pass., to grow together: Mat.13:30 (Xen., al.).†
(AS) G4886 G4886 = G4886 σύνδεσμος sundesmos G:N-M bond(age) σύν-δεσμος, -ου, ὁ
(συνδέω), [in LXX for קֶשֶׁר, קְטַר, etc. ;]
that which binds together, a bond: of the ligaments of the body, Col.2:19. Metaphorical, σ. ἀδικίας, Act.8:23; τ. τελειότητος, Col.3:14; τ. εἰρήνης, Eph.4:3 (see Lft., Col., ll. with).†
(AS) G4887 G4887 = G4887 συνδέω sundeō G:V to bind with συν-δέω
[in LXX for שָׁבַץ, etc. ;]
__(a) to bind together;
__(b) to bind together with: pass., Heb.13:3.†
(AS) G4888 G4888 = G4888 συνδοξάζω sundoxazō G:V to glory with συν-δοξάζω
__1. to join in approving (Arist.).
__2. In NT only, to glorify together: pass., Rom.8:17.†
(AS) G4889 G4889 = G4889 σύνδουλος sundoulos G:N-M fellow slave σύν-δουλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Est.4:7, 9 4:17, 23 5:3, 6 6:6, 13 (כְּנָת) * ;]
a fellow-servant: Mat.18:28-33 24:49; of servants of the same divine Lord, Col.1:7 4:7, Rev.6:11; so of angels, Rev.19:10 22:9.†
(AS) G4890 G4890 = G4890 συνδρομή sundromē G:N-F swarming συνδρομή, -ῆς, ἡ
(συντρέχω), [in LXX: Jdth.10:18, 3Ma.3:8 * ;]
concourse, esp. of a riotous gathering: Act.21:30 (Arist., Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G4891 G4891 = G4891 συνεγείρω sunegeirō G:V to raise up with συν-εγείρω
[in LXX: Exo.23:5 B2 (עָזַב), Isa.14:9 (עוּר pil.), 4Ma.2:14 * ;]
to raise together: metaphorically, of the Christian's mystical resur­rection with Christ, Eph.2:6; pass., Col.2:12 3:1.†
(AS) G4892 G4892 = G4892 συνέδριον sunedrion G:N-N council συνέδριον, -ου, τό
(σύν + ἕδρα, a seat) [in LXX: Pro.11:13 15:22, Jer.15:17 (סוֹד), Psa.26:4 (מַת), Pro.22:10 (דִּין) Pro.26:26 (קָהָל); Pro.24:7 27:22 31:23, 2Ma.14:5, 4Ma.17:17 * ;]
__1. a council (Plat., Xen., al.; LXX; in π., σ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων, Deiss., BS, 156): of a local Jewish tribunal, Mat.10:17, Mrk.13:9.
__2. The supreme ecclesiastical court of the Jews, the Sanhedrin (i.e. Talmudic סַנְהֵדְרִין = συνέδριον): Mat.5:22 26:59, Mrk.14:55 15:1, Luk.22:66, Act.5:21, 27 5:34, 41 6:12, 15 22:30 23:1, 6 23:15, 20 23:28 (WH, R, mg., om.) Act.24:20 of a meeting of the Sanhedrin, Jhn.11:47; of the place of meeting, Act.4:15.†
(AS) G4893 G4893 = G4893 συνείδησις suneidēsis G:N-F conscience συν-είδησις, -εως, ἡ
(συνεῖδον), [in LXX: Ecc.10:20 (מַדָּע), Wis.17:11, Sir.42:18 א * ;]
__1. consciousness: with genitive obj., Heb.10:2, 1Pe.2:19.
__2. In ethical sense, innate discernment, self-judging consciousness, conscience (Stoics and late writers): Rom.2:15 9:1, 1Co.10:29, 2Co.1:12 4:2 5:11, 1Ti.4:2, Heb.9:14; σ. ἀγαθή, Act.23:1, 1Ti.1:5 1:19, 1Pe.3:16 3:21; ἀσθενής, 1Co.8:7 8:10; ἀσθενοῦσα, 1Co.8:12; ἀπρόσκοπος, Act.24:16; καθαρά, 1Ti.3:9, 2Ti.1:3; καλή, Heb.13:18; πονηρά, Heb.10:22; ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ σ., Tit.1:15; διὰ τὴν σ., Rom.13:5, 1Co.10:25 10:27-28; κατὰ σ., Heb.9:9; ὑπὸ (τῆς) σ., Jhn.8:1-59 [9] (Rec.), 1Co.10:29 (cf. Cremer, 233 ff.; ICC on Rom.2:15; DB, i, 468 ff.).†
(AS) G4894 G4894 = G4894 συνείδω suneidō G:V be aware συν-εῖδον irreg. aorist of συνοράω (see: εἶδον),
[in LXX: 1Ma.4:21 א, 2Ma.2:24 2Mac 4:4 2Mac 4:41 R 2Ma.5:17 2Mac 7:4 2Mac 7:20 2Mac 8:8, 3Ma.2:8 A * ;]
__1. to see together or at the same time (Arist., Xen.).
__2. to see in one view, hence, of mental vision, to comprehend, understand (LXX, Polyb., Plut., al.) : Act.12:12 14:6 (on the related σύνοιδα, see see word).†
(AS) G4895 G4895 = G4895 σύνειμι suneimi G:V be with σύν-ειμι
(εἰμί to be), [in LXX: Jer.3:20 (רֵעַ), al. ;]
to be with: Luk.9:18 (WH, mg., συνήντησαν), Act.22:11.†
(AS) G4896 G4896 = G4896 σύνειμι suneimi G:V to gather σύν-ειμι
(εἶμι, to go),
to come together: Luk.8:4.†
(AS) G4897 G4897 = G4897 συνεισέρχομαι suneiserchomai G:V to enter with συν-εισ-έρχομαι
[in LXX: Job.22:4 (עִם בּוֹא), etc. ;]
to enter together: with dative of person(s), before εἰς, with accusative loc., Jhn.6:22 18:15.†
(AS) G4898 G4898 = G4898 συνέκδημος sunekdēmos G:N-M companion συν-έκδημος, -ου, ὁ
(ἔκδημος, abroad),
a fellow-traveller: Act.19:29, 2Co.8:1.†
(AS) G4899 G4899 = G4899 συνεκλεκτός suneklektos G:A chosen with συν-εκ-λεκτός, -ή, -όν
chosen together with, co-elect: ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτή (on the meaning, see ICC, in l), 1Pe.5:13.†
(AS) G4900 G4900 = G4900 συνελαύνω sunelaunō G:V to bring together συν-ελαύνω
[in LXX: 2Ma.4:26 2Mac 4:42 2Mac 5:5 * ;]
to drive together, force together: εἰς εἰρήνην, Act.7:26, Rec. (WH, RV, συνήλλασσεν).†
(AS) G4901 G4901 = G4901 συνεπιμαρτυρέω sunepimartureō G:V to testify with συν-επι-μαρτυρέω, -ῶ
to join in attesting, bear witness together with: Heb.2:4 (Arist., Polyb., a1.).†
(AS) G4902 G4902 = G4902 συνέπομαι sunepomai G:V to accompany συν-έπομαι
[in LXX: 2Ma.15:2, 3Ma.5:48 R 3Ma.6:21 * ;]
to follow with, accompany: with dative of person(s), Act.20:4.†
(AS) G4903 G4903 = G4903 συνεργέω sunergeō G:V to work with συνεργέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: I Est.7:2, 1Ma.12:1 * ;]
__1. prop., to work together (with): absol., Mrk.16:20, 1Co.16:16, 2Co.6:1; with dative, Jas.2:22; dative commod., Rom.8:28, T, R, txt. (but see infr.).
__2. In Hellenistic writers (M, Pr., 65), trans., to cause to work together (cf. ICC, in l): with accusative of thing(s), Rom.8:28 [WH] R, mg. (but see supr.).†
(AS) G4904 G4904 = G4904 συνεργός sunergos G:A co-worker συνεργός, -όν
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:7 Mac 14:5 * ;]
a fellow-worker: with genitive of person(s), Rom.16:3, 9 16:21, Php.2:25 4:3, 1Th.3:2, Rec., Phm 1 24; θεοῦ (cf. Lft., Notes, 41, 188), 1Co.3:9 (pl.), 1Th.3:2 [WH] R, mg. (R, txt., διάκονον τοῦ θ.; on the original reading, see ICC, in l); τ. χαρᾶς ὑηῶν, 2Co.1:24; τ. ἀληθείᾳ, III Jn 8; before εἰς, 2Co.8:23, Col.4:11.†
(AS) G4905 G4905 = G4905 συνέρχομαι sunerchomai G:V to assemble συν-έρχομαι
[in LXX for הָלַךְ, בּוֹא, אָסַף ni., etc. ;]
__1. (cl.) to come together, assemble: Mrk.3:20 14:53, T, WH, txt., Act.1:6 2:6 10:27 16:13 19:32 21:22 22:30 28:17, 1Co.14:26; before εἰς, with accusative loc., Act.5:16; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, 1Co.11:20 14:23; with dative of person(s), Mrk.14:53, WH, mg., R (πρὸς αὐτόν, see Field, Notes, 40), Jhn.11:33; ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, 1Co.11:18; ἐνθάδε, Act.25:17; Mrk.6:33, WH, mg. (cf. WH, Intr., 95 ff.); ὅπου, Jhn.18:20; with inf., Luk.5:15; εἰς τ. φαγεῖν, 1Co.11:33; εἰς τ. ἧσσον, 1Co.11:17 11:34; of sexual intercourse (Xen., al.; γυναικί or absol.), Mat.1:18.
__2. In later sense (see exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany: with dative of person(s), Luk.23:55, Act.1:21 9:39 10:23, 45 11:12; before σύν, Act.21:16; εἰς, Act.15:38.†
(AS) G4906 G4906 = G4906 συνεσθίω sunesthiō G:V to eat with συν-εσθίω
[in LXX: Gen.43:32, Exo.18:12 (אָכַל), 4Ki.12:17 (בָּרָה), Psa.101:5 * ;]
to eat with one: with dative of person(s), Luk.15:2, Act.10:41 11:3, 1Co.5:11; before μετά, with genitive of person(s), Gal.2:12.†
(AS) G4907 G4907 = G4907 σύνεσις sunesis G:N-F understanding σύνεσις, -εως, ἡ
(συνίημι), [in LXX for בִּינָה and cogn. forms, מַשְׂכִּית, דַּעַת, חׇכְמָה, etc. ;]
__1. a running or flowing together (Hom.).
__2. (a) understanding: Luk.2:47, 1Co.1:19" (LXX), Eph.3:4, Col.1:9 2:2, 2Ti.2:7
__(b) the understanding, the mind or intelligence: Mrk.12:33.†
SYN.: see: σοφία (AS) G4908 G4908 = G4908 συνετός sunetos G:A intelligent συνετός, ή, -όν
(συνίημι), [in LXX for בִּין, חָכָם, etc. ;]
intelligent, sagacious, understanding: Mat.11:25, Luk.10:21, Act.13:7, 1Co.1:19" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4909 G4909 = G4909 συνευδοκέω suneudokeō G:V to agree to συν-ευ-δοκέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 1Ma.1:57, 1Ma.4:28 א1, 2Ma.11:24 2Mac 11:35 * ;]
to join in approving, consent, agree to or with: absol., Act.22:20; with dative of person(s), Rom.1:32; with dative of thing(s), Luk.11:48, Act.8:1; with inf., 1Co.7:12-13 (chiefly in late writers).†
(AS) G4910 G4910 = G4910 συνευωχέομαι suneuōcheomai G:V to feast with συν-ευωχέω, -ῶ
to entertain together. Pass., to fare sumptuously or feast together or with: Ju 12; with dative of person(s), 2Pe.2:13 (Arist., Luc., al.).†
(AS) G4911 G4911 = G4911 συνεφίστημι sunephistēmi G:V to attack συν-εφ-ίστημι
to place over. Pass.,
__1. to stand over (Thuc.).
__2. to rise together: before κατά, with genitive of person(s) (against), Act.16:22.†
(AS) G4912 G4912 = G4912 συνέχω sunechō G:V to hold/oppress συν-έχω
[in LXX for עָצָר, חָבַר, etc. ;]
__1. to hold together (τ. συνέχον τ. πάντα, Wis.1:7): of closing the ears, Act.7:57 (τ. στόμα, Isa.52:15); to hem in, press on every side: Luk.8:45 19:43.
__2. to hold fast;
__(a) of a prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc.; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; MM, xxiv): Luk.22:63;
__(b) to constrain: 2Co.5:14; pass., Luk.12:50, Act.18:5 (τ. λόγῳ; cf. Field, Notes, 128), Php.1:23; in pass., of ills, to be seized or afflicted by, suffering from: Mat.4:24, Luk.4:38 8:37, Act.28:8.†
(AS) G4913 G4913 = G4913 συνήδομαι sunēdomai G:V to delight συν-ήδομαι
to rejoice together; with dative, to rejoice with or in: τ. νόμῳ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.7:22 (see Lft., Notes, 304).†
(AS) G4914 G4914 = G4914 συνήθεια sunētheia G:N-F custom συνήθεια, -ας, ἡ
(ἦθος), [in LXX: 4Ma.2:12 4Mac 6:13 4Mac 13:22 4Mac 13:27 * ;]
__1 1 intimacy.
__2. habit, custom: Jhn.18:39, 1Co.11:16; with genitive obj. (cf. Æschin., 23, 37, and see MM, xxiv), habitual use, force of habit with respect to, 1Co.8:7.†
(AS) G4915 G4915 = G4915 συνηλικιώτης sunēlikiōtēs G:N-M contemporary συν-ηλικιώτης
(ἡλικία), = συνῆλιζ (Æsch.),
one of the same age, an equal in age: Gal.1:14.†
(AS) G4916 G4916 = G4916 συνθάπτω sunthaptō G:V be buried with συν-θάπτω
to bury together with: in symbolical sense, of baptism, σὐτῷ (with Christ), Rom.6:4, Col.2:12.†
(AS) G4917 G4917 = G4917 συνθλάω sunthlaō G:V to shatter συν-θλάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for מָחַץ etc. ;]
to crush together, crush: Mat.21:44 ([WH], R, mg., om.), Luk.20:18.†
(AS) G4918 G4918 = G4918 συνθλίβω sunthlibō G:V to push against συν-θλίβω
[in LXX: Ecc.12:6 א A (רָצַץ), Sir.34:14 (31:14), 1Ma.15:14 A * ;]
to press together, press on all sides: Mrk.5:24, 31.†
(AS) G4919 G4919 = G4919 συνθρύπτω sunthruptō G:V to break συν-θρύπτω
to break in pieces, crush: metaphorically, τ. καρδίαν, Act.21:13.†
(AS) G4920 G4920 = G4920 συνίημι suniēmi G:V to understand συν-ίημι and συνίω (see Bl., § 23, 7),
[in LXX chiefly for בִּין hi., שָׂכַל hi. ;]
__1. to bring or set together.
__2. Metaphorical, to perceive, understand: Mat.13:13-15 (LXX), Mat.13:19 15:10, Mrk.4:9 (WH, mg.), Mrk.4:12 7:14 8:17, 21 Luk.8:10, Act.7:25 28:26-27, Rom.15:21" (LXX), 2Co.10:12; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.13:23, 51, Luk.2:50 18:34 24:45; before ὅτι, Mat.16:12 17:13; before quæst. indir., Eph.5:17; ἐπὶ τ. ἄρτοις, Mrk.6:52; as subst., συνίων (ὁ σ., WH, mg.), a man of understanding, i.e. in moral and religious sense, Rom.3:11 (LXX).†
(AS) G4921 G4921 = G4921 συνίστημι, συνιστάω sunistēmi, sunistaō G:V to commend συν-ίστημι
[in LXX for צָוָה pi., קָהַל ni., etc.; 1Ma.12:43, 2Ma.4:24, 3Ma.1:19 (and frequently in these books) ;]
__1. trans.,
__(a) to commend, recommend: with accusative of person(s), 2Co.3:1 6:4 10:12 10:18; id. with dative, Rom.16:1 (as frequently at the beginning of a letter; Deiss., LAE, 226), 2Co.5:12; before πρός, 2Co.4:2; pass., before ὑπό, 2Co.12:11;
__(b) to show, prove, establish: with accusative, Rom.3:5 5:8, 2Co.6:4; dupl. accusative, Gal.2:13; accusative and inf., 2Co.7:11
__2. Intrans., pf., συνέστηκα (as also 2 aor. and plpf.);
__(a) to stand with or near: Luk.9:32;
__(b) to be composed of, consist, cohere: Col.1:17 (see Lft., in l), 2Pe.3:5.†
(AS) G4922 G4922 = G4922 συνοδεύω sunodeuō G:V to travel with συν-οδεύω
[in LXX: Zec.8:21 א1 (הָלַךְ), Tob.5:16 א, Wis.6:23 * ;]
to journey with: with dative of person(s), Act.9:7 (Plut., al.).†
(AS) G4923 G4923 = G4923 συνοδία sunodia G:N-F caravan συνοδία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: Neh.7:5, 64 (יָחַשׂ) * ;]
__1. a journey in company (Plut., al.).
__2. By meton., κ company of travellers, a caravan: Luk.2:44.†
(AS) G4924 G4924 = G4924 συνοικέω sunoikeō G:V to live with συν-οικέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for בַּעַל etc. ;]
to dwell together: of man and wife (Hdt., al.), with dative of person(s), 1Pe.3:7,†
(AS) G4925 G4925 = G4925 συνοικοδομέω sunoikodomeō G:V be built up with συν-οίκοδομέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: I Est.5:68 * ;]
__1. to build together or with (with dative of person(s), 1Esdras, l.with).
__2. Of various materials, to build up together (Thuc., al.): metaphorically, of Christians, Eph.2:22.†
(AS) G4926 G4926 = G4926 συνομιλέω sunomileō G:V to converse συν-ομιλέω, -ῶ
to converse with (absol., FlJ, Bl, v, 13, 1; before μετά, Cebes, 13): with dative of person(s), Act.10:27.†
(AS) G4927 G4927 = G4927 συνομορέω sunomoreō G:V be next to συν-ομορέω, -ῶ
to border on: with dative, Act.18:7 (Byz.).†
(AS) G4928 G4928 = G4928 συνοχή sunochē G:N-F anguish συν-οχή, -ῆς, ή
(συνέχω), [in LXX: Jdg.2:3 (?), Job.30:3 (שׁוֹא), Job.38:28 A; Mic.5:1 (4:14), Jer.52:5 (מָצוֹר) * ;]
__1. a holding or being held together.
__2. a narrow place (Hom., al.). Metaphorical, straits, distress: Luk.21:25; καρδίας, 2Co.2:4.†
(AS) G4929 G4929 = G4929 συντάσσω suntassō G:V to direct συν-τάσσω
[in LXX chiefly for צָוָה pi. ;]
to prescribe, ordain, arrange: with dative of person(s), Mat.21:6 26:19 27:10" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4930 G4930 = G4930 συντέλεια sunteleia G:N-F consummation συντέλεια, -ας, ἡ
(συντελέω), [in LXX chiefly for כָּלָה and (in Da) for קוּם ;]
__1. in cl., a joint payment or contribution for public service; hence, generally, joint action (Plat.).
__2. In late writers (Polyb., al.), consummation, completion: σ. τ. αἰῶνος, -ων (cf. Dan LXX TH Dan.12:13, al.), Mat.13:39-40, 49 24:3 28:20, Heb.9:26.†
(AS) G4931 G4931 = G4931 συντελέω sunteleō G:V to complete συν-τελέω, -ῶ
[in LXX chiefly for כָּלָה pi., also for עָשָׂה, תָּמַם, etc. ;]
"perfective" of τελέω (cf. M, Pr., 118),
__1. to complete, finish, bring to an end: Luk.4:13; pass., Luk.4:2, Jhn.2:3, WH, mg., Act.21:27.
__2. to effect, accomplish, bring to fulfilment (cf. MM, xxiv): Mrk.13:4, Rom.9:28, Heb.8:8.†
(AS) G4932 G4932 = G4932 συντέμνω suntemnō G:V to cut short συν-τέμνω
[in LXX chiefly for חָרַץ ;]
__1. to cut in pieces.
__2. to cut down, cut short: metapb., λόγον, Rom.9:28 (LXX) (Hdt., Plat., Fur., al.).†
(AS) G4933 G4933 = G4933 συντηρέω suntēreō G:V to preserve συν-τηρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Eze.18:19 (שָׁמַר), Da TH Dan.7:28 A (נְטַר), Sir.13:12 and freq., Tob.1:11, 2Ma.12:42, al. ;]
"perfective" of τηρέω (see M, Pr., 113, 116),
to preserve, keep safe, keep close: with accusative of person(s), Mrk.6:20; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:17; ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ, Luk.2:19 (Arist. and later writers; cf. MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4934 G4934 = G4934 συντίθημι suntithēmi G:V to agree συν-τίθημι
[in LXX: 1Ki.22:13 (קָשַׁר), etc. ;]
to place or put together, in various senses. Mid.,
__(a) to observe, perceive;
__(b) to determine, agree, covenant: with inf., Luk.22:5; before τοῦ, with inf., Act.23:20; before ἵνα, Jhn.9:22.†
συν-επι-τίθημι,
[in LXX for שִׁית, etc. ;]
to help in putting on. Mid., to join in attacking (Thuc.): Act.24:9 (RV, joined in the charge).†
(AS) G4935 G4935 = G4935 συντόμως suntomōs G:ADV concisely συν-τόμως,
adv. (συντέμνω) [in LXX: Pro.13:23 23:28, 3Ma.5:25 * ;]
concisely, briefly: Act.24:4 (for a similar ex., see MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4936 G4936 = G4936 συντρέχω suntrechō G:V to flock συν-τρέχω
[in LXX: Psa.50:18 (עִם רָצָה), עִם רָצָה), 2Ma.2:1-32, Jdt.4.1-15 * ;]
to run together or with: before ἐκεῖ, Mrk.6:33; πρόσ, with accusative, Act.3:11; metaphorically, 1Pe.4:4.†
(AS) G4937 G4937 = G4937 συντρίβω suntribō G:V to break συν-τρίβω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁבַר ;]
to shatter, break in pieces: Mat.12:20 (LXX), Mrk.5:4 14:3, Jhn.19:36" (LXX), Rev.2:27; of persons and parts of the body, to break, crush, bruise: Luk.9:39; figuratively, Rom.16:20.†
(AS) G4938 G4938 = G4938 σύντριμμα suntrimma G:N-N ruin σύν-τριμμα, -τος, τό
(συντρίβω), [in LXX (Lev.21:19, al.) chiefly for שֶׁבֶר; also for שֹׁד (Isa.59:7), etc. ;]
a fracture (Arist.; Le, l.with, al.). Metaphorical, calamity, destruction (Isa, l.with, Wis.3:3, al.): Rom.3:16" (LXX) .†
(AS) G4939 G4939 = G4939 σύντροφος suntrophos G:A brought up with σύν-τροφος, -ου, ὁ
(συντρέφομαι, to be brought up together) [in LXX: 3Ki.12:24, 1Ma.1:6 R, 2Ma.9:29 * ;]
__1. prop., one nourished or brought up with, a foster-brother: Act.13:1 EV.
__2. In Hellenistic usage, as a court term, an intimate friend of a king (see Deiss., BS, 305, 310 f.): Act.13:1 (cf. also MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4940 G4940 = G4940 συντυγχάνω suntugchanō G:V to meet with συν-τυγχάνω
[in LXX: 2Ma.8:14 * ;]
to meet with, fall in with: with dative of person(s), Luk.8:19.†
(AS) G4941 G4941 = G4941 Συντύχη Suntuchē N:N-F-P Syntyche Συντύχη (T, -τυχή), -ης, ἡ
Syntyche: Php.4:2.†
(AS) G4942 G4942 = G4942 συνυποκρίνομαι sunupokrinomai G:V to join hypocrisy συν-υπο-κρίνομαι
to play a part with, dissemble with: with dative, Gal.2:13 (Polyb.).†
(AS) G4943 G4943 = G4943 συνυπουργέω sunupourgeō G:V to join in helping συν-υπουργέω, -ῶ
to help together, join in serving: with dative instr., 2Co.1:11.†
(AS) G4944 G4944 = G4944 συνωδίνω sunōdinō G:V to labor together συν-ωδίνω
to be in travail together (Arist.): metapb. (Eur.), Rom.8:22.†
(AS) G4945 G4945 = G4945 συνωμοσία sunōmosia G:N-F plot συνωμοσία, -ας, ή
(συνόμνυμι, to conspire), [in Sm.: Eze.22:25 * ;]
a conspiracy: Act.23:13.†
(AS) G4946 G4946 = G4946 Συράκουσαι Surakousai N:N-F-L Syracuse ionic Συρήκουσαι, doric Συράκοσαι, and Σῦράκοσσαι, Syracuse , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G4947 G4947 = the Greek of H0758I Συρία Suria N:N-F-L Syria Συρία, -'ιό, ή
Syria: Mat.4:24, Luk.2:2, Act.15:23, 41 18:18 20:3 21:3, Gal.1:21.†
(AS) G4948 G4948 = a Group member of H0758I Σύρος Suros N:N--LG Syrian Σύρος, -ου, ὁ, fem. Σύρα
a Syrian: Luk.4:27, Mrk.7:26, WH, mg.†
(AS) G4949 G4949 = a Group member of H0758I Συροφοίνισσα Surophoinissa N:N-F-LG Syrophoenician Συροφοινίκισσα (Rec. -φοίνισσα), -ης, ἡ
a Syropænician woman: Mrk.7:26, WH, txt., RV (cf. ἡ Φοινίκη Συρία, Diod., 19, 93).†
(AS) G4950 G4950 = G4950 σύρτις surtis N:N-F-L Syrtis Σύρτις (L, σῦρτις), -εως, accusative -ιν, ἡ,
Syrtis, the name of two large sand-banks on the Libyan coast: Act.27:17.†
(AS) G4951 G4951 = G4951 σύρω surō G:V to drag σύρω
[in LXX: 4Ki.17:13 (סָחַב), 4Ma.6:1, al. ;]
to draw, drag: with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.21:8, Rev.12:4; with accusative of person(s), of taking to trial or punish­ment, Act.8:3; ἔξω τ. πόλεως, Act.14:19; ἐπὶ τ. πολιτάρχας (cf. 4Mac, l.with), Act.17:6 (cf. κατα-ούρω).†
(AS) G4952 G4952 = G4952 συσπαράσσω susparassō G:V to convulse συ-σπαράσσω
to convulse completely: with accusative of person(s), Mrk.9:20, Luk.9:42 (cf. σπαράσσω).†
(AS) G4953 G4953 = G4953 σύσσημον sussēmon G:N-N an agreed signal σύσ-σημον (T, συν-), -ου, τό
(σῆμα), [in LXX: Jdg.20:38, 40 (מַשְׂאֵת), Isa.5:26 49:22 62:10 (נֵס) * ;]
a fixed sign or signal: Mrk.14:44. (Strab., Plut., al.; condemned by Atticists, see Rutherford, NPhr., 492 f.) †
(AS) G4954 G4954 = G4954 σύσσωμος sussōmos G:A of the same body σύν-σωμος (Rec. συσσ-), -ον
(σῶμα),
of the same body: Eph.3:6 (Eccl.).†
(AS) G4955 G4955 = G4955 συστασιαστής sustasiastēs G:N-M insurrectionist στασιαστής
(στασιάζω, to stir up sedition, Jdth.7:15, 2Ma.4:30 2Mac 14:6 *)
= Att.. στασιώτης,
a rebel, revolutionist, one who stirs up sedition: Mrk.15:7 (FlJ, al.).†
συ-στασιαστής, -οῦ, ὁ,
a fellow-rioter: Mrk.15:7, Rec.†
(AS) G4956 G4956 = G4956 συστατικός sustatikos G:A recommended συ-στατικός (Tr. συν-), -ή, -όν
(συνίστημι),
__1. for putting together, constructive.
__2. for bringing together, introductory, commendatory: ἐπιστολή (Arist., Diog. L., al.; and see MM, xxiv), 2Co.3:1.†
(AS) G4957 G4957 = G4957 συσταυρόομαι sustauroomai G:V to crucify with συν-σταυρόω (Rec. συσ-), -ῶ,
to crucify together with: pass., with dative, Jhn.19:32; id. before σύν, Mat.27:44, Mrk.15:32. Metaphorical, of the mystical death of the Christian with Christ: Rom.6:6, Gal.2:20 (Eccl.).†
(AS) G4958 G4958 = G4958 συστέλλω sustellō G:V to wrap up συν-στέλλω
(Rec. συσ-), [in LXX: Jdg.8:28 11:33 (כָּנַע ni.), Sir.4:31, al. ;]
__1. to draw together, contract, shorten: of time, 1Co.7:29.
__2. to wrap up: of enshrouding a body for burial (Eur.), with accusative, Act.5:6.†
(AS) G4959 G4959 = G4959 συστενάζω sustenazō G:V to groan with συν-στενάζω (Rec. συσ-),
to groan together or with: Rom.8:22 (with dative of person(s), Eur., Ion., 935).†
(AS) G4960 G4960 = G4960 συστοιχέω sustoicheō G:V to correspond to συν-στοιχέω (Rec. συσ-), -ῶ,
to stand in the same rank or line (Polyb). Metaphorical, to correspond to: Gal.4:25 (see Lft., in l).†
(AS) G4961 G4961 = G4961 συστρατιώτης sustratiōtēs G:N-M fellow soldier συν-στρατιώτης (Rec. συσ-), -ου, ὁ
a fellow-soldier (Plat., Xen., al.). Metaphorical, of fellowship in Christian service: Php.2:25, Phm 2 .†
(AS) G4962 G4962 = G4962 συστρέφω sustrephō G:V to gather συ-στέφω
[in LXX chiefly for קָשַׁר ;]
__1. to twist together: with accusative of thing(s), Act.28:3.
__2. Pass., of persons, to gather themselves together: Mat.17:22 (WH, R, mg.).†
(AS) G4963 G4963 = G4963 συστροφή sustrophē G:N-F commotion/plot συ-στροφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(συστρέφω), [in LXX: Rom.4:19 13:12 (צָרַר); σ. ποιεῖσθαι, Amo.7:10 (קָשַׁר), etc. ;]
__1. a twisting together (Plat.).
__2. a concourse, a riotous gathering (Polyb.): Act.19:40; σ. ποιεῖσθαι (Am, l.with), to make a compact (RV, banded themselves together): Act.23:12.†
(AS) G4964 G4964 = G4964 συσχηματίζω suschēmatizō G:V to conform to συν-σχηματιζω (Rec. συσ-),
(σχῆμα),
to conform to (Arist.). Pass., to be conformed to, conform oneself to: Rom.12:2, 1Pe.1:14.†
(AS) G4965 G4965 = G4965 Συχάρ Suchar N:N--L Sychar Συχάρ
(Ε, Σιχάρ), indecl., ἡ
Sychar, a town of Samaria: Jhn.4:5.†
(AS) G4966 G4966 = the Greek of H7927G Συχέμ Suchem N:N--L Shechem Συχέμ indecl. (Heb. שְׁכֶם),
Shechem;
__1. the son of Hamor (Gen.33:19): Act.7:16 b, Rec.
__2. A city of Samaria (AV, Sychem; in LXX also sometimes Σίκιμα, -ων, as in FlJ): Act.7:16 a,b.†
(AS) G4967 G4967 = G4967 σφαγή sphagē G:N-F slaughter σφαγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(σφάζω), [in LXX for טָבַח, הֲרֵגָה, etc. ;]
slaughter: Act.8:32 (LXX); πρόβατα σφαγῆς, Rom.8:36 (LXX); ἡμέρα σφαγῆς, Jas.5:5.†
(AS) G4968 G4968 = G4968 σφάγιον sphagion G:N-N sacrificial victim σφάγιον, -ου, τό
(σφαγή), [in LXX: Amo.5:25 (זֶבַח), Eze.21:10, 15 21:28 (טֶבַח), Lev.22:23 (נְדָבָה) * ;]
a victim for slaughter: Act.7:42 (LXX).†
(AS) G4969 G4969 = G4969 σφάζω sphazō G:V to slaughter σφάζω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁחַט ;]
to slay, slaughter (esp. of victims for sacrifice): ἀρνίον, Rev.5:6, 12 13:8; of persons, 1Jn.3:12, Rev.5:9 6:4, 9 18:24; ἐσφαγμένη εἰς θάνατον (RV, smitten unto death), Rev.13:3 (cf. κατα-σφάζω).†
(AS) G4970 G4970 = G4970 σφόδρα sphodra G:ADV very σφόδρα adv. (prop. neut. of σφοδρός, excessive, violent)
[in LXX chiefly for מְאֹד ;]
very, very much, exceedingly: with verbs, Mat.17:6, 23 18:31 19:25 26:22 27:54, Act.6:7; with adjectives, Mat.2:10, Mrk.16:4, Luk.18:23, Rev.16:21.†
(AS) G4971 G4971 = G4971 σφοδρῶς sphodrōs G:ADV violently σφοδρῶς
adv.,
exceedingly: Act.27:18.†
(AS) G4972 G4972 = G4972 σφραγίζω sphragizō G:V to seal σφραγίζω
[in LXX chiefly for חָתַם (Deu.32:34, al.), also for סָתַם (Da TH Dan.8:26) ;]
to seal,
__(a) for security: Mat.27:66, Rev.20:3; τ. καρπὸν τοῦτον, figuratively (cf. Deiss., BS, 238 f.; MM, xxiv; DB, iv, 427a), Rom.15:28;
__(b) for concealment, hence, metaphorically, to hide (Da TH Dan.9:24, Jhn.14:17): Rev.10:4 22:10;
__(with) for distinction, Rev.7:3-8; metaphorically, Eph.4:30; mid., 2Co.1:22;
__(d) for authentication (Est.8:8): Jhn.3:33 6:27 (cf. κατα-σφραγίζω).†
(AS) G4973 G4973 = G4973 σφραγίς sphragis G:N-F seal σφραγίς, -ῖδος, ἡ
[in LXX: Exo.28:11, al. (חוֹתָם) Exo.35:22 (חָח), Sir.17:22, al. ;]
__1. a seal, signet: Rev.7:2.
__2. The impression of a seal or signet, a seal (on its various purposes, see: σφραγίζω): on a book or roll, Rev.5:1-2, 5 5:9 6:1, 3 6:5, 7 6:9, 12 8:1; metaphorically, Rom.4:11, 1Co.9:2, 2Ti.2:19, Rev.9:4.†
(AS) G4974 G4974 = G4974 σφυρόν sphuron G:N-N ankle σφυρόν, -οῦ, τό,
[in LXX: Job.41:21 (לָהַט) * ;]
the ankle: Act.3:7, Rec. (T, WH, σφυδρόν; see Bl., § 6, 8).†
(AS) G4975 G4975 = G4975 σχεδόν schedon G:ADV nearly σχέδον
adv. (ἔχω), [in LXX: 2Ma.5:2, 3Ma.5:14 3Mac 5:45 * ;]
__1. of place, near.
__2. Of degree, almost, nearly: Act.13:44 19:26, Heb.9:22.†
(AS) G4976 G4976 = G4976 σχῆμα schēma G:N-N form σχῆμα, -τος, τό
(ἔχω), [in LXX: Isa.3:17 (פֹּת) * ;]
figure, fashion: 1Co.7:31, Php.2:8.†
SYN.: see: μορφή (AS) G4977 G4977 = G4977 σχίζω schizō G:V to split σχίζω
[in LXX chiefly for בָּקַע ;]
to cleave, rend: Mat.27:51, Mrk.1:10 15:38, Luk.5:36 23:45, Jhn.19:24 21:11; metaphorically, in pass., to be divided into factions, Act.14:4 23:7.†
(AS) G4978 G4978 = G4978 σχίσμα schisma G:N-N split σχίσμα, -τος, τό
(σχίζω),
a rent (Arist., al.): Mat.9:16, Mrk.2:21. Metaphorical, a dissension, division: Jhn.7:43 9:16 10:19, 1Co.1:10 11:18 12:25.†
SYN.: see: αἵρεσις (AS) G4979 G4979 = G4979 σχοινίον schoinion G:N-N rope σχοινίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of σχοῖνος, a rush),
[in LXX chiefly for a rope (prop., one made of rushes): Jhn.2:15, Act.27:32.†
(AS) G4980 G4980 = G4980 σχολάζω scholazō G:V be devoted/empty σχολάζω
(σχολή), [in LXX: Exo.5:8, 17, Psa.46:10 (רָפָה ni., hi.) * ;]
to be at leisure, hence, to have time or opportunity for, to devote oneself to, be occupied in: 1Co.7:5; of things, to be unoccupied, empty (Plut., Eur., al.): οἶκος, Mat.12:44, Luk.11:25 (T [WH], R, om.).†
(AS) G4981 G4981 = G4981 σχολή scholē G:N-F lecture hall σχολή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Gen.33:14 (κατὰ σ., אַט), Pro.28:19, Sir.38:24 * ;]
__1. leisure.
__2. Later (from Plato on),
__(a) that for which leisure is employed, a disputation, lecture;
__(b) the place where lectures are delivered, a school: Act.19:9 (for the later sense of employment, see MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G4982 G4982 = G4982 σῴζω sōzō G:V to save σώζω (on the more accurate σῴζω, see WH, Intr., §410; Bl., §3, 1-3),
[in LXX chiefly for ישׁע hi., also for מלט ni., נצל ni., etc. ;]
to save from peril, injury or suffering: Mat.8:25, Mrk.13:20, Luk.23:35, al.; τ. ψυχήν, Mat.16:25, al.; before ἐκ, Jhn.12:27, Heb.5:7, Ju 5; of healing, restoring to health: Mat.9:22, Mrk.5:34, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual disease and death, in which sense it is "spoken of in Scripture as either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption, grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Rom.8:24, Eph.2:5, 8 2Ti.1:9, Tit.3:5; (2) Act.2:47, 1Co.1:18, 15:2, 2Co.2:15; (3) Mat.10:22, Rom.13:11, Php.2:12, Heb.9:28" (Vau. on Rom.5:9). Seq. ἀπό, Mat.1:21, Act.2:40, Rom.5:9; ἐκ, Jas.5:20, Ju 23 (cf. Cremer, 532ff.).
(AS) G4983 G4983 = G4983 σῶμα sōma G:N-N body σῶμα, -τος, τό,
[in LXX for גְּוִיָּה ,בָּשָׂר, etc., and for Aram. נְבֵלָה ;]
a body.
__1. Prop., of the human body,
__(a) as always in Hom. (opposite to δέμας), of the dead body: Mat.27:58, 59 Mrk.15:43, al.;
__(b) of the living body: Luk.11:34, 1Co.6:13, al.; ἐν σ. εἶναι, Heb.13:3; as the instrument of the soul, τὰ διὰ τοῦ σ., 2Co.5:10; opposite to πνεῦμα, Rom.8:10, 1Co.5:3 7:4, Jas.2:26; to ψυχή, Mat.6:25 10:28, Luk.12:22 (cf. Wis.1:1, al.); to τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ., 1Th.5:23; σ. ψυχικόν, opposite to σ. πνευματικόν, 1Co.15:44; ὁ ναὸς τοῦ σ. αὐτοῦ (genitive epexeg.), Jhn.2:21; τὸ σ. τ. ταπεινώσεως (Hebraistic "genitive of definition"; M, Pr., 73f.; Bl., §35, 5), opposite to τὸ σ. τ. δοξῆς αὐτοῦ, Php.3:21; similarly, τὸ σ. τ. σαρκός, Col.1:22; σ. τοῦ θανάτου (subject to death), Rom.7:24; σ. τ. ἁμαρτίας, Rom.6:6;
__(with) periphr., ἀνθρώπου, then absol., σῶμα (Soph., Xen., al.), a person, and in later writers (Polyb., al.), a slave: Rev.18:13 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss., BS, 160).
__2. Of the bodies of animals: living, Jas.3:3; dead, Heb.13:11 ( Exo.29:14, al.).
__3. Of inanimate objects (cf. Eng. "heavenly bodies"): 1Co.15:37, 38 40 (Diod., al.).
__4. Of any corporeal substance (Plat., al.): opposite to σκιά, Col.2:17. Metaphorical, of a number of persons united by a common bond; in NT, of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Rom.12:5, 1Co.10:16, 17 12:13, 27, Eph.1:23 2:16 4:4, 12, 16 5:23, 30, Col.1:18, 24 2:19 3:15; ἓν σ. κ. ἓν πνεῦμα, Eph.4:4.
(AS) G4984 G4984 = G4984 σωματικός sōmatikos G:A bodily σωματικός, -ή, -όν
(σῶμα), [in LXX: 4Ma.1:32 4Mac 3:1 * ;]
__(a) of or for the body, bodily: γυμνασία, 1Ti.4:8;
__(b) (opposite to ἀσώματος) bodily, corporeal: εἶδος, Luk.3:22.†
(AS) G4985 G4985 = G4985 σωματικῶς sōmatikōs G:ADV bodily σωματικῶς
adv.,
bodily, corporeally: Col.2:9 (see ICC, Lft., in l).†
(AS) G4986 G4986 = G4986 Σώπατρος Sōpatros N:N-M-P Sopater Σώπατρος, -ου, ὁ
Sopater: Act.20:4.†
(AS) G4987 G4987 = G4987 σωρεύω sōreuō G:V to pile up σωρεύω
[in LXX: Pro.25:22 (חָתָה), Jdth.15:11 * ;]
__(a) to heap on: with accusative before ἐπί with accusative, Rom.12:20 (LXX) (Arist., al.);
__(b) to heap with: with accusative and dative, metaphorically, ἁμαρτίαις, 2Ti.3:6 (overwhelmed with, Field, Notes, 217) (Polyb.).†
(AS) G4988 G4988 = G4988 Σωσθένης Sōsthenēs N:N-M-P Sosthenes Σωσθένης, -ου, ὁ
Sosthenes;
__(a) a Jewish ruler: Act.18:7;
__(b) a Christian: 1Co.1:1.†
(AS) G4989 G4989 = a Name of G4986 Σωσίπατρος Sōsipatros N:N-M-P Sosipater Σωσίπατρος, -ου, ὁ
Sosipater: Rom.16:21.†
(AS) G4990 G4990 = G4990 σωτήρ sōtēr G:N-M savior σωτήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ
(σώζω), [in LXX for יָשַׁע and cognate forms ;]
saviour, deliverer, preserver, a frequently epithet of kings in the Ptolemaic and Rom. periods (Deiss., BS, 83; LAE, 368 f.; MM, xxiv), in NT,
__(a) of God (as LXX: Psa.24:5, Isa.12:2, al.): Luk.1:47, 1Ti.1:1 2:3 4:10, Tit.1:3 2:10 3:4, Ju 25;
__(b) of Christ: Luk.2:11, Act.5:31 13:23, Php.3:20; τ. κόσμου, Jhn.4:42, 1Jn.4:14 (for the general use of the word, see Westc., in l); ἡμῶν, 2Ti.1:10, Tit.1:4 3:6; θεὸς (κύριος) καὶ σ. (see Deiss., LAE, 348.4; M, Pr., 84), Tit.2:13, 2Pe.1:1 1:11 2:20 3:2 3:18; σ. τοῦ σώματος (i.e. of the Church; see: σῶμα, 5), Eph.5:23.†
(AS) G4991 G4991 = G4991 σωτηρία sōtēria G:N-F salvation σωτηρία, -ας, ἡ
(σωτήρ), [in LXX for יֶשַׁע, יְשׁוּעָה, תְּשׁוּעָה, פְּלֵיטָה, etc. ;]
deliverance, preservation, salvation, safety (Lat. salus): Act.7:25 27:34, Heb.11:7; ἐξ ἐχθρῶν, Luk.1:71. In NT esp. of Messianic and spiritual salvation (see: σώζω): Luk.19:9, Jhn.4:22, Act.4:12 13:47, Rom.11:11, 2Th.2:13, 2Ti.3:15, Heb.2:3 6:9, 2Pe.3:15, Ju 3; opposite to ἀπηώλεια, Php.1:28; αἰώνιος-., Heb.5:9; ὁ λόγος (τὸ εὐαγγέλιον) τῆς σ., Act.13:26, Eph.1:13; ὁδὸς σωτηρίας, Act.16:17; κέρας σωτηρίας, Luk.1:69; ἡμέρα σωτηρίας, 2Co.6:2 (LXX); κατεργάζεσθαι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σ., Php.2:12; κληρονομεῖν σ., Heb.1:14; ὁ ἀρχηγὸς τῆς σ., Heb.2:10; εἰς σ., Rom.1:16 10:1, 10, 1Pe.2:2; σ. as a present possession (see: σώζω), Luk.1:77, 2Co.1:6 7:10, Php.1:19, 2Ti.2:10; as more fully realized in the future: Rom.13:11, 1Th.5:8-9, Heb.9:28, 1Pe.1:5 1:9-10, Rev.7:10 12:10 19:1.†
(AS) G4992 G4992 = a Form of G4991 σωτήριον sōtērion G:N-N saving σωτήριος, -ον
(σωτήρ), [in LXX for יְשׁוּעָה, שֶׁלֶם, etc. ;]
saving, bringing salvation, in NT always in spiritual sense (see: σώζω, σωτηρία): ἡ χάρις ἡ σ., Tit.2:1. Neut., -τὸ σ., as subst. (cl.), salvation: Luk.2:30; τ. σ. τ. θεοῦ, Luk.3:6, Act.28:28; περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σ., Eph.6:17.†
(AS) G4993 G4993 = G4993 σωφρονέω sōphroneō G:V be of sound mind σωφρονέω, -ῶ
(σώφρων),
__(a) to be of sound mind or in one's right mind: Mrk.5:15, Luk.8:35; opposite to ἐκστῆναι, 2Co.5:13 (Hdt.);
__(b) to be temperate, discreet, self-controlled (opposite to μαίνεσθαι, ὑβρίζειν, etc.; sch., Thuc., al.): Tit.2:6; opposite to ὑπερφρονεῖν, Rom.12:3; σ. καὶ νήφειν, 1Pe.4:7.†
(AS) G4994 G4994 = G4994 σωφρονίζω sōphronizō G:V to train σωφρονίζω
[in Aq.: Isa.38:16 * ;]
to make σώφρων, recall one to his senses, control (RV, train): with accusative of person(s), Tit.2:4.†
(AS) G4995 G4995 = G4995 σωφρονισμός sōphronismos G:N-M self-discipline σωφρονισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(σωφρονίζω),
__(a) an admonishing (F1J, Plut., al.);
__(b) self-control, self-discipline: 2Ti.1:7 (on the reflexive meaning here, see Ellic., in l).†
(AS) G4996 G4996 = G4996 σωφρόνως sōphronōs G:ADV in self-control σωφρόνως
adv., [in LXX: Wis.9:11 * ;]
with sound mind, prudently, soberly: Tit.2:12.†
(AS) G4997 G4997 = G4997 σωφροσύνη sōphrosunē G:N-F mental soundness σωφροσύνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Est.3:13, Wis.8:7, 2Ma.4:37, 4Ma.6:1-35 * ;]
__(a) soundness of mind, good sense, sanity (opposite to μανία, Xen.): Act.26:25;
__(b) self-control, sobriety: 1Ti.2:9 (see Tr., Syn., § xx), 1Ti.2:15.†
(AS) G4998 G4998 = G4998 σώφρων sōphrōn G:A self-controlled σώφρων, -ον
[in LXX: 4Ma.9:1-32 * ;]
__(a) of sound mind, sane, sensible;
__(b) self-controlled, sober-minded: 1Ti.3:2, Tit.1:8 2:2, 5 (Arist.).†
(AS) G4999 G4999 = a Part of G5140 Ταβέρναι Tabernai N:N-F-L Taverns ταβέρνη
(Lat. taberna), see: Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι.
Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι
(see: ταβέρνη),
Three Taverns (Lit. Tres Tabernae) a halting place on the Appian Way: Act.28:15 (see DB, iv, 690).†
(AS) G5000 G5000 = G5000 Ταβιθά Tabitha N:N-F-P Tabitha Ταβειθά (Rec. Ταβιθά), ἡ (Aram. טַבְיְתָא or טְבִיתָא),
Tabitha: Act.9:36, 40 (cf. Δορκάς).†
(AS) G5001 G5001 = G5001 τάγμα tagma G:N-N order τάγμα, -τος, τό
(τάσσω), [in LXX chiefly for דֶּגֶל, also for חַי, רַגְלִי ;]
that which has been arranged or placed in order; esp. as military term, a company, troop, division, rank: metaphorically, 1Co.15:23 (see ICC, in l).†
(AS) G5002 G5002 = G5002 τακτός taktos G:A appointed τακτός, -ή, -όν
(τάσσω), [in LXX: Job.12:5 (שַׁאֲנָן) * ;]
ordered, fixed, stated: ἡμέρα, Act.12:21,†
(AS) G5003 G5003 = G5003 ταλαιπωρέω talaipōreō G:V to grieve ταλαιπωρέω, -ῶ
(ταλαίπωρος), [in LXX Chiefly for שָׁדַד pu. ;]
__1. to do hard labour, suffer hardship or distress: Jas.4:9.
__2. In cl. occasionally trans., to weary, distress (so Psa.17:9, Isa.33:1).†
(AS) G5004 G5004 = G5004 ταλαιπωρία talaipōria G:N-F misery ταλαιπωρία, -ας, ἡ
(ταλαίπωρος) [in LXX chiefly for שֹׁד ;]
__1. hard work (Hippocr.).
__2. hardship, suffering, distress: Rom.3:16 (LXX) pl., Jas.5:1 (see B1., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153).
(Hdt., Thuc., al.; and cf. MM, xxiv.)†
(AS) G5005 G5005 = G5005 ταλαίπωρος talaipōros G:A wretched ταλαίωρος, -ον
[in LXX: Psa.137:8 (שָׁדַד), Isa.33:1 (ποιεῖν τ., שָׁדַד), Tob.13:10, Wis.3:11, al. ;]
distressed, miserable, wretched: Rom.7:24, Rev.3:17.†
(AS) G5006 G5006 = G5006 ταλαντιαῖος talantiaios G:A weighing a talent ταλαντιαῖος, -α, -ον
(τάλαντον),
__(a) worth a talent;
__(b) of a talent's weight: Rev.16:21.†
(AS) G5007 G5007 = G5007 τάλαντον talanton G:N-N talent τάλαντομ, -ον, τ
[in LXX for כִּכָּר ;]
__1. a balance (Hom.).
__2. that which is weighed, a talent;
__(a) a talent in weight (in Horn. always of gold);
__(b) a sum of money, whether gold or silver, equivalent to a talent in weight (see DB, iii, 418 ff.): Mat.18:24 25:15 ff.†
(AS) G5008 G5008 = G5008 ταλιθά talitha A:N girl ταλειθά (Rec. ταλιθά), (Aram. טְלִיתָא, see Dalman, Gr., 150),
talitha, i.e. maiden: Mrk.5:41.†
(AS) G5009 G5009 = G5009 ταμεῖον tameion G:N-N inner room ταμεῖον
(late syncopated form of cl. ταμιεῖον; see M, Pr., 44 f.; Bl., § 6, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 63 ff.; Deiss., BS, 182 f.), -ον, τό, [in LXX chiefly for חֶדֶר ;]
__1. a treasury (Thuc., al).
__2. a store-chamber (Arist., Xen.; Deu.28:8): Luk.12:24.
__3. an inner chamber (Xen., Hell., v, 4, 5 Isa.26:20, al.): Mat.6:6 24:26, Luk.12:3.†
(AS) G5010 G5010 = G5010 τάξις taxis G:N-F order τάξις, -εως, ἡ
(τάσσω), [in LXX: Job.38:12 (מָקוֹם), Psa.110:4 (דִּבְרָה), 2Ma.9:18, al. ;]
__1. an arranging, hence, in military sense, disposition of an army, battle array (Thuc., al.).
__2. arrangement, order (Plat., al): Luk.1:8.
__3. due order: Col.2:5 (ICC, in l); κατὰ τάξιν, 1Co.14:40.
__4. office, order (for exx., see MM, xxiv): Heb.5:6 (LXX), Heb.5:6 6:20 7:11, 17" (LXX) .†
(AS) G5011 G5011 = G5011 ταπεινός tapeinos G:A lowly ταπεινός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for שָׁפָל, עָנִי, etc. ;]
low-lying; metaphorically,
__(a) lowly, of low degree, brought low: Jas.1:9, 2Co.7:6 (cf. Sir.25:23); οἱ τ., opposite to δυνάσται, Luk.1:52; τ. ταπεινοῖς (neut., R, txt.; masc., R, mg.; see ICC, in l), Rom.12:16;
__(b) lowly in spirit, humble, in cl. usually in a slighting sense (see Tr., Syn., § xlii; but see also Abbott, Essays, 81), in NT in an honourable sense: 2Co.10:1; before τ. καρδίᾳ, Mat.11:29 (cf. Psa.34:19); opposite to ὑπερήφανος, Jas.4:6, 1Pe.5:5" (LXX) .†
(AS) G5012 G5012 = G5012 ταπεινοφροσύνη tapeinophrosunē G:N-F humility ταπεινοφροσύνη, -ης, ἡ
(ταπεινόφρων)
lowliness of mind, humility: Act.20:19, Eph.4:2, Php.2:3, Col.3:12, 1Pe.5:5; of a false humility, Col.2:18, 23 (rare outside of NT, but found in bad sense in FlJ, BJ, iv, 9, 2; also in Epictet., see Tr., Syn., § xlii).†
(AS) G5013 G5013 = G5013 ταπεινόω tapeinoō G:V to humble ταπεινόω, -ῶ
(ταπεινός), [in LXX chiefly for עָנָה, also for שָׁפֵל, כָּנַע, etc. ;]
to make low: ὄρος (βουνόν), Luk.3:5 (LXX). Metaphorical, to humble, abase: Mat.18:4 23:12, Luk.14:11 18:14, 2Co.11:7 12:21, Php.2:8; pass., Mat.23:12, Luk.14:11 18:14, Php.4:12; id. with mid. sense, Jas.4:10, 1Pe.5:6.†
(AS) G5014 G5014 = G5014 ταπείνωσις tapeinōsis G:N-F lowliness ταπείνωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ταπεινόω), [in LXX chiefly for עֳנִי ;]
abasement, humiliation, low estate: Luk.1:48, Act.8:33" (LXX), Php.3:21, Jas.1:10 (Plat., Arist., and later writers).†
(AS) G5015 G5015 = G5015 ταράσσω tarassō G:V to trouble ταράσσω
[in LXX for בָּהַל, רָגַז, etc., forty-six words in all ;]
to disturb, trouble, stir up: primarily in physical sense (Hom., Eur.): τ. ὕδωρ, Jhn.1:5 [4], Jhn.1:7. Metaphorical, of the mind (Æsch., Plat., al.), to trouble, disquiet, perplex: Act.15:24, Gal.1:7 5:10; ἑαυτόν (troubled himself; Westc., in l), Jhn.11:33; of a crowd, to stir up, Act.17:8, 13; pass., Mat.2:3 14:26, Mrk.6:50, Luk.1:12 24:38, Jhn.12:27 (Psa.6:4) Psa.14:1, 7, 1Pe.3:14" (LXX) ; τ. πνεύματι, Jhn.13:21 (cf. δια-, ἐκ-ταράσσω)
(AS) G5016 G5016 = G5016 ταραχή tarachē G:N-F disturbance ταραχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ταράσσω), [in LXX for חָלָה, מְהוּמָה, etc. ;]
trouble, disturbance: τ. ὕδατος, Jhn.1:5 [4]. In pl. (as in cl.), tumults: Mrk.13:8, Rec.†
(AS) G5017 G5017 = G5017 τάραχος tarachos G:N-M disturbance τάραχος, -ου, ὁ
(ταράσσω), [in LXX for מְהוּמָה, etc. ;]
later form of ταραχή (Xen., al.; see Thackeray, Gr., 159): Act.12:18 19:23.†
(AS) G5018 G5018 = a Group member of G5019 Ταρσεύς Tarseus N:N-M-L of Tarsus Ταρσεύς, -έως, ὁ
(Ταρσός),
of Tarsus: Act.9:11 21:39.†
(AS) G5019 G5019 = G5019 Ταρσός Tarsos N:N-F-L Tarsus Ταρσός, -oῦ
Tarsus, a city of Cilicia: Act.9:30 11:25 22:3.†
(AS) G5020 G5020 = G5020 ταρταρόω tartaroō G:V hell: Tartarus ταρταρόω, -ῶ
(Τάρταρος, a Greek name for the underworld, esp. the abode of the damned),
to cast into hell: 2Pe.2:4 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G5021 G5021 = G5021 τάσσω tassō G:V to appoint τάσσω
[in LXX chiefly for שׂוּם, also for צָוָה pi., נָתַן, etc. ;]
primarily, in military sense, then generally, to draw up in order, arrange in place, assign, appoint, order: with dative (accusative) and inf. (Bl., § 72, 5), Act.15:2 18:2 (διατ-, WH) Act.22:10; ἑαυτούς, 1Co.16:15; pass., Mat.8:9 (T [WH], R, txt., om.), Luk.7:8, Rom.13:1; ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (perh. in mid. sense; see EGT and Page, in l), Act.13:48; mid., to appoint for oneself or by one's own authority, Mat.28:16, Act.28:23.†
(AS) G5022 G5022 = G5022 ταῦρος tauros G:N-M bull ταῦρος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוֹר ;]
a bull: Mat.22:4, Act.14:13, Heb.9:13 10:4.†
(AS) G5023 G5023 = a Form of G3778 ταῦτα tauta G:D this οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5024 G5024 = a Combination of G0846 (G3588+G0846) ταὐτά tauta G:ADV thus thus, in the same way G5025 G5025 = a Form of G3778 ταύταις tautais G:PRT hence hence, (to or with or by, etc.) these G5026 G5026 = a Form of G3778 ταύτῃ tautē G:D her - (towards or of) this G5027 G5027 = G5027 ταφή taphē G:N-F burial (place) ταφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(θάπτω), [in LXX chiefly for קָבַר and cognate forms ;]
burial: Mat.27:7 (Hdt., al.; for other meanings, see LS, see word, Deiss., BS, 355 f., MM xxiv).†
(AS) G5028 G5028 = G5028 τάφος taphos G:N-M grave τάφος, -ου, ὁ
(θάντω), [in LXX chiefly for קֶבֶר ;]
__1. a burial (Hom., al.).
__2. a grave, tomb (Res., Hdt., al.): Mat.23:27, 29 27:61, 64 27:66 28:1, Rom.3:13" (LXX) .†
(AS) G5029 G5029 = G5029 τάχα tacha G:ADV perhaps τάχα
(ταχύς),
adv., [in LXX: Wis.13:6 14:19 * ;]
__(a) (chiefly poët.), quickly, presently;
__(b) perhaps: Rom.5:7, Phm 15.†
(AS) G5030 G5030 = G5030 ταχέως tacheōs G:ADV soon ταχέως
(ταχύς)
adv., [in LXX chiefly for מְהֵרָה and cognate forms ;]
quickly, hastily: Luk.14:21 16:6, Jhn.11:31, 1Co.4:19, Php.2:19, 24, 2Ti.4:9; with suggestion of rashness, Gal.1:6, 2Th.2:2, 1Ti.5:22.†
(AS) G5031 G5031 = G5031 ταχινός tachinos G:A quick ταχινός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Pro.1:16, Hab.1:6, Isa.59:7 (מָהַר), Wis.13:2, Sir.11:22 18:26 * ;]
poët. and late for ταχύς, swift: of swift approach, 2Pe.1:14 2:1.†
(AS) G5032 G5032 = G5032 τάχιον tachion G:ADV-C quicker τάχειον, see: ταχύ.
ταχύ
(neut. of ταχύς),
adv., [in LXX chiefly for מָהַר pi. ;]
quickly, speedily, forthwith: Mat.5:25 28:7-8, Mrk.9:39, Luk.15:22, Jhn.11:29, Rev.2:16 3:11 11:14 22:7, 12 22:2 o. Compar., τάχειον (T, Rec. τάχιον), = cl. θᾶσσον, θᾶττον (Att..), (see Bl., § 44, 3): Jhn.13:27 20:4, 1Ti.3:14 (T, Rec.), Heb.13:19, 23 Superl., τάχιστα: ὡς τ., as quickly as possible (BL, § 11, 3), Act.17:15.†
(AS) G5033 G5033 = a Form of G5036 τάχιστα tachista G:ADV-S quickest τάχιστα, see: ταχύ.
ταχύ
(neut. of ταχύς),
adv., [in LXX chiefly for מָהַר pi. ;]
quickly, speedily, forthwith: Mat.5:25 28:7-8, Mrk.9:39, Luk.15:22, Jhn.11:29, Rev.2:16 3:11 11:14 22:7, 12 22:2 o. Compar., τάχειον (T, Rec. τάχιον), = cl. θᾶσσον, θᾶττον (Att..), (see Bl., § 44, 3): Jhn.13:27 20:4, 1Ti.3:14 (T, Rec.), Heb.13:19, 23 Superl., τάχιστα: ὡς τ., as quickly as possible (BL, § 11, 3), Act.17:15.†
(AS) G5034 G5034 = G5034 τάχος tachos G:N-N speed τάχος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for parts and derivatives of מָהַר ;]
swiftness, speed. Adverbially, ἐν τ. (ταχέως), quickly, speedily, soon: Luk.18:8, Act.12:7 22:18 25:4, Rom.16:20, 1Ti.3:14, Rev.1:1 22:6.†
(AS) G5035 G5035 = G5035 ταχύ tachu G:ADV quickly ταχύ
(neut. of ταχύς),
adv., [in LXX chiefly for מָהַר pi. ;]
quickly, speedily, forthwith: Mat.5:25 28:7-8, Mrk.9:39, Luk.15:22, Jhn.11:29, Rev.2:16 3:11 11:14 22:7, 12 22:2 o. Compar., τάχειον (T, Rec. τάχιον), = cl. θᾶσσον, θᾶττον (Att..), (see Bl., § 44, 3): Jhn.13:27 20:4, 1Ti.3:14 (T, Rec.), Heb.13:19, 23 Superl., τάχιστα: ὡς τ., as quickly as possible (BL, § 11, 3), Act.17:15.†
(AS) G5036 G5036 = G5036 ταχύς tachus G:A quick ταχύς, -εῖα, -ύ
[in LXX chiefly for מָהַר pi. ;]
quick, swift, speedy: opposite to βραδύς, Ja 119.†
(AS) G5037 G5037 = G5037 τε te G:CONJ and/both τέ,
enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = and, ac, atque, not very frequently in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac.
__1. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (BL, §77, 8): Mat.28:12, Jhn.4:42, Act.2:33, 37 40 10:22 11:21, al.
__2. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ . . . καί, τὲ καί, τὲ . . . τέ (Act.26:16 Rom.14:8), as well . . . as also, both . . . and: Luk.12:45, Act.1:1 15:9, 21:30, al.; τὲ . . . δέ, and . . . and, Act.19:2; τὲ γάρ . . . ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Rom.1:26, 27.
(AS) G5038 G5038 = G5038 τεῖχος teichos G:N-N wall τεῖχος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for חוֹמָה ;]
a wall, esp. that about a town: Act.9:25, 2Co.11:33, Heb.11:30, Rev.21:12-19 †
(AS) G5039 G5039 = G5039 τεκμήριον tekmērion G:N-N clear proof τεκμήριον, -ου, τό
(τέκμαρ, a mark, sign), [in LXX: Wis.5:4 19:13, 3Ma.3:24 * ;]
a sure sign, a positive proof: Act.1:1-26 (for exx., see MM, xxiv).†
SYN.: ἔνδειγμα, q.v (AS) G5040 G5040 = G5040 τεκνίον teknion G:N-N children τεκνίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of τέκνον),
a little child: as a term of endearment, in voc. pl., Jhn.13:33, Gal.4:19, 1Jn.2:1 Jn 2:12 Jn 2:28 Jn 3:7 Jn 3:13 Jn 4:4 Jn 5:21.†
(AS) G5041 G5041 = G5041 τεκνογονέω teknogoneō G:V to have children τεκνογονέω, -ῶ
to beget or bear children: 1Ti.5:14 (Anthol.).†
(AS) G5042 G5042 = G5042 τεκνογονία teknogonia G:N-F childbearing τεκνογονία, -ας, ἡ,
child-bearing: 1Ti.2:15 (Arist.).†
(AS) G5043 G5043 = G5043 τέκνον teknon G:N-N child τέκνον, -ου, τό
(τίκτω), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן, also for יֶלֶד, etc. ;]
that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn), a child of either sex: Mrk.13:12, Luk.1:7, Act.7:5; pl., Mat.7:11, Mrk.7:27, Luk.1:17, Eph.6:1, al.; τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας, Rom.9:8; τ. τῆς σαρκός, ib.; in a wider sense (as Heb. בָּנִים), of posterity, Mat.2:18, Luk.3:8, al.; specif., of a male child, Mat.21:28, Act.21:21, a,l.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mat.9:2 21:28, Mrk.2:5, Luk.2:48; τ. μου (= cl. τ. μοι; see Bl., §37, 5), Gal.4:19 (τεκνία, WH, txt.), 2Ti.2:1. Metaphorical,
__(a) of disciples (apart from direct address, see supr.): Phm 10, 1Ti.1:2, Tit.1:4, 3Jo.4;
__(b) with reference to the Fatherhood of God (see: πατήρ, γεννάω), τέκνα τ. θεοῦ (cf. Isa.30:1, Wis.16:21): Rom.8:16, Eph.5:1, Php.2:15; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120), Jhn.1:12, 1Jn.3:1 al.;
__(with) of those who imitate others and are therefore regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, Jhn.8:39, Rom.9:7, 1Pe.3:6; τ. διαβόλου, 1Jn.3:10;
__(d) as in Heb. (LXX, Jol.2:23, Psa.149:2, 1Ma.1:38), of the inhabitants of a city: Mat.23:37, Luk.13:34 19:44, Gal.4:25;
__(e) with an adjectival genitive, frequently rendering a Heb. expression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (see Deiss., BS, 161ff.): τέκνα φωτός, Eph.5:8; τ. ὑπακοῆς, 1Pe.1:14; κατάρας, 2Pe.2:14; ὀργῆς, Eph.2:3.
SYN.: see: παῖς. (AS) G5044 G5044 = G5044 τεκνοτροφέω teknotropheō G:V to raise children τεκνο-τροφέω, -ῶ
to rear young (of bees, Arist.),
to bring up children: 1Ti.5:10.†
(AS) G5045 G5045 = G5045 τέκτων tektōn G:N-M craftsman τέκτων, -ονος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for חָרָשׁ ;]
an artificer in wood, stone or metal, but esp. a carpenter (see MM, xxiv): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3.†
(AS) G5046 G5046 = G5046 τέλειος teleios G:A perfect τέλειος, -α, -ον
(τέλος), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁלֵם, תָּמִים and cogn. forms ;]
having reached its end, finished, mature, complete, perfect;
__1. of persons, primarily of physical development,
__(a) full-grown, mature: Heb.5:14; ethically: Php.3:15; opposite to νήπιος (-άζειν), 1Co.2:6 14:20, Eph.4:13; τ. καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι, Col.4:12; τ. ἐν Χριστῷ, Col.1:28;
__(b) complete, perfect (expressing the simple idea of complete goodness, without reference either to maturity or to the philosophical idea of a τέλος; see Hort on Jas.1:4): Mat.5:48 19:21, Jas.1:4 3:2; of God, Mat.5:48.
__2. Of things, complete, perfect: Rom.12:2; ἔργον, Jas.1:4; νόμος, Jas.1:25; δώρημα, Jas.1:17; ἀγάπη, 1Jn.4:18; τὸ τ., 1Co.13:10; compar., τελειοτέρα (σκηνή), Heb.9:11.
(There is probably no reference in St. Paul's usage to the use of this term in the ancient mysteries; cf. ICC on Col.1:28; but see also Lft., in l, and Notes, 173 f.) †
SYN.: see: ὁλόκληρος (and cf. Rendall, He., 158 ff.) (AS) G5047 G5047 = G5047 τελειότης teleiotēs G:N-F perfection τελειότης, -ητος, ἡ
(τέλειος), [in LXX: Jdg.9:16, 19 (תָּמִים), Pro.11:3 (תֻּמָּה), Wis.6:15 12:17, Jer.2:2 * ;]
perfection, completeness: Col.3:14, Heb.6:1
(AS) G5048 G5048 = G5048 τελειόω teleioō G:V to perfect τελειόω, -ῶ
(τέλειος), [in LXX: Exo.29:9, Lev.4:5, al. (τ. χεῖρ מָלֵא pi.), 2Ki.22:26, al. (תָּמַם), Wis.4:13, al. (cf. Westc., He., 64) ;]
__1. bring to an end, finish, accomplish, fulfil: Jhn.4:34, Act.20:24; of time, Luk.2:43, Jhn.5:36 17:4; pass., ἡ γραφή, Jhn.19:28.
__2. to bring to maturity or completeness, to complete, perfect;
__(a) of things: Heb.7:19, Jas.2:22, 1Jn.2:5 Jn 4:12 Jn 4:17 :
__(b) of persons, in ethical and spiritual sense: Heb.2:10 9:9 10:1, 14; pass., Luk.13:32, Jhn.17:23, Php.3:12, Heb.5:9 7:28 11:40 12:23, 1Jn.4:18 (for a different view of the meaning in Heb.2:10, al., see Rendall, in l).†
(AS) G5049 G5049 = G5049 τελείως teleiōs G:ADV completely τελείως
(τέλειος),
adv., [in LXX: Jdth.11:6, 2Ma.12:42, 3Ma.3:26 3Mac 7:22, R* ;]
completely, perfectly: 1Pe.1:13.†
(AS) G5050 G5050 = G5050 τελείωσις teleiōsis G:N-F perfection τελείωσις, -εως, ἡ
(τελειόω), [in LXX chiefly for מִלֻּא, Exo.29:22, al. ;]
fulfilment, completion, perfection: Luk.1:45, Heb.7:11.†
(AS) G5051 G5051 = G5051 τελειωτής teleiōtēs G:N-M finisher τελειωτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(τελειόω),
a consummator, finisher: Heb.12:2 (nowhere else).†
(AS) G5052 G5052 = G5052 τελεσφορέω telesphoreō G:V to mature τελεσφορέω, -ῶ
(τέλος, φέρω) [in LXX: 4Ma.13:20 * ;]
__(a) of plants, to bring fruit to perfection (Theophr.): Luk.8:14
__(b) of females, to bear perfect offspring (Artemid.; 4Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G5053 G5053 = G5053 τελευτάω teleutaō G:V to decease τελευτάω, -ῶ
(τελευτή), [in LXX chiefly for מוּת ;]
__1. trans., to complete, finish; esp. τ. τ. αἰῶνα, τ. βίον, to complete life, to die (Æsch., Hdt., al.).
__2. Intrans., to come to an end, hence, to die (Hdt., al.): Mat.2:19 9:18 22:25, Mrk.9:48, Luk.7:2, Jhn.11:39, Act.2:29 7:15, Heb.11:22; Hebraistically, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω (מוּת, Exo.21:17), Mat.15:4, Mrk.7:10" (LXX) .†
(AS) G5054 G5054 = G5054 τελευτή teleutē G:N-F death τελευτή, -ῆς, ἡ
(τελέω), [in LXX chiefly for מוּת, מָוֶת ;]
__1. a finishing.
__2. an end: τ. βίου (Hdt., al.): also without βίου, the end of life, death (Hdt., Plat., al.): Mat.2:15.†
(AS) G5055 G5055 = G5055 τελέω teleō G:V to finish τελέω, -ῶ
(τέλος), [in LXX for כָּלָה, pi., etc. ;]
__1. to bring to an end, complete, finish: τ. δρόμον, 2Ti.4:7; τ. λόγους, Mat.7:28 19:1 26:1; τ. παραβολάς, Mat.13:53; τ. πόλεις, Mat.10:23; pass., Rev.15:8 20:3, 5 20:7; with ptcp., Mat.11:1.
__2. to execute, perform, complete, fulfil: Luk.2:39, Act.13:29, Rom.2:27, 2Co.12:9, Gal.5:16, Jas.2:8, Rev.11:7; pass., Luk.12:50 18:31 22:37, Jhn.19:28, 30, Rev.10:7 15:1 17:17.
__3. to pay (frequently in cl.): Mat.17:24, Rom.13:6
(cf. ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-τελέω).†
(AS) G5056 G5056 = G5056 τέλος telos G:N-N goal/tax τέλος, -ους, τό
[in LXX for קֵץ, etc.; εἰς τὸ τ., chiefly for נֶצַח and cognate forms ;]
__1. end: most frequently of the termination or limit of an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. τελευτή), Luk.1:33, 1Co.10:11, 2Co.3:13, 1Pe.4:7; by meton., of one who makes an end, Rom.10:4; ἕως (ἄχρι, μέκρι) τέλους, 1Co.1:8, 2Co.1:13, Heb.3:14 6:11, Rev.2:26; εἰς τ., to or at the end, Mat.10:22, Mrk.13:13, Luk.18:5, Jhn.13:1 (or here, to the uttermost, see Westc., in l); τ. ἔχειν, Luk.22:37; adverbially, τὸ δὲ τέλος, finally, 1Pe.3:8; of the last in a series, Rev.21:6 22:13; of the issue, fate or destiny, Mat.26:58; with genitive of thing(s), Rom.6:21, al.; with genitive of person(s), 2Co.11:13, al.; of the aim or purpose, 1Ti.1:5.
__2. toll, custom, revenue: Rom.13:7; pl., as most usually, Mat.17:25
(AS) G5057 G5057 = G5057 τελώνης telōnēs G:N-M tax collector τελώνης, -ου, ὁ
(τέλος, ὠνέομαι)
__1. a farmer of taxes (Let. publicanus).
__2. A subordinate of the former, who collected taxes or tolls in a particular district, a tax-gatherer (EV, publican): Mat.5:46 10:3, Luk.3:12 5:27, 29 7:29 18:10-11, 13; pl., τ. κ. ἁμαρτωλοί, Mat.9:10-11 11:19, Mrk.2:15-16, Luk.5:30 7:34 15:1; τ. κ. πόρναι, Mat.21:31-32; ὁ ἐθνικὸς κ. ὁ τ., Mat.18:17 (cf. DB, iv, 172; ext., 394 f.; MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G5058 G5058 = G5058 τελώνιον telōnion G:N-N tax booth τελώνιον, -ου, τό
(τελώνης),
a custom house (so in MGr.), tollhouse, place of toll: Mat.9:9, Mrk.2:14, Luk.5:27.†
(AS) G5059 G5059 = G5059 τέρας teras G:N-N wonders τέρας, -ατος, τό
[in LXX chiefly for מוֹפֵת ;]
a wonder, marvel: in NT always pl., τ. κ. σημεῖα, Mat.24:24, al. (see: σημεῖον)
(AS) G5060 G5060 = G5060 Τέρτιος Tertios N:N-M-P Tertius Τέρτιος, -ου, ὁ
Tertius: Rom.16:22.†
(AS) G5061 G5061 = G5061 Τέρτυλλος Tertullos N:N-M-P Tertullus Τέρτυλλος, -ου, ό
Tertullus: Act.2:1-2.†
(AS) G5062 G5062 = G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarakonta G:A-NUI forty τεσσεράκοντα (Rec. τεσσαρ-, v, WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 45 f.; Thackeray, Gr., 62 f., 73 f.), οἱ, αἱ, τά, indecl.,
forty: Mat.4:2, Mrk.1:13, Luk.4:2, Jhn.2:20, Act.1:3, al
(AS) G5063 G5063 = G5063 τεσσαρακονταετής tessarakontaetēs G:A forty years τεσσερακονταετίς
(Τ, -έτης; Rec. τεσσαρ-, see supr.), -ές
of forty years, forty years old: Act.7:23 13:18.†
(AS) G5064 G5064 = G5064 τέσσαρες tessares G:A four τέσσαρες
(and Ion. and late -ερεν, and late accusative -εν; see WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 36, 45 f.), οἱ, αἱ, -αρα, τά, genitive, -ων,
four: Mat.24:31, Mrk.2:3, Luk.2:37, Jhn.11:17 19:23, Act.10:11, Rev.4:4, 6, al
(AS) G5065 G5065 = G5065 τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος tessareskaidekatos G:A fourteenth τεσσαρεσ-και-δέκατος, -η, -ον
fourteenth: Act.27:27, 33.†
(AS) G5066 G5066 = G5066 τεταρταῖος tetartaios G:A fourth τεταρταῖος, -α, -ον
(τέταρτος), [in LXX: 2Ki.3:4 A (רְבִיעִי) * ;]
of or on the fourth day: τ. εἶναι (Hdt., τ. γενέσθαι), to be four days dead, Jhn.11:39.†
(AS) G5067 G5067 = G5067 τέταρτος tetartos G:A fourth τέταρτος, -η, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for רְבִיעִי ;]
fourth: Mat.14:25, Mrk.6:48, Act.10:30, Rev.4:7 6:7-8 8:12 16:8 21:19.†
(AS) G5068 G5068 = G5068 τετράγωνος tetragōnos G:A square τετράγωνος, -ον
(τετρα-, see supr., + γωνία), [in LXX for רָבַע and cogn. forms ;]
square: Rev.21:16 (Hdt., Plat., al.).†
(AS) G5069 G5069 = G5069 τετράδιον tetradion G:N-N squad of four τετράδιον, ου, τό
a quarternion, a group of four: στρατιωτῶν, Act.12:4 (Philo).
(AS) G5070 G5070 = G5070 τετρακισχίλιοι tetrakischilioi G:A four thousand τετρακισ-χίλιοι, -αι, -α
four thousand: Mat.15:38 16:10, Mrk.8:9, 20, Act.21:38.†
(AS) G5071 G5071 = G5071 τετρακόσιοι tetrakosioi G:A four hundred τετρακόσιοι, -αι, -α,
four hundred: Act.5:36 7:6" (LXX) 13:20, Gal.3:17.†
(AS) G5072 G5072 = G5072 τετράμηνος tetramēnos G:A four months τετράμηνος, -ον
[in LXX (neut.): Jdg.19:2 A Jdg.20:47 A (עַרְבָּעָה חֳדָשִׁים ) * ;]
of four months, four months; as subst., τ. (sc. ὥρα, but neut. in Rec.), Jhn.4:35 (Thuc., al.).†
(AS) G5073 G5073 = G5073 τετραπλόος tetraploos G:A fourfold τετρα-πλόος, -η, -ον (-οῦς, -ῆ, -οῦν)
fourfold: Luk.19:8.†
(AS) G5074 G5074 = G5074 τετράπους tetrapous G:A four-footed τετρά-πους, -ουν
[in LXX chiefly for בְּהֵמָה ;]
four-footed: of beasts, neut. pl., Act.10:12 11:6, Rom.1:23.†
(AS) G5075 G5075 = G5075 τετραρχέω tetrarcheō G:V be a tetrarch τετρααρχέω (Rec. τετραρχ-; see WH, App., 145), -ῶ
(τετραάρχης),
to be tetrarch: with genitive, Luk.3:1 (FlJ, BJ, iii, 10, 7).†
(AS) G5076 G5076 = G5076 τετράρχης tetrarchēs G:N-M tetrarch τετραάρχης (Rec. τετράρχης, see supr.), -ου, ὁ
(τετρα- in corp. = τέτορα, Doric for τέσσαρα, + ἄρχω),
a tetrarch, i.e.
__(a) prop., the governor of a fourth part of a region (Strab.);
__(b) any petty ruler (Plut.); in NT, of Herod Antipas: Mat.14:1, Luk.3:19 9:7, Act.13:1.†
(AS) G5077 G5077 = G5077 τεφρόω tephroō G:V to turn to ashes τεφρόω, -ῶ
(τέφρα, ashes; Wis.2:3, al.),
to burn to ashes: 2Pe.2:6.†
(AS) G5078 G5078 = G5078 τέχνη technē G:N-F skill τέχνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for חׇכְמָה, מַעֲשֶׂה, עֲבֹדָה ;]
art, craft, trade: Act.17:29 18:3, Rev.18:22 (WH, R, mg., om.).†
(AS) G5079 G5079 = G5079 τεχνίτης technitēs G:N-M craftsman τεχνίτης, -ου, ὁ
(τέχνη), [in LXX for חָרָשׁ, etc. ;]
a craftsman, artificer: Act.19:24, 38, Rev.18:22; of God (Wis.13:1), Heb.11:10.†
SYN.: δημιουργός, which see, and cf. Tr., Syn., § cv (AS) G5080 G5080 = G5080 τήκω tēkō G:V to melt τήκω
[in LXX for מָסַס ni., מָקַק ni., מוּג ni., etc. ;]
trans.,
to melt, melt down; pass., to melt, melt away: 2Pe.3:12.†
(AS) G5081 G5081 = G5081 τηλαυγῶς tēlaugōs G:ADV clearly τηλαυγῶς
adv. (τῆλε, afar, + αὐγή, radiance), poët. and in late prose,
at a distance clearly: Mrk.8:25 (W, mg., δηλαυγῶς).†
(AS) G5082 G5082 = G5082 τηλικοῦτος tēlikoutos G:D so great τηλικοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτο
(altern. of τηλικόσδε, -ήδε, -όνδε, strength­ened form of τηλίκος), [in LXX: 2Ma.12:3, 3Ma.3:9, 4Ma.16:4 * ;]
__1. of persons,
__(a) of such an age, so old;
__(b) so young.
__2. Of things, so great: 2Co.1:10, Heb.2:3, Jas.3:4, Rev.16:18.†
(AS) G5083 G5083G = G5083G τηρέω tēreō G:V to keep: observe τηρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for שָׁמַר, נָצַר, etc. ;]
__1. to watch over, guard, keep, preserve: Mat.27:36, Act.16:23, al.; ἑαυτόν, 2Co.11:9, 1Ti.5:22, Jas.1:27, Ju 21; before εἰς, Jhn.12:7, Act.25:21, 1Pe.1:4, 2Pe.2:4 2:9 3:7, Ju 6; ἐν, Jhn.17:11-12, Ju 21; ἐκ, Jhn.17:15, Rev.3:10; τ. πίστιν, 2Ti.4:7, Rev.14:12; τ. ἑνότητα τ. πνεύματος, Eph.4:3.
__2. to watch, give heed to, observe: τ. σάββατον, Jhn.9:16; τ. ἐντολήν (-άς), Mat.19:17, Jhn.14:15 15:10, 1Ti.6:14, 1Jn.2:3-4 Jn 3:22 Jn 3:24 Jn 5:3, Rev.12:17 14:12; τ. λόγον (-ους), Jhn.8:51-52, 55 14:23-24 15:20 17:6, 1Jn.2:5, Rev.3:8, 10 22:7, 9; τ. νόμον, Act.15:5, Jas.2:10; τ. παράδοσιν, Mrk.7:9; τ. ἔργα, Rev.2:26; τ. γεγραμμένα, Rev.1:3 (cf. δια-, παρα-, συν-τηρέω)
SYN.: φυλάσσω, implying custody and protection: τ. expresses the idea of watchful care and "may mark the result of which φ. is the means" (Thayer see word) (AS) G5083 G5083H = a Meaning of G5083G τηρέω tēreō G:V to keep: guard τηρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for שָׁמַר, נָצַר, etc. ;]
__1. to watch over, guard, keep, preserve: Mat.27:36, Act.16:23, al.; ἑαυτόν, 2Co.11:9, 1Ti.5:22, Jas.1:27, Ju 21; before εἰς, Jhn.12:7, Act.25:21, 1Pe.1:4, 2Pe.2:4 2:9 3:7, Ju 6; ἐν, Jhn.17:11-12, Ju 21; ἐκ, Jhn.17:15, Rev.3:10; τ. πίστιν, 2Ti.4:7, Rev.14:12; τ. ἑνότητα τ. πνεύματος, Eph.4:3.
__2. to watch, give heed to, observe: τ. σάββατον, Jhn.9:16; τ. ἐντολήν (-άς), Mat.19:17, Jhn.14:15 15:10, 1Ti.6:14, 1Jn.2:3-4 Jn 3:22 Jn 3:24 Jn 5:3, Rev.12:17 14:12; τ. λόγον (-ους), Jhn.8:51-52, 55 14:23-24 15:20 17:6, 1Jn.2:5, Rev.3:8, 10 22:7, 9; τ. νόμον, Act.15:5, Jas.2:10; τ. παράδοσιν, Mrk.7:9; τ. ἔργα, Rev.2:26; τ. γεγραμμένα, Rev.1:3 (cf. δια-, παρα-, συν-τηρέω)
SYN.: φυλάσσω, implying custody and protection: τ. expresses the idea of watchful care and "may mark the result of which φ. is the means" (Thayer see word) (AS) G5083 G5083I = a Meaning of G5083G τηρέω tēreō G:V to keep: protect τηρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX for שָׁמַר, נָצַר, etc. ;]
__1. to watch over, guard, keep, preserve: Mat.27:36, Act.16:23, al.; ἑαυτόν, 2Co.11:9, 1Ti.5:22, Jas.1:27, Ju 21; before εἰς, Jhn.12:7, Act.25:21, 1Pe.1:4, 2Pe.2:4 2:9 3:7, Ju 6; ἐν, Jhn.17:11-12, Ju 21; ἐκ, Jhn.17:15, Rev.3:10; τ. πίστιν, 2Ti.4:7, Rev.14:12; τ. ἑνότητα τ. πνεύματος, Eph.4:3.
__2. to watch, give heed to, observe: τ. σάββατον, Jhn.9:16; τ. ἐντολήν (-άς), Mat.19:17, Jhn.14:15 15:10, 1Ti.6:14, 1Jn.2:3-4 Jn 3:22 Jn 3:24 Jn 5:3, Rev.12:17 14:12; τ. λόγον (-ους), Jhn.8:51-52, 55 14:23-24 15:20 17:6, 1Jn.2:5, Rev.3:8, 10 22:7, 9; τ. νόμον, Act.15:5, Jas.2:10; τ. παράδοσιν, Mrk.7:9; τ. ἔργα, Rev.2:26; τ. γεγραμμένα, Rev.1:3 (cf. δια-, παρα-, συν-τηρέω)
SYN.: φυλάσσω, implying custody and protection: τ. expresses the idea of watchful care and "may mark the result of which φ. is the means" (Thayer see word) (AS) G5084 G5084 = G5084 τήρησις tērēsis G:N-F jail/keeping τήρησις, -εως, ἡ
(τηρέω), [in LXX: Wis.6:18, (Sir.32:23), 1Ma.5:18, 2Ma.3:40, 3Ma.5:44 * ;]
__1. a watching, hence, imprisonment, ward (see Deiss., BS, 267): Act.4:3 5:18.
__2. a keeping: τ. ἐντολῶν (cf. Sir, Wis, ll. with, and see Westc. on 1Jn.2:3.), 1Co.7:19.†
(AS) G5085 G5085G = a Name of H3672G Τιβεριάς Tiberias N:N-F-L (Sea of) Tiberias Τιβεριάς, -άδος, ἡ
(Τιβέριος),
Tiberias, a city of Galilee: Jhn.6:23, Jhn.6:1 21:1 (cf Γεννησσαρέτ, Γαλιλαία).†
(AS) G5085 G5085H = the Greek of H7557 Τιβεριάς Tiberias N:N-F-L Tiberias Τιβεριάς, -άδος, ἡ
(Τιβέριος),
Tiberias, a city of Galilee: Jhn.6:23, Jhn.6:1 21:1 (cf Γεννησσαρέτ, Γαλιλαία).†
(AS) G5086 G5086 = G5086 Τιβέριος Tiberios N:N-M-P Tiberius Τιβέριος, -ου, ὁ,
the Emperor Tiberius: Luk.3:1.†
(AS) G5087 G5087 = G5087 τίθημι tithēmi G:V to place τίθημι,
[in LXX for שִׁית ,נתן ,שׂוּם, etc. ;]
__1. causative of κεῖμαι,
__(a) to place, lay, set: Luk.6:48, Rom.9:33, al.; of laying the dead to rest, Mrk.15:47, Luk.23:55, Jhn.11:34, Act.7:16, al.; before ἐπί, with genitive, Luk.8:16, Jhn.19:19, al.; id. with accusative, Mrk.4:21, 2Co.3:13, al.; ὑπό, Mat.5:15, al.; παρά, Act.4:35, 37. Mid., to have put or placed, to place for oneself: of putting in prison, Act.4:3, 5:18, 25, al.; of giving counsel, βουλήν, Act.27:12; of laying up in one's heart, Luk.1:66 21:14 ( 1Ki.21:12);
__(b) to put down, lay down: of bending the knees, τ. γόνατα, to kneel, Mrk.15:19, Act.7:60, al.; of putting off garments, Jhn.13:4; of laying down life, τ. ψυχήν, Jhn.10:11, 15 17, 18 13:37, 38 15:13, 1Jn.3:16; of laying by money, παρ ̓ ἑαυτῷ, 1Co.16:2; of setting on food, Jhn.2:10; metaphorically, of setting forth an idea in symbolism, Mrk.4:30.
__2. to set, fix, establish: ὑπόδειγμα, 2Pe.2:6.
__3. to make, appoint: Mat.22:44, Mrk.12:36, Luk.20:43, Act.2:35, Rom.4:17, al. Mid., to make, set or appoint for oneself: Act.20:28, 1Co.12:28, 1Th.5:9, 1Ti.1:12, al.; before ἵνα, Jhn.15:16 (cf . ἀνα-, προσ-ανα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἀντι-δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-επι-, κατα-, συν-κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-τίθημι).
(AS) G5088 G5088 = G5088 τίκτω tiktō G:V to give birth to τίκτω
[in LXX chiefly for יָלַד ;]
prop., of parents,
to beget, bring forth, but esp. the latter, and so always in NT: absol., Luk.1:57 2:6, Jhn.16:21, Gal.4:27" (LXX) (see M, Pr., 127), Rev.12:2, 4; υἱόν, Mat.1:21, 23 1:25 Luk.1:31 2:7, Rev.12:5, 13; pass., Mat.2:2, Luk.2:11. Metaphorical, of the earth, βοτάνην, Heb.6:7 (Æsch., al.); of lust, ἁμαρτίαν, Jas.1:15.†
(AS) G5089 G5089 = G5089 τίλλω tillō G:V to pluck τίλλω
[in LXX: Est.9:3, Isa.18:7, Dan LXX 7:4 (מָרַט) * ;]
to pluck, pluck off: στάχυας, Mat.12:1, Mrk.2:23, Luk.6:1.†
(AS) G5090 G5090 = G5090 Τιμαῖος Timaios N:N-M-P Timaeus Τιμαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Aram. טִימַי (?), see Zorell, see word),
Timæus: Mrk.10:46.†
(AS) G5091 G5091 = G5091 τιμάω timaō G:V to honor τιμάω, -ῶ
(τιμή), [in LXX for כָּבַד pi., עָרַךְ hi., etc. ;]
__1. to fix the value, price: with accusative of person(s), of Christ, Mat.27:9 (LXX).
__2. to honour: with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:4 (LXX), Mat.15:5, 8" (LXX) Mat.19:19 (LXX), Mrk.7:6, 10 10:19, Luk.18:28" (LXX), Jhn.5:23 8:49 12:26, Eph.6:2" (LXX), 1Ti.5:3, 1Pe.2:17; πολλαῖς τιμαῖς, Act.28:10.†
(AS) G5092 G5092 = G5092 τιμή timē G:N-F honor τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for עֵרֶךְ, יְקָר, etc. ;]
a valuing, hence, objectively;
__1. a price paid or received: with genitive of person(s), Mat.27:9; with genitive of thing(s), Act.5:2-3; pl., Act.4:34 19:19; τ. αἵματος, Mat.27:6; ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς, 1Co.6:20 7:23; ὠνεῖσθαι τιμῆς ἀργυρίου, Act.7:16.
__2. esteem, honour: Rom.12:10 13:7, 1Co.12:23, 1Ti.5:17 6:1, Heb.5:4, 1Pe.2:7 (R, txt., preciousness, cf. Hort, in l), 1Pe.3:7; τ. διδόναι, 1Co.12:24; ἔχειν, Jhn.4:44, Heb.3:3; τ. καὶ δόξα (δ. κ. τ.), Rom.2:7, 10, 1Ti.1:17, Heb.2:7" (LXX), Heb.2:9, 1Pe.1:7, 2Pe.1:17, Rev.4:9, 11 5:12-13 7:12 21:26; τ. καὶ κράτος, 1Ti.6:16; εἰς τ., Rom.9:21, 2Ti.2:20-21; ἐν τ., Col.2:23; 1Th.4:4; by meton., of marks of honour, Act.28:10.†
(AS) G5093 G5093 = G5093 τίμιος timios G:A precious τίμιος, -α, -ον
(τιμή), [in LXX chiefly for יָקָר ;]
valued, hence,
__(a) precious, costly, highly valued: primarily, of money value, λίθος, Rev.17:4 18:12, 16 21:19; pl., 1Co.3:12; compar., -ώτεφος, 1Pe.1:7, Rec.; superl., -ώτατος, Rev.18:12 21:11; in extended sense, καρπός, Jas.5:7; αἷμα, 1Pe.1:19; ἐπαγγέλματα, 2Pe.1:4;
__(b) held in honour, honoured, esteemed worthy: with dative, Act.5:34; ὁ γάμος, Heb.13:4; ψυχή, Act.20:24 (where τ. is pleonastic, see Page, in l).†
(AS) G5094 G5094 = G5094 τιμιότης timiotēs G:N-F wealth τιμιότης, -ητος, ἡ
(τίμιος),
preciousness, worth: Rev.18:19 (cf. Hort on τιμή, 1Pe.2:7).†
(AS) G5095 G5095 = G5095 Τιμόθεος Timotheos N:N-M-P Timothy Τιμόθεος, -ου, ὁ
Timothy: Act.17:14-15 18:5, Rom.16:21, al.
(AS) G5096 G5096 = G5096 Τίμων Timōn N:N-M-P Timon Τίμων, -ωνος, ὁ
Timon: Act.6:5.†
(AS) G5097 G5097 = G5097 τιμωρέω timōreō G:V to punish τιμωρέω, -ῶ
(τιμή + οὖρος, a guardian) [in LXX: Eze.5:17 14:15 (שָׁכֹל pi), Wis.12:20 18:8, al. ;]
__1. to help.
__2. to avenge; mid., to avenge oneself on, punish (Hdt., Eur., al): act, in this sense, Act.22:5 26:11 (see MM, xxiv).†
(AS) G5098 G5098 = G5098 τιμωρία timōria G:N-F punishment τιμωρία, -ας, ἡ
(τιμωρέω), [in LXX: Pro.24:22 (פִּיד), etc. ;]
__1. help, assistance.
__2. vengeance, punishment: Heb.10:29.†
SYN.: κόλασις, which see, and cf. MM, xxiv (AS) G5099 G5099 = G5099 τίνω tinō G:V to pay τίνω
[in LXX: Pro.27:12 (τ. ζημίαν, for עָנַשׁ ni.), etc. ;]
to pay: t. δίκην (cf. Pr, l.with), to pay penalty, 2Th.1:9 (see M, Th., in l).†
(AS) G5100 G5100 = G5100 τις tis G:X one τις, neut., τι, genitive, τινός,
enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε.
__I. As subst.,
__1. one, a certain one: Luk.9:49, Jhn.11:1, Act.5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Luk.13:1, Act.15:1, Rom.3:8, al.
__2. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mat.12:29, Mrk.9:30, Luk.8:46, Jhn.2:25, Act.17:25, Rom.5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on), Mrk.8:4, Jhn.2:25, Rom.8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mrk.14:4, al.
__II. II. As adj.,
__1. a certain: Mat.18:12, Luk.1:5 8:27, Act.3:2, al.; with proper names, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26, al.; with genitive partit., Luk.7:19, al.
__2. some: Mrk.16:[8], Jhn.5:14, Act.17:21 24:24, Heb.11:40, al.
(AS) G5101 G5101 = G5101 τίς tis G:I which? τίς, neut., τί, genitive, τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה ,מִי ;] in masc. and fem.,
who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions.
__I. I. As subst.,
__1. 1. masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mat.3:7 26:68; Mrk.11:28, Luk.9:9, al. mult.; with genitive partit., Act.7:52, Heb.1:5, al; before ἐκ (= genitive partit.), Mat.6:27, Luk.14:28, Jhn.8:46; = ποῖος, Mrk.4:41 6:2, Luk.19:3, Act.17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mat.21:31 27:17, Luk.22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Act.13:25.
__2. Neut.: τί; what?, Mat.5:47 11:7, Mrk.10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, 1Jn.3:12; διὰ τί, Mat.9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mat.14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται), why, Mat.9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Rom.3:9 6:1, 15 1Co.14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Rom.3:3, Phi 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, see: ἔγω.
__II. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mat.5:46, Luk.14:31, Jhn.2:18, al.
__III. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mat.6:28, Mrk.4:40, Luk.6:46, Jhn.18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, 23 1Co.5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה), how (2Ki.6:20, Psa.3:2, al.), Luk.12:49.
(AS) G5102 G5102 = G5102 τίτλος titlos G:N-M title τίτλος, -ου, ὁ
(Lat. titulus), [in Aq., Sm., Th.: Jer.21:4 * ;]
a title, inscription: Jhn.19:19-20 (in Christian Inscr., epitaph, see MM. xxiv).†
(AS) G5103 G5103 = G5103 Τίτος Titos N:N-M-P Titus Τίτος, -ου, ὁ
Titus;
__1. St. Paul's disciple and companion: 2Co.2:13 7:6 7:13-14 8:6 8:16 8:23 12:18, Gal.2:1, 3, 2Ti.4:10, Tit.1:4, subscr., Rec. (Τῖτος).
__2. One surnamed Justus: Act.18:7, RV (T, WH, Τίτιος).†
(AS) G5104 G5104 = G5104 τοί toi G:PRT certainly 1. enclit. Particle, serving to express belief in an assertion, let me tell you, surely, verily , used to express an inference, then, consequently , (Homer); and in [variant datesTragica Adespota, to introduce a general sentiment.
2. to strengthen other Particles, γάρ τοι, ἤτοι, καίτοι, μέντοι, τοιγάρτοι, etc.: compare τἆρα, τἄν, μεντἄν. (ML) G5105 G5105 = G5105 τοιγαροῦν toigaroun G:CONJ therefore τοι-γαρ-οῦν
an inferential particle, [in LXX: Job.22:10 24:22, Sir.41:16, al. ;]
wherefore then, so therefore: 1Th.4:8, Heb.12:1 (Hat., Plat., al.).†
(AS) G5106 G5106 = G5106 τοίνυν toinun G:CONJ then τοί-νυν
an inferential particle, [in LXX: Isa.3:10 5:13 27:4, Wis.1:11 8:9, a1. * ;]
accordingly, therefore: as in cl., after the first word in a sentence, 1Co.9:26; accusative to later usage, at the beginning, Luk.20:25, Heb.13:13.†
(AS) G5107 G5107 = G5107 τοιόσδε toiosde G:D such as this antecedent to οἷος, as ἀοιδοῦ τοιοῦδ᾽ οἷος ὅδ᾽ ἐστί of such a minstrel as is this one, (Odyssey by Homer); absolute, ἀλλ᾽ ὅδ᾽ ἐγὼ τοιόσδε here am I such as you see , (Odyssey by Homer):—;also, so great, so noble, so bad , τοιάδε λαίφη such clothes, i. e. so bad , (Odyssey by Homer); τοσόσδε καὶ τοιόσδε (Herdotus Historicus):—;also with a qualifying word, τοιόσδ᾽ ἠμὲν δέμας ἠδὲ καὶ ἔργα such both in form and works, (Odyssey by Homer):—;with the Art., ὁ τ. ἀνήρ (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; οἱ τοιοίδε (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐν τῷ τοιῷδε in such circumstances, (Herdotus Historicus):—;the sense is made more indefinite in τοιόσδε τις such a one, (Thucydides):—;neuter plural τοιάδε as follows , τοιαῦτα as aforesaid , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G5108 G5108 = G5108 τοιοῦτος toioutos G:D such as this τοιοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτο
(as usually in Att.. prose. Ep. and Ion. neut. -οῦτον in Al., Act.21:25, Rec. only),
correlat. of οἷος, ὁποῖος, ὥς, etc.,
such as this, of such a kind, such: Mat.9:8 18:5, Mrk.4:33 6:2 7:13 9:37 (T, τούτων), Jhn.9:16, Act.16:24, 1Co.5:1 11:16, 2Co.3:4 3:12 12:3, Heb.7:26 8:1 12:3 13:16, Jas.4:16; οἷος . . . τ., 1Co.15:48, 2Co.10:11; id. pleonast. (see Bl., § 50, 4), Mrk.13:19; before ὁποῖος, Act.26:29; ὥς, Phm 9. As subst., anarth: pl., Luk.9:9; with art., ὁ τ., such a one (Bl., § 47, 9; Ellic. on Gal.5:21): Act.22:22, 1Co.5:5, al.; pl., Mat.19:14, Mrk.10:14, al.; neut. pl., Act.19:25, Rom.1:32, al
(AS) G5109 G5109 = G5109 τοῖχος toichos G:N-M wall τοῖχος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for קִיר ;]
a wall, esp. of a house: figuratively, Act.23:3 (cf. τεῖχος).†
(AS) G5110 G5110 = G5110 τόκος tokos G:N-M interest τόκος, -ου, ὁ
(τίκτω), [in LXX for נֶשֶׁךְ, etc. ;]
__(a) a bringing forth, birth;
__(b) offspring. Metaphorical, of the produce of money lent out, interest, usury (cf. Merch. of Venice, I, iii, "a breed of barren metal "): Mat.25:27, Luk.19:23 (Soph., Plat., al.).†
(AS) G5111 G5111 = G5111 τολμάω tolmaō G:V be bold τολμάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Job.15:12 (לָקַח), Est.1:18 7:5 (לֵב מָלֵא) Jdth.14:13, 2Ma.4:2, 3Ma.3:21 R, 4Ma.8:18 * ;]
to have courage, to venture, dare, be bold: absol, 2Co.11:21; before ἐπί, 2Co.10:2; with inf. (Bl., § 69, 4), Mat.22:46, Mrk.12:34, Luk.20:40, Jhn.21:12, Act.5:13 7:32, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:1, 2Co.10:12, Php.1:14, Ju 9; to submit to (in cl. usually absol. in this sense), Rom.5:7 (see Field, Notes, 155); τολμήσας εἰσῆλθεν, took courage and went in (see Field, op. cit., 44), Mrk.15:43 (cf. ἀπο-τολμάω).†
(AS) G5112 G5112 = G5112 τολμηρότερον tolmēroteron G:ADV-C more boldly τολμηρῶς
adv., (τολμηρός, bold, daring),
boldly: compar., -ότερως (T, Rec. -ότερον), Rom.15:15.†
(AS) G5113 G5113 = G5113 τολμητής tolmētēs G:N-M bold man τολμητής, -οῦ, ὁ
(τολμάω),
a bold, daring man: 2Pe.2:10 (Thuc.).†
(AS) G5114 G5114 = G5114 τομώτερος tomōteros G:A sharper τομός, -ή, -όν
(τέμνω),
sharp: compar., -ώτερος, metaphorically, Heb.4:12.†
(AS) G5115 G5115 = G5115 τόξον toxon G:N-N bow τόξον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for קֶשֶׁת ;]
a bow: Rev.6:2.†
(AS) G5116 G5116 = G5116 τοπάζιον topazion G:N-N topaz τοπάζιον, -ου, τό
(and τόπαζος, ὁ), [in LXX: Exo.28:17 35:17 (Exo.39:10), Job.28:19, Eze.28:13 (פִּטְדָה), Psa.119:127 (פָּז)* ;]
topaz: Rev.21:20 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G5117 G5117 = G5117 τόπος topos G:N-M place τόπος, -ου, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for מָקוֹם ;]
place: Luk.4:37 10:1, 32 Jhn.5:13 6:10, Act.12:17, 1Co.1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Isa.60:13), Mat.24:15; ἔρημος, Mat.14:13, al.; πεδινός, Luk.6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mat.12:43, Luk.11:24; κατὰ τόπος (BV, in divers places), Mat.24:7, Mrk.13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Act.27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (which see), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jhn.14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Rev.12:6; διδόναι, Luk.14:9; with genitive defin., τ. βασάνου, Luk.16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Act.7:49; κρανίου, Mat.27:33, Mrk.15:22, Jhn.19:17; before οὗ, Rom.9:26; ὅπου, Mat.28:6, Mrk.16:6, Jhn.4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jhn.11:6; ἐφ ̓ ᾧ, Act.7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Rev.2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mat.26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Act.1:25; of a place in a book, Luk.4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaphorical, of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Act.25:16, Rom.12:19 15:23, Eph.4:27 (cf. Sir.38:12).
SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, see word). (AS) G5118 G5118 = G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoutos G:K so great τοσοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτο
(Heb.7:22) and (elsewhere, as usually in Attic) -οῦτον, correlat. of ὅσος, of quantity, size, number, so great, so much, pl., so many: Mat.8:10 Luk.7:9, Heb.12:1, Rev.18:7, 16; of time, so long, χρόνος, Jhn.14:9, Heb.4:7; pl., Luk.15:29 (ἔτη), Jhn.12:37 21:11, 1Co.14:10; before ὥστε, Mat.15:33; absol.: pl., Jhn.6:9, Gal.3:4; of price, τοσούτου, Act.5:8; dative, τοσούτῳ κρείττων, Heb.1:4; τ. μᾶλλον ὅσῳ, Heb.10:25; καθ᾽ ὅσον . . . κατὰ τ., Heb.7:22.†
(AS) G5119 G5119 = G5119 τότε tote G:ADV then τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε,
then, at that time;
__(a) of concurrent events: Mat.2:17 3:5 and freq., Rom.6:21; before ptcp., Mat.2:16, Gal.4:8; opposite to νῦν, Gal.4:29, Heb.12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, 2Pe.3:6;
__(b) of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mat.2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Luk.11:26; τ. οὖν, Jhn.11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Act.17:14; ὅτε . . . τ., Mat.13:26 21:1, Jhn.12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mat.4:17 16:21 26:16, Luk.16:16;
__(with) of things future: Mat.24:28, 40 25:1, 31ff.; opposite to ἄρτι, 1Co.13:12; καὶ τ., Mat.7:23, Mrk.13:21, Luk.21:27, 1Co.4:5, al.; ὅταν . . . τ., Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, Luk.5:35, 1Th.5:3, al. (more frequently in Mt than in the rest of the NT).
(AS) G5120 G5120 = a Form of G3588 τοῦ tou G:D his - sometimes used for G5127; of this person G5121 G5121 = G5121 τοὐναντίον tounantion G:ADV instead τοὐναντίον
by crasis for τὸ ἐνανίον, neut. accusative, used adverbially, on the contrary, contrariwise: 2Co.2:7, Gal.2:7, 1Pe.3:9.†
(AS) G5122 G5122 = G5122 τοὔνομα tounoma G:N-N by name τοὔνομα
by crasis for τὸ ὄνομα, accusative absol.,
by name: Mat.27:57.†
(AS) G5123 G5123 = a Combination of G1510 (G5124+G2076) τουτέστι toutesti G:PRT that is that is
that is to say, by this we mean G5124 G5124 = a Form of G3778 τοῦτο touto G:D that οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5125 G5125 = a Form of G3778 τούτοις toutois G:D to these οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5126 G5126 = a Form of G3778 τοῦτον touton G:D this this (person, as objective of verb or preposition) G5127 G5127 = a Form of G3778 τούτου toutou G:D of this οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5128 G5128 = a Form of G3778 τούτους toutous G:D these οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5129 G5129 = a Form of G3778 τούτῳ toutō G:D to this οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5130 G5130 = a Form of G3778 τούτων toutōn G:D of these οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου,
[in LXX chiefly for זֹאת ,זֶה ;]
demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille),
this;
__1. as subst., this one, he;
__(a) absol.: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al.;
__(b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al.;
__(with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl., §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al.; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al.; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35;
__(d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν . . . τ. δέ (cl), partly . . . partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46.
__2. As adj., with subst.;
__(a) with art.
__(α) before the art.: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al.;
__(β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al.;
__(b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1.
(AS) G5131 G5131 = G5131 τράγος tragos G:N-M he-goat τράγος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for עַתּוּד, also for צָפִיר, תַּיִשׁ ;]
a he-goat: Heb.9:12-13, 19 10:4.†
(AS) G5132 G5132 = G5132 τράπεζα trapeza G:N-F table τράπεζα, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for שֻׁלְחָן, also for לֶחֶם, etc. ;]
__1. a table, dining-table: Mat.15:27, Mrk.7:28, Luk.16:21 19:23 22:21, 30; of the table of shewbread, Heb.9:2. By meton., of food provided (see DB, iv, 670 a): Act.16:34, Rom.11:9" (LXX) 1Co.10:21; διακονεῖν ταῖς τ., Act.6:2 (cf. Page, in l, but see infr.).
__2. A money-changer's table, a bank (Dem., Arist., al.): Mat.21:12, Mrk.11:15, Luk.19:23, Jhn.2:15; so also accusative to Dr. Field (Notes, 113), Act.6:2 (but see supr.).†
(AS) G5133 G5133 = G5133 τραπεζίτης trapezitēs G:N-M money lender τραπεζείτης (Rec. -ζίτης, as in cl.), -ου, ὁ
(τράπεζα),
a money­changer, banker: Mat.25:27 (Dem., Plut., al.).†
(AS) G5134 G5134 = G5134 τραῦμα trauma G:N-N wound τραῦμα, -τος, τό
[in LXX for פָּצַע, חָלַל, etc. ;]
a wowed: Luk.10:34.†
(AS) G5135 G5135 = G5135 τραυματίζω traumatizō G:V to wound τραυματίζω
(τραῦμα), [in LXX chiefly for חָלַל ;]
to wound: Luk.20:12, Act.19:16.†
(AS) G5136 G5136 = G5136 τραχηλίζω trachēlizō G:V to lay bare τραχηλίζω
(τράχηλος),
prop., of wrestlers,
to take by the throat, hence (Philo), to prostrate, overthrow. Metaphorical, but in what sense and from what age it is doubtful (see Westc., Rendall, on He, l.with; DB, iii, 625n), τραχηλισμένα, laid open (RV, Westc.; downcast, Rendall): Heb.4:13.†
(AS) G5137 G5137 = G5137 τράχηλος trachēlos G:N-M neck τράχηλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for צַוַּאר, also forעֹרֶף, etc. ;]
the neck: Mat.18:6, Mrk.9:42, Luk.17:2; ἐπιπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν τ., to embrace (Gen.46:29), Luk.15:20, Act.20:37. Metaphorical, ὑποθεῖναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τ. (for similar phrase in π., see Zorell, see word), Rom.16:4; ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τ., Act.15:10.†
(AS) G5138 G5138 = G5138 τραχύς trachus G:A rough τραχύς, -εῖα, -ύ
[in LXX: Isa.40:4 (רֶכֶס), etc. ;]
rough: ὁδοί (Is, l.with), Luk.3:5 (LXX); τοποί (i.e. rocky), Act.27:29.†
(AS) G5139 G5139 = G5139 Τραχωνῖτις Trachōnitis N:N-F-L Trachonitis Τραχωνῖτις, -ιδος, ἡ
(τραχύς)
Trachonitis, a rough region S. of Damascus (in FlJ, sometimes ἡ Τ., sometimes ό Τράχων): ἡ Τ. χώρα, Luk.3:1.†
(AS) G5140 G5140 = G5140 τρεῖς treis G:A Three τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά
three: Mat.12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mrk.10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)
Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι
(see: ταβέρνη),
Three Taverns (Lit. Tres Tabernae) a halting place on the Appian Way: Act.28:15 (see DB, iv, 690).†
(AS) G5141 G5141 = G5141 τρέμω tremō G:V to tremble τρέμω
to tremble, esp. with fear: Mrk.5:33, Luk.8:47; with ptcp. (in cl more frequently with inf.), 2Pe.2:10.†
(AS) G5142 G5142 = G5142 τρέφω trephō G:V to feed τρέφω
[in LXX for חָיָה hi., גָּדַל pi., אָכַל hi., etc. ;]
__1. to make to grow, bring up, rear (cl.; 1Ma.3:33 1Mac 11:39): Luk.4:16 (T, WH, mg., ἀνατ-)
__2. to nourish, feed: Mat.6:26 25:37, Luk.12:24, Act.12:20, Rev.12:6, 14; of a mother, to give suck, Luk.23:29; of animals, to fatten (Jer.26:21 (Jer.46:21), figuratively, Jas.5:5 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, ἐν-τρέφω).†
(AS) G5143 G5143 = G5143 τρέχω trechō G:V to run τρέχω
[in LXX chiefly for רוּץ ;]
to run: Mrk.5:6, Jhn.20:2, 4, 1Co.9:24 9:26; with inf., Mat.28:8; before ἐπί, Luk.24:12 [T [WH] R, mg., om.]; εἰς, Rev.9:9; ptcp., δραμών, with indic., Mat.27:48, Mrk.15:36, Luk.15:20. Metaphorical, from runners in a race, of swiftness or of effort to attain an end: Rom.9:16, Gal.2:2 5:7, Php.2:16; τ. ἀγῶνα (Hdt., Eur., al.), Heb.12:1; ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου (cf. Psa.147:4), ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λ. αὐτοῦ), 2Th.3:1 (cf. εἰς-, κατα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ἐπι-συν-, ὑπο-τρέχω)
δράμω, obsol., to run, see: τρέχω
(AS) G5144 G5144 = G5144 τριάκοντα triakonta G:A-NUI thirty τριάκοντα, ἱο, αἱ, τά indecl.
(τρεῖς),
thirty: Mat.13:8, al.
(AS) G5145 G5145 = G5145 τριακόσιοι triakosioi G:A three hundred τριακόσιοι, -αι, -α
three hundred: Mrk.14:5, Jhn.12:5.†
(AS) G5146 G5146 = G5146 τρίβολος tribolos G:N-M thistle τρίβολος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Gen.3:18, Hos.10:8 (דַּרְדַּר), 2Ki.12:31 (חָרִיץ), Pro.22:5 (צֵן)* ;]
a thistle: Mat.7:16, Heb.6:8.†
(AS) G5147 G5147 = G5147 τρίβος tribos G:N-F path τρίβος, -ου, -ἡ
(τρίβω), [in LXX for מְסִלָּה, נָתִיב, etc. ;]
a beaten track, a path: Mat.3:3, Mrk.1:3, Luk.3:4" (LXX) .†
(AS) G5148 G5148 = G5148 τριετία trietia G:N-F three years τριετία, -ας, ἡ
(τρεῖς, ἔτος),
a period of three years: Act.20:31.†
(AS) G5149 G5149 = G5149 τρίζω trizō G:V to gnash τρίζω
[in Aq.: Amo.2:13; Sm.: Isa.38:14 * ;]
__1. prop., of sounds by animals, to cry, chirp, etc.
__2. Of other sounds, e.g., trans., τ. ὀδόντας, to gnash or grind the teeth: Mrk.9:18.†
(AS) G5150 G5150 = G5150 τρίμηνος trimēnos G:N three months τρίμηνος, -ον
(τρεῖς, μήν) [in LXX (neut.): Gen.38:24, 4Ki.23:31 B 4Ki.24:8, 2Ch.36:2 36:9 (חֹדֶשׁ שָׁלוֹשׁ) * ;]
of three months; as subst., τὸ τ. (= cl. ἡ τ.), a space of three months (Polyb., al.; LXX): Heb.11:23.†
(AS) G5151 G5151 = G5151 τρίς tris G:ADV three times τρίς
(τρεῖς),
adv.,
thrice: Mat.26:34, 75, Mrk.14:30, 72 Luk.22:34, 61 Jhn.13:38, 2Co.11:25 12:8; ἐπὶ τ., Act.10:16 11:10.†
(AS) G5152 G5152 = G5152 τρίστεγος tristegos G:N-N third story τρίστεγος, -ον (τρεῖς, στέγη)
[in Sm.: Gen.6:17(16), Eze.42:6 * ;]
of three stories: τὸ τ. (sc. ὄκημα),
the third story, Act.20:9 (Dion., FlJ, al.).†
(AS) G5153 G5153 = G5153 τρισχίλιοι trischilioi G:A three thousand three thousand , (Iliad by Homer), etc. (ML) G5154 G5154 = G5154 τρίτος tritos G:A third τρίτος, -η, -ον
the third: Mat.22:26, Mrk.12:21 15:25, Luk.24:21, Act.2:15, al.; τῇ τ. ἡμέρᾳ (i.e. the next day but one: Xen., al.; see Field, Notes, 11 ff.), Mat.16:21, Luk.24:46, al.; substantively, accusative masc., τρίτον, a third (servant), Luk.20:12; neut., τὸ τ., with genitive, the third part of: Rev.8:7-12 9:15, 18 12:4. As adv., τὸ τ., the third time: Mrk.14:41, Jhn.21:17; anarth., τρίτον, a third time, Luk.23:22, Jhn.21:14, 2Co.12:14 13:1; in enumerations, thirdly, 1Co.12:28; ἐκ τ., a third time, Mat.26:44
(AS) G5155 G5155 = G5155 τρίχινος trichinos G:A of hair τρίχινος, -η, -ον
(θρίξ), [in LXX: Zec.13:4 (שֵׂעָר), Exo.26:7 * ;]
of hair: στόκος, Rev.6:12 (Xen., Plat., al.).†
(AS) G5156 G5156 = G5156 τρόμος tromos G:N-M trembling τρόμος, -ου, ὁ
(τρέμω), [in LXX for רַעַד, רַעַד, פַּחַד, etc. ;]
trembling, quaking, esp. from fear: Mrk.16:8; φόβος κ. τ. (as in Gen.9:2, Exo.15:16, Deu.2:25, Isa.19:16, al.), 1Co.2:3, 2Co.7:15, Eph.6:5, Php.2:12.†
(AS) G5157 G5157 = G5157 τροπή tropē G:N-F turning τροπή, -ῆς, ἡ
(τρέπω), [in LXX: Deu.33:14, Job.38:33, Wis.7:18, al. ;]
a turning: esp. of the revolution of heavenly bodies, figuratively, Jas.1:17 (see: ἀποσκίασμα).†
(AS) G5158 G5158 = G5158 τρόπος tropos G:N-M way τρόπος, -ου, ὁ
(τρέπω), [in LXX chiefly (ὃν τ.) for אֲשֶׁר ;]
__1. a way, manner, fashion: Mat.23:37, Luk.13:34, Act.1:11 7:28, 2Ti.3:8, Ju 7; καθ᾽ ὃν τ., Act.15:11 27:25 (ef. MM, xxv); κατὰ πάντα τ., Rom.3:2; κατὰ μηδένα τ. (4Ma.4:24, al.), 2Th.2:3; (ἐν) παντὶ τ., Php.1:18, 2Th.3:16
__2. Of persons, manner of life, character (Hdt., Æsch., al.): Heb.13:5.†
(AS) G5159 G5159 = G5159 τροποφορέω tropophoreō G:V to put up with τροπο-φορέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.1:31 B.l (נָשָׂא) * ;]
__1. to bear another's manners (R, txt., suffered he their manners): with accusative of person(s), Act.13:18 (Rec., WH, R, txt.; ἐτροφο-, T, R, mg.).
__2. = τροφοφορέω (which see), (see Kühner3, I, 276): Ac, l.with†
(AS) G5160 G5160 = G5160 τροφή trophē G:N-F food τροφή, -ῆς, ἡ
(τρέφω), [in LXX for לֶחֶם, מָזוֹן, אֹכֶל, etc. ;]
nourishment, food: Mat.3:4 6:25 10:10 24:45, Luk.12:23, Jhn.4:8, Act.2:46 9:19 14:17 27:33-34, 36 27:38 Jas.2:15. Metaphorical: Heb.5:12, 14.†
(AS) G5161 G5161 = G5161 Τρόφιμος Trophimos N:N-M-P Trophimus Τρόφιμος, -ου, ὁ
Trophimus: Act.20:4 21:29, 2Ti.4:20.†
(AS) G5162 G5162 = G5162 τροφός trophos G:N-F nursing mother τροφός, -oῦ, ἡ
(τρέφω), [in LXX: Gen.35:8, 4Ki.11:2, 2Ch.22:11 Isa.49:23 (יָנַק) * ;]
a nurse: 1Th.2:7.†
(AS) G5163 G5163 = G5163 τροχιά trochia G:N-F track τροχιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(τροχός), [in LXX: Pro.2:15 4:11, 26-27 5:6, 21 (מַעְגָּל), Eze.27:19 A* ;]
the track of a wheel, hence, a track, path: figuratively, Heb.12:13 (LXX) †
(AS) G5164 G5164 = G5164 τροχός trochos G:N-M course/wheel τροχός, -οῦ, τό
(τρέχω), [in LXX chiefly for אוֹפָן ;]
a wheel: Jas.3:6 (see Mayor, Hort, in l).†
(AS) G5165 G5165 = G5165 τρύβλιον trublion G:N-N bowl τρύβλιον (Rec. τρυβλίον), -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for קְעָרָה ;]
a bowl, dish: Mat.26:23, Mrk.14:20 (Hippocr., Aristoph., Pint., al.).†
(AS) G5166 G5166 = G5166 τρυγάω trugaō G:V to harvest τρυγάω, -ῶ
[in LXX for קָצַר, בָּצַר, etc. ;]
to gather in: with accusative,
__(a) of the fruit, Luk.6:44, Rev.14:18;
__(b) of that from which it is gathered, Rev.14:19.†
(AS) G5167 G5167 = G5167 τρυγών trugōn G:N-F dove τρυγών, -όνος, ἡ
(τρύζω, to murmur, coo), [in LXX for תּוֹר ;]
a turtle-dove: Luk.2:24.†
(AS) G5168 G5168 = G5168 τρυμαλιά trumalia G:N-F hole τρυμαλιά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(τρύω, to wear away), [in LXX: Jer.13:4 (נָקִיק), etc. ;]
= τρύμη, a hole: τ. ῥαφίδος, eye of a needle, Mrk.10:25.†
SYN.: τρῆμα, τρύπημα (AS) G5169 G5169 = G5169 τρύπημα trupēma G:N-N hole τρύπημα, -τος, τό
(τρυπάω, to bore)
a hole: τ. ῥαφιδος, eye of a needle, Mat.19:24 (WH, txt., τρῆμα).†
SYN.: τρῆμα, τρυμαλιά (AS) G5170 G5170 = G5170 Τρύφαινα Truphaina N:N-F-P Tryphaena Τρύφαινα, -ης, ἡ
Tryphæna: Rom.16:12 (see Lft., Phi., 175 f.; MM, xxv).†
(AS) G5171 G5171 = G5171 τρυφάω truphaō G:V to self-indulge τρυφάω, -ῶ
(τρυφή), [in LXX: Neh.9:25 (עָדַן hithp.), Isa.66:11 (עָנַג hithp.), Sir.14:4 * ;]
to live daintily, luxuriously, to fare sumptuously: Jas.5:5 (cf. ἐν-τρυφάω).†
SYN.: σπαταλάω (which see), στρηνιάω (AS) G5172 G5172 = G5172 τρυφή truphē G:N-F self-indulgence τρυφή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for עָדַן ;]
softness, daintiness, luxuriousness: Luk.7:25, 2Pe.2:13.†
(AS) G5173 G5173 = G5173 Τρυφῶσα Truphōsa N:N-F-P Tryphosa Τρυφῶσα, -ης, ἡ, ς, ἡ
Tryphosa: Rom.16:12 (see Lft., Phi., 175 f.).†
(AS) G5174 G5174 = G5174 Τρωάς Trōas N:N-F-L Troas Τρῳάς (Rec. Τρω-), -άδος, ἡ
Troas, a city near the Hellespont: Act.16:8, 11 20:5-6, 2Co.2:12, 2Ti.4:13.†
(AS) G5175 G5175 = G5175 Τρωγύλλιον Trōgullion N:N--L Trogyllium Τρωγύλλιον
(also written -γύλιον, -γίλιον, -ία, see Bl., § 6, 3), -ου
Trogyllium, a city of Ionia: Act.20:15 (WH, txt., R, txt., om.).†
(AS) G5176 G5176 = G5176 τρώγω trōgō G:V to eat τρώγω
__1. prop., of animals, to gnaw, munch, crunch (Hom., al.).
__2. Of men, to eat raw food, as vegetables, nuts, etc. (Hdt., al.).
__3. In late vernacular, simply to eat (= ἐσθίω): Mat.24:38, Jhn.6:54, 56-58 13:18 (LXX ἐσθίων) (see Kennedy, Sources, 82, 155; MM, xxv).†
(AS) G5177 G5177 = G5177 τυγχάνω tugchanō G:V to obtain/happen τυγχάνω
[in LXX: Deu.19:5 (מָצָא), Job.3:21 7:2 17:1, Pro.30:23 (without definite Heb. equiv.), Wis.15:19, 1Ma.11:42, 3Ma.3:7, al. ;]
__I. Trans.
__1. to hit (opposite to ἁμαρτάνω, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen., al.).
__2. to hit upon, light upon;
__(a) of persons, to meet with, fall in with: absol., ptcp., ὁ τυχών, a chance person, anyone (Lat. quivis), οὐ τυχών, not common or ordinary, Act.19:11 28:2;
__(b) of things, to reach, get, obtain: with genitive of thing(s) Luk.20:35, Act.24:3 26:22 27:3, 2Ti.2:10 Heb.8:6 11:35.
__II. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance, befall: impers., εἰ τύχοι, it may be, perhaps, 1Co.14:10 15:37; so ptcp., τυχόν (old accusative absol.; see M, Pr., 74), 1Co.16:6
(cf. ἐν-, ὑπερ-εν-, ἐπι-, παρα-, συν-τυγχάνω).†
τυχόν, adv., see: τυγχάνω
(AS) G5178 G5178 = G5178 τυμπανίζω tumpanizō G:V to torture τυμπανίζω
(τύμπανον, a kettle-drum), [in LXX: 1Ki.21:13 (14) (17 pi?) * ;]
__1. to beat a drum.
__2. to torture by beating, beat to death (cf. Westc. on He, l.with): pass., Heb.11:35.†
(AS) G5179 G5179 = G5179 τύπος tupos G:N-M mark/example τύπος, -ου, ὁ
(τύπτω), [in LXX: Exo.25:39 (40) (תַּבְנִית), Amo.5:26, 3Ma.3:30, 4Ma.6:19 * ;]
__1. the mark of a blow: τῶν ἥλων, Jhn.20:25.
__2. An impression, impress, the stamp made by a die; hence, a figure, image: Act.7:43 (LXX).
__3. form (Plat.): Rom.6:17; the sense or substance of a letter (3Mac, l.with), Act.23:25.
__4. an example, pattern: Act.7:44, Heb.8:6" (LXX) ; in ethical sense, Php.3:17, 1Th.1:7, 2Th.3:9, 1Ti.4:12, Tit.2:7, 1Pe.5:3; in doctrinal sense, type (see ICC, in l), Rom.5:14.†
τυπικῶς, adv.
(τύπος),
__(a) typically (Greg. Naz.)
__(b) by way of example: 1Co.10:11.†
SYN.: see: ὑποτύπωσις (AS) G5180 G5180 = G5180 τύπτω tuptō G:V to strike τύπτω
[in LXX chiefly for hi. ;]
to strike, smite, beat: with accusative, Mat.24:49, Mrk.15:19, Luk.12:45, Act.18:17 21:32 23:2-3; of mourners, τὰ στήθη, Luk.18:13 23:48; ἐπὶ τ. σιαγόνα, Luk.6:29; εἰς τ. κεφαλήν, Mat.27:30. Metaphorical, of God inflicting evil: Act.23:3 (cf. Exo.8:2, Eze.7:9, al.); of disquieting conscience, 1Co.8:12.†
(AS) G5181 G5181 = G5181 Τύραννος Turannos N:N-M-P Tyrannus 1. an absolute sovereign , unlimited by law or constitution, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: not applied to old hereditary sovereignties βασιλεῖαι); such as those of (Homer) or of Sparta; for the term rather regards the irregular way in which the power was gained , than the way in which it was exercised , being applied to the mild Pisistratus, but not to the despotic kings of Persia. However, the word soon came to imply reproach, like our tyrant , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. in a wider sense, the tyrant's son , or any member of his family , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;so, ἡ τύραννος was both the queen herself or a princess , (Euripides)
3. τύραννος, ον, as adjective kingly, royal , [variant datesTragica Adespota
4. imperious, despotic , (Thucydides); τύραννα δρᾶν (Sophocles Tragicus)
τύραννος is probably from same Root as κύριος, κοίρανος. (ML) G5182 G5182 = G5182 τυρβάζω turbazō G:V to upset τυρβάζω
to disturb, trouble: pass., Luk.10:41, Rec. (WH, R, θορυβάζω).†
(AS) G5183 G5183 = the Greek of H6865 Τύριος Turios N:N--LG Tyre of Tyre, Tyrian , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G5184 G5184 = a Spelling of H6865 Τύρος Turos N:N-F-L Tyre Τύρος, -ου, ἡ
Tyre, a maritime city of Phænicia: Mrk.7:31, Act.21:3, 7; Τ. κ, Σιδών, Mat.11:21-22 15:21, Mrk.3:8 7:24, Luk.6:17 10:13-14.†
(AS) G5185 G5185 = G5185 τυφλός tuphlos G:A blind τυφλός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for עִוֵּר ;]
blind: as subst., ὁ τ., Mat.9:27, Mrk.8:22, Luk.4:18" (LXX), Jhn.5:3, al. Metaphorical: Mat.15:14 23:16-26, Jhn.9:39-41, Rom.2:19, 2Pe.1:9, Rev.3:17.
(AS) G5186 G5186 = G5186 τυφλόω tuphloō G:V to blind τυφλόω, -ῶ
(τυφλός), [in LXX: Isa.42:19 (עִוֵּר), Tob.7:7 א, Wis.2:21 א * ;]
to blind, make blind: metaphorically, Jhn.12:40 (LXX, καμμύω), 2Co.4:4, 1Jn.2:11.†
(AS) G5187 G5187 = G5187 τυφόω tuphoō G:V be conceited τυφόω, -ῶ
(τῦφος, smoke; metaphorically, conceit),
prop., to wrap in smoke; used only metaphorically, to puff up, becloud with pride: pass., 1Ti.3:6 6:4, 2Ti.3:4 (Dem., Arist., al.).†
(AS) G5188 G5188 = G5188 τύφω tuphō G:V to smoulder τύφω
(τῦφος, smoke),
to raise a smoke; pass., to smoke: Mat.12:20 (LXX, καπνιζόμενον).†
(AS) G5189 G5189 = G5189 τυφωνικός tuphōnikos G:A tempestuous τυφωνικός, -ή, -όν
(τῦφων, a hurricane, typhoon)
tempestuous: Act.27:14.†
(AS) G5190 G5190 = G5190 Τυχικός Tuchikos N:N-M-P Tychicus τύχικος (T, Rec., Τυχικός), -ου, ὁ
Tychicus: Act.20:4, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 2Ti.4:12, Tit.3:12.†
(AS) G5191 G5191 = G5191 ὑακίνθινος huakinthinos G:A dark blue ὑακίνθινος, -η, -ον
(ὑάκινθος), [in LXX for תַּחַשׁ, תְּכֵלֶת ;]
of hyacinth, hyacinthine (see: ὑάκινθος), "doubtless meant to describe the blue smoke of a sulphurous flame" (Swete): Rev.9:17 (Hom., Eur., al.).†
(AS) G5192 G5192 = G5192 ὑάκινθος huakinthos G:N-M hyacinth ὑακίνθος, -ου, ό
[in LXX chiefly for תְּכֵלֶת ;]
hyacinth;
__(a) in cl., a flower, prob. the dark blue iris;
__(b) in late writers, a precious stone of the same colour, perhaps the sapphire: Rev.21:20 (Phil., FlJ, al.).†
(AS) G5193 G5193 = G5193 ὑάλινος hualinos G:A glass ὑάλινος, -η, -ον
(ὕαλος),
of glass, glassy Rev.4:6 15:2.†
(AS) G5194 G5194 = G5194 ὕαλος hualos G:N-M glass ὕαλος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Job.28:17 (זְכוּכִית) * ;]
__1. (Hdt.) a clear transparent stone.
__2. (from Plat. on) glass: Rev.21:18, 21.†
(AS) G5195 G5195 = G5195 ὑβρίζω hubrizō G:V to mistreat ὑβρίζω
(ὕβρις), [in LXX for גֵּאֶה, etc. ;]
__1. intrans., to wax wanton, run riot.
__2. Trans., to outrage, insult, treat insolently: with accusative of person(s), Mat.22:6, Luk.11:45 18:32, Act.14:5, 1Th.2:2.†
(AS) G5196 G5196 = G5196 ὕβρις hubris G:N-F mistreatment ὕβρις, -εως, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for גָּאוֹן and cogn. forms ;]
__1. wantonness, insolence.
__2. = ὕβρισμα, an act of wanton violence, an outrage, injury: 2Co.12:10; metaphorically, of a loss by sea (find.), Act.27:10, 21 (see MM, xxv).†
(AS) G5197 G5197 = G5197 ὑβριστής hubristēs G:N-M insolent man ὑβριστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὑβρίζω), [in LXX chiefly for גֵּאֶה ;]
a violent, insolent man: Rom.1:20, 1Ti.1:13 (EV, injurious).†
SYN.: ἀλαζών, ὑπερήφανος, see Tr., Syn., § xxix (AS) G5198 G5198 = G5198 ὑγιαίνω hugiainō G:V be healthy ὑγιαίνω
(ὑγιής), [in LXX chiefly for שָׁלוֹם, and frequently in To ;]
to be sound, healthy, in good health: Luk.5:31 7:10 15:27, 3Jo.2. In Past. Epp. (as also in cl.) metaphorically, ὑ. ἐν τ. πίστει, Tit.1:13 ; τ. πίστει, τ. ἀγάπῃ, τ. ὑπομονῇ, Tit.2:2; ἡ ὑγιαίνουσα διδασκαλία, 1Ti.1:10, 2Ti.4:3, Tit.1:9 2:1 ; λόγοι ὑγιαίνοντες, 1Ti.6:3, 2Ti.1:13.†
(AS) G5199 G5199 = G5199 ὑγιής hugiēs G:A healthy ὑγιής, -ές, accusative, ὑγιῆ (Attic usually -ιᾶ),
[in LXX for חַי, etc. ;]
sound, whole, healthy: Mat.12:13 15:31, Jhn.5:[4], 6, 9, 11, 14, 15 7:23, Act.4:10; before ἀπό, Mrk.5:34; of words, opinions, etc. (as in cl.), metaphorically, λόγος, Tit.2:8.†
(AS) G5200 G5200 = G5200 ὑγρός hugros G:A moist/green ὑγρός, -ά, -όν,
[in LXX: Jdg.16:7,8 (לַח), Job.8:16 (רָשׂב), Sir.39:13
wet, moist, opposite to ξηρός: of wood, sappy, green: Luk.23:31.†
(AS) G5201 G5201 = G5201 ὑδρία hudria G:N-F jar ὑδρία, -ας, ἠ
(ὕδωρ), [in LXX for בַּד ;]
__1. prop., a water-pot or jar: Jhn.2:6, 7 John 4:28.
__2. More frequently in Attic = ἄγγυς, a pot, urn or jar of any kind, as for holding wine, coins, etc. (see Rutherford, NPhr., 23; MM, xxv).
† (AS) G5202 G5202 = G5202 ὑδροποτέω hudropoteō G:V to drink water ὑδροποτίω, -ῶ
(ὕδωρ, πίνω), [in LXX: Dan LXX 1:12 שָׁתָה מַיִם) * ;]
to drink water, opposite to οἴνῳ χρῆσθαι: 1Ti.5:23 (Hdt., i, 71; Plat., Rep., 561 with, al.).†
(AS) G5203 G5203 = G5203 ὑδρωπικός hudrōpikos G:A with edema ὑδρωπικός, -ή, -όν
(ὕδρωψ, dropsy),
dropsical, suffering from dropsy: Luk.14:2.†
(AS) G5204 G5204 = G5204 ὕδωρ hudōr, hudatos G:N-N water ὕδωρ
genitive,
ὕδατος, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for מַיִם ;]
water: Mat.3:16, Mrk.1:10, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:7, Jas.3:12, Rev.8:10, al.; pl., Mat.14:28-29, Jhn.3:23, Rev.1:15, al.; βαπτίζειν (ἐν) ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Jhn.1:26, al.; τ. λυυτρὸν τοῦ ὕ., Eph.5:26; opposite to οἴνος, Jhn.2:9 4:46; αἷμα, Jhn.19:34, Heb.9:19, 1Jn.5:6 Jn 5:8 Mat.17:15 Mrk.9:22; πνεῦμα, Jhn.1:26, 31 1:33; πνεῦμα καὶ πῦρ, Mat.3:11, Luk.3:16;ἐξ ὕ. κ. πνεύματος γεννηθῆναι, Jhn.3:5; metaphorically, of divine truth and grace (τ.) ὕ. (τ.) ζῶν, Jhn.4:10-11 (cf. Jhn.4:13-15); τ. ὕ. τ. ζωῆς, of spiritual refresh­ment, Rev.21:6 22:1, 17
(AS) G5205 G5205 = G5205 ὑετός huetos G:N-M rain ὑετός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὕω, to rain), [in LXX chiefly for ;]
rain: Act.14:17 28:2, Heb.6:7, Jas.5:18, Rev.11:6; ὄψιμος (which see), sc. ὑ., Jas.5:7.†
(AS) G5206 G5206 = G5206 υἱοθεσία uhiothesia G:N-F adoption (as son) υἱοθεσία, -ας, ἡ
(cf. the cl. phrases, υἱὸν τίθεσθαι, θετὸς υἱός), frequently in Inscr. (see Deiss., BS, 239), adoption of a son (or daughter); metaphorically, of God's relation established
__(a) with Israel: Rom.9:4;
__(b) with Christ­ians: Rom.8:15, Gal.4:5, Eph.1:5; of its consummation, Rom.8:23.†
(AS) G5207 G5207 = G5207 υἱός uhios G:N-M son υἱός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very frequently and nearly always for בֵּן, Gen.4:17, al.; for בַּר, Dan LXX TH 7:13, al.; etc. ;],
a son;
__1. in the ordinary sense: Mat.10:37, Mrk.9:17, Luk.1:13, al. mult.; omitted with the art. of origin (WM, §30, 3; Bl., §35, 2), τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, Act.13:22 (LXX); also with genitive anarth. (cl.), Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Act.20:4; with adj., προτότοκος, Luk.2:7; μονογένης, Luk.7:12; opposite to νόθος, Heb.12:8; in a wider sense, of posterity: ὁ υἱ. Δαυΐδ, of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words, 316ff.; DCG, ii, 653f.), Mat.22:42, 45 Mrk.12:35, 37 Luk.20:41, 44 al.; υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, (cf. υἷες Ἀχαιῶν, Hom., Il., i, 162, al.), Mat.27:9, Act.9:15, al.
__2. Metaphorical;
__(a) as belonging to, being connected with or having the quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from a Semitic original; cf. Deiss., BS, 161ff.; Dalman, Words, 115f.; DCG, ii, 652f.): τ. πονεροῦ (διαβόλου), Mat.13:38, Act.13:10; τ. νυμφῶνος (see: νυμφών), Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:19, al.; τ. φωτός (Lft., Notes, 74), Luk.16:8, Jhn.12:36, 1Th.5:5; τ. εἰρεήμης, Luk.10:6; γεέννης, Mat.23:15; τ. ἀπωλείας, Jhn.17:12, 2Th.2:3; τ. αἰῶνος τούτου, Luk.16:8 20:34; τ. ἀπειθειάς, Eph.2:2 5:6; βροντῆς, Mrk.3:17; τ. ἀναστάσεως, Luk.20:36; παρακλήσεως, Act.4:36; τ. προφητῶν κ. τ. διαθήκης, Act.3:25;
__(b) υἱὸς τ. θεοῦ (cf. Dalman, Words, 268ff.; Deiss., BS, 166f.; DB, iv, 570 ff.; DCG, ii, 654ff.), of men, as partakers of the Divine nature and of the life to come: Mat.5:9, Luk.20:36, Rom.8:14 9:26, al.; υἱοὶ (κ. θυγατέρες) τ. ὑψίστου, Luk.6:35, 2Co.6:18; in an unique sense of Jesus, Mat.4:3 8:29 28:19, Mrk.3:4, Luk.4:41, Jhn.9:35 11:27, al.; ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱ. τ. θεοῦ ζῶντος (τ. εὐλογητοῦ), Mat.16:16, Mrk.14:61;
__(with) (ὁ) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (in LXX for Heb. בּן אדם, Aram, בּר אנשׁ; cf. Dalman, Words, 234ff.; DB, iv, 579ff.; DCG, ii, 659ff.; Westc., St. John, i, 74ff.; other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2:10), based on the Aram. of Dan.7:13, where the phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Psa.8:5), means a man, one of the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, with 46, §1-4, also in II Est.13:3, 12, al. Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def. art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and representative character. Exc. in Act.7:56 and (anarth.) Rev.1:13 14:14, it is used of Jesus only by himself: Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:10, Luk.5:24, Jhn.1:52, al.
(AS) G5208 G5208 = G5208 ὕλη hulē G:N-F forest ὕλη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX: Job.19:29 (†) Job.38:40 (סֻכָּה), Psa.69:2 B.l א (יָוֵן), Isa.10:17 (שָׁמִיר), Wis.11:17 15:13, Sir.28:10, 2Ma.2:24, 4Ma.1:29 * ;]
__1. wood, forest, woodland (Thus., Xen., al.).
__2. wood, timber, fuel (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.): Jas.3:5 (see Hort, Ja., 70, 104 f.).
__3. = Lat. materia, esp. in Philosophy, matter (Arist. and later writers; Wis, ll. with).†
(AS) G5209 G5209 = a Form of G4771 ὑμᾶς humas G: you αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G5210 G5210 = a Spelling of G4771 ὑμεῖς humeis G:P-2 you αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G5211 G5211 = G5211 Ὑμεναῖος Humenaios N:N-M-P Hymenaeus Ὑμέναιος, -ου, ὁ
Hymenæus: 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.2:17.†
(AS) G5212 G5212 = G5212 ὑμέτερος humeteros G:A your ὑμέτερος, -α, -ον
poss. pron. of second of person(s) pl. (= emphasized genitive, ὑμῶν),
your, yours: Jhn.7:6 8:17 15:20, Act.27:34, Rom.11:31, 1Co.16:17, 2Co.8:8, Gal.6:13; as pred., Luk.6:20; τὸ ὑ., as subst., opposite to τ. ἀλλότριον, Luk.16:12 (WH, txt., R, mg., ἡμέτερον); objectively, ὑ. καύχησις, my glorying in you, 1Co.15:31.†
(AS) G5213 G5213 = a Form of G4771 ὑμῖν humin G:P-2 to you αὐτός, -ή, -ό,
determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).
__1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., see infr., iii);
__(1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word);
__(2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al.
__2. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in genitive absol., Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff.; Bl., §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al.; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4.
__3. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4.
(AS) G5214 G5214 = G5214 ὑμνέω humneō G:V to praise ὑμνέω, -ῶ
(ὕμνος) [in LXX for הָלַל pi., שִׁיר, יָדָה hi., etc. ;]
__1. trans., with accusative of person(s) (in cl. also with accusative of thing(s)), to sing to, laud, sing to the praise of: Act.16:25, Heb.2:12.
__2. Intrans., to sing: in LXX and NT, of singing hymns and praises to God (Psa.65:13, al.), Mat.26:30, Mrk.14:26 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G5215 G5215 = G5215 ὕμνος humnos G:N-M hymn ὕμνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for תְּהִלָּה, נְגִינָה, שִׁיר, etc. ;]
a hymn;
__(a) in cl. a festal song in praise of gods or heroes;
__(b) in LXX and NT a song of praise addressed to God: Eph.5:19, Col.3:16.†
SYN.: ψαλμός, that which is sung to a musical accompaniment; ᾠδή, the generic term for song (cf. Tr., Syn., § LXXviii, Lft. on Col.3:16) (AS) G5216 G5216 = a Form of G4771 ὑμῶν humōn G:P-2 of you of youfrom or concerning) you G5217 G5217 = G5217 ὑπάγω hupagō G:V to go ὑπ-άγω
[in LXX: Exo.14:21 (הָלַךְ hi.), elsewhere only as seel., Tob.8:21, al. ;]
a word of the vulgar language, in Pres. and imperfect only (Bl., § 53, 1).
__I. Trans.
__1. to lead or bring under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al.; Ex, l.with).
__2. to lead on slowly (Hdt., Xen., al.).
__II. Intrans., to go slowly away, withdraw oneself, depart (so less frequently in cl.; Thuc., Eur., al.): absol., Mat.8:32 13:44, Mrk.6:33, Luk.8:42 17:14, Jhn.6:67 8:2 11:44 14:5, 28 18:8; οἱ ἐρχόμενοι κ. οἱ ὑπάγοντες, Mrk.6:31; ὑπῆγον κ. ἐπίστευον, Jhn.12:11; ἵνα ὑπαγῆτε κ. καρπὸν ψέρητε, Jhn.15:16; opposite to ἔρχεσθαι, Jhn.3:8 8:14; imperat., ὕπαγε, Mat.4:10 8:13 20:14, Mrk.2:9 T, Mrk.7:29 10:52; εἰς εἰρήνην (ἐν εἰ.), Mrk.5:34, Jas.2:16; id. prefixed to another imperat. (Bl., § 79, 4), Mat.5:34 8:4 18:15 19:21 21:28 27:65 28:10, Mrk.1:44 10:21 16:7, Jhn.4:16 9:7, Rev.10:8; with καί inserted, Rev.16:1; euphemistically, of death, Mat.26:24, Mrk.14:21; with adv.: ποῦ (which see), Jhn.12:35 14:5 16:5, 1Jn.2:11; ὅπου (which see), Jhn.8:21-22 13:33, 36 14:4 Rev.14:4; ἐκεῖ, Jhn.11:8; with prep.: πρός, Jhn.7:33 13:3 16:5, 10 16:17; εἰς, Mat.9:6 20:4, 7, Mrk.2:11 11:2 14:13, Luk.19:30, Jhn.6:21 7:3 9:11 11:31, Rev.13:10 17:8, 11; εἰς . . . πρός, Mat.26:18, Mrk.5:19; ἐπί, Luk.12:58; μετά, Mat.5:41; ὀπίσω, Mat.16:23, Mrk.8:33; with inf., Jhn.21:3.†
(AS) G5218 G5218 = G5218 ὑπακοή hupakoē G:N-F obedience ὑπακοή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὑπακούω), [in LXX: 2Ki.22:36 (עֲנָוָה); in Aq.: 2Ki.23:23 * ;]
obedience (opposite to παρακοή);
__1. in general, absol., εἰς ὑ., Rom.6:16; with genitive subjc., 2Co.7:15 10:6, Phm 21; with genitive obj., Rom.1:5 (Lft, Notes, 246) Rom.16:26, 1Pe.1:22; τ. Χριστοῦ, 2Co.10:5.
__2. Of obedience to God's commands: absol., 1Pe.1:2; opposite to ἁμαρτία, Rom.6:16; τέκνα ὑπακοῆς, 1Pe.1:14; with genitive subj., Rom.15:18 16:19.
__3. Of Christ's obedience: absol., Heb.5:8; with genitive subj., Rom.5:19.
(The word is not found except in LXX, NT and eccl.).†
(AS) G5219 G5219 = G5219 ὑπακούω hupakouō G:V to obey ὑπακούω
[in LXX: chiefly for שָׁמַע ;]
to listen, attend, hence,
__(a) to answer a knock at a door (Plat., Xen., al.): Act.12:13;
__(b) to attend to, submit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc., al.): absol., Php.2:12; with inf., Heb.11:8; with dative of person(s) (Plat., al.; but more frequently with genitive), Mat.8:27, Mrk.1:27 4:41, Luk.8:25 17:6, Rom.6:16, Eph.6:1, 5, Col.3:20, 22, Heb.5:9, 1Pe.3:6; with dative of thing(s), Act.6:7, Rom.6:12 10:16, 2Th.1:8 3:14; before εἰς (by attraction, for dative; see ICC, in l), Rom.6:17.†
(AS) G5220 G5220 = G5220 ὕπανδρος hupandros G:A married ὕπανδρος, -ον
[in LXX: Num.5:20, 29 (אִישׁ תַּחַת), Pro.6:24, 29, Sir.9:9 41:21 * ;]
under or subject to a man, married: γυνή, Rom.7:2 (Polyb., Diod., al.).†
(AS) G5221 G5221 = G5221 ὑπαντάω hupantaō G:V to go meet ὑπ-αντάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Dan LXX 10:14 (קָרָה), Sir.9:3, al. ;]
to go to meet, meet: with dative of person(s) (see M, Pr., 64), Mat.8:28 28:9, Mrk.5:2, Luk.8:27 17:12 (ἀπ-, WH, txt.), Jhn.4:51 11:20, 30 12:18, Act.16:16; of meeting in battle, Luk.14:31.†
(AS) G5222 G5222 = G5222 ὑπάντησις hupantēsis G:N-F meeting ὑπ-άντησις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑπαντάω), [in LXX: Jdg.11:34, εἰς ὑ. (קִרְאָה), etc. ;]
a going to meet: εἰς ὑ. (see M, Pro.14:1-35 n), Mat.8:34 25:1, Jhn.12:13.†
(AS) G5223 G5223 = G5223 ὕπαρξις huparxis G:N-F property ὕπαρξις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑπάρχω), [in LXX for רְכוּשׁ, הוֹן, etc. ;]
__1. subsistence, existence (Arist., al.).
__2. In late writers, = τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, substance, property: Heb.10:34; pl., Act.2:45.†
(AS) G5224 G5224 = a Form of G5225 ὑπάρχοντα huparchonta G:N-N possession to have, possess; (n.) possessions; to be, exist
to begin; to come into existence; to exist; to be, subsist, Acts 19:40; 28:18; to be in possession, to belong, Acts 3:6; 4:37; goods, possessions, property, Mt. 19:21; Lk. 8:3; to be, Lk. 7:25; 8:41 G5225 G5225 = G5225 ὑπάρχω huparchō G:V be already ὑπάρχω
[in LXX for הָיָה, יֵשׁ, לוּן, etc.; τ. ὑπάρχοντα for מִקְנֶה, רְכוּשׁ, etc. ;]
__1. to begin, make a beginning (Hom., Hdt., al.).
__2. to be in existence, be ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Act.19:40 27:12, 21; before ἐν, Act.28:18.
__3. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff.; MM, xxv): with, nom, pred., Luk.8:41 9:48, Act.4:34 7:55 8:16 16:3 19:36 21:20, 1Co.7:26 12:22, Jas.2:15, 2Pe.3:11; ptcp. with pred., Luk.16:14 23:50, Act.2:30, 32 17:24 22:3, Rom.4:19, 1Co.2:15, 2Co.8:17 12:16, Gal.1:14 2:14; pl., Luk.11:13, Act.16:20, 37 17:29, 2Pe.2:19; before ἐν, with dative of thing(s), Luk.7:25 16:23, Act.5:4 10:12, 1Co.11:18, Php.3:20; ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων (R, mg., being originally), Php.2:6; ἐν, with dative of person(s), (among), 1Co.11:18; μακρὰν ἀπό, Act.17:27; πρὸς τ. σωτηρίας, Act.27:34.
__4. to belong to (Thuc., Xen., al.): with dative of person(s), Act.3:6 4:37 28:7, 2Pe.1:8; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, one's belongings, possessions: with dative of person(s), Luk.8:3 12:15, Act.4:32; with genitive of person(s), Mat.19:21 24:47 25:14, Luk.11:21 12:33, 44 14:33 16:1 19:8, 1Co.13:3, Heb.10:34 (cf. προ-υπάρχω).†
(AS) G5226 G5226 = G5226 ὑπείκω hupeikō G:V to submit ὑπ-είκω
[in LXX: 4Ma.6:35 * ;]
__1. to retire, withdraw.
__2. to yield, submit: metaphorically, Heb.13:17.†
(AS) G5227 G5227 = G5227 ὑπεναντίος hupenantios G:A opposed ὑπ-εναντίος, -α, -ον
[in LXX for אָיַב, צַר, etc. ;]
set over against, opposite. Metaphorical (Plat., Arist., al.), opposed to, contrary to: with dative of person(s), Col.2:14; absol., as subst., ὁ ὑ., Heb.10:27 (cf. Isa.26:11).†
(AS) G5228 G5228 = G5228 ὑπέρ huper G:PREP above/for ὑπέρ (when following subst.—poët.—ὕπερ; so as adv., 2Co.11:23),
prep. with genitive, accusative
__I. C. genitive, primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, beyond, hence, metaphorically,
__1. for, on behalf of: of prayer, Mat.5:44, Act.8:24, Rom.10:1, Jas.5:16, al.; of laying down life, Jhn.10:11, Rom.9:3, al.; esp. of Christ giving his life for man's redemption, Mrk.14:24, Jhn.10:15, Act.21:13, Rom.5:6-8, al.; opposite to κατά, Mrk.9:40, Luk.9:50, Rom.8:31.
__2. Causal, for, because of, for the sake of: with genitive of person(s), Act.5:41, Rom.1:5, Php.1:29, 2Co.12:10, al.; with genitive of thing(s), Jhn.11:4, Rom.15:8, 2Co.1:6, al.
__3. = ἀντί (see M, Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: 1Co.15:29, 2Co.5:15, 21 Gal.3:13, Col.1:7, Phm 13 (cf. Field, Notes, 225).
__4. In more colourless sense, = περί (M, Pr., l.with), for, concerning, with regard to: Rom.9:27, 2Co.1:6 8:23 12:8, Php.1:7, 2Th.2:1, al.

__II. C. accusative, primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaphorically, of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than: Mat.10:24, 37 Luk.6:40, Act.26:13, 1Co.10:13, 2Co.1:8, Eph.1:22 3:20, Phm 16, al.; after comparatives = than (Jdg.11:25, al.), Luk.16:8, Heb.4:12.

__III. As adv. (see supr. ad init.), more: ὕπερ ἐγώ, I more, 2Co.11:23; in compounds, see: ὑπεράνω, ὑπερλίαν, ὑπερπερισσῶς.

__IV. In composition: over (ὑπεραίρω), beyond (ὑπερβάλλω), more (ὐπερνικάω), on behalf of (ὐπερεντυγχάνω).
(AS) G5229 G5229 = G5229 ὑπεραίρω huperairō G:V be haughty ὑπερ-αίρω
[in LXX: 2Ch.32:23 (נָשָׂא ni.), etc. ;]
to lift or raise over. Mid., to uplift oneself: 2Co.12:7; before ἐπί, with accusative, of person(s), 2Th.2:4 (cf. 2Ma.5:23).†
(AS) G5230 G5230 = G5230 ὑπέρακμος huperakmos G:A past one’s prime ὑπέρακμος, -ον
past the bloom of youth: 1Co.7:36 (Eustath.).†
(AS) G5231 G5231 = G5231 ὑπεράνω huperanō G:PREP above ὑπερ-άνω
compound adv., [in LXX for עַל, מֵעָל, etc. ;]
above: as prep. with genitive, Eph.1:21 4:10, Heb.9:5.†
(AS) G5232 G5232 = G5232 ὑπεραυξάνω huperauxanō G:V to increase ὑπερ-αυξάνω
to increase beyond measure: 2Th.1:3 (see Lft., Notes, 98).†
(AS) G5233 G5233 = G5233 ὑπερβαίνω huperbainō G:V to wrong ὑπερ-βαίνω
[in LXX for עָבַר, etc. ;]
__1. trans., to step over, trans­gress (R, overreach: 1Th.4:6).
__2. Intrans., to transgress: metaphorically, 1Th.4:6 (R, txt.; see M, Th., in l).†
(AS) G5234 G5234 = G5234 ὑπερβαλλόντως huperballontōs G:ADV severely ὑπερβαλλόντως
[in LXX: Job.15:11 א B (†) * ;]
above measure: 2Co.11:23.†
(AS) G5235 G5235 = G5235 ὑπερβάλλω huperballō G:V to surpass ὑπερ-βάλλω
[in LXX: Job.15:11 A (†), Sir.5:7 25:11, al. ;]
__1. trans., to throw over or beyond.
__2. Intrans., to run beyond. In both senses, metaphorically, to exceed, surpass, transcend: 2Co.3:10 9:14, Eph.1:19 2:7; with genitive obj., Eph.3:19.†
(AS) G5236 G5236 = G5236 ὑπερβολή huperbolē G:N-F surpassing ὑπερ-βολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὑπερβάλλω), [in LXX: καθ᾽ ὑ., 4Ma.3:18 * ;]
a throwing beyond. Metaphorical, excess, superiority, excellence: 2Co.4:7 12:7; καθ᾽ ὑπερβολήν, beyond measure, exceedingly, Rom.7:13, 1Co.12:31, 2Co.1:8, Gal.1:13; κ. ὑ. εἰς ὑ., beyond all measure, 2Co.4:17.†
(AS) G5237 G5237 = G5237 ὑπερείδω hupereidō G:V to overlook ὑπερ-εῖδον, aor.
[in LXX for עָלַם hi., מַעַל, etc. ;]
to overlook: with accusative of thing(s), Act.17:30
(AS) G5238 G5238 = G5238 ὑπερέκεινα huperekeina G:PREP beyond ὑπερ-έκεινα
comp. adv. (see Bl., 28, 2; M, Pr., 99),
beyond: as prep. with genitive, τὰ ὑ. ὑμῶν, 2Co.10:16 (Byz. and Ecc.1:1-18.).†
(AS) G5239 G5239 = G5239 ὑπερεκτείνω huperekteinō G:V to overextend ὑπερ-εκ-τείνω
to stretch out overmuch: metaphorically, ἑαυτούς, 2Co.10:14.†
(AS) G5240 G5240 = G5240 ὑπερεκχύνω huperekchunō G:V to overflow ὑπερ-εκ-χύννω (Rec. -ύνω), late form of -χέω
to pour out over. Pass., to overflow, run over: Luk.6:38 (not elsewhere).†
(AS) G5241 G5241 = G5241 ὑπερεντυγχάνω huperentugchanō G:V to intercede ὑπερ-εν-τυγχάνω
to intercede or make petition for (see Deiss., BS, 121 f.): before ὑπέρ, Rom.8:26.†
(AS) G5242 G5242 = G5242 ὑπερέχω huperechō G:V be higher ὑπερ-έχω
[in LXX: Gen.25:23 (אָמַץ), Exo.26:13 (עֲדַף), Sir.36:7, al. ;]
__1. trans., to hold over or above.
__2. Intrans. (when a noun follows, the case is governed by the prep.; see Bl., § 34, 1; 36, 8), to rise above, overtop; metaphorically,
__(a) to be superior in rank, etc.: Rom.13:1, 1Pe.2:13 (cf. Wis.6:6);
__(b) to be superior, excel, surpass: with genitive (cl.; see supr.), Php.2:3; with accusative (cl.; see supr.), Php.4:7; as subst., τ. ὑπερέχον, the excel­lency, the surpassing worth, Php.3:8.†
(AS) G5243 G5243 = G5243 ὑπερηφανία huperēphania G:N-F pride ὑπερηφανία, -ας, ἡ
(ὑπερήφανος, which see), [in LXX chiefly for גָּאוֹן and cogn. forms ;]
haughtiness, arrogance, disdain: Mrk.7:22 (Plat., Xen.).†
(AS) G5244 G5244 = G5244 ὑπερήφανος huperēphanos G:A arrogant ὑπερήφανος, -ον
(ὑπέρ, φαίνομαι, with η pleonast., see Kühner3, I, 189) [in LXX for זֵד, גֵּאֶה, לוּץ, etc. ;]
showing oneself above others;
__(a) in good sense (Plat., al.), pre-eminent, splendid;
__(b) more frequently in had sense, and so always in Scr., arrogant, haughty, disdainful (see Westc. Epp. Jo., 65b): Rom.1:30, 2Ti.3:2; διανοίᾳ καρδίας, Luk.1:51; opposite to ταπεινός (as in Pro.3:34), Jas.4:6, 1Pe.5:5" (LXX) .†
SYN.: ἀλαζών, ὑβριστής, see Tr., Syn., § xxix (AS) G5245 G5245 = G5245 ὑπερνικάω hupernikaō G:V to conquer ὑπερ-νικάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Da TH Dan.6:3; in Sm.: Psa.43:1 * ;]
to be more than conqueror: Rom.8:37 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5246 G5246 = G5246 ὑπέρογκος huperogkos G:A boastful ὑπέρ-ογκος, -ον
[in LXX: Deu.30:11 (פָּלָא), etc. ;]
of excessive weight or size; metaphorically, excessive, immoderate, in late writers, of arrogant speech (see Mayor on Ju, l.with): n. pl., 2Pe.2:18, Ju 16.†
(AS) G5247 G5247 = G5247 ὑπεροχή huperochē G:N-F authority ὑπεροχή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὑπερέχω) [in LXX: Jer.52:22 (קוֹמָה), 2Ma.3:11, al. ;]
a projection, eminence, as the peak of a mountain. Metaphorical (Arist.), excellence, pre-eminence: λόγου ἢ σοφίας, 1Co.2:1; οἱ ἐν ὑ (for a parallel to this phrase, see Deiss., BS, 255, and cf. 2Mac, l.with), 1Ti.2:2.†
(AS) G5248 G5248 = G5248 ὑπερπερισσεύω huperperisseuō G:V to abound ὑπερ-περισσεύω
to abound more exceedingly: Rom.5:21. Mid., in same sense (RV, overflow): with dative of thing(s), 2Co.7:4.†
(AS) G5249 G5249 = G5249 ὑπερπερισσῶς huperperissōs G:ADV exceedingly ὑπερ-περισσῶς
adv.,
beyond measure, exceedingly: Mrk.7:37.†
(AS) G5250 G5250 = G5250 ὑπερπλεονάζω huperpleonazō G:V to abound ὑπερ-πλεονάζω
to abound exceedingly: 1Ti.1:14 (Ps Sol 5:19; Herm., Mand., v, 2, 5).†
(AS) G5251 G5251 = G5251 ὑπερυψόω huperupsoō G:V to exalt ὑπερ-υψόω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Psa.37:35 (עָרִיץ) Psa.97:9 (עָלָה ni.), Da TH Dan.4:34 11:12 (רוּם), ib. LXX TH Dan.3:52 ff.* ;]
__1. to exalt beyond measure, exalt to the highest place: Php.2:9.
__2. to extol (Da, ll. with).†
(AS) G5252 G5252 = G5252 ὑπερφρονέω huperphroneō G:V be haughty ὑπερ-φρονέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: 4Ma.13:1 4Mac 14:11 4Mac 16:2 * ;]
__1. to be overproud, high-minded (Æsch.): μὴ ὑ. παρ᾽ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν (on the paranom., see Vau., in l), Rom.12:3.
__2. to overlook, think slightly of (Thuc., Plat.).†
(AS) G5253 G5253 = G5253 ὑπερῷον huperōon G:N-N upper room ὑπερῷον, -ου, τό
(neut. of ὑπερῷος, above, ὑπέρ) [in LXX for עֲלִיָּה and cogn. forms ;]
__1. in cl., the upper story or upper rooms where the women resided (Hom., a1.).
__2. In LXX and NT, an upper chamber, roof-chamber, built on the flat roof of the house (see DB, iii, 674a): Act.1:13 9:37, 39 20:8 (cf. 4Ki.23:22).†
(AS) G5254 G5254 = G5254 ὑπέχω hupechō G:V to undergo ὑπ-έχω
[in LXX: Psa.89:50 (נָשָׂא), La 5:7 (סָבַל), Wis.12:21, 2Ma.4:48 * ;]
to hold or put under. Metaphorical, to undergo, suffer: δίκην, Ju 7 (Soph., Eur., al.).†
(AS) G5255 G5255 = G5255 ὑπήκοος hupēkoos G:A obedient ὑπήκοος, -ον
(ὑπακσύω), [in LXX: Jhn.17:13 (לָמַם) Pro.21:28 (שָׁמַע), etc. ;]
giving ear, obedient, subject: Php.2:8; with dative of person(s), Act.7:39; εἰς πάντα, 2Co.2:9.†
(AS) G5256 G5256 = G5256 ὑπηρετέω hupēreteō G:V to serve ὑπηρετέω, -ῶ
(ὑπηρέτης) [in LXX: Wis.16:21, 24-25 19:6, Sir.39:4 * ;]
prop., to serve as rower on a ship (Diod., al.). In cl. always metaphorically, to minister to, serve: with dative of person(s), Act.13:36 20:34 24:23.†
(AS) G5257 G5257 = G5257 ὑπηρέτης hupēretēs G:N-M servant ὑπηρέτης, -ου, ὁ
(ὑπό + ἐρέτης, a rower) [in LXX: Pro.14:35 (עֶבֶד), Wis.6:4, al. ;]
prop., an under rower; hence, generally, a servant, attendant, minister: of a magistrate's attendant, Mat.5:25; of officers of the Synagogue or Sanhedrin, Mat.26:58, Mrk.14:54, 65, Luk.4:20, Jhn.7:32, 45-46 18:3, 12 18:22 19:6, Act.5:22, 26; of the attendants of kings, οἱ ὑ. οἱ ἑμοί Jhn.18:36; of Christian ministers, Act.13:5 26:16; ὑπηρέται λόγου, Luk.1:2; Χριστοῦ, 1Co.4:1; δοῦλοι κ. ὑ., Jhn.18:18.†
SYN.: see: διάκονος (AS) G5258 G5258 = G5258 ὕπνος hupnos G:N-M sleep ὕπνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for שֵׁנָה, חֲלוֹם, etc. ;]
sleep: Mat.1:24, Luk.9:32, Jhn.11:13, Act.20:9; metaphorically, Rom.13:11.†
(AS) G5259 G5259G = G5259G ὑπό hupo G:PREP by/under: by ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ᾽, Mat.8:9b, Luk.7:8b; before rough breathing ὑφ᾽, Rom.3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. witha, Gal.3:22, see WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv),
prep. with genitive, dative (not in NT), accusative
__I. C. genitive, primarily of place, under, hence, metaphorically, of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, with genitive of person(s), Mat.1:22, Mrk.1:5, Luk.2:18, Jhn.14:21, Act.4:11, 1Co.1:11, Heb.3:4, al.; with genitive of thing(s), Mat.8:24, Luk.7:24, Rom.3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass, meaning, Mat.17:12, Mrk.5:26, 1Co.10:9, 10 1Th.2:14, al.
__II. C. accusative, under;
__1. of motion: Mat.5:15 8:8, Mrk.4:21, Luk.13:34; hence, metaphorically, of subjection, Rom.7:14, 1Co.15:27, Gal.3:22, 1Pe.5:6, al.
__2. Of position: Jhn.1:49, Act.4:12, Rom.3:13, 1Co.10:1, al.; hence, metaphorically, under, subject to, Mat.8:9, Rom.3:9, 1Co.9:20, Gal.4:5, al.
__3. Of time, about: Act.5:21.
__III. In composition: under (ὑποδέω), hence, of subjection (ὑποτάσσω), compliance (ὑπακούω), secrecy (ὑποβάλλω), diminution (ὑποπνέω).
(AS) G5259 G5259H = a Meaning of G5259G ὑπό hupo G:PREP by/under: under ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ᾽, Mat.8:9b, Luk.7:8b; before rough breathing ὑφ᾽, Rom.3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. witha, Gal.3:22, see WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv),
prep. with genitive, dative (not in NT), accusative
__I. C. genitive, primarily of place, under, hence, metaphorically, of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, with genitive of person(s), Mat.1:22, Mrk.1:5, Luk.2:18, Jhn.14:21, Act.4:11, 1Co.1:11, Heb.3:4, al.; with genitive of thing(s), Mat.8:24, Luk.7:24, Rom.3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass, meaning, Mat.17:12, Mrk.5:26, 1Co.10:9, 10 1Th.2:14, al.
__II. C. accusative, under;
__1. of motion: Mat.5:15 8:8, Mrk.4:21, Luk.13:34; hence, metaphorically, of subjection, Rom.7:14, 1Co.15:27, Gal.3:22, 1Pe.5:6, al.
__2. Of position: Jhn.1:49, Act.4:12, Rom.3:13, 1Co.10:1, al.; hence, metaphorically, under, subject to, Mat.8:9, Rom.3:9, 1Co.9:20, Gal.4:5, al.
__3. Of time, about: Act.5:21.
__III. In composition: under (ὑποδέω), hence, of subjection (ὑποτάσσω), compliance (ὑπακούω), secrecy (ὑποβάλλω), diminution (ὑποπνέω).
(AS) G5260 G5260 = G5260 ὑποβάλλω hupoballō G:V to instigate ὑπο-βάλλω
[in LXX: ??Dan.3:9 A, I Est.2:18 * ;]
to throw or put under. Metaphorical,
__(a) to subject, submit;
__(b) to suggest, whisper, prompt;
__(with) to suborn (see Field, Notes, 113), instigate: with accusative of person(s), Act.6:11.†
(AS) G5261 G5261 = G5261 ὑπογραμμός hupogrammos G:N-M example ὑπογραμμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὑπογράφω, (a) to write under; (b) to trace letters for copying), [in LXX: 2Ma.2:28 * ;]
__1. a writing-copy, hence,
__2. an example: 1Pe.2:11 (Philo).†
(AS) G5262 G5262 = G5262 ὑπόδειγμα hupodeigma G:N-N example ὑπό-δειγμα, -τος, τό
(ὑποδείκνυμι), [in LXX: Eze.42:15, Sir.44:16, 2Ma.6:28 2Mac 6:31, 4Ma.17:23 * ;]
used by later writers (Xen. onwards) for παράδειγμα (see Rutherford, NPhr., 62),
__(a) a figure, copy: Heb.8:5 9:23;
__(b) an example: for imitation, Jhn.13:15, Jas.5:10; for warning, Heb.4:11, 2Pe.2:6.†
SYN.: ὁμοίωμα, τύπος, ὑποτύπωσις (see DB, iii. 696b) (AS) G5263 G5263 = G5263 ὑποδείκνυμι hupodeiknumi G:V to show ὑπο-δείκνυμι
[in LXX for נָגַד hi., etc. ;]
__1. to show secretly.
__2. to show by tracing out; hence, generally, to teach, make known: with dative of person(s), Luk.6:47 12:5, Act.9:16; id. with inf., Mat.3:7, Luk.3:7; before, ὅτι, Act.20:35.†
(AS) G5264 G5264 = G5264 ὑποδέχομαι hupodechomai G:V to receive ὑπο-δέχομαι
[in LXX: Tob.7:8-9 Jdth.13:13 A, 1Ma.16:15, 4Ma.13:17 * ;]
to receive under one's roof, receive as a guest, entertain hospitably: with accusative of person(s), Luk.19:6, Act.17:7, Jas.2:25; εἰς τ. οἶκον, Luk.10:38 (see MM, xxv).†
(AS) G5265 G5265 = G5265 ὑποδέω hupodeō G:V to put on ὑπο-δέω
[in LXX: 2Ch.28:15, Eze.16:10 (נָעַל) * ;]
to blind under, esp. of foot gear. Most frequently in mid, and pass. with accusative;
__(a) of the foot, ὑποδησάμενοι τ. πόδας, your feet shod: Eph.6:15;
__(b) of that which is put on, σανδάλια: Mrk.6:9, Act.12:8.†
(AS) G5266 G5266 = G5266 ὑπόδημα hupodēma G:N-N sandal ὑπόδημα, -τος, τό
(ὑποδέω), [in LXX for נָעַל ;]
a sole bound under the foot, a sandal: Mat.3:11 10:10, Mrk.1:7, Luk.3:16 10:4 15:22 22:35, Jhn.1:27; τ. ποδῶν, Act.7:33 (LXX) Act.13:25.†
SYN.: σανδάλιον, q.v (AS) G5267 G5267 = G5267 ὑπόδικος hupodikos G:A accountable ὑπόδικος, -ον
brought to trial, answerable to: with dative of person(s), τ. θεῷ, Rom.3:19 (see MM, xxv).†
(AS) G5268 G5268 = G5268 ὑποζύγιον hupozugion G:N-N donkey ὑπο-ζύγιος, -α, -ον
[in LXX for חֲמוֹר ;]
under the yoke; as subst., τ . (Hdt., al.), a beast of burden; colloq., an ass (see Deiss., BS, 160 f.), and so always in LXX and NT: Mat.21:5 (LXX), 2Pe.2:16.†
(AS) G5269 G5269 = G5269 ὑποζώννυμι hupozōnnumi G:V to undergird ὑπο-ζώννυμι
[in LXX: 2Ma.3:19 * ;]
to undergird (Hdt., al.; ὑπὸ τ. μάστους, 2Mac, l.with); of a ship, to undergird or frap: Act.27:17 (see DB, ext. 367a).†
(AS) G5270 G5270 = G5270 ὑποκάτω hupokatō G:PREP under ύπο-κάτω comp. adv. (see M, Pr., 99),
[in LXX chiefly for תַּחַת ;]
below, under: as prep. with genitive, Mat.22:44, Mrk.6:11 7:28 12:36 (Rec., R, txt., ὑποπόδιον, as in LXX), Luk.8:16, Jhn.1:51, Heb.2:8" (LXX), Rev.5:3, 13 6:9 12:1.†
(AS) G5271 G5271 = G5271 ὑποκρίνω hupokrinō G:V to pretend ὑπο-κρίνομαι
[in LXX: (Job.40:2) אּ1 (AB אּ2 ἀπο-, עָנָה), Sir.1:29 35:15 (32:15) Sir.36:2 (33:2), 2Ma.5:25 2Mac 6:21 2Mac 6:24, 4Ma.6:15 4Mac 6:17 * ;]
__1. = Att.. ἀποκρίνομαι (which see), to answer, reply (Hom., Hdt., al.).
__2. to answer on the stage, play apart (Arist., al.). Metaphorical, to feign, pretend (Demos., Polyb.): with accusative and inf., Luk.20:20 (cf. Ps sol 4:22).†
(AS) G5272 G5272 = G5272 ὑπόκρισις hupokrisis G:N-F hypocrisy ὑπό-κρισις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑποκρίνομαι, which see) [in LXX: 2Ma.6:25 * ;]
__1. a reply, answer (Hdt.).
__2. play-acting (Arist., Polyb., al.). Metaphorical, pretence, hypocrisy: Mat.23:28, Mrk.12:15, Luk.12:1, Gal.2:13, 1Ti.4:2, 1Pe.2:1 (Polyb., Pss Sng.4:7).†
(AS) G5273 G5273 = G5273 ὑποκριτής hupokritēs G:N-M hypocrite ὑπο-κριτής, -οῦ, ὁ
(ὑποκρίνομαι, which see) [in LXX Job.34:30 36:13 (חָנֵף) * ;]
__1. one who answers, an interpreter (Plat.).
__2. a stage player, actor (Plut., Xen., al.). Metaphorical (in LXX and NT), a pretender, dissembler, hypocrite: Mat.6:2, 5 6:16 7:5 15:7 22:18 23:13-15 24:51, Mrk.7:6 Luk.6:42 12:56 13:15.†
(AS) G5274 G5274 = G5274 ὑπολαμβάνω hupolambanō G:V to take up/suppose ὑπο-λαμβάνω
[in LXX: Job.2:4 4:1 and frequently (עָנָה), Psa.48:9 (דָּמָה pi.), Tob.6:17, Wis.17:2, 3Ma.3:8 3Mac 3:11, al. ;]
__1. to take or bear up (by supporting from beneath): with accusative of person(s), Act.1:9.
__2. to receive, welcome, entertain (Xen.): III Jn 8.
__3. to catch up in speech (Hdt., al.; Jb, ll. with): Luk.10:30.
__4. Of mental action, to assume, suppose (Xen., al.; To, Wis, 3Mac, ll. with): Act.2:15; before ὅτι (see Bl., § 70, 2), Luk.7:43.†
(AS) G5275 G5275 = G5275 ὑπολείπω hupoleipō G:V to leave ὑπο-λείπω
[in LXX chiefly (pass.) for יָתַר ni., שָׁאַר ni. ;]
to leave remaining (Hom., Thuc., al.): pass., of survivors, Rom.11:3.†
(AS) G5276 G5276 = G5276 ὑπολήνιον hupolēnion G:N-N trough ὑπολήνιον, -ου, τό
(ὑπό, ληνός), [in LXX: Jol.3:13 (4:13), Hag.2:17, (16), Zec.14:10, Isa.16:10 (יֶקֶב) * ;]
a vessel or trough beneath a winepress to receive the juice (RV, a pit for the winepress): Mrk.12:1 (see Swete, in l, and cf. ληνός).†
(AS) G5277 G5277 = G5277 ὑπολιμπάνω hupolimpanō G:V to leave behind ὑπο-λιμτάνω
collat. form of ὑπολείπω,
to leave behind: 1Pe.2:21.†
(AS) G5278 G5278 = G5278 ὑπομένω hupomenō G:V to remain/endure ὑπο-μένω
[in LXX chiefly for קָוָה, also for יָחַל hi., etc. ;]
__1. in-trans., to stay behind: before ἐν, Luk.2:43; ἐκεῖ, Act.17:14.
__2. Trans.,
__(a) with accusative, to await, wait for: Rom.8:24 (Hom., Hdt., Xen., al.);
__(b) of things, to bear patiently, endure: absol., Mat.10:22 24:13, Mrk.13:13, 2Ti.2:12, Jas.5:11, 1Pe.2:20; τ. θλίψει (dative of circumstance), Rom.12:12; before εἰς, Heb.12:7; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.13:7, 2Ti.2:10, Heb.10:32 12:2-3, Jas.1:12.†
SYN.: μακροθυμέω (see: ὑπομονή) (AS) G5279 G5279 = G5279 ὑπομιμνήσκω hupomimnēskō G:V to remind ὑπο-μιμνήσκω
[in LXX: 3Ki.4:3 B ( hi.), Wis.12:1 18:22, 4Ma.18:14 * ;]
to cause one to remember, put one in mind or remind one of: with accusative of thing(s), 2Ti.2:14, 3Jn.10; with dupl. accusative (Thus., al.), Jhn.14:26; with accusative of person(s), before περί, 2Pe.1:12; id., before ὅτι, Ju 5; with inf., Tit.3:1; pass., with genitive of thing(s), Luk.22:61.†
(AS) G5280 G5280 = G5280 ὑπόμνησις hupomnēsis G:N-F remembrance ὑπόμινησις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑπομιμνήσκω) [in LXX: Psa.71:6 א (תְּהִלָּה), Wis.16:11, 2Ma.6:17 * ;]
a reminding, reminder: ἐν ὑ., 2Pe.1:13 3:1; with genitive, 2Ti.1:5.†
(AS) G5281 G5281 = G5281 ὑπομονή hupomonē G:N-F perseverance ὑπο-μονή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὑπομένω) [in LXX for מִקְוֶה and cogn. forms; frequently in 4Mac ;]
__1. a remaining behind (Arist.).
__2. patient enduring, endurance: Luk.8:15 21:19, Rom.5:3-4 15:4-5, 2Co.6:4 12:12, Col.1:11, 2Th.1:4, 1Ti.6:11, 2Ti.3:10, Tit.2:2, Heb.10:36, Jas.1:3-4 5:11, 2Pe.1:6, Rev.2:2-3, 19 13:10 14:12; δι᾽ ὑπομονῆς, Rom.8:25, Heb.12:1; with genitive of person(s), 2Th.3:5 (ICC, in l), Rev.3:10; with genitive of thing(s), Rom.2:7, 2Co.1:6, 1Th.1:3; before ἐν, Rev.1:9.†
SYN.: see: μακροθυμία, and cf. Hort on Jas.1:3 (AS) G5282 G5282 = G5282 ὑπονοέω huponoeō G:V to suppose ὑπο νοέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Da TH Dan.7:25 (סְבַר), Tob.8:16, Jdth.14:14, Sir.23:21 * ;]
to suspect, conjecture: Act.25:18; with accusative and inf., Act.13:25 27:27.†
(AS) G5283 G5283 = G5283 ὑπόνοια huponoia G:N-F suspicion ὑπόνοια, -ας, ἡ
(ὑπονοέω), [in LXX: Dan LXX 4:16, 32 5:6 (רַעְיוֹן), Sir 3:34* ;]
a suspicion: 1Ti.6:4.†
(AS) G5284 G5284 = G5284 ὑποπλέω hupopleō G:V to sail the lee ὑπο-πλέω
to sail under, i.e. under the lee of: with accusative, Act.27:4, 7.†
(AS) G5285 G5285 = G5285 ὑποπνέω hupopneō G:V to blow gently ὑπο-πνέω
__1. to blow underneath (Arist.).
__2. to blow gently: Act.27:13.†
(AS) G5286 G5286 = G5286 ὑποπόδιον hupopodion G:N-N footstool ὑποπόδιον, -ου, τό
(ὑπό, πούς), [in LXX: Psa.99:5 110:1, Isa.66:1, La 2:1 (הֲדֹם) * ;]
a footstool (= cl. θρᾶνος): Jas.2:3; metaphorically, Mat.5:35, Mrk.12:36 (ὑποκάτω, WH, R, mg.), Luk.20:43, Act.2:35 7:49, Heb.1:13 10:13 (all, except Mt, l.with, from LXX, Psa.110:1, Isa.66:1) (for exx., see Deiss., BS, 223).†
(AS) G5287 G5287 = G5287 ὑπόστασις hupostasis G:N-F confidence/essence ὑπό-στασις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑφίστημι, to set under, stand under, support) [in LXX for מַצָּב (1Ki.13:23 14:4 B), תִּקְוָה (Rut.1:12, Eze.19:5), etc., also in Wis.16:21 ;]
__1. a support, base or foundation (in various senses).
__2. substance (Arist., al.; opposite to φαντασία, ἔμφασις): Heb.1:3
__3. steadiness, firmness (Polyb., al.), hence, assurance, confidence: 2Co.9:4 11:17, Heb.3:14 11:1 (here perhaps title-deed, as that which gives reality or guarantee; see MM, xxv).†
(AS) G5288 G5288 = G5288 ὑποστέλλω hupostellō G:V to withdraw ὑπο-στέλλω
[in LXX: Deu.1:17 (גּוּר), Job.13:8 (נָשָׂא פָּנִים), Hab.2:4 (עָפַל pu.), Hag.1:10 (כָּלָא), Exo.23:21, Wis.6:7, 3Ma.5:28 * ;]
__1. to draw in, let down (ἱστίον, οὐράν, etc.).
__2. to draw back, withdraw: ἑαυτόν, Gal.2:12 (Polyb., al.; see Lft., in l). Mid., to shrink or draw back: Heb.10:38 (LXX); before τοῦ, with inf., Act.20:27; οὐδέν, Act.20:20.†
(AS) G5289 G5289 = G5289 ὑποστολή hupostolē G:N-F shrinking ὑπο-στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ὑποστέλλω),
__1. a letting down, lowering (Plut.).
__2. a shrinking back (Hesych.): οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς (on the genitive, see Bl., § 35, 2), Heb.10:39.†
(AS) G5290 G5290 = G5290 ὑποστρέφω hupostrephō G:V to return ὑπο-στρέφω
[in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ],
__1. trans., to turn back or about (Hem.).
__2. Intrans., to turn back, return: Luk.2:20, 43 8:37, 40 9:10 10:17 17:15 19:12 23:48, 56, Act.8:28; with inf., Luk.17:18; before διά, Act.20:3; εἰς, Luk.1:56 2:45 4:14 7:10 8:3 9:8 11:24 24:33, 52, Act.1:12 8:25 13:13, 34 14:21 21:6 22:17 23:32, Gal.1:17; ἀπό, Luk.4:1 24:9, Heb.7:1; ἐκ, Act.12:25, 2Pe.2:21.†
(AS) G5291 G5291 = G5291 ὑποστρώννυμι hupostrōnnumi G:V to spread ὑπο-στρωννύω
[in LXX: Isa.58:5 (יָצָא hi.), etc. ;]
late form of ὑπο-στορέννυμι, to spread or strew under: with accusative of thing(s), Luk.19:36.†
(AS) G5292 G5292 = G5292 ὑποταγή hupotagē G:N-F submission ὑπο-ταγή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX: Wis.18:16 A * ;]
subjection: 2Co.9:13, Gal.2:5. 1Ti.2:11 3:4.†
(AS) G5293 G5293 = G5293 ὑποτάσσω hupotassō G:V to subject ὑπο-τάσσω
[in LXX for דָבַר hi., דָּמַם, שׂוּם, שִׁית, etc. ;]
__1. as a military term, to place or rank under (Polyb.).
__2. to subject, put in subjection: 1Co.15:27, Php.3:21, Heb.2:5, 8; pass., Rom.8:20, 1Co.15:27-28, 1Pe.3:22, Eph.1:22. Mid., to subject oneself, obey: absol., Rom.13:5, 1Co.14:34; with dative of person(s), Luk.2:51 10:17, 20, Rom.8:7 10:3 13:1, 1Co.14:32 15:28 (ὑποταγήσεται; cf. M, Pr., 163), 1Co.16:16, Eph.5:21-22 (T, WH, txt., R, om.), Eph.5:24, Col.3:18, Tit.2:5, 9 3:1, Heb.12:9, 1Pe.2:18 3:1 3:5 5:5; imperat., Jas.4:7, 1Pe.2:13 5:5.†
(AS) G5294 G5294 = G5294 ὑποτίθημι hupotithēmi G:V to lay ὑπο-τίθημι
[in LXX for שׂוּם, etc. ;]
to place under, lay down. Metaphorical, τ. τράχηλον ὑποθεῖναι, to risk one's life (see Deiss., LAE, 119 f.): Rom.16:4; mid., to suggest: 1Ti.4:6.†
(AS) G5295 G5295 = G5295 ὑποτρέχω hupotrechō G:V to sail under ὑπο-τρέχω
to run in under; of navigators, to run in the lee of: with accusative (see M, Pr., 65), Act.27:16.†
(AS) G5296 G5296 = G5296 ὑποτύπωσις hupotupōsis G:N-F example ὑπο-τύπωσις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑποτυπόω, to delineate),
an outline, sketch. Metaphorical, a pattern, example: 1Ti.1:16, 2Ti.1:13.†
SYN.: ὁμοίωμα, τύπος, ὑπόδειγμα (see DB, iii, 696b) (AS) G5297 G5297 = G5297 ὑποφέρω hupopherō G:V to endure ὑπο-φέρω
[in LXX for נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
to bear by being under. Metaphorical, to endure: with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.10:13, 2Ti.3:11, 1Pe.2:19.†
(AS) G5298 G5298 = G5298 ὑποχωρέω hupochōreō G:V to withdraw ὑπο-χωρέω
[in LXX: Jdg.20:37 B (-), Sir.13:9, 2Ma.12:12 * ;]
to go back, retire: before ἐν, Luk.5:16; before εἰς, Luk.9:10.†
(AS) G5299 G5299 = G5299 ὑπωπιάζω hupōpiazō G:V to wear out ὑπωπιάζω
(ὑπώπιον, (a) the part of the face below the eyes; (b) a blow on the face),
to strike under the eye, give a black eye:
metaphorically,
__(a) of persistent annoyance (RV, wear out), Luk.18:6;
__(b) of severe self-discipline (R, txt. buffet, mg. bruise), 1Co.9:27 (see Field, Notes, 71, 174).†
ὑπο-πιάζω,
later form of ὑποπιέζω, to press slightly; metaphorically,
to repress: 1Co.9:27 T.7 for ὑπωπιάζω, which see†
(AS) G5300 G5300 = G5300 ὗς hus G:N-F sow ὗς, ὑός, ὁ, ἡ
[in LXX for חֲזִיר ;]
swine: fem. (sow), 2Pe.2:22,†
(AS) G5301 G5301 = G5301 ὕσσωπος hussōpos G:N-F hyssop ὕσσωπος, -ου, ἡ
[in LXX for אֵזוֹב ;]
hyssop, of which a bunch was used in ritual sprinklings: Heb.9:19; of a branch or rod (?) of hyssop, Jhn.19:29 (but see Field, Notes, 106 ff., for suggestion to substitute ὑσσῷ here).†
(AS) G5302 G5302 = G5302 ὑστερέω hustereō G:V to lack ὑστερέω, -ῶ
(ὕστερος), [in LXX for חָסֵר, חָדַל etc. ;]
to come late, be behind (opposite to προτερέω, φθάνω; with genitive of thing(s), for; with genitive of person(s), later than).
Metaphorical,
__1. of persons,
__(a) absol., to come short, fail: Heb.4:1; before ἀπό, Heb.12:15.;
__(b) with genitive of person(s), to come short of, be inferior to: 2Co.11:5; οὐδέν (in nothing, in no respect), 2Co.12:11;
__(with) with reference to things, to come short (of ), be in want (of ): with accusative of thing(s), Mat.19:20 (Sir.51:24); with genitive of thing(s), Luk.22:35; so mid. (Diod., FlJ), Rom.3:23; absol., to be in want, suffer want, Luk.15:14, 1Co.8:8, 2Co.11:8, Heb.11:37 (Sir.11:11); opposite to περισσεύειν, Php.4:12; before ἐν, 1Co.1:7.
__2. Of things,
__(a) to fail, be lacking: Jhn.2:3; with accusative of person(s) (see Swete, in l; Mozley, Psa.42:1-11), Mrk.10:21;
__(b) to be inferior: mid., 1Co.12:24 (cf. ἀφ-υστερέω).†
(AS) G5303 G5303 = G5303 ὑστέρημα husterēma G:N-N deficiency ὑστέρημα, -τος, τό
(ὑστερέω), [in LXX: Jdg.18:10 19:19-20, Psa.34:9 (מַחְסוֹר), Ecc.1:15 (חֶסְרוֹן), Est.6:9 (ὑ. εἶναι, חֲשַׁח) * ;]
__(a) that which is lacking, deficiency, shortcoming: with genitive puss. (prop. pose.), 1Co.16:17, Php.2:30; with genitive of thing(s), Col.1:24, 1Th.3:10;
__(b) need, want, poverty (Psa.34:10, Jdg.18:10, al.): Luk.21:4, 2Co.9:12 11:9; opposite to περίσσευμα, 2Co.8:13-14 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5304 G5304 = G5304 ὑστέρησις husterēsis G:N-F poverty ὑστέρησις, -εως, ἡ
(ὑστερέω), [in Aq.: Job.30:3 * ;]
need, want: opposite to τὸ περισσεῦον, Mrk.12:44; καθ᾽ ὑ., Php.4:11 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5305 G5305 = a Form of G5306 ὕστερον husteron G:ADV later (comp.) later, second; (neu.) finally, last of all
posterior, in place or time; subsequent, later, last, finally, last of all Mt. 21:31; 1Tim. 4:1 G5306 G5306 = G5306 ὕστερος husteros G:A later ὕστερος, -α, -ον
[in LXX for אַחֲרוֹן and cogn. forms ;]
latter, later: ἐν ὑ. καιροῖς, 1Ti.4:1 (on the reading ὁ ὕ., WH, for ὁ πρῶτος, see WH, App., in l). Neut., τὸ ὕ., used adverbially instead of ὑστέρως, afterwards, later: Mat.4:2 21:29, 32 21:37 25:11 26:60, Mrk.16:14, Luk.20:32, Jhn.13:36, Heb.12:11; with genitive, Mat.22:27.†
(AS) G5307 G5307 = G5307 ὑφαντός huphantos G:A woven ὑφαντός, -ή, -όν
(ὑφαίνω), [in LXX chiefly for חָשַׁב ;]
woven: Jhn.19:23.†
ὑφαίνω,
[in LXX for אָרַג, etc. ;]
to weave: Luk.12:27, T, WH, mg.†
(AS) G5308 G5308 = G5308 ὑψηλός hupsēlos G:A high ὑψηλός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX chiefly for בָּמָה, also for בָּמָה, רוּם, etc. ;]
high, lofty: ὄρος, Mat.4:8 17:1, Mrk.9:2, Rev.21:10; τεῖχος, Rev.21:12; μετὰ βραχίονος., figuratively, Act.13:17 (cf. Exo.6:6, al); pl., ὑψηλά, of heaven (Psa.93:4, Isa.33:5, al.), Heb.1:3; compar., ὑψηλότερος τ. οὐρανῶν, Heb.7:26. Metaph: Luk.16:15; ὑψηλὰ ψρσνεῖν, Rom.11:20 12:16, 1Ti.6:17 (WH, txt., ὑψηλοφρονείν).†
(AS) G5309 G5309 = G5309 ὑψηλοφρονέω hupsēlophroneō G:V be arrogant ὑψηλο- φρονέω, -ῶ
= μευαλοφρονεῖν (Xen., Plat., al.),
to be high-minded: 1Ti.6:17 (WH, mg., ὑψηλὰ, φρονεῖν).†
(AS) G5310 G5310 = the Greek of H3068G ὕψιστος hupsistos G:A Highest ὕψιστος, -η, -ον superlat., without positive in use, in cl. chiefly poët. (Æsch., Soph., al.),
[in LXX chiefly for עֶלְיוֹן, also for מָרוֹם, etc. ;]
highest, most high: of place, τὰ ὕ. (of the heavens), Mat.21:9, Mrk.11:10, Luk.2:14 19:38 (cf. Joshua 16:19, Isa.57:15); of God (in cl., of Zeus; Pind., Æsch., al.), ὕ., Luk.1:32, 35 1:76 6:35 (as frequently in Sir.4:10, al.); ὁ ὕ., Act.7:48; ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὕ., Mrk.5:7, Luk.8:28, Act.16:17, Heb.7:1 (cf. Gen.14:18).†
(AS) G5311 G5311 = G5311 ὕψος hupsos G:N-N height ὕψος, -ους, τό
[in LXX for קוֹמָה, מָרוֹם, etc. ;]
height: Eph.3:18 Jas.1:9, Rev.21:16; of heaven (EV, on high), ἐξ ὕ., Luk.1:78 24:49; εἰς ὕ., Eph.4:8 (LXX)†
(AS) G5312 G5312 = G5312 ὑψόω hupsoō G:V to lift up ὑψόω, -ῶ
(ὕψος), [in LXX chiefly for רוּם, also for גָּבַהּ, נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
to lift or raise up: with accusative, Jhn.3:14 8:28 12:32, 34; ἕως τ. οὐρανοῦ, figuratively, pass., Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15. Metaphorical, to exalt, uplift: Act.2:33 5:31, 2Co.11:7, Jas.4:10, 1Pe.5:6; opposite to ταπεινῶ, Luk.1:52; ἑαυτόν, Mat.23:12, Luk.4:11 18:14 (cf. ὑπερ-υψόω).†
(AS) G5313 G5313 = G5313 ὕψωμα hupsōma G:N-N height ὕψωμα, -τος, τό
[in LXX: Job.24:24 (†), Jdth.10:8 13:4 15:9 * ;]
__(a) height: Rom.8:39;
__(b) that which is lifted up, a barrier: 2Co.10:5.†
(AS) G5314 G5314 = G5314 φάγος phagos G:N-M glutton φάγος, -ου, ὁ
(φαγεῖν, see: ἐσθίω)
a glutton: Mat.11:19, Luk.7:34.†
(AS) G5315 G5315 = a Form of G2068 φαγεῖν phagein G:V to eat φάγομαιHellenistic for cl. ἔδομαι, see: ἐσθίω.
ἐσθίω, and (poet, and late prose) ἔσθω,
[in LXX chiefly for אכל ;]
to eat;
__(a) absol.: Mat.14:20, 21 Mrk.6:31, Jhn.4:31, al.; ἐν τ. φαγεῖν (on this aor. form, see M, Pr., 111), 1Co.11:21; διδόναι φαγεῖν, with dative of person(s), Mrk.5:43, al.; ἐ. καὶ πίνειν, Mat.6:25, 31 Luk.10:7, al.; of ordinary use of food and drink, 1Co.9:4 11:22; of partaking of food at table, Mrk.2:16, Luk.5:30, al.; opposite to fasting, Mat.11:18, Luk.5:33, al.; of revelling, Mat.24:49, Luk.12:45 .
__(b) with accusative of thing(s): Mat.6:25, Mrk.1:6, Jhn.6:31, Rom.14:2, al.; ἄρτον (Heb. אָכַל לֶחֶם), Mat.15:2, Mrk.3:20, al.; τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄ., 2Th.3:12; ἄ. before παρά, genitive of person(s), 2Th.3:8; τά before id., Luk.10:7; τ. πάσχα, Mat.26:17, Mrk.14:12 al; τ. κυριακὸν δεῖπνον, 1Co.11:20; τ. θυσίας, 1Co.10:18; before ἐκ (= cl. part. genitive), Jhn.6:26, 5o, 51, 1Co.11:28; ἀπό (cf. Heb. אָכַל מִן), Mat.15:27, Mrk.7:28; metaphorically, to devour, consume: Heb.10:27, Jas.5:3, Rev.17:16 (cf. κατ-, συν-εσθίω) .
(AS) G5316 G5316 = G5316 φαίνω phainō G:V to shine/appear φαίνω
[in LXX for אוֹר hi., רָאָה ni., etc. ;]
__I. Act.,
__1. to bring to light, cause to appear (so most frequently in cl.).
__2. Absol., to give light, shine (Hom., Plat., al.): Jhn.1:5 5:35, 2Pe.1:19, 1Jn.2:8, Rev.1:16 8:12 18:23 21:23.
__II. Pass., to come to light, appear, be manifest: Mat.2:7 13:26 24:27, 30, Luk.9:8, Php.2:15, Heb.11:3, 1Pe.4:18" (LXX) ; opposite to ἀφανίζεσθαι, Jhn.4:14; with dative of person(s) (Bl. § 54, 4), Mat.1:20 2:13, 19 Mrk.16:9; with nom. pred., Mat.23:27-28, Rom.7:13, 2Co.13:7; id. with dative of person(s), Mat.6:5, 16 6:18 (before nom. ptcp., but not as in cl.; see Bl., § 73, 4); impers., Mat.9:33; of the mind and judgment (= δοκεῖ, which see), Mrk.14:64 (cf. I Est.2:21), Luk.24:11.†
SYN.: see: δοκέω (AS) G5317 G5317 = the Greek of H6389 Φάλεκ Phalek N:N-M-P Peleg Φάλεκ (T, Rec. Φαλέκ, L, mg., Φάλεγ), ὁ indecl. (Heb. D, Ge 1116),
Peleg: Luk.3:35.†
(AS) G5318 G5318 = G5318 φανερός phaneros G:A clear φανερός, -ά, -όν
(φαίνομαι) [in LXX: Deu.29:29 (28) (גָּלָה ni.), Pro.14:4, Sir.6:22, al. ;]
open to sight, visible, manifest: Gal.5:19; before ἐν, Rom.1:19, 1Jn.3:10; with dative of person(s), Act.4:16 7:13, 1Ti.4:15; φ. γίνεσθαι (in LXX for בָּחַן ni., Gen.42:16), Mrk.6:14, Luk.8:17, 1Co.3:13 14:25; id. before ἐν, 1Co.11:19, Php.1:13; φ. ποιεῖν, Mat.12:16, Mrk.3:12; εἰς φ. ἐλθεῖν (cf. Bl., § 47, 2), Mrk.4:22, Luk.8:17; ἐν τῷ φ. (opposite to ἐν τ. κρυπτῷ), Rom.2:28.†
SYN.: see: δῆλος (AS) G5319 G5319 = G5319 φανερόω phaneroō G:V to reveal φανερόω, -ώ
[in LXX: Jer.40:6 (33:6) (גָּלָה pi.) * ;]
to make visible, clear, manifest or known: with accusative of thing(s), Jhn.2:11 17:6, Rom.1:19, 1Co.4:5, 2Co.2:14 11:6, Col.4:4, Tit.1:3; pass., Mrk.4:22, Jhn.3:21 9:3, Rom.3:21 16:26, 2Co.4:10-11, Eph.5:13, Col.1:26, 2Ti.1:10, Heb.9:8, 1Jn.3:2 Jn 4:9, Rev.3:18 15:4; with accusative of person(s), of Christ, Jhn.7:4 21:1; pass., 2Co.3:3 5:10-11, 1Jn.2:19; of Christ, Mrk.16:12, 14, Jhn.1:31 21:14, Col.3:4, 1Ti.3:16, Heb.9:26, 1Pe.1:20 5:4, 1Jn.1:2 (ἡ ζωή; see Westc., in l) 1Jn.2:28 Jn 3:2 Jn 3:5 Jn 3:8.†
SYN.: see: ἀποκαλύπτω (AS) G5320 G5320 = G5320 φανερῶς phanerōs G:ADV plainly φανερῶς
adv. (φανερός), [in LXX: 2Ma.3:28 * ;]
__(a) manifestly, openly: Mrk.1:45; opposite to ἐν κρυπτῷ„ Jhn.7:10;
__(b) clearly: Act.10:3 (2Ma.3:28).†
(AS) G5321 G5321 = G5321 φανέρωσις phanerōsis G:N-F revelation φανέρωσις, -εως, ἡ
(φανερόω), [in LXX as seel. for δήλωσις אוּרִים), Lev.8:8, Cod. Ven. (Thayer, see word) * ;]
manifestation: 1Co.12:7, 2Co.4:2.†
(AS) G5322 G5322 = G5322 φανός phanos G:N-M torch φανός, -οῦ, ὁ
(φαίνω),
a torch or lantern (see Rutherford, NPhr., 131 f.): Jhn.18:3.†
SYN.: see: λαμπάς (AS) G5323 G5323 = G5323 Φανουήλ Phanouēl N:N-M-P Phanuel Φανουήλ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. פְּנוּאֵל),
Phanuel: Luk.2:36.†
(AS) G5324 G5324 = G5324 φαντάζω phantazō G:V to make visible φαντάζω
(φαίνω) [in LXX: Wis.6:16, Sir.31:5 (34:5)* ;]
to make visible. In cl. used in pass. only, = φαίνομαι, to become visible, appear: ptcp., Heb.12:21.†
(AS) G5325 G5325 = G5325 φαντασία phantasia G:N-F pageantry φαντασία, -ας, ἡ
(φαντάζω), [in LXX: Zec.10:1 (חֲזִיז), חֲזִיז), Hab.2:18-19 3:10, Wis.18:17 * ;]
__1. as philos. term,
__(a) imagination;
__(b) = φάντασμα (Plat., Arist.).
__2. In later writers (Polyb., al.), show, display: Act.25:23.†
(AS) G5326 G5326 = G5326 φάντασμα phantasma G:N-N ghost φάντασμα, -τος, τό
(φαντάζω), [in LXX: Job.20:8 A (חִזָּיוֹן), Isa.28:7 A, Wis.17:15 * ;]
= φάσμα, an appearance, apparition (Æsch., al.): Mat.14:26, Mrk.6:49 (see DCG, i, 111b).†
(AS) G5327 G5327 = G5327 φάραγξ pharagx G:N-F valley φάραγξ, -αγγος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for נַחַל, also for גַּיְא, etc. ;]
a chasm, ravine: Luk.3:5 (LXX) (see DB, iv, 845 f.).†
(AS) G5328 G5328G = the Greek of H6547H Φαραώ Pharaō N:N--T Pharaoh Φαραώ, ὁ indecl.
(in FlJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, Φαραών, -ῶνος), (Heb. פַּרְעֹה),
Pharaoh, the general title of the kings of Egypt: Act.7:13, 21, Rom.9:17, Heb.11:24; Φ. βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου, Act.7:10.†
(AS) G5328 G5328H = the Greek of H6547I Φαραώ Pharaō N:N--T Pharaoh Φαραώ, ὁ indecl.
(in FlJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, Φαραών, -ῶνος), (Heb. פַּרְעֹה),
Pharaoh, the general title of the kings of Egypt: Act.7:13, 21, Rom.9:17, Heb.11:24; Φ. βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου, Act.7:10.†
(AS) G5328 G5328I = the Greek of H6547J Φαραώ Pharaō N:N--T Pharaoh Φαραώ, ὁ indecl.
(in FlJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, Φαραών, -ῶνος), (Heb. פַּרְעֹה),
Pharaoh, the general title of the kings of Egypt: Act.7:13, 21, Rom.9:17, Heb.11:24; Φ. βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου, Act.7:10.†
(AS) G5329 G5329 = the Greek of H6557 Φάρες Phares N:N-M-P Perez Φαρές, ὁ indecl. (Heb. פֶּרֶץ, Gen.38:29),
Peres: Mat.1:3, Luk.3:33.†
(AS) G5330 G5330 = G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaios N:N--T Pharisee Φαρισαῖος, -ου, ὁ (Aram. פְּרִישָׁא; see Dalman, Gr., 157.n, Words, 2.n),
a Pharisee: Mat.23:26, Php.3:5; usually in pl., Mat.9:11, Mrk.2:18, al.; Φ. κ. γραμματεῖς, Mat.5:20, Mrk.2:16, Luk.5:21, al.; Φ. κ. Σαδδυκαῖοι, Mat.16:1, Act.23:6, 7 al.; ἀρχιερεῖς, Mat.21:45, Jhn.7:32, al. (see DB, iii, 826b).
(AS) G5331 G5331 = G5331 φαρμακεία pharmakeia G:N-F sorcery φαρμακία (Rec. -εία), -ας, ἡ
(φαρμακεύω, to administer drugs)
poët. and late prose form of φαρμακεία,
[in LXX: Exo.7:11, 22 8:7, 18 (3, 14) (לָט, חַרְטֹם), Isa.47:9, 12 (כֶּשֶׁף) Wis.12:4 18:13 * ;]
__1. generally, the use of medicine, drugs or spells (Xen.).
__2. (a) poisoning (Plut., Polyb.);
__(b) sorcery, witchcraft: Gal.5:20 (see Lft., in l), Rev.9:21 (WH, txt., φαρμάκων) Rev.18:23 (cf. LXX, ll. with).†
(AS) G5332 G5332 = G5332 φαρμακεύς pharmakeus G:N-M sorcerer φαρμακεύς, -έως, ὁ
(φάρμακον)
a sorcerer: Rev.21:8, Rec.†
(AS) G5333 G5333 = G5333 φάρμακος pharmakos G:N-M/N sorcerer φαρμακός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for כָּשַׁף, etc. ;]
devoted to magical arts. As subst., ὁ φ. = φαρμακεύς, a magician, sorcerer: Rev.21:8 22:15.†
(AS) G5334 G5334 = G5334 φάσις phasis G:N-F news φάσις, -εως, ἡ
(φαίνω), [in LXX: Est.4:17, Da TH Su 1:55, 4Ma.15:25 א1 * ;]
information, esp. against fraud or other crime: Act.21:31.†
(AS) G5335 G5335 = G5335 φάσκω phaskō G:V to claim φάσκω
[in LXX: Gen.26:20 (אָמַר), Dan LXX Bel 1:8, 2Ma.14:27 2Mac 14:32, 3Ma.3:7 * ;]
to affirm, assert: with accusative and inf., Act.24:9 25:19; with inf. and nom., Rom.1:22.†
(AS) G5336 G5336 = G5336 φάτνη phatnē G:N-F manger φάτνη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX for אֵבוּס, etc. ;]
a manger: Luk.2:7, 12 2:16 13:15 (see DB, iii, 234a, DCG, ii, 111a),†
(AS) G5337 G5337 = G5337 φαῦλος phaulos G:A evil φαῦλος, -η, -ον
[in LXX: Pro.22:8 (עֶוֶל) Pro.29:9 (אֱוִיל), etc. ;]
slight, worthless, of no account, both of persons and things in various shades of meaning (see LS, see word), in NT, as frequently in cl., always with distinct moral reference (see Ellic., Past. Epp., 203; Hort, Ja., 85; Tr., Syn., LXXxiv), worthless, bad: Jhn.3:20, Tit.2:8, Jas.3:16; opposite to ἀγαθός (which see), Jhn.5:29, Rom.9:11, 2Co.5:10.†
SYN.: see: ἄθεσμος (AS) G5338 G5338 = G5338 φέγγος phengos G:N-N brightness φέγγος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for נֹגַהּ ;]
light, brightness, usually with genitive of something that shines or reflects: of the moon, Mat.24:29, Mrk.13:24; of a lamp, Luk.11:33 (WH, RV, φῶς).†
SYN.: αὐγή, q.v (AS) G5339 G5339 = G5339 φείδομαι pheidomai G:V to spare φείδομαι
[in LXX for חָמַל, חוּס, חָשַׂךְ, etc. ;]
to spare: 2Co.13:2; with genitive of person(s), Act.20:29, Rom.8:32 11:21, 1Co.7:28, 2Co.1:23, 2Pe.2:4-5; with inf., to forbear, 2Co.12:6.†
(AS) G5340 G5340 = G5340 φειδομένως pheidomenōs G:ADV sparingly φειδομένως
adv. from ptcp. (see 131., § 25, 1),
sparingly: 2Co.9:6 (Plut.).†
(AS) G5341 G5341 = G5341 φελόνης, φαιλόνης phelonēs, phailonēs G:N-M cloak φελόνης (Rec. φαιλ-), -ου, ὁ
by metath. for παινόλης (also φενόλης, φαινόλιον; Lat. pænula)
a cloak (see DCG, i, 338; on the idea that the meaning here is book-cover, see CGT, in l; Milligan, NTD, 20; Field, Notes, 217 f., where the view that the φ. here is an eccl. vestment is discussed): 2Ti.4:13.†
(AS) G5342 G5342 = G5342 φέρω pherō G:V to bear/lead φέρω
[in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi., also for נָשָׂא, etc. ;]
to bear;
__1. to bear, carry: with accusative, Luk.23:26 24:1, Jhn.19:39, Heb.1:3 (see Westc., in l); pass., Act.2:2 27:15, 17 Heb.6:1, 2Pe.1:17-18; of the mind, 2Pe.1:21.
__2. to bear, endure: with accusative of thing(s), Heb.12:20 13:13; with accusative of person(s), Rom.9:22.
__3. to bring, bring forward: with accusative of person(s), Act.5:16; id. before πρός, Mrk.1:32 2:3 9:17, 19-20; ἐπί, Luk.5:18; with dative, Mrk.7:32 8:22; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.6:27 11:2 12:15, Luk.15:23, Act.4:34, 37 5:2, 2Ti.4:13; id. before πρός, Mrk.11:7; εἰς, Rev.21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mat.14:11, Mrk.6:28; ἀπό, Jhn.21:10; with dative, Mrk.12:15, Jhn.2:8; id. before ὧδε, Mat.14:18 17:17; before φαγεῖν (sc. τι), Jhn.4:33; τ. δάκτυλον (χεῖρα), Jhn.20:27; pass., ἡ χάρις, 1Pe.1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), Heb.9:16; κρίσιν, 2Pe.2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jhn.18:29; αἰτίαν, Act.25:18; αἰτιώματα, Act.25:7, Rec.
__4. to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mat.7:18, Mrk.4:8, Jhn.12:24 15:2, 4-5 15:8, 16.
__5. to bring, lead: Mrk.15:22, Jhn.21:18, Act.14:13; metaphorically, of a gate (ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Act.12:10
(cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, παρ-εισ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, -παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-φέρω).†
SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from (φέρω) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mat.11:8, al., see word φορέω, and see Tr., Syn., § lviii)
(AS) G5343 G5343 = G5343 φεύγω pheugō G:V to flee φεύγω
[in LXX chiefly for נוּס, also for בָּרַח, etc. ;]
to flee from or away, take flight: absol., Mat.8:33 26:56, Mrk.5:14 14:50, Luk.8:34, Jhn.10:12, Act.7:29; before εἰς, Mat.2:13 10:23 24:16 (WH, txt.), Mrk.13:14, Luk.21:21, Rev.12:6; ἐπί, with accusative loc., Mat.24:16 (WH, mg.); ἐκ, Act.27:30; ἀπό, with genitive loc. (cl.), Mrk.16:8; id. with genitive of person(s) (as in Heb.), Jhn.10:5, Jas.4:7. Metaphorical: absol., Rev.16:20; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.6:18, Heb.11:34 (see M, Fr., 116); opposite to διώκειν, 1Ti.6:11, 2Ti.2:22; before άπό, with genitive of person(s), Rev.9:6; άπὸ τ. προσώπου, Rev.20:11; with genitive of thing(s), Mat.3:7 (M, Pr., l.with) Mat.23:33, Luk.3:7, 1Co.10:14 (cf. ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-φεύγω).†
(AS) G5344 G5344 = G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix N:N-M-P Felix φῆλιξ (L, Φή-), -ικος, ὁ
Felix, procurator of Judæa: Act.23:24, 26 24:3, 22 24:24-25, 27 25:14.†
(AS) G5345 G5345 = G5345 φήμη phēmē G:N-F news φήμη, -ης, ἡ
(φημί) [in LXX: Pro.16:2 (15:30) (שְׁמוּעָה), 2Ma.4:39, 3Ma.3:2, 4Ma.4:22 * ;]
a saying or report: Mat.9:26, Luk.4:14.†
(AS) G5346 G5346 = G5346 φημί phēmi G:V to assert φημί
[in LXX chiefly for נָאַם, also for אָמַר; frequently in 2-4 Mac ;]
to declare, say: frequently in quoting the words of another, Mat.13:29 26:61, Luk.7:40 22:58, Jhn.1:23, al.; interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mat.14:8, Act.23:35, al.; φησί, impersonal (Bl., § 30, 4), 1Co.6:16 (Lft., Notes, 217; but cf. Bl., l.with), 2Co.10:10 (WH, mg., φασίν), Heb.8:5; joined with syn. verb (cf. LS, see word, II, 2), ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη, Luk.23:3; before -πρός, Luk.22:70, al.; with accusative of thing(s), 1Co.10:15 10:19; accusative and inf., Rom.3:8; before ὅτι (Bl., § 70, 3), 1Co.10:19 15:50 (cf. σύν-φημι)
(AS) G5347 G5347 = G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos N:N-M-P Festus φῆστος, -ου, ὁ
(Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Act.24:27 25:1 ff. Act.26:24-25, 32.†
(AS) G5348 G5348 = G5348 φθάνω phthanō G:V to precede/arrive φθάνω
[in LXX for נָגַע hi., מְטָא, etc. ;]
__1. to come before another, anticipate (cl.): with accusative of person(s), 1Th.4:15.
__2. In late writers and MGr. (see Kennedy, Sources, 156; Lft., Notes, 35), to come, arrive: Rom.9:31; before εἰς, Php.3:16; ἄχρι, 2Co.10:14; ἐπί (cf. Da TH Dan.4:21, and see Dalman, Words, 107), Mat.12:28, Luk.11:20, 1Th.2:16 (cf. προ-φθάνω).†
(AS) G5349 G5349 = G5349 φθαρτός phthartos G:A perishable φθαρτός, -ή, -όν (φθείρω)
[in LXX: Lev.22:25 (מִשְׁחָת), Isa.54:17 A א3, Wis.9:15 14:8, 2Ma.7:16 * ;]
perishable, corruptible: ἄνθρωπος, Rom.1:23 (opposite to ἄφθαρτος θεός); στέφανος, 1Co.9:25 (opposite to αρτος); σπσρά, 1Pe.1:23 (opposite to ἄφθ.); neut., τὸ φ. τοῦτο, 1Co.15:53-54; pl., 1Pe.1:18.†
(AS) G5350 G5350 = G5350 φθέγγομαι phthengomai G:V to speak φθέγγομαι
[in LXX for עָנָה, נָבַע hi., etc. ;]
of men or animals, to utter a sound or voice: absol., Act.4:18; before ἐν φωνῇ, 2Pe.2:16; with accusative, ὑπέρογκα, 2Pe.2:18.†
(AS) G5351 G5351 = G5351 φθείρω phtheirō G:V to destroy φθείρω
[in LXX chiefly for שָׁחַת hi., pi., also for חָבַל, etc. ;]
to destroy, corrupt, spoil (on the varied usage and distinctive meaning of the word, see Mayor on 2Pe, App., 175 ff.): with accusative, 1Co.3:17 15:23, 2Co.7:2; before ἀπό, 2Co.11:3; ἐν, 2Pe.2:12, Ju 10, Rev.19:2; κατά, Eph.4:22 (cf. δια-, κατα-φθείρω).†
(AS) G5352 G5352 = G5352 φθινοπωρινός phthinopōrinos G:A autumnal φθιν-οπωρινός, -ή, -όν
(φθινόπωρον, late autumn),
autumnal: δένδρα φ., autumn trees (said to be without fruit therefore at a time when fruit might be expected; see Mayor's elaborate note, Ep. Ju., 55-59, and reff. there): Ju 12.†
(AS) G5353 G5353 = G5353 φθόγγος phthongos G:N-M sound φθόγγος, -ου, ὁ
(φθέγγομαι), [in LXX: Psa.19:4 (קַו), Wis.19:18 * ;]
a sound: Rom.10:18 (LXX) 1Co.14:7.†
(AS) G5354 G5354 = G5354 φθονέω phthoneō G:V to envy φθονέω, -ῶ
(φθόνος), [in LXX: Tob.4:7, 16 AB * ;]
to envy: with dative (L, txt., Tr., mg., WH, mg., accusative), as in cl., Gal.5:26.†
(AS) G5355 G5355 = G5355 φθόνος phthonos G:N-M envy φθόνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Wis.2:24 6:23, 1Ma.8:16, 3Ma.6:7 * ;]
envy: Rom.1:29, Gal.5:21, 1Ti.6:4, Tit.3:3, 1Pe.2:1; διὰ φθόνον, Mat.27:18, Mrk.15:10, Php.1:15; πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τ. πνεῦμα (on the meaning, see R, txt., mg. 1, 2; Hort, Ja., 93 f.), Jas.4:5.†
(AS) G5356 G5356 = G5356 φθορά phthora G:N-F corruption φθορά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(φθείρω) [in LXX for שַׁחַת, חֶבֶל, etc. ;]
destruction, corruption, decay (see Mayor on 2Pe, App.,175 ff.): Rom.8:21, 1Co.15:42, Col.2:22, 2Pe.2:12; opposite to ζωὴ αἰώνιος, Gal.6:8; by meton., of that which is subject to corruption, 1Co.15:50; of moral decay, 2Pe.1:4 2:12 2:19 (cf. Wis.14:12).†
(AS) G5357 G5357 = G5357 φιάλη phialē G:N-F bowl φιάλη, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for מִזְרָק ;]
a shallow bowl (= Lat. patera), used for pouring libations, etc.: Rev.5:8 15:7 16:1-17 17:1 21:9.†
(AS) G5358 G5358 = G5358 φιλάγαθος philagathos G:A lover of good φιλ-άγαθος, -ον
[in LXX: Wis.7:22 * ;]
loving that which is good, loving goodness: Tit.1:8 (Arist., Polyb., a l.).†
(AS) G5359 G5359 = G5359 Φιλαδέλφεια Philadelpheia N:N-F-L Philadelphia Φιλαδελφία (Rec. -έλφεια), -ας, ἡ
Philadelphia, a city of Lydia: Rev.1:11 3:7.†
(AS) G5360 G5360 = G5360 φιλαδελφία philadelphia G:N-F brotherly love φιλαδελφία, -ας, ἡ
(φιλάδελφος), [in LXX: 4Ma.13:23 4Mac 13:26 4Mac 14:1 * ;]
the love of brothers, brotherly love: of Christians' mutual love as brethren (see: ἀδελφός), Rom.12:10, 1Th.4:9, Heb.13:1, 1Pe.1:22, 2Pe.1:7.†
(AS) G5361 G5361 = G5361 φιλάδελφος philadelphos G:A loving the brothers φιλ-άδελφος, -ον
[in LXX: 2Ma.15:14, 4Ma.13:21 4Mac 15:10 * ;]
loving one's brother, loving like a brother (Soph., Xen., al.): of Christians' love for one another (EV, loving as brethren), 1Pe.3:8.†
(AS) G5362 G5362 = G5362 φίλανδρος philandros G:A husband-loving φίλανδρος, -ον
__1. loving men (Æsch.).
__2. Of a wife, loving her husband (frequently in epitaphs, see LS, see word, Deiss., BS, 255): Tit.2:4.†
(AS) G5363 G5363 = G5363 φιλανθρωπία philanthrōpia G:N-F benevolence φιλανθρωπία, -ας, ἡ
(φιλάνθρωπος, humane), [in LXX: Est.8:13, 2Ma.6:22 2Mac 14:9, 3Ma.3:15 3Mac 3:18 * ;]
humanity, kindness (see Field, Notes, 147 f.): Act.28:2, Tit.3:4 (cf. also DCG, ii, 356 ff.).†
(AS) G5364 G5364 = G5364 φιλανθρώπως philanthrōpōs G:ADV benevolently φιλανθρώπως
adv., [in LXX: 2Ma.9:27, 3Ma.3:20 * ;]
humanely, kindly: Act.27:3.†
(AS) G5365 G5365 = G5365 φιλαργυρία philarguria G:N-F love of money φιλαργυρία, -ας, ἡ
(φιλάργυρος), [in LXX: 4Ma.1:26 4Mac 2:15 א1 * ;]
love of money, avarice: 1Ti.6:1.†
SYN.: πλεονεξία, covetousness (see Tr., Syn., § xxiv) (AS) G5366 G5366 = G5366 φιλάργυρος philarguros G:A money-loving φιλ-άργυρος, -ον
[in LXX: 4Ma.2:8 * ;]
loving money, avaricious: Luk.16:14, 2Ti.3:2.†
(AS) G5367 G5367 = G5367 φίλαυτος philautos G:A selfish φίλ-αυτος, -ον
loving oneself (Arist.); in bad sense (ib.), selfish: 2Ti.3:2.†
SYN.: αὐθάδης (see Tr., Syn., § xciii) (AS) G5368 G5368 = G5368 φιλέω phileō G:V to love φιλέω, -ῶ
(φίλος), [in LXX: Gen.27:4, 9, al. (אָהַב), Gen.27:27, al. (נָשַׁק), La 1:2 (רֵעַ) Wis.8:2, al. ;]
__1. to love (with the love of emotion and friendship, Lat, amare; v, SYN.): with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:37, Jhn.5:20; Jhn.11:3, 36 15:19 16:27 20:2 21:15-17, 1Co.16:22, Rev.3:19; ἐν πίστει, Tit.3:15; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.23:6, Luk.20:46, Jhn.12:25, Rev.22:15; with inf. (Isa.56:10; cf. Bl., § 69, 4), Mat.6:5.
__2. to kiss: with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:48, Mrk.14:44, Luk.22:47 (cf. κατα-φιλέω).†
SYN.: ἀγαπάω ω (which see), the love of duty and respect (AS) G5369 G5369 = G5369 φιλήδονος philēdonos G:A pleasure-loving φιλήδονος, -ον
(φίλος, ἡδονή),
loving pleasure: 2Ti.3:4 (Polyb., Plut. al.).†
(AS) G5370 G5370 = G5370 φίλημα philēma G:N-N kiss φίλημα, -τος, τό
(φιλέω), [in LXX: Pro.27:6, Sng.1:2 (נְשִׁיקָה) * ;]
a kiss: Luk.7:45 22:48; as a token of Christian brotherhood, φ. ἅγιον, Rom.16:16, 1Co.16:20, 2Co.13:12, 1Th.5:26; φ. ἀγάπης, 1Pe.5:14 (see Lft., Notes, 90; DB, DCA, see word "Kiss").†
(AS) G5371 G5371 = G5371 Φιλήμων Philēmōn N:N-M-P Philemon φιλήμων, -ονος, ὁ
Philemon: Phm 1.†
(AS) G5372 G5372 = G5372 Φίλητος Philētos N:N-M-P Philetus φίλητός (T, Φιλητός), -ου, ὁ
Philetus: 2Ti.2:17.†
(AS) G5373 G5373 = G5373 φιλία philia G:N-F friendship φιλία, -ας, ἡ
(φίλος), [in LXX chiefly for אַהֲבָה ;]
friendship: with genitive obj., Jas.4:4.†
(AS) G5374 G5374 = a Group member of G5375 Φιλιππήσιος Philippēsios N:N--LG Philippian φιλιππήσιος, -ου, ὁ
(for other forms in use, see Lft., in l)
a Philippian: Php.4:15.†
(AS) G5375 G5375 = G5375 Φίλιπποι Philippoi N:N-M-L Philippi φίλιπποι, -ων, οἱ
(on the pl., see WM, § 27, 3)
Philippi: Act.16:12 20:6, Php.1:1, 1Th.2:2.†
(AS) G5376 G5376G = G5376G Φίλιππος Philippos N:N-M-P Philip φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ
Philip;
__1. the husband of Herodias: Mat.14:3, Mrk.6:17.
__2. The tetrarch: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27, Luk.3:1.
__3. The apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:14, Jhn.1:44-49 6:5, 7 12:21-22 14:8-9, Act.1:13.
__4. The deacon and evangelist: Act.6:5 8:5-40 21:8.†
(AS) G5376 G5376H = G5376H Φίλιππος Philippos N:N-M-P Philip φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ
Philip;
__1. the husband of Herodias: Mat.14:3, Mrk.6:17.
__2. The tetrarch: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27, Luk.3:1.
__3. The apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:14, Jhn.1:44-49 6:5, 7 12:21-22 14:8-9, Act.1:13.
__4. The deacon and evangelist: Act.6:5 8:5-40 21:8.†
(AS) G5376 G5376I = G5376I Φίλιππος Philippos N:N-M-P Philip φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ
Philip;
__1. the husband of Herodias: Mat.14:3, Mrk.6:17.
__2. The tetrarch: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27, Luk.3:1.
__3. The apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:14, Jhn.1:44-49 6:5, 7 12:21-22 14:8-9, Act.1:13.
__4. The deacon and evangelist: Act.6:5 8:5-40 21:8.†
(AS) G5376 G5376J = G5376J Φίλιππος Philippos N:N-M-P Philip φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ
Philip;
__1. the husband of Herodias: Mat.14:3, Mrk.6:17.
__2. The tetrarch: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27, Luk.3:1.
__3. The apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:14, Jhn.1:44-49 6:5, 7 12:21-22 14:8-9, Act.1:13.
__4. The deacon and evangelist: Act.6:5 8:5-40 21:8.†
(AS) G5376 G5376K = a Part of G2542G Φίλιππος Philippos N:N-M-P Philippi φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ
Philip;
__1. the husband of Herodias: Mat.14:3, Mrk.6:17.
__2. The tetrarch: Mat.16:13, Mrk.8:27, Luk.3:1.
__3. The apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:14, Jhn.1:44-49 6:5, 7 12:21-22 14:8-9, Act.1:13.
__4. The deacon and evangelist: Act.6:5 8:5-40 21:8.†
(AS) G5377 G5377 = G5377 φιλόθεος philotheos G:A God-loving loving God, pious , (Aristotle Philosopher), etc. (ML) G5378 G5378 = G5378 Φιλόλογος Philologos N:N-M-P Philologus 1. fond of speaking , (Plato Philosophus)
2. fond of learning, literary , Lat. studiosus, (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G5379 G5379 = G5379 φιλονεικία philoneikia G:N-F love of dispute φιλονεικία, -ας, ἡ
(φιλόνεικος), [in LXX: 2Ma.4:4, 4Ma.1:26 4Mac 8:26 * ;]
love of strife, rivalry, emulation (Plat., al.), but mostly in bad sense (Thuc., al.), contentiousness, contention: Luk.22:24 (but see Field, Notes, 75 f.).†
(AS) G5380 G5380 = G5380 φιλόνεικος philoneikos G:A dispute-loving φιλό-νεικος, -ον
(νεῖκος, strife) [in LXX: Eze.3:7 (חָזָק ־מֵצַח)* ;]
fond of strife, contentious: 1Co.11:16.†
(AS) G5381 G5381 = G5381 φιλοξενία philoxenia G:N-F hospitality φιλο-ξενία, -ας, ἡ
(φιλόξενος),
love of strangers, hospitality: Rom.12:13, Heb.13:2.†
(AS) G5382 G5382 = G5382 φιλόξενος philoxenos G:A hospitable φιλό-ξενος, -ον
loving strangers, hospitable: 1Ti.3:2, Tit.1:8, 1Pe.4:9.†
(AS) G5383 G5383 = G5383 φιλοπρωτεύω philoprōteuō G:V to love to be first φιλο-πρωτιύω
(φιλόπρωτος, Plut., al.)
to strive to be first: III Jn 9 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5384 G5384 = G5384 φίλος philos G:A friendly/friend φίλος, -η, -ον
[in LXX chiefly for רֵעַ, אָהַב ;]
__1. pass., beloved, dear (Hom., Eur., al.).
__2. Act., loving, friendly (in cl. less frequently and only in poets): Act.19:31. As subst., a friend;
__(a) masc., ὁ φ.: Luk.7:6 11:5 14:10 15:6 16:9 21:16 23:12, Act.27:3, 3Jn.14; opposite to δοῦλος, Jhn.15:15; φ. ἀναγκαῖοι, Act.10:24; with genitive subj., Mat.11:19, Luk.7:34 11:6, 8 12:4 14:12 15:29, Jhn.11:11 15:13-14; ὁ φ. τοῦ νυμφίου, Jhn.3:29; τ. Καίσαρος (see Deiss., BS 167; LAE, 382 f.), Jhn.19:12; θεοῦ (see Hort, in l), Jas.2:23; with genitive of thing(s), τ, κόσμου, Jas.4:4;
__(b) fem., ἡ φ., Luk.15:9,†
(AS) G5385 G5385 = G5385 φιλοσοφία philosophia G:N-F philosophy Φιλο-σοφία, -ας, ἡ
(φιλόσοφος), [in LXX: 4Ma.1:1 4Mac 5:10 4Mac 5:22 4Mac 7:9 4Mac 7:21 * ;]
the love and pursuit of wisdom; hence, philosophy, investi­gation of truth and nature: of the so-called philosophy of false teachers, Col.2:8 (see Lft., ICC, in l).†
(AS) G5386 G5386 = G5386 φιλόσοφος philosophos G:N-M philosopher φιλό-σοφος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Dan LXX 1:20 (אַשָּׁף), 4Ma.1:1 4Mac 5:35 4Mac 7:7 * ;]
a philosopher: Act.17:18.†
(AS) G5387 G5387 = G5387 φιλόστοργος philostorgos G:A affectionate φιλόστοργος, -ον
(στοργή, family affection), [in LXX: 4Ma.15:13 * ;]
tenderly loving, affectionate (Xen., Plut., al.): of Christians, Rom.12:10.†
(AS) G5388 G5388 = G5388 φιλότεκνος philoteknos G:A child loving φιλότεκνος, -ον
(φίλος, τέκνον), [in LXX: 4Ma.15:4-6 * ;]
loving one's children (Hdt., Arist., Plut., al.): of women, joined with φίλανδρος, which see, Tit.2:4.†
(AS) G5389 G5389 = G5389 φιλοτιμέομαι philotimeomai G:V to aspire φιλοτιμέομαι, -οῦμαι
(φίλος, τιμή), [in LXX: 4Ma.1:35 A ;]
to love or seek after honour, hence, to be ambitious, emulous (Plat., Plut., al.): with inf., Rom.15:20, 2Co.5:9, 1Th.4:11.†
(AS) G5390 G5390 = G5390 φιλοφρόνως philophronōs G:ADV hospitably φιλοφρόνως
(φιλόφρων)
adv., [in LXX: 2Ma.3:9, 4Ma.8:5 * ;]
kindly, with friendliness: Act.28:7.†
(AS) G5391 G5391 = G5391 φιλόφρων philophrōn G:A friendly φιλόφρων, -ον
(φίλος, φρήν),
friendly, kind. 1Pe.3:8, Rec.†
(AS) G5392 G5392 = G5392 φιμόω phimoō G:V to muzzle φιμόω, -ῶ
(φιμός, a muzzle), [in LXX: Deu.25:4 (חָסַם), Dan LXX Su 1:61, 4Ma.1:35 א R * ;]
to muzzle: 1Co.9:9, 1Ti.5:18" (LXX) ; metaphorically, to put to silence: with accusative of person(s), Mat.22:34, 1Pe.2:15; pass., to be silenced, silent: Mat.22:12, Mrk.1:25 4:39, Luk.4:35.†
(AS) G5393 G5393 = G5393 Φλέγων Phlegōn N:N-M-P Phlegon φλέγων, -οντος, ὁ
Phlegon: Rom.16:14.†
(AS) G5394 G5394 = G5394 φλογίζω phlogizō G:V to kindle φλογίζω
(φλόξ), [in LXX: Exo.9:24 (לָקַח hith.), Num.21:14 (†), Psa.97:3 (לָהַט pi.), Da TH Dan.3:27(94) (חָרַךְ ithp.), Sir.3:30, 1Ma.3:5 * ;]
to set on fire, burn, burn up: figuratively, Jas.3:6 (on the meaning of the sentence, see Hort, in l).†
(AS) G5395 G5395 = G5395 φλόξ phlox G:N-F flame φλόξ genitive, φλογός,
[in LXX chiefly for לַהַב, לֶהָבָה ;]
a flame: Luk.16:24; φ, πυρός, Act.7:30, 2Th.1:8, Heb.1:7" (LXX), Rev.1:14 2:18 19:12.†
(AS) G5396 G5396 = G5396 φλυαρέω phluareō G:V to talk nonsense φλυαρέω, -ῶ
(φλύαρος),
to talk nonsense: with accusative of person(s), ἡμᾶς (EV, prating against us), III Jn 10.†
(AS) G5397 G5397 = G5397 φλύαρος phluaros G:A gossipy φλύαρος, -ον
(φλύω, to babble), [in LXX: 4Ma.5:10 * ;]
babbling, garrulous: 1Ti.5:13 (EV, tattlers; of things, φιλοσοφία, 4Mac, l.with).†
(AS) G5398 G5398 = G5398 φοβερός phoberos G:A fearful φοβερός, -ά, -όν
(φοβέω), [in LXX chiefly for יָרֵא, also for דְּחַל, אָיֹם ;]
fearful, whether act, or pass.;
__1. act., = δεινός, causing fear, terrible (LXX): Heb.10:27, 31 12:21
__2. Pass., = δειλός, feeling fear, timid (cl. in both senses).†
(AS) G5399 G5399 = G5399 φοβέω phobeō G:V to fear φοβέέω, ῶ
(φόβος) [in LXX chiefly for מִן יָרֵא ;]
__1. in Hem., to put to flight. Pass., to be put to flight, to flee affrighted
__2. to terrify, frighten (Wis 179; Hdt. and Att..). Pass. (so always in NT; cf. M, Pr., 162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear: Mat.10:31 14:27, Mrk.5:33 6:50, Luk.1:13 8:50, Jhn.6:19 12:15, Act.16:38, al.; opposite to ὑψηλοφρονεῖν, Rom.11:20; σφόδρα, Mat.17:6 27:54; with cogn. accusative, φόβον μέγαν, Mrk.4:41, Luk.2:9 (1Ma.10:8); φόβον αὐτῶν (obj, genitive, but cf. ICC, in l), 1Pe.3:14; πτόησιν, 1Pe.3:6; with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:26, Mrk.11:18, Luk.19:21, Jhn.9:22, Act.9:26,
Rom.13:3, al.; before ἀπό (like Heb. יָרֵא, Jer.1:8, al.; cf. M, Pr., 102, 104n„), Mat.10:28, Luk.12:4; before μή (cl.; Bl., § 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.), Act.23:10 27:17; μήπως, Act.27:29, 2Co.11:3 12:20, Gal.4:11; μήποτε, Heb.4:1; with inf. (Bl., § 69, 4; M, Pr., 205), Mat.1:20, Mrk.9:32, al.; of reverential fear: Mrk.6:20, Eph.5:33; τ. θεόν, Luk.1:50, Act.10:2, 1Pe.2:17, Rev.14:7, al.; τ. κύριον, Col.3:22, Rev.15:4; τ. ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ (see: ὄνομα), Rev.11:18; οἱ φοβούμενοι τ. θεόν, of proselytes, Act.13:16, 26 (cf. ἐκ-φοβέω)
(AS) G5400 G5400 = G5400 φόβητρον phobētron G:N-N fearful thing φόβητρον (LTr., WH, -θρον), -ου, τό
(φοβέω), [in LXX: Isa.19:17 (חָגָא) * ;]
that which causes fright, a terror: pl. (as always, exc.Isa, l.with), Luk.21:11 (Hipp., Plat.).†
(AS) G5401 G5401 = G5401 φόβος phobos G:N-M fear φόβος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for יִרְאָה, also for פַּחַד, אֵימָה, etc. ;]
__1. in Hom., flight.
__2. That which causes flight, fear, dread, terror: Luk.1:12, Act.5:5, 1Ti.5:20. 1Jn.4:18, al.; cogn. accusative, φοβεῖσθαι φ., Mrk.4:41, Luk.2:9; with genitive obj., Jhn.7:13 19:33 20:19, Heb.2:5, 1Pe.3:14 (but cf. ICC, in l);ἀπὸ (τοῦ) φ., Mat.14:26, Luk.21:26; εἰς φ., Rom.8:15; μετὰ φόβου, Mat.28:8; φ. καὶ τρόμος (Lft., Notes, 172), 1Co.2:3, 2Co.7:15, Eph.6:5, Php.2:12; by meton., of that which causes fear, Rom.13:3; of reverential fear, Rom.13:7, 1Pe.1:17 2:18 3:2 3:15; τ. κυρίου, Act.9:31, 2Co.5:11 (see Field, Notes, 183); Χριστοῦ, Eph.5:21; θεοῦ, Rom.3:18, 2Co.7:1
SYN.: see: δειλία (and of. DCG, i, 381) (AS) G5402 G5402 = G5402 Φοίβη Phoibē N:N-F-P Phoebe φοίβη, -ης, ἡ
Phæbe, a deaconess of Cenchræa: Rom.16:1.†
(AS) G5403 G5403 = G5403 Φοινίκη Phoinikē N:N-F-L Phoenicia φοινίκη, -ης, ἡ
Phænicia: Act.11:19 15:3 21:2 (see DB, iii, 856b, 857a.n).†
(AS) G5404 G5404 = G5404 φοῖνιξ phoinix G:N-M palm Φοῖνιξ (on the accent, see Bl., § 4, 2; WM, § 6, lc), -ικος, ὁ,
[in LXX for תָּמָר תִּמֹּר ;]
the date palm, palm: τὰ βαΐα τῶν φ., Jhn.12:13; of palm branches, φοίνικες (as Arist., 2Ma.10:7, al.), Rev.7:9.†
(AS) G5405 G5405 = G5405 Φοῖνιξ Phoinix N:N-M-L Phoenix φοῖνιξ, -ικος, ο, ἡ
Phænix, a city of Crete: Act.27:12.†
(AS) G5406 G5406 = G5406 φονεύς phoneus G:N-M murderer φονεύς, -έως, ὁ
(φόνος) [in LXX: Wis.12:5 * ;]
a murderer: Mat.22:7 Act.7:52 28:4, 1Pe.4:15, Rev.21:8 22:15; ἀνὴρ φ., Act.3:14.†
SYN.: ἀνθρωποκτόνος (AS) G5407 G5407 = G5407 φονεύω phoneuō G:V to murder φονεύω
(φονεύς), [in LXX chiefly for רָצַח ;]
to kill, murder. absol., Mat.5:21, Jas.4:2; μὴ (οὐ) φονεύσῃς (-εις), Mat.5:21 19:18, Mrk.10:19, Luk.18:20, Rom.13:9, Jas.2:11 (all from Exo.20:13-14); with accusative, Mat.23:31, 35, Jas.5:6.†
(AS) G5408 G5408 = G5408 φόνος phonos G:N-M murder φόνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX for דָּם, פֶּה, etc. ;]
murder, slaughter: Mrk.15:7, Luk.23:19, 25, Act.9:1, Rom.1:29; φ. μαχαίρης (cf. Exo.17:13, al.), Heb.11:37; pl., Mat.15:19, Mrk.7:21, Rev.9:21.†
(AS) G5409 G5409 = G5409 φορέω phoreō G:V to wear φορέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Pro.16:23 (יָסַף hi.), Sir.11:5, al. ;]
frequent. of φέρω, denoting repeated or habitual action (cf. Tr., Syn., § lviii), most commonly used of clothing, weapons, etc., to bear constantly, wear: Mat.11:8, Jhn.19:5, Rom.13:4, 1Co.15:49, Jas.2:3.†
(AS) G5410 G5410 = a Name of G0675 Φόρον Phoron G:N-N Forum φόρον, -ου, τό
(Lat. forum): Ἀππίου Φ., see: Ἄππιος
(AS) G5411 G5411 = G5411 φόρος phoros G:N-M tax φόρος, .-ου, ὁ
(φέρω), [in LXX chiefly for מַס, also for מִדָּה, etc. ;]
tribute paid by a subject nation (cf. 1Ma.10:33): φ. δοῦναι (1Ma.8:4 1Mac 8:7), Luk.20:22 23:2; ἀποδοῦναι, Rom.13:7; τελεῖν, Rom.13:6 (Hdt., al.).†
SYN.: κῆνσος, τέλος (which see) (AS) G5412 G5412 = G5412 φορτίζω phortizō G:V to burden φορτίζω
(φόρτος), [in LXX: Eze.16:33 (שָׁחַד) * ;]
to load: with dupl. accusative, Luk.11:46; pass., to be laden: metaphorically (EV, heavy laden), Mat.11:28.†
(AS) G5413 G5413 = G5413 φορτίον phortion G:N-N burden φορτίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of φόρτος), [in LXX chiefly for מַשָּׂא ;]
a burden, load: of the cargo of a ship (Hdt., al.), Act.27:10; metaphorically, Mat.11:30 23:4, Luk.11:46, Gal.6:5.†
SYN.: βάρος (which see), ὄγκος (AS) G5414 G5414 = G5414 φόρτος phortos G:N-M cargo φόρτος, -ου, ὁ
(φέρω),
a load: esp. of a ship's cargo (Hom., Hdt., and late prose writers), Act.27:10, Rec.†
(AS) G5415 G5415 = G5415 Φορτουνᾶτος Phortounatos N:N-M-P Fortunatus φορτούνατος (Rec. Φουρ-, see Mayser, 116 f.), -ου, ὁ
(Lat.) Fortunatus: 1Co.16:17 (see Lft., Cl. Ro., 1Co., 59).†
(AS) G5416 G5416 = G5416 φραγέλλιον phragellion G:N-N whip φραγέλλιον, -ου, τό
(Lat. flagellum), a scourge: Jhn.2:15.†
(AS) G5417 G5417 = G5417 φραγελλόω phragelloō G:V to whip φραγελλόω, -ῶ
(φραγέλλιον, which see),
to scourge: with accusative, Mat.27:26, Mrk.15:15 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5418 G5418 = G5418 φραγμός phragmos G:N-M fence φραγμός, -oῦ, ὁ
(φράσσω), [in LXX chiefly for גָּדֵר, גְּדֵרָה, also for גְּדֵרָה, etc. ;]
__1. prop., a fencing in (Soph., OT, 1387).
__2. = φράγμα, a fence: Mat.21:33, Mrk.12:1, Luk.14:23. Metaphorical, μεσότοιχον (which see) τοῦ φ., genitive epexeg., Eph.2:14 (see Ellic., in l).†
(AS) G5419 G5419 = G5419 φράζω phrazō G:V to explain φράζω
[in LXX: Job.6:24 (בִּין hi.) Job.12:8 (יָרָה hi.), Dan LXX 2:4 (חָוָה pa.) * ;]
to show forth, tell, declare, explain: Mat.13:36 (WH, RV, διασάφησον) Mat.15:15.†
(AS) G5420 G5420 = G5420 φράσσω phrassō G:V to stop φράσσω
[in LXX: Job.38:8 (סָכַךְ hi.), Hos.2:6(8) (שׂוּךְ), Pro.21:13 (אָטַם), etc. ;]
to fence in, stop, close: στόματα λεόντων, Heb.11:33; στόμα, metaphorically, Rom.3:19; pass., καύχησις, 2Co.11:10.†
(AS) G5421 G5421 = G5421 φρέαρ phrear G:N-N well/abyss φρέαρ, -ατος, τό
[in LXX chiefly for בְּאֵר ;]
a well: Luk.14:5, Sng.4:11-12; φ. τῆς ἀβύσσου, Rev.9:1-2.†
(AS) G5422 G5422 = G5422 φρεναπατάω phrenapataō G:V to deceive φρεν-απατάω, -ῶ
(φρεναπάτης),
to deceive one's mind (Lft., deceive by fancies, see Ga., l.with): with accusative of person(s), Gal.6:3.†
(AS) G5423 G5423 = G5423 φρεναπάτης phrenapatēs G:N-M deceiver φρεναπάτης, -ου, ὁ
(φρήν, ἀπάτη),
a deceiver (B1., deceiver of his own mind, § 28, 5.2, where see ref. to π.): Tit.1:10 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5424 G5424 = G5424 φρήν phrēn G:N-F thinking φρήν genitive, φρενός, ἡ,
[in LXX most frequently in Pr (Pro.6:32, al.) and chiefly for לֵב; also 3Ma.4:16 3Mac 5:47 ;]
chiefly in Hom. and Trag., but also in Plat., al., both sing. and pl.;
__1. in physical sense, the parts about the heart, midriff.
__2. heart, mind, thought: pl., 1Co.14:20 (see Edwards, Eng.-Gr. Lex., App., 1).†
(AS) G5425 G5425 = G5425 φρίσσω phrissō G:V to shudder φρίσσω
(Att.. -ττω, and so 4Ma.14:9 4Mac 17:7) [in LXX: Job.4:15 ( pi.), etc. ;]
__1. to be rough, bristle.
__2. to shiver, shudder, tremble, from fear: Jas.2:19 (see Hort, in l).†
(AS) G5426 G5426 = G5426 φρονέω phroneō G:V to reason φρονέω, -ῶ
(φρήν), [in LXX: Deu.32:29, Zec.9:2 (חָכָם), Psa.94:8 (שָׂכַל hi.), Isa.44:18 (בִּין) Isa.44:28, Est.8:13, Wis.1:1 14:30, 1Ma.10:20, 2Ma.9:12; 2Ma.14:8 2Mac 14:26 * ;]
__1. to have understanding (Hon., al.).
__2. to think, to be minded in a certain way: ὡς νήπιος, 1Co.13:11; with accusative (usually neut., adj., or pron., as frequently in cl.), ὃ δεῖ, Rom.12:3; ἃ, Act.28:22; τοῦτο, Php.3:15; τι ἑτέρως, ib.; οὐδὲν ἄλλο, Gal.5:10; τ. αὐτὸ φ. (Deiss., BS, 256), to be of the same mind, 2Co.13:11, Php.2:2 4:2; id. before εἰς (ἐν) ἀλλήλους(οις), Rom.12:16 15:5; τ. ἓν φ., Php.2:2 (Lft., in l); before ὑπέρ, Php.1:7.
__3. to have in mind, be mindful of, think of (Hdt., Xen., al.; Es, 1Mac, ll. with): τὰ τ. θεοῦ, opposite to τ. τ. ἀνθρώπων, Mat.16:23, Mrk.8:33; τὰ τ. σαρκός, opposite to τ. τ. πνεύρατος, Rom.8:5; τ. ἐπίγεια, Php.3:19; τὰ ἄνω, opposite to τ. ἐπὶ τ. γῆς, Col.3:2; τοῦτο φρονεῖτε (RV, have this mind in you), Php.2:5; ὑψηλά, Rom.12:16; φ. ἡμέραν (to observe a day), Rom.14:6; before ὑπέρ, Php.4:10 (cf. κατα-, παρα-, περι-, ὑπερ-φρσνέω).†
(AS) G5427 G5427 = G5427 φρόνημα phronēma G:N-N purpose φρόνημα, -τος, τό
(φρονέω), [in LXX: 2Ma.7:21 2Mac 13:9 * ;]
that which is in the mind (the content of φρονεῖν, ICC, Ro., 88), the thought: Rom.8:6-7, 27.†
(AS) G5428 G5428 = G5428 φρόνησις phronēsis G:N-F understanding φρόνησις, -εως, ἡ
(φρονέω), [in LXX for בִּינָה, תָּבוּן, חׇכְמָה, etc. ;]
understanding, practical wisdom, prudence: Luk.1:17, Eph.1:8.†
SYN.: see: σοφία, and cf. Lft., Notes, 317 (AS) G5429 G5429 = G5429 φρόνιμος phronimos G:A thoughtful φρόνιμος, -ον
(φρονέω), [in LXX for בִּין, חָכָם etc. ;]
practically wise, sensible, prudent: Mat.10:16 24:45, Luk.12:42, 1Co.10:15; opposite to μωρός, Mat.7:24 25:2, 4 25:8-9, 1Co.4:10; to ἄφρων, 2Co.11:19; φ. παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ (EV, wise in one's own conceit), Rom.11:25 12:16 (cf. Pro.3:7); compar., -ώτερος, Luk.16:8.†
SYN.: see: σοψός (AS) G5430 G5430 = G5430 φρονίμως phronimōs G:ADV shrewdly φρονίμως
adv.,
sensibly, prudently: Luk.16:8.†
(AS) G5431 G5431 = G5431 φροντίζω phrontizō G:V be careful φροντίζω
(φροντίς, thought), [in LXX: 1Ki.9:5 (דָּאַג), Psa.40:17 (חָשַׁב), al. ;]
to give heed, take thought (in cl. usually absol., with accusative, with genitive), with inf., Tit.3:8 (see Bl., § 69, 4; M, Pr., 206 f.).†
(AS) G5432 G5432 = G5432 φρουρέω phroureō G:V to guard φρουρέω, -ῶ
(φρουρός, a guard), [in LXX: I Est.4:56, Jdth.3:6, Wis.17:16, 1Ma.11:3 * ;]
to guard, keep under guard, protect or keep by guarding: 2Co.11:32; metaphorically, Gal.3:23, Php.4:7, 1Pe.1:5.†
(AS) G5433 G5433 = G5433 φρυάσσομαι phruassomai G:V to rage φρυάσσω
(so Ps, l.with, NT; elsewhere depon., φρυάσσομαι, Att.. -ττ-), [in LXX: Psa.2:1 (רָגַשׁ), 2Ma.7:34 R, 3Ma.2:2 * ;]
prop., of horses, to neigh, whinny and prance (Plut., al.). Metaphorical, to be wanton, insolent: Act.4:25 (LXX).†
(AS) G5434 G5434 = G5434 φρύγανον phruganon G:N-N brushwood φρύγανον, -ου, τό
(φρύγω, to parch), [in LXX chiefly for קַשׁ, also for חָרוּל, etc. ;]
a dry stick: pl., brushwood: Act.28:3.†
(AS) G5435 G5435 = G5435 Φρυγία Phrugia N:N-F-L Phrygia φρυγία, -ας, ἡ
(prop., the adj., Φρυγίος, -α, -ον; sc. γῆ, χώρα),
Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor: Act.2:10; Φ. καὶ Γαλατικὴ χώρα (Γ. χ. κ. Φ.), Act.16:6 18:23 (on these phrases see DB, i, 89 f.; CGT, Gal., xxii f.).†
(AS) G5436 G5436 = G5436 Φύγελλος Phugellos N:N-M-P Phygelus φύγελος (Rec. -λλος), -ου, ὁ
Phygelus: 2Ti.1:15.†
(AS) G5437 G5437 = G5437 φυγή phugē G:N-F flight φυγή, -ῆς, ἡ
(φεύγω), [in LXX chiefly for מָנוֹס and cogn. forms ;]
flight: Mat.24:20.†
(AS) G5438 G5438G = G5438G φυλακή phulakē G:N-F prison/watch: prison φυλακή, -ῆς, ἡ
(φυλάσσω) [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁמֶרֶת and cogn. forms, also for כֶּלֶא etc. ;]
__(a) actively, a guarding, guard, watch (Hom., Plat., Xen., al.): cogn. accusative, φυλάσσειν φυλακάς, to keep watch, Luk.2:8;
__(b) of those who keep watch (as also Lat. custodia), a guard; pl., sentinels, a guard (Hom., al.): Act.12:10;
__(with) of the place where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Mat.14:10, Mrk.6:17, Luk.3:20, Act.5:19, 2Co.6:5, 1Pe.3:19, Rev.18:2, al.;
__(d) of the time during which guard was kept by night (Lest. vigilia; Anthol.), a watch: Mat.14:25 24:43, Mrk.6:48, Luk.12:38
(AS) G5438 G5438H = a Meaning of G5438G φυλακή phulakē G:N-F prison/watch: watch φυλακή, -ῆς, ἡ
(φυλάσσω) [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁמֶרֶת and cogn. forms, also for כֶּלֶא etc. ;]
__(a) actively, a guarding, guard, watch (Hom., Plat., Xen., al.): cogn. accusative, φυλάσσειν φυλακάς, to keep watch, Luk.2:8;
__(b) of those who keep watch (as also Lat. custodia), a guard; pl., sentinels, a guard (Hom., al.): Act.12:10;
__(with) of the place where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Mat.14:10, Mrk.6:17, Luk.3:20, Act.5:19, 2Co.6:5, 1Pe.3:19, Rev.18:2, al.;
__(d) of the time during which guard was kept by night (Lest. vigilia; Anthol.), a watch: Mat.14:25 24:43, Mrk.6:48, Luk.12:38
(AS) G5439 G5439 = G5439 φυλακίζω phulakizō G:V to imprison φυλακίζω
[in LXX: Wis.18:4 * ;]
to imprison: Act.22:19.†
(AS) G5440 G5440 = G5440 φυλακτήριον phulaktērion G:N-N phylactery φυλακτήριον, -ου, τό
__1. an outpost, fortification (Thuc., al.).
__2. a safeguard (Plat.).
__3. an amulet (Plut., al.); in NT for the Talmudic תְּפִלִּין, a prayer fillet, a phylactery, a small strip of parchment on which portions of the law were written and worn on the forehead and next the heart (cf. Exo.13:16): Mat.23:5.†
(AS) G5441 G5441 = G5441 φυλακτήριος phulaktērios G:N-M guard φύλαξ, -ακος, ὁ
(φυλάσσω), [in LXX for שָׁמַר, צוּר ;]
a guard, keeper: Act.5:23 12:6, 19.†
(AS) G5442 G5442G = G5442G φυλάσσω phulassō G:V to keep/guard: observe φυλάσσω
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for שָׁמַר, also for נָצַר, etc. ;]
to guard, watch;
__(a) to guard or watch: with cogn. accusative, φυλακάς, Luk.2:8; with accusative of person(s), Act.12:4 28:16; pass., Luk.8:29, Act.23:35; with accusative of thing(s), Act.22:20;
__(b) to guard or protect: with accusative, Luk.11:21, Jhn.12:25 17:12, 2Th.3:3, 1Ti.6:20, 2Ti.1:12 1:14, 2Pe.2:5; ἑαυτὸν ἀπό, 1Jn.5:21 (Westc., in l); metaphorically of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mat.19:20, Luk.11:28 18:21, Jhn.12:47, Act.7:53 16:4 21:24, Rom.2:26, Gal.6:13, 1Ti.5:21. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: with accusative, Act.21:25, 2Ti.4:15; before ἀπό., Luk.12:15; ἵνα μή, 2Pe.3:17; as in LXX (Exo.12:17, Lev.18:4, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ταῦτα πάντα, Mrk.10:20 (cf. δια-φυάσσω).†
SYN.: τηρέω, q.v (AS) G5442 G5442H = a Meaning of G5442G φυλάσσω phulassō G:V to keep/guard: guard φυλάσσω
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for שָׁמַר, also for נָצַר, etc. ;]
to guard, watch;
__(a) to guard or watch: with cogn. accusative, φυλακάς, Luk.2:8; with accusative of person(s), Act.12:4 28:16; pass., Luk.8:29, Act.23:35; with accusative of thing(s), Act.22:20;
__(b) to guard or protect: with accusative, Luk.11:21, Jhn.12:25 17:12, 2Th.3:3, 1Ti.6:20, 2Ti.1:12 1:14, 2Pe.2:5; ἑαυτὸν ἀπό, 1Jn.5:21 (Westc., in l); metaphorically of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mat.19:20, Luk.11:28 18:21, Jhn.12:47, Act.7:53 16:4 21:24, Rom.2:26, Gal.6:13, 1Ti.5:21. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: with accusative, Act.21:25, 2Ti.4:15; before ἀπό., Luk.12:15; ἵνα μή, 2Pe.3:17; as in LXX (Exo.12:17, Lev.18:4, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ταῦτα πάντα, Mrk.10:20 (cf. δια-φυάσσω).†
SYN.: τηρέω, q.v (AS) G5442 G5442I = a Meaning of G5442G φυλάσσω phulassō G:V to keep/guard: protect φυλάσσω
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for שָׁמַר, also for נָצַר, etc. ;]
to guard, watch;
__(a) to guard or watch: with cogn. accusative, φυλακάς, Luk.2:8; with accusative of person(s), Act.12:4 28:16; pass., Luk.8:29, Act.23:35; with accusative of thing(s), Act.22:20;
__(b) to guard or protect: with accusative, Luk.11:21, Jhn.12:25 17:12, 2Th.3:3, 1Ti.6:20, 2Ti.1:12 1:14, 2Pe.2:5; ἑαυτὸν ἀπό, 1Jn.5:21 (Westc., in l); metaphorically of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mat.19:20, Luk.11:28 18:21, Jhn.12:47, Act.7:53 16:4 21:24, Rom.2:26, Gal.6:13, 1Ti.5:21. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: with accusative, Act.21:25, 2Ti.4:15; before ἀπό., Luk.12:15; ἵνα μή, 2Pe.3:17; as in LXX (Exo.12:17, Lev.18:4, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ταῦτα πάντα, Mrk.10:20 (cf. δια-φυάσσω).†
SYN.: τηρέω, q.v (AS) G5443 G5443 = G5443 φυλή phulē G:N-F tribe φυλή, ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for; מַטֶּה, also for שֵׁבֶט, מִשְׁפָּחָה, etc. ;]
a body of men united by kinship or habitation, a clan or tribe: of the tribes of Israel, Mat.19:28, Luk.2:36 22:30, Act.13:21, Rom.11:1, Php.3:5, Heb.7:13-14, Jas.1:1, Rev.5:5 7:4-8 21:12; of the tribes of the earth, the peoples and nations, Mat.24:30, Rev.1:7 5:9 7:9 11:9 13:7 14:6.†
(AS) G5444 G5444 = G5444 φύλλον phullon G:N-N leaf φύλλον, -ου, τό
[in LXX chiefly for עָלֶה ;]
a leaf: Mat.21:19 24:32, Mrk.11:13 13:28, Rev.22:2.†
(AS) G5445 G5445 = G5445 φύραμα phurama G:N-N lump φύραμα, -τος, τό
(φυράω, to mix), [in LXX: Exo.8:3 (Exo.7:28) Exo.12:34 (מִשְׁאֶרֶת), מִשְׁאֶרֶת), Num.15:20-21 (עֲרִיסָה) * ;]
that which is mixed or kneaded, a lump: of dough, Rom.11:16, 1Co.5:6-7, Gal.5:9; of clay, Rom.9:21.†
(AS) G5446 G5446 = G5446 φυσικός phusikos G:A natural φυσικός, -ή, -όν
(ψύσις),
natural
__(a) produced by nature, innate (Xen., Arist., al.);
__(b) according to nature (Arist., Diod., al.): opposite to παρὰ φύσιν, Rom.1:26-27;
__(with) governed by mere natural instinct (of. Plut., Mor., 706 A): ζῷα γεγεννημένα φ. (RV, born mere animals; Mayor, born creatures of instinct; ICC, animals born of mere nature), 2Pe.2:12,†
(AS) G5447 G5447 = G5447 φυσικῶς phusikōs G:ADV physically φυσικῶς
adv.,
naturally, by nature: Ju 10.†
(AS) G5448 G5448 = G5448 φυσιόω phusioō G:V to inflate φυσιόω, -ῶ
(φῦσα, bellows), = cl. φυσάω,
to puff or blow up, inflate. Metaphorical, to puff up, make proud: 1Co.8:1. Pass., to be puffed up with pride: 1Co.4:18-19 5:2 13:4; before ὑπό, Col.2:18; before ὑπὲρ . . . κατά, 1Co.4:6 (on the form of the subjc., see M, Pr., 54; Bl., § 22, 3).†
(AS) G5449 G5449 = G5449 φύσις phusis G:N-F nature φύσις, -εως, ἡ
(φύω) [in LXX: Wis.7:20 13:1 19:20 אΑ, 3Ma.3:29, 4Ma.1:20 4Mac 5:7-8 4Mac 5:25 4Mac 13:27 4Mac 15:13 4Mac 15:25 4Mac 16:3 * ;]
nature, i.e.,
__(a) the nature (natural powers or constitution) of a person or thing: Jas.3:7, 2Pe.1:4;
τέκνα φυσει ὀργῆς, Eph.2:3;
__(b) origin, birth (Soph., Xen., al.): Rom.2:27, Gal.2:15;
__(with) nature, i.e. the regular order or law of nature: 1Co.11:14; dative, φύσει adverbially, by nature, Rom.2:14, Gal.4:8; παρὰ φύσιν, against nature, Rom.1:26 11:24; καρὰ φ., according to nature, naturally, Rom.11:21, 24.†
(AS) G5450 G5450 = G5450 φυσίωσις phusiōsis G:N-F arrogance φυσίωσις, -εως, ἡ
(φυσιόω),
a puffing up, swelling with pride: pl., 2Co.12:20.†
(AS) G5451 G5451 = G5451 φυτεία phuteia G:N-F plant φυτεία, -ας, ἡ
(φυτεύω), [in LXX: 4Ki.19:29 (נָטַע), Mic.1:6, Eze.17:7 (מַטָּע) * ;]
__1. a planting (Xen., al.; LXX).
__2. = φύτευμα, that which is planted, a plant (Inscr.): Mat.15:13.†
(AS) G5452 G5452 = G5452 φυτεύω phuteuō G:V to plant φυτεύω
(φυτόν, a plant, φύω), [in LXX chiefly for נָטַע, also for שָׁתַל, etc. ;]
to plant: Luk.17:28, 1Co.3:6-8; with accusative, φυτείαν, Mat.15:13; ἀμπελῶνα, Mat.21:33, Mrk.12:1, Luk.20:9, 1Co.9:7; pass., before ἐν, Luk.13:6 17:6.†
(AS) G5453 G5453 = G5453 φύω phuō G:V to grow φύω
[in LXX: Pro.26:9, Eze.37:8 (עָלָה), etc. ;]
__1. trans., to bring forth, produce (of men, to beget); pass., to spring up, grow: Luk.8:6, 8.
__2. Intrans., in 2 aor., pf., plpf., and rarely in present (see LS, see word, A, II.), to spring up: Heb.12:15.†
(AS) G5454 G5454 = G5454 φωλεός phōleos G:N-M den φωλεός, -οῦ ὁ
a hole, den, lair: Mat.8:20, Luk.9:58.†
(AS) G5455 G5455 = G5455 φωνέω phōneō G:V to call φωνέω, -ῶ
(φωνή), [in LXX for קָרָא (Jer.17:11, al.), etc. ;]
__I. Intrans.
__1. Of persons, to call out, cry out, speak aloud: Luk.8:8; φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Mrk.1:26, Act.16:28; ἐφώνησε (φωνῇ μεγάλῇ) λέγων, Luk.8:54, Rev.14:18; φωνήσαντες ἐπύθοντο, Act.10:18.
__2. Of the cries of animals (rarely in cl.; Isa.38:14, Je, l.with): of a cock, to crow, Mat.26:34, Mrk.14:30, Luk.22:3, Jhn.13:38 18:27.
__II. Trans. (in cl. chiefly poët.), with accusative of person(s), to call, summon, invite: Mat.20:32 27:47, Mrk.9:35 10:49 15:35, Luk.14:12 16:2 19:15, Jhn.1:49 2:9 4:16 10:3 11:28 12:17 18:33, Act.9:41 10:7; to address, call by name (Soph.), Jhn.13:13 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπι-, προσ-, συν-φωνέω).†
(AS) G5456 G5456G = a Meaning of G5456H φωνή phōnē G:N-F voice/sound: voice φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for קוֹל ;]
a voice;
__(a) prop., of persons, Mat.2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Luk.17:13, Act.2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν (λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Luk.8:28, Act.7:57, Rev.5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mrk.1:11, Luk.3:22, Jhn.12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810a; Dalman, Words, 204f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν (-ῆς; see: ἀκούω), Act.9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mat.3:3, Mrk.1:3, Luk.3:4, Jhn.1:23" (LXX) ; τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.5:37, Heb.3:7, al. By meton.,
__(α) of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Rev.1:12;
__(β) speech, language ( Gen.11:1, 4Ma.12:7, al.): 1Co.14:10;
__(b) of inanimate things: Mat.24:31, Jhn.3:8, Act.2:6, Rev.1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxix).
(AS) G5456 G5456H = G5456H φωνή phōnē G:N-F voice/sound: noise φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly and very frequently for קוֹל ;]
a voice;
__(a) prop., of persons, Mat.2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Luk.17:13, Act.2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν (λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Luk.8:28, Act.7:57, Rev.5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mrk.1:11, Luk.3:22, Jhn.12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810a; Dalman, Words, 204f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν (-ῆς; see: ἀκούω), Act.9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mat.3:3, Mrk.1:3, Luk.3:4, Jhn.1:23" (LXX) ; τ. θεοῦ, Jhn.5:37, Heb.3:7, al. By meton.,
__(α) of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Rev.1:12;
__(β) speech, language ( Gen.11:1, 4Ma.12:7, al.): 1Co.14:10;
__(b) of inanimate things: Mat.24:31, Jhn.3:8, Act.2:6, Rev.1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxix).
(AS) G5457 G5457 = G5457 φῶς phōs G:N-N light φῶς (Att.. contr. from φάος; φάω), genitive, φωτός, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for אוֹר ;]
light (opposite to τὸ σκότος, ἡ σκοτία): Mat.17:2, 5, Jhn.11:9-10, 2Co.4:6; ἡλίου, Rev.22:5; of a lamp, Luk.8:16 11:33, Jhn.5:35, Rev.18:23; of a supernatural heavenly light, Act.9:3 12:7 22:6, 9 22:11 26:13; hence, ἄγγελος φωτός, 2Co.11:14; ὁ κλήρος τ. ἁγίων ἐν τ. φ., Col.1:12; of the divine glory, Rev.21:24; by meton., of that which gives light: of fire, Mrk.14:54, Luk.22:56 (cl.; 1Ma.12:29; cf. DCG, i, 595; pl., of a lamp or torch, Act.16:29; of heavenly bodies, Jas.1:17.
Metaphorical,
__(a) of God: 1Jn.1:5 Jn 1:7; φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, 1Ti.6:16;
__(b) of spiritual truth and its effects on the lives of men: Mat.4:16 5:16, Jhn.1:4-5 3:19-21, Act.26:18, 23, 2Co.6:14, Eph.5:13, 1Pe.2:9, 1Jn.2:8; τ. φ. τ. ζωῆς, Jhn.8:12; τ. ὅπλα τοῦ φ., Rom.13:12; καρπὸς τοῦ φ., Eph.5:9; έν τ. φ. περιπατεῖν (εἶναι, μένειν), 1Jn.1:7 Jn 2:9-10; υἱοὶ (τέκνα) τοῦ φ., Luk.16:8, Jhn.12:36, Eph.5:8, 1Th.5:5; by meton., of one from whom truth shines forth: Act.13:47 (LXX), Rom.2:19; esp. of Christ, Luk.2:32, Jhn.1:7-8 12:35-36, 46; τ. φ. τ. κόσμου, Jhn.8:12 9:5;τ. φ. τ. ἀληθινόν, Jhn.1:9; of Christians, Mat.5:14, Eph.5:8;
__(with) of the spiritual under­standing: τ. φ. τὸ ἐν σοί, Mat.6:23, Luk.11:35;
__(d) adverbially, of that which is open to view (opposite to ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ): ἐν τ. φ., Mat.10:27, Luk.12:3.†
SYN.: see: φέγγος (AS) G5458 G5458 = G5458 φωστήρ phōstēr G:N-M light φωστήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ
(φῶς), [in LXX: Gen.1:14, 16 (מָאוֹר), Dan LXX 12:3 (זֹהַר), I Est.8:79, Wis.13:2, Sir.43:7 * ;]
a luminary, light: Php.2:15, Rev.21:11.†
SYN.: φέγγος, φῶς (AS) G5459 G5459 = G5459 φωσφόρος phōsphoros G:A light-bearing φωσ-φόρος, -ον
(φῶς, φέρω),
light-bringing; as subst., ὁ φ., the morning star (Plat., al.; cf. ἐωσφόρος, Isa.14:12, Job.3:9, Psa.110:3): metaphorically, 2Pe.1:19 (see Mayor, in l).†
(AS) G5460 G5460 = G5460 φωτεινός phōteinos G:A bright φωτεινός (WH, φωτινός), ή, όν
(φῶς), [in LXX: Sir.17:31 23:19 * ;]
bright, light: νεφέλη, Mat.17:5; opposite to σκοτεινός, Mat.6:22, Luk.11:34, 36.†
(AS) G5461 G5461 = G5461 φωτίζω phōtizō G:V to illuminate φωτίζω
(φῶς) [in LXX for אוֹר hi, יָרָה hi., etc. ;]
__1. intrans., to shine, give light (Arist., Plut., a1.): before ἐπί, Rev.22:5.
__2. Trans.
__(a) to illumine, enlighten (Diod., Plut., al.): with accusative, Luk.11:36, Rev.21:23; pass., Rev.18:1. Metaphorical, of spiritual enlightenment (Psa.119:130, Sir.45:17, al.): Jhn.1:9, Eph.1:18 3:9, R, txt., Heb.6:4 10:32;
__(b) to bring to light, make known (Polyb.): 1Co.4:5, Eph.3:9, R, mg., 2Ti.1:10 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 107 f.).†
(AS) G5462 G5462 = G5462 φωτισμός phōtismos G:N-M light φωτισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(φωτίζω) [in LXX: Job.3:9, Psa.27:1 44:3 78:14 139:11 (אוֹר), Psa.89:8 (מָאוֹר) * ;]
illumination, light: metaphorically, 1Co.4:4 4:6.†
(AS) G5463 G5463 = G5463 χαίρω chairō G:V to rejoice χαίρω
[in LXX for שָׂמַח (Gen.45:16, al.), גִּיל (Pro.2:14, al.), etc.; inf., as greeting (see infr.), Isa.48:22 57:21 שָׁלוֹם), 1Ma.10:18, 2Ma.1:1 and frequently in these books ;]
__1. to rejoice, be glad: Mrk.14:11, Luk.15:5, 32 19:6, 37 22:5 23:8, Jhn.8:56 20:20, Act.5:41 8:39 11:23 13:48, 2Co.6:10 7:7 13:9, Php.2:17, 28, Col.2:5, 1Th.5:16, 1Pe.4:13, 3Jn.3; χ. καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι, Mat.5:12; κ. σκιρτᾶν, Luk.6:23; opposite to κλαίειν, Rom.12:15, 1Co.7:30; to κλαίειν κ. θρηνεῖν Jhn.16:20; to λύπην ἔχειν, Jhn.16:22; with cogn. accusative, χ. χαρὰν μεγάλην, Mat.2:10; χαρᾷ χ. (B1., § 38, 3; Dalman, Words, 34 f.), Jhn.3:29; ἡ χαρὰ ᾗ χαίρομεν, 1Th.3:9; with prep. (Bl., 38, 2), ἐπί, with dative (simple dative in cl.), Mat.18:13, Luk.1:14 13:17, Act.15:31, Rom.16:19, 1Co.13:6 16:17, 2Co.7:13, Rev.11:10; διά, Jhn.3:29 11:15, 1Th.3:9; ἐν, Php.1:18; ἀπό, 2Co.2:3; with accusative (Dem.), Php.2:18; before ὅτι, Jhn.14:28, 2Co.7:9 7:16, 2Jn.4; ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι, Luk.10:20; with dative, Rom.12:1; ἐν κυρίῳ, Php.4:10
__2. In salutations, imperat., χαῖρε, χαίρετε,
__(a) at meeting, hail: Mat.26:49 27:29, Mrk.15:18, Luk.1:28, Jhn.19:3; pl., Mat.28:9; so χχαίρειν λέγω, to give greeting, II Jn 11; in letters, χαίρειν (sc. λέγει; 81, 1), greeting: Act.15:23 23:26 Jas.1:1;
__(b) at parting, farewell: 2Co.13:11;
__(with) on other occasions, be of good cheer: ἐν κυρίῳ, Php.3:1 4:4 (cf. συν-χαίρω).†
(AS) G5464 G5464 = G5464 χάλαζα chalaza G:N-F hail χάλαζα, -ης, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for בָּרָד ;]
hail: Rev.8:7 11:19 16:21.†
(AS) G5465 G5465 = G5465 χαλάω chalaō G:V to lower χαλάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: (Jer.38:6) (שָׁלַח pi.), etc. ;]
__(a) to slacken, loosen;
__(b) to let loose, let go;
__(with) to lower, let down: with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.2:4, Luk.5:4-5, Act.9:25 27:17, 30; with accusative of person(s) (cf. Je, l.with), pass., 2Co.11:33.†
(AS) G5466 G5466 = the Greek of H3778 Χαλδαῖος Chaldaios N:N--LG Chaldean Χαλδαῖος, -ου, ὁ
a Chaldæan: γῆ Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4.†
(AS) G5467 G5467 = G5467 χαλεπός chalepos G:A harsh χαλεπός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX: Isa.18:2 (יָרֵא), Wis.3:19, Sir.3:21, al. ;]
hard;
__(a) hard to do or deal with, difficult;
__(b) hard to bear, painful, grievous: καιροί, 2Ti.3:1;
__(with) of persons, hard to deal with, harsh, fierce, savage: Mat.8:28.†
(AS) G5468 G5468 = G5468 χαλιναγωγέω chalinagōgeō G:V to bridle χαλιναγωγέω, -ῶ
(χαλινός, ἄγω),
to lead with a bridle; metaphorically, to bridle, restrain: with accusative, γλῶσσαν, Jas.1:26; σῶμα, Jas.3:2.†
(AS) G5469 G5469 = G5469 χαλινός chalinos G:N-M bridle χαλινός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for מֶתֶג ;]
a bridle: Jas.3:3, Rev.14:20.†
(AS) G5470 G5470 = G5470 χάλκεος chalkeos G:A bronze χάλκεος, -έα, -εον (-οῦς, -ῆ, -οῦν)
(χαλκός), [in LXX chiefly for נְחֹשֶׁת ;]
brazen (i.e. of copper): Rev.9:20.†
(AS) G5471 G5471 = G5471 χαλκεύς chalkeus G:N-M coppersmith χαλκεύς, -έως, ὁ
(χαλκός), [in LXX for חָרָשׁ, etc. ;]
a worker, in metal, esp. a copper-smith: 2Ti.4:14.†
(AS) G5472 G5472 = G5472 χαλκηδών chalkēdōn G:N-M chalcedony χαλκηδών, -όνος, ὁ
chalcedony, "supposed to denote a green silicate of copper found in the mines near Chalcedon " (Swete): Rev.21:19.†
(AS) G5473 G5473 = G5473 χαλκίον chalkion G:N-N kettle χαλκίον, -ου, τό
(χαλκός), [in LXX: Job.41:22(23) (סִיר), etc. ;]
a brazen (copper) vessel: Mrk.7:4.†
(AS) G5474 G5474 = G5474 χαλκολίβανος chalkolibanos G:N-N bronze χαλκο-λίβανον, -ου, τό
chalcolibanus, probably "a mixed metal of great brilliance" (Swete): Rev.1:15 2:18 (RV, burnished brass).†
(AS) G5475 G5475 = G5475 χαλκός chalkos G:N-M copper/bronze/coin χαλκός, -oῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for נְחֹשֶׁת ;]
copper: 1Co.13:1, Rev.18:12; by meton., of copper coin, Mat.10:9, Mrk.6:8 12:41.†
(AS) G5476 G5476 = G5476 χαμαί chamai G:ADV on the ground χαμαί
adv.,
on or to the ground: Jhn.9:6 18:6.†
(AS) G5477 G5477 = the Greek of H3667A Χαναάν Chanaan N:N--L Canaan Χαναάν, ἡ indecl. (Heb. כְּנַעַן),
Canaan: Act.7:11; γῆ Χ., Act.13:19.†
(AS) G5478 G5478 = a Group member of H3667A Χανααναῖος Chanaanaios N:A--LG Canaanite Χαναναῖος, -α, -ον
Canaanite: γυνή, Mat.15:22.†
(AS) G5479 G5479 = G5479 χαρά chara G:N-F joy χαρά, -ᾶς, ἡ
(χαίρω), [in LXX for שִׂמְחָה, שָׂשׂוֹן, etc. ;]
joy, delight: Luk.1:14 15:7, 10, Jhn.15:11 16:22, 24 17:13, Act.8:8, 2Co.1:24 7:13 8:2, Gal.5:22, Col.1:11, Php.2:2, 1Jn.1:4, 2Jn.12; opposite to κατήφεια, Jas.4:9; to λύπη, Jhn.16:20; χ. τῆς πίστεως, Php.1:25; ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (χαίρειν, which see), χαρᾷ, Jhn.3:29, 1Pe.1:8; χ. ἔχειν, Phm 7; πληροῦν (-οῦσθαι) χαρᾶς, Act.13:52, Rom.15:13, 2Ti.1:4; ποιεῖν χ. μεγάλην, Act.15:3; ἀπὸ τῆς χ., Mat.13:44, Luk.24:41, Act.12:14; ἐν χ., Rom.15:32; μετὰ χαρᾶς, Mat.13:20 28:8, Mrk.4:16, Luk.8:13 10:17 24:52, Php.1:4 2:29, Heb.10:34 13:17; id. beforeπνεύματος ἁγίου, 1Th.1:6; χ. ἐν π. ἁ, Rom.14:17; χ. ἐπί, 2Co.7:4; διά, 1Th.3:9; ὅτι, Jhn.16:21; ἵνα, III Jn 4 By meton., of the cause or occasion of joy: Luk.2:10, 2Co.1:15, WH, txt., R, mg., Php.4:1, 1Th.2:19-20, Heb.12:2, Jas.1:2; ἡ χ. τ. κυρίου, Mat.25:21, 23.†
(AS) G5480 G5480 = G5480 χάραγμα charagma G:N-N image/mark χάραγμα, -τος, τό
(χαράσσω, to engrave),
__(a) a stamp, impress, mark: Rev.13:16-17 14:9, 11 16:2 19:20 20:4 (see Deiss., BS, 240 ff.);
__(b) a thing graven: Act.17:29.†
(AS) G5481 G5481 = G5481 χαρακτήρ charaktēr G:N-M reproduction χαρακτήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ
(χαράσσω, to engrave), [in LXX: Lev.13:28 (צָרֶבֶת), 2Ma.4:10, 4Ma.15:4 א R * ;]
__1. a tool for graving.
__2. a stamp or impress: as on a coin or seal; metaphorically, χ. τ. ὑποστάσεως, Heb.1:3.†
(AS) G5482 G5482 = G5482 χάραξ charax G:N-M barricade χάραξ, -ακος, ὁ
(χαράσσω), [in LXX for סֹלְלָה, מָצוֹר, etc. ;]
__1. a pointed stake
__2. a palisade or rampart: Luk.19:43.†
(AS) G5483 G5483 = G5483 χαρίζω charizō G:V to give grace χαρίζομαι
(χάρις), [in LXX: Est.8:7 (נָתַן), Sng.1:4 א, Sir.12:3, 2 -4Ma.9:1-32 * ;]
__1. to show favour or kindness: with dative of person(s), Gal.3:18.
__2. to give freely, bestow: with accusative and dative, Luk.7:21, Act.3:14 25:11, 16 27:24, Rom.8:32, 1Co.2:12, Php.1:29 2:9, Phm 22.
__3. In late Gk. (= Lat. condonare), to grant forgiveness, forgive freely: of debt, Luk.7:42-43 (EGT, in l); of sin, 2Co.2:7 2:10 12:13, Eph.4:32, Col.2:13 3:13 (cf. DB, ii, 57a).†
(AS) G5484 G5484 = G5484 χάριν charin G:PREP because of therefore, because of this, for this reason
the acc. sg form of the noun χάριν which can be used as an improper preposition, on account of, because of, for this reason Lk. 7:47; Eph. 3:1, 14; 1Jn. 3:12; for the sake of, in order to, Gal. 3:19; Tit. 1:5, 11; Jude 16; on the score of, 1Tim. 5:14* G5485 G5485 = G5485 χάρις charis G:N-F grace χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ Abbott-Smith does not include the article here., accusative, χάριν (χάριτα in Act.24:27, Ju 4; see WH, App., 157),
[in LXX chiefly for חֵן ;]
__1. objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ecc.10:12, Sir.21:16, al.): Col.4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (genitive qual.), Luk.4:22.
__2. Subjectively,
__(a) on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Luk.2:52, Act.7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Luk.1:30, Act.14:26, Rom.1:7, 1Co.1:3, al.; opposite to ὀφείλημα, Rom.4:4, 16; to ἔργα, Rom.11:6;
__(b) on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: Rom.6:17 7:25, al.; χ. ἔχειν, to be thankful, Luk.17:9, 1Ti.1:12, al.
__3. Objectively, of the effect of grace,
__(a) a state of grace: Rom.5:2, 2Ti.2:1, 1Pe.5:12, 2Pe.3:18;
__(b) a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour): Jhn.1:16, Act.6:8, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:10, 2Co.9:8, Gal.2:9, Eph.3:2, 1Pe.5:5, 10 al. (For fuller treatment of the NT usage, see AR, Eph., 221ff.; DB, ii, 254ff.; DCG, i, 686ff.; Cremer, see word).
(AS) G5486 G5486 = G5486 χάρισμα charisma G:N-N gift χάρισμα, -τος, τό
(χαρίζομαι) [in LXX: Sir.7:33 א (AB, χάρις) Sir.38:30 Bl (א AB2R, χρῖσμα) * ;]
a gift of grace, a free gift, esp. of extra­ordinary operations of the Spirit in the Apostolic Church, but including all spiritual graces and endowments (Lft., Notes, 148 f.): Rom.1:11 5:15-16 6:23 11:29 12:6, 1Co.1:7 7:7 12:4 12:9 12:28 12:30-31, 2Co.1:11, 1Ti.4:14, 2Ti.1:6, 1Pe.4:10.†
(AS) G5487 G5487 = G5487 χαριτόω charitoō G:V to favor χαριτόω, -ῶ
(χάρις), [in LXX: Sir.18:17 (ἀνδρί κεχαριτωμένῳ; Vg., justificato; Syr., saintly) * ;]
to endow with χάρις (which see), i.e.
__1. (a) to make graceful;
__(b) to make gracious (Sir, l.with).
__2. In Hellenistic writings (for exx., see AR, Eph., 227; Lft., Notes, 315),
__(a) to cause to find favour;
__(b) to endue with grace (i.e. divine favour): Luk.1:28, Eph.1:6.†
(AS) G5488 G5488 = the Greek of H2771A Χαρράν Charran N:N--L Haran χαρράν
indecl. (in FlJ., Ant., i, 16, 1, Κάρρα, -ας, ib. 6, 5, Χαρρά, -ᾶς; so LXX: Gen.29:4 E, Eze.27:28 B, elsewhere -άν­Heb. חָרָן), Haran, a town in N.W. Mesopotamia: Act.7:2, 4.†
(AS) G5489 G5489 = G5489 χάρτης chartēs G:N-M paper χάρτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Isa.8:1 A, Jer.36:2, 6 36:23 (מְגִלָּה) * ;]
a sheet of paper, made of papyrus strips (see Kennedy, Sources, 42; Milligan, NTD, 10-12; DB, iv, 945 f.): II Jn 12 (Plat., Inscr.).†
(AS) G5490 G5490 = G5490 χάσμα chasma G:N-N chasm χάσμα, -τος, τό
(χάσκω, to yawn), [in LXX: 2Ki.18:17 (פַּחַת)* ;]
a chasm, wide space: Luk.16:26.†
(AS) G5491 G5491 = G5491 χεῖλος cheilos G:N-N lip χεῖλος, -ους, τό, genitive pl., -εων (see Bl., § 8, 4; Thackeray, Gr., I, 151),
[in LXX chiefly for שָׂפָה ;]
a lip (as in Heb., of the lip as the organ of speech): Mat.15:8, Mrk.7:6, Rom.3:13, 1Co.14:21, Heb.13:15, 1Pe.3:10" (LXX) . Metaphorical, of things, an edge, brink, etc. (Hom., Hdt., al.): of the sea­shore, Heb.11:12.†
(AS) G5492 G5492 = G5492 χειμάζω cheimazō G:V be storm-tossed χειμάζω
(χεῖμα, winter cold) [in LXX: Pro.26:10 (†) * ;]
__1. to expose to winter cold, go into winter quarters.
__2. to drive with storm; pass., to be driven with storm, tempest-tossed: Act.27:18.†
(AS) G5493 G5493 = G5493 χείμαρρος cheimarros G:N-M brook χείμμαρος (shortened form of the more usual -οος, Attic contr., -ους), -ον
(χεῖμα, ῥέω) [in LXX chiefly for נַחַל ;]
winter-flowing; as subst., ὁ χ. (sc. ποταμός), a torrent: Jhn.18:1.†
(AS) G5494 G5494 = G5494 χειμών cheimōn G:N-M winter χειμών, -ῶνος, ὁ
[in LXX for גֶּשֶׁם, סְתָו ;]
__1. winter: Jhn.10:22, 2Ti.4:21; genitive, χειμῶνος, in winter, Mat.24:20, Mrk.13:18.
__2. Prop., a winter storm, hence, generally, a storm, tempest: Mat.16:3 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Act.27:20.†
(AS) G5495 G5495 = G5495 χείρ cheir G:N-F hand χείρ, genitive, χειρος (accusative, χεῖραν, 1Pe.5:6 T), ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for יָד ;]
the hand: Mat.3:12, Mrk.3:1, Luk.6:6, al. mult.; ἡ χ., acting subject, Luk.22:21; pl., Act.17:25 20:34, 1Jn.1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ., Act.7:41, Rev.9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ., 1Co.16:21, Col.4:18, 2Th.3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ.; with genitive (Lft., in l.), Gal.3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Act.7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mrk.6:2, Act.5:12 7:25, al.; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mat.4:6, Luk.4:11; ellipse of χ. (ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl., §44, 1), Mat.6:3, al. By meton., for the power or activity of an individual, Mat.17:22, Mrk.9:31, Luk.9:31, Jhn.10:39, Act.12:11, al.; metaphorically, of the activity or power of God: Luk.1:66 23:46, Jhn.10:29, Act.11:21 13:11, al.
(AS) G5496 G5496 = G5496 χειραγωγέω cheiragōgeō G:V to guide χειραγωγέω, -ῶ
(χειραγωγός), [in LXX: Jdg.16:26 A (יָד חָזַק), Tob.11:16 א * ;]
to lead by the hand: Act.9:8 22:11.†
(AS) G5497 G5497 = G5497 χειραγωγός cheiragōgos G:N-M guide χειρ-αγωγός, -όν
(χείρ, ἄγω)
leading by the hand. As subst., ὁ χ., one to lead by the head, a guide: Act.13:11.†
(AS) G5498 G5498 = G5498 χειρόγραφος cheirographos G:N-N writen record χειρόγραφος, -ον
(χείρ, γράφω), [in LXX: Tob.5:3 9:2, 5 * ;]
written with the hand. As subst., τὸ χ., a handwriting (Inscr., Polyb., al.): metaphorically, Col.2:14.†
(AS) G5499 G5499 = G5499 χειροποίητος cheiropoiētos G:A hand-made χειρο-ποίητος, -ον
(χείρ, ποιέω), [in LXX (of idols) for אֱלִיל ;]
made by hand (i.e. of human handiwork): of temples, Mrk.14:58, Act.7:48 17:24, Heb.9:11, 24; of circumcision, Eph.2:11.†
(AS) G5500 G5500 = G5500 χειροτονέω cheirotoneō G:V to appoint χειρο-τονέω, -ῶ
(χείρ, τείνω)
__1. to vote by stretching out the hand in the Athenian ἐκκλησία (Luc., Plut.).
__2. to appoint:
__(a) by vote, 2Co.8:19
__(b) without vote, Act.14:23 (see Rackham, in l) (cf. προχειροτονέω).†
(AS) G5501 G5501 = G5501 χείρων cheirōn G:A worse than χείρων, -ον, compar. of κακός
[in LXX: 1Ki.17:43 B, Wis.15:18 17:6, 3Ma.5:20 * ;]
worse: Mat.9:16 12:45 27:64, Mrk.2:21, Luk.11:26, Jhn.5:14, 1Ti.5:8, Heb.10:29, 2Pe.2:20; εἰς (ἐπὶ) τὸ χεῖρον, Mrk.5:26, 2Ti.3:13.†
(AS) G5502 G5502 = the Greek of H3743 χερουβίμ cheroubim N:N--T Cherub Χερουβείν (Rec. -βίμ), τά (Heb. כְּרוּב),
Cherubim: Heb.9:6 (cf. Exo.25:17 (18), al.; see DB, i, 377 ff.).†
(AS) G5503 G5503 = G5503 χήρα chēra G:N-F widow χήρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for אַלְמָנָה ;]
a widow: Mat.23:13 (Rec., R, mg.), Mrk.12:40-43, Luk.2:37 4:25 7:12 18:3, 5 20:47 21:2-3, Act.6:1 9:39, 41, 1Co.7:8, 1Ti.5:3-5 5:11 5:16, Jas.1:27; γυνὴ χ., Luk.4:26; of one of an ordo viduarum (see CGT, in l), 1Ti.5:9; metaphorically, of a city forsaken, Rev.18:7.†
(AS) G5504 G5504 = G5504 χθές chthes G:ADV yesterday ἐχθές
(Rec. χθές), adv., [in LXX for תְּמוֹל, etc. ;]
yesterday: Jhn.4:52, Act.7:28, Heb.13:8 (on the form, see Rutherford, NPhr., 370 f.).†
ἐχθές,
adverb ={χθές}, yesterday, ( 5th-6th c.BC: Aristophanes Comicus “Nubes” 175, “Th.” 616, etc.; ἀπ᾽ ἐ. “Anthologia Graeca” 11.35 (1st c.BC: Philodemus Gadarensis Epigrammaticus); μέσφα τό γ᾽ ἐ. 3rd c.BC: Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus 2.144 ); οὐ γάρ τι νῦν γε κἀ. today or yesterday, ( 5th c.BC: Sophocles Tragicus “Antigone” 456; οὐκ ἐ. οὐδὲ πρῴην 5th c.BC: Antipho Orator “fragment” 58 ); ἐ. καὶ τρίτης [ἡμέρας] ( LXX.Ruth.2.11, compare 2nd c.AD: Marcus Antoninus Imperator 10.7. (ἐχθές is commoner than χθές) in Comedy texts and LXX, is the only form used in “NT”, and frequently in papyri of all periods, ( “PSI” 4.442.21 (3rd c.BC), etc.)) (AS) G5505 G5505 = G5505 χιλιάς chilias G:N-F thousand χιλιάς, -άδος, ἡ
(χίλιοι), [in LXX for אֶלֶף ;]
the number one thousand, a thousand: Luk.14:31, Act.4:4, 1Co.10:8, Rev.5:11 7:4-8 11:13 14:1, 3 21:16.†
(AS) G5506 G5506 = G5506 χιλίαρχος chiliarchos G:N-M military officer χιλίαρχος (in Hdt., al., -ης), -ου, ὁ
(χίλιοι, ἄρχω) [in LXX chiefly for אַלּוּף שַׂר ;]
a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand, esp. a Roman military tribune, the commander of a cohort: Jhn.18:12, Act.21:31-33, 37 22:24-29 23:10, 15 23:17-19, 22 24:7, 22 25:23; more generally, of officers of similar rank, Mrk.6:21, Rev.6:15 19:18 (see, DB, i, 352b; DCG, i, 271a, 307a).†
(AS) G5507 G5507 = G5507 χίλιοι chilioi G:A thousand χίλιοι, -αι, -α
a thousand: 2Pe.3:8 (LXX), Rev.11:3 12:6 14:20 20:2-7.†
(AS) G5508 G5508 = G5508 Χίος Chios N:N-F-L Chios χίος, -ου, ἡ
Chios, an island in Ægean Sea: Act.20:15.†
(AS) G5509 G5509 = G5509 χιτών chitōn G:N-M tunic χιτών, ῶνος, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for כְּתֹנֶת:]
the garment worn next the skin (though two tunics were sometimes worn, see Swete, Mk., 117), a tunic: Mat.10:10, Mrk.6:9 14:63, Luk.3:11 9:3, Ju 23; dieting. from ἱμάτιον (which see), Mat.5:40, Luk.6:29, Jhn.19:23, Act.9:39 (see DCG, i, 338, 340, 499)
(AS) G5510 G5510 = G5510 χιών chiōn G:N-F snow χιών, -όνος, ἡ
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁלֶג also (in Da) for תְּלַג ;]
snow: Mat.28:3, Rev.1:14.†
(AS) G5511 G5511 = G5511 χλαμύς chlamus G:N-F robe χλαμύς, -ύδος, ἡ
[in LXX: 2Ma.12:35 * ;]
a chlamys, or short cloak worn over the χιτών (which see): Mat.27:28, 31 (see Tr., Syn., § 1).†
(AS) G5512 G5512 = G5512 χλευάζω chleuazō G:V to sneer χλευάζω
(χλεύη, a jest), [in LXX: Wis.11:14, 2Ma.7:7, 4Ma.5:22 * ;]
to jest, mock, jeer: Act.17:32.†
(AS) G5513 G5513 = G5513 χλιαρός chliaros G:A lukewarm χλιαρός, -ά, -όν
(χλίω, to become warm),
warm, tepid; metaphorically, of persons, luke-warm: Rev.3:16.†
(AS) G5514 G5514 = G5514 Χλόη Chloē N:N-F-P Chloe Χλόη, -ης, ἡ
(i.e. tender foliage),
Chloe: 1Co.1:11.†
(AS) G5514 G5514G = G5514G Χλόη Chloē N:N-F-P Chloe Χλόη, -ης, ἡ
(i.e. tender foliage),
Chloe: 1Co.1:11.†
(AS) G5514 G5514H = G5514H Χλόη Chloē N:A-F tender shoot Χλόη, -ης, ἡ
(i.e. tender foliage),
Chloe: 1Co.1:11.†
(AS) G5515 G5515 = G5515 χλωρός chlōros G:A green χλωρός, -ά, -όν
(χλόη), [in LXX for יֶרֶק, etc. ;]
__(a) pale green: χόρτος, Mrk.6:39, Rev.8:7; πᾶν χ., Rev.9:4;
__(b) pale: ἵππος, Rev.6:8.†
(AS) G5516 G5516 = G5516 χξϛ ch.x.s G:A 666 χξς ́
(on ς, see: Z), in T, Tr., Rec. for ἑξακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα ἕξ,
six hundred and sixty-six (L, mg., R, mg., six hundred and sixteen), the mystical number of the Beast: Rev.13:18 (on the interpretation, see Swete, Ap., 172 f.).†
(AS) G5517 G5517 = G5517 χοϊκός choikos G:A made of dust χοϊκός, -ή, -όν,
(χοῦς)
earthy, made of dust: 1Co.15:47-49 (see Field, Notes, 179 f.).†
(AS) G5518 G5518 = G5518 χοῖνιξ choinix G:N-F quart χοῖνιξ, -ικος, ἡ
[in LXX: Eze.45:10-11 (בַּת) * ;]
a chænix, a dry measure of rather less than a quart: Rev.6:6 (EV, measure).†
(AS) G5519 G5519 = G5519 χοῖρος choiros G:N-M pig χοῖρος, -ου, ὁ
[in Sm.: Isa.65:4 66:3 ;]
a swine: pl., Mat.7:6 8:30-32, Mrk.5:11-13, 16, Luk.8:32-33 15:15-16 †
(AS) G5520 G5520 = G5520 χολάω cholaō G:V be angry χολάω, -ῶ
(χολή), [in LXX: 3Ma.3:1 R * ;]
__1. to be melancholy mad (Aristoph.).
__2. = χολοῦμαι, to be angry: with dative of person(s), Jhn.7:23.†
(AS) G5521 G5521 = G5521 χολή cholē G:N-F gall χολή, -ῆς, ἡ
[in LXX for רֹאשׁ, לַעֲנָה, מְרֵרָה ;]
gall: Mat.27:34 (here prob. = myrrh, cf. Mrk.15:23, see Swete, in l; DCG, i, 634); metaphorically, Act.8:23.†
(AS) G5522 G5522 = G5522 χόος choos G:N-M dust χοῦς, -οός accusative, οῦν, ὁ, (contr. from χόος),
[in LXX chiefly for עָפָר ;]
__1. earth, soil.
__2. In later writers (Pint., LXX), = κονιορτός, dust: Mrk.6:11, Rev.18:19.†
(AS) G5523 G5523 = G5523 Χοραζίν Chorazin N:N--L Chorazin Χοραζείν (Rec. -ζίν), ἡ,
Chorazin, a town of Galilee: Mat.11:21, Luk.10:13.†
(AS) G5524 G5524 = G5524 χορηγέω chorēgeō G:V to provide χορηγέω, -ῶ
(χορός, ἡγέομαι) [in LXX for כּוּל pilp. ;]
__1. to lead a χορός (see LS, see word).
__2. to defray the cost of a χορός.
__3. In late writers, metaphorically, with accusative (see M, Pr., 65), to supply, furnish abundantly: 2Co.9:10, 1Pe.4:11 (Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G5525 G5525 = G5525 χορός choros G:N-M a dance χορός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for מָחוֹל, מְחֹלָה ;]
a dance: pl., Luk.15:25.†
(AS) G5526 G5526 = G5526 χορτάζω chortazō G:V to feed χορτάζω
(χόρτος), [in LXX for שָׂבַע, Psa.17:14 al. ;]
__(a) prop., of animals (see Lft. on Php.4:12), to feed, fatten: Rev.19:21;
__(b) in late Gk. (Kennedy, Sources, 82, 156), of persons, to fill or satisfy with food: with accusative of person(s), Mat.15:33; pass., Mat.14:20 15:37, Mrk.6:42 7:27 8:8, Luk.9:17, Jhn.6:26, Jas.2:16; opposite to πεινᾶν, Php.4:12; with genitive of thing(s), Mrk.8:4; ἀπό, Luk.16:21; ἐκ, Luk.15:16, WH, txt.; metaphorically, Mat.5:6, Luk.6:21.†
(AS) G5527 G5527 = G5527 χόρτασμα chortasma G:N-N food χόρτασμα, -τος, τό
(χορτάζω), [in LXX: Gen.24:25, 32 42:27 43:24, Jdg.19:19 (מִסְפּוֹא), Deu.11:16 (עֶשֶׂב), (Sir.33:24) Sir.38:26 * ;]
fodder (Polyb., Plut., al.): pl., Act.7:11 (RV, sustenance).†
(AS) G5528 G5528 = G5528 χόρτος chortos G:N-M grass χόρτος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for עֶשֶׂב, also for חָצִיר, etc. ;]
__1. an enclosure, a feeding place (Hom.).
__2. food, esp. for cattle, grass: Mat.13:26 14:19, Mrk.4:28 6:39, Luk.12:28, Jhn.6:10, 1Co.3:12, Jas.1:10-11, 1Pe.1:24" (LXX), Rev.9:4; χ. χλωρός, Mrk.6:39, Rev.8:7.†
(AS) G5529 G5529 = G5529 Χουζᾶς Chouzas N:N-M-P Chuza Χουζᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ
Chuzas (EV, Chuza): Luk.8:3.†
(AS) G5530 G5530 = G5530 χράω chraō G:V to use χράομαι, χρῶμαι
(χρή), [in LXX for עָשָׂה, etc. ;]
to use, make use of: with dative (cf. M, Pr., 64, 158), Act.27:17, 1Co.9:12 9:15, 1Ti.1:8 5:23; μᾶλλον χρῆσαι (i.e. the opportunity; see M, Pr., 247), 1Co.7:21; as some­times in late writers (cf. M, Pr., 64; Lft., Notes, 233), with accusative, 1Co.7:31; of feelings, etc., to exercise, shew: 2Co.1:17 3:12; with adv., ἀποτόμως, to deal sharply, 2Co.13:10; with dative of person(s) (cl.), to treat, deal with, Act.27:3.†
(AS) G5531 G5531 = G5531 χράω chraō G:V to lend χράω, κίχρημι
[in LXX for לָוָה, etc. ;]
to lend: Luk.11:5.†
(AS) G5532 G5532 = G5532 χρεία chreia G:N-F need χρεία, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX: 2Ch.2:16 (15) (צֹרֶךְ), Est.7:20 (חַשְׁחוּת) frequently in Sir.1:1-30 -2 Mac ;]
__1. need, necessity: Act.28:10, Tit.3:14; πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χ. (RV, txt., for edifying as the need may be; but see Field, Notes, 192), Eph.4:29; ἕστι χ., Luk.10:42, Heb.7:11; χ. ἔχειν, with genitive, Mat.6:8 21:3, Mrk.11:3, Luk.9:11 15:7 19:31, 34 22:71, Jhn.13:29, 1Co.12:21 12:24, 1Th.4:12, Heb.10:36, Rev.21:23 22:5; before τοῦ, with inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), Heb.5:12; absol. (sc. genitive), Act.2:45 4:35; with genitive of person(s), Mat.9:12 26:65, Mrk.2:17 14:63, Luk.5:31; with inf. (Bl., § 69, 5), Mat.3:14 14:16, Jhn.13:10, 1Th.1:8 4:9; before ἵνα, Jhn.16:30, 1Jn.2:27; absol., Mrk.2:25, Eph.4:28, 1Jn.3:17; οὐδὲν χ. ἔχειν, Rev.3:17; ἡ χ., with genitive subjc., Php.2:25 4:16, 19; pl., Act.20:34, Rom.12:13.
__2. matter, business (so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al.; 1Ma.12:45, al.): Act.6:3.†
(AS) G5533 G5533 = G5533 χρεωφειλέτης chreōpheiletēs G:N-M debtor χρεοφειλέτης (Rec. χρεω-, WH, χρεοφιλ-; see WH, App., 152, 154), -ου, ὁ,
(χρέος, a debt, + ὀφειλέτης) [in LXX: Job.31:37, Pro.29:13 * ;]
a debtor: Luk.7:41 16:5.†
(AS) G5534 G5534 = G5534 χρή chrē G:V to ought/need χρή impers.
(χράω, see LS, see word),
it is necessary: Jas.3:10 (cf. δεῖ.).†
(AS) G5535 G5535 = G5535 χρῄζω chrēzō G:V to need χρῄζω
(χρή) [in LXX Jdg.11:7, 1Ki.17:18 A * ;]
to need, have need of: with genitive of thing(s), Mat.6:32, Luk.11:8 12:30, 2Co.3:1; with genitive of person(s) before ἐν, Rom.16:2.†
(AS) G5536 G5536 = G5536 χρῆμα chrēma G:N-N money χρῆμα, -τος, τό
(χράομαι) [in LXX: Jos.22:8, 2Ch.1:11-12 (נֶכֶס), Job.27:17 (כֶּסֶף), etc.; frequently in Sir (5:1, 8, al.), 2 and 4 Mac ;]
a thing that one uses or needs (and generally, a matter, event, business); hence in pl.,
__(a) wealth, riches: οἱ τά χ. ἔχοντες, Mrk.10:23-24, Luk.18:24;
__(b) money: Act.8:18, 20 24:26; sing. (rare in cl.) of a special sum of money, Act.4:37.†
(AS) G5537 G5537 = G5537 χρηματίζω chrēmatizō G:V to announce χρηματίζω
(χρῆμα), [in LXX: Jer.26:2 29:23 30:2 36:2, 4 A (דָבַר pi.), Jer.25:30) (שָׁאַג), 3Ki.18:27, Job.40:8 * ;]
__1. to transact business, hence, to consult, deliberate (Thuc., Dem., al.); hence in later writers,
__2. to make answer (esp. of offcial pronounce­ments by magistrates, etc.; in π. of the royal reply to an ἔντευξις, which see; cf. Deiss., BS, 122); of an answer by an oracle (Died., Plut., al.); in FlJ, LXX and NT, of divine communications, to instruct, admonish, warn: pass. (Bl., § 54, 3), Mat.2:22, Heb.8:5 11:7 12:25; with inf. (Bl., § 69,4; 70, 3; 72, 5), Mat.2:12, Luk.2:26, Act.10:22
__3. to assume a name (as in business), be called (Polyb., al.): Act.11:26, Rom.7:3 (gnomic fut.; cf. Burton, § 69).†
(AS) G5538 G5538 = G5538 χρηματισμός chrēmatismos G:N-M proclamation χρηματισμός, -οῦ), ὁ
(χρηματίζω, which see), [in LXX: Pro.31:1 (מַשָּׂא), 2Ma.2:4 2Mac 11:17 * ;]
a divine response, an oracle: Rom.11:4 (Xen., Plat., al.).†
(AS) G5539 G5539 = G5539 χρήσιμος chrēsimos G:A profitable χρήσιμος, -η, -ον
(χράομαι), [in LXX: Gen.37:26 בֶּצַע etc. ;]
useful: 2Ti.2:14.†
(AS) G5540 G5540 = G5540 χρῆσις chrēsis G:N-F use χρῆσις, -εως, ἡ
(χράομαι), [in LXX: 1Ki.1:28 (שָׁאַל), Sir.18:8, al. ;]
use: in a sexual sense, Rom.1:26; with genitive obj., θηλείας, Rom.1:27 (for exx., see Thayer, see word).†
(AS) G5541 G5541 = G5541 χρηστεύομαι chrēsteuomai G:V be kind χρηστεύομαι
(χρηστός),
to be kind: 1Co.13:4 (eccl.).†
(AS) G5542 G5542 = G5542 χρηστολογία chrēstologia G:N-F smooth talk χρηστολογία, -ας, ἡ
(χρηστός, λέγω),
fair speaking: in bad sense, Rom.16:18 (in good sense also, eccl.).†
(AS) G5543 G5543 = G5543 χρηστός chrēstos G:A good/kind χρηστός, -ή, -όν
(χράομαι), [in LXX chiefly for טוֹב (frequently of God: Psa.25:8, al.), also for יָקָר (Eze.27:22 28:13), יָשָׁר (Pro.2:21 א A) ;]
serviceable, good;
__(a) of things, good, pleasant: of food (as often in cl.), οἶνος, Luk.5:39; ζυγός, Mat.11:30 (EV, easy); in ethical sense, ἤθη, 1Co.15:33;
__(b) of persons, good, kind, gracious: Eph.4:32; of God, Luk.6:35, 1Pe.2:3; τ. χρηστὸν (= ἡ χρηστότης) τοῦ θεοῦ, Rom.2:4.
† (AS) G5544 G5544 = G5544 χρηστότης chrēstotēs G:N-F kindness χρηστότης, -ητος, ἡ
(χρηστός), [in LXX for טוּב and cogn. forms ;]
__1. goodness, excellence, uprightness: Rom.3:12 (LXX).
__2. goodness of heart, kindness: Rom.2:4, 2Co.6:6, Gal.5:22, Col.3:12, Tit.3:4; before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Eph.2:7; id., opposite to ἀποτομία, Rom.11:22.
SYN.: see: ἀγαθωσύνη. (AS) G5545 G5545 = G5545 χρῖσμα chrisma G:N-N anointing χρίσμα (T, χρῖσμα, as in cl.; see Tdf., Pr., 102; Bl., § 4, 2), -τος, το
(χρίω),
later form of χρῖμα (Æsch., al.),
[in LXX for מִשְׁחָה and cogn. forms (Exo.29:7, al.) ;]
an anointing, unction (the result of the action χρίειν; ICC, in l; but cf. Westc., in l, for the view that the oil, not the act, is meant): 1Jn.2:20 Jn 2:27.†
(AS) G5546 G5546 = a Group member of G2424G Χριστιανός Christianos N:N--T Christian Χριστιανός (D, Χρεισ-; on the form Χρησ-, see Bl., § 3, 6; 27, 4 on the ending, -ανος, see Bl., ll. with; Deiss., LAE, 382), -οῦ ὁ,
a Christian, the name first given to the disciples by pagan gentiles at Antioch: Act.11:26 26:28, 1Pe.4:16 (see reff. in Thayer, see word; also DB, i, 384).†
(AS) G5547 G5547 = a Name of G2424G Χριστός Christos N:N--T Christ χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν
(χρίω), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms ;]
__1. 1. as adj.,
__(a) of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch., Eur., al.; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ., Lev.21:10);
__(b) of persons, anointed (ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ., Lev.4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, 2Ma.1:10): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ (1Ki.2:10, Psa.2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Luk.2:11, 26 Jhn.1:41, Act.2:36 4:26, al.
__2. As subst., ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mat.2:4, Mrk.8:29, Luk.2:11, Jhn.1:20, Act.2:31, Rom.7:4, al.; Ἰησοῦς, Mrk.1:1, Jhn.1:17, Act.2:38, al.; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mat.1:18, WH, mg. Act.5:42, Rom.6:3, al.; Χ. κύριος, Luk.2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Act.15:26, Rom.1:7, al.
(AS) G5548 G5548 = G5548 χρίω chriō G:V to anoint χρίω
to anoint (Hom., al.);
[in LXX chiefly for מָשַׁח of consecration to a sacred office: priest, Exo.28:41; prophet, 3Ki.19:16; king, 1Ki.10:1; of things, Exo.40:9, Lev.8:10, al.].
In NT, metaphorically, of God's anointing,
__(a) Christ: Act.4:27; with inf., Luk.4:18 (LXX); with dupl. accusative (see B1., § 34, 4), Heb.1:9 (LXX); πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, Act.10:38;
__(b) Christians: 2Co.1:21 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 73) (cf. ἐν-, ἐπι-Χριω).†
SYN: see: ἀλείφω
(AS) G5549 G5549 = G5549 χρονίζω chronizō G:V to delay χρονίζω
(χρόνος), [in LXX chiefly for אָחַר pi. ;]
to spend or take time, to tarry, linger, delay: Mat.24:48 25:5, Heb.10:37; before ἐν, with dative loc., Luk.1:21; with inf., Luk.12:45.†
(AS) G5550 G5550 = G5550 χρόνος chronos G:N-M time χρόνος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for יוֹם, also for עֵת, etc. ;]
time (a space of time, whether long or short; cf. Lft., Notes, 70): Mat.2:7, Mrk.9:21, Luk.1:57, Act.3:21 7:17, 23 13:18 17:30 27:9, Heb.11:32, 1Pe.1:17 4:3, Rev.10:6; στιγμὴ χρόνου, Luk.4:5; πλήρωμα τοῦ χ., Gal.4:4; ποιεῖν χ., Act.15:33 18:23; βιῶσαι, 1Pe.4:2; διδόναι, Rev.2:21; pl., χ. καὶ (ἢ) καιροί (Lft., l.with), Act.1:7, 1Th.5:1; ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου τῶν χ. (χρόνου), 1Pe.1:20, Ju 18; with prep., ἄχρι, Act.3:21; διὰ τὸν χ., Heb.5:12; ἐν χ., Act.1:6, 21; ἐπὶ (πλείονα) χ., Luk.18:4, Act.18:20; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον χ., Rom.7:1, 1Co.7:39, Gal.4:1; κατὰ τὸν χ., Mat.2:16; μετὰ τολὺν (τοσοῦτον) χ., Mat.25:19, Heb.4:7; πρὸ χ. αἰωςίων, 2Ti.1:9, Tit.1:2, instr. dative of extension of time (see M, Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAE, 206), Luk.8:27, 29 Jhn.14:9, Act.8:11, Rom.16:25; accusative, of duration of time, Mrk.2:19, Luk.20:9, Jhn.5:6 7:33 12:35 14:9, Act.14:3, 28 19:22 20:18, 1Co.16:7, Rev.6:11.†
SYN.: see: καιρός (AS) G5551 G5551 = G5551 χρονοτριβέω chronotribeō G:V to spend time χρονοτριβέω, -ῶ
(χρόνος, τρίβω),
to spend time: Act.20:16.†
(AS) G5552 G5552 = G5552 χρύσεος chruseos G:A golden Χρύσεος, -εα, -εον (-οῦς, -ῆ, -οῦν; on accusative sing. fem., -ᾶν, Rev.1:13 and genitive pl. uncontr., -εων, Rev.2:1, LTr., see M, Pr., 48 and cf. Thackeray, Gr., x, 172 f.)
(χρυσός), [in LXX chiefly for זָהָב ;]
golden, i.e. made or overlaid with gold: 2Ti.2:20, Heb.9:4, Rev.1:12-13, 20 2:1 4:4 5:8 8:3 9:13, 20 14:14 15:6-7 17:4 21:15.†
(AS) G5553 G5553 = G5553 χρυσίον chrusion G:N-N gold χρυσίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of χρυσός, which see), [in LXX chiefly for זָהָב ;]
a piece of gold, gold: 1Co.3:12, Heb.9:4, 1Pe.1:7, Rev.3:18 21:18, 21; of golden ornaments, 1Ti.2:9 (WH, txt., RV), 1Pe.3:3, Rev.17:4 18:16 (WH, txt., R); of gold coin, money, Act.3:6 20:33, 1Pe.1:18.†
(AS) G5554 G5554 = G5554 χρυσοδακτύλιος chrusodaktulios G:A gold-ringed χρυσο-δακτύλιος, -ον
with a gold ring: Jas.2:2.†
(AS) G5555 G5555 = G5555 χρυσόλιθος chrusolithos G:N-M chrysolite χρυσό-λιθος, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Exo.28:20 36:20 (Exo.39:13), Eze.28:13 (תַּרְשִׁישׁ) * ;]
a chrysolite (on its identification, see Swete, Ap., 288 f.; DB, iv, 620): Rev.21:20.†
(AS) G5556 G5556 = G5556 χρυσόπρασος chrusoprasos G:N-M chrysoprase χρυσό-πρασος, -ου, ὁ
a chrysoprase (see Swete, Ap., 289): Rev.21:20.†
(AS) G5557 G5557 = G5557 χρυσός chrusos G:N-M gold χρυσός, -οῦ, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for זָהָב ;]
gold: Mat.2:11, Rev.9:7; of golden ornaments, Mat.23:16-17, 1Ti.2:9 (Rec., WH, mg.), Jas.5:3, Rev.17:4 (Rec., WH, mg.) Rev.18:12, 16 (Rec., WH, mg.); of images, Act.17:29; of gold coin, Mat.10:9.†
(AS) G5558 G5558 = G5558 χρυσόω chrusoō G:V to gild χρυσόω, -ῶ
(χρυσός) [in LXX chiefly for צָפָה pi. ;]
to gild, cover with gold: pass., with dative, χρυσίῳ (pleonast., cf. Exo.26:37), Rev.17:4 18:16.†
(AS) G5559 G5559 = G5559 χρώς chrōs G:N-M skin χρώς, genitive, χρωτός, ὁ
[in LXX chiefly for בָּשָׂר ;]
in cl. rare in prose, the surface of the body, skin: Act.19:12.†
(AS) G5560 G5560 = G5560 χωλός chōlos G:A lame χωλός, -ή, -όν
[in LXX for פִּסֵּחַ ;]
lame, halt, maimed: Mat.11:5 15:30-31 18:8 21:14, Mrk.9:45, Luk.7:22 14:13, 21, Jhn.5:3, Act.3:2 8:7 14:8, Heb.12:13.†
(AS) G5561 G5561 = G5561 χώρα chōra G:N-F country χώρα, -ας, ἡ
[in LXX for אֶרֶץ, מְדִינָה, etc. ;]
__1. most frequently in cl., a space, place.
__2. land, i.e.
__(a) a land, country, region: Mat.12:2, Mrk.5:10 6:55, Luk.2:8 15:13-15 19:12, Jhn.11:54, Act.13:49 27:27; χ. Γαλατική, Act.16:6 18:23; Τραχωνίτιδος, Luk.3:1; τ. Ἰουδαίας, Act.26:20; τ. Ἰουδαίων, Act.10:39; pl., τῆς Ἰουδαίας κ. Σαμαρείας, Act.8:1; Γεργεσηνῶν (Γερασηνῶν, Γαδαρηνῶν) Mat.8:28, Mrk.5:1, Luk.8:26; ἐν χ. καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, Mat.4:16;
__(b) land, property: Luk.12:16;
__(with) the country, opposite to the town; so in pl., Luk.21:21, Jhn.4:35, Jas.5:4.†
SYN.: ἄγρος, τόπος (cf. DCG, i, 591a; LS, see word χώρα, ad init.). (AS) G5562 G5562 = G5562 χωρέω chōreō G:V to make room for χωρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Gen.13:6 (נָשָׂא), 3Ki.7:26 7:38 (כּוּל hi.), 2Ch.4:5 (חָזַק hi.), Wis.7:23-24, al. ;]
__I. Intrans.,
__1. to make room, give way, retire, pass: before εἰς, Mat.15:17; metaphorically (EV, come), εἰς μετάνοιαν, 2Pe.3:9.
__2. to go forward, advance, progress (Plat., Polyb., al.) ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ. ἐν ὑμῖν, Jhn.8:37 (R, txt., hath not free course; R, mg., hath no place, for WH. cf. Field, Notes, 94 f.).
__II. Trans., to have space for holding, to hold: Mrk.2:2 (cf. Ge, l.with), Jhn.21:25; of measures (1Ki, 2Ch, ll. with), Jhn.2:6. Metaphorical, of having or making room in mind or heart: Mat.19:11-12 (EV, receive), 2Co.7:2 (R, txt., open your hearts; mg., make room) (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ὑπο-χωρέω).†
(AS) G5563 G5563 = G5563 χωρίζω chōrizō G:V to separate/leave χωρίζω
[in LXX: 2Ch.12:8, al. (בָּדַל ni., etc.), Wis.1:3, 2Ma.5:21, al. ;]
__1. to separate, divide, put asunder: with accusative of thing(s), opposite to συζεύγνυμι Mat.19:6, Mrk.10:9; with accusative of person(s), before ἀπό (Wis.1:3), Rom.8:35, 39; pf. pass ptcp., Heb.7:26.
__2. In late writers, mid. and 1 aor pass., to separate oneself, depart: Phm 15; before ἀπό Act.1:4, ἐκ, Act.18:1-2; of divorce (polyb., al.), 1Co.7:10-11 7:15 (cf. ἀπο-, δια-χωρίζω).†
(AS) G5564 G5564 = G5564 χωρίον chōrion G:N-N place χωρίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of χώρα, χῶρος), [in LXX: 1Ch.27:27 (כֶּרֶם), 2Ma.11:5 2Mac 12:7 2Mac 12:21, 4Ma.15:20 * ;]
__1. a place, region.
__2. an estate, property, piece of land: Mat.26:36, Mrk.14:32, Jhn.4:5, Act.1:18-19 4:34 5:3, 8 28:7.†
(AS) G5564 G5564G = G5564G χωρίον chōrion G:N-N place χωρίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of χώρα, χῶρος), [in LXX: 1Ch.27:27 (כֶּרֶם), 2Ma.11:5 2Mac 12:7 2Mac 12:21, 4Ma.15:20 * ;]
__1. a place, region.
__2. an estate, property, piece of land: Mat.26:36, Mrk.14:32, Jhn.4:5, Act.1:18-19 4:34 5:3, 8 28:7.†
(AS) G5564 G5564H = a Part of G0184 χωρίον chōrion G:N-N Field (of Blood) χωρίον, -ου, τό
(dimin. of χώρα, χῶρος), [in LXX: 1Ch.27:27 (כֶּרֶם), 2Ma.11:5 2Mac 12:7 2Mac 12:21, 4Ma.15:20 * ;]
__1. a place, region.
__2. an estate, property, piece of land: Mat.26:36, Mrk.14:32, Jhn.4:5, Act.1:18-19 4:34 5:3, 8 28:7.†
(AS) G5565 G5565 = G5565 χωρίς chōris G:PREP without χωρίς
adv.,
__1. separately, apart: Jhn.20:7.
__2. As prep., with genitive,
__(a) separate from, apart from, without (practically equiv. to ἄνευ; see Field, Notes, 103): Mat.13:34, Mrk.4:34, Luk.6:49, Jhn.1:3 15:5, Rom.3:21, 28 4:6 7:8-9 10:14, 1Co.4:8 11:11, 2Co.12:3, Eph.2:12, Php.2:14, 1Ti.2:8 5:21, Phm 14, Heb.4:15 7:7, 20 9:7, 18 9:22, 28 10:25 11:6, 40 12:8, 14 (οὗ χωρίς; see Bl., § 82, 3), Jas.2:18, 20 2:26;
__(b) besides: Mat.14:21 15:38, 2Co.11:28.†
(AS) G5566 G5566 = G5566 χῶρος chōros G:N-M northwest the North-west wind , Lat. Caurus, (New Testament) (ML) G5567 G5567 = G5567 ψάλλω psallō G:V to sing praise ψάλλω
[in LXX chiefly for זָמַר pi. (Jdg.5:3, Psa.7:17, al.), also for נָגַן pi. (1Ki.16:16 ff, al.) ;]
__1. to pull, twitch, twang (as a bowstring, etc.; Æsch., Eur., al.), hence,
__2. absol.,
__(a) to play a stringed instrument with the fingers (Hdt., Plat., al.);
__(b) later, to sing to a harp, sing psalms (LXX); in NT, to sing a hymn, sing praise: Jas.5:13; with dative of person(s), Rom.15:9 (LXX), Eph.5:19; dative instr., 1Co.14:15.†
(AS) G5568 G5568 = G5568 ψαλμός psalmos G:N-M psalm ψαλμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ψάλλω), [in LXX chiefly for מִזְמוֹר ;]
__1. a striking, twitching with the fingers (Eur., al.), hence, a striking of musical strings (Æsch., a1.), and hence in later writers,
__2. a sacred song sung to musical accompaniment, a psalm (LXX): 1Co.14:26, Eph.5:19, Col.3:16; of OT psalms, Luk.24:44, Act.13:33; βίβλος ψαλμῶν, Luk.20:42, Act.1:20.†
SYN.: see: ὕμνος (AS) G5569 G5569 = G5569 ψευδάδελφος pseudadelphos G:N-M false brother ψευδ-άδελφος, -ου, ὁ
a false brother: of professing Christians, 2Co.11:26, Gal.2:4.†
(AS) G5570 G5570 = G5570 ψευδαπόστολος pseudapostolos G:N-M false apostle ψευδ-απόστολος, -ου, ὁ
a false apostle: 2Co.11:13.†
(AS) G5571 G5571 = G5571 ψευδής pseudēs G:A false ψευδής, -ές
(ψεύδομαι), [in LXX for שֶׁקֶר, שָׁוְא, כָּזָב; etc. ;]
lying, false, untrue (of persons and things): Rev.2:2; μάρτυρες, Act.6:13; as subst., ὁ ψ., a liar: Rev.21:8.†
(AS) G5572 G5572 = G5572 ψευδοδιδάσκαλος pseudodidaskalos G:N-M false teacher ψευδο-διδάσκαλος, -ου, ὁ
a false teacher: 2Pe.2:1.†
(AS) G5573 G5573 = G5573 ψευδολόγος pseudologos G:A lying ψευδο-λόγος, -ον
(ψευδής, λέγω),
speaking falsely, lying: 1Ti.4:2 (Aristoph., Polyb., al.).†
(AS) G5574 G5574 = G5574 ψεύδομαι pseudomai G:V to lie ψεύδω to deceive by lies; more frequently in the depon. mid, form ψεύδομαι (so always in NT),
[in LXX chiefly for כָּחַשׁ pi. ;]
__1. absol., to lie: Heb.6:18, 1Jn.1:6, Rev.3:9; οὐ ψεύδομαι, Rom.9:1, 2Co.11:31, Gal.1:20, 1Ti.2:7 with dative of person(s) (Psa.18:45, Jhn.5:12, al.), Act.5:4; before εἰς, Col.3:9; κατά, Jas.3:14 (Hort, in l).
__2. Like act., with accusative, to deceive by lies (Æsch., al.): Act.5:3.†
(AS) G5575 G5575 = G5575 ψευδομάρτυρ pseudomartur G:N-M false witness ψευδο-μάρτυς, -υρος, ὁ
[in LXX: Dan LXX Su 1:60-61 Bl * ;]
a false witness: Mat.26:60; with genitive obj. (see WM, § 30, 1a), 1Co.15:15.†
(AS) G5576 G5576 = G5576 ψευδομαρτυρέω pseudomartureō G:V to perjure ψευδο-μαρτυρέω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Exo.20:16, Deu.5:20 (17) (עָנָה), Da TH Su 1:61 AB2R (see ψευδομάρτυς) * ;]
to bear false witness: Mat.19:18, Mrk.10:19, Luk.18:20" (LXX) ; before κατά, with genitive of person(s), Mrk.14:56-57 (Xen., Plat., al.).†
(AS) G5577 G5577 = G5577 ψευδομαρτυρία pseudomarturia G:N-F false testimony ψευδο-μαρτυρία, -ας, ἡ
false witness: Mat.15:19 26:59.†
(AS) G5578 G5578 = G5578 ψευδοπροφήτης pseudoprophētēs G:N-M false prophet ψευδο-προφήτης, -ου, ὁ
[in LXX: Zec.13:2, Jer.1:9 (Jer.6:13, al.) (נָבִיא)* ;]
a false prophet (= cl. ψευδόμαντις): Mat.7:15 24:11, 24, Mrk.13:22 (see Swete, in l), Luk.6:26, Act.13:6, 2Pe.2:1, 1Jn.4:1, Rev.16:13 19:20 20:10 †
(AS) G5579 G5579 = G5579 ψεῦδος pseudos G:N-N lie ψεῦδος, -εος (-ους), τό
[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁקֶר, also for כַּחַשׁ, כָּזָב ;]
a falsehood, untruth, lie: Rev.14:15; opposite to ἡ ἀλήθεια, Jhn.8:44, Rom.1:25, Eph.4:25, 2Th.2:11, 1Jn.2:21; to τὸ ἀληθές, 1Jn.2:27; ποιεῖν ψ., Rev.21:27 22:15; ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει κ. σημείοις κ. τέρασιν ψεύδους (genitive qual., see M, Th., 104; and on the meaning and construction, see also ICC, in l), 2Th.2:9.†
(AS) G5580 G5580 = G5580 ψευδόχριστος pseudochristos G:N-M false Christ ψευδό-χριστος, -ου ὁ
a false Christ or Messiah, "a pretender to the Messianic office" (Swete, Mk., 309; cf. also Tr., Syn., § xxx): Mat.24:24, Mrk.13:22 (cf. ἀντίχριστος).†
(AS) G5581 G5581 = G5581 ψευδώνυμος pseudōnumos G:A falsely called ψευδώνυμος, -ον
(ψευδής, ὄνομα)
under a false name, falsely called: 1Ti.6:20 (Æsch., Plut., a1.).†
(AS) G5582 G5582 = G5582 ψεῦσμα pseusma G:N-N falsehood ψεῦσμα, -τος, τό
(ψεύδω), [in Aq., Th.: Job.34:6, Pro.23:3; in Sm.: Job.13:4, al. ;]
a lie, falsehood: Rom.3:7 (Plat., Plut. al.).†
(AS) G5583 G5583 = G5583 ψεύστης pseustēs G:N-M liar ψεύστης, -ου, ὁ
(ψεύδω), [in LXX: Psa.116:11 (כָּזַב), Pro.19:22 A N2 (כָּזָב), Sir.15:8 25:2 * ;]
a liar: Jhn.8:44, 55, Rom.3:4, 1Ti.1:10, Tit.1:12, 1Jn.1:10 Jn 2:4 Jn 2:22 Jn 4:20 Jn 5:10 .†
(AS) G5584 G5584 = G5584 ψηλαφάω psēlaphaō G:V to touch ψηλαφάω, -ῶ
(ψάω, to touch), [in LXX for מוּשׁ, מָשַׁשׁ pi., etc. ;]
__1. to feel or grope about; with accusative, to feel about for, search after: metaphorically, of seeking God, Act.17:27.
__2. to feel, touch, handle: with accusative of person(s), Luk.24:39, 1Jn.1:1; προσεληλύθατε ψηλαφωμένῳ (ὄρει ?), Heb.12:18 (R, txt., a mount that might be touched; mg., a palpable and kindled fire; see Westc., in l).†
(AS) G5585 G5585 = G5585 ψηφίζω psēphizō G:V to calculate ψηφίζω
(ψῆφος), [in LXX: 3Ki.3:8 8:5 A (סָפַר ni..) * ;]
to count (prop., with pebbles), reckon, calculate: τ. δαπάνην, Luk.14:28; τ. ἀριθμόν (i.e. calculate the number's meaning), Rev.13:18 (in cl. chiefly mid., to vote by casting a pebble; cf. συγ-κατα-, συμ-φηφίζω).†
(AS) G5586 G5586G = G5586G ψῆφος psēphos G:N-F stone ψῆφος, -ου, ἡ
(ψάω, to rub) [in LXX: Exo.4:25 (צֹר), La 3:16 (חָצָץ), Ecc.7:26 (25) (צֹר), 4Ki.12:4 (5) A, Sir.18:10, 4Ma.15:26 * ;]
__1. a small smooth stone, a pebble: ψ. λευκή (for suggestions as to the meaning, see Swete, in l), Rev.2:17.
__2. From the use of pebbles in voting, a vote: Act.26:10.†
(AS) G5586 G5586H = a Meaning of G5586G ψῆφος psēphos G:N-F stone: vote ψῆφος, -ου, ἡ
(ψάω, to rub) [in LXX: Exo.4:25 (צֹר), La 3:16 (חָצָץ), Ecc.7:26 (25) (צֹר), 4Ki.12:4 (5) A, Sir.18:10, 4Ma.15:26 * ;]
__1. a small smooth stone, a pebble: ψ. λευκή (for suggestions as to the meaning, see Swete, in l), Rev.2:17.
__2. From the use of pebbles in voting, a vote: Act.26:10.†
(AS) G5587 G5587 = G5587 ψιθυρισμός psithurismos G:N-M gossip ψιθυρισμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ψιθυρίζω, to whisper), [in LXX: Ecc.10:11 (לַחַשׁ) * ;]
a whispering;
__(a) of secret slander, 2Co.12:20 (Plut.);
__(b) of a murmured enchantment, Ec, l.with†
(AS) G5588 G5588 = G5588 ψιθυριστής psithuristēs G:N-M gossip ψιθυριστής, -οῦ, ὁ
(see supr.),
a whisperer (as epithet of Hermes, Dem., 1358, 6): in bad sense, Rom.1:30.†
Syn.: καταλάλος, q.v
(AS) G5589 G5589 = G5589 ψιχίον, ψίξ psichion, psix G:N-N crumb ψιχίον, -ου, τό
dimin. of ψίξ,
a crumb: Mat.15:27, Mrk.7:28.†
(AS) G5590 G5590G = G5590G ψυχή psuchē G:N-F soul ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX very frequently for נֶפֶשׁ, sometimes for לֵבַב ,לֵב, etc. ;]
__1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; in Arist., of the vital principle): Mat.6:25, Mrk.3:4 10:45, Luk.12:22, Jhn.10:11, Act.20:10, 24 2Co.1:23, Php.2:30, 1Th.2:8, al.
__2. the soul,
__(a) as the seat of the will, desires and affections: Mat.26:38, Mrk.12:30" (LXX) 14:34, Luk.1:46, Jhn.10:24, Act.14:2, Php.1:27, al.; ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the heart, heartily: Eph.6:6, Col.3:23;
__(b) as a periphrasis for person or self (frequently in translation from Semitic originals, see M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 113ff.; but also frequently in cl., see LS, see word II, 2; Edwards, Lex., App. A.): Mat.11:29, Mrk.8:36, Act.2:41, Rom.2:9, 1Pe.3:20, al.; πᾶσα ψ., Act.2:43 3:23" (LXX), Rom.13:1; ψ. ζῶσα (ζωῆς), 1Co.15:45, Rev.16:3;
__(with) as the object of divine grace and eternal salvation: Heb.13:17, Jas.1:21 5:20, 1Pe.1:9, 22 2:11 4:19, 3Jo.2.
SYN.: see: νοῦς, πνεῦμα, ψυχικός, and cf. ICC on 1Th.5:23, Lft., Notes, 88f. (AS) G5590 G5590H = a Meaning of G5590G ψυχή psuchē G:N-F soul: life ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX very frequently for נֶפֶשׁ, sometimes for לֵבַב ,לֵב, etc. ;]
__1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; in Arist., of the vital principle): Mat.6:25, Mrk.3:4 10:45, Luk.12:22, Jhn.10:11, Act.20:10, 24 2Co.1:23, Php.2:30, 1Th.2:8, al.
__2. the soul,
__(a) as the seat of the will, desires and affections: Mat.26:38, Mrk.12:30" (LXX) 14:34, Luk.1:46, Jhn.10:24, Act.14:2, Php.1:27, al.; ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the heart, heartily: Eph.6:6, Col.3:23;
__(b) as a periphrasis for person or self (frequently in translation from Semitic originals, see M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 113ff.; but also frequently in cl., see LS, see word II, 2; Edwards, Lex., App. A.): Mat.11:29, Mrk.8:36, Act.2:41, Rom.2:9, 1Pe.3:20, al.; πᾶσα ψ., Act.2:43 3:23" (LXX), Rom.13:1; ψ. ζῶσα (ζωῆς), 1Co.15:45, Rev.16:3;
__(with) as the object of divine grace and eternal salvation: Heb.13:17, Jas.1:21 5:20, 1Pe.1:9, 22 2:11 4:19, 3Jo.2.
SYN.: see: νοῦς, πνεῦμα, ψυχικός, and cf. ICC on 1Th.5:23, Lft., Notes, 88f. (AS) G5590 G5590I = a Meaning of G5590G ψυχή psuchē G:N-F soul: myself ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX very frequently for נֶפֶשׁ, sometimes for לֵבַב ,לֵב, etc. ;]
__1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; in Arist., of the vital principle): Mat.6:25, Mrk.3:4 10:45, Luk.12:22, Jhn.10:11, Act.20:10, 24 2Co.1:23, Php.2:30, 1Th.2:8, al.
__2. the soul,
__(a) as the seat of the will, desires and affections: Mat.26:38, Mrk.12:30" (LXX) 14:34, Luk.1:46, Jhn.10:24, Act.14:2, Php.1:27, al.; ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the heart, heartily: Eph.6:6, Col.3:23;
__(b) as a periphrasis for person or self (frequently in translation from Semitic originals, see M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 113ff.; but also frequently in cl., see LS, see word II, 2; Edwards, Lex., App. A.): Mat.11:29, Mrk.8:36, Act.2:41, Rom.2:9, 1Pe.3:20, al.; πᾶσα ψ., Act.2:43 3:23" (LXX), Rom.13:1; ψ. ζῶσα (ζωῆς), 1Co.15:45, Rev.16:3;
__(with) as the object of divine grace and eternal salvation: Heb.13:17, Jas.1:21 5:20, 1Pe.1:9, 22 2:11 4:19, 3Jo.2.
SYN.: see: νοῦς, πνεῦμα, ψυχικός, and cf. ICC on 1Th.5:23, Lft., Notes, 88f. (AS) G5590 G5590J = a Meaning of G5590G ψυχή psuchē G:N-F soul: person ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX very frequently for נֶפֶשׁ, sometimes for לֵבַב ,לֵב, etc. ;]
__1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; in Arist., of the vital principle): Mat.6:25, Mrk.3:4 10:45, Luk.12:22, Jhn.10:11, Act.20:10, 24 2Co.1:23, Php.2:30, 1Th.2:8, al.
__2. the soul,
__(a) as the seat of the will, desires and affections: Mat.26:38, Mrk.12:30" (LXX) 14:34, Luk.1:46, Jhn.10:24, Act.14:2, Php.1:27, al.; ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the heart, heartily: Eph.6:6, Col.3:23;
__(b) as a periphrasis for person or self (frequently in translation from Semitic originals, see M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 113ff.; but also frequently in cl., see LS, see word II, 2; Edwards, Lex., App. A.): Mat.11:29, Mrk.8:36, Act.2:41, Rom.2:9, 1Pe.3:20, al.; πᾶσα ψ., Act.2:43 3:23" (LXX), Rom.13:1; ψ. ζῶσα (ζωῆς), 1Co.15:45, Rev.16:3;
__(with) as the object of divine grace and eternal salvation: Heb.13:17, Jas.1:21 5:20, 1Pe.1:9, 22 2:11 4:19, 3Jo.2.
SYN.: see: νοῦς, πνεῦμα, ψυχικός, and cf. ICC on 1Th.5:23, Lft., Notes, 88f. (AS) G5590 G5590K = a Meaning of G5590G ψυχή psuchē G:N-F soul: animal ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ,
[in LXX very frequently for נֶפֶשׁ, sometimes for לֵבַב ,לֵב, etc. ;]
__1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; in Arist., of the vital principle): Mat.6:25, Mrk.3:4 10:45, Luk.12:22, Jhn.10:11, Act.20:10, 24 2Co.1:23, Php.2:30, 1Th.2:8, al.
__2. the soul,
__(a) as the seat of the will, desires and affections: Mat.26:38, Mrk.12:30" (LXX) 14:34, Luk.1:46, Jhn.10:24, Act.14:2, Php.1:27, al.; ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the heart, heartily: Eph.6:6, Col.3:23;
__(b) as a periphrasis for person or self (frequently in translation from Semitic originals, see M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 113ff.; but also frequently in cl., see LS, see word II, 2; Edwards, Lex., App. A.): Mat.11:29, Mrk.8:36, Act.2:41, Rom.2:9, 1Pe.3:20, al.; πᾶσα ψ., Act.2:43 3:23" (LXX), Rom.13:1; ψ. ζῶσα (ζωῆς), 1Co.15:45, Rev.16:3;
__(with) as the object of divine grace and eternal salvation: Heb.13:17, Jas.1:21 5:20, 1Pe.1:9, 22 2:11 4:19, 3Jo.2.
SYN.: see: νοῦς, πνεῦμα, ψυχικός, and cf. ICC on 1Th.5:23, Lft., Notes, 88f. (AS) G5591 G5591 = G5591 ψυχικός psuchikos G:A natural ψυχικός, -ή, -όν
(ψυχή) [in LXX: 4Ma.1:32 * ;]
of the ψυχή (as the lower part of the immaterial in man), EV, natural: opposite to πνευματικός, 1Co.2:14 15:44 15:46; πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες (EV, sensual; R, mg., natural or animal; better perhaps, of the mind; see infr.), Ju 19; with ἐπίγειος, δαιμονιώδης, opposite to ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη (σοψία), of the mind (Hort, in l), Jas.3:15†
(AS) G5592 G5592 = G5592 ψῦχος psuchos G:N-N cold ψύχος (LT, ψῦ-, as in cl.), -εος (-ους), τό
(ψύχω), [in LXX: Gen.8:22 (קֹר), Job.37:9, Psa.147:17 (קָרָה), Zec.14:6, Dan LXX TH 3:67,69 * ;]
cold: Jhn.18:18, Act.28:2, 2Co.11:27.†
(AS) G5593 G5593 = G5593 ψυχρός psuchros G:A cold ψυχρός, -ά, -όν
(ψύχω), [in LXX: Pro.25:25 (קַר), Sir.43:20, 4Ma.11:26 * ;]
cold: sc. ὕδωρ (cf. Theogn., 263; Hdt., ii, 37), Mat.10:42; metaphorically, of indifferent persons, Rev.3:15-16 †
(AS) G5594 G5594 = G5594 ψύχω psuchō G:V to cool ψύχω
[in LXX for קוּר, שָׁטַח ;]
to breathe, blow; hence, to make cool. Pass., to grow cool: metaphorically, Mat.24:12.†
(AS) G5595 G5595 = G5595 ψωμίζω psōmizō G:V to feed/dole out ψωμίζω
(ψωμός, a morsel), [in LXX chiefly for אָכַל hi. ;]
to feed with morsels (as children or the sick; Hippocr.), hence, generally, in late writers, to feed, nourish: with accusative of person(s), Rom.12:20 (LXX); with accusative of thing(s), to give out for food, 1Co.13:3 (cf. WM, § 32, 4an; for dupl. accusative, cf. Num.11:4, Sir.15:3, al.).†
(AS) G5596 G5596 = G5596 ψωμίον psōmion G:N-N piece ψωμίον, -ου, τό
dimin. of ψωμός, a fragment, morsel: Jhn.13:26-27, 30.†
(AS) G5597 G5597 = G5597 ψώχω psōchō G:V to rub ψώχω
(ψώω, collat. form of ψάω, to rub)
to rub: Luk.6:1.†
(AS) G5598 G5598 = G5598 ω, Ὦμέγα Ōmega G:N-LI Omega Ω, ω, ὦ μέγα (cf. ὂ μικρόν),
omega, ô, the twenty-fourth and last letter. As a numeral, ω᾽ = 800, ω, = 800,000. As a symbol of the last (= τὸ τέλος), τὸ Ὦ (Rec. Ω, L, ὦ, T, ω), the Omega: Rev.1:8 21:6 22:13 (cf. Ἄλφα).†
(AS) G5599 G5599 = G5599 ὦ ō G:INJ oh! ὦ
interj., with vocat.,
O;
__(a) in simple address (less frequently than in cl.; M, Pr., 71); Act.1:1 18:14 27:21, Rom.2:1, 3 9:20, 1Ti.6:20; expressing reproof, Jas.2:20;
__(b) in exclamations of surprise, etc.: Mat.15:28, Luk.24:25, Act.13:10, Rom.11:33, Gal.3:1; with nom. (Bl., § 33, 4), Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Luk.9:41.†
(AS) G5600 G5600 = a Form of G1510 ὦ ō G:V may be εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G5601 G5601 = the Greek of H5744G Ὠβήδ Ōbēd N:N-M-P Obed Ἰωβήδ (WH, -βήλ, Lk, l.with; Rec., RV, Ὠβήδ), ὁ, indecl.,
Jo bed (Obed): Mat.1:5, Luk.3:32.†
(AS) G5602 G5602 = G5602 ὧδε hōde G:ADV here ὧδε, adv.,
[in LXX for חֲלֹם ,פֹּה ,הִנֶּה, etc. ;]
__1. prop., of manner, so (Hom., al.).
__2. In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place,
__(a) hither (BL, §25, 2): Mat.8:29, Mrk.11:3, Luk.9:41, Jhn.6:25, al.; ἕως ὧδε, Luk.23:5;
__(b) here: Mat.12:6, Mrk.9:1, Luk.9:33, Jhn.6:9, al.; τὰ ὧδε, Col.4:9; opposite to ἐκεῖ, Heb.7:8; ὧδε . . . ἢ ὧδε (ἐκεῖ), Mat.24:23, Mrk.13:21; metaphorically, here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), 1Co.4:2, Rev.13:10, 18 14:12 17:9.
(AS) G5603 G5603 = G5603 ᾠδή ōdē G:N-F song ᾠδή, -ῆς, ή
[in LXX chiefly for שִׁיר ;]
a song, ode, whether sad or joyful; in LXX and NT always in praise of God or Christ: Rev.5:9 14:3 15:3; ᾠ πνευματικαί Eph.5:19, Col.3:16.†
(AS) G5604 G5604 = G5604 ὠδίν ōdin G:N-F labor ὠδίν
(late form of ὠδίς), -ῖνος, ἡ [in LXX for חֵבֶל חֶבֶל (and wrongly for חֶבֶל חֶבֶל, cf. Ac, l.with), חִיל, etc. ;]
a birth pang, travail pain: 1Th.5:3; metaphorically, of extreme suffering, Mat.24:8, Mrk.13:8; ὠδῖνες θανάτου (Psa.18:4 מָוֶת חֶבֶל), Act.2:24.†
(AS) G5605 G5605 = G5605 ὠδίνω ōdinō G:V be in labor ὠδίνω
[in LXX chiefly for חוּל, also for חָבַל pi., etc. ;]
to have birthpangs, to travail: Gal.4:27 (LXX), Rev.12:2; metaphorically, Gal.4:19 (cf. συν-ωδίνω).†
(AS) G5606 G5606 = G5606 ὦμος ōmos G:N-M shoulder ὦμος, οὐ, ὁ,
[in LXX chiefly for שְׁכֶם, כָּתֵף ;]
the shoulder: Mat.23:4, Luk.15:5.†
(AS) G5607 G5607 = a Form of G1510 ὤν ōn G:V being εἰμί,
with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.
__I. As substantive verb.
__1. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28.
__2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al.
__3. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al.; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al.
__4. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.;
__(a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc.: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al.; with dative (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al.;
__(b) with inf., = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.).
__II. As copula uniting subject and predicate.
__1. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult.
__2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al.; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.).
__3. C. genitive: qual., etc., Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al.; part., 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss., Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19.
__4. C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al.
__5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.);
__(a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al;
__(b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al.;
__(with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9.
__6. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al.
__7. C. adv.: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al.
__8. Ellipses;
__(a) of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al.;
__(b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al.; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι).
(AS) G5608 G5608 = G5608 ὠνέομαι ōneomai G:V to buy ὠνέομαι, -οῦραι
to buy: ὠνήσατο (= cl. ἐπρίατο; see Rutherford, NPhr., 210 ff.; Veitch, see word), with genitive pret., Act.7:16.†
(AS) G5609 G5609 = G5609 ᾠόν ōon G:N-N an egg ᾠόν
(Rec. ὠόν), -οῦ, τό [in LXX for בֵּיצָה ;]
an egg: Luk.11:12.†
(AS) G5610 G5610 = G5610 ὥρα hōra G:N-F hour ὥρα, -ας, ἡ,
[in LXX chiefly for עֵת and in Da for שָׁעָה ;]
__1. any time or period fixed by nature, esp. a season (Hom., Hdt., Plat., al.).
__2. A part of the day, and esp. a twelfth part of day or night, an hour: Mat.24:36, Mrk.13:32, Act.10:3, al.; accus. in ans. to "when"? (M, Pr., 63, 215; Bl., §34, 8), Jhn.4:52, Act.10:3, 30 1Co.15:30, Rev.3:3; accusative of duration, Mat.20:12 26, Mrk.14:37; inexactly, πρὸς ὥραν, for a season, for a time, Jhn.5:35, 2Co.7:8, Gal.2:5; πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας, for a short season (ICC, in l.), 1Th.2:17.
__3. A definite point of time, time, hour: Mat.26:45; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.1:10 14:17, Rev.3:10, al.; with genitive of person(s), Luk.22:53, Jhn.2:4 7:30, al.; ἡ ἄρτι ὥρα, 1Co.4:11; ἐσχάτη ὥ., 1Jn.2:18; before ὅτε, Jhn.4:21, 23 5:25 16:25; ἵνα, Jhn.12:23, al.; with accusative and inf., Rom.13:11 (cf. DB, ext., 475b 476b).
(AS) G5611 G5611 = G5611 ὡραῖος hōraios G:A Beautiful ὡραῖος, -α, -ον
(ὥρα), [in LXX for נָאָה, טוֹב, יָפָה, etc. ;]
seasonable, timely, esp. of ripe fruits; hence, blooming, beautiful (both of things and persons): Mat.23:27, Act.3:2, 10, Rom.10:15 (LXX, ὥρα).†
(AS) G5612 G5612 = G5612 ὠρύομαι ōruomai G:V to roar ὠρύομαι depon.,
[in LXX for שָׁאַג ;]
of animals (also of men, Hdt., al.), to roar, howl: λέων, 1Pe.5:8.†
(AS) G5613 G5613 = G5613 ὡς hōs G:PREP as/when ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.
__I. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as;
__1. with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως . . . ὡς, Mrk.4:26, 1Co.3:15, Eph.5:28, Jas.2:12, al.; ὡς . . . οὕτως, Act.8:32, 1Co.7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω), with nom., Mat.6:29, al.; with accusative, Mat.19:19, Mrk.12:31, al.; with prep., Mat.26:55, Mrk.14:48, Luk.22:52, Jhn.7:10, al.; with verb., Jhn.15:6, 2Co.3:1, Eph.2:3, 1Th.5:6, al.; with ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; see Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Heb.13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Rom.9:32; so esp, with genitive absol., 1Co.4:18, 2Co.5:20, 1Pe.4:12, 2Pe.1:3.
__2. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mrk.5:13, Jhn.1:40, Act.5:7, al.
__3. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Rom.10:15 11:33, 1Th.2:10; with superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Act.17:15.

__II. As conjunction;
__1. temporal,
__(a) as, when, since: Mrk.9:21 14:72, Luk.1:23, Jhn.2:9, al.;
__(b) while, when, as long as: Luk.12:58, Jhn.12:36, Gal.6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and see: ἄν), Rom.15:24, 1Co.11:34, Php.2:23.
__2. Final, in order that; with inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Luk.9:52, Act.20:24, Heb.7:9.
(AS) G5614 G5614 = G5614 ὡσαννά hōsanna H:INJ Hosanna ὡσαννά (T, ὠσ-) (Heb נָא and הוֹשֵׁעַ; see Dalman, Words, 220 IL; Gr., 249),
hosanna: Mat.21:9, Mrk.11:9-10, Jhn.12:13; τ. υἱῷ Δανείδ, Mat.21:9, 15.†
(AS) G5615 G5615 = G5615 ὡσαύτως hōsautōs G:ADV likewise ὡσαύτως
adv.,
strengthened for ὡς (in Hom, at the beginning of a clause, in the form ὣς δ᾽ αὔτως, later in one word), in like manner, just so, likewise: Mat.20:5 21:30, 36 25:17, Mrk.14:31, Luk.13:5 20:31, Rom.8:26, 1Ti.5:25, Tit.2:6; with verb to be supplied from context, Mrk.12:21, Luk.22:20, 1Co.11:25, 1Ti.2:9 3:8 3:11, Tit.2:3.†
(AS) G5616 G5616 = G5616 ὡσεί hōsei G:PREP like/as/about ὡσεί
adv.,
__(a) as if, .as it were, like as, like: Mat.3:16 9:36, Act.2:3 6:15, Rom.6:13, Heb.1:12; γίνεσθαι (φαίνεσθαι) ὡσεί, Mrk.9:26, Luk.22:44 ([WH] R, mg., om.), Luk.24:11;
__(b) in calculation, and with numbers, about: Mat.14:21, Luk.3:23 9:14, 28 22:41, 59 23:44, Act.2:41 10:3 19:7; ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν, Luk.22:41.†
(AS) G5617 G5617 = the Greek of H1954J Ὡσηέ Hōsēe N:N-M-P Hosea Ὠσηέ (Tr., Ὁσ-), ὁ (Heb. הוֹשֵׁעַ),
Hosea: Rom.9:25.†
(AS) G5618 G5618 = G5618 ὥσπερ hōsper G:CONJ just as ὥσ-περ
adv.,
just as, even as: Mat.6:2 20:28, Act.3:17, 1Co.8:5, 1Th.5:3 al.; in protasis, with οὕτως (καί) in apodosis: Mat.12:40, Luk.17:24, Jhn.5:21, Rom.5:19, Gal.4:29, Jas.2:26, al
(AS) G5619 G5619 = G5619 ὡσπερεί hōsperei G:CONJ just as if ὡσ-περ-εί
adv.,
as, as it were: 1Co.15:8.†
(AS) G5620 G5620 = G5620 ὥστε hōste G:CONJ so ὥσ-τε
consecutive particle,
__1. with infin., expressing result, so as to: Mat.8:24 12:22, Mrk.1:27, Luk.5:7, Act.1:19, Rom.7:6, 1Co.1:7, Heb.13:6, al.; of a designed result, Mat.10:1, Luk.4:29, al.; preceded by οὕτως, Act.14:1; by τοσοῦτος, Mat.15:33.
__2. C. indic.,
__(a) so that: Gal.2:13, preceded by οὕτως, Jhn.3:16;
__(b) so then, therefore: Mat.12:12, Mrk.2:28, Rom.7:4, 1Co.3:7, Gal.3:9, al.
__3. so then, therefore: with subjc., 1Co.5:8; with imperat., 1Co.3:21 4:5, Php.2:12 1Th.4:18, 1Pe.4:19, al
(AS) G5621 G5621 = G5621 ὠτίον ōtion G:N-N ear ὠτίον, -ου, τό, dimin. of οὖς,
[in LXX for אֹזֶן ;]
an ear: Mat.26:51, Luk.22:51, Jhn.18:26.†
(AS) G5622 G5622 = G5622 ὠφέλεια ōpheleia G:N-F advantage ὠφέλεια (WH, -λία), -ας, ἡ
[in LXX for יָעַל hi., בֶּצַע, etc. ;]
__1. assistance, help (Thuc., Plat., al.).
__2. profit, advantage, benefit (Hdt., Plat., al.): Rom.3:1, Ju 16.†
(AS) G5623 G5623 = G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheleō G:V to help ὠφελέω, -ῶ
(ὄφελος), [in LXX chiefly for יָעַל hi. ;]
to help, benefit, do good, profit: absol., Rom.2:25; οὐδέν (do no good; see Field, Notes, 21), Mat.27:24, Jhn.6:63 12:19; with accusative of person(s), Heb.4:2; with dupl. accusative, Mrk.8:36, 1Co.14:6, Gal.5:2; pass., Heb.13:9; with accusative, Mat.15:5 16:26, Mrk.5:26 7:11, Luk.9:25, 1Co.13:3.†
(AS) G5624 G5624 = G5624 ὠφέλιμος ōphelimos G:A valuable ὠφέλιμος, -ον
(ὠφελέω),
useful, serviceable, profitable: with dative commod., Tit.3:8; before πρός, with accusative, 1Ti.4:8, 2Ti.3:16.†
(AS) G6000 G6000 = G6000 ἀγγέλλω angellō G:V to report ἀγγέλλω (ἄγγελος),
[in LXX for נגד hi. ;]
to announce, report: Jhn.4:51 (WHR omit), 20:18 (MM, VGT, see word).†
(AS) G6001 G6001 = G6001 ἄγγος angos G:N-N vessel ἄγγος, -εος, τό,
[in LXX for כְּלִי, כְּלוּב ;]
a vessel: Mat.13:48.†
(AS) G6002 G6002 = a Name of H7410G Ἀδμίν Admin N:N-M-P Admin Ἀδμείν (WH, mg., Ἀδάμ), 6, indecl.,
Admin.: Luk.3:33.†
(AS) G6003 G6003 = G6003 ἀθροίζω athroizō G:V to gather ἀθροίζω
(ἀθρόος, assembled in crowds, MM, VGT, see word; θρόος, a noise, tumult), [in LXX chiefly for קבץ ;]
to gather, assemble: Luk.24:33.†
(AS) G6004 G6004 = G6004 ἀλλαχοῦ allachou G:ADV elsewhere elsewhere , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6005 G6005 = G6005 ἀμφιέζω amphiezō G:V to dress ἀμφιέζω, see: ἀμφιάζω.
ἀμφιάζω
(ἀμφί, on both sides: see M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for ἀμφιέννυμι (cf. MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX for לָבַשׁ, etc. ;]
to clothe: Luk.12:28 (T, -έζει).†
(AS) G6006 G6006 = G6006 ἀμφιβάλλω amphiballō G:V to cast ἀμφι-βάλλω (see supr.),
[in LXX: Hab.1:17 * ;]
= περιβάλλω, to throw around, as a garment: absol. (MM, VGT, see word), of casting a net: Mrk.1:16 (Rec. βάλλονταν ἀμφίβληστρον).†
SYN.: δίκτυον, σαγήνη. ἀ. is a casting-net, σ. a drag-net, δ. is the more general term - a net of any kind (Tr., Syn., § lxiv). (AS) G6007 G6007 = G6007 ἄμωμον amōmon G:N-N amomum ἄμωμον, -ου, τό,
amomum, a fragrant plant of India (RV, spice): Rev.18:13
(AS) G6008 G6008 = G6008 ἀναπηδάω anapēdaō G:V to jump up ἀνα-πηδάω, -ῶ
(πηδάω, to leap), [in LXX: 1Ki.20:34 (קוּם) 1Ki.25:10, Est.5:1, To.4 * ;]
to leap up: Mrk.10:50 (Rec. ἀναστάς)
(AS) G6011 G6011 = G6011 βελόνη belonē G:N-F needle βελόνη, -ῆς, ἡ
(βέλος),
__1. a sharp point, as of a spear.
__2. a needle: Luk.18:25 (Rec. ῥαφίς, which see).
† (AS) G6013 G6013 = G6013 γένημα genēma G:N-N produce product, fruit, harvest
Variant for γέννημα (G1081) G6014 G6014 = G6014 δεκαοκτώ dekaoktō G:A eighteen δεκα-οκτώ, T for δέκα ὀκτώ,
eighteen: Luk.13:4.†
(AS) G6015 G6015 = G6015 δέος deos G:N-N fear δέος, -ους, τό
(δείδω), [in LXX: 2Ma.3:17, 30 12:22 13:16 15:23 * ;]
fear, awe, reverence: μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δ., Heb.12:28.†
SYN.: δειλία, φόβος. (AS) G6016 G6016 = G6016 διακαθαίρω diakathairō G:V to scour δια-καθαίρω,
to cleanse thoroughly: Luk.3:17.†
(AS) G6017 G6017 = G6017 διαχλευάζω diachleuazō G:V to deride δια-χλευάζω, intensive of χλευάζω,
to scoff, mock:
__(a) with accusative;
__(b) absol., Act.2:13.†
(AS) G6018 G6018 = G6018 διενθυμέομαι dienthumeomai G:V to ponder δι-ενθυμέομαι, -οῦμαι, depon.,
to consider, reflect: before περί, Act.10:19.†
(AS) G6019 G6019 = a Combination of G3461 (G1417+G3461) δισμυριάς dismurias G:A two-myriad δισ-μυριάς, -άδος, ἡ,
[in LXX: 2Ma.6:1-31 * ;]
twice ten thousand: Rev.9:16 (LT; δὶς μυριάδες, WH; δύο μ., Rec.).†
(AS) G6020 G6020 = G6020 δοκιμασία dokimasia G:N-F examination δοκιμασία, -ας, ἡ
(δοκιμάζω), [in LXX: Sir.6:21 * ;]
a testing, proving: Heb.3:9 (LXX).†
SYN.: πειράζω (see Tr., Syn., LXXiv; Cremer, 494 ff., 699 ff.). (AS) G6022 G6022 = G6022 δυσφημέω dusphēmeō G:V to defame δυσφημέω, -ώ
(δύσφημος, slanderous), [in LXX: 1Ma.7:41 * ;]
__1. intrans., to use evil words (Æsch.).
__2. Trans., to speak ill of, defame (Soph.): pass., 1Co.4:13.†
(AS) G6023 G6023 = G6023 ἐγκακέω egkakeō G:V be discouraged ἐγκακέω, see: ἐνκ-.
ἐν-κακέω, -ῶ (LTr., ἐγκ-; Rec. ἐκκ-; cf. WH, Notes, 157 f.; κακός, cowardly),
[in Sm.: Gen.27:46, Num.21:5, Pro.3:11, Isa.7:16 *;]
to lose heart : Luk.18:1, 2Co.4:1,16, Gal.6:9, Eph.3:13, 2Th.3:13 (Cremer, 330).†
(AS) G6025 G6025 = G6025 εἵνεκεν ehineken G:PREP because εἵνεκεν, see: ἕνεκα.
ἕνεκα (so Mat.19:5, Luk.6:22, Act.19:32 26:21; elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, ἕνεκεν; εἵνεκεν, originally Ionic: Luk.4:18 18:29, Act.28:20, 2Co.3:10),
prep. with genitive,
on account of, because of: Mat.5:10-11 16:25 19:29, Mrk.8:35, Luk.6:22, Act.28:20, Rom.8:36, 2Co.3:10; ἕ. τούτου, Mat.19:5; υούτων, Act.26:21; τίνος ἕ., Act.19:32; before τοῦ, with inf., 2Co.7:12; οὗ ἕν., Luk.4:18
(AS) G6027 G6027 = G6027 ἐκζήτησις ekzētēsis G:N-F speculation ἐκ-ζήτησις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐκζητέω),
a questioning (RV), subject for dispute: 1Ti.1:4.†
(AS) G6028 G6028 = G6028 ἐκθαυμάζω ekthaumazō G:V be amazed ἐκ-θαυμάζω,
[in LXX: Sir.27:23 43:18, 4Ma.17:17 * ;]
strengthened form of θαυμ-; to wonder greatly: Mrk.12:17.†
(AS) G6029 G6029 = a Combination of G4053 (G1537+G4053) ἐκπερισσῶς ekperissōs G:ADV overexcessively εκ-περισσῶς,
adv.,
more exceedingly: Mrk.14:31 (of. ὑπερπερ-).†
(AS) G6030 G6030 = G6030 ἐκπηδάω ekpēdaō G:V to rush out ἐκ-πηδάω, -ῶ
[in LXX: Deu.33:22 (זָנַק), etc. ;]
to spring forth: εἰς τ. ὄχλον (cf. Ju 14:17), Act.14:14 (for ex. in π., see MM, Exp., xii).†
(AS) G6031 G6031 = a Spelling of G1650 ἐλεγμός elegmos G:N-M rebuke ἐλεγμός, -οῦ, ὁ
(ἐλέγχω), [in LXX: Psa.38:14 39:11 (תּוֹכֵחָה), Sir.20:29 21:6 41:4, al. ;]
reproof: 2Ti.3:16.†
ἔλεγχος, -ου, ὁ
(AS) G6032 G6032 = G6032 ἐμπαιγμονή empaigmonē G:N-F derision ἐμπαιγμονή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ἐμπαίζω, which see),
mockery: 2Pe.3:3.†
(AS) G6033 G6033 = G6033 ἔνθεν enthen G:ADV hence 1. adverb:
2. Demonstr.,
3. of Place, Lat. inde, thence, (Homer); ἔνθεν μὲν . ., ἑτέρωθι δέ .., on the one side and the other, (Odyssey by Homer); ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν on this side and on that , Lat. hinc illinc, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; with genitive, ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν τῶν τροχῶν on both sides of the wheels, (Xenophon Historicus)
4. of Time, thereupon, thereafter , (Iliad by Homer)
5. of occasion, thence, from that point , (Odyssey by Homer)
6. Relat., for ὅθεν,
7. of Place, Lat. unde, whence, from which, (Odyssey by Homer)
8. of occasion, whence , like Lat. unde, (Aeschulus Tragicus) Hence
(ML) G6034 G6034 = G6034 ἐνορκίζομαι enorkizomai G:V to adjure ἐν-ορκίζω,
[in LXX: Neh.13:25 A (שָׁבַע hi.)* ;]
to adjure: with dupl. accusative (like ορκίζω, which see), ὑμᾶς τ. κῦριον, 1Th.5:27.†
(AS) G6035 G6035 = G6035 ἐπάρατος eparatos G:A accursed ἐπ-άρατος, -ον
(ἐπαράομαι, to imprecate),
accursed: Jhn.7:49 (for exx. from π., see MM, Exp., xiv; cf. Cremer, 108).†
(AS) G6036 G6036 = G6036 ἐπεισέρχομαι epeiserchomai G:V to enter ἐπ-εισ-έρχομαι
[in LXX: 1Ma.16:16 (with dative) * ;]
to come in upon: before ἐπί Luk.21:35.†
(AS) G6037 G6037 = G6037 ἐπισπείρω epispeirō G:V to sow above ἐπι-σπείρω,
to sow upon or besides: ἀνὰ μέσον, Mat.13:25.†
(AS) G6039 G6039 = a Spelling of G2115 εὐθύμως euthumōs G:ADV cheerfully εὐθύμως,
adv.,
cheerfully: Act.24:10.†
(AS) G6041 G6041 = G6041 ζηλεύω zēleuō G:V to envy ζηλεύω,
late and rare form of ζηλόω, which see;
__1. to envy, be jealous.
__2. to be zealous: Rev.3:19.†
(AS) G6043 G6043 = G6043 Ἰωδά Iōda N:N-M-P Joda Ἰώδα (Rec. Ἰούδα),
Joda Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G6044 G6044 = a Spelling of G2501K Ἰωσήχ Iōsēch N:N-M-P Josech Ἰωσήχ,
Josech: Luk.3:26.†
(AS) G6045 G6045 = G6045 καθώσπερ kathōsper G:CONJ as καθώσπερ (Tr. καθώς περ),
adv. (see: καθώς),
even as: 2Co.3:8 (WH, mg.), Heb.5:4.†
(AS) G6046 G6046 = G6046 καταβαρύνω katabarunō G:V to burden to burden, make heavy, opress
Some manuscripts list βαρέω (G0916) in place of G6046 at Mrk.14.40 G6047 G6047 = G6047 καταγράφω katagraphō G:V to delineate 1. to scratch away, lacerate , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to engrave, inscribe , νόμους (Plutarch)
3. to paint over , (Lucian)
4. to fill tablets with writing (Euripides)
5. to write down, register, record , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6048 G6048 = G6048 καταδίκη katadikē G:N-F judgment κατα-δίκη, -ης, ἡ,
[in LXX: Wis.12:27 * ;]
sentence, condemnation: Act.25:15.†
(AS) G6049 G6049 = a Combination of G2955 (G2596+G2955) κατακύπτω katakuptō G:V to stoop down to bend down, stoop , (Iliad by Homer):—; bend down and peep into a thing, (Lucian) (ML) G6050 G6050 = G6050 κατευλογέω kateulogeō G:V to bless κατ-ευλογέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX: Tob.11:1, 17 * ;]
to bless fervently: Mrk.10:16 (see Swete, in l).†
(AS) G6051 G6051 = G6051 κατήγωρ katēgōr G:N-M an accuser κατήγωρ, ὁ (Aram. קָטִיגוֺר; Dalman, Gr., 185; but see Deiss., LAE, 90 f.),
= κατήγορος,
an accuser: Rev.12:10.†
(AS) G6052 G6052 = G6052 κατοικίζω katoikizō G:V to settle 1. to remove to a place, plant, settle or establish there as colonists , κ. τινὰ εἰς τόπον (Herdotus Historicus); γυναῖκας ἐς φῶς ἡλίου κατ. (Euripides):—;also, κ. τινὰ ἐν τόπῳ to settle or plant one in , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐλπίδας ἔν τινι κ. to plant them in his mind, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. with accusative loci, to colonise, people a place, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. Pass.,
4. of persons, to be placed or settled , ἐν τόπῳ (Herdotus Historicus); ἐς τόπον (Thucydides)
5. of places, to have colonies planted there, to be colonised , (Thucydides)
6. to bring home and re-establish there, to restore to one's country , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6053 G6053 = G6053 κατωτέρω katōterō G:ADV lower κατωτέρω, see: κάτω.
κάτω
adv. (κατά), [in LXX for מַטָּה, תַּחַת and cogn. forms ;]
__1. down, downwards (with verbs of motion), Mat.4:6, Luk.4:9, Jhn.8:6, 8, Act.20:9.
__2. below, beneath: Mrk.14:66, Act.2:19" (LXX) ; ἕως κ. (Eze.1:27, al.), Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38. τὰ κ. (opposite to τ. ἄνω), Jhn.8:23. Compar. κατωτέρω: ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κ. (cf. 1Ch.27:21), Mat.2:16.†
(AS) G6055 G6055 = G6055 κλινάριον klinarion G:N-N a cot κλινάριον, -ου, τό,
dimin, of κλίνη,
a couch: Act.5:15 (cf. κλινίδιον).†
(AS) G6058 G6058 = G6058 κρυφαῖος kruphaios G:A hidden 1. hidden , (Pindar):—;adverb -ως, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
(ML) G6059 G6059 = G6059 κυκλεύω kukleuō G:V to encompass κυκλεύω
(κύκλος), [in LXX: 4Ki.3:25 B (סָבַב) * ;]
__1. to make a circle, go round.
__2. to encircle, surround: with accusative of person(s), Jhn.10:24 (Tr., WH, mg.); with accusative of thing(s), Rev.20:9.†
(AS) G6060 G6060 = G6060 μετατρέπω metatrepō G:V to turn around to turn around
Some manuscripts list μεταστρέφω (G3344) in place of G6060 at Jas.4.9 G6061 G6061 = G6061 μύλινος mulinos G:A mill μύλινος, -η, -ον
(μύλος),
__1. made of mill-stone (C.l. 3371)
__2. = μυλικός: Rev.18:21 (μύλον, T).†
(AS) G6063 G6063 = a Form of G1492H οἶδα oida G:V to know 1. to know , εὖ οἶδα I know well; εὖ ἴσθι be assured : often with accusative rei, νοήματα οἶδε, μήδεα οἶδε he is versed in counsels, (Homer); with neut. Adjs., πεπνυμένα, φίλα, ἀθεμίστια εἰδώς (Homer); also with genitive, τόξων εὖ εἰδώς cunning in the use of the bow; οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς (Odyssey by Homer): —; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί to acknowledge a debt to another, thank him , (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;the Imperat. in protestations, ἴστω Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness , (Iliad by Homer); doric ἴττω Ζεύς, ἴττω (Aristophanes Comicus): —; εἰδώς absolute one who knows , εἰδυίηι πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύω (Iliad by Homer); ἰδυίηισι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, (Iliad by Homer)
2. with infinitive to know how to do, (Iliad by Homer), attic
3. with the participle to know that so and so is the case, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, (Aeschulus Tragicus); τὸν Μῆδον ἴσμεν ἐλθόντα (Thucydides)
4. οὐκ οἶδα εἰ, I know not whether, expresses disbelief, like Lat. nescio an non, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι (Euripides)
5. οἶδα or ἴσθι are often parenthetic, οἶδ᾽ ἐγώ (Euripides); οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, πάρειμι (Sophocles Tragicus); so, εὖ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι (Demosthenes Orator): —;in [variant datesTragica Adespota also, οἶσθ᾽ ὃ δρᾶσο; equivalent to δρᾶσον —; οἶσθ᾽ ; do —; know'st thou what? i. e. make haste and do; οἶσθ᾽ ὡς ποίησον, etc. (ML) G6064 G6064 = G6064 οἰκετεία oiketeia G:N-F household οἰκετεία, -ας, ἡ
(οἰκέτης),
a household (of servants): Mat.24:45.†
(AS) G6065 G6065 = G6065 οἰκοδόμος oikodomos G:N-M builder a builder, an architect , (Herdotus Historicus)
(ML) G6066 G6066 = G6066 ὀλιγοπιστία oligopistia G:N-F little faith ὀλιγοπιστία, -ας, ἡ,
little faith or trust: Mat.17:20.†
(AS) G6067 G6067 = G6067 ὀλίγως oligōs G:ADV scarcely scarcely, barely
Some manuscripts list ὀλίγος (G3641) in place of G6067 at 2Pe.2.18 G6068 G6068 = G6068 ὀμίχλη omichlē G:N-F fog 1. a mist, fog , (not so thick as νέφος or νεφέλη); (Iliad by Homer); κονίης ὀμίχλη a cloud of dust, (Iliad by Homer)
2. metaphorically a mist over the eyes, (Aeschulus Tragicus): darkness, gloom , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6069 G6069 = G6069 πανταχῆ pantachē G:ADV everywhere πανταχῇ (Rec. -χῆ),
adv., [in LXX: Isa.24:11 (בַּחוּצוֹת), Wis.2:9, 2Ma.8:7 * ;]
everywhere: Act.21:28.†
(AS) G6070 G6070 = G6070 παρεμβάλλω paremballō G:V to encamp 1. to put in beside, insert, interpolate, interpose , τι (Aristophanes Comicus); π. ὑποψίας to insinuate suspicions, (Aeschines Orator)
2. to put the auxiliaries in line with the legionaries, (Polybius Historicus)
3. intransitive to fall into line, to encamp , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G6071 G6071 = G6071 περαιτέρω peraiterō G:ADV further περαιτέρω
(πέρα, beyond),
compar. adv.,
beyond: Act.19:39, L, Tr., WH (T, Rec., R, περὶ ἑτέρων).†
(AS) G6072 G6072 = G6072 περιάπτω periaptō G:V to touch περι-άπτω,
[in LXX: 3Ma.3:7 * ;]
__1. to tie about, attach.
__2. In late writers, to light a fire around, kindle: πῦρ, Luk.22:55.†
SYN.: θιγγάνω, ψηλαφάω. ἅ. is the stronger, θ., to touch, the lighter term. ψ. is to feel, as in search of something (Tr., Syn., § xvii; Lft., Col., 201 f.) (AS) G6073 G6073 = G6073 πραϋπαθία praupathia G:N-F gentleness gentleness, meekness
Some manuscripts list πραότης (G4236) in place of G6073 at 1Ti.6.11 G6074 G6074 = G6074 προπάτωρ propatōr G:N-M ancestor the first founder of a family, forefather , (Herdotus Historicus):—;in plural ancestors, forefathers , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ὦ Ζεῦ, προγόνων προπάτωρ (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6075 G6075 = G6075 προσαίτης prosaitēs G:N-M a beggar προσαίτης, -ου, ὁ,
a beggar: Mrk.10:46, Jhn.9:8.†
(AS) G6076 G6076 = G6076 προσκλίνω prosklinō G:V to lean toward προσ-κλίνω
[in LXX: 2Ma.14:24 * ;]
__1. to make to lean against.
__2. to make the scale incline one way or another; hence, metaphorically, of persons, to incline (sc. ἑαυτόν) towards: pass., Act.5:36.†
(AS) G6077 G6077 = G6077 Πύρρος Purros N:N-M-P Pyrrhus A man living at the time of the New Testament, only mentioned at Act.20.4;
father of: Sopater (G4986)
§ Pyrrhus (the name of Sopater of Boroeas's father)
See also πυρρός (G4450) G6078 G6078 = G6078 πρώτως prōtōs G:ADV originally first, originally
Some manuscripts list πρῶτον (G4412) in place of G6078 at Act.11.26 G6079 G6079 = G6079 σιτίον sition G:N-N food 1. grain, corn: food made from grain, bread , ποιεῖσθαι σιτία ἀπὸ ὀλυρέων to feed off spelt, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. generally, food, victuals, provisions , (Herdotus Historicus); σιτία ἡμερῶν τριῶν three days' provision , of soldiers, (Aristophanes Comicus); σιτία καὶ ποτά meat and drink, (Plato Philosophus)
3. τἀν Πρυτανείῳ σιτία public maintenance in the Prytaneum, (Aristophanes Comicus); compare σίτησις.
4. rarely food for dogs, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6080 G6080 = G6080 συγγενίς sungenis G:N-F relative συγγενίς, -ίδος, ἡ,
late fem. form of σνγγενής, which see,
a kinswoman: Luk.1:36.†
(AS) G6081 G6081 = G6081 συμπίπτω sumpiptō G:V be downcast 1. to fall together, meet in battle, come to blows , Lat. concurrere, (Homer): ς. ἐς νείκεα (Herdotus Historicus): to encounter , κλύδωνι (Euripides); νηί (Thucydides)
2. generally, to fall in with, meet with accidents, misfortunes, with dative, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. of ailments, events, to fall upon, happen to , with dative pers., (Aeschulus Tragicus); also ἔς τινα (Herdotus Historicus)
4. absolute to happen or fall out at the same time, concur , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. with part, like τυγχάνω, τόδε συνέπεσε γενόμενον (Herdotus Historicus)
6. impersonal, συνέπεσε, it happened, fell out, came to pass , with infinitive, (Herdotus Historicus); ξυνέπεσεν εἰς τοῦτο ἀνάγκης ὥστε . . matters came to such a pass that . ., (Thucydides); or with accusative et infinitive, (Thucydides)
7. to coincide, agree or be in accordance with , τινί (Herdotus Historicus): absolute to agree exactly , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐμοὶ σὺ συμπέπτωκας ἐς ταὐτὸν λόγου have come to exactly the same point with me, (Euripides)
8. to fall together , i. e. fall in, collapse , of a house, Lat. concidere, (Euripides); σῶμα συμπεσόν a frame having collapsed from disease, (Plato Philosophus)
9. συμπίτνω poetry for συμπίπτω, when the penultimate is to be short
10. to fall or dash together , of waves, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
11. to concur , (Aeschulus Tragicus); with dative, (Euripides) (ML) G6083 G6083 = a Spelling of G4894 σύνοιδα sunoida G:V be conscious of ύν-οιδα , pf. with Pres. meaning (see: οἶδα),
[in LXX: Lev.5:1 (יָדַע), Job.27:6; ptcp., 1Ma.4:21 A, 2Ma.4:41 A, 3Ma.2:8 R * ;]
__1. to share the knowledge of, be privy to (Hdt., Thuc., al.): ptcp., Act.5:2.
__2. C. prop. reflex., to be conscious of (Eur., Plat., al.), esp. of guilty consciousness: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ σ., for I know nothing against myself, 1Co.4:4.†
(AS) G6084 G6084 = a Name of G2459G Τιτίος Titios N:N-M-P Titius Τίτιος, -ου, ὁ,
Titius, surnamed Justus: Act.18:7, T, WH (RV., Τίτος).†
(AS) G6085 G6085 = G6085 τρῆμα trēma G:N-N hole τρῆμα, -τος, τό,
a perforation, hole: ῥαφίδος, Mat.19:24, WH, txt. βελόνης, Luk.18:25 (Aristoph., Plat., al.).†
SYN.: τρυμαλιά, τρύπημα (AS) G6087 G6087 = a Combination of G4053 (G5228+G1537+G4053) ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ huperekperissou G:ADV super overexcessively εκ-περισσῶς,
adv.,
more exceedingly: Mrk.14:31 (of. ὑπερπερ-).†
(AS) G6088 G6088 = a Combination of G3029 (G5228+G3029) ὑπερλίαν huperlian G:ADV greatly ὑπερλίαν (Rec. ὑπὲρ λίαν, see WM, § 50, 7n; B1., § 4, 1),
adv.,
exceedingly, pre-eminently: 2Co.11:5 12:11.†
(AS) G6090 G6090 = G6090 ὠτάριον ōtarion G:N-N ear ὠτάριον, -ου, τό
= ὠτίον (which see),
the ear: Mrk.14:47, Jhn.18:10.†
(AS) G6091 G6091 = G6091 δύσις dusis G:N-F sunset δύσις, -εως, ἡ
(δύνω), [in LXX: Psa.104:19 (מָבוֹא) * ;]
__1. a sinking, setting, as of the sun (Æsch.): Mrk.16:1-20 [alt. ending].
__2. the sun-setting, the west (Thuc.).†
(AS) G6092 G6092 = G6092 ἐκβαίνω ekbainō G:V to go out ἐκ-βαίνω,
[in LXX for עָלֶה ;]
to go out: Heb.11:15.†
(AS) G6093 G6093 = G6093 σιρός siros G:N-M pit σιρός, see: σειρός.
σειρός
(σιρός, T), -οῦ, ὁ (Rec., R, mg., σειρά, which see), = cl. σιρός,
a pit for the storage of grain: σειροὶ ζόφου, 2Pe.2:4, WH, R., txt. (but see Mayor, in l; Field, Notes, 241).†
(AS) G6094 G6094 = G6094 αὐχέω aucheō G:V to boast αὐχέω, -ῶ,
(αὔχη, boasting),
to boast: with accusative (MM, see word), μεγάλα αὐχεῖ (Rec. μεγαλαυχεῖ, which see), Jas.3:5.†
(AS) G6095 G6095 = a Name of H7410G Ἀρνὶ Arni Arni A man of the tribe of Judah living at the time of United Monarchy, first mentioned at Rut.4.19;
son of: Hezron (H2696H);
brother of: Jerahmeel (H3396), Caleb (H3612H), Segub (H7687H) and Ashhur (H0806);
father of: Amminadab (H5992); also called Admin (KJV: Aram) at Luk.3.33;
§ Arni (Proper name) G6096 G6096 = G6096 ἀποπληρόω apoplēroō G:V to satisfy
satisfy or meet (requirements) GAL.6:2 (Variant - P46) G6097 G6097 = G6097 θρύπτω thruptō G:V to break break in pieces (1Co.11:24 variant D*) G6098 G6098 = G6098 καταπίμπρημι katapimprēmi burnt burn to ashes, destroy by fire (2PE.2:6 - variant P72*) G6099 G6099 = G6099 ξαίνω xainō to comb comb, clean (of wool; MAT.6:28 - variant א*) G6100 G6100 = G6100 ἀβασίλευτος abasileutos G:A independent not ruled by a king , (Thucydides) (ML) G6101 G6101 = G6101 ἄβατος abatos G:A impassable 1. untrodden, impassable, inaccessible , of mountains, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; of a river, not fordable , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. of holy places, not to be trodden , like ἄθικτος, (Sophocles Tragicus): metaphorically pure, chaste , ψυχή (Plato Philosophus)
3. of horses, not ridden , (Lucian)
4. active, ἄβ. πόνος a plague that hinders walking , i.e. gout, (Lucian) (ML) G6102 G6102 = G6102 ἀβατόω abatoō G:V to make impassable to make impassable G6103 G6103 = G6103 ἀβοήθητος aboēthētos G:A incurable incurable G6104 G6104 = G6104 ἀβουλία aboulia G:N-F thoughtlessness want of counsel, thoughtlessness , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G6105 G6105 = G6105 ἅβρα habra G:N-F handmaiden handmaiden G6106 G6106 = G6106 ἀβροχία abrochia G:N-F drought drought G6107 G6107 = G6107 ἀγαθόω agathoō G:V to do good to do good G6108 G6108 = G6108 ἀγαθύνω agathunō G:V be better be better; do good G6109 G6109 = G6109 ἀγαθῶς agathōs G:A fine fine G6110 G6110 = G6110 ἀγαλλίαμα agalliama G:N-N a leap for joy a leap for joy G6111 G6111 = G6111 ἄγαλμα agalma G:N-N a statue 1. a glory, delight, honour , (Iliad by Homer), attic; ἀγάλματ᾽ ἀγορᾶς mere ornaments of the agora, (Euripides)
2. a pleasing gift , especially for the gods, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. a statue in honour of a god , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; an image , as an object of worship, etc., (Aeschulus Tragicus); then generally,= ἀνδριάς, any statue , (Plato Philosophus): also a portrait, picture , ἐξαλειφθεῖς᾽ ὡς ἄγαλμα (Euripides) (ML) G6112 G6112 = G6112 αγανώθ aganōth cups cups G6113 G6113 = G6113 ἀγάπησις agapēsis G:N-F affection affection; love G6114 G6114 = G6114 ἁγίασμα hagiasma G:N-N sanctification sanctification; sanctified; sanctuary G6115 G6115 = G6115 ἁγιαστήριον hagiastērion G:N-N sanctuary sanctuary G6116 G6116 = G6116 ἀγκαλίς agkalis G:N-F an arm an arm G6117 G6117 = G6117 ἀγκύλη agkulē G:N-F a loop 1. a loop or noose in a cord,Eur., (Xenophon Historicus)
2. the thong of a javelin , by which it was hurled: the javelin itself, (Euripides)
3. a bow-string , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6118 G6118 = G6118 ἀγκών agkōn G:N-M an angle 1. the bend of the arm, the elbow , (Homer)
2. generally the arm , like ἀγκάλη, (Pindar)
3. any bend , as the jutting angle of a wall, (Iliad by Homer): the bend or reach of a river, (Herdotus Historicus); ἕσπεροι ἄγκωνες, in (Sophocles Tragicus), seem to be the angle of the bay of Rhoeteium. (ML) G6119 G6119 = G6119 ἀγκωνίσκος agkōniskos G:N-M a joint a joint, fastening G6120 G6120 = G6120 ἅγνισμα hagnisma G:N-N purification a purification, expiation , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6121 G6121 = G6121 ἄγνος agnos G:N-M pure pure, innocent, blameless G6122 G6122 = G6122 ἄγονος agonos G:N-M barren 1. passive unborn , (Iliad by Homer): not yet born , (Euripides)
2. active not producing, unfruitful, barren ; τόκοισιν ἀγόνοις travail without issue, bringing no children to the birth , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
3. with genitive not productive of, barren in a thing, (Plato Philosophus)
4. childless , (Euripides) (ML) G6123 G6123 = G6123 ἀγορασμός agorasmos G:N-M a purchase a purchase G6124 G6124 = G6124 ἀγριαίνω agriainō G:V be wild 1. intransitive to be angered, provoked, chafed , (Plato Philosophus); τινί with one, (Plato Philosophus); metaphorically of rivers, (Plutarch)
2. Causal, to make angry : Pass. to be angered , (Plutarch) (ML) G6125 G6125 = G6125 ἀγριοβάλανος agriobalanos holm oak holm oak G6126 G6126 = G6126 ἀγριομυρίκη agriomurikē G:N-F tamarisk tamarisk G6127 G6127 = G6127 ἄγροικος agroikos G:A rugged 1. of or in the country , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. of men, dwelling in the country, a countryman, rustic , (Aristophanes Comicus); then, opposite to ἀστεῖος, clownish, boorish, rude , (Aristophanes Comicus); the character of the ἄγροικος is described by (Theophrastus Philosophus)
3. adverb -κως, (Aristophanes Comicus); comparative -οτέρως, (Plato Philosophus); but -ότερον, (Plato Philosophus)
4. of land, rough, uncultivated , (Thucydides) (ML) G6128 G6128 = G6128 ἄγρωστις agrōstis G:N-F wild grass Substantive and adjective, (Sophocles Tragicus), a grass that mules fed on . (ML) G6129 G6129 = G6129 ἀγχιστεία agchisteia G:N-F right of inheritance 1. nearness of kin , (Plato Philosophus)
2. rights of kin, right of inheritance , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6130 G6130 = G6130 ἀγχιστεύς agchisteus G:N a relative mostly in plural ἀγχιστεῖς, closely akin , of nations, (Herdotus Historicus): next of kin , (Lucian) (ML) G6131 G6131 = G6131 ἀγχιστεύω agchisteuō G:V to be kin 1. to be next or near , with dative, (Euripides)
2. to be next of kin , (Isaeus Orator) (ML) G6132 G6132 = G6132 ἄγχω agchō G:V to squeeze to compress, press tight , especially the throat, to strangle, throttle, choke , ἄγχε μιν ἱμὰς ὑπὸ δειρήν (Iliad by Homer); τὸν Κέρβερον ἀπῇξας ἄγχων (Aristophanes Comicus): metaphorically of creditors, (Aristophanes Comicus); of a guilty conscience, τοῦτο ἄγχει (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6133 G6133 = G6133 ἀδαμάντινος adamantinos G:A adamantine adamantine , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.: —;metaphorically hard as adamant , σιδηροῖς καὶ ἀδαμαντίνοις λόγοις (Plato Philosophus); οὐκ ἀδ. ἐντί, of a girl, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus):—;adverb -νως, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6134 G6134 = G6134 ἀδάμας adamas G:N-M adamant 1. properly the untamed, unconquerable :
2. as Substantive adamant , i. e. the hardest metal, probably steel : metaphorically of any thing unalterable , ἔπος ἐρέω ἀδάμαντι πελάσσας having fixed it firm as adamant , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus)
3. the diamond , (Theophrastus Philosophus)
4. as adjective, metaphorically, the inflexible , of Hades, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6135 G6135 = G6135 Ἄδαρ Adar N:N Adar Adar, 6th month of the civil calendar, 12 month of the religious calendar G6136 G6136 = G6136 ἄδειπνος adeipnos G:A supperless supperless , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G6137 G6137 = G6137 ἀδελφιδός adelphidos G:N-M a kinsman a kinsman G6138 G6138 = G6138 ἀδιάλυτος adialutos G:A reinforced undissolved, indissoluble , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6139 G6139 = G6139 ἀδολεσχέω adolescheō G:V to meditate to talk idly, prate , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6140 G6140 = G6140 ἀδολεσχία adoleschia G:N-F meditation garrulity, idle talk , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.; (Theophrastus Philosophus) wrote περὶ ἀδολεσχίας. (ML) G6141 G6141 = G6141 ἀδοξέω adoxeō G:V be despised 1. to be held in no esteem, to stand in ill repute , (Euripides)
2. transitive to hold in no esteem , τινα (Plutarch) (ML) G6142 G6142 = G6142 ἁδρός hadros G:A stout 1. in the primary sense it seems to mean thick : (akin to ἀδ-ινός, as κυδρός to κυδνός):
2. of things, χιόνα ἁδρὴν πίπτουσαν falling thick , (Herdotus Historicus):—; strong , great in any way, ἁδρὸς πόλεμος (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. of persons, large, fine, well-grown , (Herdotus Historicus); of animals, (Xenophon Historicus); of fruit or corn, full-grown, ripe , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6143 G6143 = G6143 ἁδρύνω hadrunō G:V to mature 1. to make ripe, ripen , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Pass. to grow ripe, ripen , of fruit or corn, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G6144 G6144 = G6144 ἀδυναμία adunamia G:N-F powerlessness 1. want of strength or power, inability, incapacity , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; with genitive, ἀδ. τοῦ ἀδικεῖν for wrong-doing, (Plato Philosophus)
2. poverty , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G6145 G6145 = G6145 ἀέναος aenaos G:A everlasting 1. ever-flowing , (Hesiod);—;rare in attic Prose, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6146 G6146 = G6146 ἀεργός aergos G:A idle not-working, idle , (Homer), etc.;—; ἀεργοὶ δόμοι idle houses, i. e. where people are idle , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)—;Cf. attic ἀργός. (ML) G6147 G6147 = G6147 ἀηδία aēdia G:N-F rancor ἀηδία, -ας, ἡ
(ἀ- neg., ἦδος, pleasure), [in LXX: Pr 2329 (שִׂיחַ)* ;]
__1. of things or persons, unpleasantness, odiousness (Hipp., Dem., al.);
__2. dislike (Plat.), disagreement (MM, VGT, see word): Luk.23:12 D.
† (AS) G6148 G6148 = G6148 Αθανιν Athanin N:N Athanim Athanim or Ethanim, or Tishri; the first month of the civil calendar and seventh month of the religious calendar G6149 G6149 = G6149 ἀθεσία athesia G:N-F rebellion rebellion G6150 G6150 = G6150 ἀθέτημα athetēma G:N-N a disregarding a disregarding G6152 G6152 = G6152 ἀθυμία athumia G:N-F depression want of heart, faintheartedness , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; εἰς ἀθυμίαν καθιστάναι τινά (Plato Philosophus); ἀθυμίαν παρέχειν τινί (Xenophon Historicus); ἐν ἀθυμίαι εἶναι (Xenophon Historicus); ἀθυμία ἐμπίπτει τινί (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6153 G6153 = G6153 ἄθυτος athutos G:A unfit 1. not offered , i. e. neglected , ἱερὰ ἄθ., Lat. sacra inauspicata, (Aeschines Orator)
2. active without sacrificing , ἄθυτος ἀπελθεῖν (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6154 G6154 = G6154 ἀθῳόω athōoō G:V to acquit to acquit G6155 G6155 = G6155 αιδέδ aided G:N acclamation acclamation; joyful shout G6156 G6156 = G6156 αἰδέομαι aideomai G:V to stand in awe 1. to be ashamed to do a thing, with infinitive, (Homer), etc.; rarely with participle, αἴδεσαι μὲν πατέρα προλείπων feel ashamed of deserting him, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;absolute, αἰδεσθείς from a sense of shame , (Iliad by Homer)
2. with accusative pers. to stand in awe of, fear, respect , αἰδεῖο θεούς (Iliad by Homer), etc.; and of things, αἴδεσσαι μέλαθρον respect the house, (Iliad by Homer); ὅρκον αἰδεσθείς (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to feel regard for a person, μήδε τί μ᾽ αἰδόμενος μήδ᾽ ἐλεαίρων (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G6157 G6157 = G6157 αἰδοῖος aidoios G:A genitals 1. of persons, regarded with reverence, august, venerable , and of women, deserving respect, tender , (Homer)
2. active shamefaced, reverent , (Odyssey by Homer):—;adverb -ως, reverently , (Odyssey by Homer)
3. comparative αἰδοιότερος, (Odyssey by Homer); Sup. αἰδοιέστατος, (Pindar) (ML) G6158 G6158 = G6158 αἰθάλη aithalē G:N-F soot soot G6159 G6159 = G6159 αἴθριος aithrios G:A open air clear, bright, fair , of weather, (Homeric Hymns); epithet of Ζεύς, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6160 G6160 = G6160 αιλ ail N:N a portal a portal G6161 G6161 = G6161 αιλάμ ailam N:N porch porch; columned arch G6162 G6162 = G6162 αιλαμμών ailammōn N:N pediment pediment G6163 G6163 = G6163 αἱμωδιάω ahimōdiaō G:V to have tooth-chills to have tooth-chills G6164 G6164 = G6164 αἰνετός ainetos G:A praiseworthy praiseworthy , [Refs 4th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6165 G6165 = G6165 αἴνη ainē praise praise, fame , ἐν αἴνηι ἐών (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6166 G6166 = G6166 αἰνιγματιστής ainigmatistēs G:N-M enigma speaker enigma speaker G6167 G6167 = G6167 αἴξ aix G:N-M a goat 1. a goat , Lat. caper, capra, (Homer)
2. αἲξ ἄγριος the wild goat, the ibex , (Homer)
3. αἶγες, old name for waves .
Prob. not from ἀί̈σσω, of which the root is αικ. (ML) G6168 G6168 = G6168 αἰπόλιον aipolion G:N-N a flock of goats 1. a herd of goats , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. a goat-pasture , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6169 G6169 = G6169 αἰπόλος aipolos G:N-M a herder a herder G6170 G6170 = G6170 αἱρετός ahiretos G:A--C preferred 1. that may be taken or conquered , (Herdotus Historicus); that may be understood , (Plato Philosophus)
2. ( αἱρέομαι) to be chosen, eligible , (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ζοῆς πονηρᾶς θάνατος αἱρετώτερος (Menander Comicus)
3. chosen, elected , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G6171 G6171 = G6171 αἰσθητικός aisthētikos G:N-F sensitive 1. of or for perception by the senses, perceptive , (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—;adverb αἰσθητικῶς ἔχειν to be quick of perception , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. of things, perceptible , (Plutarch) (ML) G6172 G6172 = G6172 αἰσχρῶς aischrōs G:ADV disgracefully disgracefully G6173 G6173 = G6173 αἴτησις aitēsis G:N-F requesting a request, demand , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6174 G6174 = G6174 αἰτιάομαι aitiaomai G:V to blame 1. to charge, accuse, censure, blame , with accusative pers., τάχα κεν καὶ ἀναίτιον αἰτιόωιτο (Iliad by Homer); αἰτ. τινά τινος to accuse of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.;—;with infinitive, αἰτ. τινα ποιεῖν τι to accuse one of doing, (Herdotus Historicus):—;in this signification, certain tenses are used in passive sense, to be accused , aor1 ἠιτιάθην (Thucydides); perfect ἠιτίαμαι (Thucydides)
2. with accusative rei, to lay to one's charge, impute , τοῦτο αἰτ. (Xenophon Historicus); ταῦτα (Demosthenes Orator); with double accusative, τί ταῦτα τοὺς Λάκωνας αἰτιώμεθαa (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to allege as the cause , αἰτ. τινα αἴτιον (Plato Philosophus); φωνάς τε καὶ ἄλλα μυρία αἰτ. (Plato Philosophus); τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας ἠιτιᾶτο εἶναι he alleged that it was part of the sacred territory, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6175 G6175 = G6175 αἰτίωμα aitiōma accusation accusation G6176 G6176 = G6176 αἰχμαλωτίς aichmalōtis G:N-F a captive a captive G6177 G6177 = G6177 ἀκακία akakia G:N-F innocence guilelessness , (Demosthenes Orator), etc. (ML) G6178 G6178 = G6178 ἄκαν akan N:N a thorn a thorn G6179 G6179 = G6179 ἀκάρδιος akardios G:A heartless heartless G6180 G6180 = G6180 ἀκατάποτος akatapotos G:A impotable impotable G6181 G6181 = G6181 ἀκατασκεύαστος akataskeuastos G:A unready unready G6182 G6182 = G6182 ἀκατέργαστος akatergastos G:A unfinished unfinished G6183 G6183 = G6183 ἄκαυστος akaustos G:A inextinguishable inextinguishable G6184 G6184 = G6184 ἀκηδία akēdia G:N-F indifference indifference G6185 G6185 = G6185 ἀκηδιάω akēdiaō G:V be discouraged be discouraged G6186 G6186 = G6186 ἀκιδωτός akidōtos G:N-N pointed pointed G6187 G6187 = G6187 ἀκίνητος akinētos G:A fixed 1. unmoved, motionless , of Delos, (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus); ἐξ ἀκινήτου ποδός without stirring a step, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. idle, sluggish , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. unmoved, unaltered , of laws, (Thucydides), etc.
4. immovable, hard to move , (Plato Philosophus):—;adverb, ἀκινήτως ἔχειν to be immovable , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
5. not to be stirred or touched, inviolate , Lat. non movendus, τάφος (Herdotus Historicus): proverbial of sacred things, κινεῖν τὰ ἀκίνητα (Herdotus Historicus); also τἀκίνητα φράσαι (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. of persons, not to be shaken, steadfast, stubborn , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6188 G6188 = G6188 ἀκίς akis G:N-F a point 1. a point, the barb of an arrow or hook, (Plutarch)
2. metaphorically, πόθων ἀκίδες the stings of desire, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6189 G6189 = G6189 ἄκλητος aklētos G:A uncalled uncalled, unbidden , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc. (ML) G6190 G6190 = G6190 ἀκμή akmē at this moment 1. a point, edge : proverbial, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς on the rasor's edge (see. ξυρόν); ἀμφιδέξιοι ἀκμαί the fingers of both hands, (Sophocles Tragicus); ποδοῖν ἀκμαί the toes, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. the highest point of anything, the bloom, flower, prime , of man's age, Lat. flos aetatis, ἀκμὴ ἥβης (Sophocles Tragicus); ἀκμὴ βίου (Xenophon Historicus); ἐν ἀκμῆι εἶναι = ἀκμάζειν, (Plato Philosophus); ἀκμὴν ἔχειν, of corn, to be ripe, (Thucydides); also of time, ἀ. ἦρος the spring- prime , (Pindar); ἀ. θέρους mid -summer, (Xenophon Historicus); ἀ. τῆς δόξης (Thucydides); periphrastic like βία, ἀκμὴ Θησειδᾶν (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. like καιρός, the best, most fitting time , [variant datesTragica Adespota; ἔργων, λόγων ἀκμή the time for doing, speaking, (Sophocles Tragicus); ἀκμή ἐστι, with infinitive, 'tis high time to do, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐπ᾽ ἀκμῆς εἶναι, with infinitive, to be on the point of doing, (Euripides); ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἥκει τὴν ἀκμήν 'tis come to the critical time , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. ἀκμήν, accusative of ἀκμή, used as adverb, just , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. yet, still , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6191 G6191 = G6191 ἄκμων akmōn G:N-M anvil 1. originally probably a thunderbolt , ἄκμων οὐρανόθεν κατιών (Hesiod)
2. an anvil , (Homer), etc.: metaphorically, λόγχης ἄκμονες very anvils to bear blows, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6192 G6192 = G6192 ἀκόλαστος akolastos G:A unrestrained 1. Lat. non castigatus, unchastised, undisciplined, unbridled, (Herdotus Historicus), attic, etc.
2. licentious, intemperate , opposite to σώφρων, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—; so in adverb, ἀκολάστως ἔχειν (Plato Philosophus); comparative, ἀκολαστοτέρως ἔχειν πρός τι to be too intemperate in a thing, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6193 G6193 = G6193 ἀκονάω akonaō G:V to sharpen to sharpen, whet , μαχαίρας (Aristophanes Comicus); λόγχην (Xenophon Historicus):—;Mid., ἀκονᾶσθαι μαχαίρας to sharpen their swords, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6194 G6194 = G6194 ἀκοντίζω akontizō G:V to shoot 1. to hurl a javelin , τινός at one, (Iliad by Homer); ἐπί τινι (Iliad by Homer):—;the weapon is put in dative, ἀκόντισε δουρί darted with his spear, (Iliad by Homer); also in accusative, ἀκόντισαν ὀξέα δοῦρα darted their spears, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. with accusative pers. to hit with a javelin , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; Pass. to be so hit or wounded , (Euripides)
3. to shoot forth rays , of the moon, (Euripides)
4. intransitive to pierce , εἴσω γῆς (Euripides) (ML) G6195 G6195 = G6195 ἀκοντιστής akontistēs G:N-M a shooter a darter, javelin-man , (Homer), etc. (ML) G6196 G6196 = G6196 ἄκοσμος akosmos G:A unbecoming 1. without order, disorderly , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;in (Homer) of Thersites' words, disorderly :—; adverb -μως, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. κόσμος ἄκοσμος, a world that is no world , [variant datesAnthology Palantina; also of an inappropriate ornament, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6197 G6197 = G6197 ἀκουσιάζομαι akousiazomai G:V to act unintentionally to act unintentionally G6198 G6198 = G6198 ἀκούσιος akousios G:A unintentional unintentional G6199 G6199 = G6199 ἀκουσίως akousiōs G:A unintentionally unintentionally G6200 G6200 = G6200 ἀκουστός akoustos G:A audible 1. heard, audible , (Homeric Hymns), etc.
2. that should be heard , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6201 G6201 = G6201 ἀκουτίζω akoutizō G:V to cause to hear to cause to hear G6202 G6202G = G6202G ἄκρα akra Akra 1. a headland, foreland, cape , (Homer), etc.
2. a mountain-top, summit : used by (Homer) only in the phrase κατ᾽ ἄκρης from top to bottom , i. e. utterly , πόλιν αἱρέειν κατ᾽ ἄκρης (Herdotus Historicus); so in attic, κατ᾽ ἄκρας utterly , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Plato Philosophus)
3. the citadel of a city, Lat. arx, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6202 G6202H = G6202H ἄκρα akra Akra 1. a headland, foreland, cape , (Homer), etc.
2. a mountain-top, summit : used by (Homer) only in the phrase κατ᾽ ἄκρης from top to bottom , i. e. utterly , πόλιν αἱρέειν κατ᾽ ἄκρης (Herdotus Historicus); so in attic, κατ᾽ ἄκρας utterly , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Plato Philosophus)
3. the citadel of a city, Lat. arx, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6202 G6202I = G6202I ἄκρα akra tip 1. a headland, foreland, cape , (Homer), etc.
2. a mountain-top, summit : used by (Homer) only in the phrase κατ᾽ ἄκρης from top to bottom , i. e. utterly , πόλιν αἱρέειν κατ᾽ ἄκρης (Herdotus Historicus); so in attic, κατ᾽ ἄκρας utterly , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Plato Philosophus)
3. the citadel of a city, Lat. arx, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6203 G6203 = G6203 ἀκριβασμός akribasmos G:N-M restriction restriction G6204 G6204 = G6204 ἀκροάομαι akroaomai G:V to hear 1. to hearken to, listen to , with genitive pers., accusative rei, (Thucydides), etc.; with genitive rei, (Thucydides)
2. absolute to listen , ὁ ἀκροώμενος a hearer, disciple , (Plato Philosophus)
3. to attend to, obey , τινός (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G6205 G6205 = G6205 ἀκρόασις akroasis G:N-F a hearing 1. a hearing or listening , (Thucydides), etc.
2. obedience to another, with genitive, (Thucydides) (ML) G6206 G6206 = G6206 ἀκρόβυστος akrobustos uncircumcised uncircumcised G6207 G6207 = G6207 ἀκρόδρυα akrodrua G:N-N a fruit tree 1. fruit-trees , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. fruits , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6208 G6208 = G6208 ἄκρος akros a toe/thumb/tip 1. at the furthest point , and so either topmost = Lat. summus, or outermost = Lat. extremus:
2. highest, topmost , ἐν ἄκρηι πόλει = ἐν ἀκροπόλει, (Iliad by Homer); μέλαν ὕδωρ ἄκρον at its surface , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
3. outermost , ἄκρη χείρ, ἄκροι πόδες, ἄκρος ὦμος the end of the hand, ends of the feet, tip of the shoulder, (Iliad by Homer); ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων [ δακτύλων] on tiptoe , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἄκροισι λαίφους κρασπέδοις with the outermost edges of the sail, i. e. under close-reefed sails, (Euripides)
4. of Time, it denotes completeness , ἄκραι σὺν ἑσπέραι when eve was fully come , (Pindar); ἄκρας νυκτός at dead of night, (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. of Degree, the highest in its kind, exceeding good, consummate, excellent : of persons, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἄκρος μάντις (Sophocles Tragicus):—;often with an accusative modi added, ψυχὴν οὐκ ἄκρος not strong in mind, (Herdotus Historicus); ἄκροι τὰ πολέμια, skilful in war, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; also with genitive modi, οἱ ἄκροι τῆς ποιήσεως (Plato Philosophus); also, ἄκρος εἰς or περί τι (Plato Philosophus)
6. as Substantive, see. ἄκρα, ἄκρον.
7. neuter as adverb on the top or surface , just , ἄκρον ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνος on the very edge of the surf, il.
8. exceedingly , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
9. utterly, completely , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6209 G6209 = G6209 ἀκρότομος akrotomos G:A chiseled cut off sharp, abrupt , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G6210 G6210 = G6210 ἀκρωτήριον akrōtērion G:N-N an extremity 1. any prominent part , ἀκρ. τοῦ οὔρεος a mountain- peak , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a cape, promontory , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. the extremity of anything, ἀκρ. νηός a ship's beak , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. in plural the extremities of the body, hands and feet, fingers and toes , (Thucydides), etc.; τὰ ἀκρ. τῆς Νίκης her wings , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6211 G6211 = G6211 ἄκυρος akuros G:A void 1. without authority :
2. of laws and contracts, invalid , ἄκυρον ποιεῖν, Lat. irritum facere, to set aside, and ἄκυρον γίγνεσθαι, to become of no force , to be set aside, (Plato Philosophus); νόμοις ἀκύροις χρωμένη, i. e. having laws, but not enforcing them, (Thucydides)
3. of persons, having no right or power , ἄκ. ποιεῖν τινά (Xenophon Historicus); with genitive, ἄκυροι πάντων γενήσεσθε (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6212 G6212 = G6212 ἀλαζονεύομαι alazoneuomai G:V to act ostentatiously to make false pretensions , of the Sophists, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6213 G6213 = G6213 ἀλάλαγμα alalagma G:N-N a price 1. = ἀλαλαγή, a shouting .
2. a loud noise , τυμπάνων, αὐλοῦ (Euripides) (ML) G6214 G6214 = G6214 ἀλαλαγμός alalagmos G:N-M a shout a shout G6215 G6215 = G6215 ἀλάομαι alaomai be a runaway 1. to wander, stray or roam about , (Homer), etc.: to wander from home, be banished , (Sophocles Tragicus); with accusative loci, ἀλ. γῆν to wander over the land, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with genitive to wander away from, cease to enjoy , εὐφροσύνας (Pindar); τῆς πάροιθ᾽ εὐπραξίας (Euripides)
3. metaphorically to wander in mind, be distraught , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6216 G6216 = G6216 ἀλγέω algeō G:V to ache 1. to feel bodily pain, suffer , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; the suffering part in accusative, ἀλγ. ἧπαρ (Aeschulus Tragicus); τὸν δάκτυλον, τὰ ὄμματα (Plato Philosophus)
2. to suffer hardship , (Odyssey by Homer)
3. to feel pain of mind, to grieve, be troubled or distressed , ἀλγεῖν ψυχήν, φρένα (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἀλγ. τινί to be pained at a thing, (Herdotus Historicus); ἐπί τινι (Sophocles Tragicus); διά τι (Herdotus Historicus); περί τι or τινος (Thucydides); with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus); with accusative, ἀλγῶ μὲν ἔργα (Aeschulus Tragicus); with participle, ἤλγης᾽ ἀκούσας (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6217 G6217 = G6217 ἀλγηδών algēdōn G:N-F suffering 1. a sense of pain, pain, suffering , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. of mind, pain, grief , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G6218 G6218 = G6218 ἄλγημα algēma G:N-N pain pain, suffering , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6219 G6219 = G6219 ἀλγηρός algēros G:A painful painful G6220 G6220 = G6220 ἄλγος algos G:N-N pain 1. pain of body, (Iliad by Homer)
2. pain of mind, grief, distress , (Homer)
3. anything that causes pain , [Refs 2nd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6221 G6221 = G6221 ἄλειμμα aleimma G:N-N an anointing anything used for anointing, unguent, fat, oil , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6222 G6222 = G6222 ἀλέω aleō G:V to grind flour to grind, bruise, pound , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G6223 G6223 = G6223 ἁλιαίετος haliaietos G:N-M an osprey an osprey G6224 G6224 = G6224 ἅλιμος halimos G:A a salty land a salty land; marine plant G6225 G6225 = G6225 ἀλισγέω alisgeō G:V to pollute to pollute G6226 G6226 = G6226 ἁλίσκομαι haliskomai G:V to capture 1. to be taken, conquered , of persons and places, (Homer), etc.; ἁλίσκεσθαι εἰς πολεμίους to fall into the hands of the enemy, (Plato Philosophus)
2. to be caught, seized , θανάτῳ ἁλῶναι or without θανάτῳ, to die , (Homer); ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας γράμματα letters were seized and taken to Athens, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in good sense, to be won, achieved, attained , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
4. with participle to be caught or detected doing a thing, (Herdotus Historicus); ἐὰν ἁλῷς τοῦτο πράττων (Plato Philosophus); also with a Substantive or adjective, the participle ὤν being omitted, οὐ γὰρ δὴ φονεὺς ἁλώσομαι (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. as attic law-term, to be convicted and condemned , (Plato Philosophus):—;with genitive criminis, to be convicted of , ἁλῶναι ψευδομαρτυριῶν, etc. (ML) G6227 G6227 = a Combination of G2228 (G0235+G2228) ἀλλ᾽ ἢ all᾽ ē G:CONJ but only but only; none other than G6228 G6228 = G6228 ἄλλαγμα allagma G:N-N a price that which is given or taken in exchange: the price of a thing, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6229 G6229 = G6229 ἀλλόγλωσσος alloglōssos G:A foreign tongue using a strange tongue , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6230 G6230 = G6230 ἀλλοιόω alloioō G:V to change 1. to make different, to change, alter , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. Pass. with future middle ἀλλοιώσομαι and passive ἀλλοιωθήσομαι:—; to become different, be changed , (Thucydides)
3. to be changed for the worse , (Xenophon Historicus) Hence (ML) G6231 G6231 = G6231 ἀλλοίωσις alloiōsis G:V change a change, alteration , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G6232 G6232 = G6232 ἀλλοτριόω allotrioō G:V to alienate 1. with genitive pers. to estrange from , τῶν σωμάτων τὴν πόλιν (Thucydides)
2. with dative pers. to make hostile to another, τὴν χώραν τοῖς πολεμίοις (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to be made an enemy , τινι (Thucydides)
3. in Pass. of things, to be alienated, fall into other hands , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6233 G6233 = G6233 ἀλλοτρίως allotriōs G:ADV strangely strangely, belonging to another G6234 G6234 = G6234 ἀλλοτρίωσις allotriōsis G:N-F alienation estrangement , τῆς ξυμμαχίας οὐχ ὁμοία ἡ ἀλλ. its estrangement , its loss , (Thucydides) (ML) G6235 G6235 = G6235 ἀλλόφωνος allophōnos G:A foreign language foreign language G6236 G6236 = G6236 ἅλμα halma G:N-N a leap a spring, leap, bound , (Odyssey by Homer); ἅλμα πέτρας a leap or fall from the rock, (Euripides); κυνῆς ἅλμα the leap of the lot from the helmet, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6237 G6237 = G6237 ἅλμη halmē G:N-F brine 1. sea-water, brine , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.: spray that has dried on the skin , (Odyssey by Homer): a salt incrustation on soil, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the brine, i. e. the sea , (Pindar) (ML) G6238 G6238 = G6238 ἁλμυρίς halmuris G:N-N salt-flats salt-flats G6239 G6239 = G6239 ἁλμυρός halmuros G:A brackish 1. salt, briny , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. of taste, salt, brackish , (Thucydides)
3. metaphorically bitter, distasteful , Lat. amarus, (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ἁλμυρὰ κλαίειν to weep bitterly , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6240 G6240 = G6240 ἀλοητός aloētos G:N-M threshing threshing G6241 G6241 = G6241 ἀλοιφή aloiphē G:N-F ointment 1. anything used for anointing, hog's-lard, grease, unguent , (Homer)
2. laying on of unguents or paint, ἀλ. μύρων (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6242 G6242 = G6242 ἄλσος alsos G:N-N a sacred grove a glade or grove , Lat. saltus, (Homer); grove , (Odyssey by Homer), etc. (ML) G6243 G6243 = G6243 ἀλσώδης alsōdēs G:N-N a woods a woods G6244 G6244 = G6244 ἁλυσιδωτός halusidōtos G:A a chain-work a chain-work G6245 G6245 = G6245 ἄλφιτον alphiton G:N-N toasted grain 1. peeled or pearl-barley ; singular only in phrase ἀλφίτου ἀκτή, barley- meal, Lat. polenta, (Homer): in plural ἄλφιτα, barley-groats, barley-meal , opposite to ἄλευρα, (Homer), attic
2. metaphorically one's daily bread , (Aristophanes Comicus); πατρῶια ἄλφ. one's patrimony , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6246 G6246 = G6246 ἀλφός alphos G:N-M psoriasis whiteness: white leprosy , (Hesiod), etc. (ML) G6247 G6247 = G6247 ἀλώθ alōth N:N aloe aloe G6248 G6248 = G6248 ἄμαξα amaxa G:N-F a wagon 1. a wagon, wain , opposite to the war-chariot ( ἅρμα), Lat. plaustrum, (Homer)
2. with genitive a wagon-load of , πετρῶν, σίτου (Xenophon Historicus)
3. the carriage of the plough , Lat. currus, (Hesiod):—; Charles' wain in the heavens, the Great Bear ( ἄρκτος), (Homer)
4. = ἁμαξιτός, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6249 G6249 = G6249 αμασενίθ amasenith N:N octaves octaves G6250 G6250 = G6250 ἀμάσητος amasētos G:A unchewable unchewable G6251 G6251 = G6251 αματταρί amattari N:N a mark a mark G6252 G6252 = G6252 ἀμαυρός amauros G:A faint 1. dimly seen, dim, faint, baffling sight , εἴδωλον ἀμ. a shadowy spectre, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. having no light, darksome , νύξ (Lucian):—; blind, sightless , (Sophocles Tragicus); so, ἀμαυρῶι κώλωι with blind foot, said of a blind man, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. metaphorically,
4. dim, obscure, uncertain , κληδών (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐλπίς (Plutarch)
5. obscure, unknown , (Hesiod)
6. gloomy, troubled , φρήν (Aeschulus Tragicus)
7. active enfeebling , νοῦσος [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6253 G6253 = G6253 ἀμαυρόω amauroō G:V to darken to make dim, faint , or obscure , (Xenophon Historicus); metaphorically to impair , (Euripides), etc.:—;Pass. to become dim, suffer eclipse , of the sun, (Herdotus Historicus); to disappear , (Hesiod) (ML) G6254 G6254 = G6254 ἀμβλύνω amblunō G:V to blunt to blunt, take the edge off a sharp instrument, and metaphorically to make dull , ὄμματος αὐγήν [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass. to become dull, lose its edge or force , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6255 G6255 = G6255 ἀμέλγω amelgō G:V to extract 1. to milk sheep and goats; βόας (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus): —;Mid., in metaphorically sense, ἀμέλγεσθαι τοὺς ξένους to milk them dry, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to draw milk from the animals, ἀμ. γάλα (Herdotus Historicus); Pass., ὄϊες ἀμελγόμεναι γάλα having milk drawn from them, milch- ewes, (Iliad by Homer)
3. metaphorically to squeeze out like milk, to press out , ἐκ βοτρύων ξανθὸν ἄμελξε γάνος [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. to drink , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6256 G6256 = G6256 ἄμελξις amelxis G:N-F a milking a milking G6257 G6257 = G6257 ἀμελῶς amelōs G:A indifferently indifferently, negligent G6258 G6258 = G6258 ἀμέτρητος ametrētos G:A unmeasured 1. unmeasured, immeasurable, immense , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
2. unnumbered, countless , (Euripides) (ML) G6259 G6259 = G6259 ἄμητος amētos G:N-M a harvest 1. a reaping, harvesting , (Iliad by Homer) (metaphorically of slaughter ).
2. harvest, harvest time , (Hesiod)
3. the crop or harvest reaped , Lat. seges, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6260 G6260 = G6260 ἀμισθί amisthi G:A without pay (Euripides), χρημάτων ἀμ. without reward of money, (Plutarch) (ML) G6261 G6261 = G6261 ἀμνάς amnas G:N-F a ewe-lamb a ewe-lamb G6262 G6262 = G6262 ἀμνήστευτος amnēsteutos G:A not betrothed not betrothed G6263 G6263 = G6263 ἀμορίτης amoritēs G:N-F honey-bread honey-bread G6264 G6264 = G6264 ἀμπλάκημα amplakēma G:N-N an error an error, fault, offence , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;also, metri grat., ἀπλάκημα, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6265 G6265 = G6265 ἀμύγδαλον amugdalon G:N-N an almond an almond G6266 G6266 = G6266 ἀμύθητος amuthētos G:A untold unspeakable, unspeakably many or great , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6267 G6267 = G6267 ἀμφίασις amphiasis G:N-M clothing clothing G6268 G6268 = G6268 ἀμφιβολεύς amphiboleus G:N-M a fisherman a fisherman; net caster G6269 G6269 = G6269 αμφίταπος amphitapos G:A a spread a spread G6270 G6270 = G6270 ἀμφοτεροδέξιος amphoterodexios G:A ambidextrous ambidextrous G6271 G6271 = G6271 ἀνάμεσος anamesos G:A in between in the midland or interior , Lat. mediterraneus, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6272 G6272 = G6272 ἀναβαθμίς anabathmis G:N-F stairs stairs G6273 G6273 = G6273 ἀνάβασις anabasis G:N-F ascending 1. a going up, mounting on horseback, (Xenophon Historicus):—; πᾶσα ἄμβασις = πάντες ἀναβάται, all the horsemen , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. an expedition up from the coast into Central Asia, as that of the younger Cyrus, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. a way up, ascent of a tower or mountain, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6274 G6274 = G6274 ἀναβαστάζω anabastazō G:V to carry to raise or lift up, carry , (Lucian) (ML) G6275 G6275 = G6275 ἀναβάτης anabatēs G:N-M a rider one mounted , of Pentheus in the tree, (Euripides): a horseman, rider , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6276 G6276 = G6276 ἀναβλαστάνω anablastanō G:V to sprout up to shoot up, grow up again , of Plants, (Plato Philosophus); of a city, (Herdotus Historicus); of misfortunes, to spring up, be rank , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6277 G6277 = G6277 ἀναβράσσω anabrassō G:V to stir up to boil well, seethe , with accusative, (Aristophanes Comicus); absolute, ἀναβράττετ᾽, ἐξοπτᾶτε (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6278 G6278 = G6278 ἀναδενδράς anadendras G:N-F tendril tendril G6279 G6279 = G6279 ἀναζεύγνυμι anazeugnumi G:V to break camp 1. to yoke again , ἀναζευγνύναι τὸν στρατόν to move off the army, (Herdotus Historicus); ἀν. τὸ στρατόπεδον to break up the camp, (Herdotus Historicus); ἀν. τὰς νῆας to move Them back, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. absolute to break up, shift one's quarters , (Thucydides) (ML) G6280 G6280 = G6280 ἀναζέω anazeō G:V to break out 1. to boil up or bubble up , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. ἀναζ. εὐλάς to swarm with worms, a kind of disease, (Plutarch); also, εὐλαὶ ἀναζέουσιν (Plutarch) (ML) G6281 G6281 = G6281 ἀναζυγή anazugē G:N-F marching marching G6282 G6282 = G6282 ἀναιδής anaidēs G:A impudent 1. shameless , (Homer)
2. with genitive, ἀναιδέα δηϊοτῆτος insatiate of strife, (Iliad by Homer)
3. of things, λᾶας ἀναιδής the reckless stone, of Sisyphus, (Odyssey by Homer); ἔργ᾽ ἀναιδῆ (Sophocles Tragicus): —; τὸ ἀναιδές, contracted τἀνειδές, = ἀναίδεια, (Euripides); ἐπὶ τὸ ἀναιδέστερον τραπέσθαι (Herdotus Historicus)
4. adverb -δῶς, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G6283 G6283 = G6283 ἀναιδῶς anaidōs G:A impudently impudently G6284 G6284 = G6284 ἀνακαίω anakaiō G:V to kindle 1. to light up , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;Mid. to light oneself a fire, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. Pass., metaphorically to fire up , with anger, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6285 G6285 = G6285 ἀνακαλέω anakaleō G:V to call by name 1. to call up the dead , (Aeschulus Tragicus); so in Mid., (Euripides)
2. to call again and again :
3. to invoke, appeal to , θεούς (Herdotus Historicus), etc.;—;so in Mid., (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to summon, cite , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Mid. to call to oneself, send for, summon , (Euripides)
5. to call by a name, ἀν. κακούς (Euripides); Δαναούς (Thucydides):—;Pass., Ἀργεῖος ἀνακαλούμενος (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. to call on , so as to encourage, (Thucydides); Mid., ἀνακαλεῖσθαι τὰς κύνας to cheer on the hounds, (Xenophon Historicus)
7. to call back, recall , mostly in Mid., (Aeschulus Tragicus); especially from exile, (Plato Philosophus); ἀνακαλεῖσθαι τῆι σάλπιγγι to sound a retreat, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6286 G6286 = G6286 ἀνάκλισις anaklisis G:N-F laying down laying down G6287 G6287 = G6287 ἀνάκλιτος anaklitos G:N-N a couch leaning back : ἀν. θρόνος a seat with a back , (Plutarch) (ML) G6288 G6288 = G6288 ἀνακρούω anakrouō G:V to play music 1. to push back, stop short, check , ἵππον χαλινῶι (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid., ἀνακρούεσθαι πρύμνην to put one's ship astern, by backing water, (Aristophanes Comicus); so ἀνακρούεσθαι alone, (Thucydides); also, ἐπὶ πρύμνην ἀν., (Herdotus Historicus):—;metaphorically to put back , (Plato Philosophus)
3. in Music, to strike up , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6289 G6289 = G6289 ἀναλάμπω analampō G:V to blaze up 1. to flame up, take fire , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. metaphorically to break out anew , as war, (Plutarch)
3. to come to oneself again, revive , (Plutarch) (ML) G6290 G6290 = G6290 ἀνάλγητος analgētos G:A unfeeling 1. without pain , and so:
2. of persons, insensible to pain , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. unfeeling, hard-hearted, ruthless , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἀναλγητότερος εἶναι to feel less grieved , (Thucydides): with genitive, ἀν. εἶναί τινος to be insensible to , (Plutarch):—;adverb -τως, unfeelingly , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. of things, not painful , (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. cruel , πάθος (Euripides) (ML) G6291 G6291 = G6291 ἀναλέγω analegō G:V to gather up 1. to pick up, gather up , ὀστέα (Iliad by Homer):—;Mid. to pick up for oneself , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀν. πνεῦμα to collect one's breath, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. to reckon up , τὸν χρόνον (Plutarch): —;Pass., ἀναλεγόμενον being recounted , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6292 G6292 = G6292 ἀνάλημμα analēmma G:N-N an elevation an elevation G6293 G6293 = G6293 ἀνάλωσις analōsis G:N-F consumption outlay, expenditure , (Theognis Elegiacus) (ML) G6294 G6294 = G6294 ἀναμίγνυμι anamignumi G:V to intermingle 1. to mix up, mix together , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;Pass. to be mixed with others, (Herdotus Historicus), attic: to have intercourse , (Plutarch)
2. ἀναμίσγω, poetry and ionic for ἀναμίγνυμι, only in present and imperfect
3. to mix one thing with another, τί τινι (Odyssey by Homer): —;Pass. to have intercourse , τινι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6295 G6295 = G6295 ἀνάνευσις ananeusis G:N-F reluctance a sign of reluctance G6296 G6296 = G6296 ἀνανεύω ananeuō G:V to disagree 1. to throw the head back , in token of denial (which we express by shaking the head) , (Homer), etc.
2. with accusative rei, to deny, refuse , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G6297 G6297 = G6297 ἀναντλέω anantleō G:V be fatigued be fatigued G6298 G6298 = G6298 ἀναξηραίνω anaxērainō G:V to dry up to dry up things, of the wind, (Iliad by Homer); to dry up a stream, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6299 G6299 = G6299 ἀνάπαυμα anapauma G:N-N rest 1. a repose, rest , (Hesiod); μεριμνῶν from cares, (Theognis Elegiacus)
2. a resting-place , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6300 G6300 = G6300 ἀναπετάω anapetaō G:V be effronted be effronted; to have a look of effrontery G6301 G6301 = G6301 ἀναπλήρωσις anaplērōsis G:N-F satisfying a filling up , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6302 G6302 = G6302 ἀναπνέω anapneō G:V to breathe 1. to breathe again, take breath , (Iliad by Homer), etc.: to recover from a thing, with genitive, (Iliad by Homer), etc.; so, ἔκ τινος (Herdotus Historicus):—; absolute to revive , (Xenophon Historicus); and in this sense (Homer) uses ἄμπνυτο, ἀμπνύνθη.
2. to draw breath, breathe , (Pindar)
3. to breathe forth, send forth , καπνόν (Pindar) (ML) G6303 G6303 = G6303 ἀναπνοή anapnoē breathing 1. recovery of breath, revival , (Pindar); μόχθων ἀμπνοά rest from toils, (Pindar)
2. a drawing breath, respiration , (Aristophanes Comicus); ἀμπνοὰς ἔχειν = ἀναπνέειν, to breathe , (Sophocles Tragicus); τὴν ἀν. ἀπολαβεῖν τινος to strangle him.
3. a breathing organ , of the mouth, (Lucian); an air-hole , (Plutarch) (ML) G6304 G6304 = G6304 ἐναποθνῄσκω enapothnēskō G:V to die in to die in a place, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6305 G6305 = G6305 ἀναποιέω anapoieō G:V to prepare to prepare G6306 G6306 = G6306 ἀναπόστρεπτος anapostreptos not be turned away not be turned away G6307 G6307 = G6307 ἀναπτερόω anapteroō G:V to incite 1. properly of a bird, to raise its feathers : hence, ἀν. ἐθείρας (Euripides)
2. metaphorically to set on the wing, excite vehemently , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; Pass. to be in a state of excitement , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc. (ML) G6308 G6308 = G6308 ἀναρπάζω anarpazō G:V to kidnap 1. to snatch up , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to snatch away, carry off , (Homer), etc.; of slave-dealers, to kidnap , (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., (Sophocles Tragicus): in Prose also, to be dragged before a magistrate, carried off to prison , Lat. rapi in jus, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. in good sense, to rescue , (Plutarch)
4. to take by storm, plunder , (Euripides); of persons, ἀναρπασόμενος τοὺς Φωκέας to take them by storm or at once , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to carry off, steal , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6309 G6309 = G6309 ἀναρρήγνυμι anarrēgnumi G:V to tear asunder 1. to break up the ground, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to break through a wall, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., ἡ ναῦς ἀναρρήγνυται τὴν παρεξειρεσίαν the ship has its bow broken through , (Thucydides)
3. to tear open a carcase, of lions, (Iliad by Homer); of Ajax, δίχα ἀνερρήγνυ was cleaving them asunder, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to make to break forth, utter , like Lat. rumpere voces, (Aristophanes Comicus); ἀν. πόλιν to make it break out, excite greatly , (Plutarch):—;Pass. to burst forth ; metaphorically of persons, ἀναρρήγνυσθαι πρὸς ὀργήν (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
5. intransitive to break forth , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6310 G6310 = G6310 ἀνασκάπτω anaskaptō G:V to dig up to dig up, to dig up ground , (Plutarch) (ML) G6311 G6311 = G6311 ἀναστέλλω anastellō G:V to rise upwards 1. to raise up :—; Mid. to gird up one's clothes, (Euripides)
2. to keep back, repulse an attack, (Euripides):—;Pass. to retire , (Thucydides) (ML) G6312 G6312 = G6312 ἀνάστημα anastēma G:N-N a height a height G6313 G6313 = G6313 ἀνασχίζω anaschizō G:V to rip open to rip up , τὴν γαστέρα (Herdotus Historicus): to rend , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6314 G6314 = G6314 ἀνασῴζω anasōzō G:V to escape 1. to recover what is lost, rescue , (Sophocles Tragicus): Mid., ἀνασώζεσθαί τινα φόβου to recover one from fear, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid. in proper sense, ἀν. τὴν ἀρχήν to recover the government for oneself , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to return safe , of exiles, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. in Mid. also to preserve in mind, remember , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6315 G6315 = G6315 ἀνατιναγμός anatinagmos G:N-M violent shaking violent shaking G6316 G6316 = G6316 ἀνατροπή anatropē G:N-F a diet an upsetting, overthrow , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6317 G6317 = G6317 ἀναφάλαντος anaphalantos G:A forehead bald forehead bald G6318 G6318 = G6318 ἀναφαλάντωμα anaphalantōma G:N-N forehead bald forehead bald G6319 G6319 = G6319 ἀναφορά anaphora G:N-F an offering an offering; office G6320 G6320 = G6320 ἀναφορεύς anaphoreus G:N-M a bearing pole a bearing pole G6321 G6321 = G6321 ἀναφράσσω anaphrassō G:V to block up to block up G6322 G6322 = G6322 ἀναφυράω anaphuraō to mix up to mix up G6323 G6323 = G6323 ἀναφύω anaphuō G:V to grow up 1. to produce again, to let grow , πώγωνα (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. Pass., with aorist2 active ἀν-έφυν, pf. ἀμ-πέφυ_κα, to grow up , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. to grow again , of the hair, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6324 G6324 = G6324 ἀναψυχή anapsuchē G:N-F respite a cooling, refreshing: relief, recovery, respite , (Plato Philosophus): from a thing, with genitive, (Euripides) (ML) G6325 G6325 = G6325 ἀνδραγαθία andragathia G:N-F valor bravery, manly virtue, the character of a brave honest man , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6326 G6326 = G6326 ἀνδρεία andreia G:N-F courage manliness, manhood, manly spirit , Lat. virtus, [variant datesTragica Adespota, etc. (ML) G6327 G6327 = G6327 ἀνδρεῖος andreios G:A vigorous 1. of or for a man , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; for αὐλοὶ ἀνδρεῖοι, see. αὐλός.
2. manly, masculine , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; in bad sense, stubborn , (Lucian):—;neuter τὸ ἀνδρεῖον, by crasis τἀνδρεῖον, = ἀνδρεία, (Euripides)
3. of things, strong, vigorous , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6328 G6328 = G6328 ἀνδρόγυνος androgunos G:A effeminate 1. a man-woman, hermaphrodite , (Plato Philosophus)
2. a womanish man, effeminate person , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. as adjective common to men and women , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6329 G6329 = G6329 ἀνδρόω androō G:V to become a man 1. to rear up into manhood , [variant datesAnthology Palantina: —;Pass. to become a man, reach manhood , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. in Pass. also of a woman, to be of marriageable age , (Euripides) (ML) G6330 G6330 = G6330 ἀνειλέω aneileō G:V to unroll 1. to roll up together:—; Pass. to crowd or throng together , (Thucydides)
2. ἀνείλω, Pass. to shrink up or back , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6331 G6331 = G6331 ἀνελεημόνως aneleēmonōs G:A mercilessly mercilessly G6332 G6332 = G6332 ἀνέλπιστος anelpistos G:A unhoped for 1. unhoped for, unlooked for , [variant datesTragica Adespota, etc.; τὸ ἀνέλπιστον τοῦ βεβαίου the hopelessness of security, (Thucydides)
2. active,
3. of persons, having no hope, hopeless , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); with infinitive having no hope or not expecting that . . , (Thucydides)
4. of things or conditions, leaving no hope, hopeless, desperate , (Sophocles Tragicus); τὸ ἀνέλπιστον despair , (Thucydides):—;comparative -ότερος more desperate , (Thucydides) (ML) G6333 G6333 = G6333 ἀνεμοφθορία anemophthoria G:N-F wind-blown wind-blown G6334 G6334 = G6334 ἀνεμόφθορος anemophthoros G:A destroyed by wind destroyed by wind G6335 G6335 = G6335 ἀνεξέλεγκτος anexelegktos G:A unascertained 1. unquestioned, impossible to be questioned or refuted , of statements or arguments, (Thucydides); ἀν. ἔχει τὸ ἀνδρεῖον leaves their courage without proof , (Thucydides)
2. of persons, not to be convicted, irreproachable , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G6336 G6336 = G6336 ἀνήκοος anēkoos G:A unhearing 1. without hearing , of the dead, (Moschus Bucolicus)
2. with genitive not hearing a thing, never having heard it, ignorant of it, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.:—;absolute, σκαιὸς καὶ ἀν. ignorant , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6337 G6337 = G6337 ἀνήλατος anēlatos G:A not malleable not malleable G6338 G6338 = a Combination of G0473 (G0473+G3756) ἀνθ᾽ οὗ anth᾽ ohu because of because of, opposite, over against G6339 G6339 = a Combination of G0473 (G0473+G3739) ἀνθ᾽ ὧν anth᾽ hōn G:PREP because of because of, opposite, over against G6340 G6340 = G6340 ἀνθέμιον anthemion G:N-N a flower ornament ἀνθέμιον ἐστιγμένος tattooed with flowers , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6341 G6341 = G6341 ἀνθέω antheō G:V to bloom 1. to blossom, bloom , of the youthful beard, (Odyssey by Homer); of flowers and plants, (Hesiod), etc.
2. metaphorically,
3. to be bright with colour, ἀνθεῖν φοινικίσι (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to be in bloom , (Pindar); ἐν ὥραι, ἐφ᾽ ὥραι ἀνθεῖν to be in the bloom of youth, (Plato Philosophus)
5. to flourish in wealth and prosperity, (Hesiod), attic; with dative, ἀνθ. ἀνδράσι to abound in men, (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to be at the height or pitch , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6342 G6342 = G6342 ἄνθινος anthinos G:A a flowered work 1. like flowers, blooming, fresh , ἄνθινον εἶδαρ, of the lotus, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. bright-coloured , Lat. floridus, of women's dress, (Plutarch) (ML) G6343 G6343 = G6343 ἀνθομολόγησις anthomologēsis G:V confession confession G6344 G6344 = G6344 ἀνθυφαιρέω anthuphaireō G:V to deduct to deduct G6345 G6345 = G6345 ἀνίατος aniatos G:A incurable 1. incurable , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. of persons, incorrigible , (Plato Philosophus); ἀνιάτως ἔχειν to be incurable , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6346 G6346 = G6346 ἀνίπταμαι aniptamai G:V to fly about to fly about G6347 G6347 = G6347 ἄνισχυς anischus G:V without strength without strength G6348 G6348 = G6348 ἄνοιγμα anoigma a passage a passage G6349 G6349 = G6349 ἀνομέω anomeō G:V to act lawlessly to act lawlessly , περί τι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6350 G6350 = G6350 ἀνόμημα anomēma G:N-N a violation of law a violation of law G6351 G6351 = G6351 ἀνορύσσω anorussō G:V to root up 1. to dig up what has been buried, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. ἀν. τάφον to dig it up, break open , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6352 G6352 = G6352 ἄνους anous G:N-M mindless mindless G6353 G6353 = G6353 ἀνταίρω antairō G:V to rise against 1. to raise against , χεῖράς τινι [variant datesAnthology Palantina; so in Mid., (Thucydides)
2. intransitive to rise up against , τινί (Plato Philosophus); πρός τι or τινα, (Demosthenes Orator), etc.
3. of a cliff, to rise opposite to , πρὸς τὴν Λιβύην (Plutarch) (ML) G6354 G6354 = G6354 ἀντακούω antakouō G:V to listen in turn to hear in turn , τι ἀντί τινος (Sophocles Tragicus): absolute to hear in return , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6355 G6355 = G6355 ἀνταλλάσσω antallassō G:V to bargain 1. to exchange one thing with another, τί τινι (Euripides); τὴν ἀξίωσιν τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀντ. to change the signification of the names, (Thucydides)
2. Mid. to take in exchange , τί τινος one thing for another, (Euripides); τι ἀντί τινος (Demosthenes Orator); θάνατον ἀνταλλάξεται shall receive death in exchange , i. e. as a punishment, (Euripides):—;Pass., ἀντηλλαγμένος τοῦ ἑκατέρων τρόπου having made an interchange of each other's custom, i. e. having each adopted the other's way, (Thucydides) (ML) G6356 G6356 = G6356 ἀντάμειψις antameipsis G:N-F remuneration remuneration G6357 G6357 = G6357 ἀνταναιρέω antanaireō G:V to take away in return to take away from the opposite sides of an account, to cancel , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6358 G6358 = G6358 ἀνταποθνήσκω antapothnēskō G:V to die for to die for G6359 G6359 = G6359 ἀνταπόκρισις antapokrisis G:N-F an answer an answer G6360 G6360 = G6360 ἀντίγραφος antigraphos G:N-N a copy copied , (Demosthenes Orator):—;as Substantive, ἀντίγραφον, τό, a transcript, copy, counterpart , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6361 G6361 = G6361 ἀντιδίδωμι antididōmi G:V to repay 1. to give in return, repay , τί τινι (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. to give for or instead of , τί τινος (Euripides); τι ἀντί τινος (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. at Athens, ἀντ. [ τὴν οὐσίαν] to offer to change fortunes with one (compare ἀντίδοσις), (Demosthenes Orator), etc. (ML) G6362 G6362 = G6362 ἀντιδικέω antidikeō G:V to plead to dispute, go to law , περί τινος (Xenophon Historicus); οἱ ἀντιδικοῦντες the parties to a suit , (Plato Philosophus); absolute of the defendant, (Aristophanes Comicus); ἀντ. πρός τι or πρός τινα, to urge one's suit against . . , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6363 G6363 = G6363 ἀντίζηλος antizēlos G:N-F a rival a rival G6364 G6364 = G6364 ἀντίθετος antithetos G:A contrary contrary G6365 G6365 = G6365 ἀντικαθίζομαι antikathizomai G:V to relocate Mid. to sit or lie over against , or armies or fleets watching one another, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6366 G6366 = G6366 ἀντικρίνω antikrinō G:V to adjudicate to judge; by comparison G6367 G6367 = G6367 ἀντιλήπτωρ antilēptōr G:N-M a shielder a shielder G6368 G6368 = G6368 ἀντίον antion G:N-N a beam of a loom a beam of a loom G6369 G6369 = G6369 ἀντιποιέω antipoieō G:V to act against 1. to do in return , τι (Plato Philosophus): absolute to retaliate , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid. to exert oneself about a thing, seek after, lay claim to , with genitive, (Thucydides), etc.; with infinitive, ἀντ. ἐπίστασθαί τι to lay claim to knowing, (Plato Philosophus)
3. to contend with one for a thing, ἀντ. τινὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς (Xenophon Historicus); τινι περί τινος (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6370 G6370 = G6370 ἀντιπολεμέω antipolemeō G:V to battle to urge war against others, (Thucydides), etc.; with dative, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6371 G6371 = G6371 ἀντιπρόσωπος antiprosōpos G:A facing with the face towards, facing , τινι (Xenophon Historicus): face to face , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6372 G6372 = G6372 ἀντίρρησις antirrēsis G:N-F a contradiction a contradiction G6373 G6373 = G6373 ἀντιστήριγμα antistērigma G:N-N a support a support G6374 G6374 = G6374 ἀντιστηρίζω antistērizō G:V to support to support G6375 G6375 = G6375 ἀντιτίθημι antitithēmi G:V to substitute 1. to set against, oppose , with dative, (Simonides Lyricus): to contrast, compare , τί τινι (Herdotus Historicus); also τί τινος, (Thucydides); τι πρός τι (Demosthenes Orator)
2. ἀντ. τινά τινι to match one against the other in battle , Lat. committere, ἴσους ἴσοισι ἀντιθείς (Euripides):—;Pass. to be matched one against another, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to retort, rejoin , (Euripides)
4. to deposit in return , (Euripides):—; to give in return or as a recompense , τί τινος one thing for another, (Euripides) (ML) G6376 G6376 = G6376 ἄντρον antron G:N-N an inner room Lat. antrum, a cave, grot, cavern, [8th/7th c.BC, variant datesTragica Adespota (ML) G6377 G6377 = G6377 ἀνυπόδετος anupodetos G:A barefoot barefoot G6378 G6378 = G6378 ἀνυπομόνητος anupomonētos G:A unsufferable unsufferable, not enduring G6379 G6379 = G6379 ἀνυπόστατος anupostatos G:A unsubdued not to be withstood, irresistible , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G6380 G6380 = G6380 ἀνυψόω anupsoō G:V to elevate to raise up, exalt , [variant datesAnthology Palantina, in Mid. (ML) G6381 G6381 = G6381 ἀξιόπιστος axiopistos G:A--C worthy of trust trustworthy , (Plato Philosophus); εἴς τι in a thing, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6382 G6382 = G6382 ἀξίωμα axiōma G:N-N a petition 1. that of which one is thought worthy, an honour , (Euripides); γάμων ἀξ. honour of marriage, (Euripides)
2. honour, reputation , Lat. dignitas, (Euripides)
3. rank, position , (Thucydides):—;of things, worth, quality , (Thucydides)
4. that which is thought fit, a decision, purpose , (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. in Mathematics, a self evident theorem, an axiom , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6383 G6383 = G6383 ἄξων axōn G:N-M an axle 1. an axle , Lat. axis, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. οἱ ἄξονες, the wooden tablets of Solon's laws, made to turn upon an axis , (Plutarch) (ML) G6384 G6384 = G6384 ἀοίκητος aoikētos G:A uninhabited 1. uninhabited , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. houseless , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6385 G6385 = G6385 ἀορασία aorasia G:N-F inability to see inability to see G6386 G6386 = G6386 ἀπαγγελία apangelia G:N-F a report 1. a report , as of an ambassador, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. a narrative, recital , (Thucydides) (ML) G6387 G6387 = G6387 ἀπαγωγή apagōgē enslavement 1. a leading away , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. payment of tribute, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. as attic law-term, a process by which a person caught in the act ( ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφώρωι) might be arrested and brought before the Magistrates , (Isaeus Orator): —; the written complaint laid before the Court , (Lysias Orator) (ML) G6388 G6388 = G6388 ἀπαιδευσία apaideusia G:N-F stupidity 1. want of education , (Thucydides)
2. ignorance, boorishness, coarseness , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. with genitive, ἀπαιδευσίαι ὀργῆς from want of control over passion, (Thucydides) (ML) G6389 G6389 = G6389 ἀπαίτησις apaitēsis G:N-F exaction a demanding back , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀπ. ποιεῖσθαι to make a formal demand , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6390 G6390 = G6390 ἀπαλείφω apaleiphō G:V to wipe away to wipe off, expunge from a register, (Demosthenes Orator); ἀπ. τι to cancel it, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G6391 G6391 = G6391 ἀπαλλοτρίωσις apallotriōsis G:N-F alienation alienation G6392 G6392 = G6392 ἁπαλότης hapalotēs G:N-F tenderness softness, tenderness , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G6393 G6393 = G6393 ἁπαλύνω hapalunō G:V to make tender 1. to soften , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to make tender , τοὺς πόδας (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6394 G6394 = G6394 ἀπαμαυρόω apamauroō G:V to blur to blur G6395 G6395 = G6395 ἀπαναίνομαι apanainomai G:V to refuse to disown, reject , (Homer) (ML) G6396 G6396 = G6396 ἀπαναισχυντέω apanaischunteō G:V to cast shame 1. to have the effrontery to do or say a thing, (Plato Philosophus)
2. to deny shamelessly , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6397 G6397 = G6397 ἀπαναλίσκω apanaliskō to consume to use quite up, utterly consume , (Thucydides) (ML) G6398 G6398 = G6398 ἀπαντή apantē G:N-F meet meet G6399 G6399 = G6399 ἀπάντημα apantēma G:N-N a meeting a meeting G6400 G6400 = G6400 ἀπάνωθεν apanōthen G:A from on top from on top G6401 G6401 = G6401 ἀπαράλλακτος aparallaktos unalterable unalterable G6402 G6402 = G6402 ἄπαρσις aparsis G:N-F a departure a departure G6403 G6403 = G6403 ἀπαρτία apartia G:N-F chattel chattel G6404 G6404 = G6404 ἀπάρχομαι aparchomai G:V to dedicate 1. Dep.
2. to make a beginning , especially in sacrifice, τρίχας ἀπάρχεσθαι to begin the sacrifice with the hair, i. e. by cutting off the hair from the forehead and throwing it into the fire, (Iliad by Homer): to begin the sacrificial rites, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. with genitive to cut off part of a thing, to offer it, to offer part of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to offer the firstlings or first-fruits , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. metaphorically to take as the first-fruits, as the choice or best , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
6. ἀπάρχω Act., to be the first, be leader, dance , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6405 G6405 = G6405 ἀπέκτασις apektasis G:N-F spreading out spreading out G6406 G6406 = G6406 ἀπελέκητος apelekētos G:A unhewn unhewn G6407 G6407 = G6407 ἀπελευθερόω apeleutheroō G:V to set free to emancipate a slave, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6408 G6408 = G6408 ἀπενεόομαι apeneoomai G:V to silence to silence; to render speechless G6409 G6409 = G6409 ἀπερείδω apereidō G:V to fasten 1. to rest, fix, settle , τὴν ὄψιν πρός τι (Lucian)
2. intransitive = Pass. to rest upon , (Lucian)
3. mostly as Pass., with future and aor1 middle, to support oneself upon, rest upon a thing, with dative, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; εἴς τι (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6410 G6410 = G6410 ἀπερικάθαρτος aperikathartos G:A impure impure G6411 G6411 = G6411 ἀπηλιώτης apēliōtēs G:N-M east wind the wind that comes from the rising sun, the east wind , Lat. subsolanus, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6412 G6412 = G6412 ἄπιος apios G:N-F pear tree pear tree, distant G6413 G6413 = G6413 ἄπλαστος aplastos G:A simple not moulded , i. e. in its natural state, natural, unaffected , (Plutarch) (ML) G6414 G6414 = G6414 ἄπληστος aplēstos G:A--C insatiable 1. not to be filled, insatiate , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. with genitive, ἄπλ. χρημάτων insatiate of money, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. adverb, ἀπλήστως ἔχειν to be insatiate , (Plato Philosophus); ἀπλ. διακεῖσθαι or ἔχειν πρός τι (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6415 G6415 = G6415 ἁπλοσύνη haplosunē G:N-F singleness singleness G6416 G6416 = G6416 ἁπλόω haploō G:V to simplify to make single, to unfold, stretch out , Batr., [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass., ἡπλώθη [the fish] lay stretched out , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G6417 G6417 = G6417 ἀποβιάζομαι apobiazomai G:V to repel 1. Dep. to force away :—; Pass. to be forced away or back , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. absolute to use force , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6418 G6418 = G6418 ἀπογαλακτίζω apogalaktizō G:V to wean to wean G6419 G6419 = G6419 ἀπόγονος apogonos G:A a descendant born or descended from , Lat. oriundus, (Herdotus Historicus): in plural descendants , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀπόγονοι τεαί thy offspring , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6420 G6420 = G6420 ἀποδεσμεύω apodesmeuō G:V to bind up to bind up G6421 G6421 = G6421 ἀπόδεσμος apodesmos G:N-M a bundle 1. a breastband, girdle , (Lucian)
2. a bundle, bunch , (Plutarch) (ML) G6422 G6422 = G6422 ἀποδέω apodeō G:V to tie up to tie up G6423 G6423 = G6423 ἀποδιαιρέω apodiaireō G:V to divide up to divide up G6424 G6424 = G6424 ἀποδιδράσκω apodidraskō G:V to run away 1. to run away or off, escape , or flee from , especially by stealth , (Odyssey by Homer), attic; of runaway slaves, (Xenophon Historicus); of soldiers, to desert , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with accusative to flee, shun , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6425 G6425 = G6425 ἀποδιώκω apodiōkō G:V to banish to chase away , (Thucydides); οὐκ ἀποδιώξει σαυτό; i. e. take yourself off , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6426 G6426 = G6426 ἀπόδομα apodoma G:N-N a gift a gift G6427 G6427 = G6427 ἀπόδοσις apodosis G:N-F restitution 1. a giving back, restitution, return , τινος of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. payment , τοῦ μισθοῦ (Thucydides) (ML) G6428 G6428 = G6428 ἀποθερίζω apotherizō G:V to mow to mow G6429 G6429 = G6429 ἀποικεσία apoikesia G:N-F resettlement resettlement G6430 G6430 = G6430 ἀποικία apoikia G:N-F resettlement a settlement far from home, a colony settlement , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; εἰς ἀπ. στέλλειν to send away so as to form a settlement , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀπ. ἐκπέμπειν (Thucydides) (ML) G6432 G6432 = G6432 ἀποικισμός apoikismos G:N-M a settlement the settlement of a colony , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6433 G6433 = G6433 ἀποίχομαι apoichomai G:V to move 1. to be gone away, to be far from , with genitive, (Iliad by Homer), attic
2. absolute to be gone, to have departed, to be absent , (Odyssey by Homer): hence, to be gone, to have perished , ἀποίχεται χάρις (Euripides): of persons, to be dead and gone , (Pindar) (ML) G6434 G6434 = G6434 ἀποκαθαίρω apokathairō G:V to clear away 1. to cleanse or clean quite , ἀπ. τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὰ χειρόμακτρα upon the towels, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to refine from dross, (Strabo Geographus): metaphorically in Pass., ἀποκεκαθάρθαι τὴν φωνήν to be pure in dialect, (Lucian)
3. to clear away , τὰς τραπέζας (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Mid., ἀποκαθήρασθαί τινος to rid oneself of a thing, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6435 G6435 = G6435 ἀποκαθαρίζω apokatharizō G:V to cleanse to cleanse G6436 G6436 = G6436 ἀποκάθημαι apokathēmai G:V to sit apart Pass. to sit apart , ἀτιμώμενοι ἀποκατέαται (ionic for -κάθηνται) (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6437 G6437 = G6437 ἀποκακέω apokakeō G:V to suffer to suffer; be unfortunate G6438 G6438 = G6438 ἀποκαλέω apokaleō to invoke 1. to call back, recall , from exile, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to call away or aside , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to call by a name , especially by way of disparagement, to stigmatise as , τὸν τοῦ μανέντος ξύναιμον ἀποκαλοῦντες (Sophocles Tragicus); σοφιστὴν ἀπ. τινα (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6439 G6439 = G6439 ἀποκεντέω apokenteō G:V to pierce to pierce G6440 G6440 = G6440 ἀποκέντησις apokentēsis G:N-F a piercing a piercing G6441 G6441 = G6441 ἀποκιδαρόω apokidaroō G:V be without a turban be without a turban G6442 G6442 = G6442 ἀποικίζω apoikizō G:V to exile 1. to send away from home , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;Pass. to be settled in a far land, to emigrate , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to colonise a place, send a colony to it, with accusative, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6443 G6443 = G6443 ἀποκλαίω apoklaiō G:V to weep 1. to weep aloud , (Herdotus Historicus); with accusative cognate, ἀπ. στόνον (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. ἀπ. τινα or τι to bewail much, mourn deeply for , (Aeschulus Tragicus); so in Mid., ἀποκλαίεσθαι κακά (Sophocles Tragicus); τὴν πενίαν (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. Mid., also, to cease to wail , (Lucian) (ML) G6444 G6444 = G6444 ἀπόκλεισμα apokleisma G:N-N a prison a prison G6445 G6445 = G6445 ἀποκλίνω apoklinō G:V to turn off 1. to turn off or aside , τι (Odyssey by Homer): to turn back , (Homeric Hymns):—;Pass., of the day, to decline, get towards evening , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. Pass. to be upset , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. intransitive in Act. to turn aside or off the road , (Xenophon Historicus); πρὸς τὴν ἠῶ ἀποκλίνοντι as one turns to go Eastward, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. often in bad sense, to fall away, decline, degenerate , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐπὶ τὸ ῥαιθυμεῖν (Demosthenes Orator):—;and without bad sense, to have a leaning, be favourably disposed , πρός τινα (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6446 G6446 = G6446 ἀποκλύζω apokluzō G:V to rinse off to wash away : metaphorically in Mid. to purge , (Plato Philosophus): to avert by purifications , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6447 G6447 = G6447 ἀποκνίζω apoknizō G:V to pluck off to pluck off G6448 G6448 = G6448 ἀποκομίζω apokomizō G:V to transmit to carry away, escort , (Xenophon Historicus): to carry away captive , (Thucydides):—;Pass. to take oneself off, get away , (Xenophon Historicus): to return , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6449 G6449 = G6449 ἀποκρυβή apokrubē G:N-F concealment concealment G6450 G6450 = G6450 ἀποκρυφή apokruphē G:N-F concealment concealment G6451 G6451 = G6451 ἀποκωλύω apokōluō G:V to detain 1. to hinder or prevent from a thing, τινά τινος (Xenophon Historicus); with infinitive, ἀπ. τινὰ ποιεῖν to prevent from doing, forbid to do, μὴ ποιεῖν τι (Euripides)
2. with accusative only, to keep off, hinder , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus): —;absolute to stop the way , (Thucydides):—;impersonal, οὐδὲν ἀποκωλύει there is no hindrance , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6452 G6452 = G6452 ἀποκωφόομαι apokōphoomai G:V be mute be mute; become deaf G6453 G6453 = G6453 ἀπολακτίζω apolaktizō G:V to kick up 1. to kick off or away, shake off , ὕπνον (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. to spurn , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6454 G6454 = G6454 ἀπολαύω apolauō G:V to enjoy 1. to have enjoyment of a thing, to have the benefit of it, to enjoy , with genitive, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;with accusative added, ἀπολαύειν τί τινος to enjoy an advantage from some source, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. ironically, to have the benefit of , τῶν Οἰδίπου κακῶν (Euripides): —;absolute to have a benefit, come finely off , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6455 G6455 = G6455 ἀπολέγω apolegō G:V to resign to resign, renounce, give in G6456 G6456 = G6456 ἀπολιθόω apolithoō G:V to petrify to petrify, make hard G6457 G6457 = G6457 ἀπολόγημα apologēma G:N-N a plea a plea; in defense G6458 G6458 = G6458 ἀπόλοιπος apoloipos G:A left over left over G6459 G6459 = G6459 ἀπολυτρόω apolutroō G:V to redeem to release on payment of ransom , with genitive pretii, Philipp. quoted in (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6460 G6460 = G6460 ἀπομέμφομαι apomemphomai G:V to blame to blame G6461 G6461 = G6461 ἀποξενόω apoxenoō G:V be estranged to drive from house and home, banish , (Plutarch):—;Pass., γῆς ἀποξενοῦσθαι (Euripides) (ML) G6462 G6462 = G6462 ἀποξηραίνω apoxērainō G:V to cause to dry up 1. to dry up a river, (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to be dried up, run dry , of rivers, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. generally to dry completely , τὰς ναῦς (Thucydides) (ML) G6463 G6463 = G6463 ἀποξύω apoxuō G:V to scrape off to strip off as it were a skin, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G6464 G6464 = G6464 ἀποπειράομαι apopeiraomai G:V to put to the test to make trial, essay , or proof of a thing or person, with genitive, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;so also in Act., ἀποπειρᾶσαι τοῦ Πειραιῶς to make an attempt on the Peiraeeus, (Thucydides) (ML) G6465 G6465 = G6465 ἀποπεμπτόω apopemptoō G:V to take a fifth part to take a fifth part G6466 G6466 = G6466 ἀποπηδάω apopēdaō G:V to leap back 1. to leap off from , ἵππου (Plutarch)
2. to start off from, turn away from , τινός (Xenophon Historicus)
3. absolute to leap off, start off , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6467 G6467 = G6467 αποπιάζω apopiazō G:V to squeeze out to squeeze out G6468 G6468 = G6468 ἀποπλάνησις apoplanēsis G:N-F digression digression G6469 G6469 = G6469 ἀποποιέω apopoieō G:V to undo to undo G6470 G6470 = G6470 ἀποπομπαῖος apopompaios G:A a scapegoat a scapegoat G6471 G6471 = G6471 ἀποπομπή apopompē G:N-F acting as scapegoat a sending away: getting rid of an illness, (Lucian) (ML) G6472 G6472 = G6472 ἀπορρέω aporreō to drop down 1. to flow or run off, stream forth , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀπό τινος (Herdotus Historicus); ἔκ τινος (Plato Philosophus)
2. to fall off , as fruit, feathers, leaves, etc., (Herdotus Historicus), attic
3. to die away, fade from remembrance , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6473 G6473 = G6473 απορρήσω aporrēsō G:V to rip off to rip off, be enraged, break away G6474 G6474 = G6474 ἀποσάττω aposattō G:V to unharness to unharness G6475 G6475 = G6475 ἀποσβέννυμι aposbennumi G:V to consume 1. to put out, extinguish, quench , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. Pass., with future middle aorist2 and perfect active intransitive, and aor1 passive—; to be extinguished, go out, cease to exist , (Euripides) (ML) G6476 G6476 = G6476 ἀποσείω aposeiō G:V to shake off to shake off :—; Mid. to shake off from oneself , (Theognis Elegiacus); of a horse, to throw his rider, (Herdotus Historicus); metaphorically, ἀποσείεσθαι λύπην (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6477 G6477 = G6477 ἀποσιωπάω aposiōpaō G:V to keep silent 1. to cease speaking, maintain silence , (Isocrates Orator)
2. transitive to keep secret , (Lucian) (ML) G6478 G6478 = G6478 ἀποσκευή aposkeuē G:N-F accoutrements accoutrements; belongings G6479 G6479 = G6479 ἀποσκηνόω aposkēnoō G:V to move a tent 1. to keep apart from , (Plutarch)
2. = ἀποσκηνέω, (Plutarch) (ML) G6480 G6480 = G6480 ἀποσκληρύνω aposklērunō G:V to harden against to harden against G6481 G6481 = G6481 ἀποσκοπεύω aposkopeuō G:V to watch over to watch over G6482 G6482 = G6482 ἀποσκορακίζω aposkorakizō G:V to send far away to caurse one to be far away G6483 G6483 = G6483 ἀποσκορακισμός aposkorakismos G:N-M dismissal dismissal; contemptuous rejection G6484 G6484 = G6484 ἀποσοβέω aposobeō G:V to frighten away 1. to scare away , as one does birds or flies, (Aristophanes Comicus); metaphorically, ἀποσοβῆσαι τὸν γέλων (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. intransitive to be off in a hurry , οὐκ ἀποσοβήσει; i. e. be off! (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6485 G6485 = G6485 ἀπόσπασμα apospasma G:N-N a broken branch that which is torn off, a piece, rag, shred , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6486 G6486 = G6486 ἀποστάζω apostazō G:V to drop from 1. to let fall drop by drop, distil , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. intransitive to fall in drops, distil , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6487 G6487 = G6487 ἀποσταλάζω apostalazō G:V to trickle down to trickle down G6488 G6488 = G6488 ἀπόστασις apostasis G:N-F defection 1. a standing away from , and so,
2. a defection, revolt , ἀπό τινος or τινος (Herdotus Historicus); πρός τινα (Thucydides)
3. departure from , βίου (Euripides)
4. distance, interval , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6489 G6489 = G6489 ἀποστατέω apostateō G:V to defect 1. to stand aloof from, depart from, be far from , with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἀπ. φίλων to fall off from one's friends, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. absolute to stand aloof or afar off , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6490 G6490 = G6490 ἀποστάτης apostatēs G:N-M a defector a runaway slave: a deserter, rebel , (Plutarch) (ML) G6491 G6491 = G6491 ἀποστάτις apostatis G:N-F a defecting a defecting G6492 G6492 = G6492 ἀποστέργω apostergō G:V to disregard to love no more , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus):—;hence to put away from one, reject , Lat. abominari, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6493 G6493 = G6493 ἀποστροφή apostrophē G:N-F rejection 1. a turning back , (Xenophon Historicus); ἀποστροφὴν λαμβάνειν to have one's course turned, (Plutarch)
2. a turning away from, an escape from a thing, with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. a resort, resource , (Herdotus Historicus):—;with genitive objecti, ὕδατος ἀπ. a resource or means for getting water, (Euripides); σωτηρίας ἀπ. (Thucydides) (ML) G6494 G6494 = G6494 ἀποσυνάγω aposunagō G:V to cure to cure G6495 G6495 = G6495 ἀποσυρίζω aposurizō G:V to whistle to whistle aloud for want of thought, (Homeric Hymns):—;Pass. to sound like whistling , (Lucian) (ML) G6496 G6496 = G6496 ἀποσφραγίζω aposphragizō to seal up to seal up , (Plutarch):—;so in Mid., (Euripides) (ML) G6497 G6497 = G6497 ἀποσφράγισμα aposphragisma G:N-N a seal a seal G6498 G6498 = G6498 ἀποσχίζω aposchizō G:V to sever 1. to split or cleave off , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to sever or detach from , τινὰ ἀπό τινος (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., ἀποσχισθῆναί τινος to be separated from . . ., (Herdotus Historicus); of a river, to be parted from the main stream, (Herdotus Historicus); of a tribe, to be detached from its parent stock, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. metaphorically, ἀπ. τινὰ τοῦ λόγου to cut him off from his speech, interrupt him in it, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6499 G6499 = G6499 ἀποτείνω apoteinō G:V to extend 1. to stretch out, extend —; Pass., (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to lengthen, extend, prolong , of the line of an army, (Xenophon Historicus); of speeches, ἀπ. τὸν λόγον (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6500 G6500 = G6500 ἀποτέμνω apotemnō G:V to shred 1. to cut off, sever , (Iliad by Homer), attic:—;Pass., τὴν γλῶτταν ἀποτμηθείς having his tongue cut out , (Aeschines Orator)
2. to sever, divide , in a geographical sense, (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., of troops, to be cut off from the main body, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. Mid. to cut off for oneself , (Iliad by Homer); with genitive to cut off a bit of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to cut off , so as to appropriate , βοῦς (Homeric Hymns); Φοινίκης ἀπ. to have a slice or portion of Phoenicia, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); ἀπ. τῶν Ἀθηναίων to cut off power from the Athenians, (Thucydides) (ML) G6501 G6501 = G6501 ἀποτηγανίζω apotēganizō G:V to fry to fry G6502 G6502 = G6502 αποτιννύω apotinnuō G:V to pay for to pay for G6503 G6503 = G6503 ἀποτρέχω apotrechō G:V to run from 1. to run off or away , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. to run hard , of one training for a race, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6504 G6504 = G6504 ἀποτροπιάζω apotropiazō G:V to pacify to pacify G6505 G6505 = G6505 ἀποτρυγάω apotrugaō G:V to harvest to harvest G6506 G6506 = G6506 ἀποτυγχάνω apotugchanō G:V to miss 1. to fail in hitting or gaining, to miss, lose , with genitive, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
2. Pass., τὰ ἀποτετευγμένα things not come to pass , (Lucian)
3. absolute to miss one's object, to be unlucky, fail , (Xenophon Historicus): to miss the truth, err , (Xenophon Historicus):—;with infinitive to fail to do, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6507 G6507 = G6507 ἀποτύφλωσις apotuphlōsis G:N-F blindness blindness G6508 G6508 = G6508 ἀποφαίνω apophainō G:V to sentence 1. to shew fort, display, produce , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to make known, declare , (Herdotus Historicus): to give evidence of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to shew by reasoning, shew, represent as doing or being, with participle, (Herdotus Historicus); and with participle omitted, ἀπ. ἑωϋτὸν αἴτιον (i.e. ὄντα) (Herdotus Historicus); so, ἀπ. τινα ἐχθρόν (Demosthenes Orator)
4. with accusative et infinitive to represent that , (Plato Philosophus); so, ἀπ. ὡς . ., ὅτι . ., (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to give an account of , τὴν οὐσίαν (Demosthenes Orator): to pay in money to the treasury, (Demosthenes Orator)
6. to render or make so and so, (Aristophanes Comicus)
7. to appoint to an office, (Plato Philosophus)
8. Mid. to display something of one's own , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (Plato Philosophus): absolute to make a display of oneself, shew off , (Xenophon Historicus)
9. to produce evidence, (Herdotus Historicus)
10. ἀποφαίνεσθαι γνώμην to declare one's opinion, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—; absolute to give an opinion , (Herdotus Historicus), attic. Hence
11. used like Act., (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6509 G6509 = G6509 ἀπόφθεγμα apophthegma G:N-N a maxim a terse pointed saying, an apophthegm , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6510 G6510 = G6510 ἀποφορά apophora impost 1. payment of what is due, tax, tribute , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. also, return for money spent, profit , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G6511 G6511 = G6511 ἀποφράσσω apophrassō G:V to shut out to shut out G6512 G6512 = G6512 ἀποφυσάω apophusaō G:V to blow away 1. to blow away , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to breathe out life, (Lucian) (ML) G6513 G6513 = G6513 ἀποχέω apocheō G:V to pour out to pour out or off, shed, let fall , (Odyssey by Homer):—;poet. Mid. ἀποχεύομαι, (Euripides) (ML) G6514 G6514 = G6514 ἀποχώρησις apochōrēsis G:N-F voidance a going off, retreat , (Herdotus Historicus): a place or means of safety , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6515 G6515 = G6515 ἄπυρος apuros G:A unfired without fire , of pans and tripods, that have not yet been on the fire, fire-new, brand-new , (Iliad by Homer): —; without fire , i. e. cold, cheerless , οἶκος (Hesiod):—; ἄπ. χρυσίον unsmelted , (Herdotus Historicus):—; ἄπυρα ἱερά sacrifices in which no fire was used , (Pindar); but in (Aeschulus Tragicus) sacrifices without fire , i. e. that will not burn , or unoffered, neglected :—; ἄπ. ἄρδις an arrow-point not forged in fire , i. e. the sting of the gad-fly, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6516 G6516 = G6516 απφουσώθ apphousōth G:A for the sick for the sick G6517 G6517 = G6517 σαφφώθ saphphōth N:N silver things silver things G6518 G6518 = G6518 ἀπῶρυξ apōrux G:N-F a layer of vine a layer of vine G6519 G6519 = G6519 ἄπωσις apōsis G:N-M repulsion repulsion G6521 G6521 = G6521 Ἀραβώθ Arabōth N:N wilderness wilderness G6522 G6522 = G6522 ἀράομαι araomai G:V to curse 1. to pray to a god, with dative, (Iliad by Homer):—;with accusative to invoke , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. with accusative et infinitive to pray that , (Iliad by Homer):—;with infinitive only, to pray to be so and so, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. to pray something for one, τί τιν; sometimes in good sense, ἀρ. τινι ἀγαθά (Herdotus Historicus); but usually in bad, to imprecate upon one, ἀρὰς ἀρ. τινι (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; without an accusative, ἀρᾶσθαί τινι to curse one, (Euripides)
4. with infinitive future to vow that one will or would , ἠρήσατο ῥέξειν (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G6523 G6523 = G6523 ἀράχνη arachnē G:N-F of a spider 1. feminine of ἀράχνης, Lat. aranea, [6th/5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. a spider's web , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6524 G6524 = G6524 ἀργία argia G:N-F idleness 1. idleness, laziness , (Euripides)
2. in good sense, rest, leisure , ἔργων from work, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6525 G6525 = G6525 ἀργυροκοπέω argurokopeō G:V to work silver to work silver G6526 G6526 = G6526 ἀργυρώνητος argurōnētos G:A bought with silver bought with silver , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6527 G6527 = G6527 ἄρδην ardēn G:A entirely 1. lifted up, on high , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. taken away utterly, wholly , Lat. raptim, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc. (ML) G6528 G6528 = G6528 ἄρθρον arthron G:N-N articulation a joint , (Sophocles Tragicus): especially the socket of the ankle-joint , (Herdotus Historicus):—;in plural joined with some other word, ἄρθρα ποδοῖν the ankles, (Herdotus Historicus); ἄρθρων ἤλυσις the legs, (Euripides); ἄρθρα τῶν κύκλων the eyes, (Sophocles Tragicus); ἄρθρα στόματος the mouth, (Euripides) (ML) G6529 G6529 = G6529 αριήλ ariēl N:N altar hearth altar hearth G6530 G6530 = G6530 αριήλ ariēl G:N a lion-like person a lion-like person G6531 G6531 = G6531 ἀριθμητός arithmētos G:A counted easily numbered, few in number , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus): οὐκ ἀριθμητός held in no account, nullo numero habitus , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6532 G6532 = G6532 ἀριώθ ariōth N:N herbs herbs G6533 G6533 = G6533 ἀρκεύθινος arkeuthinos G:A of juniper of juniper G6534 G6534 = G6534 ἄρκευθος arkeuthos G:N-F juniper juniper G6535 G6535 = G6535 ἁρμονία harmonia G:N-F a joint 1. a fastening to keep ship-planks together, a clamp , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. a joining, joint , between a ship's planks, τὰς ἁρμ. ἐπάκτωσαν τῆι βύβλωι caulked the joints with byblus, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a frame : metaphorically, δύστροπος γυναικῶν ἁρμ. women's perverse temperament , (Euripides)
4. a covenant, agreement , in plural, (Iliad by Homer):—; settled government, order , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. harmony , as a concord of sounds , first as a mythical personage, Harmonia, Music , companion of Hebe, the Graces and the Hours; child of the Muses, (Homeric Hymns)
6. metaphorically, harmony, concord , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6536 G6536 = G6536 ἀροτήρ arotēr G:N-M a plowman 1. a plougher, husbandman , (Iliad by Homer); Σκύθαι ἀροτῆρες, opposite to νομάδες, (Herdotus Historicus):—;adjective, βοῦς ἀροτήρ a steer for ploughing , (Hesiod)
2. metaphorically a father , (Euripides) (ML) G6537 G6537 = G6537 ἀροτρίασις arotriasis G:N-F plowing plowing G6538 G6538 = G6538 ἀροτρόπους arotropous a plowshare a plowshare G6539 G6539 = G6539 ἄρουρα aroura G:N-F plowed fields 1. tilled or arable land, seed-land, cornland , Lat. arvum, and in plural corn-lands, fields , (Iliad by Homer): then, generally, land, earth , (Iliad by Homer); πατρὶς ἄρουρα father land , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. metaphorically of a woman as bearing children , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. a measure of land in Egypt, nearly = the Roman jugerum , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6540 G6540 = G6540 ἅρπαγμα harpagma G:N-N a prey a prey; thing seized G6541 G6541 = G6541 ἄρριζος arrizos G:A rootless rootless G6542 G6542 = G6542 ἀρρωστέω arrōsteō G:V be ill to be weak and sickly , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6543 G6543 = G6543 ἀρρωστία arrōstia G:N-F illness weakness, sickness , (Thucydides), etc.; ἀρρ.τοῦ στρατεύειν inability to serve, (Thucydides) (ML) G6544 G6544 = G6544 ἀρσενικός arsenikos G:A a male a male G6545 G6545 = G6545 ἄρσις arsis G:N-F a load 1. a raising of the foot in walking, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. in Prosody, arsis , opposite to thesis . (ML) G6546 G6546 = G6546 ἀρτάβη artabē G:N-F a measure a Persian measure, artaba , = 1 medimnus 3 choenices, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6547 G6547 = G6547 ἀρτήρ artēr G:N-M a shoulder a shoulder G6548 G6548 = G6548 ἀρτίως artiōs G:ADV just now just now G6549 G6549 = G6549 ἀρτοκοπικός artokopikos G:A of a baker of a baker G6550 G6550 = G6550 ἀρχιδεσμοφύλαξ archidesmophulax G:N-M chief jailer chief jailer G6551 G6551 = G6551 ἀρχιδεσμώτης archidesmōtēs G:N-M chief jailer chief jailer G6552 G6552 = G6552 ἀρχιεταῖρος archietairos N:N chief friend chief friend G6553 G6553 = G6553 ἀρχιευνοῦχος archieunouchos G:N-M chief eunuch chief eunuch G6554 G6554 = G6554 ἀρχιμάγειρος archimageiros G:N-M chief guard chief guard G6555 G6555 = G6555 ἀρχιοινοχοΐα archioinochoia G:N-F chief wine taster office of chief wine taster G6556 G6556 = G6556 ἀρχιοινοχόος archioinochoos G:N-M chief wine taster chief wine taster G6557 G6557 = G6557 ἀρχιπατριώτης archipatriōtēs G:N-M chief patriarch chief patriarch G6558 G6558 = G6558 ἀρχισιτοποιός archisitopoios G:N-M chief baker chief baker G6559 G6559 = G6559 ἀρχιστράτηγος archistratēgos G:N-M commander-in-chief commander-in-chief G6560 G6560 = G6560 ἀρχισωματοφύλαξ archisōmatophulax G:N-M chief guard chief guard; leader of the body guard G6561 G6561 = G6561 ἀρχιτεκτονέω architektoneō G:V construction chief 1. to be the architect , (Plutarch)
2. generally, to construct, contrive , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6562 G6562 = G6562 ἀρχιτεκτονία architektonia G:N-F construction construction G6563 G6563 = G6563 ἀρχίφυλος archiphulos G:N-M chief of a tribe chief of a tribe G6564 G6564 = G6564 ἀρχός archos chief a leader, chief, commander , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G6565 G6565 = G6565 ασαφίμ asaphim collection collection G6566 G6566 = G6566 ἀσβόλη asbolē G:N-F lamp black lamp black G6567 G6567 = G6567 ἀσέβημα asebēma G:N-N an act of impiety an impious or profane act , (Thucydides) (ML) G6568 G6568 = G6568 ἄσηπτος asēptos G:A incorruptible incorruptible G6569 G6569 = G6569 ἀσίδα asida N:N a stork a stork G6570 G6570 = G6570 ἀσιτέω asiteō G:V to abstain to abstain from food, fast , (Euripides) (ML) G6571 G6571 = G6571 ᾆσμα asma G:N-N a song a song, a lyric ode , or lay , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6572 G6572 = G6572 ἀσπάλαξ aspalax G:N-M a mole a mole G6573 G6573 = G6573 ἀσπιδίσκη aspidiskē G:N-F a bezel a bezel G6574 G6574 = G6574 ἄστεγος astegos G:A homeless homeless; open-mouthed G6575 G6575 = G6575 ἀστράγαλος astragalos G:N-M a vertebrae 1. one of the neck-vertebrae , (Homer)
2. the ball of the ankle joint , Lat. talus, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. plural ἀστράγαλοι, dice or agame played with dice , (Iliad by Homer):—;they were at first made of knuckle-bones, and never had more than four flat sides, whereas the κύβοι had six. They played with four: the best throw ( βόλος), when each die came differently, was called Ἀφροδίτη, Lat. jactus Veneris; the worst, when all came alike, κύων, Lat. canis. (ML) G6576 G6576 = G6576 ἀστρολόγος astrologos G:N-M astrologer astrologer G6577 G6577 = G6577 ἄσυλος asulos G:A against reprisal 1. safe from violence, inviolate , of persons seeking protection, (Euripides):—;with genitive, γάμων ἄσυλος safe from marriage, (Euripides)
2. of places, γῆν ἄσυλον παρασχεῖν to make the land a refuge , (Euripides) (ML) G6578 G6578 = G6578 ἀσύμφορος asumphoros G:A hurtful inconvenient, inexpedient, useless , (Hesiod): with dative inexpedient for, prejudicial to , (Euripides); also ἔς or πρός τι (Thucydides):—; adverb -ρως, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6579 G6579 = G6579 ἀσυνετέω asuneteō G:V to lack sense to lack sense G6580 G6580 = G6580 ἀσυνθεσία asunthesia G:N-F breach-of-contract breach-of-contract G6581 G6581 = G6581 ἀσυνθετέω asuntheteō G:V to break a contract to break a contract G6582 G6582 = G6582 ἀσφαλτόπισσα asphaltopissa G:N-F tar tar G6583 G6583 = G6583 ἄσφαλτος asphaltos G:N-M tar asphalt, bitumen , forming in lumps, ( θρόμβοι) on the surface of the river Is near Babylon and at Ardericca near Susa, (Herdotus Historicus)
Seems to be a foreign word. (ML) G6584 G6584 = G6584 ἀσφαλτόω asphaltoō G:V to apply tar to apply tar G6585 G6585 = G6585 ἄσωτος asōtos G:A wild 1. having no hope of safety, abandoned, profligate , Lat. perditus, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. active, ἄσωτος γένει bringing ruin on the race, fatal to it, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6586 G6586 = G6586 ἀτάρ atar G:CONJ nevertheless 1. but, yet , Lat. at, to introduce an objection or correction, (Iliad by Homer), attic; it always begins a sentence or clause, but is placed after the vocative, Ἕκτορ, ἀτάρ που ἔφης still thou didst say, (Iliad by Homer):—; ἀτάρ sometimes answers to μέν, more emphatic than δέ, (Homer), attic
2. in attic to mark a rapid transition to another thought, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; so ἀτὰρ δή (Euripides) (ML) G6587 G6587 = G6587 ἀτείχιστος ateichistos G:A unwalled 1. unwalled, unfortified , (Thucydides)
2. not walled in, not blockaded , (Thucydides) (ML) G6588 G6588 = G6588 ἀτεκνία ateknia G:N-F childlessness childlessness , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6589 G6589 = G6589 ἀτεκνόω ateknoō G:V be barren to make childless :—; Pass. to be deprived of children , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6590 G6590 = G6590 ἀτιμώρητος atimōrētos G:A unpunished 1. unavenged , i. e.,
2. unpunished , ἀτ. γίγνεσθαι to escape punishment, (Herdotus Historicus):—; adverb -τως, with impunity , (Plato Philosophus)
3. for which no revenge has been taken , ἀτιμώρητον ἐᾶν θάνατον (Aeschines Orator)
4. undefended, unprotected , (Thucydides) (ML) G6591 G6591 = G6591 ἄτρακτος atraktos G:N-M a spindle 1. a spindle , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. an arrow , (Sophocles Tragicus); compare ἠλακάτη. (ML) G6592 G6592 = G6592 ἀτραπός atrapos G:N-F a short cut properly a path with no turnings , generally a path-way, road , (Homer), etc. (ML) G6593 G6593 = G6593 ἄτρυγος atrugos G:A pure free from impurities G6594 G6594 = G6594 ἀττάκης attakēs G:N-M a hopping locust a hopping locust G6595 G6595 = G6595 ἀττέλαβος attelabos G:N-M a small locust a kind of locust without wings , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6596 G6596 = G6596 ἀτυχέω atucheō G:V be unfortunate 1. to be unlucky or unfortunate, fail, miscarry , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. with genitive, to fail of a thing, fail in getting or gaining it, τῆς ἀληθείας (Xenophon Historicus); so, with participle, (Thucydides)
3. ἀτ. πρός τινα to fail with another, i. e. to fail in one's request, (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass., τὰ ἀτυχηθέντα mischances, failures , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6597 G6597 = G6597 αὔγασμα augasma G:N-N a shining a shining G6598 G6598 = G6598 αὐγέω augeō G:V to shine to shine G6599 G6599 = G6599 αὐθαδίᾳ authadia G:N-F self-sufficiency self-sufficiency G6600 G6600 = G6600 αὐθημερινός authēmerinos G:A daily daily G6601 G6601 = G6601 αὐθήμερος authēmeros G:A daily 1. made or done on the very day , (Aeschines Orator)
2. adverb αὐθημερόν (oxytone), on the very day, on the same day, immediately , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; ionic αὐτημερόν, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6602 G6602 = G6602 αὐλαία aulaia G:N-F a curtain a curtain G6603 G6603 = G6603 αὖλαξ aulax G:N-M a furrow 1. a furrow made in ploughing, Lat. sulcus, (Homer), etc.; αὔλακ᾽ ἐλαύνειν to draw a furrow , (Hesiod)
2. metaphorically of a wife as the bearer of children , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. metaphorically also, a furrow in the skin, a gash, wound , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. = ὄγμος, a swathe , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (Prob. from same Root as ὁλκός, Lat. sulcus, from ἕλκω.) (ML) G6604 G6604 = G6604 αὐλάρχης aularchēs G:N-M chief of the palace chief of the palace G6605 G6605 = G6605 αὐλών aulōn N:N a canyon 1. a hollow way, defile, glen , (Homeric Hymns)
2. a canal, aqueduct, trench , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a channel, strait , (Aeschulus Tragicus); αὐλῶνες πόντιοι the sea straits , i. e. the Archipelago, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6606 G6606 = G6606 αὔρα aura G:N-F a breeze 1. air in motion, a breeze , especially a cool breeze, the fresh air of morning, Lat. aura, (Odyssey by Homer), attic Poets; rare in Prose:—;metaphorically steam , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. metaphorically also, of changeful events , (Euripides); of anything thrilling , (Euripides) (ML) G6607 G6607 = G6607 αὐταρκέω autarkeō G:V to suffice to suffice G6608 G6608 = G6608 αὐτόθι autothi G:A at that time Adv. for αὐτοῦ, on the spot , (Iliad by Homer), attic (ML) G6609 G6609 = G6609 αὐτομολέω automoleō G:V to desert to desert G6611 G6611 = G6611 αὐτόχθων autochthōn G:N-M native-born 1. sprung from the land itself , Lat. terrigena: αὐτόχθονες, οἱ, like Lat. Indigenae, aborigines, natives, (Herdotus Historicus); of the Athenians, (Euripides), etc.
2. as adjective indigenous , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6612 G6612 = G6612 αὐχήν auchēn G:N-M nape 1. the neck, throat , of men and beasts, (Homer), etc.
2. metaphorically any narrow passage, a neck of land, isthmus , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a narrow sea, strait , (Herdotus Historicus); of the point at which the Danube spreads into several branches, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. a narrow mountain-pass, defile , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6613 G6613 = G6613 αὐχμός auchmos G:N-M squalid 1. drought , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the effects of drought, squalor , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6614 G6614 = G6614 αὐχμώδης auchmōdēs G:A austere looking dry, squalid , κόμη (Euripides): τὸ αὐχμῶδες drought , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6615 G6615 = G6615 ἀφαγνίζω aphagnizō G:V to purify to purify :—; Mid. to purify oneself by offerings , τοῖς θεοῖς to the gods, (Euripides) (ML) G6616 G6616 = G6616 ἀφαίρεμα aphairema G:N-N choice portion choice portion; cut-away portion G6617 G6617 = G6617 ἀφάλλομαι aphallomai G:V to hop 1. to spring off or from , ἐκ νεώς (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἀφήλατο jumped off , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to rebound, glance off , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6618 G6618 = G6618 ἀφάπτω aphaptō G:V to affix to fasten from or upon , ἅμματα ἀφ. to tie knots on a string , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to be hung on, hang on , perfect participle ἀπαμμένος (ionic for ἀφημμένος), (Herdotus Historicus); ἀφημμένος ἔκ τινος (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6619 G6619 = G6619 ἄφεδρος aphedros G:N-F menstruation menstruation G6620 G6620 = G6620 ἀφειδῶς apheidōs G:A unsparingly unsparingly G6621 G6621 = G6621 ἀφελῶς aphelōs merely merely G6622 G6622 = G6622 ἀφηγέομαι aphēgeomai G:V to guide 1. Dep.
2. to lead from a point, and so, generally, to lead the way, go first , οἱ ἀφηγούμενοι the van , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to tell or relate in full, explain , (Herdotus Historicus): perfect in passive sense, τὸ ἀπηγημένον what has been told , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6623 G6623 = G6623 ἄφθορος aphthoros G:A uncorrupted uncorrupt , of young persons, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6624 G6624 = G6624 ἀφοβία aphobia G:N-F fearlessness fearlessness G6625 G6625 = G6625 ἄφοβος aphobos G:A fearless 1. without fear :
2. fearless, intrepid, dauntless , (Pindar):—;adverb -βως, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. causing no fear, free from fear , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. ἄφοβοι θῆρες beasts which no one fears , i. e. cattle , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6626 G6626 = G6626 ἀφορία aphoria G:N-F non-productivity 1. a not bearing :
2. non-production, dearth , καρπῶν (Xenophon Historicus)
3. barrenness, sterility of land: metaphorically, ἀφ. φρενῶν (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6627 G6627 = G6627 ἀφόρισμα aphorisma G:N-N separation separation G6628 G6628 = G6628 ἀφορισμός aphorismos G:N-M an offering an offering, separation, distinction, aphorism G6629 G6629 = G6629 ἀφρονέω aphroneō G:V be unwise to be silly, act foolishly , only in participle, [8th/7th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6630 G6630 = G6630 ἀφρόνως aphronōs G:A unwisely unwisely G6631 G6631 = G6631 ἀφυλάκτως aphulaktōs G:A unguardedly unguardedly G6632 G6632 = G6632 ἀφυστερέω aphustereō G:V to withhold ἀφ-υστερέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX: Neh.9:20 (מָנַע), Sir.14:14 * ;]
__1. as in cl., to be late (Polyb., Sir, l.with).
__2. Trans., to keep back (Ne, i.e.; see Mayor, Ja., 157 f.): pass., Jas.5:4 (MM, see word).†
(AS) G6633 G6633 = G6633 αφφουσώθ aphphousōth G:A apart apart G6634 G6634 = G6634 ἀφφώ aphphō G:INJ now now G6635 G6635 = G6635 ἀχάτης achatēs G:N-M agate agate G6636 G6636 = G6636 ἄχει achei N:N reed-grass reed-grass G6637 G6637 = G6637 αχούχ achouch N:N a thorn-bush a thorn-bush G6638 G6638 = G6638 ἀωρία aōria G:N-F midnight a wrong time : accusative as adverb, ἀωρίαν ἥκειν to have come too late , (Aristophanes Comicus); ἀωρίαι at an unseasonable time, so late , (Lucian) (ML) G6639 G6639 = G6639 ἄωρος aōros G:A unseasonable unseasonable; untimely G6640 G6640 = G6640 βααλτάμ baaltam N:N master master G6641 G6641 = G6641 βαδδίν baddin N:N linen clothes linen clothes G6642 G6642 = G6642 βαδίζω badizō G:V to proceed 1. to go slowly, to walk , Lat. ambulare, (Homeric Hymns): to go, march , of horsemen, (Xenophon Historicus): to go by land , (Demosthenes Orator):—;with accusative cognate, βάδον, ὁδὸν β. (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. generally, ἐπ᾽ οἰκίας βαδ. to enter houses, (Demosthenes Orator): to proceed (in argument), (Demosthenes Orator):—;of things, αἱ τιμαὶ ἐπ᾽ ἔλαττον ἐβάδιζον prices were getting lower, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6643 G6643 = G6643 βαθέως batheōs G:A deeply βαθέως, see: βαθύς.
βαθύς (genitive -έως, vernac., Lk, l.with; Bl., §8, 5), -εῖα, -ύ,
[in LXX chiefly for עמק ;]
deep; Jhn.4:11; metaphorically, ὄρθρου βαθέως (see supr.), early dawn, Luk.24:1; ὕπνος, Act.20:9; τὰ β. τοῦ Σατανᾶ, Rev.2:24.†
(AS) G6644 G6644 = G6644 βαθύφωνος bathuphōnos G:A deep voiced deep voiced G6645 G6645 = G6645 βαθύχειλος bathucheilos G:A having thick lips having thick lips G6646 G6646 = G6646 βαίθ baith N:N bath (measure) bath (measure) G6647 G6647 = G6647 βαίνω bainō G:V to go 1. in most forms,
2. intransitive to walk, step , properly of motion on foot , ποσσὶ or ποσὶ βαίνειν (Homer), etc.; with infinitive in (Homer), βῆ ἰέναι, βῆ ἰέμεν set out to go, went his way, (Iliad by Homer); βῆ θέειν started to run, (Iliad by Homer); βῆ δ᾽ ἐλάαν, (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;with accusative loci, (Sophocles Tragicus); and with all Preps. implying motion, as, ἐπὶ νηὸς ἔβαινεν was going on board ship, (Odyssey by Homer); ἐφ᾽ ἵππων βάντες having mounted the chariot, (Odyssey by Homer); βαίνειν δι᾽ αἵματος to wade through blood, (Euripides), etc.
3. in perfect to stand or be in a place, χῶρος ἐν ὧι βεβήκαμεν (Sophocles Tragicus); often almost= εἰμί (sum) , εὖ βεβηκώς on a good footing , well established, prosperous , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; so, οἱ ἐν τέλει βεβῶτες they who are in office, (Herdotus Historicus); compare ξυρόν.
4. to go, go away, depart , (Iliad by Homer); βέβηκα euphamistic for τέθνηκα, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;of things, ἐννέα ἐνιαυτοὶ βεβάασι nine years have come and gone , (Iliad by Homer)
5. to come , τίπτε βέβηκα; (Iliad by Homer): to arrive , (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. to go on, advance , ἐς τόδε τόλμης, ἐς τοσοῦτον ἐλπίδων (Sophocles Tragicus)
7. with accusative to mount , (Homer) only in aor1 middle, βήσασθαι δίφρον:—; Pass., ἵπποι βαινόμεναι brood mares, (Herdotus Historicus)
8. χρέος ἔβα με debts came on me, (Aristophanes Comicus)
9. in Poets, with accusative of the instrument of motion, which is simply pleonastic, βαίνειν πόδα to advance the foot, step on , (Euripides), etc.
10. Causal, in future βήσω, aor1 ἔβησα:—; to make to go , βῆσεν ἀφ᾽ ἵππον, ἐξ ἵππων βῆσε brought them down from the chariot, (Iliad by Homer) The present in this sense is βιβάζω. (ML) G6648 G6648 = G6648 βακτηρία baktēria G:N-F a staff a staff, cane , (Aristophanes Comicus): borne as a badge of office by the δικασταί, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6649 G6649 = G6649 βακχούρια bakchouria first-fruit first-fruit G6650 G6650 = G6650 βάλανος balanos G:N-F a pin 1. an acorn , Lat. glans, the fruit of the φηγός, given to swine, (Odyssey by Homer):—; any similar fruit, the date , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. from similarity of shape, an iron peg, a bolt-pin , Lat. pessulus, passed through the wooden bar ( μοχλός) into the door-post, so that the bar could not be removed till the pin was taken out with a hook ( βαλανάγρα), (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6651 G6651 = G6651 βάμμα bamma G:N-N a dye that in which a thing is dipped, dye , (Plato Philosophus), see. βάπτω I. 3. (ML) G6652 G6652 = G6652 βαρ bar son βάρ (Aram.: בַּר, son), indecl.:
β. Ἰωνᾶ, son of Jonah, Mat.16:17, Rec. (L, T, WH, Βαριωνᾶ, which see).†
(AS) G6653 G6653 = G6653 βάραθρον barathron G:N-N a pit 1. a gulf, pit :—; at Athens a cleft behind the Acropolis, into which criminals were thrown, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. metaphorically ruin, perdition , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6654 G6654 = G6654 βᾶρις baris G:N a palace a flat-bottomed boat , used in Egypt, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6655 G6655 = G6655 βαρύγλωσσος baruglōssos G:A an unknown language an unknown language G6656 G6656 = G6656 βαρυθυμέω baruthumeō G:V be weighed down to be weighed down: to be heavy at heart : in Mid., (Plutarch) (ML) G6657 G6657 = G6657 βαρυκάρδιος barukardios G:A heavy-hearted heavy-hearted G6658 G6658 = G6658 βασιλίσκος basiliskos G:N cobra βασιλίσκος, -ου, ὁ (diminutive of βασιλεύς),
[in LXX a basilisk: Ps 90 (91):13 (פֶּתֶן), Isa.59:5 (אֶפְעֶה)* ;]
prop., a petty king: Jhn.4:46, 49 WH, mg. (see: βασιλικός).†
(AS) G6659 G6659 = G6659 βάσκανος baskanos G:A bewitching 1. slanderous, envious, malignant , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. as Substantive a slanderer , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. a sorcerer , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6660 G6660 = G6660 βάσταγμα bastagma G:N-N a burden that which is borne, a burden , (Euripides) (ML) G6661 G6661 = G6661 βδέλλα bdella G:N-F leech a leech , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6662 G6662 = G6662 βδελυγμός bdelugmos G:N-N abomination abomination G6663 G6663 = G6663 βεβαίως bebaiōs G:ADV firmly firmly G6664 G6664 = G6664 βεβήλωσις bebēlōsis G:N-F profaning profaning G6665 G6665 = G6665 βεδέκ bedek N:N a breach a breach G6666 G6666 = G6666 βεζέκ bezek N:N lightning lightning G6667 G6667 = G6667 βελόστασις belostasis G:N-F weaponry weaponry; a range of weapons G6668 G6668 = G6668 βερσεχθάν bersechthan N:N a chest a chest G6669 G6669 = G6669 βηρύλλιος bērullios beryl beryl G6670 G6670 = G6670 βιαίως biaiōs G:ADV forcibly forcibly, violent G6671 G6671 = G6671 βιβάζω bibazō G:V to breed Causal of βαίνω, to make to mount, to lift up, exalt , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6672 G6672 = G6672 βίβλινος biblinos G:A papyrus βίβλινος, οἶνος , Biblian wine , from Biblis in Thrace, (Hesiod): βύβλινος in (Euripides) (ML) G6673 G6673 = G6673 βιβλιοθήκη bibliothēkē G:N-F a library a library G6674 G6674 = G6674 βιβλιοφόρος bibliophoros G:N-M courier courier G6675 G6675 = G6675 βῖκος bikos G:N-M a pitcher Oriental word for a wine-jar , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6676 G6676 = G6676 βιότης biotēs G:N-F sustenance sustenance G6677 G6677 = G6677 βιρά bira N:N a palace a palace G6678 G6678 = G6678 βλέφαρον blepharon G:N-N eyelid 1. mostly in plural the eyelids , (Homer)
2. the eyes , [variant datesTragica Adespota: ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, νυκτὸς βλέφαρον, i. e. the sun, the moon, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6679 G6679 = G6679 βόθρος bothros G:N-M a cesspool any hole or pit dug in the ground , Lat. puteus, (Homer): a natural trough for washing clothes in, (Odyssey by Homer):—; a hole , such as a fire makes in the snow, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6680 G6680 = G6680 βοΐδιον boidion G:N-N bullock bullock; a young bullock G6681 G6681 = G6681 βόλβιτον bolbiton G:N-N dung dung G6682 G6682 = G6682 βόλος bolos G:N-M a casting 1. a throw with a casting-net, a cast , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus): metaphorically, εἰς βόλον καθίστασθαι to fall within the cast of the net, (Euripides)
2. the thing caught, a draft of fish, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6683 G6683 = G6683 βομβέω bombeō G:V to resonate to make a booming, humming noise, to sound deep or hollow , (Homer); βόμβησαν κατὰ ῥόον the oars fell with a loud noise down into the tide, (Odyssey by Homer); βόμβησεν λίθος the stone flew humming through the air, (Odyssey by Homer):—;of bees, to hum , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); of mosquitoes, to buzz , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6684 G6684 = G6684 βορά bora G:N-F carrion eatage, meat , properly of carnivorous beasts, [variant datesTragica Adespota; of cannibal-like feast, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6685 G6685 = G6685 βόσκημα boskēma G:N-N pastured 1. that which is fed or fatted : in plural fatted beasts, cattle , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; of sheep, (Euripides); of horses, (Euripides); of pigs, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. food , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6686 G6686 = G6686 βόστρυχος bostruchos G:N-M a curl 1. a curl or lock of hair , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. anything twisted or wreathed , πυρὸς β., of a flash of lightning , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6687 G6687 = G6687 βοτρύδιον botrudion G:N-N a small cluster of grapes a small cluster of grapes G6688 G6688 = G6688 βούβαλος boubalos G:N-M roebuck roebuck G6689 G6689 = G6689 βούκεντρον boukentron G:N-N an oxgoad an oxgoad G6690 G6690 = G6690 βουκόλιον boukolion G:N-N a herd 1. a herd of cattle , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a means of beguiling , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6691 G6691 = G6691 βουλευτικός bouleutikos G:A of a counselor 1. of or for the council or the councillors , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. able to advise or deliberate , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. as Substantive, βουλευτικόν, in the Athen. theatre, the seats next the orchestra, reserved for the Council , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. the senatorial order , (Plutarch) (ML) G6692 G6692 = G6692 βουνίζω bounizō G:V to heap up to heap up G6693 G6693 = G6693 βούτομον boutomon G:N-N flowering rush butomus, the flowering rush , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6694 G6694 = G6694 βούτυρον bouturon G:N-N butter butter G6695 G6695 = G6695 βραγχιάω bragchiaō G:V sore throat to have a sore throat G6696 G6696 = G6696 βραδύγλωσσος braduglōssos G:A slow of tongue slow of tongue G6697 G6697 = G6697 βρόμος bromos G:N-M groaning 1. Lat. fremitus, any loud noise, as the crackling of fire, (Iliad by Homer); roaring of a storm, (Aeschulus Tragicus); neighing of horses, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. rage, fury , (Euripides) (ML) G6698 G6698 = G6698 βροντάω brontaō G:V to thunder 1. to thunder , (Odyssey by Homer); metaphorically of Pericles, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. impersonal, βροντᾶι it thunders , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6699 G6699 = G6699 βροτός brotos G:N-M human human G6700 G6700 = G6700 βροῦχος brouchos G:N-M grasshopper grasshopper G6701 G6701 = G6701 βρύχημα bruchēma a roaring bellowing, roaring , of men, (Plutarch) (ML) G6702 G6702 = G6702 βρωτός brōtos G:A eatable to be eaten :—; βρωτόν, meat , (Euripides) (ML) G6703 G6703 = G6703 βύρσα bursa G:N-F a hide 1. the skin stripped off, a hide , (Batrachomyomachia); βύρσης ὄζειν to smell of leather , (Aristophanes Comicus): a drum , (Euripides)
2. the skin of a live animal, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6704 G6704 = G6704 βύω buō G:V to plug 1. to stuff ,
2. with genitive rei, to stuff full of , only in Pass., νήματος βεβυσμένος stuffed full of spun-work or yarn, (Odyssey by Homer); τὸ στόμα ἐβέβυστο [i.e. χρυσοῦ] (Herdotus Historicus)
3. with dative rei, to stop or bung up with, plug : Pass., σπογγίωι βεβυσμένος (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. absolute, βεβ. τὰ ὦτα deaf , (Lucian) (ML) G6705 G6705 = G6705 βῶλαξ bōlax G:N-F a clod a clod G6706 G6706 = G6706 βῶλος bōlos G:N-F a droplet 1. a lump of earth, a clod , Lat. gleba, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. like Lat. gleba, land, ground, soil, (Moschus Bucolicus) (ML) G6707 G6707 = G6707 γαβίς gabis N:N crystal crystal G6708 G6708 = G6708 γαζαρηνός gazarēnos G:N-M astrologer astrologer G6709 G6709 = G6709 γαζοφύλαξ gazophulax G:N-M treasurer treasurer; a keeper of treasure G6710 G6710 = G6710 γαῖα gaia G:N-F land 1. a land, country , (Homer)
2. earth, soil , (Iliad by Homer)
3. Γαῖα, as proper noun, Gaia, Tellus, Earth , spouse of Uranus, mother of the Titans, (Hesiod) (ML) G6711 G6711 = G6711 γαῖσος gaisos G:N-M a javelin a javelin G6712 G6712 = G6712 γαλαθηνός galathēnos G:A suckling sucking, young, tender , (Odyssey by Homer); γαλαθηνά (i.e. πρόβατα), (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6713 G6713 = G6713 γαλεάγρα galeagra G:N-F a wicker cage a wicker cage G6714 G6714 = G6714 γαλῆ galē G:N-F weasel weasel G6715 G6715 = G6715 γαμβρεύω gambreuō G:V to marry marry; to contract a marriage G6716 G6716 = G6716 γαμβρός gambros G:N-M an in-law 1. any one connected by marriage , Lat. affinis, (Aeschulus Tragicus):
2. a son-in-law , Lat. gener, (Homer)
3. a brother-in-law, a sister's husband , (Iliad by Homer); or, a wife's brother (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. = πενθερός, a father-in-law , (Euripides)
5. doric and aeolic a bridegroom, wooer, suitor , (Pindar) (ML) G6717 G6717 = G6717 γαρέμ garem N:N frame frame G6718 G6718 = G6718 γασβαρηνός gasbarēnos G:N-M a treasurer a treasurer G6719 G6719 = G6719 γαυρίαμα gauriama G:N-N prancing prancing G6720 G6720 = G6720 γαυριάω gauriaō G:V to prance to bear oneself proudly, prance , of horses, (Plutarch); and in Mid., (Xenophon Historicus):—;metaphorically to pride oneself on a thing, with dative, (Demosthenes Orator); ἐπί σφισι (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G6721 G6721 = G6721 γαυρόω gauroō G:V to prance to prance G6722 G6722 = G6722 γεδδούρ geddour N:N a troop a troop G6723 G6723 = G6723 γεῖσος geisos G:N-N molding molding G6724 G6724 = G6724 γειώρας geiōras G:N-M a foreigner a foreigner G6725 G6725 = G6725 γελοιάζω geloiazō G:V to joke to joke G6726 G6726 = G6726 γελοιασμός geloiasmos G:N-M a joke a joke G6727 G6727 = G6727 γελοιαστής geloiastēs G:N-M a jokester a jokester G6728 G6728 = G6728 γέρας geras an honor a gift of honour , (Homer); τὸ γὰρ γέρας ἐστι θανόντων this is the last honour of the dead, (Iliad by Homer):—;any privilege or prerogative conferred on kings or nobles, (Homer), etc. (ML) G6729 G6729 = G6729 γεῦμα geuma G:N-N taste a taste, smack of a thing, (Euripides) (ML) G6730 G6730 = G6730 γεῦσις geusis G:N-F tasting tasting G6731 G6731 = G6731 γέφυρα gephura G:N-F a dam 1. a dyke, dam or mound to bar a stream, in plural, (Iliad by Homer); the phrase πολέμοιο γεφύραι seems to mean the ground between two lines of battle , = μεταίχμιον, (Iliad by Homer)
2. a bridge , to cross a stream, (Herdotus Historicus), attic; (Homer) also seems to recognise this sense in the Verb γεφυρόω. (ML) G6732 G6732 = G6732 γεωμετρία geōmetria G:N-F a surveying geometry , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6733 G6733 = G6733 γεωμετρικός geōmetrikos G:A of a surveyor 1. of or for geometry, geometrical , (Plato Philosophus): γεωμετρικὴ (i.e. τέχνη), geometry , (Plato Philosophus)
2. skilled in geometry, a geometrician , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6734 G6734 = G6734 γηγενής gēgenēs G:A earth-born 1. like αὐτόχθων, earthborn , of the primeval men, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. born of Gaia or Tellus , of the Titans and Giants, (Aeschulus Tragicus); so of things, portentous, furious , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6735 G6735 = G6735 γίγαρτον gigarton G:N-N a grape-stone a grape-stone , (Simonides Lyricus): in plural grapes , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6736 G6736 = G6736 γίγας gigas G:N-M a giant 1. mostly in plural Γίγαντες, the Giants , a savage race destroyed by the gods, (Odyssey by Homer); the sons of Gaia , (Hesiod)
2. as adjective mighty , Ζέφυρος γίγας (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6737 G6737 = G6737 γλαύξ glaux G:N-F owl the owl , so called from its glaring eyes (see. γλαυκός, and compare σκώψ); γλαῦκ᾽ Ἀθήναζε, γλαῦκk εἰς Ἀθήνας sεθυαλσl ;carry coals to Newcastle, " (Aristophanes Comicus): Athen. silver coins were called γλαῦκες, because they were stamped with an owl , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6738 G6738 = G6738 γλυκάζω glukazō G:V to sweeten to sweeten G6739 G6739 = G6739 γλυκαίνω glukainō G:V to sweeten to sweeten :—; Pass. to be sweetened, to turn sweet , (Moschus Bucolicus) (ML) G6740 G6740 = G6740 γλύκασμα glukasma G:N-N sweetness sweetness G6741 G6741 = G6741 γλυκασμός glukasmos G:N-M sweetness sweetness G6742 G6742 = G6742 γλυκερός glukeros G:A sweet sweet G6743 G6743 = G6743 γλυκύτης glukutēs G:N-F sweetness sweetness G6744 G6744 = G6744 γλύμμα glumma G:N-N a carving a carving G6745 G6745 = G6745 γλυπτός gluptos G:A a carving a carving; carved G6746 G6746 = G6746 γλυφή gluphē G:N-F a carving a carving G6747 G6747 = G6747 γλύφω gluphō G:V to carve 1. to carve, cut out with a knife , (Aristophanes Comicus); γλ. σφρηγῖδας to engrave them, (Herdotus Historicus); of sculptors, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to note down [on tablets], τόκους [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6748 G6748 = G6748 γλωσσότμητος glōssotmētos G:A with a tongue cut out with a tongue cut out G6749 G6749 = G6749 γλωσσοχαριτέω glōssochariteō G:V to flatter flatter; to flatter with a tongue G6750 G6750 = G6750 γλωσσώδης glōssōdēs G:A talkative talkative G6751 G6751 = G6751 γνάθος gnathos G:N-F a cheek 1. the jaw , properly the lower jaw , ἡ κάτω γν. (Herdotus Historicus); ἔπαγε γνάθον take your teeth to it! (Aristophanes Comicus); oft. in plural, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. metaphorically of fire, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. metaphorically also, like Lat. fauces, of a narrow strait , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. the point or edge , as of a wedge, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6752 G6752 = G6752 γνοφερός gnopheros G:A dim dim G6753 G6753 = G6753 γνοφόω gnophoō G:V to darken to darken G6754 G6754 = G6754 γνοφώδης gnophōdēs G:A dim dim; overcast G6755 G6755 = G6755 γνώριμος gnōrimos G:A acquaintance 1. well-known, familiar , of persons and things, (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—;as Substantive an acquaintance , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
2. known to all, notable, distinguished , οἱ γνώριμοι the notables or wealthy class , opposite to δῆμος, (Xenophon Historicus):—;Sup., οἱ γνωριμώτατοι (Demosthenes Orator)
3. adverb -μως, intelligibly , (Euripides) (ML) G6756 G6756 = G6756 γνωστῶς gnōstōs G:ADV knowingly knowingly G6757 G6757 = G6757 γόγγυσις gongusis G:N-F grumbling grumbling G6758 G6758 = G6758 γομόρ gomor N:N a homer a homer G6759 G6759 = G6759 γομφιάζω gomphiazō G:V to have a toothache to have a toothache G6760 G6760 = G6760 γομφιασμός gomphiasmos G:N-M a toothache a toothache G6761 G6761 = G6761 γονορρυής gonorruēs G:A a seminal emission a seminal emission; gonorrhea G6762 G6762 = G6762 γόνος gonos G:N-M semen 1. like γονή, that which is begotten, offspring, a child , (Iliad by Homer); ὁ Πηλέως γ. his son , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. any product , of the silver mines at Laureion, (Aeschulus Tragicus); of tribute, (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. ἐς ἔρσενα γόνον to any of the male sex , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. like γένος, one's race, stock, descent , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G6763 G6763 = G6763 γραμματεία grammateia G:N-F writing the office of the γραμματεύς, (Plutarch) (ML) G6764 G6764 = G6764 γραμματεύω grammateuō G:V to write to be secretary , (Thucydides), etc.; with genitive, γρ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Epigr. (ML) G6765 G6765 = G6765 γραμματικός grammatikos G:A an academic knowing one's letters, well grounded in the rudiments, a grammarian , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.:—;adverb -κῶς, (Plato Philosophus):—; ἡ -κή (with or without τέχνη) grammar , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6766 G6766 = G6766 γραμματοεισαγωγεύς grammatoeisagōgeus G:N-M a judicial recorder a judicial recorder G6767 G6767 = G6767 γραφεῖον grapheion G:N-N a stylus a stylus G6768 G6768 = G6768 γραφίς graphis G:N-F a pen 1. a stile for writing on waxen tablets, (Plato Philosophus), etc.: a needle for embroidering , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. embroidery , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6769 G6769 = G6769 γρηγόρησις grēgorēsis G:N-F vigilance vigilance G6770 G6770 = G6770 γρύζω gruzō G:V to growl to say γρῦ, to grunt, grumble, mutter , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6771 G6771 = G6771 γρύψ grups G:N-M a griffin a griffin or dragon , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6772 G6772 = G6772 γυμνόω gumnoō G:V be naked to strip naked , (Sophocles Tragicus); τὰ ὀστέα τῶν κρεῶν γ. to strip the bones of their flesh, (Herdotus Historicus):—;in Pass., of warriors, to be left naked or exposed , (Homer); so, τεῖχος ἐγυμνώθη the wall was left bare , i. e. defenceless , (Iliad by Homer): but also to strip oneself naked or to be stript naked , (Odyssey by Homer); with genitive, ἐγυμνώθη ῥακέων he stript himself of his rags, (Odyssey by Homer); so later, γυμνωθὲν ξίφος (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6773 G6773 = G6773 γύμνωσις gumnōsis G:N-F nakedness 1. a stripping .
2. nakedness : ἐξαλλάσσειν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γ. his defenceless side (compare γυμνός 2), (Thucydides) (ML) G6774 G6774 = G6774 γυναικών gunaikōn G:N-M chamber of women chamber of women G6775 G6775 = G6775 γύναιον gunaion G:N-N a helpless woman a helpless woman G6776 G6776 = G6776 γῦρος guros G:N-M a curve a ring, circle , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G6777 G6777 = G6777 γυρόω guroō G:V to make a curvature to make a curvature G6778 G6778 = G6778 γύψ gups G:N-M a vulture a vulture , (Iliad by Homer); compare αἰγυπιός. (ML) G6779 G6779 = G6779 γωνιαῖος gōniaios G:A angular angular G6780 G6780 = G6780 δαβείρ dabeir N:N dabir dabir G6781 G6781 = G6781 δαλός dalos G:N-M a firebrand 1. a fire-brand, piece of blazing wood , (Homer)
2. a thunderbolt , (Iliad by Homer)
3. a burnt-out torch : metaphorically of an old man, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6782 G6782 = G6782 δάσος dasos G:N-N a thicket a thicket G6783 G6783 = G6783 δασύπους dasupous G:N-M a hare rough-foot , i. e. a hare , (Aristotle Philosopher); λαγωὸς ὁ δ. (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G6784 G6784 = G6784 δασύς dasus G:A bushy 1. opposite to ψιλός in all senses:
2. thick with hair, hairy, shaggy, rough , (Odyssey by Homer); of young hares, downy , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. thick with leaves , (Odyssey by Homer); θρίδαξ δασέα a lettuce with all the leaves on, (Herdotus Historicus):—;of places, thick with bushes or wood , (Odyssey by Homer); διὰ τῶν δασέων through the copses , (Aristophanes Comicus); δ. ὕληι thick with copse-wood, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; rarely with genitive, δασὺς δένδρων (Xenophon Historicus):—; τὸ δασύ bushy country , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6785 G6785 = G6785 δαψιλεύομαι dapsileuomai G:V to worry to worry G6786 G6786 = G6786 δείδω deidō G:V be in awe 1. to fear , absolute, (Homer), etc.; followed by a preposition, δ. περί τινι to be alarmed, anxious about . ., (Iliad by Homer), attic; ἀμφί τινι, περί τινος, ὑπέρ τινος (Iliad by Homer):—;followed by a relative clause with μή . ., Lat. vereor ne . ., I fear it is . ., followed by subjunctive; rarely by indicative, δείδω μὴ νημερτέα εἶπεν (Odyssey by Homer); δ. μὴ οὐ . ., Lat. vereor ut . ., I fear it is not . ., followed by subjunctive, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. with infinitive to fear to do , (Iliad by Homer)
3. with accusative to fear, dread , (Homer), etc.
4. τὸ δεδιός, one's fearing , = δέος, (Thucydides) (ML) G6787 G6787 = G6787 δείλαιος deilaios G:A wretched lengthened form of δειλός, wretched, sorry, paltry , mostly of persons, [variant datesTragica Adespota; also, δ. χάρις a sorry kindness, (Aeschulus Tragicus); δ. σποδός paltry dust, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. [Penult. is often made short in attic Poets.] (ML) G6788 G6788 = G6788 δείλη deilē G:N-F afternoon 1. afternoon , ἔσσεται ἢ ἠὼς ἢ δείλη ἢ μέσον ἦμαρ (Iliad by Homer); divided into early and late ( πρωί̈α and ὀψία), περὶ δείλην πρωί̈ην, or δείλης ὀψίης (Herdotus Historicus); τῆς δείλης in the course of the afternoon , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. the late afternoon, evening , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6789 G6789 = G6789 δειλιαίνω deiliainō G:V to make timid to make timid G6790 G6790 = G6790 δειλινός deilinos G:A dusk dusk G6791 G6791 = G6791 δεινός deinos G:A awful 1. fearful, terrible, dread, dire , (Homer), etc.; δεινὸν ἀϋτεῖν, βροντᾶν to shout, thunder terribly , (Iliad by Homer); δεινὸν δέρκεσθαι, παπταίνειν, ἰδεῖν to look terrible , (Homer); but, δεινὸς ἰδέσθαι fearful to behold, (Odyssey by Homer); δεινὸς μὲν ὁρᾶν, δεινὸς δὲ κλύειν (Sophocles Tragicus):—; τὸ δεινόν danger, suffering, awe, terror , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; so, τὰ δεινά (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—; οὐδὲν δεινοί, μὴ ἀποστέωσιν no fear of their revolting, (Herdotus Historicus):—; δεινὸν ποιεῖσθαι to take ill, complain of, be indignant at a thing, Lat. aegre ferre, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; δεινὰ παθεῖν to suffer dreadful, illegal, arbitrary treatment, attic; so in adverb, δεινῶς φέρειν (Herdotus Historicus); δ. ἔχειν to be in straits , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with a notion of Force or Power, mighty, powerful , δεινὸν σάκος the mighty shield, (Iliad by Homer)
3. simply, wondrous, marvellous, strange , τὸ συγγενές τοι δεινόν kin has a strange power , (Aeschulus Tragicus); δ. ἵμερος, ἔρως, δέος (Herdotus Historicus); δεινὸν ἂν εἴη, εἰ . ., it were strange that . ., (Euripides):—;adverb -νῶς, marvellously, exceedingly , δ. μέλας, ἄνυδρος (Herdotus Historicus)
4. the sense of powerful, wondrous passed into that of able, clever, skilful , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; especially of practical ability , opposite to σοφός, (Plato Philosophus): with infinitive, δεινὸς εὑρεῖν clever at inventing, (Aeschulus Tragicus); δεινὸς λέγειν (Sophocles Tragicus); δεινὸς πράγμασι χρῆσθαι (Demosthenes Orator): also with accusative, δεινὸς τὴν τέχνην (Plato Philosophus); δ. περί τι or τινος (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6792 G6792 = G6792 δεκάδαρχος dekadarchos G:N-M a commander of ten a commander of ten , Lat. decurio, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6793 G6793 = G6793 δεκαέξ dekaex G:A sixteen δεκα-έξ, = ἑκκαίδεκα,
sixteen (Jannaris, Gr., § 645): Rev.13:18, L, mg. (for ἑξήκοντα ἕξ; see Swete, in l.).†
(AS) G6794 G6794 = G6794 δεκαεπτά dekaepta seventeen seventeen G6795 G6795 = G6795 δεκάπηχυς dekapēchus G:A ten cubits ten cubits long , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6796 G6796 = G6796 δεκαπλασίων dekaplasiōn G:A ten-times ten-times G6797 G6797 = G6797 δέκαρχος dekarchos a commander of ten a commander of ten G6798 G6798 = G6798 δεκατρεῖς dekatreis thirteen thirteen G6799 G6799 = G6799 δεκάχορδος dekachordos G:A ten-stringed ten-stringed G6800 G6800 = G6800 δεξαμενή dexamenē G:N-F a trough a reservoir, tank, cistern , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6801 G6801 = G6801 δέρρις derris G:N-F a hide covering δέρρις, -εως, ἡ
(δέρος = δέρμα) [in LXX: Exo.26:7 ff. (יְרִיעָה), Zec.13:4 (אַדֶּרֶת), etc. ;]
a skin: Mrk.1:6 (D, from Za, l.with; Swete, in l; Rec., Edd. τρίχας; cf. MM, Exp., x).†
(AS) G6802 G6802 = G6802 δεσπόζω despozō G:V be master 1. absolute to be lord or master, gain the mastery , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. with genitive to be lord or master of , (Homeric Hymns), etc.; δεσπόζειν φόβης to own the lock of hair, (Aeschulus Tragicus); metaphorically to master , δ. λόγου (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. with accusative to lord it over , (Euripides) (ML) G6803 G6803 = G6803 δεσποτεία despoteia G:N-F mastery 1. the power of a master over slaves, or the relation of master to slaves, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. absolute sway, despotism , (Isocrates Orator) (ML) G6804 G6804 = G6804 δευτερεύω deutereuō G:V be second to be second : δευτ. τινί to play second to . . , (Plutarch) (ML) G6805 G6805 = G6805 δευτερονόμιον deuteronomion G:N-N a second book of the law a second book of the law G6806 G6806 = G6806 δευτερόω deuteroō G:V to repeat repetition; repeat a second time G6807 G6807 = G6807 δευτέρωσις deuterōsis G:N-F second rank second rank G6808 G6808 = G6808 δῆγμα dēgma G:N-N a strike a bite, sting , (Xenophon Historicus): metaphorically, δ. λύπης (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6809 G6809 = G6809 δήλωσις dēlōsis G:N-F manifestation a pointing out, manifestation, explaining, shewing , (Thucydides); δ. ποιεῖσθαι = δηλοῦν, (Thucydides) (ML) G6810 G6810 = G6810 διάβασις diabasis G:N-F a ford 1. a crossing over, passage , δ. ποιεῖσθαι (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a means or place of crossing , (Herdotus Historicus): δ. ποταμοῦ a ford , (Thucydides): a bridge , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6811 G6811 = G6811 διάβημα diabēma G:N-N a footstep a footstep G6812 G6812 = G6812 διαβητίζομαι diabētizomai G:V to force through to force through G6813 G6813 = G6813 διαβιβάζω diabibazō G:V to cause to pass over to carry over or across, to transport , δ. τὸν στρατὸν κατὰ γεφύρας (Herdotus Historicus); ἐς τὴν νῆσον τοὺς ὁπλίτας (Thucydides) (ML) G6814 G6814 = G6814 διαβιόω diabioō G:V to continue to live to live through, pass , χρόνον, βίον (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—;absolute to spend one's whole life , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6815 G6815 = G6815 διαβοάω diaboaō G:V to proclaim forth 1. to shout out, proclaim, publish , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass. to be the common talk , (Lucian)
2. to cry out , (Thucydides)
3. Mid. to contend in shouting , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6816 G6816 = G6816 διαβολή diabolē G:N-F distraction 1. false accusation, slander, calumny , ἐπὶ διαβολῇ εἰπεῖν (Herdotus Historicus); διαβολὰς ἐνδέχεσθαι to give ear to false accusations , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐμὴ δ. the slanders against me, (Plato Philosophus)
2. a quarrel, enmity , (Thucydides) (ML) G6817 G6817 = G6817 διαβουλεύω diabouleuō G:V to deliberate upon to deliberate upon G6818 G6818 = G6818 διαβουλία diaboulia G:N-F deliberation deliberation G6819 G6819 = G6819 διαβούλιον diaboulion G:N-N deliberation counsel, deliberation , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G6820 G6820 = G6820 διάγγελμα diangelma G:N-N declaration declaration G6821 G6821 = G6821 διαγλύφω diagluphō G:V to carve to carve in intaglio , (Diodorus Epigrammaticus) (ML) G6822 G6822 = G6822 διαγραφή diagraphē G:N-F a diagram a marking off by lines , (Plato Philosophus): a geometrical figure, diagram, outline , (Plutarch) (ML) G6823 G6823 = G6823 διαγράφω diagraphō G:V to circumscribe 1. to mark out by lines, delineate , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to draw a line through, cross out, strike off the list , (Plato Philosophus); δ. δίκην to strike a cause out of the list, cancel, quash it, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6824 G6824 = G6824 διάδηλος diadēlos G:N-M apparent distinguishable among others , (Thucydides) (ML) G6825 G6825 = G6825 διαδύνω diadunō G:V to penetrate 1. to slip through a hole or gap, (Thucydides): absolute to slip through, slip away , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. with accusative to evade, shirk , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6826 G6826 = G6826 διαθερμαίνω diathermainō G:V to warm through to warm through , (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—; Pass. to be heated , by drinking, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6827 G6827 = G6827 διάθεσις diathesis G:N-F a disposition 1. a disposition, arrangement , (Plato Philosophus)
2. the composition in a work of art, as opposite to εὕρεσις, (Plato Philosophus)
3. a disposition of property, = διαθήκη, (Plato Philosophus)
4. a disposing of, selling, sale , (Plutarch)
5. a man's disposition , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6828 G6828 = G6828 διαθρύπτω diathruptō G:V to break through to break through G6829 G6829 = G6829 δίαιτα diaita G:N-F habitation habitation G6830 G6830 = G6830 διαιτάω diaitaō G:V to pass one's life to pass one's life G6831 G6831 = G6831 διακαθιζάνω diakathizanō G:V to sit separately to sit separately G6832 G6832 = G6832 διακάμπτω diakamptō G:V to bend to bend G6833 G6833 = G6833 διακενῆς diakenēs ineffectual ineffectual; without cause G6834 G6834 = G6834 διάκενος diakenos G:N-M empty empty G6835 G6835 = G6835 διακλάω diaklaō G:V to snap to snap G6836 G6836 = G6836 διακλέπτω diakleptō G:V to steal away to steal away, keep safe G6837 G6837 = G6837 διακομίζω diakomizō G:V to carry across to carry across G6838 G6838 = G6838 διακοπή diakopē G:V a breach a breach; severance G6839 G6839 = G6839 διακόπτω diakoptō G:V to cut through to cut through G6840 G6840 = G6840 διακύπτω diakuptō G:V to look through to look through G6841 G6841 = G6841 διαλανθάνω dialanthanō G:V to escape notice to escape notice , διαλαθὼν εἰσέρχεται (Thucydides): with accusative pers. to escape the notice of , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6842 G6842 = G6842 διάλευκος dialeukos G:A white-mixed white-mixed G6843 G6843 = G6843 διάλλομαι diallomai G:V to leap across Dep. to leap across , τάφρον (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6844 G6844 = G6844 διαλογή dialogē G:N-F versification versification G6845 G6845 = G6845 διάλυσις dialusis G:N-F parting 1. a loosing one from another, separating, parting , τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος (Plato Philosophus); δ. τοῦ σώματος its dissolution , (Plato Philosophus); ἡ δ. τῆς γεφύρας the breaking down the bridge, (Thucydides): the disbanding , of troops, Xen.; ἡ δ. τῆς ἀγορᾶς the time of its breaking up , Hdt.; τὴν δ. ἐποιήσαντο broke off the action, Thuc.; δ. γάμου a divorce , (Plutarch)
2. an ending, cessation , κακῶν Eur.; πολέμου (Thucydides): absolute a cessation of hostilities, peace , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6846 G6846 = G6846 διαμαρτάνω diamartanō G:V to miss entirely 1. to go astray from , τῆς ὁδοῦ (Thucydides): to fail of obtaining , τινός (Thucydides)
2. absolute to fail utterly , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6847 G6847 = G6847 διαμαρτυρία diamarturia G:N-F bearing witness as attic law-term, evidence given to prevent a case from coming to trial, (Demosthenes Orator), etc. (ML) G6848 G6848 = G6848 διαμετρέω diametreō G:V to measure out 1. to measure through, out or off , χῶρον δ. to measure lists for combat, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., ἡμέρα διαμεμετρημένη measured by the clepsydra , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to measure out in portions, distribute , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.:—;Mid. to have measured out to one, receive as one's share , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6849 G6849 = G6849 διαμέτρησις diametrēsis G:N-F a measurement a measurement; diameter G6850 G6850 = G6850 διαναπαύω dianapauō G:V to give rest to give rest G6851 G6851 = G6851 διανήθω dianēthō G:V to spin to spin G6852 G6852 = G6852 διανθίζω dianthizō G:V to decorate to adorn with flowers , (Lucian):—;Pass. to be variegated , (Plutarch) (ML) G6853 G6853 = G6853 διανίστημι dianistēmi G:V to arise to arise G6854 G6854 = G6854 διανοέω dianoeō G:V to consider to consider G6855 G6855 = G6855 διανόησις dianoēsis G:N-F a device a device G6856 G6856 = G6856 διαπαρατριβή diaparatribē useless disputation useless disputation G6857 G6857 = G6857 διαπαρθενεύω diapartheneuō G:V to lose virginity to deflower a maiden , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6858 G6858 = G6858 διαπαύω diapauō G:V to discontinue to make to cease :—; Mid. to rest between times, pause , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to cease to exist , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6859 G6859 = G6859 διαπειλέω diapeileō G:V to threaten to threaten violently , (Herdotus Historicus):—;so in Mid., (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G6860 G6860 = G6860 διαπέμπω diapempō G:V to spread 1. to send off in different directions, send to and fro, send about or round , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to send over or across , (Aristophanes Comicus): to transmit , ἐπιστολήν (Thucydides); so in Mid., (Thucydides) (ML) G6861 G6861 = G6861 διαπετάννυμι diapetannumi G:V to open and spread out to open and spread out G6862 G6862 = G6862 διάπηγα diapēga a small pillar a small pillar G6863 G6863 = G6863 διαπίπτω diapiptō G:V to fail 1. to fall away, slip away, escape , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. of reports and rumours, to spread abroad , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to fall asunder, crumble in pieces , (Plato Philosophus)
4. to fail utterly, go quite wrong , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6864 G6864 = G6864 διαπλατύνω diaplatunō G:V to flatten out to make very wide, dilate , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6865 G6865 = G6865 διαπληκτίζομαι diaplēktizomai G:V to skirmish Dep. to spar with, skirmish with , τινι (Plutarch) (ML) G6866 G6866 = G6866 διαπνέω diapneō G:V to refresh 1. to blow through : —; Pass., αὔραις διαπνεῖσθαι (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to breathe between times, get breath , (Plutarch)
3. intransitive to disperse in vapour , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6867 G6867 = G6867 διάπρασις diaprasis G:N-F a sale a sale G6868 G6868 = G6868 διάπτωσις diaptōsis G:N-F a downfall a downfall G6869 G6869 = G6869 διαρπαγή diarpagē G:N-F ravaging ravaging G6870 G6870 = G6870 διαρραίνω diarrainō G:V to sprinkle to sprinkle G6871 G6871 = G6871 διαρρίπτω diarriptō G:V to scatter 1. to cast or shoot through , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to cast or throw about , a dog, to wag the tail, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to throw about , as nuts or money among a crowd, (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. intransitive to plunge , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6872 G6872 = G6872 διαρτάω diartaō G:V to waver 1. to suspend, interrupt , (Plutarch)
2. to separate , (Plutarch) (ML) G6873 G6873 = G6873 διαρτίζω diartizō G:V to mold to mold G6874 G6874 = G6874 διασαλεύω diasaleuō G:V to excite to shake violently: to reduce to anarchy , Luc.; διασεσαλευμένος unsteady , (Lucian) (ML) G6875 G6875 = G6875 διασάφησις diasaphēsis G:N-F an explanation an explanation G6876 G6876 = G6876 διασκεδάννυμι diaskedannumi G:V to disperse 1. to scatter abroad, scatter to the winds, disperse , Lat. dissipare, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to disband an army, (Herdotus Historicus): Pass. to be dispersed , aorist 1 and perfect participle διασκεδασθέντες, διεσκεδασμένοι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6877 G6877 = G6877 διασκευάζω diaskeuazō G:V to equip 1. to get quite ready, equip , (Lucian):—;Pass., perfect participle διεσκευασμένοι dressed , (Plutarch): —;Mid. to prepare for oneself, provide , (Thucydides): to equip oneself , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid., διασκευασάμενος τὴν οὐσίαν having disposed of one's property, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6878 G6878 = G6878 διασκευή diaskeuē G:N-F equipment equipment G6879 G6879 = G6879 διασκορπισμός diaskorpismos G:N exile exile, dispersing G6880 G6880 = G6880 δίασμα diasma G:N-N a warp a warp G6881 G6881 = G6881 διασπασμός diaspasmos G:N-M a tearing in pieces a tearing in pieces G6882 G6882 = G6882 διαστροφή diastrophē G:N-F perverseness perverseness G6883 G6883 = G6883 διαστρώννυμι diastrōnnumi G:V to spread with carpets to spread with carpets G6884 G6884 = G6884 διασφαγή diasphagē G:N-F a gap a gap G6885 G6885 = G6885 διασχίζω diaschizō G:V to cut asunder to cleave or rend asunder , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;Pass. to be cloven asunder , (Iliad by Homer); of soldiers, to be separated , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6886 G6886 = G6886 διάταξις diataxis G:N-F a disposition disposition, arrangement , of troops, (Herdotus Historicus); of topics, (Lucian) (ML) G6887 G6887 = G6887 διατείνω diateinō G:V to extend 1. to stretch to the uttermost , τόξον (Herdotus Historicus): to stretch out , τὰς χεῖρας (Xenophon Historicus)
2. intransitive to extend, continue , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. Mid. and Pass. to exert oneself , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; διατεινάμενος at full speed , (Xenophon Historicus); with all one's force , Theocr.; διατείνεσθαι πρός τι to exert oneself for a purpose, (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to maintain earnestly, contend for , τι (Demosthenes Orator)
5. in strict sense of Mid. to stretch out for oneself , δ. τὰ βέλεα to have their lances poised , Hdt.; δ. τὸ τόξον to have one's bow strung , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6888 G6888 = G6888 διατήκω diatēkō G:V to melt 1. to melt, soften by heat , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. Pass., with perfect -τέτηκα, to melt away, thaw , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6889 G6889 = G6889 διατήρησις diatērēsis G:N-F preservation preservation G6890 G6890 = G6890 διατίλλω diatillō G:V to pluck out to pluck out G6891 G6891 = G6891 διατόνιον diatonion G:N-N a clasp a clasp G6892 G6892 = G6892 διατόρευμα diatoreuma carvings carvings G6893 G6893 = G6893 διατρέπω diatrepō G:V be overawed to turn away from a thing:—;Pass. with future middle, aorist2 middle -ετραπόμην and passive -ετράπην [ ᾶ], to be turned from one's purpose, to be perplexed , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6894 G6894 = G6894 διατρέφω diatrephō G:V to maintain to sustain continually , (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G6895 G6895 = G6895 διατρέχω diatrechō G:V to run across 1. to run across or over the sea, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. metaphorically to run through , τὸν βίον, τὸν λόγον (Plato Philosophus)
3. absolute to run about , Lat. discurrere, (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. δ. μέχρι to penetrate to, (Plutarch) (ML) G6896 G6896 = G6896 διατριβή diatribē G:N-F pastime 1. a way of spending time : hence, a pastime (pass-time), amusement , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. serious employment, study , (Aristophanes Comicus),
3. a way of life, living , δ. ἐν ἀγορᾷ (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. in bad sense, a waste of time, delay , (Euripides); in plural, (Thucydides) (ML) G6897 G6897 = G6897 διαυγής diaugēs G:A translucent διαυγής, -ές
(αὐγή), [in Aq.: Pro.16:2 * ;]
transparent: Rev.21:21.†
(AS) G6898 G6898 = G6898 διαφαύσκω diaphauskō G:V to show light through to shew light through, to dawn , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6899 G6899 = G6899 διαφλέγω diaphlegō G:V to burn up to burn through , (Plutarch):—;metaphorically to inflame , (Plutarch) (ML) G6900 G6900 = G6900 διαφορέω diaphoreō G:V to disperse 1. to spread abroad , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to carry away, carry off , (Thucydides); especially as plunder, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to plunder , οἶκον, πόλιν (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., διαφορεῖσθαι ὑπό τινος (Demosthenes Orator)
4. to tear in pieces , (Euripides):—;Pass., (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to carry across from one place to another , (Thucydides) (ML) G6901 G6901 = G6901 διαφόρημα diaphorēma G:N-N dispersion dispersion G6902 G6902 = G6902 διαφωνέω diaphōneō G:V to dissent to be dissonant , Plat.:—;generally, to disagree , (Plato Philosophus); τινι with one, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6903 G6903 = G6903 διαφωτίζω diaphōtizō G:V to illuminate to illuminate G6904 G6904 = G6904 διαχέω diacheō G:V to diffuse 1. to pour different ways, to disperse , (Herdotus Historicus):—; to cut up a victim, (Homer)
2. to dissolve, break up, destroy , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. metaphorically to confound , τὰ βεβουλευμένα (Herdotus Historicus)
4. Pass. to be poured from one vessel into another , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to run through, spread about , (Thucydides)
6. to be dissolved, fall away , of a corpse, (Herdotus Historicus): to disperse , of soldiers, (Xenophon Historicus)
7. metaphorically to be or become diffuse or dissipated , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6905 G6905 = G6905 διαχρίω diachriō G:V to smear all over to smear all over G6906 G6906 = G6906 διάχρυσος diachrusos G:A interwoven with gold interwoven with gold , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6907 G6907 = G6907 διάχυσις diachusis G:N-F diffusion 1. diffusion , (Plato Philosophus); δ. λαμβάνειν to be spread out, (Plutarch)
2. merriment , (Plutarch) (ML) G6908 G6908 = G6908 διάψαλμα diapsalma G:N-N a pause a pause G6909 G6909 = G6909 διαψεύδω diapseudō G:V to disappoint to deceive utterly , (Demosthenes Orator):—; Pass. to be deceived, mistaken , (Demosthenes Orator); δ. τινος to be cheated of, deceived in a person or thing, (Xenophon Historicus); περί τι or τινι (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6910 G6910 = G6910 δίγλωσσος diglōssos G:A double-tongued 1. speaking two languages , Lat. bilinguis, (Thucydides)
2. as Substantive, δίγλωσσος, ὁ, an interpreter , (Plutarch) (ML) G6911 G6911 = G6911 διδυμεύω didumeuō G:V to bear twins to bear twins G6912 G6912 = G6912 διεγγυάω dienguaō G:V to mortgage of persons, in Act. to give bail for another, and in Mid. to take bail for him, (Isocrates Orator):—; Pass. to be bailed by any one, (Thucydides) (ML) G6913 G6913 = G6913 διεκβάλλω diekballō G:V to pass out through to pass out through G6914 G6914 = G6914 διεκβολή diekbolē G:N-F a mountain pass a mountain pass; outlet G6915 G6915 = G6915 διελαύνω dielaunō G:V to thrust through 1. to drive through or across , with genitive, τάφροιο διήλασεν ἵππους (Iliad by Homer)
2. to thrust through , λαπάρης διήλασεν ἔγχος (Iliad by Homer)
3. δ. τινὰ λόγχῃ to thrust one through with a lance, (Plutarch)
4. intransitive (entry ἵππον); to ride through, charge through , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6916 G6916 = G6916 διελέγχω dielegchō G:V to plead to refute utterly , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6917 G6917 = G6917 διεμβάλλω diemballō G:V to insert to insert G6918 G6918 = G6918 διεξάγω diexagō G:V to administer to administer G6919 G6919 = G6919 διεξέρχομαι diexerchomai G:V to go through 1. to go through, pass through , τὸ χωρίον (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to go through, go completely through , πάντας φίλους (Euripides), etc.: with participle, δ. πωλέων to be done selling, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to go through in succession , διὰ πάντων δ. τῶν παίδων, i. e. killing them one after another, (Herdotus Historicus); διὰ πασῶν τῶν ζημιῶν, i. e. trying one after another, (Thucydides)
4. to go through in detail, recount in full , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. intransitive to be past, gone by , of time, (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to be gone through, related fully , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6920 G6920 = G6920 διετηρίς dietēris G:N-F two whole years two whole years G6921 G6921 = G6921 διευλαβέομαι dieulabeomai G:V to revere Dep. to take good heed to, beware of, be on one's guard against , with accusative or genitive, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6922 G6922 = G6922 διήγημα diēgēma G:N-N a tale a tale G6923 G6923 = G6923 διηθέω diētheō G:V to refine 1. to strain through, filter , Lat. percolare, (Plato Philosophus)
2. to wash out, cleanse, purge , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. intransitive, of the liquid, to percolate , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6924 G6924 = G6924 διηλόω diēloō to nail to nail G6925 G6925 = G6925 δίθυμος dithumos G:A at variance at variance G6926 G6926 = G6926 διΐημι diiēmi G:V to thrust out 1. to drive or thrust through a thing, with genitive, (Odyssey by Homer); also with double accusative, λόγχην δ. στέρνα (Euripides)
2. to let people go through a country, give them a passage through , (Xenophon Historicus):—; with genitive, ξυμφορὰς τοῦ σοῦ διῆκας στόματος didst let them pass through thy mouth, gavest utterance to them, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to send apart, to dismiss, disband , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to dissolve : in Mid., διέμενος ὄξει having diluted it with vinegar, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6927 G6927 = G6927 δικάζω dikazō G:V to act as judge 1. to judge, to give judgment on a thing, decide or determine a point, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. with accusative cognate, δίκας δ., to adjudge a penalty, (Herdotus Historicus); δ. φυγήν τινι to decree it as his punishment, (Aeschulus Tragicus); δ. φόνον ματρός to ordain her slaughter, (Euripides); δ. τοῦ ἐγκλήματος [i.e. δίκην] (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to be decided , (Thucydides)
3. to pass judgment on, condemn , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. φόνον δ. to plead in a case of murder, (Euripides)
5. with dative pers. to decide between persons, judge their cause , Τρωσί τε καὶ Δαναοῖσι δικαζέτω (Iliad by Homer); ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέροισι δικάσσατε (Iliad by Homer): —;Pass. to be judged or accused , (Xenophon Historicus)
6. absolute to be judge, give judgment , (Iliad by Homer):—; to sit as judges or jurymen , (Demosthenes Orator)
7. Mid. of the culprit, to plead one's own case, defend one's right, have one's case tried, go to law , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.: —; δίκην δικάζεσθαί τινι to go to law with one, (Plato Philosophus); πρός τινα (Thucydides); τινος or περί τινος for a thing, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6928 G6928 = G6928 δικαστήριον dikastērion G:N-N court of justice 1. a court of justice , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: —; ὑπὸ δ. ἄγειν, ὑπάγειν τινά (Herdotus Historicus); εἰς δ. ἄγειν (Plato Philosophus)
2. the court , i. e. the judges , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6929 G6929 = G6929 δικτυόομαι diktuoomai G:V lattice work Pass. to be caught in a net , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G6930 G6930 = G6930 δικτυωτός diktuōtos G:A latticed latticed G6931 G6931 = G6931 δίμετρος dimetros G:N-N a double measure a double measure G6932 G6932 = G6932 δίοδος diodos G:N-F a corridor a way through, thoroughfare, passage , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἄστρων δίοδοι their pathways , (Aeschulus Tragicus); δ. αἰτεῖσθαι, to demand a passport or safe-conduct , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G6933 G6933 = G6933 διοικητής dioikētēs G:N-M an administrator an administrator G6934 G6934 = G6934 διοικοδομέω dioikodomeō G:V to build to build across, wall off , (Thucydides) (ML) G6935 G6935 = G6935 διόλου diolou wholly wholly G6936 G6936 = G6936 διοράω dioraō G:V to see clearly to see through, see clearly , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6937 G6937 = G6937 διορθόω diorthoō G:V to set right to make quite straight, set right, amend , δ. ἔριν to make up a quarrel, (Euripides):—;Mid. to amend for oneself , διορθοῦσθαι περί τινος to take full security for . . , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6938 G6938 = G6938 διορίζω diorizō G:V to determine 1. to draw a boundary through, divide by limits, separate , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to distinguish, determine, define , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. to determine, declare , (Sophocles Tragicus); with infinitive to determine one to be so and so, (Demosthenes Orator); with infinitive omitted, μικρὸν καὶ μέγαν διώρισαν με (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid., with perfect passive in middle sense, (Demosthenes Orator)
4. absolute to draw distinction, lay down definitions , (Demosthenes Orator):—;so in Mid., (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
5. to remove across the frontier, to banish , (Euripides): generally, to carry abroad , (Euripides); δ. πόδα to depart, (Euripides) (ML) G6939 G6939 = G6939 διόρυγμα diorugma G:N-N a ditch a through-cut, canal , (Thucydides)
from διορύσσω (ML) G6940 G6940 = G6940 δίπηχυς dipēchus G:A two cubits two cubits long, broad , etc., (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G6941 G6941 = G6941 διπλασιάζω diplasiazō G:V to repeat to repeat G6942 G6942 = G6942 διπλασιασμός diplasiasmos G:N-M doubling doubling G6943 G6943 = G6943 διπλοΐς diplois G:N-F a doubled garment a double cloak , like δίπλαξ, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
from διπλόος (ML) G6944 G6944 = G6944 δισσός dissos G:A double 1. two-fold, double , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. in plural two , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6945 G6945 = G6945 διυφαίνω diuphainō G:V to interweave to interweave G6946 G6946 = G6946 διφθέρα diphthera G:N-F a leather covering 1. a prepared hide, tanned skin, piece of leather , (Herdotus Historicus); opposite to δέρρις (an undressed hide) , (Thucydides):—; διφθέραι were used for writing-material in ancient times, before papyrus came in, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a leathern garment such as peasants wore, (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. a wallet, bag , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. in plural skins used as tents , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G6947 G6947 = G6947 δίφρος diphros G:N-M a chair 1. the chariot-board , on which two could stand, the drive ἡνίοχος); and the combatant παραιβάτης); (Homer)
2. the war-chariot itself, (Iliad by Homer):—;in (Odyssey by Homer) a travelling-chariot.
3. a seat, chair, stool , (Homer), attic (ML) G6948 G6948 = G6948 διχηλέω dichēleō G:V be cloven be cloven G6949 G6949 = G6949 διχοτόμημα dichotomēma G:N-N a piece a piece G6950 G6950 = G6950 δίψα dipsa G:N thirst thirst , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; ποτοῦ for drink, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6951 G6951 = G6951 διωθέω diōtheō G:V to push away 1. to push asunder, tear away , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to thrust through , (Plutarch)
3. Mid. to push asunder for oneself, force one's way through, break through , with accusative, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to push from oneself, push one another away , of seamen keeping ships from collision, (Thucydides):—; to drive back, repel, repulse , (Herdotus Historicus):—;absolute to get rid of danger , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to reject , Lat. respuere, (Herdotus Historicus):—;absolute to refuse , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6952 G6952 = G6952 διώροφος diōrophos G:A second story second story G6953 G6953 = G6953 διῶρυξ diōrux G:N-F an aqueduct a trench, conduit, canal , (Herdotus Historicus); κρυπτὴ δ. an underground passage , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6954 G6954 = G6954 διωστήρ diōstēr G:N-M a pole a pole G6955 G6955 = G6955 δοκιμαστής dokimastēs G:N-M an approver 1. an assayer, scrutineer , (Plato Philosophus)
2. an approver, panegyrist , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6956 G6956 = G6956 δόκωσις dokōsis G:N-F a building a building G6957 G6957 = G6957 δολιότης doliotēs G:N-F deceit deceit G6958 G6958 = G6958 δολίως doliōs G:ADV deceitfully deceitfully G6959 G6959 = G6959 δόμος domos G:N-M a layer 1. Lat. domus:
2. a house , (Homer), etc.: also part of a house, a room, chamber , (Odyssey by Homer):—; hence in plural for a house , (Homer): a wasps' or bees' nest , (Iliad by Homer)
5. κέδρινοι δόμοι a closet or chest of cedar, (Euripides)
6. the house , i. e. the household, family , [variant datesTragica Adespota:—;also one's father's house , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
7. a layer or course of stone or bricks in a building, διὰ τριήκοντα δόμων πλίνθου at every thirtieth layer of brick, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6960 G6960 = G6960 δόξασμα doxasma G:N-N glory an opinion, notion, conjecture , (Thucydides), etc.:—; a fancy , (Euripides) (ML) G6961 G6961 = G6961 δοξαστός doxastos G:A glorious matter of opinion, conjectural , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G6962 G6962 = G6962 δορά dora G:N-F skin a skin, hide , (Theognis Elegiacus) (ML) G6963 G6963 = G6963 δορκάδιον dorkadion G:N-N a young doe a young doe G6964 G6964 = G6964 δόρκων dorkōn G:N-M a buck a buck G6965 G6965 = G6965 δόρυ doru G:N-N a wooden spear 1. a stem, tree , (Odyssey by Homer):—;commonly a plank or beam , (Homer); δόρυ νήϊον a ship's plank , (Homer):—; hence,
2. a ship is called δόρυ, like Lat. trabs, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. the shaft of a spear , (Iliad by Homer): then, generally, a spear, pike , (Homer), etc.; εἰς δόρυ ἀφικνεῖσθαι to come within a spear's throw, (Xenophon Historicus); ἐπὶ δόρυ to the spear-side , i. e. the right hand , opposite to ἐπ᾽ ἀσπίδα, (Xenophon Historicus):—;also, the pole of a standard, (Xenophon Historicus)
4. metaphorically, δουρὶ κτεατίζειν to win wealth by the spear , il.; δορὶ ἑλεῖν (Thucydides); in [variant datesTragica Adespota to express an armed force. (ML) G6966 G6966 = G6966 δοτός dotos G:A dedicated dedicated G6967 G6967 = G6967 δράγμα dragma G:N-N a sheaf 1. as much as one can grasp, a handful, truss of corn, Lat. manipulus, (Iliad by Homer):—;also a sheaf , = ἄμαλλα, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. uncut corn , [variant datesAnthology Palantina, (Lucian) (ML) G6968 G6968 = G6968 δράξ drax a handful a handful G6969 G6969 = G6969 δρομεύς dromeus G:N-M a runner a runner , (Euripides) (ML) G6970 G6970 = G6970 δρόσος drosos G:N-F dew 1. dew , Lat. ros, (Herdotus Historicus); in plural, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. pure water , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. of other liquids, δρ. φονία, of blood, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. any thing tender , like ἕρση II, the young of animals , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G6971 G6971 = G6971 δρυμός drumos G:N-M a grove an oak-coppice; and, generally, a coppice, wood , only in plural δρυμά, (Homer); δρυμός in (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G6972 G6972 = G6972 δρῦς drus G:N-F an oak 1. originally a tree (which indeed comes from the same Root), commonly the oak , Lat. quercus, (Homer), etc.; sacred to Zeus, who gave his oracles from the oaks of Dodona, (Odyssey by Homer);—;hence, αἱ προσήγοροι δρύες (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;proverbial, οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ δρυός ἐσσι οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ πέτρης thou art no foundling from tree or rock, i. e. thou hast parents and a country, (Odyssey by Homer); οὐ νῦν ἐστιν ἀπὸ δρυὸς οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ πέτρης ὀαρίζειν 'tis no time now to talk at ease from tree or rock, (Iliad by Homer)
2. of other trees, πίειρα δρῦς the resinous wood (of the pine), (Sophocles Tragicus); of the olive, (Euripides)
3. metaphorically a wornout old man , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6973 G6973 = G6973 δυναστεία dunasteia G:N-F command 1. power, lordship, sovereignty , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. an oligarchy , (Thucydides)
from δῦναστεύω (ML) G6974 G6974 = G6974 κυρεία kureia G:N command command; domination; might G6975 G6975 = G6975 δυναστεύω dunasteuō G:V be in power to hold power or lordship, be powerful , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
from δῦνάστης (ML) G6976 G6976 = G6976 δυνατῶς dunatōs G:ADV mightily mightily G6977 G6977 = a Combination of G1417 (G1417+G1417) δὺο δύο duo duo G:A two by two two by two G6979 G6979 = G6979 δυσκολία duskolia G:N-F discontent 1. discontent, peevishness , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. of things, difficulty , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G6980 G6980 = G6980 δύσκωφος duskōphos G:A hard of hearing hard of hearing G6981 G6981 = G6981 δυστοκέω dustokeō G:V to suffer birth pangs to be in sore travail , of women:—; metaphorically, δυστοκεῖ πόλις (Aristophanes Comicus)
from δύστοκος (ML) G6982 G6982 = G6982 δύσχρηστος duschrēstos G:A inconvenient hard to use, nearly useless , (Xenophon Historicus); intractable , (Xenophon Historicus):—;adverb -τως ἔχειν to be in distress , (Plutarch) (ML) G6983 G6983 = G6983 δωδεκάμηνος dōdekamēnos G:N-N twelve months twelve months G6984 G6984 = G6984 δωροδέκτης dōrodektēs G:N-M one that takes bribes one that takes bribes G6985 G6985 = G6985 δωρολήπτης dōrolēptēs G:N-M one that receives bribes one that receives bribes G6986 G6986 = G6986 ἐάνπερ eanper G:COND if indeed if indeed G6987 G6987 = G6987 ἔαρ ear G:N-N the spring season Lat. ver, spring, ἔαρος νέον ἱσταμένοιο in time of early spring , (Odyssey by Homer); ἅμα τῷ ἔαρι at the beginning of spring , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐξ ἦρος εἰς Ἀρκτοῦρον (Sophocles Tragicus):—;metaphorically of the prime or flower of anything, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἔαρ ὁρᾶν to look fresh and bright , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); γενύων ἔαρ, i. e. the first down on a youth's face, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G6988 G6988 = G6988 ἑβδομάς hebdomas G:N-F a period of seven 1. the number seven or a number of seven , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. a period of seven days, a week (Aristotle Philosopher): also of seven years, a septenary , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G6989 G6989 = G6989 εβδομηκονταδύο ebdomēkontaduo seventy-two seventy-two G6990 G6990 = G6990 εβδομηκονταεπτά ebdomēkontaepta seventy-seven seventy-seven G6991 G6991 = G6991 εβδομηκονταπέντε ebdomēkontapente seventy-five seventy-five G6992 G6992 = G6992 εβδομηκοντατέσσαρες ebdomēkontatessares G:A seventy-four seventy-four G6993 G6993 = G6993 εβδομηκοντατρεῖς ebdomēkontatreis seventy-three seventy-three G6994 G6994 = G6994 ἑβδομηκοστός hebdomēkostos G:A seventieth seventieth G6995 G6995 = G6995 ἐγγαστρίμυθος engastrimuthos G:A one who delivers oracles one who delivers oracles G6996 G6996 = G6996 εγγελά engela a heifer a heifer G6997 G6997 = G6997 ἐγγλύφω engluphō G:V to engrave upon to cut in, carve , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G6998 G6998 = G6998 ἔγγραπτος engraptos G:A written written G6999 G6999 = G6999 ἐγγυάω enguaō G:V to guarantee a loan 1. to give or hand over as a pledge , Lat. spondere, and in Mid. to have a thing pledged to one, accept as a surety , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. of a father to give his daughter in marriage, to plight, betroth , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Mid. to have a woman betrothed to one , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. Mid. also to pledge oneself, give security , (Plato Philosophus), etc.: with accusative et infinitive future to promise or engage that . . , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. with accusative rei, to answer for , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7000 G7000 = G7000 ἐγγύη enguē G:N-F surety a pledge put into the hand: surety, security , Lat. vadimonium, (Odyssey by Homer), attic (ML) G7001 G7001 = G7001 ἐγγύθεν enguthen G:A near to 1. from nigh at hand , (Iliad by Homer), attic
2. with Verbs of rest, hard by, nigh at hand , (Homer)
3. with dative, ἐγγύθεν τινί hard by him, (Iliad by Homer); also with genitive, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7002 G7002 = G7002 ἐγκάθημαι egkathēmai G:V to lie in wait Dep. to sit in or on , (Xenophon Historicus): to lie in ambush , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7003 G7003 = G7003 ἐγκαθίζω egkathizō G:V to sit in place 1. to seat in or upon , (Plato Philosophus):—;so in aor1 middle, ναὸν ἐγκαθείσατο founded a temple there , (Euripides)
2. Mid. to take one's seat on , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7004 G7004 = G7004 ἐγκαινισμός egkainismos G:N-M dedication dedication G7005 G7005 = G7005 ἐγκαίνωσις egkainōsis G:N-F dedication dedication G7006 G7006 = G7006 ἐγκαλύπτω egkaluptō G:V to cover up 1. to veil in a thing, to wrap up , (Aristophanes Comicus): —;Pass. to be veiled or enwrapt , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. Mid. to hide oneself, hide one's face , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.; of persons at the point of death, (Xenophon Historicus); as a mark of shame, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7007 G7007 = G7007 ἔγκαρπος egkarpos G:A containing fruit containing fruit , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7008 G7008 = G7008 ἔγκατα egkata G:N-N insides the inwards, entrails, bowels , Lat. intestina, (Homer) (ML) G7009 G7009 = G7009 ἐγκατακρύπτω egkatakruptō to hide in to hide in G7010 G7010 = G7010 ἐγκατάλειμμα egkataleimma G:N-N leftover, surplus leftover, surplus G7011 G7011 = G7011 ἐγκαταλιμπάνω egkatalimpanō G:V to abandon to abandon G7012 G7012 = G7012 ἐγκαταπαίζω egkatapaizō G:V to mock to mock G7013 G7013 = G7013 ἐγκαυχάομαι egkauchaomai G:V to boast of ἐν-καυκάομαι
(Rec. ἐγκ-, see: ἐν), -ῶμαι [in LXX: 51(52):1 96(97):7 (הָלַל hithp.); Ps 73(74):4 (שָׁאַג); Ps 105(106):47 (שָׁבַח)* ;]
to take pride in, glory in: before ἐν, 2Th.1:4.†
(AS) G7014 G7014 = G7014 ἔγκειμαι egkeimai G:V to cling 1. to lie in, be wrapped in clothes , (Iliad by Homer)
2. ἔγκεισθαί τινι to be involved in a thing, (Euripides)
3. to press upon , of troops pressing upon the enemy, (Thucydides):—;with an adjective or adverb, πολλὸς ἐνέκειτο was very urgent , (Herdotus Historicus); πολὺς ἔγκειται he insists much upon a thing, with dative, (Demosthenes Orator)
4. to be devoted to one, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G7015 G7015 = G7015 ἐγκισσάω egkissaō G:V to stimulate to stimulate G7016 G7016 = G7016 ἐγκλείω egkleiō G:V to lock up 1. to shut in, close gates, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to shut or confine within : Pass., ἑρκέων ἐγκεκλῃμένος (for ἐντὸς ἑρκέων κεκλῃμένος); (Sophocles Tragicus); δόμοις ἐγκεκλῃμένος (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. generally to confine , γλῶσσαν ἐγκλῄσας (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. Mid. to shut oneself up in , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7017 G7017 = G7017 ἔγκληρος egklēros G:A hereditary 1. having a lot or share in a thing, with genitive, (Sophocles Tragicus); λαχεῖν ἔγκληρά τινι to have an equal share with another, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. having a share of an inheritance, an heir, heiress , (Euripides)
3. ἔγκληρος εὐνή a marriage which brings wealth , (Euripides); ἔγκ. πεδία land possessed as an inheritance , (Euripides) (ML) G7018 G7018 = G7018 ἐγκλοιόω egkloioō G:V to bind with a cord to bind with a cord G7019 G7019 = G7019 ἐγκοίλια egkoilia G:A the intestines the intestines G7020 G7020 = G7020 ἔγκοιλος egkoilos G:A imbedded under sinking in hollows, hollow , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7021 G7021 = G7021 ἐγκολαπτός egkolaptos G:V sculptured sculptured G7022 G7022 = G7022 ἐγκολάπτω egkolaptō G:V to sculpt to cut or carve upon stone, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7023 G7023 = G7023 ἐγκολλάω egkollaō G:V to join to join G7024 G7024 = G7024 ἔγκοπος egkopos G:A wearied wearied , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
from ἐγκόπτω (ML) G7025 G7025 = G7025 ἐγκοτέω egkoteō G:V be angry to be indignant at , τινί (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7026 G7026 = G7026 ἐγκότημα egkotēma G:N-N an object of anger an object of anger G7027 G7027 = G7027 ἐγκρατέω egkrateō G:V to have power over to have power over G7028 G7028 = G7028 ἐγκρίς egkris G:N-F a pastry a pastry G7029 G7029 = G7029 ἐγκρούω egkrouō G:V to hammer in 1. to knock or hammer in , (Aristophanes Comicus): to strike , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. to dance , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7030 G7030 = G7030 ἐγκρυφίας egkruphias G:N-N cakes cakes baked in hot ashes G7031 G7031 = G7031 ἔγκτητος egktētos G:A procured procured G7032 G7032 = G7032 ἐγκυλίω egkuliō G:V to wrap up in to wrap up in G7033 G7033 = G7033 ἐγκωμιάζω egkōmiazō G:V to laud to praise, laud, extol one, ἐπί τινι for a thing, (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to be praised , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7034 G7034 = G7034 ἐγκώμιον egkōmion G:N-N a commendation a commendation G7035 G7035 = G7035 ἐγρήγορος egrēgoros a watchman a watchman G7036 G7036 = G7036 ἐγχειρέω egcheireō G:V to take in hand 1. to put one's hand in or to a thing, to attempt it, with dative rei, (Euripides); with infinitive, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.: absolute to make an attempt or beginning , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to lay hands on, attack, assail , τινι (Thucydides) (ML) G7037 G7037 = G7037 ἐγχείρημα egcheirēma G:N-N an enterprise an undertaking, attempt , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G7038 G7038 = G7038 ἐγχειρίδιος egcheiridios G:N-N a knife 1. in the hand , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. as Substantive, ἐγχειρίδιον, ου, τό, a hand-knife, dagger , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7039 G7039 = G7039 ἐγχειρίζω egcheirizō to commit to 1. to put into one's hands, entrust , τί or τινά τινι (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: —;Pass., ἐγχειρίζεσθαί τι to be entrusted with a thing, (Lucian)
2. Mid. to take in hand, encounter , κινδύνους (Thucydides) (ML) G7040 G7040 = G7040 ἐγχέω egcheō G:V to pour 1. to pour in , μέθυ ἐγχ. δεπάεσσι (Odyssey by Homer); οἶνον ἐς κύλικα (Herdotus Historicus); ἐγχεῖν alone, to pour in wine, to fill the cup , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.: —;Mid. to fill one's cup , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. of dry things, to pour in, shoot in , (Odyssey by Homer)
3. with accusative of the cup, to fill by pouring in , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. ἐγχεῖν ὕδωρ τινί, i. e. to fill the κλεψύδρα (q. see.), (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7041 G7041 = G7041 ἐγχρονίζω egchronizō G:V to linger to be long about a thing, to delay , (Thucydides):—;Pass. to become chronic , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7042 G7042 = G7042 ἐγχώριος egchōrios G:A native inhabitant 1. in or of the country , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. as Substantive a dweller in the land, inhabitant , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. τὸ ἐγχώριον as adverb according to the custom of the country , (Thucydides) (ML) G7043 G7043 = G7043 ἔδεσμα edesma G:N-N food meat : plural meats , (Batrachomyomachia) (ML) G7044 G7044 = G7044 ἔδνα edna N:N a dowry a dowry G7045 G7045 = G7045 ἕδρα hedra G:N-F buttock 1. a sitting-place :
2. a seat, chair, stool, bench , (Homer): a seat of honour , (Iliad by Homer)
3. a seat , of the gods, a sanctuary, temple , (Pindar); ἐξ ἕδρας out of its right place , (Euripides):—; a foundation, base , (Plutarch)
5. ἡ ἕδρα τοῦ ἵππου the back of the horse, on which the rider sits , (Xenophon Historicus)
6. ἕδραι are the quarters of the sky in which omens appear, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
7. a sitting , (Aeschulus Tragicus): of a position, γονυπετεῖς ἕδραι kneeling, (Euripides)
8. a sitting still, inactivity, delay , (Herdotus Historicus); οὐχ ἕδρας ἀκμή 'tis not the season for sitting still , (Sophocles Tragicus)
9. the sitting of a council, (Sophocles Tragicus)
10. the seat, breech, fundament , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7046 G7046 = G7046 ἑδράζω hedrazō G:V to seat to make to sit, place , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7047 G7047 = G7047 ἐθισμός ethismos G:N-M a custom a custom G7048 G7048 = a Combination of G1487G (G1487G+G1161+G2532) εἰ δὲ καί ei de kai but if even but if even G7049 G7049 = a Combination of G3375 (G1487G+G3375) εἰ μήν ei mēn is it not? is it not? G7050 G7050 = G7050 εἰκάζω eikazō G:V to imagine 1. to make like to, represent by a likeness, portray , (Xenophon Historicus); εἰκὼν γραφῆι εἰκασμένη a figure painted to the life , (Herdotus Historicus); αἰετὸς εἰκασμένος a figure like an eagle, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to liken, compare , τί τινι (Aeschulus Tragicus); εἰκ. τι καί τι (Herdotus Historicus): to describe by a comparison , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to resemble , τινι (Euripides)
3. to infer from comparison, form a conjecture , (Herdotus Historicus); ὡς εἰκάσαι, so far as one can guess , (Herdotus Historicus):—;with accusative et infinitive to guess that it is so, guess it to be , (Herdotus Historicus): —; εἰκ. τι ἔκ τινος (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἀπό τινος (Thucydides); εἰκ. τι to make a guess about it, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7051 G7051 = G7051 εἰκάς eikas G:N-F the twentieth day 1. the twentieth day of the month (entry ἡμέρα); (Hesiod): the days from 21 to 30 were called αἱ εἰκάδες (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. the sixth day of the Eleusinian mysteries, (Euripides) (ML) G7052 G7052 = G7052 εἰκοσαετής eikosaetēs G:A-NUI of twenty years of twenty years , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7053 G7053 = G7053 εικοσιδύο eikosiduo twenty-two twenty-two G7054 G7054 = G7054 εἰκοσιείς eikosieis twenty-one twenty-one G7055 G7055 = G7055 εἰκοσιεννέα eikosiennea G:A twenty-nine twenty-nine G7056 G7056 = G7056 εἰκοσιέξ eikosiex twenty-six twenty-six G7057 G7057 = G7057 εἰκοσιεπτά eikosiepta twenty-seven twenty-seven G7058 G7058 = G7058 εἰκοσιοκτώ eikosioktō twenty-eight twenty-eight G7059 G7059 = G7059 εἰκοσιπέντε eikosipente twenty-five twenty-five G7060 G7060 = G7060 εἰκοσιτέσσαρες eikositessares twenty-four twenty-four G7061 G7061 = G7061 εἰκοσιτρεῖς eikositreis twenty-three twenty-three G7062 G7062 = G7062 εἱλέω ehileō G:V to wrap to wrap G7063 G7063 = G7063 εἶμι eimi to come to come G7064 G7064 = G7064 εἰρ eir a sentinel a sentinel, a watcher G7065 G7065 = G7065 εἰσάπαξ eisapax at once for εἰς ἅπαξ at once, once for all , (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G7066 G7066 = G7066 εἰσβλέπω eisblepō G:V to look in to look at, look upon , mostly with εἰς, (Herdotus Historicus); but with accusative, (Euripides) (ML) G7067 G7067 = G7067 εἰσδεκτός eisdektos acceptable acceptable G7068 G7068 = G7068 εισδύω eisduō G:V to enter into to enter into G7069 G7069 = G7069 εἰσοδιάζω eisodiazō G:V income to come in as income G7070 G7070 = G7070 εἰσόδιος eisodios G:N-N an entrance an entrance G7071 G7071 = G7071 εἰσσπάομαι eisspaomai G:V to draw into to draw into G7072 G7072 = G7072 εἰσφορά eisphora G:N-F a contribution 1. a gathering in , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. at Athens, a property-tax levied to supply a deficit in the revenue, to meet the exigencies of war, (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G7073 G7073 = G7073 ἑκάτερος hekateros G:A to each other each of two, either, each singly , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;in singular, with a plural noun, like Lat. uterque, ταῦτα εἰπόντες ἀπῆλθον ἑκάτερος (Xenophon Historicus); except when each party is a plural, (Plato Philosophus)
(ML) G7074 G7074 = G7074 ἑκατονταπλασίως hekatontaplasiōs G:A a hundred foldly a hundred foldly G7075 G7075 = G7075 ἑκατοντάς hekatontas G:N-F a hundred the number a hundred , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7076 G7076 = G7076 ἑκατοστεύω hekatosteuō G:V to bear a hundred to bear a hundred G7078 G7078 = G7078 ἐκβιάζω ekbiazō G:V to expel to force out :—;Pass., τόξον χειρῶν ἐκβεβιασμένον the bow forced from mine hands, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7079 G7079 = G7079 ἐκβλαστάνω ekblastanō G:V to sprout forth to sprout forth G7080 G7080 = G7080 ἐκβλύζω ekbluzō G:V to gush out to gush out G7081 G7081 = G7081 ἐκβράζω ekbrazō G:V to throw out to throw out foam, of the sea:—;Pass., of ships, to be cast ashore , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7082 G7082 = G7082 ἐκβρασμός ekbrasmos G:N-M an eruption an eruption G7083 G7083 = G7083 ἐκγελάω ekgelaō G:V to laugh out loud to laugh out, laugh loud , (Odyssey by Homer): metaphorically of a liquid, to rush gurgling out , (Euripides) (ML) G7084 G7084 = G7084 ἐκγράφω ekgraphō G:V to write out to write out :—;Mid. to write out or copy for oneself , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7085 G7085 = G7085 ἐκδανείζω ekdaneizō G:V to lend with interest to lend with interest G7086 G7086 = G7086 ἐκδέρω ekderō G:V to flay 1. to strip off the skin from a person, with accusative, (Herdotus Historicus): also with accusative rei, to strip off , βύρσαν ἐκδ. (Euripides)
2. to cudgel soundly, to "hide, " (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7087 G7087 = G7087 ἐκδέω ekdeō G:V to suspend to bind so as to hang from, to fasten to or on , with genitive, (Iliad by Homer): absolute, σανίδας ἐκδῆσαι to bind planks (to his back), (Odyssey by Homer):—;Mid. to bind a thing to oneself, hang it round one , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7088 G7088 = G7088 ἐκδιδύσκω ekdiduskō G:V to strip to strip G7089 G7089 = G7089 ἐκδικάζω ekdikazō G:V to avenge 1. to decide finally, settle , of a judge, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to avenge , (Euripides) (ML) G7090 G7090 = G7090 ἐκδικητής ekdikētēs G:N-M avenger avenger G7091 G7091 = G7091 ἐκζέω ekzeō G:V to erupt 1. to boil out or over, break out , of curses, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. with genitive, εὐλέων ἐξέζεσε boiled over with worms, i. e. bred worms, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7092 G7092 = G7092 ἔκθεμα ekthema G:N-N public notice public notice G7093 G7093 = G7093 ἐκθερίζω ektherizō G:V to reap up to reap or mow completely , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7094 G7094 = G7094 ἐκθηλάζω ekthēlazō G:V to suck out to suck out G7095 G7095 = G7095 ἐκθλίβω ekthlibō G:V to squeeze out to squeeze much: to distress greatly , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7096 G7096 = G7096 ἐκκαθαρίζω ekkatharizō G:V to clear out to clear out G7097 G7097 = G7097 ἑκκαίδεκα hekkaideka G:A sixteen indeclinable sixteen , Lat. sedecim, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7098 G7098 = G7098 ἑκκαιδέκατος hekkaidekatos G:A sixteenth sixteenth , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7099 G7099 = G7099 ἐκκαλέω ekkaleō G:V to call forth 1. to call out or forth, summon forth , (Homer)
2. Mid. to call out to oneself , (Odyssey by Homer)
3. to call forth, elicit , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
4. with infinitive to call on one to do, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7100 G7100 = G7100 ἐκκενόω ekkenoō G:V to empty out to empty out, leave desolate , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐκκενοῦν θυμὸν ἐς σχεδίαν γέροντος to pour out one's spirit into Charon's boat, i. e. give up the ghost, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); ἐκκ. ἰούς to shoot all one's arrows, [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass. to be left desolate , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7101 G7101 = G7101 ἐκκήρυκτος ekkēruktos G:A banished banished; by public proclamation G7102 G7102 = G7102 ἐκκλησιάζω ekklēsiazō G:V to hold an assembly 1. to hold an assembly, debate therein , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. to be a member of the Assembly , ἐκκλ. ἀπὸ τιμήματος οὐθενός (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G7103 G7103 = G7103 ἐκκλησιαστής ekklēsiastēs G:N-M assemblyman a member of the ἐκκλησία, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7104 G7104 = G7104 ἐκκλύζω ekkluzō G:V to wash out to wash out stains, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7105 G7105 = G7105 ἐκκόλαμμα ekkolamma G:N engravement engravement G7106 G7106 = G7106 ἐκκρούω ekkrouō G:V to knock back 1. to knock out , τι ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to drive back, repulse , (Thucydides): metaphorically to frustrate one of a thing, with genitive, (Plutarch)
3. to hiss an actor off the stage, explodere , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. to put off, adjourn by evasions , (Demosthenes Orator); ἐκκρ. τοὺς λόγους to baffle by putting off, elude , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7107 G7107 = G7107 ἐκκύπτω ekkuptō G:V to look out of to peep out of a place, with genitive, (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G7108 G7108 = G7108 ἐκλαμβάνω eklambanō G:V to take out of 1. to receive from others, receive in full , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. ἔργα ἐκλ. = ἐργολαβέω, to contract to do work, opposite to ἐκδίδωμι (to let it out), (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to take in a certain sense, to understand , Lat. accipere, (Plato Philosophus); ἐκλ. τι ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G7109 G7109 = G7109 ἐκλατομέω eklatomeō G:V to quarry to quarry G7110 G7110 = G7110 ἐκλείχω ekleichō G:V to lick up to lick up G7111 G7111 = G7111 ἔκλειψις ekleipsis G:N-F end 1. abandonment , τῶν νεῶν (Herdotus Historicus)
2. (from intransitive) of sun or moon, an eclipse , (Thucydides) (ML) G7112 G7112 = G7112 ἐκλευκαίνω ekleukainō G:V to whiten to whiten G7113 G7113 = G7113 ἔκλευκος ekleukos G:A very white very white G7114 G7114 = G7114 ἐκλιμία eklimia G:N-F craving craving G7115 G7115 = G7115 ἐκλογίζομαι eklogizomai G:V to call into account 1. Dep. to compute, calculate , (Plutarch)
2. to consider, reflect on , τι (Herdotus Historicus); περί τινος (Thucydides)
3. to reckon on , οὐδεὶς αὑτοῦ θάνατον ἐκλογίζεται (Euripides) (ML) G7116 G7116 = G7116 ἐκλοχίζω eklochizō G:V to select to select G7117 G7117 = G7117 ἔκλυσις eklusis G:N-F feebleness 1. release or deliverance from a thing, with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. feebleness, faintness , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7118 G7118 = G7118 ἐκλύτρωσις eklutrōsis G:V ransoming ransoming G7119 G7119 = G7119 ἐκμαίνω ekmainō to drive mad 1. to drive mad with passion, (Euripides); ἐκμῆναί τινα δωμάτων to drive one raving from the house, (Euripides):—;Pass., with perfect 2 active ἐκμέμηνα, to go mad with passion, be furious , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. with accusative rei, ἐκμῆναι πόθον to kindle mad desire, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7120 G7120 = G7120 ἐκμετρέω ekmetreō G:V to measure out to measure out, measure , χρόνον (Euripides):—;Mid. to measure for oneself, take measure of , τι (Xenophon Historicus); ἄστροις ἐκμετρούμενος χθόνα calculating its position by the stars, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7121 G7121 = G7121 ἐκμιαίνω ekmiainō G:V to defile to thoroughly defile G7122 G7122 = G7122 ἐκμυελίζω ekmuelizō G:V to extract marrow to extract marrow G7123 G7123 = G7123 ἔκνηψις eknēpsis G:N-F soberness soberness G7124 G7124 = G7124 ἑκουσιάζομαι hekousiazomai G:V be willing be willing; volunteer, to G7125 G7125 = G7125 ἑκουσιασμός hekousiasmos G:N-M a voluntary offering a voluntary offering G7126 G7126 = G7126 ἐκπεράω ekperaō G:V to carry over 1. to go out over, pass beyond , (Odyssey by Homer); ἐκπ. βίον to go through life, (Euripides)
2. absolute of an arrow, to pass through, pierce , (Iliad by Homer)
3. to go or come out of a place, with genitive, (Euripides) (ML) G7127 G7127 = G7127 ἐκπεριπορεύομαι ekperiporeuomai G:V to march around to march around G7128 G7128 = G7128 ἐκπιέζω ekpiezō G:V to pressure to pressure G7129 G7129 = G7129 ἐκπικραίνομαι ekpikrainomai G:V to embitter greatly to embitter greatly G7130 G7130 = G7130 ἐκπίνω ekpinō G:V to drink up 1. to drink out or off, quaff liquor, (Odyssey by Homer): so, in perfect passive, ἐκπέποται (Odyssey by Homer); αἵματ᾽ ἐκποθένθ᾽ ὑπὸ χθονός (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. to drain a cup dry , πλῆρες ἐκπ. κέρας (Sophocles Tragicus): metaphorically, ἐκπ. ὄλβον (Euripides) (ML) G7131 G7131 = G7131 ἔκπληξις ekplēxis amazement consternation , (Thucydides), etc.; ἔκπλ. κακῶν terror caused by misfortunes, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7132 G7132 = G7132 ἐκπλύνω ekplunō G:V to thoroughly wash 1. to wash out , especially to wash out colours from cloths, (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to be washed out , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to wash clean , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7133 G7133 = G7133 ἐκποιέω ekpoieō G:V to furnish 1. to put out :
2. to put out a child, i. e. give him in adoption , (Isaeus Orator)
3. Mid. to produce, bring forth , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. to make complete, finish, finish off , (Herdotus Historicus):—;with genitive materiae, Παρίου λίθου τὰ ἔμπροσθε ἐξεποίησαν they made all the front of Parian marble, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7134 G7134 = G7134 ἐκπολεμέω ekpolemeō G:V to wage war to excite to war, make hostile , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7135 G7135 = G7135 ἐκπολιορκέω ekpoliorkeō G:V to capture a city to force a besieged town to surrender , (Thucydides):—;Pass. to be forced to surrender , (Thucydides) (ML) G7136 G7136 = G7136 ἐκπορθέω ekportheō G:V to pillage 1. to pillage , (Euripides), etc.:—;Pass., of a person, to be undone , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to carry off as plunder , (Thucydides) (ML) G7137 G7137 = G7137 εκπριόω ekprioō G:V to buy off to buy off G7138 G7138 = G7138 εκρέω ekreō G:V to flow away 1. in active sense:—; to flow out or forth , (Iliad by Homer)
2. of feathers, to fall off , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. metaphorically to fall away, disappear , Lat. effluere, (Plato Philosophus)
4. with accusative cognate to shed, let fall , χάριν [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7139 G7139 = G7139 ἔκρηγμα ekrēgma G:N-N an inundation an inundation G7140 G7140 = G7140 ἐκρήγνυμι ekrēgnumi G:V be torn from 1. to break off, snap asunder , (Iliad by Homer); with genitive, ὕδωρ ἐξέρρηξεν ὁδοῖο the water broke off a piece of the road, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass. to break or snap asunder , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. with accusative cognate to let break forth, break out with , (Plutarch):—;Pass. to break out , of an ulcer, (Herdotus Historicus); of a quarrel, ἐς μέσον ἐξερράγη it broke out in public, (Herdotus Historicus); of persons, to break out into passionate words , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. sometimes also intransitive in Act., οὔ ποτ᾽ ἐκρήξει μάχη (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7141 G7141 = G7141 ἐκρίπτω ekriptō G:V to cast forth to cast forth , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7142 G7142 = G7142 ἔκρυσις ekrusis G:N-F an outflow an outflow G7143 G7143 = G7143 ἐκσαρκίζομαι eksarkizomai G:V to tear off flesh to tear off flesh G7144 G7144 = G7144 ἐκσιφωνίζω eksiphōnizō G:V to siphon off to siphon off G7145 G7145 = G7145 ἐκσπάω ekspaō G:V to pull out to draw out , (Iliad by Homer); so in Mid., ἐκσπασσαμένω ἔγχεα having drawn out their spears, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7146 G7146 = G7146 ἐκσπερματίζω ekspermatizō G:V to produce offspring to produce offspring G7147 G7147 = G7147 ἐκστραγγίζω ekstrangizō to strain out to strain out G7148 G7148 = G7148 ἐκστρατεύω ekstrateuō G:V to march 1. to march out , (Thucydides)
2. in Mid., absolute to take the field , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to have ended the campaign , (Thucydides) (ML) G7149 G7149 = G7149 ἔκτασις ektasis G:N-F stretching out stretching out G7150 G7150 = G7150 ἐκτάσσω ektassō G:V to array to draw out in battle-order , of the officers:—;Mid. to draw themselves out , of the soldiers, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7151 G7151 = G7151 ἐκτέμνω ektemnō G:V to cut off 1. to cut out , (Iliad by Homer); ὀϊστὸν ἐκτάμνειν μηροῦ to cut an arrow from the thigh, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to cut trees out of a wood, cut down , (Iliad by Homer); of planks, to hew out, hew into shape , ὃς νήϊον ἐκτάμνῃσιν (epic for -τέμνῃ); (Iliad by Homer)
3. to cut away, sever , (Pindar)
4. to castrate , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7152 G7152 = G7152 ἐκτήκω ektēkō G:V to waste away 1. to melt out, destroy, by melting , (Euripides)
2. metaphorically to let melt away, let pine or waste away , (Euripides)
3. Pass., with perfect ἐκτέτηκα, aorist2 ἐξετάκην [ ᾶ], to melt, pine or waste away , (Euripides); τόδ᾽ μήποτ᾽ ἐκτακείη may it never melt from my remembrance, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7153 G7153 = G7153 ἐκτίκτω ektiktō G:V to bring forth to bring forth G7154 G7154 = G7154 ἐκτίλλω ektillō G:V to pluck out to pluck out hair:—;Pass., κόμην ἐκτετιλμένος having one's hair plucked out , (Anacreon Lyricus) (ML) G7155 G7155 = G7155 ἐκτιναγμός ektinagmos G:N-M a thrusting out a thrusting out G7156 G7156 = G7156 ἐκτοκίζω ektokizō G:V to lend with interest to lend with interest G7157 G7157 = G7157 ἐκτομίας ektomias G:N-M emasculated emasculated G7158 G7158 = G7158 ἐκτρέχω ektrechō G:V to run forth 1. to run out or forth, make a sally , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to run off or away , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to run beyond bounds, exceed bounds , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7159 G7159 = G7159 ἐκτριβή ektribē G:N-F obliteration obliteration G7160 G7160 = G7160 ἐκτρίβω ektribō G:V to obliterate 1. to rub out , πῦρ ἐκτρ. to produce fire by rubbing , (Xenophon Historicus):—; to rub hard , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to rub out , i. e. to destroy root and branch , (Herdotus Historicus); βίον ἐκτρ. to bring life to a wretched end , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass., πρόρριζος ἐκτέτριπται (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to rub constantly, wear out , (Euripides) (ML) G7161 G7161 = G7161 ἔκτριψις ektripsis G:V obliteration obliteration G7162 G7162 = G7162 ἐκτρυγάω ektrugaō G:V to gather in grapes to gather in grapes G7163 G7163 = G7163 ἐκτρώγω ektrōgō G:V to chew away to eat up, devour , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7164 G7164 = G7164 ἐκτυπόω ektupoō G:V to shape to model or work in relief , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7165 G7165 = G7165 ἐκτύπωμα ektupōma G:N-N an impression an impression G7166 G7166 = G7166 ἐκτύπωσις ektupōsis G:N-F an impression an impression G7167 G7167 = G7167 ἐκτυφλόω ektuphloō G:V to make blind to make quite blind , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7168 G7168 = G7168 ἐκφορά ekphora G:N-F a funeral 1. a carrying out of a corpse to burial, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. (from Pass.) of horses, a running away , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7169 G7169 = G7169 ἐκφόριον ekphorion G:N-N resource payment on produce, rent, tithe , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7170 G7170 = G7170 ἐκφύρω ekphurō G:V to defile to defile G7171 G7171 = G7171 ἐκφυσάω ekphusaō G:V to blow away 1. to blow out , ποταμὸς ἐκφυσᾷ μένος pours forth its strength, (Aeschulus Tragicus): metaphorically, ἐκφ. πόλεμον to blow up a war from a spark, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to breathe out , ὕπνον ἔκφ. i. e. to snore, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G7172 G7172 = G7172 ἔκχυσις ekchusis G:N-F an outpouring an outpouring G7173 G7173 = G7173 ἐλάϊνος elainos G:A of olive of olive G7174 G7174 = G7174 ἐλαιολογέω elaiologeō G:V to pick olives to pick olives G7175 G7175 = G7175 ἔλασμα elasma G:N-M a hammered piece a hammered piece G7176 G7176 = G7176 ἐλασσόω elassoō G:V to lack 1. to make less or smaller, to lessen, diminish, lower , (Isaeus Orator): with genitive to detract from , (Thucydides)
2. Pass.
3. absolute to become smaller, be lessened, suffer loss, be depreciated , (Thucydides): —;also to take less than one's due, waive one's rights or privileges , (Thucydides)
4. with dative rei, to have the worst of it, to be inferior , τινι in a thing, (Thucydides)
5. with genitive pers. to be at disadvantage with a person, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7177 G7177 = G7177 ἐλάτη elatē G:N-F fir tree 1. the silver fir, pinus picea , (Iliad by Homer)
2. an oar , (Homer): also a ship or boat , like Lat. abies, (Euripides) (ML) G7178 G7178 = G7178 ἐλάτινος elatinos G:A of fir of the fir , Lat. abiegnus, (Iliad by Homer):—; of fir or pine-wood , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7179 G7179 = G7179 ἐλατός elatos G:N-F hammered out hammered out G7180 G7180 = G7180 ἔλαφος elaphos G:N-M hind a deer , whether male, a hart or stag , or female, a hind , (Iliad by Homer):—; κραδίην ἐλάφοιο [ ἔχων] with heart of deer , i. e. a coward, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7181 G7181 = G7181 ἐλέφας elephas G:N-M ivory 1. the elephant , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the elephant's tusk, ivory , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7182 G7182 = G7182 ἑλικτός heliktos G:A kneaded 1. curved, twisted, wreathed , (Homeric Hymns); ἑλ. κύτος a wheeled ark, (Euripides); σῦριγξ περὶ χεῖλος ἑλικτά moving quickly , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. metaphorically tortuous , (Euripides) (ML) G7183 G7183 = G7183 ἕλιξ helix G:N-F a fetter 1. anything which assumes a spiral shape :
2. an armlet or ear-ring , (Iliad by Homer)
3. a twist, whirl, convolution , ἕλικες στεροπῆς flashes of forked lightning, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. the tendril of the vine, (Euripides): of ivy, (Euripides)
5. a curl or lock of hair , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
6. the coil or spire of a serpent, (Euripides) (ML) G7184 G7184 = G7184 ἔλλειμμα elleimma remains remains G7185 G7185 = G7185 ελμωνί elmōni N:N a concealed place a concealed place G7186 G7186 = G7186 ἕλος helos a marsh low ground by rivers, a marsh-meadow , (Homer), etc. (ML) G7187 G7187 = G7187 ἐμβαθύνω embathunō to deepen to deepen G7188 G7188 = G7188 ἐμβρίμημα embrimēma G:N-N threatening threatening G7189 G7189 = G7189 ἔμετος emetos G:N-M vomit vomiting , Lat. vomitus, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7190 G7190 = G7190 ἐμμολύνω emmolunō G:V to contaminate to contaminate G7191 G7191 = G7191 ἔμμονος emmonos G:A permanent abiding by, steadfast , (Xenophon Historicus); ἔμμ. τινι abiding by a thing, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7192 G7192 = G7192 εμμωνείμ emmōneim such and such place such and such place G7193 G7193 = G7193 ἔμπαιγμα empaigma G:N-N mockery mockery , (New Testament)
from ἐμπαίζω (ML) G7194 G7194 = G7194 ἐμπαραγίνομαι emparaginomai G:V to come upon to come upon G7195 G7195 = G7195 ἐμπήγνυμι empēgnumi G:V to stick into to fix or plant in , with dative, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., with perfect and pluperfect active to be fixed or stuck in, to stick in , τινί or ἔν τινι (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7196 G7196 = G7196 ἐμπίμπρημι empimprēmi G:V to set on fire to kindle, burn, set on fire , (Iliad by Homer); also with genitive, πυρὸς νῆας ἐνιπρῆσαι to burn them by force of fire, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass. to be on fire , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7197 G7197 = G7197 ἐμπιστεύω empisteuō G:V to entrust to entrust , τινί τι (Plutarch):—;Pass. to be entrusted with , τι (Lucian) (ML) G7198 G7198 = G7198 ἐμπλατύνω emplatunō G:V to widen to widen G7199 G7199 = G7199 ἐμπλόκιον emplokion G:N-N a wreath a wreath G7200 G7200 = G7200 ἔμπνευσις empneusis G:N-F blasting blasting G7201 G7201 = G7201 ἐμποδίζω empodizō G:V to impede 1. to put the feet in bonds, to fetter , (Herdotus Historicus): —;Pass., ἐμπεποδισμένος τοὺς πόδας (Herdotus Historicus)
2. generally, to hinder, thwart, impede , Lat. impedire, τινά (Aristophanes Comicus); πρός τι in a thing, (Isocrates Orator):—;Pass., (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. ὥσπερ ἐμποδίζων ἰσχάδας like one stringing figs or treading figs flat for packing, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7202 G7202 = G7202 ἐμποδοστατέω empodostateō G:V to impede to impede G7203 G7203 = G7203 ἐμποιέω empoieō G:V to cause 1. to make in , (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., χελιδὼν ἐμπεποιημένη introduced by the poet's art , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to foist in, interpolate , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to produce or create in , of states of mind, ἐπιθυμίαν τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις ἐμπ. (Thucydides); κακόν τι ἐμπ. ταῖς ψυχαῖς (Plato Philosophus)
4. of conditions, to introduce, produce, cause , φθόρον, στάσιν (Thucydides) (ML) G7204 G7204 = G7204 ἐμπολάω empolaō G:V to do business 1. to get by barter or traffic, earn , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid., βίοτον πολὺν ἐμπολόωντο they were getting much substance by traffic , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to deal or traffic in a thing, to purchase, buy , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;metaphorically, ἐμπ. τὴν ἐμὴν φρένα to make profit of my mind, by dealing with me, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. absolute to deal as a merchant, traffic , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;metaphorically, ἠμποληκὼς τὰ πλεῖστ᾽ ἀμείνονα having dealt in most things with success, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7205 G7205 = G7205 ἐμπρόσθιος emprosthios G:N-N in front fore, front , of an animal's feet, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7206 G7206 = G7206 ἔμπτυσμα emptusma G:N-N spit spit G7207 G7207 = G7207 ἐμπυρίζω empurizō G:V to burn to burn; set of fire G7208 G7208 = G7208 ἐμπυρισμός empurismos G:N-M a combustion a combustion G7209 G7209 = G7209 ἔμπυρος empuros G:A on a fire 1. in the fire , ἡ ἔμπ. τέχνη the work of the fire, the forge , (Plato Philosophus); also the art of divining by fire , (Euripides)
2. exposed to fire or sun, scorched, burnt , (Euripides)
3. burning, fiery , of the sun, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. lighted , of a lamp, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
5. of or for a burnt-offering , (Euripides)
6. as Substantive, ἔμπυρα (i.e. ἱερά); τά, burnt sacrifices , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7210 G7210 = G7210 ἐμφαίνω emphainō G:V to appear 1. to let a thing be seen in a mirror, (Plato Philosophus):—; to exhibit, display , (Plutarch), etc.
2. Pass., with future middle to be seen in a mirror, to be reflected , (Plato Philosophus)
3. to become visible , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7211 G7211 = G7211 ἐμφανῶς emphanōs G:A visibly visibly G7212 G7212 = G7212 ἐμφραγμός emphragmos an obstruction an obstruction G7213 G7213 = G7213 ἐμφράσσω emphrassō G:V to obstruct to obstruct G7214 G7214 = G7214 ἐνακούω enakouō G:V to listen to attentively to listen to a thing, with genitive, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7215 G7215 = G7215 ἐναλλάξ enallax G:A crosswise alternately , Lat. vicissim, πρήσσειν ἐν. to have alternations of fortune, (Herdotus Historicus)
from ἐναλλάσσω (ML) G7216 G7216 = G7216 ἐνάλλομαι enallomai G:V to assail 1. Dep.
2. to leap in or upon , with dative, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. to rush against (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. absolute to dance , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7217 G7217 = G7217 ἐναντιόομαι enantioomai G:V to withstand 1. Dep:
2. to set oneself against, oppose, withstand , τινι (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; οὐκ ἐναντιώσομαι τὸ μὴ οὐ γεγωνεῖν I will not refuse to speak, (Aeschulus Tragicus); τοῦτό μοι ἐναντιοῦται πράττειν this prevents me from doing, (Plato Philosophus)
3. to contradict, gainsay , (Euripides), etc.
4. of the wind, to be adverse , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7218 G7218 = G7218 ἔνδεια endeia G:N-F a lack 1. want, need, lack , (Thucydides), etc.
2. defect, deficiency , (Plato Philosophus)
3. want of means, need, poverty , Lat. egestas, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7219 G7219 = G7219 ἐνδελεχισμός endelechismos G:N-M in perpetuity in perpetuity; perpetual G7220 G7220 = G7220 ἐνδελεχῶς endelechōs G:A continually continually; perpetually G7221 G7221 = G7221 ἔνδεσμος endesmos G:N-M bonding, bundles bonding, bundles G7222 G7222 = G7222 ἐνδέω endeō G:V to bind in to bind in; want G7223 G7223 = G7223 ἐνδιαβάλλω endiaballō G:V to be adversary to stand as adversary; slander G7224 G7224 = G7224 ἐνδιατρίβω endiatribō G:V to spend one's time 1. to spend or consume in doing, χρόνον (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. absolute (entry χρόνον); to spend time in a place, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. to waste time by staying in a place, linger there, (Thucydides)
4. to continue in the practice of a thing ἔν τινι (Xenophon Historicus): absolute to dwell upon a point (in speaking), (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7225 G7225 = G7225 ἐνδίδωμι endidōmi G:V to give forth 1. to give in :
2. to give into one's hands, give up to , τινά or τί τινι (Euripides), etc.; a city, especially by treachery, (Thucydides)
3. like Lat. praebere, to give, lend, afford, ἐνδιδόναι τινὶ χέρα to lend him a hand, (Euripides); ἐνδ. λαβήν τινι to give one a handle, (Aristophanes Comicus):—; to cause, excite , (Thucydides)
4. to shew, exhibit , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. to allow, grant, concede , (Euripides)
6. intransitive to give in, allow, permit , (Herdotus Historicus): to give in, give way , (Thucydides):—; ἐνδ. τινι to yield to , (Thucydides) (ML) G7226 G7226 = G7226 ἐνδογενής endogenēs G:A natural natural G7227 G7227 = G7227 ἔνδοθεν endothen G:A within 1. adverb from within , Lat. intrinsecus, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. like οἴκοθεν, of oneself, by one's own doing , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. within , with genitive, (Iliad by Homer)
4. absolute, (Herdotus Historicus); οἱ ἔνδοθεν the domestics , (Aristophanes Comicus); or the people inside the city , (Thucydides) (ML) G7228 G7228 = G7228 ἔνδον endon G:A inside 1. in, within, in the house, at home , Lat. intus, (Homer), etc.; τἄνδον as adverb in one's heart , (Euripides):—; οἱ ἔνδον those of the house, the family , (Sophocles Tragicus): τὰ ἔνδον family matters , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with genitive, Διὸς ἔνδον in the house of Zeus, (Iliad by Homer); σκηνῆς ἔνδον (Sophocles Tragicus); φρενῶν ἔνδον in one's senses, (Euripides) (ML) G7229 G7229 = G7229 ἐνδόξως endoxōs G:ADV gloriously gloriously G7230 G7230 = G7230 ἐνδόσθια endosthia G:N-N entrails entrails G7231 G7231 = G7231 ἐνεῖδον eneidon G:V to see in to observe something in a person, τι ἔν τινι (Thucydides); τί τινι (Xenophon Historicus): absolute to observe , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7232 G7232 = G7232 ἐνείρω eneirō to entwine to string on a thing, Pass., (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7233 G7233 = G7233 ενενηκονταοκτώ enenēkontaoktō ninety-eight ninety-eight G7234 G7234 = G7234 ἐνεργός energos G:A operative 1. at work, working, active, busy , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: of soldiers, ships, effective, fit for service , (Thucydides)
2. of land, in work, productive , opposite to ἀργός, (Xenophon Historicus); ἐν. χρήματα capital which brings in a return , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. adverb ἐνεργῶς with activity , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7235 G7235 = G7235 ἐνευφραίνομαι eneuphrainomai G:V be pleased with be pleased with G7236 G7236 = G7236 ἐνεχυράζω enechurazō G:V to take for security 1. to take a pledge from one, τινός Lex quoted in (Demosthenes Orator)
2. with accusative rei, to take in pledge , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass. to have one's goods seized for debt , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Mid. to have security given one, take it for oneself , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7237 G7237 = G7237 ἐνεχύρασμα enechurasma G:N-N collateral collateral G7238 G7238 = G7238 ἐνεχυρασμός enechurasmos G:N-M collateral collateral; taken as a pledge G7239 G7239 = G7239 ἐνέχυρον enechuron G:N-N a security a pledge, surety, security , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν. τιθέναι τι to make a thing a pledge, put it in pawn , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7240 G7240 = G7240 ἒνθα καὶ ἔνθα entha kai entha here here and there G7241 G7241 = G7241 ἔνθεμα enthema G:N-N a garland a garland G7242 G7242 = G7242 ἐνθρονίζω enthronizō G:V to enthrone enthrone G7243 G7243 = G7243 ἐνθύμημα enthumēma G:N-N a thought 1. a thought, piece of reasoning, argument , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. an invention, device , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7244 G7244 = G7244 ἐνθύμιος enthumios G:A inner thought taken to heart , μή σοι ἐνθύμιος ἔστω take not much thought for him, (Odyssey by Homer); ἐνθύμιόν οἱ ἐγένετο he had trouble of heart , (Herdotus Historicus); τί δ᾽ ἐστί σοι τοῦτ᾽ ἐνθύμιο; what is 't that weighs upon thy heart? (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐνθύμιον ποιεῖσθαί τι to have a scruple about it, (Thucydides) (ML) G7245 G7245 = G7245 ἐνιαύσιος eniausios G:A of a year 1. of a year, one year old , σῦς (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
2. yearly, annual, year by year , (Herdotus Historicus):—;neuter plural as adverb, (Hesiod)
3. for a year, lasting a year , (Euripides); κἀνιαύσιος βεβώς gone, absent for a year , (Sophocles Tragicus)
from ἐνιαυτός (ML) G7246 G7246 = G7246 ἐννακόσιοι ennakosioi G:A nine hundred nine hundred G7247 G7247 = G7247 ἐννεακαίδεκα enneakaideka G:A nineteen indeclinable nineteen , (Iliad by Homer), etc. (ML) G7248 G7248 = G7248 ἐννεακαιδέκατος enneakaidekatos G:N-M nineteenth nineteenth G7249 G7249 = a Spelling of G1768 ἐννενήκοντα ennenēkonta ninety ἐνενήκοντα (Rec. ἐννεν-), οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl.,
ninety: Mat.18:12-13, Luk.15:4, 7.†
(AS) G7250 G7250 = G7250 εννενηκονταδύο ennenēkontaduo ninety-two ninety-two G7251 G7251 = G7251 εννενηκονταέξ ennenēkontaex ninety-six ninety-six G7252 G7252 = G7252 ενενηκονταπέντε enenēkontapente ninety-five ninety-five G7253 G7253 = G7253 ἐννοέω ennoeō G:V to reflect on 1. to have in one's thoughts, to think, consider, reflect , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐνν. μή . ., to be anxious lest . ., (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with accusative to think or reflect upon, consider , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐννοεῖν περί τινος (Euripides)
3. with genitive to have thought of a thing, (Euripides)
4. to understand , [variant datesTragica Adespota
5. to intend to do, with infinitive, (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to think of, invent , Lat. excogitare, (Sophocles Tragicus)
7. to have in one's mind, to conceive, form a notion of , τι (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7254 G7254 = G7254 ἐννοσσεύω, ἐννεοσσεύω ennosseuō, enneosseuō G:V to nest 1. to hatch young in a place, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. with accusative to hatch as in a nest , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7255 G7255 = G7255 ἐνοικειόω enoikeioō G:V be related be related G7256 G7256 = G7256 ἐνοπλίζω enoplizō G:V to arm oneself to arm oneself G7257 G7257 = G7257 ἔνοπλος enoplos G:A armed 1. in arms, armed , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with armed men within , of the Trojan horse, (Euripides) (ML) G7258 G7258 = G7258 ἐνόρκιος enorkios G:N-M affirmation a solemn affirmation G7259 G7259 = G7259 ἔνορκος enorkos G:A to bind by an oath 1. bound by oath , Lat. juratus, (Sophocles Tragicus): with dative pers., Lat. addictus, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. that whereto one is sworn , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G7260 G7260 = G7260 ἐνσιτέομαι ensiteomai G:V to feed upon to feed upon G7261 G7261 = G7261 ἐνσκολιεύομαι enskolieuomai G:V to catch in a snare to catch in a snare G7262 G7262 = G7262 ἐντάσσω entassō G:V to arrange in to place or post in :—;Pass., σφενδονᾶν ἐντεταγμένος posted to use the sling, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7263 G7263 = G7263 ἐνταῦθα entautha G:A here 1. of Place, here, there , Lat. hic, illic, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἐνταῦθά που here- abouts, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. like ἐνταυθοῖ, with sense of motion towards, hither, thither , Lat. huc, illuc, (Iliad by Homer), attic
3. with genitive, ἐντ. τῆς ἠπείρου (Thucydides); ἔντ. τῆς πολιτείας in that department of government, (Demosthenes Orator)
4. of Time, at the very time, then , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
5. with genitive, ἐντ. ἡλικίας, Lat. ad hoc aetatis, (Plato Philosophus)
6. of Sequence, = Lat. deinde, thereupon, then, (Herdotus Historicus)
7. generally, herein , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.: in this state of things, in this position , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7264 G7264 = G7264 ἐνταφιαστής entaphiastēs G:N-M an embalmer an embalmer G7265 G7265 = G7265 ἐντείνω enteinō G:V to stretch tight 1. to stretch or strain tight Pass., δίφρος ἱμᾶσιν ἐντέταται is hung on tight-stretched straps , (Iliad by Homer); γέφυραι ἐντεταμέναι a bridge with the mooring-cables made taught , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐντεταμένου τοῦ σώματος being braced up , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to stretch a bow tight , i. e. string it for shooting (compare ἐντανύω); (Euripides); so in Mid. to string one's bow, (Euripides):—;Pass., τόξα ἐντεταμένα bows ready strung , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. ἐντείνειν ναῦν ποδί to keep a ship's sail taught by the sheet, (Euripides)
4. to tie tight , (Euripides)
5. metaphorically to strain, exert :—;so in Mid., φωνὴν ἐντεινάμενος (Aeschines Orator); ἐντεινάμενοι τὴν ἁρμονίαν pitching the tune high , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;and in Pass., ἐντεινόμενος, on the stretch, eager , (Xenophon Historicus)
6. to carry on vigorously , (Plutarch)
7. so intransitive in Act. to exert oneself, be vehement , (Euripides)
8. to stretch out at or against , πληγὴν ἐντείνειν τινί, Lat. plagam intendere, to lay a blow on him, (Xenophon Historicus)
9. to put into verse , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7266 G7266 = G7266 ἔντερον enteron G:N-N innards an intestine, piece of gut , ἔντερον οἰός a string of sheep's gut , (Odyssey by Homer):—;mostly in plural ἔντερα, the guts, bowels , (Iliad by Homer), attic (ML) G7267 G7267 = G7267 ἐντήκω entēkō G:V to melt away 1. to pour in while molten , μόλιβδον (Plutarch)
2. Pass., with perfect active ἐντέτηκα,
3. of feelings, to sink deep in , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. of persons, to be absorbed by a thing, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7268 G7268 = G7268 ἐντίθημι entithēmi G:V to insert 1. to put in or into a ship, (Odyssey by Homer), attic; so in Mid., (Odyssey by Homer):—;then, generally, to put in or into , (Hesiod), etc.
2. metaphorically to put into a person, inspire , (Theognis Elegiacus);—; Mid., χόλον ἔνθεο θυμῷ thou didst store up wrath in thy heart, (Iliad by Homer); πατέρας ἔνθεο τιμῇ hold our fathers in honour , (Iliad by Homer)
3. to put in the mouth, τί τινι (Aristophanes Comicus); and in Mid., ἐνθοῦ, put in , i. e. eat , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7269 G7269 = G7269 ἐντιμάω entimaō G:V to value to value in or among , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7270 G7270 = G7270 ἐντίμως entimōs G:ADV highly valued highly valued G7271 G7271 = G7271 ἐντομίς entomis G:N-F a cut a cut G7272 G7272 = G7272 ἔντριτος entritos G:A three-stranded three-stranded G7273 G7273 = G7273 ἐντρύφημα entruphēma G:N-N amusement amusement G7274 G7274 = G7274 ἐνυπνιαστής enupniastēs G:N-M a dreamer a dreamer G7275 G7275 = G7275 ἔνυστρον enustron G:N-N large intestine large intestine G7276 G7276 = G7276 ἐνώπιος enōpios G:A face to face 1. face to face , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. neuter ἐνώπιον, preposition with genitive, like Lat. coram, (New Testament) (ML) G7277 G7277 = G7277 ἕνωσις henōsis uniting uniting G7278 G7278 = G7278 ἐνώτιον enōtion G:N-N a ring a ring; ear-ring G7279 G7279 = G7279 ἐξαγορεύω exagoreuō G:V to confess to tell out, make known, declare , (Odyssey by Homer): to betray a secret or mystery, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7280 G7280 = G7280 ἐξαγριαίνω exagriainō G:V to rage furiously to make savage , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to be or become savage , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7281 G7281 = G7281 ἐξαιρετός exairetos G:A chosen out of 1. that can be taken out, removable , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. ἐξαίρετος, ον taken out, picked out, chosen , Lat. eximius, (Homer), etc.
3. excepted , (Euripides), etc.: special, remarkable , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7282 G7282 = G7282 ἐξαίσιος exaisios G:A extraordinary 1. beyond what is ordained or fated: hence,
2. lawless , (Odyssey by Homer)
3. extraordinary, violent , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐξ. φυγή headlong flight, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7283 G7283 = G7283 ἑξάκις hexakis G:A six times six times , Lat. sexies, (Plato Philosophus), etc.: poetry ἑξάκι, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7284 G7284 = G7284 ἑξακισχίλιοι hexakischilioi G:A six thousand six thousand , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7285 G7285 = G7285 ἐξακονάω exakonaō G:V to make very sharp to make very sharp G7286 G7286 = G7286 ἑξακοσιοστός hexakosiostos G:A six hundredth six hundredth G7287 G7287 = G7287 ἐξακριβάζω exakribazō G:V to determine to determine exactly G7288 G7288 = G7288 ἐξάλειπτρον exaleiptron G:N-N an ointment jar an unguent-box , (Aristophanes Comicus)
from ἐξᾶλείφω (ML) G7289 G7289 = G7289 ἐξάλειψις exaleipsis G:N-F a wiping out a wiping out G7290 G7290 = G7290 ἐξαλλάσσω exallassō G:V to change 1. to change utterly or completely, (Euripides):—;Mid., μηδὲν ἐξαλλάσσεται he sees no change take place , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to withdraw from a place, with accusative, (Euripides)
3. ἐξαλλάσσειν τί τινος to remove from , with genitive, (Thucydides)
4. intransitive to change, turn another way, move back and forward , (Euripides); ποίαν ἐξαλλάξ; which other way shall I take? (Euripides); ἐξαλλάσσουσα χάρις unusual grace, (Euripides) (ML) G7291 G7291 = G7291 ἔξαλλος exallos G:A special special G7292 G7292 = G7292 ἐξαμαρτάνω examartanō G:V to lead into sin 1. to err from the mark, fail , (Xenophon Historicus): to miss one's aim , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to err, do wrong, sin , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; with accusative cognate, ἐξ. τι to commit a fault, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. in Pass. to be mismanaged , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7293 G7293 = G7293 ἑξάμηνος hexamēnos G:N-M six months of, lasting six months : ἑξάμ. (i.e. χρόνος); a half-year , (Xenophon Historicus); ἡ ἑξάμ. (i.e. ὥρη); (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7294 G7294 = G7294 ἐξαναλίσκω exanaliskō G:V to consume 1. to spend entirely , (Demosthenes Orator):—; to exhaust , (Plutarch)
2. to destroy utterly , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass., (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7295 G7295 = G7295 εξεναντίας exenantias right opposite right opposite G7296 G7296 = G7296 ἐξανθέω exantheō G:V to blossom 1. to put out flowers , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. metaphorically to burst forth , like an efflorescence, bloom forth , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;of ulcers, to break out , (Thucydides) (ML) G7297 G7297 = G7297 ἐξαντλέω exantleō G:V to draw out 1. to draw out water:—;metaphorically to endure to the end, see out , Lat. exantlare, exhaurire, (Euripides)
2. metaphorically also to rob, plunder , (Lucian) (ML) G7298 G7298 = G7298 ἐξαπίνης exapinēs G:A sudden with a Substantive, ἔαρ ἐξαπίνας sudden spring, (Thucydides). (ML) G7299 G7299 = G7299 ἐξάπτω exaptō G:V to light up 1. to fasten from , i. e. to , a thing, with genitive, (Homer); τι ἔκ τινος (Herdotus Historicus)
2. metaphorically, ἐξ. στόματος λιτάς to let prayers fall from one's mouth, (Euripides)
3. ἐξ. τί τινι to place upon , (Euripides)
4. Mid. to hang on , (Iliad by Homer)
5. to hang a thing to oneself, carry it about one, wear , (Euripides) (ML) G7300 G7300 = G7300 ἐξαριθμέω exarithmeō G:V to count out 1. to count throughout, number , Lat. enumerare, (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. to count out, pay in ready money, Lat. numeratim solvere, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7301 G7301 = G7301 ἐξαρκέω exarkeō G:V be enough 1. of objects, to be quite enough for, suffice for , τινί (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; πρός τι (Xenophon Historicus): absolute to suffice, be sufficient , (Euripides)
2. impersonal, ἐξαρκεῖ it is enough for, suffices for , with dative pers., (Herdotus Historicus), attic
3. of persons, to be satisfied with, to be a match for , with dative, (Euripides):—;with participle to be content with having , (Euripides) (ML) G7302 G7302 = G7302 ἔξαρσις exarsis G:N-F a departure a departure; removal G7303 G7303 = G7303 ἐξαρτάω exartaō G:V be attached to 1. to hang upon, to make dependent upon , with genitive, (Plutarch): also in Mid., (Euripides)
2. Pass., future in middle form -αρτήσομαι, perfect -ήρτημαι:—; to be hung upon, hang upon , χειρός (Euripides)
3. to depend upon, be dependent upon, be attached to , σοῦ γὰρ ἐξηρτήμεθα (Euripides)
4. of countries, to border upon , τινος (Plutarch)
5. to be hung up or exposed to view , (Thucydides)
6. perfect passive participle, with accusative rei, having a thing hung on one, be furnished with , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7304 G7304 = G7304 ἐξάρχω exarchō G:V to originate 1. to begin with, make a beginning of , Lat. auctor esse, with genitive, ἐξῆρχε γόοιο (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;so in Mid., ἐξήρχετο βουλῆς (Odyssey by Homer)
2. with accusative, βουλὰς ἐξάρχων (Iliad by Homer);—;also ἐξάρχειν or ἐξάρχεσθαι παιᾶνά τινι to begin a hymn to one, address it to him, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7305 G7305 = G7305 ἐξατιμόομαι exatimoomai G:V to despise to despise G7306 G7306 = G7306 ἐξέδρα exedra G:N-F an inner chamber Lat. exhedra, a hall or arcade in the gymnasia, a sort of cloister , (Euripides) (ML) G7307 G7307 = G7307 ἐξεικονίζω exeikonizō G:V to completely form to completely form G7308 G7308 = G7308 ἐξεκκλησιάζω exekklēsiazō G:V to assemble to assemble; hold an assembly G7309 G7309 = G7309 ἐξελαύνω exelaunō G:V to launch an expedition 1. occurs in (Homer):—; to drive out from , ἄντρου ἐξήλασε μῆλα (Odyssey by Homer); absolute to drive afield , of a shepherd, (Odyssey by Homer):—;especially to drive out or expel from a place, (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
2. to drive out horses or chariots, (Iliad by Homer): Mid. to drive out one's horses, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); so, ἐξελαύνειν στρατόν to lead out an army, (Herdotus Historicus): hence
3. intransitive to march out , (Herdotus Historicus): to drive or ride out , (Thucydides)
4. to knock out , (Odyssey by Homer)
5. to beat out metals, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7310 G7310 = G7310 ἐξελίσσω exelissō G:V to expand 1. to unroll , (Euripides):metaphorically to unfold , Lat. explicare, (Euripides)
2. of any rapid motion, ἴχνος ἐξ. ποδός to evolve the mazy dance, (Euripides):—;hence intransitive to wheel about , (Plutarch)
3. as military term, = ἀναπτύσσειν, Lat. explicare, to extend the front by bringing up the rear men, to deploy , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to draw off , (Plutarch) (ML) G7311 G7311 = G7311 ἐξεμέω exemeō G:V to vomit forth 1. to vomit forth, disgorge , (Odyssey by Homer):—;metaphorically to disgorge ill-gotten gear, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. absolute to vomit, be sick , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7312 G7312 = G7312 ἐξεργάζομαι exergazomai G:V to complete 1. to work out, make completely, finish off, bring to perfection , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. to accomplish, perform, achieve a work, (Sophocles Tragicus); κακὸν ἐξ. τινα to work him mischief, (Herdotus Historicus):—;as Pass., ἔργον ἐστὶν ἐξειργασμένον (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐπ᾽ ἐξεργασμένοισι after the deed had been done, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to work at : as Pass., ἀγροὶ εὖ ἐξεργασμένοι well cultivated lands, (Herdotus Historicus); [ ἡ γῆ] ἐξείργασται (Thucydides)
4. to undo, destroy, overwhelm, ruin , (Herdotus Historicus):—;as Pass., ἐξειργάσμεθα we are undone , (Euripides) (ML) G7313 G7313 = G7313 ἐξερεύγομαι exereugomai G:V to discharge forth Pass., of rivers, to empty themselves , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7314 G7314 = G7314 ἐξερεύνησις exereunēsis G:N-F a search a search G7315 G7315 = G7315 ἐξερημόω exerēmoō G:V to make desolate to make quite desolate, leave destitute, abandon , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐξ. γένυν δράκοντος making it destitute of teeth, (Euripides):—;Pass. to be left destitute , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7316 G7316 = G7316 ἐξέρπω exerpō G:V to creep forth 1. to creep out of , ἔκ τινος (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. absolute to creep out or forth , (Sophocles Tragicus); of an army, οὐ ταχὺ ἐξέρπει (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7317 G7317 = G7317 ἐξετασμός exetasmos G:N-M an inquisition an inquisition G7318 G7318 = G7318 ἐξεύρεσις exeuresis G:N-F a finding out 1. a searching out, search , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a finding out, invention , (Herdotus Historicus)
from ἐξευρίσκω (ML) G7319 G7319 = G7319 ἐξέχω exechō G:V to protrude 1. to stand out or project from , τινός (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. absolute to stand out, appear , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7320 G7320 = G7320 ἐξήγησις exēgēsis description 1. a statement, narrative , (Thucydides)
2. explanation, interpretation , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7321 G7321 = G7321 ἐξηγητής exēgētēs G:N-M an expositor 1. one who leads on, an adviser , Lat. auctor, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. an expounder, interpreter , of oracles, dreams, omens, and sacred customs, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7322 G7322 = G7322 ἐξηγορία exēgoria G:N-F an utterance an utterance G7323 G7323 = G7323 ἑξηκονταδύο hexēkontaduo sixty-two sixty-two G7324 G7324 = G7324 εξηκονταέξ exēkontaex sixty-six sixty-six G7325 G7325 = G7325 εξηκονταεπτά exēkontaepta sixty-seven sixty-seven G7326 G7326 = G7326 ἑξηκονταετής hexēkontaetēs G:A sixty years old sixty years old G7327 G7327 = G7327 εξηκονταοκτώ exēkontaoktō sixty-eight sixty-eight G7328 G7328 = G7328 εξηκονταπέντε exēkontapente sixty-five sixty-five G7329 G7329 = G7329 ἐξηλιάζω exēliazō G:V to hang in the sun to hang in the sun G7330 G7330 = G7330 ἐξίλασις exilasis G:N-F atonement atonement G7331 G7331 = G7331 ἐξιλάσκομαι exilaskomai G:V to appease Dep. to propitiate , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7332 G7332 = G7332 ἐξίλασμα exilasma G:N-N an appeasement an appeasement G7333 G7333 = G7333 ἐξιλασμός exilasmos G:N-M a making an atonement a making an atonement G7334 G7334 = G7334 ἐξιππάζομαι exippazomai G:V to ride forth Dep. to ride out or away , (Plutarch) (ML) G7335 G7335 = G7335 ἐξίπταμαι exiptamai G:V to flutter away to flutter away G7336 G7336 = G7336 ἐξισόω exisoō G:V to make equal 1. to make equal or even bring to a level with , Lat. exaequare, τινά or τί τινι (Sophocles Tragicus):—; Mid. to make oneself equal , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor):—;Pass. to be or become equal , τινι (Plato Philosophus), etc.; to be a match for, to rival , τινι (Thucydides)
2. to put on a level , τοὺς πολίτας (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. intransitive to be equal or like , μητρὶ δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐξισοῖ acts in no way like a mother, (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐξ. τοῖς ἄλλοις (Thucydides): so in Pass., (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7337 G7337 = G7337 ἐξιχνιάζω exichniazō G:V to trace to trace; track G7338 G7338 = G7338 ἐξιχνιασμός exichniasmos G:N-M a tracking out a tracking out G7339 G7339 = G7339 ἐξοδία exodia G:N-F a departure a departure; expedition G7340 G7340 = G7340 ἐξοδιάζω exodiazō G:V to spend to spend G7341 G7341 = G7341 ἐξόδιος exodios G:N-N a holiday recess of or belonging to an exit :—;as Substantive, ἐξόδιον (i.e. μέλος); the finale of a tragedy , (Plutarch): metaphorically a catastrophe , (Plutarch) (ML) G7342 G7342 = G7342 ἐξοικοδομέω exoikodomeō to build up to build completely, finish a building , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7343 G7343 = G7343 ἔξοικος exoikos G:A homeless homeless G7344 G7344 = G7344 ἐξοκέλλω exokellō G:V to lead aground 1. intransitive, of a ship, to run aground or ashore , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. transitive to run (a ship) aground :—;metaphorically to drive headlong , (Euripides) (ML) G7345 G7345 = G7345 ἐξόλλυμι exollumi G:V to totally ruin 1. to destroy utterly , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
2. Mid., with perfect 2 ἐξόλωλα, to perish utterly , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G7346 G7346 = G7346 εξολόθρευσις exolothreusis G:N-F devastation devastation G7347 G7347 = G7347 ἐξομολόγησις exomologēsis G:N-F acknowledgment acknowledgment G7348 G7348 = G7348 ἐξόπισθεν exopisthen G:PREP following 1. attic for ἐξόπιθεν, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. as preposition with genitive, (Aristophanes Comicus)
ἐξοπίσω, αδv. (ML) G7349 G7349 = G7349 ἐξοπλίζω exoplizō G:V to completely arm to arm completely, accoutre , (Herdotus Historicus): —;Mid. and Pass. to arm or accoutre oneself , (Euripides): to get under arms, stand in armed array , (Euripides):—; generally, ἐξωπλισμένος fully prepared, all ready , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7350 G7350 = G7350 ἐξορμάω exormaō G:V to sally out 1. to send forth, send to war , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐξ. τὴν ναῦν to start the ship, set it agoing , (Thucydides):—;Pass. to set out, start , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; of arrows, to spring from the bow, (Euripides)
2. to excite to action, urge on , (Euripides)
3. intransitive, like Pass., to set out, start , of a ship, (Odyssey by Homer): with genitive to set out from , (Euripides):—;metaphorically to break out , of a disease, (Sophocles Tragicus); σφοδρὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅ τι ἐφορμήσειε eager in all that he attempted , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7351 G7351 = G7351 ἐξουδένωμα exoudenōma G:N-N contempt contempt G7352 G7352 = G7352 ἐξουδένωσις exoudenōsis G:N-F contempt contempt G7353 G7353 = G7353 ἐξουθένημα exouthenēma G:N-N a contemptible thing a contemptible thing G7354 G7354 = G7354 ἐξυβρίζω exubrizō G:V to overflow to break out into insolence, to run riot, wax wanton , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἐξ. ἐς τόδε to come to this pitch of insolence , (Thucydides): with an adjective neuter, παντοῖα ἐξ. to commit all kinds of violence , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7355 G7355 = G7355 ἔξωσμα exōsma G:N-N purgation purgation G7356 G7356 = G7356 ἐξωτέρω exōterō outer more outside , with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7357 G7357 = G7357 ἐπαγωγή epagōgē G:N-F an invasion 1. a bringing in, supplying , (Thucydides)
2. a bringing in to one's aid, introduction , (Thucydides)
3. a drawing on, alluring , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7358 G7358 = G7358 ἐπάδω epadō G:V to charm to charm G7359 G7359 = G7359 ἐπακρόασις epakroasis G:N-F heeding heeding G7360 G7360 = G7360 ἔπαλξις epalxis G:N-F a parapet 1. a means of defence : in plural battlements , (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;in singular the battlements, parapet , (Iliad by Homer)
2. generally, a defence, protection , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7361 G7361 = G7361 ἐπανακαινίζω epanakainizō G:V to renew to renew G7362 G7362 = G7362 ἐπαναστρέφω epanastrephō G:V to return intransitive to turn back upon one, wheel round and return to the charge , (Aristophanes Comicus):—; so in Pass., (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7363 G7363 = G7363 ἐπανατρυγάω epanatrugaō G:V to glean the vintage to glean the vintage G7364 G7364 = G7364 ἐπανήκω epanēkō G:V to come back again to have come back, to return , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7365 G7365 = G7365 ἐπανθέω epantheō G:V to bloom again 1. to bloom, be in flower , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. metaphorically of any thing that forms on the surface , as a salt crust, (Herdotus Historicus); the down on fruit, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: generally, to be upon the surface, shew itself, appear plainly , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to be bright , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G7366 G7366 = G7366 ἐπάνωθεν epanōthen G:PREP about 1. from above, above , (Euripides)
2. οἱ ἐπ. men of former time , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G7367 G7367 = G7367 ἐπαοιδή epaoidē G:N-M enchantment enchantment G7368 G7368 = G7368 ἐπαοιδός epaoidos G:N-M an enchanter an enchanter G7369 G7369 = G7369 ἐπαποστέλλω epapostellō G:V to send as successor to send as successor G7370 G7370 = G7370 ἔπαρμα eparma G:N-N raised elevation raised elevation G7371 G7371 = G7371 ἔπαρσις eparsis G:N-F a raising a raising; haughtiness G7372 G7372 = G7372 ἐπαρυστήρ eparustēr G:N-M a funnel a funnel G7373 G7373 = G7373 ἐπαρυστρίς eparustris G:N-F an oil funnel an oil funnel G7374 G7374 = G7374 ἔπαρχος eparchos G:N-M a chief ruler 1. a commander , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. the Roman praefectus , (Plutarch) (ML) G7375 G7375 = G7375 ἐπαφίημι epaphiēmi G:V to let loose on to discharge at , with dative, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7376 G7376 = G7376 ἔπειμι epeimi G:V be used 1. to be upon , with dative, (Iliad by Homer); but in Prose with preposition, ἐπὶ τοῦ καταστρώματος (Herdotus Historicus); ἐπὶ ταῖς οἰκίαις (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to be set upon , (Herdotus Historicus):—;of rewards and penalties, to be affixed or attached , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
3. of Time, to be hereafter, remain , (Odyssey by Homer); ἐπεσσόμενοι ἄνθρωποι generations to come , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus):—;also to be at hand , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to be set over , Lat. praeesse, τισι (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to be added, be over and above , of numbers, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7377 G7377 = G7377 ἔπειμι epeimi G:V coming coming; go against G7378 G7378 = G7378 ἐπεισφέρω epeispherō G:V to bring in addition to bring in addition G7379 G7379 = G7379 ἐπελπίζω epelpizō G:V to raise hope 1. to buoy up with hope, to cheat with false hopes , (Thucydides)
2. intransitive = ἐλπίζω, (Euripides) (ML) G7380 G7380 = G7380 ἐπερείδω epereidō G:V to lean upon to drive against, drive home , ἔγχος (Iliad by Homer); ἐπέρεισε δὲ ἶν᾽ ἀπέλεθρον put vast strength to it, (Homer):—; ἐπ. τὴν φάλαγγά τινι to bring the whole force of the phalanx against, (Plutarch):—;Mid., λαίφη προτόνοις ἐπερειδόμεναι staying their sails on ropes, (Euripides):—;Pass. to lean or bear upon , τινι (Aristophanes Comicus): absolute to resist with all one's force , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7381 G7381 = G7381 ἐπερώτησις eperōtēsis G:N-F questioning a questioning, consulting , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7382 G7382 = G7382 ἐπέτειος epeteios G:A yearly 1. annual, yearly , (Herdotus Historicus): ἐπέτειοι τὴν φύσιν changeful as the seasons, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. annual, lasting for a year , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7383 G7383 = G7383 ἐπευκτός epeuktos G:N-F longed for longed for G7384 G7384 = G7384 ἐπεύχομαι epeuchomai G:V to invoke 1. Dep.
2. to pray or make a vow to a deity, with dative, (Homer), etc.:—;with infinitive to pray to one that . . , (Odyssey by Homer), etc. :—;with accusative rei, to pray for , (Aeschulus Tragicus): also, with accusative cognate, ἐπ. λιτάς (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to imprecate a curse upon , τί τινι (Aeschulus Tragicus); with infinitive, ἐπεύχομαι [ αὐτῷ] παθεῖν (Sophocles Tragicus): absolute to utter imprecations , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to glory over , τινι (Iliad by Homer)
5. to boast that , with infinitive, (Homeric Hymns), etc. (ML) G7385 G7385 = G7385 ἐπήκοος epēkoos G:A attentive 1. listening or giving ear to a thing, with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus); also with dative, (Plato Philosophus)
2. within hearing, within ear-shot , εἰς ἐπήκοον (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7386 G7386 = G7386 ἐπήλυτος epēlutos G:N-M a stranger a stranger G7387 G7387 = G7387 ἐπίβασις epibasis G:N-F a step a stepping upon, approaching: a means of approach, access , (Plato Philosophus); εἴς τινα ποιεῖσθαι ἐπ. to find a means of attacking one, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7388 G7388 = G7388 ἐπιβάτης epibatēs G:N-M a crewman 1. one who mounts or embarks;
2. ἐπιβάται, οἱ, the soldiers on board ship, the fighting men , as opposite to the rowers and seamen, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a merchant on board ship, supercargo , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. the fighting man in a chariot, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7389 G7389 = G7389 ἐπιβόλαιον epibolaion G:N-N a covering a covering G7390 G7390 = G7390 ἐπιβουλεύω epibouleuō G:V to plot against 1. to plan or contrive against , κακὸν πόλει (Tyrtaeus Elegiacus); θάνατόν τινι (Herdotus Historicus):—;with dative pers. only, to plot against, lay snares for , τῇ πόλει (Aeschulus Tragicus); τῷ πλήθει (Aristophanes Comicus);—;absolute, οὑπιβουλεύων the conspirer , (Sophocles Tragicus): —;with accusative rei only, to plan secretly, scheme, plot , τὸν ἔκπλουν (Thucydides)
2. with dative rei, to form designs upon, aim at , πρήγμασι μεγάλοισι (Herdotus Historicus); τυραννίδι (Plato Philosophus)
3. with infinitive to purpose or design to do, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. Pass., with future middle -εύσομαι: aor1 -εβουλεύθην:—; to have plots formed against one, to be the object of plots , (Thucydides)
5. of things, to be designed against , πρᾶγμα, ὃ τοῖς θεοῖς ἐπιβουλεύεται (Aristophanes Comicus); τὰ ἐπιβουλευόμενα plots , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7391 G7391 = G7391 ἐπίβουλος epiboulos G:N-M a plotter plotting against , τινι (Plato Philosophus): treacherous , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7392 G7392 = G7392 ἐπιβρέχω epibrechō G:V to rain upon to rain upon G7393 G7393 = G7393 ἐπιγαμία epigamia G:N-F related by marriage = Lat. connubium, the right of intermarriage between states, (Xenophon Historicus):—;generally, intermarriage , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7394 G7394 = G7394 ἐπιγελάω epigelaō G:V to laugh at 1. to laugh approvingly , Lat. arrideo, (Iliad by Homer), attic
2. = ἐπεγγελάω, (Lucian) (ML) G7395 G7395 = G7395 ἐπιγεμίζω epigemizō G:V to load upon to load upon G7396 G7396 = G7396 ἐπιγνωμοσύνη epignōmosunē G:N-F knowledge knowledge G7397 G7397 = G7397 ἐπιγνώμων epignōmōn G:N-M an arbitrator 1. an arbiter, umpire, judge , with genitive rei, (Plato Philosophus); ἐπ. τῆς τιμῆς an appraiser, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. = συγγνώμων, pardoning , τινί (Moschus Bucolicus) (ML) G7398 G7398 = G7398 ἐπίγνωστος epignōstos G:A well known well known G7399 G7399 = G7399 ἐπιγονή epigonē G:N-F a breed increase, growth, produce , (Plutarch) (ML) G7400 G7400 = G7400 ἐπιδέκατος epidekatos G:A a tithe one in ten : τὸ ἐπιδέκατον the tenth, tithe , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G7401 G7401 = G7401 ἐπιδέξιος epidexios G:A fitting 1. towards the right , i. e. from left to right :
2. neuter plural as adverb, ὄρνυσθ᾽ ἑξείης ἐπιδέξια rise in order beginning with the left hand man , (Odyssey by Homer): —;hence auspicious, lucky , ἀστράπτων ἐπιδέξια (Iliad by Homer)
3. after (Homer), on the right hand , (Xenophon Historicus); τἀπιδέξια the right side , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. as adjective, of persons, dexterous, capable, clever , (Aeschines Orator), etc. (ML) G7402 G7402 = G7402 ἐπιδέω epideō G:V to fasten to fasten; want of G7403 G7403 = G7403 ἐπιδιπλόω epidiploō G:V to double to double G7404 G7404 = G7404 ἐπιδιώκω epidiōkō G:V to pursue after to pursue after , τινά (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7405 G7405 = G7405 ἐπιεικεύομαι epieikeuomai G:V be lenient be lenient G7406 G7406 = G7406 ἐπιεικῶς epieikōs G:A please please G7407 G7407 = G7407 ἐπιζάω epizaō G:V to outlive to overlive, survive , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7408 G7408 = G7408 ἐπιζήμιος epizēmios G:N-N a fine 1. bringing loss upon, hurtful, prejudicial , (Thucydides)
2. penal : —; ἐπιζήμια, τά, penalties , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. liable to punishment , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7409 G7409 = G7409 ἐπίθεμα epithema G:N-N a lid a lid; capital; increase G7410 G7410 = G7410 ἐπιθύμημα epithumēma G:N-N desire an object of desire , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7411 G7411 = G7411 ἐπιθυμητός epithumētos G:A desirable desirable G7412 G7412 = G7412 ἐπιθύω epithuō G:V to sacrifice upon to sacrifice upon G7413 G7413 = G7413 ἐπικαταλαμβάνω epikatalambanō G:V to overtake to catch up, overtake , τινά (Thucydides) (ML) G7414 G7414 = G7414 ἐπικαταράομαι epikataraomai G:V to accurse to accurse G7415 G7415 = G7415 ἐπίκλητος epiklētos G:A selected 1. called upon, called in as allies , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. specially summoned , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐπίκλητοι privy-councillors , among the Persians, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a supernumerary guest , Lat. umbra, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7416 G7416 = G7416 ἐπικλίνω epiklinō G:V to incline 1. to put a door to : Pass., perfect participle ἐπικεκλῖμέναι σανίδες closed doors, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to bend towards , τὰ ὦτα ἐπ. to prick the ears, (Xenophon Historicus):—; Pass., κεραῖαι ἐπικεκλιμέναι spars inclined at an angle to the wall, (Thucydides)
3. intransitive to incline towards , πρός τι (Demosthenes Orator)
4. Pass. to lie over against a place, with dative, (Euripides)
5. in Pass., also, to lie down at table , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7417 G7417 = G7417 ἐπικλύζω epikluzō G:V to inundate 1. to overflow , (Iliad by Homer)
2. metaphorically to deluge, swamp , (Euripides); ἐπ. τινὰ κακοῖς (Lucian)
3. metaphorically, also, to sweep away, liquidate the expenses, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7418 G7418 = G7418 ἐπικοιμάομαι epikoimaomai G:V to rest upon Pass. to fall asleep over a thing, with dative, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7419 G7419 = G7419 ἐπικοσμέω epikosmeō G:V to embellish to add ornaments to, to decorate after or besides , (Herdotus Historicus); θεὰν ἐπ. to honour, celebrate , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7420 G7420 = G7420 ἐπικραταιόω epikrataioō G:V to prevail against to prevail against G7421 G7421 = G7421 ἐπικρατέω epikrateō G:V to prevail 1. to rule over , with dative, (Homer): absolute to have or hold power , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to prevail in battle, be victorious, conquer , (Iliad by Homer)
3. with genitive to prevail over, get the mastery of an enemy, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;also to become master of , Lat. potiri, τῆς θαλάσσης, τῶν Ἑλλήνων (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
4. generally, to be superior , τῷ ναυτικῷ (Thucydides); κατὰ θάλασσαν (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7422 G7422 = G7422 ἐπικρεμάννυμι epikremannumi G:V to hang upon 1. to hang over , τί τινι (Theognis Elegiacus)
2. Pass., to overhang , of a rock, (Homeric Hymns): —;metaphorically to hang over , Lat. imminere, (Thucydides) (ML) G7423 G7423 = G7423 ἐπικροτέω epikroteō G:V to clap to clap G7424 G7424 = G7424 ἐπικρούω epikrouō G:V to strike to strike upon , ἐπ. χθόνα βάκτροις to strike the earth with staffs, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7425 G7425 = G7425 ἐπικυλίω epikuliō G:V to roll upon to roll upon G7426 G7426 = G7426 ἐπιλάμπω epilampō G:V to shine forth 1. to shine after or thereupon , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; ἐπιλαμψάσης ἡμέρης when day had fully come , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to shine upon , with dative, [1st/2nd c.AD, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7427 G7427 = G7427 ἐπίλεκτος epilektos G:A chosen chosen, picked , of soldiers, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7428 G7428 = G7428 ἐπιληπτεύομαι epilēpteuomai G:V be possessed be possessed, convulse G7429 G7429 = G7429 ἐπίληπτος epilēptos G:A convulsed 1. caught or detected in anything, (Sophocles Tragicus); with participle, ἐπίλαμπτος ἀφάσσουσα caught in the act of feeling, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. suffering , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7430 G7430 = G7430 ἐπιμίγνυμι epimignumi G:V to intermix 1. to add to by mixing, mix with , τί τινι (Plato Philosophus)
2. intransitive to mingle with others, to have intercourse or dealings with them, τισί (Thucydides); πρός τινας (Xenophon Historicus):—;so also in Pass., ἐπιμίγνυσθαι ἀλλήλοις (Xenophon Historicus); παρ᾽ ἀλλήλους (Thucydides)
3. ἐπιμίσγω,older form of ἐπιμίγνυμι
4. intransitive to have intercourse , παρ᾽ ἀλλήλους (Thucydides):—;so Pass. in same sense, with dative pers., (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; αἰεὶ Τρώεσσs ἐπιμίσγομαι I have always to be dealing with the Trojans, am always clashing with them, (Iliad by Homer): absolute to associate together , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7431 G7431 = G7431 ἐπίμικτος epimiktos G:N-M intermixed intermixed G7432 G7432 = G7432 ἐπιμύλιος epimulios G:A an upper millstone an upper millstone G7433 G7433 = G7433 ἐπινοέω epinoeō G:V to think about 1. to think on or of, contrive , (Herdotus Historicus), attic: —;with infinitive, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;absolute to form plans, to plan, invent , (Thucydides)
2. to have in one's mind, intend, purpose , (Thucydides), etc.: with infinitive, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. aor1 passive ἐπινοήθην is used like Act., (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7434 G7434 = G7434 ἐπινυστάζω epinustazō G:V to slumber to drop asleep over , with dative, (Plutarch) (ML) G7435 G7435 = G7435 ἐπιξενόομαι epixenoomai G:V be welcomed as a guest 1. Pass. to have hospitable relations with, be intimate with , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. as Mid. to claim friendly services , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7436 G7436 = G7436 ἐπίπεμπτος epipemptos G:A a fifth part a fifth part G7437 G7437 = G7437 ἐπιπέμπω epipempō G:V to bring in addition 1. to send besides or again , of messages, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of the gods, to send upon or to , (Herdotus Historicus); especiallyby way of punishment, to send upon or against, let loose upon , (Euripides) (ML) G7438 G7438 = G7438 ἐπιπολάζω epipolazō G:V to float 1. to come to the surface, float , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to be uppermost, to be prevalent , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to be forward; with dative pers. to behave insolently to , (Lucian)
4. to be engaged upon a thing, with dative, (Lucian) (ML) G7439 G7439 = G7439 ἐπιρραντίζω epirrantizō G:V to sprinkle upon to sprinkle upon G7440 G7440 = G7440 ἐπιρρέω epirreō G:V to overflow 1. to flow upon the surface, float a-top , like oil on water, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to flow in besides, flow fresh and fresh , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;metaphorically of large bodies of men, to stream on and on , (Iliad by Homer); also, οὑπιρρέων χρόνος onward-streaming time, i. e. the future, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὄλβου ἐπιρρυέντος if wealth flows on and on, increases continually , (Euripides) (ML) G7441 G7441 = G7441 ἐπίσαγμα episagma G:N-N a saddle a load on a beast's back:—;metaphorically, τοὐπίσαγμα τοῦ νοσήματος the burden of the disease, (Sophocles Tragicus)
from ἐπισάττω (ML) G7442 G7442 = G7442 ἐπισάττω episattō G:V to saddle to pile a load upon a beast's back, (Herdotus Historicus); ἵππον ἐπ. to saddle it, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7443 G7443 = G7443 ἐπισείω episeiō G:V to stir up 1. to shake at or against , with the view of scaring, τί τινι (Iliad by Homer); Πέρσας ἐπ. to hold them out as a threat , (Plutarch); but, ἐπ. τὴν χεῖρα, in token of assent, (Lucian)
2. to set upon one, with dative, (Euripides) (ML) G7444 G7444 = G7444 ἐπισημαίνω episēmainō G:V to mark 1. to set a mark upon a person, of a disease, (Thucydides): Pass. to have a mark set on one , (Euripides)
2. to indicate , (Plutarch)
3. Mid. to mark for oneself, signify, indicate , (Plato Philosophus)
4. to set one's seal to a thing, approve it, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7445 G7445 = G7445 ἐπισκάζω episkazō G:V to limp to limp G7446 G7446 = G7446 ἐπισκεπάζω episkepazō G:V to envelop to envelop G7447 G7447 = G7447 ἐπισκευάζω episkeuazō G:V to repair 1. to get ready, to equip, fit out , (Thucydides):—;Mid., ἐπισκευάζεσθαι ναῦν to have a ship equipped , (Thucydides)
2. τὰ χρήματα ἐφ᾽ ἁμαξῶν ἐπισκευάσαι to pack them upon wagons, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to make afresh, to repair , Lat. reficere, (Thucydides) (ML) G7448 G7448 = G7448 ἐπίσκεψις episkepsis G:N-F a review 1. inspection, visitation , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. investigation, inquiry , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7449 G7449 = G7449 ἐπίσπαστρον epispastron G:N-N a draw curtain a draw curtain G7450 G7450 = G7450 ἐπισπεύδω epispeudō G:V to hurry 1. to urge on, further or promote an object, (Herdotus Historicus): of persons, to urge on , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. intransitive to hasten onward , (Euripides); ἐπισπ. εἴς τι to be zealous for, aim at an object, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7451 G7451 = G7451 ἐπισπλαγχνίζομαι episplagchnizomai G:V to show compassion to show compassion G7452 G7452 = G7452 ἐπισπουδάζω epispoudazō G:V to hasten intransitive to make haste in a thing, (Lucian) (ML) G7453 G7453 = G7453 ἐπισπουδαστής epispoudastēs G:N-M a taskmaster a taskmaster G7454 G7454 = G7454 ἐπιστήμη epistēmē G:N-F higher knowledge 1. acquaintance with a matter, skill, experience , as in archery, (Sophocles Tragicus); in war, (Thucydides), etc.
2. generally, knowledge , (Sophocles Tragicus): especially scientific knowledge, science , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G7455 G7455 = G7455 ἐπιστήριγμα epistērigma G:N-N a stay a stay G7456 G7456 = G7456 ἐπιστοιβάζω epistoibazō G:V to pile up to pile up G7457 G7457 = G7457 ἐπιστρατεύω epistrateuō G:V to march against to march against, make war upon , τινί (Euripides), etc.:—; to make an expedition , εἰς Θετταλίαν (Aeschulus Tragicus); with accusative, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;absolute, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;so in Mid., with perfect passive, ἐπιστρατεύεσθαι ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον (Herdotus Historicus); with dative, (Euripides), etc. (ML) G7458 G7458 = G7458 ἐπισυνίστημι episunistēmi G:V to rise up together against to rise up together against G7459 G7459 = G7459 ἐπισυστρέφω episustrephō G:V to gather together against to gather together against G7460 G7460 = G7460 ἐπισφραγίζω episphragizō G:V to put a seal upon 1. to put a seal on, to confirm, ratify , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. as Dep. to put as a seal upon, impress upon , (Plato Philosophus); also as Pass. to be impressed, marked , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7461 G7461 = G7461 ἐπιτήδευμα epitēdeuma G:N-N a practice a pursuit, business, practice , Lat. studium, (Thucydides)
from ἐπιτηδεύω (ML) G7462 G7462 = G7462 ἐπιτηδεύω epitēdeuō G:V to apply 1. to pursue or practise a thing, make a practice of, make it one's business , Lat. studere rei, with accusative, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;also, ἐπ. τι πρός τι to invent for a purpose, (Herdotus Historicus); Pass. to be done with pains and practice, to be made so and so by art , (Herdotus Historicus); of dogs, to be trained , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with infinitive to take care to do, use to do, (Herdotus Historicus)
(ML) G7463 G7463 = G7463 ἐπιτίμησις epitimēsis G:N-F reproach censure, criticism , (Thucydides)
from ἐπιτιμάω (ML) G7464 G7464 = G7464 ἐπιτοαυτό epitoauto together together G7465 G7465 = G7465 ἐπιτρέχω epitrechō G:V to run to 1. to run upon or at , for the purpose of attack, (Iliad by Homer); of dogs, (Odyssey by Homer); so in attic to make an assault upon , τινί (Thucydides)
2. to run after , ἐπιδραμών in haste, eagerly , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to run over a space, (Iliad by Homer): to run over or graze the surface , (Iliad by Homer)
4. to be spread over , of a mist, (Odyssey by Homer):—;with accusative, οἶδμα ὅταν ἔρεβος ἐπιδράμῃ when the billow runs over the deep, (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. to overrun , as an army does a country, (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to run over, to treat lightly of , Lat. percurrere, (Xenophon Historicus)
7. to run close after , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7466 G7466 = G7466 ἐπιτρίβω epitribō to crush 1. to rub on the surface, to crush , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass. to be galled , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. metaphorically to afflict, distress, destroy, ruin , (Herdotus Historicus); of an actor, to murder a character, (Demosthenes Orator): —;Pass. to be utterly destroyed or undone , (Solon Lyricus); ἐπιτριβείης be hung! (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7467 G7467 = G7467 ἐπίτριψις epitripsis wearing away wearing away G7468 G7468 = G7468 ἐπιφημίζω epiphēmizō G:V to portend 1. to utter words ominous of the event , in Mid., (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to promise according to an omen , with infinitive, (Euripides)
3. to assign as authority to a thing, τοὺς θεούς (Demosthenes Orator)
4. with accusative et infinitive to allege that , (Plutarch)
5. to dedicate or devote to a god, (Lucian) (ML) G7469 G7469 = G7469 ἐπιφυλλίζω epiphullizō G:V to glean to glean G7470 G7470 = G7470 ἐπιφυλλίς epiphullis G:N-F a gleaning the small grapes left for gleaners , [variant datesAnthology Palantina: hence, (Aristophanes Comicus) calls poetasters ἐπιφυλλίδες, mere gleanings. (ML) G7471 G7471 = G7471 ἐπιχαίρω epichairō G:V to rejoice at 1. to rejoice over, exult over , mostly of malignant joy, with dative, (Sophocles Tragicus); absolute, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. rarely in good sense, to rejoice in another's joy , with accusative, σὲ μὲν εὖ πράσσοντ᾽ ἐπιχαίρω (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7472 G7472 = G7472 ἐπιχαρής epicharēs G:A gratifying gratifying, agreeable , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7473 G7473 = G7473 ἐπίχαρμα epicharma G:N-N derision 1. an object of malignant joy , (Euripides)
2. malignant joy , (Euripides) (ML) G7474 G7474 = G7474 ἐπίχαρτος epichartos G:A incurring ridicule 1. wherein one feels joy, delightsome , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. wherein one feels malignant joy , ἐχθροῖς ἐπίχαρτα sufferings that afford triumph to my enemies, (Aeschulus Tragicus); οἱ δικαίως τι πάσχοντες ἐπίχαρτοι to see people justly punished is a satisfaction , (Thucydides) (ML) G7475 G7475 = G7475 ἐπίχειρον epicheiron G:N-N forearm wages of manual labour : generally wages, pay, guerdon, reward , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;also in bad sense, τῆς ὑψηγόρου γλώσσης ἐπ. rewards for proud speech, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ξιφέων ἐπ. the wages of the sword, i. e. slaughter by it, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7476 G7476 = G7476 ἐπίχυσις epichusis G:N-F a vessel a vessel G7477 G7477 = G7477 ἐπιχώρησις epichōrēsis G:N-F grant grant G7478 G7478 = G7478 ἐπόζω epozō G:V to stink to stink G7479 G7479 = G7479 ἐποίκιον epoikion G:N-N an estate an estate G7480 G7480 = G7480 ἐπονείδιστος eponeidistos G:A reviled to be reproached, shameful, ignominious , (Euripides); ἐπονείδιστόν ἐστι is matter of reproach , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7481 G7481 = G7481 ἔποψ epops G:N-M a hoopoe the hoopoe , Lat. upupa, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7482 G7482 = G7482 ἑπταετής heptaetēs G:A of seven years seven years old , (Plato Philosophus):—;feminine -έτις, ιδος, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7483 G7483 = G7483 ἑπτακαίδεκα heptakaideka G:A seventeen seventeen , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7484 G7484 = G7484 ἑπτακαιδέκατος heptakaidekatos G:A seventeenth seventeenth G7485 G7485 = G7485 ἑπτακόσιοι heptakosioi G:A seven hundred seven hundred , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7486 G7486 = G7486 ἑπτάμηνος heptamēnos G:N-F of seven months born in the seventh month , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7487 G7487 = G7487 ἑπταπλάσιος heptaplasios, heptaplasiōn G:A seven-fold seven-fold G7488 G7488 = G7488 ἑπταπλασίων heptaplasiōn G:A seven-fold seven-fold G7489 G7489 = G7489 ἑπταπλασίως heptaplasiōs G:A seven-fold seven-fold G7490 G7490 = G7490 ἐπωμίς epōmis G:N-F a shoulder-piece 1. the point of the shoulder , where it joins the collar-bone, the acromion , (Xenophon Historicus):—; the shoulder , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. the front or the uppermost part of a ship , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
3. the shoulder-strap of a tunic, (Euripides) (ML) G7491 G7491 = G7491 ἐπωρύω epōruō G:V to roar against to roar against G7492 G7492 = G7492 ἐραστής erastēs G:N-M a lover a lover , properly of persons, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.:—;metaphorically of things, τυραννίδος (Herdotus Historicus); πολέμων (Euripides); ἐρ. πραγμάτων = πολυπράγμων, (Aristophanes Comicus); ἐρ. τοῦ πονεῖν fond of work, (Aristophanes Comicus); ἐρ. ἐπαίνου (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7493 G7493 = G7493 ἐράω eraō G:V to love passionately to love passionately G7494 G7494 = G7494 ἐργάβ ergab N:N a chest a chest G7495 G7495 = G7495 ἐργαλεῖον ergaleion G:N-N a work tool a tool, instrument , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7496 G7496 = G7496 ἐργάσιμος ergasimos G:A a deed of land, arable , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G7497 G7497 = G7497 ἐργοδιωκτέω ergodiōkteō G:V to direct works to direct works G7498 G7498 = G7498 ἐργοδιώκτης ergodiōktēs G:N-M a foreman a foreman G7499 G7499 = G7499 ἐρεθισμός erethismos G:N-N aggravation aggravation G7500 G7500 = G7500 ἐρεθιστής erethistēs G:A an irritant an irritant G7501 G7501 = G7501 ἔρεισμα ereisma G:N-N a support a prop, stay, support , Lat. columen, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;in plural the props to keep a boat on shore upright, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G7502 G7502 = G7502 ἐρεοῦς ereous G:A woolen woolen G7503 G7503 = G7503 ἐρημικός erēmikos G:A solitary solitary G7504 G7504 = G7504 ἐρημίτης erēmitēs G:N-M a recluse a recluse G7505 G7505 = G7505 ἔριθος erithos G:N-F wool worker a day-labourer, hired servant of any sort; in (Iliad by Homer), ἔριθοι are mowers or reapers : later, ἔριθοι, αἱ, spinsters, workers in wool , (Demosthenes Orator)
derivation uncertain (ML) G7506 G7506 = G7506 ἐρικτός eriktos G:A ground up ground up G7507 G7507 = G7507 ἑρμηνευτής hermēneutēs G:N-M a translator a translator G7508 G7508 = G7508 ἕρπω herpō G:V to crawl 1. to creep, crawl , Lat. serpo, repo, and generally to move slowly, walk , (Homer); of reports, to creep on, spread , like Lat. serpit rumor, (Sophocles Tragicus); ὁ πόλεμος ἑρπέτω let it take its course , (Aristophanes Comicus); of calamities, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7509 G7509 = G7509 ἐρύθημα eruthēma G:N-N red dye a redness on the skin , (Thucydides); ἐρ. προσώπου a blush , (Euripides):—;absolute redness , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7510 G7510 = G7510 ἐρυθροδανόω eruthrodanoō G:V to dye red to dye red G7511 G7511 = G7511 ἐρυσίβη erusibē G:N-F blight red blight , Lat. robigo, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7512 G7512 = G7512 ἐρῳδιός erōdios G:N-N a heron the heron or hern , Lat. ardea, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7513 G7513 = G7513 ἔρως erōs G:N passion 1. love , [variant datesTragica Adespota:—; love of a thing, desire for it, τινός (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;in plural loves, amours , (Euripides); in (Sophocles Tragicus), of passionate joy , compare φρίσσω II. 3.
2. as proper noun the god of love, Eros, Amor , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7514 G7514 = G7514 ἑσπερινός hesperinos G:A during evening ἑσπερινός, -ή, -όν
(= the more frequently ἑσπέριος, -α, -ον), [in LXX for עֶרֶב, 4Ki.16:15, Psa.141:2, al. ;]
of the evening, evening: Luk.12:38 (WH, - mg. -).†
(AS) G7515 G7515 = G7515 ἑστιατορία hestiatoria G:N-F feasting feasting G7516 G7516 = G7516 ἐσχάρα eschara G:N-F a grate 1. the hearth, fire-place , (Homer); the sanctuary of suppliants, καθέζετο ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάρῃ ἐν κονίῃσιν (Odyssey by Homer):—; a pan of coals, a brasier , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. πυρὸς ἐσχάραι the watch-fires of the camp, (Iliad by Homer)
3. an altar for burnt-offerings , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7517 G7517 = G7517 ἐσχαρίτης escharitēs G:N-M broiled broiled G7518 G7518 = G7518 ἐσχατίζω eschatizō G:V be late be late G7519 G7519 = G7519 ἐσώτατος esōtatos G:A--S innermost innermost G7520 G7520 = G7520 εσώτερον esōteron G:PREP inside inside G7521 G7521 = G7521 ἐτάζω etazō G:V to chastise to chastise; examine G7522 G7522 = G7522 ἑταίρα hetaira G:N-F a mistress 1. a companion , (Iliad by Homer); φόρμιγξ, ἣν δαιτὶ θεοὶ ποίησαν ἑταίρην (Odyssey by Homer); πενία σφιν ἑταίρα (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. opposite to a lawful wife, a concubine, a courtesan , (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G7523 G7523 = G7523 ἑταιρία hetairia friendship friendship G7524 G7524 = G7524 ἔτασις etasis G:N-F chastisement chastisement G7525 G7525 = G7525 ἐτασμός etasmos G:N-M chastisement chastisement G7526 G7526 = G7526 ἑτερόζυγος heterozugos G:A unequally yoked coupled with an animal of diverse kind , (Septuagint Greek Bible) (ML) G7527 G7527 = G7527 εὐαγγελία euangelia G:N-F good news good news G7528 G7528 = G7528 εὐάλωτος eualōtos G:A easily caught easy to be taken or caught , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G7529 G7529 = G7529 εὐάρμοστος euarmostos G:A well-tuned 1. well-joined, harmonious , (Euripides)
2. of men, accommodating , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7530 G7530 = G7530 εὖγε euge G:INJ well done 1. adverb well, rightly , to confirm or approve what has been said, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;ironically, (Euripides)
2. without a Verb, good! well said! well done! bravo! Lat. euge! (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7531 G7531 = G7531 εὐγένεια eugeneia magnanimity nobility of birth, high descent , (Aeschulus Tragicus); εὐγένεια παίδων = εὐγενεῖς παῖδες, (Euripides) (ML) G7532 G7532 = G7532 εὔγνωστος eugnōstos G:A well-known 1. well-known, familiar , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. easy to discern , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7533 G7533 = G7533 εὐδοκιμέω eudokimeō G:V be approved to be of good repute, to be held in esteem, honoured, famous, popular , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.: —; εὐδ. ἔν τινι to be distinguished in a thing, (Herdotus Historicus); ἐπί τινι (Plato Philosophus):—; εὐδ. παρὰ τῷ βασιλέϊ to have influence with him, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7534 G7534 = G7534 εὐεκτέω euekteō G:V to enjoy good health to enjoy good health G7535 G7535 = G7535 εὔελπις euelpis G:N-F confident of good hope, hopeful, cheerful, sanguine , (Thucydides), etc.:—;with infinitive future, εὔελπις ἰσχύσειν (Aeschulus Tragicus); εὔελπις σωθήσεσθαι in good hope to be saved, (Thucydides) (ML) G7536 G7536 = G7536 εὔζωνος euzōnos G:A well-equipped 1. well-girdled , of women, (Iliad by Homer)
2. of men, girt up for exercise, dressed for walking, active , (Horace)'s alte praecinctus , (Herdotus Historicus); of light troops, unincumbered , Lat. expeditus, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. metaphorically unincumbered , πενία (Plutarch) (ML) G7537 G7537 = G7537 εὐήκοος euēkoos G:A heedful heedful G7538 G7538 = G7538 εὔηχος euēchos G:A distinct distinct G7539 G7539 = G7539 εὐθαλέω euthaleō G:V to thrive to thrive G7540 G7540 = G7540 εὐθαλής euthalēs G:A flourishing blooming, flourishing , (Moschus Bucolicus) (ML) G7541 G7541 = G7541 εὐθηνέω euthēneō G:V to prosper 1. to thrive, flourish, prosper , Lat. florere, vigere, (Herdotus Historicus):—;with dative to abound in a thing, (Homeric Hymns)
2. Pass. in same sense, οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι εὐθηνήθησαν (Herdotus Historicus); τὴν πόλιν εὐθενεῖσθαι (Demosthenes Orator)
derivation uncertain (ML) G7542 G7542 = G7542 εὐθηνία euthēnia G:N-F prosperity prosperity G7543 G7543 = G7543 εὐθής euthēs G:A right right; upright G7544 G7544 = G7544 εὐιλατεύω euilateuō G:V to propitiate to propitiate G7545 G7545 = G7545 εὐίλατος euilatos G:A propitious propitious G7546 G7546 = G7546 εὐκαταφρόνητος eukataphronētos G:A despicable easy to be despised, contemptible, despicable , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7547 G7547 = G7547 εὐκλεής eukleēs G:A renowned of good report, famous, glorious , (Homer), etc.; εὐκλεέστατος βίος (Euripides) adverb -εῶς, epic -ειῶς, (Iliad by Homer); κατθανεῖν (Aeschulus Tragicus); Sup. εὐκλεέστατα, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7548 G7548 = G7548 εὐκληματέω euklēmateō G:V to have good vine branches to have good vine branches G7549 G7549 = G7549 εὔκολος eukolos G:A well-tempered 1. of persons, easily satisfied, contented with one's food , [variant datesAnthology Palantina, (Plutarch)
2. easily satisfied, contented, good-natured, peaceable , Lat. facilis, comis, (Aristophanes Comicus); with dative, εὔκολος πολίταις friendly to them, at peace with them, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;adverb -λως, tranquilly, calmly , (Plato Philosophus)
3. willing, agile , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. in bad sense, easily led, prone , πρὸς ἀδικίαν (Lucian)
5. of things, easy , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7550 G7550 = G7550 εὔλαλος eulalos G:A well-spoken 1. sweetly-speaking , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. = εὔγλωσσος II, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7551 G7551 = G7551 εὐμεγέθης eumegethēs G:A huge of good size, very large , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7552 G7552 = G7552 εὐμετάβολος eumetabolos G:A changeable changeable , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G7553 G7553 = G7553 εὐμήκης eumēkēs G:A tall of a good length, tall , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7554 G7554 = G7554 εὔοδος euodos G:A prosperous easy to pass , of mountains, (Xenophon Historicus); of a road, easy to travel , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7555 G7555 = G7555 εὐόδως euodōs G:A prosperously prosperously G7556 G7556 = G7556 εὐπαθέω eupatheō G:V to enjoy pleasure to be well off, enjoy oneself, make merry , (Herdotus Historicus)
from εὐπᾶθής (ML) G7557 G7557 = G7557 εὐπάρυφος euparuphos G:A elegantly 1. with fine purple border , (Plutarch)
2. of persons, wearing such a garment , Lat. praetextatus, a grandee, (Lucian) (ML) G7558 G7558 = G7558 εὐπρεπής euprepēs G:A beautiful 1. well-looking, goodly, comely , of outward appearance, (Herdotus Historicus), attic; εὐπρ. ἰδεῖν fair to look on, (Xenophon Historicus); εἶδος εὐπρεπής (Euripides)
2. decent, seemly, fitting, becoming , (Herdotus Historicus); τελευτὴ εὐπρεπεστάτη a most glorious end, (Thucydides)
3. specious, plausible , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐκ τοῦ εὐπρεποῦς in pretence , (Thucydides)
4. adverb -πῶς, ionic πέως, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; comparative -πέστερον, (Euripides); Sup. -πέστατα, (Thucydides) (ML) G7559 G7559 = G7559 εὐπρόσωπος euprosōpos G:A good-looking 1. fair of face , (Aristophanes Comicus): with glad countenance , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. metaphorically fair in outward show, specious , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7560 G7560 = G7560 εὑρετής ehuretēs G:N-M an inventor an inventor, discoverer , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7561 G7561 = G7561 εὕρημα ehurēma G:N-N unexpected gain 1. an invention, discovery , (Euripides), etc.
2. with genitive an invention, for or against a thing, a remedy , (Euripides)
3. that which is found unexpectedly , i. e., much like Ἕρμαιον, a piece of good luck, godsend, windfall, prize , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
4. of a child, a foundling , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7562 G7562 = G7562 εὔριζος eurizos well-rooted well-rooted G7563 G7563 = G7563 εὖρος euros G:N-N breadth breadth, width , absolute, εὖρος in breadth , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; so, τὸ εὖρος (Xenophon Historicus); εἰς εὖρος (Euripides) (ML) G7564 G7564 = G7564 εὐρύς eurus broad 1. wide, broad , (Homer), etc.
2. far-reaching, far-spread , κλέος εὐρύ (Odyssey by Homer); ἐλπίδες [variant datesAnthology Palantina
3. as adverb the neuter εὐρύ is mostly used, (Iliad by Homer), etc. (ML) G7565 G7565 = G7565 εὐρωτιάω eurōtiaō G:V be moldy to be or become mouldy , βίος εὐρωτιῶν the life of the unwashed , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7566 G7566 = G7566 εὔσκιος euskios G:A well-shaded well-shaded G7567 G7567 = G7567 εὐσταθέω eustatheō G:V be stable to be steady, favourable , (Euripides):—; to be calm, tranquil , of the sea, (Lucian)
from εὐστᾶθής (ML) G7568 G7568 = G7568 εὐστόχως eustochōs G:A skillfully skillfully G7569 G7569 = G7569 εὐστροφία eustrophia G:N-F versatility versatility G7570 G7570 = G7570 εὐσυναλλάκτως eusunallaktōs G:A conciliatory conciliatory G7571 G7571 = G7571 εὐτάκτως eutaktōs G:A orderly orderly G7572 G7572 = G7572 εὐχερής eucherēs G:A easily managed 1. easily handled, easy to deal with, easy , εὐχερές ἐστι, with infinitive, (Batrachomyomachia); πάντα ταῦτ᾽ ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου didst make light of them, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;adverb -ρῶς, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. of persons, manageable, accommodating, kind, yielding , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;adverb, εὐχερῶς φέρειν (Plato Philosophus), etc.; comparative -έστερον, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in bad sense, unscrupulous, reckless , (Demosthenes Orator):—;adverb -ρῶς, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7573 G7573 = G7573 εὐχερῶς eucherōs G:A easily easily G7574 G7574 = G7574 εὐψύχως eupsuchōs G:A confidently confidently G7575 G7575 = G7575 εὐώδης euōdēs G:A sweet smelling sweet-smelling, fragrant , (Homer), etc.; εὐωδέστατος (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7576 G7576 = G7576 εὐωδιάζω euōdiazō G:V be fragrant be fragrant G7577 G7577 = G7577 Ἐφαδανώ Ephadanō N:N a royal pavilion a royal pavilion G7578 G7578 = G7578 ἐφαμαρτάνω ephamartanō G:V to tempt to tempt; seduce to sin G7579 G7579 = G7579 ἐφάπτω ephaptō G:V to attach to 1. to bind on or to , λύουσα ἢ ' φάπτουσα undoing or making fast , (Sophocles Tragicus); τοὖργον ὡς ἐφάψειεν τόδε that she had made fast (i. e. perpetrated) the deed, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass., 3rd singular perfect and pluperfect ἐφῆπται, -το, is or was hung over one, impends over, is fixed as one's doom , with dative, Τρώεσσι κήδεe ἐφῆπται (Iliad by Homer)
2. Mid. to lay hold of, grasp, reach , with genitive, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. to lay hold of with the mind, attain to , Lat. assequi, with genitive, (Plato Philosophus)
4. in (Pindar) also with dative (like θιγγάνω, ψαύω); to apply oneself to.
5. (Herdotus Historicus) uses participle perfect passive with genitive, εἴδεος ἐπαμμένος possessed of a certain degree of beauty.
6. to follow, come next , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G7580 G7580 = G7580 ἐφέλκω ephelkō G:V to drag upon 1. to draw on, drag or trail after one, ἐπ. τὰς οὐράς, of long-tailed sheep, (Herdotus Historicus); ἵππον ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἐπ. to lead a horse by a rein upon the arm, (Herdotus Historicus); ναῦς ὡς ἐφέλξω will take in tow , (Euripides)
2. to bring on, bring in its train , (Euripides)
3. to drink off , (Euripides)
4. Pass., ἐφελκομένοισι πόδεσσι with feet trailing after him, of one who is dragged lifeless away, (Iliad by Homer); ἐφέλκετο ἔγχος, i. e. sticking in his hand, (Iliad by Homer); ἐπελκόμενος trailing behind , of a boat, (Herdotus Historicus); οἱ ἐπελκόμενοι the stragglers of an army, (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to be attracted , (Homeric Hymns)
6. Mid. to draw to oneself, attract , αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐφέλκεται ἄνδρα σίδηρος the very sight of arms attracts men, i. e. tempts them to use it , (Odyssey by Homer)
7. to draw or pull over , (Plutarch); ἐφ. ὀφρῦς to frown, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
8. to bring on consequences, (Euripides)
9. to assume , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7581 G7581 = G7581 ἔφηλος ephēlos G:A peeling skin peeling skin G7582 G7582 = G7582 ἑφθός hephthos G:A cooked 1. boiled, dressed , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. ἑφθὸς χρυσός refined gold, (Simonides Lyricus) (ML) G7583 G7583 = G7583 ἐφοδεύω ephodeuō G:V to explore 1. to visit, go the rounds, patrol , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass., ἐφοδεύεται the rounds are made , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. with dative to watch over , ἀγῶσιν (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7584 G7584 = G7584 ἐφοδιάζω ephodiazō G:V to provide 1. to furnish with supplies for a journey , Lat. viaticum dare, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. Mid., πενταδραχμίαν ἑκάστῳ ἐφοδιασάμενος having seen that five drachms were paid to each, (Xenophon Historicus):—;metaphorically to maintain , ἀργίαν (Plutarch) (ML) G7585 G7585 = G7585 ἐφόδιος ephodios G:N-N supplies supplies G7586 G7586 = G7586 ἐφοράω ephoraō G:N-F to inspect 1. to oversee, observe, survey , of the sun, (Homer):—;then of the gods, to watch over, observe, take notice of , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; of a general going his rounds, (Thucydides); to visit the sick, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. simply, to look upon, view, behold , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;Pass., ὅσον ἐφεωρᾶτο τῆς νήσου as much of it as was in view , (Thucydides)
3. to look out, choose , ἐπιόψομαι ἥτις ἀρίστη (Odyssey by Homer), etc. (ML) G7587 G7587 = G7587 ἐφούδ ephoud N:N an ephod an ephod G7588 G7588 = G7588 ἐχθραίνω echthrainō G:V to hate to hate , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7589 G7589 = G7589 ἐχθρεύω echthreuō G:V be an enemy be an enemy G7590 G7590 = G7590 ἐχθρία echthria G:N-F hatred hatred G7591 G7591 = G7591 ἐχῖνος echinos G:N-N hedgehog 1. the urchin, hedgehog , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. the sea-urchin , (Plato Philosophus)
3. the shell of the sea-urchin , often used as a cup : then like Lat. testa, a pot, jug, pitcher, Lat. echinus, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.:—; the vase in which the notes of evidence were deposited, (Demosthenes Orator)
4. in plural sharp points at each end of a bit, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7592 G7592 = G7592 ἐξουσιαστής exousiastēs a potentate a potentate G7593 G7593 = G7593 ἕψεμα hepsema G:N-N a stew a stew G7594 G7594 = G7594 ἕψω hepsō G:V to bake 1. to boil, seethe , (Herdotus Historicus), attic: proverbial of useless labour, λίθον ἕψεις (Aristophanes Comicus); with genitive partitive, ἥψομεν τοῦ κορκόρου we boiled some pimpernel, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass. to be boiled , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of metals, to smelt, refine , (Pindar)
3. metaphorically, γῆρας ἀνώνυμον ἕψειν to cherish an inglorious age, (Pindar) (ML) G7595 G7595 = G7595 ἑωθινός heōthinos G:A early morning in the morning, early , (Herdotus Historicus): —; τὸ ἑωθινόν, as adverb, early in the morning , (Herdotus Historicus); so, ἐξ ἑωθινοῦ = ἕωθεν, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7596 G7596 = G7596 ἑωσφόρος heōsphoros N:N morning star Hesperus; morning star G7597 G7597 = G7597 ζέα zea G:N-F spelt spelt G7598 G7598 = G7598 ζέμα zema boiling boiling G7599 G7599 = G7599 ζεύγνυμι zeugnumi G:V harness 1. to yoke, put to , ἵππους (Homer), etc.; ζ. ἵππους ὑφ᾽ ἅρματα, ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν, ὑπ᾽ ὄχεσφιν, ὑπ᾽ ἀμάξηισιν (Iliad by Homer);—;(so in Mid., ἵππους ζεύγνυσθαι to put to one's horses, (Homer));—;also of riding horses, to harness, saddle and bridle , ζεῦξαι Πάγασον (Pindar):—;of chariots, to put to, get ready , (Homer)
2. to bind, bind fast , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass., φάρη ἐζευγμέναι having them fastened , (Euripides)
3. metaphorically, πότμωι ζυγείς in the yoke of fate, (Pindar); ἀνάγκηι, ὁρκίοις ζυγείς (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to join together , σανίδες ἐζευγμέναι well-joined , (Iliad by Homer)
5. to join in wedlock , (Euripides):—;in Mid., of the husband, to wed , (Euripides):—;Pass. to be married , (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. to join opposite banks by bridges , τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ζεῦξαι (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;also, γέφυραν ζεῦξαι to form a bridge, (Herdotus Historicus)
7. to undergird ships with ropes , (Thucydides) (ML) G7600 G7600 = G7600 ζηλοτυπία zēlotupia G:N-F jealousy jealousy, rivalry , (Aeschines Orator)
from ζηλότῦπος (ML) G7601 G7601 = G7601 ζήλωσις zēlōsis G:N-F jealousy jealousy G7602 G7602 = G7602 ζηλωτός zēlōtos G:A zealous 1. to be emulated, worthy of imitation , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to be deemed happy, to be envied , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.
3. of conditions, enviable, blessed , (Euripides) (ML) G7603 G7603 = G7603 ζιβύνη zibunē G:N-F a pike a pike G7604 G7604 = G7604 ζίου ziou Zif Zif G7605 G7605 = G7605 ζυγόω zugoō G:V to join together to yoke together , ζ. κιθάραν to put the cross-bar to the lyre, (Lucian) (ML) G7606 G7606 = G7606 ζῦθος zuthos G:N-M beer beer G7607 G7607 = G7607 ζυμίτης zumitēs G:N-M leavened leavened G7608 G7608 = G7608 ζυμωτός zumōtos G:A leavened leavened G7609 G7609 = G7609 ζωγραφέω zōgrapheō G:V to portray to paint from life, to paint , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7610 G7610 = G7610 ζωγρεία zōgreia G:N-M taking alive taking alive G7611 G7611 = G7611 ζωμός zōmos G:N-M broth Lat. jus, sauce to eat with meat, fish, etc., (Aristophanes Comicus); ὁ μέλας ζ. the black broth of Spartans, (Plutarch) (ML) G7612 G7612 = G7612 ζωοποίησις zōopoiēsis restoring to life restoring to life G7613 G7613 = G7613 ζωόω zōoō G:V to enliven to enliven G7614 G7614 = G7614 ζωπυρέω zōpureō G:V to enliven to kindle into flame, light up : metaphorically, ζ. τάρβος (Aeschulus Tragicus); νείκη (Euripides) (ML) G7615 G7615 = G7615 ζῶσις zōsis G:N girdedness girding up G7616 G7616 = G7616 ἡγεμονικός hēgemonikos G:A governing 1. ready to lead or guide , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. fit to command, authoritative, leading , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
3. = Rom. Consularis , (Plutarch) (ML) G7617 G7617 = G7617 ἥγημα hēgēma G:N-N a leading a leading G7618 G7618 = G7618 ἡγητέον hēgēteon G:A be esteemed 1. one must lead , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. one must suppose , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7619 G7619 = G7619 ἡδύνω hēdunō G:V be delicious to sweeten, season, give a flavour or relish to a thing, with accusative, (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G7620 G7620 = G7620 ἡδύς hēdus G:A agreeable 1. sweet to the taste or smell, (Homer); to the hearing, (Homer); then of any pleasant feeling or state, as sleep, (Homer):—;with infinitive, ἡδὺς δρακεῖν (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἡδὺς ἀκοῦσαι λόγος (Plato Philosophus):—; ἡδύ ἐστι or γίγνεται it is pleasant , (Homer), etc.:—;so, οὔ μοι ἥδιόν ἐστι λέγειν I had rather not say, (Herdotus Historicus):—;neuter as Substantive, τὰ ἡδέα pleasures , (Thucydides):—;neuter as adverb, sweetly , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. after (Homer), of persons, pleasant, welcome , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. well-pleased, glad , (Sophocles Tragicus); in addressing a person, ὦ ἥδιστε, Horace's dulcissime rerum , (Plato Philosophus)
4. like εὐήθης, innocent, simple , ὡς ἡδὺς εἶ (Plato Philosophus)
5. adverb ἡδέως, sweetly, pleasantly, with pleasure , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; ἡδέως ἂν ἐροίμην I would gladly ask, should like to ask, (Demosthenes Orator);—; ἡδ. ἔχειν τι to be pleased or content with, (Euripides); ἡδ. ἔχειν πρός τινα or τινί to be kind, well-disposed to one, (Demosthenes Orator):—; comparative ἥδιον (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—;Sup., ἥδιστα (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7621 G7621 = G7621 ἥδυσμα hēdusma G:N-N luscious that which gives a relish or flavour, seasoning, sauce , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G7622 G7622 = G7622 ἡδυσμός hēdusmos G:N-M luscious luscious G7623 G7623 = G7623 ἡδύφωνος hēduphōnos G:A sweet sounding sweet sounding G7624 G7624 = G7624 ἥδω hēdō N:N light; (in weight) light; (in weight) G7625 G7625 = G7625 Ἠθάμ Ētham N:N continuance continuance G7626 G7626 = G7626 ἤλεκτρον ēlektron G:N-N molten bronze electron , a word sometimes used to denote amber , as probably in (Homer) and (Herdotus Historicus);—;sometimes pale gold , a compound of 1 part of silver to 4 of gold, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.—;In (Aristophanes Comicus) ἐκπιπτουσῶν τῶν ἠλέκτρων, the ἤλεκτροι are probably the pegs of the lyre made of or inlaid with electron.
derivation uncertain (ML) G7627 G7627 = G7627 ἡλιάζομαι hēliazomai G:V to expose to sun Dep.:—; to sit in the court Ἡλιαία, be a Heliast , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7628 G7628 = G7628 ἡμίεφθος hēmiephthos G:A half-boiled half-boiled G7629 G7629 = G7629 ἡμίονος hēmionos G:N-M the mule 1. a half-ass , i. e. a mule , (Homer), etc.:—; proverbial, ἐπεὰν ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, i. e. never, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the ἡμ. ἀγροτέρα of (Iliad by Homer) 2. 851 is probably the wild ass.
3. as adjective, βρέφος ἡμίονον a mule- foal, (Iliad by Homer); ἡμ. βασιλεύς a mule- king, half-Mede half-Persian, (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7630 G7630 = G7630 ἡμίσευμα hēmiseuma G:N-N the half the half G7631 G7631 = G7631 ἡμισεύω hēmiseuō G:V to halve to halve G7632 G7632 = G7632 ἡνία hēnia G:N-F reins sandal-thongg, reigns, bridle G7633 G7633 = G7633 ἡνίοχος hēniochos G:N-M a charioteer 1. one who holds the reins, a driver, charioteer , opposite to παραιβάτης (the warrior by his side), (Iliad by Homer)
2. generally a chariot-driver , as in the games, (Pindar), attic:—;in (Theognis Elegiacus), a rider.
3. metaphorically a guide, governor , (Pindar) (ML) G7634 G7634 = G7634 ἧπαρ hēpar G:N-N the liver the liver , (Homer), etc.:—; ὑφ᾽ ἥπατος φέρειν, of pregnant women, (Euripides):—;in [variant datesTragica Adespota as the seat of the passions, anger, fear, etc., answering therefore to our "heart." (ML) G7635 G7635 = G7635 ἠρεμάζω ēremazō G:V be calm be calm G7636 G7636 = G7636 ἥρως hērōs G:N hero 1. a hero, in (Homer) used of the Greeks before Troy, then of warriors generally; and then of all free men of the heroic age, as the minstrel Demodocus, the herald Mulius, even the unwarlike Phaeacians.
2. in (Hesiod) the blessed heroes are the fourth age of men, who fell before Thebes and Troy, and then passed to the Islands of the Blest.
3. heroes, as objects of worship, demigods or men born from a god and a mortal, as Hercules, Aeneas, Memnon, (Herdotus Historicus); then of such as had done great services to mankind, as Daedalus, Triptolemus, Theseus, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. later, the heroes are inferior local deities , patrons of tribes, cities, guilds, founders of cities, etc.; as at Athens, the ἥρωες ἐπώνυμοι were the heroes after whom the φυλαί were named , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7637 G7637 = G7637 ἡσυχῇ hēsuchē G:A tranquilly stilly, quietly, softly, gently , (Pindar); ἔχ᾽ ἡσυχῆ keep quiet , (Plato Philosophus); ἡς. γελάσαι (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7638 G7638 = G7638 ἠχώ ēchō an echo 1. a sound , but properly of a returned sound, echo , (Homeric Hymns), etc.
2. generally, a ringing sound , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7639 G7639 = G7639 θάλλω thallō G:V to flourish 1. to bloom, abound, to be luxuriant , of fruit-trees, (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; often in participle perfect τεθηλώς, epic feminine τεθαλυῖα, as adjective, luxuriant, exuberant , (Odyssey by Homer); with accusative cognate, οὐ δένδρε᾽ ἔθαλλεν χῶρος the place grew no trees, θαλλούσης βίον ἐλαίας (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. of other natural objects, τεθαλυῖα ἐέρση the fresh or copious dew, (Odyssey by Homer); τεθαλυῖα ἀλοιφῆι rich with fat, (Iliad by Homer); εἰλαπίνηι τεθαλυίηι at a sumptuous feast, (Iliad by Homer)
3. of men, to bloom, flourish , (Hesiod), etc.
4. in bad sense, to be active , νόσος ἀεὶ τέθηλε (Sophocles Tragicus); πήματα ἀεὶ θάλλοντα (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7640 G7640 = G7640 θαλπιώθ thalpiōth N:N an armory an armory G7641 G7641 = G7641 θανουρίμ thanourim N:N a furnace a furnace G7642 G7642 = G7642 θαρσείς tharseis tharsis tharsis G7643 G7643 = G7643 θαυμαστόω thaumastoō G:V to cause wonder to cause wonder G7644 G7644 = G7644 θαυμαστῶς thaumastōs G:ADV wonderfully wonderfully G7645 G7645 = G7645 θεέ thee N:N a vestibule a vestibule G7646 G7646 = G7646 θεεβουλαθώθ theeboulathōth N:N rule rule G7647 G7647 = G7647 θεηλάθ theēlath G:N a porch a portch, doorway G7648 G7648 = G7648 θεκέλ thekel N:N thekel thekel G7649 G7649 = G7649 θελητής thelētēs G:N-M a soothsayer a soothsayer; wisher G7650 G7650 = G7650 θελητός thelētos G:A wanted wanted G7651 G7651 = G7651 θέμα thema G:N-N in place in place G7652 G7652 = G7652 θεμελίωσις themeliōsis G:N groundwork groundwork G7653 G7653 = G7653 θεννουρίμ thennourim N:N a furnace a furnace G7654 G7654 = G7654 θεράπαινα therapaina G:N-F a female attendant feminine of θεράπων, a waiting maid, handmaid , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7655 G7655 = G7655 θεραφείν theraphein N:N teraphim teraphim G7656 G7656 = G7656 θηρευτής thēreutēs G:N-M a hunter a hunter, huntsman , (Iliad by Homer); κυσὶ θηρευτῇσι (Iliad by Homer); also of a fisher , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7657 G7657 = G7657 θερινός therinos G:A a harvest a harvest G7658 G7658 = G7658 θέριστρον theristron G:N-N a reaping hook a reaping hook; lightweight covering G7659 G7659 = G7659 θερμασία thermasia G:N-F heat heat G7660 G7660 = G7660 θερμαστρίς thermastris G:N-F a tong a tong G7661 G7661 = G7661 θερμός thermos G:A hot 1. hot, warm , θερμὰ λοετρά (Homer); of tears, (Homer), etc.
2. metaphorically hot, hasty, rash, headlong , like Lat. calidus, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
3. still warm, fresh , ἴχνη [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. τὸ θερμόν = θερμότης, heat , Lat. calor, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. θερμόν (i.e. ὕδωρ); hot water , θερμῷ λοῦσθαι (Aristophanes Comicus)
6. τὰ θερμά (entry χωρία); (Herdotus Historicus): but (entry λουτρά); hot baths , (Xenophon Historicus)
7. adverb -μῶς, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7662 G7662 = G7662 θέσις thesis G:N-F designation 1. a setting, placing, arranging , (Pindar); θ. νόμων lawgiving , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. a deposit of money, preparatory to a law-suit, (Aristophanes Comicus): money paid in advance, earnest-money , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. position, situation , Lat. situs, of a city, (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G7663 G7663 = G7663 θεσμός thesmos G:N-M a rule 1. like θέμις, that which is laid down and established, a law, ordinance , Lat. institutum, λέκτροιο θεσμὸν ἵκοντο, i. e. they fulfilled the established law of wedlock, (Odyssey by Homer); so in (Herdotus Historicus) and attic
2. at Athens, Draco's laws were called θεσμοί, because each began with the word θεσμός (compare θεσμοθέτης); while (Solon Lyricus)'s laws were named νόμοι.
3. an institution, ordinance , as the court of Areopagus, (Aeschulus Tragicus); of the great games, (Pindar) (ML) G7664 G7664 = G7664 θεωρητός theōrētos G:A something visible something visible G7665 G7665 = G7665 θηλυκός thēlukos G:A female female G7666 G7666 = G7666 θηλυμανής thēlumanēs G:A sex-crazed sex-crazed G7667 G7667 = G7667 θημωνιά thēmōnia G:N-F a heap a heap G7668 G7668 = G7668 θήρ thēr G:N-M a wild beast 1. a wild beast, beast of prey , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; joined with λέων, (Euripides); with λέαινα, [variant datesAnthology Palantina; also of Cerberus, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;in plural beasts , as opposite to birds and fishes, (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
2. of any animal , as of birds, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
3. any fabulous monster , as the sphinx, (Aeschulus Tragicus); especially a centaur , (Sophocles Tragicus) (compare Φήρ)); a satyr , (Euripides) (ML) G7669 G7669 = G7669 θήρευμα thēreuma G:N-N a hunt a hunt; snare G7670 G7670 = G7670 θηριάλωτος thērialōtos G:A taken by wild beasts taken by wild beasts G7671 G7671 = G7671 θηριόβρωτος thēriobrōtos G:A eaten by wild beasts eaten by wild beasts G7672 G7672 = G7672 θησαύρισμα thēsaurisma G:N-N a treasury a store, treasure , (Sophocles Tragicus)
from θησαυρίζω (ML) G7673 G7673 = G7673 θησαυροφύλαξ thēsaurophulax G:N-M a treasurer a treasurer G7674 G7674 = G7674 θίασος thiasos G:N-M revelry 1. a band or company marching through the streets with dance and song , especially in honour of Bacchus, a band of revellers , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. generally, any party, company, troop , (Euripides) (ML) G7675 G7675 = G7675 θῖβις thibis G:N-F a wicker basket a wicker basket G7676 G7676 = G7676 θίς this G:N-M a hill 1. a heap , (Odyssey by Homer):—;in plural sand-heaps, sand-bank , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. the beach, shore , παρὰ θῖνα θαλάσσης (Iliad by Homer); παρὰ θῖν᾽ ἁλός (Iliad by Homer); so, ἐπὶ θινί (Odyssey by Homer)
3. sand or mud at the bottom of the sea, οἶδμα κυλίνδει βυσσόθεν θῖνα (Sophocles Tragicus); metaphorically, τὸν θῖνά μου ταράττεις you trouble the very bottom of my heart, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7677 G7677 = G7677 θλαδίας thladias G:N-M crushed testicles crushed testicles G7678 G7678 = G7678 θλάσμα thlasma G:N-N a fracture a fracture G7679 G7679 = G7679 θλάω thlaō G:V to crush to crush; fracture G7680 G7680 = G7680 θλιμμός thlimmos G:N-M affliction affliction G7681 G7681 = G7681 θνησιμαῖος thnēsimaios G:A decaying flesh decaying flesh G7682 G7682 = G7682 θολερός tholeros G:A clouded 1. muddy, foul, thick, troubled , Lat. turbidus, properly of water, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. metaphorically troubled by passion or madness , θολεροὶ λόγοι (Aeschulus Tragicus); θολερῷ χειμῶνι with turbid storm of madness, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7683 G7683 = G7683 θράσος thrasos G:A boldness 1. courage, boldness , (Iliad by Homer); θρ. ἰσχύος confidence in strength, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. in bad sense, over-boldness, daring, rashness, audacity, impudence , attic, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7684 G7684 = G7684 θρασυκάρδιος thrasukardios G:A bold-hearted bold-hearted G7685 G7685 = G7685 θρασύνω thrasunō G:V to embolden 1. = θαρσύνω, to make bold, embolden, encourage , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass. and Mid., to be bold or ready, take courage , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. Pass., in bad sense, to be over-bold, audacious, to speak boldly or insolently , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7686 G7686 = G7686 θρασύς thrasus G:A bold 1. bold, spirited, courageous, confident , (Homer), attic; θρασεῖα τοῦ μέλλοντος full of confidence for the future, (Thucydides)
2. in bad sense, over-bold, rash, venturous , Lat. audax, (Odyssey by Homer), attic
3. of things, to be ventured , with infinitive, θρασύ μοι τόδ᾽ εἰπεῖν this I am bold to say, (Pindar); οὐκ ἆρ᾽ ἐκείνῳ προσμῖξαι θρασ; (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. adverb -έως: comparative θρασύτερον, too boldly , (Thucydides) (ML) G7687 G7687 = G7687 θραῦσις thrausis G:N-F a devastation a devastation G7688 G7688 = G7688 θραῦσμα thrausma G:N-N outbreak that which is broken, a fragment, wreck, piece , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
from * θραύω (ML) G7689 G7689 = G7689 θραυσμός thrausmos G:N-M a breaking a breaking G7690 G7690 = G7690 θρεπτός threptos G:N-F brought up brought up G7691 G7691 = G7691 θρήνημα thrēnēma G:N-N wailing a lament, dirge , (Euripides)
from θρηνέω (ML) G7692 G7692 = G7692 θρυλλέω thrulleō G:V to chatter chatter on a common topic G7693 G7693 = G7693 θρύλλημα thrullēma G:N-N a common topic a common topic G7694 G7694 = G7694 θυία thuia G:N-F a hand-mill an African tree with scented wood , a kind of juniper or cedar , (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G7695 G7695 = G7695 θυΐσκη thuiskē G:N-F an incense pan an incense pan G7696 G7696 = G7696 θύλακος thulakos G:N-M a purse 1. a bag, pouch, wallet , (Herdotus Historicus); δερῶ σε θύλακον I'll make a bag of your skin, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. in plural the trousers of the Persians, (Euripides) (ML) G7697 G7697 = G7697 θῦμα thuma G:N-N an offering 1. that which is slain or offered, a victim, sacrifice, offering , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Thucydides), etc.; πάγκαρπα θ. offerings of all fruits, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. sacrifice , as an act, (Sophocles Tragicus): metaphorically, θ. λεύσιμον a sacrifice to be avenged by stoning [the murderers, 6th/5th c.BC] (ML) G7698 G7698 = G7698 θυμώδης thumōdēs G:A inclined to rage inclined to rage G7699 G7699 = G7699 θύρωμα thurōma G:N-N a doorway a doorway G7700 G7700 = G7700 θυσιάζω thusiazō G:V to sacrifice to sacrifice G7701 G7701 = G7701 θυσίασμα thusiasma G:N-N a sacrifice a sacrifice G7702 G7702 = G7702 θωδαθά thōdatha thanksgiving thanksgiving G7703 G7703 = G7703 ιαμίν iamin N:N mules mules; shovels G7704 G7704 = G7704 ἰατής iatēs G:N healer a healer G7705 G7705 = G7705 ἰατρεία iatreia G:N-F healing medical treatment : metaphorically a curing, correcting , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G7706 G7706 = G7706 ἰατρεῖον iatreion G:N-N a physician's fee a physician's fee G7707 G7707 = G7707 ἰατρεύω iatreuō G:V to treat; medically 1. to treat medically, to cure , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to be under medical care , (Plato Philosophus)
2. absolute to practise medicine , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G7708 G7708 = G7708 ἶβις ibis G:N-F an ibis the ibis , an Egyptian bird, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7709 G7709 = G7709 ἰγνύα ignua G:N-F ham the part behind the thigh and knee, the ham , Lat. poples, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7710 G7710 = G7710 ἰδιοποιέω idiopoieō G:V to adopt to adopt G7711 G7711 = G7711 ἱδρύω hidruō to secure 1. to make to sit down, to seat , (Homer), etc.; αὐτός τε κάθησο καὶ ἄλλους ἵδρυε λαούς (Iliad by Homer); ἵδρυσε τὴν στρατιήν encamped the army, (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to be seated, sit. still , (Iliad by Homer); of an army, to lie encamped , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀσφαλῶς ἱδρυμένος seated, steady, secure , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. like Lat. figere, to fix or settle persons in a place, εἰς δόμον (Euripides):—;Pass. to be settled , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. in Mid. to establish , ἱδρ. τινὰ ἄνακτα (Euripides); τινὰ ἐς οἶκόν (Euripides)
4. perfect passive ἵδρυ_μαι, of places, to be situated, to lie , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to set up, found , especially to dedicate temples, statues, (Euripides):—;Pass., ἱρόν, βωμὸς ἵδρυται (Herdotus Historicus):—;Mid. to set up for oneself, to found , (Herdotus Historicus); perfect passive in middle sense, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7712 G7712 = G7712 ἱέραξ hierax G:N-M a hawk a hawk, falcon , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7713 G7713 = G7713 ἱκανῶς hikanōs G:ADV fittingly fittingly G7714 G7714 = G7714 ἱκετεύω hiketeuō G:V to entreat 1. to approach as a suppliant , ἐπεί σε ἱκέτευσα (Odyssey by Homer); ἐς Πηλῆ= ἱκέτευσε (Iliad by Homer); ἱκ. τινὰ γονάτων or πρὸς γονάτων (Euripides)
2. to supplicate, beseech one to do a thing, with accusative et infinitive, (Odyssey by Homer), attic:—;also with genitive pers. et infinitive to beg of one that . ., (Euripides)
3. with accusative rei, to ask a thing as a suppliant , (Euripides) (ML) G7715 G7715 = G7715 ἱκέτης hiketēs G:N-M a supplicant one who comes to seek protection, a suppliant or fugitive , who lays his ἱκετηρία on the altar or hearth, after which his person was inviolable; especially one who seeks purification after homicide , (Homer), etc. (ML) G7716 G7716 = G7716 ἴκτερος ikteros G:N-M jaundice jaundice G7717 G7717 = G7717 ἰκτίν iktin G:N-M a kite a kite G7718 G7718 = G7718 ἱλαρύνω hilarunō G:V to make happy to make happy G7719 G7719 = G7719 ἱλαρῶς hilarōs G:ADV happily happily G7720 G7720 = G7720 ἰλύς ilus G:N-F slime mud, slime, dirt , (Iliad by Homer)
Gen. ἰλυ_ος (Homer), ἰλῦος [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7721 G7721 = G7721 ἱματιοφύλαξ himatiophulax G:N-M keeper of cloaks keeper of cloaks G7722 G7722 = G7722 ἴνδαλμα indalma G:N-M an effigy an appearance , Lat. species, [variant datesAnthology Palantina, (Lucian) (ML) G7723 G7723 = G7723 ἰξευτής ixeutēs G:N-M a fowler 1. a fowler, bird-catcher , [Refs 2nd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. as adjective catching with birdlime , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7724 G7724 = G7724 Ιοὐδαϊστί Ioudaistí N:N in Hebrew in hebrew; in Jewish language G7725 G7725 = G7725 ἱππάζομαι hippazomai G:V to ride a horse 1. to drive horses, drive a chariot , (Iliad by Homer): later, to ride , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. Pass., of the horse, to be ridden or driven , (Plato Philosophus): to be broken in for riding , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. ἱππάζεσθαι χώραν to ride over a country, (Plutarch) (ML) G7726 G7726 = G7726 ἱππάρχης hipparchēs G:N-M cavalry commander a commander of cavalry G7727 G7727 = G7727 ἱππασία hippasia G:N-F riding 1. riding, horse-exercise , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. chariot-driving , (Lucian) (ML) G7728 G7728 = G7728 ἱππεύω hippeuō G:V to ride horseback 1. to be a horseman or rider, to ride , (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;so in Mid., (Herdotus Historicus)
2. metaphorically of the wind, (Euripides)
3. to be a trooper, serve in the cavalry , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. of a horse, as we say "the horse rides (i. e. carries his rider ) well," (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7729 G7729 = G7729 ἱπποδρόμος hippodromos G:N-M course of horses 1. a chariot-road , (Iliad by Homer)
2. a race-course for chariots, Lat. curriculum, (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G7730 G7730 = G7730 ἰσόω isoō G:V to make equal to make equal , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—;Mid., ὄνυχας χεῖράς τε ἰσώσαντο, i. e. used them in like manner, (Hesiod):—;Pass. to be made like or equal to , with dative, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7731 G7731 = G7731 ἱστάνω histanō to establish to establish G7732 G7732 = G7732 ἱστίον histion G:N-N a shroud any web, a sail , ἱστία στέλλεσθαι, μηρύεσθαι, καθελεῖν to lower or furl sail , (Odyssey by Homer); ἄκροισι χρῆσθαι ἱστίοις to keep the sails close-reefed, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7733 G7733 = G7733 ἱστός histos G:N-M a mast 1. anything set upright :
2. a ship's mast , ἱστὸν στῆσαι or στήσασθαι to step the mast , (Homer):—; a rod, pole , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. the beam of the loom, which stood upright , instead of lying horizontal as in our looms, (Homer); ἱστὸν στήσασθαι to set up the beam and so begin a web, (Hesiod); ἱστὸν ἐποίχεσθαι to traverse the loom , because the weaver was obliged to walk to and fro, (Homer)
4. the warp that was fixed to the beam, the web , (Homer) (ML) G7734 G7734 = G7734 ἰσχίον ischion G:N-N a hip 1. the hip-joint , (Homer)
2. in plural the fleshy parts round the hip-joint, the haunches, hams , (Iliad by Homer)

derivation uncertain (ML) G7735 G7735 = G7735 ἰσχνόφωνος ischnophōnos G:A weak voiced checked in one's voice, stuttering, stammering , (Herdotus Historicus)
(ML) G7736 G7736 = G7736 ἰσχυρόω ischuroō G:V to strengthen to strengthen G7737 G7737 = G7737 ἰσχυρῶς ischurōs G:ADV strongly strongly G7738 G7738 = G7738 ἰταμία itamia G:N-F audacity audacity G7739 G7739 = G7739 ἰταμός itamos G:A audacious headlong, hasty, eager, ready for anything, reckless, Lat. audax, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7740 G7740 = G7740 ἰτέα itea G:N-F willow 1. a willow , Lat. salix, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. a wicker shield, target , (Euripides) (ML) G7741 G7741 = G7741 ἰχθυηρός ichthuēros G:A of fish fishy, scaly , i. e. foul, dirty , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7742 G7742 = G7742 ἰχθυϊκός ichthuikos fishing fishing G7743 G7743 = G7743 ἰχνεύω ichneuō G:V to prowl 1. to track out, hunt after, seek out , (Sophocles Tragicus): metaphorically, τὴν ψῆφον ἰχν. seeking for the vote of condemnation, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. ἰχν. ὄρη to hunt the mountains, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7744 G7744 = G7744 ἰχώρ ichōr G:N-M pus ichor, the etherial juice , that flows in the veins of gods, (Iliad by Homer);—;epic accusative ἰχῶ for ἰχῶρα, (Iliad by Homer): later blood , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7745 G7745 = G7745 Ἰωβήλ Iōbēl a ram Ἰωβήλ, see: Ἰωβήδ.
Ἰωβήδ (WH, -βήλ, Lk, l.with; Rec., RV, Ὠβήδ), ὁ, indecl.,
Jo bed (Obed): Mat.1:5, Luk.3:32.†
(AS) G7746 G7746 = G7746 κάβος kabos G:N-M a cab measure a cab measure G7747 G7747 = G7747 καδημείν kadēmein N:N stream of antiquity stream of antiquity G7748 G7748 = G7748 καδησίμ kadēsim N:N male prostitutes male prostitutes G7749 G7749 = G7749 κάδιον kadion G:N-N a canteen a canteen G7750 G7750 = G7750 κάδος kados G:N-M a pail 1. a jar or vessel for water or wine , Lat. cadus, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. a liquid measure, = ἀμφορεύς, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
3. an urn or box for collecting the votes , like καδίσκος, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7751 G7751 = G7751 καθαγιάζω kathagiazō G:V to consecrate to consecrate G7752 G7752 = G7752 καθαρεύω kathareuō G:V be clean to be clean or pure , (Plato Philosophus): —;with genitive to be clean or free from guilt, (Plutarch); also, κ. ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ σώματος); (Plato Philosophus); also, καθ. γνώμῃ to be pure or clear in mind, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7753 G7753 = G7753 καθαριότης kathariotēs G:N-F cleanliness cleanliness, purity , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7754 G7754 = G7754 κάθαρσις katharsis G:N-F a cleansing a cleansing from guilt or defilement, purification , Lat. lustratio, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7755 G7755 = G7755 κάθεμα kathema G:N-N a necklace a necklace G7756 G7756 = G7756 καθηλόω kathēloō G:V to nail up to nail up G7757 G7757 = G7757 κάθιδρος kathidros G:A sweating sweating G7758 G7758 = G7758 καθιζάνω kathizanō G:V to sit down to sit down , θῶκόνδε καθίζανον they went to the council and took their seats , (Odyssey by Homer); μάντις ἐς θρόνους κ. (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7759 G7759 = G7759 κάθισις kathisis G:N-F sitting sitting G7760 G7760 = G7760 καθοδηγέω kathodēgeō G:V to direct to direct G7761 G7761 = G7761 κάθοδος kathodos G:N-F a return 1. a going down, descent , (Lucian): a way down , (Lucian)
2. a coming back, return , (Euripides); of an exile, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7762 G7762 = G7762 καθομολογέω kathomologeō G:V to promise 1. to confess or allow , especially to one's detriment, (Plato Philosophus)
2. to promise, vow , (Lucian)
3. to betroth , (Plutarch) (ML) G7763 G7763 = G7763 καθόρμιον kathormion G:N-N a hanging necklace a hanging necklace G7764 G7764 = G7764 καθυβρίζω kathubrizō G:V to insult to treat despitefully, to insult or affront wantontly , τινά (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; also τινός (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass., absolute, to wax wanton , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7765 G7765 = G7765 καθυμνέω kathumneō G:V to sing praise to sing praise G7766 G7766 = G7766 καθυπνόω kathupnoō G:V to sleep to be fast asleep, fall asleep , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., perfect participle κατυπνωμένος asleep , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7767 G7767 = G7767 καθυστερέω kathustereō G:V be late to come far behind , (Plutarch): absolute to be behind-hand , Menand. (ML) G7768 G7768 = G7768 καθυφαίνω kathuphainō G:V to interweave to interweave G7769 G7769 = G7769 καινίζω kainizō G:V to revive to make new : hence, καί τι καινίζει στέγη and the house has something strange about it, (Sophocles Tragicus); καίνισον ζυγόν try on thy new yoke, handsel it, (Aeschulus Tragicus); κ. εὐχάς to offer new, strange prayers, (Euripides) (ML) G7770 G7770 = G7770 καίριος kairios G:A timely 1. of Place, in or at the right place , hence of parts of the body, ἐν καιρίῳ, κατὰ καίριον in a vital part , (Iliad by Homer); also, of wounds, πέπληγμαι καιρίαν πληγήν, καιρίας πληγῆς τυχεῖν (Aeschulus Tragicus); πληγή is sometimes omitted, (Herdotus Historicus):—; adverb -ίως, mortally , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. of Time, in season, seasonable, timely, opportune , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. lasting but for a season , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. adverb -ρίως, in season, seasonably , (Aeschulus Tragicus): comparative -ωτέρως (Xenophon Historicus):—;so also, πρὸς τὸ καίριον (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7771 G7771 = G7771 κακοποίησις kakopoiēsis G:N-F an evil deed an evil deed G7772 G7772 = G7772 κακουργία kakourgia G:N-F evil actions 1. the character and conduct of a κακοῦργος, ill-doing, wickedness, villany, malice , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; of a horse, viciousness , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. in plural malpractices , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7773 G7773 = G7773 κακοφροσύνη kakophrosunē G:N-F evil thinking evil thinking G7774 G7774 = G7774 κακόφρων kakophrōn G:A evil-minded 1. ill-minded, malicious, malignant , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. imprudent, thoughtless, heedless , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7775 G7775 = G7775 καλαβώτης kalabōtēs G:N-M a newt a newt G7776 G7776 = G7776 κάλαθος kalathos G:N-M a reed basket 1. a vase-shaped basket , Lat. calathus, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a cooling-vessel, cooler , Virgil (ML) G7777 G7777 = G7777 καλαμάομαι kalamaomai G:V to glean to glean G7778 G7778 = G7778 καλάμινος kalaminos G:A of reed 1. made of reed , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. made of cane , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7779 G7779 = G7779 καλαμίσκος kalamiskos G:N-M a branch a bit of reed , used as a phial, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7780 G7780 = G7780 καλλιόω kallioō G:V to beautify to beautify G7781 G7781 = G7781 καλλονή kallonē G:N-F beauty beauty , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7782 G7782 = G7782 κάλλος kallos G:N-N beauty 1. beauty , (Homer), etc.:—; ἐς κάλλος with an eye to beauty , so as to set off her beauty, (Euripides); but, εἰς κ. ζῆν for pleasure , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. of persons, a beauty , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in plural also rich garments and stuffs , (Aeschulus Tragicus); κάλλεα κηροῦ beautiful works of wax, i. e. honeycombs, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7783 G7783 = G7783 κάλλυνθρον kallunthron G:N-N a palm branch a palm branch G7784 G7784 = G7784 καλλωπίζω kallōpizō G:V to bedeck 1. properly, to make the face beautiful; hence, to beautify, embellish , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass., κεκαλλωπισμέναι τὸ χρῶμα, i. e. painted, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid. to adorn oneself, make oneself fine or smart , (Plato Philosophus): metaphorically to pride oneself in or on a thing, τινι or ἐπί τινι (Plato Philosophus):—;absolute to make a display, shew off , of a horse, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to be coy, play the prude , τινι or πρός τινα towards another, (Plato Philosophus); with infinitive, κ. παραιτεῖσθαι to affect to deprecate, (Plutarch) (ML) G7785 G7785 = G7785 κάλος kalos rope rope G7786 G7786 = G7786 καλυπτήρ kaluptēr G:N-M a lid a lid G7787 G7787 = G7787 καλῴδιον kalōdion G:N-N rope a small cord , (Aristophanes Comicus)
(ML) G7788 G7788 = G7788 καμάρα kamara G:N-F a vault Lat. camera, anything with an arched cover, a covered carriage, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7789 G7789 = G7789 καμηλοπάρδαλις kamēlopardalis G:N-F giraffe giraffe G7790 G7790 = G7790 καμιναῖος kaminaios G:N-F of a furnace of a furnace G7791 G7791 = G7791 κάμπη kampē G:N-F a curve 1. a bending, winding , of a river, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the turning in a race-course, turning-post , (Aristophanes Comicus): metaphorically, μῦθον ἐς καμπὴν ἄγειν to bring a speech to its middle or turning point , (Euripides); καμπὰς ποιεῖσθαι (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7792 G7792 = G7792 καμπύλος kampulos G:A curved bent, crooked, curved , of a bow, (Iliad by Homer); of wheels, (Iliad by Homer); of chariots, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7793 G7793 = G7793 κάνθαρος kantharos G:N-M beetle 1. Lat. cantharus, a beetle worshipped in Egypt, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. a Naxian boat , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. a mark or knot like a beetle , on the tongue of the Egyptian god Apis, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7794 G7794 = G7794 κανοῦν kanoun a bin a bin G7795 G7795 = G7795 κάπηλος kapēlos G:N-M a peddler 1. a retail-dealer, huckster, hawker, peddlar, higgler , Lat. institor, (Herdotus Historicus), attic; opposite to the merchant ἔμπορος); (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; applied to Darius because of his finance-regulations, (Herdotus Historicus):—; κ. ἀσπίδων, ὅπλων a dealer in . . , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a tavern-keeper, publican , Lat. caupo, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
3. metaphorically, κ. πονηρίας a dealer in petty roguery, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7796 G7796 = G7796 καπνίζω kapnizō G:V to smoke 1. to make smoke , i. e. to make a fire , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to smoke, blacken with smoke , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. intransitive to be black with smoke , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7797 G7797 = G7797 κάππαρις kapparis G:N-F caper the caper-plant , or its fruit, the caper , Lat. capparis, (Aristotle Philosopher)
derivation uncertain (ML) G7798 G7798 = G7798 καρδιόω kardioō G:V to take heart to take heart G7799 G7799 = G7799 καρόω karoō G:V to stupefy to stupefy G7800 G7800 = G7800 καρπάσινος karpasinos G:N-M of cotton of cotton G7801 G7801 = G7801 καρπίζω karpizō G:V to gather fruit to make fruitful, fertilise , (Euripides) (ML) G7802 G7802 = G7802 κάρπιμος karpimos G:A fruitful fruit-bearing, fruitful , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—; κάρπιμα, τά, fruit-trees or corn-fields , (Aristophanes Comicus); κάρπιμα ἀγαθά property that yields a produce , opposite to ἄκαρπα, (Aristotle Philosopher):—;metaphorically, τῶν ξένων τοὺς κ. rich foreigners from whom money can be wrung , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7803 G7803 = G7803 καρπόβρωτος karpobrōtos G:N-M fruit-bearing fruit-bearing G7804 G7804 = G7804 καρπός karpos wrist wrist G7805 G7805 = G7805 καρπόω karpoō G:V to yield 1. to bear fruit or bear as fruit , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. Mid. to get fruit for oneself , i. e.,
3. to reap crops from land, (Herdotus Historicus): metaphorically to exhaust or drain , τὴν Ἑλλάδα (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. to enjoy the interest of money, (Demosthenes Orator); so in perfect passive, τὸ ἐργαστήριον κεκαρπωμένος enjoying the profits of the shop, (Demosthenes Orator):—;absolute to make profit , (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. to reap the fruits of, enjoy the free use of , (Thucydides), etc.: —;then,
6. simply, to enjoy , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—; sometimes in bad sense, καρποῦσθαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν (Aeschulus Tragicus); πένθη (Euripides) (ML) G7806 G7806 = G7806 κάρπωμα karpōma G:N-N a yield a yield G7807 G7807 = G7807 κάρπωσις karpōsis G:N-F a yield use or profit , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7808 G7808 = G7808 καρπωτός karpōtos G:N-N with long sleeves with long sleeves G7809 G7809 = G7809 κάρταλλος kartallos G:N-M a narrow basket a narrow bottomed basket G7810 G7810 = G7810 καρτερόω karteroō to strengthen to strengthen G7811 G7811 = G7811 καρύα karua G:N-F a walnut a walnut G7812 G7812 = G7812 καρύϊνος karuinos G:N-F of walnut of walnut G7813 G7813 = G7813 καρυΐσκος karuiskos G:N-M nut-like nut-like G7814 G7814 = G7814 κάρυον karuon G:N-N a walnut any kind of nut , (Aristophanes Comicus); distinguished into various kinds, as κ. βασιλικά or Περσικά, walnuts , also called simply κάρυα, (Batrachomyomachia); κ. κασταναϊκά or κασταναῖα chestnuts , etc. (ML) G7815 G7815 = G7815 καρυωτά karuōta G:N-M a knob a walnut shaped knob G7816 G7816 = G7816 κασσία kassia G:N-F cassia cassia G7817 G7817 = G7817 κασσιτέρινος kassiterinos G:A of tin of tin G7818 G7818 = G7818 κασσίτερος kassiteros G:N-M tin tin , Lat. stannum, (Iliad by Homer) It was melted, and then cast upon χαλκός, hence χεῦμα κασσιτέροιο a plating of tin , (Iliad by Homer)
A foreign word. (ML) G7819 G7819 = G7819 κατα πόδας kata podas by tracks by tracks [never used] G7820 G7820 = G7820 καταβιάζω katabiazō G:V to constrain to constrain G7821 G7821 = G7821 καταβιόω katabioō G:V to spend one's life to bring life to an end , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7822 G7822 = G7822 καταβλέπω katablepō G:V to look down to look down G7823 G7823 = G7823 καταβοάω kataboaō G:V to yell out against to cry down, cry out against , with genitive, (Herdotus Historicus); κ. τινῶν ὅτι τὰς σπονδὰς λελυκότες εἶεν (Thucydides); with accusative to bawl down, outcry , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7824 G7824 = G7824 καταβόσκω kataboskō G:V to graze upon to feed flocks upon or in a place, Lat. depascere, χὠ τὰν Σαμίαν καταβόσκων the shepherd of Samos, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G7825 G7825 = G7825 κατάβρωμα katabrōma G:N-N a thing devoured a thing devoured G7826 G7826 = G7826 κατάβρωσις katabrōsis G:N-F a thing devoured a thing devoured G7827 G7827 = G7827 καταβρώσκω katabrōskō G:V to devour to devour G7828 G7828 = G7828 κατάγαιος katagaios G:A on the ground on the ground G7829 G7829 = G7829 κατάγελως katagelōs G:N-M laughter mockery, derision, ridicule , Lat. ludibrium, ἐμαυτοῦ καταγέλωτα τάδε; these ornaments which bring ridicule upon me? (Aeschulus Tragicus); κ. πλατύς sheer mockery , (Aristophanes Comicus); ὁ κ. τῆς πράξεως the crowning absurdity of the matter, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7830 G7830 = G7830 καταγηράσκω katagēraskō G:V to age to grow old , Lat. senescere, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7831 G7831 = G7831 καταγίνομαι kataginomai G:V to occupy to occupy G7832 G7832 = G7832 καταδείκνυμι katadeiknumi G:V to introduce 1. to discover and make known , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; with infinitive to give notice that . . , (Aeschines Orator):—;Pass., with participle, κατεδέδεκτο ἐοῦσα χρηστή had been proved to be good, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to invent and teach, introduce, exhibit , (Aristophanes Comicus); with infinitive to shew how to do, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7833 G7833 = G7833 καταδέομαι katadeomai to beseech to beseech earnestly G7834 G7834 = G7834 κατάδεσμος katadesmos G:N-N a bandage a tie, band: a magic knot , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7835 G7835 = G7835 καταδέχομαι katadechomai G:V to appreciate 1. Dep.
2. to receive, admit , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. to receive back, take home again , (Isaeus Orator): —;aor1 passive καταδεχθῆναι in passive sense, (Lucian) (ML) G7836 G7836 = G7836 καταδιαιρέω katadiaireō G:V to divide to divide; share G7837 G7837 = G7837 καταδολεσχέω katadolescheō G:V to converse with to converse with G7838 G7838 = G7838 καταδυναστεία katadunasteia G:N-F tyranny tyranny G7839 G7839 = G7839 κατάδυσις katadusis G:N-F a retreat a retreat G7840 G7840 = G7840 καταδύω kataduō G:V to descend into 1. intransitive, in active present καταδύνω and middle καταδύομαι:—; to go down, sink, set , of the sun, ἠέλιος κατέδυ (Iliad by Homer); ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sun set , (Odyssey by Homer); of ships, to be sunk or rather to be disabled (see. infr. II), (Herdotus Historicus):—;of persons, καταδεδυκώς having popped down , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to go down into, plunge into , with accusative, καταδῦναι ὅμιλον, μάχην, δόμον, πόλιν (Homer); followed by a preposition, καταδυσόμεθ᾽ εἰς Ἀί̈δαο δόμους we will go down into . ., (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;with a notion of secresy, to insinuate oneself, steal into , (Plato Philosophus)
3. to slink away and lie hid , καταδύομαι ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to get into, put on , τεύχεα (Homer)
5. Causal, to make to sink , Lat. submergere, ἐμὲ καταδύουσι τῷ ἄχει (Xenophon Historicus); mostly in aor1, τοὺς γαυλοὺς καταδύσας (Herdotus Historicus); καταδῦσαι ναῦν to cut it down to the water's edge, disable it, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7841 G7841 = G7841 καταθαρσέω katatharseō G:V to rely upon to rely upon with confidence G7842 G7842 = G7842 καταθλάω katathlaō G:V to break in pieces to break in pieces G7843 G7843 = G7843 καταθύμιος katathumios G:A wishes 1. in the mind or thoughts , (Odyssey by Homer); μηδέ τί τοι θάνατος κατ. ἔστω let not death sit heavy on thy heart , (Iliad by Homer)
2. according to one's mind, satisfactory , (Theognis Elegiacus) (ML) G7844 G7844 = G7844 καταιγίς kataigis G:N-F a blast a blast; gale G7845 G7845 = G7845 κατακάλυμμα katakalumma G:N-N an overcovering an overcovering G7846 G7846 = G7846 κατακάμπτω katakamptō G:V to bend down to bend down , so as to be concave, (Plato Philosophus):—;metaphorically, μ. ἐλπίδας to bend down, overthrow hopes, (Euripides):—;Pass. to be bent (by intreaty), (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7847 G7847 = G7847 κατάκαρπος katakarpos G:A fruitful fruitful G7848 G7848 = G7848 κατακάρπως katakarpōs G:A fruitfully fruitfully G7849 G7849 = G7849 κατακάρπωσις katakarpōsis G:N-F incinerated remains incinerated remains G7850 G7850 = G7850 κατάκαυμα katakauma G:N-N a burning a burning; inflammation G7851 G7851 = G7851 κατακενόω katakenoō G:V to empty to empty G7852 G7852 = G7852 κατακεντέω katakenteō G:V to pierce through to pierce through G7853 G7853 = G7853 κατακληρονομέω kataklēronomeō G:V to allot to allot; inherit G7854 G7854 = G7854 κατακληρόω kataklēroō G:V to choose by lot to portion out :—;Mid. to receive as one's portion , (Plutarch) (ML) G7855 G7855 = G7855 κατάκλιτον katakliton G:N-N a divan a divan G7856 G7856 = G7856 κατακονδυλίζω katakondulizō G:V to strike with a fist to buffet sharply , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7857 G7857 = G7857 κατακοντίζω katakontizō G:V to run through to shoot down , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7858 G7858 = G7858 κατάκοπος katakopos G:N-F exhausted exhausted G7859 G7859 = G7859 κατακοσμέω katakosmeō G:V to adorn 1. to set in order, arrange , (Odyssey by Homer) (in Mid.); ἐπὶ νευρῇ κατακόσμει ὀϊστόν was fitting it on the string, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to fit out completely, adorn , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to reduce to order , (Plutarch) (ML) G7860 G7860 = G7860 κατακρατέω katakrateō G:V to hold firmly to prevail over , τινός: absolute to prevail, gain the mastery , (Herdotus Historicus); of a name, to prevail, become current , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7861 G7861 = G7861 κατακρύπτω katakruptō G:V to hide 1. to cover over, hide away, conceal , (Homer), etc.
2. absolute to use concealment, to conceal oneself , of the gods, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7862 G7862 = G7862 κατακτάομαι kataktaomai G:V to acquire Dep. to get for oneself entirely, gain possession of , and in past tenses, to have in full possession , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G7863 G7863 = G7863 κατακυκλόω katakukloō to encircle to encircle G7864 G7864 = G7864 κατακυλίνδω katakulindō G:V to roll downward to roll down :—;Pass. to be rolled down or thrown off , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7865 G7865 = G7865 κατάλειψις kataleipsis G:N-F a remnant a remnant G7866 G7866 = G7866 καταλέω kataleō G:V to grind down to grind down , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7867 G7867 = G7867 κατάληψις katalēpsis G:N-F a taking 1. a seizing , ἐν καταλήψει within one's grasp , (Thucydides):—; an assaulting , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a taking possession, occupation , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G7868 G7868 = G7868 καταλιθοβολέω katalithoboleō G:V to cast a stone at to cast a stone at G7869 G7869 = G7869 κατάλιθος katalithos G:A inlaid with precious stone inlaid with precious stone G7870 G7870 = G7870 καταλιμπάνω katalimpanō G:V to leave behind to leave behind G7871 G7871 = G7871 καταλογίζομαι katalogizomai G:V to reckon 1. Dep. to count up, number, reckon , (Xenophon Historicus); κ. τὸ εὐεργέτημα πρός τινα to put it down to his account , (Demosthenes Orator); καταλογιζέσθω μηδεὶς τοῦθ᾽ ὑμῖν ἐν ἀρετῇ let no one impute it to you as a virtue, (Aeschines Orator)
2. to count or reckon among , Lat. annumerare, τοὺς ἀχαρίστους ἐν τοῖς ἀδίκοις (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7872 G7872 = G7872 καταλοχία katalochia G:A classification classification G7873 G7873 = G7873 καταλοχισμός katalochismos G:N-M distribution distribution into bodies , (Plutarch) (ML) G7874 G7874 = G7874 κατάλυσις katalusis G:N-F a resting-place 1. a dissolving, dissolution of governments, (Thucydides), etc.
2. the dismissal or disbanding of a body of men, στρατιᾶς (Xenophon Historicus); εἰς κατάλυσιν till dismissal , of soldiers at a review, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. κ. τοῦ πολέμου an ending of the war, pacification , (Thucydides)
4. generally, an end, termination , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. a resting, lodging, rest , (Euripides)
6. = κατάλυμα, a resting-place, guest-chamber, quarters, lodging , καταλύσιες (ionic for -λύσεις); (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7875 G7875 = G7875 καταμερίζω katamerizō G:V to divide among 1. to cut in pieces , (Lucian)
2. to distribute , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7876 G7876 = G7876 καταμετρέω katametreō G:V to measure out to measure out G7877 G7877 = G7877 καταμίγνυμι katamignumi G:V to mix with to mix up, mingle the ingredients , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G7878 G7878 = G7878 καταμωκάομαι katamōkaomai G:V to deride to deride G7879 G7879 = G7879 κατανέμω katanemō G:V to feed on 1. to distribute, allot, assign , especially as pasture-land , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to distribute, divide into separate bodies , (Xenophon Historicus):—;of a single person, κ. τινὰ εἰς τὴν τάξιν to assign him to his post, (Aeschines Orator)
3. Mid. or Pass. to divide among themselves , (Thucydides)
4. to occupy with cattle, to graze land , Lat. depasci, (Isocrates Orator):—;metaphorically to plunder , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G7880 G7880 = G7880 κατανίσταμαι katanistamai G:V to stand against to stand against G7881 G7881 = G7881 κατάντημα katantēma G:N-N an arrival an arrival G7882 G7882 = G7882 καταξαίνω kataxainō G:V to rend in shreds 1. to card or comb well: to tear in pieces, rend in shreds , (Euripides); καταξαίνειν τινὰ εἰς φοινικίδα to pound him to red rags, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass., καταξανθείς crushed to atoms , (Sophocles Tragicus); πρὶν κατεξάνθαι (Euripides)
2. to wear or waste away , Lat. atterere, (Aeschulus Tragicus): Pass., κατεξάνθην πόνοις, δακρύοις (Euripides) (ML) G7883 G7883 = G7883 καταξηραίνω kataxērainō G:V to totally dry up to totally dry up G7884 G7884 = G7884 κατάξηρος kataxēros G:A dried up dried up G7885 G7885 = G7885 καταπαίζω katapaizō G:V to mock to mock G7886 G7886 = G7886 καταπανουργέυω katapanourgeuō G:V to deal treacherously to deal treacherously G7887 G7887 = G7887 καταπάσσω katapassō G:V to strew 1. to besprinkle or bespatter , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass., καταπαττόμενος (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. with accusative rei, to sprinkle or strew over , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7888 G7888 = G7888 καταπάτημα katapatēma G:N-N trampling trampling G7889 G7889 = G7889 καταπάτησις katapatēsis G:N-F trampling trampling G7890 G7890 = G7890 καταπελματόομαι katapelmatoomai G:V to mend to mend G7891 G7891 = G7891 καταπενθέω katapentheō G:V to mourn to mourn for, bewail , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7892 G7892 = G7892 καταπέτομαι katapetomai G:V to fly down to fly down , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G7893 G7893 = G7893 καταπήγνυμι katapēgnumi G:V to fasten down 1. to stick fast in the ground, plant firmly , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. Pass., with perfect and pluperfect active, to stand fast or firm in , (Iliad by Homer); absolute, στήλη καταπεπηγυῖα (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7894 G7894 = G7894 καταπηδάω katapēdaō G:V to leap down to leap down G7895 G7895 = G7895 κατάπικρος katapikros G:A very bitter very bitter G7896 G7896 = G7896 καταπιστεύω katapisteuō G:V to confide in to confide in G7897 G7897 = G7897 καταπλάσσω kataplassō G:V to plaster to plaster over with clay, etc., (Herdotus Historicus):—;Mid., καταπλάσσεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν to plaster one's own head, (Herdotus Historicus); τοῦτο καταπλάσσονται ὅλον τὸ σῶμα this they plaster over their whole body, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7898 G7898 = G7898 κατάπληξις kataplēxis G:N-F a terror amazement, consternation , (Thucydides) (ML) G7899 G7899 = G7899 καταπλήσσω kataplēssō G:V to strike with terror to strike down : metaphorically to strike with amazement, astound, terrify , (Thucydides), etc.:—;Pass. to be panic-stricken, amazed, astounded , κατεπλήγη (aorist2 ) (Iliad by Homer); attic aorist2 infinitive, καταπλαγῆναι (Thucydides); 2nd plural perfect καταπέπληχθε (Thucydides); with accusative, καταπλαγέντες τὸν Φίλιππον (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7900 G7900 = G7900 καταπολεμέω katapolemeō G:V to make war against to war down , i. e. to exhaust by war, subdue completely, reduce , Lat. debellare, (Thucydides): in present to attempt to subdue , (Thucydides): —;Pass., ἐλπίζοντες [ τὴν πόλιν] καταπεπολεμῆσθαι (Thucydides) (ML) G7901 G7901 = G7901 καταποντισμός katapontismos G:N-M drowning drowning G7902 G7902 = G7902 καταπραΰνω katapraunō G:V to soothe to soften down, appease , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7903 G7903 = G7903 καταπρονομεύω katapronomeuō G:V to carry away captive to carry away captive G7904 G7904 = G7904 καταπτήσσω kataptēssō G:V to awe 1. to crouch down, to lie crouching or cowering , (Homer)
2. with accusative to cower beneath , (Plutarch) (ML) G7905 G7905 = G7905 κατάπτωμα kataptōma G:N-N a ruin a ruin G7906 G7906 = G7906 κατάρασις katarasis G:N-F a curse a curse G7907 G7907 = G7907 καταράσσω katarassō G:V to break down to break down G7908 G7908 = G7908 καταργυρόω katarguroō G:V to silver plate 1. to cover with silver :—;Pass., καταργυρωμένος (ionic for κατηργ-); silvered , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to buy or bribe with silver , κατηργυρωμένος (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7909 G7909 = G7909 καταρράκτης katarraktēs G:N-M a dungeon 1. as adjective down-rushing , τὸν καταρράκτην ὀδόν (attic for οὐδόν); to the downward entrance [of Hades, Refs 5th c.BC]
2. as Substantive broken water, a waterfall , Lat. cataracta, (Strabo Geographus)
3. a kind of portcullis , (Plutarch)
4. a sea-bird, so called from rushing down upon its prey, a gull , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7910 G7910 = G7910 καταρρεμβεύω katarrembeuō G:V to stagger to stagger G7911 G7911 = G7911 καταρρέω katarreō G:V to flow down 1. to flow down , (Iliad by Homer), attic
2. of men, to stream or rush down , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. of fruit, leaves, etc., to fall off , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to fall in ruins , (Demosthenes Orator)
5. κ. εἴς τινα to come to, fall to the lot of , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
6. κ. φόνῳ to run down with blood, (Euripides); so in Mid., (Plutarch) (ML) G7912 G7912 = G7912 καταρρήγνυμι katarrēgnumi G:V to break down 1. to break down , τὴν γέφυραν (Herdotus Historicus); μέλαθρα (Euripides)
2. to tear in pieces, rend , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Mid., κατερρήξαντο τοὺς κιθῶνας they rent their coats, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. in (Sophocles Tragicus) Ant. 675 τροπὰς καταρρήγνυσι [ ἡ ἀναρχία] breaks up armies and turns them to flight.
4. Pass., aorist2 κατερράγην [ ᾶ], with perfect active κατέρρωγα:—; to be broken down, to be thrown down and broken , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to fall or rush down, to break or burst out , of storms, (Herdotus Historicus); of tears, (Euripides):—;metaphorically, ὁ πόλεμος κατερράγη (Aristophanes Comicus)
6. to be broken in pieces , Αἴγυπτος μελάγγαιός τε καὶ κατερρηγμένη with black and crumbling soil , (Herdotus Historicus)
7. καταράσσω
attic -ττω
future ξω
8. to dash down, break in pieces , τοὺς λοιπούς κατήραξεν ἐς τὸν Κιθαιρῶνα drove them shattered to Cithaerae, (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ στράτευμα κατηράχθη εἰς τὰ τειχίσματα (Thucydides)
9. intransitive to fall down, fall headlong , (Plutarch) (ML) G7913 G7913 = G7913 καταρρίπτω katarriptō G:V to hurl down to throw down, overthrow , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7914 G7914 = G7914 κατάρχω katarchō G:V to rule 1. to make beginning of a thing, with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὁδοῦ κατάρχειν to lead the way, (Sophocles Tragicus):—; rarely with accusative to begin a thing, (Plato Philosophus):—;with participle to begin doing, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to honour , (Euripides)
3. Mid. to make a beginning, to begin , like Act., with genitive, (Euripides); also with accusative, (Euripides): absolute, κατάρχεται μέλος is beginning , (Euripides)
4. in religious sense, to begin the sacrificial ceremonies , Νέστωρ χέρνιβά τt οὐλοχύτας τε κατήρχετο Nestor began [the sacrifice] with the washing of hands and sprinkling the barley on the victim's head, (Odyssey by Homer); κατάρχομαι I begin the function , (Euripides):—;with genitive, κατάρχεσθαι τοῦ τράγου to make a beginning of the victim, i. e. consecrate him for sacrifice by cutting off the hair of his forehead, (Aristophanes Comicus); πῶς δ᾽ αὖ κατάρξει θυμάτω; (Euripides)
5. to sacrifice, slay , (Euripides):—;Pass., σὸν κατῆρκται σῶμα hath been devoted , (Euripides)
6. simply, to strike , (Plutarch) (ML) G7915 G7915 = G7915 κατασβεννύω katasbennuō G:V to extinguish to extinguish G7916 G7916 = G7916 κατασιγάω katasigaō to observe silence to observe silence G7917 G7917 = G7917 κατασιωπάω katasiōpaō G:V to observe silence 1. to be silent about a thing, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. Causal, to make silent, silence , (Xenophon Historicus): Mid. to cause silence , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7918 G7918 = G7918 κατασκεδάζω kataskedazō G:V to scatter upon to scatter upon G7919 G7919 = G7919 κατασκέπτομαι kataskeptomai G:V to survey to survey G7920 G7920 = G7920 κατασκευή kataskeuē G:N apparatus 1. preparation , ἐν κατασκευῇ τοῦ πολέμου in preparing for it, (Thucydides); the equipment of ships, engines, etc., (Thucydides)
2. any kind of furniture that is fixed , opposite to what is movable παρασκευή); buildings, fixtures , (Thucydides); but also, like παρασκευή, any furniture , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. the state, condition, constitution of a thing, (Euripides)
4. a device, trick , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7921 G7921 = G7921 κατάσκιος kataskios G:A shady 1. shaded or covered with something, (Hesiod)
2. transitive overshadowing , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7922 G7922 = G7922 κατασμικρύνω katasmikrunō G:V to reduce to reduce G7923 G7923 = G7923 κατασπαταλάω kataspatalaō G:V to live wastefully to live wantonly, to wanton , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7924 G7924 = G7924 κατασπάω kataspaō G:V to tear down 1. to draw or pull down , κ. τὰς νῆας to haul ships down to the sea , (Herdotus Historicus); κ. σημεῖα to pull the flags down (in token of defeat), (Thucydides); κ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to quaff or swallow down , Lat. deglutire, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7925 G7925 = G7925 κατασπείρω kataspeirō G:V to scatter abroad 1. to sow thickly : metaphorically, ἀνίας κ. to sow a crop of sorrows, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to beget , τέκνα (Euripides)
3. to scatter over , as in sowing, with genitive, (Plutarch)
4. to besprinkle , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G7926 G7926 = G7926 κατασπεύδω kataspeudō G:V to hasten to press, urge , or hasten on , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G7927 G7927 = G7927 κατασπουδάζομαι kataspoudazomai G:V to take seriously Dep., to be very earnest or serious , (Herdotus Historicus); οὐδαμῶς κατεσπουδασμένος ἀνήρ (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7928 G7928 = G7928 καταστασιάζω katastasiazō to revolt 1. to form a counter-party in the state , (Plutarch)
2. Pass. to be factiously opposed or overpowered , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7929 G7929 = G7929 καταστενάζω katastenazō G:V to groan to groan G7930 G7930 = G7930 καταστηρίζω katastērizō G:V to firmly fix to firmly fix G7931 G7931 = G7931 καταστραγγίζω katastrangizō G:V to make drop to make drop G7932 G7932 = G7932 καταστρατοπεδεύω katastratopedeuō G:V to bivouac 1. to put into cantonments, encamp , (Xenophon Historicus): to station a fleet, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid. to take up quarters, encamp , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7933 G7933 = G7933 κατατάσσω katatassō G:V to delegate 1. to draw up in order, arrange , τὴν στρατιάν (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to appoint , ἐπί τι to do a thing, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. κατατάξασθαί τινι to make arrangements with one, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7934 G7934 = G7934 κατατείνω katateinō G:V to violently strain 1. to stretch or draw tight , (Iliad by Homer); κ. τὰ ὅπλα to draw the cables taut , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to stretch so as to torture , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.
3. to stretch or draw in a straight line , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to hold tight down , (Plutarch)
5. intransitive to stretch oneself : hence,
6. to extend or run straight towards , Lat. tendere, (Herdotus Historicus): absolute to extend , (Herdotus Historicus)
7. to strive against, strive earnestly, be vehement , (Euripides): aor1 participle, with all one's might , λέγω κατατείνας (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G7935 G7935 = G7935 κατατέμνω katatemnō G:V to mutilate 1. to cut in pieces, cut up , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: so in Mid., (Euripides):—; Pass., τελαμῶσι κατατετμημένοις with regularly cut bandages, (Herdotus Historicus); σπλάγχνα κατατετμημένα (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. κ. χώρην ἐς διώρυχας to cut it up into ditches or canals, (Herdotus Historicus); κατετέτμηντο τάφροι ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν (Xenophon Historicus)
3. with double accusative κ. τινὰ καττύματα to cut him into strips, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass., κατατμηθείην λέπαδνα may I be cut up into straps, (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. κ. τὸν Πειραιᾶ to lay it out for building, (Aristotle Philosopher):—;Pass., ἡ πόλις κατατέτμηται τὰς ὁδοὺς ἰθείας has its streets cut straight, (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to cut into the ground, κατετέτμηντο τάφροι there were trenches cut , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7936 G7936 = G7936 κατατέρπω kataterpō G:V to delight to delight G7937 G7937 = G7937 κατατήκω katatēkō G:V to dissolve 1. transitive to melt away, to make to fall away , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. Pass., with perfect active κατατέτηκα, to melt or be melting away , (Odyssey by Homer), attic (ML) G7938 G7938 = G7938 κατατίλλω katatillō to pull about to pull about G7939 G7939 = G7939 κατατρίβω katatribō G:V to wear away 1. to rub down or away; hence,
2. of clothes, to wear out , (Theognis Elegiacus)
3. of persons, to wear out, exhaust , (Thucydides): —;Pass. to be quite worn out , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. of Time, to wear it away, get rid of it , Lat. diem terere, (Demosthenes Orator): κ. τὸν βίον to employ it fully , (Xenophon Historicus); so in perfect passive to pass one's whole time , κατατέτριμμαι στρατευόμενος (Xenophon Historicus)
5. of property, to squander , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7940 G7940 = G7940 κατατρυφάω katatruphaō G:V to revel to revel G7941 G7941 = G7941 κατατρώγω katatrōgō G:V to devour to gnaw in pieces, eat up , (Aristophanes Comicus); with genitive, (Plutarch) (ML) G7942 G7942 = G7942 κατατυγχάνω katatugchanō G:V to attain to hit one's mark, to be successful , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7943 G7943 = G7943 καταφαίνω kataphainō G:V to appear 1. to declare, make known , (Pindar)
2. Pass., future -φᾶνήσομαι, aorist2 κατ-εφάνην [ ᾶ], to become visible, appear , (Homeric Hymns)
3. to be quite clear or plain , (Herdotus Historicus); κατεφάνη τῷ Δαρείῳ τεχνάζειν it was apparent to Darius that he was playing tricks, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7944 G7944 = G7944 καταφερής katapherēs G:A inclined 1. going down , εὖτε ἂν κ. γίνηται ὁ ἥλιος when the sun is near setting , (Herdotus Historicus); of ground, sloping downwards , Lat. declivis, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. inclined , Lat. proclivis, pronus, πρὸς οἶνον (Plutarch) (ML) G7945 G7945 = G7945 καταφθάνω kataphthanō G:V to fall upon unawares to fall upon unawares G7946 G7946 = G7946 καταφθορά kataphthora G:N-F corruption 1. destruction, death , (Euripides)
2. metaphorically confusion , φρενῶν (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7947 G7947 = G7947 καταφλέγω kataphlegō G:V to burn up to burn down, burn up, consume , πυρί (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;Pass. to be burnt down , (Thucydides) (ML) G7948 G7948 = G7948 καταφλογίζω kataphlogizō G:V to ignite to ignite G7949 G7949 = G7949 κατάφοβος kataphobos G:A fear fear G7950 G7950 = G7950 καταφυγή kataphugē G:N-F a refuge 1. a refuge, place of refuge , (Herdotus Historicus): with genitive, κ. κακῶν refuge from evils, (Euripides)
2. a way of escape, excuse , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7951 G7951 = G7951 καταφύτευσις kataphuteusis G:N-F a planting a planting G7952 G7952 = G7952 καταφυτεύω kataphuteuō G:V to plant to plant , (Plutarch) (ML) G7953 G7953 = G7953 καταχαίρω katachairō G:V to rejoice against to exult over , with dative, (Herdotus Historicus); absolute, καταχαίρων with malignant joy , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7954 G7954 = G7954 καταχαλάω katachalaō G:V to let down to let down G7955 G7955 = G7955 καταχαλκόω katachalkoō G:V to braze to cover with brass , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7956 G7956 = G7956 καταχρίω katachriō G:V to besmear to besmear G7957 G7957 = G7957 καταχρύσεος katachruseos N:N abounding in gold abounding in gold G7958 G7958 = G7958 καταχρυσόω katachrusoō G:V to gild 1. to cover with gold-leaf, gild , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to make golden (i. e. splendid ), (Plutarch) (ML) G7959 G7959 = G7959 κατάχυσις katachusis G:N-F a throwing down a throwing down G7960 G7960 = G7960 καταχώννυμι katachōnnumi G:V to heap upon to cover with a heap , ὁ νότος κατέχωσέ σφεας the South wind buried them in sand, (Herdotus Historicus); κ. τινὰ λίθοις (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7961 G7961 = G7961 καταχωρίζω katachōrizō G:V to set down in writing to set in a place, place in position , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to take up a position , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7962 G7962 = G7962 κατειδών kateidōn to look down to look down G7963 G7963 = G7963 κατεντευκτής katenteuktēs G:N-M an accuser an accuser G7964 G7964 = G7964 κατεπείγω katepeigō G:V to coerce 1. to press down, depress , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to press much, press hard, drive on, urge on, impel , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. intransitive to hasten, make haste , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7965 G7965 = G7965 κατεῖπω kateipō G:V to denounce to avow G7966 G7966 = G7966 κατεργασία katergasia G:N-F working out working out G7967 G7967 = G7967 κάτεργος katergos G:N-N upkeep upkeep G7968 G7968 = G7968 κατευθύ kateuthu straightway straight forward , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7969 G7969 = G7969 κατευοδόω kateuodoō G:V to greatly prosper to greatly prosper G7970 G7970 = G7970 κατοικεσία katoikesia G:N-F habitation habitation G7971 G7971 = G7971 κατοικοδομέω katoikodomeō G:V to build 1. to build upon or in a place, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to build away , i. e. to squander in building , (Plutarch) (ML) G7972 G7972 = G7972 κάτοικος katoikos G:N inhabitant an inhabitant G7973 G7973 = G7973 κατοίομαι katoiomai G:V be arrogant be arrogant G7974 G7974 = G7974 κατόπισθεν katopisthen G:PREP after 1. behind, after, in the rear , (Homer); with genitive, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. of Time, hereafter, afterwards, henceforth , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G7975 G7975 = G7975 κάτοπτρον katoptron G:N-N a mirror 1. a mirror , Lat. speculum, (Euripides)
2. metaphorically a mere reflexion (not a reality), (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7976 G7976 = G7976 κατορθόω katorthoō G:V to keep straight 1. to set upright, erect , (Euripides):—;metaphorically to keep straight, set right , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to accomplish successfully, bring to a successful issue , (Plato Philosophus): —;Pass. to succeed, prosper , (Herdotus Historicus); δρᾶν κατώρθωσαι thou hast rightly purposed to do, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. intransitive as in Pass. to go on prosperously, succeed , (Thucydides); τὸ κατορθοῦν success , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G7977 G7977 = G7977 κατόρθωσις katorthōsis G:N-F a success a setting straight: successful accomplishment of a thing, success , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G7978 G7978 = G7978 κατορύσσω katorussō G:V to bury to bury in the earth , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν κατώρυξε buried head downwards, (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G7979 G7979 = G7979 κατορχέομαι katorcheomai G:V to treat despitefully Dep. to dance in triumph over, treat despitefully , Lat. insultare, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7980 G7980 = G7980 κατοχεύω katocheuō G:V to mate to mate G7981 G7981 = G7981 κατόχιμος katochimos G:A possession possession G7982 G7982 = G7982 κάτοχος katochos G:A a hold 1. holding down, holding fast, tenacious , (Plutarch)
2. passive kept down, held fast, overpowered, overcome , (Aeschulus Tragicus); κάτοχος subject to him, (Euripides) (ML) G7983 G7983 = G7983 κατωδυνάω katōdunaō G:V to afflict grievously to afflict grievously G7984 G7984 = G7984 κατώδυνος katōdunos G:A in severe pain in severe pain G7985 G7985 = G7985 κάτωθεν katōthen G:A from below 1. from below, up from below , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;also, from the low country, from the coast , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. below, beneath , where κάτω would be required by our idiom, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G7986 G7986 = G7986 καυλός kaulos G:N-M a stem 1. the shaft of a spear, (Iliad by Homer): the hilt of a sword, (Iliad by Homer)
2. the stalk of a plat, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G7987 G7987 = G7987 καψάκης kapsakēs G:N-M a jar a jar G7988 G7988 = G7988 κέγχρος kegchros G:N-M millet 1. millet , (Hesiod), etc.; of a single grain, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. anything in small grains , as the spawn of fish , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G7989 G7989 = G7989 κέδρινος kedrinos G:A of cedar of cedar , (Iliad by Homer)
from κέδρος (ML) G7990 G7990 = G7990 κεκρυμμένως kekrummenōs G:A secretly secretly G7991 G7991 = G7991 κενολογέω kenologeō G:V to use empty words to talk emptily , (Aristotle Philosopher)
from κενολόγος (ML) G7992 G7992 = G7992 κενοτάφιον kenotaphion G:N-N a statue an empty tomb, cenotaph , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G7993 G7993 = G7993 κεντέω kenteō G:V to sting 1. to prick, goad, spur on , (Iliad by Homer)
2. of bees and wasps, to sting , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. generally, to prick, stab , (Pindar), etc.: to torture , (Xenophon Historicus): metaphorically, σὺν δόλωι κ. to stab in the dark, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G7994 G7994 = G7994 κεπφωθείς kepphōtheis G:V being easily led on being easily led on G7995 G7995 = G7995 κέρασμα kerasma G:N-N a mixture a mixture G7996 G7996 = G7996 κεράστης kerastēs G:N-M a horned serpent horned , ἔλαφος (Sophocles Tragicus):—;feminine κεραστίς, ίδος, of Io, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G7997 G7997 = G7997 κερατίζω keratizō G:V to butt to butt; gore G7998 G7998 = G7998 κερατίνη keratinē G:N-F a horn a horn G7999 G7999 = G7999 κερατιστής keratistēs G:N-M goring goring G8000 G8000 = G8000 κεραυνός keraunos G:N-M a thunderbolt 1. a thunderbolt , Lat. fulmen, (Homer), etc.: generally, thunder :—;but thunder properly was βροντή, Lat. tonitru; lightning was στεροπή, Lat. fulgur.
2. metaphorically, κεραυνὸν ἐν γλώσσῃ φέρειν, of Pericles, (Plutarch) (ML) G8001 G8001 = G8001 κεραυνόω keraunoō G:V to strike with a thunderbolt to strike with thunderbolts , (Herdotus Historicus):—; Pass., κεραυνωθείς (Hesiod), etc. (ML) G8002 G8002 = G8002 κέρκος kerkos G:N-F a tail the tail of a beast, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G8003 G8003 = G8003 κέρκωψ kerkōps G:N-M mischievous 1. the Cercopes were a kind of men-monkeys , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. metaphorically a mischievous fellow, knave , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8004 G8004 = G8004 κεφουρέ kephoure N:N a basin a basin G8005 G8005 = G8005 κεφουρῆς kephourēs a basin a basin G8006 G8006 = G8006 κηλιδόω kēlidoō G:V to spot to stain, sully, soil , (Euripides)
from κηλί_ς (ML) G8007 G8007 = G8007 κημός kēmos G:N-M a muzzle 1. a muzzle , put on a led horse, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8008 G8008 = G8008 κηρός kēros G:N-M beeswax bees-wax , Lat. cera, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8009 G8009 = G8009 κίβδηλος kibdēlos G:A commingled 1. adulterated, spurious, base , of coin, (Theognis Elegiacus)
2. metaphorically base, false, spurious, fraudulent , of men, (Theognis Elegiacus); of oracles, deceitful , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν κιβδήλῳ (Euripides)
from κίβδος (ML) G8010 G8010 = G8010 κίδαρις kidaris G:N-F a turban a turban G8011 G8011 = G8011 κινύρα kinura G:N-F a lute a lute G8012 G8012 = G8012 κιρνάω kirnaō G:V to dilute to mix wine with water, in 3rd singular imperfect ἐκίρνα and κίρνη, participle κιρνάς, (Odyssey by Homer); in (Herdotus Historicus), 3rd singular present κιρνᾶι, 1st plural κίρναμεν. (ML) G8013 G8013 = G8013 κισσάω kissaō G:V to crave for strange food to crave for strange food , of pregnant women: metaphorically, κ. τῆς εἰρήνης (Aristophanes Comicus); with infinitive to long to do a thing, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8014 G8014 = G8014 κιχράω kichraō G:V to lend to lend G8015 G8015 = G8015 κίων kiōn G:N-M a monumental pillar 1. a pillar , Lat. columna, (Odyssey by Homer): a flogging-post , (Sophocles Tragicus); proverbial, ἔσθιε τοὺς Μεγακλέους κίονας eat the pillars of his hall, for being a spendthrift, he had nothing else left to give, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. in plural the pillars guarded by Atlas , which keep heaven and earth asunder, (Odyssey by Homer); whereas in (Herdotus Historicus) Mount Atlas is ὁ κίων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.
3. a columnar grave-stone , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8016 G8016 = G8016 κλαυθμών klauthmōn G:N-M a place of weeping a place of weeping G8017 G8017 = G8017 κλεῖθρον kleithron G:N-N a bolt a bar for closing a door, (Homeric Hymns):—;mostly in plural, like Lat. claustra, [variant datesTragica Adespota, etc. (ML) G8018 G8018 = G8018 κληδονίζω klēdonizō G:V to prognosticate to prognosticate G8019 G8019 = G8019 κληδονισμός klēdonismos G:N-M prognosticating prognosticating G8020 G8020 = G8020 κληματίς klēmatis G:N-F a small vine branch Diminutive of κλῆμα:—;in plural brush-wood, fagot-wood , (Thucydides) (ML) G8021 G8021 = G8021 κληροδοσία klērodosia G:N-F an allotment an allotment; inheritance G8022 G8022 = G8022 κληροδοτέω klērodoteō G:V to allot to allot G8023 G8023 = G8023 κληρωτί klērōti G:A by casting lots by casting lots G8024 G8024 = G8024 κλιμακτήρ klimaktēr G:N-M a step the round of a ladder , (Euripides)
from κλῖμαξ (ML) G8025 G8025 = G8025 κλῖμαξ klimax G:N-F a stairway 1. a ladder or staircase (because of its leaning aslant) , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—; a scaling-ladder , (Thucydides); κλίμακος προσαμβάσεις (Aeschulus Tragicus):—; a ship's ladder , (Euripides)
2. a frame with cross-bars , on which persons to be tortured were tied, (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. in (Sophocles Tragicus), κλίμακες ἀμφίπλεκτοι intertwining ladders , to express the entanglement of the limbs of wrestlers.
4. a climax , i. e. a gradual ascent from weaker expressions to stronger, Lat. gradatio, as Cicero's abiit, evasit, erupit. (ML) G8026 G8026 = G8026 κλίτος klitos G:N-N a corner a corner; side G8027 G8027 = G8027 κλοιός kloios G:N-M a neck yoke 1. a dog-collar , especially a large wooden collar , put on mischievous dogs, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a sort of pillory , (Euripides)
3. χρύσεος κλ. a collar of gold, [Refs 5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8028 G8028 = G8028 κλοποφορέω klopophoreō G:V to ransack to ransack G8029 G8029 = G8029 κλώθω klōthō G:V to twine to twist by spinning, spin , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., τὰ κλωσθέντα one's destiny , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8030 G8030 = G8030 κλών klōn G:N-M a branch a twig, spray , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8031 G8031 = G8031 κλῶσμα klōsma G:N-N yarn yarn G8032 G8032 = G8032 κλωστός klōstos G:A spun spun G8033 G8033 = G8033 κνήμη knēmē G:N-F shank the part between the knee and ankle, the leg , Lat. tibia, (Homer), etc. (ML) G8034 G8034 = G8034 κνημίς knēmis G:N-F a leg covering a greave or piece of armour from knee to ankle , Lat. ocrea, περὶ κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκεν (Iliad by Homer); the κνημῖδες were fastened at the ankle with clasps ἐπισφύρια); βόειαι κνημῖδες are ox-hide leggings , used by labourers, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8035 G8035 = G8035 κνήφη knēphē G:N-F itching itching G8036 G8036 = G8036 κνίδη knidē G:N-F nettle a nettle , Lat. urtica, [Refs 3rd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8037 G8037 = G8037 κνίζω knizō G:V to pick 1. to scrape or grate: to tickle : metaphorically, of love, to nettle, chafe, irritate , (Herdotus Historicus); of satiety, (Pindar); of anxiety, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; οὐ κνίσω τὸ ῥῆμ᾽ ἕκαστον will not attack every word, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass., κνίζεσθαί τινος to be stung (with love) for one, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. κν. ὀργάν to provoke anger, (Pindar) (ML) G8038 G8038 = G8038 κοιλάς koilas N:N a cavity a hollow, deep valley , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8039 G8039 = G8039 κοίλη koilē G:A a ship's hold a ship's hold G8040 G8040 = G8040 κοῖλος koilos G:A hollow 1. hollow, hollowed , epithet of ships, which in early times were hollowed out of trees, (Homer); later, κοίλη ναῦς was the hold of the ship, (Herdotus Historicus); so, ἡ κοίλη alone, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus):—;of the Trojan horse, κ. λόχος, κ. δόρυ (Odyssey by Homer); κ. κάπετος, of a grave, (Iliad by Homer); κ. δέμνια, of the bed when no one is in it , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. of Places, lying in a hollow or forming a hollow , κοίλη Λακεδαίμων the vale of L., (Odyssey by Homer); κ. Θεσσαλία (Herdotus Historicus); κ. Ἄργος (Sophocles Tragicus); τὰ Κοῖλα τῆς Εὐβοίας (Herdotus Historicus); ἡ Κοιλή the valley of the Ilissus, (Herdotus Historicus):—; κ. λιμήν of a harbour lying between high cliffs , (Odyssey by Homer); κ. αἰγιαλός an embayed beach, (Odyssey by Homer):—; κ. ὁδός a hollow way, (Iliad by Homer):—; κ. ποταμός a river nearly empty of water, (Thucydides) (so Virgil, cava flumina) : metaphorically of the voice, hollow , μυκάσατο κοῖλον (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); φθέγγεσθαι κοῖλον (Lucian)
3. as Substantive κοῖλον, ου, τό, a hollow, cavity, ravine , (Plato Philosophus); like κοιλία, of the cavities in the body, τὰ κ. γαστρός (Euripides); also, ἐν τῷ κοίλῳ καὶ μυχῷ τοῦ λιμένος (Thucydides) (ML) G8041 G8041 = G8041 κοιλοσταθμέω koilostathmeō G:V to vault to vault G8042 G8042 = G8042 κοιλόσταθμος koilostathmos G:N-M vaulted vaulted G8043 G8043 = G8043 κοίλωμα koilōma G:N-N a hollow a hollow, cavity , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor), etc. (ML) G8044 G8044 = G8044 κοιμίζω koimizō G:V to rest 1. to put to sleep , (Euripides); ἄημα ἐκοίμισε πόντον, i. e. the winds suffer the sea to rest—; by ceasing (cf. Virg. straverunt aequora venti) , (Sophocles Tragicus): metaphorically, μεγαληγορίαν κ. to lay pride asleep , (Euripides); so, κ. τὰς λύπας (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass., παῖς κοιμίζεται (Euripides)
2. of the sleep of death, (Sophocles Tragicus); also in Mid., (Euripides) (ML) G8045 G8045 = G8045 κοιτάζω koitazō G:V to lay in bed to put to bed :—;Mid., doric aor1 ἐκοιταξάμην, to go to bed, sleep , (Pindar) (ML) G8046 G8046 = G8046 κοιτασία koitasia G:N-F a laying with a laying with G8047 G8047 = G8047 κολαβρίζω kolabrizō G:V to crush to crush G8048 G8048 = G8048 κολακεύω kolakeuō G:V to flatter to flatter , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.:—; Pass. to be flattered, be open to flattery , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8049 G8049 = G8049 κολαπτός kolaptos a gourd a gourd G8050 G8050 = G8050 κολάπτω kolaptō G:V to chisel 1. of birds, to peck at , [Refs 2nd c.AD, variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;of Pegasus, to strike the ground with his hoof, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. to carve or chisel , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8051 G8051 = G8051 κολεός koleos G:N-M a sheath a sheath G8052 G8052 = G8052 κόλλη kollē G:N-F glue glue G8053 G8053 = G8053 κολλυρίζω kollurizō G:V to bake biscuits to bake biscuits G8054 G8054 = G8054 κολλυρίς kolluris G:N-F a biscuit a biscuit G8055 G8055 = G8055 κολοβόκερκος kolobokerkos G:A tailless tailless G8056 G8056 = G8056 κολοβόρριν koloborrin G:A splitmouth splitmouth G8057 G8057 = G8057 κολοκύνθη kolokunthē G:N-F a gourd a gourd G8058 G8058 = G8058 κόλπωμα kolpōma G:N-N recess recess G8059 G8059 = G8059 κόνδυ kondu G:N-N a drinking cup a drinking cup G8060 G8060 = G8060 κονδυλίζω kondulizō G:V to smite to smite G8061 G8061 = G8061 κονδυλισμός kondulismos G:N-M ill-treatment ill-treatment G8062 G8062 = G8062 κονία konia G:N-F lime 1. dust, a cloud of dust , stirred up by men's feet, (Iliad by Homer); also in plural, like Lat. arenae, (Homer), etc.
2. sand or soil (see. ὑπερέπτω); (Iliad by Homer)
3. ashes , in plural like Lat. cineres, (Odyssey by Homer)
4. a fine powder , sprinkled over wrestlers' bodies after being oiled, to make them more easily grasped by the opponent:—;this powder was also used in the bath, (Aristophanes Comicus)
ι- in κονίῃσιν, in other cases ι- usually. (ML) G8063 G8063 = G8063 κονίαμα koniama G:N-N whitewash whitewash G8064 G8064 = G8064 κοντός kontos G:N-M a shaft a pole, punting-pole, boat-hook , Lat. contus, (Odyssey by Homer), attic: the shaft of a pike, (Lucian) (ML) G8065 G8065 = G8065 κόνυζα konuza G:N-F a briar a strong-smelling plant, fleabane, pulicaria , poetry κνύζα, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8066 G8066 = G8066 κοπανίζω kopanizō to pound out to pound out G8067 G8067 = G8067 κοπόω kopoō G:V to trouble to trouble G8068 G8068 = G8068 κόπρος kopros G:N-F dung 1. dung, ordure, manure , (Homer), etc.
2. a farm-yard, home-stead , (Homer) (ML) G8069 G8069 = G8069 κόπωσις kopōsis G:N-F weariness weariness G8070 G8070 = G8070 κόρη korē pupil 1. feminine of κόρος, κοῦρος
2. a maiden, maid, damsel , Lat. puella, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
3. a bride, young wife , (Homer)
4. a daughter , κοῦραι Διός (Iliad by Homer); κ. Διός, of Athene, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;in vocative, κούρα my daughter , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. the pupil of the eye, Lat. pupula, because a little image appears therein, (Euripides)
6. a long sleeve reaching over the hand, (Xenophon Historicus)
7. Κόρη, doric Κόρα, ionic Κούρη, ἡ, Cora, the Daughter (of Demeter), name under which Persephone (Proserpine) was worshipped in Attica, τῇ Μητρὶ καὶ τῇ Κούρῃ (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; Δημήτηρ καὶ Κόρη (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G8071 G8071 = G8071 κόριον korion G:N-N coriander coriander G8072 G8072 = G8072 κορύνη korunē G:N-F a truncheon a club, mace , (Iliad by Homer):—; a shepherd's staff , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
ῦ in (Homer); υ_ in (Euripides) (ML) G8073 G8073 = G8073 κορυφή koruphē G:N-F head 1. the head, top, highest point; hence,
2. the crown or top of the head , (Iliad by Homer), attic
3. the top or peak of a mountain, (Iliad by Homer)
4. metaphorically the highest point , Lat. summa, παντὸς ἔχει κορυφάν is the best of all , (Pindar); κορυφὰ λόγων προτέρων the sum and substance of ancient legends, (Pindar)
5. the height or excellence of a thing, i. e. the choicest, noblest, best , (Pindar)
(ML) G8074 G8074 = G8074 κορώνη korōnē G:N-F a crowbar 1. Lat. cornix, the chough or sea-crow , a small kind with red legs and bill, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. = κόραξ, the carrion-crow , (Hesiod)
3. anything hooked or curved , like a crow's bill,
4. the handle on a door , (Odyssey by Homer)
5. the tip of a bow , on which the bowstring was hooked, (Homer):—;metaphorically, βιῷ κορώνην ἐπιθεῖναι to put a finish to life, (Lucian) (ML) G8075 G8075 = G8075 κόσυμβος kosumbos G:N-M a fringe a fringe G8076 G8076 = G8076 κοσυμβωτός kosumbōtos G:A fringed fringed G8077 G8077 = G8077 κοτύλη kotulē G:N-F a small cup 1. a cup , (Homer)
2. the cup or socket of a joint, especially of the hip-joint, (Iliad by Homer)
3. a liquid measure , containing 6 κύαθοι, i. e. nearly half a pint , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8078 G8078 = G8078 κουρά koura G:V shearing 1. a shearing or cropping of the hair, tonsure , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a lock cut off , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8079 G8079 = G8079 κουρεύς koureus G:N-M a barber a barber, hair-cutter , Lat. tonsor, [5th/4th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina, etc. (ML) G8080 G8080 = G8080 κοῦφος kouphos G:A--C light (in weight) 1. light, nimble , [variant datesTragica Adespota; used by (Homer) only in neuter plural as. adverb κοῦφα προβιβάς stepping lightly on, (Iliad by Homer):—;metaphorically, κουφότεραι φρένες too buoyant , (Pindar)
2. metaphorically also light, easy , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. empty, unsubstantial, vain , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. light in point of weight, opposite to βαρύς, (Plato Philosophus), etc.; κούφα σοι χθὼν ἐπάνωθε πέσοι may earth lie lightly on thee, sit tibi terra levis , (Euripides); of soldiers, ὡπλισμένοι κουφοτέροις ὅπλοις (Xenophon Historicus)
5. adverb -φως, lightly, nimbly , (Aeschulus Tragicus); κ. ἐσκευασμένοι, of soldiers, (Thucydides)
6. metaphorically lightly, with light heart , κουφότερόν μετεφώνεε (Odyssey by Homer); κούφως φέρειν to bear lightly , (Euripides); ὡς κουφότατα φέρειν (Herdotus Historicus)
7. lightly, with ease , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8081 G8081 = G8081 κούφως kouphōs G:A nimbly nimbly G8082 G8082 = G8082 κόχλαξ kochlax G:N-N a pebble a pebble G8083 G8083 = G8083 κραιπαλάω kraipalaō G:V be dizzy from wine only in present, to have a sick head-ache , consequent upon a debauch, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8084 G8084 = G8084 κρᾶμα krama G:N-N mixed wine mixed wine G8085 G8085 = G8085 κραταιότης krataiotēs G:N-F force force G8086 G8086 = G8086 κραταίωμα krataiōma G:N-N fortification fortification G8087 G8087 = G8087 κραταιῶς krataiōs G:ADV forcefully forcefully G8088 G8088 = G8088 κραταίωσις krataiōsis G:N-F fortification fortification G8089 G8089 = G8089 κρατήρ kratēr G:N-M a basin 1. a mixing vessel , especially a large bowl, in which the wine was mixed with water , and from which the cups were filled, (Homer), etc.; οἶνον δ᾽ ἐκ κρητῆρος ἀφυσσάμενοι δεπάεσσιν ἔκχεον (Iliad by Homer); πίνοντες κρητῆρας drinking bowls of wine , (Iliad by Homer); κρητῆρα στήσασθαι ἐλεύθερον to give a bowl of wine to be drunk in honour of the deliverance, (Iliad by Homer); ἐπιστέψασθαι ποτοῖο, see. ἐπιστέφω.
2. metaphorically, κρατῆρα πλήσας κακῶν having filled a bowl full of woes, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. any cup-shaped hollow, a basin in a rock, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8090 G8090 = G8090 κρεάγρα kreagra G:N-F a meat hook a flesh-hook , to take meat out of the pot, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8091 G8091 = G8091 κρεανομέω kreanomeō G:V to dress meat to distribute flesh, to divide the flesh of a victim among the guests, (Lucian):—;Mid. to divide among themselves , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8092 G8092 = G8092 κρεμαστός kremastos G:A hanging hung, hung up, hanging , κρ. αὐχένος hung by the neck, (Sophocles Tragicus); with genitive, also, hung from or on a thing, (Euripides): —; κρεμαστὴ ἀρτάνη, i. e. a halter, (Sophocles Tragicus); so, βρόχοι κρ. (Euripides) (ML) G8093 G8093 = G8093 κρήνη krēnē G:N-F a fountain a well, spring, fountain , Lat. fons, (Homer), etc.; opposite to φρέαρ (a tank), (Herdotus Historicus): —;Poets use it in plural for water , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8094 G8094 = G8094 κρηπίς krēpis G:N-F a bank 1. a half-boot , (Xenophon Historicus):—; κρηπῖδες soldiers' boots , i. e. soldiers themselves, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. generally, a groundwork, foundation, basement of a temple or altar, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;metaphorically, κρηπὶς σοφῶν ἐπέων (Pindar); οὐδέπω κρηπὶς κακῶν ὕπεστι we have not yet got to the bottom of misery, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἡ ἐγκράτεια ἀρετῆς κρηπίς self-control is the foundation of virtue, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. the walled edge of a river, a quay , Lat. crepido, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8095 G8095 = G8095 κρίκος krikos G:N-M a hook 1. a ring on a horse's breast-band, to fasten it to the peg ἕστωρ); at the end of the carriage-pole, (Iliad by Homer)
2. an eyelet-hole in sails, through which the reefing-ropes were drawn, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8096 G8096 = G8096 κριός krios G:N-M a ram 1. a ram , Lat. aries, (Homer), etc.
2. a battering-ram , Lat. aries, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8097 G8097 = G8097 κρόκη krokē G:N-F woof 1. the thread which is passed between the threads of the warp στήμων, tela ), the woof or weft , Lat. subtemen, (Hesiod), etc.
2. κροκύς, the flock or nap of woollen cloth, cloth with curly nap , (Aristophanes Comicus): in plural, μαλακαῖς κρόκαις with cloths of soft wool , (Pindar); κρόκαισι with flocks of wool , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8098 G8098 = G8098 κροκόδειλος krokodeilos G:N-M crocodile 1. a lizard , properly an ionic word, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the Nile-lizard, crocodile , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8099 G8099 = G8099 κρόκος krokos G:N-M saffron 1. the crocus , (Iliad by Homer)
2. saffron (which is made from its stigmas), (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc. (ML) G8100 G8100 = G8100 κρόμμυον krommuon G:N-N onion onion G8101 G8101 = G8101 κροσσός krossos G:N-M a border a border G8102 G8102 = G8102 κροσσωτός krossōtos G:A bordered fringes bordered fringes G8103 G8103 = G8103 κρόταφος krotaphos G:N-M temple 1. the side of the forehead (see. κόρση); in plural the temples , Lat. tempora, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. of a mountain, its side , [6th/5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina
(ML) G8104 G8104 = G8104 κροτέω kroteō G:V to clap 1. to make to rattle , of horses, ὄχεα κροτέοντες rattling them along , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to knock, strike, smite , (Herdotus Historicus); κροτεῖν τὰς χεῖρας or τὼ χεῖρε to clap the hands, (Herdotus Historicus): absolute to clap, applaud , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
3. of a smith, to hammer or weld together , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to be wrought by the hammer ; metaphorically, ἐξ ἀπάτας κεκροταμένος one mass of trickery, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
4. intransitive to make a rattling noise , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8105 G8105 = G8105 κρυβῆ krubē G:A secretly secretly G8106 G8106 = G8106 κρυφαίως kruphaiōs G:A secretly secretly G8107 G8107 = G8107 κρύφιος kruphios G:A private 1. hidden, concealed , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. secret, clandestine , (Hesiod), etc. (ML) G8108 G8108 = G8108 κτείνω kteinō to slay to kill, slay , (Homer), etc.; of animals, to slaughter , (Homer); Οὖτις με κτείνει δόλωι seeks to kill me (the force of the present tense), (Odyssey by Homer); ὁ κτανών the slayer, murderer , (Aeschulus Tragicus); οἱ κτανόντες (Aeschulus Tragicus):—; to put to death by law, (Thucydides)—;In attic θνήσκω or ἀποθνήσκω is used for the Pass. (ML) G8109 G8109 = G8109 κτηνότροφος ktēnotrophos G:A grazing cattle grazing cattle G8110 G8110 = G8110 κτηνώδης ktēnōdēs G:A brutish brutish G8111 G8111 = G8111 κτῆσις ktēsis G:N-F a possession 1. acquisition , (Thucydides); κατ᾽ ἔργου κτῆσιν according to success in the work, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. (from perfect) possession , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
3. as collective, = κτήματα, possessions, property , (Homer); in plural, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8112 G8112 = G8112 κύαθος kuathos G:N-M a cup 1. a cup , for drawing wine out of the κρατήρ or bowl, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
2. a cupping-glass , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8113 G8113 = G8113 κύαμος kuamos G:N-M a bean 1. a bean , Lat. faba, (Iliad by Homer)
2. the lot by which public officers were elected at Athens (because those who drew white beans were chosen), ὁ τῷ κυάμῳ λαχών an officer chosen by lot , (Herdotus Historicus); βουλὴ ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ κυάμου (Thucydides); ἄρχοντας ἀπὸ κυάμου καθιστάναι (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8114 G8114 = G8114 κυβερνάω kubernaō G:V to devise 1. Lat. gubernare, to steer, (Odyssey by Homer), etc.: absolute to act as pilot or helmsman , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. metaphorically to guide, govern , (Pindar) (ML) G8115 G8115 = G8115 κύβος kubos G:N-M a cube 1. Lat. cubus, a cube: a cubical die, marked on all 6 sides (whereas the ἀστράγαλος was marked only on four sides), in plural, dice , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; the Greeks threw with three dice, so that τρὶς ἕξ, three sixes, was the highest throw, (Aeschulus Tragicus); κρίνειν τι ἐν κύβοις to decide it by the dice , by chance , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. also of the single pips on the dice , βέβληκ᾽ Ἀχιλλεὺς δύο κύβω καὶ τέσσαρα he has thrown two aces and a four, (Aeschulus Tragicus) quoted in (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. a cubic number , i. e. a number multiplied twice into itself, as 27 is the cube of 3, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8116 G8116 = G8116 κυδοιμός kudoimos G:V an uproar the din of battle, uproar, hubbub , (Iliad by Homer)
Formed from the sound. (ML) G8117 G8117 = G8117 κῦδος kudos G:N-N dignity glory, renown , especially in war, (Iliad by Homer): of a single person, κῦδος Ἀχαιῶν glory of the Achaians, like Lat. decus, (Homer) (ML) G8118 G8118 = G8118 κύησις kuēsis G:N-F conception conception G8119 G8119 = G8119 κύκλωμα kuklōma G:N-N a swirl a swirl; circumference; encircling G8120 G8120 = G8120 κύκνος kuknos G:N-M swan a swan , (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;metaphorically, from the legends of the swan's dying song ( (Aeschulus Tragicus)), a minstrel , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8121 G8121 = G8121 κυμαίνω kumainō G:V to swell up 1. to rise in waves or billows, to swell , (Homer)
2. metaphorically of passion, to swell, seethe , (Pindar)
3. transitive to agitate , (Lucian) (ML) G8122 G8122 = G8122 κυμάτιον kumation G:N-N a waved border a waved border G8123 G8123 = G8123 κυμβαλίζω kumbalizō G:V to play cymbals play cymbals G8124 G8124 = G8124 κυνηγέω kunēgeō G:V to hunt with hounds to hunt, chase , later form of κυνηγετέω, (Plutarch) (ML) G8125 G8125 = G8125 κυνηγός kunēgos G:N-M a hunter with hounds a hunter with hounds G8126 G8126 = G8126 κυνικός kunikos G:A churlish 1. dog-like , Lat. caninus, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Κυνικός, οῦ, a Cynic , as the followers of the philosopher Antisthenes were called, (Plutarch) (ML) G8127 G8127 = G8127 κυνόμυια kunomuia G:N-F the dog-fly the dog-fly G8128 G8128 = G8128 κυοφορέω kuophoreō G:V be with child be with child G8129 G8129 = G8129 κυπαρίσσινος kuparissinos G:A of cypress of cypress-wood , (Odyssey by Homer)
from κῦπάρισσος (ML) G8130 G8130 = G8130 κυπάρισσος kuparissos G:N-M cypress a cypress , (Odyssey by Homer), etc. (ML) G8131 G8131 = G8131 κυπρίζω kuprizō G:V to blossom to blossom G8132 G8132 = G8132 κυπρισμός kuprismos G:N-M a blossom a blossom G8133 G8133 = G8133 κυρτός kurtos G:N-M humpback curved, arched , of a wave breaking, (Iliad by Homer); ὤμω κυρτώ round, humped , (Iliad by Homer); κ. τροχός (Euripides) (ML) G8134 G8134 = G8134 κύτος kutos G:N-N extent 1. the hollow of a shield or breastplate, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. any vessel, a vase, jar, urn , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; πλεκτὸν κ. a basket, (Euripides)
3. anything that contains the body , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8135 G8135 = G8135 κύφω kuphō G:V to have downcast eyes to have downcast eyes G8136 G8136 = G8136 κυψέλη kupselē G:N-F a granary any hollow vessel: a chest, box , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8137 G8137 = G8137 κύω kuō G:V to sire 1. in present and imperfect, of females, to conceive , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. rarely with accusative to be pregnant with a child, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in aor1 ἔκυ_σα, Causal, of the male, to impregnate , and middle ἐκυ_σάμην, of the female, to conceive , (Hesiod) (ML) G8138 G8138 = G8138 κώδων kōdōn G:N-M a bell a bell , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;in fortified towns an officer went round at night with a bell to challenge the sentries, and see that they were awake, (Thucydides); ὡς κώδωνα ἐξαψάμενος like one with an alarm-bell in his hand, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8139 G8139 = G8139 κώθων kōthōn G:N-M toasting a Laconian drinking-vessel , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8140 G8140 = G8140 κωθωνίζω kōthōnizō G:V to toast to toast G8141 G8141 = G8141 κωλέα kōlea G:N-F a hind quarter a hind quarter G8142 G8142 = G8142 κώλυμα kōluma G:N-N a restraint 1. a hindrance, impediment , (Euripides)
2. a defence against a thing, precaution , (Thucydides) (ML) G8143 G8143 = G8143 κωμάρχης kōmarchēs G:N-M a magistrate the head man of a village , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8144 G8144 = G8144 κώπη kōpē an oar 1. any handle:
2. the handle of an oar , and generally an oar , (Odyssey by Homer), attic; νερτέρᾳ προσήμενος κώπῃ, = θαλαμίτης, metaphorically of a man of low rank, (Aeschulus Tragicus); παραπέμπειν ἐφ᾽ ἕνδεκα κώπαις, a proverb of dubious origin, meaning "to escort with all the honours, " (Aristophanes Comicus):—;poetry to express ships, σὺν κώπᾳ χιλιοναύτᾳ, of Agamemnon's fleet, (Euripides)
3. the handle of a sword, the haft, hilt , Lat. capulus, (Homer)
4. the handle of a key , (Odyssey by Homer)
5. the haft of a torch , (Euripides) (ML) G8145 G8145 = G8145 κωπηλάτης kōpēlatēs G:N-M an oarsman an oarsman G8146 G8146 = G8146 κωφεύω kōpheuō G:V be silent be silent G8147 G8147 = G8147 κωφόω kōphoō G:V be mute be mute G8148 G8148 = G8148 λαβή labē G:N-F a handle 1. the part intended for grasping, a handle, haft , (Demosthenes Orator); λαβαὶ ἀμφίστομοι of a cup, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. as a pugilistic term, a grip or hold , ὥσπερ ἀθλητὴς λαβὴν ζητεῖν (Plutarch):—;metaphorically a handle, occasion, opportunity , λαβὴν διδόναι, Lat. ausam praebere, (Aristophanes Comicus); so, λ. παραδιδόναι, παρέχειν (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8149 G8149 = G8149 λαβίς labis G:N-F a tong a tong G8150 G8150 = G8150 λάβρος labros G:A fierce 1. (Homer) of wind, rain, etc., furious, boisterous , (Herdotus Historicus); λ. πῦρ, κύματα, πόντος, etc., (Euripides)
2. after (Homer), of men, boisterous, turbulent, violent , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.
3. greedy , (Pindar)
4. adverb λάβρως, violently, furiously , (Theognis Elegiacus)
5. greedily , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8151 G8151 = G8151 λάγανον laganon G:N-N a pancake a pancake G8152 G8152 = G8152 λαθραίως lathraiōs G:A clandestinely clandestinely G8153 G8153 = G8153 λάθριος lathrios G:A private neuterplural as adverb, treacherously , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8154 G8154 = G8154 λάκκος lakkos G:N-M a pit 1. a pond for water-fowl, Lat. vivarium, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a pit, reservoir , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8155 G8155 = G8155 λάλημα lalēma G:N-N a discussion 1. talk, prattle , (Moschus Bucolicus)
2. a prater , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8156 G8156 = G8156 λαλητός lalētos G:N-M power of speech power of speech G8157 G8157 = G8157 λαμπάδιον lampadion G:N-N an oil lamp bowl 1. a small torch , (Plato Philosophus)
2. a bandage for wounds, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8158 G8158 = G8158 λαμπήνη lampēnē G:N-F a covered royal chariot a covered royal chariot G8159 G8159 = G8159 λαμπηνικός lampēnikos G:A like a covered chariot like a covered chariot G8160 G8160 = G8160 λαμπτήρ lamptēr G:N-M a torch 1. a stand or grate for pine and other wood used for lighting rooms , (Odyssey by Homer); ὧ χαῖρε, λ. νυκτός thou that lightest up the night, of the beacon-fire, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἕσπεροι λαμπτῆρες the evening watch-fires , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. generally, = λαμπάς 1 (Euripides) (ML) G8161 G8161 = G8161 λαξευτήριον laxeutērion G:N-N a stone chisel a stone chisel G8162 G8162 = G8162 λαξεύω laxeuō G:V to dress stone to hew in stone , (Septuagint Greek Bible) (ML) G8163 G8163 = G8163 λάπτω laptō G:V to lap 1. to lap with the tongue , of wolves, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to drink greedily, suck in , (Lucian) (ML) G8164 G8164 = G8164 λάρος laros G:N-M gull 1. a ravenous sea-bird, perhaps a cormorant , described as dashing down into the sea and then floating on the waves, (Odyssey by Homer): metaphorically of demagogues, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a singing bird, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8165 G8165 = G8165 λατομητός latomētos G:N-M quarried quarried G8166 G8166 = G8166 λατόμος latomos G:N-M a quarrier a quarrier G8167 G8167 = G8167 λατρευτός latreutos G:A servile servile G8168 G8168 = G8168 λάφυρα laphura G:N-N bounty spoils taken in war, Lat. spolia, [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8169 G8169 = G8169 λαχανεία lachaneia G:N-F vegetables vegetables G8170 G8170 = G8170 λέαινα leaina G:N-F lioness a lioness , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8171 G8171 = G8171 λεαίνω leainō G:V to grind 1. to smooth or polish , (Homer); ἵπποισι κέλευθον λειανέω I will smooth the way, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to rub smooth, pound in a mortar , Lat. levigare, (Herdotus Historicus); to grind with the teeth, (Xenophon Historicus):—; generally, to crush, extirpate , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to smooth away wrinkles, (Plato Philosophus):—;metaphorically to smooth or soften down harsh words, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8172 G8172 = G8172 λέβης lebēs G:N-M a kettle 1. a kettle or caldron of copper, (Homer), etc.
2. a basin in which the purifying water χέρνιψ); was handed to the guests before meals, (Odyssey by Homer); also a pan for washing the feet, (Odyssey by Homer): a bath , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. a cymbal , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. a cinerary urn , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;generally, a casket , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8173 G8173 = G8173 λειτούργημα leitourgēma G:N-N ministration the performance of a λειτουργία, (Plutarch) (ML) G8174 G8174 = G8174 λειτουργήσιμος leitourgēsimos G:A ministration ministration G8175 G8175 = G8175 λειχήν leichēn G:N-M scabbed a tree-moss, lichen , then, a lichenlike eruption, canker, scurvy, blight , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8176 G8176 = G8176 λείχω leichō G:V to lick 1. to lick up , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. irregular participle perfect, γλώσσηισι λελειχμότες playing with their tongues, (Hesiod) (ML) G8177 G8177 = G8177 λεκάνη lekanē G:N-F a pan a pan G8178 G8178 = G8178 λέξις lexis G:N-F form of speech 1. a speaking, saying, speech , (Plato Philosophus)
2. a way of speaking, diction, style , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. κατὰ λέξιν as the phrase goes , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8179 G8179 = G8179 λεπίζω lepizō G:V to peel to peel G8180 G8180 = G8180 λέπισμα lepisma G:N-N a peel a peel G8181 G8181 = G8181 λεπράω lepraō G:V to become leprous become leprous G8182 G8182 = G8182 λεπρόομαι leproomai G:V become leprous become leprous G8183 G8183 = G8183 λεπτύνω leptunō G:V to make fine to make small or fine: to thresh out, winnow , [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass. to be reduced, grow lean , (Aristotle Philosopher); τοὺς ὤμους λεπτύνεσθαι (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8184 G8184 = G8184 λεπυρός lepuros G:N-N rind rind G8185 G8185 = G8185 λέσχη leschē G:N-F intrigue 1. a place where people assembled to talk and hear news, a lounge, club-room , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.: —;also a council-hall, council , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. talk or gossip , such as went on in the λέσχαι, (Euripides):—; in good sense, conversation, discussion , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8186 G8186 = G8186 λευκανθίζω leukanthizō G:V be white to have white blossoms : generally, to be white or made white , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8187 G8187 = G8187 λεύκη leukē white poplar 1. white leprosy , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. the white poplar , Lat. populus alba, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8188 G8188 = G8188 λεωπετρία leōpetria G:N-F a smooth rock a smooth rock G8189 G8189 = G8189 λῆμμα lēmma G:N-N a concern anything received, income , (Aeschulus Tragicus); λ. καὶ ἀνάλωμα receipt and expense, (Plato Philosophus): generally, gain, profit , Lat. lucrum, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; παντὸς ἥττων λήμματος unable to resist any temptation of gain , (Demosthenes Orator); often in plural, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8190 G8190 = G8190 λῃστήριον lēstērion G:N-N a band of robbers 1. a band of robbers , (Xenophon Historicus):—; a retreat or nest of robbers , (Strabo Geographus)
2. robbery , in plural, (Lucian)
from λῃστής (ML) G8191 G8191 = G8191 λιγύριον ligurion G:N-N amber amber G8192 G8192 = G8192 λιθουργέω lithourgeō G:V to cut stones to turn into stone, petrify , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
from λῖθουργός (ML) G8193 G8193 = G8193 λιθουργικός lithourgikos G:A stonecutting stonecutting G8194 G8194 = G8194 λικμήτωρ likmētōr G:N-M a winnower a winnower G8195 G8195 = G8195 λικμός likmos G:N-M a winnowing shovel a winnowing shovel G8196 G8196 = G8196 λιμά lima lima λιμά, T7, for λαμά - (Heb. מָה, seel. λεμά = Aram. לְמָא)
why: Mat.27:46 (WH, mg., λεμά TTr., WH, txt., λεμά L), Mrk.15:34 (λεμά LT, λαμμᾶ, Rec.).†
(AS) G8197 G8197 = G8197 λιμαγχονέω limagchoneō G:V to cause to hunger to cause to hunger G8198 G8198 = G8198 λιμοκτονέω limoktoneō G:V to famish to kill by hunger, starve , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8199 G8199 = G8199 λιμώσσω limōssō G:V be famished to be famished, hungry , [Refs 1st c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8200 G8200 = G8200 λίνεος lineos G:A of flaxen linen of flax, flaxen, linen , Lat. lineus, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8201 G8201 = G8201 λινοκαλάμη linokalamē G:N-F a stalk of flax a stalk of flax G8202 G8202 = G8202 λιπαίνω lipainō G:V to anoint 1. to oil, anoint : Mid. to anoint oneself , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. of rivers, to make fat, enrich , (Euripides) (ML) G8203 G8203 = G8203 λίπασμα lipasma G:N-N fatness fatness G8204 G8204 = G8204 λίσσομαι lissomai G:V to implore 1. to beg, pray, entreat, beseech , either absolute or with accusative pers., (Homer); that by which one prays, in genitive, λ. τινα γούνων (Iliad by Homer); λ. Ζηνός (Odyssey by Homer):—;an infinitive is often added, οὐδέ ς᾽ ἔγωγε λίσσομαι μένειν I do not pray thee to remain, (Iliad by Homer)
2. with accusative rei, to beg or pray for , οἷ αὐτῶι θάνατον λιτέσθαι (Iliad by Homer): with double accusative of persons or things, ταῦτα μὲν οὐχ ὑμέας ἔτι λίσσομαι this I beg of you no more, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8205 G8205 = G8205 λιτανεύω litaneuō G:V to implore to pray, entreat , especially for protection, either absolute or with accusative pers., (Homer); that by which one prays in genitive, γούνων λιτανεύειν (Odyssey by Homer); also, γούνων ἁψάμενοι λιτανεύσομεν (epic for -ωμεν); (Iliad by Homer); with infinitive, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8206 G8206 = G8206 λιτός litos G:A cheap 1. smooth, plain : of style, simple, unadorned , (Aristotle Philosopher): of persons, simple, frugal , (Polybius Historicus): adverb λιτῶς, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. paltry, petty , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8207 G8207 = G8207 λοβός lobos N:N a lobe 1. the lobe of the ear , (Iliad by Homer)
2. the lobe of the liver , (Aeschulus Tragicus): generally, the liver , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8208 G8208 = G8208 λοιδόρησις loidorēsis G:N-F reviling reviling G8209 G8209 = G8209 λοιμεύομαι loimeuomai G:V to injure to injure G8210 G8210 = G8210 λουτήρ loutēr G:N-M a bathing tub a bathing tub G8211 G8211 = G8211 λουτρών loutrōn a bathhouse a bathing-room, bath-house , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
(ML) G8212 G8212 = G8212 λοφιά lophia G:N-F a ridge 1. the mane on the neck and back of certain animals, the mane of horses, the bristly back of boars and hyaenas, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. the back-fin of fishes, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8213 G8213 = G8213 λοχεύω locheuō G:V to give birth 1. to bring forth, bear , (Homeric Hymns):—;Pass. to be delivered, bear children , (Euripides); λοχευθεῖσα πυρί, of Semele, (Euripides)
3. Mid., just like Act., of the mother, (Euripides); of the birthplace, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. Pass., of the child, to be brought forth, born , (Sophocles Tragicus); Προμα_θεῖ λοχευθεῖσα brought to birth by Prometheus, (Euripides): —;metaphorically, generally, to lie embedded , ἐν τεύτλοισι (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8214 G8214 = G8214 λυπηρός lupēros G:A distressing 1. of things, painful, distressing , Lat. molestus, (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. of persons,
3. in good sense, causing sorrow by one's departure, (Euripides)
4. in bad sense, causing pain, troublesome, vexatious, offensive , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
5. adverb λυπηρῶς, painfully, so as to cause pain , (Sophocles Tragicus); λυπηρῶς ἔχει it is painful , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8215 G8215 = G8215 λῶμα lōma G:N-N a hem the border of a robe :—;Diminutive λωμάτιον, τό, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8216 G8216 = G8216 μᾶ ma by! shortened doric form for μάτηρ, μᾶ γᾶ for μῆτερ γῆ, (Aeschulus Tragicus); μᾶ, πόθεν ἅνθρωπος; (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8217 G8217 = G8217 μαασφάρ maasphar a number a number G8218 G8218 = G8218 μαγειρεῖον mageireion G:N-N a cooking place 1. a cook-shop , Lat. popina, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. the place where the public cooks lived, the cooks' quarter , (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G8219 G8219 = G8219 μαγειρεύω mageireuō G:V to cut up meat 1. to be a cook, to cook meat , (Theophrastus Philosophus)
2. to be a butcher , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G8220 G8220 = G8220 μαγείρισσα mageirissa G:N-F a female cook a female cook G8221 G8221 = G8221 μάγειρος mageiros G:N-N a male cook 1. a cook , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. a butcher , (Euripides) (From ! μαγ, Root of μάσσω ( q. see.), because baking bread was the business of the ancient cook.) (ML) G8222 G8222 = G8222 μαγίς magis G:N-F a loaf a loaf G8223 G8223 = G8223 μαδήση madēsē G:V loose of hair loose of hair G8224 G8224 = G8224 μαδαρόω madaroō G:V to pluck hair to pluck hair G8225 G8225 = G8225 μαελέθ maeleth N:N a harp a harp G8226 G8226 = G8226 μαζουρώθ mazourōth N:N mazuroth mazuroth G8227 G8227 = G8227 μάθημα mathēma G:N-N a lesson 1. that which is learnt, a lesson , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. learning, knowledge, science , oft. in plural, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: especially the mathematical sciences , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G8228 G8228 = G8228 μαῖα maia G:N-F a midwife 1. good mother, dame , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. a fostermother, nurse , (Euripides):—;also a true mother , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. a midwife , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8229 G8229 = G8229 μαιμάσσω maimassō G:V be irresistibly led be irresistibly led G8230 G8230 = G8230 μαιόομαι maioomai G:V to act as midwife Dep. to deliver a woman, [Refs 2nd c.AD, variant datesAnthology Palantina
= μαιεύομαι (ML) G8231 G8231 = G8231 μακαριστός makaristos G:A most blessed deemed or to be deemed happy, enviable , (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G8232 G8232 = G8232 μακρόβιος makrobios G:A long-lived long-lived , (Aristotle Philosopher); μακροβιώτατος (Herdotus Historicus): —; οἱ M., an Ethiopian people, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8233 G8233 = G8233 μακροημερεύω makroēmereuō G:V to prolong one's days to prolong one's days G8234 G8234 = G8234 μακροήμερος makroēmeros G:A many days many days G8235 G8235 = G8235 μακρόθυμος makrothumos G:A lenient longsuffering, patient , [variant datesAnthology Palantina: adverb -μως, (New Testament) (ML) G8236 G8236 = G8236 μακρότης makrotēs G:N-M duration duration G8237 G8237 = G8237 μακροχρονέω makrochroneō G:V to live a long time to live a long time G8238 G8238 = G8238 μάκρυμμα makrumma G:N-N abomination abomination G8239 G8239 = G8239 μακρύνω makrunō G:V to prolong prolong; distance; be far from G8240 G8240 = G8240 μάλα mala G:A by all means 1. very, very much, exceedingly , (Homer), etc.
2. strengthening the word with which it stands, μάλα πολλά very many, (Homer); μάλα πάντες, μ. πᾶσαι, μ. πάντα, all together, every one , (Homer); μάλ᾽ ἀσκηθής all unhurt, (Odyssey by Homer); ἀβληχρὸς μάλα τοῖος so very weak, (Odyssey by Homer):—;so in attic, μάλα δὴ πρεσβύτης very old, (Xenophon Historicus); μ. γέ τινες ὀλίγοι (Plato Philosophus):—;so with Advs., πάγχυ μάλα and μάλα πάγχυ quite utterly, (Iliad by Homer); εὖ μάλα right well, (Odyssey by Homer); μάλ᾽ αἰεί for ever and aye, (Iliad by Homer); ἄχρι μάλα κνέφαος until quite dark, (Odyssey by Homer); μάλα διαμπερές right through, (Iliad by Homer):—;so in attic, to express repeated action, μάλ᾽ αὖθις, μάλ᾽ αὖ (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—; with Verbs, μή με μάλ᾽ αἴνεε praise me not greatly , (Iliad by Homer); ἡ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἡνιόχευεν she drove carefully , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
3. strengthening an assertion, εἰ μάλα μιν χόλος ἵκοι if wrath come on him ever so much , (Homer); so μάλα περ with a participle, μάλα περ μεμαώς though desiring never so much , (Iliad by Homer)
4. in attic in answers, yes, certainly, exactly so , μάλα γε (Plato Philosophus), etc.; μ. τοι (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; καὶ μ. δή (Xenophon Historicus)
5. comparative μᾶλλον, more , (Homer); μᾶλλον τοῦ δέοντος more than is right, (Plato Philosophus), etc.; παντὸς μᾶλλον more than anything, i. e. most certainly, (Plato Philosophus)
6. denoting increase, more and more, still more , (Odyssey by Homer); μᾶλλον μᾶλλον, Lat. magis magisque, (Euripides)
7. sometimes joined to a second comparative, ῥηίτεροι μᾶλλον (Iliad by Homer); μᾶλλον ἆσσον (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
8. μᾶλλον δέ, much more , but rather , πολλοί, μᾶλλον δὲ πάντες (Demosthenes Orator)
9. in μᾶλλον ἢ οὐ, οὐ seems redundant, ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐπp ἡμέας ἢ οὐ ἐπp ὑμέας the Persians have come not more against us, than against you, (Herdotus Historicus); in this case μᾶλλον ἢ οὐ is preceded by another negative
10. τὸ μ. καὶ ἧττον, a form of argument, which we call a fortiori , (Aristotle Philosopher)
11. Sup. μάλιστα, most, most of all , (Homer), etc.; μάλιστα μέν . ., ἔπειτα δέ . ., first and above all . ., next . ., (Sophocles Tragicus):—; τί μάλιστ; what is the precise thing that you want? (Plato Philosophus); ὡς or ὅτι μ., Lat. quam maxime, (Plato Philosophus); ὅσον μ. (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὡς μ. certainly , in answers, (Plato Philosophus); ὡς δύναμαι μ. (Plato Philosophus); μακρῷ μ. (Herdotus Historicus)
12. ἐς τὰ μάλιστα for the most part, mostly , (Herdotus Historicus); so, τὰ μάλιστα (Thucydides), etc.; also, ἀνὴρ δόκιμος ὁμοῖα τῷ μ. as famous as he that is most [famous, Refs 5th c.BC]
13. ἐν τοῖς μ. especially, as much as any , (Thucydides)
14. μάλιστα may be added to a Sup., ἔχθιστος μάλιστα, μάλιστα φίλτατος (Iliad by Homer); μ. φίλτατος (Euripides)
15. with numbers, μάλιστα means about , (Thucydides), etc.; so, ἐς μέσον μάλιστα about the middle, (Herdotus Historicus); ἥμισυ μ. (Thucydides), etc.
16. καὶ μάλιστα is used in answers, most certainly , Lat. vel maxime, (Aristophanes Comicus); so, μ γε (Sophocles Tragicus); μ. πάντων (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8241 G8241 = G8241 μάλαγμα malagma G:N-N a dressing a dressing G8242 G8242 = G8242 μαλακίζομαι malakizomai G:V be infirm 1. to be softened or made effeminate, shew weakness or cowardice , (Thucydides)
2. to be softened or appeased , (Thucydides) (ML) G8243 G8243 = G8243 μαλακύνω malakunō G:V to soften to soften G8244 G8244 = G8244 μαλακῶς malakōs G:ADV softly softly G8245 G8245 = G8245 μάν man N:N manna manna G8246 G8246 = G8246 μαναά manaa N:N a gift a gift G8247 G8247 = G8247 μάνδρα mandra G:N-F haven 1. an inclosed space :
2. for cattle, a fold, byre, stable , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus), etc.
3. the setting of a ring , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8248 G8248 = G8248 μανδραγόρας mandragoras G:N-M mandrake mandrake , a narcotic plant, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8249 G8249 = G8249 μανδύας manduas G:N-M a uniform a uniform G8250 G8250 = G8250 μανή manē N:N mane mane G8251 G8251 = G8251 μανιάκης maniakēs G:N-M a golden necklace an armlet , worn of gold used by Persians and Gauls, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8252 G8252 = G8252 μαντεία manteia G:N-F divination 1. prophesying, prophetic power , (Homeric Hymns): mode of divination , (Herdotus Historicus); αἴνιγμα μαντείας ἔδει the riddle stood in need of divination , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. = μαντεῖον II, (Tyrtaeus Elegiacus) (ML) G8253 G8253 = G8253 μαντεῖον manteion G:N-N an oracle 1. an oracle , i. e.,
2. an oracular response , (Odyssey by Homer), attic
3. the seat of an oracle , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8254 G8254 = G8254 μάντις mantis G:N-M a clairvoyant 1. one who divines, a seer, prophet , (Homer), etc.:—;as feminine a prophetess , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Thucydides)
2. metaphorically a diviner, foreboder , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. a kind of grasshopper , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8255 G8255 = G8255 μαρμάρινος marmarinos G:A of marble of marble , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8256 G8256 = G8256 μαρσίππιον marsippion G:N-N a money bag a money bag G8257 G8257 = G8257 μάρσιππος marsippos G:N-M a bag a bag G8258 G8258 = G8258 μασαναί masanai N:N second section second section G8259 G8259 = G8259 μασμαρώθ masmarōth N:N a snuffer a snuffer G8260 G8260 = G8260 ματαίως mataiōs G:ADV acting in folly acting in folly; for no cause G8261 G8261 = G8261 μαχβάρ machbar N:N a rag a rag G8262 G8262 = G8262 μαχεήλ macheēl food food G8263 G8263 = G8263 μαχητής machētēs G:N-M a warrior a fighter, warrior , (Homer): doric adjective, μαχα_τάς, warlike , (Pindar) (ML) G8264 G8264 = G8264 μάχιμος machimos G:A combat fit for battle, warlike , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; οἱ μ. the fighting men, soldiery , and in Egypt the warrior-caste , (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ μ. the effective force , (Thucydides) (ML) G8265 G8265 = G8265 μαωζείν maōzein N:N a fortress a fortress G8266 G8266 = G8266 μεγαλοπρέπεια megaloprepeia G:N-F majesty the character of a μεγαλοπρεπής, magnificence , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8267 G8267 = G8267 μεγαλοπτέρυγος megalopterugos G:A having large wings having large wings G8268 G8268 = G8268 μεγαλορρημονέω megalorrēmoneō G:V to speak great words to speak great words G8269 G8269 = G8269 μεγαλορρημοσύνη megalorrēmosunē G:N-F lofty language lofty language G8270 G8270 = G8270 μεγαλορρήμων megalorrēmōn G:A lofty speaking lofty speaking G8271 G8271 = G8271 μεγαλόσαρκος megalosarkos G:A fleshy fleshy G8272 G8272 = G8272 μεγαλόφρων megalophrōn G:N-M high-minded 1. high-minded, noble, generous , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. in bad sense, arrogant : adverb -όνως, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8273 G8273 = G8273 μεγάλωμα megalōma G:N-N magnificence magnificence G8274 G8274 = G8274 μεθοδεύω methodeuō G:V to use craft to treat by method: to use cunning devices, employ craft , (Septuagint Greek Bible) (ML) G8275 G8275 = G8275 μέθυσμα methusma G:N-N strong drink strong drink G8276 G8276 = G8276 μεθωεσίμ methōesim a genealogical register a genealogical register G8277 G8277 = G8277 μέλαθρον melathron G:N-N a ridge 1. the ceiling of a room , or (rather) the main beam which bears the ceiling , (Odyssey by Homer); in (Odyssey by Homer) 19. 544, the end of this beam outside the house.
2. generally, a roof , (Homer)
3. a house, hall , (Pindar); mostly in plural, like Lat. tecta, [variant datesTragica Adespota
derivation uncertain (ML) G8278 G8278 = G8278 μελαθρόω melathroō G:V to arch over to arch over G8279 G8279 = G8279 μελάνθιον melanthion G:N-N pepperwort pepperwort G8280 G8280 = G8280 μελανόομαι melanoomai G:V to blacken to blacken G8281 G8281 = G8281 μελέτη meletē G:N-F meditation 1. care, attention , (Hesiod); μ. πλεόνων care for many things, (Hesiod); ἔργων μ. attention to action, (Thucydides):—;but with genitive subjecti, care paid by one, θεῶν του μελέτῃ (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. practice, exercise , Lat. meditatio, (Pindar); ἡ δι᾽ ὀλίγου μ. their short practice , (Thucydides); πόνων μελέται painful exercises, of the Spartan discipline, (Thucydides)
3. in a military sense, exercise, practice, drill , (Thucydides)
4. of an orator, rehearsal , (Demosthenes Orator)
5. a pursuit , (Pindar)
6. care, anxiety , μελέτῃ κατατρύχεσθαι (Euripides) (ML) G8282 G8282 = G8282 μελίζω melizō G:V to dismember 1. to modulate, sing, warble , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus): mostly in Mid., (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8283 G8283 = G8283 μέλισσα melissa G:N-M bee 1. a bee , Lat. apis, (Homer), etc.
2. one of the priestesses of Delphi, (Pindar)
3. = μέλι, honey , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8284 G8284 = G8284 μελισσών melissōn G:N-M an apiary an apiary G8285 G8285 = G8285 μέμψις mempsis G:N-F complaint 1. blame, censure, reproof , μ. ἐπιφέρειν τινί (Aristophanes Comicus); ἔχειν μ. to incur blame , (Euripides)
2. active cause for complaint , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8286 G8286 = G8286 μέντοιγε mentoige G:PRT however however G8287 G8287 = G8287 μεριτεύομαι meriteuomai G:V to partition to partition G8288 G8288 = G8288 μεσαῖος mesaios middle middle G8289 G8289 = G8289 μέσαντιον mesantion G:N-N a weaver's beam a weaver's beam G8290 G8290 = G8290 μεσημβρινός mesēmbrinos G:A midday 1. belonging to noon, about noon, noontide , εὖτε πόντος ἐν μεσημβριναῖς κοίταις εὕδοι πεσών (Aeschulus Tragicus); μεσημβρινοῖσι θάλπεσι in the noon-day heats, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὁ μ. ᾠδός, of the cicada, [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—; τὸ μεσαμβρινόν noon , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. southern , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8291 G8291 = G8291 μεσθάαλ mesthaal N:N a wardrobe a wardrobe G8292 G8292 = G8292 μεσοπόρφυρος mesoporphuros G:N-M purple ornamentation purple ornamentation G8293 G8293 = G8293 μεσσάβ messab a garrison a garrison G8294 G8294 = G8294 μεταβολή metabolē G:N-F revolt 1. a change, changing , (Pindar)
2. exchange, barter, traffic , (Thucydides)
3. (from Mid.) a transition, change , and in plural changes, vicissitudes , (Herdotus Historicus):—;with genitive change from a thing, μ. κακῶν (Euripides); rarely change to . . , μ. ἀπραγμοσύνης (Thucydides); but this is generally expressed by a preposition, ἅμα τῇ μ. ἐς Ἕλληνας their going over to the Greeks, (Herdotus Historicus); ἡ ἐναντία μ. change to the contrary, (Thucydides)
4. μ. τῆς ἡμέρης an eclipse , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. μ. πολιτείας change of government, a revolution , (Thucydides)
6. as military term, a wheeling about , (Polybius Historicus); metaphorically of a speaker, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8295 G8295 = G8295 μετάβολος metabolos G:N-M a trader a trader G8296 G8296 = G8296 μετακίνησις metakinēsis removal removal G8297 G8297 = G8297 μεταλλεύω metalleuō G:V to mine 1. to get by mining :—;Pass. to be got by mining , of metals, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. generally, to explore , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8298 G8298 = G8298 μεταμέλεια metameleia G:N-F repentance change of purpose, regret, repentance , (Thucydides); μ. ἔχει με = μεταμέλει μοι, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8299 G8299 = G8299 μετάμελος metamelos G:N-M regret regret; repentance G8300 G8300 = G8300 μεταναστεύω metanasteuō G:V to migrate to migrate G8301 G8301 = G8301 μετανίστημι metanistēmi G:V to change residence 1. to remove one from his country , (Polybius Historicus)
2. Pass. with aorist2 et perfect active to move off and go elsewhere, to migrate , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8302 G8302 = G8302 μεταπίπτω metapiptō G:V to degenerate 1. to fall differently, undergo a change , μ. τὸ εἶδος (Herdotus Historicus), or εἰς ἄλλο εἶδος (Plato Philosophus): also, to change one's opinion suddenly , (Euripides); εἰ τρεῖς μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων (Plato Philosophus)
2. to change , especially for the worse, μεταπίπτοντος δαίμονος if fortune changes , (Euripides); rarely for the better, (Euripides):—;of political changes, to undergo change or revolution , (Thucydides) (ML) G8303 G8303 = G8303 μετασκευάζω metaskeuazō G:V to fashion differently 1. to put into another dress σκευή); to change the fashion of, transform , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid. to pack up so as to shift one's quarters , (Lucian) (ML) G8304 G8304 = G8304 μεταστροφή metastrophē G:N-F converted a turning from one thing to another , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8305 G8305 = G8305 μετάφρενον metaphrenon G:N-N the upper back properly, the part behind the midriff μετὰ τὰς φρένας); the back , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8306 G8306 = G8306 μετέρχομαι meterchomai G:V to pass between the ranks 1. to come or go among others, with dative plural or absolute, (Homer); μετελθών having gone between the ranks , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to go to another place , (Iliad by Homer): simply to come next, follow , (Pindar)
3. with accusative to go after, to go to seek, go in quest of (Iliad by Homer), attic: generally, to seek for, aim at , (Euripides)
4. in hostile sense, to pursue , (Iliad by Homer), attic: with accusative rei, to seek to avenge , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;then with double accusative of persons or things, μ. τι τινά to visit a crime upon a person, (Euripides)
5. of things, to go after, attend to, to pursue a business, (Homer), attic
6. to approach with prayers , Lat. adire, prosequi, τινα (Herdotus Historicus): to court or woo , (Pindar) (ML) G8307 G8307 = G8307 μετεωρισμός meteōrismos G:N-M a crest a crest G8308 G8308 = G8308 μετέωρος meteōros G:A a meteorite 1. raised from the ground, hanging , Lat. suspensus, (Herdotus Historicus);—;of high ground, (Thucydides)
2. like μετάρσιος, in mid-air, high in air , Lat. sublimis, (Herdotus Historicus); Ἀήρ, ὃς ἔχεις τὴν γῆν μ. poised on high , (Aristophanes Comicus); τὰ μ. χωρία the regions of air , (Aristophanes Comicus); τὰ μ. things in heaven above, astronomical phenomena , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. on the high sea, out at sea , of ships, (Thucydides)
4. metaphorically of the mind, lifted up, buoyed up, on the tiptoe of expectation, in suspense , Lat. spe erectus, (Thucydides)
5. wavering, uncertain , (Demosthenes Orator): —;adverb, μετεώρως ἔχειν to be in uncertainty , (Plutarch) (ML) G8309 G8309 = G8309 μετοικέω metoikeō G:V to displace 1. to change one's abode, remove to a place, with accusative loci, (Euripides):—;with dative loci, to settle in , (Pindar)
2. absolute to be a μέτοικος or settler, reside in a foreign city , (Euripides), etc. (ML) G8310 G8310 = G8310 μετοικία metoikia G:N-F displacement 1. change of abode, removal, migration , (Thucydides)
2. a settling as μέτοικος, settlement or residence in a foreign city , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc. (ML) G8311 G8311 = G8311 μέτοικος metoikos G:N-M a refugee 1. changing one's abode, emigrating and settling elsewhere , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. as Substantive μέτοικος, ἡ, an alien settled in a foreign city, a settler, emigrant, sojourner , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; μ. γῆς one who has settled in a country, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. at Athens, a resident alien , who paid a tax μετοίκιον); but enjoyed no civic rights, (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G8312 G8312 = G8312 μέτρησις metrēsis G:N-F a measuring measuring, measurement , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8313 G8313 = G8313 μετριάζω metriazō G:V be content 1. to be moderate, keep measure , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. transitive to moderate, regulate, control , Lat. moderari, (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G8314 G8314 = G8314 μεχωνώθ mechōnōth N:N a base a base G8315 G8315 = G8315 μηθέτερος mētheteros G:A neither one neither one G8316 G8316 = G8316 μῆλον mēlon G:N-N cheeks cheeks; apple G8317 G8317 = G8317 μηνιαῖος mēniaios G:A of a month of a month G8318 G8318 = G8318 μῆνις mēnis G:N-F vehement anger wrath, anger , of the gods, (Homer), attic (ML) G8319 G8319 = G8319 μηνίσκος mēniskos G:N-M a crescent a crescent , Lat. lunula: a covering to protect the head of statues (like the nimbus or glory of Christian Saints), (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8320 G8320 = G8320 μηνίω mēniō G:V be infuriated to be wroth with another, vent one's wrath on him, with dative pers., (Iliad by Homer); with genitive rei, ἱρῶν μηνίσας wrathful because of sacred rites, (Iliad by Homer); πατρὶ μηνίσας φόνου (Sophocles Tragicus); absolute to be wrathful , (Homer): so in Mid., (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8321 G8321 = G8321 μηρία mēria G:N-N the thigh 1. slices cut from the thighs , (Homer) It was the custom to cut out the μηρία ἐκ μηρία τάμνον); wrap them in two folds of fat κνίσῃ ἐκάλυψαν, δίπτυχα ποιήσαντες); and burn them upon the altar.
2. = μηροί, the thighs , (Bion Bucolicus) (ML) G8322 G8322 = G8322 μηρυκάομαι mērukaomai G:V to chew the cud to chew the cud G8323 G8323 = G8323 μηρυκισμός mērukismos G:N-M chewing the cud chewing the cud G8324 G8324 = G8324 μηρύομαι mēruomai G:V to furl 1. Dep.
2. to draw up, furl sails, (Odyssey by Homer): to draw up cables, etc., [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—; κρόκα ἐν στήμονι μηρύσασθαι to weave the woof into the warp, (Hesiod)
3. Pass., κισσὸς μαρύεται περὶ χείλη ivy winds round the edge, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8325 G8325 = G8325 μηχανεύομαι mēchaneuomai G:V to construct to construct G8326 G8326 = G8326 μηχανή mēchanē G:N-F a machine 1. = Lat. machina:
2. an instrument, machine for lifting weights and the like, (Herdotus Historicus); μ. Ποσειδῶνος, of the trident, (Aeschulus Tragicus); λαοπόροις μ., of Xerxes' bridge of boats, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. an engine of war, (Thucydides)
4. a theatrical machine , by which gods were made to appear in the air, (Plato Philosophus): hence proverbial of any sudden appearance, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ μηχανῆς (cf. Lat. deus ex machina), (Demosthenes Orator)
5. any contrivance , for doing a thing, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: in plural μηχαναί, shifts, devices, arts, wiles , (Hesiod), attic; μηχαναῖς Διός by the arts of Zeus, (Aeschulus Tragicus); proverbial, μηχαναὶ Σισύφου (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Phrases, μηχανήν or μηχανὰς προσφέρειν (Euripides); εὑρίσκειν (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;with genitive, μ. κακῶν a contrivance against ills, (Euripides); but, μ. σωτηρίας a way of providing safety, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
6. οὐδεμία μηχανή [ ἐστι] ὅπως οὐ, with future, (Herdotus Historicus); also, μὴ οὐ, with infinitive, (Herdotus Historicus)
7. in adverb, phrases, ἐκ μηχανῆς τινος in some way or other, (Herdotus Historicus); μηδεμιῆι μηχανῆι by no means whatsoever, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8327 G8327 = G8327 μίανσις miansis G:N-F defilement defilement G8328 G8328 = G8328 μικρότης mikrotēs G:N-F thinness smallness: littleness, meanness, pettiness , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8329 G8329 = G8329 μίλτος miltos G:N-F vermilion red chalk, ruddle , Lat. rubrica, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8330 G8330 = G8330 μίσγω misgō G:V to mingle to mingle G8331 G8331 = G8331 μισητός misētos G:A detested hateful , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8332 G8332 = G8332 μῖσος misos G:N hatred 1. hate, hatred : and so,
2. passive hate borne one, a being hated , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Plato Philosophus)
3. active hate felt against another, a grudge , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; μ. τινός τινι felt by one against another, (Euripides)
4. of persons, a hateful object , = μίσημα, [variant datesTragica Adespota (ML) G8333 G8333 = G8333 μίτρα mitra G:N-F a mitre 1. a belt or girdle , worn round the waist beneath the cuirass (whereas the ζωστήρ went over it), (Iliad by Homer)
2. = ζώνη, the maiden-zone , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus), etc.
3. a girdle worn by wrestlers , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. a head-band worn by Greek women to tie up their hair, a snood , (Euripides)
5. the victor's chaplet at the games, (Pindar); Λυδία μίτρα a Lydian garland (i. e. an ode in Lydian measure), (Pindar)
6. a Persian head-dress, turban , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8334 G8334 = G8334 μνημόσυνος mnēmosunos a memorandum a memorandum G8335 G8335 = G8335 μνησικακέω mnēsikakeō G:V to resent 1. to remember wrongs done one, remember past injuries , (Herdotus Historicus); οὐ μν. to bear no malice, pass an act of amnesty , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: with dative pers. et genitive rei, μ. τινί τινος to bear one a grudge for a thing, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with accusative rei, τὴν ἡλικίαν μν. to remind one of the ills of age, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8336 G8336 = G8336 μνησίκακος mnēsikakos G:A resentful bearing malice , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8337 G8337 = G8337 μόλιβδος molibdos G:N-M lead lead G8338 G8338 = G8338 μολόχη molochē G:N-F a mallow (plant) a mallow (plant) G8339 G8339 = G8339 μόλυνσις molunsis G:N-F contamination contamination G8340 G8340 = G8340 μονάζω monazō G:V to live alone to live alone G8341 G8341 = G8341 μόνιμος monimos G:A a stable 1. staying in one's place, stable, steadfast , (Sophocles Tragicus); of soldiers, Lat. statarius, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. of things, conditions and the like, abiding, lasting, stable , Lat. stabilis, (Euripides), etc. (ML) G8342 G8342 = G8342 μονιός monios G:A a wild boar a wild boar G8343 G8343 = G8343 μονόζωνος monozōnos G:N-M lightly armed lightly armed G8344 G8344 = G8344 μονόκερως monokerōs G:N-M a unicorn a unicorn G8345 G8345 = G8345 μονομαχέω monomacheō G:V to fight one on one to fight in single combat , (Euripides); τινι with one, (Herdotus Historicus); of the Athenians at Marathon, μοῦνοι μουνομαχήσαντες τῷ Πέρσῃ having fought single-handed with the Persians, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8346 G8346 = G8346 μόνορχις monorchis G:N-M having one testicle having one testicle G8347 G8347 = G8347 μονότροπος monotropos G:A simple simple G8348 G8348 = G8348 μοσφαθαϊμ mosphathaim N:N sheepfolds sheepfolds G8349 G8349 = G8349 μοσχάριον moscharion G:N-N a young calf a young calf G8350 G8350 = G8350 μοτόω motoō G:V to dress a wound to dress a wound G8351 G8351 = G8351 μοχθέω mochtheō G:V to make an effort 1. to be weary with toil, to be sore distressed , (Iliad by Homer):—; to work hard, labour , (Euripides), etc.; with accusative cognate, μ. μόχθους, πόνους to undergo hardships, or to execute painful tasks, (Euripides); μ. μαθήματα to toil at learning, (Euripides)
2. with accusative objecti, τέκνα ἁμόχθησα the children whom I toiled for, (Euripides); μ. τινά θεραπεύμασιν = θεραπεύειν, (Euripides); compare μόχθος. (ML) G8352 G8352 = G8352 μοχλός mochlos G:N-M a bar 1. a bar used as a lever, a crowbar, handspike , Lat, vectis , used for moving ships, (Odyssey by Homer); for forcing doors and gates, (Euripides)
2. the stake which Ulysses ran into the Cyclops' eye, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. a wooden bar , placed across gates on the inside and secured by the βάλανος, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8353 G8353 = G8353 μυγαλῆ mugalē G:N-F a field-mouse the shrew-mouse, field-mouse , Lat. mus araneus, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8354 G8354 = G8354 μυελόομαι mueloomai G:V to fill with marrow to fill with marrow G8355 G8355 = G8355 μυῖα muia G:N-F a fly a fly , Lat. musca, (Iliad by Homer):—;proverbial, μυίης θάρσος, of excessive boldness, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8356 G8356 = G8356 μυκτήρ muktēr G:N-M nostril 1. the nose, snout , (Aristophanes Comicus): in plural the nostrils , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. from the use of the nose to express ridicule, a sneerer , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8357 G8357 = G8357 μυκτηρισμός muktērismos G:N-M sneering sneering G8358 G8358 = G8358 μύλη mulē G:N-F a molar tooth 1. Lat. mola, a mill, a handmill turned by women, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. the nether millstone , (Aristophanes Comicus); the upper being ὄνος, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8359 G8359 = G8359 μυξωτῆρες muxōtēres G:N-M a tube the nostrils , Lat. nares, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8360 G8360 = G8360 μυρεψικός murepsikos G:N-N scented scented G8361 G8361 = G8361 μυρεψός murepsos G:N-M a perfumer a perfumer G8362 G8362 = G8362 μυριοπλάσιος murioplasios G:A ten thousand-fold 0, 000 times as many as , with genitive, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8363 G8363 = G8363 μυρμηκιάω murmēkiaō G:V be troubled with warts be troubled with warts G8364 G8364 = G8364 μυρμηκολέων murmēkoleōn G:N-M a small lion a small lion G8365 G8365 = G8365 μύρμηξ murmēx G:N-M an ant 1. Lat. formica, the ant, (Hesiod), etc.
2. a beast of prey in India, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8366 G8366 = G8366 μυρσίνη mursinē G:N-F a myrtle tree 1. = μύρτος, (Pindar)
2. a branch or wreath of myrtle , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8367 G8367 = G8367 μῦς mus G:N-M a mouse 1. Lat. mus, a mouse, (Batrachomyomachia); μ. ἀρουραῖος the field-mouse , or the hamster , (Herdotus Historicus); μῦς πίσσας γεύεται, proverbial of one who is tempted to eat and finds himself caught, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. a muscle of the body, Lat. musculus, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8368 G8368 = G8368 μυσαρός musaros G:A detestable 1. foul, dirty : hence, loathsome, abominable , (Euripides); τὸ μ. an abomination , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of persons, defiled, polluted , (Euripides) (ML) G8369 G8369 = G8369 μύσταξ mustax G:N-M a mustache doric and Lacon. word, the upper lip, the moustache , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus): compare μάσταξ. (ML) G8370 G8370 = G8370 μωκάομαι mōkaomai G:V to scorn to scorn G8371 G8371 = G8371 μωμητός mōmētos G:A scoffing scoffing G8372 G8372 = G8372 νάβλα nabla N:N a stringed instrument a stringed instrument G8373 G8373 = G8373 ναίω naiō G:V to inhabit to inhabit G8374 G8374 = G8374 νᾶμα nama G:N-N juice anything flowing, running water, a river, stream , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8375 G8375 = G8375 νάπη napē G:N-F a grove a wooded vale, dell , or glen , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8376 G8376 = G8376 ναρκάω narkaō G:V be paralyzed to grow stiff or numb , Lat. torpere, (Iliad by Homer)
from νάρκη (ML) G8377 G8377 = G8377 ναῦλον naulon G:N-N fare fare G8378 G8378 = G8378 ναυτικός nautikos G:A mariner 1. seafaring, naval , ὁ ν. στρατός opposite to ὁ πεζός, (Herdotus Historicus); ν. λεώς (Aeschulus Tragicus); στόλος (Sophocles Tragicus); ν. ἐρείπια wrecks of ships , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ν. ἀναρχία among the seamen , (Euripides):—; τὸ ναυτικόν a navy, fleet , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. of persons, skilled in seamanship, nautical , ναυτικοὶ ἐγένοντο became a naval power , (Thucydides)
3. ἡ ναυτική (i.e. τέχνη); navigation, seamanship , (Herdotus Historicus); so, τὰ ναυτικά (Plato Philosophus);—;but, τὰ ναυτικά, also, naval affairs naval power , (Thucydides)
4. at Athens, ναυτικόν technically meant money borrowed or lent on bottomry , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G8379 G8379 = G8379 νεᾶνις neanis G:N-F a young woman 1. a young woman, girl, maiden , (Iliad by Homer)
2. as adjective youthful , (Euripides)
3. new , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8380 G8380 = G8380 νέβελ nebel N:N a hide flask a hide flask G8381 G8381 = G8381 νεβρός nebros G:N-M a fawn the young of the deer, a fawn , (Homer), etc.; πέδιλα νεβρῶν fawnskin brogues, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8382 G8382 = G8382 νεέλασσα neelassa N:N ostriches ostriches G8383 G8383 = G8383 νεζέρ nezer N:N a diadem a diadem G8384 G8384 = G8384 νεῖκος neikos G:N-N altercation 1. a quarrel, wrangle, strife , (Homer), etc.
2. strife of words, railing, abuse, a taunt, reproach , (Iliad by Homer)
3. a strife at law, dispute before a judge , (Odyssey by Homer)
4. battle, fight , (Homer); ν. φυλόπιδος (Odyssey by Homer); of dissensions between whole nations , νεῖκος πρὸς Καρχηδονίους (Herdotus Historicus)
5. cause of strife, matter of quarrel , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8385 G8385 = G8385 νέμω nemō G:V to feed 1. to deal out, distribute, dispense , of meat and drink, (Homer), etc.; of the gods, νέμει ὄλβον Ὀλύμπιος ἀνθρώποισιν (Odyssey by Homer); μοῖραν ν. τινί to pay one due respect, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;Pass., ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας νέμεται is freely bestowed upon them, (Herdotus Historicus); κρέα νενεμημένα portions of meat, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid. to distribute among themselves , and so, to have as one's portion, possess, enjoy , (Homer), etc.
3. to dwell in, inhabit , (Homer): absolute to dwell , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to spend, pass , αἰῶνα, ἡμέραν (Pindar)
5. Act. much like Mid. to hold, possess , γῆν, χώραν, πόλιν (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;Pass., of places, to be inhabited , (Herdotus Historicus); of a country, to maintain itself, be constituted , (Thucydides)
6. to hold sway, manage , (Herdotus Historicus):—; ν. οἴακα to manage the helm, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ν. ἰσχὺν ἐπὶ σκήπτροισι to support one's strength on staves, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ν. γλῶσσαν to use the tongue, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
7. like νομίζω, to hold, consider as so and so, σὲ νέμω θεόν (Sophocles Tragicus); προστάτην ν. τινά to take as one's patron, (Aristotle Philosopher)
8. of herdsmen, to pasture or graze their flocks, drive to pasture, tend , Lat. pascere, (Odyssey by Homer), attic, etc.:—;metaphorically, ν. χόλον (Sophocles Tragicus)
9. Mid., of cattle, to feed , i. e. go to pasture, graze , Lat. pasci, (Homer), etc.: with accusative cognate to feed on , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; of men, to eat , (Sophocles Tragicus); of fire, to consume, devour , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; of cancerous sores, to spread , ἐνέμετο πρόσω (Herdotus Historicus)
10. with accusative loci, ὄρη νέμειν to graze the hills [with cattle, 5th/4th c.BC]: Pass., [ τὸ ὄρος] νέμεται βουσί (Xenophon Historicus)
11. metaphorically, πυρὶ νέμειν πόλιν to give a city to the flames, (Herdotus Historicus): Pass., πυρὶ χθὼν νέμεται the land is devoured by fire, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8386 G8386 = G8386 νεόω neoō G:V to plow fallow land to renovate, renew , νέωσον (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Mid., τάφους ἐνεώσατο had them renewed , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8387 G8387 = G8387 νέσσα nessa N:N feathers feathers G8388 G8388 = G8388 νεῦμα neuma G:N-M a beckon a nod or sign , (Thucydides); νεύματος ἕνεκα for a mere nod , i. e. without cause , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8389 G8389 = G8389 νευρά neura G:N-F the bow string a string or cord of sinew, a bowstring , (Homer), etc. (ML) G8390 G8390 = G8390 νευροκοπέω neurokopeō G:V to hamstring to hamstring G8391 G8391 = G8391 νεῦρον neuron G:N-N a nerve 1. a sinew, tendon; in plural, the tendons of the feet , (Iliad by Homer)
2. metaphorically in plural, τὰ νεῦρα τῆς τραγῳδίας, of lyric odes, their sinews, vigour , (Aristophanes Comicus); τὰ νεῦρα τῶν πραγμάτων (Aeschines Orator)
3. gut, cord made of sinew , for fastening the head of the arrow to the shaft, (Iliad by Homer): the cord of a sling , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8392 G8392 = G8392 νεχωθά nechōtha N:N spices spices G8393 G8393 = G8393 νέωμα neōma G:N-N a field prepared for plowing a field prepared for plowing G8394 G8394 = G8394 νηπιότης nēpiotēs G:N-F infancy childhood, childishness , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8395 G8395 = G8395 νηστός nēstos G:A spun spun G8396 G8396 = G8396 νικοποιέω nikopoieō to bring success to bring success G8397 G8397 = G8397 Νισάν Nisan N:N Nisan Nisan G8398 G8398 = G8398 νίτρον nitron G:N-N bleach in (Herdotus Historicus) and attic λίτρον, carbonate of soda , (Herdotus Historicus)
Prob. a foreign word. (ML) G8399 G8399 = G8399 νιφετός niphetos G:N-M snowflakes falling snow, a snowstorm , (Homer), etc. (ML) G8400 G8400 = G8400 νοήμων noēmōn G:N-M intelligent 1. thoughtful, intelligent , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. in one's right mind , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8401 G8401 = G8401 νοητῶς noētōs G:A intelligible intelligible G8402 G8402 = G8402 νομάς nomas G:N-M feeding 1. roaming about for pasture : οἱ Νομάδες roaming, pastoral tribes, Nomads , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; and as proper noun, Numidians , (Polybius Historicus)
2. feminine adjective grazing, feeding, at pasture , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. metaphorically, κρῆναι νομάδες wandering streams, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8403 G8403 = G8403 νόμιμος nomimos G:A lawful 1. conformable to custom, usage , or law, customary, prescriptive, established, lawful, rightful , (Euripides):—; νόμιμόν [ ἐστί] τινι ποιεῖν τι (Xenophon Historicus)
2. νόμιμα, ων, τά, usages, customs , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
3. funeral rites , Lat. justa, (Thucydides)
4. adverb -μως, (Plato Philosophus): comparative -ώτερον (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8404 G8404 = G8404 νομοθέσμως nomothesmōs G:A lawfully lawfully G8405 G8405 = G8405 νομός nomos abode 1. a feeding-place for cattle, pasture , (Homer); ν. ὕλης a woodland pasture , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. herbage , (Homeric Hymns):—;generally, food , (Hesiod)
3. metaphorically, ἐπέων πολὺς νομός a wide range for words, (Iliad by Homer)
4. an abode allotted or assigned to one, a district, province , (Pindar), etc.; νομὸν ἔχειν to have one's dwelling-place , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. one of the districts into which Egypt was divided, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; applied also to other provinces , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8406 G8406 = G8406 νοσερός noseros G:A diseased ν. κοίτη a bed of sickness , (Euripides):—;adverb, νοσερῶς ἔχειν τὸ σῶμα (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8407 G8407 = G8407 νοσσεύω nosseuō G:V to nest to nest G8408 G8408 = G8408 νοσσοποιέω nossopoieō G:V to build a nest to build a nest G8409 G8409 = G8409 νωτόφορος nōtophoros G:A a load carrier carrying on the back : as Substantive a beast of burthen , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8410 G8410 = G8410 νουθέτημα nouthetēma G:N-N admonition admonition, warning , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; τἀμὰ νουθετήματα given to me, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8411 G8411 = G8411 νουθέτησις nouthetēsis G:N-F admonition admonition, warning , (Euripides), etc. (ML) G8412 G8412 = G8412 νυκτερινός nukterinos G:A nightly by night, nightly , Lat. nocturnus, (Aristophanes Comicus); ν. γενέσθαι to happen by night , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8413 G8413 = G8413 νυκτερίς nukteris G:N-F a bat a bat , Lat. vespertilio, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8414 G8414 = G8414 νυκτικόραξ nuktikorax G:N-M an owl an owl G8415 G8415 = G8415 νυμφαγωγός numphagōgos G:N-M groomsman groomsman G8416 G8416 = G8416 νύμφευσις numpheusis G:N-F a betrothing a betrothing G8417 G8417 = G8417 νύσταγμα nustagma G:N-N a slumbering a slumbering G8418 G8418 = G8418 νυσταγμός nustagmos G:N-M a slumber a slumber G8419 G8419 = G8419 νωθροκάρδιος nōthrokardios G:A dull of heart dull of heart G8420 G8420 = G8420 νωκήδ nōkēd N:N a shepherd a shepherd G8421 G8421 = G8421 ξ x 60 60 G8422 G8422 = G8422 ξανθίζω xanthizō G:V be yellowish to make yellow or brown , by roasting or frying, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8423 G8423 = G8423 ξένιος xenios G:N-N gifts 1. belonging to a friend and guest, hospitable , Ζεὺς ξένιος as protector of the rights of hospitality , (Iliad by Homer):—; τράπεζα ξ. the guests' table, (Odyssey by Homer); ξένιός τινι bound to him by ties of hospitality , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. ξείνια, attic ξένια, ων, τά, friendly gifts, meat and drink , given to the guest by his host, (Homer); ξένια παρέσχε δαῖτα as a friendly gift , (Aeschulus Tragicus); βοῦν ξένια ἔπεμψεν (Xenophon Historicus); ἐπὶ ξένια καλεῖν to invite any one to eat with you , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; metaphorically, θάνατος ξένιά σοι γενήσεται (Euripides)
3. foreign , (Pindar), attic (ML) G8424 G8424 = G8424 ξενισμός xenismos G:N-M hospitality hospitality G8425 G8425 = G8425 ξηρασία xērasia G:N-F dryness dryness G8426 G8426 = G8426 ξίφος xiphos G:N-N a knife-blade a sword , (Homer); distinguished from μάχαιρα, q. see. (ML) G8427 G8427 = G8427 ξυλάριον xularion G:N-N a stick a stick G8428 G8428 = G8428 ξυλοκόπος xulokopos G:N-M a woodcutter hewing or felling wood , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8429 G8429 = G8429 ξυλοφορία xulophoria G:N-F bearing wood bearing wood G8430 G8430 = G8430 ξυλοφόρος xulophoros a wood bearer a wood bearer G8431 G8431 = G8431 ξυλόω xuloō G:V to board to board G8432 G8432 = G8432 ξυνωρίς xunōris G:N-F a double-horse chariot a double-horse chariot G8433 G8433 = G8433 ξύρησις xurēsis G:N-F shaving shaving G8434 G8434 = G8434 ξυρόν xuron G:N-N a razor a rasor , (Homer), etc.:—;proverb, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵσταται ἀκμῆς ὄλεθρος ἠὲ βιῶναι death or life is balanced on a rasor's edge, (Iliad by Homer); ἐπὶ ξυροῦ τῆς ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πράγματα (Herdotus Historicus); βεβὼς ἐπὶ ξυρῷ τύχης (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8435 G8435 = G8435 ξυστός xustos G:A planed planed G8436 G8436 = G8436 ξύω xuō G:V to scrape 1. to scrape, plane, smooth or polish , (Odyssey by Homer): metaphorically, ξῦσαι ἀπὸ γῆρας to scrape off, get rid of old age, (Homeric Hymns):—; Mid., παλτὸν ξύσασθαι to shape oneself a javelin-shaft, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to make smooth, work delicately , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8437 G8437 = G8437 ὀβελίσκος obeliskos G:N-M a point 1. a small spit , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. a coin stamped with a spit , (Plutarch)
3. the leg of a compass , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8438 G8438 = G8438 ὀβολός obolos G:N-M a obolus an obol , as a weight, = 1/6th part of a δραχμή, worth rather more than three halfpence, (Aristophanes Comicus); ἐν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν θεωρεῖν, as we might say "to sit in the shilling gallery, " (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8439 G8439 = G8439 ογδοηκονταέξ ogdoēkontaex eighty-six eighty-six G8440 G8440 = G8440 ογδοηκονταπέντε ogdoēkontapente eighty-five eighty-five G8441 G8441 = G8441 ὀγδοηκοντατέσσαρες ogdoēkontatessares eighty-four eighty-four G8442 G8442 = G8442 ογδοηκοντατρεῖς ogdoēkontatreis eighty-three eighty-three G8443 G8443 = G8443 ὀγδοηκοστός ogdoēkostos eightieth eightieth G8444 G8444 = G8444 ὁδοιπόρος hodoiporos G:N a traveler a wayfarer, traveller , (Aeschulus Tragicus);—;in (Iliad by Homer), a fellow-traveller , or guide. (ML) G8445 G8445 = G8445 ὁδοποιέω hodopoieō G:V to open a way 1. to make or level a road , (Xenophon Historicus):—; Pass., of roads, to be made fit for use , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. metaphorically to reduce to a system , τι (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. with dative pers. to act as pioneer, serve as guide , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to make one's way, advance , Lat. progredi, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8446 G8446 = G8446 ὀδυνηρός odunēros G:A grievous 1. painful , (Pindar)
2. painful, distressing , (Euripides) (ML) G8447 G8447 = G8447 ὀδύρομαι oduromai G:V to grieve 1. to lament, bewail, mourn for :
2. with accusative pers., (Homer); with accusative rei, ὁ δ᾽ ὀδύρετο πατρίδα γαῖαν mourned for it, i. e. for the want of it, (Odyssey by Homer); so, νόστον ὀδυρομένη (Odyssey by Homer)
3. with genitive pers. to mourn for, for the sake of , (Homer)
4. with dative pers. to wail or lament to or before others, (Homer)
5. absolute to wail, mourn , (Homer) (ML) G8448 G8448 = G8448 οἰακίζω oiakizō G:V to steer to steer , and so to guide, manage , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8449 G8449 = G8449 οἰκειότης oikeiotēs G:N-F intimacy 1. kindred, relationship , (Herdotus Historicus), attic: intimacy, friendliness, kindness , (Thucydides):—;in plural friendly relations , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. of words, the proper sense , (Plutarch) (ML) G8450 G8450 = G8450 οἰκέτις oiketis G:N-F a female domestic servant 1. feminine of οἰκέτης, (Euripides)
2. the mistress of the house , Lat. matrona, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8451 G8451 = G8451 οἴκησις oikēsis G:N-F place of abode 1. the act of dwelling, habitation , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. management, administration , (Plato Philosophus)
3. a house, dwelling, residence , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; κατασκαφὴς οἴκ. of the grave, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8452 G8452 = G8452 οἰκητός oikētos G:A inhabited inhabited G8453 G8453 = G8453 οἰκήτωρ oikētōr G:N-M an inhabitant 1. an inhabitant , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; οἰκ. θεοῦ one who dwells in the temple of the god, (Euripides); Ἅιδου οἰκ., of one dead, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. a colonist , (Thucydides) (ML) G8454 G8454 = G8454 οἰκίζω oikizō G:V to resettle 1. with accusative rei, to found as a colony or new settlement , πόλιν (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; Pass., πόλις οἴκισται (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to people with new settlers, colonise , χώρην (Herdotus Historicus); νήσους (Thucydides):—;Mid. ὅπη γῆς πύργον οἰκιούμεθα in what part of the world we shall make ourselves a fenced home, (Euripides)
3. with accusative pers. to remove, transplant , (Euripides); metaphorically, τὸν μὲν ἀφ᾽ ὑψηλῶν βραχὺν ὤικισεν brought him from high to low estate, (Euripides):—;Pass. to settle in a place, (Euripides) (ML) G8455 G8455 = G8455 οἰκίσκος oikiskos niche niche G8456 G8456 = G8456 οἰκογενής oikogenēs G:A a native-born servant born in the house, homebred , of slaves, Lat. verna, (Plato Philosophus); of quails, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8457 G8457 = G8457 οἰκόπεδον oikopedon G:N-N an area 1. the site of a house , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
2. the house itself, a building , (Thucydides) (ML) G8458 G8458 = G8458 οἰκτείρημα oikteirēma G:N-N pitying pitying G8459 G8459 = G8459 οἶκτος oiktos G:N-M a lament pity, compassion , (Odyssey by Homer), Dht., attic:—;with genitive objecti, compassion for , οἶκτος τῆς πόλιος (Herdotus Historicus)
the expression of pity, lamentation, piteous wailing , (Aeschulus Tragicus);—;and in plural, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8460 G8460 = G8460 οἰκτρός oiktros G:A pitiable 1. pitiable, in piteous plight , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. of things, pitiable, piteous, lamentable , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. in active sense, piteous , (Odyssey by Homer); οἰκτρᾶς γόον ὄρνιθος, of the nightingale, (Sophocles Tragicus);—;neuter plural as regularly adverb οἰκτρῶς, (Aeschulus Tragicus) —;Besides comparative and Sup. οἰκτρότερος, -τατος, (Homer) has an irreg. Sup. οἴκτιστος (q. see.). (ML) G8461 G8461 = G8461 οἴμοι oimoi G:INJ alas! exclamation of pain, fright, pity, anger, grief, also of surprise, properly οἴ μοι ah me! woe's me! (Theognis Elegiacus);—;with genitive causae, οἴμοι τῶν κακῶν, οἴμοι γέλωτος ah me for my misfortunes, for the laughter, [variant datesTragica Adespota
The last syllable in οἴμοι may be elided before ὡς. (ML) G8462 G8462 = G8462 οἰνοποτέω oinopoteō G:V to drink wine to drink wine G8463 G8463 = G8463 οἰνοφλυγέω oinophlugeō G:V be drunk with wine be drunk with wine G8464 G8464 = G8464 οἰνοχόη oinochoē G:A a female wine server a can for ladling wine from the mixing bowl κρατήρ); into the cups, (Hesiod) (ML) G8465 G8465 = G8465 οἰνοχόος oinochoos G:N-N a male wine server a wine-pourer, cupbearer , (Homer), etc. (ML) G8466 G8466 = G8466 οἰνόω oinoō G:V be drunk with wine 1. to intoxicate , οἰνῶσαι σῶμα ποτοῖς (Critias Philosophus)
2. Pass. οἰνόομαι to get drunk, be drunken , οἰνωθέντες (Odyssey by Homer); perfect participle, ᾠνωμένος, ionic οἰνωμένος, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8467 G8467 = G8467 οἰφί oiphi N:N an ephah an ephah G8468 G8468 = G8468 οἴχομαι oichomai G:V be undone 1. Dep. to be gone, to have gone , Lat. abesse (not abire) , in perfect sense, and imperfect ὠιχόμην in pluperfect sense, directly opposite to ἥκω, to have come , while ἔρχομαι, to go or come , serves as the present to both, (Homer), etc.;—;often with participle, οἴχεται φεύγων is fled and gone , (Iliad by Homer); ὤιχετ᾽ ἀποπτάμενος he hath taken flight and gone , (Iliad by Homer); οἴχεται θανών (see. infr. II. 1); also with an adjective, οἴχεται φροῦδος he's clean gone, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;with accusative pers. to have escaped from , (Iliad by Homer)
2. Special usages,
3. euphamistic for θνήσκω, to be gone hence , οἴχεται εἰς Ἀί̈δαο (Iliad by Homer); in attic, οἴχεται θανών (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—;participle οἰχόμενος for θανών, departed, dead , [variant datesTragica Adespota; but in (Homer) simply absent or away , Ὀδυσῆος πόθος οἰχομένοιο desire of the absent Ulysses, (Odyssey by Homer)
4. to be undone, ruined , (Sophocles Tragicus); especially in ὤιχωκα or οἴχωκα, Lat. perii, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
5. of things, to denote any quick, violent motion, to rush, sweep along , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8469 G8469 = G8469 οἰωνίζομαι oiōnizomai G:V to foretell 1. Dep.
2. to take omens from the flight and cries of birds , Lat. augurium, capere, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. generally, to divine from omens, augur , with accusative et infinitive, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8470 G8470 = G8470 οἰώνισμα oiōnisma G:N-N an omen divination by the flight or cries of birds , Lat. augurium, (Euripides) (ML) G8471 G8471 = G8471 οἰωνισμός oiōnismos G:N-M an omen an omen G8472 G8472 = G8472 οἰωνός oiōnos G:N-M an omen 1. a large bird, bird of prey , such as a vulture or eagle , and so distinguished from a common bird ὄρνις); (Homer), etc.
2. a bird of omen or augury , (Homer), etc.:—;the flight to (not from) the right, i. e. towards the East, was fortunate, and vice versa.
3. an omen, presage , drawn from these birds, Lat. auspicium or augurium , according as taken from seeing their flight or hearing their cry , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; δέκομαι τὸν οἰωνόν I accept the omen , hail it as favourable, (Herdotus Historicus)
commonly derivation from οἶος, —; most birds of prey being solitary, —; compare κοινωνός from κοινός (ML) G8473 G8473 = G8473 ὀκλάζω oklazō G:V to kneel to crouch down on one's hams, to squat , (Xenophon Historicus): ἐς γόνυ ὀκλάσας δέχεται τῇ σαρίσσῃ τὴν ἐπέλασιν, of a soldier waiting an attack, (Lucian); of a weary traveller, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;with accusative, ὀκλ. τὰ ὀπίσθια, τοὺς προσθίους to bend their hind or fore legs, (Xenophon Historicus)
(ML) G8474 G8474 = G8474 ὀκνηρία oknēria G:N-F slothful slothful G8475 G8475 = G8475 ὀκτακισχίλιοι oktakischilioi G:A eight thousand eight thousand , (Herdotus Historicus); in singular, ἵππος ὀκτακισχιλίη "8000 horse, " (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8476 G8476 = G8476 ὀκτακόσιοι oktakosioi G:N-M eight hundred eight hundred G8477 G8477 = G8477 ὀκτάπηχυς oktapēchus G:A eight cubits eight cubits G8478 G8478 = G8478 ὀκτωκαίδεκα oktōkaideka G:A eighteen eighteen , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8479 G8479 = G8479 ὀκτωκαιδέκατος oktōkaidekatos G:A eighteenth eighteenth : ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ (i.e. ἡμέρᾳ); on the eighteenth day , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8480 G8480 = G8480 ὀλέθριος olethrios G:A pernicious ὀλέθριος, -ον
(also -α, -ον, as in Wis, l.with), [in LXX : 3Ki.20:42 (חֵרֶם), Wis.18:15 * ;]
destructive, deadly: δίκην, 2Th.1:9, L, txt (for ὄλωεθρος, which see).†
(AS) G8481 G8481 = G8481 ὀλέκω olekō G:V to destroy epic imperfect ὄλεκον, ionic ὀλέκεσκον, like ὄλλυμι, to ruin, destroy, kill , (Homer) (ML) G8482 G8482 = G8482 ὀλιγόβιος oligobios G:A short-lived short-lived G8483 G8483 = G8483 ὀλιγοστός oligostos G:A--S very few 1. one out of a few , opposite to πολλοστός, (Plutarch)
2. ὀλ. χρόνον for the smallest space of Time, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8484 G8484 = G8484 ὀλιγότης oligotēs G:N-F fewness 1. of Number, fewness , (Plato Philosophus)
2. of Amount, smallness, scantiness :—;of Time, shortness , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8485 G8485 = G8485 ὀλιγοψυχέω oligopsucheō G:V be faint-hearted be faint-hearted G8486 G8486 = G8486 ὀλιγοψυχία oligopsuchia G:N-F faint-heartedness faint-heartedness G8487 G8487 = G8487 ὀλιγόω oligoō G:V to lessen to lessen; make few G8488 G8488 = G8488 ὀλισθάνω olisthanō G:V to slip 1. to slip, slip and fall , (Iliad by Homer); ἐξ ἀντύγων ὤλισθε he slipped from the chariot, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;metaphorically to make a slip , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to slip or glide along , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8489 G8489 = G8489 ὀλίσθημα olisthēma G:N-N a slip a slip; slippery G8490 G8490 = G8490 ὁλκή holkē G:N-F a scale-weight a drawing, dragging, tugging: a drawing on or towards a thing, attraction, force of attraction , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8491 G8491 = G8491 ὄλλυμι ollumi G:V to destroy 1. Act. = Lat. perdo,
2. to destroy, make an end of , (Homer)
3. to lose , θυμόν, ψυχήν, μένος, ἦτορ ὀλέσαι to lose life, (Homer); πόνον ὀλέσαντες having lost their labour, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. Mid., = Lat. pereo,
5. to perish, come to an end , (Homer); also with accusative cognate, κακὸν οἶτον, κακὸν μόρον ὀλέσθαι to die by an evil death, (Iliad by Homer):—; ὄλοιο, ὄλοισθε may'st thou, may ye, perish! an imprecation, [variant datesTragica Adespota; so, ὀλοίμην, ὄλοιτο, ὄλοιντο, (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. to be ruined, undone , (Homer), attic
7. of things, to be lost , (Homer)
8. perfect ὄλωλα, in sense of Mid., to have perished, to be undone, ruined , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; τῶν ὀλωλότων of the dead , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8492 G8492 = G8492 ὁλοκάρπωμα holokarpōma G:N-N a whole offering a whole offering G8493 G8493 = G8493 ὁλοκάρπωσις holokarpōsis G:N-F a whole offering a whole offering G8494 G8494 = G8494 ὁλόκαυτος holokautos G:A wholly burnt wholly burnt G8495 G8495 = G8495 ὁλοκαύτωσις holokautōsis G:N-F bringing of a whole burnt-offering bringing of a whole burnt-offering G8496 G8496 = G8496 ὀλολυγμός ololugmos G:N-M shrieking of women a loud crying , mostly a joyous cry , in honour of the gods, (Aeschulus Tragicus);—;rarely of lamentation , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8497 G8497 = G8497 ὁλοπόρφυρος holoporphuros G:A entirely of purple entirely of purple G8498 G8498 = G8498 ὁλόρριζος holorrizos G:A entirely from a root entirely from a root G8499 G8499 = G8499 ὁλοσχερῶς holoscherōs G:A soundly soundly G8500 G8500 = G8500 ὄλυρα olura G:N-F a wild oat mostly in plural ὄλυραι, a kind of grain, spelt or rye , (Iliad by Homer); compare ζειά. (ML) G8501 G8501 = G8501 ὀλυρίτης oluritēs G:N-M of oaten bread of oaten bread G8502 G8502 = G8502 ὁμαλίζω homalizō G:V to level 1. to make even or level , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to level, equalise , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8503 G8503 = G8503 ὁμαλισμός homalismos G:N-M leveling leveling G8504 G8504 = G8504 ὄμβρημα ombrēma G:N-N a shower a shower G8505 G8505 = G8505 ὅμηρος homēros G:N-N a security treaty 1. a pledge for the maintenance of unity, a surety, a hostage , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. of things, a pledge, security , τὴν γῆν ὅμηρον ἔχειν (Thucydides)

derivation uncertain (ML) G8506 G8506 = G8506 ὁμολόγως homologōs G:A confessedly confessedly G8507 G8507 = G8507 ὁμομήτριος homomētrios G:A born of the same mother born of the same mother , Lat. frater uterinus, (Herdotus Historicus); ὁμοματρία ἀδελφή (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8508 G8508 = G8508 ὁμονοέω homonoeō G:V to consent 1. to be of one mind, agree together, live in harmony , (Thucydides); ὁμονοοῦσα ὀλιγαρχία a united oligarchy, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. with dative to live in harmony with others, with dative, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8509 G8509 = G8509 ὁμόνοια homonoia G:N-F concord oneness of mind or thought, unity, concord , (Thucydides), etc.
from ὁμόνους (ML) G8510 G8510 = G8510 ὁμοπάτριος homopatrios G:A of the same father by the same father , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8511 G8511 = G8511 ὁμορέω homoreō G:V to adjoin ionic ὁμουρέω, future -ήσω to border upon, march with , [ οἱ Κελτοὶ, ὁμουρέουσι Κυνησίοισι (Herdotus Historicus)
from ὅμορος (ML) G8512 G8512 = G8512 ὅμορος homoros G:A adjoining 1. having the same borders with, marching with, bordering on , τοῖσι Δωριεῦσι, τῇ Λιβύῃ (Herdotus Historicus); absolute bordering , (Thucydides); πόλεμος ὅμορος a border war, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. metaphorically bordering on, closely resembling , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. also as Substantive, a neighbour , (Herdotus Historicus); κατὰ τὸ ὅμορον because of their neighbourhood , (Thucydides) (ML) G8513 G8513 = G8513 ὀμφακίζω omphakizō G:V be sour be sour G8514 G8514 = G8514 ὀμφαλός omphalos G:N-M anavel 1. the navel , Lat. umbilicus, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. anything central (like a navel) :
3. the knob or boss in the middle of the shield, Lat. umbo, (Iliad by Homer)
4. a button or knob on the horse's yoke to fasten the reins to, (Iliad by Homer)
5. in plural the knobs at each end of the stick round which books were rolled , Lat. umbilici, (Lucian)
6. the centre or middle point , as the island of Calypso is the ὀμφαλός of the sea, (Odyssey by Homer); and Delphi (or rather a round stone in the Delphic temple) was called ὀμφαλός as marking the middle point of Earth , (Pindar), etc. (ML) G8515 G8515 = G8515 ὄμφαξ omphax G:N-F an unripe grape an unripe grape , πάροιθε δέ τ᾽ ὄμφακές εἰσιν (Odyssey by Homer); ὅτ᾽ ὄμφακες αἰόλλονται (Hesiod); ὅταν δὲ τεύχῃ Ζεὺς ἀπp ὄμφακος οἶνον, i. e. autumn, when the unripe grapes become fit to make wine, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8516 G8516 = G8516 ὄναγρος onagros G:N-M a wild donkey the wild ass , (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G8517 G8517 = G8517 ὀνείδισμα oneidisma G:N-N a scorning insult, reproach, blame , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8518 G8518 = G8518 ὄνησις onēsis G:N-F profitable use, profit, advantage, good luck , (Odyssey by Homer):—;with genitive rei, enjoyment of a thing, profit or delight from it, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; so, ὄν. εὑρεῖν ἀπό τινος (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8519 G8519 = G8519 ὀνοκένταυρος onokentauros G:N-M a satyr a satyr G8520 G8520 = G8520 ὀνομαστός onomastos G:N-M famous 1. named, to be named , and οὐκ ὀνομαστός not to be named or mentioned , i. e. abominable , Lat. infandus, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. of name or note, notable, famous , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc. (ML) G8521 G8521 = G8521 ὄνυξ onux G:N-M a claw 1. Lat. unguis, in (Homer) only in plural of the eagle's talons;—; of human beings, a nail , (Hesiod), attic:—;of horses and oxen, a hoof , (Xenophon Historicus)—;Special phrases, εἰς ἄκρους τοὺς ὄνυχας ἀφίκετο (i.e. ὁ οἶνος); warmed me to my fingers' ends , (Euripides); ὄνυχας ἐπ᾽ ἄκρους στάς on tiptoe , Lat. summis digitis, (Euripides); ἐξ ἁπαλῶν ὀνύχων from childhood, (Horace) de tenero ungui , [variant datesAnthology Palantina; ὀδοῦσι καὶ ὄνυξι, i. e. in every possible way, (Lucian)
2. a veined gem, onyx , (Lucian) (ML) G8522 G8522 = G8522 ὀνυχίζω onuchizō G:V to claw to claw; cut the nails G8523 G8523 = G8523 ὀνύχιον onuchion G:N-N onyx onyx G8524 G8524 = G8524 ὀνυχιστήρ onuchistēr G:N-M cloven-footed cloven-footed G8525 G8525 = G8525 ὀξέως oxeōs G:A swiftly swiftly G8526 G8526 = G8526 ὀξυγράφος oxugraphos G:A writing fast writing fast G8527 G8527 = G8527 ὀξύθυμος oxuthumos G:A quick to rage quick to anger, choleric , (Euripides), etc.: —; sharp to punish , of the Areopagus, (Aeschulus Tragicus): τὸ ὀξύθυμον, by crasis τοὐξύθυμον, = ὀξυθυμία, (Euripides) (ML) G8528 G8528 = G8528 ὀξύνω oxunō G:V to sharpen 1. to sharpen : metaphorically to goad to anger, provoke , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass., (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to sharpen, quicken , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8529 G8529 = G8529 ὀξύτης oxutēs G:N-F swift 1. sharpness, pointedness , (Plato Philosophus)
2. of sound, sharpness , opposite to βαρύτης, (Plato Philosophus)
3. of the mind, sharpness, cleverness , (Plato Philosophus)
4. of motion, quickness , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8530 G8530 = G8530 ὀπήτιον opētion G:N-N a shoemaker's awl a shoemaker's awl G8531 G8531 = G8531 ὀπίσθιος opisthios G:A posterior hinder, belonging to the hinder part , Lat. posticus, τὰ ὀπ. σκέλεα the hind- legs, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8532 G8532 = G8532 ὀπισθίως opisthiōs G:A backwardly backwardly G8533 G8533 = G8533 ὀπισθότονος opisthotonos G:A convulsion convulsion G8534 G8534 = G8534 ὀπισθοφανῶς opisthophanōs G:ADV / G:A backwards backwards G8535 G8535 = G8535 ὁπλή hoplē a hoof a hoof, the solid hoof of the horse and ass, (Iliad by Homer), attic:—;after (Homer), like χηλή, the cloven hoof of horned cattle, (Homeric Hymns), etc. (ML) G8536 G8536 = G8536 ὁπλίτης hoplitēs G:N-M armed with a large shield 1. heavy-armed, armed , δρόμος ὁπλ. a race of men in armour , opposite to the naked race, (Pindar); ὁπλ. στρατός an armed host, (Euripides); ὁπλ. κόσμος warrior- dress, armour, (Euripides)
2. as Substantive, a heavy-armed foot-soldier, man-at-arms , who carried a large shield ὅπλον); whence the name, as the light-armed foot-soldier πελταστής); had his from the light πέλτη, (Herdotus Historicus), attic; ὁπλῖται are opposite to ψιλοί, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8537 G8537 = G8537 ὁπλοθήκη hoplothēkē G:N-F an armory an armory G8538 G8538 = G8538 ὁπλομάχος hoplomachos G:N-M an armed warrior 1. fighting in heavy arms , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. ὁπλ., one who teaches the use of arms, a drill-sergeant , (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G8539 G8539 = G8539 ὁπλοφόρος hoplophoros G:A an armor-bearer 1. bearing arms: a warrior, soldier , (Euripides)
2. = δορυφόρος, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8540 G8540 = G8540 ὀπτάζομαι optazomai G:V to behold to behold G8541 G8541 = G8541 ὀπτάω optaō G:V to bake 1. to roast, broil , (Homer), etc.; with genitive partitive, ὀπτῆσαί τε κρεῶν to roast some meat, (Odyssey by Homer):—; ὀπτᾶν was used of cooking by means of fire or dry heat , opposite to ἕψω to boil in water , which never appears in (Homer); and a [variant datesComica Adespota poet remarks that Homer's heroes ate only roast meat:—;Pass., aor1 infinitive ὀπτηθῆναι (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to bake bread, (Herdotus Historicus):—;also of bricks or pottery, to bake, burn , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to bake, harden , of the sun, (Bion Bucolicus)
4. metaphorically in Pass. to be burned by love, [Refs 3rd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina
(ML) G8542 G8542 = G8542 ὀπωροφυλάκιον opōrophulakion G:N-N a storehouse of fruits a storehouse of fruits G8543 G8543 = G8543 ὁρατής horatēs G:N-M an observer an observer G8544 G8544 = G8544 ὁρατικός horatikos G:A observant observant G8545 G8545 = G8545 ὄργανον organon G:N-N an instrument 1. an organ, instrument, tool, for making or doing a thing, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—;of a person, ἁπάντων ἀεὶ κακῶν ὄργ. (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. an organ of sense , (Plato Philosophus)
3. a musical instrument , (Plato Philosophus)
4. a surgical instrument , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. a work, product , λαί̈νεα Ἀμφίονος ὄργανα the stony works of Amphion, i. e. walls of Thebes, (Euripides) (ML) G8546 G8546 = G8546 ὀρθόω orthoō G:V be straight up 1. to set straight :
2. in height, to set upright, set up one fallen or lying down, raise up , (Iliad by Homer); ὀρθοῦν κάρα, πρόσωπον (Euripides):—;of buildings, to raise up, rebuild , or, generally, to erect, build up , (Euripides):—;Pass. to be set upright , (Iliad by Homer), etc.: simply to rise from one's seat, stand up , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. in line, to make straight , (Aristotle Philosopher):—; Pass., ἢν τόδ᾽ ὀρθωθῆι βέλος if this dart go straight , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. metaphorically (from signf. I) to raise up, restore to health, safety, happiness , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;also to exalt, honour , (Pindar)
5. (from signf. II) to guide aright , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὀρθ. ἀγῶνας to bring to a happy end , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὀ. βίον (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass. to succeed, prosper , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; τὸ ὀρθούμενον success , (Thucydides):—;of words and opinions, to be right, true , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν ἀγγέλωι κρυπτὸς ὀρθοῦται λόγος a secret message is rightly sent by messenger, not by letter, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
6. in Pass. also, to be upright, deal justly , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8547 G8547 = G8547 ὁρισμός horismos G:N-M enactment 1. a marking out by boundaries, limitation , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. the definition of a word , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8548 G8548 = G8548 ὁρκισμός horkismos G:N-M a conjuring a conjuring; oath G8549 G8549 = G8549 ὁρμίσκος hormiskos G:N-M pendant pendant G8550 G8550 = G8550 ὅρμος hormos G:N-M a mooring 1. a cord, chain , especially a necklace, collar , (Homer), attic
2. generally, anything strung like a necklace, a wreath, chaplet , (Pindar); στεφάνων ὅρμος a string of crowns, i. e. of praises, (Pindar)
3. a dance performed in a ring , (Lucian)
4. a roadstead, anchorage, moorings , (Iliad by Homer), attic
5. metaphorically a haven, place of shelter or refuge , [Refs 5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina
6. = ἕρμα 1, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8551 G8551 = G8551 ὀρνίθιον ornithion G:N-N a small bird a small bird G8552 G8552 = G8552 ὀρνιθοσκοπέομαι ornithoskopeomai G:V to use augury to use augury G8553 G8553 = G8553 ὀρόδαμνος orodamnos G:N-M a scion a branch , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
derivation uncertain (ML) G8554 G8554 = G8554 ὅρος horos a confirmation a confirmation; border G8555 G8555 = G8555 ὀρόφωμα orophōma G:N-N roofing roofing G8556 G8556 = G8556 ὀρτυγομήτρα ortugomētra G:N-F a mother-quail a bird which migrates with the quails , perhaps the land-rail , ludicrously applied to Latona, the Ortygian mother (compare Ὀρτυγία)), (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8557 G8557 = G8557 ὄρυξ orux G:N-M a gazelle a gazelle G8558 G8558 = G8558 ὀρφανία orphania G:N-F bereavement 1. orphanhood , (Plato Philosophus)
2. bereavement, want of , στεφάνων (Pindar)
(ML) G8559 G8559 = G8559 ὁσιόω hosioō G:V to purify to make holy, purify, set free from guilt by offerings , Lat. expiate, (Euripides):—;Mid., στόμα ὁσιοῦσθαι to keep one's tongue pure , not to speak profanely, (Euripides):—;Pass. to be purified , (Plutarch) (ML) G8560 G8560 = G8560 ὁστισοῦν hostisoun G:R whatsoever whatsoever G8561 G8561 = G8561 ὄστρακον ostrakon G:N-N a potsherd 1. an earthen vessel , Lat. testa, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a tile or potsherd , especially the tablet used in voting (see. ὀστρακίζω); (Plato Philosophus)
3. a sort of earthenware castanet , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. the hard shell of testaceous animals , as snails, muscles, tortoises, (Homeric Hymns) (ML) G8562 G8562 = G8562 ὀσφραίνομαι osphrainomai G:V to savor to catch scent of, smell, scent, track , with genitive, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; absolute, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8563 G8563 = G8563 ὀσφρασία osphrasia G:N-F a smell a smell G8564 G8564 = G8564 οὐδαμοῦ oudamou G:A not at all 1. nowhere , answering to πο; where? (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; with genitive, οὐδαμοῦ γῆς (Herdotus Historicus); οὐδαμοῦ ἦν φρενῶν (Euripides)
2. οὐδαμοῦ λέγειν τινά to esteem as naught , Lat. nullo in loco habere, (Sophocles Tragicus); so, θεοὺς νομίζων οὐδ. (Aeschulus Tragicus); οὐδ. (or μηδαμοῦ); εἶναι, φαίνεσθαι, like Cicero's ne apparere quidem, not to be taken into account , (Plato Philosophus)
3. of Manner, ἄλλοθι οὐδαμοῦ in no other way , (Plato Philosophus)
(ML) G8565 G8565 = a Combination of G3361 (G3761+G3361) ουδὲ μή oude mē G:PRT-N+G:CONJ + G:PRT-N neither neither; nor in any way G8566 G8566 = G8566 οὐλή oulē G:N-F a discoloration a discoloration G8567 G8567 = G8567 οὐραγία ouragia G:N-F a rear guard the rear , (Polybius Historicus)
from οὐρα_γός (ML) G8568 G8568 = G8568 οὐρέω oureō G:V to urinate to make water , (Hesiod) (ML) G8569 G8569 = G8569 οὔριος ourios G:A a rotten egg 1. with a fair wind , Lat. vento secundo, οὔρ. πλοῦς, δρόμος a prosperous voyage, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. metaphorically prosperous, successful , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;neuter plural οὔρια as adverb, (Euripides)
3. prospering, favouring, fair , of winds, (Euripides); comically of the bellows, οὐρίᾳ ῥιπίδι (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. οὐρία (i.e. πνοή); = οὖρος, a fair wind , οὐρίᾳ ἐφιέναι (i.e. ἑαυτόν); to run before the wind, (Plato Philosophus); so, ἐξ οὐρίων δραμοῦσα (i.e. δρόμων); after having run a fair course , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἀφήσω ἐμαυτὸν οὔριον (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. Ζεὺς οὔριος, as sending fair winds , i. e. conducting things to a happy issue , [6th/5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8570 G8570 = G8570 οὖρον ouron G:N-N urine urine G8571 G8571 = G8571 ὀφθαλμοφανῶς ophthalmophanōs G:A clear to the eyes clear to the eyes G8572 G8572 = G8572 ὀφιομάχης ophiomachēs G:N-M a crawling locust a crawling locust G8573 G8573 = G8573 ὄχθη ochthē G:V a riverbank older form of ὄχθος, a rising ground, a bank, dyke by the side of a river, (Iliad by Homer): mostly in plural the raised banks of a river , (Homer); ὄχθαι καπέτοιο the banks of the trench, (Iliad by Homer); also the dunes or denes along the sea (compare θίς); (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8574 G8574 = G8574 ὀχληρία ochlēria rioting rioting G8575 G8575 = G8575 ὀχυρός ochuros G:A fortified 1. like ἐχυρός, firm, lasting, stout , (Hesiod)
2. of places, strong, secure , (Euripides): especially of a stronghold or position, strong, tenable , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. adverb -ρῶς, (Euripides) (ML) G8576 G8576 = G8576 ὀχυρόω ochuroō G:V to fortify to make fast and sure, fortify , (Polybius Historicus): —;the Mid. just like Act., (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8577 G8577 = G8577 ὀψίζω opsizō to arrive late to do, go or come late , (Xenophon Historicus):—; Pass., ὀψισθέντες belated, benighted , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8578 G8578 = G8578 ὄψον opson G:N-N fish 1. properly, cooked meat , or, generally, meat , opposite to bread and other provisions, (Homer)
2. anything eaten with bread or food , to give it flavour and relish, κρόμυον, ποτῷ ὄψον onions, a zest or relish to wine, (Iliad by Homer); ἐσθίουσι ἐπὶ τῷ σίτῳ ὄψον (Xenophon Historicus)
3. seasoning, sauce , (Plato Philosophus); κολλύραν καὶ κόνδυλον ὄψον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ pudding and knuckle- sauce withal, (Aristophanes Comicus); λιμῷ ὅσαπερ ὄψῳ διαχρῆσθε, i. e. "hunger is the best sauce," (Xenophon Historicus)
4. generally, dainty fare , in plural dainties , (Plato Philosophus)
5. at Athens, mostly, fish , the chief dainty of the Athenians, (Aristophanes Comicus)
6. the fish-market , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8579 G8579 = G8579 παγετός pagetos G:N-M icy coldness frost , (Xenophon Historicus); compare πάγος II. (ML) G8580 G8580 = G8580 πάγος pagos G:N-M ice Πάγος, see: Ἄρειος.
Ἄρειος Πάυος (T, Ἄριος Π.), -ου, ὁ
Hill of Pres or Mars, Areopagus; also, the Court of Areopagus, the highest tribunal of Athens: Act.17:19, 22.†
(AS) G8581 G8581 = G8581 παθεινός patheinos G:N-M a mourner a mourner G8582 G8582 = G8582 παιγνία paignia G:N-F play play, sport, a game , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8583 G8583 = G8583 παίγνιον paignion G:N-N a plaything 1. a plaything, toy , (Plato Philosophus)
2. in (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus), the Egyptians are called κακὰ παίγνια roguish playmates ,
3. a game, a sportive poem , [variant datesAnthology Palantina; of the merry chirp of the cicada, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8584 G8584 = G8584 παλάθη palathē G:N-F a dried cluster a cake of preserved fruit , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8585 G8585 = G8585 παλαιστή palaistē G:N-F a palm (plant) a palm (plant) G8586 G8586 = G8586 παλαίω palaiō G:V to wrestle to wrestle , (Iliad by Homer): π. τινί to wrestle with one, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., παλαισθείς beaten , (Euripides) (ML) G8587 G8587 = G8587 παλαίωμα palaiōma G:N-N that which has grown old that which has grown old G8588 G8588 = G8588 παλαίωσις palaiōsis G:V that which has grown old that which has grown old G8589 G8589 = G8589 παλλακή pallakē G:N-F a concubine a concubine G8590 G8590 = G8590 παλλακίς pallakis G:N-F a concubine a concubine, mistress , Lat. pellex, opposite to a lawful wife κουριδίη ἄλοχος); (Homer)
Prob. from same Root as παλλάς = νεᾶνις. (ML) G8591 G8591 = G8591 πάλλω pallō G:V to agitate 1. to poise or sway a missile before it is thrown, (Euripides)
2. to sway other arms, not missiles, σάκος (Hesiod); πέλτας (Euripides):—;then, to toss a child, (Iliad by Homer); Νὺξ ὄχημm ἔπαλλεν she drave it furiously , (Euripides)
3. κλήρους ἐν κυνέηι πάλλον they shook the lots together in a helmet, till one leapt forth, (Homer): absolute to cast lots , (Iliad by Homer); ὅθ᾽ αὐτοὺς οἱ βραβεῖς κλήροις ἔπηλαν where the stewards ranged them by casting lots, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid. to draw lots , ἔλαχον ἅλα παλλομένων I obtained the sea when we cast lots , (Iliad by Homer); so in (Herdotus Historicus)
4. Pass. to swing or dash oneself , ἐν ἄντυγι πάλτο he dashed himself upon the shield-rim, (Iliad by Homer): to quiver, leap , especially in fear, πάλλεται ἦτορ (Iliad by Homer); also of the person, παλλομένη κραδίην (Iliad by Homer); of dying fish, to quiver, leap , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. intransitive, like the Pass., to leap, bound , (Euripides): to quiver , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8592 G8592 = G8592 παμβότανον pambotanon G:N-N abundant herbage abundant herbage G8593 G8593 = G8593 πανδημεί pandēmei G:A in full assembly with the whole people, in a mass or body , (Herdotus Historicus); π. βοηθεῖν, στρατεύειν, of a whole people going out to war, a levee en masse , (Thucydides) (ML) G8594 G8594 = G8594 πανηγυρίζω panēgurizō G:V to assemble for a festival to celebrate or attend a festival , πανηγύρις π. to keep holy-days , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8595 G8595 = G8595 πάνθηρ panthēr G:N-M a panther the panther or leopard , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8596 G8596 = G8596 πανοικία panoikia G:N-F whole family with all the house, household and all , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8597 G8597 = G8597 πανουργεύω panourgeuō G:V to trick to trick G8598 G8598 = G8598 παντοδαπός pantodapos G:A of all kinds 1. of every kind, of all sorts, manifold , (Homeric Hymns), etc.:—;in plural, πολλοὶ καὶ π. (Herdotus Historicus):—;adverb -πῶς, in all kinds of ways , Poeta quoted in (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. παντοδαπὸς γίγνεται, = παντοῖος γίγνεται, assumes every shape , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8599 G8599 = G8599 πάπυρος papuros G:N-M papyrus (plant) 1. the papyrus , an Egyptian rush with triangular stalks: paper was made by peeling off its outer coat βύβλος); and gluing the slips together.
2. anything made of it, linen, cord , etc., [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8600 G8600 = G8600 παραβαπτός parabaptos deeply dyed deeply dyed G8601 G8601 = G8601 παραβιβάζω parabibazō G:V to cast aside to cast aside G8602 G8602 = G8602 παραβλέπω parablepō G:V to look over 1. to look aside, take a side look , (Aristophanes Comicus); π. θατέρῳ (i.e. ὀφθαλμῷ); to look suspiciously with one eye, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to see wrong , (Lucian) (ML) G8603 G8603 = G8603 παράγγελμα parangelma G:N-N a mobilization order 1. a message transmitted by beacons, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. an order, command , ἀπὸ παραγγέλματος by word of command , (Thucydides)
3. an instruction, precept , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8604 G8604 = G8604 παραγραφίς paragraphis a scraper a scraper G8605 G8605 = G8605 παραγωνίσκος paragōniskos a carpenter's square a carpenter's square G8606 G8606 = G8606 παράδειγμα paradeigma G:N-N a model 1. a pattern or model of the thing to be executed, Lat. exemplar, an architect's plan , (Herdotus Historicus); a sculptor's or painter's model , (Plato Philosophus)
2. a precedent, example , (Thucydides); ἐπὶ παραδείγματος by way of example , (Aeschines Orator)
3. an example , i. e. a lesson or warning , π. ἔχειν τινός to take a lesson from another, (Thucydides); τὸ σὸν π. ἔχων (Sophocles Tragicus); ζῶντά τινα τοῖς λοιποῖς π. ποιεῖν (Demosthenes Orator)
4. an argument, proof from example , (Thucydides)
5. the model or copy of an existing thing, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8607 G8607 = G8607 παραδείκνυμι paradeiknumi G:V to hold forth as an example 1. to exhibit side by side : generally, to exhibit, bring forward , in Mid., (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to represent as so and so, π. τινὰ οὐκ ὄντα (Polybius Historicus): also in bad sense, like παραδειγματίζω, (Plutarch)
3. to exhibit and hand over , τί τινι (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8608 G8608 = G8608 παραδοξάζω paradoxazō G:V to do an incredible thing to do an incredible thing; render notorious G8609 G8609 = G8609 παραδρομή paradromē G:N-F a passing by a running beside or over, traversing , (Plutarch); ἐν παραδρομῇ cursorily , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8610 G8610 = G8610 παραζώνη parazōnē G:N-F a sash a sash G8611 G8611 = G8611 παραθερμαίνω parathermainō G:V to overheat to heat to excess :—;Pass., aor1 participle παραθερμανθείς, of a man become quarrelsome in his cups, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8612 G8612 = G8612 παράθεσις parathesis G:N-F provision juxta-position, neighbourhood , (Polybius Historicus); ἐκ παραθέσεως on comparison , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8613 G8613 = G8613 παραθλίβω parathlibō G:V to press against to press against G8614 G8614 = G8614 παραιρέω paraireō G:V to lift from 1. to take away from beside, withdraw, remove , (Euripides):—; with genitive partitive to take away part of a thing, (Euripides):—;Pass., παρῃρημένοι τὰ ὅπλα having their arms taken from them, (Thucydides)
2. π. ἀρὰν εἰς παῖδα to draw aside the curse on thy son's head, (Euripides)
3. Mid. to draw over to one's own side, seduce, detach , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to take away , (Xenophon Historicus): Mid., παραιρεῖσθαι τὴν θρασύτητα to lessen, damp it, (Demosthenes Orator)
5. generally, to take away from, steal away from , τί τινος (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8615 G8615 = G8615 παρακάθημαι parakathēmai G:V to sit near Dep. to be seated beside or near another, with dative, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G8616 G8616 = G8616 παρακατατίθημι parakatatithēmi G:V to deposit in care of to deposit in care of G8617 G8617 = G8617 παρακελεύομαι parakeleuomai G:V to rouse 1. Dep.
2. to order one to do a thing, advise, prescribe , τί τινι (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; π. ταῦτα to give this advice , (Plato Philosophus);—;also, π. τινι, with infinitive, (Plato Philosophus)
3. to exhort , τοιαῦτα παρακελευσάμενος having delivered this address , (Thucydides):—;absolute to encourage one another by shouting , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. παρακεκέλευστο in passive sense, orders had been given , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8618 G8618 = G8618 παρακλητικός paraklētikos G:A comforting comforting G8619 G8619 = G8619 παρακλήτωρ paraklētōr G:N-M a comforter a comforter G8620 G8620 = G8620 παράκοιτος parakoitos G:N-F a mistress a mistress G8621 G8621 = G8621 παρακρούω parakrouō G:V to cheat 1. to strike aside: to disappoint, mislead , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to be led astray, go wrong , (Plato Philosophus):—;so also in Mid., (Isocrates Orator)
2. in Mid. also, to strike away from oneself, parry , (Plutarch) (ML) G8622 G8622 = G8622 παραλαλέω paralaleō G:V to speak improperly to speak improperly G8623 G8623 = G8623 παράλλαξις parallaxis G:N-F alteration 1. alternation, alternating motion , τῶν σκελῶν (Plutarch)
2. a change for the worse, alteration , (Plato Philosophus)
from παραλλάσσω (ML) G8624 G8624 = G8624 παραλλάσσω parallassō G:V to alter 1. to make things alternate, to transpose , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to change or alter a little , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. of Place, to pass by, go past, elude , (Xenophon Historicus):—; to get rid of , (Plutarch)
4. to go beyond, exceed in point of time, (Plutarch)
5. intransitive to pass by one another, to overlap , (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to differ, vary , (Herdotus Historicus):—;impersonal, οὐ σμικρὸν παραλλάττει it makes no small difference , (Plato Philosophus)
7. π. τοῦ σκοποῦ to go aside from the mark, (Plato Philosophus)
8. to deviate from the course, to be liable to deviation , (Plato Philosophus); λόγοι παραλλάσσοντες delirious , (Euripides)
9. to slip aside or away , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8625 G8625 = G8625 παράλυσις paralusis G:N-F paralysis a loosening by the side: paralysis, palsy , (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G8626 G8626 = G8626 παραναλίσκω paranaliskō G:V to uselessly consume to spend amiss, to waste, squander , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass., of persons, to be sacrificed uselessly , 3rd plural aor1 παραναλώθησαν (Plutarch) (ML) G8627 G8627 = G8627 παράνομος paranomos G:A lawbreaker 1. acting contrary to law, lawless , (Euripides)
2. of things, contrary to law, unlawful , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.:—;adverb, παρανόμως, illegally , (Thucydides)
3. in attic law, παράνομα γράφειν, εἰπεῖν to propose an illegal measure , (Demosthenes Orator); παρανόμων γράφεσθαί τινα to indict one for proposing such a measure , (Demosthenes Orator): the indictment itself was παρανόμων γραφή (Aeschines Orator):—;in superlative, παρανομώτατα γεγραφότα (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8628 G8628 = G8628 παρανόμως paranomōs G:A unlawfully unlawfully G8629 G8629 = G8629 παραξιφίς paraxiphis G:N-F a dagger a knife worn beside the sword, a dirk , (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G8630 G8630 = G8630 παράπαν parapan G:A thoroughly 1. altogether, absolutely , generally with Art., τὸ π. (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;with a negative, τὸ π. οὐδέν not at all , (Herdotus Historicus); οὔκ εἰμι τὸ π. ἄθεος (Plato Philosophus)
2. in reckoning, ἐπὶ διηκόσια τὸ παράπαν up to two hundred altogether , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8631 G8631 = G8631 παραπέτασμα parapetasma G:N-N a canopy that which is spread before a thing, a hanging curtain , (Herdotus Historicus):—;metaphorically a screen, cover , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8632 G8632 = G8632 παράπληκτος paraplēktos G:A deranged frenzy-stricken , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8633 G8633 = G8633 παραπληξία paraplēxia G:N-F derangement derangement G8634 G8634 = G8634 παράπτωσις paraptōsis G:N-F a transgression a falling beside; κατὰ τὴν π. τινος in the course of an action, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8635 G8635 = G8635 παραρρίπτω pararriptō G:V to throw aside to throw beside : metaphorically to run the risk of doing a thing, with participle, π. λαμβάνων (Sophocles Tragicus): to throw aside, reject , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8636 G8636 = G8636 παράρυμα pararuma G:N-N a sheet of leather a sheet of leather G8637 G8637 = G8637 παρασιωπάω parasiōpaō G:V to remain silent to pass over in silence , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8638 G8638 = G8638 παράστασις parastasis position 1. a putting aside or away, banishing, relegatio , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. a setting out things for sale, retail-trade , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. παρίσταμαι); intransitive a being beside :
4. a position or post near a king, (Xenophon Historicus)
5. presence of mind, courage , (Polybius Historicus): also, desperation , (Polybius Historicus)
6. as law-term, a small money deposit on entering law-suits, (Isaeus Orator) (ML) G8639 G8639 = G8639 παρασυμβάλλομαι parasumballomai G:V to resemble to resemble G8640 G8640 = G8640 παράταξις parataxis G:N-F battle array 1. a placing in line of battle , ἐκ παρατάξεως in regular battle , (Thucydides), etc.
2. of marshalling a political party, arrangement , (Aeschines Orator)
from παρατάσσω (ML) G8641 G8641 = G8641 παρατάσσω paratassō G:V to deploy 1. to place side by side, draw up in battle-order , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;Mid. to draw up one's men in battle-order , (Xenophon Historicus); so of ships, (Thucydides):—;Mid. and Pass. to be drawn up along , παρατετάχατο παρὰ τὴν ἀκτήν (Herdotus Historicus); ἑκατέρωθεν παρατεταγμένοι (Thucydides); so, παρετάξαντο ἀλλήλοις (Xenophon Historicus): absolute, παρατεταγμένοι or παραταξάμενοι in order of battle , (Thucydides)
2. in Mid. and Pass., also, to stand prepared , παρατετάχθαι πρὸς τὸ ἀποκρίνεσθαι (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8642 G8642 = G8642 παρατρέχω paratrechō G:V be a bodyguard 1. to run by or past , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to outrun, overtake , (Iliad by Homer): π. τὰ τότε κακά to go beyond, exceed them, (Euripides)
3. to run through or over, run across (a space of ground expressed or implied), (Xenophon Historicus)
4. to run over , i. e. treat in a cursory way , (Isocrates Orator):—; to slight, neglect , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
5. to escape unnoticed , τινά (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8643 G8643 = G8643 παραφρόνησις paraphronēsis G:N-F ranting ranting G8644 G8644 = G8644 παραφυάς paraphuas G:N-F a shoot a shoot G8645 G8645 = G8645 παρεδρεύω paredreuō G:V to attend upon 1. to sit constantly beside, attend constantly, be always near , Lat. assidere, with dative, (Euripides)
2. of judges, to be an assessor , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8646 G8646 = G8646 παρεῖδω pareidō G:V to ignore to ignore G8647 G8647 = G8647 παρεκτείνω parekteinō G:V to reach forth to stretch out in line , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8648 G8648 = G8648 παρέλκυσις parelkusis G:N-F a deferment a deferment G8649 G8649 = G8649 πάρεξ parex G:PREP besides 1. as preposition,
2. with genitive loci, outside, before , παρὲκ λιμένος (Odyssey by Homer); παρὲξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, (Iliad by Homer)
3. like χωρίς, besides, except, exclusive of , παρὲξ τοῦ ἀργύρου (Herdotus Historicus)
4. with accusative out by the side of, along side of , παρὲξ ἅλα (Iliad by Homer); παρὲξ τὴν νῆσον away from the island, (Odyssey by Homer); παρὲξ δοῦρα out of the way of spears, (Odyssey by Homer); παρὲκ νόον out of sense and reason, foolishly, (Iliad by Homer); παρὲξ Ἀχιλῆα without the knowledge of Achilles, (Iliad by Homer)
5. as adverb,
6. of Place, out beside , στῆ δὲ παρέξ hard by , (Iliad by Homer); νῆχε παρέξ was swimming out along shore , (Odyssey by Homer)
7. metaphorically beside the mark , παρὲξ ἀγορεύειν (Iliad by Homer)
8. ἄλλα παρὲξ μεμνώμεθα let us talk of something else , (Odyssey by Homer); παρὲξ ἢ ὅσον except so long as, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8650 G8650 = G8650 παρεξίστημι parexistēmi G:V to move out of place to move out of place G8651 G8651 = G8651 παρθένια parthenia G:N-F marks of virginity marks of virginity; tokens of virginity G8652 G8652 = G8652 παρθενικός parthenikos G:N-M virgin of or for a maiden , (Plutarch) (ML) G8653 G8653 = G8653 παριστάνω paristanō to present παρ-ιστάνω, see: παρίστημι.
παρ-ίστημι
[in LXX for עָמַד, etc. ;]
__I. Transitive verb. in present tense., imperfect., future tense., 1 aorist.;
__1. to place beside, present, provide: with accusative, Act.9:41 23:24, 2Co.4:14, Col.1:28; with accusative and dative, Mat.26:53, Luk.2:22, Act.1:3 23:33, 1Co.8:8; before accusative pred., Rom.6:13, 16 (late pres., παριστάνετε), Rom.6:19 12:1, 2Co.11:2, Eph.5:27, Col.1:22, 2Ti.2:15.
__2. to present to the mind (cl.) : by argument, to prove (Xen., FlJ, al.), with accusative, Act.24:13.
__II. Intransitive. in perfect., pluperfect., 2 aorist.;
__1. to stand by or beside one : with dative of person(s), Act.1:10 9:39 23:2 27:23; ptcp., Mrk.14:47, 69-70 15:35, 39 Jhn.18:22 19:26.
__2. to appear: with nom. pred., before ἐνώπιον, Act.4:10; with dative of person(s), Act.27:24; so fut. mid. (of. LS, see word, B, ii, 2), Rom.14:10.
__3. to be at hand, be present, have come: Act.4:26 (LXX); of servants in attendance, ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, Luk.1:19; absol., οἱ παρεστῶτες, Luk.19:24; before αὐτῷ, Act.23:2, 4; of time, Mrk.4:29
__4. to stand by for help or defence (Hom., Dem., Xen., al.): with dative of person(s), Rom.16:2, 2Ti.4:17.†
(AS) G8654 G8654 = G8654 παροδεύω parodeuō G:V to travel by 1. to pass by , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. with accusative to go past , (Lucian) (ML) G8655 G8655 = G8655 παροικεσία paroikesia G:N-F a sojourning a sojourning G8656 G8656 = G8656 παροίκησις paroikēsis G:N-F a sojourning a sojourning G8657 G8657 = G8657 παροινέω paroineō G:V to insult drunkenly 1. to behave ill at wine, play drunken tricks , (Isaeus Orator)
2. to act like a drunken man , (Plutarch); παροινήσας in a drunken fit , (Plato Philosophus)
3. transitive to treat with drunken violence :—; Pass. to be so treated , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8658 G8658 = G8658 παροιστράω paroistraō G:V be in heat be in heat G8659 G8659 = G8659 παροράω paroraō G:V to overlook 1. to look at by the way, notice, remark , (Xenophon Historicus); τί τινι something in one, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to overlook, disregard, neglect , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
3. to see amiss, see wrong , (Plato Philosophus)
4. to look sideways , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8660 G8660 = G8660 παρόργισμα parorgisma G:N-N provocation provocation to anger G8661 G8661 = G8661 παρωμίς parōmis G:N-F a shoulder strap a shoulder strap G8662 G8662 = G8662 πάσσαλος passalos G:N-M a peg 1. a peg on which to hang clothes, arms, etc., (Homer), etc.; ἀπὸ πασσαλόφι ζυγὸν ᾕρεον (Iliad by Homer); ἀπὸ πασσάλου αἴνυτο τόξον (Odyssey by Homer); ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα (Odyssey by Homer)
2. a gag , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8663 G8663 = G8663 πάσσω passō G:V to strew 1. to sprinkle , φάρμακα πάσσων laying salves upon a wound, (Iliad by Homer): —;with genitive partitive, πάσσε ἁλός sprinkle some salt, (Iliad by Homer)
2. to besprinkle , χρυσῶι, ῥόδοις π. τινά (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. metaphorically to embroider, broider , (Iliad by Homer); π. ἀέθλους to work battles in embroidery , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8664 G8664 = G8664 παστός pastos G:N-M nuptial chamber nuptial chamber G8665 G8665 = G8665 παστοφόριον pastophorion G:N-N a chamber a chamber G8666 G8666 = G8666 πάτημα patēma G:N-N trampled trampled G8667 G8667 = G8667 πατητός patētos G:A trampled trampled G8668 G8668 = G8668 πατράδελφος patradelphos G:N-M an uncle an uncle G8669 G8669 = G8669 πάτραρχος patrarchos a patriarchal idol a patriarchal idol G8670 G8670 = G8670 πάτριος patrios G:N-N of a father 1. of or belonging to one's father , Lat. patrius, (Pindar), etc.
2. = πατρικός, derived from one's fathers, hereditary , οἱπ. θεοί (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: —; τὰ πάτρια, Lat. instituta majorum, κατὰ τὰ πάτρια (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.; rarely in singular, τὸ πάτριον παρείς neglecting the rule of our fathers , (Thucydides) Cf. πατρῷος. (ML) G8671 G8671 = G8671 παῦσις pausis G:N-F cessation cessation G8672 G8672 = G8672 πάχνη pachnē G:N-F frost hoar-frost, rime , Lat. pruina, (Odyssey by Homer): metaphorically, κουροβόρος π. the clotted blood of the eaten children, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8673 G8673 = G8673 πάχος pachos G:N-N thickness 1. thickness , (Odyssey by Homer):—; absolute, πάχος in thickness , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. π. σαρκός stoutness , (Euripides) (ML) G8674 G8674 = G8674 παχύς pachus G:A--C robust 1. thick, stout , (Homer):—; later, stout, fat , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. of things, thick, massive , (Homer):—;adverb -έως, roughly , of stating or arguing, (Aristotle Philosopher); παχύτερον or -έρως, (Plato Philosophus)
3. of liquids, thick, curdled, clotted , (Iliad by Homer)
4. οἱ παχέες the men of substance, the wealthy class , (Herdotus Historicus); τοὺς παχεῖς καὶ πλουσίους (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. in [variant datesComica Adespota and Prose, thick-witted, gross, dull, stupid , like Lat. pinguis, crassus, [variant datesComica Adespota
6. comparative παχύτερος, sup. -ύτατος:—;irregular comparative πάσσων, ον, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Sup. πάχιστος, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8675 G8675 = G8675 πεδάω pedaō G:V to shackle 1. to bind with fetters, to bind fast, make fast , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to shackle, trammel, constrain , (Homer); with infinitive to constrain one to do a thing, (Homer) (ML) G8676 G8676 = G8676 πεδίον pedion G:N-N a plain a plain or flat , and collectively a plain flat open country , (Homer), etc.
(ML) G8677 G8677 = G8677 πεζός pezos G:A on foot 1. on foot , πεζοί fighters on foot , opposite to horsemen, (Homer):—;also on land, going by land , opposite to sea-faring, (Homer):—;so, ὁ πεζὸς στρατός, or ὁ πεζός alone, sometimes foot-soldiery, infantry , opposite to cavalry ἡ ἵππος); (Herdotus Historicus)
2. ὁ πεζός, also, a land-force or army , opposite to a naval force, (Herdotus Historicus); so, τὸ πεζόν (Herdotus Historicus); στρατιὰ καὶ ναυτικὴ καὶ πεζή (Thucydides); τὰ πεζὰ κράτιστοι strongest by land , (Thucydides)
3. of animals, land , as opposite to birds and fishes, τὰ π. καὶ τὰ πτηνά beasts and birds, (Plato Philosophus)
4. metaphorically of language, not rising above the ground, prosaic , (Lucian)
5. dative feminine πεζῇ (entry ὁδῷ); as adverb, on foot , (Xenophon Historicus)
6. by land , (Thucydides) (ML) G8678 G8678 = G8678 πειρατεύω peirateuō G:V to maraud to maraud G8679 G8679 = G8679 πειρατήριον peiratērion G:N-N a band of marauders 1. φόνια πειρατήρια the murderous ordeal , (Euripides)
2. a pirate's nest , (Strabo Geographus)
from πειρα_τής (ML) G8680 G8680 = G8680 πειρατής peiratēs G:N-M a marauder a pirate , Lat. pirata, i. e. one who attacks ships, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8681 G8681 = G8681 πέλας pelas G:A a one near 1. near, hard by, close , with genitive, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. absolute, χριμφθεὶς πέλας (Odyssey by Homer); π. στείχειν, παρεῖναι, στῆναι [variant datesTragica Adespota
4. οἱ πέλας (i.e. ὄντες); one's neighbours , (Thucydides), etc.: hence one's fellow-creatures, all men , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8682 G8682 = G8682 πελεκάν pelekan G:N-M pelican pelican G8683 G8683 = G8683 πελεκάω pelekaō G:V to hew to hew or shape with an axe , Lat. dolare, (Odyssey by Homer) (in epic aor1 πελέκκησε), (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8684 G8684 = G8684 πελεκητός pelekētos G:A hewn hewn G8685 G8685 = G8685 πέλεκυς pelekus G:N-N a hewing axe 1. an axe for felling trees, with two edges, opposite to the ἡμιπέλεκκον, (Homer)
2. a sacrificial axe , (Homer)—;That it was not, properly, a battle axe appears from the phrase, οὐ δόρασι μάχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πελέκεσι to fight not with spears only, but with common axes , i. e. to the last, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. in (Theophrastus Philosophus) Char., πέλεκυς as a child's nickname seems to mean a sharp blade. (ML) G8686 G8686 = G8686 πελιδνός pelidnos G:A dark colored dark colored G8687 G8687 = G8687 πελιόομαι pelioomai G:V be darkened be darkened G8688 G8688 = G8688 πελταστής peltastēs G:N-M armed with a small shield one who bears a light shield πέλτη); instead of the heavy ὅπλον, a targeteer , Lat. cetratus, (Euripides), etc. The peltasts held a place between the ὁπλῖται and ψιλοί. (ML) G8689 G8689 = G8689 πέλτη peltē G:N-F a small shield 1. a small light shield of leather without a rim ἴτυς); a target , Lat. cetra, originally used by the Thracians, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. a body of πελτασταί, (Euripides)
3. a horse's ornament , (Euripides)
4. = παλτόν, a shaft, pole , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8690 G8690 = G8690 πέλυξ pelux G:N-M a hewing axe a kind of axe , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G8691 G8691 = G8691 πέμμα pemma G:N-N a cake any kind of dressed food; but mostly in plural, pastry, cakes, sweetmeats , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8692 G8692 = G8692 πενθικός penthikos G:A mournful of or for mourning, mournful :—;adverb, πενθικῶς ἔχειν τινός to be in mourning for a person, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8693 G8693 = G8693 πενία penia G:N-N poverty poverty, need , (Odyssey by Homer), etc. (ML) G8694 G8694 = G8694 πένομαι penomai G:V be in need 1. Dep., used in present and imperfect :
2. intransitive to work for one's daily bread ; generally, to toil, work, labour , (Homer)
3. to be poor or needy , Solon , (Euripides), etc.
4. with genitive to be poor in, have need of , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. transitive to work at, prepare, get ready , δαῖτα πένοντο (Odyssey by Homer); τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα πένεσθα; (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8695 G8695 = G8695 πενταετής pentaetēs G:A of five years 1. five years old , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of Time, lasting five years , (Thucydides):—; neuter adverb πεντάετες, for five years , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8696 G8696 = G8696 πεντάπηχυς pentapēchus G:N-M of five cubits five cubits long or broad , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8697 G8697 = G8697 πενταπλασίως pentaplasiōs G:A five-fold five-fold G8698 G8698 = G8698 πενταπλοῦς pentaplous G:A five-fold way five-fold way G8699 G8699 = G8699 πεντεκαίδεκα pentekaideka G:A fifteen fifteen G8700 G8700 = G8700 πεντηκονταδύο pentēkontaduo fifty-two fifty-two G8701 G8701 = G8701 πεντηκονταέξ pentēkontaex fifty-six fifty-six G8702 G8702 = G8702 πεντηκονταεπτά pentēkontaepta fifty-seven fifty-seven G8703 G8703 = G8703 πεντηκονταπέντε pentēkontapente fifty-five fifty-five G8704 G8704 = G8704 πεντηκονταπέτης pentēkontapetēs G:A fifty years fifty years G8705 G8705 = G8705 πεντηκόνταρχος pentēkontarchos G:N-N a commander of fifty the commander of fifty men , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8706 G8706 = G8706 πεντηκοντατρεῖς pentēkontatreis fifty-three fifty-three G8707 G8707 = G8707 πεντηκοντέσσαρες pentēkontessares fifty-four fifty-four G8708 G8708 = G8708 πεντηκοστός pentēkostos G:A fiftieth 1. fiftieth , (Plato Philosophus)
2. as Substantive, ἡ πεντηκοστή,
3. (i.e. μερίς); at Athens the duty of one-fiftieth , or two per century , on all exports and imports, (Isaeus Orator); εὕρηκε καινὴν ἱππικῆς τινὰ πεντηκοστήν he invented a new two per century duty , in lieu of his cavalry service, i. e. paid this instead of it, (Demosthenes Orator)
4. (i.e. ἡμέρα); the fiftieth day (after the Passover), Pentecost , (New Testament) (ML) G8709 G8709 = G8709 πέπειρος pepeiros G:N-M mature 1. ripe , Lat. maturus, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. metaphorically softened , ὀργή (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8710 G8710 = G8710 πεποιθότως pepoithotōs G:A securely securely; full assurance G8711 G8711 = G8711 πέπων pepōn G:N-M a melon 1. of fruit, cooked by the sun, ripe, mellow , Lat. mitis, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. metaphorically in vocative, mostly as a term of endearment, kind, gentle , ὦ πέπον my good friend , (Iliad by Homer); κριὲ πέπον my pet ram, (Odyssey by Homer);—; in bad sense, soft, weak , (Iliad by Homer); ὦ πέπονες ye weaklings , (Iliad by Homer): —; μόχθος πέπων softened pain, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.: with dative, ἐχθροῖς π. gentle to one's foes, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8712 G8712 = G8712 περαίνω perainō G:V to achieve 1. to bring to an end, finish, accomplish, execute , [variant datesTragica Adespota, etc.:—;Pass. to be brought to an end, be finished , πάντα πεπείρανται (Odyssey by Homer): to be fulfilled, accomplished , (Euripides) etc.
2. in speaking, to end a discourse, finish speaking, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
3. to repeat from beginning to end , (Aristophanes Comicus):—; to relate , (Euripides)
4. absolute to effect one's purpose , especially with a negative, οὐδὲν π. to come to no issue, do no good, make no progress , (Euripides)
5. intransitive to make way, reach or penetrate , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
6. intransitive to come to an end, end , (Plutarch) (ML) G8713 G8713 = G8713 περασμός perasmos G:N-M a limit a limit G8714 G8714 = G8714 περάτης peratēs G:N-M a traveler a traveler G8715 G8715 = G8715 πέρδιξ perdix G:N-F partridge a partridge , Lat. perdix, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8716 G8716 = G8716 περιαργυρόω periarguroō G:V to silver plate to silver plate G8717 G8717 = G8717 περίβλεπτος peribleptos G:A admired looked at from all sides, admired of all observers , (Euripides) (ML) G8718 G8718 = G8718 περίβλημα periblēma G:A a wrap-around a wrap-around G8719 G8719 = G8719 περιβολή peribolē G:N-F a wrap-around 1. anything which is thrown round, a covering , (Plato Philosophus); χειρῶν περιβολαί embraces , (Euripides); so περιβολαί alone, (Xenophon Historicus); περιβολαὶ χθονός, i. e. the grave, (Euripides); π. [ ξίφεος] a scabbard, (Euripides): absolute of walls round a town, ἑπτάπυργοι π. (Euripides)
2. a space enclosed, compass , οἰκίης μεγάλης περιβολή a house of large compass , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a circumference, circuit , (Thucydides); π. ποιεῖσθαι to make a circuit , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. metaphorically,
5. a compassing, endeavouring after , τῆς ἀρχῆς, Lat. affectatio imperii, (Xenophon Historicus)
6. ἡ π. τοῦ λόγου the whole compass of the matter, long and short of it, (Isocrates Orator) (ML) G8720 G8720 = G8720 περίβολος peribolos G:N-M an enclosure 1. going round, compassing, encircling , (Euripides)
2. as Substantive, περίβολος = περιβολή, ἐχίδνης περίβολοι the spires or coils of a serpent, (Euripides); in plural walls round a town , (Herdotus Historicus); so in singular, (Thucydides)
3. an enclosure, circuit, compass , π. νεωρίων (Euripides); of a temple, the precincts , (Plutarch) (ML) G8721 G8721 = G8721 περιγίνομαι periginomai G:V be an advantage be an advantage G8722 G8722 = G8722 περιδειπνέω perideipneō G:V to eat at a wake to eat at a wake G8723 G8723 = G8723 περιδέξιος peridexios G:N-N a right armband 1. with two right hands , i.e. using both hands alike , (Iliad by Homer)
2. very dexterous , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8724 G8724 = G8724 περιδράσσομαι peridrassomai to grasp in the hands Dep. to grasp a thing with the hand , with genitive rei, (Plutarch) (ML) G8725 G8725 = G8725 περίειμι perieimi G:V to remain over 1. to be around a place, with dative, (Thucydides); τὰ περιόντα circumstances , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to be better than, superior to another, surpass, excel , with genitive, (Iliad by Homer); περίεσσι γυναικῶν εἶδός τε μέγεθός τε (Odyssey by Homer); οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν περὶ δd ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι λπαρr εθυαλσs μάχην)) (Iliad by Homer); with dative rei, σοφίᾳ π. τῶν Ἑλλήνων (Plato Philosophus): absolute to be superior , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἐκ περιόντος at an advantage , (Thucydides)
3. to overlive, outlive , τινι (Herdotus Historicus): absolute to survive, remain alive , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;of things, to be extant, to be in existence , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to be over and above, to remain in hand , of property, money, etc., (Thucydides); οἰόμενοι περιεῖναι χρήματά τῳ imagining that any one has a balance in his hands, (Demosthenes Orator)
5. to be a result or consequence , περίεστιν ὑμῖν ἐκ τούτων what you have got by all this is . ., (Demosthenes Orator); τοσοῦτον ὑμῖν περίεστιν τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ μίσους you have so much hatred against me left , Philipp. quoted in (Demosthenes Orator); with infinitive, περίεστι ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐρίζειν it remains for you to quarrel with them, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8726 G8726 = G8726 περίζωμα perizōma G:N-N a loincloth a girdle round the loins, apron , (Plutarch) (ML) G8727 G8727 = G8727 περίθεμα perithema G:N-N an adornment an adornment G8728 G8728 = G8728 περικαθαίρω perikathairō G:V to purge to purge G8729 G8729 = G8729 περικαθαρίζω perikatharizō G:V to purge to purge G8730 G8730 = G8730 περικάθημαι perikathēmai G:V to besiege to be seated or to sit all round , (Herdotus Historicus): of an army, to beleaguer, invest a town, (Herdotus Historicus); of ships, to blockade , (Herdotus Historicus): with accusative pers. to sit down by one, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8731 G8731 = G8731 περικαθίζω perikathizō G:V to besiege to besiege; lay siege G8732 G8732 = G8732 περικείρω perikeirō G:V to shave around to shear or clip all round , (Herdotus Historicus); Mid., περικείρεσθαι τρίχας to have one's hair clipt , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8733 G8733 = G8733 περικνημίς periknēmis G:N-F a legging a legging G8734 G8734 = G8734 περικοσμέω perikosmeō G:V to adorn sumptuously to adorn sumptuously G8735 G8735 = G8735 περικύκλῳ perikuklō G:A surrounding surrounding G8736 G8736 = G8736 περιλαμβάνω perilambanō G:V to embrace 1. to seize around, embrace , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to encompass or surround an enemy, so as to intercept him, (Herdotus Historicus); μετεώρους τὰς ναῦς π. to intercept them at sea, (Thucydides); ἐπεὰν δὲ αὐτὸν περιλάβῃς when you get hold of him, catch him, (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to be caught , οἴμοι, περιείλημμαι μόνος (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to comprehend, include , of a number of particulars, (Isocrates Orator) (ML) G8737 G8737 = G8737 περίληψις perilēpsis G:N-F an embrace an embrace G8738 G8738 = G8738 περίλοιπος periloipos G:A residue residue G8739 G8739 = G8739 περίμετρον perimetron G:N-N perimeter the circumference , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8740 G8740 = G8740 περιοδεύω periodeuō G:V to travel about to go all round , with accusative, (Plutarch) (ML) G8741 G8741 = G8741 περίοδος periodos G:N-F a circuit 1. a going round, a flank march , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a way round, the circumference, circuit, compass , τοῦ τείχεος, τῆς λίμνης (Herdotus Historicus); absolute, τὴν π. in circumference , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. γῆς π. a chart or map of the earth (compare πίναξ); (Herdotus Historicus)
4. a going round in a circle, circuit , (Plutarch)
5. of Time, a cycle or period of time , (Pindar), etc.
6. a prescribed course of life, system , (Plato Philosophus)
7. a fit of intermittent fever, (Demosthenes Orator)
8. = περιφορά, a course at dinner , (Xenophon Historicus); π. λόγων table-talk , (Xenophon Historicus)
9. the orbit of a heavenly body , (Xenophon Historicus)
10. a well-rounded sentence, period , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8742 G8742 = G8742 περιοικοδομέω perioikodomeō G:V to enclose 1. to build round , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to enclose by building round , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass. to be built up, walled in , (Thucydides); τὸ περιοικοδομημένον the space built round, the enclosure , Lat. ovile, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8743 G8743 = G8743 περιονυχίζω perionuchizō G:V to trim nails to trim nails G8744 G8744 = G8744 περιουσιασμός periousiasmos G:N-M prized possession prized possession G8745 G8745 = G8745 περίπατος peripatos G:N-M a promenade 1. a walking about, walking , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. a place for walking, a covered walk , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. discourse during a walk, a philosophical discussion , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. οἱ ἐκ τοῦ περιπάτου the Peripatetics, school of Aristotle , because he taught walking in a περίπατος of the Lyceum at Athens, (Plutarch), etc. (ML) G8746 G8746 = G8746 περιπλέκω periplekō G:V to twist 1. to twine or enfold round :—;Pass. to fold oneself round , with dative, ἱστῷ περιπλεχθείς (Odyssey by Homer); absolute, δίκτυον εὖ μάλα περιπλεκόμενον close folding , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to complicate, entangle , (Lucian)
3. to wrap up in words , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8747 G8747 = G8747 περιπόλιον peripolion a township a station for περίπολοι, a guard-house , (Thucydides) (ML) G8748 G8748 = G8748 περιπόρφυρος periporphuros G:A objects edged with purple edged with purple , π. ἐσθής a robe with a purple border , the Roman toga praetextata or laticlavia , (Polybius Historicus), etc. (ML) G8749 G8749 = G8749 περίπτερος peripteros G:A sparks sparks; turreted G8750 G8750 = G8750 περίπτωμα periptōma G:N-N by chance by chance G8751 G8751 = G8751 περιρραίνω perirrainō G:V to sprinkle about to besprinkle all round , especially in sacred rites:—;Mid. to purify oneself , (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G8752 G8752 = G8752 περισιαλόομαι perisialoomai G:V to inlay to inlay G8753 G8753 = G8753 περισκελής periskelēs G:A pants dry and hard all round, exceeding hard , of iron, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;metaphorically obstinate, stubborn , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8754 G8754 = G8754 περισκέπω periskepō to cover to cover G8755 G8755 = G8755 περισπασμός perispasmos G:N-M distraction distraction , (Polybius Historicus)
from περισπάω (ML) G8756 G8756 = G8756 περισπόρια perisporia G:N-N outskirts outskirts G8757 G8757 = G8757 περίστασις peristasis G:N-F a surrounding space 1. a standing round, a crowd standing round , Lat. corona, (Theophrastus Philosophus), etc.
2. circumstances, a state of affairs , (Polybius Historicus):—;in bad sense, κατὰ τὰς π. in critical times , (Polybius Historicus)
3. outward pomp and circumstance , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8758 G8758 = G8758 περιστέλλω peristellō G:V to screen 1. to dress, clothe, wrap up , (Pindar); ἔπηξα δ᾽ αὐτὸν εὖ περιστείλας I planted the sword having wrapt it well with earth , i. e. planted it firmly , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to dress or lay out a corpse, Lat. componere, (Odyssey by Homer), attic: simply, to bury , (Plato Philosophus)
3. metaphorically to wrap up, cloak, cover , τἄδικ᾽ εὖ π. (Euripides):—;Mid., τὰ σὰ περιστέλλου κακά (Euripides)
4. to take care of, protect, defend , (Herdotus Historicus); π. τοὺς νόμους to maintain the laws, (Herdotus Historicus); τὰ πάτρια (Demosthenes Orator); π. ἀοιδάν to uphold minstrelsy, (Pindar) (ML) G8759 G8759 = G8759 περιστήθιον peristēthion G:N-N a breast-plate a breast-plate G8760 G8760 = G8760 περιστολή peristolē G:N-F attire attire G8761 G8761 = G8761 περιστόμιος peristomios G:N-N a cleft a cleft G8762 G8762 = G8762 περιστρέφω peristrephō G:V to move around 1. to whirl round , of one preparing to throw, (Homer); π. ἵππον to wheel it round , (Plutarch):—; Pass. to be turned round, spin round , (Iliad by Homer); π. εἰς τἀληθῆ to come round to it, (Plato Philosophus)
2. π. τὼ χεῖρε to tie his hands behind him, (Lysias Orator). (ML) G8763 G8763 = G8763 περίστυλος peristulos G:N-N a peristyle 1. with pillars round the wall, surrounded with a colonnade , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. as Substantive, περίστυλον, ου, τό, or περίστυλος, ὁ, a peristyle, colonnade round a temple or court-yard , (Plutarch) (ML) G8764 G8764 = G8764 περισύρω perisurō G:V to tear away 1. to drag about , ἄνω καὶ κάτω (Lucian)
2. to tear away from , τί τινος (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8765 G8765 = G8765 περισχίζω perischizō G:V to split 1. to slit and tear off , (Plutarch)
2. Pass., of a river, περισχίζεσθαι τὸν χῶρον to split round a piece of land, i. e. split into two branches so as to surround it, (Herdotus Historicus);—;so, of a stream of men, to part and go different ways , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8766 G8766 = G8766 περιτειχίζω periteichizō G:V to wall around 1. to wall all round , πλίνθοις Βαβυλῶνα (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to surround with a wall , so as to beleaguer, (Thucydides)
3. to build round , ὁ περιτετειχισμένος κύκλος (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8767 G8767 = G8767 περίτειχος periteichos G:N-N a rampart a rampart G8768 G8768 = G8768 περιφέρεια periphereia G:N-F madness 1. the line round a circular body, a periphery, circumference , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. the outer surface , (Plutarch)
3. a round body , (Plutarch)
from περιφερής (ML) G8769 G8769 = G8769 περιφερής peripherēs G:A circumference 1. moving round, surrounding , with genitive, (Euripides)
2. surrounded by , with dative, (Euripides)
3. round, circular , (Plato Philosophus):—;of bodies, spherical, globular , (Plato Philosophus):—;of style, rounded , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8770 G8770 = G8770 περιφορά periphora G:N-F deviation 1. meats carried round , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. a going round, rotatory motion, circuit, revolution , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
3. the revolving vault of heaven, (Plato Philosophus)
4. metaphorically, ἐν ταῖς περιφοραῖς in society , (Plutarch) (ML) G8771 G8771 = G8771 περιφράσσω periphrassō G:V to enclose to fence all round , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8772 G8772 = G8772 περιχαλκόω perichalkoō G:V to brass plate to brass plate G8773 G8773 = G8773 περιχαρακόω pericharakoō G:V to surround with a rampart to surround with a stockade , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8774 G8774 = G8774 περιχαρής pericharēs G:A overjoyed exceeding joyous or glad , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; τινι at a thing, (Herdotus Historicus):—; τὸ π. excessive joy , (Thucydides) (ML) G8775 G8775 = G8775 περιχέω pericheō G:V to pour about to pour round or over , τί τινι, properly of liquids, (Homer); of metal-workers, χρυσὸν κέρασιν περιχεύας having spread gold leaf round its horns, (Iliad by Homer); so in Mid., ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τις χρυσὸν περιχεύεται ἀργύρῳ (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass. to be poured around , περὶ δ᾽ ἀμβρόσιος κέχυθ᾽ ὕπνος (Iliad by Homer); τῶν ὀστέων περικεχυμένων heaped all round , (Herdotus Historicus); of persons, περιχυθέντες crowding round , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8776 G8776 = G8776 περιχρυσόω perichrusoō G:V to gild to gild G8777 G8777 = G8777 περκάζω perkazō G:V to grow dark to grow dark G8778 G8778 = G8778 πέσσω pessō G:V to bake 1. to soften, ripen or change , by means of heat:
2. of the sun, to ripen fruit, (Odyssey by Homer); compare πεπαίνω.
3. by the action of fire, to cook, dress, bake , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., (Herdotus Historicus):—;Mid., πέσσεσθαι πέμματα to cook oneself cakes, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. of the stomach, to digest , like Lat. concoquere, (Aristotle Philosopher)
5. metaphorically, χόλον πέσσειν to cherish or nurse one's wrath, Lat. fovere, (Iliad by Homer); βέλος πέσσειν to have a dart in one to nurse , (Iliad by Homer); but in good sense, γέρα πεσσέμεν to enjoy them, (Iliad by Homer); also, ἀκίνδυνον αἰῶνα πέσσειν to lead a sodden life of ease, (Pindar) (ML) G8779 G8779 = G8779 πέταλον petalon G:N-N a leaf 1. a leaf , mostly in plural, (Homer):—; poetry, νεικέων πέταλα contentious votes (compare πεταλισμός); (Pindar)
2. a leaf of metal , (Lucian) (ML) G8780 G8780 = G8780 πετάννυμι petannumi G:V to spread out to spread out sails or clothes, (Odyssey by Homer); χεῖρε πετάσσας, of one swimming, (Odyssey by Homer): metaphorically, θυμὸν πετάσαι to open one's heart, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., mostly in perfect, to be spread on all sides , (Homer): participle spread wide, opened wide , of folding doors, πύλαι πεπταμέναι (Iliad by Homer); πετάσθησαν (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8781 G8781 = G8781 πέταυρον petauron G:N-N a perch a perch for fowls to roost at night, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
derivation uncertain (ML) G8782 G8782 = G8782 πέτρινος petrinos G:A of rock of rock, rocky , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8783 G8783 = G8783 πετροβόλος petrobolos G:N-M a slinger 1. throwing stones , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. as Substantive, πετροβόλος, an engine for throwing stones , Lat. ballista, (Polybius Historicus), etc. (ML) G8784 G8784 = G8784 πεύκη peukē G:N-F pine tree 1. the pine , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. any thing made from its wood, a torch of pine-wood , [variant datesTragica Adespota
3. a writing-tablet , (Euripides) (ML) G8785 G8785 = G8785 πεύκινος peukinos G:A of pine of or from pine or pine-wood , (Sophocles Tragicus); π. δάκρυα tears of the pine , i. e. the resinous drops that ooze from it, (Euripides) (ML) G8786 G8786 = G8786 πέψις pepsis G:N-F baking baking G8787 G8787 = G8787 πῆγμα pēgma G:N-N a bank of water 1. anything joined together, framework , of a ship, [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Lat. pegma, a moveable scaffold used in theatres, (Juvenal)
2. metaphorically, π. γενναίως παγέν a bond in honour bound, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. π. τῆς χιόνος frozen snow, (Polybius Historicus)
(ML) G8788 G8788 = G8788 πηδάω pēdaō G:V to spring up 1. to leap, spring, bound , ὑψόσε ποσσὶν ἐπήδα (Iliad by Homer); π. ἐς σκάφος (Sophocles Tragicus); with accusative cognate, πήδημα πηδᾶν to take a leap, (Euripides); with accusative loci, πεδία πηδᾶν to bound over them, (Sophocles Tragicus); π. πλάκα (Euripides)
2. metaphorically of an arrow, (Iliad by Homer); of the heart, to leap, throb , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.; of sudden changes, τί πηδᾶις εἰς ἄλλους τρόπου; (Euripides) (ML) G8789 G8789 = G8789 πήλινος pēlinos G:A of clay of clay , Lat. fictilis, οἱ πήλινοι clay figures , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8790 G8790 = G8790 πιαίνω piainō G:V to fatten 1. to make fat, fatten , (Euripides); π. χθόνα to fatten the soil, of a dead man, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass. to be or become fat , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. metaphorically,
3. to increase, enlarge , πλοῦτον (Pindar)
4. to make wanton, excite , (Aeschulus Tragicus): —;Pass. to wax fat and wanton , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἔχθεσιν πιαίνεσθαι to batten on quarrels, (Pindar) (ML) G8791 G8791 = G8791 πίθηκος pithēkos G:N-M ape an ape, monkey , (Aristophanes Comicus); as feminine, πίθηκος μήτηρ (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor):—;of persons, an ape, jackanapes , (Aristophanes Comicus)
derivation uncertain (ML) G8792 G8792 = G8792 πίθος pithos G:N-M a cask πιθός, see: πειθός.
πειθός (πιθός, WH), -ή, -όν
(πείθω), = cl. πιθανός,
persuasive: 1Co.2:4 (not found elsewhere).†
(AS) G8793 G8793 = G8793 πικρασμός pikrasmos bitterness bitterness G8794 G8794 = G8794 πικρίς pikris G:N-F a bitter herb a bitter herb G8795 G8795 = G8795 πίνινος pininos G:N-M of mother of pearl of mother of pearl G8796 G8796 = G8796 πίσσα pissa G:N-F pitch pitch , Lat. pix, (Iliad by Homer), etc.: proverbial, ἄρτι μῦς πίττης γεύεται, i. e. he has got the first taste of misery, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8797 G8797 = G8797 πίτυς pitus G:N-F pine tree the pine, stone pine , (Homer):—;proverbial, πίτυος τρόπον ἐκτρίβεσθαι to be destroyed like a pine , i. e. utterly , because the pine when cut down never grows again, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8798 G8798 = G8798 πίων piōn G:N plenty 1. neuter πῖον, genitive πίονος, fat, plump , Lat. pinguis, (Homer); π. δημός rich fat, (Iliad by Homer); of oil, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of soil, fat, rich. (Iliad by Homer); also, πίονα ἔργα pingues segetes , (Iliad by Homer); ὀπώρας πίων ποτός, of wine, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. of persons and places, rich, wealthy , (Homer); πίονι μέτρῳ in plenteous measure, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
4. The comparative and Sup. are πι-ότερος, πι-ότατος, as if from πῖος. (ML) G8799 G8799 = G8799 πλαγιάζω plagiazō G:V to bend to turn sideways or aside , πλ. πρὸς τοὺς ἀντίους ἀνέμους (i.e. τὴν ναῦν); to beat up against adverse winds, (Lucian): metaphorically, πλ. ἢ φωνὴν ἢ πρᾶξιν to adapt them to circumstances , (Plutarch) (ML) G8800 G8800 = G8800 πλάγιος plagios G:A sideways 1. placed sideways, slanting, aslant , Lat. obliquus, (Thucydides)
2. πλάγια, ων, τά, the sides , (Herdotus Historicus):—;in military sense, τοῖς πλαγίοις ἐπιέναι to attack the flanks , (Thucydides); εἰς τὰ πλ. παράγειν or παραπέμπειν to make an army file off right and left , (Xenophon Historicus); πλαγίους λαβεῖν τοὺς πολεμίους to take the enemy in flank , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. with Preps. in adverbial sense, εἰς πλάγιον obliquely , (Xenophon Historicus); εἰς τὰ πλάγια, opposite to εἰς τὸ ἀντίον, (Thucydides); ἐκ πλαγίου in flank , (Thucydides); κατὰ πλάγια (Xenophon Historicus)
4. metaphorically not straightforward, crooked, treacherous , φρένες (Pindar); πλάγια φρονεῖν (Euripides) (ML) G8801 G8801 = G8801 πλάνησις planēsis G:N-F a delusion a making to wander, a dispersing , τῶν νεῶν (Thucydides) (ML) G8802 G8802 = G8802 πλάτανος platanos G:N-F plane tree the oriental plane , Lat. platanus, (Aristophanes Comicus)
From πλατύς, because of its broad leaves. (ML) G8803 G8803 = G8803 πλατυσμός platusmos G:N-M an enlargement an enlargement G8804 G8804 = G8804 πλειστάκις pleistakis G:A very often mostly, most often, very often , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G8805 G8805 = G8805 πλεονάκις pleonakis G:A many times more frequently, oftener , (Plato Philosophus): several times, frequently , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8806 G8806 = G8806 πλεόνασμα pleonasma G:N-N surplus surplus G8807 G8807 = G8807 πλεονασμός pleonasmos G:N-M usury usury G8808 G8808 = G8808 πλεοναστός pleonastos G:A superabundant superabundant G8809 G8809 = G8809 πλεονέκτημα pleonektēma advantage 1. an advantage, gain, privilege , (Plato Philosophus): in plural gains, successes , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. an act of overreaching, selfish trick , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8810 G8810 = G8810 πλευρόν pleuron G:N-N a side 1. a rib : mostly in plural the ribs, the side , (Iliad by Homer), etc.;—;also in singular, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. of places, πλευρὸν νεῶν the side of the bay where the ships lay, (Sophocles Tragicus); τὸ δεξιὸν πλ. the right flank (of an army), (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8811 G8811 = G8811 πλημμέλεια plēmmeleia G:N-F a trespass a mistake in music, false note : metaphorically a fault, offence, error , (Plato Philosophus)
from πλημμελέω (ML) G8812 G8812 = G8812 πλημμελέω plēmmeleō G:V to offend to make a false note in music : metaphorically to go wrong, offend, err , τι in a thing, (Euripides), etc.; εἴς τινα (Aeschines Orator):—;Pass., πλημμελεῖσθαι ὑπό τινος to be ill-treated by one, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8813 G8813 = G8813 πλημμέλημα plēmmelēma G:N-N a trespass a fault, trespass , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8814 G8814 = G8814 πλημμέλησις plēmmelēsis G:N-F a trespass a trespass G8815 G8815 = G8815 πλήρωσις plērōsis G:N-F a filling 1. a filling up, filling , (Plato Philosophus): often of eating and drinking, satiety , (Plato Philosophus)
2. the completion of a number , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8816 G8816 = G8816 πλησίος plēsios G:N-M dear one 1. near, close to , with genitive or dative, πλησίοι ἀλλήλων or ἀλλήλοισι (Homer):—;absolute near, neighbouring , (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;as Substantive a neighbour , ἰδὼν ἐς πλ. ἄλλον (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. adverb πλησίον, doric πλα_τίον, = πέλας, near, nigh, hard by , with genitive, (Homer), etc.; with dative, (Euripides)
3. with the Art., ὁ πλησίον (i.e. ὤν); one's neighbour , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.; so in doric, ὁ πλα_τίον (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus):—;also, with Substantives, ὁ πλ. παράδεισος (Xenophon Historicus)
4. comparative πλησιαίτερος, Sup. -αίτατος, (Xenophon Historicus)—;comparative adverb πλησιαιτέρω, (Herdotus Historicus); -αίτερον, (Xenophon Historicus); Sup. -αίτατα, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8817 G8817 = G8817 πλινθεία plintheia G:N-F making of bricks making of bricks G8818 G8818 = G8818 πλινθεύω plintheuō G:V to make bricks 1. to make into bricks , τὴν γῆν (Herdotus Historicus):—;absolute to make bricks , (Aristophanes Comicus);—;so in Mid., thuc.
2. to build of brick , τείχη (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to make in the form of a plinth or brick , (Aristophanes Comicus)
(ML) G8819 G8819 = G8819 πλινθίον plinthion G:N-N a brick-kiln 1. a small brick , (Thucydides)
2. = πλαίσιον, a rectangle or square , (Plutarch) (ML) G8820 G8820 = G8820 πλίνθος plinthos G:N-F a brick a brick , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; πλίνθους ἑλκύσαι, εἰρύσαι, Lat. ducere lateres, to make bricks , (Herdotus Historicus); ὀπτᾶν to bake them, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8821 G8821 = G8821 πλινθουργία plinthourgia G:N-F brickmaking brickmaking G8822 G8822 = G8822 πλοκή plokē G:N-F wreathen 1. a twining: anything woven, a web , (Euripides)
2. metaphorically the complication of a plot, opposite to λύσις, (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G8823 G8823 = G8823 πλόκιον plokion G:N-N a braid a braid G8824 G8824 = G8824 πλωτός plōtos G:A afloat 1. floating , (Odyssey by Homer); πλωτοί swimmers , i. e. fish, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. navigable , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. of seasons, fit for navigation , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8825 G8825 = G8825 πνευματοφορέομαι pneumatophoreomai G:V be carried by wind be carried by wind G8826 G8826 = G8826 πνευματοφόρος pneumatophoros G:N-M carried by wind carried by wind G8827 G8827 = G8827 πνεύμων pneumōn G:N-M lungs the organ of breathing, the lungs , Lat. pulmo, (Iliad by Homer): mostly in plural, [variant datesTragica Adespota; πνεῦμ᾽ ἀνεὶς ἐκ πλευμόνων (Euripides) (ML) G8828 G8828 = G8828 πόα poa G:N-N herbage 1. grass, herb , (Homer), etc.; ποία Μηδική, Lat. herba Medica, sainfoin or lucerne , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. the grass , i. e. a grassy place , plat., (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in Poets, of Time, τέσσαρας πόας four grasses , i. e. summers , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8829 G8829 = G8829 ποθέω potheō G:V to feel absence 1. to long for, yearn after what is absent, to miss or regret what is lost, Lat. desiderare, (Homer), etc.; ποθεῖς τὸν οὐ παρόντα (Aristophanes Comicus); π. τὰς ἐν τῆι νεότητι ἡδονάς (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass., ὦ ποθουμένη (i.e. Εἰρήνη) (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. of things, to require , ποθεῖ ἡ ἀπόκρισις ἐρώτησιν τοιάνδε (Plato Philosophus)
3. with infinitive to be anxious to do, (Euripides); τὸ νοσοῦν ποθεῖ σε ξυμπαραστάτην λαβεῖν my sickness needs to take thee as an assistant, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. absolute, τὸ ποθοῦν one's desiring, one's longing , (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. as Dep., ποθουμένη φρήν the longing soul, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8830 G8830 = G8830 ποικιλία poikilia G:N-F embroidery 1. a marking with various colours, embroidering, embroidery , (Plato Philosophus): in plural pieces of broidery , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. varied aspect, diversity , (Plato Philosophus)
3. versatility, subtlety, craft , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8831 G8831 = G8831 ποικίλλω poikillō G:V to embroidered 1. to work in various colours, to broider, work in embroidery , (Euripides); χορὸν ποίκιλλε he wrought a χορός of cunning workmanship , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to embroider a robe, (Pindar), etc.
3. generally, to diversify, vary , (Euripides):—;of style, to embellish , (Pindar):—; to speak as in riddles , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8832 G8832 = G8832 ποίκιλμα poikilma G:N-N color 1. a broidered stuff, brocade , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. broidered work, broidery , (Homer)
3. generally, a variety, diversity , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8833 G8833 = G8833 ποικιλτής poikiltēs G:N-M an embroiderer an embroiderer G8834 G8834 = G8834 ποικιλτικός poikiltikos G:N-N embroidery embroidery G8835 G8835 = G8835 ποικιλτός poikiltos G:A embroidered an embroidered work G8836 G8836 = G8836 ποικίλως poikilōs G:ADV variously variously G8837 G8837 = G8837 ποιμενικός poimenikos G:A of a shepherd of or for a shepherd , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus): —; ἡ -κή (i.e. τέχνη); (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8838 G8838 = G8838 πόκος pokos G:N-M fleece 1. wool in its raw state, a fleece , (Iliad by Homer), etc.: a lock or tuft of wool , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. proverbial in heterocl. accusative of 3rd declension, εἰς ὄνου πόκας to an ass shearing , i. e. to no-place, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8839 G8839 = G8839 πολεμικός polemikos G:A warfare 1. of or for war , (Thucydides); ἀσπὶς πολεμικωτάτη most fit for service , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. ἡ -κή (i.e. τέχνη); the art of war, war , (Plato Philosophus): —; τὰ πολεμικά warlike exercises , (Thucydides)
3. τὸ πολεμικόν the signal for battle , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. the military class , opposite to the civilian, (Aristotle Philosopher)
5. of persons, skilled in war, warlike , (Thucydides), etc.
6. like an enemy, stirring up hostility , (Xenophon Historicus):—;adverb, πολεμικῶς ἔχειν to be hostile , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8840 G8840 = G8840 πολέμιος polemios G:A warlike 1. of or belonging to war , (Pindar), etc.: —; τὰ πολέμια whatever belongs to war, war and its business , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. of or like an enemy, hostile , (Pindar), etc.:—;as Substantive an enemy , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; οἱ π. the enemy , (Thucydides): —; τὸ π. hostility , (Thucydides)
3. generally, opposed, adverse , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. of or from the enemy , (Aeschulus Tragicus); πολέμια, ων, τά, enemy's wares, contraband , (Aristophanes Comicus): —; ἡ πολεμία (i.e. γῆ, χώρα); the enemy's country , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. adverb -ίως, in hostile manner , (Thucydides) (ML) G8841 G8841 = G8841 πολεμιστής polemistēs G:N-M a warrior 1. a warrior, combatant , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. π. ἵππος a war-horse, charger , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8842 G8842 = G8842 πολιά polia G:N-F grayness of hair grayness of hair G8843 G8843 = G8843 πολιορκέω poliorkeō G:V to assault 1. to hem in a city, blockade, beleaguer, besiege , (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;Pass. to be besieged, in a state of siege , (Herdotus Historicus); of Scamander, to be dammed back , (Plato Philosophus)
2. metaphorically to be besieged, pestered , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8844 G8844 = G8844 πολιορκία poliorkia G:N-F an assault 1. a besieging, siege , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. metaphorically a besieging, pestering , (Plutarch) (ML) G8845 G8845 = G8845 πολιός polios G:A gray hair 1. gray, grizzled, grisly , of wolves, of iron, of the sea, (Iliad by Homer)
2. mostly of hair, gray or hoary from age, (Homer); πολιοί gray-haired men , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;absolute, αἱ πολιαί (i.e. τρίχες); (Pindar); ἅμα ταῖς πολιαῖς κατιούσαις as the gray hairs come down (i.e. from the temples to the beard), (Aristophanes Comicus); π. δάκρυον ἐμβαλών an old man's tear, (Euripides)
3. metaphorically hoary, venerable , (Euripides)
4. like λευκός, bright, clear, serene , (Hesiod) (ML) G8846 G8846 = G8846 πολλαχῶς pollachōs G:A in many ways in many ways , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.
(ML) G8847 G8847 = G8847 πολλοστός pollostos G:A a great deal 1. one of many , Lat. unus e multis, i.e. the smallest, least , (Thucydides), etc.:—; adverb, δευτέρως καὶ πολλοστῶς in a very small degree , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. of Time, πολλοστῷ χρόνῳ after a very long time , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8848 G8848 = G8848 πολυάνδριον poluandrion G:N-N a cemetery a cemetery G8849 G8849 = G8849 πολυέλεος polueleos G:A full of mercy full of mercy G8850 G8850 = G8850 πολυήμερος poluēmeros G:A of many days of many days G8851 G8851 = G8851 πολυοδία poluodia G:N-F many ways many ways G8852 G8852 = G8852 πολυοχλία poluochlia G:N-F a great multitude a great multitude G8853 G8853 = G8853 πολυπλασιάζω poluplasiazō G:V to manifoldly multiply to manifoldly multiply G8854 G8854 = G8854 πολυπληθέω poluplētheō G:V be numerous be numerous G8855 G8855 = G8855 πολυπληθύνω poluplēthunō G:V to greatly multiply to greatly multiply G8856 G8856 = G8856 πολύπλοκος poluplokos G:A crafty 1. much-tangled, thick-wreathed , of a serpent's coils, (Euripides); of the polypus, with tangled, twisting arms , (Theognis Elegiacus)
2. metaphorically much-twisting, complex, intricate , [Refs 5th c.BC, 5th/4th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8857 G8857 = G8857 πολυρρήμων polurrēmōn G:A talkative talkative G8858 G8858 = G8858 πολυτόκος polutokos G:A prolific prolific G8859 G8859 = G8859 πολυχρονίζω poluchronizō G:V to delay long to delay long G8860 G8860 = G8860 πολυχρόνιος poluchronios G:A long-lived 1. long-existing, of olden time, ancient , (Homeric Hymns)
2. lasting for long , (Aristotle Philosopher):—;comparative -ώτερος, (Plato Philosophus); Sup. -ώτατος, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8861 G8861 = G8861 πολυωρέω poluōreō G:V to take great care to be very careful , opposite to ὀλιγωρέω, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8862 G8862 = G8862 πονέω poneō G:V to suffer pain 1. in early Greek only as Dep.
2. absolute to work hard, do work, suffer toil , (Homer); περὶ δόρπα πονέοντο were busied about their supper, (Iliad by Homer); so, πεπόνητο καθ᾽ ἵππους was busy with the horses, of a charioteer, (Iliad by Homer)
3. metaphorically to be in distress, to distress oneself , (Iliad by Homer):—; to suffer, be sick , (Thucydides)
4. with accusative to work hard at, to make or do with pains or care , (Homer)
5. after (Homer), the active form prevails
6. intransitive to toil, labour , (Theognis Elegiacus), attic; μάτην π. to labour in vain, (Sophocles Tragicus); with accusative, τὰ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα μὴ πόνει do not labour at things that profit not, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
7. with accusative cognate, π. πόνον, μόχθους to go through, suffer them, [variant datesTragica Adespota; also with accusative partis, πονεῖν τὰ σκέλη (Aristophanes Comicus)
8. absolute to labour, be hard-pressed, suffer , (Thucydides): to be worn out, spoilt , (Demosthenes Orator)
9. Pass., impersonal, οὐκ ἄλλως αὐτοῖς πεπόνηται = πεπονήκασι, (Plato Philosophus)
10. transitive,
11. with accusative pers. to afflict, distress , (Pindar):—;Pass. to be worn out, to suffer greatly , (Sophocles Tragicus)
12. Pass., also, to be trained or educated , (Aristotle Philosopher)
13. with accusative rei, like ἐκπονεῖν, to gain by toil or labour , χρήματα (Xenophon Historicus): Pass. to be won or achieved by toil , (Pindar) (ML) G8863 G8863 = G8863 πονηρεύομαι ponēreuomai G:V to act wickedly Dep. to be evil, act wickedly, play the rogue , (Aristotle Philosopher); οἱ πεπονηρευμένοι (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8864 G8864 = G8864 ποντοπορέω pontoporeō G:V to pass through a sea to pass the sea , νῆυς ποντοποροῦσα sea-sailing , (Odyssey by Homer)
from ποντοπόρος (ML) G8865 G8865 = G8865 πόρευσις poreusis G:N-F a trek a trek G8866 G8866 = G8866 πορνεῖον porneion a place of harlotry a house of ill-fame, brothel , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8867 G8867 = G8867 πορνικός pornikos G:A of a harlot of or for harlots , π. τέλος the tax paid by brothel-keepers , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8868 G8868 = G8868 πορνοκόπος pornokopos G:A a whoremonger a whoremonger G8869 G8869 = G8869 πορφυρίς porphuris of purple 1. a purple garment or covering , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. a red-coloured bird , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8870 G8870 = G8870 πορφυρίων porphuriōn G:N-M purple-legged stork purple-legged stork G8871 G8871 = G8871 ποσαπλῶς posaplōs G:A how often how often G8872 G8872 = G8872 πότημα potēma G:N-N a drink a drink G8873 G8873 = G8873 ποτιστήριον potistērion G:N-N a channel a channel G8874 G8874 = G8874 ποτός potos G:N beverage drinking, a drinking-bout, carousal , (Xenophon Historicus); παρὰ πότον, Lat. inter pocula, (Xenophon Historicus); ἐν τοῖς πότοις (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8875 G8875 = G8875 πράσινος prasinos G:N-M leek colored leek colored G8876 G8876 = G8876 πρᾶσις prasis G:N-F a sale a selling, sale , ὠνῇ τε καὶ πρήσι (ionic dative) χρέονται (Herdotus Historicus); ἐπὶ πρήσι for sale , (Herdotus Historicus); πρᾶσιν ποιεῖσθαι (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G8877 G8877 = G8877 πράσον prason G:N-N a leek a leek , Lat. porrum, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G8878 G8878 = G8878 πραΰθυμος prauthumos G:A gentle-minded gentle-minded G8879 G8879 = G8879 πραΰνω praunō G:V to calm 1. to make soft, mild or gentle, to soften, soothe, calm , (Hesiod), etc.; πρ. ἕλκος to soothe a raging sore, (Sophocles Tragicus); πρ. τινὰ λόγοις (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass. to become soft or gentle, grow milder , (Herdotus Historicus); of passion, to abate , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to tame wild animals, (Hesiod) (ML) G8880 G8880 = G8880 πρεσβεῖον presbeion G:N-N senior 1. a gift of honour , such as was offered to elders, (Iliad by Homer)
2. the privilege of age , and generally, a privilege , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. the right of the eldest, his share of the inheritance , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8881 G8881 = G8881 πρέσβυς presbus G:N-M an ambassador 1. an old man , Lat. senex, (the prose form is πρεσβύτης); (Sophocles Tragicus):—; ὁ πρέσβυς is used much like ὁ πρεσβύτερος, the elder , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;plural πρέσβεις, elders , always implying dignity, chiefs, princes , (Aeschulus Tragicus); epic πρέσβηες (Hesiod)
2. (Homer) uses only the comparative and Sup., comparative πρεσβύτερος, α, ον, elder, older , (Iliad by Homer), attic; ἐνιαυτῷ by a year, (Aristophanes Comicus); βουλαὶ πρεσβύτεραι the wise councils of age , (Pindar);—;Sup. πρεσβύτατος, η, ον, eldest , (Iliad by Homer), etc.: —;the comparative and Sup. were used of things, πρεσβύτερόν τι (or οὐδὲν); ἔχειν = Lat. aliquid (or nihil) antiquius habere, to deem higher, more important , τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πρεσβύτερα ποιεῖσθαι ἢ τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν (Herdotus Historicus); πρεσβύτατον κρίνειν τι (Thucydides); πρεσβυτέρως γυμναστικὴν μουσικῆς τετιμηκέναι more highly than . . , (Plato Philosophus): —;hence, merely of magnitude, πρεσβύτερον κακὸν κακοῦ one evil greater than another, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. like πρεσβευτής, an ambassador , (Aeschulus Tragicus);—;plural πρέσβεις is more used than πρεσβευταί, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
4. a chief, president : comparative πρεσβύτερος, an elder of the Jewish Council , (New Testament), etc.: an elder of the Church, presbyter , (New Testament) (ML) G8882 G8882 = G8882 πρήθω prēthō G:V to bloat 1. to blow up, swell out by blowing , ἔπρησεν δ᾽ ἄνεμος μέσον ἱστίον (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to blow out, drive out by blowing , τὸ δ᾽ [ αἷμα] ἀνὰ στόμα πρῆσε he blew a shower of blood through his mouth, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8883 G8883 = G8883 πρίαμαι priamai G:V to buy 1. to have a thing sold to one, to buy, purchase , (Homer), attic; with dative pretii, πρ. κτεάτεσσιν ἑοῖσιν to buy with one's money, (Odyssey by Homer); with genitive, πρ. θανάτοιο to purchase by his death, (Pindar); πρ. τι ταλάντου (Xenophon Historicus); π. πολλοῦ (Xenophon Historicus); metaphorically, οὐδενὸς λόγου πρίασθαι to buy at no price, (Sophocles Tragicus); πρ. τι παρά τινος (Herdotus Historicus):—; πρ. τίμιον τοὔλαιον to buy it dear, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to farm a tax, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8884 G8884 = G8884 πριστηροειδής pristēroeidēs G:A toothed toothed G8885 G8885 = G8885 πρίων priōn G:N-N a saw a saw G8886 G8886 = G8886 προαίρεσις proairesis G:N-F a resolve 1. a choosing one thing before another, an act of deliberate choice, a purpose, resolution , (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—; κατὰ προαίρεσιν on purpose, as one will , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. a purpose, plan , or scope of action, a course of life, principle of action, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. in political language, a deliberate course of action, a policy , (Demosthenes Orator):—;also, a mode of government, such as an oligarchy, (Demosthenes Orator); in plural, τὰς κοινὰς πρ. your public principles, your general policy , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. a department of government , (Demosthenes Orator)
5. a political party , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8887 G8887 = G8887 προανατάσσω proanatassō G:V to prefer to prefer G8888 G8888 = G8888 προανατέλλω proanatellō G:V to sprout up early to sprout up early G8889 G8889 = G8889 προαπαγγέλλω proapangellō G:V to forewarn to forewarn G8890 G8890 = G8890 προάστειον proasteion G:N-N outskirts the space immediately in front of or round a town, a suburb , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8891 G8891 = G8891 πρόβασις probasis G:N-F an entrance approach property in cattle πρόβατα); cattle , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G8892 G8892 = G8892 πρόβλημα problēma G:N-N a riddle 1. anything projecting, a headland, promontory , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. anything put before one, a fence, barrier, screen , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; πρ. σώματος, of a shield, (Aeschulus Tragicus); προβλήματα ἵππων χαλκᾶ the brasen armour of horses, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. with genitive a defence against a thing, πέτρων (Aeschulus Tragicus); χείματος (Euripides); κακῶν (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. πρ. φόβου ἢ αἰδοῦς ἔχειν to have fear or shame as a defence , (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. anything put forward as an excuse or screen , (Demosthenes Orator); so, πρ. λαβεῖν τινά (as we say) to make a stalking horse of him, (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. that which is proposed, a task, business , (Euripides)
7. a problem in Geometry, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8893 G8893 = G8893 προεκφέρω proekpherō G:V to put forth first to put forth first G8894 G8894 = G8894 προθυμέομαι prothumeomai G:V to feel eager 1. to be ready, willing, eager, zealous to do a thing, with infinitive, (Herdotus Historicus), attic; also πρ. ὅπως (Herdotus Historicus), attic
2. absolute to shew zeal, exert oneself , (Herdotus Historicus):—; to be of good cheer , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. with accusative rei, to be eager or zealous for, promote eagerly, desire ardently , (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G8895 G8895 = G8895 πρόθυρον prothuron G:N-N a threshold 1. the front-door, the door leading from the αὐλή, (Homer); also in plural, (Homer)
2. the space before a door , a kind of porch or verandah , Lat. vestibulum, (Odyssey by Homer), attic
3. metaphorically, Κόρινθος πρόθυρον Ποτειδᾶνος (Pindar); πρόθυρα ἀρετῆς (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8896 G8896 = G8896 προΐημι proiēmi G:V to let go 1. to send before, send on or forward , (Homer): also, to send something to another, ἀγγελίας, φήμην (Odyssey by Homer):—; (Homer) often with an infinitive added; αἰετὼ προέηκα πέτεσθαι, οὖρον προέηκεν ἀῆναι (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to send away, dismiss, let go , (Iliad by Homer); τήνδε θεῷ πρόες let her go to the god, i. e. in reverence to him, (Iliad by Homer)
3. to let loose, let fall , especially thoughtlessly, ἔπος προέηκε let drop a word, (Odyssey by Homer); πηδάλιον ἐκ χειρῶν προέηκε he let the helm slip from his hands, (Odyssey by Homer); δάκρυα προῆκεν (Euripides)
4. of missiles, to send forth, shoot or dart forth , (Homer)
5. of a river, ὕδωρ προί̈ει ἐς Πηνειόν it pours its water into the Peneius, (Iliad by Homer)
6. πρ. τινί ποιεῖν τι to allow one to do, (Pindar)
7. to give up, deliver over, betray one to his enemy, (Herdotus Historicus): —;Pass. to be given or thrown away , εἰ προεῖτο ταῦτα (Demosthenes Orator)
8. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτίκα ἡδὺ πρ. αὑτόν to give up or devote oneself to present delights, (Xenophon Historicus)
9. Mid. to send forward from oneself, drive forward , (Xenophon Historicus):—;of sounds, to utter , (Aeschines Orator), etc.
10. to give up, let go: to give up to the enemy, (Thucydides), etc.; πρ. σφᾶς αὑτούς gave themselves up as lost , (Thucydides)
11. to desert, abandon , (Thucydides); οὐδαμῆ προί̈εντο ἑαυτούς did not lose themselves (i. e. take bribes), (Demosthenes Orator)
12. to give away, give freely , (Thucydides), etc.; προέσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων (Demosthenes Orator)
13. to throw off one's clothes, (Demosthenes Orator): and, in bad sense, to throw away , τὸν καιρόν (Demosthenes Orator); τὰ πατρῷα (Aeschines Orator): absolute to be lavish , (Aristotle Philosopher)
14. a second predicate is sometimes added, ἡμᾶς προέσθαι ἀδικουμένους to suffer us to be wronged, (Thucydides); προέμενοι αὐτοὺς ἀπολέσθαι (Xenophon Historicus); πρ. τινὶ ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι (Demosthenes Orator)
15. to suffer to escape , (Polybius Historicus)
16. rarely in good sense, to give over to one, confide to one's care , (Xenophon Historicus)
17. to neglect, disregard , (Aristotle Philosopher):—; absolute to neglect all advice, to be reckless , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8897 G8897 = G8897 προκαθίστημι prokathistēmi G:V to post in front 1. to set before; so in Mid., (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Pass., with aorist2 and perfect active, φυλακῆς μὴ προκαθεστηκυίας no guard having been set beforehand , (Thucydides) (ML) G8898 G8898 = G8898 προκαταλαμβάνω prokatalambanō G:V be first to take 1. to seize beforehand, preoccupy , (Thucydides), etc.:—;Pass. to be preoccupied , (Thucydides)
2. metaphorically to anticipate, frustrate , (Thucydides):—;of persons, to anticipate or surprise them, (Thucydides)
3. to overpower before , (Thucydides) (ML) G8899 G8899 = G8899 προλήνιον prolēnion G:N-N a wine press a wine press G8900 G8900 = G8900 πρόλοβος prolobos G:N-M a crop a crop G8901 G8901 = G8901 προμαχών promachōn G:N-M a battlement a battlement G8902 G8902 = G8902 προνομεύω pronomeuō G:V to despoil to go out for foraging , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8903 G8903 = G8903 προνομή pronomē G:N-F plunder 1. a foraging, a foraging expedition, foray , (Xenophon Historicus): in plural, foraging parties , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. an elephant's trunk , (Polybius Historicus)
3. = προ-νομία, (Lucian) (ML) G8904 G8904 = G8904 προοίμιον prooimion G:N-N a retort 1. an opening or introduction to a thing; in Music, a prelude, overture , (Pindar); in poems and speeches, a proem, preface, preamble, introduction , Lat. exordium, (Pindar)
2. metaphorically of any prelude or beginning , φροίμιον χορεύσομαι (Aeschulus Tragicus); μηδέπω ' ν προοιμίοις only just beginning , (Aeschulus Tragicus); εἴ τι τοῦδε φρ. ματᾷ if any part of this presage be vain, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. generally, a hymn , (Thucydides) (ML) G8905 G8905 = G8905 πρόπαππος propappos G:N-M a forefather a forefather G8906 G8906 = G8906 προπέτεια propeteia rashness reckless haste, vehemence, rashness, indiscretion , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.
from προπετής (ML) G8907 G8907 = G8907 προπίπτω propiptō G:V to fall down 1. to fall or throw oneself forward , as in rowing, προπεσόντες ἔρεσσον, like Lat. incumbere remis, (Odyssey by Homer):—;of suppliants, to fall prostrate , (Euripides)
2. to rush forward, rush headlong , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to move forwards, advance before the rest, (Polybius Historicus): to project , (Polybius Historicus)
4. προπίτνω poetry for προπίπτω
5. to fall prostate , ἐς γᾶν (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8908 G8908 = G8908 πρόπυλον propulon G:N-N a gateway in plural, like προπύλαια, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; in singular, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8909 G8909 = G8909 προσανάβασις prosanabasis G:N-F an ascent leading to a going up, ascent , κλίμακος προσαμβάσεις ascent by means of ladders, i. e. scaling ladders, (Aeschulus Tragicus); πρ. (Euripides); τειχέων πρ. a place where they may be approached , (Euripides); δωμάτων πρ. i. e. the steps leading to the house, (Euripides) (ML) G8910 G8910 = G8910 προσαποθνῄσκω prosapothnēskō G:V to die in addition to die in addition G8911 G8911 = G8911 προσβάλλω prosballō G:V to strike up 1. to strike or dash against , τί τινι (Iliad by Homer); ἀψῖδα πέτρῳ πρ. letting it dash against , (Euripides); τὸν πρὶν ὄλβον ἕρματι πρ. to wreck his happiness on a rock, (Aeschulus Tragicus); πρ. θηρία τινί to set them on him, (Demosthenes Orator); πρ. δόρυ τινί (Euripides):—;without any notion of violence, to put to, apply , μαλακὰν χέρα πρ. [ ἕλκει] of a surgeon, (Pindar); πρ. παρειὰν παρηίδι (Euripides); ὄμματα τέκνοις (Euripides)
2. to assign to, procure for , κέρδος τινί (Herdotus Historicus); πρ. Λακεδαιμονίοις Ὀλυμπιάδα to give them the honour of an Olympic victory, (Herdotus Historicus); πρ. κακὸν τῇ πόλει (Aeschulus Tragicus); εὔκλειαν σαυτῇ (Sophocles Tragicus); πρ. δεῖμά τινι, Lat. incutere timorem alicui, (Euripides)
3. with accusative of the object struck, ἀρούρας προσβάλλειν, of the Sun, to strike the earth with his rays, (Homer); of smells, βροτοῦ [ ὀσμὴ] με προσέβαλε (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. metaphorically to attend to a thing or to add , (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. μή μ᾽ ἀνάγκῃ προσβάλῃς τάδ᾽ εἰκαθεῖν do not drive me by force to give way, (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. intransitive to strike against, to make an attack or assault upon , τινί (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος (Herdotus Historicus):—;absolute to attack, charge , (Herdotus Historicus); προσβαλὼν αἱρεῖ τὴν πόλιν by assault , (Xenophon Historicus)
7. to put in with a ship, ἐς τὸν λιμένα (Thucydides); πρὸς Τάραντα (Thucydides); with dative, Σικελίᾳ (Thucydides)
8. Mid. to throw oneself upon, attack , τινα (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8912 G8912 = G8912 προσβλητός prosblētos G:A amalgamated amalgamated G8913 G8913 = G8913 προσγίνομαι prosginomai G:V unite with unite with G8914 G8914 = G8914 προσδεκτός prosdektos G:A acceptable acceptable G8915 G8915 = G8915 προσδίδωμι prosdidōmi G:V to give in addition to give besides , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G8916 G8916 = G8916 προσοράω prosoraō G:V to look at to look at, behold , (Mimnermus Lyricus), etc.; compare aorist2 προσεῖδον:—;so in Mid., προσορωμένα (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8917 G8917 = G8917 προσεῖπον proseipon G:V to say to 1. to speak to one, to address, accost , (Homer), etc.; πρ. ὀνόματί τινα (Demosthenes Orator):—;with double accusative, τί προσείπω ς᾽ ἔπο; (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to address as so and so, πρ. τινὰ ὡς ἀλλότριον (Plato Philosophus); πρ. τινὰ χαίρειν to bid him greeting , (Euripides)
3. to call so and so, to name , τί νιν προσείπ; (Aeschulus Tragicus); τοῦτο γάρ ς᾽ ἔχω μόνον προσειπεῖν (Sophocles Tragicus); ὅν μοι προσεῖπας πόσιν whom thou didst name my husband, (Euripides) (ML) G8918 G8918 = G8918 προσεκκαίω prosekkaiō G:V to burn besides to burn besides G8919 G8919 = G8919 προσεμπρήθω prosemprēthō G:V to set on fire to set on fire besides G8920 G8920 = G8920 προσέτι proseti G:A moreover over and above, besides , (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8921 G8921 = G8921 προσηλυτεύω prosēluteuō G:V to convert to convert G8922 G8922 = G8922 προσηνής prosēnēs G:A kind 1. soft, gentle, kindly , (Pindar); προσηνές τι λέγειν (Thucydides)
2. with dative, λύχνῳ προσηνές, i. e. suitable for burning, (Herdotus Historicus) (For derivation, see. ἀπηνής).
3. adverb -νῶς, (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G8923 G8923 = G8923 πρόσθεμα prosthema G:N-N an addition an addition; appendage G8924 G8924 = G8924 πρόσθεσις prosthesis G:N-F an addition 1. a putting to, application of ladders to a wall, (Thucydides); of the cupping-glass, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. an adding, addition , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8925 G8925 = G8925 προσθλίβω prosthlibō G:V to press to to press to G8926 G8926 = G8926 προσκαίω proskaiō G:V be burnt through to set on fire or burn besides :—;Pass., σκεύη προσκεκαυμένα pots burnt at the fire , (Aristophanes Comicus): metaphorically, προσκαίεσθαί τινι to be in love with . . , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8927 G8927 = G8927 προσκαταλείπω proskataleipō G:V to leave surplus 1. to leave besides as a legacy , ἀρχήν τινι (Thucydides)
2. to lose besides , τὰ αὑτῶν (Thucydides) (ML) G8928 G8928 = G8928 πρόσκαυμα proskauma G:N-N burnt burnt G8929 G8929 = G8929 πρόσκειμαι proskeimai G:V to join up with 1. to be placed or laid by or upon, to lie by or upon , οὔατα προσέκειτο handles were upon it, (Iliad by Homer); τῇ θύρᾳ προσκεῖσθαι to keep close to the door, (Aristophanes Comicus); δοκοὶ τῷ τείχει προσκείμεναι lying near the wall, (Thucydides):—; ὁ προσκείμενος ἵππος the inside horse (turning a corner), (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to lie beside, cling to , (Sophocles Tragicus): of a woman, to be given to wife , τινί (Herdotus Historicus)
3. generally, to be involved in or bound up with good or evil, with dative, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to be attached or devoted to , τινί (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; πρ. τῷ λεγομένῳ to put faith in a story, (Herdotus Historicus); πρ. οἴνῳ to be addicted to wine, (Herdotus Historicus); ἄγραις hunting, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
5. to press upon, be urgent with a person, with dative, (Herdotus Historicus); προσκείμενος with zeal , (Thucydides)
6. in military sense, to press close or hard, pursue closely , τινί (Thucydides); absolute to follow close , (Aristophanes Comicus); τὸ προσκείμενον the enemy , (Herdotus Historicus)
7. with a thing for the subject, to fall to, belong to , τοῖσι θεῶν τιμὴ αὕτη προσκέαται (Herdotus Historicus); πρ. τινι δοῦλος (Euripides):—; to be laid upon as a charge, to do something, with infinitive, (Herdotus Historicus)
8. to be added or attached to , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;absolute, ἡ χάρις προσκείσεται (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8930 G8930 = G8930 προσκεφαλής proskephalēs a pillow a pillow G8931 G8931 = G8931 προσκρούω proskrouō G:V to rush upon 1. to strike against , τινί (Plato Philosophus):absolute to stumble, fail , (Plutarch)
2. to have a collision with another, give offence , (Demosthenes Orator); πρ. τινί (Plutarch)
3. to take offence at, be angry with , τινί (Demosthenes Orator), etc.: —;absolute to take offence , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8932 G8932 = G8932 προσλογίζομαι proslogizomai G:V to count in addition to 1. Dep.:
2. to reckon or count in addition to , τί τινι (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to impute , τί τινι (Plutarch) (ML) G8933 G8933 = G8933 προσμίγνυμι prosmignumi G:V to mingle with to mingle with G8934 G8934 = G8934 προσνοέω prosnoeō G:V to pay attention to to perceive besides , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G8935 G8935 = G8935 πρόσοδος prosodos G:N-F revenue 1. a going or coming to, an approach , ἡ πρ. μάλιστα ταύτῃ ἐγένετο the approach was most feasible on this part, (Herdotus Historicus); ἀπείπατο τὴν πρ. rejected his advances , (Herdotus Historicus); πρ. μελάθρων approach to the halls, (Euripides)
2. an onset , πρόσοδοι τῆς μάχης onsets or attacks , (Euripides)
3. like πομπή II, a solemn procession to a temple with singing and music, (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. the coming forward of a speaker in a public assembly , γράφεσθαι πρόσοδον to petition for a hearing , (Demosthenes Orator); πρ. ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸν δῆμον (Aeschines Orator)
5. income, rent , as opposite to principal, (Demosthenes Orator); often in plural, (Isaeus Orator)
6. of the public revenue, φόρων πρόσοδος (Herdotus Historicus); χρημάτων πρ. (Thucydides); mostly in plural the returns, revenue , Lat. reditus, (Herdotus Historicus), etc. (ML) G8936 G8936 = G8936 προσόζω prosozō G:V to give out an odor intransitive to smell of, be redolent of , with genitive, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G8937 G8937 = G8937 προσοίγω prosoigō G:V to shut to shut G8938 G8938 = G8938 προσόχθισμα prosochthisma G:N-N a loathsome thing a loathsome thing G8939 G8939 = G8939 πρόσοψις prosopsis G:N-F aspect 1. appearance, aspect, mien , (Pindar); periphrastic, σὴ πρ. thy presence , i. e. thyself , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. a seeing, beholding, sight, view , (Euripides) (ML) G8940 G8940 = G8940 προσπαίζω prospaizō G:V to play before 1. to play or sport with , τινί (Xenophon Historicus)
2. absolute to sport, jest , (Plato Philosophus)
3. with accusative, πρ. θεούς to sing to the gods, ὕμνον πρ. τὸν Ἔρωτα sang a hymn in praise of Eros, (Plato Philosophus)
4. to banter , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8941 G8941 = G8941 προσραίνω prosrainō G:V to sprinkle on to sprinkle on one, τινί τι (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G8942 G8942 = G8942 προσσιελίζω prossielizō G:V to salivate upon to salivate upon G8943 G8943 = G8943 πρόσταγμα prostagma G:N-N an order an ordinance, command , (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ἐκ προστάγματος (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8944 G8944 = G8944 προστάς prostas G:N-F an antechamber an antechamber G8945 G8945 = G8945 προστάτης prostatēs G:N-M a superintendent 1. one who stands before, a front-rank-man , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. a chief, leader of a party, (Herdotus Historicus); ὁ πρ. τοῦ δήμου (Thucydides)
3. generally, a president, ruler , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; προστάται τῆς εἰρήνης its chief authors , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. one who stands before, a protector, guard, champion , πυλωμάτων (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
5. at Athens, of a citizen who took care of the μέτοικοι, as the Rom. patronus took care of his clientes; προστάτην γράφεσθαί τινα to choose as one's patron , (Aristophanes Comicus); but, γράφεσθαι προστάτου to enter oneself by one's patron's name , attach oneself to a patron , (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. προστάτης θεοῦ one who stands before a god to entreat him, a suppliant , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8946 G8946 = G8946 προσχαίρω proschairō G:V to rejoice with to rejoice with G8947 G8947 = G8947 προσχέω proscheō G:V to pour on to pour on G8948 G8948 = G8948 πρόσχωμα proschōma G:N-N a mound a deposit made by water , πρ. Νείλου, of the Delta of the Nile, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
from προσχώννυ_μι (ML) G8949 G8949 = G8949 προσχωρέω proschōreō G:V to join with 1. to go to, approach , with dative, (Herdotus Historicus); absolute, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to come or go over to, come in, join , τινί or πρός τινα (Herdotus Historicus), attic; absolute, (Thucydides); also, πρ. ἐς ὁμολογίαν or ὁμολογίᾳ (Herdotus Historicus)
3. to accede to an opinion, (Herdotus Historicus); πρ. λόγοις τινός (Sophocles Tragicus): to make concessions , (Euripides)
4. to approach , i. e. to agree with, be like , τινί or πρός τινα (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to put faith in, believe , τινί (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8950 G8950 = G8950 προτείχισμα proteichisma G:N-N area around a wall area around a wall G8951 G8951 = G8951 προτέρημα proterēma G:N-N honor an advantage, victory , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G8952 G8952 = G8952 προτομή protomē G:N-F an upper part 1. the foremost or upper part of anything: a bust or half-figure , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. the forepart of a ship, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G8953 G8953 = G8953 προφασίζομαι prophasizomai G:V to make an excuse 1. Dep.:
2. to set up as a pretext or excuse, allege by way of excuse, plead in excuse , with accusative, (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.; with infinitive to allege as an excuse that . . , (Demosthenes Orator):—;absolute to make excuses , (Thucydides):—;aor1 προφασισθῆναι in passive sense, to be used as a pretext , (Thucydides)
3. to allege (by way of accusation) that , (Plato Philosophus)
from πρόφᾶσις (ML) G8954 G8954 = G8954 προφασιστικός prophasistikos G:A offered as an excuse offered as an excuse G8955 G8955 = G8955 προφυλακή prophulakē G:N-F an advance guard a guard in front; in plural outposts, videttes, piquets , (Xenophon Historicus); in singular, ἡ πρ. αὐτοῦ his advanced guard, (Xenophon Historicus); διὰ προφυλακῆς with an advanced guard , (Thucydides) (ML) G8956 G8956 = G8956 προφύλαξ prophulax G:N-M an advance guard an advanced guard : οἱ προφύλακες
= αἱ προφυλακαί, (Thucydides) (ML) G8957 G8957 = G8957 προφυλάσσω prophulassō G:V to keep guard over to keep guard before, to guard a place or house, with accusative, (Homeric Hymns) (in the epic 2nd plural imperative προφύλαχθε, for προφυλάσσετε); (Xenophon Historicus); προφυλάσσειν ἐπί τινι to keep guard over a person or place, (Herdotus Historicus):—;absolute to be on guard, keep watch , ἡ προφυλάσσουσα (i.e. ναῦς); = προφυλακίς, (Herdotus Historicus): —;Mid. to guard oneself, to be on one's guard, take precautions , (Herdotus Historicus):—;with accusative to be on one's guard or take precautions against , Lat. cavere, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G8958 G8958 = G8958 πρόχειρος procheiros G:A beforehand 1. at hand, ready , (Aeschulus Tragicus); of a drawn sword or knife, (Sophocles Tragicus); λίθοις καὶ . . ἀκοντίοις, ὡς ἕκαστός τι πρόχειρον εἶχε (Thucydides); ὃ προχειρότατον ἔχω εἰπεῖν (Demosthenes Orator)
2. πρόχειρόν [ ἐστι] it is easy , with infinitive, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. of persons, ready to do, with infinitive, (Sophocles Tragicus); with dative, πρ. τῇ φυγῇ ready for flight, (Euripides)
4. adverb -ρως, off-hand, readily , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G8959 G8959 = G8959 προχώρημα prochōrēma G:N-N excrement excrement G8960 G8960 = G8960 πρώην prōēn G:A a day before 1. lately, just now , Lat. nuper, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. the day before yesterday , οὐ χθές, ἀλλὰ πρ. (Thucydides); πρώην τε καὶ χθές till yesterday or the day before , i. e. till very lately , (Herdotus Historicus); so, χθές τε καὶ πρώην (Aristophanes Comicus); πρώην καὶ χθές (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G8961 G8961 = G8961 πρωΐθεν prōithen G:A from morning from morning G8962 G8962 = G8962 πρῳρεύς prōreus G:N-M a captain the officer in command at the bow, the look-out man , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
(ML) G8963 G8963 = G8963 πρωτοβαθρέω prōtobathreō G:V be seated first be seated first G8964 G8964 = G8964 πρωτοβολέω prōtoboleō G:V to put forth first to put forth first G8965 G8965 = G8965 πρωτογενής prōtogenēs G:A first-born first-born G8966 G8966 = G8966 πρωτογέννημα prōtogennēma G:N-N first produce first produce G8967 G8967 = G8967 πρωτόγονος prōtogonos G:A first-ripe 1. first-born, firstling , (Iliad by Homer); φοῖνιξ πρ. first-created , (Euripides)
2. of rank, πρ. οἶκοι high-born houses, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. first-ordained , (Lucian) (ML) G8968 G8968 = G8968 πρωτολογία prōtologia G:N-F beginning of speaking beginning of speaking G8969 G8969 = G8969 πρωτοτοκεύω prōtotokeuō G:V to give a right of first-born to give a right of first-born G8970 G8970 = G8970 πρωτοτοκέω prōtotokeō G:V to give birth first time to give birth first time G8971 G8971 = G8971 πταῖσμα ptaisma G:N-N fault 1. a stumble, trip, false step , (Theognis Elegiacus)
2. a failure, misfortune, defeat , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
from πτάξ (ML) G8972 G8972 = G8972 πταρμός ptarmos G:N-M a sneezing a sneezing , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G8973 G8973 = G8973 πτερνίζω pternizō G:V to stomp to stomp; catch by a heel G8974 G8974 = G8974 πτερνισμός pternismos G:N-M trickery trickery G8975 G8975 = G8975 πτερόν pteron G:N-N a feather 1. mostly in plural feathers , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; in singular a feather , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. = πτέρυξ, a bird's wing , in plural wings , (Homer); Παλλάδος ὑπὸ πτεροῖς ὄντας, metaphorically from chickens under the hen's wings, (Aeschulus Tragicus): —; τῷ πτερὰ γίγνετο he got as it were wings , i. e. spirit, courage, (Iliad by Homer)
3. the wings of a bat (see. πτίλον II), (Herdotus Historicus)
4. any winged creature , as the Sphinx, (Euripides); a beetle, (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. like οἰωνός, Lat. avis, an augury, omen, (Pindar)
6. anything like wings : as
7. a ship's wings , i. e. oars (compare πτερόω); ἐρετμά, τά τε πτερὰ νηυσὶ πέλονται (Odyssey by Homer); νηὸς πτερά (Hesiod):—; hence birds are said πτεροῖς ἐρέσσειν, (Euripides)
8. ἀέθλων πτερά, i. e. the wings of victory, which lift the Poet to heaven, (Pindar)
9. a feathered arrow , (Euripides)
10. τοῦ πώγωνος τὰ πτερά the points of the beard, (Lucian)
11. in Architecture, of the rows of columns along the sides of Greek temples, see. ἄπτερος. (ML) G8976 G8976 = G8976 πτεροφυέω pterophueō G:V to grow wings to grow wings G8977 G8977 = G8977 πτερύσσομαι pterussomai G:V to flap wings attic -ττομαι, future ξομαι, Dep. to clap the wings like a cock crowing, (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G8978 G8978 = G8978 πτερωτός pterōtos G:A feathered 1. feathered , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. winged , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. πτερωτοί (i.e. ὄρνιθες); feathered fowl, birds , (Euripides) (ML) G8979 G8979 = G8979 πτήσσω ptēssō G:V to alarm 1. to frighten, scare, alarm , Lat. terrere, (Iliad by Homer)
2. intransitive to crouch or cower down for fear (compare πτώσσω), properly of animals, (Sophocles Tragicus); of men, (Pindar), attic; πτ. βωμὸν ὕπο (Euripides); also with accusative loci, πτ. βωμόν to flee cowering to the altar, (Euripides)
3. to crouch like a wild beast ready to spring, (Euripides);—;so of men in ambush, ὑπὸ τεύχεσι πεπτηῶτες (Odyssey by Homer)
4. with accusative rei, to crouch for fear of , ἀπειλάς (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G8980 G8980 = G8980 πτίλλος ptillos G:A hairless hairless G8981 G8981 = G8981 πτύελος ptuelos G:N-M spittle spittle G8982 G8982 = G8982 πτύξις ptuxis G:N-F fold fold G8983 G8983 = G8983 πτυχή ptuchē G:N-F fold fold G8984 G8984 = G8984 πτωχίζω ptōchizō G:V to make poor to make poor G8985 G8985 = G8985 πύγαργος pugargos G:N-M white-tailed hart 1. white-rump , the name of a kind of antelope, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. the white-tailed eagle, the erne , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc. (ML) G8986 G8986 = G8986 πυθμήν puthmēn G:N-M a lower branch 1. the hollow bottom or stand of a cup , Lat. fundus, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. of the sea, the bottom, depth , (Hesiod), etc.
3. the bottom or foundation of a thing, in plural, χθόνα ἐκ πυθμένων κραδαίνειν (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐκ π. ἔκλινε κλῇθρα (Sophocles Tragicus); δίκας π. the anvil-stand on which is forged the sword of retribution, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. the bottom, stock, root of a tree , (Odyssey by Homer):—;metaphorically the stem or stock of a family, (Aeschulus Tragicus); σμικροῦ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν σπέρματος π. μέγας, i. e. great things might come from small, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
(ML) G8987 G8987 = G8987 πυκάζω pukazō G:V to enclose 1. to make close, cover or wrap up, enwrap , (Iliad by Homer); π. νῆα λίθοισι to surround a ship with stones, so as to protect it when laid up, (Hesiod):—; to cover thickly , of a youth's chin, (Odyssey by Homer); πυκ. στεφάνοις to cover thick with crowns, (Euripides); so in Mid., στεφάνοις κεφαλὰς πυκασώμεθα [variant datesAnthology Palantina; also without στεφάνοις, to crown, deck with garlands , (Euripides):—;Pass., στέμμασι πυκασθείς (Herdotus Historicus); δάφνῃ πυκασθείς (Euripides); perfect participle πεπυκασμένος, thickly covered , ὄρος πεπυκασμένον a hill well-clothed with wood, (Hesiod):—;Mid., πυκάζου cover thyself , (Euripides)
2. metaphorically, Ἕκτορα ἄχος πύκασε φρένας threw a shadow over his heart, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., νόον πεπυκασμένος, close, cautious of mind, (Hesiod)
3. to close, shut, shut up , ἐντὸς πυκάζειν σφέας αὐτούς to shut themselves close up within, (Odyssey by Homer); πύκαζε (i.e. τὸ δῶμα); shut it close , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8988 G8988 = G8988 πυλωρός pulōros G:N-M a gatekeeper a gate-keeper, warder, porter (see. πυλαωρός); (Aeschulus Tragicus); also as feminine, ἡ π. δωμάτων γυνή (Euripides):—;metaphorically, τοῖον πυλωρὸν φύλακα τροφῆς such a watchful guardian of thy life, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G8989 G8989 = G8989 πυξίον puxion G:N-N a writing tablet a tablet of box-wood , (Lucian)
from πυξίς (ML) G8990 G8990 = G8990 πύξος puxos G:N-F boxwood boxwood G8991 G8991 = G8991 πυργόβαρις purgobaris G:N-F a towered fortification a towered fortification G8992 G8992 = G8992 πυρεῖον pureion G:N-N a censer mostly in plural pieces of wood , rubbed one against another to produce fire, (Homeric Hymns), etc. (ML) G8993 G8993 = G8993 πυρίκαυστος purikaustos G:N-M scorched or -καυτος, burnt in fire , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8994 G8994 = G8994 πυρός puros wheat wheat , (Homer); also in plural, (Odyssey by Homer), etc. (ML) G8995 G8995 = G8995 πυροφόρος purophoros G:A a wheat harvest wheat-bearing , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G8996 G8996 = G8996 πυρράκης purrakēs G:N-M fiery red fiery red; ruddy G8997 G8997 = G8997 πυρρίζω purrizō G:V be reddish be reddish G8998 G8998 = G8998 πυρσεύω purseuō G:V to light a fire 1. to light up, kindle , πυρσεύσας σέλας Εὐβοίαν having lit up Euboea with beacon-fires σέλας combining with the notion of the Verb), (Euripides)
2. to make signals by torches or beacon-fires , (Xenophon Historicus): metaphorically, πυρσεύετε κραυγὴν ἀγῶνος give a shout in signal of battle, (Euripides):—;Pass., δόξα ὥσπερ ἀπὸ σκοπῆς πυρσεύεται (Plutarch): impersonal, πυρσεύεται fire-signals are made , (Lucian) (ML) G8999 G8999 = G8999 πυρσός pursos G:N-M a signal-fire 1. a firebrand, torch , (Iliad by Homer):—;in plural fires , [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;metaphorically, πυρσὸς ὕμνων (Pindar); plural the fires of love , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. a beacon or signal-fire, bale-fire , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. plural πύρσα, watch-fires , (Euripides) (ML) G9000 G9000 = G9000 πυρφόρος purphoros G:A a fire-bearer 1. fire-bearing , (Aeschulus Tragicus); of lightning, (Pindar):—; πυρφόροι ὀϊστοί arrows with combustibles tied to them , (Thucydides)
2. in special senses,
3. epithet of Zeus in reference to his lightnings, (Sophocles Tragicus); of Demeter, in reference to the torches used by her worshippers, (Euripides); of Artemis, (Sophocles Tragicus); but θεὸς πυρφόρος the fire-bearing god, the god who produces plague or fever , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. ὁ πυρφόρος, in the Lacedaemonian army, was the priest who kept the sacrificial fire , which was never allowed to go out, (Xenophon Historicus); hence proverbial of a total defeat, ἔδεε δὲ μηδὲ πυρφόρον περιγενέσθαι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9001 G9001 = G9001 πυρωτής purōtēs a refiner a refiner G9002 G9002 = G9002 πώγων pōgōn G:N-M a beard the beard , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;metaphorically, πώγων πυρός a beard or tail of fire, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9003 G9003 = G9003 ῥαγάς rhagas G:N-F a breach a breach G9004 G9004 = G9004 ράδαμνος radamnos G:N-M a tender branch a tender branch G9005 G9005 = G9005 Ῥαθαμά Rhathama N:N broom shrub broom shrub G9006 G9006 = G9006 ῥαθυμέω rhathumeō G:V be lazy to leave off work, to be remiss , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9007 G9007 = G9007 ῥαίνω rhainō G:V to sprinkle 1. to sprinkle, besprinkle , ῥάσσατε (i.e. δῶμα ὕδατι) (Odyssey by Homer); αἵματι βωμόν (Euripides):—;Pass., πύργοι αἵματι ἐρράδατ᾽ (Iliad by Homer); αἵματι δ᾽ ἐρράδαται τοῖχοι (Odyssey by Homer):—;of dust, ἵπποι ῥαίνοντο κονίηι (Iliad by Homer)
2. metaphorically, ῥ. τινὰ ὕμνωι (Pindar)
3. to sprinkle , with accusative of the thing sprinkled, ῥαίνειν ἐς τὰ βλέφαρα to sprinkle (vinegar) in their eyes, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9008 G9008 = G9008 ῥακώδης rhakōdēs G:N-N ragged ragged G9009 G9009 = G9009 ῥάμμα rhamma G:N-N thread thread G9010 G9010 = G9010 ῥάμνος rhamnos G:N-F white-thorn white-thorn G9011 G9011 = G9011 ῥαντός rhantos G:A speckled speckled G9012 G9012 = G9012 ῥαπτός rhaptos G:A strung together 1. stitched, patched , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. metaphorically strung together, continuous , of verses, (Pindar)
3. worked with the needle : ῥαπτόν, οῦ, an embroidered carpet , (Xenophon Historicus); ῥαπτὴ σφαῖρα a stitched ball, of divers colours, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
(ML) G9013 G9013 = G9013 ῥάπτω rhaptō G:V to sew 1. to sew or stitch together, stich , (Iliad by Homer):—; Mid., ῥάπτεσθαι ὀχετὸν δερμάτων to make oneself a pipe of leather, (Herdotus Historicus); ῥαψάμενος τουτί (i.e. τὸ προσκεφάλαιον) having got it stitched , (Aristophanes Comicus); but also, to sew on or to one , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass., ἐρράφθαι τὸ χεῖλος to have one's lip sewed up , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. metaphorically to devise, contrive, plot , (Homer), etc.; proverbial, τὸ ὑπόδημα ἔρραψας μὲν σύ, ὑπεδήσατο δὲ Ἀρισταγόρης you made the shoe , but Aristagoras put it on, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9014 G9014 = G9014 ρασίμ rasim N:N courier courier G9015 G9015 = G9015 ῥάσσω rhassō G:V to dash down to dash down G9016 G9016 = G9016 ῥαφιδευτής rhaphideutēs G:A a stitcher a stitcher G9017 G9017 = G9017 ῥαφιδευτός rhaphideutos G:A a stitched work a stitched work G9018 G9018 = G9018 ῥάχις rhachis G:N-F a spine 1. the lower part of the back, the chine , (Iliad by Homer): then, the spine or backbone , ὑπὸ ῥάχιν παγῆναι to be impaled, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. anything ridged like the backbone, a mountain-ridge , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9019 G9019 = G9019 ῥέγχω rhegchō G:V to snore to snore G9020 G9020 = G9020 ῥεμβεύω rhembeuō G:V to stray to stray G9021 G9021 = G9021 ῥέμβω rhembō G:V to stray to stray G9022 G9022 = G9022 ῥῆσις rhēsis G:N-F a saying 1. a saying, speaking, speech , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; ἡ ἀπὸ Σκυθῶν ῥῆσις the Scythian phrase , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a resolution, declaration , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a tale, legend , (Pindar)
4. a phrase or passage, a speech in a play , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9023 G9023 = G9023 ῥητίνη rhētinē G:N-F balm balm G9024 G9024 = G9024 ῥητός rhētos G:A especially 1. stated, specified , (Iliad by Homer); ἐς χρόνον ῥητόν at a set or stated time, (Herdotus Historicus); ἡμέραι ῥ. (Thucydides); ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς γέρασι with fixed prerogatives, (Thucydides); ῥ. ἀργύριον a stated sum, (Thucydides); ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς on stated terms, on certain conditions , (Herdotus Historicus):—;adverb ῥητῶς, expressly, distinctly , (New Testament)
2. spoken of, known, famous , (Hesiod)
3. that may be spoken or told , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ῥητὸν ἄρρητόν τ᾽ ἔπος, Lat. fas nefasque, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. in Mathem., ῥητά are rational quantities , opposite to surds ἄλογα); (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9025 G9025 = G9025 ῥῖγος rhigos G:N-N shivering frost, cold , Lat. frigus, (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
(ML) G9026 G9026 = G9026 ῥίζωμα rhizōma G:N-N a root a root : metaphorically a stem, race (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9027 G9027 = G9027 ῥίν rhin G:N-F nostril nostril; nose G9028 G9028 = G9028 ῥιπιστός rhipistos G:A ventilated ventilated G9029 G9029 = G9029 ῥόα rhoa G:N-F a pomegranate 1. ionic and epic ῥοιή, a pomegranate-tree , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. the fruit, a pomegranate , (Homeric Hymns)
3. a knob shaped like a pomegranate , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9030 G9030 = G9030 ῥοιζέω rhoizeō G:V to gurgle to whistle , Lat. stridere, (Iliad by Homer); of a snake, to hiss , (Hesiod):—;Pass. to rush through the air , ἐρροίζητο (3rd singular pluperfect) [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9031 G9031 = G9031 ῥοῖζος rhoizos G:N-M impetus 1. the whistling or whizzing of an arrow, (Iliad by Homer):—;any whistling or piping sound , as of a shepherd, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. rushing motion, a rush, swing , (Plutarch)
Formed from the sound. (ML) G9032 G9032 = G9032 ῥοΐσκος rhoiskos G:N-M a pomegranate figure a pomegranate figure G9033 G9033 = G9033 ῥόπαλον rhopalon G:N-N a club 1. a club, cudgel , thicker at the buttend; used to cudgel an ass, (Iliad by Homer); to walk with, (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—; a war-club or mace , shod with metal, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. = ῥόπτρον III, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9034 G9034 = G9034 ῥοπή rhopē G:N-F crux ῥοπή, -ῆς, ἡ
(ῥέπω, to incline) [in LXX: Isa.40:15 (שַׁחַק), etc. ;]
inclination downwards, as the turn of the scale: L, mg., for ῥιπή, which see, 1Co.15:52 (see Tdf., in l).†
(AS) G9035 G9035 = G9035 ῥοών rhoōn G:N-M a pomegranate grove a pomegranate grove G9036 G9036 = G9036 ῥύαξ rhuax G:N-F an overflow a rushing stream, a torrent , (Thucydides); ὁ ῥ. τοῦ πυρός, of a stream of lava , (Thucydides) (ML) G9037 G9037 = G9037 ῥυθμίζω rhuthmizō G:V to compose to bring into measure or proportion : generally, to order, to educate, train , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.:—;metaphorically, ῥ. λύπην ὅπου to define the place of grief, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid., ῥ. πλόκαμον to arrange one's hair, (Euripides):—;Pass., νηλεῶς ὧδ᾽ ἐρρύθμισμαι thus ruthlessly am I brought to order , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9038 G9038 = G9038 ῥυθμός rhuthmos G:N-M a proportion 1. measured motion, time, rhythm , Lat. numerus, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: —; ἐν ῥυθμῷ in time , Virgil 's in numerum , (Xenophon Historicus); μετὰ ῥυθμοῦ (Thucydides); θάττονα ῥυθμὸν ἐπάγειν to play in quicker time , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. proportion or symmetry of parts, (Plato Philosophus)
3. generally, arrangement, order , (Euripides)
4. the state or condition of the soul, temper, disposition , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.
5. the form or shape of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus); of a breastplate, (Xenophon Historicus)
6. the wise, manner or fashion of a thing, (Euripides); τίς ῥ. φόνο; what kind of slaughter? (Euripides) (ML) G9039 G9039 = G9039 ῥύστης rhustēs G:N-M a rescuer a rescuer G9040 G9040 = G9040 Ρωκεϊμ Rōkeim a perfumer a perfumer G9041 G9041 = G9041 ῥωγαλέος rhōgaleos G:N-M stone stone G9042 G9042 = G9042 ς s 6 6 G9043 G9043 = G9043 Σαββατίζω Sabbatizō G:V to observe sabbaths to keep the Sabbath , (Septuagint Greek Bible) (ML) G9044 G9044 = G9044 σαβεί sabei glory glory G9045 G9045 = G9045 σαβέκ sabek N:N a thicket a thicket G9046 G9046 = G9046 σάγμα sagma G:N-N a packsaddle 1. mostly in plural covering: the covering of a shield , (Euripides): a large cloak , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a pack-saddle , (Strabo Geographus)
3. a pile , ὅπλων (Plutarch) (ML) G9047 G9047 = G9047 Σαδδαΐ Saddai N:N Saddai Saddai G9048 G9048 = G9048 σαδημώθ sadēmōth N:N a plain a plain G9049 G9049 = G9049 σαδηρώθ sadērōth N:N ranks ranks G9050 G9050 = G9050 σαθρός sathros G:A rotten 1. rotten, decayed, unsound, cracked , (Plato Philosophus)—;adverb, σαθρῶς ἱδρυμένος built on unsound foundations, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. metaphorically, πρίν τι καὶ σαθρὸν ἐγγίνεσθαί σφι before any unsound thought comes into their heads, i. e. before they prove traitors, (Herdotus Historicus); ς. λόγοι (Euripides)

derivation uncertain (ML) G9051 G9051 = G9051 σαθρόω sathroō G:V to disintegrate to disintegrate G9052 G9052 = G9052 σαμβύκη sambukē G:N-F a sambuke 1. a triangular musical instrument with four strings , Lat. sambuca, (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. an engine of like form used in sieges, (Plutarch) (ML) G9053 G9053 = G9053 σανιδωτός sanidōtos G:A planked planked G9054 G9054 = G9054 σαπρία sapria G:N-F rottenness rottenness G9055 G9055 = G9055 σαπρίζω saprizō G:V to rot to rot G9056 G9056 = G9056 σαράβαρα sarabara G:N-N pantaloons pantaloons G9057 G9057 = G9057 σάρδιος sardios a carnelian a carnelian G9058 G9058 = G9058 σατραπεία satrapeia G:N-F a satrapy a satrapy, the office or province of a satrap , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9059 G9059 = G9059 σατράπης satrapēs G:N-M satrap a satrap, viceroy , Lat. satrapa, (Xenophon Historicus)

Persian word. (ML) G9060 G9060 = G9060 σαύρα saura G:N-F a lizard a lizard , Lat. lacerta, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9061 G9061 = G9061 σαφώθ saphōth N:N cheese cheese G9062 G9062 = G9062 σαφῶς saphōs G:A clearly clearly G9063 G9063 = G9063 Σειρήν Seirēn G:N-N a siren 1. a Siren : in plural Σειρῆνες, αἱ, the Sirens , mythical sisters on the south coast of Italy, who enticed seamen by their songs, and then slew them, (Odyssey by Homer) (Homer) only knows of two , whence epic dual. genitive Σειρήνοιιν.
2. metaphorically a Siren, deceitful woman , (Euripides): the Siren charm of eloquence, (Aeschines Orator)
derivation uncertain (ML) G9064 G9064 = G9064 σειρομάστης seiromastēs G:N-M a spear a spear G9065 G9065 = G9065 σελίς selis G:N-F column a plank : metaphorically a leaf of papyrus: —; generally, the page of a book , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9066 G9066 = G9066 σελισία selisia of three years of three years G9067 G9067 = G9067 σεραφίμ seraphim N:N seraphim seraphim G9068 G9068 = G9068 σευτλίον seutlion G:N-N a beet a beet G9069 G9069 = G9069 σημαία sēmaia G:N-F a flag a standard , (Polybius Historicus):—; a band under one standard , the Roman manipulus , (Polybius Historicus)
(ML) G9070 G9070 = G9070 σημασία sēmasia G:N-F a cheer a cheer; indication; signal; spot G9071 G9071 = G9071 σημείωσις sēmeiōsis G:N-F a signal a signal G9072 G9072 = G9072 σῆψις sēpsis G:N-F putrefaction putrefaction G9073 G9073 = G9073 σθένος sthenos G:N-N strength (physical) 1. strength, might , (Iliad by Homer):—;with infinitive, σθ. πολεμίζειν strength to war, (Iliad by Homer); σθ. ὥστε καθελεῖν (Euripides); σθένει by force , (Sophocles Tragicus); λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει both by right and might , (Sophocles Tragicus); so, ὑπὸ σθένους (Euripides); παντὶ σθένει with all one's might , (Thucydides)
2. strength, might , of all kinds moral as well as physical, σθένος τῆς ἀληθείας (Sophocles Tragicus); ἀγγέλων σθ. their might or authority , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. a force of men, like δύναμις, (Iliad by Homer)
4. metaphorically, like Lat. vis for copia, a quantity, profusion , (Pindar)
5. periphrastic, like βίη, ἴς, μένος, as σθένος Ἰδομενῆος, Ὠρίωνος, for Idomeneus, Orion, themselves, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G9074 G9074 = G9074 σιαγόνιον siagonion G:N-N a jawbone a jawbone G9075 G9075 = G9075 σῖγα siga quiet 1. silently , σῖγα ἔχειν to be silent , (Sophocles Tragicus); κάθησο σῖγα (Aristophanes Comicus); alone, σῖγα hush! be still! (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;the public crier proclaiming silence said σῖγα πᾶς (i.e. ἔστω); (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. under one's breath, in a whisper, secretly , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9076 G9076 = G9076 σιδήριον sidērion G:N-N an iron implement an implement or tool of iron , σιδηρίων ἐπαί̈ειν to feel iron , not to be proof against it, (Herdotus Historicus); θερμὰ σιδήρια hot irons , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9077 G9077 = G9077 σίελον sielon G:N-N saliva saliva G9078 G9078 = G9078 σίκιμα sikima N:N a portion a portion G9079 G9079 = G9079 σίκλος siklos G:N-M a shekel a shekel G9080 G9080 = G9080 σικυήρατον sikuēraton G:N-N a cucumber garden a cucumber garden G9081 G9081 = G9081 σίκυος sikuos G:N-M a cucumber a cucumber or gourd , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9082 G9082 = G9082 σιρώνων sirōnōn N:N ornaments ornaments G9083 G9083 = G9083 σισόη sisoē G:N-F a consecrated lock of hair a consecrated lock of hair G9084 G9084 = G9084 σιτέω siteō G:V be well fed be well fed G9085 G9085 = G9085 σιτοβολών sitobolōn G:N-M a granary a granary G9086 G9086 = G9086 σιτοδεία sitodeia G:N-F scarcity want of corn or food , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9087 G9087 = G9087 σιτοδοσία sitodosia G:N-F provision provision G9088 G9088 = G9088 σιτομετρέω sitometreō G:V to measure out grain to measure out grain G9089 G9089 = G9089 σιτοποιός sitopoios G:A a baker 1. ς. ἀνάγκη the task of grinding and baking , (Euripides)
2. as Substantive one that ground the corn in the handmill , (Thucydides); mostly feminine a baking-woman , (Herdotus Historicus); γυναῖκες ς. (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9090 G9090 = G9090 σιωπή siōpē G:N-F silence 1. silence , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; σιωπὴν ποιεῖν (Xenophon Historicus); ἦν ς. there was a hush or calm , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. the habit of silence , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. dative σιωπῇ as adverb, in silence , (Homer), attic
derivation uncertain (ML) G9091 G9091 = G9091 σιώπησις siōpēsis G:N-F a veil a veil G9092 G9092 = G9092 σκάλλω skallō G:V to till to stir up, hoe , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9093 G9093 = G9093 σκαμβός skambos G:A crooked crooked G9094 G9094 = G9094 σκελίζω skelizō G:V to trip up to trip up G9095 G9095 = G9095 σκεπάζω skepazō G:V to shelter to cover, shelter , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9096 G9096 = G9096 σκέπαρνον skeparnon G:N-N a hammer a carpenter's axe or adze , used for smoothing the trunks of trees, different from the πέλεκυς, (Odyssey by Homer)
derivation uncertain (ML) G9097 G9097 = G9097 σκεπαστής skepastēs G:N-M a shelterer a shelterer G9098 G9098 = G9098 σκέπη skepē G:N-F a shelter a covering, shelter, protection , (Xenophon Historicus):—;with genitive, ἐν σκέπῃ τοῦ πολέμου under shelter from war, (Herdotus Historicus); ὑπὸ τὴν Ῥωμαίων σκέπην under their protection , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9099 G9099 = G9099 σκεπηνός skepēnos G:N-M protected protected G9100 G9100 = G9100 σκέπτομαι skeptomai G:V to look about 1. to look about, look carefully , followed by preposition εἰς, (Odyssey by Homer):—;with accusative to look after, watch , (Iliad by Homer), attic:—;absolute to look out, reconnoitre , (Herdotus Historicus); σκέψαι look , (Aeschulus Tragicus); σκέψασθε look out , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. of the mind, to look to, view, examine, consider, think on , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—; σκέψασθε δέ: only consider , (Thucydides)
3. to think of beforehand, premeditate , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. perfect also in passive sense, ἐσκεμμένα things well-considered , (Thucydides); σκοπεῖτε οὖν. Answ. ἔσκεπται (Plato Philosophus); so 3 future passive ἐσκέψεται (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9101 G9101 = G9101 σκευασία skeuasia G:N-F a concoction a preparing, dressing , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9102 G9102 = G9102 σκευαστός skeuastos concocted prepared by art, artificial , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9103 G9103 = G9103 σκευοφύλαξ skeuophulax provisions officer provisions officer G9104 G9104 = G9104 σκῆπτρον skēptron G:N-N a chiefdom 1. a staff or stick to lean upon, a walking-stick , (Homer): metaphorically of the daughters of Oedipus, σκῆπτρα φωτός his staffs or supports , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. a staff , as the badge of command, a sceptre : in (Homer) borne by chiefs, and transmitted from father to son, whence the passage in (Iliad by Homer) 2 is called ἡ τοῦ σκήπτρου παράδοσις, (Thucydides):—;also borne by judges, by heralds, by speakers, who on rising to speak received it from the herald, (Homer)
3. the sceptre , i. e. royalty, kingly power, rule , [8th/7th c.BC, variant datesTragica Adespota (ML) G9105 G9105 = G9105 σκιάδιον skiadion G:N-N an awning an awning G9106 G9106 = G9106 σκιάζω skiazō G:V to shade 1. to overshadow, shade , (Iliad by Homer)
2. generally, to overshadow, cover , (Hesiod):—;Pass., (Euripides)
3. to shade in painting , (Lucian) (ML) G9107 G9107 = G9107 σκληροκάρδιος sklērokardios G:A hard-hearted hard-hearted G9108 G9108 = G9108 σκληροπρόσωπος sklēroprosōpos harsh harsh G9109 G9109 = G9109 σκληρῶς sklērōs G:ADV harshly harshly; stubbornly G9110 G9110 = G9110 σκνίψ sknips G:N-M a midge a midge G9111 G9111 = G9111 σκολιάζω skoliazō G:V to perverse perverse; crooked G9112 G9112 = G9112 σκολιότης skoliotēs G:N-F deformity crookedness , (Plutarch): in plural the windings of a stream, etc., (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G9113 G9113 = G9113 σκολιῶς skoliōs G:ADV crookedly crookedly G9114 G9114 = G9114 σκόπελον skopelon G:N-N a high rock a high rock G9115 G9115 = G9115 σκοπιά skopia G:N-F a height 1. a lookout-place, a mountain-peak , (Homer): of the Trojan acropolis, (Euripides): compare σκόπελος.
2. metaphorically the height or highest point of anything, (Pindar)
3. a watchtower , Lat. specula, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. a look-out, watch , σκοπιὴν ἔχειν to keep watch , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G9116 G9116 = G9116 σκόρδον skordon G:N-N garlic garlic G9117 G9117 = G9117 σκοτάζω skotazō G:V to darken to darken G9118 G9118 = G9118 σκοτομήνη skotomēnē G:N-F moonlight moonlight G9119 G9119 = G9119 σκυθρωπάζω skuthrōpazō G:V to look downcast to look angry or sullen, be of a sad countenance , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
from σκυθρωπός (ML) G9120 G9120 = G9120 σκυλεύω skuleuō G:V to despoil 1. to strip or despoil a slain enemy of his arms, (Hesiod); with accusative of persons or things, Κύκνον σκυλεύσαντες ἀπp ὤμων τεύχεα having stript the arms of Cycnus from his shoulders, (Hesiod)
2. with accusative rei et genitive pers. to strip the arms off an enemy, (Xenophon Historicus); so, ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν σκ. ψέλια (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9121 G9121 = G9121 σκύμνος skumnos G:N-M a cub a cub, whelp , especially a lion's whelp , (Iliad by Homer), attic; of other animals, (Euripides); in poets also of men, Ἀχίλλειος σκ. (Euripides) (ML) G9122 G9122 = G9122 σκυτάλη skutalē G:N-F a stave 1. a staff, cudgel, club , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. at Sparta, a staff or baton , used as a cypher for writing dispatches:—;a strip of leather was rolled slantwise round it, on which the dispatches were written lengthwise, so that when unrolled they were unintelligible: commanders abroad had a staff of like thickness, round which they rolled these papers, and so were able to read the dispatches:—;hence σκυτάλη came to mean a Spartan dispatch , (Thucydides); and generally a message , (Pindar)
derivation uncertain (ML) G9123 G9123 = G9123 σκῶλον skōlon G:N-N an impediment an impediment G9124 G9124 = G9124 σμαραγδίτης smaragditēs G:N-M an emerald an emerald G9125 G9125 = G9125 σμῆγμα smēgma G:N-N beauty treatment beauty treatment G9126 G9126 = G9126 σμικρύνω smikrunō G:V to diminish to diminish G9127 G9127 = G9127 σμῖλαξ smilax G:N-F a yew tree 1. Lat. taxus, the yew, (Plato Philosophus)
2. the convolvulus , or perhaps bryony , [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9128 G9128 = G9128 σμυρίτης smuritēs G:N-M an emery stone an emery stone G9129 G9129 = G9129 σμύρνινος smurninos G:A of myrrh of myrrh G9130 G9130 = G9130 σοφιστής sophistēs G:N-M a wise man 1. a master of one's craft or art, an adept , of a diviner, (Herdotus Historicus); of poets, (Pindar); of the Creator, (Plato Philosophus); metaphorically, ς. πημάτων an adept in misery, (Euripides)
2. like φρόνιμος, one who is clever in matters of life, a wise man , in which sense the seven Sages are called σοφισταί, (Herdotus Historicus); of Prometheus, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. at Athens, a Sophist , i. e. a professor of grammar, rhetoric, politics, mathematics, such as Prodicus, Gorgias, Protagoras, (Thucydides), etc. At first the Sophists were held in honour; but from their loose principles they fell into ill repute, and the word came to mean,
4. a sophist (in bad sense), a quibbler, cheat , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G9131 G9131 = G9131 σοφόω sophoō to give wisdom to give wisdom G9132 G9132 = G9132 σοφῶς sophōs G:ADV wisely wisely G9133 G9133 = G9133 σπάδων spadōn G:N-M a castrato an eunuch , Lat. spado, (Plutarch) (ML) G9134 G9134 = G9134 σπανίζω spanizō G:V be depleted 1. of things, to be rare, scarce, scanty , (Pindar)
2. of persons, to lack or be in want of , τινός (Herdotus Historicus), etc.;—;so in Pass., ἐσπανίσμεθ᾽ ἀρωγῶν (Aeschulus Tragicus): absolute to be in want , (Euripides) (ML) G9135 G9135 = G9135 σπάνιος spanios G:A sparingly 1. rare, scarce, scanty , (Herdotus Historicus); σπάνιον ἑαυτὸν παρέχειν, Lat. difficiles aditus habere, (Plato Philosophus); ὕδατι σπανίῳ χρώμενοι having a scanty supply of water, (Thucydides); with infinitive, σπ. ἰδεῖν rare to behold, (Xenophon Historicus): of persons in an adverb sense, σπάνιος ἐπιφοιτᾷ he seldom visits, (Herdotus Historicus):—; σπάνιόν ἐστι, with infinitive, it is seldom that . ., (Xenophon Historicus):—; τὸ σπάνιον = σπάνις, (Aeschines Orator)
2. comparative σπανιώτερος, (Herdotus Historicus): —;Sup. -ώτατος, attic
3. adverb -ίως, seldom , (Xenophon Historicus); so σπανίᾳ, (Plato Philosophus): comparative -ιώτερον, (Thucydides) (ML) G9136 G9136 = G9136 σπάργανον sparganon G:N-N swaddling cloth a swathing band , and in plural swaddling-clothes , (Homeric Hymns); παῖς ἔτ᾽ ὢν ἐν σπαργάνοις (Aeschulus Tragicus); tokens by which a person is identified , Lat. monumenta, crepundia, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9137 G9137 = G9137 σπαρτίον spartion G:N-N a cord a cord; string G9138 G9138 = G9138 σπερματίζω spermatizō G:V to conceive to conceive; go to seed G9139 G9139 = G9139 σπερματισμός spermatismos G:N-M a discharge of semen a discharge of semen G9140 G9140 = G9140 σπιθαμή spithamē G:N-F a span the space one can span with the thumb and little finger, a span , Lat. dodrans, about 7 1/2 inches , (Herdotus Historicus)
derivation uncertain (ML) G9141 G9141 = G9141 σπινθήρ spinthēr G:N-N a spark a spark , Lat. scintilla, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G9142 G9142 = G9142 σποδιά spodia G:N-F a pile of ashes 1. a heap of ashes, ashes , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. metaphorically, = σποδός III, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9143 G9143 = G9143 σποδοειδής spodoeidēs G:A ashen ashen G9144 G9144 = G9144 σπονδεῖον spondeion G:N-N a libation bowl a libation bowl G9145 G9145 = G9145 σπονδή spondē G:N-F a libation 1. a drink-offering , i. e. the wine poured out to the gods before drinking, Lat. libatio, (Hesiod); σπονδὰς θεοῖς λείβειν, σπένδειν (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. in plural, σπονδαί was a solemn treaty or truce , (because solemn drink-offerings were made on concluding them); σπονδαὶ ἄκρητοι the truce made by pouring unmixed wine, (Iliad by Homer); αἱ Λακεδαιμονίων σπ. the truce with them. (Thucydides); σπονδὰς παραδιδόναι (Aristophanes Comicus); δέχεσθαι (Thucydides); τυχεῖν (Xenophon Historicus); σπ. ποιεῖσθαί τινι to make a truce with one, (Herdotus Historicus); πρός τινα (Aristophanes Comicus); σπ. τέμνειν (like ὅρκια τέμνειν); (Euripides); σπ. ἄγειν πρός τινας (Thucydides)
3. αἱ Ὀλυμπικαὶ σπ. the solemn truce or armistice during the Olympic games, (Thucydides)
4. the treaty itself , εἴρηται ἐν ταῖς σπ. (Thucydides) (ML) G9146 G9146 = G9146 σταγών stagōn G:N-M a drop (liquid) a drop (liquid) G9147 G9147 = G9147 στάζω stazō G:V to drip 1. of persons,
2. with accusative rei, to drop, let fall or shed drop by drop , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
3. with dative rei, αἵματι στ. to drip with blood, (Aeschulus Tragicus); στάζων ἱδρῶτι (Sophocles Tragicus);—;rarely with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. intransitive of things, to drop, fall in drops, drip, trickle , (Herdotus Historicus); metaphorically, στάζει ἐν ὕπνωι πόνος (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9148 G9148 = G9148 σταθμάω stathmaō G:V to measure by a rule 1. to measure by rule , (Euripides): —;Pass., with future middle -ήσομαι, to be measured, estimated , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. as Dep. (see. σταθμόω); to estimate distance or size, without actual measurement, (Herdotus Historicus): metaphorically to estimate one thing by another, τί τινι (Plato Philosophus); absolute to conjecture , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to attach weight to a thing, value it, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9149 G9149 = G9149 στάθμιον stathmion G:N-N a scale-weight a scale-weight G9150 G9150 = G9150 σταθμός stathmos G:N-M a doorpost 1. a standing place for animals, Lat. stabulum, a stable, fold, (Iliad by Homer): a stye , (Odyssey by Homer): of men, a dwelling, abode , (Hesiod)
2. quarters, lodgings for travellers or soldiers, Lat. statio, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in Persia, σταθμοί were stations on the royal road, where the king rested, (Herdotus Historicus): hence a day's journey, day's march , averaging about 5 parasangs or 15 miles, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. like Lat. statio, a station for ships, (Euripides)
5. an upright post, the bearing pillar of the roof, (Odyssey by Homer): a door-post , especially in plural, (Homer), attic
6. the balance , (Aristophanes Comicus); ἱστᾶν σταθμῷ τι πρός τι to weigh one thing against another, (Herdotus Historicus)
7. weight , σταθμὸν ἔχειν τάλαντον to weigh a talent, (Herdotus Historicus); absolute in accusative, ἴσα σταθμόν equal in weight , (Herdotus Historicus); ἡμιπλίνθια σταθμὸν διτάλαντα two talents in or by weight , (Herdotus Historicus):—;in plural weights , (Euripides), etc. (ML) G9151 G9151 = G9151 σταῖς stais G:N-N dough flour of spelt mixed and made into dough , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9152 G9152 = G9152 στακτή staktē G:N-F balsam balsam G9153 G9153 = G9153 σταλάζω stalazō G:V to trickle to trickle G9154 G9154 = G9154 σταφίς staphis G:N-F a dried grape a dried grape G9155 G9155 = G9155 στέαρ stear G:N-N fat stiff fat, tallow, suet , Lat. sebum, opp. toπιμελή (Lat. adeps, soft fat), (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G9156 G9156 = G9156 στεατόομαι steatoomai G:V to grow fat to grow fat G9157 G9157 = G9157 στεγάζω stegazō G:V to roof to cover , (Xenophon Historicus): metaphorically, ὕπνος στ. τινά covers, embraces one, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass., πλοῖον ἐστεγασμένον a decked vessel, (Antipho Orator) (ML) G9158 G9158 = G9158 στεγνός stegnos G:A roofed 1. waterproof , (Herdotus Historicus); στεγνὰ οἰκήματα, of a cave, (Euripides)
2. as Substantive, στεγνόν, οῦ, a covered dwelling , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9159 G9159 = G9159 στέλεχος stelechos G:N-N a stick the crown of the root, stump , whence the trunk springs, Lat. codex, (Pindar) (ML) G9160 G9160 = G9160 στέμφυλον stemphulon G:N-N dregs a mass of olives from which the oil has been pressed, olive-cake , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9161 G9161 = G9161 στενακτός stenaktos G:A bemoaned 1. to be mourned, giving cause for grief , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. mournful , (Euripides)

(ML) G9162 G9162 = G9162 στένω stenō G:V to moan 1. to moan, sigh, groan , (Homer)
2. with genitive to moan or sigh for , (Euripides); ὑπέρ τινος (Aeschulus Tragicus); τινί or ἐπί τινι (Euripides); with accusative cognate, πένθος οἰκεῖον στ. (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid., (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. with accusative to bewail, lament , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; στένειν τινὰ τῆς τύχης to pity him for his ill fortune, (Aeschulus Tragicus): so in Mid., στένεσθαί τινα (Euripides) (ML) G9163 G9163 = G9163 στενῶς stenōs G:ADV narrowly narrowly, in a strait G9164 G9164 = G9164 στένωσις stenōsis straitness straitness G9165 G9165 = G9165 στερεοκάρδιος stereokardios hard-hearted hard-hearted G9166 G9166 = G9166 στερέω stereō G:V to deprive 1. to deprive, bereave, rob of anything, with accusative pers. et genitive rei, (Odyssey by Homer), attic
2. with accusative rei, to take away , [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass. to have taken from one , βίον στερείς (Euripides) (ML) G9167 G9167 = G9167 στερίσκω steriskō G:V to deprive to deprive of a thing, (Thucydides):—;Pass. to be deprived of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G9168 G9168 = G9168 στεφάνη stephanē G:N-F a rim 1. anything that encircles the head, for defence or ornament:
2. the brim of the helmet, projecting behind as well as before, (Iliad by Homer)
3. part of a woman's head-dress, a diadem, coronal , (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;metaphorically, of a city, ἀπὸ στεφάναν κέκαρσαι πύργων thou hast been shorn of thy coronal of towers, (Euripides)
4. the brim or edge of anything, the brow of a hill, edge of a cliff , (Iliad by Homer); of a basket, (Moschus Bucolicus) (ML) G9169 G9169 = G9169 στηθοδεσμίς stēthodesmis G:N-F a breastband a breastband G9170 G9170 = G9170 στηθύνιον stēthunion G:N-N a breast a breast G9171 G9171 = G9171 στήλη stēlē G:N-F a monument 1. a block of stone used as a prop or buttress to a wall , (Iliad by Homer): a block of rockcrystal, in which the Egyptian mummies were cased, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a block or slab , bearing an inscription; and so,
3. a gravestone , (Homer), attic
4. a block or slab , inscribed with record of victories, dedications, treaties, decrees, etc., (Herdotus Historicus), attic; γράφειν τινὰ εἰς στήλην, ἀναγράφειν ἐν στήλῃ, whether for honour, or for infamy, (Herdotus Historicus):—;also the record itself, a contract, agreement , κατὰ τὴν στήλην according to agreement , (Aristophanes Comicus); στῆλαι αἱ πρὸς Θηβαίους (Demosthenes Orator)
5. a boundary post, (Xenophon Historicus):—; the turning-post at the end of the racecourse, Lat. meta, (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. for Στῆλαι Ἡρακλήιαι, see. Ἡράκλειος. (ML) G9172 G9172 = G9172 στηλογραφία stēlographia G:N-F an inscription on a monument an inscription on a monument G9173 G9173 = G9173 στηλόω stēloō G:V to set up a monument to set up as a monument , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9174 G9174 = G9174 στήλωμα stēlōma G:N-N a pillar a pillar G9175 G9175 = G9175 στήμων stēmōn G:N-M a warp 1. the warp in the ancient upright loom, (Hesiod)
2. a thread , (Batrachomyomachia) (ML) G9176 G9176 = G9176 στήριγμα stērigma G:N-N a reliance 1. a support , (Euripides)
2. = στῆριγξ 2, (Plutarch) (ML) G9177 G9177 = G9177 στιβαρός stibaros G:A dense compact, strong, stout, sturdy , (Homer) (ML) G9178 G9178 = G9178 στιβαρῶς stibarōs G:A densely densely G9179 G9179 = G9179 στίβι stibi G:N-N antimony antimony G9180 G9180 = G9180 στιβίζομαι stibizomai G:V to tinge with antimony Mid. or Pass. to paint one's eyelids and eyebrows with black paint στίβι); (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G9181 G9181 = G9181 στικτός stiktos G:A a mark punctured , [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;generally, spotted, dappled , (Sophocles Tragicus); στικτὰ ὄμματα, of the hundred eyes of Argus, (Euripides) (ML) G9182 G9182 = G9182 στιλβόω stilboō G:V to brighten to brighten G9183 G9183 = G9183 στίλβωσις stilbōsis G:N-F shine shine G9184 G9184 = G9184 στίχος stichos G:N-M a row 1. a row or file of soldiers, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. a line of poetry, a verse , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9185 G9185 = G9185 στοιβάζω stoibazō G:V to pile to pile G9186 G9186 = G9186 στοιβή stoibē G:N-F a pile a plant used for stuffing or padding; and metaphorically " padding , " an expletive , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9187 G9187 = G9187 στοιχίζω stoichizō G:V to set in rows 1. to set a row of poles with nets to drive the game into, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to order or arrange in system , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9188 G9188 = G9188 στολίζω stolizō G:V to robe 1. to put in trim , στολίσας νηὸς πτερά having trimmed the sails, (Hesiod)
2. to equip, dress :—;Pass., ἐστολισμένος δορί armed with spear, (Euripides)
3. metaphorically to deck, adorn , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9189 G9189 = G9189 στολισμός stolismos G:N-M a uniform a uniform G9190 G9190 = G9190 στολιστής stolistēs G:N-M a keeper of wardrobe a keeper of wardrobe G9191 G9191 = G9191 στοχάζομαι stochazomai G:V to take thought 1. to aim or shoot at , with genitive, τοῦ σκοποῦ (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. metaphorically to aim at, endeavour after , (Plato Philosophus); στ. φίλων κριτῶν to aim at having friends as judges, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to endeavour to make out, to guess at a thing, with genitive, (Isocrates Orator):—; absolute to make guesses, conjecture, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9192 G9192 = G9192 στοχαστής stochastēs G:N-M a thinker a thinker G9193 G9193 = G9193 στραγγαλιά strangalia G:N-F perverseness perverseness G9194 G9194 = G9194 στραγγαλιώδης strangaliōdēs G:A insidious insidious G9195 G9195 = G9195 στραγγίζω strangizō G:V to wring out to wring out G9196 G9196 = G9196 στρατοκῆρυξ stratokērux G:N-M herald of an army herald of an army G9197 G9197 = G9197 στρατοπεδεία stratopedeia G:N-F a military encampment a military encampment G9198 G9198 = G9198 στρατοπεδεύω stratopedeuō G:V to encamp 1. to encamp, bivouac, take up a position , (Xenophon Historicus):
2. as Dep. στρατοπεδεύομαι, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; perfect ἐστρατοπεδεῦσθαι to be in camp , (Xenophon Historicus): of a fleet, to be stationed , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9199 G9199 = G9199 στρεβλός streblos G:A crooked twisted, crooked , (Aristotle Philosopher); of the brows, knit, wrinkled , [variant datesAnthology Palantina: metaphorically, στρεβλοῖσι παλαίσμασι by cunning dodges in wrestling, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9200 G9200 = G9200 στρέμμα stremma a strand a wrench, strain, sprain , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9201 G9201 = G9201 στρίφνος striphnos G:N-M tough tough G9202 G9202 = G9202 στροβέω strobeō G:V to whirl to twist, twirl or whirl about , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;metaphorically to make dizzy, distract , (Aeschulus Tragicus): —;Pass. to whirl about , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9203 G9203 = G9203 στρογγύλος strongulos G:N-N globular 1. round, spherical , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; λίθοι στρ. pebbles , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. circular , (Plato Philosophus)
3. round, compactly formed , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. of ships, στρ. ναῦς, στρ. πλοῖον, a merchant- ship, from its round shape , as opposite to the long narrow ship-of-war μακρὰ ναῦς); (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. metaphorically of phrases, well-rounded, compact, pithy, terse , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;adverb, στρογγυλώτατα as tersely as possible , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9204 G9204 = G9204 στρογγύλωμα strongulōma round round G9205 G9205 = G9205 στρογγύλωσις strongulōsis a battleline a battleline G9206 G9206 = G9206 στρουθίζω strouthizō to chirp to chirp G9207 G9207 = G9207 στρουθός strouthos G:N-M an ostrich 1. the sparrow , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. ὁ μέγας στρ. the large bird , i. e. the ostrich, Struthio , (Xenophon Historicus): also called στρουθὸς κατάγαιος (i. e. the bird that runs on the ground , does not fly), (Herdotus Historicus); also simply στρουθός, like στρουθοκάμηλος, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9208 G9208 = G9208 στροφεύς stropheus G:N-M a hinge the socket in which the pivot of a door ὁ στρόφιγξ); moved, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9209 G9209 = G9209 στροφή strophē G:N-F a shift and turn 1. a turning , e.g. of a horse, (Xenophon Historicus); ἐν στροφαῖσιν ὀμμάτων with rolling of the eyes, (Euripides)
2. a twist , such as wrestlers make to elude their adversary, (Plato Philosophus):—;metaphorically a trick, dodge , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. the turning of the Chorus as they danced from right to left of the ὀρχήστρα: the strain sung during this evolution, the strophe , to which the ἀντιστροφή answers. (ML) G9210 G9210 = G9210 στρόφιγξ strophigx G:N-M a hinge 1. the pivot, axle or pin on which a body turns , (Euripides)
2. στρόφιγγες were pivots working in sockets , at top and bottom of a door, which served instead of hinges, (Plutarch)
3. metaphorically, στρ. γλώττης, of a well-hung tongue, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9211 G9211 = G9211 στροφωτός strophōtos G:A turnings turnings G9212 G9212 = G9212 στρῶμα strōma G:N-N a bedding 1. anything spread or laid out for lying or sitting upon, a mattress, bed , Lat. stragulum, vestis stragula, (Theognis Elegiacus):—;in plural the bedclothes, the coverings of a dinner-couch , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. a horsecloth, horse-trappings , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9213 G9213 = G9213 στρωμνή strōmnē G:N-F a strewn bed a bed spread or prepared; generally, a bed, couch , (Pindar), etc.: a mattress, bedding , (Xenophon Historicus); στρ. ἄφθιτος, of the golden fleece, (Pindar)
from στρώτης (ML) G9214 G9214 = G9214 στυγνός stugnos G:A gloomy 1. hated, abhorred, hateful , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;with dative hateful or hostile to one, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. gloomy, sullen , Lat. tristis, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὁρᾶν στυγνός gloomy to behold, (Xenophon Historicus);—; στυγνὸς εἴκων yielding sullenly, with an ill grace , (Sophocles Tragicus); neuter as adverb, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9215 G9215 = G9215 στυππέϊνος stuppeinos G:N-N of hemp of hemp G9216 G9216 = G9216 στυππίον stuppion G:N-N hemp hemp G9217 G9217 = G9217 στυράκινος sturakinos G:A of a green poplar made of the wood of the tree στύραξ, (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G9218 G9218 = G9218 συγγίνομαι sunginomai G:V be intimate with be intimate with G9219 G9219 = G9219 συγγραφή sungraphē G:N-F a writ 1. a writing or noting down , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. that which is written, a writing, book: a history, narrative , (Thucydides), etc.
3. a written contract, a covenant, bond , Lat. syngrapha, (Thucydides); συγγ. ναυτικαί a bond to secure money lent on bottomry, (Demosthenes Orator); ἀνδριάντα ἐκδεδωκὼς κατὰ συγγραφήν having contracted for its execution, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9220 G9220 = G9220 συγκαθυφαίνω sugkathuphainō G:V to interweave to interweave G9221 G9221 = G9221 συγκαίω sugkaiō G:V to burn with set on fire with or at once, burn up , Lat. comburere, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9222 G9222 = G9222 συγκάλυμμα sugkalumma G:N-N a marriage veil a marriage veil G9223 G9223 = G9223 συγκατακληρονομέομαι sugkataklēronomeomai G:V to inherit together to inherit together G9224 G9224 = G9224 συγκαταμίγνυμι sugkatamignumi G:V to mix together with to mix in with, mingle, blend with , Χάριτας Μούσαις συγκαταμιγνύς (Euripides):—;Pass. to be absorbed in a thing, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9225 G9225 = G9225 συγκατεσθίω sugkatesthiō G:V to devour together to eat up, devour with or together , (Plutarch) (ML) G9226 G9226 = G9226 συγκαταφέρω sugkatapherō G:V to carry together to carry together G9227 G9227 = G9227 συγκατοικέω sugkatoikeō to dwell together to dwell with one, τινί (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9228 G9228 = G9228 σύγκειμαι sugkeimai G:V be situated together 1. Pass. to lie together , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. as Pass. of συντίθημι, to be composed or compounded , ἔκ τινων of certain parts, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
3. of written works, to be composed , (Thucydides), etc.
4. to be contrived, concocted , (Euripides), etc.
5. to be agreed on by two parties, (Thucydides): in participle agreed on, arranged , αἱ συγκείμεναι ἡμέραι (Herdotus Historicus); κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα according to the terms agreed on , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐκ τῶν ξυγκειμένων (Thucydides)
6. impersonal σύγκειται, it has been or is agreed on , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; so, συγκειμένου σφι, with infinitive, since they had agreed to . . , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9229 G9229 = G9229 συγκερατίζομαι sugkeratizomai G:V to mix horns to mix horns G9230 G9230 = G9230 συγκλασμός sugklasmos G:N-M a splinter a splinter G9231 G9231 = G9231 συγκλάω sugklaō G:V to break in pieces together to break off :—;Pass. to be cramped , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9232 G9232 = G9232 σύγκλεισμα sugkleisma G:N-N a joinery a joinery G9233 G9233 = G9233 συγκλεισμός sugkleismos G:N-M a confinement a confinement; enclosure; investment; siege G9234 G9234 = G9234 συγκλειστός sugkleistos G:N-N joined joined G9235 G9235 = G9235 σύγκλητος sugklētos G:A summoned 1. called together, summoned , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. ς. ἐκκλησία at Athens, an assembly specially summoned by the στρατηγός (opposite to the ordinary meetings, αἱ κυρίαι); Decret. quoted in (Demosthenes Orator):—;generally, σύγκλητος (i.e. ἐκκλησία); a legislative body , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9236 G9236 = G9236 συγκλύζω sugkluzō G:V to engulf to engulf G9237 G9237 = G9237 σύγκοιτος sugkoitos G:A a bed-mate a bed-mate G9238 G9238 = G9238 συγκόπτω sugkoptō G:V to cut down 1. to break up, cut up , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to thrash soundly, pound well , (Xenophon Historicus);—;Pass., perfect infinitive συγκεκόφθαι (Aristophanes Comicus); participle συγκεκομμένος (Euripides) (ML) G9239 G9239 = G9239 σύγκρασις sugkrasis G:N-F an admixture a mixing together, commixture, blending, tempering , (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G9240 G9240 = G9240 σύγκριμα sugkrima G:N-N interpretation interpretation G9241 G9241 = G9241 σύγκρισις sugkrisis G:N-F amalgamation 1. a compounding , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. a comparing, comparison , (Aristotle Philosopher), etc. (ML) G9242 G9242 = G9242 συγκροτέω sugkroteō G:V to strike together 1. to strike together; ς. τὼ χεῖρε to clap the hands for joy, (Xenophon Historicus); but also to smite them together in grief, (Lucian):—;Pass. to be applauded , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to hammer or weld together , (Aristophanes Comicus): hence, to weld a number of men into one body, i. e. organise them, (Demosthenes Orator), etc.:—;perfect passive participle συγκεκροτημένος well-trained, in good discipline , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9243 G9243 = G9243 συγκυρέω sugkureō G:V to fall in with 1. to come together by chance , (Iliad by Homer): to meet with an accident, συγκύρσαι τύχῃ (Sophocles Tragicus); εἰς ἓν μοίρας ξυνέκυρσας art involved in one and the same fate, (Euripides)
2. with participle, like τυγχάνω, συνεκύρησε παραπεσοῦσα νηῦς fell in the way by chance , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. of events and accidents, like συμβαίνω, to happen, occur , (Herdotus Historicus): —;impersonal, with infinitive, συνεκύρησε γενέσθαι it came to pass that . ., (Herdotus Historicus):—;so, in Pass., τὸ ἐς Λακεδαιμονίους συγκεκυρημένον (Herdotus Historicus)
4. of places, to be contiguous to , τινί (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9244 G9244 = G9244 συζώννυμι suzōnnumi G:V to tie together to tie together G9245 G9245 = G9245 συκάμινον sukaminon G:N-N fruit of sycamine trees the fruit of the συκάμινος, a mulberry , Lat. morum, (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9246 G9246 = G9246 συκεών sukeōn a fig grove a fig grove G9247 G9247 = G9247 συκοφάντης sukophantēs G:N-M an extortioner a false accuser, slanderer , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.; (never used in the modern sense of sycophant , i. e. κόλαξ); generally, a false adviser , (Demosthenes Orator) (Commonly derived from σῦκον, φαίνω, one who informed against persons exporting figs from Attica: better perhaps a fig-shewer , i. e. one who brings figs to light by shaking the tree (the figs having been hidden in the thick foliage); and then, metaphorically, one who makes rich men yield up their fruit by false accusations). (ML) G9248 G9248 = G9248 συκοφαντία sukophantia G:N-F extortion 1. false accusation, slander, calumny , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
2. a sophism , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9249 G9249 = G9249 σύλληψις sullēpsis G:N-F a seizing 1. a taking together: a seizing, arresting , ποιεῖσθαι ξύλληψιν to arrest , (Thucydides)
2. conception , (Plutarch) (ML) G9250 G9250 = G9250 συλλογή sullogē G:N-F collection 1. a gathering, collecting , (Thucydides): metaphorically, ἐν γενείου ξυλλογῇ τριχώματος in the first harvest of a beard, i. e. in early manhood, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. a levying of soldiers, Lat. conscriptio, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. a summary, recapitulation , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. (from Pass.) an assembly, meeting , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9251 G9251 = G9251 συλλογισμός sullogismos G:N-M assessment 1. computation , (Plato Philosophus)
2. a conclusion, inference from premisses , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9252 G9252 = G9252 συλλοιδορέω sulloidoreō G:V to join in reviling to join in reviling G9253 G9253 = G9253 συμβαστάζω sumbastazō G:V be compared with be compared with G9254 G9254 = G9254 σύμβλημα sumblēma G:N-N a coupling a coupling G9255 G9255 = G9255 σύμβλησις sumblēsis G:N-F a coupling a coupling G9256 G9256 = G9256 συμβοηθός sumboēthos G:N-M an ally an ally G9257 G9257 = G9257 συμβολή sumbolē G:N-N a compact 1. a coming together, meeting, joining , (Xenophon Historicus): the juncture of two parts, the end , Lat. commissura, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. in hostile sense, an encounter, engagement, battle , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. = συμβόλαιον II, a contract, covenant , (Aristotle Philosopher); in (Aristophanes Comicus) Ach. there is a play on signfs. II and III, encounter and accounts, charge and charges.
4. in plural, συμβολαί were contributions for a common meal, πίνειν ἀπὸ συμβολῶν, like de symbolis(Terentius Grammaticus Latinus) entertainment itself, a picnic , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9258 G9258 = G9258 συμβολοκοπέω sumbolokopeō G:V be fond of carousing be fond of carousing G9259 G9259 = G9259 σύμβολον sumbolon G:N-N a symbol 1. a sign or token by which one infers a thing, [variant datesTragica Adespota; λαμπάδος τὸ σύμβολον the token of the beacon-fire, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;often in plural, of marks on the body, (Euripides); of omens , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. a pledge or pawn , on which money was advanced, (Lysias Orator)
3. in plural tallies , Lat. tesserae hospitales, i.e. the halves of a bone or coin, which two persons broke between them, each keeping one piece, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
4. at Athens, a ticket, counter , Lat. tessera, such as were given to the dicasts, on presenting which they received their fee, (Demosthenes Orator)
5. a permit or licence to reside, given to aliens , (Aristophanes Comicus); a ticket given by each person who joined in a picnic, to be presented for payment at the end (compare συμβολή IV), (Aristophanes Comicus)
6. in Eccl. the distinctive mark of Christians, a confession of faith, a creed , Lat. symbolum.
7. in legal phrase, σύμβολα were covenants between two states for protection of commerce , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.; σύμβολα ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς πόλιν to make a commercial treaty with a state, τὰ ς. συγχέειν to violate such treaty , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9260 G9260 = G9260 συμβόσκομαι sumboskomai G:V to feed together to feed together G9261 G9261 = G9261 συμβουλία sumboulia G:N-F advice advice or counsel given , (Herdotus Historicus); in plural counsels , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9262 G9262 = G9262 συμμαχέω summacheō G:V to fight along with to be an ally, to be in alliance , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;generally, to help, aid, succour , τινί (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.:—;Pass. to be assisted , (Lucian) (ML) G9263 G9263 = G9263 συμμαχία summachia G:N-F an alliance in war 1. an alliance offensive and defensive (opposite to an ἐπιμαχία, defensive) , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.: συμμαχίαν ποιεῖσθαι πρός τινα (Herdotus Historicus); τινί (Thucydides)
2. generally, the duty of an ally , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. = τὸ συμμαχικόν, the body of allies , (Herdotus Historicus): also, the country of one's allies , (Thucydides)
4. an allied or auxiliary force , (Thucydides) (ML) G9264 G9264 = G9264 σύμμετρος summetros G:A well-proportioned 1. commensurate with another thing, (Euripides): exactly fitting , (Aeschulus Tragicus); τῷδε τἀνδρὶ ξ. being of like age with , (Sophocles Tragicus); ποίᾳ σύμμετρος τύχ; coincident with what chance? i. e. in the very nick of time, (Sophocles Tragicus); see. infr. III. 2.
2. commensurable , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. in measure with, proportionable, exactly suitable , (Isocrates Orator), etc.
4. absolute in right measure, in due proportion, symmetrical , opposite to ὑπερβάλλων and ἐλλείπων, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
5. generally, fitting, meet, due , (Aeschulus Tragicus);—; σύμμετρος ὡς κλύειν within fit distance for hearing, (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. adverb -τρως, (Isocrates Orator), etc.
7. in due time , (Euripides) (ML) G9265 G9265 = G9265 συμμιγής summigēs G:A mixed together 1. commingled, promiscuous , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. with dative commingled with , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9266 G9266 = G9266 συμμίγνυμι summignumi G:V to mix together with 1. to mix together, commingle , (Homeric Hymns); to mix one thing with another, τί τινι (Herdotus Historicus), attic; with accusative only, συμμίξαντες τὰ στρατόπεδα having combined them, (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., of a river, to be mingled with another river, with dative, (Iliad by Homer): to join forces , of two armies, (Thucydides):—;metaphorically, οὐδείς [ ἐστι] τῷ κακὸν οὐ συνεμίχθη there is none who has not misery as an ingredient in his nature , (Herdotus Historicus); συμμιγέντων τούτων πάντων when all these things happened together , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to unite , θεοὺς γυναιξί (Homeric Hymns):—;Pass. to have intercourse with , with dative, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. metaphorically, ς. τινὰ τύχᾳ to make him acquainted with fortune, (Pindar); πρῆγμα συμμῖξαί τινι to communicate a matter to another, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. intransitive in Act. to have intercourse with, to associate or communicate with others, with dative, (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.; ς. πρός τινα to join him, (Xenophon Historicus):—;generally, to meet for conversation or traffic , (Herdotus Historicus); ς. τινί to converse with , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. in hostile sense, to meet in close fight, come to blows, engage , τινί with one, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
6. generally, to meet , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9267 G9267 = G9267 σύμμικτος summiktos G:N-M consolidation commingled, promiscuous , (Hesiod): especially of troops, irregular , (Herdotus Historicus) adverb -τως, (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G9268 G9268 = G9268 σύμμιξις summixis G:N-F an alliance 1. commixture , τινος πρός τι (Plato Philosophus)
2. intercourse , (Plutarch) (ML) G9269 G9269 = G9269 συμπαρίστημι sumparistēmi G:V to stand up with 1. to place beside one also , (Pindar)
2. Pass., with aorist2 et perfect active, to stand beside, assist , τινι (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9270 G9270 = G9270 σύμπας sumpas G:A all things 1. all together, all at once, all in a body , (Homer), attic; in attic, the Art. is often added in the case of Numerals, πέντ᾽ ἦσαν οἱ ξύμπαντες (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with collective nouns, the whole , ὁ ς. στρατός (Herdotus Historicus); στρατὸς ς. (Sophocles Tragicus); ξύμπασα πόλις the state as a whole , (Thucydides); ξ. γνώμη the general scope (of a speech), (Thucydides)
3. τὸ σύμπαν the whole together, the sum of the matter, (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ ξύμπαν εἰπεῖν (Thucydides)
4. τὸ σύμπαν, as adverb altogether, on the whole, in general , (Thucydides), etc. (ML) G9271 G9271 = G9271 συμπατέω sumpateō G:V to trample upon together to tread together, trample under foot , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor):—;Pass. to be trampled under foot , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G9272 G9272 = G9272 συμπεραίνω sumperainō G:V to finish off together 1. to join or assist in accomplishing , (Euripides):—;Mid., συμπεραίνεσθαί τινι ἔχθραν to join fully in enmity with another, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to decide or conclude absolutely , ς. φροντίδα to make up one's mind, (Euripides); κλῇθρα μοχλοῖς ς. to make the doors doubly sure by bars, (Euripides):—;Pass. to be quite finished , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9273 G9273 = G9273 συμπεριφέρω sumperipherō G:V to accommodate 1. to carry round along with or together , (Plato Philosophus)
2. Pass. to be carried round together , (Plato Philosophus)
3. συμπεριφέρεσθαί τινι to have intercourse with one, (Polybius Historicus): to adapt oneself to circumstances, with dative, (Aeschines Orator)
4. to be well acquainted with things, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9274 G9274 = G9274 σύμπλεκτος sumplektos G:A closely joined closely joined G9275 G9275 = G9275 συμπλέκω sumplekō G:V be closely joined 1. to twine or plait together , (Plato Philosophus); τινί with a thing, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); συμπλέκοντες τὼ χεῖρε εἰς τοὐπίσω joining their hands behind them, (Thucydides)
2. Pass. to be twined together, entwined, entangled , (Euripides); ἴχνη συμπεπλεγμένα tracks entangled, crossing in different directions , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. of persons wrestling, to be locked together with another, with dative, (Herdotus Historicus): generally, to be engaged in close fight , (Demosthenes Orator): of a ship, to be entangled with her opponent, (Herdotus Historicus):—;then, metaphorically to be entangled in , τῇ Σκυθῶν ἐρημίᾳ συμπλακῆναι (Aristophanes Comicus); συμπεπλέγμεθα ξένῳ we are entangled or engaged with him, (Euripides); of war, to be engaged in , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. intransitive in Act., = Pass., (Euripides) (ML) G9276 G9276 = G9276 συμπλήρωσις sumplērōsis G:N-F fulfillment fulfillment G9277 G9277 = G9277 συμποδίζω sumpodizō G:V to bind hand and foot 1. to tie the feet together, bind hand and foot , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass. to be entangled in a net , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. metaphorically to entangle , Lat. impedire, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9278 G9278 = G9278 συμπολεμέω sumpolemeō G:V to join in war with to join in war , (Thucydides), etc.; τινί with one, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9279 G9279 = G9279 συμπορπάομαι sumporpaomai G:V to clasp together to clasp together G9280 G9280 = G9280 συμπροπέμπω sumpropempō G:V to escort to join in escorting , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ς. τινὰ ναυσίν (Thucydides) (ML) G9281 G9281 = G9281 συμπρόσειμι sumproseimi G:V to adhere with to adhere with G9282 G9282 = G9282 συμπροσπλέκομαι sumprosplekomai G:V to grapple together to grapple together G9283 G9283 = G9283 σύμπτωμα sumptōma G:N-N a coincidence a chance, casualty , (Aristotle Philosopher): in bad sense, a mishap, mischance , (Thucydides) (ML) G9284 G9284 = G9284 συμφλέγω sumphlegō G:V to burn together to burn to cinders , (Euripides) (ML) G9285 G9285 = G9285 συμφοράζω sumphorazō G:V to lament together to lament together G9286 G9286 = G9286 συμφράσσω sumphrassō G:V to shut up together 1. to press or pack closely together , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. absolute of troops, to close their ranks, form in close order , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to block up, close , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9287 G9287 = G9287 συμφρύγω sumphrugō G:V to parch to parch G9288 G9288 = G9288 συμφύρω sumphurō G:V to blend together to knead together: beat black and blue , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus):—;Pass., (Euripides); ψυχὴ συμπέφυρται μετὰ τοῦ κακοῦ (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9289 G9289 = G9289 συμφώνως sumphōnōs G:A harmoniously harmoniously G9290 G9290 = G9290 συμψάω sumpsaō G:V to scrape away to sweep away , of a rapid river, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9291 G9291 = G9291 συνᾴδω sunadō G:V to sing together in concert 1. to sing with or together , (Aeschines Orator); ς. ᾠδάν (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. generally, to be in accord with , τινί (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. transitive to celebrate together , τινά (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9292 G9292 = G9292 συνάλλαγμα sunallagma G:N-N exchange a mutual agreement, covenant, contract , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.: in plural dealings between men , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9293 G9293 = G9293 συνανάμιξις sunanamixis G:N-F intermingling with intermingling with G9294 G9294 = G9294 συναναφέρω sunanapherō G:V to join in carrying off to join in carrying off G9295 G9295 = G9295 συναντή sunantē G:N-F a meeting with a meeting with G9296 G9296 = G9296 συνάντημα sunantēma G:N-N an event an event G9297 G9297 = G9297 συνάπτω sunaptō G:V to join together 1. to tie or bind together, to join together, unite , ς. χέρα, in sign of friendship, (Euripides); ἰδού, ξύναψον (i.e. τὴν χέρα); (Euripides); but, ς. χεῖρά τινος ἐν βρόχοις to bind it fast , (Euripides):—; ς. πόδα or ἴχνος τινί to meet him, (Euripides); ς. κῶλον τάφῳ to approach the grave, (Euripides); so, φόνος ς. τινὰ γᾷ (Euripides):—; ξ. βλέφαρα to close the eyes, (Euripides); ς. στόμα to kiss one, (Euripides):—; ς. κακὰ κακοῖς to link misery with misery, (Euripides); but, ς. κακόν τινι to link him with misery , (Euripides): ς. τινὶ δαῖτα to give one a meal, (Euripides): proverbial, ς. λίνον λίνῳ to join thread to thread, i. e. to compare things of the same sort, (Plato Philosophus)
2. to connect in thought, to combine , (Plato Philosophus): ς. μηχανήν to frame a plan, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ς. ὄναρ εἴς τινα to connect it with him, refer it to him, (Euripides); ξυνῆψε πάντας ἐς μίαν βλάβην involved them in one loss, (Euripides)
3. in hostile sense, ς. εἰς μάχην to bring into action, (Herdotus Historicus); ἐλπὶς πόλεις ξυνῆψε engaged them in conflict , (Euripides)
4. ς. μάχην to join battle, (Herdotus Historicus); τινί with one, (Aeschulus Tragicus); πρός τινα (Thucydides): also (without μάχην); to engage , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., νεῖκος συνῆπταί τινι πρός τινα (Herdotus Historicus)
5. in friendly sense, to unite , (Xenophon Historicus): —;Pass., συνάπτεσθαί τινι to have intercourse with , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
6. with accusative rei, ς. μῦθον, ὅρκους (Euripides); ς.τινὶ γάμους, λέκτρα, κῆδος to form an alliance by marriage, (Euripides): ξυνάπτεσθαι κῆδος τῆς θυγατρός to get one's daughter married, (Thucydides)
7. intransitive:
8. in local sense, to border on, lie next to , (Herdotus Historicus); Τήνῳ συνάπτει Ἄνδρος (Aeschulus Tragicus)
9. of Time, to be nigh at hand , (Pindar); so of events, λύπη ς. τινί (Euripides)
10. metaphorically of thoughts, to meet together , (Aristotle Philosopher):—; to be connected with , πρός τι (Aristotle Philosopher)
11. of persons, ς. λόγοισι to enter into conversation, (Sophocles Tragicus); so, ἐς λόγους ξ. τινί (Euripides); also, ς. εἰς χορεύματα to join in the dance, (Euripides); ς. ἐς χεῖρα γῇ, i. e. to come close to land, (Euripides)
12. τύχα ποδὸς ξυνάπτει μοι, i. e. I have come in good time, (Euripides)
13. Mid. to be next to, connected with , τινι (Xenophon Historicus)
14. to take part with one, to assist , τινι (Euripides); absolute, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
15. to bring upon oneself , πληγάς (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9298 G9298 = G9298 συναριθμέω sunarithmeō G:V to count with to reckon in, to take into the account, enumerate , (Isaeus Orator); so in Mid., (Aeschines Orator):—;Pass. to be counted with others, to be taken into account , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9299 G9299 = G9299 συναυλίζομαι sunaulizomai G:V to lodge with Pass. to congregate , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G9300 G9300 = G9300 σύναψις sunapsis G:N-F an association an association G9301 G9301 = G9301 συνδειπνέω sundeipneō G:V to dine with to dine or sup with another, with dative, (Xenophon Historicus); μετά τινων (Demosthenes Orator):—;absolute to dine or sup with others , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.; οἱ ξυνδειπνοῦντες the members of a picnic party , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9302 G9302 = G9302 συνδυάζω sunduazō G:V to associate oneself 1. to join two and two, couple , (Aristotle Philosopher): —;Pass. to be coupled with something else , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. in Pass. to be coupled, to pair , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9303 G9303 = G9303 σύνεγγυς sunengus G:A in the vicinity 1. of Place, near together , (Thucydides), etc.; ς. ἀλλήλων or ἀλλήλοις (Aristotle Philosopher):—; τὸ ς. nearness, proximity , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. of Time, (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. of Quality, οἱ ς. persons of similar rank , (Aristotle Philosopher); ἡ ς. αἰτία the proximate cause, (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9304 G9304 = G9304 συνεδριάζω sunedriazō G:V to sit together with to sit together with G9305 G9305 = G9305 συνεκπολεμέω sunekpolemeō G:V to join in making war to join in making war G9306 G9306 = G9306 συνεκπορεύομαι sunekporeuomai G:V to go forth together to go forth together G9307 G9307 = G9307 συνεκτρέφω sunektrephō G:V to bring up together to rear up along with or together , (Plato Philosophus):—;Pass. to grow up with , τινί (Euripides) (ML) G9308 G9308 = G9308 συνέλκω sunelkō G:V to draw together 1. to draw together, to draw up, contract , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to draw out along with, to help to draw out , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9309 G9309 = G9309 συνεξαίρω sunexairō to raise up together to assist in raising : Pass., aor1 participle συνεξαρθείς being lifted up at once , (Plutarch); being excited at the same time , (Lucian) (ML) G9310 G9310 = G9310 συνεξέρχομαι sunexerchomai G:V to go out together Dep.:—; to go or come out with , τινι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9311 G9311 = G9311 συνεπακολουθέω sunepakoloutheō G:V to follow after together to follow closely , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9312 G9312 = G9312 συνεπισκέπω sunepiskepō G:V to consider together to consider together G9313 G9313 = G9313 συνεπίσταμαι sunepistamai G:V be conscious of Dep. to be privy to , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9314 G9314 = G9314 συνεπισχύω sunepischuō G:V to vigorously assist to join in supporting , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9315 G9315 = G9315 συνεπιτίθημι sunepitithēmi to join in making an attack 1. to help in putting on , (Plutarch)
2. Mid. to join in attacking , τινι (Thucydides); ξ. τῷ ἔργῳ ̀ 6 6̀ το fall to the work together , (Thucydides) (ML) G9316 G9316 = G9316 συνεταιρίς sunetairis G:N-F a female companion a female companion G9317 G9317 = G9317 συνέταιρος sunetairos G:N-M a male companion a companion, partner, comrade , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9318 G9318 = G9318 συνετίζω sunetizō G:V to bring understanding to to bring understanding to G9319 G9319 = G9319 συνετῶς sunetōs G:ADV expertly expertly G9320 G9320 = G9320 συνευφραίνομαι suneuphrainomai G:V be glad with be glad with G9321 G9321 = G9321 συνῆλιξ sunēlix G:A a contemporary of like or equal age , Lat. aequalis, a playmate, comrade, [6th/5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9322 G9322 = G9322 συνθέλω sunthelō G:V to acquiesce to acquiesce G9323 G9323 = G9323 σύνθεμα sunthema G:N-N an agreement with an agreement with G9324 G9324 = G9324 σύνθεσις sunthesis G:N-F a composition 1. a putting together, composition, combination , (Plato Philosophus); γραμμάτων συνθέσεις, i. e. syllables and words, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;also, of an author's composition , (Isocrates Orator)
2. metaphorically, like συνθεσία, an agreement, treaty , (Pindar)
3. Lat. synthesis was a suit of clothes , (Martialis Epigrammaticus Latinus); especially a loose gown , worn at dinner-parties, (Martialis Epigrammaticus Latinus) (ML) G9325 G9325 = G9325 σύνθετος sunthetos G:A compounded 1. put together, composite, compound , (Plato Philosophus): complex , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. put together, fictitious , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. metaphorically agreed upon , ἐκ συνθέτου by agreement , Lat. ex composito, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9326 G9326 = G9326 συνθήκη sunthēkē G:N-F a treaty 1. a composition , of words and sentences, (Lucian)
2. a conventional agreement, convention, compact , (Plato Philosophus); ἐκ συνθήκης, ex composito, by agreement , (Plato Philosophus); κατὰ συνθήκην conventionally , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. the article of a compact or treaty , (Thucydides):—;mostly in plural the articles of agreement , and collectively, a contract, compact, covenant, treaty , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; συνθήκας ποιέεσθαί τινι (Herdotus Historicus); ἐκ τῶν συνθηκῶν according to the covenant , (Isocrates Orator); κατὰ τὰς ς. (Thucydides) (ML) G9327 G9327 = G9327 συνίστωρ sunistōr G:N-M a joint witness 1. knowing along with another, conscious , ὡς θεοὶ ξυνίστορες as the gods are witnesses , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.
2. with accusative (with the verbal construction), πολλὰ συνίστορα κακά conscious of many evils, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9328 G9328 = G9328 συννέφω sunnephō G:V to collect clouds together to collect clouds together G9329 G9329 = G9329 συννεφής sunnephēs G:A covered with clouds clouded over, cloudy :—;of persons, gloomy , (Euripides) (ML) G9330 G9330 = G9330 σύννυμφος sunnumphos G:N-F a sister-in-law a sister-in-law G9331 G9331 = G9331 σύνοδος sunodos G:N-F a convocation a convocation; returns G9332 G9332 = G9332 συνοικίζω sunoikizō G:V to live together 1. to make to live with , (Isocrates Orator); ς. τινὶ τὴν θυγατέρα to give him one's daughter in marriage , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to combine in one city, unite under a capital or metropolis , ξ. πάντας (i.e. ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας)) (Thucydides):—;Pass., ξυνοικισθείσης πόλεως the city having been regularly formed , opposite to κατὰ κώμας οἰκίζεσθαι, (Thucydides)
3. to join in peopling or colonising a country, (Euripides)
4. generally to unite, associate , (Plutarch) (ML) G9333 G9333 = G9333 συνούλωσις sunoulōsis G:N-F closing of a wound closing of a wound G9334 G9334 = G9334 συνταγή suntagē G:N-F an arranged order an arranged order G9335 G9335 = G9335 σύνταγμα suntagma G:N-N an arranged order 1. that which is put together in order :
2. a body of troops, squadron, contingent , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. the constitution of a state , ς. πολιτείας a form of constitution, (Isocrates Orator)
4. an arrangement of musical notes , (Aristotle Philosopher)
5. a regular collection of writings, a work, book, doctrine , (Plutarch)
6. = σύνταξις II. 3, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G9336 G9336 = G9336 σύνταξις suntaxis G:N-F a rate 1. a putting together, arranging, arrangement, organisation, order , (Thucydides): rule , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. a systematic treatise , (Aristotle Philosopher): a narrative , (Polybius Historicus)
3. grammatical construction, syntax , (Lucian)
4. a body of troops , ἡ εἰς μυρίους ς. their contingent towards 10, 000, (Xenophon Historicus)
5. a covenant, contract , (Demosthenes Orator)
6. an assigned impost, contribution , (Demosthenes Orator)
7. a payment, allowance, pension , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9337 G9337 = G9337 συνταράσσω suntarassō G:V to disturb to throw all together into confusion, to confound, disturb, trouble , Lat. conturbare, (Iliad by Homer), attic:—;Pass., αἰθὴρ πόντῳ ξυντετάρακται air is confounded with sea, (Aeschulus Tragicus): to be thrown into confusion , of soldiers, (Thucydides); of social order, (Sophocles Tragicus); metaphorically of persons, to be confounded, greatly troubled, much distressed , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9338 G9338 = G9338 συντέλεσμα suntelesma custom (tax) custom (tax) G9339 G9339 = G9339 συντίμησις suntimēsis G:N-F a price a price; valuation G9340 G9340 = G9340 συντριβή suntribē G:N-F a breaking a breaking; destruction G9341 G9341 = G9341 συντριμμός suntrimmos G:N-M a break a break; conflict G9342 G9342 = G9342 σύντριψις suntripsis G:N-F a defeat a defeat G9343 G9343 = G9343 συντροχάζω suntrochazō G:V to roll together to roll together G9344 G9344 = G9344 συνυφαίνω sunuphainō G:V to weave together to weave together : metaphorically to frame with art, devise cunningly , (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., ὥστε ταῦτα συνυφανθῆναι so that this web was woven , i. e. this business undertaken, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9345 G9345 = G9345 συνυφή sunuphē G:N-F a woven part a woven part G9346 G9346 = G9346 συνωμότης sunōmotēs G:N-M a confederate a fellow-conspirator, confederate , (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G9347 G9347 = G9347 σύριγμα surigma G:N-N a hissing the sound of a pipe , (Euripides) (ML) G9348 G9348 = G9348 σῦριγξ surigx G:N-F a flute 1. a pipe :
2. a musical pipe, a shepherd's pipe, Panspipe , (Iliad by Homer), attic
3. anything like a pipe :
4. a spear-case , = δορατοθήκη, (Iliad by Homer)
5. the hole in the nave of a wheel , [variant datesTragica Adespota
6. a duct or channel in the body, in plural the nostrils , (Sophocles Tragicus)
(ML) G9349 G9349 = G9349 συρίζω surizō G:V to hiss 1. to play the σῦριγξ, to pipe , (Euripides); with accusative cognate, συρίζων ὑμεναίους (Euripides)
2. to whistle, hiss , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;with accusative cognate, συρίζων φόνον hissing forth murder, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. to hiss an actor, Lat. explodere, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9350 G9350 = G9350 συρισμός surismos G:N-M a hissing a hissing G9351 G9351 = G9351 συρράπτω surraptō G:V to sew together to sew or stitch together, sew up , Lat. consuo, (Hesiod) (ML) G9352 G9352 = G9352 σύσκηνος suskēnos G:N-M a fellow tent-dweller one who lives in the same tent, a messmate , Lat. contubernalis, (Thucydides) (ML) G9353 G9353 = G9353 συσκιάζω suskiazō G:V to overshadow 1. to shade quite over, throw a shade over, shade closely or thickly , (Hesiod); γένυν ς., i. e.to get a beard, (Euripides): metaphorically, συσκηνῶσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας (Demosthenes Orator)
2. intransitive to be thick-shaded , (Euripides) (ML) G9354 G9354 = G9354 σύσκιος suskios G:A shady closely shaded, thickly shaded , (Xenophon Historicus); σύσκιόν τι a closely-shaded place , (Lucian) (ML) G9355 G9355 = G9355 συσκοτάζω suskotazō G:V to darken to grow quite dark : impersonal, συσκοτάζει it grows dark , (Thucydides) (ML) G9356 G9356 = G9356 συσπάω suspaō G:V to shrivel 1. to draw together, draw up, contract , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to draw together by stitching, sew together , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in Mid. to draw along with one , (Plutarch) (ML) G9357 G9357 = G9357 συσσεισμός susseismos G:N-M a quaking a quaking G9358 G9358 = G9358 συσσείω susseiō G:V to shake to shake G9359 G9359 = G9359 σύστασις sustasis G:N-F a joint-conspiracy 1. a putting together, composition , (Aristotle Philosopher); ς. προσώπου a studied expression of countenance, of Pericles, (Plutarch)
2. a bringing together, introduction, recommendation , (Polybius Historicus)
3. συνίσταμαι); a standing together, meeting : in hostile sense, close combat, conflict , (Herdotus Historicus); metaphorically, ς. γνώμης a conflict of mind, intense anxiety, (Thucydides)
4. a meeting, a knot of men , (Euripides); κατὰ ξυστάσεις γιγνόμενοι forming into knots , (Thucydides): a political union , (Demosthenes Orator)
5. friendship or alliance , (Polybius Historicus): a conspiracy , (Plutarch)
6. construction, structure, constitution , (Plato Philosophus): absolute a political constitution , (Plato Philosophus)
7. metaphorically of the mind, ς. φρενῶν contraction, sternness, sullenness , (Euripides) (ML) G9360 G9360 = G9360 σύστεμα sustema G:N-N collection collection; garrison G9361 G9361 = G9361 σύστρεμμα sustremma G:N a confederation anything twisted up together: a body of men, a crowd, concourse , (Polybius Historicus)
from συστρέφω (ML) G9362 G9362 = G9362 συσφίγγω susphingō G:V to condense to condense, close to; fasten G9363 G9363 = G9363 σφαιρωτήρ sphairōtēr G:N-M a knob a knob G9364 G9364 = G9364 σφακελίζω sphakelizō G:V to have an inflammation to be gangrened , ἐσφακέλισε τὸ ὀστέον (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9365 G9365 = G9365 σφαλερός sphaleros G:A unsteady 1. likely to make one stumble or trip : metaphorically slippery, perilous, dangerous , Lat. lubricus, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; σφαλερόν [ ἐστι], with infinitive, it is dangerous to . ., (Plato Philosophus), etc.
2. σφάλλομαι); ready to fall, tottering, reeling, staggering , (Aeschulus Tragicus); σφ. σύμμαχοι (Demosthenes Orator)
(ML) G9366 G9366 = G9366 σφάλλω sphallō G:V to trip 1. Lat. fall-o (the sigma being lost):—; to make to fall, throw down, overthrow , properly by tripping up, to trip up in wrestling , (Homer), etc.; σφ. ναῦς to throw her on her beam-ends , (Plutarch); ἵππος σφ. τὸν ἀναβάτην throws him, (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to be tripped up , (Aristophanes Comicus); of a drunken man, σφαλλόμενος reeling, staggering , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. generally, to cause to fall, overthrow, defeat , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to be overthrown, to fall, fail, be undone, become helpless , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; τόδ᾽ ἐσφάλη this mishap took place , (Sophocles Tragicus); οὔ τι μὴ σφαλῶ γ᾽ ἐν σοί I shall not fail in thy business, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to baffle, foil, balk, disappoint , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to err, go wrong, be mistaken , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. the Pass. is also used with genitive rei, to be balked of or foiled in a thing, ἦ καὶ πατήρ τι σφάλλεται βουλευμάτω; (Aeschulus Tragicus); σφάλλεσθαι γάμου (Euripides); τῆς δόξης (Thucydides) (ML) G9367 G9367 = G9367 σφάλμα sphalma G:N-N a trip a trip G9368 G9368 = G9368 σφενδονάω sphendonaō G:V to sling 1. to sling, to use the sling , (Thucydides)
2. to strike by slinging , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor)
3. to throw as from a sling :—;Pass., (Euripides)
4. to move like a swing, to swing to and fro , (Euripides)
from σφενδόνη (ML) G9369 G9369 = G9369 σφενδόνη sphendonē G:N-F a sling 1. Lat. funda (the ς being lost), a sling , (Iliad by Homer): metaphorically, σφενδόνας ἀπ᾽ εὐμέτρου with well-measured throw, as from a sling , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. the hoop of a ring in which the stone was set as in a sling, especially the broader part round the stone , as in Lat. funda for pala annuli , (Euripides)
3. the stone or bullet of the sling , (Xenophon Historicus); τοιαύταις σφ., of hailstones, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9370 G9370 = G9370 σφενδονήτης sphendonētēs G:N-M a slinger a slinger , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9371 G9371 = G9371 σφηκιά sphēkia G:N-F a swarm of wasps a wasps' nest , (Euripides) (ML) G9372 G9372 = G9372 σφηνόω sphēnoō G:V to wedge to wedge G9373 G9373 = G9373 σφίγγω sphingō G:V to grasp to bind tight, bind fast , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass., (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9374 G9374 = G9374 σφοδρός sphodros G:A vehement 1. vehement, violent, excessive , (Thucydides), etc.
2. of men, violent, impetuous , (Plato Philosophus): also strong, robust , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9375 G9375 = G9375 σφόνδυλος sphondulos G:N-M a neck vertebrae 1. a vertebra , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;in plural the backbone, spine , or the neck , (Euripides)
2. Lat. verticillus, the round weight attached to a spindle, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9376 G9376 = G9376 σφῦρα sphura an adz 1. a hammer , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. a beetle, mallet , for breaking clods of earth, (Hesiod) (ML) G9377 G9377 = G9377 σφυροκοπέω sphurokopeō to strike with a hammer to strike with a hammer G9378 G9378 = G9378 σφυροκόπος sphurokopos G:A a hammer-smith a hammer-smith G9379 G9379 = G9379 σχάζω schazō G:V to open up 1. properly to let loose : hence to slit, open , (Aristophanes Comicus); σχ. φλέβα to open a vein, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.:—;of flowers, σχ. κάλυκας [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. to let fall, drop , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to let go , σχάσας τὴν φροντίδα having let the mind go, given it play , (Aristophanes Comicus); σχ. τὰς μηχανάς to let off the engines, (Plutarch)
4. to check, stop, stay , Lat. inhibere, κώπαν σχάσον, i. e. cease rowing, (Pindar); σχάσον ὄμμα lower thine eyes, (Euripides):—;Mid., σχασάμενος τὴν ἱππικήν having dropt one's horsemanship, "given up the turf," (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9380 G9380 = G9380 σχεδία schedia G:N-F a barge 1. a raft, float (such as was made off-hand , compare σχέδιος II), (Odyssey by Homer); generally, a boat, ship , (Euripides)
2. a bridge of boats , of the bridge of Xerxes, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9381 G9381 = G9381 σχίδαξ schidax G:N-F kindling kindling G9382 G9382 = G9382 σχίζα schiza G:N-F a dart 1. a piece of wood cleft off, a lath, splinter , Lat. scindula, (Odyssey by Homer): in plural cleft wood, fire-wood , (Homer)
2. an arrow , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
(ML) G9383 G9383 = G9383 σχισμή schismē G:N-F a fissure a fissure G9384 G9384 = G9384 σχιστός schistos G:A shredded parted, divided , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9385 G9385 = G9385 σχοίνισμα schoinisma G:N-N a measured out line a measured out line; a piece of measured out land G9386 G9386 = G9386 σχοινισμός schoinismos G:N-M a piece of measured out land a fencing with ropes : in plural roping, rope-fences , (Plutarch) (ML) G9387 G9387 = G9387 σχοῖνος schoinos G:N-M a rush 1. a rush , Lat. juncus, scirpus, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. a reed , used as an arrow or javelin , (Batrachomyomachia)
3. a place where rushes grow, a rushbed , (Odyssey by Homer)
4. a rush-rope , and generally, a rope, cord , (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus)
5. a fence round a garden, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
6. a land-measure , = 2 Persian parasangs, = 60 stades, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9388 G9388 = G9388 σχολαστής scholastēs G:N-M an idler 1. one who lives at ease , (Plutarch)
2. as adjective leisurely, idle , βίος (Plutarch) (ML) G9389 G9389 = G9389 σωματοποιέω sōmatopoieō G:V to rejuvenate 1. to make into a body, to consolidate, organise , (Polybius Historicus)
2. to provide with bodily strength, to recruit , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9390 G9390 = G9390 σωρήκ sōrēk a choice vine a choice vine G9391 G9391 = G9391 σωρός sōros a heap 1. a heap , Lat. acervus, (Hesiod), etc.
2. generally, a heap, quantity , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9392 G9392 = G9392 σωφάρ sōphar N:N ram's horn ram's horn G9394 G9394 = G9394 ταινία tainia G:N-F fascia 1. a band, riband, fillet , especially a head-band , worn in sign of victory, (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
2. a strip or tongue of land , (Plutarch), etc. (ML) G9395 G9395 = G9395 τακτικός taktikos G:N-M tactician fit for ordering or arranging , especially in war, τ. ἀνήρ a tactician , (Xenophon Historicus); τακτικὸν ἡγεῖσθαί τι to think it a good piece of tactics , (Xenophon Historicus); οἱ τ. ἀριθμοί the regular battalions, (Xenophon Historicus): τὰ τακτικά the art of drawing up soldiers in array, tactics , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9396 G9396 = G9396 ταλαιπώρως talaipōrōs miserably miserably G9397 G9397 = G9397 τάλας talas G:A miserable suffering, wretched , Lat. miser, (Odyssey by Homer); ὦ τάλαιν᾽ ἐγώ (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὦ τάλαν (Sophocles Tragicus);—;with genitive causae, τάλαιν᾽ ἐγὼ τῆς ὕβρεως wretched that I am for this insolence, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;in bad sense, τάλαν wretch! (Odyssey by Homer)—;comparative τᾶλάντερος, η, ον: Sup. τᾶλάντατος, η, ον, (Aristophanes Comicus)
τᾶλα_; doric also τᾶλᾶς: vocative τάλᾶν. (ML) G9398 G9398 = G9398 ταμίας tamias G:N-M a storekeeper 1. one who carves and distributes, a dispenser , (Iliad by Homer):—;of Zeus, as the dispenser of all things to men, (Iliad by Homer); so Aeolus is τ. ἀνέμων (Odyssey by Homer):—;of kings or rulers, a controller, director , (Pindar); τ. κώμων master of the revels, (Pindar); τ. Διός the priest of Zeus, (Pindar): τ. Μοισᾶν, i. e. a poet, (Pindar); οἶκος τ. στεφάνων that hath store of crowns, (Pindar); τῆς τε ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῆς τύχης τ. controller both of his desire and of fortune, (Thucydides); τ. τριαίνης, of Poseidon, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. in Prose, a controller of payments, treasurer , (Herdotus Historicus); τ. τοῦ ἱροῦ the controller of the sacred treasure in the citadel of Athens, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. at Rome, the quaestor , (Plutarch) (ML) G9399 G9399 = G9399 ταμιεύω tamieuō G:V to store up 1. to be controller of receipts and expenditure, to be treasurer, paymaster , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;with genitive, τ. τῆς Παράλου to be paymaster of the Paralus, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. at Rome, to be quaestor , (Plutarch)
3. transitive to deal out, dispense , (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—;Pass., τοὺς νόμους τεταμιεύμεθα we have the laws dealt out , (Lysias Orator):—;Mid., ταμιεύεσθαι εἰς ὅσον βουλόμεθα ἄρχειν to control the limits to which we mean to extend our sway, (Thucydides)
4. of keeping house, to regulate, manage , (Aristophanes Comicus):—; Pass., χώρα ταμιευομένα τινί governed or possessed by one, (Pindar)
5. to store up , (Demosthenes Orator); Ζηνὸς ταμιεύεσκε γονάς she was the depository of it, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9400 G9400 = G9400 τανύω tanuō G:V to stretch 1. to stretch, strain, stretch out , (Iliad by Homer); τ. βιόν to string a bow, (Odyssey by Homer); and in Mid., τόξον τανυσσάμενος having strung his bow, (Iliad by Homer):—;of putting the strings to a harp, ἐτάνυσσε χορδήν (Odyssey by Homer); τ. κανόνα to push the weaving-bar tight , i. e. to weave, (Iliad by Homer); ὅπως τανύσηι when he reins in [the horses, 8th/7th c.BC]; ἐπὶ Ἀκράγαντι τανύσσας (i.e. ὀϊστούς) having aimed them, (Pindar):—;Pass., γναθμοὶ τάνυσθεν (for ἐτανύσθησαν) the hollow cheeks filled out , (Odyssey by Homer); to run at full stretch , of horses galloping, (Homer)
2. metaphorically to strain, make more intense , μάχην (Iliad by Homer); ἔριδα πολέμοιο πεῖραρ τάνυσσαν strained the tug of war, (Iliad by Homer)
3. to stretch out, lay along, lay , (Homer); τ. τινὰ ἐν κονίηις, ἐπὶ γαίηι to lay one in the dust, stretch him at his length , (Homer):—;Pass. to lie stretched out , (Homer): to extend , (Odyssey by Homer); ἐπὶ χθονὶ κεῖτο τανυσθείς (Iliad by Homer):—;also, τρίβος τετάνυστο the path stretched away , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9401 G9401 = G9401 ταπεινοφρονέω tapeinophroneō G:V be humble-minded be humble-minded G9402 G9402 = G9402 ταπεινόφρων tapeinophrōn G:A humble-minded ταπεινόφρων, -ον
(ταπεινός, φρήν), [in LXX: Pro.29:23 (רוּחַ שָׁפָל)* ;]
humble-minded: 1Pe.3:8 (in bad sense, Plut., 2, 336 E, cf. Deiss., LAE, 72.3).†
(AS) G9403 G9403 = G9403 ταραχώδης tarachōdēs G:A disturbing 1. troublous, turbulent , (Herdotus Historicus); ἴχνη τ. uncertain, baffling , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. troubled, disordered , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. of an army, (Thucydides)
4. adverb, ταραχωδῶς ζῆν to live in a state of confusion , (Isocrates Orator); τ. ἔχειν πρός τινα to be rebelliously disposed, (Demosthenes Orator); Sup. -έστατα (Isocrates Orator) (ML) G9404 G9404 = G9404 Τάρταρος Tartaros infernal region Tartarus , a dark abyss, as deep below Hades as earth below heaven, the prison of the Titans, (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;later, the nether world , like Ἅιδης, (Hesiod)
derivation uncertain (ML) G9405 G9405 = G9405 τάφρος taphros G:N-F a trench a ditch, trench , (Homer), etc.; τάφρον ὀρύσσειν (Iliad by Homer), etc.; τ. ἐλαύνειν to draw a trench , (Iliad by Homer)
(ML) G9406 G9406 = G9406 ταχύνω tachunō G:V to hasten 1. to make quickly , (Sophocles Tragicus); τοῖα σπερχόμενος ταχύνει such are the words which in his eager haste he speaks, (Euripides)
2. intransitive to be quick, to make haste, speed, hurry , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9407 G9407 = G9407 τείνω teinō G:V to stretch out 1. to stretch by main force, to stretch to the uttermost , τόξον ἔτεινεν stretched it to its full , (Iliad by Homer); ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τείνας having tied the reins tight to the chariot-rail, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., [ ἱμὰς] τέτατο the strap was made tight , (Iliad by Homer); ἱστία τέτατο the sails were stretched , (Odyssey by Homer):—;absolute, μὴ τείνειν ἄγαν not to strain the cord too tight, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. metaphorically, ἶσον τείνειν πολέμου τέλος to strain the even tug of war, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., ἐπὶ ἶσα μάχη τέτατο (Iliad by Homer); ἵπποισι τάθη δρόμος their pace was strained to the utmost , (Iliad by Homer): also, to exert oneself, be anxious , (Pindar)
3. to stretch out, spread , Ζεὺς λαίλαπα τείνει (Iliad by Homer); νὺξ τέταται βροτοῖσιν night is spread over mankind, (Odyssey by Homer); so, of light, τέτατο φάος (Sophocles Tragicus); of sound, ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη πάταγος (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to aim at, direct towards a point, properly from the bow, τείνειν βέλη (Sophocles Tragicus): then, metaphorically, τ. φόνον εἴς τινα to aim death to one, design it for him, (Euripides); τ. λόγον εἴς τινα (Plato Philosophus)
5. to stretch out in length , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass. to lie out at length, lie stretched , ταθεὶς ἐπὶ γαίηι (Iliad by Homer); ταθεὶς ἐνὶ δεσμῶι lying stretched in chains, (Odyssey by Homer)
6. to stretch or hold out, present , τινὰ ἐπὶ σφαγάν (Euripides):—;Mid., τείνεσθαι χέρε to stretch out one's hands, etc., (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
7. to extend, lengthen , of Time, (Aeschulus Tragicus); τείνειν λόγον (Aeschulus Tragicus)
8. intransitive, of geographical position, to stretch out or extend , (Herdotus Historicus):—;of Time, τείνοντα χρόνον lengthening time, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
9. to exert oneself, struggle , ἐναντία τινί (Plato Philosophus): to hurry on, hasten , (Euripides)
10. to extend to, reach , Lat. pertinere, ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχήν (Plato Philosophus)
11. to tend, refer, belong to , Lat. spectare ad, τείνει ἐς σέ it refers to, concerns you, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ποῖ τείνε; to what tends it? (Plato Philosophus); ἐγγύς τι τείνειν τοῦ θανάτου (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9408 G9408 = G9408 τειχήρης teichērēs G:A walled enclosed by walls, beleaguered, besieged , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
(ML) G9409 G9409 = G9409 τειχίζω teichizō G:V to wall 1. to build a wall , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: with accusative cognate, τ. τεῖχος to build it, (Thucydides); so in Mid., τεῖχος ἐτειχίσσαντο they built them a wall, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass. to be built , (Pindar): 3rd singular pluperfect τετείχιστο, impersonal, buildings had been erected, there were buildings , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. transitive to wall or fortify , τὸ οὖρος (Herdotus Historicus); τὴν πόλιν (Thucydides): in Mid., τειχίζεσθαι τὸ χωρίον (Thucydides):—;Pass. to be walled or fenced with walls , (Thucydides); τὰ τετειχισμένα the fortified parts , (Thucydides) (ML) G9410 G9410 = G9410 τειχιστής teichistēs G:N-M a stonemason a stonemason G9411 G9411 = G9411 τεκνοποιέω teknopoieō G:V to produce children in Act., of the woman, to bear children , in Mid., of the man, to beget them , (Xenophon Historicus): in Mid. of both parents, to breed children , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9412 G9412 = G9412 τεκταίνομαι tektainomai G:V to contrive 1. of a carpenter, to make, work, frame , (Iliad by Homer):—;absolute to do joiners' work , opposite to smiths' work, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. of other artificers, (Homeric Hymns)
3. metaphorically to devise, plan, contrive , especially by craft, Lat. machinari, ἐτεκτήναντ᾽ ἀπόφθεγκτόν μ᾽ they kept me from speech of them, (Euripides); πᾶν ἐπ᾽ ἐμοὶ τεκταινέσθω (sc. Cleon) (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. later, Act. τεκταίνω, in same sense, [variant datesAnthology Palantina, (Lucian); hence participle passive τεκταινόμενος, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9413 G9413 = G9413 τεκτονικός tektonikos G:A a woodworker practised or skilled in building , (Plato Philosophus): as Substantive a good carpenter or builder , opposite to a smith, (Xenophon Historicus): —; ἡ -κή (i.e. τέχνη); joiners' work, carpentry , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G9414 G9414 = G9414 τελαμών telamōn G:N-M a ligature 1. a broad strap for bearing anything
from Root ! τλα, * τλάω, whence also the hero Telamon took his name, compare Ἄτλας
2. a leathern strap or belt , for bearing both shield or sword, (Homer)
3. a broad linen bandage for wounds, (Iliad by Homer); for swathing mummies, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9415 G9415 = G9415 τελεσιουργέω telesiourgeō G:V to perfect a work to perfect a work G9416 G9416 = G9416 τελετή teletē G:N-F mystic rites 1. initiation in the mysteries, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ἐς χεῖρας ἄγεσθαι τὴν τελετήν to take in hand the matter of initiation , (Herdotus Historicus):—;in plural mystic rites at initiation , (Euripides), etc.
2. a festival accompanied by such rites , in plural, (Pindar); in singular, (Euripides) (ML) G9417 G9417 = G9417 τελευταῖος teleutaios G:A finality 1. last , Lat. ultimus, (Herdotus Historicus); τὰ τ. the endings or terminations , (Herdotus Historicus); τελευταίους στῆσαι to station in the rear ranks , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. of Time, ἡ τελευταία, with or without ἡμέρα, the last day allowed for payment, (Demosthenes Orator); one's last day , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. last, uttermost , ὕβρις (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. τὸ τελευταῖον, as adverb the last time, last of all , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; or τελευταῖον (Plato Philosophus), etc.; and τὰ τελευταῖα (Thucydides)
5. at last, in the last place , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: but,
6. the adjective is often used with Verbs, where we should use the adverb, ὁ τελευταῖος δραμών (Aeschulus Tragicus); παρελθόντες τελευταῖοι (Thucydides)

(ML) G9418 G9418 = G9418 τέμενος temenos G:N-N a sacred precinct 1. a piece of land cut off, assigned as a domain to kings and chiefs, (Homer)
2. a piece of land dedicated to a god, the sacred precincts , (Homer): in it stood the temple, (Herdotus Historicus):—;metaphorically, the sacred valley of the Nile is the τέμ. Νείλοιο, (Pindar); the Acropolis is the ἱερὸν τ. of Pallas, (Aristophanes Comicus)
(ML) G9419 G9419 = G9419 τέμνω temnō G:V to prune 1. to cut, hew , (Homer), etc.; ὀδόντας οἵους τέμνειν teeth fit for cutting , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to cut, wound, maim , (Iliad by Homer); πρὸς δέρην τ. to wound her in the neck, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. of a surgeon, to cut , (Iliad by Homer): absolute to use the knife , as opposite to cautery ( κάειν), (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;Pass. to be operated upon , (Plato Philosophus)
4. to cut up, cut to pieces , (Homer), etc.:—; to slaughter, sacrifice , (Iliad by Homer)
5. ὅρκια τάμνειν to sacrifice in attestation of an oath, and so to take solemn oaths , (Homer); θάνατόν νύ τοι ὅρκι᾽ ἔταμνον I made a truce which was death to thee, (Iliad by Homer):—;Mid., of two parties, ὅρκια τάμνεσθαι (Herdotus Historicus):—;cf. Lat. foedus ferire.
6. φάρμακον τέμνειν to cut or chop up a plant for purposes of medicine or witchcraft, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; ἄκος τέμνειν to contrive a means or remedy, (Euripides)
7. to divide , of a river, μέσην τ. Λιβύην to cut it in twain, (Herdotus Historicus); δίχα τ. to cut in two, bisect , (Plato Philosophus)
8. to cut asunder, cut off, sever , κεφαλὴν ἀπὸ δειρῆς (Iliad by Homer), etc.; with double accusative, ἐρινεὸν τάμνε ὄρπηκας cut the branches off the fig-tree, (Iliad by Homer); and in Pass., τρίχας ἐτμήθην had them cut off , (Euripides)
9. to part off, mark off , τέμενος (Iliad by Homer)
10. to cut down, fell trees, (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;Mid., δοῦρα τάμνεσθαι to fell oneself timber, (Odyssey by Homer)
11. λίθον τ. to hew stone, (Plato Philosophus): Mid., λίθους τάμνεσθαι to have them wrought or hewn , (Herdotus Historicus)
12. to cut down for purposes of destruction, (Euripides), etc.; τ. τὴν γῆν to ravage the country by felling the trees and cutting the corn , (Herdotus Historicus); with partitive genitive, τῆς γῆς τ. to waste part of it, (Thucydides)
13. to cut or hew into shape , δούρατα (Odyssey by Homer), etc.
14. to cut lengthwise, to plough , Solon.
15. τ. ὁδόν to cut or make a road, (Thucydides):—;Pass., τέτμηνται κέλευθοι (Pindar)
16. also to make one's way, advance , τ. ὁδόν (Euripides); τὴν μεσόγαιαν τ. τῆς ὁδοῦ to take the middle road, strike through the interior, (Herdotus Historicus); μέσον τέμνειν to hold a middle course, (Plato Philosophus)
17. of ships, to cut through the waves, plough the sea , (Odyssey by Homer):—;so of birds, to cleave the air, (Aristophanes Comicus)
18. to bring to a decision , Lat. decidere, (Pindar) (ML) G9420 G9420 = G9420 τερατοσκόπος teratoskopos G:N-M an observer of signs an observer of signs G9421 G9421 = G9421 τερέβινθος terebinthos G:N-M terebinth resin terebinth resin; terebinth tree, the G9422 G9422 = G9422 τέρετρον teretron G:N-N a drill a borer, gimlet , Lat. terebra, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G9423 G9423 = G9423 τερπνός terpnos G:A delightful 1. delightsome, delightful, pleasant, agreeable, glad , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.; τὸ τερπνόν delight, pleasure , (Thucydides); τὰ τερπνά delights, pleasures , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. of persons, αὑτῷ τερπνός with joy to himself, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;comparative and Sup. τερπνότερος, -ότατος, (Theognis Elegiacus); later, -ιστος:—;adverb τερπνῶς, (Theognis Elegiacus) (ML) G9424 G9424 = G9424 τερπνότης terpnotēs G:N-F delightfulness delightfulness G9425 G9425 = G9425 τέρπω terpō G:V to delight 1. to satisfy, delight, gladden, cheer , (Homer), attic:—;absolute to give delight , (Odyssey by Homer); τὰ τέρποντα delights , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. Pass. and Mid.,
3. with genitive rei, to have full enjoyment of a thing, have enough of it, (Homer); metaphorically, τεταρπώμεσθα γόοιο let us take our fill of lamentation, (Homer)
4. to enjoy oneself, make merry , with dative modi, φόρμιγγι, μύθοισι, etc., (Homer), etc.; so, τ. ἐν θαλίῃς (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—; also with participle, τέρψει κλύων (Sophocles Tragicus); τέρπεται τιμώμενος (Euripides):—;absolute, πῖνε καὶ τέρπου drink and be merry , (Herdotus Historicus)
5. with accusative cognate to enjoy , τ. ὄνησιν (Euripides) (ML) G9426 G9426 = G9426 τέρψις terpsis G:N-F delight enjoyment, delight , τινός from or in a thing, (Hesiod):—;absolute gladness, joy, delight, pleasure , (Theognis Elegiacus) (ML) G9427 G9427 = G9427 τεσσαρακονταδύο tessarakontaduo forty-two forty-two G9428 G9428 = G9428 τεσσαρακονταεπτά tessarakontaepta forty-seven forty-seven G9429 G9429 = G9429 τεσσαρακονταοκτώ tessarakontaoktō forty-eight forty-eight G9430 G9430 = G9430 τεσσαρακονταπέντε tessarakontapente forty-five forty-five G9431 G9431 = G9431 τεσσαρακοντατρεῖς tessarakontatreis forty-three forty-three G9432 G9432 = G9432 τεσσαρακοστός tessarakostos G:A fortieth 1. fortieth , Lat. quadragesimus, (Thucydides)
2. τεσσαρακοστή [ μοῖρα], a fortieth , a coin of Chios, (Thucydides) (ML) G9433 G9433 = G9433 τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα tessareskaideka fourteen fourteen , Lat. quatuordecim, the first part remaining unaltered with a neut. Substantive, as, τεσσερεσκαίδεκα ἔτη (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9434 G9434 = G9434 τετράδραχμος tetradrachmos G:N-N four-drachma four-drachma G9435 G9435 = G9435 τετραίνω tetrainō G:V to puncture to bore through, pierce, perforate , (Homer):—;Pass., λίθος τετρημένος (Herdotus Historicus); ὁ οὐρανὸς τέτρηται the sky has holes in it , (Herdotus Historicus); χάσμα τῆς γῆς τετρημένον a chasm formed by perforating the earth, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9436 G9436 = G9436 τετρακισμύριοι tetrakismurioi G:A forty thousand four times ten thousand, forty thousand , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9437 G9437 = G9437 τετρακοσιοστός tetrakosiostos G:A four hundredth four hundredth G9438 G9438 = G9438 τετράπεδος tetrapedos G:A quadrangular quadrangular G9439 G9439 = G9439 τετραπλῶς tetraplōs G:A fourfold fourfold G9440 G9440 = G9440 τετράς tetras G:N fourth the fourth day of the month, (Hesiod) (ML) G9441 G9441 = G9441 τετράστιχος tetrastichos G:A arranged in four rows arranged in four rows G9442 G9442 = G9442 τεχνάζω technazō G:V to cunningly contrive 1. to employ art , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. to use art or cunning, deal subtly, use shifts or subterfuges , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.;—;with infinitive to contrive cunningly that , (Aristotle Philosopher): so aor1 middle ἐτεχνασάμην, (Herdotus Historicus)
(ML) G9443 G9443 = G9443 Τηβήθ Tēbēth Tebeth Tebeth G9444 G9444 = G9444 τήγανον tēganon N:N a frying pan a frying pan G9445 G9445 = G9445 τηλαύγημα tēlaugēma G:N-N radiance radiance G9446 G9446 = G9446 τηλαυγής tēlaugēs G:A radiant 1. far-shining, far-beaming , (Homeric Hymns)
2. of distant objects, far-seen, conspicuous , (Theognis Elegiacus)
3. adverb -γῶς, clearly, distinctly , (New Testament)
(ML) G9447 G9447 = G9447 τηλαύγησις tēlaugēsis G:N-F radiance radiance G9448 G9448 = G9448 τιάρα tiara G:N-F a tiara a tiara , the Persian head-dress, (Herdotus Historicus); worn by the great king, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9449 G9449 = G9449 τιθηνέω tithēneō G:V to suckle to suckle G9450 G9450 = G9450 τιθηνός tithēnos G:N-M a wet-nurse nursing , πόνων τιθηνοὺς ἀποδιδοῦσά σοι τροφάς repaying thee nursing tendance for nursing labours, (Euripides) (ML) G9451 G9451 = G9451 τίμημα timēma G:N-N valuation 1. an estimate, valuation , (Euripides)
2. an estimate of damages, a penalty , Lat. litis aestimatio, (Aristophanes Comicus):—;generally a payment , τύμβου for neglect of his tomb, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. estimate of property for taxation, rateable property , Lat. census, (Plato Philosophus), etc.; ἡ ἀπὸ τιμημάτων πολιτεία, = τιμοκρατία, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9452 G9452 = G9452 τιμογραφέω timographeō G:V to assess to assess G9453 G9453 = G9453 τίναγμα tinagma G:N-N vibration vibration G9454 G9454 = G9454 Τιτάν Titan titan the Titans , a race of gods placed beneath Tartarus, (Iliad by Homer) (where two are named—;Iapetus and Cronus), accusative to (Hesiod), six sons and six daughters of Uranus and Gaia; hurled from Olympus into nether darkness, (Hesiod): other names are given by later Poets, as Atlas, (Aeschulus Tragicus); Prometheus, (Sophocles Tragicus); Θέμις (Aeschulus Tragicus); and in Lat. Poets Titan is the Sun-god.
The oldest derivation of the name is given in (Hesiod), the stretchers, strivers; others connect it with τίτας (from τίνω); avengers. (ML) G9455 G9455 = G9455 τιτρώσκω titrōskō to pierce 1. to wound , (Homer):—;Pass., τετρῶσθαι τὸν μηρόν to have a wound in the thigh, (Herdotus Historicus): —;with accusative cognate, τιτρώσκειν φόνον to inflict a death wound , (Euripides)
2. generally, to damage, cripple , of ships, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. metaphorically, of wine, to do one a mischief , (Euripides) (ML) G9456 G9456 = G9456 τμητός tmētos G:A to cut into shape 1. cut, shaped by cutting , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. that can be cut or severed , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9457 G9457 = G9457 τοκετός toketos G:N-M birth birth G9458 G9458 = G9458 τόλμα tolma G:N-F daring 1. courage, to undertake or venture a thing, boldness, daring, hardihood, courage , (Pindar), attic; τῶνδε τόλμαν σχεθεῖν to have courage for this business, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. in bad sense, over-boldness, recklessness , Lat. audacia, [variant datesTragica Adespota, etc.
3. a bold or daring act , [variant datesTragica Adespota
(ML) G9459 G9459 = G9459 τολύπη tolupē G:N-F a wild gourd a clew or ball of wool , Lat. glomus, [5th/4th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina
derivation uncertain (ML) G9460 G9460 = G9460 τομή tomē G:N-F pruning 1. the end left after cutting, the stump of a tree, (Iliad by Homer); δοκοῦ τ. the end of a beam, (Thucydides); λίθοι ἐν τομῇ ἐγγώνιοι stones cut square, (Thucydides); so, τομῇ προσθεῖσα βόστρυχον having fitted the lock to the place from which it was cut , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. a cutting, hewing, cleaving , ἐν τομᾷ σιδήρου by stroke of iron, (Sophocles Tragicus); φασγάνου τομαί (Euripides):—;as a surgical operation, τομῇ χρῆσθαι (Plato Philosophus); διὰ καύσεών τε καὶ τομῶν by cautery and the knife , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9461 G9461 = G9461 τομίς tomis G:N-F a pruning knife a pruning knife G9462 G9462 = G9462 τόμος tomos G:N-M a roll of papyrus a roll of papyrus G9463 G9463 = G9463 τόξευμα toxeuma G:N-N a bow 1. that which is shot, an arrow , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; ὅσον τ. ἐξικνέεται the distance of a bowshot , (Herdotus Historicus); πρὶν τ. ἐξικνεῖσθαι before an arrow reached them, (Xenophon Historicus); ἐντὸς τοξεύματος within bow-shot , (Xenophon Historicus); ἔξω τοξεύματος (Thucydides):—;metaphorically, καρδίας τοξεύματα (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. collective in plural for οἱ τοξόται, the archery , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9464 G9464 = G9464 τοξεύω toxeuō G:V to shoot 1. to shoot with the bow , τινός at a mark, (Iliad by Homer); εἴς τινα (Herdotus Historicus):—;metaphorically to aim at , with genitive, (Euripides):—;absolute to use the bow , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὰν τοξεύσας having shot too high, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with accusative to shoot or hit with an arrow , τινά (Euripides):—;Pass. to be struck by an arrow , (Thucydides)
3. with accusative rei, to shoot from a bow : metaphorically, to discharge, send forth , ὕμνους (Pindar); ταῦτα ἐτόξευσεν μάτην hath shot these arrows in vain, (Euripides): —;Pass., πᾶν τετόξευται βέλος (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9465 G9465 = G9465 τοξότης toxotēs G:N-M a bowman 1. a bowman, archer , (Iliad by Homer)
3. at Athens, οἱ τοξόται were the city-guard , also called Σκύθαι, because they were slaves bought from the parts north of Greece, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G9466 G9466 = G9466 τοπάρχης toparchēs G:N-M a toparch a toparch G9467 G9467 = G9467 τορευτός toreutos G:A turned worked in relief : metaphorically elaborate , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
from τορεύω (ML) G9468 G9468 = G9468 τραγέλαφος tragelaphos G:N-M an antelope the goat-stag , as the Greeks called a fantastic animal, represented on Eastern carpets and the like, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9469 G9469 = G9469 τρανός tranos G:A plainly plainly G9470 G9470 = G9470 τραυματίας traumatias G:N-M slain slain; wounded G9471 G9471 = G9471 τραχηλιάω trachēliaō G:V to stiffen the neck to stiffen the neck G9472 G9472 = G9472 τρέπω trepō G:V to rout 1. to turn or direct towards a thing, (Homer), etc.; mostly followed by a preposition, τρ. τινὰ εἰς εὐνήν to shew him to bed, (Odyssey by Homer); τρ. πόλεις ἐς ὕβριν (Thucydides); τρ. κεφαλὴν πρὸς ἠέλιον (Odyssey by Homer)
2. Pass. to turn one's steps, turn in a certain direction , τραφθῆναι ἀν᾽ Ἑλλάδα to roam up and down Greece, (Odyssey by Homer); with accusative cognate, τρέπεσθαι ὁδόν to take a course, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. Pass. also to turn or betake oneself , εἰς ἀοιδήν (Odyssey by Homer); ἐπὶ ἔργα (Iliad by Homer); ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγήν (Thucydides); πρὸς ληιστείαν (Thucydides)
4. Pass. and Mid., of places, to be turned or look in a certain direction, πρὸς ζόφον (Odyssey by Homer); πρὸς ἄρκτον, πρὸς νότον (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. to turn , i. e. turn about , τρέπειν ἵππους (Iliad by Homer); τὰ καλὰ τρ. ἔζω to turn the best side outmost, (Pindar):—;Pass., αἰχμὴ τράπετο the point bent back , (Iliad by Homer); of the solstice, ἐπειδὰν ἐν χειμῶνι τράπηται ἥλιος (see. τροπή I) (Xenophon Historicus)
6. τρ. τὴν αἰτίαν, τὴν ὀργὴν εἴς τινα to divert the blame, the anger upon another, (Isaeus Orator):—;Pass., in imprecations, ἐς κεφαλὴν τρέποιτο ἐμοί on my head be it! (Aristophanes Comicus)
7. to turn another way, to alter, change , νόον, φρένας (Homer), etc.; ἐς γέλων τρ. τὸ πρᾶγμα (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass. to be changed, change , (Homer), etc.; with accusative cognate, τρεπόμενος τροπάς undergoing changes, (Aeschines Orator)
8. to turn or put to flight, rout, defeat , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; τρ. φύγαδε, Lat. convertere in fugam, (Iliad by Homer); τρ. ἐς φυγήν (Euripides);—;so, in aor1 middle, to put an enemy to flight , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to be put to flight, turn and flee , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; so in Mid., ἐς φυγὴν τραπέσθαι (Herdotus Historicus):—;also intransitive in Act., φύγαδ᾽ ἔτραπε (Iliad by Homer)
9. to turn away, keep off, hinder , τρ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τείχεος (Iliad by Homer); βέλος ἔτραπεν ἄλληι (Iliad by Homer)
10. to overturn , like ἀνατρέπω, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
11. to turn, apply , τρ. τι ἐς ἄλλο τι (Herdotus Historicus); ποῦ τέτροφας τὰς ἐμβάδα; what have you made of your shoes? (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Pass., ποῖ τρέπεται τὰ χρήματ; (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9473 G9473 = G9473 τριακονταδύο triakontaduo thirty-two thirty-two G9474 G9474 = G9474 τριακονταεννέα triakontaennea thirty-nine thirty-nine G9475 G9475 = G9475 τριακονταέξ triakontaex thirty-six thirty-six G9476 G9476 = G9476 τριακονταεπτά triakontaepta thirty-seven thirty-seven G9477 G9477 = G9477 τριακονταέτης triakontaetēs G:N-N thirty years old 1. thirty years old , (Plato Philosophus); in contracted form, οἱ τριακοντοῦται the men of thirty years , (Plato Philosophus); feminine τριακοντοῦτις (Isaeus Orator)
2. τριακονταέτης, ες, of or for thirty years , (Thucydides);—;in feminine form, σπονδαὶ τριηκοντουτίδες (Herdotus Historicus); αἱ τριακοντούτιδες σπονδαί (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9478 G9478 = G9478 τριακονταοκτώ triakontaoktō thirty-eight thirty-eight G9479 G9479 = G9479 τριακονταπέντε triakontapente thirty-five thirty-five G9480 G9480 = G9480 τριακοντατρεῖς triakontatreis thirty-three thirty-three G9481 G9481 = G9481 τριακοντατέσσαρες triakontatessares thirty-four thirty-four G9482 G9482 = G9482 τριακοστός triakostos G:A thirtieth 1. the thirtieth , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. τριακοστή, a duty of one-thirtieth , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9483 G9483 = G9483 τρίβω tribō G:V be very busy 1. to rub: to rub or thresh corn, (Iliad by Homer); μοχλὸν τρῖψαι ἐν ὀφθαλμῶι to work round the stake in his eye, (Odyssey by Homer); χρυσὸν βασάνωι τρ. to rub it on a touchstone, so as to test its purity (compare παρατρίβω), (Theognis Elegiacus):—;Mid., χρηστηρίοις ἐν τοῖσδε τρίβεσθαι μύσος to rub one's pollution upon these shrines, pollute them with it, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. to rub down, grind, pound , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
3. to crush , βότρυν (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. to wear out by rubbing : Pass., of a road, to wear or tread it smooth , ἀτραπὸς τετριμμένη (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. of Time, to wear away, spend , Lat. terere vitam, (Sophocles Tragicus):—; absolute to waste time, tarry , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
6. to waste or ravage a country, (Euripides)
7. metaphorically,
8. of persons, to wear out , (Hesiod): Pass. to be worn out , (Iliad by Homer):—;Mid., τρίψεσθαι αὐτὴν περὶ αὑτήν to wear itself out by internal struggles, (Thucydides):—;Pass., τριβόμενος ληός an oppressed people, (Herdotus Historicus)
9. of money and property, to waste, squander it, (Herdotus Historicus)
10. to use constantly , (Aristophanes Comicus)
11. Pass. to be much busied or engrossed with a thing, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9484 G9484 = G9484 τριέτης trietēs G:A of three years of or for three years , (Herdotus Historicus): netut. τριέτες as adverb for three years , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G9485 G9485 = G9485 τριετίζω trietizō G:V be three years old be three years old G9486 G9486 = G9486 τριημερία triēmeria G:N-F third day third day G9487 G9487 = G9487 τριμερίζω trimerizō G:V be three parts be three parts G9488 G9488 = G9488 τριόδους triodous G:A three-pronged with three teeth, three-pronged : as Substantive, a trident , (Pindar) (ML) G9489 G9489 = G9489 τριπλοῦς triplous G:A triple triple G9490 G9490 = G9490 τρισκαίδεκα triskaideka G:A thirteen thirteen G9491 G9491 = G9491 τρισκαιδέκατος triskaidekatos G:A thirteenth thirteenth , (Homer), etc.; ἡ τρισκαιδεκάτη (i.e. ἡμέρα); the 13 th day , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G9492 G9492 = G9492 τρισσεύω trisseuō G:V to do three times to do three times G9493 G9493 = G9493 τρισσός trissos G:A third rank 1. threefold , Lat. triplex, (Euripides), etc.:—;adverb -ῶς, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. in plural, = τρεῖς, (Pindar), etc. (ML) G9494 G9494 = G9494 τρισσόω trissoō G:V to do a third time to do a third time G9495 G9495 = G9495 τρισσῶς trissōs G:A third third; thrice G9496 G9496 = G9496 τριστάτης tristatēs G:N-M a tribune a tribune G9497 G9497 = G9497 τριταῖος tritaios G:A three days 1. on the third day , used with Verbs so as to agree with the subject, τριταῖοι ἐγένοντο ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ (Herdotus Historicus); ἐσβεβληκὼς τριταῖος ἐς Μηλιέας having invaded Melis three days before , (Herdotus Historicus); τρ. γενόμενος after being three days dead, (Herdotus Historicus):—; τριταῖος (i.e. πυρετός); a tertian fever , (Plato Philosophus)
2. of events, lasting three days , (Euripides)
3. generally for τρίτος, (Euripides) (ML) G9498 G9498 = G9498 τρίχαπτος trichaptos G:A a braid a braid G9499 G9499 = G9499 τρίχωμα trichōma G:N-N hair on a head a growth of hair, hair , (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν γενείου συλλογῇ τριχώματος, i. e. just at the age of manhood, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9500 G9500 = G9500 τριώροφος triōrophos G:A third story of three stories or floors , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9501 G9501 = G9501 τροπόω tropoō G:V to put to flight to furnish the oar with its thong : Mid., τροποῦτο κώπην ἀμφὶ σκαλμόν fastened his oar by its thong round the thole, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass., of the oar, to be furnished with its thong , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9502 G9502 = G9502 τροφεύω tropheuō G:V to nourish to nourish G9503 G9503 = G9503 τροφοφορέω trophophoreō G:V to nurture τροφο-φορέω, -ῶ,
[in LXX: Deu.1:31 (נָשָׂא), 2Ma.7:27 * ;]
to nourish (Hesych.), bear like a nurse (R, mg., bare he them as a nursing-father): with accusative of person(s), Act.13:18, T, Tr., R, mg. (WH, R, txt., τροποφορέω, which see).†
(AS) G9504 G9504 = G9504 τροχίσκος trochiskos G:N-M a disc a disc G9505 G9505 = G9505 τρυγητής trugētēs G:N-M a grape gatherer a grape gatherer G9506 G9506 = G9506 τρυγητός trugētos G:N-M a gathering of crops 1. a vintage, harvest , (Plutarch)
2. the time thereof, the harvest or vintage , (Thucydides) (ML) G9507 G9507 = G9507 τρυγίας trugias G:N-M wine with dregs wine with dregs G9508 G9508 = G9508 τρυπάω trupaō G:V to make a hole 1. to bore, pierce through , (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., τὰ ὦτα τετρυπημένος having one's ears pierced for earrings , (Xenophon Historicus); ψῆφος τετρυπημένη the pebble of condemnation which had a hole in it , (Aeschines Orator)
2. τρ. τῷ ποδὶ τὴν βελόνην to force the point through the foot, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9509 G9509 = G9509 τρυφαλίς truphalis cheese cheese G9510 G9510 = G9510 τρυφερός trupheros G:A delicate 1. delicate, dainty , (Euripides), etc.:—; τὸ τρυφερόν effeminacy , ἐς τὸ τρυφερώτερον to more effeminate habits , (Thucydides):—;neuter as adverb, τρυφερόν voluptuously , (Aristophanes Comicus); τρ. λαλεῖν to speak softly , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9511 G9511 = G9511 τρυφερότης trupherotēs G:N-F delicacy delicacy G9512 G9512 = G9512 τρώγλη trōglē G:N a bore a hole formed by gnawing, a mouse's hole , (Batrachomyomachia) (ML) G9513 G9513 = G9513 τυλόω tuloō G:V be hardened 1. to make knobby :—;Pass., ῥόπαλα σιδήρῳ τετυλωμένα clubs knobbed with iron, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to make callous , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Pass. to be callous , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9514 G9514 = G9514 τυμπανίστρια tumpanistria G:N-F performing on a tambourine performing on a tambourine G9515 G9515 = G9515 τύμπανον tumpanon G:N-N a tambourine 1. a kettledrum , such as was used especially in the worship of Cybele, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. a drum-stick : generally, a staff, cudgel , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. in Virgil tympana are wheels of solid wood. (ML) G9516 G9516 = G9516 τυραννέω turanneō G:V be sovereign be sovereign G9517 G9517 = G9517 τυραννίς turannis G:N-F a wife of a sovereign 1. kingly power, sovereignty , (Pindar), attic; τ. ὑμῶν lordship over you, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. plural, αἱ τυραννίδες, = οἱ τύραννοι, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9518 G9518 = G9518 τυρόω turoō G:V to curdle into cheese to curdle into cheese G9519 G9519 = G9519 τύχη tuchē G:N-F good luck 1. the good which man obtains τυγχάνει); by the favour of the gods, good fortune, luck, success , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.; σὺν τύχῃ (Sophocles Tragicus); θείᾳ τύχῃ, Lat. divinitus, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; hence Τύχη was deified, like Lat. Fortuna, Τύχη Σώτειρα (Pindar); T. Σωτήρ (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. generally, fortune, chance , good or bad, in singular and plural, (Herdotus Historicus), attic
3. rarely of positive ill fortune , ἢν χρήσωνται τύχῃ, i. e. if they are killed, (Euripides); τύχῃ by ill-luck , (Antipho Orator)
4. especially, ἀγαθὴ τ. (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; in dative ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ "in God's name, " (Demosthenes Orator), etc.; by crasis, τύχἀγαθῇ (Aristophanes Comicus);—;this formula was also introduced into treaties, like Lat. quod felix faustumque sit, Λάχης εἶπε, τύχῃ ἀγαθῇ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐκεχειρίαν Decret. in (Thucydides):—;so ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
5. Adverbial usages, τύχῃ by chance , Lat. forte, forte fortuna, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; ἀπὸ τύχης (Aristotle Philosopher); ἐκ τύχης (Plato Philosophus); διὰ τύχην (Isocrates Orator), etc.; κατὰ τύχην (Thucydides), etc.
6. a chance, hap, accident , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; τῆς τύχης, τὸ ἐμὲ τυχεῖν . . ! what a piece of ill-luck , that . . ! (Xenophon Historicus); mostly of mishaps, misfortunes , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc. (ML) G9520 G9520 = G9520 ὕαινα huaina G:N-M a hyena the hyaena , an animal of the dog kind, with a bristly mane like a hog (whence the name), (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9521 G9521 = G9521 ὑβριστικός hubristikos G:A outrageous given to wantonness, wanton, insolent, outrageous , (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—; τὸ ὑβριστικόν an insolent disposition , (Xenophon Historicus):—;adverb -κῶς, (Plato Philosophus); comparative -ώτερον, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9522 G9522 = G9522 ὑγιάζω hugiazō G:V to heal to heal G9523 G9523 = G9523 ὑγίεια hugieia G:N-F health 1. health, soundness of body, Lat. salus, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;plural ὑγίειαι, healthy states or conditions , (Plato Philosophus)
2. of the mind, ὑ. φρενῶν soundness of mind, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9524 G9524 = G9524 ὑγιῶς hugiōs G:A fairly fairly G9525 G9525 = G9525 ὑγραίνω hugrainō G:V to wet to wet, moisten , (Euripides): of a river, to water a country, (Euripides) (ML) G9526 G9526 = G9526 ὑγρασία hugrasia G:N-F wetness wetness G9527 G9527 = G9527 ὑδραγωγός hudragōgos G:N-M an aqueduct an aqueduct G9528 G9528 = G9528 ὑδρεύω hudreuō G:V to draw water to draw, fetch or carry water , (Odyssey by Homer):—;Mid. to draw water for oneself, fetch water , πολῖται (Odyssey by Homer), attic (ML) G9529 G9529 = G9529 ὑδρίσκη hudriskē G:N-F a water-pot a water-pot G9530 G9530 = G9530 ὑδροφόρος hudrophoros G:N-M a water-carrier 1. carrying water , (Plutarch)
2. as Substantive, ὑδρ., a water-carrier , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9531 G9531 = G9531 ὕειος hueios G:A like a pig of or belonging to swine , ὑεία κοιλία pig's tripe, (Aristophanes Comicus):—; θηρίον ὕ., as a type of brutish ignorance, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9532 G9532 = G9532 ὑετίζω huetizō G:V to rain to rain G9533 G9533 = G9533 ὑλακτέω hulakteō G:V to bark 1. to bark, bay, howl , of dogs, (Iliad by Homer); of hounds, to give tongue , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. metaphorically, κραδίη ὑλακτεῖ howls for rage , (Odyssey by Homer); with accusative cognate to yell forth bold and shameless words , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἄμους᾽ ὑλακτῶν howling his uncouth songs, (Euripides)
3. transitive to bark at , τινά (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9534 G9534 = G9534 ὑλώδης hulōdēs G:A flush 1. woody, wooded , (Thucydides); τὰ ὑλώδη wooded ground , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. turbid, muddy , (Plutarch) (ML) G9535 G9535 = G9535 ὕμνησις humnēsis G:N-F singing of praise singing of praise G9536 G9536 = G9536 ὑμνῳδέω humnōdeō G:V to sing a hymn 1. to sing a hymn or song of praise : generally, to sing , ὑμν. θρῆνον (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. = χρησμῳδέω, (Euripides)[ ῦ in (Aeschulus Tragicus)] (ML) G9537 G9537 = G9537 ὕπαιθρος hupaithros G:A open air 1. as Substantive, ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ, entry Dio, in the open air , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. τὰ ὕπαιθρα, the field, the open country , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9538 G9538 = G9538 ὕπατος hupatos G:N-M supreme 1. like Lat. summus for supremus, the highest, uppermost , of Zeus, ὕπατος κρειόντων, θεῶν ὕπ., (Homer); οἱ ὕπατοι the gods above , Lat. superi, opposite to οἱ χθόνιοι, Lat. inferi, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὕπατός τις some god above , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. simply of Place, ἐν πυρῇ ὑπάτῃ on the very top of the funeral pile, (Iliad by Homer)
3. of Time, last , Lat. supremus, (Sophocles Tragicus)
5. with genitive, like the preposition ὑπό, ὕπατος χώρας supreme over the land, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὕπατοι λεχέων high above the nest, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
6. as Substantive, ὕπατος, the Roman consul , (Polybius Historicus), etc. (ML) G9539 G9539 = G9539 ὑπεξαίρω hupexairō G:V to remove secretly to remove secretly G9540 G9540 = G9540 ὑπεράνωθεν huperanōthen G:A far above far above G9541 G9541 = G9541 ὑπέραρσις huperarsis G:N-F overflowing overflowing G9542 G9542 = G9542 ὑπερασπίζω huperaspizō G:V to shield to shield G9543 G9543 = G9543 ὑπερασπισμός huperaspismos G:N-M shielding shielding G9544 G9544 = G9544 ὑπερασπιστής huperaspistēs G:N-M a defender a defender G9545 G9545 = G9545 ὑπερδυναμόω huperdunamoō G:V to overpower to overpower G9546 G9546 = G9546 ὑπερείζω hupereizō G:V to support to set up, prop up, support G9547 G9547 = G9547 ὑπερεκχέω huperekcheō G:V to overflow to overflow G9548 G9548 = G9548 ὑπερηφανέω huperēphaneō G:V be prideful 1. much like ὑπερηνορέων overweening, arrogant , (Iliad by Homer)
2. transitive to treat disdainfully , (Lucian) (ML) G9549 G9549 = G9549 ὑπέρθυρον huperthuron G:N-N a lintel a lintel G9550 G9550 = G9550 ὑπερισχύω huperischuō G:V to excel in strength to excel in strength G9551 G9551 = G9551 ὑπέρκειμαι huperkeimai G:V to have precedence 1. Dep.
2. to lie or be situate above , (Isocrates Orator)
3. to be postponed , (Lucian) (ML) G9552 G9552 = G9552 ὑπερκρατέω huperkrateō G:V to prevail against to prevail against G9553 G9553 = G9553 ὑπερμεγέθης hupermegethēs G:A immense immense G9554 G9554 = G9554 ὑπερμήκης hupermēkēs G:N-M exceedingly tall 1. exceeding long , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἡ βασιλέος χεὶρ ὑπ. the king's arm is very long, reaches very far , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. exceeding high , of mountains, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. ὑπερμάκης βοά a cry exceeding loud , (Pindar) (ML) G9555 G9555 = G9555 ὕπερον huperon G:V a pestle a pestle G9556 G9556 = G9556 ὑπερόρασις huperorasis G:N-F neglect neglect G9557 G9557 = G9557 ὑπεροράω huperoraō to neglect ὑπερ-οράω, see: ὑπερεῖδον.
ὑπερ-εῖδον, aor.
[in LXX for עָלַם hi., מַעַל, etc. ;]
to overlook: with accusative of thing(s), Act.17:30
(AS) G9558 G9558 = G9558 ὑπέροψις huperopsis G:N-F disdain disdain G9559 G9559 = G9559 ὑπερτίθημι hupertithēmi G:V to procrastinate 1. to set higher, erect , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. to set on the other side, carry over , (Plutarch)
3. in Mid. to hold over , so as to protect, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. metaphorically, παντὶ θεὸν ὑπερτιθέμεν to set God over all, (Pindar)
5. to communicate a thing to another, ὑπερετίθεα (ionic imperfect for -ετίθην); τὰ ἔμελλον ποιήσειν (Herdotus Historicus):—;so in Mid., especially in order to ask advice, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9560 G9560 = G9560 ὑπερφερής huperpherēs G:A overwhelming overwhelming G9561 G9561 = G9561 ὑπερφέρω huperpherō G:V to overwhelm 1. to bear or carry over a place, ὑπ. τὸν ἰσθμὸν τὰς ναῦς (Thucydides):—;Pass., [ αἱ ναῦς] αἱ ὑπερενεχθεῖσαι τὸν ἰσθμόν (Thucydides)
2. intransitive to rise above, to surpass, excel, have the advantage over , τινός τινι one in a thing, (Herdotus Historicus); also with accusative pro genitive, ὑπερφέρεις τόλμῃ τόλμαν (Euripides): absolute to excel, have preeminence , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9562 G9562 = G9562 ὑπερχαρής hupercharēs G:A overjoyed overjoyed G9563 G9563 = G9563 ὑπερχέω hupercheō G:V to overflow to overflow G9564 G9564 = G9564 ὑπερωμία huperōmia head and shoulders above head and shoulders above G9565 G9565 = G9565 ὑπεύθυνος hupeuthunos G:N-M accountable 1. liable to give account for one's administration of an office, accountable, responsible , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—; ὑπεύθυνοι, οἱ, at Athens, magistrates who had to submit their accounts to public auditors λογισταί); (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. with genitive responsible for , ὑπ. ἀρχῆς ἑτέρας quoted in (Demosthenes Orator); of slaves, σῶμα ὑπ. ἀδικημάτων their body is liable for their misdeeds, i. e. they must pay for them with their body, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. with dative responsible to another, dependent on them, Lat. obnoxius, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9566 G9566 = G9566 ὑπηρεσία hupēresia G:N-F service 1. the body of rowers and sailors, the ship's crew , (Thucydides), etc.
2. service , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc. (ML) G9567 G9567 = G9567 ὑπνόω hupnoō G:V to sleep to put to sleep :—; Pass. to fall asleep, sleep , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9568 G9568 = G9568 ὑπνώδης hupnōdēs G:A sleepy sleepy, drowsy , (Euripides) (ML) G9569 G9569 = G9569 ὑποβλέπω hupoblepō G:V to suspect to look up from under the brows at, glance at, to look askance at, eye suspiciously or angrily , Lat. limis oculis suspicere, (Plato Philosophus); also ὑπ. ἐλεεινά to cast piteous glances , [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass. to be looked at with suspicion , (Euripides) (ML) G9570 G9570 = G9570 ὑπόγαιος hupogaios G:A subterranean subterranean G9571 G9571 = G9571 ὑποδύτης hupodutēs G:N-M an undergarment a garment under a coat of mail , (Plutarch) (ML) G9572 G9572 = G9572 ὑπόθεμα hupothema G:N-N an underpart an underpart G9573 G9573 = G9573 ὑποκαίω hupokaiō G:V to fire up 1. to burn by applying fire below , (Herdotus Historicus): to offer secret sacrifices , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. to light under , (Lucian) (ML) G9574 G9574 = G9574 ὑποκαλύπτω hupokaluptō G:V to cover up to cover up G9575 G9575 = G9575 ὑποκάτωθεν hupokatōthen G:PREP from beneath from beneath G9576 G9576 = G9576 ὑπόκειμαι hupokeimai G:V to lay in place of 1. to lie under or beneath , (Iliad by Homer); with dative, (Plato Philosophus)
2. in various metaphorically senses,
3. to be put under the eyes or mind, i. e. to be submitted or proposed to one , (Pindar); αἱ ὑποκείμεναι ἐλπίδες one's present hopes, (Demosthenes Orator); ὑπόκειταί μοι ὅτι . . I have laid down the rule , that . ., (Herdotus Historicus)
4. to be laid down or assumed as an hypothesis , (Plato Philosophus), etc.; τούτων ὑποκειμένων = Lat. his positis, (Plato Philosophus); impersonal, ὑπόκειται a rule is laid down , (Demosthenes Orator); ὑποκείσθω ὅτι . . let it be granted that . ., (Aristotle Philosopher)
5. to be suggested , (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to be left at bottom, left remaining , (Thucydides)
7. to be subject to, submit to , τινι (Plato Philosophus): absolute to be submissive , (Plato Philosophus)
8. to be left behind in pledge, to be pledged or mortgaged , τινος for a certain sum, (Demosthenes Orator), etc.; ὑποκείμενοι, of persons, bound for payment of a sum of money, (Demosthenes Orator)
9. to underlie , as a substratum, (Plato Philosophus), etc.
10. to be subordinate , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9577 G9577 = G9577 ὑπόλειμμα hupoleimma G:N-N a vestige ὑπό-λειμμα
(WH, -λιμμα, see their App., 154), -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁאַר ;]
a remnant: Rom.9:27 (Arist., al.; cf. κατάλειμμα).†
(AS) G9578 G9578 = G9578 ὑπόλοιπος hupoloipos G:A a vestige 1. left behind, staying behind , (Herdotus Historicus); οἱ ὑπ. those who remained alive , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of things, ὑπ. τὸ βάραθρον γίγνεται the pit still remains , (Aristophanes Comicus); ὅσα ἦν ὑπ. all that remained to be done , (Thucydides) (ML) G9579 G9579 = G9579 ὑπόλυσις hupolusis G:N-F a loosening a loosening G9580 G9580 = G9580 ὑπολύω hupoluō G:V to untie 1. to loosen beneath or below , ὑπέλυσε γυῖα made his limbs give way under him , (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., γυῖα ὑπέλυντο (Iliad by Homer)
2. to loose from under the yoke, (Homer):—; to loose from bonds , (Odyssey by Homer); in Mid., τὸν ὑπελύσαο δεσμῶν thou didst free him from bonds by stealth , (Iliad by Homer)
3. to untie a person's sandals from under his feet, take off his shoes, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Mid. to take off one's sandals or shoes, or to have them taken off , (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. with accusative pers. to unshoe him, take off his shoes , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9581 G9581 = G9581 ὑπόμνημα hupomnēma G:N-N a record 1. a remembrance, memorial , (Thucydides), etc.
2. a note, memorandum , (Demosthenes Orator):—;in plural memoranda, notes, minutes , Lat. commentarii, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9582 G9582 = G9582 ὑπομνηματισμός hupomnēmatismos G:N-M a memoir a memoir G9583 G9583 = G9583 ὑπομνηματογράφος hupomnēmatographos G:N-M a recorder a recorder G9584 G9584 = G9584 ὑπονύσσω huponussō G:V to goad to prick or sting underneath : generally, to sting , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9585 G9585 = G9585 ὑποπίπτω hupopiptō G:V be penitent 1. to fall under or down, to sink in , (Plutarch)
2. to fall down before any one, with accusative, (Plato Philosophus): —;hence, to be subject to him, fall under his power, (Isocrates Orator); of a flatterer, to cringe to , τινί (Demosthenes Orator); with accusative ὑποπεσὼν τὸν δεσπότην (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to fall behind another, (Demosthenes Orator)
4. to get in under or among , (Thucydides)
5. of accidents, to happen, fall out , (Isocrates Orator)
6. of persons, to fall under a punishment, with dative, (Plutarch)
7. of places, to lie under or below , with dative, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9586 G9586 = G9586 ὑποπτεύω hupopteuō G:V to dread 1. to be suspicious , (Xenophon Historicus); also, ὑπ. εἴς τινα to have suspicions of him, (Thucydides)
2. to suspect, guess, suppose , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. transitive to suspect, hold in suspicion , (Sophocles Tragicus); ὑπ. τινὰ εἴς τι of something, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;Pass. to be suspected, mistrusted , (Thucydides); impersonal, ὡς ὑπωπτεύετο as was generally suspected , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. with accusative pers. et infinitive to suspect that , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. with accusative rei, to look suspiciously on , (Thucydides):—;but also, ὑπ. τι to suspect something, (Euripides)
from ὑπόπτης (ML) G9587 G9587 = G9587 ὑποπυρρίζω hupopurrizō G:V be reddish be reddish G9588 G9588 = G9588 ὑποσκελίζω huposkelizō G:V to trip up 1. to trip up one's heels, upset , Lat. supplantare, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. metaphorically, ὑπ. καὶ ἀνατρέπων (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9589 G9589 = G9589 ὑποσκέλισμα huposkelisma G:N-M a fall a fall G9590 G9590 = G9590 ὑπόστημα hupostēma G:N-N a garrison a garrison G9591 G9591 = G9591 ὑποστήριγμα hupostērigma G:N-N a support a support G9592 G9592 = G9592 ὑποστηρίζω hupostērizō G:V to support to support G9593 G9593 = G9593 ὑποτίτθιος hupotitthios G:N-N under a breast under a breast G9594 G9594 = G9594 ὑπουργός hupourgos G:A an aid rendering service, serviceable, promoting, conducive to a thing, with dative, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9595 G9595 = G9595 ὑπόφαυσις hupophausis G:N-F a narrow opening a light shewing through a small hole: a narrow opening , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9596 G9596 = G9596 ὑπόφορος hupophoros subject to tribute subject to tribute G9597 G9597 = G9597 ὑποχείριος hupocheirios G:A under one's hand 1. under the hand, in hand , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. of persons, under any one's hand, under command, subject , τινι (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; λαβεῖν τινα ὑποχείριον to get into one's power , (Euripides); ἔχειν τινὰ ὑπ. (Thucydides) (ML) G9598 G9598 = G9598 ὑποχόνδριος hupochondrios G:N-N a spleen a spleen G9599 G9599 = G9599 ὑπόχρεως hupochreōs G:A a debtor 1. indebted, in debt , (Aristophanes Comicus); ὑπ. τινος his debtor , (Plutarch)
2. of property, involved , Lat. obaeratus, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. with genitive, ὑπ. φιλίας bound by ties of friendship, (Plutarch) (ML) G9600 G9600 = G9600 ὑποχυτήρ hupochutēr G:N-M an oil flask an oil flask G9601 G9601 = G9601 ὑπτιάζω huptiazō G:V to turn up and open hands to bend oneself back, to carry one's head high , (Aeschines Orator):—;Pass., κάρα ὑπτιάζεται his head lies supine , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9602 G9602 = G9602 ὕπτιος huptios G:A steep 1. laid back, laid on one's back , πέσεν ὕπτιος he fell backwards , opposite to πρηνής, (Iliad by Homer); of a quadruped, ὀρθοῦ ἑστεῶτος καὶ ὑπτίου rearing upright and falling backwards , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. generally with the under side uppermost , χείρ ὑπτία the hollow of the hand, (Plutarch); ἐξ ὑπτίου κράνους from the upturned helmet, with the hollow uppermost , (Aeschulus Tragicus); so, παράθες ὑπτίαν τὴν ἀσπίδα); (Aristophanes Comicus); ἀψὶς ὑπτία a half-wheel with the concave side uppermost , (Herdotus Historicus); ὑπτίοις σέλμασιν ναυτίλλεται he sails with the bottom uppermost , i. e. suffers shipwreck, (Sophocles Tragicus); ἐξ ὑπτίας νεῖν to swim on the back (in metaphorically sense), (Plato Philosophus)
3. of land, sloping evenly , of Egypt, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9603 G9603 = G9603 ὑπώπιος hupōpios G:N-N a bruise a bruise G9604 G9604 = G9604 ὑστεροβουλία husteroboulia G:N-F an afterthought an afterthought G9605 G9605 = G9605 ὑφαίνω huphainō G:V to weave 1. to weave , ἱστὸν ὑφαίνειν to weave a web, (Homer); ἱμάτιον (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—;absolute to weave, ply the loom , (Herdotus Historicus):—;Mid., ἱμάτιον ὑφαίνεσθαι to weave oneself a cloak, (Plato Philosophus)
2. to contrive, plan, invent , Lat. texere, δόλον ὑφαίνειν (Iliad by Homer); μῆτιν ὑφ. (Odyssey by Homer)
3. generally, to create, construct , (Pindar) (ML) G9606 G9606 = G9606 ὑφαιρέω huphaireō G:V to take up 1. to seize underneath or inwardly , (Homer)
2. to draw or take away from under a thing, with genitive, (Iliad by Homer):—;also τὴν χεῖρα ὑφῄρει tried to draw it away , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to take away underhand, filch away , (Thucydides); ὑφ. τῆς ὑποψίας gradually to take away part of . ., (Thucydides):—;Pass., ὑπαραιρημένος (ionic perfect participle) put secretly away, made away with , (Herdotus Historicus):—;so in Mid. to take away underhand, filch away, purloin , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
4. in Mid. also with accusative pers., ὑφ. τινά τινος to rob him of a thing, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G9607 G9607 = G9607 ὑφάντης huphantēs G:N-M a weaver a weaver G9608 G9608 = G9608 ὕφασμα huphasma G:N-N a woven work a woven work G9609 G9609 = G9609 ὑφίστημι huphistēmi G:V to stand 1. in these tenses Causal, to place or set under , τί τινι (Herdotus Historicus); τρεῖς σταυροὺς ὑπίστησι plants three piles in the lake to support a house, (Herdotus Historicus):—;metaphorically, γνώμας ὑποστήσας σοφάς having laid them as a foundation , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to post secretly or in ambush , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. Causal also in future and aor1 middle to substitute , τί τινι one thing for another, (Xenophon Historicus)
4. Pass., with aorist2 active ὑπ-έστην, perfect ὑφ-έστηκα, ionic participle ὑπ-εστεώς:—; to stand under as a support , with dative, (Herdotus Historicus)
5. to sink to the bottom, settle , τὸ ὑφιστάμενον the milk, opposite to τὸ ἐφιστάμενον (the cream), (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to place oneself under an engagement, engage or promise to do, with infinitive future, ὅσς᾽ Ἀχιλῆι ὑπέστημεν δώσειν (Iliad by Homer), etc.; with infinitive aorist, οὔ τίς με ὑπέστη σαῶσαι (Iliad by Homer); with infinitive present, (Herdotus Historicus):—;absolute, after promise given , (Odyssey by Homer); ὥσπερ ὑπέστη as he promised , (Thucydides):—;when followed by accusative, an infinitive may be supplied, τρίποδας οὕς οἱ ὑπέστη (i.e. δώσειν); (Iliad by Homer); ἐκτελέουσιν ὑπόσχεσιν ἥνπερ ὑπέσταν (Iliad by Homer)
7. to submit to any one, τινι (Iliad by Homer)
8. with accusative rei, to submit to, consent to , ὁ τὸ ἐλάχιστον ὑπιστάμενος who offers to take the least, (Herdotus Historicus); ὑφ. τὸν πλοῦν to undertake it unwillingly , (Thucydides); so, ὑφ. τὸν κίνδυνον (Thucydides): —;rarely with dative, ὑφ. ξυμφοραῖς ταῖς μεγίσταις (Thucydides)
9. to undertake an office, (Xenophon Historicus)
10. to lie concealed or in ambush , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
11. to support an attack, to resist, withstand , with dative, (Aeschulus Tragicus); with accusative, (Euripides):—;absolute to stand one's ground, face the enemy , Lat. subsistere, (Euripides) (ML) G9610 G9610 = G9610 ὑψηλοκάρδιος hupsēlokardios G:A a proud heart a proud heart G9611 G9611 = G9611 ὕψωσις hupsōsis G:N-F act of exaltation act of exaltation G9612 G9612 = G9612 ὕω huō G:V to rain 1. to send rain, to rain , Ζεὺς ὗε (Homer), etc.; ὁ θεὸς ὕει (Herdotus Historicus):—;then, the nom. being omitted, ὕει used impersonal, Lat. pluit, it rains, (Hesiod); ὕοντος when it is raining , (Aristophanes Comicus); ὕοντος πολλῷ as it was raining heavily, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with accusative loci, ἑπτὰ ἐτέων οὐκ ὗε τὴν Θήρην for seven years it did not rain on Thera, (Herdotus Historicus):—;hence in Pass., with future middle to be rained on , (Odyssey by Homer); ὕσθησαν αἱ Θῆβαι Thebes was rained upon , i. e. it rained there, (Herdotus Historicus); ἡ χώρη ὕεται, i. e. it rains in the country, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. with accusative cognate, ὗσε χρυσόν it rained gold, (Pindar); καινὸν ἀεὶ Ζεὺς ὕει ὕδωρ (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9613 G9613 = G9613 φαιός phaios G:A gray dusky, dun, gray , Lat. fuscus, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9614 G9614 = G9614 φακός phakos G:N-M a flask lentil , and its fruit , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
(ML) G9615 G9615 = G9615 φαλακρός phalakros G:A bald baldheaded, bald , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; πρόσωπον φαλακρόν (Euripides) (ML) G9616 G9616 = G9616 φαλάκρωμα phalakrōma G:N-N baldness baldness G9617 G9617 = G9617 φαρέτρα pharetra G:N-F a quiver a quiver for arrows, Lat. pharetra, (Homer) (ML) G9618 G9618 = G9618 φαρμακεύω pharmakeuō G:V to administer potions 1. to administer a drug , (Plato Philosophus)
2. to use enchantments , φαρμακεύειν τι ἐς τὸν ποταμόν to use it as a charm to calm the river, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. with accusative pers. to drug, give him a poisonous or stupefying drug , (Euripides) (ML) G9619 G9619 = G9619 φάρμακον pharmakon G:N-N a potion φάρμακον, -ου, τό,
[in LXX for כֶּשֶׁף ;]
__(a) a drug;
__(b) an in­cantation, enchantment: Rev.9:21, Tr., mg., WH, txt. (RV, sorceries).†
(AS) G9620 G9620 = G9620 φαρουρίμ pharourim N:N a compound a compound G9621 G9621 = G9621 φάρυγξ pharugx G:N-M a throat the throat, gullet , (Odyssey by Homer), etc. (ML) G9622 G9622 = G9622 φασέκ phasek N:N a passover a passover G9623 G9623 = G9623 φάσμα phasma G:N-N a visible manifestation 1. an apparition, phantom , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; φ. ἀνδρός the spectral appearance of a man, (Herdotus Historicus):—; a vision in a dream, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.
2. a sign from heaven, portent, omen , (Herdotus Historicus); periphrastic, φάσμα ταύρου a monster of a bull, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9624 G9624 = G9624 φατνόω phatnoō G:V to decorate with fretwork to decorate with fretwork G9625 G9625 = G9625 φάτνωμα phatnōma G:N-N a fretwork a fretwork G9626 G9626 = G9626 φαυλίζω phaulizō G:V to treat as worthless to hold cheap, to depreciate, disparage , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9627 G9627 = G9627 φαύλισμα phaulisma G:N-N a careless attitude a careless attitude G9628 G9628 = G9628 φαυλισμός phaulismos G:N-M disparagement disparagement G9629 G9629 = G9629 φαυλίστρια phaulistria G:N-F heedless heedless G9630 G9630 = G9630 φαῦσις phausis G:N-F giving light giving light G9631 G9631 = G9631 φερνή phernē G:N-F a dowry that which is brought by the wife (compare ἕδνον); a dowry, portion , Lat. dos, (Herdotus Historicus); also in plural of a dower , as consisting of divers presents, (Euripides); but, φερναὶ πολέμου, of a wife won in battle, (Euripides):—;in plural, also, bridal gifts , (Euripides) (ML) G9632 G9632 = G9632 φερνίζω phernizō G:V to endow to endow G9633 G9633 = G9633 φθάρμα phtharma G:N-N corruption corruption G9634 G9634 = G9634 φθέγμα phthegma G:N-N an utterance 1. the sound of the voice, a voice , (Pindar), etc.: of a person, ὦ φθέγμ᾽ ἀναιδές, for ὦ φθεγξάμενε ἀναιδῆ, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. language, speech , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. a saying, word , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. of other sounds, as of birds, cries , (Sophocles Tragicus); of a bull, roaring , (Euripides); φθ. θυείας the grinding of the mortar, (Aristophanes Comicus); of the nightingale's song, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9635 G9635 = G9635 φθειρίζομαι phtheirizomai G:V to fumigate to fumigate G9636 G9636 = G9636 φθίνω phthinō G:V to wane to wane G9637 G9637 = G9637 φιλαμαρτήμων philamartēmōn G:A fond of sinning fond of sinning G9638 G9638 = G9638 φιλεχθρέω philechthreō G:V to enjoy quarreling fond of quarreling G9639 G9639 = G9639 φιλιάζω philiazō G:V to befriend to befriend G9640 G9640 = G9640 φιλογέωργος philogeōrgos G:N-M fond of husbandry fond of a country life , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9641 G9641 = G9641 φιλογύναιος philogunaios G:A fond of women fond of women G9642 G9642 = G9642 φιλονεικέω philoneikeō G:V be fond of altercations 1. to be fond of strife, engage in eager rivalry, be contentious , φιλονεικῶν out of contentiousness or party spirit , (Thucydides); φ. πρός τινα (Lysias Orator):—;with accusative, φ. τὸ ἐμὲ εἶναι τὸν ἀποκρινόμενον to be eager that I should be the answerer, (Plato Philosophus); τὰ χείρω φ. to be so obstinate as to choose the worst, (Thucydides)
2. in good sense, to struggle emulously , φ. περὶ τῶν καλλίστων (Isocrates Orator) (ML) G9643 G9643 = G9643 φιμός phimos G:N-M a rein 1. a muzzle , Lat. capistrum, (Lucian)
2. the nose-band of a horse's bridle, fitted with pipes through which the horses' breath made a whistling sound, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. a kind of cup , used as a dice-box , Lat. fritillus, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G9644 G9644 = G9644 φλεγμαίνω phlegmainō G:V be inflamed to be heated, inflamed, to fester , φλεγμαίνουσα πόλις, opposite to ὑγιής, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9645 G9645 = G9645 φλέγω phlegō G:V to blaze 1. transitive to burn, burn up , (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass. to take fire, blaze up , (Iliad by Homer)
2. metaphorically to kindle, inflame with passion, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass., like Lat. uri, to burn with passion, be inflamed, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to light up , Ζεὺς βέλος φλέγων making it blaze or flash , (Aeschulus Tragicus); metaphorically, ἄταν οὐρανίαν φλέγων letting the flame of mischief blaze up to heaven, (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass. to blaze up, be a-light , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. metaphorically to make illustrious or famous , Lat. illustrare, (Pindar):—;Pass. to be or become so , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. intransitive to burn, flame, blaze , (Aeschulus Tragicus); of armour, to flash , (Euripides)
6. metaphorically to break forth , of passion, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
7. to shine forth, become famous , (Pindar) (ML) G9646 G9646 = G9646 φλέψ phleps G:N-F an artery 1. a vein , (Iliad by Homer), etc.; φλέβα σχάζειν to open a vein , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. a vein of metal, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9647 G9647 = G9647 φλιά phlia G:N-F a doorway in plural φλιαί, = σταθμοί, the doorposts, jambs , (Odyssey by Homer); in singular, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9648 G9648 = G9648 φλόγινος phloginos G:A flaming flaming G9649 G9649 = G9649 φλυκτίς phluktis G:N-F a boil a boil G9650 G9650 = G9650 φοβερίζω phoberizō G:V to throw into fear to throw into fear G9651 G9651 = G9651 φοβερισμός phoberismos G:N-M fright fright G9652 G9652 = G9652 φοβερῶς phoberōs G:ADV fearfully fearfully G9653 G9653 = G9653 φοινίκεος phoinikeos G:A crimson purple-red, purple or crimson , and (generally) red , Lat. puniceus, (Herdotus Historicus):—;attic contracted φοινι-κοῦς, ᾶ, οῦν, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9654 G9654 = G9654 φοινικών phoinikōn G:N-M palm-grove palm-grove G9655 G9655 = G9655 φονευτής phoneutēs G:N-M a man-killer a man-killer; murderer G9656 G9656 = G9656 φονοκτονέω phonoktoneō G:V to pollute with murder to pollute with murder G9657 G9657 = G9657 φορβεά phorbea G:N-F a halter a halter G9658 G9658 = G9658 φορεῖον phoreion G:N-N a carriage a carriage G9659 G9659 = G9659 φορθομμίν phorthommin N:N nobles nobles G9660 G9660 = G9660 φορολόγητος phorologētos G:A tributary tributary G9661 G9661 = G9661 φορολόγος phorologos G:N-M tribute-gatherer tribute-gatherer G9662 G9662 = G9662 φρίκη phrikē G:N-F shuddering awe 1. a shuddering, shivering , (Plato Philosophus)
2. shuddering , especially from religious awe, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9663 G9663 = G9663 φρικτός phriktos G:A a cause for shuddering to be shuddered at, horrible , (Plutarch) (ML) G9664 G9664 = G9664 φρικώδης phrikōdēs G:A a cause for shuddering that causes shuddering, horrible , (Euripides):—;neuter φρικῶδες, as adverb horribly , (Euripides):—; adverb -δῶς, Sup., φρικωδέστατα ἔχειν to be in utter horror , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9665 G9665 = G9665 φροντίς phrontis G:N-F bewilderment 1. thought, care, heed, attention bestowed upon a person or thing, with genitive, φροντίδ᾽ ἔχειν τινός (Euripides); ἐν φροντίδι εἶναι περί τινος (Herdotus Historicus)
2. absolute thought, meditation , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐν φροντίδι μοι ἐγένετο [ τὸ πρῆγμα] (Herdotus Historicus); ἐμβῆσαί τινα ἐς φροντίδα to set one a thinking , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;in plural thoughts , αἱ δεύτεραί πως φροντίδες σοφώτεραι (Euripides)
3. deep thought, care, concern , (Aeschulus Tragicus); οὐ φροντὶς Ἱπποκλείδῃ no matter to Hippocleides! (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9666 G9666 = G9666 φρουρά phroura G:N-F a detachment of soldiers 1. a looking out, watch, guard , as a duty, (Herdotus Historicus); φρουρὰν ἄζηλον ὀχήσω shall keep unenviable watch , (Aeschulus Tragicus); φρουρὰ ὄμματος my watchful eye, (Sophocles Tragicus); φρουρᾶς ᾄδειν to sing while on guard , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. a prison , (Plato Philosophus)
3. of persons, a watch, guard, garrison , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; especially of frontier-posts , which were guarded in Attica by the περίπολοι, (Xenophon Historicus)
4. at Sparta, a body of men destined for service , φρουρὰν φαίνειν (see. φαίνω A. 1. 5). (ML) G9667 G9667 = G9667 φρουραί phrourai lots lots G9668 G9668 = G9668 φρύαγμα phruagma G:N-N neighing 1. a violent snorting, neighing , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. metaphorically wanton behaviour, insolence , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9669 G9669 = G9669 φρύγιον phrugion G:N-N dried sticks dried sticks G9670 G9670 = G9670 φρύγω phrugō G:V to parch 1. to roast or fry , (Aristophanes Comicus); ἐρετμοῖσι φρύξουσι they shall cook with the [wood of] the oars, (Oracle quoted in Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., πεφρυγμέναι κριθαί roasted barley, (Thucydides)
2. of the sun, to parch , Lat. torrere, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9671 G9671 = G9671 φυγαδεία phugadeia flight flight G9672 G9672 = G9672 φυγαδεῖον phugadeion G:N-N a place of refuge a place of refuge G9673 G9673 = G9673 φυγαδευτήριον phugadeutērion G:N-N a place of refuge a place of refuge G9674 G9674 = G9674 φυγαδεύω phugadeuō G:V to drive into exile to drive from a country, banish , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9675 G9675 = G9675 φυγάς phugas G:N-N an exile 1. one who flees from his country, a runaway, fugitive, a banished man, exile, refugee , Lat. exul, profugus, (Herdotus Historicus), attic; φυγάδα ποιεῖν τινα (Xenophon Historicus); κατάγειν φυγάδας to recall them; etc.
2. of an army, put to flight , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9676 G9676 = G9676 φυή phuē G:N-F development 1. growth, stature , especially fine growth, noble stature , (Homer); Νέστορι εἶδός τε μέγεθός τε φυήν τt ἄγχιστα ἐῴκει he was like Nestor both in shape and size and stature (or growth) , (Iliad by Homer)
2. poetry for φύσις, one's natural powers, nature, genius , (Pindar)
3. the flower or prime of age , (Pindar) (ML) G9677 G9677 = G9677 φύλαγμα phulagma G:N-N an injunction an injunction G9678 G9678 = G9678 φυλάκισσα phulakissa G:N-F a female keeper a female keeper G9679 G9679 = G9679 φύλαρχος phularchos G:N-M a tribal chief 1. the chief of a φυ_λή, a phylarch , (Herdotus Historicus):—;used to translated the Rom. tribunus , (Plutarch)
2. at Athens, the commander of the cavalry furnished by each tribe , see. ἵππαρχος. (ML) G9680 G9680 = G9680 φύρασις phurasis G:N-F a mixing together a mixing together G9681 G9681 = G9681 φυράω phuraō G:V to mix up 1. to mix flour or meal so as to make it into dough, to knead , (Herdotus Historicus); γῆν φυράσειν φόνῳ to make earth into a bloody paste , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;Pass., οἴνῳ καὶ ἐλαίῳ πεφυραμένα ἄλφιτα (Thucydides)
2. metaphorically, μαλακὴν φωνὴν φυράσασθαι to make up a soft voice, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9682 G9682 = G9682 φυρμός phurmos G:N-M a befouling a befouling G9683 G9683 = G9683 φύρω phurō G:V to befoul 1. to mix something dry with something wet , mostly with a sense of mixing so as to soil or defile , δάκρυσιν εἵματ᾽ ἔφυρον they wetted, sullied their garments with tears, (Iliad by Homer); also with genitive, χείλεα φύρσω αἵματος (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., δάκρυσι πεφυρμένη (Iliad by Homer); αἵματι οἶκος ἐφύρθη (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. of dry things, κόνει φύρουσα κάρα (Euripides); γαίαι πεφύρσεσθαι κόμαν to be doomed to have one's hair defiled with earth, (Pindar)
3. metaphorically to mingle together, confuse , ἔφυρον εἰκῆ πάντα they mixed all things up together, did all at random, (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;Pass. to be mixed up , ἐκ πεφυρμένου καὶ θηριώδους from a confused and savage state, (Euripides)
4. in Pass. also to mix with others, have dealings with him, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9684 G9684 = G9684 φυσάω phusaō G:V to blow 1. transitive to puff or blow up, distend , (Aristophanes Comicus); of bag-pipers, (Aristophanes Comicus); φ. τὰς γνάθους to puff them out , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass. to be inflated , ἡ γαστὴρ ἐπεφύσητό μοι (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. metaphorically to puff one up, make him vain , and so to cheat , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass. to be puffed up , ἐπί τινι at a thing, (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to blow up, kindle a fire: but also
4. to blow out, extinguish , τὴν λαμπάδα (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. to blow out, spurt out , (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. to blow a wind-instrument, (Euripides) (ML) G9685 G9685 = G9685 φυσητήρ phusētēr G:N-M a pair of bellows an instrument for blowing, blowpipe or tube , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9686 G9686 = G9686 φύτευμα phuteuma G:N-N a plant a plant , (Pindar) (ML) G9687 G9687 = G9687 φυτόν phuton G:N-N a plant 1. that which has grown, a plant, tree , (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. generally a creature , of men, (Euripides)
3. like ἔρνος, of men, a descendant, child , (Euripides) (ML) G9688 G9688 = G9688 φωράω phōraō G:V be caught in the act 1. to search after a thief or theft, search a house , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. in Pass. to be detected , (Demosthenes Orator); with participle, κλέπτης ὢν φωρᾶσθαι (Demosthenes Orator); so, κακὸς [ ὢν] ἐφωράθη φίλοις (Euripides):—;also of things, ἀργύριον ἐφωράθη ἐξαγόμενον money was discovered to be in course of exportation, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9689 G9689 = G9689 χ ch 600 600 G9690 G9690 = G9690 χαίνω chainō G:V to gape wide to gape wide G9691 G9691 = G9691 χαλαστόν chalaston G:N-N a chain-work a chain-work G9692 G9692 = G9692 χαλβάνη chalbanē G:N-F galbanum galbanum G9693 G9693 = G9693 χάλιξ chalix G:N-M gravel 1. a small stone, pebble , in plural, (Lucian), etc.
2. as collect. in singular, gravel, rubble , used in building, (Thucydides); so also in plural, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9694 G9694 = G9694 χαλκεῖον chalkeion G:N-N a brass cauldron 1. a smith's shop, forge, smithy , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. = χαλκίον, a copper, caldron , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a metal reflector in a lamp, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9695 G9695 = G9695 χάλκειος chalkeios G:N-N of brass of copper or bronze, brasen , (Homer); χαλκήιος δόμος, = χαλκεῖον, a forge , (Odyssey by Homer); χάλκειον γένος, of the Age of brass , (Hesiod) (ML) G9696 G9696 = G9696 χαλκεύω chalkeuō G:V to forge 1. to make of copper or (generally) of metal, to forge , (Iliad by Homer), etc.:—;Mid. to forge for oneself , (Theognis Elegiacus):—;Pass. to be wrought or forged , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. absolute to be a smith, work as a smith, ply the hammer , (Aristophanes Comicus); τὸ χαλκεύειν the smith's art , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9697 G9697 = G9697 χαμαιλέων chamaileōn G:N-M chameleon the chameleon , a kind of lizard known for changing its colour, (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G9698 G9698 = G9698 χάος chaos G:N-N chaos 1. chaos , the first stateof the universe, (Hesiod), etc.
2. infinite space, the expanse , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. the nether abyss, infinite darkness , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9699 G9699 = G9699 χαραδριός charadrios G:N-M a curlew perhaps a yellowish bird dwelling in clefts the curlew , (Aristophanes Comicus): χαραδριοῦ βίον ζῆν, of a glutton, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9700 G9700 = G9700 χαρακοβολία charakobolia G:N-F a palisade a palisade G9701 G9701 = G9701 χαρακόω charakoō G:V to build a palisade to fence by a palisade, fortify , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G9702 G9702 = G9702 χαράκωσις charakōsis G:N-F a siege mound a palisading , (Lycurgus Orator) (ML) G9703 G9703 = G9703 χαράσσω charassō G:V to grave 1. to make sharp or pointed, sharpen, whet , (Hesiod)
2. to furnish with notches or teeth , like a saw, (Aristotle Philosopher):—;Pass., σκύταλον κεχ. ὄζοις a staff jagged or rugged with branches, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus): metaphorically, [ ὄμμα] ἠλεμάτοις ἀκτῖσι χαράσσεται sparkles with false lights, of the effect produced by painting the eye-lids, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
3. metaphorically in Pass., κεχαραγμένος τινί exasperated at any one, (Herdotus Historicus); κείνῳ τόδε μὴ χαράσσου be not angry at him for this, (Euripides)
4. to cut into furrows, cut, scratch , (Pindar):—;Pass., κέκοπται καὶ χαράσσεται πέδον (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. to engrave, inscribe , [Refs 3rd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9704 G9704 = G9704 χαρμονή charmonē G:N-F a cause for joy 1. a joy , (Euripides); plural joys, delights , (Euripides)
2. = χάρμα II, joy, delight , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9705 G9705 = G9705 χαρμοσύνη charmosunē G:N-F joyfulness joyfulness G9706 G9706 = G9706 χαροποιός charopoios G:A a causing joy a causing joy G9707 G9707 = G9707 χαρτίον chartion G:N-N papyrus paper papyrus paper G9708 G9708 = G9708 χαυών chauōn G:N-M a cake a cake G9709 G9709 = G9709 χαφουρή chaphourē bowls bowls G9710 G9710 = G9710 χειμερινός cheimerinos G:A of winter 1. of or in winter, of or in winter-time , opposite to θερινός, χ. τροπαί (see. τροπή 1), (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; τὴν χ. (i.e. ὥρην); during the winter season , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. wintry , (Thucydides); see. χειμέριος. (ML) G9711 G9711 = G9711 χειροπέδαι cheiropedai G:N-F manacles manacles G9712 G9712 = G9712 χειροτονία cheirotonia G:N-F stretching forth hands 1. a voting or electing by show of hands , (Thucydides)
2. a vote , Lat. suffragium, in plural, (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G9713 G9713 = G9713 χειρόω cheiroō G:V to lay hands against 1. to bring into hand, to manage, master, subdue , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. mostly in Mid., to conquer, overpower, subdue , (Herdotus Historicus); so, τήνδ᾽ ἐχειρούμην ἄγραν became master of this booty, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. without any sense of violence, to master, subdue , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
4. χειροῦμαι is also Pass. to be subdued , [variant datesTragica Adespota; future χειρωθήσομαι (Demosthenes Orator); aor1 ἐχειρώθην (Herdotus Historicus); perfect κεχείρωμαι (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9714 G9714 = G9714 χελιδών chelidōn G:N-F a swallow 1. the swallow , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—; the twittering of the swallow was proverbially used of barbarous tongues by the Greeks, (Aeschulus Tragicus); χελιδόνων μουσεῖα (see. μουσεῖον); proverbs also, μία χελιδὼν ἔαρ οὐ ποιεῖ (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. the frog in a horse's foot , so called from its being forked like the swallow's tail , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9715 G9715 = G9715 χελώνη chelōnē G:N-F a tortoise 1. a tortoise , (Homeric Hymns); prov. of insensibility, ἰὼ χελῶναι μακάριαι τοῦ δέρματος oh ye tortoises , happy in your thick skins! (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. like Roman testudo, a pent-house formed of shields overlapping each other like the scales on a tortoise's back , used by storming parties in approaching a city's walls: then, generally, a pent-house for protecting besiegers, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9716 G9716 = G9716 χελώνιον chelōnion G:N-N a lip a lip G9717 G9717 = G9717 χερούβ cheroub N:N a cherub a cherub G9718 G9718 = G9718 χερσαῖος chersaios G:A of dry land on or of dry land , ὄρνιθες χ. land- birds, opposite to λιμναῖοι, (Herdotus Historicus); χ. κροκόδειλος a lizard, (Herdotus Historicus):—;also of landsmen , as opposite to seamen, (Euripides); κῦμα χερσαῖον στρατοῦ, an army, opposite to a fleet, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9719 G9719 = G9719 χέρσος chersos G:N-F uncultivated 1. dry land, land , ἐπὶ χέρσου, opposite to ἐν πόντῳ, (Odyssey by Homer); κύματα κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον (Odyssey by Homer); κῦμα χέρσῳ ῥηγνύμενον (Iliad by Homer); χέρσῳ on or by land , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. as adjective, χέρσος, ον, dry, firm , of land, (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, opposite to πόντῳ, (Pindar)
3. dry, hard, barren , (Herdotus Historicus); χ. λιμήν a harbour left dry , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
4. metaphorically barren, without children , of women, (Sophocles Tragicus): with genitive barren of , πυρὰ χέρσος ἀγλαϊσμάτων (Euripides)
Prob. from same Root as ξηρός. (ML) G9720 G9720 = G9720 χερσόω chersoō G:V to make barren to make barren G9721 G9721 = G9721 χέω cheō G:V to pour 1. Radic. sense, to pour :
2. properly of liquids, to pour out, pour , (Homer), etc.; Zeus χέει ὕδωρ, i. e. he makes it rain, (Iliad by Homer); χέει χιόνα βορέας (Euripides); absolute, χέει it snows , (Iliad by Homer):—;Mid. to pour for oneself , especially of drink-offerings, χοὰς χεόμην νεκύεσσι (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;Pass., χέονται κρῆναι they gush forth , (Euripides); χυθέντος ποτοῦ ἐς γῆν (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. χ. δάκρυα to shed tears, (Iliad by Homer):—;Pass., of tears, to pour or gush forth , (Homer); so of blood, to be shed , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. in Pass. to become liquid, melt, thaw , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. of solids, to shed, scatter , φύλλα (Iliad by Homer); πτερά (Odyssey by Homer); χ. κόνιν κὰκ κεφαλῆς (Homer); χ. καλάμην χθονί, of a mower or reaper (see. καλάμη), (Iliad by Homer)
6. like χώννυμι, to throw out earth, so as to form a mound, σῆμα, τύμβον χ. (Homer)
7. χ. δοῦρα to pour or shower spears, (Iliad by Homer); Mid., βέλεα χέοντο they showered their arrows, (Iliad by Homer)
8. to let fall or drop , ἡνία (Iliad by Homer); so, χέειν κρόκου βαφὰς (see. βαφή II) (Aeschulus Tragicus); but, καρπὸν χ., of trees, to produce fruit abundantly , (Odyssey by Homer)
9. in Pass. to be thrown or heaped up together , (Homer)
10. in Pass. also of living beings, to pour or stream in a dense mass or throng , (Homer)
11. metaphorically of sounds, to pour forth , φωνήν, αὐδήν (Odyssey by Homer); φθόγγον (Aeschulus Tragicus)
12. of things that obscure the sight, κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν χέεν ἀχλύν shed a dark cloud over the eyes, (Iliad by Homer); πολλὴν ἠέρα χεῦε shed a mist abroad, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ θάνατος χύτο was shed around him, (Iliad by Homer); νόσος κέχυται (Sophocles Tragicus); φρὶξ ἐπὶ πόντον ἐχεύατο (Mid. in passive sense), (Iliad by Homer)
13. of persons, ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῶι χυμένη throwing herself around him, (Homer): so in Mid., ἀμφὶ υἱὸν ἐχεύατο πήχεε (Iliad by Homer)
14. perfect passive κέχυμαι, to be wholly engaged in , Δᾶλος, ἐν ἇι κέχυμαι (Pindar) (ML) G9722 G9722 = G9722 χηλή chēlē G:N-F a claw 1. a horse's hoof , (Hesiod):—;also, a cloven hoof , (Euripides)
2. in plural, of the talons of a bird, [variant datesTragica Adespota; of a wolf's claws , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
3. a sea-bank, breakwater , formed of stones laid at the base of a sea-wall, to break the force of the waves (so called because it projected like a hoof) , Lat. crepido, (Thucydides)
4. the spur of a mountain or ridge of rocks answering a like purpose, (Thucydides)
5. a cloven implement , such as a netting-needle;—; compare χηλεύω. (ML) G9723 G9723 = G9723 χηρεία chēreia G:N-F widowhood widowhood G9724 G9724 = G9724 χήρευσις chēreusis G:N-F widowhood widowhood G9725 G9725 = G9725 χηρεύω chēreuō G:V be a widow 1. intransitive to be bereaved of a person or thing, with genitive, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. absolute to be bereaved of a husband, to be widowed, live in widowhood , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.;—;of a man, to be a widower , (Plutarch); so, χηρεύσει λέχος (Euripides)
3. to live in solitude , of an exile, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. transitive to bereave , (Euripides) (ML) G9726 G9726 = G9726 χθιζός chthizos G:A of yesterday of yesterday , τὸ χθιζὸν χρεῖος their yesterday's debt, (Iliad by Homer); ὁ χθ. πόνος yesterday's labour, (Herdotus Historicus); in adverbial sense, with Verbs, χθιζὸς ἔβη he went yesterday , (Iliad by Homer); χθ. ἤλυθες (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;neuter χθιζόν as adverb = χθές, (Homer); so plural χθιζά, see. πρώιζος. (ML) G9727 G9727 = G9727 χθών chthōn soil 1. the earth, ground , (Homer); χθόνα δῦναι to go beneath the earth , i. e. to die, (Iliad by Homer); κατὰ χθονὸς κρύπτειν τινά (Sophocles Tragicus); κούφα σοι χθὼν ἐπάνω πέσοι (Euripides)
2. of the nether world , οἱ ὑπὸ χθονός, i. e. those in the shades below , Lat. inferi, (Aeschulus Tragicus); κατὰ χθονὸς θεαί, i. e. the Erinyes, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. earth , i. e. the whole earth, the world , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
4. Earth , as a goddess, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. a particular land or country , of Ithaca, (Odyssey by Homer); of Libya, (Pindar); χθὼν Ἀσιᾶτις, Δωρίς, Ἀργεία, Ἑλλάς, Ἰδαία, etc., [variant datesTragica Adespota (ML) G9728 G9728 = G9728 χῖδρον chidron G:N-N green wheat unripe wheaten groats , as ἄλφιτα are barley-groats, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9729 G9729 = G9729 χιλιαρχία chiliarchia G:N-F a command of a thousand 1. the office or post of χιλίαρχος, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. the office of the tribuni militares , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9730 G9730 = G9730 χιλιοπλασίως chilioplasiōs G:A a thousand times more a thousand times more G9731 G9731 = G9731 χίλιος chilios a thousand a thousand G9732 G9732 = G9732 χίμαιρα chimaira G:N-F a yearling 1. a she-goat , Lat. capra, (Iliad by Homer), attic
2. Χίμαιρα, ἡ, Chimaera , a firespouting-monster, with lion's head, serpent's tail, and goat's body, killed by Bellerophon, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G9733 G9733 = G9733 χίμαρος chimaros G:N-M 1 winter yearling 1. a he-goat , Lat. caper, = τράγος, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. also feminine = χίμαιρα, [Refs 3rd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9734 G9734 = G9734 χιονόομαι chionoomai G:V to snow to snow G9735 G9735 = G9735 χλαῖνα chlaina G:N-F a goat's hair coat Lat. laena, a large square upper-garment, a cloak, mantle, (Homer); it was made of wool, and worn over the χιτών, thrown over the shoulders, fastened with a pin or brooch περόνη). It is also called φᾶρος by (Homer), and in later Greek ἱμάτιον, Latin pallium.
derivation uncertain (ML) G9736 G9736 = G9736 χλεύασμα chleuasma G:N-N an object of taunts an object of taunts G9737 G9737 = G9737 χλευασμός chleuasmos G:N-M taunting 1. = χλευασία, (Demosthenes Orator)
2. a joke , (Plutarch) (ML) G9738 G9738 = G9738 χλίδων chlidōn G:N-M an armlet an armlet G9739 G9739 = G9739 χλωρίζω chlōrizō G:V be greenish be greenish G9740 G9740 = G9740 χλωρότης chlōrotēs G:N-F greenness greenness G9741 G9741 = G9741 χνόος chnoos G:N-N dust 1. any light porous substance , ἁλὸς χνόος the foam that gathers at the edge of the sea, (Odyssey by Homer); πωλικὸς χν. horse's foam , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. the first down on the chin of youths, Lat. lanugo, (Aristophanes Comicus): the bloom on fruit, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9742 G9742 = G9742 χοιρογρύλλιος choirogrullios G:N-M hyrax hyrax; rabbit G9743 G9743 = G9743 χολέρα cholera G:N-F cholera cholera G9744 G9744 = G9744 χόλος cholos G:N anger 1. like χόλη, gall, bile , (Iliad by Homer)
2. generally metaphorically bile, gall, bitter anger, wrath , (Homer), attic; χόλος ἔδυ τινά (Iliad by Homer); χόλος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ (Iliad by Homer); χόλον πέσσειν, καταπέσσειν (see. entry); χ. σβέσσαι παῦσαι (Iliad by Homer); χόλου παύεσθαι (Hesiod):—;with genitive objecti, anger towards or because of another, (Iliad by Homer); with genitive rei, anger for, because of a thing, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. an object of anger , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9745 G9745 = G9745 χονδρίτης chondritēs G:N-M of groats of groats G9746 G9746 = G9746 χορδή chordē G:N-F string of a lyre 1. gut-string, the string of a lyre, Lat. chorda, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. tripe , (Batrachomyomachia): also = χόρδευμα, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9747 G9747 = G9747 χορεύω choreuō G:V to join in a dance 1. to dance a round or choral dance , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; especially of the Bacchic chorus, (Euripides):—; to take part in the chorus , regarded as a matter of religion, (Sophocles Tragicus): to be one of a chorus , (Aristophanes Comicus): —;with dative pers. to dance to him, in his honour , (Euripides)
2. generally, to dance , especially from joy, (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. metaphorically to practise a thing, be versed in it, (Plato Philosophus)
4. with accusative cognate, φροίμιον χορεύσομαι I will dance a prelude (to festivities), (Aeschulus Tragicus); χ. γάμους to celebrate them, (Euripides); ὄργια Μουσῶν (Aristophanes Comicus):—;Mid., χορεύεσθαι δίνας to ply the eddying dance , (Euripides):—;Pass., κεχόρευται ἡμῖν (sings the Chorus) our part is played , (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. transitive to celebrate in choral dance , Ἴακχον (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass. to be celebrated in choral dance , (Aristophanes Comicus)
6. Causal, to set one a dancing, to rouse, wake to the dance , τινά (Euripides); so, πόδα χορεύειν [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9748 G9748 = G9748 χορηγία chorēgia G:N-F a bestowing of expenses 1. the office of a χορηγός at Athens, the defraying of the cost of the public choruses , being the chief of the λειτουργίαι, (Thucydides), etc.
2. means for providing χοροί: abundance of means, fortune , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. metaphorically supplies for war , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G9749 G9749 = G9749 χόριον chorion afterbirth the membrane that encloses the fetus, the afterbirth , Lat. secundae: plural χόρια, ων, τά, a dish made by stuffing it with honey and milk , a kind of haggis , (Aristophanes Comicus): proverbial, χαλεπὸν χορίω (doric genitive) κύνα γεῦσαι "don't let a dog taste blood, " (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (cf. Horace, canis a corio nunquam absterrebitur uncto). (ML) G9750 G9750 = G9750 χορρί chorri N:N a patrol a patrol G9751 G9751 = G9751 χορτασία chortasia G:N-F a filling a being fed, feasting , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9752 G9752 = G9752 χορτομανέω chortomaneō G:V be overgrown be overgrown G9753 G9753 = G9753 χοῦς chous G:N-M a coos a coos, a measurement of liquid (Lev.19.36) G9754 G9754 = G9754 χρεμετίζω chremetizō G:V to snort to neigh, whinny , Lat. hinnire, of horses, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
Formed from the sound. (ML) G9755 G9755 = G9755 χρεμετισμός chremetismos G:N-M snorting a neighing, whinnying , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9756 G9756 = G9756 χρέος chreos G:N-N a debt 1. that which one needs must pay, an obligation, debt , (Odyssey by Homer); a debt for stolen cattle , (Iliad by Homer); χρεῖος ἀποστήσασθαι to pay a debt in full, (Iliad by Homer); ἀρᾶς τίνει χρ. pays the debt demanded by the curse, (Aeschulus Tragicus); χρέος πόλει προσάπτειν to attach a further debt , i.e. guilt to the city, (Sophocles Tragicus); χρέος ἀποδιδόναι to repay a debt , (Herdotus Historicus):—;in plural debts , χρειῶν λύσις (Hesiod); τὴν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν χρέα κατέλιπε left all the property in outstanding debts , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. a needful business, an affair, matter , ἑὸν αὐτοῦ χρεῖος (Odyssey by Homer): a requirement, a purpose , (Sophocles Tragicus): with genitive, like χάριν, for the sake of , σὸν οὐκ ἔλασσον ἢ κείνης χρέος (Euripides)
3. like χρῆμα, a thing , τί χρέο; = τί χρῆμ; wherefore? (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἐφ᾽ ὅ τι χρ. ἐμόλετ; (Euripides)
4. in (Odyssey by Homer), ἦλθον Τειρεσίαο κατὰ χρέος seems to be = Τειρεσίᾳ χρησόμενος, I came to consult him:—;but, κατὰ χρέος according to what is due , as is meet , (Homeric Hymns)
5. a duty, task, charge, office , (Pindar) (ML) G9757 G9757 = G9757 χρησμολογέω chrēsmologeō G:V to speak oracles to utter oracles, divine , (Aristophanes Comicus)
from χρησμολόγος (ML) G9758 G9758 = G9758 χρῖσις chrisis G:N-F an anointing an anointing G9759 G9759 = G9759 χροιά chroia G:N-F complexion 1. the surface of a body, the skin; the body itself, (Iliad by Homer)
2. the superficial appearance of a thing, its colour , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;especially the colour of the skin, the complexion , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G9760 G9760 = G9760 χρυσαυγέω chrusaugeō G:V to shine like gold to shine like gold G9761 G9761 = G9761 χρυσοτόρευτος chrusotoreutos G:A wrought in gold wrought in gold G9762 G9762 = G9762 χρυσοχόος chrusochoos G:N-M a goldsmith 1. one who melts gold , of one who gilds the horns of a victim, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. a goldsmith , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G9763 G9763 = G9763 χυδαῖος chudaios G:A extensive extensive G9764 G9764 = G9764 χύμα chuma G:N-N an increase an increase G9765 G9765 = G9765 χυτός chutos G:A cast 1. poured, shed , αἷμα χυτόν blood shed , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. of dry things, shot out, heaped up , χυτὴ γαῖα a mound of earth, a sepulchral mound, (Homer):—;as Substantive, χυτός, οῦ, = χῶμα, a mound, bank, dike , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. melted , ἀρτήματα λίθινα χυτά pendants of melted stone, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. generally, liquid, flowing , [Refs 5th c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G9766 G9766 = G9766 χύτρα chutra G:N-F an earthen pot 1. an earthen pot, a pot for boiling, pipkin , Lat. olla, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. χύτραι, pots of pulse offered to inferior deities, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9767 G9767 = G9767 χυτρόγαυλος chutrogaulos G:N-M a pot a pot G9768 G9768 = G9768 χυτρόπους chutropous G:N-M a pot with feet a pot with feet , or a portable stove for putting a pot upon, (Hesiod) (ML) G9769 G9769 = G9769 χωθαρώθ chōtharōth N:N a capital a capital G9770 G9770 = G9770 χωλαίνω chōlainō G:V be lame to be or go lame , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9771 G9771 = G9771 χῶμα chōma G:N-N an embankment 1. earth thrown up, a bank, mound , thrown up against the walls of cities to take them, (Herdotus Historicus):—; a dike to hinder a river from overflowing, (Herdotus Historicus):—; a dam , (Herdotus Historicus):—; a mole or pier , carried out into the sea, Lat. moles, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. like Lat. tumulus, a sepulchral mound, [Refs 5th c.BC, variant datesTragica Adespota

(ML) G9772 G9772 = G9772 χωμαρείμ chōmareim N:N idolatrous priests idolatrous priests G9773 G9773 = G9773 χωματίζω chōmatizō G:V be fortified be fortified; by a mound G9774 G9774 = G9774 χώνευμα chōneuma G:N-N a molten casting a molten casting G9775 G9775 = G9775 χώνευσις chōneusis G:N-F a molten casting a molten casting G9776 G9776 = G9776 χωνευτήριον chōneutērion G:N-N a foundry furnace a foundry furnace G9777 G9777 = G9777 χωνευτής chōneutēs G:N-M a smelterer a smelterer G9778 G9778 = G9778 χωνευτός chōneutos G:A casted casted; molten G9779 G9779 = G9779 χωνεύω chōneuō G:V to cast in a furnace 1. to cast into a mould ( χόανος), (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to cast metal: —;Pass., κεχωνευμένος (Plutarch) (ML) G9780 G9780 = G9780 χωρισμός chōrismos G:N-M separation separation G9781 G9781 = G9781 χωροβατέω chōrobateō G:V to explore to explore G9782 G9782 = G9782 ψαλίς psalis G:N clipper 1. a pair of scissors , Lat. forfex, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. a building with a pointed stone roof, a vault , Lat. fornix, (Sophocles Tragicus)

Deriv. unknown. (ML) G9783 G9783 = G9783 ψαλτήριον psaltērion G:N-N a psaltery a psaltery G9784 G9784 = G9784 ψαλτός psaltos G:A strummed chords of music strummed chords of music G9785 G9785 = G9785 ψαλτῳδέω psaltōdeō G:V to sing along with stringed instruments to sing along with stringed instruments G9786 G9786 = G9786 ψαλτῳδός psaltōdos G:N-M a psalm singer a psalm singer G9787 G9787 = G9787 ψαρός psaros G:A dapple-gray like a starling , i. e. speckled, dappled , ψ. ἵππος a dapple-gray horse, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9788 G9788 = G9788 ψέκας psekas G:N-F mist mist G9789 G9789 = G9789 ψελλίζω psellizō G:V to stutter to falter in speech, speak inarticulately :—;so in Mid., (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9790 G9790 = G9790 ψέλλιον psellion G:N-N a bracelet a bracelet; clasp G9791 G9791 = G9791 ψευδῶς pseudōs falsely falsely G9792 G9792 = G9792 ψηλαφητός psēlaphētos G:A tangible tangible G9793 G9793 = G9793 ψήφισμα psēphisma G:N-N a referendum a proposition carried by vote : especially a measure passed in the ἐκκλησία, a decree , (Aristophanes Comicus); τὸ Μεγαρέων ψ. the decree concerning them, (Thucydides); so, περὶ Μεγαρέων ψ. (Thucydides); ψ. γράφειν to bring in a decree , (Aristophanes Comicus); ψ. ἐπιψηφίζειν, of the πρόεδροι, to put it to the vote, (Aeschines Orator); ψ. νικᾶν to carry it , (Aeschines Orator); ψ. καθαιρεῖν to rescind it , Lat. abrogare, (Thucydides) (ML) G9794 G9794 = G9794 ψιθυρίζω psithurizō G:V to whisper to whisper, say into the ear , (Plato Philosophus):—;metaphorically, ὅταν πλάτανος πτελέᾳ ψιθυρίζῃ when the plane whispers to the elm, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9795 G9795 = G9795 ψιλός psilos G:A bare 1. bare ,
2. of land, ψιλὴ ἄροσις a bare corn-field, (Iliad by Homer); πεδίον μέγα τε καὶ ψιλόν (Herdotus Historicus): with genitive, γῆ ψιλὴ δενδρέων land bare of trees, (Herdotus Historicus):—; ψιλὴ γεωργία the tillage of land for corn , opposite to γ. πεφυτευμένη (for vines and olives) , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. of animals, stript of hair or feathers, bare, smooth , δέρμα (Odyssey by Homer); ἶβις ψιλὴ κεφαλήν bald on the head, (Herdotus Historicus)
4. generally, bare, uncovered , ψιλὸν ὡς ὁρᾷ νέκυν (Sophocles Tragicus):—;with genitive bare of, separated from , ψιλὴ σώματος οὖσα [ ἡ ψυχή] (Plato Philosophus) b. bare, stript of appendages , ψιλὴ τρόπις the bare keel with the planks torn from it, (Odyssey by Homer); ψ. θρίδαξ a lettuce with the side-leaves pulled off , (Herdotus Historicus); ψ. μάχαιραι swords without other arms , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. οἱ ψιλοί (i.e. τῶν ὅπλων); soldiers without heavy armour, light troops , such as archers and slingers, opposite to ὁπλῖται, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; τὸ ψιλόν, opposite to τὸ ὁπλιτικόν, (Xenophon Historicus); ψ. ἔχων τὴν κεφαλήν bare-headed, without helmet , (Xenophon Historicus)
6. ψιλὸς λόγος bare language, i. e. prose , as opposite to poetry which is clothed in metre, (Plato Philosophus); also, ψ. λόγος is a mere speech, a speech unsupported by evidence , (Demosthenes Orator)
7. ψιλὴ ποίησις mere poetry, without music , i. e. epic poetry, as opposite to lyric , (Plato Philosophus):—;but, ψιλὴ μουσική instrumental music unaccompanied by the voice , (Aristotle Philosopher)
8. Oedipus seems to call Antigone his ψιλὸν ὄμμα, as being the one poor eye left him, (Sophocles Tragicus)
9. adverb ψιλῶς, merely, only , (Plutarch) (ML) G9796 G9796 = G9796 ψιλόω psiloō G:V to make bear 1. to strip bare of hair, (Herdotus Historicus):—; Pass. to become bald , (Hesiod): generally, to be laid bare , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with genitive to strip bare of, to strip of a thing, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. generally, to leave naked, unarmed or defenceless , (Thucydides)
4. Pass. also of things, to be stripped off something, τὰ κρέα ἐψιλωμένα τῶν ὀστέων (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9797 G9797 = G9797 ψόα psoa G:N-F a flank a flank G9798 G9798 = G9798 ψόγος psogos G:N-M fault 1. a blamable fault, a blemish, flaw , (Simonides Lyricus)
2. blame, censure , (Pindar) (ML) G9799 G9799 = G9799 ψοφέω psopheō G:V to stamp 1. to make an inarticulate noise, to sound, make a noise , (Euripides); ψοφεῖ λάλον τι sounds chatter-like , as if it were tested like a pot, to see if it were cracked, (Aristophanes Comicus); ὥσπερ κύμβαλον ψοφεῖ (Xenophon Historicus)
2. with accusative, ψοφεῖν τὰς θύρας to knock at the door inside, to shew that some one was coming out, Menand.:—;also of the door (intransitive), εἰ αἱ θύραι νύκτωρ ψοφοῖεν, i. e. if they were heard to open , (Lysias Orator) (ML) G9800 G9800 = G9800 ψόφος psophos G:N-M a noise 1. any inarticulate sound, a sound, noise , (Homer), etc.; of musical instruments, ψ. λωτοῦ, κιθάρας (Euripides)
2. a mere sound, empty sound, noise , (Sophocles Tragicus); ψόφου πλέως, of Aeschylus, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G9801 G9801 = G9801 ψυγμός psugmos G:N-M a refreshing a refreshing G9802 G9802 = G9802 ψυκτήρ psuktēr G:N-M a wine-cooler a wine-cooler , a vessel holding from 2 to 6 μετρηταί, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G9803 G9803 = G9803 ψύλλος psullos G:N-M a flea a flea G9804 G9804 = G9804 ψωμός psōmos G:N-M a morsel a morsel, bit , ψωμοὶ ἀνδρόμεοι gobbets of man's flesh, Virgil's sanies ac frusta , (Odyssey by Homer); also in (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9805 G9805 = G9805 ψώρα psōra G:N-F mange the itch, scurvy, scab, mange , Lat. scabies, impetigo, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G9806 G9806 = G9806 ψωραγριάω psōragriaō G:V to have chronic mange to have chronic mange G9807 G9807 = G9807 ᾤα ōa G:N-F an edge an edge G9808 G9808 = G9808 ᾠδός ōdos a singer a singer , (Euripides)
contracted for ἀοιδός (ML) G9809 G9809 = G9809 ὠθέω ōtheō G:V to thrust through 1. to thrust, push, shove, force onwards or away , λᾶαν ἄνω ὤθεσκε he kept pushing it upwards, (Odyssey by Homer); ἀπ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν νέφος ὦσεν Ἀθήνη (Iliad by Homer); ἐκ μηροῦ δόρυ ὦσε he forced the spear from the thigh, (Iliad by Homer); ὦσαί τινα ἀφ᾽ ἵππων (Iliad by Homer); ὦσαι ἑαυτὸν ἐς τὸ πῦρ to rush into the fire, (Herdotus Historicus); so, ὠθ. τινὰ ἐπὶ κεφαλήν to throw him headlong down, (Plato Philosophus); κατὰ πετρῶν (Euripides); ὦσαι τὴν θύραν to force the door, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to push or force back in battle, (Iliad by Homer)
3. to thrust out, banish , [variant datesTragica Adespota; ὦσαί τινα φυγάδα (Plato Philosophus); ὠθ. τινα ἄθαπτον (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. metaphorically, ὠθ. τὰ πρήγματα to push matters on, hurry them, (Herdotus Historicus)
5. absolute, ὦσα παρέξ pushed off from land, (Odyssey by Homer); ὤθει βιαίως (Euripides)
6. Mid., mostly in aor1, to thrust or push from oneself, push or force back, repulse , especially in battle, τείχεος ἂψ ὤσασθαι (Iliad by Homer); ὤσασθαι προτὶ Ἴλιον, προτὶ ἄστυ (Iliad by Homer); ὤσασθαι τὴν ἵππον (Herdotus Historicus); ὠσαμένων τὸ κέρας (Thucydides)
7. Pass. to be thrust on, to fall violently , ἐπὶ κεφαλήν (Herdotus Historicus); πρὸς βίαν (Euripides)
8. to force one's way , (Xenophon Historicus): to crowd on, throng , like ὠστίζομαι, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9810 G9810 = G9810 ὠμία ōmia G:N-F protrusion protrusion G9811 G9811 = G9811 ὠμός ōmos G:N raw raw G9812 G9812 = G9812 ὠμοτοκέω ōmotokeō G:V to bring forth prematurely to bring forth prematurely G9813 G9813 = G9813 ὡραιόομαι hōraioomai G:V be beautiful be beautiful G9814 G9814 = G9814 ὡραιότης hōraiotēs G:N-M beauty 1. ripeness of fruits , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. the bloom of youth , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G9815 G9815 = G9815 ὡραϊσμός hōraismos G:N-M finery finery G9816 G9816 = G9816 ὥριμος hōrimos G:A in season in season G9817 G9817 = G9817 ὠρύωμα ōruōma G:N-N a roaring a roaring G9818 G9818 = G9818 ὡς ἂν hōs an continually continually; as [never used?] G9819 G9819 = G9819 ὠτότμητος ōtotmētos G:A mutilated ears mutilated ears G9820 G9820 = G9820 ὠφέλημα ōphelēma G:N-N benefit 1. a useful or serviceable thing, a service, benefit , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. generally, use, advantage, profit , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G9821 G9821 = G9821 ὤχρα ōchra G:A paleness paleness G9822 G9822 = G9822 εὐρυχωρία euruchōria G:N-F expanse expanse G9823 G9823 = G9823 στρεπτός streptos G:A twisted 1. flexible, pliant : στρεπτὸς χιτών a shirt of chain-armour , Lat. lorica annulata, (Iliad by Homer); στρεπταὶ λύγοι pliant withs, (Euripides): twined, wreathed , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. στρεπτός, οῦ, a collar of twisted or linked metal , Lat. torques, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. of pastry, a twist or roll , (Demosthenes Orator)
4. metaphorically to be bent or turned , στρεπτοὶ καὶ θεοὶ αὐτοί the gods themselves may be turned (by prayer), (Iliad by Homer); στρ. γλῶσσα a glib, pliant tongue, (Iliad by Homer)
5. bent, curved , of a pick-axe, (Euripides); of a bow, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G9824 G9824 = G9824 ἵν hin N:N hin hin G9825 G9825 = G9825 Ἀσέν Asen Asen Asen G9826 G9826 = G9826 Βουγαίου Bougaiou G:N-M Bougean Bougean G9827 G9827 = G9827 Ἐδέμ Edem Edem Edem G9828 G9828 = G9828 Γεργεσαίοι Gergesaioi G:N-N Gergashites Gergashites G9829 G9829 = G9829 Ἡλιουπόλεως Hēlioupoleōs Heliopolis Heliopolis G9830 G9830 = G9830 Ὡδουά Hōdoua Hodijah Hodijah G9831 G9831 = G9831 Ιανήν Ianēn Janen Janen G9832 G9832 = G9832 Ιεμνάθ Iemnath Jemnath Jemnath G9833 G9833 = G9833 Ιωθώρ Iōthōr Jothor Jothor G9834 G9834 = G9834 Παρίνοις Parinois G:N-N Parian Parian G9835 G9835 = G9835 Σουταλαάμ Soutalaam N:N Sutalaam Sutalaam G9836 G9836 = G9836 Ταάμ Taam Tam Tam G9837 G9837 = G9837 φαρές phares peres "peres", a half G9838 G9838 = G9838 θραέλ thrael N:N gate gate or court G9839 G9839 = G9839 εἰκοστός eikostos twenty 1. the twentieth , (Odyssey by Homer); epic also ἐεικοστός, (Iliad by Homer)
2. εἰκοστή, ἡ, a tax of a twentieth , Lat. vicesima, levied by the Athenians on imports and exports from the allies in lieu of tribute, (Thucydides) (ML) G9840 G9840 = G9840 Σουρ Sour Sur Sur G9841 G9841 = G9841 Αυσίτιδος Ausitidos Ausis Ausis G9842 G9842 = G9842 ἐνθέμιον enthemion socket a socket G9843 G9843 = G9843 ακί aki unexcepted without exception ( εν ακί at is 1Kgs.15.22 a transliterration of אֵ֣ין נָקִ֔י) G9844 G9844 = G9844 βλαστός blastos offspring a bud; offspring G9845 G9845 = G9845 τυρός turos cheese cheese, curdled G9980 G9980 = G9980 πηρόω pēroō to disable disable, cripple (JHN.12:40 - variant א P66 P75) G9981 G9981 = G9981 προβάτιον probation lamb προβάτιον, -ου, τό,
dimin. of πρόβατον (used as a term of endearment, see El., § 27, 4), a little sheep: Jhn.21:16-17 (πρόβατα, WH, mg.).†
(AS) G9982 G9982 = G9982 προσανέχω prosanechō to rise up προσ-αν-έχω,
to approach: seel. for προσαχέω, Act.27:27 L.†
(AS) G9983 G9983 = G9983 προσβιβάζω prosbibazō to persuade persuade (ACT.19:33 - variant) G9984 G9984 = G9984 προσλέγω proslegō to answer answer, reply (MRK.16:14 - variant) G9985 G9985 = G9985 Πύθιος Puthios Pythius Pythius (ACT.20:4 - variant) G9986 G9986 = G9986 ὑσσός hussos javelin ὑσσός, -ο, ό, a javelin (see ref. s.v, ὕσσωπος)
(AS) G9987 G9987 = G9987 περιραίνω perirainō G:V to sprinkle sprinkle or cover with (REV.19:13 - variant); pf. passive περιρέραμμαι G9989 G9989 = G9989 ὅρος horos boundary limit, boundary (MRK.16:14-15 - variant) G9990 G9990 = G9990 ιβ ib G:A 12 12 as a numeral
12 as a numeral G9991 G9991 = G9991 ρμδ rmd G:A 144 144 as a numeral
144 as a numeral G9992 G9992 = G9992 τυπικῶς tupikōs G:ADV figuratively figuratively, typically, as an example 1Cor. 10:11* G9993 G9993 = G9993 ἕλιγμα heligma G:N wrapping ἕλιγμα, -τος, τό
(ἑλίσσω),
a roll: Jhn.19:39, WH, txt. (μῖγμα, Rec.; μίγμα, WH, mg., R, txt.).†
(AS) G9994 G9994 = G9994 οἰκουργός oikourgos G:A home-working οἰκουργός, -όν
(οἶκος + root of ἔργον),
working at home: Tit.2:5 (Rec. οἰκουρός, which see).†
(AS) G9995 G9995 = G9995 ἱερόθυτος eirothuros G:A sacrificed to idols (food) sacrificed to idols noun meat offered to an idol, 1Cor.10:28* G9996 G9996 = G9996 συναλλάσσω sunallassō G:V to reconcile συν-αλλάσσω,
to reconcile: imperfect (conative, see M, Pr., 129), Act.7:26.†
(AS) G20001 G20001 = G20001 ἀβατόομαι abatoomai be made desert to be made desert G20002 G20002 = G20002 ἀβοηθησία aboēthēsia helplessness helplessness G20003 G20003 = G20003 ἀβούλευτος abouleutos ill-advised,. ill-advised.advised, inconsiderate. G20004 G20004 = G20004 ἀγαθότης agathotēs goodness goodness G20005 G20005 = G20005 ἀγαυρίαμα agauriama G:N-N insolence insolence G20006 G20006 = G20006 ἀγαυριάομαι agauriaomai be insolent to be insolent G20007 G20007 = G20007 ἀγερωχία agerōchia feats of mastery feats of masterygance, high-mindedness, revelry G20008 G20008 = G20008 ἀγέρωχος agerōchos arrogant 1. poetry adjective high-minded, lordly , (Homer), etc.; in (Pindar) of noble actions.
2. in bad sense, haughty, arrogant, insolent , (Archilochus Lyricus): so adverb -χως, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20009 G20009 = G20009 ἁγιαστία hagiastia service service G20010 G20010 = G20010 ἁγιοποιέω hagiopoieō G:V to sanctify sanctify G20011 G20011 = G20011 ἁγιστεία hagisteia service mostly in plural holy rites, temple-worship , (Isocrates Orator) (ML) G20013 G20013 = G20013 ἁγνιασμός hagniasmos purification purification G20014 G20014 = G20014 ἄγυια aguia city ἀγυιά, see: ἀγορά, [in LXX: 3Ma.1:20 4:3 *].
(AS) G20015 G20015 = G20015 ἀγύναιξ agunaix wifeless wifeless G20016 G20016 = G20016 ἀδελφικός adelphikos sisterly sisterly G20017 G20017 = G20017 ἀδελφοπρεπῶς adelphoprepōs as befits a brother as befits a brother G20018 G20018 = G20018 ἀδιάστροφος adiastrophos without molestation without molestation G20019 G20019 = G20019 ἀδιάτρεπτος adiatreptos headstrong headstrong G20020 G20020 = G20020 ἀδιεξέταστος adiexetastos unworthy that will not stand examination G20021 G20021 = G20021 ἀδρανής adranēs useless 1. inactive, powerless , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G20022 G20022 = G20022 ἀδυναμέω adunameō be incapable be incapableant power, be incapable G20023 G20023 = G20023 ἀέρινος aerinos grey grey G20024 G20024 = G20024 ἀζημίωτος azēmiōtos immune immune ne from penalties G20025 G20025 = G20025 ἀθεΐα atheia faithlessness faithlessness G20026 G20026 = G20026 ἀθλοθετέω athlotheteō G:V to direct preside over, direct G20027 G20027 = G20027 ἄθροισμα athroisma G:V gathering gathering, human organism G20028 G20028 = G20028 ἀθώητος athōētos impunity impunity G20029 G20029 = G20029 αἴγεος aigeos a goat's skin 1. = αἴγειος, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. as Substantive αἰγέη (i.e. δορά), a goat's skin , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20030 G20030 = G20030 αἰκισμός aikismos wrench, shock wrench, shock G20031 G20031 = G20031 αἴλουρος ailouros cat a cat , (Herdotus Historicus), attic
Deriv. uncertain. (ML) G20032 G20032 = G20032 αἱμάσσω ahimassō be bloody to make bloody stain with blood , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;hence to smite so as to make bloody , (Sophocles Tragicus); so in Mid., [variant datesAnthology Palantina:—;Pass. to welter in blood, be slain , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20033 G20033 = G20033 αἱμόρραντος ahimorrantos blood-sprinkled blood-sprinkled G20034 G20034 = G20034 αἱρετίς ahiretis one who chooses one who chooses G20035 G20035 = G20035 ἀκάλυπτος akaluptos uncovered, unveiled uncovered, unveiled , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20036 G20036 = G20036 ἀκαταμάχητος akatamachētos unconquerable unconquerable G20037 G20037 = G20037 ἀκαταστατέω akatastateō be unstable to be unstable G20038 G20038 = G20038 ἀκηλίδωτος akēlidōtos spotless spotless G20039 G20039 = G20039 ἀκοίμητος akoimētos sleepless, unresting sleepless , of the sea, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20040 G20040 = G20040 ἀκοινώνητος akoinōnētos inhuman 1. not shared with another, with dative, (Euripides)
2. active having no share of or in , with genitive, (Plato Philosophus): absolute unsocial, inhuman , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20041 G20041 = G20041 ἀκοπίατος akopiatos never tires of never tires of G20042 G20042 = G20042 ἀκουσείω akouseiō G:V to long to hear long to hear G20043 G20043 = G20043 ἀκριβάζω akribazō be proud to be proud G20044 G20044 = G20044 ἄκριτος akritos undiscriminating 1. undistinguishable, unarranged, disorderly , (Homer); τύμβος ἄκριτος one common undistinguished grave, (Iliad by Homer)
2. continual, unceasing , ἄχεα (Iliad by Homer); neuter as adverb, πενθήμεναι ἄκριτον αἰεί (Odyssey by Homer):—; ὄρος ἄκρ. a continuous mountain-range, [variant datesAnthology Palantina, (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor)
3. undecided, doubtful , νείκεα, ἄεθλος (Iliad by Homer); ἀκρίτων ὄντων while the issue was doubtful , (Thucydides):—;adverb ἀκρίτως, without decisive issue , (Iliad by Homer)
4. unjudged, untried , of persons and things, ἄκριτόν τινα κτείνειν to put to death without trial , Lat. indicta causa, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
5. active not giving a judgment , (Herdotus Historicus): without judgment, ill-judged, rash , (Euripides) (ML) G20045 G20045 = G20045 ἀκρωτηριάζω akrōtēriazō G:V to jut out to cut off the extremities, mutilate , τὰς πρῴρας ἠκρωτηρίασαν cut the beaks off the prows, (Herdotus Historicus):—;so in Mid., τὰς τριήρεις ἀκρωτηριασάμενοι (Xenophon Historicus); perfect passive in middle sense, ἠκρωτηριασμένοι τὰς πατρίδας having mutilated their countries, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20046 G20046 = G20046 ἀλλοεθνής alloethnēs with foreign foe with foreign foe G20047 G20047 = G20047 ἀλλοφυλέω allophuleō G:V to become native to adopt foreign customs, religions G20048 G20048 = G20048 ἀλλοφυλισμός allophulismos becoming native adoption of foreign customs G20049 G20049 = G20049 ἀμβλυωπέω ambluōpeō be dim-sighted to be dim-sighted , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20050 G20050 = G20050 ἀμειδής ameidēs gloomy not smiling, gloomysmiling, gloomy G20051 G20051 = G20051 ἀμείδητος ameidētos gloomy gloomy G20052 G20052 = G20052 ἀμνησία amnēsia decree of amnesty decree of amnestyetfulness, decree of amnesty G20053 G20053 = G20053 ἀμνησικακία amnēsikakia forgivingness forgivingness G20054 G20054 = G20054 ἀμνηστία amnēstia amnesty forgetfulness of wrong: an amnesty , (Plutarch) (ML) G20055 G20055 = G20055 ἀμόλυντος amoluntos stainless not leaving any stain G20056 G20056 = G20056 ἄμυνα amuna vengeance, requital vengeance, requital G20057 G20057 = G20057 ἀμφιάζω amphiazō G:V to put on ἀμφιάζω
(ἀμφί, on both sides: see M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for ἀμφιέννυμι (cf. MM, VGT, see word), [in LXX for לָבַשׁ, etc. ;]
to clothe: Luk.12:28 (T, -έζει).†
(AS) G20058 G20058 = G20058 ἀνάβαθρα anabathra going up, ascent going up, ascent G20059 G20059 = G20059 ἀναβίωσις anabiōsis return to life return to life G20060 G20060 = G20060 ἀνάγλυφος anagluphos low relief wrought in low relief G20061 G20061 = G20061 ἀναγνεία anagneia abominable wickedness abominable wickedness G20062 G20062 = G20062 ἀνάγωγος anagōgos inerudite et ill-trained , of horses, ill-broken, unmanageable , (Xenophon Historicus), etc. (ML) G20063 G20063 = G20063 ἀνάδυσις anadusis emergence a drawing back, retreat , (Plato Philosophus): a holding back from service, (Plutarch) (ML) G20064 G20064 = G20064 ἀναληπτήρ analēptēr G:N-M bowl bowl G20065 G20065 = G20065 ἀνάλογος analogos resembling proportionate , (Plato Philosophus): neuter as adverb in proportion, analogously , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G20066 G20066 = G20066 ἀνανεάζω ananeazō G:V to renew youth to renew one's youth , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20067 G20067 = G20067 ἀνανέομαι ananeomai mount up to mount up , ἀννεῖται (epic for ἀνανεῖται) (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20068 G20068 = G20068 ἀναποδίζω anapodizō G:V to correct oneself to make to step back, call back, cross-examine , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀν. ἑωυτόν to correct himself, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20069 G20069 = G20069 ἀναποδισμός anapodismos recall calling back, recall G20070 G20070 = G20070 ἀναπτέρωσις anapterōsis clamorous clamorous G20071 G20071 = G20071 ἀνατολάς anatolas eastwards eastwards G20072 G20072 = G20072 ἀνδραγάθησις andragathēsis bravery bravery G20073 G20073 = G20073 ἀνδρειόω andreioō G:V to become a man become a man G20074 G20074 = G20074 ἀνδρολογία andrologia census census G20075 G20075 = G20075 ἀνείκαστος aneikastos incapable of artistic representation incapable of artistic representation G20076 G20076 = G20076 ἀνεκλιπής aneklipēs incessant incessant G20077 G20077 = G20077 ἀνεπιτρέπτως anepitreptōs without permission without permission G20078 G20078 = G20078 ἀνθράκινος anthrakinos G:A (woad) (woad) G20079 G20079 = G20079 ἀνίκητος anikētos plaster unconquered, unconquerable , (Hesiod), etc. (ML) G20080 G20080 = G20080 ἀνοιγεύς anoigeus opener opener G20081 G20081 = G20081 ἀνομβρέω anombreō G:V to pour forth pour forth G20082 G20082 = G20082 ἀντανακλάω antanaklaō G:V to cause to revert cause to revert G20083 G20083 = G20083 ἀντιδοκέω antidokeō G:V to think oneself equal to think oneself equal to G20084 G20084 = G20084 ἀντικάθημαι antikathēmai lie over against to be set over against ; of armies or fleets, to lie over against , so as to watch each other, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20085 G20085 = G20085 ἄντικρυς antikrus G:ADV facing 1. straight on, right on , (Thucydides), etc.
2. outright, openly, without disguise , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.; ἀντ. δουλεία downright slavery, (Thucydides); οὐκ ἄντικρυς not at all , (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. later, = ἀντι-κρύ, opposite , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G20086 G20086 = G20086 ἀντιπεριβάλλω antiperiballō be clothed about to be clothed about G20087 G20087 = G20087 ἀντίπτωμα antiptōma accident accident G20088 G20088 = G20088 ἀντισχύω antischuō G:V to repel by force repel by force G20089 G20089 = G20089 ἀντιφιλοσοφέω antiphilosopheō be contrary to be contrary G20090 G20090 = G20090 ἀνυπέρθετος anuperthetos incomparable incomparable G20091 G20091 = G20091 ἀπαδικέω apadikeō G:V to wrong wrong G20092 G20092 = G20092 ἀπαρασήμαντος aparasēmantos unnoticed unnoticed G20093 G20093 = G20093 ἀπασπάζομαι apaspazomai take leave of ἀπ-ασπάζομαι, depon.,
[in LXX: Tob 10:13 א* ;]
to take leave of: with accusative: Act.21:6.†
(AS) G20094 G20094 = G20094 ἀπάτησις apatēsis beguiling beguiling G20095 G20095 = G20095 ἀπειράγαθος apeiragathos foolish unacquainted with goodness, foolish G20096 G20096 = G20096 ἀπεναντίον apenantion opposite = ἀπέναντι, the opposite shore, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20097 G20097 = G20097 ἀπένθητος apenthētos unlamented unlamented G20098 G20098 = G20098 ἀπερίσπαστος aperispastos continually continually G20099 G20099 = G20099 ἀπευθανατίζω apeuthanatizō happily happily G20100 G20100 = G20100 ἀπλάνητος aplanētos err that cannot go astray , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G20101 G20101 = G20101 ἀπληστεύομαι aplēsteuomai insatiable insatiable G20102 G20102 = G20102 ἀποβάπτω apobaptō G:V to draw to dip quite or entirely , ἑωυτόν (Herdotus Historicus); τι εἴς τι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20103 G20103 = G20103 ἀπόβλημα apoblēma anything cast away anything cast away G20104 G20104 = G20104 ἀποδεκατίζω apodekatizō G:V to tithe tithe G20105 G20105 = G20105 ἀποδιαστέλλω apodiastellō forbidden to be set apart, forbidden G20106 G20106 = G20106 ἀποδοχεῖον apodocheion cistern cistern G20107 G20107 = G20107 ἀποκάλυμμα apokalumma arevelation arevelation G20108 G20108 = G20108 ἀποκενόω apokenoō G:V to evacuate evacuate G20109 G20109 = G20109 ἀπόκλειστος apokleistos shut off, enclosed shut off, enclosed G20110 G20110 = G20110 ἀποκοσμέω apokosmeō G:V to remove to restore order by clearing away, to clear away , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20111 G20111 = G20111 ἀποκτέννω apoktennō G:V to kill to kill G20112 G20112 = G20112 ἀπομιτρόω apomitroō G:V to remove the mitre take away the mitre G20113 G20113 = G20113 ἀποξαίνω apoxainō G:V to scarify scarify, tear G20114 G20114 = G20114 ἀποπαρθενεύομαι apopartheneuomai deflower deflower G20115 G20115 = G20115 ἀποπρατίζομαι apopratizomai sell sell G20116 G20116 = G20116 ἀποργίζομαι aporgizomai be angry to be angry G20117 G20117 = G20117 ἀπόρρηξις aporrēxis breaking breaking away from G20118 G20118 = G20118 ἀπορρωγάς aporrōgas breakup breakup G20120 G20120 = G20120 ἀποσκοπέω aposkopeō G:V to regard 1. to look away from other objects at one, to look steadily , πρός τινα or τι (Sophocles Tragicus); εἴς τι (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with accusative to look to, regard , (Euripides); so in Mid., (Plutarch) (ML) G20121 G20121 = G20121 ἀποσκορπίζω aposkorpizō to scatter widely to scatter widely G20122 G20122 = G20122 ἀποσκυθίζω aposkuthizō be shaved bare to strip off the scalp in Scythian fashion : metaphorically in Pass. to be shaved bare , κρᾶτ᾽ ἀπεσκυθισμένη (Euripides) (ML) G20123 G20123 = G20123 ἀποστρεβαλόομαι apostrebaloomai be tortured to be horribly tortured G20124 G20124 = G20124 ἀποσφενδονάω aposphendonaō G:V to hurl to hurl, as from a sling G20125 G20125 = G20125 ἀποτεκνόομαι apoteknoomai G:V be childless to be deprived of children G20126 G20126 = G20126 ἀποτίναγμα apotinagma G:N-N tow tow G20127 G20127 = G20127 ἀποτίνυμι apotinumi to repay to repay G20128 G20128 = G20128 ἀπότομος apotomos G:N precisely 1. cut off, abrupt, precipitous , (Herdotus Historicus); ἀπότομον ὤρουσεν εἰς ἀνάγκαν, metaphorically from one who comes suddenly to the edge of a cliff , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. metaphorically severe, relentless , (Euripides) (ML) G20129 G20129 = G20129 ἀποχύνω apochunō to pour out to pour out G20130 G20130 = G20130 ἀπροσδεής aprosdeēs self-sufficient self-sufficient G20131 G20131 = G20131 ἀπτόητος aptoētos G:A undaunted undaunted G20132 G20132 = G20132 ἄπωθεν apōthen far from 1. from afar , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with genitive far from , (Euripides) (ML) G20133 G20133 = a Form of G6519 ἀπωσμός apōsmos replusion replusion G20134 G20134 = G20134 ἀργυρολόγητος argurologētos levy subject to a levy in money G20135 G20135 = G20135 ἀργυροχόος argurochoos silver worker melter of, worker in, silver G20136 G20136 = G20136 ἀρδαλόω ardaloō G:V to spread spread G20137 G20137 = G20137 ἀρεταλογία aretalogia recitation of recitation of G20138 G20138 = G20138 ἀρετηφόρος aretēphoros virtuous virtuous G20139 G20139 = G20139 ἀρθρέμβολον arthrembolon instruments of torture instruments of torture G20140 G20140 = G20140 ἄρκος arkos G:N-F bear bear, bear-berry G20141 G20141 = G20141 ἁρμόνιος harmonios fitting, harmonious fitting, harmonious G20142 G20142 = a Form of G6537 ἀροτριασμός arotriasmos ploughing ploughing G20143 G20143 = G20143 ἀροτριόω arotrioō be ploughed be ploughed G20144 G20144 = G20144 ἀρραβωνίζεται arrabōnizetai deposit paid deposit paid G20145 G20145 = G20145 ἀρρενώδης arrenōdēs brave. brave. G20146 G20146 = G20146 ἄρσην arsēn aršan- 1. male , Lat. mas, (Iliad by Homer), etc.; ἄρρην, ὁ, or ἄρρεν, the male , (Aeschulus Tragicus); οἱ ἄρσενες the male sex , (Thucydides)
2. masculine, strong , (Euripides): metaphorically mighty , κτύπος ἄρσην πόντου (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. of the gender of nouns, masculine , ὀνόματα (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20147 G20147 = G20147 ἀρχιεράομαι archieraomai priestess priestess G20148 G20148 = G20148 ἀρχιερατεύω archierateuō be high-priest to be high-priest G20149 G20149 = G20149 ἀρχιερωσύνη archierōsunē high-priesthood high-priesthood G20150 G20150 = G20150 ἀρῳδιός arōdios heron heron G20151 G20151 = G20151 ἀσθενόψυχος asthenopsuchos weak-minded weak-minded G20152 G20152 = G20152 ἀσκοπυτίνη askoputinē leathern canteen leathern canteen G20153 G20153 = G20153 ἀσταθής astathēs unsteady, unstable unsteady, unstable G20154 G20154 = G20154 ἀσυρής asurēs lewd, filthy lewd, filthy G20155 G20155 = G20155 ἀσχολέω ascholeō to do business to be engaged in one's own business G20156 G20156 = G20156 ἀτεκνέω atekneō G:V to have no children have no children G20157 G20157 = G20157 ἀτιμασμός atimasmos dishonour dishonour G20158 G20158 = G20158 ἀτίμητος atimētos invaluable 1. unhonoured, despised , (Iliad by Homer)
2. ( τι-μή II) not valued or estimated , δίκη ἀτ. a cause in which the penalty is not assessed in court , but fixed by law beforehand, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20159 G20159 = G20159 ἀτοπία atopia wickedness, misdeed 1. a being out of the way , and so:
2. extraordinary nature of a thing, (Thucydides)
3. strangeness, oddness, eccentricity , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20160 G20160 = G20160 ἀτράπελος atrapelos difficult difficult G20161 G20161 = G20161 αὐθεντία authentia restriction restriction G20162 G20162 = G20162 αὐθωρός authōros taking immediate effect taking immediate effect G20163 G20163 = G20163 αὐλαῖος aulaios doorkeeper doorkeeper G20164 G20164 = G20164 αὐτεξουσιότης autexousiotēs free will free will G20165 G20165 = G20165 αὐτοδέσποτος autodespotos absolute master absolute master G20166 G20166 = G20166 αὐτοσχέδιος autoschedios wild, natural 1. hand to hand , αὐτοσχεδίηι (i.e. μάχηι) in close fight, in the fray , (Iliad by Homer): αὐτοσχεδίην as adverb, = αὐτοσχεδόν, (Homer)
2. off-hand , of an improvisatore, (Homeric Hymns) (ML) G20167 G20167 = G20167 ἄφεμα aphema taxation taxation G20168 G20168 = G20168 ἀφέστιος aphestios far from home far from hearth and home G20169 G20169 = G20169 ἀφήγημα aphēgēma guiding, leading a tale, narrative , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20170 G20170 = G20170 ἀφόμοιος aphomoios copy copy G20171 G20171 = G20171 ἀφορολόγητος aphorologētos untaxed not subjected to tribute G20172 G20172 = G20172 ἀφρονεύομαι aphroneuomai to act foolishly to act foolishly G20173 G20173 = G20173 ἄφυκτος aphuktos unable to escape 1. not to be shunned, from which none escape , (Aeschulus Tragicus); of an arrow, unerring , (Sophocles Tragicus); of a question, admitting no escape, inevitable , (Plato Philosophus)
2. active unable to escape , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20174 G20174 = G20174 ἀχανής achanēs vast, immense 1. not opening the mouth , (Lucian)
2. (a_euphon) yawning, wide , [1st/2nd c.AD, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20175 G20175 = G20175 ἀχρειότης achreiotēs unprofitableness, worthlessness unprofitableness, worthlessness G20176 G20176 = G20176 βαθύγλωσσος bathuglōssos unintelligible of unintelligible speech G20177 G20177 = G20177 βάϊς bais bai a palm-branch , (New Testament) (ML) G20178 G20178 = G20178 βαρυηχής baruēchēs deep-roaring deep-roaring G20179 G20179 = G20179 βαρυωπέω baruōpeō be dim-sighted to be dim-sighted G20180 G20180 = G20180 βασκανία baskania jealousy slander, envy, malice , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20181 G20181 = G20181 βιβλιοφυλάκιον bibliophulakion archives archives G20182 G20182 = G20182 βλαστάω blastaō G:V to bring forth bring forth G20183 G20183 = G20183 βόμβησις bombēsis buzzing buzzing: buzzing crowd G20184 G20184 = G20184 βοοζύγιον boozugion ox-yoke ox-yoke G20185 G20185 = G20185 βραχυτελής brachutelēs brief ending shortly, brief G20186 G20186 = G20186 βρῶμος brōmos stink stink, noisome smell G20187 G20187 = G20187 βύβλινος bublinos papyrus made of byblus , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20188 G20188 = G20188 βύβλος bublos papyrus 1. the Egyptian papyrus , the root and triangular stalk of which were eaten by the poor, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. its fibrous coats , as prepared for ropes, (Herdotus Historicus); compare βύβλινος.
3. the outer coat of the papyrus, used for writing on, hence in plural leaves of byblus , (Herdotus Historicus)
4. a paper, book , (Herdotus Historicus); in this sense more commonly written βίβλος (q. see.):—;plural βύβλα, τά, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20189 G20189 = G20189 βυθοτρεφής buthotrephēs living in the deep living in the deep G20190 G20190 = G20190 γαλακτοτροφέω galaktotropheō G:V to give milk nourish with milk G20191 G20191 = G20191 γαλακτοτροφία galaktotrophia to suckle to suckle G20192 G20192 = G20192 γενεσιάρχης genesiarchēs creator creator G20193 G20193 = G20193 γενεσιουργός genesiourgos fashioner, creator fashioner, creator G20194 G20194 = a Spelling of G6013 γένημα genēma produce γένημα, -τος, τό
(γίγνομαι), [in LXX chiefly for תְּבוּאָה ;] a form not found in cl., but used in LXX, NT and π. (Bl., §3, 10; M, Pr., 45; Deiss., BS, 184), as distinct from γέννημα, which see,
of fruit, produce of the earth : Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Luk.12:18 22:18, 2Co.9:10 (Rec. γέννημα).†
(AS) G20195 G20195 = G20195 γῆρος gēros old age old age G20196 G20196 = a Meaning of G1096 γίγνομαι gignomai be born γίγνομαι, see: γίνομαι.
γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl., §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.),
[in LXX chiefly for היה ;]
__1. of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al.; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx.; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al.; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27.
__2. Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al.; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl.; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי ;] see Burton, 142 f.; M, Pr., 16f.; Dalman, Words, 32 f.; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al.; before καί and indic., Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al.; with accusative and inf., Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al.; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf., Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf., Act.20:16; with accusative and inf., Act.22:6; with adv., εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6.
__3. to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc.: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al.; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2.
__4. to become, be made, come to be: with pred., Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al.; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1o, al.; with genitive Rev.11:15; id., of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al. ;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al.; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib., 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al.; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f.; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f.; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο-, δια-, επι-, παρα-, συμ-, παρα-, προ-.)
(AS) G20197 G20197 = G20197 γλωσσοκομεῖον glōssokomeion coffin coffint, box, casket G20198 G20198 = G20198 γνωριστής gnōristēs diviner diviner G20199 G20199 = G20199 γονορρυέω gonorrueō be subject to spermatorrhoea to be subject to spermatorrhoea G20200 G20200 = G20200 γόος goos for weeping, wailing, groaning, howling, mourning, lamentation , [8th/7th c.BC, variant datesTragica Adespota (ML) G20201 G20201 = G20201 δᾳδουχία dadouchia torch-bearing torch-bearing G20202 G20202 = G20202 δακτυλήθρα daktulēthra thumb-screw a finger-sheath , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20203 G20203 = G20203 δανίζω danizō G:V to lend/borrow to lend/borrow G20204 G20204 = G20204 δειλανδρέω deilandreō be cowardly to be cowardly G20205 G20205 = G20205 δειλόομαι deiloomai be afraid to be afraid G20206 G20206 = G20206 δειλόψυχος deilopsuchos fainthearted fainthearted G20207 G20207 = G20207 δεινάζω deinazō be in straits to be in straits G20208 G20208 = G20208 δεκαπλασιάζω dekaplasiazō G:V to multiply by ten multiply by ten G20209 G20209 = G20209 δεκάταρχος dekatarchos head of a head of a G20210 G20210 = G20210 δεξιάζω dexiazō G:V to approve approve G20211 G20211 = G20211 δέσις desis joint joint G20212 G20212 = G20212 δεσποτεύω despoteuō G:V to enjoy ownership of . . enjoy ownership of . . G20213 G20213 = G20213 δευτερολογέω deuterologeō G:V to speak a second time speak a second time G20214 G20214 = G20214 δηλαϊστός dēlaistos wretched wretched G20215 G20215 = G20215 δημαγωγέω dēmagōgeō G:V be popular 1. to lead the people , in bad sense, (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. with accusative pers. to win by popular arts , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20216 G20216 = G20216 διαβιάζομαι diabiazomai penetrate penetrate G20217 G20217 = G20217 διαγορεύω diagoreuō G:V to declare 1. to speak plainly, declare , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to speak of , κακῶς δ. τινά (Lucian) (ML) G20218 G20218 = G20218 διαγωνιάω diagōniaō G:V to stand in dread of stand in dread of G20219 G20219 = G20219 διαδιδράσκω diadidraskō G:V to fly in all directions 1. to run off, get away, escape , (Herdotus Historicus); διαδεδρακότες shirkers , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. with accusative to run away from, escape from , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20220 G20220 = G20220 διαιτέω diaiteō G:V to turn by entreaty turn by entreaty G20221 G20221 = G20221 διακαθίζω diakathizō G:V to cause to sit apart cause to sit apart G20222 G20222 = G20222 διακατέχω diakatechō G:V to keep on foot keep on foot G20223 G20223 = G20223 διακολυμβάω diakolumbaō G:V to dive and swim across dive and swim across G20224 G20224 = G20224 διακριβεία diakribeia minute observance minute observance G20225 G20225 = G20225 διάληψις dialēpsis digression digression G20226 G20226 = G20226 διάλιθος dialithos set with precious stones set with precious stones G20227 G20227 = G20227 διαλοιδόρησις dialoidorēsis railing, abuse railing, abuse G20228 G20228 = G20228 διαμασάομαι diamasaomai carp at carp at G20229 G20229 = G20229 διαμελίζω diamelizō G:V to dismember dismember G20230 G20230 = G20230 διαπαρατηρέομαι diaparatēreomai lie in wait for continually lie in wait for continually G20231 G20231 = G20231 διαπειράζω diapeirazō G:V to attempt attempt, try G20232 G20232 = G20232 διαπέφλοιδεν diapephloiden interceed interceed G20233 G20233 = G20233 διαπυρόομαι diapuroomai be consumed with thirst to be consumed with thirst G20234 G20234 = G20234 διαρρυθμίζω diarruthmizō G:V to arrange in order arrange in order G20235 G20235 = G20235 διασαφίζω diasaphizō to declare to declare G20236 G20236 = G20236 διασκεδάζω diaskedazō G:V to disperse disperse G20237 G20237 = G20237 διασκιρτάω diaskirtaō G:V to leap about to leap about or away , (Plutarch) (ML) G20238 G20238 = G20238 διάσταλσις diastalsis arrangement, compact arrangement, compact G20239 G20239 = G20239 διαστράπτω diastraptō G:V to glance like lightning glance like lightning G20240 G20240 = G20240 διασυρίζω diasurizō G:V to whistle idly whistle away, waste idly G20241 G20241 = G20241 διασφραγίζομαι diasphragizomai seal up seal up G20242 G20242 = G20242 διατυπόω diatupoō G:V be arranged, regulated by agreement to form perfectly ; δ. νόμους to give them a lasting form , (Lucian): metaphorically to imagine , (Lucian) (ML) G20243 G20243 = G20243 διαφαιρέω diaphaireō G:V to take quite away take quite away G20244 G20244 = G20244 διαφθονέω diaphthoneō be envied to be envied G20245 G20245 = G20245 διαψιθυρίζω diapsithurizō G:V to whisper to whisper among themselves , (Lucian) (ML) G20246 G20246 = G20246 διγομία digomia double burden, load double burden, load G20247 G20247 = G20247 διεκκύπτω diekkuptō G:V to peep out peep out G20248 G20248 = G20248 διεμπίμπλημι diempimplēmi fill completely fill completely G20249 G20249 = G20249 διεστραμμένως diestrammenōs distortedly distortedly G20250 G20250 = G20250 δικαιοκρίτης dikaiokritēs righteous judge righteous judge G20251 G20251 = G20251 δικαιολογία dikaiologia forensic speeches forensic speeches G20252 G20252 = G20252 δίκησις dikēsis vengeance vengeance G20253 G20253 = G20253 διοργίζομαι diorgizomai be very angry to be very angry G20254 G20254 = G20254 διορθρίζω diorthrizō G:V to rise early rise early G20255 G20255 = G20255 διορθωτής diorthōtēs of books, editor, reviser of books, editor, reviser G20256 G20256 = G20256 διορυγή diorugē canal canal G20257 G20257 = G20257 δισχιλιάς dischilias number of twenty thousand number of twenty thousand G20258 G20258 = G20258 διτάλαντος ditalantos G:N-N worth two talents worth or weighing two talents , (Herdotus Historicus): costing two talents , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20259 G20259 = G20259 διχομηνία dichomēnia mid-menstrual period mid-menstrual period G20260 G20260 = G20260 δορατοφόρος doratophoros G:N-M spear-carrying spear-carrying G20261 G20261 = G20261 δορυφορία doruphoria body-guard guard kept over , τινός (Xenophon Historicus)
from δορῦφόρος (ML) G20262 G20262 = G20262 δράκος drakos eye eye G20263 G20263 = G20263 δυνάστευμα dunasteuma natural resources natural resources G20264 G20264 = G20264 δυσάθλιος dusathlios most miserable most miserable G20265 G20265 = G20265 δυσάλυκτος dusaluktos hard to escape hard to escape G20266 G20266 = G20266 δυσδιήγητος dusdiēgētos hard to narrate hard to narrate G20267 G20267 = G20267 δυσκατάπαυστος duskatapaustos restless hard to check, restless , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20268 G20268 = G20268 δυσκλεής duskleēs infamous, shameful infamous, shameful , (Iliad by Homer) adverb -εῶς, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20269 G20269 = G20269 δυσνοέω dusnoeō be ill-affected to be ill-affected G20270 G20270 = G20270 δυσπέτημα duspetēma misfortune misfortune G20271 G20271 = G20271 δυσπόλεμος duspolemos unlucky in war unlucky in war G20272 G20272 = G20272 δυσσέβημα dussebēma impious act impious act G20273 G20273 = G20273 ἑβδομάζω hebdomazō G:V to keep the Sabbath keep the Sabbath G20274 G20274 = G20274 ἐγγιάω engiaō be near akin to be near akin G20275 G20275 = G20275 ἐγγυιόω enguioō G:V to stretch the limbs upon stretch the limbs upon G20276 G20276 = G20276 ἐγκαθυφαίνω egkathuphainō G:V to set-firm to set-firm G20277 G20277 = G20277 ἐγκαίω egkaiō G:V to offer sacrifice 1. to burn or heat in fire, (Euripides)
2. to make a fire in a place, (Plutarch) (ML) G20278 G20278 = G20278 ἐγκαταλοχίζω egkatalochizō G:V to divide into teams courses G20279 G20279 = G20279 ἐγκηδεύω egkēdeuō G:V to bury in bury in G20280 G20280 = G20280 ἐγκόλαμμα egkolamma engraved inscription engraved inscription G20281 G20281 = G20281 ἐγκοσμέω egkosmeō be adorned to arrange in a place, with dative, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20282 G20282 = G20282 ἔγκτησις egktēsis G:N acquisition of territory tenure of land in a place by a stranger, (Xenophon Historicus):—; the right of holding such land, granted to foreigners, Decret. quoted in (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20283 G20283 = a Meaning of G2309 ἐθέλω ethelō G:V be willing ἐθέλω, see: θέλω.
θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more frequently in Attic; see Rutherford, NPhr., 415f.),
[in LXX for חפץ ,אבה; with neg., מאן pi., etc. ;]
to will, be willing, wish, desire (more frequently than βούλομαι, which see, in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., see Thayer, 286; but see also BL, §24, see word): absol., Rom.9:16, 1Co.4:19 12:18, Jas.4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Act.18:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.20:21, Mrk.14:36, Jhn.15:7, Rom.7:15, 16 1Co.4:21 7:36, Gal.5:17; with inf., Mat.5:40, Mrk.10:43, Jhn.6:21, 67 Rom.7:21, Gal.4:9; with accusative and inf., Mrk.7:24, Luk.1:62, Jhn.21:22, 23 Rom.16:19, 1Co.14:5, Gal.6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mat.18:30, al.; id. with inf., Mat.2:18, Mrk.6:26, Jhn.5:40, 1Co.16:7; before ἵνα, Mat.7:12, Mrk.6:25, Jhn.17:24; opposite to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Rom.7:15, 19 2Co.8:10, 11 Php.2:13; before ἤ (ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179:24), 1Co.14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ (of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col.2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:43; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:13 12:7, Heb.10:5, 8; with inf., 1Pe.3:10; for אמר, with inf., Act.7:28 (see Cremer, 726ff.).
(AS) G20284 G20284 = G20284 ἐθνηδόν ethnēdon by nations, as a whole nation by nations, as a whole nation G20285 G20285 = G20285 εἷ ehi where where G20286 G20286 = a Meaning of G2397 εἰδέα eidea likeness εἰδέα (Rec. ἰδ-, as in cl.; see Tdf., Pr., 81), -ας, ἡ (εἶδον), [in LXX (seel. ἰδ-): Gen.5:3 (דְּמוּת), Da TH 1:13, 15 (מַרְאֶה), Ep. Jer.63, 2Ma.3:16 * ;]
appearance, look: Mat.28:3.†
(AS) G20287 G20287 = G20287 εἰδέχθεια eidechtheia odious, ugly look odious, ugly look G20288 G20288 = G20288 εἴδησις eidēsis forms of knowledge forms of knowledge G20289 G20289 = G20289 εἴλω eilō G:V to constrain 1. to roll up, pack close, Lat. conglobare, κατὰ τείχεα λαὸν ἐέλσαι to roll up the host and force it back to the walls, (Iliad by Homer); Ἀχαιοὺς ἐπὶ πρύμνηισιν ἐείλεον (Iliad by Homer); εἰλεῖν ἐν μέσσοισι to coop up or hem in on all sides, (Iliad by Homer); θῆρας ὁμοῦ εἰλεῖν to drive game together, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass. to be cooped or huddled up , εἰς ἄστυ ἄλεν (for ἄλησαν) (Odyssey by Homer); νηυσὶν ἐπὶ γλαφυρῆισιν ἐελμένοι (Odyssey by Homer):—;metaphorically, Διὸς βουλῆισιν ἐελμένος straitened, held in check by the counsels of Zeus, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to smite , νῆα κεραυνῶι Ζεὺς ἔλσας having smitten the ship with lightning, (Odyssey by Homer)
3. to collect : Pass., ἀλὲν ὕδωρ water collected, ponded , (Iliad by Homer)
4. Pass., also, to draw oneself up, shrink up , ἀλῆναι ὑπ᾽ ἀσπίδι (Iliad by Homer); Ἀχιλῆα ἀλεὶς μένεν collecting himself he waited the attack of Achilles, (Iliad by Homer)
5. Pass. also, to go to and fro , like Lat. versari, (Herdotus Historicus)
6. to wind, turn round :—; Pass. to turn round, revolve , ἰλλομένων ἀρότρων moving to and fro , (Sophocles Tragicus); ἕλιξ εἰλεῖται is twined round , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G20290 G20290 = G20290 εἰσκολάπτω eiskolaptō G:V to carve upon carve upon G20291 G20291 = G20291 εἰσκυκλέω eiskukleō G:V to plunge into in a theatre, to turn a thing inwards by machinery , of changing scenes in a theatre: —;metaphorically, δαίμων πράγματα εἰσκεκύκληκεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν some spirit has brought scenes of trouble into the house, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20292 G20292 = G20292 εἰσκύπτω eiskuptō G:V to overhang overhang G20293 G20293 = G20293 ἐκβεβηλόω ekbebēloō G:V to profane profane G20294 G20294 = G20294 ἐκβιάομαι ekbiaomai to expell to expell G20295 G20295 = G20295 ἔκβολος ekbolos has broken in upon cast out of a place, with genitive, (Euripides):—;as Substantive, ἔκβολον, ου, τό, an outcast , (Euripides):—;but, ναὸς ἔκβολα rags cast out from the ship, (Euripides) (ML) G20296 G20296 = G20296 ἐκβραγμός ekbragmos erruption erruption G20297 G20297 = G20297 ἐκγεννάω ekgennaō G:V to bringforth bringforth G20298 G20298 = G20298 ἐκδειματόω ekdeimatoō to scare to scare G20299 G20299 = G20299 ἐκδιαιτάω ekdiaitaō G:V to make to change one's habits make to change one's habits G20300 G20300 = G20300 ἐκδικησία ekdikēsia to avenge to avenge G20301 G20301 = G20301 ἐκζητητής ekzētētēs searcher out searcher out G20303 G20303 = G20303 ἐκθλιβή ekthlibē oppression oppression G20304 G20304 = G20304 ἔκθλιψις ekthlipsis elision elisioniction, ecthlipsis G20305 G20305 = G20305 ἐκκοσμέω ekkosmeō G:V to adorn deck out, adorn G20306 G20306 = G20306 ἔκλαμπρος eklampros very bright very bright G20307 G20307 = G20307 ἔκλαμψις eklampsis sudden development sudden development G20308 G20308 = G20308 ἐκλεκτόω eklektoō G:V to purify purified G20309 G20309 = G20309 ἐκλεπίζω eklepizō G:V to peel to peel G20310 G20310 = G20310 ἐκλικμάω eklikmaō G:V to sift winnow, sift, empty G20311 G20311 = G20311 ἐκλογιστής eklogistēs accountant accountant G20312 G20312 = G20312 ἐκλογιστία eklogistia reckoning: accounts reckoning: accounts G20313 G20313 = G20313 ἐκμελίζω ekmelizō G:V to dismember dismember G20314 G20314 = G20314 ἐκπαίζω ekpaizō G:V to mock laugh to scorn, mock at G20315 G20315 = G20315 ἐκπετάννυμι ekpetannumi gaping gaping G20316 G20316 = G20316 ἐκπιάζω ekpiazō G:V to squeeze to squeeze G20317 G20317 = G20317 ἐκπολιτεύω ekpoliteuō G:V to corrupt change the constitution of a state, cause it to degenerate G20318 G20318 = G20318 ἐκριζωτής ekrizōtēs rooter out, destroyer rooter out, destroyer G20319 G20319 = G20319 ἐκσαόω eksaoō G:V to escape to escape G20320 G20320 = G20320 ἐκσπονδυλίζω ekspondulizō G:V to break the vertebrae break the vertebrae G20321 G20321 = G20321 ἐκσυρίζω eksurizō G:V to hiss loudly hiss loudly G20322 G20322 = G20322 ἐκτοπίζω ektopizō G:V to shun to take oneself from a place, go abroad , like ἀποδημέω, (Aristotle Philosopher):—;metaphorically of a speaker, to wander from the point , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G20323 G20323 = G20323 ἐκφλέγω ekphlegō G:V to warm to set on fire , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20324 G20324 = G20324 ἐκφόρτιον ekphortion produce produce G20325 G20325 = G20325 ἐκφυγή ekphugē escape escape G20326 G20326 = G20326 ἐκχάσκω ekchaskō G:V to gaze gape, gaze G20327 G20327 = G20327 ἐκχολάω ekcholaō be angry to be angry G20328 G20328 = G20328 ἐλαττονόω elattonoō G:V to diminish diminish G20329 G20329 = a Spelling of G1653 ἐλεάω eleaō to have pity ἐλεάω, later form of ἐλεέω, which see,
[in LXX as seel. in Tob.13:2, Psa.37:26, al. ;]
in NT: Rom.9:16, Ju 23, WH.†
SYN.: οἰκτείρω (see Tr., Syn., § xlvii; Thayer, see word ἐλεέω; Cremer, 249) (AS) G20330 G20330 = G20330 ἐλεημοποιός eleēmopoios giving alms giving alms G20331 G20331 = G20331 ἐλευστέον eleusteon one must come one must come G20332 G20332 = G20332 ἐλεφαντάρχης elephantarchēs commander of a squadron of sixteen elephants the commander of a squadron of elephants , (Plutarch) (ML) G20333 G20333 = G20333 ἐμβίωσις embiōsis taking root taking root G20334 G20334 = G20334 ἐμμανής emmanēs maddened by ἐν μανίᾳ ὤν, in madness, frantic, raving , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
(ML) G20335 G20335 = G20335 ἐμμελέτημα emmeletēma instrument for practice an exercise, a practice , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20336 G20336 = G20336 ἐμπαρρησιάζομαι emparrēsiazomai to speak openly to speak openly G20337 G20337 = G20337 ἐμπειρέω empeireō be experienced in, have knowledge of to be experienced in, have knowledge of G20338 G20338 = G20338 ἐμπληθύνομαι emplēthunomai be filled with to be filled with G20339 G20339 = G20339 ἐμποδιστικός empodistikos trammelling trammelling G20340 G20340 = G20340 ἐμπολιορκέω empoliorkeō G:V to besiege besiege in G20341 G20341 = G20341 ἔμπονος emponos vehement vehement G20342 G20342 = G20342 ἐμπορπάω emporpaō G:V to fastened with a brooch upon the shoulder to fasten with a brooch Pass., εἵματα ἐνεπορπέατο (ionic for -ηντο); they wore garments fastened with a brooch , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20343 G20343 = G20343 ἐμπορπόομαι emporpoomai to wear to wear G20344 G20344 = G20344 ἐμφανισμός emphanismos explanation explanation G20345 G20345 = G20345 ἐμφύρω emphurō G:V to confuse mix up, confuse G20346 G20346 = G20346 ἐμφυσιόω emphusioō G:V to instil to implant, instil into , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20347 G20347 = G20347 ἐναποσφραγίζω enaposphragizō G:V to impress to impress G20348 G20348 = G20348 ἐνάρμοστος enarmostos concordant concordant G20349 G20349 = G20349 ἐνατενίξω enatenixō G:V to stare look fixedly on G20350 G20350 = G20350 ἐνδείκτης endeiktēs informer, complainant informer, complainant G20351 G20351 = G20351 ἐνδελεχέω endelecheō be persistently afflicted to be persistently afflicted G20352 G20352 = G20352 ἐνδελεχίζω endelechizō G:V to persevere persevere G20353 G20353 = G20353 ἐνδεχομένως endechomenōs to the best of his ability as far as possible , quoted in (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20354 G20354 = G20354 ἐνδιαλλάσσω endiallassō G:V to sodomize sodomite G20355 G20355 = G20355 ἐνδιασπείρω endiaspeirō G:V to impregnate impregnated G20356 G20356 = G20356 ἐνδοσθίδια endosthidia stomach stomach G20357 G20357 = G20357 ἐνεμπορεύομαι enemporeuomai trade with one in trade with one in G20358 G20358 = G20358 ἐνεξουσιάζω enexousiazō be brought into subjection to be brought into subjection G20359 G20359 = G20359 ἐνευκαιρέω eneukaireō G:V to idle pass one's time in G20360 G20360 = G20360 ἐνῆλιξ enēlix of age, in the prime of manhood of age, in the prime of manhood G20361 G20361 = G20361 ἔνηχος enēchos sonorous sonorous G20362 G20362 = G20362 ἔνθεσμος enthesmos valid valid G20363 G20363 = G20363 ἐνθρύπτω enthruptō G:V to crumble into liquid crumble into liquid, make sop G20364 G20364 = G20364 ἐνθυσιάζω enthusiazō G:V to sacrifice sacrifice in . . G20365 G20365 = G20365 ἐννέμω ennemō G:V to live amongst live amongst G20367 G20367 = G20367 ἔννευμα enneuma G:N-N signal, wave of the hand signal, wave of the hand G20368 G20368 = G20368 ἐννοσσοποιέομαι ennossopoieomai make oneself a nest on make oneself a nest on G20369 G20369 = G20369 ἐνσείω enseiō G:V to jostle 1. to shake in or at , (Sophocles Tragicus); κέλαδον ἐνς. πώλοις to drive a sound into their ears, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with accusative pers. to drive into , ἐνς. τινὰ ἀγρίαις ὁδοῖς (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20370 G20370 = G20370 ἐνσκηνόω enskēnoō G:V to encamp encamp G20371 G20371 = G20371 ἐντιμόομαι entimoomai be held in honour to be held in honour G20372 G20372 = G20372 ἐντιναγμός entinagmos shaking shaking G20373 G20373 = G20373 ἐντινάσσω entinassō G:V to collide with collide with G20374 G20374 = G20374 ἐντόσθιος entosthios inwards, entrails inwards, entrails G20375 G20375 = G20375 ἐντότερος entoteros inner inner G20376 G20376 = G20376 ἐντυχία entuchia records records G20377 G20377 = G20377 ἐνυποκρίνομαι enupokrinomai play the hypocrite play the hypocrite G20378 G20378 = G20378 ἐνυποτάσσω enupotassō be made subject to be made subject G20379 G20379 = G20379 ἐνυψόω enupsoō G:V to exalt, excite exalt, excite G20380 G20380 = G20380 ἐξάδελφος exadelphos nephew nephew G20381 G20381 = G20381 ἐξαλλοιόω exalloioō G:V to change utterly change utterly G20382 G20382 = G20382 ἐξαλλοτριόω exallotrioō be estranged to be estranged G20383 G20383 = G20383 ἐξαποστολή exapostolē discharge discharge G20384 G20384 = G20384 ἔξαρθρος exarthros loose-jointed loose-jointed G20385 G20385 = G20385 ἐξαρθρόω exarthroō G:V to dislocate dislocate G20386 G20386 = G20386 ἐξατιμάζω exatimazō G:V to dishonour utterly to dishonour utterly , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20387 G20387 = G20387 ἐξαφίημι exaphiēmi squander 1. to send forth, discharge , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to set free from labour, with genitive, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20388 G20388 = G20388 ἐξαφίστημι exaphistēmi grow out of grow out of G20389 G20389 = a Spelling of G7341 ἐξέλευσις exeleusis G:N-F to leave to leave G20390 G20390 = G20390 ἐξευμενίζω exeumenizō G:V to propitiate propitiate G20391 G20391 = G20391 ἐξευφραίνομαι exeuphrainomai show rejoicing show rejoicing G20392 G20392 = G20392 ἐξημερόω exēmeroō G:V to civilize to tame or reclaim quite , (Herdotus Historicus):—;metaphorically to soften, humanise , (Plutarch) (ML) G20393 G20393 = G20393 ἐξηχευη exēcheuē stupes stupes G20394 G20394 = G20394 ἐξισάζω exisazō G:V to equate in R. G20395 G20395 = G20395 ἐξιστάνω existanō to divert to divert G20396 G20396 = G20396 ἐξοδεύω exodeuō G:V to depart depart this life G20397 G20397 = G20397 ἐξολέθρευμα exolethreuma G:N-N destruction destruction G20398 G20398 = G20398 ἐξομβρέω exombreō G:V to pour like rain pour out like rain G20399 G20399 = G20399 ἐξόμνυμι exomnumi swear, make affidavit 1. to swear in excuse , (Demosthenes Orator): to swear in the negative , ἐξ. τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι (Sophocles Tragicus):—;mostly in Mid., to deny or disown upon oath, swear formally that one does not know a thing, (Demosthenes Orator), etc.
2. to decline an office by oath that one cannot perform it, (Aeschines Orator), etc. (ML) G20400 G20400 = G20400 ἐξουδενέω exoudeneō to dispise to dispise G20401 G20401 = G20401 ἔξοχος exochos above all 1. standing out : metaphorically eminent, excellent , (Homer)
2. with genitive standing out from, most eminent, greatest, mightiest , used like a superlative, ἔξοχος ἡρώων, ἔξ. ἄλλων (Iliad by Homer); but a real Sup. ἐξοχώτατος (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;also with dative, μέγ᾽ ἔξοχοι αἰπολίοισιν eminent among the herds, (Odyssey by Homer); so, ἐν πολλοῖσι ἔξοχος ἡρώεσσιν (Iliad by Homer)
3. neuter plural ἔξοχα as adverb, especially, above others , (Homer); ἐμοὶ δόσαν ἔξοχα gave me as a high honour , (Odyssey by Homer); ἔξοχ᾽ ἄριστοι beyond compare the best, (Homer)
4. with genitive, ἔξοχα πάντων far above all, (Homer) (ML) G20402 G20402 = G20402 ἐξυπνόω exupnoō G:V to wake wake out of sleep G20403 G20403 = G20403 ἐξυψόω exupsoō G:V to elevate elevate G20404 G20404 = G20404 ἐξωτάτω exōtatō outermost outermost G20405 G20405 = G20405 ἑόρτασμα heortasma festival, holiday festival, holiday G20406 G20406 = G20406 ἐπαίτης epaitēs begging begging G20407 G20407 = G20407 ἐπακουστός epakoustos be obeyed to be obeyed G20408 G20408 = G20408 ἐπαλγής epalgēs painful painful G20409 G20409 = G20409 ἐπανδρόω epandroō G:V to make manly make manly G20410 G20410 = G20410 ἐπάνοδος epanodos fuller statement 1. a rising up , (Plato Philosophus)
2. in speaking, recapitulation , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20411 G20411 = G20411 ἐπαξονέω epaxoneō G:V to enroll enroll in tablets, register G20412 G20412 = G20412 ἐπάρδω epardō G:V to irrigate irrigate G20413 G20413 = G20413 ἐπαρήγω eparēgō G:V to help to come to aid, help , τινί (Homer): absolute, aor1 imperative ἐπαρῆξον (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20414 G20414 = G20414 ἔπαρξις eparxis haughty haughty G20415 G20415 = G20415 ἐπασθμαίνω epasthmainō G:V to pant breathe hard, pant in working G20416 G20416 = G20416 ἐπεισκυκλέω epeiskukleō G:V to roll to roll or bring in one upon another , (Lucian):—;Pass. to come in one upon another , (Lucian) (ML) G20418 G20418 = G20418 ἐπιθραύω epithrauō G:V to break besides break besides G20419 G20419 = G20419 ἐπικαθιζάνω epikathizanō to lie down to lie down G20420 G20420 = G20420 ἐπικαινίζω epikainizō G:V to renew renew, restore G20421 G20421 = G20421 ἐπικάλαμοι epikalamoi stalk stalk G20422 G20422 = G20422 ἐπικαρπολογέομαι epikarpologeomai glean glean G20423 G20423 = G20423 ἐπικαταπνέω epikatapneō against against G20424 G20424 = G20424 ἐπικινέω epikineō be moved to be moved G20425 G20425 = G20425 ἐπίκλησις epiklēsis appellatio, appeal 1. a surname or additional name; the accusative being used absolute as adverb, by surname , Ἀστυάναξ, ὃν Τρῶες ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσι Astyanax, as they call him by surname (his name being Scamandrius), (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. generally, a name , (Thucydides)
3. an imputation , (Thucydides)
4. a calling upon, invocation, appeal , (Plutarch) (ML) G20426 G20426 = G20426 ἐπίκοιλος epikoilos porous, spongy porous, spongy G20427 G20427 = G20427 ἐπικουφίζω epikouphizō G:V to lighten 1. to lighten a ship by throwing out part of its cargo, (Herdotus Historicus): metaphorically, ἐπ. τοὺς πόνους to lighten one's labours, (Xenophon Historicus):—;with genitive rei, to relieve of a burden, (Euripides)
2. to lift up, support , (Sophocles Tragicus): metaphorically to lift up, encourage , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20428 G20428 = G20428 ἐπίκρασις epikrasis tempering tempering G20429 G20429 = G20429 ἐπίκριμα epikrima decretum decretum G20430 G20430 = G20430 ἐπίκυφος epikuphos bent over, crooked bent over, crooked G20431 G20431 = G20431 ἐπιλαλέω epilaleō be said of . . to be said of . . G20432 G20432 = G20432 ἐπιλειόω epileioō G:V to shave smooth off, shave smooth G20433 G20433 = G20433 ἐπιλήθω epilēthō G:V to forget 1. to cause to forget a thing, with genitive, (Odyssey by Homer): —;Pass. to be forgotten , perfect participle ἐπιλελησμένος (New Testament)
2. Mid. ἐπι-λήθομαι and -λανθάνομαι, future -λήσομαι: aorist2 -ελᾶθόμην: with perfect active -λέληθα and passive -λέλησμαι: pluperfect -ελελήσμην:—; to let a thing escape one, to forget, lose thought of , with genitive, ὅπως Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (epic for -ηται); (Odyssey by Homer); so (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;also with accusative, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;with infinitive, (Aristophanes Comicus)
3. to forget wilfully , ἑκὼν ἐπιλήθομαι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20435 G20435 = G20435 ἐπιλυπέω epilupeō be troubled at to annoy or offend besides , τινα (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20436 G20436 = G20436 ἐπίμεικτος epimeiktos in combination in combination G20437 G20437 = G20437 ἐπιμερίζω epimerizō G:V to enumerate mention severally, enumerate G20438 G20438 = G20438 ἐπιμεσόω epimesoō be at the middle to be at the middle G20439 G20439 = G20439 ἐπιμήκης epimēkēs extending extending G20440 G20440 = G20440 ἐπιμίξ epimix respect of persons confusedly, promiscuously, pele-mele , (Homer) (ML) G20441 G20441 = G20441 ἐπίμοχθος epimochthos with toil with toil G20442 G20442 = G20442 ἐπιπληθύνω epiplēthunō G:V to superabound superabound G20443 G20443 = G20443 ἐπίπληξις epiplēxis plagues plagues G20444 G20444 = G20444 ἐπίποκος epipokos covered with wool, woolly covered with wool, woolly G20445 G20445 = G20445 ἐπιρρωγολογέομαι epirrōgologeomai glean grapes off glean grapes off G20446 G20446 = G20446 ἔπισος episos comparable comparable G20447 G20447 = G20447 ἐπίστασις epistasis stoppage ἐπί-στασις, -εως, ἡ
(ἐφίστημι), [in LXX: 2Ma.6:3 * ;]
__1. a stopping, halting (as of soldiers): ὄχλου, collecting a crowd (see Rack-ham, Acts, l.with): Act.24:12 (WH, Rec. ἐπισύστασις).
__2. superintendence, attention (but see Thayer, see word; Field, Notes, 185 f.): 2Co.11:28 (WH, Rec. ut supr.).†
(AS) G20448 G20448 = G20448 ἐπισυνέχω episunechō G:V to appropriate take to oneself G20449 G20449 = G20449 ἐπιτομή epitomē right of cutting 1. a cutting on the surface, incision , (Aeschines Orator)
2. an epitome, abridgment , [Refs 1st c.BCCicero, M. Tullius (ML) G20450 G20450 = G20450 ἐπιφαυλίζω epiphaulizō G:V to minimise make of small account G20451 G20451 = G20451 ἐπιφυτεύω epiphuteuō G:V to plant to plant over or upon a thing , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20452 G20452 = G20452 ἐπιψάλλω epipsallō G:V to sing to sing G20453 G20453 = G20453 ἐποξύνω epoxunō G:V to excite stimulate, excite G20454 G20454 = G20454 ἐποργίζομαι eporgizomai be wroth at to be wroth at G20455 G20455 = G20455 ἑπταμήτωρ heptamētōr mother of seven children mother of seven children G20456 G20456 = G20456 ἑπταπλόος heptaploos sevenfold sevenfold G20457 G20457 = G20457 ἑπτάπυργος heptapurgos seven-towered seven-towered , of Thebes, (Euripides), etc. (ML) G20458 G20458 = G20458 ἐριθεύομαι eritheuomai indulge in petty intrigue indulge in petty intrigue G20459 G20459 = G20459 ἐριστής eristēs to dispute to dispute G20460 G20460 = G20460 ἐρισύβη erisubē blight blight G20461 G20461 = G20461 ἐρυθαίνω eruthainō G:V to blush blush scarlet G20462 G20462 = G20462 ἐρύθρημα eruthrēma red red G20463 G20463 = G20463 ἔσθω esthō G:V to devour to eat , (Homer): to eat up, consume one's substance, (Homer) (ML) G20464 G20464 = G20464 ἐσσήν essēn [hudot ]ōšen [hudot ]ōšen G20465 G20465 = G20465 ἐσχατόγηρως eschatogērōs in extreme old age in extreme old age G20466 G20466 = G20466 ἑτεροκωφέω heterokōpheō be deaf of one ear to be deaf of one ear G20467 G20467 = G20467 εὐαγής euagēs rūgio rūgio G20468 G20468 = G20468 εὐαπάντητος euapantētos affable, courteous affable, courteous G20469 G20469 = G20469 εὐδράνεια eudraneia bodily strength and health bodily strength and health G20470 G20470 = G20470 εὔθικτος euthiktos witty touching the point, clever , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20471 G20471 = G20471 εὐκατάλλακτος eukatallaktos easily appeased, placable easily appeased, placable G20472 G20472 = G20472 εὔκληρος euklēros fortunate fortunate G20473 G20473 = G20473 εὐκοπία eukopia ease, facility ease, facility G20474 G20474 = G20474 εὐκοσμέω eukosmeō G:V to behave orderly behave orderly G20475 G20475 = G20475 εὐλογίζω eulogizō to bless to bless G20476 G20476 = G20476 εὔλογος eulogos honourably 1. having good reason, reasonable, sensible , (Aeschulus Tragicus); εὔλογόν [ ἐστι], with infinitive, it is reasonable that , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. reasonable, fair , (Thucydides), etc.: τὸ εὔλ. a fair reason , (Thucydides)
3. adverb -γως, with good reason, reasonably , (Aeschulus Tragicus); εὐλ. ἔχειν to be reasonable , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20477 G20477 = G20477 εὔοπτος euoptos well-cooked well-cooked G20478 G20478 = G20478 εὐπείθεια eupeitheia ready obedience ready obedience G20479 G20479 = G20479 εὐπόρφυρος euporphuros of bright purple colour of bright purple colour G20480 G20480 = G20480 εὔσταθμος eustathmos in weight in weight G20481 G20481 = G20481 εὔτηκτος eutēktos fusibility fusibility G20482 G20482 = G20482 εὐχαρής eucharēs pleasant pleasant G20483 G20483 = G20483 εὐχαριστήριος eucharistērios mission of thanks mission of thanks G20484 G20484 = G20484 ἐφηβία ephēbia gymnasium gymnasium G20485 G20485 = G20485 ἐφιορκία ephiorkia perjury perjury G20486 G20486 = G20486 ἐφύβριστος ephubristos contemptible contemptible G20487 G20487 = a Spelling of G5504 ἐχθές echthes yesterday yesterday , (Aristophanes Comicus); ἀπ᾽ ἐχθές [variant datesAnthology Palantina; νῦν τε κἀχθές to-day or yesterday , (Sophocles Tragicus); compare πρώην. (ML) G20488 G20488 = G20488 ζευγίζω zeugizō G:V to yoke together yoke in pairs, unite G20489 G20489 = a Form of G2198 ζῆ zē life life G20490 G20490 = a Form of G2198 ζῶ zō life spring, spring G20491 G20491 = G20491 ζωγρίας zōgrias one taken alive one taken alive G20492 G20492 = G20492 ζωνῖτις zōnitis seams seams G20493 G20493 = G20493 ζωτικός zōtikos true to life 1. full of life, lively , Lat. vivax, (Plato Philosophus):—;adverb, ζωτικῶς ἔχειν to be fond of life , (Plutarch)
2. of works of Art, true to life , τὸ ζωτικὸν φαίνεσθαι πῶς ἐνεργάζῃ τοῖς ἀνδριᾶσι; how do you produce that look of life in your statues? (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20494 G20494 = G20494 ἡγεμόνη hēgemonē flagship flagship G20495 G20495 = G20495 ἡγεμονίδης hēgemonidēs govenor govenor G20496 G20496 = G20496 ἥγησις hēgēsis command command G20497 G20497 = G20497 ἡδομένως hēdomenōs with joy, gladly of ἥδομαι, with joy, gladly , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20498 G20498 = G20498 ἠθολογέω ēthologeō comedy of manners comedy of manners G20499 G20499 = G20499 ἡλιάζω hēliazō G:V to ferment ferment G20500 G20500 = G20500 ἡμεράλωψ hēmeralōps nictilopa nictilopa G20501 G20501 = G20501 ἡμιθαλής hēmithalēs half-green half-green G20502 G20502 = G20502 ἡμίθνητος hēmithnētos half-dead half-dead G20503 G20503 = G20503 ἡμισεύελπις hēmiseuelpis half-hopeful half-hopeful G20504 G20504 = G20504 ἡμισευτής hēmiseutēs half time half time G20505 G20505 = G20505 ἡμισύνθεσις hēmisunthesis half-set half-set G20507 G20507 = G20507 ἠνίδε ēnide look! look! G20508 G20508 = G20508 ἤνυστρον ēnustron G:N-N first stomach the fourth stomach of ruminating animals , a favourite dish at Athens, tripe , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20509 G20509 = G20509 ἡπατοσκοπέω hēpatoskopeō G:V to inspect the liver for soothsaying inspect the liver for soothsaying G20510 G20510 = G20510 ἠπιότης ēpiotēs gentleness gentleness G20511 G20511 = G20511 ἠχέτης ēchetēs sounding clear-sounding, musical , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;of the grasshopper, chirping , (Hesiod) (ML) G20512 G20512 = G20512 θεόκτιστος theoktistos founded by God founded by God G20513 G20513 = G20513 θεριστήριον theristērion reaping-hook reaping-hook G20514 G20514 = G20514 θοίνη thoinē feeding upon a meal, feast, banquet, dinner , (Hesiod), attic
derivation uncertain (ML) G20515 G20515 = G20515 θραῦμα thrauma destruction destruction G20516 G20516 = G20516 θρησκεύω thrēskeuō be a devotee 1. to hold religious observances, observe religiously , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to be a devotee , (Plutarch) (ML) G20517 G20517 = G20517 θρονίζομαι thronizomai be initiated, consecrated to be initiated, consecrated G20518 G20518 = G20518 θυμαρής thumarēs well-pleasing, delightful suiting the heart , i. e. well-pleasing, dear, delightful , (Homer):—;neuter as adverb in the form θυμῆρες, (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20519 G20519 = G20519 θυρεόφορος thureophoros G:N-M armed with such a shield armed with such a shield G20521 G20521 = G20521 θωρακισμός thōrakismos arming with breastplates arming with breastplates G20522 G20522 = G20522 ἰδιόγραφος idiographos G:A separately written separately written G20523 G20523 = G20523 ἰδιότης idiotēs relationship peculiar nature, property , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20524 G20524 = G20524 ἱερεία hiereia G:N-F sanctuary sanctuary G20525 G20525 = G20525 ἱερόδουλος hierodoulos templecourtesans templecourtesans G20526 G20526 = G20526 ἱεροσύλημα hierosulēma sacrilege sacrilege G20527 G20527 = G20527 ἱεροψάλτης hieropsaltēs singer in the temple singer in the temple G20528 G20528 = G20528 ἱερόψυχος hieropsuchos of holy, pious soul of holy, pious soul G20529 G20529 = G20529 ἱέρωμα hierōma consecrated object, offering consecrated object, offering G20530 G20530 = G20530 ἴκτηρ iktēr suppliant 1. a suppliant , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. as adjective = ἱκετήριος, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20531 G20531 = G20531 ἱλαροτραγῳδία hilarotragōdia burlesque tragedy burlesque tragedy G20532 G20532 = G20532 ἱλάσιμος hilasimos placable placable G20533 G20533 = G20533 ἱλαστής hilastēs propitiator propitiator G20534 G20534 = G20534 ἱλατεύω hilateuō gracious gracious G20535 G20535 = G20535 ἱμάντωσις himantōsis piece of timber used instead of a bond-stone piece of timber used instead of a bond-stone G20536 G20536 = G20536 ἰσάστερος isasteros like a star, bright as a star like a star, bright as a star G20537 G20537 = G20537 ἰσηγορέομαι isēgoreomai speak as an equal speak as an equal G20538 G20538 = G20538 ἰσοδυναμέω isodunameō be equivalent to be equipollent G20539 G20539 = G20539 ἰσοδύναμος isodunamos equal equivalentl in force or power G20540 G20540 = G20540 ἰσοπολίτης isopolitēs equitable citizen equitable citizen G20541 G20541 = G20541 ἴσχυσις ischusis strength strength G20542 G20542 = G20542 καθάπαν kathapan on the whole on the whole G20543 G20543 = G20543 καθαριόω katharioō G:V to purify purify G20544 G20544 = a Spelling of G7754 καθάρισις katharisis cleansing cleansing G20545 G20545 = a Combination of G1520 (G2596+G1520) καθεῖς katheis one by one, one after anther for καθ᾽ εἷς one by one , εἷς καθεῖς, for εἷς καθ᾽ ἕνα, (New Testament) (ML) G20546 G20546 = G20546 καθεύρεμα katheurema invention invention G20547 G20547 = G20547 καθηγεμών kathēgemōn leader a leader, a guide , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20548 G20548 = G20548 καθιδρύω kathidruō G:V to settle 1. to make to sit down , (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass. to sit down, settle , (Aristophanes Comicus); κ. ἐς Ἀργώ to take one's seat in Argos, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. to consecrate, dedicate : so in aor1 middle -ιδρυσάμην and perfect passive -ίδρυ_μαι, (Euripides) (ML) G20549 G20549 = G20549 καθιστάνω kathistanō G:V to establish to establish G20550 G20550 = G20550 καινουργός kainourgos novelty producing changes : τὸ κ. a novelty , (Lucian) (ML) G20551 G20551 = G20551 κακοεξία kakoexia bad habit bad habit G20552 G20552 = G20552 κακόμοχθος kakomochthos perversely perversely G20553 G20553 = G20553 κακοπραγία kakopragia misdeeds misdeeds G20554 G20554 = G20554 καμιναία kaminaia furnace furnace G20555 G20555 = G20555 καπνοδόκη kapnodokē hole in the roof for the smoke to pass through properly, a smoke-receiver , i. e. a hole in the roof for the smoke to pass through , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20556 G20556 = G20556 κάρρον karron coach-builder coach-builder G20557 G20557 = G20557 καρτερός karteros resolutely 1. strong, staunch, stout, sturdy; with infinitive, καρτερὸς ἐναίρειν strong to kill, (Iliad by Homer); τὰ καρτερώτατα the strongest , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. with genitive possessed of a thing, lord or master of it, (Theognis Elegiacus)
3. like καρτερικός, steadfast, patient , πρὸς πάντα (Xenophon Historicus): obstinate , (Plato Philosophus)
4. of things, strong, mighty, potent , ὅρκος (Iliad by Homer); κ. ἔργα deeds of might , (Iliad by Homer); κ. μάχη strongly contested, desperate , (Herdotus Historicus); τὸ καρτερόν, τόλμης τὸ κ. the extremity of daring, (Euripides):—; κατὰ τὸ καρτερόν by force , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; so, πρὸς τὸ καρτερόν (Aeschulus Tragicus); τὸ καρτερόν, absolute, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
5. of place, like ὀχυρός, strong , (Thucydides); τὸ καρτερώτερον τοῦ χωρίου (Thucydides)
6. adverb -ρῶς, strongly , etc., κ. ὑπνοῦσθαι to sleep soundly , (Herdotus Historicus)
7. the common comparative and Sup. are κρείσσων and κράτιστος (qq. see.): but the regular forms καρτερώτερος, -ώτατος, occur now and then, (Pindar), attic
(ML) G20558 G20558 = G20558 καρτεροψυχία karteropsuchia strength of spirit strength of spirit G20559 G20559 = a Spelling of G6046 καταβαρύνω katabarunō G:V to overload to overload G20560 G20560 = a Form of G2600 καταβάσιος katabasios descent descent G20561 G20561 = G20561 καταγογγύζω katagonguzō G:V to murmur against murmur against G20562 G20562 = G20562 καταδαμάζω katadamazō G:V to subdue subdue G20563 G20563 = G20563 καταδαπανάω katadapanaō G:V to consume 1. to squander, lavish , (Xenophon Historicus):—; Pass., [ τὰ χρήματα] καταδεδαπάνητό σφι (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to consume entirely , of an army, (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G20564 G20564 = G20564 καταδεσμεύω katadesmeuō G:V to repeat repeat G20565 G20565 = G20565 καταδεύω katadeuō G:V to make wet to wet through , (Iliad by Homer):—;of a river, to water , πεδία (Euripides) (ML) G20566 G20566 = G20566 καταδέω katadeō G:V to lack to have lack of, to need G20567 G20567 = G20567 καταδρομή katadromē cryptoporticus an inroad, raid , (Thucydides), etc.:—;metaphorically a vehement attack, invective , (Aeschines Orator) (ML) G20568 G20568 = G20568 κατάκλειστος katakleistos precious precious G20569 G20569 = G20569 κατάκλιτος kataklitos flowing down flowing down G20570 G20570 = G20570 καταλαλητέον katalalēteon one must talk against one must talk against G20571 G20571 = G20571 καταλεαίνω kataleainō G:V to placate smooth down, placate G20572 G20572 = G20572 καταμερισμός katamerismos G:N distribution distribution G20573 G20573 = G20573 καταφαγεῖν kataphagein spend in eating, waste 1. to devour, eat up , (Iliad by Homer)
2. to spend in eating, waste, devour , (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20574 G20574 = G20574 καταφράσσω kataphrassō G:V to protect to cover with mail; ἵπποι καταπεφραγμένοι (Plutarch) (ML) G20575 G20575 = G20575 καταφρονητέον kataphronēteon one must despise one must despise G20576 G20576 = G20576 κατάχρεος katachreos involved in involved in G20577 G20577 = G20577 καταψευσμός katapseusmos slander, calumny slander, calumny G20578 G20578 = G20578 κατεμβλέπω katemblepō G:V to despise to despise G20579 G20579 = G20579 κατενισχύω katenischuō G:V to establish become firmly established G20580 G20580 = G20580 κατένωπα katenōpa over against, right opposite right over against, right opposite , with genitive, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G20581 G20581 = G20581 κατεπίθυμος katepithumos very eager very eager G20582 G20582 = G20582 κατεπικύπτω katepikuptō G:V to bow down upon bow down upon G20583 G20583 = G20583 κατερευνάω katereunaō G:V to dīrīmat dīrīmat G20584 G20584 = G20584 κατευθικτέω kateuthikteō G:V to hit exactly hit exactly G20586 G20586 = G20586 κατευφημέω kateuphēmeō G:V to applaud applaud, extol G20587 G20587 = G20587 κατιμονεύω katimoneuō G:V to let down let down G20588 G20588 = G20588 κατοδυνάω katodunaō G:V to afflict grievously afflict grievously G20590 G20590 = G20590 κατοικτείρω katoikteirō G:V to feel compassion 1. to have mercy or compassion on , τινά (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
2. intransitive to feel or shew compassion , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20591 G20591 = G20591 κατοινύσαι katoinusai hidden hidden G20592 G20592 = G20592 κατοπίσω katopisō G:V to overtake to overtake G20593 G20593 = G20593 κατώτατος katōtatos lowest lowest , (Xenophon Historicus): neuter plural as adverb, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20594 G20594 = G20594 καυστικός kaustikos inflammatory humours inflammatory humours G20595 G20595 = G20595 καυτήριον kautērion kiln a branding iron , (Lucian) (ML) G20596 G20596 = G20596 κειράς keiras shorn shorn G20597 G20597 = G20597 κελευσματικῶς keleusmatikōs by way of command by way of command G20598 G20598 = G20598 κενεών keneōn vacant space 1. the hollow below the ribs, the flank , (Homer)
2. any hollow, a glen , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20599 G20599 = G20599 κενοδοξέω kenodoxeō be vain-glorious to be vain-glorious G20600 G20600 = G20600 κηρογονία kērogonia combs combs G20601 G20601 = G20601 κίνημα kinēma moving things moving things G20602 G20602 = G20602 κισσόφυλλον kissophullon part of a torsion-engine shaped like an ivy-leaf part of a torsion-engine shaped like an ivy-leaf G20603 G20603 = G20603 κλεψιμαῖος klepsimaios furtim furtim G20604 G20604 = G20604 κληδών klēdōn name, appellation 1. an omen or presage contained in a word or sound , (Odyssey by Homer)
2. a rumour, tidings, report , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. glory, repute , [variant datesTragica Adespota
4. a calling on, appeal , πατρῷαι κληδόνες (Aeschulus Tragicus)
5. a name, appellation , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
(ML) G20605 G20605 = G20605 κληρουχία klērouchia inheritance 1. the allotment of land to citizens in a foreign country , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. collectively, = οἱ κληροῦχοι, the body of citizens who receive such allotments , (Thucydides)—;An Athenian κληρουχία differed from a colony ἀποικία); in that the κληροῦχοι were still citizens of the mother country, instead of forming an independent state. (ML) G20606 G20606 = G20606 κλητέος klēteos one must call 1. to be called, named , (Plato Philosophus)
2. κλητέον, one must call , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20607 G20607 = G20607 κμητός kmētos scratch scratch G20608 G20608 = G20608 κοίλασμα koilasma interior interior G20609 G20609 = G20609 κοιλότης koilotēs shortage of cash shortage of cash G20610 G20610 = G20610 κολαβρισμός kolabrismos derided derided G20611 G20611 = G20611 κολλύρα kollura bake bake G20612 G20612 = a Spelling of G2854 κολλύριον kollurion salve κολλύριον, see: κολλούριον.
κολλούριον
(TTr., κολλύ-, the more usual form), -ου, τό (dimin. of κολλύρα = κόλλιξ, a coarse bread roll), [in LXX: 3Ki.12:24 hil B* ;]
__1. a small bread roll (LXX, ll. with).
__2. (Usually in pl., LS, see word) an eye salve shaped like a roll: Rev.3:18.†
(AS) G20613 G20613 = G20613 κολοβόρινος koloborinos slit-nosed slit-nosed G20615 G20615 = G20615 κοσμοπληθής kosmoplēthēs filling the world filling the world G20616 G20616 = G20616 κράτησις kratēsis holding firm, steadying holding firm, steadying G20617 G20617 = G20617 κρυφός kruphos lurking-place κρυφὸν θέμεν to throw a cloud over, (Pindar) (ML) G20618 G20618 = G20618 κύκλος kuklos sphere, globe 1. a ring, circle, round , (Homer); ἀσπίδος κύκλος the round shield, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. Adverbial usages, κύκλῳ in a circle or ring, round about , (Odyssey by Homer), attic; with genitive, κ. τοῦ στρατοπέδου (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
3. any circular body :
4. a wheel , (Iliad by Homer)
5. a place of assembly , the ἀγορά, (Iliad by Homer), attic:—;then, like Lat. corona, a ring or circle of people , (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. the vault of the sky, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
7. the orb or disk of the sun and moon, (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
9. a round shield , see. above 1.
10. in plural the eye-balls, eyes , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;rarely in singular, the eye , (Sophocles Tragicus)
11. any circular motion, an orbit of the heavenly bodies, revolution of the seasons, cycle of events, (Herdotus Historicus)
12. a circular dance , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20619 G20619 = G20619 κύκνειος kukneios of Cycnus of Cycnus G20620 G20620 = G20620 κυλίκιον kulikion G:N-N small cup small cup G20621 G20621 = G20621 κυνάμυια kunamuia shameless fly dog-fly , i. e. shameless fly , abusive epithet of impudent women, (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G20622 G20622 = G20622 κυνήγιον kunēgion prey the hunt, chase , (Plutarch)
(ML) G20623 G20623 = G20623 κυοφορία kuophoria pregnancy pregnancy G20624 G20624 = G20624 κύπρος kupros a measure of corn a measure of corn G20625 G20625 = G20625 κυρία kuria possession, control possession, control G20626 G20626 = G20626 κωλῆ kōlē membrum virile the thigh-bone with the flesh on it, the ham , especially of a swine, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20627 G20627 = G20627 κωνώπιον kōnōpion cōnōpēum an Egyptian couch with mosquito-curtains; conopium in (Horace) (ML) G20628 G20628 = G20628 Λακωνικός Lakōnikos female garment 1. Laconian , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
2. as Substantive,
3. ἡ Λακωνική (entry γῆ); Laconia , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.
4. Λακωνικαί (entry ἐμβάδες); αἱ, Laconian shoes , used by men, (Aristophanes Comicus)
5. τὸ Λακωνικόν the state of Lacedaemon , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20629 G20629 = G20629 λάμψις lampsis shining shining G20630 G20630 = G20630 λαογραφία laographia poll-tax poll-tax G20631 G20631 = G20631 λαπιστής lapistēs swaggerer swaggerer G20632 G20632 = G20632 λατόμημα latomēma stone hewn from a quarry stone hewn from a quarry G20633 G20633 = G20633 λαφυρεύω laphureuō G:V to plunder plunder G20634 G20634 = G20634 λεληθότως lelēthotōs secretly secretly G20635 G20635 = G20635 λεοντηδόν leontēdon like a lion like a lion G20636 G20636 = G20636 λέπυρον lepuron rind, shell, husk rind, shell, husk G20637 G20637 = a Form of G20643 λεχώς lechōs giving birth giving birth G20638 G20638 = G20638 λιβανόομαι libanoomai be mixed with frankincense to be mixed with frankincense G20639 G20639 = G20639 λιθοβόλος lithobolos struck with stones, stoned proparoxical λιθόβολος, ον, passive struck with stones, stoned , (Euripides) (ML) G20640 G20640 = G20640 λιποτακτέω lipotakteō G:V to desert desert one's post G20641 G20641 = G20641 λιτανεία litaneia entreaty entreaty G20642 G20642 = G20642 λοιμότης loimotēs pestilent condition pestilent condition G20643 G20643 = G20643 λοχώ lochō to give birth to give birth G20644 G20644 = G20644 λυθρώδης luthrōdēs defiled with gore defiled with gore G20645 G20645 = G20645 λυσιτέλεια lusiteleia economy economy G20646 G20646 = G20646 λυτρωτός lutrōtos redeemable redeemable G20647 G20647 = G20647 λωποδυτέω lōpoduteō G:V to rob 1. to steal clothes , especially from bathers or travellers, (Plato Philosophus)
2. generally, to rob, plunder , (Aristophanes Comicus)
from λωποδύτης (ML) G20648 G20648 = G20648 μάγδωλος magdōlos migdol migdol G20649 G20649 = G20649 μαγειρευτικός mageireutikos cooking cooking G20650 G20650 = G20650 μαγικός magikos skilled in magic fit for the Magians, Magian , (Plutarch) (ML) G20651 G20651 = G20651 μάγιν magin cooking cooking G20652 G20652 = G20652 μαδαρότης madarotēs falling off of the eyelashes falling off of the eyelashes G20653 G20653 = G20653 μαδάω madaō G:V be bald to be flaccid: to be bald , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20654 G20654 = G20654 μαδών madōn íš mādhón íš mādhón G20655 G20655 = G20655 μᾶζα maza amalgam a barley-cake , (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G20656 G20656 = G20656 μακροβίωσις makrobiōsis long living long living G20657 G20657 = G20657 μακροημέρευσις makroēmereusis length of days length of days G20658 G20658 = G20658 μάκροθριξ makrothrix long-haired long-haired G20659 G20659 = G20659 μακροτέρω makroterō farther off farther off G20660 G20660 = G20660 μακροτονέω makrotoneō G:V to persevere persevere G20661 G20661 = G20661 μακροχρονίζω makrochronizō long-lasting long-lasting G20662 G20662 = G20662 μαλακία malakia calmness of the sea, malacia ac tranquillitas calmness of the sea, malacia ac tranquillitas G20663 G20663 = G20663 μαλακοψυχέω malakopsucheō be cowardly to be cowardly G20664 G20664 = G20664 μαλάκυνσις malakunsis softening softening G20665 G20665 = G20665 μαρτιχόρας martichoras mard-khwār mard-khwār G20666 G20666 = G20666 μαστιγοφόρος mastigophoros policeman a scourge-bearer , a sort of policeman , (Thucydides)
(ML) G20667 G20667 = G20667 μαστιγωτικός mastigōtikos demanding vengeance demanding vengeance G20668 G20668 = G20668 μαστιστής mastistēs scourger scourger G20669 G20669 = G20669 ματαιοτεχνία mataiotechnia dicta est dicta est G20670 G20670 = G20670 ματαιόφρων mataiophrōn weak-minded weak-minded G20671 G20671 = G20671 ματαιόφωνος mataiophōnos talking idly talking idly G20672 G20672 = G20672 μαχητέον machēteon one must fight one must fight G20673 G20673 = G20673 μεγάλαρτος megalartos large loaf large loaf G20674 G20674 = G20674 μεγαλαυχία megalauchia exultation great boasting, arrogance , (Plato Philosophus)
from μεγάλαυχος (ML) G20675 G20675 = G20675 μεγαλόδοξος megalodoxos very glorious very glorious , (Pindar) (ML) G20676 G20676 = G20676 μεγαλοημέρευσις megaloēmereusis long-lived long-lived G20677 G20677 = G20677 μεγαλοκράτωρ megalokratōr long-ruling long-ruling G20678 G20678 = G20678 μεγαλομερής megalomerēs magnificent, sumptuous magnificent, sumptuous G20679 G20679 = G20679 μεγαλοποιέω megalopoieō G:V to magnify magnify G20680 G20680 = G20680 μεγαλορρέκτης megalorrektēs one who does great things one who does great things G20681 G20681 = G20681 μεγάλος megalos great great G20682 G20682 = G20682 μεγαλοσθενής megalosthenēs of great strength of great strength G20683 G20683 = G20683 μεγαλοφρονέω megalophroneō be arrogant to be high-minded , μ. ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ to be confident in oneself, (Xenophon Historicus):—;Mid., in bad sense, to be arrogant , (Plato Philosophus)
from μεγαλόφρων (ML) G20684 G20684 = G20684 μεγαλόψυχος megalopsuchos romantic, Quixotic high-souled, magnanimous , (Demosthenes Orator):—;adverb -χως, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20685 G20685 = G20685 μεγαλώνυμος megalōnumos G:A having a higher denominator with a great name, giving glory , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20686 G20686 = G20686 μεγαλωστί megalōsti far and wide, over a vast space 1. far and wide, over a vast space , (Homer)
2. = μεγάλως, (Herdotus Historicus) 2. also = μεγαλοπρεπῶς, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20687 G20687 = G20687 μεγαρτός megartos envious envious G20688 G20688 = G20688 μεγήριτος megēritos passing lovely passing lovely G20689 G20689 = G20689 μεθαρμόζω metharmozō G:V to re-order to dispose differently, to correct , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Mid., aor1 μεθηρμοσάμην, with perfect passive -ήρμοσμαι, to dispose for oneself , μεθάρμοσαι νέους τρόπους adopt new habits, (Aeschulus Tragicus); μεθηρμόσμεσθα βελτίω βίον (Euripides) (ML) G20690 G20690 = G20690 μεθερμηνευτικός methermēneutikos fit for interpreting fit for interpreting G20691 G20691 = G20691 μεθήμων methēmōn remiss, careless remiss, careless G20692 G20692 = G20692 μεθοδευτικός methodeutikos regular regular G20693 G20693 = G20693 μέθοδος methodos stratagem a following after, pursuit : especially pursuit of knowledge, scientific inquiry, investigation, method of inquiry, method , (Plato Philosophus), etc. (ML) G20694 G20694 = G20694 μεθορίζω methorizō G:V to determine determine G20695 G20695 = G20695 μέθυσις methusis drunkenness drunkenness , (Theognis Elegiacus)
(ML) G20696 G20696 = G20696 μεθυσοκότταβος methusokottabos drunk with cottabus-playing drunk with cottabus-playing , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20697 G20697 = G20697 μελάθρα melathra beam beam G20698 G20698 = G20698 μελετητικός meletētikos of meditations of meditations G20699 G20699 = G20699 μελετητός meletētos be gained by practice be gained by practice G20700 G20700 = G20700 μελισσόφυτον melissophuton balm balm G20701 G20701 = G20701 μελοποιός melopoios tuneful 1. a maker of songs, a lyric poet , (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. as adjective tuneful , (Euripides) (ML) G20702 G20702 = G20702 μεριδάρχης meridarchēs province province G20703 G20703 = G20703 μεριδαρχία meridarchia his office his office G20704 G20704 = G20704 μεριζομένως merizomenōs suffering suffering G20705 G20705 = G20705 μερινων merinōn portioned portioned G20706 G20706 = G20706 μεριτεία meriteia division division G20707 G20707 = G20707 μεροποσπόρος meroposporos begetting men begetting men G20708 G20708 = G20708 μεσάζω mesazō G:V to occupy a central position occupy a central position G20709 G20709 = G20709 μεσημβρίζω mesēmbrizō noon noon G20710 G20710 = G20710 μεσονεφής mesonephēs in the midst in the midst G20711 G20711 = G20711 μεσοπορέω mesoporeō be half-way to be half-way , (Theophrastus Philosophus)
from μεσοπόρος (ML) G20712 G20712 = G20712 μεσοπόρος mesoporos mid going in the middle , μ. δι᾽ αἰθέρος through mid- air, (Euripides) (ML) G20713 G20713 = G20713 μεσορραγής mesorragēs rent in twain rent in twain G20714 G20714 = G20714 μεταγίγνομαι metagignomai be transferred, carried away to be transferred, carried away G20715 G20715 = G20715 μεταδιαιτάω metadiaitaō G:V to change one's way of life to change one's way of life , (Lucian) (ML) G20716 G20716 = G20716 μετακιρνάω metakirnaō G:V to intermix to intermix G20717 G20717 = G20717 μεταλλευτός metalleutos be got by mining to be got by mining G20718 G20718 = G20718 μετανάστατος metanastatos having departed having departed G20719 G20719 = G20719 μεταπαιδεύω metapaideuō G:V to acquire a fresh tendency acquire a fresh tendency G20720 G20720 = G20720 μετατεύχω metateuchō G:V to refashion refashion G20721 G20721 = G20721 μετεξέτεροι metexeteroi a certain amount of some among many, certain persons , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20722 G20722 = G20722 μετεωροπορία meteōroporia travelling through air travelling through air G20723 G20723 = G20723 μετοιακίζομαι metoiakizomai have one's course changed have one's course changed G20724 G20724 = G20724 μετοίκησις metoikēsis transmigration transmigration G20725 G20725 = G20725 μετοχετεύω metocheteuō G:V to divert divert G20726 G20726 = G20726 μετρητέον metrēteon one must measure one must measure G20727 G20727 = a Combination of G3756 (G3361+G3756) μὴ οὐ mē ou isn't it? 1. after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension, = Lat. vereor ut, δέδοικα μὴ οὐ γένηταί τι I fear it will not be; whereas δέδοικα μὴ γένηται mean, I fear it will be. Here, μή and οὐ each retain their proper force.
2. with Inf.,
3. after Verbs of hindering, denying, avoiding, needing , when μὴ οὐ resembles Lat. quin or quominus , οὐδὲν κωλύει μὴ οὐκ ἀληθὲς εἶναι τοῦτο nihil impedit quin hoc verum sit; or with the Art., οὐδὲν ἐλλείψω τὸ μὴ οὐ πυθέσθαι nihil praetermittam quominus reperiam , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. after Verbs signifying impossibility, impropriety, reluctance , μὴ οὐ has a negative translation, δεινὸν ἐδόκεε εἶναι μὴ οὐ λαβεῖν (Herdotus Historicus); αἰσχύνη ἦν μὴ οὐ δυσπουδάζειν (Xenophon Historicus)
5. μὴ οὐ with the Partic., only after a negative, expressed or implied, δυσάλγητος γὰρ ἂν εἤν μὴ οὐ κατοικτείρων I should be hard-hearted if I did not pity, (Sophocles Tragicus)
6. = εἰ μή, except πόλεις χαλεπαὶ λαβεῖν, μὴ οὐ πολιορκία (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20728 G20728 = G20728 μήλωσις mēlōsis use of the probe use of the probe G20729 G20729 = G20729 μηνίαμα mēniama wrath wrath G20730 G20730 = a Spelling of G8320 μηνιάω mēniaō be wrathful be wrathful G20731 G20731 = G20731 μηνιτής mēnitēs wrathful man wrathful man G20732 G20732 = G20732 μὴπολλάκις mēpollakis lest perchance lest perchance , Lat. ne forte, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20733 G20733 = G20733 μηροραφής mēroraphēs thigh-burnt thigh-burnt G20734 G20734 = G20734 μηρυκίζω mērukizō to chew the cud to chew the cud G20735 G20735 = G20735 μηχανάριος mēchanarios engineer engineer G20736 G20736 = G20736 μιαροφαγέω miarophageō G:V to eat abominable food eating of abominable food G20737 G20737 = G20737 Μιμνέρμειον Mimnermeion gymnasium named after Mimnermus gymnasium named after Mimnermus G20738 G20738 = G20738 μισάρετος misaretos hating virtue hating virtue G20739 G20739 = G20739 μίσευμα miseuma half half G20740 G20740 = G20740 μισθαρχίδης mistharchidēs mercenary Comic Patron., son of a placeman , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20741 G20741 = G20741 μισοξενία misoxenia guests guests G20742 G20742 = G20742 μισοπονηρέω misoponēreō G:V to hate wickedness to hate wickedness G20743 G20743 = G20743 μισοπονηρία misoponēria hatred because of wickedness hatred because of wickedness G20744 G20744 = G20744 μισοπόνηρος misoponēros with hostile sentiments hating knaves , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20745 G20745 = G20745 μίσυβρις misubris hating insolence hating insolence G20746 G20746 = G20746 Μίτρα Mitra Mitra Mitra G20747 G20747 = G20747 μνημονευτός mnēmoneutos objects of memory that can be or ought to be remembered , (Aristotle Philosopher)
from μνημονεύω (ML) G20748 G20748 = G20748 μνησίθεος mnēsitheos remembering God remembering God G20749 G20749 = G20749 μνησικακία mnēsikakia remembrance of wrongs remembrance of wrongs G20750 G20750 = a Spelling of G3429 μοιχαίνω moichainō to commit adultery to commit adultery G20751 G20751 = G20751 μοιχεύτρια moicheutria adulteress an adulteress , (Plato Philosophus)
from μοιχεύω (ML) G20752 G20752 = G20752 μόλυβος molubos lead lead G20753 G20753 = G20753 μολυνοπραγμονέομαι molunopragmoneomai get into dirty quarrels Pass. to get into dirty quarrels , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20754 G20754 = G20754 μολυντός moluntos apt to make dirty apt to make dirty G20755 G20755 = G20755 μόλυσμα molusma spot, taint spot, taint G20756 G20756 = G20756 μονήμερος monēmeros lasting one day lasting one day G20757 G20757 = G20757 μονικῶς monikōs uniquely uniquely G20758 G20758 = G20758 μονιμότης monimotēs constancy, steadfastness constancy, steadfastness G20759 G20759 = G20759 μονόζυξ monozux single, solitary yoked alone , i. e. single, solitary , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—;so μονοζῦγής, ές, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20760 G20760 = G20760 μονοκένταυρος monokentauros man with ox's head man with ox's head G20761 G20761 = G20761 μονορύχης monoruchēs digging with one point digging with one point , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20762 G20762 = G20762 μονοφαγία monophagia eating alone eating alone G20763 G20763 = G20763 μονοφάγος monophagos eating alone eating alone G20764 G20764 = G20764 μορφήεις morphēeis well-formed, shapely formed , λίθου of stone, [variant datesAnthology Palantina: especially well-formed, shapely , Lat. formosus, (Pindar) (ML) G20765 G20765 = G20765 μόσχευμα moscheuma PLond.ined. PLond.ined. G20766 G20766 = G20766 μοχθίζω mochthizō G:V to suffer to suffer , ἕλκει μοχθίζοντα ὕδρου suffering by its sting, (Iliad by Homer); μ. δαίμονι φαύλῳ (Theognis Elegiacus) (ML) G20767 G20767 = G20767 μυελοποιός muelopoios strengthening strengthening G20768 G20768 = G20768 μυθόλογος muthologos prating a teller of legends, romancer , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20769 G20769 = G20769 μυκτηριάζω muktēriazō G:V to dry nose to dry nose G20770 G20770 = G20770 μυλήφατος mulēphatos bruised in a mill bruised in a mill G20771 G20771 = G20771 μυλόομαι muloomai be hardened, cicatrized to be hardened, cicatrized G20772 G20772 = G20772 μυρεψία murepsia preparation of unguents preparation of unguents G20773 G20773 = G20773 μυρέψιον murepsion prepared unguent prepared unguent G20774 G20774 = G20774 μυρίνινος murininos of myrrh of myrrh G20775 G20775 = G20775 μυριοπάλαι muriopalai time out of mind time out of mind G20776 G20776 = a Spelling of G3463 μυριότης muriotēs myriad myriad G20777 G20777 = G20777 μυρισμός murismos an anointing an anointing G20778 G20778 = G20778 μυρμηκίασις murmēkiasis irritation of the skin irritation of the skin G20779 G20779 = G20779 μυρμηκοειδής murmēkoeidēs like an ant like an ant G20780 G20780 = G20780 μυροβραχής murobrachēs wet with unguent wet with unguent G20781 G20781 = G20781 μυσαρία musaria loathsomeness loathsomeness G20782 G20782 = G20782 μυσάρχης musarchēs the originator of a foul deed the originator of a foul deed G20783 G20783 = a Form of G8368 μυσερός museros defiled defiled G20784 G20784 = G20784 μυστάδης mustadēs teacher teacher G20785 G20785 = G20785 μυστηρικός mustērikos for mysteries of or for mysteries, mystic , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20786 G20786 = G20786 μυστικός mustikos scribere mystic, connected with the mysteries , μ. Ἴακχος the mystic chant Iacchus, (Herdotus Historicus); τὰ μ. the mysteries , (Thucydides):—; χοιρία μ., in (Aristophanes Comicus), are probably wretched lean pigs, such as the μύσται were wont to offer. (ML) G20787 G20787 = G20787 μύστις mustis initiator 1. as adjective mystic , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. a mystagogue , (Anacreon Lyricus) (ML) G20788 G20788 = G20788 μώϊον mōion jar jar G20789 G20789 = G20789 μώκημα mōkēma mockery mockery G20790 G20790 = G20790 μωκός mōkos mocker mocker G20791 G20791 = G20791 μωλωπικός mōlōpikos suitable for weals suitable for weals G20792 G20792 = G20792 μώμημα mōmēma blame blame G20793 G20793 = G20793 μῶν mōn G:PRT-I are you? contracted for μὴ οὖν, used like μή, in questions to which a negative answer is expected, but surely not? is it so? Lat. num? μῶν ἐστι . . ; Answ. οὐ δῆτα, (Euripides): sometimes it asks doubtingly like Lat. num forte? and answered in the affirmative, (Euripides): —; μῶν οὐ . . ; requires an affirmative answer, Lat. nonne ? [variant datesTragica Adespota (ML) G20794 G20794 = a Spelling of G3471 μωρεύω mōreuō G:V be foolish be foolish G20795 G20795 = G20795 μωροπόνηρος mōroponēros stupidly wicked stupidly wicked G20796 G20796 = G20796 ναῦλος naulos rent 1. passage-money, the fare or freight , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. the freight or cargo of ships, (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20797 G20797 = G20797 νάφθα naphtha naft naft G20798 G20798 = G20798 νεικέω neikeō G:V to quarrell 1. to quarrel or wrangle with one, with dative, (Iliad by Homer):—;absolute, (Homer); participle νεικέων, obstinately , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. transitive to rail at, abuse, upbraid, revile , with accusative pers., (Homer) (ML) G20799 G20799 = G20799 νεκριμαῖος nekrimaios carcas carcas G20800 G20800 = G20800 νεόκτιστος neoktistos newly created newly founded or built , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20801 G20801 = G20801 νεοσσιά neossia beehive a nest of young birds, a nest , (Herdotus Historicus), attic (ML) G20802 G20802 = G20802 νεοσσοποιέω neossopoieō to build a nest to build a nest G20803 G20803 = G20803 νηπιοκτόνος nēpioktonos slaying children slaying children G20804 G20804 = G20804 νίζω nizō G:V to wash hands 1. to wash the hands or feet of another, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Mid., χεῖρας νίψασθαι to wash one's hands, (Iliad by Homer); so, νίψασθαι, absolute, to wash one's hands , (Odyssey by Homer), etc.; νίψασθαι ἁλός to wash [with water] from the sea, (Odyssey by Homer)
2. generally to purge, cleanse , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. to wash off , ἱδρῶ νίψεν ἀπὸ χρωτός washed off the sweat from the skin, (Iliad by Homer); αἷμα νίζ᾽ ὕδατι (Iliad by Homer):—;Mid., χρόα νίζετο ἅλμην he washed the brine off his skin, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., αἷμα νένιπται (Iliad by Homer)—;The word is commonly said of persons washing part of the person, while λούομαι is used of bathing , πλύνω of washing clothes . (ML) G20805 G20805 = G20805 νοερός noeros world intellectual , (Plato Philosophus), etc.
(ML) G20806 G20806 = G20806 νοθεύω notheuō G:V to consider spurious to adulterate : Pass., aor1 infinitive νοθευθῆναι (Lucian) (ML) G20807 G20807 = G20807 νόμαρχος nomarchos govenor govenor G20808 G20808 = G20808 νομιστέος nomisteos one must account, deem one must account, deem G20809 G20809 = G20809 νομοφύλαξ nomophulax observer of the law a guardian of the laws , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20810 G20810 = a Spelling of G3563 νόος noos mind 1. mind, perception , (Homer), etc.; νόῳ heedfully , (Odyssey by Homer); παρὲκ νόον senselessly , (Iliad by Homer); σὺν νόῳ wisely , (Herdotus Historicus); νόῳ λαβεῖν τι to apprehend it, (Herdotus Historicus); νόῳ ἔχειν to keep in mind , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. νοῦν ἔχειν means
3. to have sense , be sensible , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; περισσὰ πράσσειν οὐκ ἔχει νοῦν οὐδένα to aim too high has no sense , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to have one's mind directed to something, ἄλλος᾽ ὄμμα, θἀτέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔχειν (Sophocles Tragicus); δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε (Euripides)
5. the mind, heart , χαῖρε νόῳ (Odyssey by Homer); so, νόος ἔμπεδος, ἀπηνής (Homer); ἐκ παντὸς νόου with all his heart and soul , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
6. one's mind, purpose , τί σοι ἐν νόῳ ἐστὶ ποιεῖ; what do you intend to do? (Herdotus Historicus); ἐν νόῳ ἔχειν, with infinitive, to intend , (Herdotus Historicus); νόον τελεῖν (Iliad by Homer)
7. the sense or meaning of a word or speech, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20811 G20811 = G20811 νοσφιδόν nosphidon by stealth by stealth G20812 G20812 = G20812 νυμφικός numphikos of the Nymphs of the Nymphs G20813 G20813 = G20813 νωθρότης nōthrotēs sluggishness sluggishness G20814 G20814 = G20814 Ξανδικός Xandikos Month Eandikos Month Eandikos G20815 G20815 = G20815 ξενιτεία xeniteia life of a mercenary in foreign service a living abroad , (Lucian)
from ξενι-τεύω (ML) G20816 G20816 = G20816 ξενολογέω xenologeō G:V to enlist mercenaries to enlist strangers, levy mercenaries , (Demosthenes Orator), etc.
from ξενολόγος (ML) G20817 G20817 = G20817 ξενοτροφέω xenotropheō G:V to maintain mercenary troops to entertain strangers, to maintain mercenary troops , (Thucydides) (ML) G20818 G20818 = G20818 ξεστός xestos smooth smoothed, polished, wrought , (Homer), attic; ξ. αἴθουσαι halls of polished stone , (Iliad by Homer)
from ξέω (ML) G20819 G20819 = G20819 οἰκετικός oiketikos slaves of or for the menials or household , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20820 G20820 = G20820 οἰκίον oikion nest in form a Diminutive of οἶκος: only in plural like Lat. aedes, a house, dwelling, abode, (Homer) (ML) G20821 G20821 = G20821 οἰνοδόχος oinodochos cupbearer cupbearer G20822 G20822 = G20822 οἰστρηλασία oistrēlasia mad passion mad passion G20823 G20823 = G20823 Οἰτόσυρος Oitosuros Oitosupos (Apollo) Oitosupos (Apollo) G20824 G20824 = G20824 οἰωνόβρωτος oiōnobrōtos be eaten of birds to be eaten of birds G20825 G20825 = G20825 ὄλβος olbos olg[uglide]ā happiness, bliss, weal, wealth , (Homer), etc. (ML) G20826 G20826 = G20826 ὀλεθρεία olethreia fated fated G20827 G20827 = G20827 ὀλεθροφόρος olethrophoros G:V destruction-bringing destruction-bringing G20828 G20828 = G20828 ὀλιγοποιέω oligopoieō G:V to diminish make few, diminish G20829 G20829 = G20829 ὁλοκαρπόομαι holokarpoomai be offered as a whole burnt-offering to be offered as a whole burnt-offering G20830 G20830 = G20830 ὄλονθος olonthos sterile male inflorescence of the caprifig sterile male inflorescence of the caprifig G20831 G20831 = G20831 ὁλορριζί holorrizi utterly utterly G20832 G20832 = G20832 ὁλοσφύρατος holosphuratos made of solid beaten metal made of solid beaten metal G20833 G20833 = G20833 ὁμείρομαι homeiromai G:V yearn for ὀμείρομαι
(Rec. ὁμ-, see WH, App., 151), = cl. ἱμείρομαι (but prob. with different derivation, see Bl., § 6, 4; Zorell, see word) [in LXX: Job.3:21 (חָכָה)* ;]
to desire earnestly, yearn after: 1Th.2:3.†
(AS) G20834 G20834 = G20834 ὀμναῖσαι omnaisai remembered remembered G20835 G20835 = G20835 ὁμοζηλία homozēlia common zeal common zeal G20836 G20836 = G20836 ὁμόσπονδος homospondos bound by treaty to sharing in the drink-offering, sharing the same cup , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20837 G20837 = G20837 ὁμόψυχος homopsuchos endowed with the same soul endowed with the same soul G20838 G20838 = G20838 ὀνοκάρδιον onokardion chamelion chamelion G20839 G20839 = G20839 ὀνοματογραφία onomatographia writing of names writing of names G20840 G20840 = G20840 ὁπηνίκα hopēnika when once 1. at what point of time, at what hour, on what day , (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; ὁπ. ἄν at whatever hour or time , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. in indirect questions, ἢν ὥραν προσήκει ἰέναι, καὶ ὁπ. ἀπιέναι (Aeschines Orator); in answer to a direct question, πηνίκ᾽ ἐστιν τῆς ἡμέρα;—; ὁπηνίκ; what time of day is it? —; what time , do you ask? (Aristophanes Comicus): with genitive, ὁπ. τῆς ὥρας (Xenophon Historicus)
3. in a causal sense, supposing that , ὁπ. ἐφαίνετο ταῦτα πεποιηκώς (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G20841 G20841 = G20841 ὁπλοδοτέω hoplodoteō G:V to arm to arm G20842 G20842 = G20842 ὁπλολογέω hoplologeō be disarmed to be disarmed G20843 G20843 = G20843 ὁπλοποιέω hoplopoieō G:V to make weapons make weapons G20845 G20845 = G20845 ὀργιάω orgiaō G:V be fierce be fierce G20846 G20846 = G20846 ὀρθρόω orthroō dawn dawn G20847 G20847 = G20847 ὀρνιθοπώλης ornithopōlēs dealer in birds dealer in birds G20848 G20848 = G20848 ὀροφοιτάω orophoitaō frequent mountains frequent mountains G20849 G20849 = G20849 ὀροφόω orophoō be roofed to be roofed G20850 G20850 = G20850 ὀστρακώδης ostrakōdēs full of potsherds full of potsherds G20851 G20851 = G20851 ὀσφράδιον osphradion nosegay nosegay G20852 G20852 = G20852 οὐ μή ou mē surely not surely not G20853 G20853 = a Spelling of G3762 οὐθείς outheis none none G20854 G20854 = G20854 οὐραγέω ourageō G:V to lag behind lag behind G20855 G20855 = G20855 ὀφιόδηκτος ophiodēktos bitten by a serpent bitten by a serpent G20856 G20856 = G20856 ὄφλησις ophlēsis penalty penalty G20857 G20857 = G20857 ὀχλαγωγέω ochlagōgeō G:V to attract a crowd attract a crowd G20858 G20858 = G20858 ὀχυρωμάτιον ochurōmation small fort small fort G20859 G20859 = G20859 ὀχύρωσις ochurōsis fortification fortification G20860 G20860 = G20860 ὀψοποίημα opsopoiēma food food G20861 G20861 = G20861 ὄψος opsos fish fish G20862 G20862 = G20862 παγγέωργος pangeōrgos master-gardener master-gardener G20863 G20863 = G20863 παγκρατής pagkratēs victorious all-powerful, all-mighty , [variant datesTragica Adespota; π. ἕδραι the imperial throne of Zeus, (Aeschulus Tragicus):—; τοῖνδε π. φονεύς their victorious slayer, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20864 G20864 = G20864 πάθνη pathnē manger manger G20865 G20865 = G20865 παθοκράτεια pathokrateia government of the passions, self-restraint government of the passions, self-restraint G20866 G20866 = G20866 παιωνισμός paiōnismos chanting of the paean a chanting of the paean , (Thucydides) (ML) G20867 G20867 = G20867 παλαστή palastē *Geom. the palm of the hand : as a measure of length, a palm, four fingers' breadth , a little more than three inches. (ML) G20868 G20868 = G20868 παμβασιλεύς pambasileus absolute monarch an absolute monarch , (Aristotle Philosopher) (ML) G20869 G20869 = G20869 παμμελής pammelēs with all the limbs, entire with all the limbs, entire G20870 G20870 = G20870 παμμίαρος pammiaros all-abominable all-abominable , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20871 G20871 = G20871 παμμιγής pammigēs mixed of all sorts, all-blended all-mingled, promiscuous , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20872 G20872 = G20872 πανάγιος panagios all-holy all-holy G20873 G20873 = G20873 πανεθνεί panethnei with the whole nation with the whole nation , (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G20874 G20874 = G20874 πανεπόπτης panepoptēs all-observing all-observing G20875 G20875 = G20875 πανέχινος panechinos shell/shield shell/shield G20876 G20876 = G20876 πανηγυρισμός panēgurismos display, ostentation display, ostentation G20877 G20877 = G20877 πανόδυρτος panodurtos most lamentable most lamentable G20878 G20878 = G20878 πανούργευμα panourgeuma wonderful feats wonderful feats G20879 G20879 = G20879 πανούργημα panourgēma sophistry a knavish trick, villany , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20880 G20880 = G20880 παντεπίσκοπος pantepiskopos all-surveying all-surveying G20881 G20881 = G20881 παντευχία panteuchia in full armour = πανοπλία, (Euripides) ὅπλων πολέμιος παντευχία enemies in full array , Id.; ξὺν παντευχίᾳ in full armour , Aesch. (ML) G20882 G20882 = G20882 παντοδύναμος pantodunamos all-powerful all-powerful G20883 G20883 = G20883 παντοκρατέω pantokrateō be almighty to be almighty G20884 G20884 = G20884 παντοτρόφος pantotrophos all-nurturing all-nurturing G20885 G20885 = G20885 παντοφαγία pantophagia indiscriminate eating indiscriminate eating G20886 G20886 = G20886 παραβαπτιστής parabaptistēs impostor impostor G20887 G20887 = G20887 παραβασιλεύω parabasileuō G:V to commit treason commit treason G20888 G20888 = G20888 παραγώνιος paragōnios adjacent to an angle adjacent to an angle G20889 G20889 = G20889 παραδειγματισμός paradeigmatismos military reprimand military reprimand G20890 G20890 = G20890 παραδειπνίζω paradeipnizō G:V to cause to dine cause to dine G20891 G20891 = G20891 παράθεμα parathema G:N-N appendage appendage G20892 G20892 = G20892 παρακαθεύδω parakatheudō G:V to keep watch by keep watch by G20893 G20893 = G20893 παρακάλυμμα parakalumma excuse, pretext anything hung up beside or before, a covering, curtain , (Plutarch):—;metaphorically an excuse , τινος for a thing, (Plutarch)
from παρακᾶλύπτω (ML) G20894 G20894 = G20894 παρακλείω parakleiō G:V to shut up to shut out, exclude , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20895 G20895 = G20895 παρακλίνω paraklinō G:V to avoid 1. to bend or turn aside , παρακλίνας κεφαλήν (Odyssey by Homer); π. τὴν θύραν, τὴν πύλην to set it ajar , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. metaphorically, ἄλλῃ παρκλίνουσι δίκας they turn justice from her path , (Hesiod)
3. to lay beside another:—;Pass. to lie down beside , at meals, Lat. accumbere, τινι (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
4. intransitive to turn aside , (Iliad by Homer); παρακλίνασα having swerved from the course , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G20896 G20896 = G20896 παραναγιγνώσκω paranagignōskō G:V to read publicly 1. to read beside , so as to compare one document with another, π. τῷ ψηφίσματι τοὺς νόμους (Aeschines Orator); π. παρὰ μαρτυρίας τὰς ῥήσεις (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to read publicly , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G20897 G20897 = G20897 παρανακλίνω paranaklinō G:V to lay beside lay beside G20898 G20898 = G20898 παραπλαγιάζω paraplagiazō G:V to present oneself obliquely present oneself obliquely G20899 G20899 = G20899 παραριθμέω pararithmeō G:V to cheat cheat G20900 G20900 = G20900 παραρρέγχω pararregchō near near G20901 G20901 = G20901 παραστήκω parastēkō to preside to preside G20902 G20902 = G20902 παρασυλλογιστικός parasullogistikos fallacious fallacious G20903 G20903 = G20903 παρασφαλίζω parasphalizō G:V to fortify next in order fortify next in order G20904 G20904 = G20904 παραχωρέω parachōreō G:V to flow 1. to go aside, make room, give place, retire , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: π. τινί to give way, yield, submit , (Plato Philosophus), etc.:—; π. τινός to retire from , (Demosthenes Orator)
2. to step aside out of the way for another, as a mark of respect, ὁδοῦ π. πρεσβυτέρῳ (Xenophon Historicus); π. τινί τοῦ βήματος (Aeschines Orator); τῇ πόλει παραχωρῶ τῆς τιμωρίας I leave the task of punishment to the state, (Demosthenes Orator)
3. to concede a thing, with accusative, (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20905 G20905 = G20905 παρδάλειος pardaleios like a pard like a pard G20906 G20906 = G20906 παρεγκλίνω paregklinō G:V to incline to make to incline sideways :—;Pass. to incline sideways , (Plutarch) (ML) G20907 G20907 = G20907 παρεισπορεύομαι pareisporeuomai enter enter G20908 G20908 = G20908 παρεκλείπω parekleipō G:V to fail to fail G20909 G20909 = G20909 παρελέγχω parelegchō G:V to rebuke rebuke G20910 G20910 = G20910 παρέλκω parelkō be derived 1. to draw aside, pervert , (Pindar): —;Mid. to draw aside to oneself, draw away from , τί τινος (Odyssey by Homer)
2. to lead alongside , as one does a led horse, (Herdotus Historicus); παρέλκειν ἐκ γῆς to tow [boats] from the bank, (Herdotus Historicus)
3. κενὰς παρέλκειν (i.e. τὰς κώπας); to pull them through the air without dipping them, i. e. to make a mere show of working, (Aristophanes Comicus)
4. to drag to one side, put off , μὴ μύνῃσι παρέλκετε put not things off by excuses, (Odyssey by Homer)
5. intransitive to be prolonged, to continue , (Lucian) (ML) G20911 G20911 = G20911 παρεμπίπτω parempiptō be included in one form to fall in by the way, creep or steal in , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20912 G20912 = G20912 παρέξω parexō outside outside G20913 G20913 = G20913 παρεπιδείκνυμι parepideiknumi exhibit out of season, make a display exhibit out of season, make a display G20914 G20914 = G20914 παρθενεία partheneia maiden song song sung by virgin girls G20915 G20915 = G20915 παροδοποιέω parodopoieō G:V to make a side-road make a side-road G20916 G20916 = a Spelling of G3938 πάροδος parodos passing by passing by G20917 G20917 = G20917 παροιμιάζω paroimiazō G:V to make proverbial 1. to make proverbial :—;Pass. to pass into a proverb, become proverbial , (Plato Philosophus)
2. Mid. to speak in proverbs , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20918 G20918 = G20918 παρόρασις parorasis overlooking overlooking, negligence , (Plutarch) (ML) G20919 G20919 = G20919 παρπεπιθών parpepithōn to beguile to beguile G20920 G20920 = G20920 παρρησιαστικός parrēsiastikos outspoken outspoken G20921 G20921 = G20921 παρωθέω parōtheō G:V to deny 1. to push aside, reject, slight , (Sophocles Tragicus):—;Pass. to be set aside, slighted , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. Mid. to push away from oneself, reject, renounce , (Euripides)
3. of Time, to put off , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20922 G20922 = G20922 πεδήτης pedētēs one fettered, prisoner one fettered, prisoner G20923 G20923 = G20923 πέλμα pelma stalk stalk G20924 G20924 = G20924 πελματόομαι pelmatoomai become worn in the sole become worn in the sole G20925 G20925 = G20925 πενέω peneō be poor to be poor G20926 G20926 = G20926 πενταπέτηλον pentapetēlon wild rose wild rose G20927 G20927 = G20927 πεντάπλοκος pentaplokos five times twisted five times twisted G20928 G20928 = G20928 πεντάπολις pentapolis league of five cities league of five cities G20930 G20930 = G20930 πεντηκοντατέσσαρες pentēkontatessares fifty-four fifty-four G20931 G20931 = G20931 περάτηθεν peratēthen from the far side from the far side G20932 G20932 = G20932 περιαγκωνίζω periagkōnizō G:V to tie the hands behind the back tie the hands behind the back G20933 G20933 = G20933 περιαντλέω periantleō be completely drowned to be completely drowned G20934 G20934 = G20934 περιάργυρος periarguros set in silver set in silver G20935 G20935 = G20935 περιβιόω peribioō G:V to keep alive keep alive G20936 G20936 = G20936 περιβόητος periboētos utter frantic cries 1. poetry περί-βωτος, noised abroad, much talked of, famous , (Thucydides)
2. in bad sense, notorious, scandalous , (Demosthenes Orator):—;adverb -τως, notoriously , (Aeschines Orator)
3. with or amid shouts , epithet of Ares, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20937 G20937 = G20937 περιβώμιος peribōmios space round a space round a G20938 G20938 = G20938 περίγλυφον perigluphon carved figure carved figure G20939 G20939 = G20939 περιδιπλόω peridiploō G:V to wrap round wrap round, pack up G20940 G20940 = G20940 περικαίω perikaiō G:V to inflame to burn round about: —; Pass. to be all scorched , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G20941 G20941 = G20941 περικατάληπτος perikatalēptos detected detected G20942 G20942 = G20942 περικλάω periklaō G:V to break to break one thing round or on another , τί τινι (Plutarch); π. τὸν Τίβεριν to divert it, (Plutarch) (ML) G20943 G20943 = G20943 περικομπέω perikompeō G:V to declare loudly declare loudly G20944 G20944 = G20944 περικρατέω perikrateō be mastered, cured to be mastered, cured G20945 G20945 = G20945 περιλακίζω perilakizō G:V to rend all round rend all round G20946 G20946 = G20946 περίλημμα perilēmma embrace embrace G20947 G20947 = G20947 περιξύω perixuō G:V to scrape round drilled out G20948 G20948 = G20948 περιπαθής peripathēs pathetic, heartrending 1. in violent excitement, greatly distressed , (Polybius Historicus)
2. absolute passionate , (Lucian):—; adverb -θῶς, (Lucian) (ML) G20949 G20949 = G20949 περιπιλέω peripileō G:V to cover thick all round cover thick all round G20950 G20950 = G20950 περιπόθητος peripothētos much-beloved much-beloved G20951 G20951 = G20951 περιρραντίζω perirrantizō G:V to sprinkle to sprinkle G20952 G20952 = G20952 περιρρέω perirreō G:V to surround 1. with accusative to flow round , τὸν δ᾽ αἷμα περίρρεε (Odyssey by Homer); νῆσον π. ὁ Νεῖλος (Herdotus Historicus), etc.:—;Pass. to be surrounded by water , (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to slip away on all sides , ἡ ἀσπὶς περιερρύη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν slipped off his arm into the sea, (Thucydides); [ αἱ πέδαι] αὐτόμαται π. (Xenophon Historicus)
3. to overflow on all sides , σοὶ περιρρείτω βίος may thy means of living abound , (Sophocles Tragicus); οὐδενὸς περιρρέοντος being superfluous , (Plutarch):—;Pass. to be all dripping , ἱδρῶτι with sweat, (Plutarch) (ML) G20953 G20953 = G20953 περισθενής peristhenēs exceeding strong exceeding strong G20954 G20954 = G20954 περισκέλια periskelia drawers drawers G20955 G20955 = G20955 περισκυθίζω periskuthizō G:V to scalp in Scythian fashion scalp in Scythian fashion G20956 G20956 = G20956 περιστερίδιον peristeridion small pidgeon small pidgeon G20957 G20957 = G20957 περιστέφω peristephō G:V to enwreathe to enwreathe, surround , νεφέεσσι περιστέφει οὐρανὸν Ζεύς (Odyssey by Homer) (ML) G20958 G20958 = G20958 περιστροφή peristrophē whorls a turning or spinning round , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G20959 G20959 = G20959 περιτήκω peritēkō G:V to cover with a coat cover with a coat G20960 G20960 = G20960 περίφρων periphrōn despising 1. very thoughtful, very careful, notable , of Penelope, (Homer)
2. like ὑπέρφρων, haughty, over-weening , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. with genitive despising a thing, [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G20961 G20961 = G20961 περιφυτεύω periphuteuō G:V to plant round about plant round about G20962 G20962 = G20962 περιχαλάω perichalaō G:V to relax all round relax all round G20963 G20963 = G20963 περιψύχω peripsuchō G:V to refresh refresh, revive, cherish G20964 G20964 = G20964 πέρνημι pernēmi renaid to export for sale, to sell as slaves (compare περάω 2), πέρνασχ᾽ ὅντιν᾽ ἕλεσκε πέρην ἁλὸς ἐς Σάμον (Iliad by Homer); περνὰς νήσων ἐπὶ τηλεδαπάων (Iliad by Homer): generally, τοῖς ξένοις τὰ χρήματα περνάς (Euripides):—;Pass., κτήματα περνάμενα goods sold or for sale , (Iliad by Homer); πάντα πέρναται (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G20965 G20965 = G20965 πεταλόω petaloō plates plates G20966 G20966 = G20966 πέτασος petasos baldacchino baldacchino G20967 G20967 = G20967 πηδαλιουχέω pēdalioucheō G:V to govern govern G20968 G20968 = G20968 πηλουργός pēlourgos working in clay working in clay G20969 G20969 = G20969 πήσσω pēssō to pitch (a tent) to pitch (a tent) G20970 G20970 = G20970 πιμπλάω pimplaō multitude multitude G20971 G20971 = G20971 πιστοποιέω pistopoieō G:V to confirm accredit, confirm G20972 G20972 = G20972 πλεοναστέον pleonasteon one must use in abundance one must use in abundance G20973 G20973 = G20973 πλεύμων pleumōn lungs lungs G20974 G20974 = G20974 πληθύς plēthus plebs fulness, a throng, a crowd , of people, (Homer), etc. (ML) G20975 G20975 = G20975 πληθύω plēthuō G:V to multiply 1. to be or become full , τινός of a thing, (Euripides):—; absolute, ἀγορῆς πληθυούσης, see. ἀγορά V.:—;of rivers, to swell, rise , (Herdotus Historicus):—;so in Mid., (Herdotus Historicus)
2. to increase in number, multiply , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. to abound , τινί in a thing, (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. to be general, prevail , Lat. invalescere, of reports, (Aeschulus Tragicus); ὁ πληθύων χρόνος increasing time, age, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G20976 G20976 = G20976 πλινθεῖον plintheion -casing -casing G20977 G20977 = G20977 πολεμοτροφέω polemotropheō G:V to maintain war maintain war G20978 G20978 = G20978 πολεμόω polemoō be made an enemy of to make hostile, make an enemy of , τινά:—;Mid., πῶς οὐ πολεμώσεσθε αὐτού; surely you will make them your enemies , (Thucydides):—; Pass. to be made an enemy of, become an enemy , (Thucydides) (ML) G20979 G20979 = G20979 πολιτευτής politeutēs statesman statesman G20980 G20980 = G20980 πολυετής poluetēs keeping for many years of many years, full of years , (Euripides) (ML) G20981 G20981 = G20981 πολυημερεύω poluēmereuō G:V to attain length of days attain length of days G20982 G20982 = G20982 πολυκέφαλος polukephalos the hissing of the serpents round the Gorgon's head the hissing of the serpents round the Gorgon's head G20983 G20983 = G20983 πολύορκος poluorkos swearing much swearing much G20984 G20984 = G20984 πολύπαις polupais with many children with many children G20985 G20985 = G20985 πολυπειρία polupeiria great experience great experience G20986 G20986 = G20986 πολύπειρος polupeiros much-experienced much-experienced G20987 G20987 = G20987 πολυπλάσιος poluplasios many times many times G20988 G20988 = G20988 πολυπλήθεια poluplētheia number number G20989 G20989 = G20989 πολύφροντις poluphrontis full of thought full of thought G20990 G20990 = G20990 πονήρευμα ponēreuma condition a knavish trick , in plural, (Demosthenes Orator)
from πονηρεύομαι (ML) G20991 G20991 = G20991 ποντόβροχος pontobrochos drowned in the sea drowned in the sea G20992 G20992 = G20992 πορευτός poreutos going, travelling 1. gone over, passed, passable , (Polybius Historicus); καιρὸς π. the season for travelling , (Polybius Historicus)
2. active going, travelling , (Aeschulus Tragicus)

(ML) G20993 G20993 = G20993 πόρπη porpē hair-clasp a buckle-pin , (Euripides);—;in plural a buckle or brooch , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G20994 G20994 = G20994 πραγματικός pragmatikos troublesome, formidable 1. fit for business, active, business-like; οἱ πραγματικοί men of action , (Polybius Historicus)
2. in Roman writers, pragmaticus was a kind of attorney , [Refs 1st c.BCCicero, M. Tullius
3. of history, systematic , (Polybius Historicus): of a speech, conduct, etc., able, prudent , (Polybius Historicus):—;adverb -κῶς, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G20995 G20995 = G20995 προαλής proalēs rather rashly 1. springing forward , i. e. overhanging, abrupt , (Iliad by Homer)
2. metaphorically = προπετής:—; comparative adverb, προαλέστερον more eagerly , (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G20996 G20996 = G20996 προαναμέλπω proanamelpō G:V to sing before sing before G20997 G20997 = G20997 προαναπληρόω proanaplēroō G:V to fulfil before fulfil before G20998 G20998 = G20998 προβασανίζω probasanizō G:V to torture before torture before G20999 G20999 = G20999 προβασκάνιον probaskanion muttonium muttonium G21000 G21000 = G21000 προβλής problēs forelands, headlands forestretching, jutting , (Homer): προβλῆτες, without Substantive, forelands, headlands , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21001 G21001 = G21001 πρόβλητος problētos spread, beaten out thrown forth, tossed away , Lat. projectus, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21002 G21002 = G21002 προγονικός progonikos ancestral ancestral G21003 G21003 = G21003 προενέχομαι proenechomai be involved in before to be involved in before G21004 G21004 = G21004 προεξαποστέλλω proexapostellō G:V to send out before to send out before , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G21005 G21005 = G21005 προήγορος proēgoros defender, advocate defender, advocate G21006 G21006 = G21006 προήκω proēkō G:V to extend 1. to have gone before, be the first , (Thucydides)
2. to have advanced , πρ. ἐς βαθὺ τῆς ἡλικίας (Aristophanes Comicus); εἰς τοῦτο προήκειν to have come to this pass, (Demosthenes Orator); of Time, τῆς ἡμέρας προηκούσας (Plutarch)
3. to reach beyond , τῆς ἄρκυος (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21007 G21007 = G21007 προθερίζω protherizō G:V to reap first reap first G21008 G21008 = G21008 πρόκαιρος prokairos prematurely prematurely G21009 G21009 = G21009 προκακόομαι prokakoomai be afflicted before to be afflicted before G21010 G21010 = G21010 προκατασκευάζω prokataskeuazō G:V to prepare before to prepare beforehand , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21011 G21011 = G21011 προκατασκιρρόομαι prokataskirroomai inveterate inveterate G21012 G21012 = G21012 προκαταχωρίζω prokatachōrizō G:V to set down first set down first G21013 G21013 = G21013 πρόκρημνος prokrēmnos overhanging, beetling overhanging, beetling G21014 G21014 = G21014 πρόμαχος promachos cake 1. fighting before or in front : πρόμαχοι, οἱ, the foremost fighters, champions , (Homer); ἐν προμάχοισιν among the foremost , (Iliad by Homer):—;as adjective, πρ. δόρυ the champion spear, (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. fighting for , πόλεως, δόμων (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21015 G21015 = G21015 προμηνύω promēnuō G:V to predict to denounce beforehand , τινί τι (Sophocles Tragicus): to indicate before , τι (Plutarch) (ML) G21016 G21016 = G21016 προνουμηνία pronoumēnia the day before a new moon the day before a new moon G21017 G21017 = G21017 προοδηγός proodēgos one who goes before to show the way one who goes before to show the way G21018 G21018 = G21018 προπορευτής proporeutēs vanguard vanguard G21019 G21019 = G21019 προπράσσω proprassō G:V to preempt 1. to do before , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. to exact , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21020 G21020 = G21020 προπτύω proptuō G:V to spit out spit out G21021 G21021 = G21021 πρόπτωσις proptōsis degeneration degeneration G21022 G21022 = G21022 προσαναλέγω prosanalegō G:V to recount recount besides G21023 G21023 = G21023 προσαναπαύω prosanapauō G:V to find rest in find rest in G21024 G21024 = G21024 προσανατρέπω prosanatrepō G:V to overturn besides overturn besides G21025 G21025 = G21025 προσανοικοδομέομαι prosanoikodomeomai be added for edification to be added for edification G21026 G21026 = G21026 προσαξιόω prosaxioō G:V to demand to demand besides , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G21027 G21027 = G21027 προσαποστέλλω prosapostellō G:V to dispatch besides dispatch besides G21028 G21028 = G21028 προσαπωθέω prosapōtheō G:V to reject push away, reject besides G21029 G21029 = G21029 προσαρτίως prosartiōs lately lately G21030 G21030 = G21030 προσγελάω prosgelaō G:V to smile upon 1. to look laughing at one, τινά (Herdotus Historicus), etc.; with accusative cognate, προσγελᾶτε τὸν πανύστατον γέλων smile your last smile upon me, (Euripides)
2. metaphorically, like Lat. arrideo, to delight, ὀσμὴ βροτείων αἱμάτων με προσγελᾷ (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21031 G21031 = G21031 προσγράφω prosgraphō G:V to write to write besides, add in writing , (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass., τὰ προσγεγραμμένα conditions added to a treaty , (Xenophon Historicus):—;Mid. to cause to be registered besides , (Demosthenes Orator) (ML) G21033 G21033 = G21033 προσεμβριμάομαι prosembrimaomai threaten besides threaten besides G21034 G21034 = G21034 προσεμπυρίζω prosempurizō to burn through to burn through G21035 G21035 = G21035 προσενέχομαι prosenechomai be holden by, in the grip of to be holden by, in the grip of G21036 G21036 = G21036 προσεξηγέομαι prosexēgeomai relate besides relate besides G21037 G21037 = G21037 προσεπικατατείνω prosepikatateinō G:V to strain to strain still more G21038 G21038 = G21038 προσεπιτιμάω prosepitimaō G:V to reproach to reproach still more G21039 G21039 = G21039 προσημειόομαι prosēmeioomai be noted before to be noted before G21040 G21040 = G21040 προσκαταβαίνω proskatabainō G:V to go down to meet go down to meet G21041 G21041 = G21041 προσκατατείνω proskatateinō G:V to extend extend besides G21042 G21042 = G21042 προσκήνιον proskēnion painted scenery at the back of the stage painted scenery at the back of the stage G21043 G21043 = G21043 πρόσκλησις prosklēsis invocation a judicial summons or citation , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21044 G21044 = G21044 προσοδύρομαι prosoduromai lament beside lament beside G21045 G21045 = G21045 προσονομάζω prosonomazō be surnamed to call by a name , πρ. θεούς to give them the name θεοί, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21046 G21046 = G21046 προσοχή prosochē putting to land putting to land G21047 G21047 = G21047 προσοχυρόω prosochuroō G:V to strengthen to strengthen still more G21048 G21048 = G21048 προσπάσσω prospassō G:V to sprinkle upon sprinkle upon G21049 G21049 = G21049 προσπυρόω prospuroō G:V to kindle incense incense still more G21050 G21050 = a Spelling of G8943 προσταγή prostagē an order an order G21051 G21051 = G21051 προσταράσσω prostarassō G:V to trouble further trouble further G21052 G21052 = G21052 πρόστιμον prostimon licence-fee licence-fee G21053 G21053 = G21053 προσυμνέω prosumneō G:V to celebrate in song as well celebrate in song as well G21054 G21054 = G21054 προσυστέλλομαι prosustellomai be drawn up beforehand to be drawn up beforehand G21055 G21055 = G21055 προσυφόω prosuphoō G:V to raise still higher raise still higher G21056 G21056 = G21056 προσφύω prosphuō G:V to cling fast 1. to make to grow to : metaphorically to make sure, confirm , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. Pass. or Mid., to grow to or upon , with dative, (Euripides):—;metaphorically to cling to , τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην (Odyssey by Homer); and absolute, προσφῦσα (Iliad by Homer); of a fish, τὠγκίστρῳ ποτεφύετο (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G21057 G21057 = G21057 πρόσχεσις proschesis obtutus) obtutus) G21058 G21058 = G21058 προσχράομαι proschraomai abuse abuse G21059 G21059 = G21059 προσωθέω prosōtheō G:V to push to push towards G21060 G21060 = G21060 προσωπεῖον prosōpeion person person G21061 G21061 = G21061 προϋποτάσσω proupotassō G:V to place before place before G21062 G21062 = G21062 προϋφίσταμαι prouphistamai antecedents antecedents G21063 G21063 = G21063 προφανής prophanēs conspicuous, extraordinary 1. shewing itself or seen beforehand , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. seen clearly or plainly, conspicuous , (Xenophon Historicus)
3. metaphorically quite plain or clear , (Plato Philosophus); ἀπὸ or ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς openly , (Thucydides):—;adverb -νῶς, (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G21064 G21064 = G21064 προχαλάω prochalaō be loosed beforehand to be loosed beforehand G21065 G21065 = G21065 πρόχωμα prochōma dam dam G21066 G21066 = G21066 πρύτανις prutanis president 1. a prince, ruler, lord, chief , of Hiero, (Pindar); of Zeus, (Pindar)
2. at Athens, a Prytanis or President : the πρυτάνεις were a committee of 50, chosen by lot from each of the 10 φυλαί, so that each set formed 1/10 part of the βουλή or Council of 500; out of these 50 πρυτάνεις one was chosen by lot as chief-president ἐπιστάτης); he chose 9 πρόεδρο; and the real business was in the hands of this smaller body, with a secretary γραμματεύς); added.—;The φυλή which first entered office every year was determined by lot; and their term of office πρυτανεία); was about five weeks. During this time all treaties and public acts ran in their name, in this form: Ἀκαμαντὶς φυλὴ, ἐπρυτάνευε, Φαίνιππος ἐγραμμάτευε, Νικιάδης ἐπεστάτει the Tribe Acamantis were the Presidency, Phaenippus the Secretary, Niciades the Chief-president, (Thucydides) (ML) G21067 G21067 = G21067 πρωϊζός prōizos yesterday 1. neuter plural πρωιζά was used as adverb, just like πρώην, χθιζά τε καὶ πρωιζά yesterday or the day before , (Iliad by Homer)
2. οὕτω δὴ πρ. κατέδραθες so very early , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G21068 G21068 = G21068 πρωτοκλήσια prōtoklēsia coronation festival coronation festival G21069 G21069 = G21069 πρωτοκουρία prōtokouria first shearing first shearing G21070 G21070 = G21070 πρωτόπλαστος prōtoplastos first-formed first-formed G21071 G21071 = G21071 πτίλος ptilos lippus lippus G21072 G21072 = G21072 πτοία ptoia excitement excitement G21073 G21073 = G21073 πυροβόλος purobolos arrows tipped with fire giving forth fire:—; τὰ πυροβόλα bolts or arrows tipped with fire , (Plutarch) (ML) G21074 G21074 = G21074 πυρροπτέρυξ purropterux red-winged red-winged G21075 G21075 = G21075 πυρώτερος purōteros redder redder G21076 G21076 = G21076 ῥαβδίον rhabdion pointer a little rod, a wand , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G21077 G21077 = G21077 ῥανίς rhanis drop, spot a drop , (Euripides); a rain-drop , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21078 G21078 = G21078 ῥεμβάς rhembas roving roving G21079 G21079 = G21079 ῥοδοφόρος rhodophoros bearing roses bearing roses G21080 G21080 = G21080 ῥῦσις rhusis deliverance deliverance G21081 G21081 = G21081 ῥώξ rhōx entrance a cleft : in (Odyssey by Homer), ῥῶγες μεγάροιο are narrow passages leading to the hall. (ML) G21082 G21082 = G21082 ῥωποπώλης rhōpopōlēs G:N-M vendor vendor G21084 G21084 = G21084 σαγή sagē padding 1. a man's pack, baggage , αὐτόφορτος οἰκείᾳ σαγῇ, i. e. carrying his own baggage, (Aeschulus Tragicus): generally, harness, equipment , (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. = σάγμα II, a pack-saddle , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G21085 G21085 = G21085 σανίδωμα sanidōma table a planking, framework , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G21086 G21086 = G21086 σατάνειος sataneios medlar medlar G21087 G21087 = G21087 σβεστικός sbestikos quenching quenching G21088 G21088 = G21088 σέβημα sebēma act of worship act of worship G21089 G21089 = G21089 Σειρήνειος Seirēneios bewitching bewitching G21090 G21090 = G21090 σεῖσμα seisma extortions extortions G21091 G21091 = G21091 σηκός sēkos weight 1. a pen, fold , for lambs, kids, calves, (Homer); ς. δράκοντος the dragon's den , (Euripides)
2. a sacred enclosure, chapel, shrine , (Sophocles Tragicus)
3. a sepulchre, burial-place , (Simonides Lyricus)
4. the trunk of an old olive-tree , (Lysias Orator) (ML) G21092 G21092 = G21092 σήπη sēpē decay decay G21093 G21093 = G21093 σθένω sthenō G:V be able 1. to have strength or might, be strong or mighty , (Sophocles Tragicus); σθ. χερί, ποσί to be strong in hand, in foot, (Sophocles Tragicus); σθένοντος ἐν πλούτῳ (Sophocles Tragicus); τοσοῦτον σθένει (Sophocles Tragicus); ὅσονπερ ἂν σθένῃ (Sophocles Tragicus); οἱ κάτω σθένοντες they who have power below, (Euripides)
2. with infinitive to have strength or power to do, be able , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21094 G21094 = G21094 σιγηρός sigēros silence silence G21095 G21095 = G21095 σιδηροδέσμος sidērodesmos with bonds of iron with bonds of iron G21096 G21096 = a Spelling of G9087 σιτοδοτεία sitodoteia provision provision G21097 G21097 = G21097 σκέπασις skepasis protection protection G21098 G21098 = G21098 σκεύασις skeuasis food preparation food preparation G21099 G21099 = G21099 σκεύασμα skeuasma furniture furniture G21100 G21100 = G21100 σκευαστής skeuastēs preparer preparer G21101 G21101 = G21101 σκήνωσις skēnōsis dwelling in one dwelling in one G21102 G21102 = G21102 σκιαγράφος skiagraphos perspective-painter, scene-painter perspective-painter, scene-painter G21103 G21103 = G21103 σκληρόπους sklēropous hard-footed hard-footed G21104 G21104 = a Spelling of G4648 σκοπεύω skopeuō G:V to watch out to watch out G21105 G21105 = G21105 σκορακισμός skorakismos contumely contumely G21106 G21106 = G21106 σκορπίδιον skorpidion small scorpion small scorpion G21107 G21107 = a Spelling of G4653 σκοτεία skoteia darkness darkness G21108 G21108 = G21108 σκυβαλίζω skubalizō G:V to reject contemptuously look on as dung, reject contemptuously G21109 G21109 = G21109 σκυλεία skuleia despoiling, plundering despoiling, plundering G21110 G21110 = G21110 σκυλμός skulmos expenditure of effort, trouble expenditure of effort, trouble G21111 G21111 = G21111 σκῶλος skōlos evil, ruin like σκόλοψ, a pointed stake , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G21112 G21112 = G21112 σπάλαξ spalax meadow-saffron, Colchicum parnassicum meadow-saffron, Colchicum parnassicum G21113 G21113 = G21113 σπάνις spanis craving scarcity, rareness, dearth, lack of a thing, (Euripides):—; οὐ σπάνις [ ἐστι] = οὐ σπάνιον, there is no lack , no difficulty , (Euripides) (ML) G21114 G21114 = G21114 σπασμός spasmos drawing a convulsion, spasm , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21115 G21115 = G21115 σπατάλη spatalē bracelet lewdness, wantonness, riot, luxury , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G21116 G21116 = G21116 σπειρηδόν speirēdon in maniples, manipulatim 1. in coils or spires, spirally , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
2. σπεῖρα II) of troops, in maniples , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G21117 G21117 = G21117 σπλαγχνισμός splagchnismos a feeding on the inwards of a sacrifice a feeding on the inwards of a sacrifice G21118 G21118 = G21118 σπλαγχνοφάγος splagchnophagos eating the eating the G21119 G21119 = G21119 σποδόομαι spodoomai with ashes Pass. to be burnt to ashes , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G21120 G21120 = G21120 σταθμικός stathmikos by weight by weight G21121 G21121 = G21121 στεατοκήλη steatokēlē sebaceous formation in the scrotum sebaceous formation in the scrotum G21122 G21122 = G21122 στέγος stegos brothel a roof : then, like στέγη, a house, mansion , (Aeschulus Tragicus), etc.:—;of an urn containing ashes, (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21123 G21123 = G21123 στειρόω steiroō G:V to make barren make barren G21124 G21124 = G21124 στέργω stergō G:V to desire 1. to love , of the mutual love of parents and children, (Sophocles Tragicus), etc.; of king and people, (Herdotus Historicus); of a country and her colonies, (Thucydides); of brothers and sisters, (Euripides); of friends, (Sophocles Tragicus); of husband and wife, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. generally, to be fond of, shew liking for , (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.:—;also of things, to accept gladly , (Herdotus Historicus), etc.
3. to be content or satisfied, acquiesce , (Sophocles Tragicus); στέρξον oblige me, do me the favour , (Sophocles Tragicus)
4. with accusative to be content with, acquiesce in, submit to, bear with , (Herdotus Historicus); στ. τὴν τυραννίδα bear with it, (Aeschulus Tragicus); στ. κακά (Sophocles Tragicus):—;also with dative, στ. τοῖσι σοῖς (Euripides); τῆι ἐμῆι τύχηι (Plato Philosophus):—;with participle, πῶς ἂν στέρξαιμι κακὸν τόδε λεύσσων (Sophocles Tragicus); στ. ξυμφορᾶι νικώμενοι (Euripides):—;rarely with infinitive, οὐκ ἔστεργέ σοι ὅμοιος εἶναι (Euripides)
5. to entreat one to do, Ἀπόλλω στέργω μολεῖν (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21125 G21125 = G21125 στερεοειδής stereoeidēs of solid nature of solid nature G21126 G21126 = G21126 στερέωσις stereōsis obstinacy obstinacy G21127 G21127 = G21127 στεφανηφορέω stephanēphoreō be a to wear a wreath , (Euripides) (ML) G21128 G21128 = G21128 στηθιστήρ stēthistēr poitrel poitrel G21129 G21129 = G21129 στήλωσις stēlōsis recording on a tablet recording on a tablet G21130 G21130 = G21130 στιμμίζω stimmizō G:V to apply any eye-salve apply any eye-salve G21131 G21131 = G21131 στιππύϊνος stippuinos made of tow made of tow G21132 G21132 = a Spelling of G9216 στιππύον stippuon hemp hemp G21133 G21133 = G21133 στιχίζω stichizō G:V to arrange arranged in a row G21134 G21134 = G21134 στοιχιαῖος stoichiaios course course G21135 G21135 = G21135 στομίς stomis a bit (of a horse) a bit (of a horse) G21136 G21136 = G21136 στόμωμα stomōma a scale which flies from hammered iron a mouth, entrance , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21137 G21137 = G21137 στόρνυμι stornumi G:V strew. strew. G21138 G21138 = G21138 στραγγαλάω strangalaō G:V to strangle to strangle, ligature G21139 G21139 = G21139 στραγγαλίς strangalis induration induration G21140 G21140 = G21140 στραγγεύομαι strangeuomai agino Mid. to squeeze oneself up, twist oneself , metaphorically to keep loitering about , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21141 G21141 = G21141 στρατηγέω stratēgeō G:V be general 1. to be general , (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—;with genitive to be general of an army, (Herdotus Historicus), attic:—; to lead as general , with dative, ἐστρατήγησε Λακεδαιμονίοισι (Herdotus Historicus); with accusative cognate, στρ. πόλεμον to conduct war, (Demosthenes Orator): with neuter adjective, to do a thing as general , τοῦτο (Xenophon Historicus); πάντα (Demosthenes Orator):—;Pass. to be conducted , (Plato Philosophus)
2. metaphorically, ποῦ σὺ στρατηγεῖς τοῦδ; how claim'st thou to command this man? (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21142 G21142 = G21142 στρατηγία stratēgia province governed by a 1. the office, dignity , or post of general, command , (Herdotus Historicus), attic; of naval command, (Xenophon Historicus)
2. the office of στρατηγός at Athens, a sort of war-minister , (Aristophanes Comicus):—;at Rome the Praetorship , (Plutarch)
3. a period of command, campaign , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. the qualities or skill of a general, generalship , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21143 G21143 = G21143 στρέβλη streblē torture torture G21144 G21144 = G21144 στρεβλωτήριος streblōtērios rack rack G21145 G21145 = G21145 στρυφαλίς struphalis cheese cheese G21146 G21146 = G21146 στρύχνον struchnon winter cherry winter cherry G21147 G21147 = G21147 συγγελάω sungelaō G:V to laugh with laugh with, join in laughter G21148 G21148 = G21148 συγγενεύς sungeneus relatives relatives G21149 G21149 = G21149 συγγυμνασία sungumnasia experience, training experience, training G21150 G21150 = G21150 συγκαταγηράσκω sugkatagēraskō G:V to age together to grow old together with , τινί (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21151 G21151 = G21151 συγκατακλείω sugkatakleiō G:V to enclose together to shut in or enclose with or together , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21152 G21152 = G21152 συγκεντέω sugkenteō G:V to pierce to pierce together, to stab at once , Lat. telis confodere, (Herdotus Historicus):—;Pass., ἔμελλε συγκεντηθήσεσθαι (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21153 G21153 = G21153 συγκεραστός sugkerastos a mixed drink, aqua calda a mixed drink, aqua calda G21154 G21154 = G21154 συγκεραυνόω sugkeraunoō G:V to thunder-strike to strike with or as with a thunderbolt, shiver in pieces , (Euripides) (ML) G21155 G21155 = G21155 συγκληρονομέω sugklēronomeō be joint-heir to be joint-heir G21156 G21156 = G21156 συγκρουσμός sugkrousmos collision collision G21157 G21157 = G21157 συγκτίζω sugktizō be created along with 1. to join with another in founding or colonising , (Herdotus Historicus)
2. Pass., perfect participle συνεκτισμένος well-cultivated. (ML) G21158 G21158 = G21158 συγχρονίζω sugchronizō be contemporaneous be contemporaneous G21159 G21159 = G21159 συζυγής suzugēs conjugate conjugate G21160 G21160 = G21160 σύζωμα suzōma girdle girdle G21161 G21161 = G21161 σύκειον sukeion useless useless G21162 G21162 = G21162 συκών sukōn fig-yard fig-yard G21163 G21163 = G21163 συλλοχάω sullochaō G:V to ambush to ambush G21164 G21164 = G21164 συλλοχισμός sullochismos G:N-M musterroll, census musterroll, census G21165 G21165 = G21165 συλλύω sulluō G:V to rest under the same roof. 1. to help in loosing , (Euripides):—; to help to solve a difficulty or end a quarrel , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. to rest under the same roof , (Aeschulus Tragicus); compare καταλύω. (ML) G21166 G21166 = G21166 συμβίωσις sumbiōsis club, society club, society G21167 G21167 = G21167 συμβιωτής sumbiōtēs confidants confidants G21168 G21168 = G21168 συμβολοφύλαξ sumbolophulax keeper of receipts keeper of receipts G21169 G21169 = G21169 συμβουλευτής sumbouleutēs -senator -senator G21170 G21170 = G21170 συμβραβεύω sumbrabeuō be assessor with to be assessor with G21171 G21171 = G21171 συμμαίνομαι summainomai be mad together, join in madness Pass., to be mad together, join in madness , τινι with one, (Lucian) (ML) G21172 G21172 = G21172 συμμένω summenō G:V to hold together to hold together, keep together , (Thucydides), etc.: of treaties or agreements, to hold, continue , (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21173 G21173 = G21173 συμμιαίνω summiainō G:V to defile together with defile together with G21174 G21174 = G21174 συμμισοπονηρέω summisoponēreō G:V to feel common hatred of what is bad feel common hatred of what is bad G21175 G21175 = G21175 συμμολύνω summolunō G:V to disgrace together disgrace together G21176 G21176 = G21176 σύμπορος sumporos accompanying accompanying G21177 G21177 = G21177 συμποσία sumposia drinking together drinking together G21178 G21178 = G21178 συμπροπορεύομαι sumproporeuomai travel forward with travel forward with G21179 G21179 = a Spelling of G9284 συμφλογίζω sumphlogizō G:V to burn together to burn together G21180 G21180 = G21180 συμφρονέω sumphroneō G:V to bring together in thought 1. to be of one mind with, to agree , (Polybius Historicus)
2. to consider well , ἃ δέον ἦν ποιεῖν (Plutarch)
3. to collect oneself , (Plutarch) (ML) G21181 G21181 = G21181 σύναγμα sunagma gravel in the kidneys gravel in the kidneys G21182 G21182 = G21182 συναναστρέφω sunanastrephō G:V to wrestle with 1. to turn back together , intransitive, (Plutarch)
2. Pass. and Mid. to live along with or among others, with dative, (Plutarch) (ML) G21183 G21183 = G21183 συναναστροφή sunanastrophē living with, intercourse living with, intercourse G21184 G21184 = G21184 συναποκλείω sunapokleiō G:V to shut up altogether shut up altogether G21185 G21185 = G21185 συναποκρύπτω sunapokruptō G:V to conceal together conceal together G21186 G21186 = G21186 συνδάκνω sundaknō G:V to bite together to bite together , συνδ. τὸ στόμιον of a horse, to take the bit in his teeth , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21187 G21187 = G21187 σύνδειπνος sundeipnos members of a dining-club a companion at table , Lat. conviva, (Euripides) (ML) G21188 G21188 = G21188 συνεῖπον suneipon arranged 1. to speak with any one, confirm what another says, (Isocrates Orator): to agree with , τινί (Xenophon Historicus)
2. to advocate another's cause, (Demosthenes Orator); generally, to help, further , (Isocrates Orator)
3. to help to tell , (Euripides) (ML) G21189 G21189 = G21189 συνεκκεντέω sunekkenteō G:V to stab at once stab at once G21190 G21190 = G21190 συνεκτρίβω sunektribō G:V to destroy utterly together destroy utterly together G21191 G21191 = G21191 συνέλευσις suneleusis stronghold stronghold G21192 G21192 = G21192 συνερίζω sunerizō G:V to contend together contend together G21193 G21193 = G21193 συνευφράζομαι suneuphrazomai counsel well with counsel well with G21194 G21194 = G21194 συνίσσεις sunisseis recommendation recommendation G21195 G21195 = G21195 συνοδυνάομαι sunodunaomai suffer pain with suffer pain with G21196 G21196 = G21196 συνοράω sunoraō G:V to decide συν-οράω, see: συνεῖδον.
συν-εῖδον irreg. aorist of συνοράω (see: εἶδον),
[in LXX: 1Ma.4:21 א, 2Ma.2:24 2Mac 4:4 2Mac 4:41 R 2Ma.5:17 2Mac 7:4 2Mac 7:20 2Mac 8:8, 3Ma.2:8 A * ;]
__1. to see together or at the same time (Arist., Xen.).
__2. to see in one view, hence, of mental vision, to comprehend, understand (LXX, Polyb., Plut., al.) : Act.12:12 14:6 (on the related σύνοιδα, see see word).†
(AS) G21197 G21197 = G21197 συνουσιασμός sunousiasmos licentiousness licentiousness G21198 G21198 = a Spelling of G9349 συρίσδω surisdō to pipe to pipe G21199 G21199 = G21199 συρρέμβομαι surrembomai roam together roam together G21200 G21200 = a Spelling of G9352 συσκήνιος suskēnios tent-mate tent-mate G21201 G21201 = G21201 συσσύρω sussurō G:V to sweep along with one sweep along with one G21202 G21202 = G21202 σύστημα sustēma machine, apparatus 1. a whole compounded of parts, a system , (Plato Philosophus):—; a composition , (Aristotle Philosopher)
2. an organised government, constitution , (Aristotle Philosopher)
3. a body of soldiers, a corps , (Polybius Historicus)
4. of the Roman Senate, (Plutarch) (ML) G21203 G21203 = G21203 συστροφία sustrophia familiarity familiarity G21204 G21204 = G21204 σφηκίας sphēkias beam beam G21205 G21205 = G21205 σφήν sphēn an instrument of torture a wedge , (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.;—;used as an instrument of torture , (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21206 G21206 = G21206 σφιγγία sphingia greed greed G21207 G21207 = G21207 σφυρωτήρ sphurōtēr leather thong, shoe-latchet leather thong, shoe-latchet G21208 G21208 = G21208 σχεδιάζω schediazō G:V to act with insufficient care to do a thing off-hand , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G21209 G21209 = G21209 σχῖνος schinos mastich, Pistacia Lentiscus 1. the mastich-tree , Lat. lentiscus, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. its fruit , (Herdotus Historicus)
3. a squill , = σκίλλα, (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21210 G21210 = G21210 σωματοφύλαξ sōmatophulax protecting the body protecting the body G21211 G21211 = G21211 σωρηδόν sōrēdon in arithmetical progression by heaps, in heaps , [variant datesAnthology Palantina
from σωρός (ML) G21212 G21212 = G21212 σῶς sōs safe, sure, certain 1. radic. sense safe and sound, alive and well, in good case , Lat. salvus, (Homer)
2. of things, sound, whole, safe , (Homer)
3. of events, safe, sure, certain , νῦν σῶς αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G21213 G21213 = a Spelling of G5009 ταμιεῖον tamieion chamber, closet 1. a treasury , (Thucydides), etc.
2. a magazine , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21214 G21214 = G21214 ταπεινότης tapeinotēs meanness 1. lowness of stature, (Herdotus Historicus)
2. of condition, low estate, abasement , (Thucydides)
3. lowness of spirits, dejection , (Xenophon Historicus)
4. in moral sense, baseness, vileness , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G21215 G21215 = G21215 Ταρταρόπαις Tartaropais child of Tartarus child of Tartarus G21216 G21216 = G21216 Ταρτησσός Tartēssos Tarshish a city of Spain at the mouth of the Baetis, the Tarshish of Scripture, (Herdotus Historicus) (ML) G21217 G21217 = G21217 ταχύνοια tachunoia sagacity sagacity G21218 G21218 = G21218 ταχύρρωστος tachurrōstos swift-rushing, swift-flying swift-rushing, swift-flying G21219 G21219 = G21219 ταώς taōs tukkîyîm a peacock , Lat. pavo, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: metaphorically of coxcombs , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21220 G21220 = G21220 τεκνοφόνος teknophonos child-murdering child-murdering G21221 G21221 = G21221 τέκταινα tektaina carpenter carpenter G21222 G21222 = G21222 τελεσφόρος telesphoros G:A sorceress 1. bringing to an end , τελεσφόρον εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year completing its round , for a complete year, (Homer); τελεσφόροι ἀραί, εὐχαί tending to accomplishment , (Aeschulus Tragicus); φάσματα δὸς τελεσφόρα grant accomplishment to the visions, (Sophocles Tragicus); τ. χάριν δοῦναι to grant the favour of fulfilment , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. accomplishing one's purpose , Μοῖρα (Aeschulus Tragicus); Δίκη (Sophocles Tragicus); πεσεῖν ἐς τὸ μὴ τελεσφόρον to fall powerless to the ground, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
3. bringing fruit to perfection , δένδρον (Plutarch): having the ordering of a thing, with genitive, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21223 G21223 = G21223 τελίσκω teliskō G:V to dedicate to dedicate, be initiated G21224 G21224 = G21224 τελωνέω telōneō G:V to collect taxes to be a tax-gatherer , (Lucian)
from τελώνης (ML) G21225 G21225 = G21225 τερατοποιός teratopoios wonders wonders G21226 G21226 = G21226 τετραμερής tetramerēs quadripartite quadripartite G21227 G21227 = G21227 τετραπλῇ tetraplē in a fourfold manner, fourfold in a fourfold manner, fourfold , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G21228 G21228 = G21228 τεῦχος teuchos masonry, fabric 1. a tool, implement :—;mostly in plural τεύχεα,
2. implements of war, armour, arms, harness , (Homer);—;so τεύχη in [variant datesTragica Adespota
3. in plural, also, the gear of a ship, tackle , (Odyssey by Homer)
4. in singular a vessel of any kind, a bathing-tub , (Aeschulus Tragicus); a cinerary urn , (Aeschulus Tragicus); a balloting-urn , (Aeschulus Tragicus); a vase for libations , (Aeschulus Tragicus); a vase or ewer for water, (Euripides); a pot or jar , (Xenophon Historicus); ξύλινα τ. chests , (Xenophon Historicus)
5. the human frame, body , (Aristotle Philosopher)
6. a book , [variant datesAnthology Palantina; hence πεντάτευχος, the Pentateuch. (ML) G21229 G21229 = G21229 τεχνῖτις technitis courtesan courtesan G21230 G21230 = G21230 τηγανίζω tēganizō G:V to fry fry in a G21231 G21231 = G21231 τηλαύγεια tēlaugeia splendour splendour G21232 G21232 = G21232 τιθηνία tithēnia nursing nursing G21233 G21233 = G21233 τιθηνόκομον tithēnokomon nursing nursing G21234 G21234 = G21234 τιμωρητής timōrētēs avenger avenger G21235 G21235 = G21235 τινάσσω tinassō G:V to quake 1. to shake or brandish a weapon or shield, (Iliad by Homer), etc.
2. generally, to shake , τ. γαῖαν, of Poseidon, (Iliad by Homer); θρόνον ἐτίναξε upset the seat, (Odyssey by Homer): of wind, to scatter , (Odyssey by Homer):—;Mid., τιναξάσθην πτερά they shook their wings, (Odyssey by Homer):—;Pass., ἐτινάσσετο Ὄλυμπος shook or quaked , (Hesiod) (ML) G21236 G21236 = G21236 τοκοπράκτωρ tokopraktōr one who exacts interest one who exacts interest G21237 G21237 = G21237 τολυπεύω tolupeuō G:V to endure properly, to wind off wool into a clew for spinning: metaphorically to wind off, achieve, accomplish , ἐγὼ δὲ δόλους τολυπεύω, of Penelope's web (where there is a play on the literal sense), (Odyssey by Homer); τ. πόλεμον (Homer)
from τολύπη (ML) G21238 G21238 = G21238 τομός tomos sharpest, hottest cutting , ἕστηκεν ᾗ τομώτατος is placed as it will cut sharpest , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21239 G21239 = G21239 τοξικός toxikos venenum 1. of or for the bow , (Aeschulus Tragicus):—; ἡ τοξική (i.e. τέχνη); archery , (Plato Philosophus)
2. of persons, skilled in the use of the bow , τοξικώτατος (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21240 G21240 = G21240 τοξόκλυτος toxoklutos famed for archery famed for archery G21241 G21241 = G21241 τοπαρχία toparchia district governed by a district governed by a G21242 G21242 = G21242 τοπομαχέω topomacheō G:V to manoeuvre to wage war by holding strong positions , (Plutarch) (ML) G21243 G21243 = G21243 τοτέ tote now and then now and then G21245 G21245 = G21245 τρικυμία trikumia swell the third wave, a huge wave , for the third was supposed to be the largest (as in Lat. the fluctus decumanus) , (Plato Philosophus):—;metaphorically, τρ. κακῶν (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21246 G21246 = G21246 τρίοδος triodos the 'trivium' 1. a meeting of three roads , Lat. trivium, (Theognis Elegiacus), etc.
2. Hecate, Lat. Trivia, ἁ θεὸς ἐν τριόδοισι (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); οἷος ἐκ τριόδου i. e. vulgar, (Lucian) (ML) G21247 G21247 = G21247 τριπλάσιος triplasios thrice as much as 1. thrice as many, thrice as much, thrice as great as , with genitive, (Aristophanes Comicus), etc.: —;absolute, τριπλασίαν δύναμιν εἶχε (i.e. τῆς προτέρας); (Xenophon Historicus)
2. τριπλάσιον as adverb, τριπλάσιον thrice as much , (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21248 G21248 = G21248 τρισαλιτήριος trisalitērios thrice-sinful thrice-sinful G21249 G21249 = G21249 τρισσαχῆ trissachē in three places in three places G21250 G21250 = G21250 τρισσοκέφαλος trissokephalos three-headed three-headed G21251 G21251 = G21251 τριώριον triōrion trihorium trihorium G21252 G21252 = G21252 τρομέω tromeō G:V to stand in awe of 1. to tremble, quake, quiver , especially from fear, (Iliad by Homer):—;with infinitive to fear to do, (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus)
2. with accusative to tremble before or at a person, to stand in awe of , (Homer)
In each sense (Homer) uses both Act. and Mid., but only in present and imperfect; epic and ionic τρομεοίατο for τρομέοιντο, (Iliad by Homer); ionic participle τρομεύμενος (Solon Lyricus) (ML) G21253 G21253 = G21253 τροφοποιός trophopoios rearing, bringing up rearing, bringing up G21254 G21254 = G21254 τροχαντήρ trochantēr processes processes G21255 G21255 = G21255 τροχιαῖος trochiaios worked by a wheel worked by a wheel G21256 G21256 = a Spelling of G5164 τροχωτός trochōtos wheel wheel G21257 G21257 = G21257 τρυφερεύομαι truphereuomai fastidious fastidious G21258 G21258 = G21258 τρυφεροστήμων trupherostēmōn texture texture G21259 G21259 = G21259 τρώγανα trōgana fruit eating fruit eating G21260 G21260 = G21260 Τρωγοδύται Trōgodutai Trogodutai Trogodutai - a tribe of Ethiopia G21261 G21261 = G21261 τυμπανόεις tumpanoeis drum-like drum-like G21262 G21262 = G21262 τυπογράφος tupographos lines lines G21263 G21263 = G21263 τυπτητέος tuptēteos be beaten to be beaten G21264 G21264 = G21264 τυροφόρος turophoros with cheese on it with cheese on it G21265 G21265 = G21265 τύφωσις tuphōsis crazy vanity crazy vanity G21266 G21266 = G21266 ὑβρίστρια hubristria insolent insolent G21267 G21267 = G21267 ὗλις hulis mud mud G21268 G21268 = G21268 ὑλοτόμος hulotomos worm cutting or felling wood , (Iliad by Homer):—; as Substantive ὑλοτόμος, a wood-cutter, woodman , (Iliad by Homer) (ML) G21269 G21269 = G21269 ὑμνητός humnētos sung of, praised, lauded sung of, praised, lauded G21270 G21270 = G21270 ὑμνογράφος humnographos composer of hymns composer of hymns G21271 G21271 = G21271 ὑπαίρω hupairō G:V to self-exalt to self-exalt G21272 G21272 = G21272 ὑπεραγόντως huperagontōs exceedingly exceedingly G21273 G21273 = G21273 ὑπεράγω huperagō G:V to exalt excessive G21274 G21274 = G21274 ὑπεραινετός huperainetos be praised exceedingly to be praised exceedingly G21275 G21275 = G21275 ὑπεράλλομαι huperallomai leap to a high place Dep.:—; to leap over or beyond , with genitive, (Iliad by Homer); also with accusative, (Iliad by Homer); so (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21276 G21276 = G21276 ὑπερένδοξος huperendoxos exceedingly glorious exceedingly glorious G21277 G21277 = G21277 ὑπερηφανεύω huperēphaneuō G:V to behave arrogantly behave arrogantly G21278 G21278 = G21278 ὑπέρμαχος hupermachos champion, defender a champion, defender , [variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G21279 G21279 = G21279 ὑπερτήκω hupertēkō G:V to melt exceedingly to melt exceedingly , (Strabo Geographus) (ML) G21280 G21280 = G21280 ὑπερτιμάω hupertimaō G:V to honour too much to honour exceedingly , τινά (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21281 G21281 = G21281 ὑπερύμνητος huperumnētos highly extolled highly extolled G21282 G21282 = G21282 ὑπέρφοβος huperphobos very terrible very fearful, timid , (Xenophon Historicus) (ML) G21283 G21283 = G21283 ὑπερφωνέω huperphōneō G:V to sing loudly sing loudly G21284 G21284 = G21284 ὑπερῷος huperōos upper being above , (Plutarch)
From ὑπέ; -ῷος being a term., as πατρῴος, μητρῴος from πατήρ, μήτηρ. (ML) G21285 G21285 = G21285 ὑπευλαβέομαι hupeulabeomai be somewhat afraid to be somewhat afraid G21286 G21286 = G21286 ὑπόθεσις hupothesis thing placed under, base 1. that which is placed under, a foundation, hypothesis, supposition , Lat. assumptio, (Plato Philosophus)
2. the subject under discussion, the question , (Xenophon Historicus), etc.
3. that which is laid down as a rule of action, a principle , (Demosthenes Orator): generally, a purpose, plan, design , (Plato Philosophus)
4. a cause, pretext , (Plutarch) (ML) G21287 G21287 = G21287 ὑποθραύω hupothrauō G:V to break break G21288 G21288 = G21288 ὑπόληψις hupolēpsis payment in advance 1. a taking up , especially a taking up the word, taking up the matter where another leaves off, (Plato Philosophus):—; a rejoinder, reply , (Isocrates Orator)
2. a taking in a certain sense, an assumption, conception , (Demosthenes Orator)
3. a hasty judgment, suspicion , (Lucian) (ML) G21289 G21289 = G21289 ὑπολυπέομαι hupolupeomai be grieved at heart to be grieved at heart G21290 G21290 = G21290 ὑπομάσθιος hupomasthios below-breast below-breast G21291 G21291 = G21291 ὑπομνηματίζομαι hupomnēmatizomai explain, interpret explain, interpret G21292 G21292 = G21292 ὑπονόημα huponoēma supposition supposition G21293 G21293 = G21293 ὑπονοθεύω huponotheuō G:V to procure by corruption procure by corruption G21294 G21294 = G21294 ὑπονομεύω huponomeuō G:V to intrigue intrigues G21295 G21295 = G21295 ὑποσχάζω huposchazō G:V to trip up trip up G21296 G21296 = G21296 ὑποτομεύς hupotomeus a cutting instrument a cutting instrument G21297 G21297 = G21297 ὑπόφρικος hupophrikos shuddering a little shuddering a little G21298 G21298 = G21298 ὑποφυλλίς hupophullis a gleaning a gleaning G21299 G21299 = G21299 ὑψαυχενέω hupsaucheneō G:V to show off carry the neck high, show off G21300 G21300 = G21300 φαλακρόομαι phalakroomai become bald Pass. to become bald , (Herdotus Historicus)
from φᾶλακρός (ML) G21301 G21301 = G21301 φαλάντωμα phalantōma bald place bald place G21302 G21302 = G21302 φαντασιοκοπέω phantasiokopeō G:V to indulge vain fancies indulge vain fancies G21303 G21303 = a Spelling of G5331 φαρμακία pharmakia witchcraft witchcraft G21304 G21304 = G21304 φάτνωσις phatnōsis ceiling in coffers ceiling in coffers G21305 G21305 = G21305 φειδώ pheidō thrift, sparing 1. a sparing , νεκύων (Iliad by Homer)
2. absolute thrift, parsimony , (Odyssey by Homer): thrift in exposing oneself to danger, (Thucydides) (ML) G21306 G21306 = G21306 φθειριάω phtheiriaō G:V to have corrupt stock to have morbus pedicularis , (Plutarch) (ML) G21307 G21307 = G21307 φιλανθρωπέω philanthrōpeō G:V to obtain redress to treat humanely , (Polybius Historicus) (ML) G21308 G21308 = G21308 φιλαργυρέω philargureō G:V to love money love money G21309 G21309 = G21309 φιλαρχία philarchia efforts to gain power love of rule, lust of power , (Theophrastus Philosophus) (ML) G21310 G21310 = G21310 φιλελεήμων phileleēmōn compassionate compassionate G21311 G21311 = G21311 φιλόγονος philogonos loving one's children loving one's children G21312 G21312 = G21312 φιλογύνης philogunēs womaniser fond of women , plural φιλογύναικες (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G21313 G21313 = G21313 φιλοπολίτης philopolitēs loving one's fellow-citizens loving one's fellow-citizens , (Plutarch) (ML) G21314 G21314 = G21314 φιλοτεκνία philoteknia love of one's children love of one's children G21315 G21315 = G21315 φιλόψυχος philopsuchos souls loving one's life, cowardly, dastardly, faint-hearted , (Euripides) (ML) G21316 G21316 = G21316 φλεγμονή phlegmonē heat, passion, excess heat, passion, excess G21317 G21317 = G21317 φοβεροειδής phoberoeidēs terrible to behold terrible to behold G21318 G21318 = G21318 φοιβάω phoibaō G:V to cleanse to cleanse, purify , (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus) (ML) G21319 G21319 = G21319 φονώδης phonōdēs deadly, malignant deadly, malignant G21320 G21320 = a Spelling of G9657 φορβαία phorbaia carry-chair carry-chair G21321 G21321 = G21321 φορολογία phorologia tribute tribute G21322 G21322 = G21322 φρενόω phrenoō be high-minded, elated 1. to make wise, instruct, inform, teach , τινά [variant datesTragica Adespota, (Xenophon Historicus); φρενώσω δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐξ αἰνιγμάτων, i. e. will teach plainly, (Aeschulus Tragicus)
2. in Pass. to be elated , (Babrius Fabularum Scriptor) (ML) G21323 G21323 = G21323 φρικασμός phrikasmos shuddering, shivering shuddering, shivering G21324 G21324 = G21324 φρούρησις phrourēsis watching watching G21325 G21325 = G21325 φρυακτής phruaktēs arrogant arrogant G21326 G21326 = G21326 φυγαγωγός phugagōgos dragging along fugitives dragging along fugitives G21327 G21327 = a Spelling of G9679 φυλάρχης phularchēs a chief a chief G21328 G21328 = G21328 φυτός phutos fruitful shaped by nature, without art , (Pindar) (ML) G21329 G21329 = G21329 φωταγωγέω phōtagōgeō G:V to draw down supernatural illumination draw down supernatural illumination G21330 G21330 = G21330 χαιρετίζω chairetizō G:V to salute salute G21331 G21331 = G21331 χαλκοπλάστης chalkoplastēs bronze-worker bronze-worker G21332 G21332 = G21332 χαροποίημα charopoiēma joy caused to any one joy caused to any one G21333 G21333 = G21333 χαροπός charopos grey 1. glad-eyed, bright-eyed , χαροποὶ λέοντες (Odyssey by Homer); θῆρες (Sophocles Tragicus):—;later, it denoted light-blue or grayish colour , ὄμματά μοι γλαυκᾶς χαροπώτερα πολλὸν Ἀθάνας (Theocritus Poeta Bucolicus); also of the Germans, see. χαροπότης.
2. of the eyes of youths, sparkling with joy, joyous, gladsome , [Refs 3rd c.BC, variant datesAnthology Palantina (ML) G21334 G21334 = a Spelling of G5489 χαρτηρία chartēria papyrus papyrus G21335 G21335 = G21335 χείμαρος cheimaros plug in a ship's bottom a plug in a ship's bottom , drawn out when the ship was brought on land, to let out the bilge-water, (Hesiod) (ML) G21336 G21336 = G21336 χειρονομία cheironomia pantomimic movement, gesticulation pantomimic movement, gesticulation G21337 G21337 = G21337 χελύνιον chelunion cranium cranium G21338 G21338 = G21338 χελώνινος chelōninos made of tortoise-shell made of tortoise-shell G21339 G21339 = G21339 χελωνίς chelōnis threshold threshold G21340 G21340 = G21340 χεροκένως cherokenōs with empty hands with empty hands G21341 G21341 = G21341 χθύπτης chthuptēs knock knock G21342 G21342 = G21342 χλωροβοτάνη chlōrobotanē green fodder green fodder G21343 G21343 = G21343 χοανεύω choaneuō G:V to bring together 1. to cast into a mould χοάνος); (Aristophanes Comicus)
2. to cast metal:—;Pass., κεχωνευμένος (Plutarch)
from χοάνη (ML) G21344 G21344 = G21344 χορεῖον choreion dancing-place dancing-place G21345 G21345 = G21345 χορτώδης chortōdēs of grass, like grass of grass, like grass G21346 G21346 = G21346 χοῦς chous dust dust G21347 G21347 = G21347 χρηματιστήριον chrēmatistērion oracle, sanctuary a place for transacting business, a counting-house , (Plutarch) (ML) G21348 G21348 = G21348 χρησιμεύω chrēsimeuō G:V be useful to be useful or serviceable , τινί to one, (Lucian) (ML) G21349 G21349 = G21349 χρηστοήθεια chrēstoētheia goodness of heart goodness of heart G21350 G21350 = G21350 χρονίσκος chroniskos a short time a short time G21351 G21351 = G21351 χρυσουργός chrusourgos goldsmith goldsmith G21352 G21352 = G21352 χυλός chulos flavour juice , especially juice produced by decoction or digestion :—;metaphorically, χυλὸν διδοὺς στωμυλμάτων administering a decoction of small talk, (Aristophanes Comicus); χ. φιλίας (Aristophanes Comicus) (ML) G21353 G21353 = G21353 ψαλμῳδός psalmōdos G:A psalmist psalmist G21354 G21354 = G21354 ψάλτης psaltēs harper harper G21355 G21355 = G21355 ψάμμος psammos sabulum. 1. sand , so called from its loose, crumbling nature (from ψάω); (Odyssey by Homer), etc.:—;proverbial, ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν (Pindar)
2. ἡ ψ. the sandy desert of Libya, (Herdotus Historicus)
Both ψάμμος and ψάμαθος sometimes drop ψ and become ἄμμος, ἄμαθος. (ML) G21356 G21356 = G21356 ψαμμωτός psammōtos stucco stucco G21357 G21357 = G21357 ψάω psaō G:V to rub 1. to touch lightly, rub ;
2. intransitive to crumble away, vanish, disappear , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21358 G21358 = G21358 ψευδοθυρίς pseudothuris secret door secret door G21359 G21359 = G21359 ψηλάφησις psēlaphēsis tickling tickling G21360 G21360 = G21360 ψηφολογέω psēphologeō to make mosaic to make mosaic G21361 G21361 = G21361 ψίθυρος psithuros twittering 1. whispering: slanderous , (Sophocles Tragicus)
2. as Substantive, ψίθυρος, = ψιθυριστής, a whisperer, slanderer , (Pindar)
3. twittering , of birds, [variant datesAnthology Palantina
Perh. formed from the sound. (ML) G21362 G21362 = G21362 ψογέω psogeō to blame to blame G21363 G21363 = G21363 ψυχαγωγία psuchagōgia animi oblectamenta procurentur a winning of souls, persuasion , (Plato Philosophus) (ML) G21364 G21364 = G21364 ψυχουλκέομαι psuchoulkeomai be at the last gasp to be at the last gasp G21365 G21365 = a Spelling of G5604 ὠδίς ōdis pain 1. the pangs or throes of labour, travail-pains , (Iliad by Homer); ἐν μόναις ὠδῖσιν at a single birth , (Pindar); ἐν ὠδίνων ἀνάγκαις (Euripides); in singular travail-pain, anguish , (Pindar)
2. in singular, also, the fruit of travail or labour, a birth, child , (Aeschulus Tragicus); ἄπτερον ὠδῖνα τέκνων, of young birds, (Euripides)
3. metaphorically any travail, anguish , (Aeschulus Tragicus); also in plural, of love, pangs , (Sophocles Tragicus) (ML) G21366 G21366 = G21366 ὤμιον ōmion small shoulder small shoulder G21367 G21367 = G21367 ὠμότης ōmotēs savagery, fierceness, cruelty rawness : metaphorically savageness, fierceness, cruelty , (Euripides), etc. (ML) G21368 G21368 = G21368 ὠμόφρων ōmophrōn savage-minded savage-minded, savage , [variant datesTragica Adespota adverb ὠμοφρόνως, (Aeschulus Tragicus) (ML) G21369 G21369 = G21369 ὡραΐζω hōraizō G:V to make display make display G21370 G21370 = G21370 πλάνης planēs G:N-F πλάνης, -ητος, ό, see: πλανήτης
πλανήτης, -ου, ὁ
(πλανάω), [in LXX: Hos.9:17 (נָדַד) * ;]
= πλάνης, a wanderer: ἀστέρες π. (cl. planets), wandering stars, Ju 13 (WH, mg., -τες).†
(AS) G21371 G21371 = G21371 ἄβρωτος G:A inedible inedible G21372 G21372 = G21372 ἁδρόομαι G:V to grow stout to grow stout G21373 G21373 = G21373 αἰγίδιον G:N kid kid G21374 G21374 = G21374 ἀκαρπία G:N infertility infertility G21375 G21375 = G21375 ἀνασύρω G:V to expose to expose G21376 G21376 = G21376 ἀναφύησις G:V to spring up to spring up G21377 G21377 = G21377 ἀνεπιεικής G:A inconsiderate inconsiderate G21378 G21378 = G21378 ἀνθαιρέομαι G:V to prefer to prefer G21379 G21379 = G21379 ἄοκνος G:A unhesitating unhesitating G21380 G21380 = G21380 ἀπαυτομολέω G:V to desert to desert G21381 G21381 = G21381 ἀπογιγνώσκω G:V relent relent G21382 G21382 = G21382 ἀπόμοιρα G:N offering offering G21383 G21383 = G21383 ἀποπήδησις G:V to leap off to leap off G21384 G21384 = G21384 ἀποτρίβω G:V wear out wear out G21385 G21385 = G21385 ἀσμενίζω G:V to please to please G21386 G21386 = G21386 βαπτός G:A dipped dipped G21387 G21387 = G21387 βουγάϊος G:N bully bully G21388 G21388 = G21388 διαβάθρα G:N ladder ladder G21389 G21389 = G21389 διάζομαι G:V to setup loom to setup loom G21390 G21390 = G21390 διασάττω G:V to stuff with to stuff with G21391 G21391 = G21391 δίνη G:N whirlpool whirlpool G21392 G21392 = G21392 διψώδης G:A thirsty thirsty G21393 G21393 = G21393 ἐκκενωτέον G:V to empty to empty G21394 G21394 = G21394 ἐκπρεπής G:N distinguished distinguished G21395 G21395 = G21395 ἐκτίνω G:V complete complete G21396 G21396 = G21396 ἐμποδοστάτης G:N in the way in the way G21397 G21397 = G21397 ἐναφανίζω G:V to hide to hide G21398 G21398 = G21398 ἔνοικος G:A inhabited inhabited G21399 G21399 = G21399 ἐξολεθρεύω G:V to destroy to destroy G21400 G21400 = G21400 ἐπανάστασις G:N rising up rising up G21401 G21401 = G21401 ἐπιβρίθω G:V be inundated be inundated G21402 G21402 = G21402 ἐπίδοξος G:A expectations expectations G21403 G21403 = G21403 ἐργάτις G:N workwoman workwoman G21404 G21404 = G21404 ἑτεροκλινής G:ADV leaning leaning G21405 G21405 = G21405 εὐτονία G:N vigour vigour G21406 G21406 = G21406 ἕωλος G:A unfresh unfresh G21407 G21407 = G21407 κατακρούω G:V to nail to nail G21408 G21408 = G21408 κῴδιον G:N fleece fleece G21409 G21409 = G21409 λάτρις G:N handmaid handmaid G21410 G21410 = G21410 λευκαθίζω G:V be white be white G21411 G21411 = G21411 μεταφέρω G:V to carry to carry G21412 G21412 = G21412 μικρύνω G:V to belittle to belittle G21413 G21413 = G21413 νήχω G:V swim swim G21414 G21414 = G21414 ποδιστήρ G:N foot-entangling foot-entangling G21415 G21415 = G21415 ποθεινός G:A desirable desirable G21416 G21416 = G21416 προσεχόντως G:ADV attentively attentively G21417 G21417 = G21417 ῥόδον G:N rose rose G21418 G21418 = G21418 σκαρίζω G:V to throb to throb G21419 G21419 = G21419 σκληρία G:N hardness hardness G21420 G21420 = G21420 σύμπλοκος G:A entwined entwined G21421 G21421 = G21421 τέρμα G:N goal goal G21422 G21422 = G21422 τοῖος G:D such-like such-like G21423 G21423 = G21423 τρισμύριοι G:A 30,000 30,000 G21424 G21424 = G21424 φορολογέω G:V to tax to tax G21425 G21425 = G21425 Αδασαι G:N-PRI Adasai Αδασαι Adasai - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.24.6 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21426 G21426 = G21426 Αθιν G:N-PRI Jathin Αθιν Jathin - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.8.25 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21427 G21427 = G21427 Αιταν G:N-PRI Aetan Αιταν Aetan - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21428 G21428 = G21428 Αμαζονεῖς G:N-PRI Alimazons Αμαζονεῖς Alimazons - a name found only in LXX at 2Ch.14.14; 22.1 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21429 G21429 = G21429 Αμηαχι G:N-PRI Ameachi Αμηαχι Ameachi - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.4.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21430 G21430 = G21430 Αμμαδι G:N-PRI Ammadi Αμμαδι Ammadi - a name found only in LXX at 1Sa.30.28 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21431 G21431 = G21431 Ἆπις; G:N-PRI Apos Ἆπις; Apos - a name found only in LXX at Jer.46.15 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21432 G21432 = G21432 Ατταν G:N-PRI Attan Ατταν Attan - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.6.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21433 G21433 = G21433 Αυσιτιδι G:N-PRI Ausis Αυσιτιδι Ausis - a name found only in LXX at Job.1.1; 42.17 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21434 G21434 = G21434 Βααλιμαθ G:N-PRI Baalimath Βααλιμαθ Baalimath - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21436 G21436 = G21436 Γαλαμααν G:N-PRI Galamaan Γαλαμααν Galamaan - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21437 G21437 = G21437 Γαλεμ G:N-PRI Galen Γαλεμ Galen - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21438 G21438 = G21438 Γανοζα G:N-PRI Ganozae Γανοζα Ganozae - a name found only in LXX at 2Ch.36.8 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21439 G21439 = G21439 Δαλια G:N-PRI Dalia Δαλια Dalia - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.4.19 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21440 G21440 = G21440 Ἐλιὰβ G:N-PRI Eliab Ἐλιὰβ Eliab - a name found only in LXX at 1Ki.4.6 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21441 G21441 = G21441 Ἐλιὰκ G:N-PRI Eliac Ἐλιὰκ Eliac - a name found only in LXX at 1Ki.4.6 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21442 G21442 = G21442 Ελιαδαε G:N-PRI Eliadae Ελιαδαε Eliadae - a name found only in LXX at 1Ki.11.14 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21443 G21443 = G21443 Ελφαλατ G:N-PRI Eliphalat Ελφαλατ Eliphalat - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21444 G21444 = G21444 Εννων G:N-PRI Ennon Εννων Ennon - a name found only in LXX at Job.42.17 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21445 G21445 = G21445 Εσελων G:N-PRI Eselom Εσελων Eselom - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.4.12 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21446 G21446 = G21446 Εωβης G:N-PRI Thobes Εωβης Thobes - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21447 G21447 = G21447 Θεησους G:N-PRI Theesus Θεησους Theesus - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21448 G21448 = G21448 Θεθηρ G:N-PRI Thether Θεθηρ Thether - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21449 G21449 = G21449 Θεκω G:N-PRI Theco Θεκω Theco - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21450 G21450 = G21450 Θερμα G:N-PRI Therma Θερμα Therma - a name found only in LXX at Jos.16.6 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21451 G21451 = G21451 Θιμαθ G:N-PRI Themath Θιμαθ Themath - a name found only in LXX at 1Sa.30.28 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21452 G21452 = G21452 Ιαναθα G:N-PRI Janathan Ιαναθα Janathan - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21453 G21453 = G21453 Ιεθερμαθ G:N-PRI Jethermath Ιεθερμαθ Jethermath - a name found only in LXX at 1Ki.9.15 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21454 G21454 = G21454 Ιεσσιβαθ G:N-PRI Jessibath Ιεσσιβαθ Jessibath - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21455 G21455 = G21455 Ισβακωμ G:N-PRI Isbacom Ισβακωμ Isbacom - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.26.7 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21456 G21456 = G21456 Ιωμαν G:N-PRI Ioman Ιωμαν Ioman - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.4.19 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21457 G21457 = G21457 Καρεμ G:N-PRI Carem Καρεμ Carem - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21458 G21458 = G21458 Κιναν G:N-PRI Cimath Κιναν Cimath - a name found only in LXX at 1Sa.30.28 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21459 G21459 = G21459 Κουλον G:N-PRI Culon Κουλον Culon - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21460 G21460 = G21460 Λεασαμυς G:N-PRI Leasamys Λεασαμυς Leasamys - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21461 G21461 = G21461 Μακαλωθ· G:N-PRI Makeloth Μακαλωθ· Makeloth - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.8.31 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21462 G21462 = G21462 Μανοχω G:N-PRI Manacho Μανοχω Manacho - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21463 G21463 = G21463 Μαχαδ G:N-PRI Hamaachad Μαχαδ Hamaachad - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.13.37 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21464 G21464 = G21464 Μεμβρα G:N-PRI Membra Μεμβρα Membra - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.35 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21465 G21465 = G21465 Μεργαβ G:N-PRI Mergab Μεργαβ Mergab - a name found only in LXX at 1Ki.4.34 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21466 G21466 = G21466 Μολχολ G:N-PRI Molchom Μολχολ Molchom - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.20.2 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21467 G21467 = G21467 Ναγεδ G:N-PRI Naged Ναγεδ Naged - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21468 G21468 = G21468 Ναημ G:N-PRI Namé Ναημ Namé - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.4.19 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21469 G21469 = G21469 Οζαν G:N-PRI Hozan Οζαν Hozan - a name found only in LXX at Jos.6.26 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21470 G21470 = G21470 Σαμαε G:N-PRI Samae Σαμαε Samae - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.5.16 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21471 G21471 = G21471 Σαφ G:N-PRI Saph Σαφ Saph - a name found only in LXX at 1Ki.4.6 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21472 G21472 = G21472 Σαφεκ G:N-PRI Saphec Σαφεκ Saphec - a name found only in LXX at 1Sa.30.28 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21473 G21473 = G21473 Σεμειων G:N-PRI Semeion Σεμειων Semeion - a name found only in LXX at 1Ch.4.19 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21474 G21474 = G21474 Σερραν G:N-PRI Serran Σερραν Serran - a name found only in LXX at 2Sa.23.9 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21475 G21475 = G21475 Ταταμ G:N-PRI Tatam Ταταμ Tatam - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21476 G21476 = G21476 Φαγωρ G:N-PRI Phagor Φαγωρ Phagor - a name found only in LXX at Jos.15.59 with no equivalent in the Hebrew text G21477 G21477 = G21477 α, Αλφ aleph G:N-LI Aleph Aleph, the 1st letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21478 G21478 = G21478 β, Βηθ beth G:N-LI Beth Beth, the 2nd letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21479 G21479 = G21479 γ, Γιμαλ gimel G:N-LI Gimel Gimel, the 3rd letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21480 G21480 = G21480 δ, Δελθ daleth G:N-LI Daleth Daleth, the 4th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21481 G21481 = G21481 η, Η he G:N-LI Hé Hé, the 5th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21482 G21482 = G21482 ο, Ουαυ waw G:N-LI Waw Waw, the 6th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21483 G21483 = G21483 ζ, Ζαι zayin G:N-LI Zayin Zayin, the 7th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21484 G21484 = G21484 η, Ηθ heth G:N-LI Heth Heth, the 8th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21485 G21485 = G21485 τ, Τηθ teth G:N-LI Teth Teth, the 9th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21486 G21486 = G21486 ι, Ιωθ yod G:N-LI Yod Yod, the 10th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21487 G21487 = G21487 χ, Χαφ kaph G:N-LI Kaph Kaph, the 11th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21488 G21488 = G21488 λ, Λαβδ lamed G:N-LI Lamed Lamed, the 12th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21489 G21489 = G21489 μ, Μημ mem G:N-LI Mem Mem, the 13th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21490 G21490 = G21490 ν, Νουν nun G:N-LI Nun Nun, the 14th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21491 G21491 = G21491 σ, Σαμχ samekh G:N-LI Samekh Samekh, the 15th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21492 G21492 = G21492 α, Αιν ayin G:N-LI Ayin Ayin, the 16th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21493 G21493 = G21493 φ, Φη pe G:N-LI Pe Pe, the 17th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21494 G21494 = G21494 σ, Σαδη sadhe G:N-LI Sadé Sadé, the 18th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21495 G21495 = G21495 κ, Κωφ qoph G:N-LI Qoph Qoph, the 19th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21496 G21496 = G21496 ρ, Ρης resh G:N-LI Resh Resh, the 20th letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21497 G21497 = G21497 σ, Σεν sin/shin G:N-LI Sin/Shin Sin/Shin, the 21st letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21498 G21498 = G21498 θ, Θαυ taw G:N-LI Taw Taw, the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet; used in LXX for acrostic Psalms such as Psa.119 G21499 G21499 = G21499 Κεζιβ Kezib G:N-PRI Kezib Kezib, occurring at LXX in Jos.15.44 G21500 G21500 = G21500 Αλιμαζονεῖς Alimazoneis G:N-PRI Alimazonians Alimazonians, occurring at LXX in 2Ch.22.1 G21501 G21501 = G21501 Βοσορρας Bosorras G:N-PRI Bosorrha Bosorrha, woman occurring at LXX in 2Ch.22.1 G21502 G21502 = G21502 Ηνια Henia G:N-PRI Heneia Heneia, man occurring at LXX in 1Ch.25.9